Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 2015

Registration No. 333-207243


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1
to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Laureate Education, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  8200
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  52-1492296
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

650 S. Exeter Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
(410) 843-6100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Robert W. Zentz, Esq.
Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Laureate Education, Inc.
650 S. Exeter Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
(410) 843-6100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)

With copies to:

R.W. Smith, Jr., Esq.
Jason C. Harmon, Esq.
DLA Piper LLP (US)
6225 Smith Avenue
Baltimore, MD 21209
(410) 580-3000

 

Gary Horowitz, Esq.
Joseph H. Kaufman, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 455-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,070(3)

 

(1)
Includes additional shares of Class A common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

(3)
Previously paid.

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated November 19, 2015

PROSPECTUS

            Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

        Laureate Education, Inc. is offering            shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares of Class A common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per share.

        Following this offering, we will have two classes of outstanding common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share and will be convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately        % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. After completion of this offering, Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, an Alberta limited partnership ("Wengen"), our controlling stockholder, will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the                corporate governance standards. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management." In October 2015, we redomiciled in Delaware as a public benefit corporation as a demonstration of our long-term commitment to our mission to benefit our students and society.

        We intend to apply for the listing of our Class A common stock on the                  under the symbol "LAUR."



         Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 25.

 
  Per
Share
  Total  

Initial public offering price

  $            $           

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $            $           

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $            $           

(1)
We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)."

        We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                shares of Class A common stock from us.

        The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                        , 2015.



Joint Book-Running Managers

Credit Suisse   Morgan Stanley   Barclays

 

J.P. Morgan   BMO Capital Markets   Citigroup   KKR   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   

                        , 2015


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS



Trademarks and Tradenames

    ii  

Industry and Market Data

    ii  

Presentation of Financial Information

    ii  

Letter from Doug Becker

    iii  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    25  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    75  

Use of Proceeds

    77  

Dividend Policy

    78  

Capitalization

    79  

Dilution

    81  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

    83  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    88  

Business

    159  

Industry Regulation

    196  

Management

    231  

Executive Compensation

    240  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

    270  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    274  

Description of Capital Stock

    278  

Description of Certain Indebtedness

    285  

Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Class A Common Stock

    293  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    297  

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

    299  

Legal Matters

    306  

Experts

    306  

Where You Can Find More Information

    306  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1  



        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the SEC. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus.

         Through and including                , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        For investors outside of the United States, neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents

        As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Laureate" and similar references refer collectively to Laureate Education, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise stated or the context requires, references to the Laureate International Universities network include Santa Fe University of Art and Design ("SFUAD"), which is owned by Wengen. Laureate is affiliated with SFUAD, but does not own or control it and, accordingly, SFUAD is not included in the financial results of Laureate presented throughout this prospectus.


TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES

        LAUREATE, LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES and the leaf symbol are trademarks of Laureate Education, Inc. in the United States and other countries. This prospectus also includes other trademarks of Laureate and trademarks of other persons, which are properties of their respective owners.


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

        We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. This prospectus also contains the results from studies by Millward Brown and TNS. We commissioned the Millward Brown study as part of our periodic evaluation of employment rates and starting salary information for our graduates. In addition, we commissioned the TNS study to evaluate the reputation of various international hospitality management schools from which employers are likely to recruit staff for luxury international hospitality management positions.

        Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these publications, surveys and studies is reliable, we have not independently verified industry, market and competitive position data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal business research is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.


PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        In this prospectus we present certain data for the 12-month period ("LTM") ended September 30, 2015. This data has been derived by summing our historical results for the year ended December 31, 2014 and our historical results for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, then subtracting our historical results for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

        Our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus are presented in U.S. dollars ($) rounded to the nearest thousand, with many amounts in this prospectus rounded to the nearest tenth of a million. Therefore, discrepancies in the tables between totals and the sums of the amounts listed may occur due to such rounding.

ii


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM DOUG BECKER

Dear Prospective Investors,

        As the founder of Laureate, it is my privilege to explain the company and its beliefs, as a way of educating potential new investors to determine if we are a compatible fit. This company was founded over 25 years ago and, while the offerings, strategies and even the name of the company have changed over the years, our core beliefs remain the same. Chief among them is our belief in the power of education to transform lives, and our view that the private sector can make a positive impact in a field that traditionally has been the province of the public sector. I have been accompanied on this journey by remarkable partners, friends and co-workers, and the success and longevity of this company is a credit to their passion, commitment and many sacrifices. Many of these contributors are still with us and some are gone, but I write this letter on behalf of them all, in a shared belief that Laureate is that rare company that will outlive its many founders and make lasting contributions to the world.

        Sixteen years ago, we entered the field of international higher education with the acquisition of Universidad Europea de Madrid in Spain, and this became our testbed for innovation as we developed our ideas for new ways to manage universities and to improve outcomes for students. The company was built upon the idea that our main purpose was to prepare our students for success in their careers and lives. And we also believed that this was a much more valuable contribution if it could be done at scale. There are many barriers that inhibit participation in higher education and we committed ourselves to overcoming these barriers in order to expand access. This requires us to educate students at an affordable price, and in fact our tuition typically is far below the actual per-student cost to society of public institutions, which are heavily subsidized by government. Expanding access also requires us to accept more students compared to elite institutions, and to demonstrate that many of our students graduate and succeed in career and life.

        From the very beginning, we wanted to create an international network of universities that would give our students a unique multicultural experience and better preparation for success in an increasingly globalized workforce. So we searched for other compatible acquisitions of, or partnerships with, universities in other countries, initially in Spanish-speaking markets but eventually across many languages and cultures. In the process, we forged the largest and most powerful network of universities of its kind, with 88 institutions that today serve more than one million students. Many of these universities are owned or controlled by Laureate, but we also manage institutions that we do not own. In addition, we provide services under contract to governments and to prestigious public and non-profit universities, which demonstrates our quality and value. We believe that providing these types of services will become an increasingly important part of our business model.

        Accountability for results has been a critical factor in our success, and to accomplish this we have brought together best practices from the fields of higher education and business management. As a company, we understand the needs of the private sector, which will ultimately employ most of our graduates. So we build deep linkages with employers to ensure that our curriculum reflects the latest requirements and that our students graduate with the skills to succeed. But we are not just a company. We are a company of educators. Our academic leaders ensure that we have great teachers in the classroom, teaching in effective ways and with the right curriculum, and with a human connection to each of our students. They ensure that we understand the needs and requirements of regulators in the many countries that we serve, helping achieve the goals of increasing participation while assuring quality. Their efforts allow us to deliver great, measurable outcomes for our students, the majority of whom are outside the United States.

        We recognize the enormous importance that society places on education as a public good or even a civil right, and we respect the role that government plays in ensuring quality and access to education. As a leader in this field, we are required to operate with the highest integrity and the deepest commitment to social responsibility. This has always caused us to have a culture that combines the "head" of a business enterprise—scalable, efficient and accountable for measurable results—with the

iii


Table of Contents

"heart" of a non-profit organization—dedicated to improving lives and benefitting society. We reconcile these two concepts by delivering measurable results for our students, recognizing that when our students succeed, countries prosper and societies benefit. This means that we have always asked our stockholders and employees to recognize our commitment to put the needs of our students first.

        I believe that balancing the needs of our constituents has been instrumental to our success and longevity, allowing us to grow even in challenging economic times. For a long time, we didn't have an easy way to explain the idea of a for-profit company with such a deep commitment to benefitting society. So we took notice when in 2010 the first state in the U.S. passed legislation creating the concept of a Public Benefit Corporation, a new type of for-profit corporation with an expressed commitment to creating a material positive impact on society. We watched this concept carefully as it swept the nation, with 30 states and the District of Columbia now having passed legislation to allow for this new class of corporation, which commits itself to high standards of corporate purpose, accountability and transparency. This includes Delaware, the state that we have selected as our new domicile and which has the most up-to-date Public Benefit Corporation law. But to me, the Public Benefit Corporation concept could be an empty promise if companies do not measure themselves against an objective third-party standard. We have chosen to be assessed by B Lab, the pioneering non-profit organization behind this powerful movement, whose process is the standard in this field. We believe that we are by far the largest company to become a Public Benefit Corporation and that, following our IPO, we likely will be the first publicly traded Public Benefit Corporation.

        Which brings me to the topic of our initial public offering. Many of you may know that Laureate was previously a publicly traded company, from 1993 until we went private in 2007. So we understand the advantages and challenges associated with being public. We went private with the intention of accomplishing some very specific objectives and, having achieved these goals, we believe it is time for us to re-establish ourselves as a publicly traded company. Being public brings the highest level of transparency, and will enable us to more easily raise capital to support our mission which, at its core, is about expanding access to higher education through greater scale. We want to best ensure that we always have capital to grow and bring the benefits of our education programs to more students. We recognize that some investors in public companies are highly focused on short-term results, and we hope that it is very clear to them that this is not our approach. With the benefit of a long-term view, we will balance the needs of stockholders with the needs of students, employees and the communities in which we operate, and we believe that this approach will deliver the best results for our investors. We plan to seek out and engage with investors who see the benefit of this approach, and who want to be a part of an enduring, mission-driven company that we believe has strong prospects for long-term growth and the opportunity to help millions of people change their lives through education. We use the expression Here For Good to explain our commitment to thinking and acting for the long-term, and providing a significant benefit to society.

        Looking ahead, I can't think of a more exciting time for our company. The world embraces the power and importance of education and is seeking new ideas and technologies to deliver better education to more people at an affordable cost. We believe we are uniquely positioned to meet this need through our unparalleled scale and resources, and our growing capacity to provide our intellectual property and services to other universities and governments.

Sincerely yours,

GRAPHIC

Douglas L. Becker
Founder, Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer

iv


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the information presented under the section entitled "Risk Factors" and the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

Our Mission

        Laureate is an international community of universities that encourages learning without boundaries. Our purpose is to offer higher education with a unique multicultural perspective, and prepare our students for exciting careers and life-long achievement. We believe that when our students succeed, countries prosper and societies benefit.

Our Beliefs

        We are a mission-driven company with a long-term perspective, committed to addressing the needs of our students and preparing them for their future endeavors. We are intensely focused on providing our students with the highest quality education resulting in strong employment opportunities. In addition to delivering superior outcomes for our students, we remain highly focused on delivering social returns to all of our constituents, especially the local communities we serve. Key decisions affecting each institution are made by local management and faculty, taking into account the needs of the students, prospective employers, surrounding communities and regulators. We believe our dedication to these constituencies has enabled our institutions to become trusted brands in their local markets, and has enabled Laureate to become a trusted name in global higher education.

Our Business

        We are the largest global network of degree-granting higher education institutions, with more than one million students enrolled at our 88 institutions in 28 countries on more than 200 campuses, which we collectively refer to as the Laureate International Universities network. We participate in the global higher education market, which is estimated to account for revenues of approximately $1.5 trillion in 2015, according to GSV Advisors ("GSV"). We believe the global higher education market presents an attractive long-term opportunity, primarily because of the large and growing imbalance between the supply and demand for quality higher education around the world. Advanced education opportunities drive higher earnings potential, and we believe the projected growth in the middle class population worldwide and limited government resources dedicated to higher education create substantial opportunities for high-quality private institutions to meet this growing and unmet demand. Our outcomes-driven strategy is focused on enabling millions of students globally to prosper and thrive in the dynamic and evolving knowledge economy.

        In 1999, we made our first investment in higher education and, since that time, we have developed into the global leader in higher education. As of September 30, 2015, our global network of 88 institutions comprised 72 institutions we owned or controlled, and an additional 16 institutions that we managed or with which we had other relationships. Our institutions are recognized for their high-quality academics. For example, we own and operate Universidad del Valle de México ("UVM Mexico"), the largest private university in Mexico, which in 2015 was ranked fourth among all public and private higher education institutions in the country by Guía Universitaria , an annual publication of Reader's Digest . Our track record for delivering high-quality outcomes to our students, while stressing affordability and accessibility, has been a key reason for our long record of success, including 15 consecutive years of enrollment growth. We have generated compound annual growth rates

 

1


Table of Contents

("CAGRs") in total enrollment and revenues of 11.9% and 11.7%, respectively, from 2009 through September 30, 2015. For the LTM ended September 30, 2015, we generated total revenues of $4,470.4 million, approximately 80% of which was from private pay sources, operating income of $332.9 million, net loss of $252.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $803.9 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see "Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

        Since being taken private in August 2007, we have undertaken several initiatives to continually improve the quality of our programs and outcomes for our students, while expanding our scale and geographic presence, and strengthening our organization and management team. From 2007 to September 30, 2015, we have expanded into 11 new countries, added over 100 campuses worldwide and grown enrollment from approximately 300,000 to more than one million students with a combination of strong organic revenue growth of 11.4% (average annual revenue growth from 2007 to 2014 excluding acquisitions) and the successful integration of 41 strategic acquisitions. Key to this growth were expansions into Brazil, where we owned 13 institutions with a combined enrollment of approximately 265,000 students, and expansions into Asia, the Middle East and Africa, where we owned or controlled 22 institutions with a combined enrollment of approximately 83,000 students, in each case as of September 30, 2015. Further, we have made significant capital investments and continue to make operational improvements in technology and human resources, including key management hires, and are developing scalable back-office operations to support the Laureate International Universities network, including implementing a vertically integrated information technology, finance, accounting and human resources organization that, among other things, are designed to enhance our analytical capabilities. Finally, over the past several years, we have invested heavily in technology-enabled solutions to enhance the student experience, increase penetration of our hybrid offerings and optimize efficiency throughout our network. We believe these investments have created an intellectual property advantage that has further differentiated our offerings from local market competitors.

        The Laureate International Universities network enables us to educate our students locally, while connecting them to an international community with a global perspective. Our students can take advantage of shared curricula, optional international programs and services, including English language instruction, dual-degree and study abroad programs and other benefits offered by other institutions in our network. We believe that the benefits of the network translate into better career opportunities and higher earnings potential for our graduates.

        The institutions in the Laureate International Universities network offer a broad range of undergraduate and graduate degrees through campus-based, online and hybrid programs. As of September 30, 2015, 93% of our students attended traditional, campus-based institutions offering multi-year degrees, similar to leading private and public higher education institutions in the United States and Europe. In addition, as of September 30, 2015, approximately two thirds of our students were enrolled in programs of four or more years in duration. Our programs are designed with a distinct emphasis on applied, professional-oriented content for growing career fields and are focused on specific academic disciplines, or verticals, that we believe demonstrate strong employment opportunities and provide high earnings potential for our students, including:

GRAPHIC

 

2


Table of Contents

        Across these academic disciplines, we continually and proactively adapt our curriculum to the needs of the market, including emphasizing the core STEM (science, technology, engineering and math) and business disciplines. We believe the STEM and business disciplines present attractive areas of study to students, especially in developing countries where there exists a strong and ongoing focus to develop and retain professionally trained individuals. In the last five years, we have more than doubled our enrollment of students pursuing degrees in Business & Management, Medicine & Health Sciences and Engineering & Information Technology, our three largest disciplines. We believe the work of our graduates in these disciplines creates a positive impact on the communities we serve and strengthens our institutions' reputations within their respective markets.

        Across the world, we operate institutions that address regional, national and local supply and demand imbalances in higher education. As the global leader in higher education, we believe we are uniquely positioned to effectively deliver high-quality education across different brands and tuition levels in the markets in which we operate. In many developing markets, traditional higher education students (defined as 18-24 year olds) have historically been served by public universities, which have limited capacity and are often underfunded, resulting in an inability to meet growing student demands and employer requirements. Our institutions in these markets offer traditional higher education students a private education alternative, often with multiple brands and price points in each market, with innovative programs and strong career-driven outcomes. In many of these same markets, non-traditional students such as working adults and distance learners have limited options for pursuing higher education. Through targeted programs and multiple teaching modalities, we are able to serve the differentiated needs of this unique demographic. Our flexible approach across geographies allows Laureate to access a broader addressable market of students by efficiently tailoring institutions to meet the needs of a particular geography and student population.

        We have four reporting segments, which are summarized in the table below. We group our institutions by geography in Latin America ("LatAm"), Europe ("Europe") and Asia, Middle East and Africa ("AMEA") for reporting purposes. Our Global Products and Services segment ("GPS") includes institutions that have products and services that span the Laureate International Universities network and attract students from across geographic boundaries, including our fully online universities.

GRAPHIC

 

3


Table of Contents

        The following information for our operating segments is presented as of September 30, 2015, except where otherwise indicated:

 
  LatAm   Europe   AMEA   GPS   Total  

Countries

    8     7     7     8     28 *

Institutions

    30     21     22     15     88  

Enrollments (rounded to nearest thousand)

    809,000     53,000     83,000     81,000     1,026,000  

LTM ended September 30, 2015 Revenues ($ in millions)‡

  $ 2,556.9   $ 465.8   $ 423.5   $ 1,038.8   $ 4,470.4  

% Contribution to LTM ended September 30, 2015 Revenues‡

    57 %   10 %   10 %   23 %   100 %

*
Our AMEA and GPS segments both have institutions located in China and our Europe and GPS segments both have institutions located in Spain. The total reflects the elimination of this duplication.

The elimination of inter-segment revenues and amounts related to Corporate, which total $14.6 million, is not separately presented.

Our Industry

        We are the leader in the global market for higher education, which is characterized by a significant imbalance between supply and demand, especially in developing economies. In many countries, demand for higher education is large and growing. GSV estimates that higher education institutions will account for total revenues of approximately $1.5 trillion globally in 2015, with the higher education market expected to grow by approximately 5% per annum through 2020. Global growth in higher education is being fueled by several demographic and economic factors, including a growing middle class, global growth in services and technology-related industries and recognition of the significant personal and economic benefits gained by graduates of higher education institutions. At the same time, many governments have limited resources to devote to higher education, resulting in a diminished ability by the public sector to meet growing demand, and creating opportunities for private education providers to enter these markets and deliver high-quality education. As a result, the private sector plays a large and growing role in higher education globally. While the Laureate International Universities network is the largest global network of degree-granting higher education institutions in the world, as of September 30, 2015, our total enrollment of more than one million students represented only 0.5% of worldwide higher education students.

        Large, Growing and Underpenetrated Population of Qualified Higher Education Students.     According to the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization ("UNESCO"), 198.6 million students worldwide were enrolled in higher education institutions in 2013, nearly double the 99.7 million students enrolled in 2000, and approximately 90% of those students were enrolled at institutions outside of the United States as of 2013. In many countries, including throughout Latin America, Asia and other developing regions, there is growing demand for higher education based on favorable demographics, increasing secondary completion rates and increasing higher education participation rates, resulting in continued growth in higher education enrollments. While global participation rates have increased for traditional higher education students (defined as 18-24 year olds), the market for higher education is still significantly underpenetrated, particularly in developing countries. Given the low penetration rates, many governments in developing countries have a stated goal of increasing the number of students participating in higher education. For example, Mexico's participation rate increased from approximately 16% to approximately 22% from 2003 to 2013, and the Mexican government has set a goal of increasing the number of students enrolled in higher education by 17% over the next four years. Other developing countries with large addressable markets are

 

4


Table of Contents

similarly underpenetrated as evidenced by the following participation rates for 2013: Brazil (31%), China (22%) and India (19%), all of which are well below rates of developed countries such as the United States and Spain, which in 2013 had participation rates of approximately 63% and approximately 60%, respectively.

        Strong Economic Incentives for Higher Education.     According to the Brookings Institution, approximately 1.8 billion people in the world composed the middle class in 2009, a number that is expected to more than double by 2030 to almost five billion people. We believe that members of this large and growing group seek advanced education opportunities for themselves and their children in recognition of the vast differential in earnings potential with and without higher education. According to data from the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development ("OECD"), in certain European markets in which we operate, the earnings from employment for an adult completing higher education were approximately 59% higher than those of an adult with just an upper secondary education, while in the United States the differential was approximately 74%. This income gap is even more pronounced in many developing countries around the world, including a differential of approximately 160% in Chile and approximately 147% in Brazil. OECD statistics also show that overall employment rates are greater for individuals completing higher education than for those who have not completed upper secondary education. In addition, we believe as economies around the world are increasingly based on the services sector, they will require significant investment in human capital, advanced education and specialized training to produce knowledgeable professionals. We believe the cumulative impact of favorable demographic and socio-economic trends, coupled with the superior earnings potential of higher education graduates, will continue to expand the market for private higher education.

        Increasing Role of the Private Sector in Higher Education.     In many of our markets, the private sector plays a meaningful role in higher education, bridging supply and demand imbalances created by a lack of capacity at public universities. In addition to capacity limitations, we believe that limited public resources, and the corresponding policy reforms to make higher education systems less dependent on the financial and operational support of local governments, have resulted in increased enrollments in private institutions relative to public institutions.

        According to the OECD, from 2003 to 2012, the number of students enrolled in private institutions grew from approximately 26% to approximately 30% of total enrollments within OECD countries. For example, Brazil and Chile rely heavily upon private institutions to deliver quality higher education to students, with approximately 71% and approximately 84%, respectively, of higher education students in these countries enrolled in private institutions in 2012.

        The decrease in government funding to public higher education institutions in recent years has served to spur the growth of private institutions, as tuitions have been increasingly funded by private sources. On average, OECD countries experienced a decrease in public funding from approximately 75% of total funding in 2000 to approximately 69% in 2011. For example, Mexico experienced a decrease in public funding as a percentage of total funding of approximately 12% during the same period. We believe these trends have increased demand for competitive private institutions as public institutions are unable to meet the demand of students and families around the world, especially in developing markets.

        Greater Accessibility to Higher Education through Online and Hybrid Offerings.     Improving Internet broadband infrastructure and new instruction methodologies designed for the online medium have driven increased acceptance of the online modality globally. According to a survey of over 2,800 responses from chief academic officers and other officials at U.S. universities conducted by the Babson Survey Research Group, approximately 74% of academic leaders rated online learning outcomes as the same or superior to classroom learning in 2014, up from approximately 57% in 2003. GSV estimates that the online higher education market will grow by a CAGR of approximately 25%,

 

5


Table of Contents

from $49 billion in 2012 to $149 billion in 2017. Additionally, new online and hybrid education offerings have enabled the cost-effective delivery of higher education, while improving overall affordability and accessibility for students. We believe that increasing student demand, coupled with growing employer and regulatory acceptance of degrees obtained through online and hybrid modalities, will continue to drive significant growth in the online and hybrid higher education market globally.

Our Strengths and Competitive Advantages

        We believe our key competitive strengths that will enable us to execute our growth strategy include the following:

        First Mover and Leader in Global Higher Education.     In 1999, we made our first investment in global higher education. Since that time, the Laureate International Universities network has grown to include 88 institutions in 28 countries that enroll more than one million students, of which approximately 95% were outside of the United States as of September 30, 2015. Our growth has been the result of numerous organic initiatives, supplemented by successfully completing and integrating 41 acquisitions since August 2007, substantially all of which were completed through private negotiations and not as part of an auction process. Given our size and status as the first mover in many of our markets, we have been able to acquire many marquee assets, which we believe will help us maintain our market-leading position due to the considerable time and expense it would take a competitor to establish an integrated network of international universities of similar scale with the brands, intellectual property and accreditations that we possess.

        Long-Standing and Reputable University Brands Delivering High Quality Education.     We believe we have established a reputation for providing high-quality higher education around the world, and that our schools are among the most respected higher education brands in their local markets. Many of our institutions have over 40-year histories, with some institutions approaching 100 years. In addition to long-standing presences in their local communities, many of our institutions are ranked among the best in their respective countries. For example, the Barómetro de la Educación Superior has ranked Universidad Andrés Bello as a top university in Chile. Similarly, in Brazil, Universidade Anhembi Morumbi is ranked by Guia do Estudante as one of São Paulo's top universities, and in Europe, L'Usine Nouvelle ranks École Centrale d'Electronique among the top ten private engineering schools in France. The institutions within Laureate's GPS segment have also received recognition for academic excellence. Les Roches International School of Hotel Management and the Glion Institute of Higher Education have been named as two of the world's top three hospitality management institutions for an international career in the hospitality industry by TNS.

        Our strong brands are perpetuated by our student-centric focus and our mission to provide greater access to cost-effective, high-quality higher education, which allows more students to pursue their academic and career aspirations. We are committed to continually evaluating our institutions to ensure we are providing the highest quality education to our students. Our proprietary management tool, the Laureate Education Assessment Framework ("LEAF"), is used to evaluate institutional performance based on 44 unique criteria across five different categories: Employability, Learning Experience, Personal Experience, Access & Outreach and Academic Excellence. LEAF, in conjunction with additional external assessment methodologies, such as QS Stars TM , allows us to identify key areas for improvement in order to drive a culture of quality and continual innovation at our institutions. For example, more than 96% of students attending Laureate institutions in Brazil are enrolled in an institution with an IGC score (an indicator used by the Brazilian Ministry of Education to evaluate the quality of higher education institutions) that has improved since 2010. In addition, our Brazilian institutions' IGC scores have increased by approximately 19% on average from 2010 to 2013, placing three of our institutions in the top quintile, and nine (encompassing approximately 96% of our student enrollment in Brazil) in the top half of all private higher education institutions in the country.

 

6


Table of Contents

        Many of our institutions and programs have earned the highest accreditation available, which provides us with a strong competitive advantage in local markets. For example, we serve more than 200,000 students in the fields of medicine and health sciences on over 100 campuses throughout the Laureate International Universities network, including 21 medical schools and 19 dental schools. Medical school licenses are often the most difficult to obtain and are only granted to institutions that meet rigorous standards. We believe the existence of medical schools at many of our institutions further validates the quality of our institutions and programs. Similarly, other institutions have received numerous specialized accreditations, including those for Ph.D. programs.

        Superior Outcomes for Our Students.     We offer high-quality undergraduate, graduate and specialized programs in a wide range of disciplines that generate strong interest from students and provide attractive employment prospects. We design our programs to prepare students to contribute productively in their chosen professions upon employment. Our curriculum development process includes employer surveys and ongoing research into business trends to determine the skills and knowledge base that will be required by those employers in the future. This information results in timely curriculum upgrades, which helps ensure that our graduates acquire the skills that will make them marketable to employers. In 2014, we commissioned a study by Millward Brown, a leading third-party market research organization, of graduates at Laureate institutions representing over 60% of total Laureate enrollments. Graduates at 12 of our 13 surveyed international institutions achieved, on average, equal or higher employment rates within 12 months of graduation as compared to graduates of other institutions in the same markets, and in all of our premium institutions surveyed, graduates achieved higher starting salaries as compared to graduates of other institutions in those same markets (salary premium to market benchmarks ranged from approximately 6% to approximately 118%).

        Robust technology and intellectual property platform.     By virtue of our 15 years of experience operating in a global environment, managing campus-based institutions across multiple disciplines and developing and administering online programs and curricula, we have developed an extensive collection of intellectual property. We believe this collection of intellectual property, which includes online capabilities, campus design and management, recruitment of transnational students, faculty training, curriculum design and quality assurance, among other proprietary solutions, provides our students a truly differentiated learning experience and creates a significant competitive advantage for our institutions over competitors.

        A critical element of our intellectual property is a suite of proprietary technology solutions. Select examples include OneCampus , which connects students across our network with shared online courses and digital experiences, and Slingshot, an online career orientation tool that enables students to explore career paths through state-of-the-art interest assessment and rich content about hundreds of careers. Our commitment to investing in technology infrastructure, software and human capital ensures a high-quality educational experience for our students and faculty, while also providing us with the infrastructure to manage and scale our business.

        Our intellectual property has been a key driver in developing partnerships with prestigious independent institutions and governments globally. For example, we have partnered with other traditional public and private higher education institutions as a provider of online services. We have operated this model for more than ten years with the University of Liverpool in the United Kingdom and, more recently, we have added new partnerships with the University of Roehampton in the United Kingdom and the University of Miami in the United States. Additionally, in 2013, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia launched the College of Excellence program with a long-term goal of opening 100 new technical colleges, and sought private operators to manage the institutions on its behalf under an operating model in which the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia funds the capital requirements to build the institutions, and the private operator runs the academic operations under a contract model. As of September 30, 2015, we have been awarded contracts to operate eight of the 37 colleges for which contracts have been awarded to date, more than any other provider in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

 

7


Table of Contents

        Scale and Diversification of Our Global Network.     The Laureate International Universities network is diversified across 28 countries, 88 campus-based and online institutions and over 2,500 programs. Additionally, in many markets, we have multiple institutions serving different segments of the population, at different price points and with different academic offerings. Although the majority of our institutions serve the premium segment of the market, we also have expanded our portfolio of offerings in many markets to include high-quality value and technical-vocational institutions. By serving multiple segments of the market, all with high-quality offerings, we are able to continue to expand our enrollments during varying economic cycles. We believe there is no other public or private organization that commands comparable global reach or scale.

        Our global network allows our institutions to bring their distinctive identities together with our proprietary international content, managerial best practices and international programs. Through collaboration across the global network, we can efficiently share academic curricula and resources, create dual degree programs and student exchanges, develop our faculty and incorporate best practices throughout the organization. In addition, our wide-ranging network allows us to continue to scale our business by facilitating the expansion of existing programs and campuses, the launch of new programs, the opening of new campuses in areas of high demand and the strategic acquisition and integration of new institutions into our network. For example, the resources and support of our global network have had a demonstrated impact on our Medicine & Health Sciences expansion effort, which has resulted in enrollment growth from approximately 75,000 students in 2009 to more than 200,000 students in 2014. Furthermore, the existing breadth of our network allows us to provide a high-quality educational experience to our students, while simultaneously accessing the broadest addressable market for our offerings.

        In recognition of the benefits of our international scale, and in order to formalize our organizational focus on the opportunities presented by our established network, we created the Laureate Network Office ("LNO") in 2015. The LNO is an important resource that allows us, among other things, to better leverage our expertise in the online modality to increase the frequency and effectiveness of online and hybrid learning opportunities across the network.

 

8


Table of Contents


        To further illustrate the breadth and diversity of our global network, the charts below show the mix of our geographic revenues, programs, modality and levels of study:

GRAPHIC

    Attractive Financial Model.

    Strong and Consistent Growth.   We have a proven track record of delivering strong financial results through various economic cycles. From 2009 to 2014, our revenues and Adjusted EBITDA grew at a CAGR of 13.3% and 15.9%, respectively (13.3% and 15.4% on a constant currency basis, respectively), although we continued to generate net losses each year. During this same period, we realized constant currency revenue growth of at least 10.3% every year. Adjusted for acquisitions, our average annual organic revenue growth over the same period was 9.9% (11.3% on a constant currency basis). For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see "—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

    Private Pay Model.   Approximately 80% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 were generated from private pay sources. We believe students' and families' willingness to allocate personal resources to fund higher education at our institutions validates our strong value proposition.

    Revenue Visibility Enhanced by Program Length and Strong Retention.   The majority of the academic programs offered by our institutions last between three and five years, and approximately two thirds of our students were enrolled in programs of at least four years or more in duration, as of September 30, 2015. The length of our programs provides us with a high degree of revenue visibility, which historically has led to more predictable financial results. Given that our fall student intake is substantially completed by the end of September, we have visibility into approximately 70% of the following year's revenues, assuming retention and graduation rates in line with historical performance. We actively monitor and manage student retention

 

9


Table of Contents

      because of the impact it has on student outcomes and our financial results. The historical annual student retention rate, which we define as the proportion of prior year students returning in the current year (excluding graduating students), of over 80% has not varied by more than 3% in any one year over the last five years. Given our high degree of revenue visibility, we are able to make attractive capital investments and execute other strategic initiatives to help drive sustainable growth in our business.

    Attractive Return on Incremental Invested Capital ("ROIIC").   Our capital investments since inception have created significant scale and have also laid the foundation for continued strong organic growth. Given that we have already made foundational infrastructure investments in many of our core markets, we expect to recognize attractive returns on incremental invested capital deployed. As of December 31, 2014, our three-year ROIIC was 26.1%. For more information on ROIIC, see "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

        Proven Management Team.     We have an experienced and talented senior management team, with strong international expertise from a wide variety of industry-leading global companies. Our executive officers have been with us an average of 11 years and have led our transformation into the largest global network of degree-granting higher education institutions in the world. Douglas L. Becker, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and founder, has led our Company since its inception in 1989 and has cultivated an entrepreneurial and collaborative management culture. This entrepreneurial leadership style has been complemented by an executive management team with broad global experience, enabling us to institute strong governance practices throughout our network. The strength of the management team has enabled the sharing of best practices, allowing us to capitalize on favorable market dynamics and leading to the successful integration of numerous institutions into the Laureate International Universities network. In addition, we have strong regional and local management teams with a deep understanding of the local markets, that are focused on meeting the needs of our students and communities, and maintaining key relationships with regulators and business leaders. Our management team has a proven track record of gaining the trust and respect of the many regulatory authorities that are critical to our business.

Our Growth Strategy

        We intend to continue to focus on growing the Laureate International Universities network through the following key strategies:

        Expand Programs, Demographics and Capacity.     We will continue to focus on opportunities to expand our programs and the type of students that we serve, as well as our capacity in our markets to meet local demand. We also intend to continue to improve the performance of each of our institutions by adopting best practices that have been successful at other institutions in the Laureate International Universities network. We believe these initiatives will drive organic growth and provide an attractive return on capital. In particular, we intend to:

    Add New Programs and Course Offerings.   We will continue to develop new programs and course offerings to address the changing needs in the markets we serve by using shared curricula available through the network, and in consultation with leading local businesses. New programs and course offerings enable us to consistently provide a high-quality education that is desired by students and prospective employers. As we optimize our offerings to deliver courses in high-demand disciplines, we also believe we will be able to increase enrollment and improve utilization at institutions across our network.

    Expand Target Student Demographics.   In many of our markets, we use sophisticated analytical techniques to identify opportunities to provide quality education to new or underserved student populations where market demand is not being met, such as non-traditional students (e.g., working adults) who may value flexible scheduling options, as well as traditional students.

 

10


Table of Contents

      Our ability to provide quality education to these underserved markets has provided additional growth to the Laureate International Universities network and we intend to leverage our management capabilities and local knowledge to further capitalize on these higher education opportunities in new and existing markets. As we expand in a particular country or region, we often develop tailored programs to address the unmet needs of these markets.

    Increase Capacity at Existing and New Campus Locations.   We will continue to make demand-driven investments in additional capacity throughout the Laureate International Universities network by expanding existing campuses and opening new campuses, including in new cities. We employ a highly analytical process based on economic and demographic trends, and demand data for the local market to determine when and where to expand capacity. When opening a new campus or expanding existing facilities, we use best practices that we have developed over more than the past decade to cost-effectively expedite the opening and development of that location.

We have successfully implemented these strategies at many of our institutions. For example, at UVM Mexico we grew total enrollments from approximately 37,000 students in 2002 to approximately 126,000 in 2014. This growth was the result of the introduction of new programs, including in the fields of health sciences, engineering and hospitality, the addition of 23 new campus locations (from 13 in 2002 to 36 in 2014), and the ability to serve new market segments such as working adults. While UVM Mexico has grown into the largest private institution in Mexico, our relentless focus on academic quality remains. In fact, UVM Mexico has improved from the 9 th  ranked institution in 2004 to the 4 th  ranked institution in 2015 according to Guía Universitaria.

        Expand Penetration of Online and Hybrid Offerings.     We intend to increase the number of our students who receive their education through fully online or hybrid programs to meet the growing demand of younger generations that continue to embrace technology. Over the past decade, the global population with Internet access has continued to grow, and Forrester Research, Inc. ("Forrester") estimates a total of 3.5 billion people will have Internet access by 2017, representing nearly half of the world's population. Additionally, in many of our markets, online education is becoming more accepted by regulators and education professionals as an effective means of providing quality higher education. As the quality and acceptance of online education increases globally, we plan to continue investing in both expanding our stand-alone online course offerings and enhancing our traditional campus-based course offerings via complementary online delivery, creating a hybrid delivery model. We believe our history of success with Walden University, a fully online institution in the United States, and our well-developed online program offerings will provide a considerable advantage over local competitors, enabling us to combine our strong local brands with our experience in delivering online education. Over the next five years, our goal is to increase the number of student credit hours taken online, which was less than 10% as of September 30, 2015, to approximately 25%. Some of our network institutions are already implementing online programs with significant progress being made. For example, at Universidad Europea de Madrid in Spain, approximately 19% of our students took at least one online course as of September 30, 2015. Our online initiative is designed to not only provide our students with access to the technology platforms and innovative programs they expect, but also to increase our enrollment in a more capital efficient manner, leveraging current infrastructure and improving classroom utilization.

        Expand Presence in AMEA.     AMEA represents the largest higher education market opportunity in the world with more than 120 million students enrolled in higher education institutions in 2013, according to UNESCO. Despite the large number of students enrolled, participation rates in the region suggest significantly underpenetrated enrollment given the strong imbalance between the supply and demand for higher education.

 

11


Table of Contents

        In 2008, we entered the AMEA higher education market with our acquisition of an interest in INTI Education Group in Malaysia. In the last seven years, we have grown our AMEA footprint to include 22 institutions in seven countries, serving approximately 83,000 students as of September 30, 2015, representing an enrollment CAGR of approximately 23% since entering the region in 2008. Recent expansion in the AMEA region includes eight Colleges of Excellence in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and our first institution in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2013, Monash South Africa. In anticipation of continued growth, we have made significant investments in the region, including hiring an experienced regional management team and establishing the infrastructure to help facilitate growth and further expand our footprint in the region. We plan to continue to expand our presence in AMEA by prioritizing markets based on demographic, market and regulatory factors, while seeking attractive returns on capital.

        Accelerate Partnership and Services Model Globally.     As the global leader in higher education, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on additional opportunities in the form of partnership and service models that are designed to address the growing needs of traditional institutions and governments around the world.

        Increasingly more complex services and operating capabilities are required by higher education institutions to address the needs of students effectively, and we believe our expertise and knowledge will allow us to leverage our intellectual property and technology to serve this market need. We have partnered with traditional public and private education institutions as a provider of online services and we believe there will be opportunities to expand that platform under similar relationships with other prestigious independent institutions in the future. Additionally, we are continually adding to our suite of solutions, and we believe many of these products and services will provide additional contractual and licensing opportunities for us in the future. For example, in recent years we have significantly advanced our digital teaching and learning efforts through proprietary technology-enabled solutions such as:

    OneFolio, an online tool that connects Laureate faculty members, instructional designers, and learning architects to valuable digital resources they can use to enhance the student learning experience.

    Laureate Languages, which provides digital language learning solutions to our students and faculty in the areas of General English, Professional English and English for Academic Purposes, as well as teacher training and assessment.

        Additionally, governments around the world are increasingly focused on increasing participation rates and often do not have an established or scalable public sector platform with the necessary expertise to accomplish that objective, and therefore are willing to fund private sector solutions. We believe our current partnership with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, where we were selected as their largest partner, is a demonstration of how our distinct portfolio of solutions differentiates us from other providers who participated in the selection process. We are in active discussion with other governments regarding similar partnerships, as well as other solutions that we can provide to existing and new partners, and we anticipate this could be a source of additional revenue for us in the future.

        Increase Operating Efficiencies through Centralization and Standardization.     In 2014, we launched Excellence in Process ("EiP") as an enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize our processes to enable sustained growth and margin expansion. The program aims to enable vertical integration of procurement, information technology, finance, accounting and human resources, thus enabling us to fully leverage the growing size and scope of our local operations. Specifically, we have developed and begun to deploy regional shared services organizations ("SSOs") around the world, which will process most back-office and non-student facing transactions for the institutions in the Laureate International Universities network, such as accounting, finance and procurement. The implementation of EiP and regional SSOs are expected to generate significant cost savings throughout the network as we eliminate redundant processes and better leverage our global scale. In addition, centralized information

 

12


Table of Contents

technology, product development and content management will allow us to propagate best practices throughout the Laureate International Universities network and capitalize on efficiencies to help improve performance. We anticipate EiP will require an investment of approximately $180 million from 2015 to 2017, with the first significant investments already having been made in 2015. These investments have already begun to generate cost savings and, upon completion of the project, we expect these efficiencies to generate approximately $100 million in annual cost savings in 2019, while also enhancing our internal controls and the speed of integration of new acquisitions. We also believe these initiatives will enhance the student experience by improving the quality of our operations and by enabling additional reinvestment in facilities, faculty and course offerings.

        Target Strategic Acquisitions.     Since being taken private in August 2007, we have made 41 acquisitions with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.0 billion, including assumed debt. Substantially all of these acquisitions were completed through private negotiations and not as part of an auction process, which we believe demonstrates our standing as a partner of choice. We intend to continue to expand through the selective acquisition of institutions in new and existing markets. We employ a highly disciplined approach to acquisitions by focusing on key characteristics that make certain markets particularly attractive for private higher education, such as demographics, economic and social factors, the presence of a stable political environment and a regulatory climate that values private higher education. When we enter a new market or industry sector, we target institutions with well-regarded reputations and which are well-respected by regulators. We also invest time and resources to understand the managerial, financial and academic resources of the prospect and the resources we can bring to that institution. After an acquisition, we focus on organic growth and financial returns by applying best practices and integrating, both operationally and financially, the institution into the Laureate International Universities network, and we have a strong track record of success. For all the institutions we acquired between 1999 and September 30, 2010, we achieved average enrollment and revenue CAGRs of approximately 15% and approximately 20%, respectively, in the four full years following the first anniversary of the acquisition. Additionally, we bring programs and expertise to increase the quality and reputation of institutions after we acquire them, and assist them in earning new forms of licenses and accreditations. We believe our experienced management team, history of strong financial performance rooted in the successful integration of previous acquisitions, local contacts and cultural understanding makes us the leading choice for higher education institutions seeking to join an international educational network.

Our History and Sponsor

        We were founded in 1989 as Sylvan Learning Systems, Inc., a provider of a broad array of supplemental and remedial educational services. In 1999, we made our first investment in global higher education with our acquisition of Universidad Europea de Madrid, and in 2001 we entered the market for online delivery of higher education services in the United States with our acquisition of Walden University. In 2003, we sold the principal operations that made up our then K-12 educational services business and certain venture investments deemed not strategic to our higher education business, and in 2004 we changed our name to Laureate Education, Inc. Between the time we sold the K-12 educational services business in 2003 and August 2007, we acquired nine institutions for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $160 million, including assumed debt, and entered seven new countries.

        In August 2007, we were acquired in a leveraged buyout by a consortium of investment funds and other investors affiliated with or managed by, among others, Douglas L. Becker, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and founder, Steven M. Taslitz, a director of the Company, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (together with its affiliates, "KKR"), Point72 Asset Management, Bregal Investments, StepStone Group, Sterling Partners and Snow Phipps Group (collectively, the "Wengen Investors"), for an aggregate total purchase price of $3.8 billion, including $1.7 billion of debt, all of which has been refinanced or replaced. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness—The

 

13


Table of Contents

fact that we have substantial debt could materially adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy or to react to changes in the economy or our industry." We believe that these investors have embraced our mission, commitment to academic quality and ongoing focus to provide a social benefit to the communities we serve.

        Since being taken private in August 2007, we have undertaken several initiatives to continually improve the quality of our programs and outcomes for our students, while expanding our scale and geographic presence, and strengthening our organization and management team. From August 2007 to September 30, 2015, we completed 41 acquisitions with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2 billion, including assumed debt, bringing our total institution count to 88, and entered 11 new countries.

        In early 2013, International Finance Corporation ("IFC"), a member of the World Bank Group, the IFC Africa, Latin American and Caribbean Fund, LP and the Korea Investment Corporation (together with the IFC, the "IFC Investors") collectively invested $200 million in our common stock. IFC is a global development institution that helps developing countries achieve sustainable growth by financing investment in international financial markets and providing advisory services to businesses and governments.

        In December 2013, the board of directors of Wengen and Laureate authorized the combination of Laureate and Laureate Education Asia Limited ("Laureate Asia"). Laureate Asia was a subsidiary of Wengen that provided higher education programs and services to students through a network of licensed institutions located in Australia, China, India, Malaysia and Thailand. Wengen transferred 100% of the equity of Laureate Asia to Laureate. The transaction is accounted for as a transfer between entities under common control and, accordingly, the accounts of Laureate Asia are retrospectively included in the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Public Benefit Corporation Status

        In October 2015, we redomiciled in Delaware as a public benefit corporation as a demonstration of our long-term commitment to our mission to benefit our students and society. Public benefit corporations are a relatively new class of corporations that are intended to produce a public benefit and to operate in a responsible and sustainable manner. Under Delaware law, public benefit corporations are required to identify in their certificate of incorporation the public benefit or benefits they will promote and their directors have a duty to manage the affairs of the corporation in a manner that balances the pecuniary interests of the stockholders, the best interests of those materially affected by the corporation's conduct, and the specific public benefit or public benefits identified in the public benefit corporation's certificate of incorporation. Public benefit corporations organized in Delaware are also required to publicly disclose at least biennially a report that assesses their public benefit performance, and may elect to measure that performance against an objective third-party standard. We have elected to have our public benefit performance assessed by B Lab, an independent non-profit organization.

        We do not believe that an investment in the stock of a public benefit corporation differs materially from an investment in a corporation that is not designated as a public benefit corporation. We believe that our ongoing efforts to achieve our public benefit goals and the B Lab certification will not materially affect the financial interests of our stockholders. Holders of our Class A common stock will have voting, dividend and other economic rights that are the same as the rights of stockholders of a corporation that is not designated as a public benefit corporation. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Investing in Our Class A Common Stock—As a public benefit corporation, our focus on a specific public benefit purpose and producing a positive effect for society may negatively influence our financial performance" and "Description of Capital Stock—Public Benefit Corporation Status."

 

14


Table of Contents

        Our public benefit is to produce a positive effect for society and students by offering diverse education programs both online and at campuses around the globe. By doing so, we believe that we provide greater access to cost-effective, high-quality higher education that enables more students to achieve their academic and career aspirations. Most of our operations are outside the United States, where there is a large and growing imbalance between the supply and demand for quality higher education. Our stated public benefit is firmly rooted in our company mission and our belief that when our students succeed, countries prosper and societies benefit. Becoming a public benefit corporation underscores our commitment to our purpose and our stakeholders, including students, regulators, employers, local communities and stockholders.

Risk Factors

        We are subject to certain risks related to our industry and our business, and there are risks associated with investing in our Class A common stock. The risks set forth under the section entitled "Risk Factors" reflect risks and uncertainties that may materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, operating results and growth strategy. In summary, significant risks related to our business include:

    we are a global business with operations in 28 countries around the world and are subject to complex business, economic, legal, political, tax and foreign currency risks, which risks may be difficult to adequately address;

    if we do not effectively manage our growth and business, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected;

    if we cannot maintain student enrollments in our institutions and maintain tuition levels, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected;

    we have incurred net losses in each of the last three fiscal years;

    our institutions are subject to uncertain and varying laws and regulations, and any changes to these laws or regulations may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

    our right to receive economic benefits from certain of the institutions that are organized as not-for-profit or non-stock entities, and that we account for as variable interest entities, may be limited;

    our ability to control our institutions may be materially adversely affected by changes in laws affecting higher education in certain countries in which we operate;

    the fact that we have substantial debt could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy or to react to changes in the economy or our industry;

    the dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to this offering, including Wengen and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters;

    we have two material weaknesses and if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be materially adversely affected; and

    as a public benefit corporation, our focus on a specific public benefit purpose and producing a positive effect for society may cause our board of directors to make decisions that may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

15


Table of Contents

        In connection with your investment decision, you should review the section of this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors."

Corporate Information

        Our principal executive offices are located at 650 S. Exeter Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Our telephone number is (410) 843-6100. Our website is accessible through www.laureate.net. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 

16


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock offered by us

              shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

            shares, representing a      % voting interest (or            shares, representing a      % voting interest, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

            shares, representing a      % voting interest (or a      % voting interest, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock

 

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to            additional shares of Class A common stock at the initial public offering price for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of            shares of our Class A common stock being offered by us pursuant to this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $            million. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness and for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital. See "Use of Proceeds."

Dividend policy

 

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our Class A common stock may be limited by restrictive covenants in our debt agreements, and will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. See "Dividend Policy."

Risk factors

 

Please read "Risk Factors" and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

17


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest

 

Affiliates of KKR beneficially own (through their investment in Wengen) in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because KKR Capital Markets LLC, an affiliate of KKR, is an underwriter and KKR's affiliates beneficially own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, KKR Capital Markets LLC is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" under Rule 5121 ("Rule 5121") of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA"). Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a "qualified independent underwriter" is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. KKR Capital Markets LLC will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder. See "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)."

Proposed            symbol

 

LAUR

        The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 531,764,835 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, as of September 30, 2015, and excludes the following shares:

    531,764,835 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering;

    47,601,583 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of total stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of $6.48 per share;

    299,939 shares of Class B common stock that are subject to forfeiture and substantial restrictions on transfer;

                shares of Class B common stock issuable in connection with two stock-based deferred compensation arrangements (one, for the benefit of Mr. Becker, the "Executive DCP" and, together, the "stock-based DCPs"), assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

                shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options to be granted to Mr. Becker at the consummation of this offering in exchange for the liquidation of certain profits interests he holds in Wengen (the "Executive Profits Interests"), assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

    5,534,644 shares of common stock available for additional grants under the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which grants will be for Class B common stock if granted prior to the completion of this offering and for Class A common stock if granted after the completion of this offering; and

    29,724 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the Laureate Education, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (the "Post-2004 DCP").

 

18


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise stated, information in this prospectus (except for the historical financial statements) assumes:

    the reclassification of our existing common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

    that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the completion of this offering, is in effect;

    that our amended and restated bylaws, which we will adopt in connection with the completion of this offering, are in effect; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase            additional shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering.

        The information in this prospectus does not reflect a            to            reverse stock split of our common stock that we intend to effect prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

19


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        Set forth below are summary historical consolidated financial data of Laureate Education, Inc., at the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited historical consolidated statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015, have been derived from our historical unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results. The data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included therein. See accompanying historical financial statements of FMU Group and Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda., as well as the pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which are included because these two acquisitions met the significance thresholds of Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X.

        The summary historical consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

                               

Revenues

  $ 3,141,156   $ 3,085,473   $ 4,414,682   $ 3,913,881   $ 3,567,117  

Costs and expenses:

                               

Direct costs

    2,795,027     2,789,469     3,838,179     3,418,449     3,148,530  

General and administrative expenses

    134,103     100,946     151,215     141,197     110,078  

Loss on impairment of assets

        16,454     125,788     33,582     58,329  

Operating income

    212,026     178,604     299,500     320,653     250,180  

Interest income

    9,924     19,344     21,822     21,805     19,467  

Interest expense

    (300,145 )   (279,118 )   (385,754 )   (350,196 )   (307,728 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (1,263 )       (22,984 )   (1,361 )   (4,421 )

(Loss) gain on derivatives

    (2,618 )   (2,020 )   (3,101 )   6,631     (63,234 )

Loss from regulatory changes(1)

                    (43,716 )

Other income (expense), net

    1,268     (73 )   (1,184 )   7,499     (5,533 )

Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain, net

    (139,416 )   (72,293 )   (109,970 )   (3,102 )   14,401  

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

    (220,224 )   (155,556 )   (201,671 )   1,929     (140,584 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (81,587 )   (54,402 )   39,060     (91,246 )   (68,061 )

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax

    2,106     (127 )   158     (905 )   (8,702 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (299,705 )   (210,085 )   (162,453 )   (90,222 )   (217,347 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax of $0, $0, $0, $0, and $787, respectively

                796     4,384  

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax of $0, $0, $0, $1,864 and $179, respectively

                4,350     3,308  

Net loss

    (299,705 )   (210,085 )   (162,453 )   (85,076 )   (209,655 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    124     4,832     4,162     15,398     8,597  

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc

  $ (299,581 ) $ (205,253 ) $ (158,291 ) $ (69,678 ) $ (201,058 )

 

20


Table of Contents

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

                               

Basic

  $ (0.57 ) $ (0.40 ) $ (0.31 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.40 )

Diluted

  $ (0.57 ) $ (0.40 ) $ (0.31 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.40 )

Weighted-average common stock used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

                               

Basic

    531,765     530,401     530,467     527,935     506,063  

Diluted

    531,765     530,401     530,467     527,935     506,063  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

                               

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

  $ 220,295   $ 230,103   $ 269,156   $ 277,202   $ 245,653  

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

    (41,324 )   (351,555 )   (489,181 )   (889,083 )   (453,747 )

Net cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations

    12,056     125,166     172,586     756,663     124,825  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations

                344     (6,190 )

Net cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations

                    (149 )

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

                344     (6,339 )

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

    (34,221 )   (37,100 )   (50,877 )   (12,531 )   2,712  

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (6,705 )   (277,614 )   (287,945 )   (177,550 )   203  

Payments of contingent consideration for acquisitions

                (5,674 )    

Segment Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Revenues:

                               

LatAm

  $ 1,775,287   $ 1,750,809   $ 2,532,451   $ 2,340,867   $ 2,135,176  

Europe

    297,482     330,929     499,261     469,733     434,571  

AMEA

    305,949     278,346     395,907     194,060     158,476  

GPS

    767,943     727,267     998,154     911,023     852,886  

Corporate

    (5,505 )   (1,878 )   (11,091 )   (1,802 )   (13,992 )

Total revenues

  $ 3,141,156   $ 3,085,473   $ 4,414,682   $ 3,913,881   $ 3,567,117  

Adjusted EBITDA(2):

                               

LatAm

  $ 323,143   $ 318,165   $ 541,975   $ 466,664   $ 380,254  

Europe

    23,128     23,502     71,116     74,591     73,757  

AMEA

    36,627     16,173     28,580     (5,177 )   (5,939 )

GPS

    176,848     154,010     226,208     204,068     191,095  

Corporate

    (83,881 )   (66,371 )   (94,354 )   (93,674 )   (92,134 )

Total Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 475,865   $ 445,479   $ 773,525   $ 646,472   $ 547,033  

Other Data:

                               

Total enrollments (rounded to the nearest thousand):

                               

LatAm

    809,000     767,000     752,000     617,000     559,000  

Europe

    53,000     46,000     51,000     47,000     42,000  

AMEA

    83,000     77,000     77,000     61,000     44,000  

GPS

    81,000     77,000     79,000     78,000     76,000  

Total

    1,026,000     967,000     959,000     803,000     721,000  

New enrollments (rounded to the nearest hundred):

                               

LatAm

    384,600     340,400     344,700     315,400     300,700  

Europe

    9,100     8,200     20,200     18,500     16,500  

AMEA

    38,900     39,400     42,100     20,600     17,600  

GPS

    34,700     32,300     42,600     40,500     41,600  

Total

    467,300     420,300     449,600     395,000     376,400  

 

21


Table of Contents

 
  As of September 30, 2015  
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
  Actual   As Adjusted(3)  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents (includes VIE amounts of $167,346)

  $ 618,390   $    

Restricted cash(4)

    147,690        

Net working capital (deficit) (including cash and cash equivalents)

    (413,314 )      

Property and equipment, net

    2,271,027        

Goodwill

    2,125,846        

Tradenames and accreditations

    1,363,515        

Other intangible assets, net

    57,593        

Total assets (includes VIE amounts of $1,476,293)

    7,845,987        

Total debt, including due to shareholders of acquired companies(5)

    4,662,924        

Deferred compensation

    118,072        

Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

    49,142        

Total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity

    369,376        

(1)
Represents a loss of $43.7 million from regulatory changes resulting from the deconsolidation of Universidad de Las Américas ("UDLA Ecuador") at the end of the third quarter of 2012.

(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, before gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax, income from discontinued operations, net of tax, equity in net (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax, income tax expense (benefit), foreign currency exchange loss (income), net, other (income) expense, net, loss from regulatory changes (for 2012), loss (gain) on derivatives, loss on debt extinguishment, interest expense and interest income, plus depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, loss on impairment of assets and expenses related to implementation of our EiP initiative. When we review Adjusted EBITDA on a segment basis, we exclude inter-segment revenues and expenses that eliminate in consolidation. Adjusted EBITDA is used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP") and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is a key financial measure used by the compensation committee of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer in connection with the payment of incentive compensation to our executive officers and other members of our management team. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

Adjusted EBITDA does not include impairment charges on long-lived assets;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect expenses related to implementation of our EiP program to optimize and standardize our processes; and

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us.

 

22


Table of Contents

    Other companies may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than the way we do, limiting the usefulness of these items as comparative measures. We believe that the inclusion of Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about our business. While management believes that these measures provide useful information to investors, the SEC may require that Adjusted EBITDA be presented differently or not at all in filings made with the SEC.

    Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. The following unaudited table sets forth a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
 
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
 

Net loss

  $ (299,705 ) $ (210,085 ) $ (162,453 ) $ (85,076 ) $ (209,655 )

Plus:

                               

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax

                (4,350 )   (3,308 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                (796 )   (4,384 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (299,705 )   (210,085 )   (162,453 )   (90,222 )   (217,347 )

Plus:

                               

Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax

    (2,106 )   127     (158 )   905     8,702  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    81,587     54,402     (39,060 )   91,246     68,061  

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net (income) loss of affiliates

    (220,224 )   (155,556 )   (201,671 )   1,929     (140,584 )

Plus:

                               

Foreign currency exchange loss (income), net

    139,416     72,293     109,970     3,102     (14,401 )

Other (income) expense, net

    (1,268 )   73     1,184     (7,499 )   5,533  

Loss from regulatory changes(a)

                    43,716  

Loss (gain) on derivatives

    2,618     2,020     3,101     (6,631 )   63,234  

Loss on debt extinguishment

    1,263         22,984     1,361     4,421  

Interest expense

    300,145     279,118     385,754     350,196     307,728  

Interest income

    (9,924 )   (19,344 )   (21,822 )   (21,805 )   (19,467 )

Operating income

    212,026     178,604     299,500     320,653     250,180  

Plus:

                               

Depreciation and amortization

    209,390     210,956     288,331     242,725     221,235  

EBITDA

    421,416     389,560     587,831     563,378     471,415  

Plus:

                               

Stock-based compensation expense(b)

    27,222     36,801     49,190     49,512     17,289  

Loss on impairment of assets(c)

        16,454     125,788     33,582     58,329  

EiP expenses(d)

    27,227     2,664     10,716          

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 475,865   $ 445,479   $ 773,525   $ 646,472   $ 547,033  

(a)
See footnote (1) above.

(b)
Represents non-cash, stock-based compensation expense pursuant to the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 718 "Compensation—Stock Compensation" ("ASC Topic 718").

 

23


Table of Contents

(c)
Represents non-cash charges related to impairments of long-lived assets. For further details on certain impairment items, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

(d)
EiP implementation expenses are related to our enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize our processes, creating vertical integration of procurement, information technology, finance, accounting and human resources, which began in 2014 and is expected to be substantially completed in 2017. EiP includes the establishment of regional SSOs around the world, as well as improvements to our system of internal controls over financial reporting.
(3)
Reflects the sale by us of shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus at the initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase or decrease the amount of as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, net working capital (deficit), total assets and total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the amount of as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, net working capital (deficit), total assets and total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity by approximately $         million.

(4)
Restricted cash includes cash equivalents held to collateralize standby letters of credit in favor of the U.S. Department of Education (the "DOE") in order to allow our institutions in the United States to participate in the Title IV program. In addition, we may have restricted cash in escrow pending potential acquisition transactions, or otherwise have cash that is not immediately available for use in current operations.

(5)
Includes current portion of long-term debt and current portion of due to shareholders of acquired companies.

 

24


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our Class A common stock involves risk. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks as well as the other information included in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, the risks described below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In such a case, the trading price of the Class A common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.


Risks Relating to Our Business

We are a global business with operations in 28 countries around the world and are subject to complex business, economic, legal, political, tax and foreign currency risks, which risks may be difficult to adequately address.

        In each of 2014, 2013 and 2012, over 80% of our revenues were generated from operations outside of the United States. We own or control 72 institutions and manage or have relationships with 16 other licensed institutions in 28 countries, each of which is subject to complex business, economic, legal, political, tax and foreign currency risks. As we continue to expand our international operations, we may have difficulty managing and administering a globally dispersed business and we may need to expend additional funds to, among other things, staff key management positions, obtain additional information technology infrastructure and successfully implement relevant course and program offerings for a significant number of international markets, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Additional challenges associated with the conduct of our business overseas that may materially adversely affect our operating results include:

    the large size of our network and diverse range of institutions present numerous challenges, including difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations as a result of distance, language, legal and other differences;

    each of our institutions is subject to unique business risks and challenges including competitive pressures and diverse pricing environments at the local level;

    difficulty maintaining quality standards consistent with our brands and with local accreditation requirements;

    potential economic and political instability in the countries in which we operate, including student unrest;

    fluctuations in exchange rates, possible currency devaluations, inflation and hyperinflation;

    difficulty selecting and monitoring partners outside of the United States;

    compliance with a wide variety of domestic and foreign laws and regulations;

    expropriation of assets by governments;

    political elections and changes in government policies;

    difficulty protecting our intellectual property rights overseas due to, among other reasons, the uncertainty of laws and enforcement in certain countries relating to the protection of intellectual property rights;

25


Table of Contents

    lower levels of availability or use of the Internet, through which our online programs are delivered;

    limitations on the repatriation and investment of funds, foreign currency exchange restrictions and inability to transfer cash back to the United States without taxation;

    limitations on our ability to realize economic benefits from certain institutions that are organized as not-for-profit or non-stock entities and that we account for as variable interest entities; and

    acts of terrorism, public health risks, crime and natural disasters, particularly in areas in which we have significant operations.

        Our success in growing our business will depend, in part, on the ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks related to operating in various countries. Any failure by us to effectively manage the challenges associated with the international expansion of our operations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we do not effectively manage our growth and business, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

        We have expanded our business over the past eight years through the expansion of existing institutions and the acquisition of higher education institutions, and we intend to continue to do so in the future. We also have established and intend to establish new institutions in certain markets. Planned growth will require us to add management personnel and upgrade our financial and management systems and controls and information technology infrastructure. There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain or accelerate the current growth rate, effectively manage expanding operations, build expansion capacity, integrate new institutions or achieve planned growth on a timely or profitable basis. If our revenue growth is less than projected, the costs incurred for these additions and upgrades could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot maintain student enrollments in our institutions and maintain tuition levels, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

        Our strategy for growth and profitability depends, in part, upon maintaining and, subsequently, increasing student enrollments in our institutions and maintaining tuition levels. Attrition rates are often due to factors outside our control. Students sometimes face financial, personal or family constraints that require them to drop out of school. They also are affected by economic and social factors prevalent in their countries. In some markets in which we operate, transfers between universities are not common and, as a result, we are less likely to fill spaces of students who drop out. In addition, our ability to attract and retain students may require us to discount tuition from published levels, and may prevent us from increasing tuition levels at a rate consistent with inflation and increases in our costs. If we are unable to control the rate of student attrition, our overall enrollment levels are likely to decline or if we are unable to charge tuition rates that are both competitive and cover our rising expenses, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We have incurred net losses in each of the last three fiscal years and the most recent nine month fiscal period.

        We incurred net losses of $162.5 million, $85.1 million, $209.7 million and $299.7 million in 2014, 2013, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $1,392.9 million as of September 30, 2015. Our operating expenses may increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to expand our operations and the Laureate International Universities network. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed

26


Table of Contents

in increasing our revenues sufficiently to offset any higher expenses. Any failure to increase our revenues could prevent us from attaining profitability. We cannot be certain that we will be able to attain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. If we are unable to manage these risks and difficulties effectively as we encounter them, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to identify, acquire or establish control of, and integrate additional higher education institutions, or effectively integrate previously acquired institutions, which could materially adversely affect our growth.

        We have previously relied on, and we expect to continue to rely on, acquisitions as an element of our growth. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we made two acquisitions totaling $11.0 million. In 2014, we made three acquisitions totaling $469.2 million, in 2013, we made four acquisitions totaling $321.7 million, in 2012, we made two acquisitions totaling $8.6 million, in 2011, we made six acquisitions totaling $58.9 million and in 2010 we made four acquisitions totaling $153.0 million, including debt assumed. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to continue to identify suitable acquisition candidates or that we will be able to acquire or establish control of any acquisition candidate on favorable terms, or at all. In addition, in many countries, the approval of a regulatory agency is needed to acquire or operate a higher education institution, which we may not be able to obtain. Furthermore, there is no assurance that any acquired institution can be integrated into our operations successfully or be operated profitably. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:

    diversion of management's time and resources;

    adverse short-term effects on reported operating results;

    competition from other acquirors, which could lead to higher prices and lost opportunities;

    cultural issues related to acquisition of closely held institutions in countries around the world;

    failures of due diligence during the acquisition process;

    integration of acquired institutions' operations, including reporting systems and internal controls; and

    loss of key employees of the acquired business.

        If we do not make acquisitions or make fewer acquisitions than we have historically, or if our acquisitions are not managed successfully, our growth and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to successfully establish new higher education institutions, which could materially adversely affect our growth.

        We have entered new markets primarily through acquisitions. As part of our expansion strategy, we may establish new higher education institutions in some markets where there are no suitable acquisition targets. We have only limited experience in establishing new institutions, such as the establishment of our universities in Morocco and Australia, and there is no assurance that we will be able to do this successfully or profitably. Establishing new institutions poses unique challenges and will require us to make investments in management, capital expenditures, marketing activities and other resources that are different, and in some cases may be greater, than those made to acquire and then operate an existing institution. To open a new institution, we will also be required to obtain appropriate governmental approvals, including a new license, which may take a substantial period of time to obtain. If we are unable to establish new higher education institutions successfully, our growth may be materially adversely affected.

27


Table of Contents

Our success depends substantially on the value of the local brands of each of our institutions as well as the Laureate International Universities network brand, which may be materially adversely affected by changes in current and prospective students' perception of our reputation and the use of social media.

        Each of our institutions has worked hard to establish the value of its individual brand. Brand value may be severely damaged, even by isolated incidents, particularly if the incidents receive considerable negative publicity. There has been a marked increase in use of social media platforms, including weblogs (blogs), social media websites, and other forms of Internet-based communications that allow individuals access to a broad audience of interested persons. We believe students and prospective employers value readily available information about our institutions and often act on such information without further investigation or authentication, and without regard to its accuracy. In addition, many of our institutions use the Laureate name in promoting their institutions and our success is dependent in large part upon our ability to maintain and enhance the value of the Laureate and Laureate International Universities brands. Social media platforms and devices immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants post, often without filters or checks on the accuracy of the content posted. Information concerning our company and our institutions may be posted on such platforms and devices at any time. Information posted may be materially adverse to our interests, it may be inaccurate, and it may harm our performance, prospects and business.

Our reputation may be negatively influenced by the actions of other for-profit and private institutions.

        In recent years, there have been a number of regulatory investigations and civil litigation matters targeting post-secondary for-profit education institutions in the United States and private higher education institutions in other countries, such as Chile. These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices, false claims against the United States and noncompliance with state and DOE regulations, and breach of the requirement that universities in Chile be operated as not-for-profit institutions. These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings and investigations in the United States and in other countries. Allegations against the post-secondary for-profit and private education sectors may affect general public perceptions of for-profit and private educational institutions, including institutions in the Laureate International Universities network and us, in a negative manner. Adverse media coverage regarding other for-profit or private educational institutions or regarding us directly could damage our reputation, reduce student demand for our programs, materially adversely affect our revenues and operating profit or result in increased regulatory scrutiny.

Growing our online academic programs could be difficult for us.

        We anticipate significant future growth from online courses we offer to students, particularly in emerging markets. The expansion of our existing online programs, the creation of new online programs and the development of new fully online or hybrid programs may not be accepted by students or employers, or by government regulators or accreditation agencies. In addition, our efforts may be materially adversely affected by increased competition in the online education market or because of problems with the performance or reliability of our online program infrastructure. There is also increasing development of online programs by traditional universities, both in the public and private sectors, which may have more consumer acceptance than programs we develop, because of lower pricing or greater perception of value of their degrees in the marketplace, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs in recruiting new students.

        In order to maintain and increase our revenues and margins, we must continue to develop our admissions programs and attract new students in a cost-effective manner. Over the last several years, in

28


Table of Contents

support of our admissions efforts in all the countries in which we operate, we have increased the amounts spent globally on marketing and advertising from $246.8 million in 2012 to $290.8 million in 2014, and we anticipate that this trend will continue. As part of our marketing and advertising, we also subscribe to lead-generating databases in certain markets, the cost of which is expected to increase. The level of marketing and advertising and types of strategies used are affected by the specific geographic markets, regulatory compliance requirements and the specific individual nature of each institution and its students. The complexity of these marketing efforts contributes to their cost. If we are unable to advertise and market our institutions and programs successfully, our ability to attract and enroll new students could be materially adversely affected and, consequently, our financial performance could suffer. We use marketing tools such as the Internet, radio, television and print media advertising to promote our institutions and programs. Our representatives also make presentations at upper secondary schools. Additionally, we rely on the general reputation of our institutions and referrals from current students, alumni and employers as a source of new enrollment. Among the factors that could prevent us from marketing and advertising our institutions and programs successfully are the failure of our marketing tools and strategies to appeal to prospective students, regulatory constraints on marketing, current student and/or employer dissatisfaction with our program offerings or results and diminished access to upper secondary campuses. In addition, in certain instances, local regulatory authorities set quotas each year for how many students we may enroll, which may further limit our ability to recruit new students or maintain our present enrollment level. In some of the countries in which we operate, enrollment growth in degree-granting, higher education institutions is slowing or is expected to slow. In order to maintain current growth rates, we will need to attract a larger percentage of students in existing markets and increase our addressable market by adding locations in new markets and rolling out new academic programs. Any failure to accomplish this may have a material adverse effect on our future growth.

Our institutions are subject to uncertain and varying laws and regulations, and any changes to these laws or regulations may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Higher education is regulated to varying degrees and in different ways in each of the countries in which we operate an institution. In general, our institutions must have licenses, approvals, authorizations, or accreditations from various governmental authorities and accrediting bodies. These licenses, approvals, authorizations, and accreditations must be renewed periodically, usually after an evaluation of the institution by the relevant governmental authorities or accrediting bodies. These periodic evaluations could result in limitations, restrictions, conditions, or withdrawal of such licenses, approvals, authorizations or accreditations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In some countries in which we operate, there is a trend toward making continued licensure or accreditation based on successful student outcomes, such as employment, which may be affected by many factors outside of our control. Once licensed, approved, authorized or accredited, some of our institutions may need approvals for new campuses or to add new degree programs.

        All of these regulations and their applicable interpretations are subject to change. Moreover, regulatory agencies may scrutinize our institutions because they are owned or controlled by a U.S.-based for-profit corporation. Outside the United States, we may be particularly susceptible to such treatment because, in several of the countries in which we operate, our institutions are among the largest private institutions and have a substantial share of the higher education market. Changes in applicable regulations may cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Changes in laws governing student financing could affect the availability of government-sponsored financing programs for our non-U.S. students, such as the Crédito con Aval del Estado (the "CAE Program"), a government-sponsored student loan program in Chile, the Fundo de Financiamento Estudantil ("FIES"), a government-sponsored loan program in Brazil, and the Programa Universidade

29


Table of Contents

Para Todos ("PROUNI") in Brazil, all of which are offered by governments as a means of increasing student access to post-secondary education programs. If those programs are changed, or if our institutions or our students are no longer permitted to participate in those programs, it could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in December 2014, the Brazilian government announced a number of changes to FIES beginning in 2015. These changes limit the number of new participants and the amount spent on the program, and delay payments to the post-secondary institutions that would otherwise have been due in 2015. For more information on the CAE Program, FIES and PROUNI, see "—If students who avail themselves of government-sponsored student financing programs in certain countries do not graduate and subsequently default on their loans, we may be responsible for repaying a significant portion of their loans" and "Business—Our Operating Segments—LatAm—Government-Sponsored Student Financing Programs." As another example, in October 2013, one of our institutions in Chile, Universidad de Las Américas ("UDLA Chile"), was notified by the National Accreditation Commission that its institutional accreditation would not be renewed. UDLA Chile appealed this decision but received a final determination that the appeal was denied on January 22, 2014. Institutional accreditation is required for new students to be eligible to participate in the CAE Program. For more information about possible changes in government regulation of higher education in Chile, including possible changes to student financing programs, see "—Political and regulatory developments in Chile may materially adversely affect our operations" and "Industry Regulation—Chilean Regulation—Recent Developments."

        The laws of the countries where we own or control institutions and expect to acquire ownership or control of institutions in the future must permit both private higher education institutions and foreign ownership or control of them. For political, economic or other reasons, a country could decide to change its laws to prohibit private higher education institutions or foreign ownership or control. If this change occurred, we could be forced to sell an institution at a price that could be lower than its fair market value or relinquish control of an institution. Therefore, a forced sale or relinquishment of control could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        For a full description of the laws and regulations affecting our higher education institutions in the United States ("U.S. Institutions"), and the impact of those laws and regulations on the operations of our U.S. Institutions, including the ability of our U.S. Institutions to continue to access U.S. federal student aid funding sources, see "—Risks Relating to Our Highly Regulated Industry in the United States" and "Industry Regulation—U.S. Regulation." Our institutions located outside the United States also participate in various student financial aid programs offered by the countries in which they operate.

Political and regulatory developments in Chile may materially adversely affect our operations.

        As a consequence of student protests and political disturbances, during 2011 and 2012, the former Chilean government announced several proposed reforms to the higher education system. The reforms, if they had been adopted, could have included changing the current accreditation system to make it more demanding, revising the student financing system to provide a single financing system for students in all higher education institutions (replacing the CAE Program), establishing a system of information transparency for higher education, creating an agency to promote accountability by higher education institutions, changing certain corporate governance rules for universities (such as the need for a minimum number of independent directors), and establishing procedures for the approval of transactions between higher education institutions and related parties. Other legislative reforms were promoted by members of the Chilean Congress but were not supported by the previous Chilean government, including proposals to restrict related party transactions between higher education institutions and entities that control them. In November and December 2013, Chile held national elections. The presidential election was won by former president Michelle Bachelet, who assumed office

30


Table of Contents

on March 11, 2014, and a political coalition led by Ms. Bachelet won the elections for both houses of the Chilean Congress, in each case for four years beginning on March 11, 2014. Although the election platform of the new government mentioned that stronger regulation of higher education was required, it did not contain specific commitments with respect to the abovementioned reforms, other than the creation of a special agency to oversee higher education institutions' compliance with law and regulations. In the second quarter of 2014, the new government announced the withdrawal of all of the prior administration's higher education proposals and its intent to submit new bills to the Chilean Congress during the second half of 2014. No such legislation has been introduced yet and, in September 2015, the Minister of Education announced that no legislation on higher education reform would be submitted to Congress before December 2015 at the earliest. We anticipate that any proposed legislation would, if adopted, introduce significant changes to the regulatory environment for higher education in Chile.

        On July 14, 2015, the Ministry of Education published on its website a "working document" ("Documento de Trabajo") entitled "Bases for Reform to the National System of Higher Education," in which it set out a proposed framework for the higher education legislation that it is considering introducing and requested public comment on the proposals not later than August 20, 2015. The principal elements of the proposal include a new regulatory framework for higher education (including a Superintendency of Higher Education), a mandatory common admissions process for all higher education institutions, a mandatory unified accreditation system for all institutions and programs, a new public financing system with the ultimate goal of providing free tuition for all undergraduate students at qualifying higher education institutions that choose to participate, and a prohibition on related party transactions. In order for a higher education institution to be eligible for its undergraduate students to receive free tuition, among other things, the institution would have to be organized as a not-for-profit entity, not have any for-profit entities as members or sponsors of the institution, and own a specified percentage of its fixed assets (which percentage has not yet been specified). The proposals described in the Documento de Trabajo have not yet been transformed into a legislative proposal and we cannot predict whether any legislative proposal that the Ministry of Education introduces would contain any or all of these terms, or that the Chilean Congress would enact any such legislative proposal. However, if these proposals, or other reform proposals that may be made, were to be enacted, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

        The Chilean Congress also recently approved legislation that provides for the appointment of a provisional administrator or closing administrator to handle the affairs of failing universities or universities found to have breached their bylaws. If the Ministry of Education were to determine that one of the universities in Chile that is part of the Laureate International Universities network had violated its bylaws, it could appoint a provisional administrator for that university causing us to lose our rights to control that institution, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

        In June 2012, an investigative committee of the Chilean Chamber of Deputies issued a preliminary report on the Chilean higher education system alleging that certain universities, including the three universities that Laureate controls in Chile, have not complied with the requirements of Chilean law that universities be not-for-profit. Among the irregularities cited in the report are high salaries to board members or top executives, outsourcing of services to related parties, and that universities are being bought and sold by foreign and economic groups. The investigative committee referred its report to the Ministry of Education and to the Public Prosecutor of Chile to determine whether there has been any violation of the law. The Public Prosecutor has appointed a regional prosecutor to investigate whether any criminal charges should be brought for alleged violations of the laws on higher education. On July 19, 2012, the Chilean Chamber of Deputies rejected the report of the investigative committee. In December 2012, in light of the criminal prosecution of the former president of the National Accreditation Commission for alleged bribery, the Chilean Chamber of Deputies mandated its

31


Table of Contents

Education Commission to be an investigative committee regarding the functioning of the National Accreditation Commission, especially with respect to compliance with the National Accreditation Commission's duty to oversee higher education entities. The Education Commission delivered a report, which was approved by the Chamber of Deputies on October 1, 2013, containing several recommendations to improve regulation of the higher education accreditation system. Additionally, the Chilean Chamber of Deputies approved the creation of a special investigative committee to resume the investigation of higher education performed by the investigative committee that issued the June 2012 report that was previously rejected by the Chamber of Deputies. On January 15, 2014, that investigative committee approved a new report recommending, among other things, improvements to the Chilean higher education system regulations, amendments to the higher education financing system, particularly the CAE Program, imposition of criminal penalties for violation of the requirement that universities be not-for-profit, and support of legislation that would prohibit related party transactions, prohibit the transfer of control of universities, and require universities to have independent board members. The report was approved by the full Chamber of Deputies on April 1, 2014. If the Chilean Congress were to approve legislation implementing the recommendations in this report, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

        On February 18, 2014, the Ministry of Education disclosed that on November 15, 2013 and February 11, 2014, it had initiated internal investigations into UDLA Chile and Universidad Andrés Bello ("UNAB"), respectively. The investigations were initiated upon referrals from the National Education Council and the National Accreditation Commission, which had conveyed to the Ministry of Education their concerns regarding certain agreements entered into by UDLA Chile and UNAB with their controlling entities, including concerns about the amount and real use made by the universities of the services provided under those agreements. The investigations are an initial step by the Ministry of Education to determine whether the Ministry should begin formal sanction proceedings against the universities. The Ministry of Education also disclosed that it has delivered relevant documentation on the matter to the Public Prosecutor. In May 2014, Servicio de Impuestos Internos Chile ("SII"), the Chilean tax authority, instituted an audit of Universidad Viña del Mar, UNAB and UDLA Chile questioning whether they had regularly paid their taxes as non-profit entities for the period from 2011 to 2014, specifically in relation to their financial dealings with Laureate for-profit entities. Any non-compliance with the non-profit laws would subject them to the payment of additional taxes and penalties. As of August 2015, SII had notified all three institutions that its audit detected "no differences" in the taxes paid and the taxes owed, and provided a written closure letter to each of the institutions.

        While we believe that all of our institutions in Chile are operating in full compliance with Chilean law, we cannot predict the extent or outcome of any educational reforms that may be implemented in Chile, whether the Ministry of Education or the Public Prosecutor will take any action in response to the reports of the Chamber of Deputies investigative committees, or what outcome may result from any investigations undertaken by the Ministry of Education, the Public Prosecutor or the SII in response to the referrals from the National Education Council and National Accreditation Commission. Depending upon how these reforms are defined and implemented, or upon the outcome of any investigation by the Chilean authorities in response to the report, there could be a material adverse effect on our business. Any disruption to our operations in Chile would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Similar reforms in other countries in which we operate could also have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our right to receive economic benefits from certain of the institutions that are organized as not-for-profit or non-stock entities, and that we account for as variable interest entities, may be limited.

        We have obtained board and operating control and controlling financial interests in entities outside the United States that are educational institutions similar to U.S. not-for-profit, non-stock universities.

32


Table of Contents

Under applicable law, these institutions do not have recognized "owners" or shareholders, and generally cannot declare dividends or distribute their net assets to us. For accounting purposes, we have determined that these institutions are Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs") under GAAP and that we are the primary beneficiary of these VIEs. Maintenance of our interest in the VIE institutions, and our ability to receive economic benefits from these entities, is based on a combination of (1) service agreements that other Laureate entities have with the VIE institutions, allowing the institutions to access the benefits of the Laureate International Universities network and allowing us to recognize economies of scale throughout the network, (2) our ability to provide these entities with opportunities to invest for market returns in education-related real estate entities globally and (3) our ability to transfer our rights to govern the VIE institutions, or the entities that possess those rights, to other parties, which would yield a return if and when these rights are transferred. In limited circumstances, we may have rights to the residual assets in liquidation. Under the mutually agreed service agreements, we are paid at market rates for providing services to institutions such as access to content, support with curriculum design, professional development, student exchange, access to dual degree programs, affiliation and access to the Laureate International Universities network, and management, legal, tax, finance, accounting, treasury, use of real estate and other services. While we believe these arrangements conform to applicable law, the VIE institutions are subject to regulation by various agencies based on the requirements of local jurisdictions. These agencies, as well as local legislative bodies, review and update laws and regulations as they deem necessary or appropriate. We cannot predict the form of any laws that may be enacted, or regulations that ultimately may be adopted in the future, or what effects they might have on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If local laws or regulations were to change, the VIE institutions were found to be in violation of existing local laws or regulations, or regulators were to question the financial sustainability of the VIE institutions and/or whether the contractual arrangements were at fair value, local government agencies could, among other actions:

    revoke the business licenses and/or accreditations of the VIE institutions;

    void or restrict related party transactions, such as the contractual arrangements between us and the VIE institutions;

    impose fines that significantly impact business performance or other requirements with which the VIE institutions may not be able to comply;

    require us to change the governance structures of the VIE institutions, such that we would no longer maintain control of the VIE institutions; or

    disallow a transfer of our rights to govern the VIE institutions, or the entities that possess those rights, to a third party for consideration.

        If we are unable to receive economic benefits from these institutions, it would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we are unable or limited in our ability to receive economic benefits from these institutions, we may be unable to consolidate the VIE institutions into our consolidated financial statements or we may be limited in our ability to recognize all of the institutions' earnings in our consolidated statements of operations.

Our ability to control our institutions may be materially adversely affected by changes in laws affecting higher education in certain countries in which we operate.

        Our institutions are governed by the higher education laws of the various countries in which we operate, which may be amended or interpreted in ways that affect our ability to maintain control over the institutions through our ability to appoint the members of the institutions' governing bodies. If we are unable to maintain our rights of control of appointments to those governing bodies, our ability to realize economic benefits from these institutions may be severely limited, including not being able to transfer control of the institutions in a way that would yield us a return on our investment or not being able to implement or maintain service agreements with those institutions.

33


Table of Contents

        It is possible that the governance and control structures that we implement at a specific institution to comply with local laws and regulations would not allow us to meet the standards for consolidation of that institution's financial statements into our own consolidated financial statements. If we determine that we do not control an institution or otherwise meet the standards for consolidation, deconsolidation of that institution would be required. In that event, or if our controlling financial interest in that institution is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        For example, in the second half of 2010, Ecuador adopted a new higher education law that, upon its implementation, required us to modify the governance structure of our institution in that country. While the constitutionality of certain provisions of the higher education law is currently being challenged in Ecuador's court system, the law has been implemented. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Consejo de Educación Superior (the "CES"), the relevant regulatory body, commenced reviewing and issuing comments on bylaws submitted by other Ecuadorian higher education institutions, implementing and enforcing the co-governance provisions of the new law. In accordance with ASC 810-10-15-10, we believed that control no longer resided with Laureate given the governmentally imposed uncertainties. As a result, UDLA Ecuador was deconsolidated in the fourth quarter of 2012 and a loss of $43.7 million was recorded in loss from regulatory changes in the consolidated statement of operations. This loss represented our initial investment on the leveraged buyout date in the Ecuadorian institution of $17.9 million, as well as $25.8 million of accumulated earnings from the leveraged buyout date to the date of deconsolidation. The CES approved UDLA Ecuador's new bylaws complying with the 2010 law in September 2014 and we no longer control UDLA Ecuador, although we maintain contractual arrangements with the institution.

Our business may be materially adversely affected by a general economic slowdown or recession.

        Many countries around the world have recently experienced reduced economic activity, increased unemployment, substantial uncertainty about their financial services markets and, in some cases, economic recession. These events may reduce the demand for our programs among students, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. These adverse economic developments also may result in a reduction in the number of jobs available to our graduates and lower salaries being offered in connection with available employment which, in turn, may result in declines in our placement and retention rates. For example, in the United States, our professional-oriented graduate programs, such as master's degrees in teaching, are directly affected by the employment and promotion prospects for persons with advanced degrees. Efforts by states in recent years to reduce education funding by laying off younger teachers and curtailing pay increases for remaining teachers may have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students in our graduate education programs. In addition, in 2014 we generated approximately 84% of our revenues outside the United States, including approximately 57% of our revenues from our LatAm segment. As a result, any general economic slowdown or recession that disproportionately impacts the countries in which our institutions operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The higher education market is very competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively.

        Higher education markets around the world are highly fragmented and are very competitive and dynamic. Our institutions compete with traditional public and private colleges and universities and other proprietary institutions, including those that offer online professional-oriented programs. In each of the countries where we operate a private institution, our primary competitors are public and other private universities, some of which are larger, more widely known and have more established reputations than our institutions. Some of our competitors in both the public and private sectors may have greater financial and other resources than we have and have operated in their markets for many years. We also face potential competition from alternative education providers that prioritize open

34


Table of Contents

access education to students. A number of these providers have been formed recently to provide online curriculum from leading academics at little or no cost to the student. If this new modality is successful, it could disrupt the economics of the current education model (both for-profit and not-for-profit institutions). Other competitors may include large, well-capitalized companies that may pursue a strategy similar to ours of acquiring or establishing for-profit institutions. Public institutions receive substantial government subsidies, and public and private not-for-profit institutions have access to government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources generally not available to for-profit institutions. Accordingly, public and private not-for-profit institutions may have instructional and support resources superior to those in the for-profit sector, and public institutions can offer substantially lower tuition prices or other advantages that we cannot match.

        Any of these large, well-capitalized competitors may make it more difficult for us to acquire institutions as part of our growth strategy. They may also be able to charge lower tuitions or attract more students, which would adversely affect our growth and the profitability of our competing institutions. There is also an increased ability of traditional universities to offer online programs and we expect competition to increase as the online market matures. This may create greater pricing or operating pressure on us, which could have a material adverse effect on our institutions' enrollments, revenues and profit margins. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our graduates are unable to obtain professional licenses or certifications required for employment in their chosen fields of study, our reputation may suffer and we may face declining enrollments and revenues or be subject to student litigation.

        Certain of our students require or desire professional licenses or certifications after graduation to obtain employment in their chosen fields. Their success in obtaining such licensure depends on several factors, including the individual merits of the student, whether the institution and the program were approved by the relevant government or by a professional association, whether the program from which the student graduated meets all governmental requirements and whether the institution is accredited. If one or more governmental authorities refuses to recognize our graduates for professional licensure in the future based on factors relating to us or our programs, the potential growth of our programs would be negatively affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we could be exposed to litigation that would force us to incur legal and other expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in 2013 and 2015, several groups of current and former students filed three separate lawsuits against University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences ("St. Augustine") relating to matters arising before we acquired that institution in November 2013. The allegations relate to a program that was launched in May 2011 and, at the time, offered a "Master of Orthopaedic Physician's Assistant Program" degree. The plaintiffs in these matters allege that the university misrepresented their ability to practice as licensed Physician Assistants with a heightened specialty in orthopaedics. See "Business—Legal Proceedings" for more information. See also "—Risks Relating to Our Highly Regulated Industry in the United States—The inability of our graduates to obtain licensure or other specialized outcomes in their chosen professional fields of study could reduce our enrollments and revenues, and potentially lead to litigation that could be costly to us."

Our business may be materially adversely affected if we are not able to maintain or improve the content of our existing academic programs or to develop new programs on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner.

        We continually seek to maintain and improve the content of our existing academic programs and develop new programs in order to meet changing market needs. Revisions to our existing academic programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by existing or prospective students or employers in all instances. If we cannot respond effectively to market changes, our business

35


Table of Contents

may be materially adversely affected. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as students or employers require or as quickly as our competitors are able to introduce competing programs. Our efforts to introduce a new academic program may be conditioned or delayed by requirements to obtain foreign, federal, state and accrediting agency approvals. The development of new programs and courses, both conventional and online, is subject to requirements and limitations imposed by the governmental regulatory bodies of the various countries in which our institutions are located, including the DOE, state licensing agencies and the relevant accrediting bodies. The imposition of restrictions on the initiation of new educational programs by regulatory agencies may delay such expansion plans. If we do not respond adequately to changes in market requirements, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our financial results could suffer.

        Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing academic programs also may require us to make investments in specialized personnel and capital expenditures, increase marketing efforts and reallocate resources away from other uses. We may have limited experience with the subject matter of new programs and may need to modify our systems and strategy. If we are unable to increase the number of students, offer new programs in a cost-effective manner or otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established academic programs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Failure to keep pace with changing market needs and technology could harm our ability to attract students.

        The success of our institutions depends to a significant extent on the willingness of prospective employers to hire our students upon graduation. Increasingly, employers demand that their employees possess appropriate technological skills and also appropriate "soft" skills, such as communication, critical thinking and teamwork skills. These skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment. Accordingly, it is important that our educational programs evolve in response to those economic and technological changes. The expansion of existing academic programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective students or by the employers of our graduates. Students and faculty increasingly rely on personal communication devices and expect that we will be able to adapt our information technology platforms and our educational delivery methods to support these devices and any new technologies that may develop. Even if our institutions are able to develop acceptable new programs and adapt to new technologies, our institutions may not be able to begin offering those new programs and technologies as quickly as required by prospective students and employers or as quickly as our competitors begin offering similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, the rates at which our graduates obtain jobs involving their fields of study could suffer and our results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

If students who avail themselves of government-sponsored student financing programs in certain countries do not graduate and subsequently default on their loans, we may be responsible for repaying a significant portion of their loans.

        Our accredited Chilean institutions participate in a Chilean government-sponsored student financing program known as the CAE Program. The program was implemented by the Chilean government in 2006 to promote higher education in Chile for lower socio-economic level students with good academic standing. The CAE Program involves tuition financing and guarantees that are shared by our institutions and the government. As part of the program, our institutions provide guarantees resulting in contingent liabilities to third-party financing institutions, beginning at 90% of the tuition loans made directly to qualified students enrolled through the CAE Program and declining to 60%. The guarantees by our institutions are for the period in which the student is enrolled, and the guarantees are assumed entirely by the government upon the student's graduation. Additionally, when a student leaves one of our institutions and enrolls in another CAE-qualified institution, our institution

36


Table of Contents

will remain the guarantor of the tuition loans that have been granted to the student up to such date, and until the student's graduation from the new CAE-qualified institution. Assuming that all students at our institutions who are in the CAE Program, and all students who left our institutions and were part of the CAE Program, do not graduate, and that all of those students default on the full amount of the CAE-qualified loan balances, the maximum potential amount of payments our institutions could be required to make under the CAE Program was approximately $420 million at September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015, we had recorded $21.0 million as estimated guarantee liabilities for these obligations. If a significant portion of our students who participate in the CAE Program were to default, the financial condition and results of operations of each participating institution would be materially adversely affected.

        Similarly, students at substantially all of our Brazilian institutions are participating in a Brazilian government program known as FIES. FIES is a federal program established to provide financing to students enrolled in private institutions of higher education that meet certain academic standards and whose household incomes per capita relative to the cost of tuition are below a certain level. Under FIES, the government loans a portion of the tuition to eligible students, some of whom are required to name a guarantor to underwrite their loan. The government then pays the corresponding loan amount to the higher education institution in special bonds that the institution may use to pay its national social security tax and certain other federal taxes or, if the institution has a tax clearance certificate, that the institution can sell for cash in a public auction conducted by a government-sponsored bank. Under FIES, if a student defaults on his or her repayment of a FIES loan, and the guarantor does not fulfill its guarantee, the higher education institution is responsible for repaying up to 15% of the related delinquency (30% if an institution has one or more open tax disputes that are not being defended in compliance with the applicable security/bond requirements). If participation by our Brazilian students in FIES increases, and a significant portion of our participating students in the program were to default and their respective guarantors were to fail to fulfill the terms of their guarantee, or if the defaulting student was not required to provide a guarantor, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if any institution were involved in a tax dispute with the Brazilian government, and such institution were not defending the suit in compliance with the applicable security/bond requirements, the amount of the guarantee would increase to 30%, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory changes that affect the timing of government-sponsored student aid payments or receipt of government-sponsored financial aid could materially adversely affect our liquidity.

        New regulations may change the timing for the collection of government-sponsored student aid payments from our students. For example, in December 2014, regulators in Brazil announced several significant rule changes to FIES beginning in 2015. These changes raise the eligibility requirements, reduce the annual budget for the program and delay payments to the post-secondary institutions that would otherwise have been due in 2015. Such a delay in tuition payments from government-sponsored programs may negatively affect our liquidity and we may require additional working capital or third-party funding to finance our operations. See "Business—Our Operating Segments—LatAm—Government–Sponsored Student Financing Programs." See also "—Risks Relating to our Highly Regulated Industry in the United States—The DOE may change our U.S. Institutions' method of receiving Title IV program funds, which could materially affect our liquidity."

We may face increased costs and operational difficulties if any of our international institutions are not permitted to pay commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to persons responsible for certain recruiting or admission activities.

        Some of our international institutions, such as our hospitality management institutions in Switzerland, which are accredited by one of the U.S. regional accreditation agencies, pay commissions,

37


Table of Contents

bonuses or other incentive payments to employees and contractors who recruit non-Title IV program eligible students in other non-U.S. countries. As these students are not eligible for U.S. government funding under Title IV programs, this has historically not been restricted under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the "HEA"), and the regulations of the DOE. However, it is possible that, in the future, certain regulatory agencies may restrict all institutions from paying incentive compensation to student recruiters for those non-U.S. students who are not eligible to participate in Title IV programs. If that were to happen, we would need to restructure our international recruiting programs for these institutions, which could result in increased costs and decreased international student enrollments, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

We may have exposure to greater-than-anticipated tax liabilities.

        As a multinational corporation, we are subject to income taxes as well as non-income based taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions.

        Our future income taxes could be materially adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates. In addition, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations and accounting principles, could have a material adverse effect on our future income taxes. The determination of our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires significant judgment, and there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We have not recorded any deferred tax liabilities for undistributed foreign earnings either because of legal restrictions on distributions or because our historical strategy was to reinvest these earnings outside the United States. As circumstances change and if some or all of these undistributed foreign earnings are remitted to the United States, we will be required to recognize deferred tax liabilities on those amounts.

        We earn a significant amount of our income from subsidiaries located in countries outside the United States, and any repatriation of funds currently held in foreign jurisdictions may result in higher effective tax rates for our company. In addition, there have been proposals to change U.S. tax laws that would significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings. Although we cannot predict whether or in what form this proposed legislation may pass, if enacted it could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense and cash flows.

        Additionally, in certain countries in which we operate, higher education institutions are either exempt from paying certain taxes, including income taxes, or pay taxes at significantly reduced rates. This includes certain of our higher education institutions that are organized as VIEs, similar to not-for-profit institutions in the United States. If we were to lose this favorable tax treatment, either because a VIE institution is converted into a for-profit shareholder-owned entity, or because of a change in local tax laws, our tax liabilities could increase materially.

        We are subject to regular review and audit by both domestic and foreign tax authorities. Any adverse outcome of such a review or audit could have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition. We are also subject to non-income based taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, value-added, net worth, property and goods and services taxes, in both the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We are under regular audit by tax authorities with respect to these non-income based taxes and may have exposure to additional non-income based tax liabilities. Our acquisition activities have increased the volume and complexity of laws and regulations that we are subject to and with which we must comply.

        During 2010, we were notified by the Spanish Taxing Authorities ("STA") (in this case, by the Regional Inspection Office of the Special Madrid Tax Unit) that an audit of some of our Spanish subsidiaries was being initiated for 2006 and 2007. On June 29, 2012, the STA issued a final assessment to Iniciativas Culturales de Espana, S.L. ("ICE"), our Spanish holding company, for approximately EUR 12 million ($13.4 million at September 30, 2015), including interest, for those two years based on

38


Table of Contents

its rejection of the tax deductibility of financial expenses related to certain intercompany acquisitions and the application of the Spanish ETVE regime. On July 25, 2012, we filed a claim with the Regional Economic-Administrative Court challenging this assessment and, in the same month, we issued a cash-collateralized letter of credit for the assessment amount, in order to suspend the payment of the tax due. Further, in July 2013, we were notified by the STA (in this case, by the Central Inspection Office for Large Taxpayers) that an audit of ICE was also being initiated for 2008 through 2010. On October 19, 2015, the STA issued a final assessment to ICE for approximately EUR 17.2 million ($19.2 million at September 30, 2015), including interest, for those three years. We plan to appeal this assessment. In order to suspend the payment of the tax assessment until the court decision, we will issue a cash-collateralized letter of credit for the assessment amount plus interest and any possible surcharges. We believe the assessments in this case are without merit and intend to defend vigorously against them.

        During the quarter ended June 30, 2015, we reassessed our position regarding the ICE tax audit matters as a result of recent adverse decisions from the Spanish Supreme Court and Spanish National Court on cases for taxpayers with similar facts, and determined that we could no longer support a more-likely-than-not position. As a result, during the second quarter of 2015, we recorded a provision totaling EUR 37.6 million ($42.1 million) for the period from January 1, 2006 through September 30, 2015. We plan to continue the appeals process for the periods already audited and assessed.

        Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and may materially adversely affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

Market perceptions concerning the instability of the euro, the potential reintroduction of individual currencies within the Eurozone, or the potential dissolution of the euro entirely, could adversely affect our business and financial position.

        As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, in particular in Cyprus, Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility (the "EFSF") and the European Financial Stability Mechanism (the "EFSM") to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. Throughout 2011, the EFSF and EFSM undertook a series of interventions to provide direct financing or other credit support to European governments. In 2012, certain Eurozone states announced austerity programs and other cost-cutting initiatives, and the EFSF was permitted to further expand its powers to provide direct loans to certain Eurozone financial institutions. Despite these measures, there can be no assurance that the recent market disruptions in Europe related to sovereign debt, including the increased cost of funding for certain governments and financial institutions, will not continue, nor can there be any assurance that future assistance packages will be available or, even if provided, will be sufficient to stabilize the affected countries and markets in Europe or elsewhere.

        Uncertainty persists regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries, including those in which we have higher education institutions, and the solvency of certain European financial institutions and their respective ability to meet future financial obligations. In 2015, Greece entered into extended negotiations with its international creditor institutions as to its request for additional assistance or relief in meeting its financial obligations. Uncertainty regarding this financial assistance and Greece's ability to meet its financial obligations led to the imposition of capital controls within Greece and the closing of the country's banks and stock exchanges for an extended period of time, all of which has caused a significant negative impact on the Greek economy. While we do not have any institutions in Greece, our institution in Cyprus (European University Cyprus) draws a significant proportion of its students from Greece, and may be adversely affected by the current and any future economic turmoil in Greece.

        In general, the protracted adverse market conditions in Europe have created doubts as to the overall stability of the euro and the suitability of the euro as a single currency given the diverse

39


Table of Contents

economic and political circumstances in individual member states. These and other concerns could lead to the reintroduction of individual currencies in one or more member states or, in more extreme circumstances, the possible dissolution of the euro entirely. Should the euro dissolve entirely, the legal and contractual consequences for holders of euro-denominated obligations would be determined by laws in effect at such time. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reported revenues and earnings may be negatively affected by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar and currency exchange rates.

        We report revenues, costs and earnings in U.S. dollars, while our institutions generally collect tuition in the local currency. Exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the local currency in the countries where we operate institutions are likely to fluctuate from period to period. In 2014, approximately 84% of our revenues originated outside the United States. We translate revenues and other results denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars for our consolidated financial statements. This translation is based on average exchange rates during a reporting period. The U.S. dollar has been strengthening against many international currencies, including the Brazilian real, euro and Mexican peso. For example, the Brazilian dollar-to-real spot exchange rate increased from 1:2.3621 on December 31, 2013 to 1:2.6576 on December 31, 2014 and 1:3.9475 on September 30, 2015. As the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar strengthens, our reported international revenues and earnings are reduced because foreign currencies translate into fewer U.S. dollars. For the year ended December 31, 2014, a hypothetical 10% adverse change in average annual foreign currency exchange rates, excluding the impacts of our derivatives, would have decreased our operating income and our Adjusted EBITDA by $16.7 million and $78.4 million, respectively. For more information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Factors Affecting Comparability—Foreign Exchange."

        To the extent that foreign revenues and expense transactions are not denominated in the local currency and/or to the extent foreign earnings are reinvested in a currency other than their functional currency, we are also subject to the risk of transaction losses. We occasionally enter into foreign exchange forward contracts or other hedging arrangements to reduce the earnings impact of non-functional currency denominated non-trade receivables and debt and to protect the U.S. dollar value of our assets and future cash flows with respect to exchange rate fluctuations. Given the volatility of exchange rates, there is no assurance that we will be able to effectively manage currency transaction and/or translation risks. Therefore, volatility in currency exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        Currency exchange rates and our reported revenues and earnings may also be negatively affected by inflation or hyperinflation. If a country in which we operate is designated as a highly inflationary economy in the future under GAAP, the U.S. dollar would become the functional currency for our operations in that country. As a result, all gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of the financial results of operations in such country and other transactional foreign exchange gains and losses would be reflected in our earnings, which could result in volatility within our earnings, rather than as a component of our comprehensive income within stockholders' equity. Hyperinflation in any of the countries in which we operate may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We experience seasonal fluctuations in our results of operations.

        Most of the institutions in our network have a summer break, during which classes are generally not in session and minimal revenues are recognized. In addition to the timing of summer breaks, holidays such as Easter also have an impact on our academic calendar. Operating expenses, however, do not fully correlate to the enrollment and revenue cycles, as the institutions continue to incur

40


Table of Contents

expenses during summer breaks. Given the geographic diversity of our institutions and differences in timing of summer breaks, our second and fourth quarters are stronger revenue quarters as the majority of our institutions are in session for most of these respective quarters. Our first and third fiscal quarters are weaker revenue quarters because the majority of our institutions have summer breaks for some portion of one of these two quarters. Because a significant portion of our expenses do not vary proportionately with the fluctuations in our revenues, our results in a particular fiscal quarter may not indicate accurately the results we will achieve in a subsequent quarter or for the full fiscal year.

Connectivity constraints or system disruptions to our computer networks could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students.

        We run the online operations of our institutions on different platforms, which are in various stages of development. The performance and reliability of these online operations are critical to the reputation of our institutions and our ability to attract and retain students. Any computer system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in traffic on our institutions' computer networks may result in the unavailability of these computer networks. In addition, any significant failure of our computer networks could disrupt our on-campus operations. Individual, sustained or repeated occurrences could significantly damage the reputation of our institutions' operations and result in a loss of potential or existing students. Additionally, the computer systems and operations of our institutions are vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters and other catastrophic events and network and telecommunications failures. The disaster recovery plans and backup systems that we have in place may not be effective in addressing a natural disaster or catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business or information technology and infrastructure systems. As a result of any of these events, we may not be able to conduct normal business operations and may be required to incur significant expenses in order to resume normal business operations. As a result, our revenues and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We rely on computer systems for financial reporting and other operations and any disruptions in our systems would materially adversely affect us.

        We rely on computer systems to support our financial reporting capabilities, including our SSOs, and other operations. As with any computer systems, unforeseen issues may arise that could affect our ability to receive adequate, accurate and timely financial information, which in turn could inhibit effective and timely decisions. Furthermore, it is possible that our information systems could experience a complete or partial shutdown. If such a shutdown occurred, it could materially adversely affect our ability to report our financial results in a timely manner or to otherwise operate our business.

The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss that could materially adversely affect our reputation and operations.

        Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. Our institutions collect, use and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our students and their families, including social security numbers, tax return information, personal and family financial data and credit card numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information of our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors that hold and manage confidential information on our behalf may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, cyber attacks and other security threats. Confidential information also may become available to third parties inadvertently when we integrate or convert computer networks into our network following an acquisition of an institution or in connection with upgrades from time to time.

41


Table of Contents

        Due to the sensitive nature of the information contained on our networks, such as students' grades, our networks may be targeted by hackers. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent those security and business controls, which could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. Possession and use of personal information in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breaches and restrict our use of personal information. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. A major breach, theft or loss of personal information regarding our students and their families or our employees that is held by us or our vendors could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and results of operations and could result in further regulation and oversight by governmental authorities and could violate the laws of one or more countries in which we operate, which could subject us to civil or criminal penalties and increased costs of compliance.

We may be unable to operate one or more of our institutions or suffer liability or loss due to a natural or other disaster.

        Our institutions are vulnerable to natural or other disasters, including fires, earthquakes, hurricanes and other events beyond our control. A number of our institutions are located in areas such as Mexico and Central America that are prone to hurricane damage, which may be substantial. A number of our institutions are also located in areas, such as Chile, Mexico, Peru and Turkey, that are prone to earthquake damage. For example, in 2010, a magnitude 8.8 earthquake struck Chile and a magnitude 7.2 earthquake struck Mexico. Many of our locations in Chile and several locations in Mexico sustained damage in these earthquakes. Also in 2010, we experienced a fire in a dormitory at one of our institutions in Switzerland. It is possible that one or more of our institutions would be unable to operate for an extended period of time in the event of a hurricane, earthquake or other disaster which does substantial damage to the area in which an institution is located. The failure of one or more of our institutions to operate for a substantial period of time could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In the event of a major natural or other disaster, we could also experience loss of life of students, faculty members and administrative staff, or liability for damages or injuries.

If there is an outbreak of disease in one or more of our locations, our ability to recruit new students or hold classes may be interrupted.

        In recent years, there have been numerous outbreaks of infectious diseases, such as SARS and the H1N1 virus, that have spread quickly through populations in countries in which we operate, and have had serious impact on businesses that operate in those countries. Concentrated populations, such as students in upper secondary schools and universities, may be particularly susceptible to these diseases, requiring local governments to take various measures, including suspension of business and quarantines, to control their spread. If there is an outbreak of disease in a country in which we operate, our recruiters may be prevented from visiting local upper secondary schools during the student recruitment season, which could have a material adverse effect on our new student enrollments during the following academic term. In addition, an outbreak during the academic year could result in a shutdown of one or more campuses, or a quarantine that could prevent students and faculty from entering a campus or, in the case of a residential campus, a quarantine of students on campus without faculty access, resulting in a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

42


Table of Contents

We intend to increase the number of international students at many of our institutions, which presents multiple risks.

        A significant portion of students at several of our specialized institutions, such as some of our hospitality and design institutions in Switzerland, Australia and Italy, come from other countries. We intend to increase international student representation at these and our other institutions, including increased dual degree programs between universities and increased study abroad programs. The ability of foreign students to register at our institutions is subject to various obstacles over which we have no control, including their ability to obtain student visas, the financial stability of the countries from which they come, their families' ability to afford our programs, and quarantines and other travel restrictions in the event of the outbreak of epidemics. For example, during the SARS epidemic in Asia in 2003, Switzerland effectively prevented students from Asia, who make up a large proportion of the students at our Swiss hospitality institutions, from traveling to Switzerland. Any restrictions on the ability of international students to obtain visas to study at our institutions, or any restrictions on their ability to travel, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may be unable to recruit, train and retain qualified and experienced faculty and administrative staff at our institutions.

        Our success and ability to grow depend on the ability to hire and retain large numbers of talented people. The process of hiring employees with the combination of skills and attributes required to implement our business strategy can be difficult and time-consuming. Our faculty members in particular are key to the success of our institutions. Our rapid global expansion has presented challenges for recruiting talented people with the right experience and skills for our needs. We face competition in attracting and retaining faculty members who possess the necessary experience and accreditation to teach at our institutions. As we expand and add personnel, it may be difficult to maintain consistency in the quality of our faculty and administrative staff. If we are unable to, or are perceived to be unable to, attract and retain experienced and qualified faculty, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

High crime levels in certain countries and regions in which we operate institutions may have an impact on our ability to attract and retain students and may increase our operating expenses.

        Many of our institutions are located in countries and regions that have high rates of violent crime, drug trafficking and vandalism. If we are unable to maintain adequate security levels on our campuses, and to work with local authorities to maintain adequate security in the areas adjacent to our campuses, we may not be able to continue to attract and retain students, or we may have to close a campus either temporarily or permanently. For example, in 2014 we closed a small campus of one of our universities in Mexico because of threats from a local drug cartel. In addition, high crime rates may require us to make additional investments in security infrastructure and personnel, which may cause us to increase our tuition rates in order to maintain operating margins. Certain security measures may materially adversely affect the campus experience by making access by students more cumbersome, which may be viewed negatively by some of our existing or prospective students. If we are not able to attract and retain students because of our inability to provide them with a safe environment, or if we are required to make substantial additional investments in security, that could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to upgrade our campuses, they may become less attractive to parents and students and we may fail to grow our business.

        All of our institutions require periodic upgrades to remain attractive to parents and students. Upgrading the facilities at our institutions could be difficult for a number of reasons, including the following:

    our properties may not have the capacity or configuration to accommodate proposed renovations;

43


Table of Contents

    construction and other costs may be prohibitive;

    we may fail to obtain regulatory approvals;

    it may be difficult and expensive to comply with local building and fire codes, especially as to properties that we acquired as part of past acquisitions;

    we may be unable to finance construction and other costs; and

    we may not be able to negotiate reasonable terms with our landlords or developers or complete the work within acceptable timeframes.

        Our failure to upgrade the facilities of our institutions could lead to lower enrollment and could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our planned growth will require occupying increasing amounts of real estate that can be difficult to obtain and are subject to local regulation and control by landlords.

        In order to continue to expand, we must continue to buy or lease additional real estate and construct new campus buildings. Construction of new campus buildings requires us to obtain permits from local authorities and to manage complex construction projects, which may result in unanticipated delays or expenditures. In 2013, the opening of a new campus building at UNAB was delayed, resulting in the need to relocate students to temporary facilities while the building was completed. UNAB incurred expenses to rent temporary facilities and provided tuition discounts to those students affected by the delay. The real estate that institutions in the Laureate International Universities network occupy is subject to local regulations, some of which may affect their ability to expand their operations. For example, in some locations, institutions are required by local regulations to provide a specific number of parking spaces per student enrolled or per area constructed. Even if there were adequate space in the academic facilities to expand the number of programs offered or students enrolled, we may not be able to expand if we are not able to provide adequate parking at a reasonable cost. The majority of the real estate that institutions in the Laureate International Universities network occupy is leased and may be subject to lease provisions that give the landlord the ability to affect the operation of the academic programs. For example, in certain jurisdictions, the landlord may be responsible for obtaining and maintaining occupancy permits or licenses, without which we cannot operate. If the landlord does not maintain the required permits or licenses, the institution may be required to suspend operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In Brazil, real estate laws provide that rent terms under certain types of leases are subject to periodic adjustments to reflect local economic conditions. These rent increases can be substantial, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We currently have leases with various expiration dates, some of which have renewal options. Our ability to renegotiate favorable terms on an expiring lease or to negotiate favorable terms for a suitable alternate location, and our ability to negotiate favorable lease terms for additional locations, will depend on conditions in the real estate market, competition for desirable properties and our relationships with current and prospective landlords or may depend on other factors that are not within our control. Any or all of these factors and conditions could negatively affect our growth.

Our success depends on the skills of our executive officers, particularly our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.

        Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of Douglas L. Becker, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and founder, who has always played and continues to play an integral role in developing and executing our growth strategy. We cannot assure you that we will have an internal candidate to take on the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer should Mr. Becker become unable or unwilling to serve. We also have other very experienced

44


Table of Contents

and valuable executives in senior management roles who would be extremely difficult to replace, the loss of whose services could affect the growth or results of our company. As our competitors expand their operations, they may have the resources to hire away members of our management team. There is no assurance that we will be able to retain our existing key personnel, particularly in light of increased competition in the higher education industry, or that we will be able to attract, assimilate or retain the additional personnel needed to support our business. If we cannot, we may not be able to grow our business as planned, and we may not be able to operate our existing business effectively. In addition, we may not have identified clear successors to our management team and other key employees, which could result in lost opportunities and disruptions to our operations in the event of an unexpected departure. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The minority owners of our institutions may disagree with the way we operate the institutions or plan to expand the institutions, which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        Although we control all of our institutions, we share ownership or control of several of our institutions with minority stockholders. We currently do not have the right to buy out all of these minority interests. The minority owners could assert that our business decisions at the institution adversely affected the value of their investment. In certain of our institutions, minority owners continue to occupy key management positions and may have the ability to enter into agreements with third parties or take other actions that are inconsistent with our corporate policies, which could create legal burdens and additional expense for us. In addition, disagreements with the minority owners may distract management and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Litigation may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, students, suppliers, competitors, minority partners, stockholders, government agencies or others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and intellectual property claims, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operation are required. The cost to defend future litigation may be significant. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA"), as well as trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to civil and criminal penalties, harm our reputation and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of numerous jurisdictions. These laws and regulations place restrictions on our operations and business practices. In particular, we are subject to the FCPA, which generally prohibits companies and their intermediaries from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage, along with various other anti-corruption laws. As a result of doing business in foreign countries and with foreign partners, we

45


Table of Contents

are exposed to a heightened risk of violating anti-corruption laws. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure that we, our employees and other intermediaries comply with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws to which we are subject, there is no assurance that such policies or procedures will work effectively all of the time or protect us against liability under the FCPA or other laws for actions taken by our employees and other intermediaries with respect to our business or any businesses that we may acquire. We cannot assure you that all of our local partners will comply with these laws, in which case we could be held liable for actions taken inside or outside of the United States, even though our partners may not be subject to these laws. Our continued international expansion, and any development of new partnerships and joint venture relationships worldwide, increase the risk of FCPA violations in the future.

        Violations of anti-corruption laws, export control laws and regulations, and economic sanctions laws and regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. If we fail to comply with the FCPA or other laws governing the conduct of international operations, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties and other remedial measures, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA or other anti-corruption laws, export control laws and regulations, and economic sanctions laws and regulations by the United States or foreign authorities could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, regardless of the outcome of the investigation.

We may not generate anticipated savings from our EiP program or our SSOs.

        We anticipate making an investment of approximately $180 million in our EiP program from 2015 to 2017 years to optimize and standardize our processes with a goal of enabling sustained growth and margin expansion, and we have developed and begun to deploy SSOs around the world with the goal of processing most back-office and non-student facing transactions for the institutions in the Laureate International Universities network, such as accounting, finance and procurement. While we expect these programs to generate approximately $100 million in annual cost savings when fully realized in 2019, there can be no assurance that we will achieve these savings goals or that we will not have to make additional investments in these programs to do so. In addition, our ability to implement these programs successfully and timely could be adversely affected by many factors including, among others, lack of acceptance by local regulators and institutions, inability to identify and hire qualified personnel to staff SSOs and unanticipated technical difficulties. If we are not able to implement the EiP program and the SSOs successfully and timely, at the costs that we currently anticipate, these initiatives may not generate their intended operating efficiencies which could hamper our ability to grow in a scalable manner, and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not corrected, could result in material misstatements of our financial statements.

        In the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, we identified five material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses related to (1) an inadequate contract management process, (2) inadequate accounting for tax matters, (3) inadequate knowledge of GAAP in the non-U.S. finance organization, (4) inadequate journal entry review processes and (5) inadequate controls over key reports and spreadsheets. We have remediated three of the five material weaknesses; however, material weaknesses related to (1) inadequate journal entry review processes and (2) inadequate controls over key reports and spreadsheets remained at December 31, 2014.

46


Table of Contents

        The remediation of these material weaknesses includes making significant investments to develop training programs for our global finance organization, changing the organizational design and reporting relationships for our global finance organization and upgrading the qualifications of personnel where necessary, and designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls, some of which are manual. However, until the completion of our ongoing EiP initiative, which is anticipated to occur in 2017 and includes implementing a global enterprise resource planning system and completing the vertical integration of our finance organization through the establishment of regional SSOs, there is significant risk in maintaining these manual processes and bringing them to scale. The sustainability of these manual control processes and the successful transition from manual to automated processes cannot be assured. Until the full implementation of EiP, which we expect to occur in 2017, or if our EiP implementation efforts are not successful, the remediated material weaknesses may reoccur, the current material weaknesses may not be remediated in a timely manner, or other material weaknesses could occur in the future.

        As a result, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting of our Class A common stock and could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline. As a result of such failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our Class A common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors, which could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations, and divert financial and management resources from our core business.

        Further, if as a result of these material weaknesses we are unable to provide the DOE with required financial statements by specified deadlines, the DOE could take action to materially limit or terminate our U.S. Institutions' participation in the Title IV federal student aid programs, which could result in a material or adverse decline in revenues, financial condition or results of operations. Furthermore, the U.S. Institutions would then be unable to continue their business as currently conducted, which could be expected to have a material adverse effect on our U.S. Institutions' ability to continue as going concerns.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be materially adversely affected.

        Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"). This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts and we may need to make further investments in order to become compliant. Prior to this offering, we have not been required to test our internal controls within a specified period and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

        We may in the future discover areas of our internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that need improvement. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, regardless of how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

47


Table of Contents

        If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements, and we or our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to provide us with an unqualified opinion as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If that were to happen, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could lead to a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our Class A common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

        Additionally, the existence of any material weakness could require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weakness and management may not be able to remediate any such material weakness in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause the holders of our Class A common stock to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially adversely affect our business and share price.


Risks Relating to Our Highly Regulated Industry in the United States

Failure of any of our U.S. Institutions to comply with extensive regulatory requirements could result in significant monetary liabilities, fines and penalties, restrictions on our operations, limitations on our growth, or loss of access to federal student loans and grants for our students, on which we are substantially dependent.

        Our U.S. Institutions are subject to extensive regulatory requirements, including at the federal, state, and accrediting agency levels. Many students at our U.S. Institutions rely on the availability of federal student financial aid programs, known as Title IV programs, which are administered by the DOE, to finance their cost of attending our institutions. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, Kendall College, NewSchool of Architecture and Design, St. Augustine and Walden University derived approximately 35%, 47%, 46%, and 74%, respectively, of their revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds. In the aggregate, our U.S. Institutions derived approximately $461 million of revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV programs during the year ended December 31, 2014.

        To participate in Title IV programs, our U.S. Institutions must be authorized by the appropriate state education agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE, and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. As a result, our U.S. Institutions are subject to extensive regulation and review by these agencies and commissions which cover the vast majority of our U.S. operations, including our educational programs, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, student recruiting and admissions, and financial operations. These regulations also affect our ability to acquire or open additional institutions, add new educational programs, substantially change existing programs or change our corporate or ownership structure. The agencies and commissions that regulate our operations periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements. Regulatory requirements are not always precise and clear, and regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we interpret or apply these requirements. If we misinterpret or are found to have not complied with any of these regulatory requirements, our U.S. Institutions could suffer financial penalties, limitations on their operations, loss of accreditation, termination of or limitations on their ability to grant degrees and certificates, or limitations on or termination of their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we are charged with regulatory violations, our reputation could be damaged, which could have a negative impact on our enrollments and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results

48


Table of Contents

of operations. We cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to comply with all of the applicable requirements in the future.

        If any of our U.S. Institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, we would experience a material and adverse decline in revenues, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth prospects. Furthermore, the affected U.S. Institution would be unable to continue its business as it is currently conducted, which could have a material adverse effect on the institution's ability to continue as a going concern.

If any of the U.S. education regulatory agencies or commissions that regulate us do not approve or delay any required approvals of transactions involving a change of control, including our recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation and this offering, our ability to operate or participate in Title IV programs may be impaired.

        If we or one of our U.S. Institutions experiences a change of ownership or control under the standards of the DOE, any applicable accrediting agency, any applicable state educational licensing agency, or any specialized accrediting agency, we must notify or seek approval of each such agency or commission. These agencies do not have uniform criteria for what constitutes a change of ownership or control. Transactions or events that typically constitute a change of ownership or control include significant acquisitions or dispositions of shares of the voting stock of an institution or its parent company, and significant changes in the composition of the board of directors of an institution or its parent company. The occurrence of some of these transactions or events may be beyond our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any change of control from the DOE or any applicable accrediting agency or state educational licensing agency, could impair our U.S. Institutions' ability to operate or participate in Title IV programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any change of control from any state in which our U.S. Institutions are currently licensed or authorized, or from any applicable accrediting agency, could require us to suspend our activities in that state or suspend offering applicable programs until we receive the required approval, or could otherwise impair our operations.

        The DOE has notified us that it considers this offering and our recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation to be two separate changes of ownership resulting in changes in control under the DOE's regulations. Under the DOE's regulations, an institution that undergoes a change in control loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and must apply to the DOE to reestablish such eligibility. If an institution files the required application and follows certain other procedures, the DOE may temporarily certify the institution on a provisional basis following the change in control, such that the institution's students retain access to Title IV program funds until the DOE completes its full review of the change in control. In addition, the DOE will extend such temporary provisional certification if the institution timely files other required materials, including any required approvals of the change in control by its state authorizing agency and accrediting commission, and certain financial information. If an institution fails to meet any of these deadlines, its certification will expire, and its students will not be eligible to receive Title IV program funds until the DOE completes its full review, which commonly takes several months or longer. We have applied to the DOE on behalf of Kendall College, NewSchool of Architecture and Design, St. Augustine and Walden University for approval of these institutions' continued participation in Title IV programs in connection with both this offering and the recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation. The DOE will not review or approve the application until after this offering has occurred, although the DOE does allow for a pre-acquisition review of the application in which it will inform the institution of whether the application is deemed to be materially complete such that a temporary provisional program participation agreement can be issued following closing of the transaction pending completion of the post-closing review of the transaction by the DOE. The DOE has provided a response to our pre-acquisition review request with respect to the Delaware public benefit corporation conversion and

49


Table of Contents

this offering, and while not an approval, has indicated that it views our application as materially complete and that it will be prepared to issue a temporary provisional program participation agreement to our U.S. Institutions following the conversion upon review of certain additional information and pending the DOE's post-closing review and that it would then continue that temporary provisional participation agreement following this offering, again upon receipt of certain additional information. However, the DOE will only formally review and approve both the conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation and this offering after they have occurred. As a result, there can be no assurance that the DOE will approve this offering and recertify our U.S. Institutions for continued Title IV program eligibility following this offering. If the DOE approves an application after a change in control, it will typically certify an institution on a provisional basis for a period of up to approximately three years. If the DOE fails to recertify our U.S. Institutions following this offering, students at the affected institutions would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds. The DOE could also recertify our U.S. Institutions following this offering, but restrict or delay students' receipt of Title IV program funds, limit the number of students to whom an institution could disburse such funds, require letters of credit, or impose other restrictions that could materially adversely affect our U.S. business.

        We are also seeking confirmation from the institutional and programmatic accrediting agencies for Kendall College, NewSchool of Architecture and Design, St. Augustine and Walden University, as well as from the U.S. institutional accrediting agencies for Universidad Andrés Bello, Les Roches International School of Hotel Management and Glion Institute of Higher Education, whether this offering will constitute a change of control under their respective standards. With respect to the institutional accrediting agencies, the Higher Learning Commission, the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, the Middle States Commission on Higher Education, the Commission on Senior Colleges of the Western Association of Schools and Colleges and the Distance Education Accreditation Commission have informed us that they do not consider this offering to constitute a change of control, but have required certain follow-up information regarding the offering. With respect to the conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation, among our institutional accreditors, the Middle States Commission on Higher Education has stated that it considers the conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation to constitute a substantive change under its standards. The Commission on Senior Colleges of the Western Association of Schools and Colleges required the NewSchool of Architecture and Design and St. Augustine to submit "Substantive Change: Change in Mission, Ownership, or Form of Control" proposals to the Structural Change committee. This committee reviewed these proposals and determined that neither this offering nor the conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation constituted structural changes requiring approval. Many states and programmatic accreditors have also informed us that this offering will not constitute a change of control, but some agencies have determined that the offering will need to be reviewed under their respective change of ownership standards. In addition, several agencies are currently reviewing our recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation under their change of control or substantive change standards. To the extent any agency requires approval of this offering or our conversion, the institutional accrediting agencies and some state educational agencies that authorize our U.S. Institutions also may not act to review or approve this offering or our conversion on an advance basis. Our failure to obtain any required approval of this offering or the recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation from the DOE, the institutional accrediting agencies, or the pertinent state educational agencies could result in one or more of our U.S. Institutions losing continued eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs, accreditation or state licensure, which could have a material adverse effect on our U.S. business, financial condition and results of operations.

50


Table of Contents

Congress may revise the laws governing Title IV programs or reduce funding for those and other student financial assistance programs, and the DOE may revise its regulations administering Title IV programs, any of which could reduce our enrollment and revenues and increase costs of operations.

        The HEA is a federal law that governs Title IV programs. The U.S. Congress must authorize and appropriate funding for Title IV programs under the HEA and can change the laws governing Title IV programs at any time. The HEA was most recently reauthorized in August 2008 through federal fiscal year 2014, although the U.S. Congress has taken actions required to extend Title IV programs while an HEA reauthorization remains pending. Congress continues to engage in HEA reauthorization hearings, with such hearings examining various subjects to be potentially addressed through reauthorization, including, but not limited to, college affordability, the role of consumer information in college choices by students and families, whether Title IV programs should include institutional risk-sharing, and the role of accrediting agencies in ensuring institutional quality, among other items. We cannot predict the timing and terms of any eventual HEA reauthorization, including any potential changes to institutional participation or student eligibility requirements or funding levels for particular Title IV programs, which terms may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Apart from Title IV programs, eligible veterans and military personnel may receive educational benefits for the pursuit of higher education. A reduction in federal funding levels for Title IV programs, or for programs providing educational benefits to veterans and military personnel, could reduce the ability of some students to finance their education. We cannot predict with certainty the future funding levels for Title IV programs, or for programs providing educational benefits to veterans and military personnel, or the nature of any future revisions to the law or regulations related to these programs. Because a significant percentage of the revenues of our U.S. Institutions is and is expected to be derived from Title IV programs, any action by the U.S. Congress that significantly reduces Title IV program funding or the ability of our U.S. students to participate in Title IV programs could have a material adverse effect on our U.S. Institutions' enrollments, business, financial condition and results of operations. Congressional action also may require our U.S. Institutions to modify their practices in ways that could increase administrative costs and reduce profit margins, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In recent years, the DOE has promulgated a substantial number of new regulations that impact our U.S. Institutions, including, but not limited to, state authorization, standards regarding the payment of incentive compensation, the definition of a credit hour for the purpose of determining program eligibility for Title IV student financial aid, and the scope of the prohibition and potential sanctions for substantial misrepresentations. These regulations concerning Title IV program integrity generally became effective on July 1, 2011. On October 30, 2014, the DOE published final regulations to define "gainful employment" for the purposes of the Title IV program requirement that educational programs offered by proprietary institutions prepare students for gainful employment in recognized occupations, which became effective on July 1, 2015. In November 2014, two organizations representing for-profit institutions filed separate lawsuits in federal district courts against the DOE seeking to have the final gainful employment regulations invalidated. In both cases, the courts upheld the regulations and dismissed the lawsuits. In addition, several of the program integrity regulations remain subject to further interpretation and specific application by the DOE. In particular, the DOE has not yet issued proposed or final rules on state authorization of distance education and foreign locations, the last remaining topics from the 2014 program integrity and improvement rulemaking.

        In October 2014, the DOE published final regulations updating the standard for determining adverse credit history for the purposes of eligibility for a Direct PLUS loan. On December 3, 2014, the DOE published proposed regulations on the teacher preparation program accountability system under the HEA, and additionally proposed amendments on teacher preparation program eligibility for TEACH Grant participation. On October 30, 2015, the DOE published final regulations to establish a Pay as You Earn Repayment Plan and implement changes regarding cohort default rate appeals and the Federal Family Education Loan and Direct Loan Programs. The Pay as You Earn Repayment Plan

51


Table of Contents

provisions will take effect in December 2015 and a majority of the remaining provisions regulations will take effect on July 1, 2016. Also on October 30, 2015, the DOE published final regulations regarding cash management and debit card practices, retaking coursework and clock-to-credit hour conversion. A majority of the provisions of the regulations will take effect on July 1, 2016, and others will take effect on later dates in 2016 and 2017. The final regulations concerning cash management require, among other things, that institutions subject to heightened cash monitoring procedures for disbursements of Title IV funds must, effective July 1, 2016, pay to students any applicable Title IV credit balances before requesting such funds from the DOE. Because Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College are currently subject to heightened cash monitoring procedures, we are assessing the potential impact of the recently released regulations on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, on August 20, 2015, the DOE published notice of a new negotiated rulemaking process to clarify how direct loan borrowers who believe they were defrauded by their institutions can seek relief and to strengthen provisions to hold institutions accountable for their wrongdoing that results in loan discharges. We cannot predict the outcome or related impact of any of these items. As described in more detail under "Industry Regulation—U.S. Regulation," our U.S. Institutions or certain of their educational programs may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if they or certain of their educational programs cannot maintain compliance with applicable regulations of the DOE.

Hearings and examinations of the for-profit educational industry could result in negative publicity, additional legislation, rulemaking by the DOE and other federal regulatory agencies, and other restrictions on our business.

        In recent years, the U.S. House of Representatives Education and Workforce Committee (the "House Education and Workforce Committee") and the U.S. Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee (the "Senate HELP Committee") have increased the focus on the role of the for-profit post-secondary education industry. In the past, hearings by these committees have focused, among other things, on the manner in which accrediting agencies review higher education institutions, student recruiting and admissions and outcomes of students. In July 2012, the Democratic staff of the Senate HELP Committee released a report based on information requested from thirty companies operating proprietary institutions, including Walden University. While stating that proprietary educational institutions such as Walden University play an important role in higher education and should be well-equipped to meet the needs of non-traditional students who now constitute the majority of the post-secondary education population, the report was critical of the proprietary school sector. The report could be used for future legislative proposals by members of Congress in connection with a reauthorization of the HEA or other proposed legislation. The report could also lead to further investigations of proprietary schools by various federal and state governmental agencies, and to additional regulations promulgated by the DOE. Also, a subcommittee of the U.S. Senate Homeland Security and Government Affairs Committee has conducted hearings covering the quality of education provided by proprietary institutions and treatment of educational benefits for military personnel for purposes of the 90/10 Rule on institutional eligibility for Title IV programs. In April 2012, President Obama signed an executive order aimed at providing military personnel, veterans and their family members with the resources they need to make an informed decision about their educational prospects and other protections (the "Executive Order").

        The U.S. Congress and Department of Defense (the "DoD") have increased their focus on DoD tuition assistance that is used for distance education and programs at proprietary institutions. In August 2013, the DoD began incorporating the principles of excellence outlined in the 2012 Executive Order into their current Memorandum of Understanding (the "MOU"), which increases oversight of educational programs offered to active duty service members and conveys the commitments and agreements between educational institutions and the DoD prior to accepting funds under the tuition assistance program. Institutions were required to sign the MOU by March 30, 2012. After March 1,

52


Table of Contents

2013, institutions without a signed DoD MOU cannot enroll service members under the tuition assistance program. In May 2014, the DoD released a final version of its revised MOU, which included new provisions applicable to all higher educational institutions providing educational programs through the DoD tuition assistance program. Among other things, the MOU requested that participating institutions provide meaningful information to students about the financial cost and attendance at an institution so military students can make informed decisions on where to attend school, will not use unfair, deceptive, and abusive recruiting practices and will provide academic and student support services to service members and their families. The revised MOU also implemented rules to strengthen existing procedures for access to DoD installations by educational institutions, a DoD Postsecondary Education Complaint System for service members, spouses, and adult family members to register student complaints and established authorization for the military departments to establish service-specific tuition assistance eligibility criteria and management controls. Our U.S. Institutions utilizing tuition assistance have signed DoD's standard MOU. The DoD has begun to increase its enforcement activity in connection with the 2012 Executive Order.

        We cannot predict whether, or the extent to which, this scrutiny will result in legislation or further rulemaking affecting our participation in Title IV programs, or in programs providing educational benefits to veterans and military personnel. To the extent that any laws or regulations are adopted that limit our participation in Title IV programs, programs providing educational benefits to veterans and military personnel, or the amount of student financial aid for which the students at our U.S. Institutions are eligible, those institutions' enrollments, revenues and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        In September 2015, President Obama announced the DOE's launch of a revised "College Scorecard" website that provides access to national data on college costs, graduation rates, debt and post-college earnings, including data regarding our U.S. Institutions. In addition, in November 2015, the DOE issued comparative data regarding DOE-recognized accreditation agencies and the institutions they accredit, which include median debt, repayment rates, completion rates and median earnings. To the extent such data gives rise to negative perceptions of our U.S. Institutions or of proprietary educational institutions generally, our reputation and business could be materially adversely affected.

Our U.S. Institutions must periodically seek recertification to participate in Title IV programs and, if the DOE does not recertify the institutions to continue participating in Title IV programs, our students would lose their access to Title IV program funds, or the institutions could be recertified but required to accept significant limitations as a condition of continued participation in Title IV programs.

        DOE certification to participate in Title IV programs lasts a maximum of six years, and institutions are required to seek recertification from the DOE on a regular basis to continue their participation in Title IV programs. An institution must also apply for recertification by the DOE if it undergoes a change in control, as defined by DOE regulations, and may be subject to similar review if it expands its operations or educational programs in certain ways. Generally, the recertification process includes a review by the DOE of the institution's educational programs and locations, administrative capability, financial responsibility and other oversight categories. The DOE could limit, suspend or terminate an institution's participation in Title IV programs for violations of the HEA or Title IV regulations. As discussed in more detail under "Industry Regulation—U.S. Regulation," each of our U.S. Institutions currently participates in the Title IV programs pursuant to the DOE's provisional form of certification.

        There can be no assurance that the DOE will recertify our U.S. Institutions after their respective current periods of certification, which currently end between December 2015 and September 2017, depending on the applicable institution. If the DOE does not renew or withdraws any of our U.S. Institutions' certifications to participate in Title IV programs at any time, students in the affected institution(s) would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds. Similarly, the DOE could renew our U.S. Institutions' certifications, but restrict or delay Title IV funding, limit the number of students to whom it could disburse such funds or impose other restrictions. In addition, the DOE may take emergency action to suspend any of our U.S. Institutions' certifications without advance notice if it receives reliable information that an institution is violating Title IV requirements and it determines that immediate action is necessary to prevent misuse of Title IV funds. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our U.S. Institutions' enrollments and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

53


Table of Contents

Our U.S. Institutions would lose their ability to participate in Title IV programs if they fail to maintain their institutional accreditation, and our student enrollments could decline if we fail to maintain any of our accreditations or approvals.

        An institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE to participate in Title IV programs. Each of our U.S. Institutions is so accredited, and such accreditation is subject to renewal or review periodically or when necessary. If any of our U.S. Institutions fails to satisfy any of its respective accrediting commissions' standards, that institution could lose its accreditation by its respective accrediting commission, which would cause the institution to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and experience a significant decline in total student enrollments. In addition, many of our U.S. Institutions' individual educational programs are accredited by specialized accrediting commissions or approved by specialized state agencies. If any of our U.S. Institutions fails to satisfy the standards of any of those specialized accrediting commissions or state agencies, that institution could lose the specialized accreditation or approval for the affected programs, which could result in materially reduced student enrollments in those programs and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if an accrediting body of one of our U.S. Institutions loses recognition by the DOE, that institution could lose its ability to participate in Title IV programs.

If any of our U.S. Institutions fail to obtain or maintain any of its state authorizations in states where such authorization is required, that institution may not be able to operate or enroll students in that state, and may not be able to award Title IV program funds to students.

        The DOE requires that an educational institution be authorized in each state where it physically operates in order to participate in Title IV programs. The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from state to state. Our campus-based U.S. Institutions are authorized by applicable state educational licensing agencies to operate and to grant degrees or diplomas, which authorizations are required for students at these institutions to be eligible to receive funding under Title IV programs. If any of our U.S. Institutions fail to continuously satisfy applicable standards for maintaining its state authorization in a state in which that institution is physically located, that institution could lose its authorization from the applicable state educational agency to offer educational programs and could be forced to cease operations in that state. Such a loss of authorization would also cause that institution's location in the state to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        DOE regulations effective on July 1, 2011 imposed new requirements regarding whether a state's authorization of an educational institution is sufficient for purposes of participation in the Title IV programs. If any of the authorizations provided to one or more of our U.S. Institutions are determined not to comply with these regulations, or one or more of our U.S. Institutions is unable to obtain or maintain an authorization that satisfies the DOE requirements, students at the pertinent institution may be unable to access Title IV funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in the United States.

        Many states also have sought to assert jurisdiction, whether through adoption of new laws and regulations or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations, over out-of-state educational institutions offering online degree programs that have no physical location or other presence in the state but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services to students who reside in the state, employing faculty who reside in the state or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent between states and not well developed in many jurisdictions. As such, these requirements change frequently and, in some instances, are not clear or are left to the discretion of state employees or agents. State regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have interpreted or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation by us of these regulatory requirements or adverse

54


Table of Contents

changes in regulations or interpretations of these regulations by state licensing agencies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our online educational programs offered by our U.S. Institutions and the constantly changing regulatory environment require us to continually evaluate our state regulatory compliance activities. We review the licensure requirements of other states when appropriate to determine whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or otherwise require licensure or authorization by the respective state education agencies. Therefore, in addition to the states where we maintain physical facilities, we have obtained, or are in the process of obtaining, approvals or exemptions that we believe are necessary in connection with our activities that may constitute a presence in such other states requiring licensure or authorization by the state educational agency based on the laws, rules or regulations of that state. In recent years, several states have voluntarily entered into State Authorization Reciprocity Agreements ("SARA") that establish standards for interstate offering of post-secondary distance education courses and programs. If an institution's home state participates in SARA and authorizes the institution to provide distance education in accordance with SARA standards, then the institution need not obtain additional authorizations for distance education from any other SARA member state. The SARA participation requirements and process are administered by the four regional higher education compacts in the United States (the Midwestern Higher Education Compact, the New England Board of Higher Education, the Southern Regional Education Board and the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education) and is overseen by the National Council for State Authorization Reciprocity Agreements. As of June 2015, Walden University was approved by the Midwestern Higher Education Compact to participate in SARA. If any of our U.S. Institutions fail to comply with state licensure or authorization requirements, we could be subject to various sanctions, including restrictions on recruiting students, providing educational programs and other activities in that state, and fines and penalties. Additionally, new laws, regulations or interpretations related to providing online educational programs and services could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability to recruit students in particular states, which could, in turn, negatively affect enrollments and revenues and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The failure to maintain any required state licensure or authorization for our distance education programs in the United States could prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or offering educational services to current students in one or more states, which could significantly reduce enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in the United States. Additionally, a DOE regulation effective on July 1, 2011 required institutions to meet state authorization requirements in states in which they enroll distance education students, but in which they are not physically located or otherwise subject to state jurisdiction, as a condition of awarding Title IV funds to students in that state. In July 2011, a Federal District Court issued an order vacating the regulation, which was sustained in June 2012 by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. In 2014, the DOE began a new program integrity negotiated rulemaking that included, among other issues, state authorization of distance education. In June 2014, the DOE announced that the state authorization rulemaking pertaining to distance education would be put on hold for the time being. Any failure to comply with state requirements, or any new or modified regulations at the federal or state level, could result in our inability to enroll students or receive Title IV funds for students in those states and could result in restrictions on our growth and enrollments.

Increased regulatory and enforcement effort aimed at proprietary education institutions could be a catalyst for legislative or regulatory restrictions, investigations, enforcement actions and claims that could, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        The proprietary education industry is experiencing broad-based, intensifying scrutiny in the form of increased investigations and enforcement actions. In October 2014, the DOE announced that it will be

55


Table of Contents

leading an interagency task force composed of the DOE, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), the U.S. Departments of Justice, Treasury and Veterans Affairs, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB"), the SEC, and numerous state attorneys general. The FTC has also recently issued civil investigative demands to several other U.S. proprietary educational institutions, which require the institutions to provide documents and information related to the advertising, marketing, or sale of secondary or postsecondary educational products or services, or educational accreditation products or services. The CFPB has also initiated a series of investigations against other U.S. proprietary educational institutions alleging that certain institutions' lending practices violate various consumer finance laws. In addition, attorneys general in several states have become more active in enforcing consumer protection laws, especially related to recruiting practices and the financing of education at proprietary educational institutions. In addition, several state attorneys general have recently partnered with the CFPB to review industry practices.

        In the event that any of our past or current business practices are found to violate applicable consumer protection laws, or if we are found to have made misrepresentations to our current or prospective students about our educational programs, we could be subject to monetary fines or penalties and possible limitations on the manner in which we conduct our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. To the extent that more states or government agencies commence investigations, act in concert, or direct their focus on our U.S. Institutions, the cost of responding to these inquiries and investigations could increase significantly, and the potential impact on our business would be substantially greater.

Our failure to comply with the laws and regulations of various states could result in actions that would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

        We are subject to extensive laws and regulations by the states in which we are authorized or licensed to operate. State laws typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and other operational matters. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees and may limit the ability of our students to sit for certification exams in their chosen fields of study. In addition, as mentioned above, attorneys general in several states have become more active in enforcing consumer protection laws, and in some instances have partnered with the CFPB. In addition, we may be subject to litigation by private parties alleging that we violated state laws regarding the educational programs provided by our U.S. Institutions and their operations.

        In January 2015, two students filed suit against us and Walden University, seeking class action status and alleging claims for breach of contract and unjust enrichment and violations of the Maryland and Illinois consumer protection laws and California unfair competition law related to the students' doctoral dissertation and master's thesis processes. A third student joined as a plaintiff when the complaint was subsequently amended. In addition, several groups of current and former students filed three separate law suits against St. Augustine relating to matters arising before we acquired the school in November 2013. The allegations pertain to a program that was launched in May 2011 and, at the time, offered a "Master of Orthopaedic Physician's Assistant Program" degree. The plaintiffs in these matters allege that the university misrepresented their ability to practice as licensed Physician Assistants with a heightened specialty in orthopaedics. For more information on these lawsuits, see "Business—Legal Proceedings." We believe the claims in these cases are without merit and intend to defend vigorously against the allegations. Any adverse outcome in such litigation could result in monetary or injunctive relief, which could materially adversely affect our U.S. Institutions and their operations.

56


Table of Contents

The inability of our graduates to obtain licensure or other specialized outcomes in their chosen professional fields of study could reduce our enrollments and revenues, and potentially lead to litigation that could be costly to us.

        Certain of our graduates seek professional licensure or other specialized outcomes in their chosen fields following graduation. Their success in obtaining these outcomes depends on several factors, including the individual merits of the learner, but also may depend on whether the institution and the program were approved by the state or by a professional association, whether the program from which the learner graduated meets all state requirements and whether the institution is accredited. In addition, professional associations may refuse to certify specialized outcomes for our learners for similar reasons. The state requirements for licensure are subject to change, as are the professional certification standards, and we may not immediately become aware of changes that may impact our learners in certain instances. Also, as described below, the final gainful employment regulations require an institution to certify to the DOE that its educational programs subject to the gainful employment requirements, which include all programs offered by our U.S. Institutions, meet the applicable requirements for graduates to be professionally or occupationally certified in the state in which the institution is located. In the event that one or more states refuses to recognize our learners for professional licensure, and/or professional associations refuse to certify specialized outcomes for our learners, based on factors relating to our institution or programs, the potential growth of our programs would be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, we could be exposed to litigation that would force us to incur legal and other expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If any of our U.S. Institutions do not comply with the DOE's "administrative capability" standards, we could suffer financial penalties, be required to accept other limitations to continue participating in Title IV programs or lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        DOE regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite "administrative capability" to participate in Title IV programs. These criteria require, among other things, that we comply with all applicable Title IV program regulations; have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student financial aid programs; not have student loan cohort default rates in excess of specified levels; have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of our students; have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds; not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension; provide financial aid counseling to our students; refer to the DOE's Office of Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee or agent of the institution has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs; submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by Title IV regulations; and not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or comply with any other DOE regulations, the DOE may change the institution's method of receiving Title IV program funds, which in some cases may result in a significant delay in the institution's receipt of those funds; place the institution on provisional certification status; or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs. Thus, if any of our U.S. Institutions were found not to have satisfied the DOE's "administrative capability" requirements, we could be limited in our access to, or lose, Title IV program funding, which could significantly reduce our enrollments and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

57


Table of Contents

If any of our U.S. Institutions do not meet specific financial responsibility standards established by the DOE, that institution may be required to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations to continue participating in Title IV programs, or that institution could lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        To participate in Title IV programs, our U.S. Institutions must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the DOE, or post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV programs. These financial responsibility tests are applied on an annual basis based on an institution's audited financial statements, and may be applied at other times, such as if an institution undergoes a change in control. The DOE may also apply such measures of financial responsibility to an eligible institution's operating company and ownership entities and, if such measures are not satisfied by the operating company or ownership entities, require the institution to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV programs. The operating restrictions that may be placed on an institution that does not meet the quantitative standards of financial responsibility include changes to the method of receiving Title IV program funds, which in some cases may result in a significant delay in the institution's receipt of those funds. Limitations on, or termination of, our participation in Title IV programs as a result of our failure to demonstrate financial responsibility would limit our students' access to Title IV program funds, which could significantly reduce enrollments and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        As described in more detail under "Industry Regulation—U.S. Regulation," the DOE annually assesses our U.S. Institutions' financial responsibility through a composite score determination based on our consolidated audited financial statements. The DOE has decided to assess certain of our institutions' financial responsibility on a consolidated level at the Laureate Education, Inc. level. In October 2014, the DOE determined, based on Laureate's composite score for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, that Laureate and, consequently, Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College failed to meet the standards of financial responsibility. As a result, the DOE required us to increase our required letter of credit amount to approximately $85.6 million for Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College, which is equal to approximately 10% of Title IV program funds that these institutions received during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. In September 2015, the DOE required us to increase our required letter of credit amount to $85.8 million for Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College, which is approximately 10% of Title IV program funds that these institutions received during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College also currently receive Title IV program funds under the least restrictive form of heightened cash monitoring and are subject to certain additional reporting and disclosure requirements. Further, the DOE, as a condition to the provisional program participation agreement of the National Hispanic University, requested that we post an additional letter of credit in an amount equal to $1.5 million representing approximately 25% of the Title IV program funds received by the National Hispanic University during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. In October 2015, the DOE sent us a letter requiring us to renew our letter of credit in the amount of $772,931 (25% of the total Title IV program funds the institution received during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014). We are in the process of arranging to have the letter of credit renewed. This requirement was initially due to the fact that the subsidiary corporation used to acquire the institution's assets did not possess two years of audited financial statements at the time of the acquisition in April 2010, and the requirement has been continued based on the DOE's review of the institution's audited financial statements. Although the National Hispanic University closed on August 23, 2015, the letter of credit will remain in place for a period of time following the closure. Any obligation to post, maintain or increase a letter of credit could materially adversely affect our liquidity or increase our costs of regulatory compliance. If we are unable to secure any required letter of credit, our U.S. Institutions would lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

58


Table of Contents

The DOE may change our U.S. Institutions' method of receiving Title IV program funds, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity.

        The DOE can impose sanctions for violating the statutory and regulatory requirements of Title IV programs, including transferring one or more of our U.S. Institutions from the advance method or the heightened cash monitoring level one method of Title IV payment, each of which permits an institution to receive Title IV funds before or concurrently with disbursing them to students, to the heightened cash monitoring level two method of payment or to the reimbursement method of payment, each of which may significantly delay an institution's receipt of Title IV funds until student eligibility has been verified by the DOE. Any such delay in our U.S. Institutions' receipt of Title IV program funds may materially adversely affect our cash flows and we may require additional working capital or third-party funding to finance our operations.

Our U.S. Institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the percentage of our U.S. Institutions revenues derived from Title IV programs is too high.

        A provision of the HEA commonly referred to as the "90/10 Rule" provides that a for-profit educational institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if, under a complex regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other adjustments to the calculation of revenues, the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues from Title IV program funds for any two consecutive fiscal years. If any of our U.S. Institutions were to violate the 90/10 Rule, that institution would become ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as of the first day of the fiscal year following the second consecutive fiscal year in which the institution exceeded the 90% threshold and would be unable to regain eligibility for two fiscal years thereafter. In addition, an institution that derives more than 90% of its revenue (on a cash basis) from Title IV programs for any single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification for at least two fiscal years and may be subject to additional conditions or sanctions imposed by the DOE. Using the DOE's formula under the "90/10 Rule," Kendall College, NewSchool of Architecture and Design, St. Augustine and Walden University derived approximately 35%, 47%, 46%, and 74% of their revenues (calculated on a cash basis), respectively, from Title IV program funds for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

        Our U.S. Institutions' ratios could increase in the future. Congressional increases in students' Title IV grant and loan limits may result in an increase in the revenues we receive from Title IV programs. In recent years, legislation has been introduced in Congress that would revise the 90/10 Rule to consider educational benefits for veterans and military personnel from the Department of Veteran Affairs and Department of Defense, respectively, in the same manner as Title IV funds for purposes of the rule, to prohibit institutions from participating in Title IV programs for one year if they derive more than 90% of their total revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from the Title IV programs and these other federal programs in a single fiscal year rather than the current rule of two consecutive fiscal years, and to revise the 90/10 Rule to an 85/15 rule. We cannot predict whether, or the extent to which, any of these proposed revisions could be enacted into law or result in further rulemaking. In addition, reductions in state appropriations in a number of areas, including with respect to the amount of financial assistance provided to post-secondary students, could further increase our U.S. Institutions' percentages of revenues derived from Title IV program funds. The employment circumstances of our students or their parents could also increase reliance on Title IV program funds. If any of our U.S. Institutions become ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as a result of noncompliance with the 90/10 Rule, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any of our U.S. Institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if their respective student loan default rates are too high.

        An educational institution may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if, for three consecutive years, 30% or more of its students who were required to begin repayment on their federal

59


Table of Contents

student loans in the relevant fiscal year default on their payment by the end of the next federal fiscal year. In addition, an institution may lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the default rate of its students exceeds 40% for any single year. Kendall College's official three-year cohort default rates for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 federal fiscal years were 7.9%, 11.3% and 10.7%, respectively. NewSchool of Architecture and Design's official three-year cohort default rates for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 federal fiscal years were 10.2%, 11.2% and 7.8%, respectively. St. Augustine's official three-year cohort default rates for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 federal fiscal years were 0.5%, 0.0% and 0.6%, respectively. Walden University's official three-year cohort default rates for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 federal fiscal years were 6.8%, 7.8% and 5.4%, respectively.

        The average national student loan default rates published by the DOE for all institutions that participate in the federal student aid programs for 2012, 2011 and 2010, were 11.8%, 13.7% and 14.7%, respectively. While we believe our U.S. Institutions are not in danger of exceeding the regulatory default rate thresholds for other Title IV programs, we cannot provide any assurance that this will continue to be the case. Any increase in interest rates or reliance on "self-pay" students, as well as declines in income or job losses for our students, could contribute to higher default rates on student loans. Exceeding the student loan default rate thresholds and losing eligibility to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any future changes in the formula for calculating student loan default rates, economic conditions or other factors that cause our default rates to increase, could place our U.S. Institutions in danger of losing their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could be subject to sanctions or other adverse legal actions if any of our U.S. Institutions were to pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals involved in or with responsibility for certain recruiting, admission or financial aid activities.

        Under the HEA, an educational institution that participates in Title IV programs may not make any commission, bonus or other incentive payments to any persons or entities involved in recruitment or admissions activities or in the awarding of financial aid. The requirement only pertains to the recruitment of students who are U.S. citizens, permanent residents and others temporarily residing in the United States with the intention of becoming a citizen or permanent resident. Under regulations that took effect on July 1, 2011, the DOE effectively has taken the position that any commission, bonus or other incentive compensation payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, or securing enrollment or awarding financial aid is inconsistent with the statutory prohibition against incentive compensation. The DOE has maintained that institutions may make merit-based adjustments to employee compensation, provided that those adjustments are not based, in any part, directly or indirectly, upon securing enrollments or awarding financial aid. In sub-regulatory correspondence to institutions, the DOE provided additional guidance regarding the scope of the prohibition on incentive compensation and to what employees and types of activities the prohibition applies. Based on these regulatory changes, we modified some of our compensation practices, which could make it more difficult to attract and retain key employees and executives, and affect our ability to grow and maintain our business and enrollments.

        In addition, in recent years, several for-profit education companies have been faced with whistleblower lawsuits under the Federal False Claims Act, known as "qui tam" cases, by current or former employees alleging violations of the prohibition against incentive compensation. In such cases, the whistleblower's claims are reviewed under seal by the Department of Justice for potential intervention. If the Department of Justice elects to intervene, it assumes primary control over the litigation. If the DOE were to determine that we or any of our U.S. Institutions violated this requirement of Title IV programs, or if we were to be found liable in a False Claims action alleging a violation of this law, or if any third parties we have engaged were to violate this law, we could be fined or sanctioned by the DOE, or subjected to other monetary liability or penalties that could be

60


Table of Contents

substantial, including the possibility of treble damages under a False Claims action, any of which could harm our reputation, impose significant costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could be subject to sanctions if any of our U.S. Institutions fails to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program.

        An institution participating in Title IV programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that it has disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing such programs and must return those unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the DOE in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. If any of our U.S. Institutions does not properly calculate and timely return the unearned funds for a sufficient percentage of students, that institution may have to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE equal to 25% of Title IV program funds that should have been returned for such students in the prior fiscal year. Additionally, if any of our U.S. Institutions does not correctly calculate and timely return unearned Title IV program funds, that institution may be liable for repayment of Title IV funds and related interest and may be fined, sanctioned, or otherwise subject to adverse actions by the DOE, including termination of that institution's participation in Title IV programs. Any of these adverse actions could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        On March 3, 2015, the DOE issued a final program review determination letter to Walden University for a September 2012 review of the 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 Title IV award years. The letter required Walden University to return $34,281 in Title IV funds, and also found that Walden University failed to timely return Title IV program funds for more than 5% of the withdrawn students during its fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. Based on its findings of noncompliance with DOE requirements to accurately and timely return Title IV program funds when students withdraw, the final program review determination was referred within the DOE for consideration of possible adverse action against Walden University, which if initiated could include fines or limitations on Title IV program funds. Such an adverse action could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We could also be subject to fines or penalties related to findings cited in our regulatory compliance reviews. For more information, see "—Government, regulatory agencies, accrediting bodies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against us."

We or certain of our educational programs at our U.S. Institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if any of our U.S. Institutions or certain of their educational programs cannot satisfy the DOE's "gainful employment" requirements.

        Under the HEA, proprietary schools generally are eligible to participate in Title IV programs in respect of educational programs that lead to "gainful employment in a recognized occupation." Historically, the concept of "gainful employment" has not been defined in detail. On October 30, 2014, the DOE published final regulations to define "gainful employment," which became effective on July 1, 2015. The final regulations define this concept using two ratios, one based on annual debt-to-annual earnings ("DTE") and another based on annual debt-to-discretionary income ("DTI") ratio. Under the final regulations, an educational program with a DTE ratio at or below 8% or a DTI ratio at or below 20% is considered "passing." An educational program with a DTE ratio greater than 8% but less than or equal to 12% or a DTI ratio greater than 20% but less than or equal to 30% is considered to be "in the zone." An educational program with a DTE ratio greater than 12% and a DTI ratio greater than 30% is considered "failing." An educational program will cease to be eligible for students to receive Title IV program funds if its DTE and DTI ratios are failing in two out of any three consecutive award years or if both of those rates are failing or in the zone for four consecutive award years. Additionally, the final regulations require an institution to certify to the DOE that its educational programs subject

61


Table of Contents

to the gainful employment requirements, which include all programs offered by our U.S. Institutions, meet the applicable requirements for graduates to be professionally or occupationally licensed or certified in the state in which the institution is located. If we are unable to certify that our programs meet the applicable state requirements for graduates to be professionally or occupationally certified in that state, then we may need to cease offering certain programs in certain states or to students who are residents in certain states. The final regulations further include requirements for the reporting of student and program data by institutions to the DOE and expand the disclosure requirements that have been in effect since July 1, 2011. In November 2014, two organizations representing for-profit institutions filed separate lawsuits in federal district courts against the DOE seeking to have the final regulations invalidated. Both lawsuits allege that the DOE exceeded its statutory authority in promulgating the regulation, that the regulation violates an institution's constitutional rights and that the regulation is arbitrary and capricious. In both cases, the courts upheld the regulations and dismissed the lawsuits.

        We are still evaluating the impact of the gainful employment regulations on our educational programs and cannot predict their impact at this time. The failure of any program or programs offered by any of our U.S. Institutions to satisfy any gainful employment regulations could render that program or programs ineligible for Title IV program funds. Additionally, any gainful employment data released by the DOE about our U.S. Institutions or warnings provided under the final regulations could influence current students not to continue their studies, discourage prospective students from enrolling in our programs or negatively impact our reputation. If a particular educational program ceased to become eligible for Title IV program funds, either because it fails to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation or due to other factors, we could be required to cease offering the program. It is possible that several programs offered by our schools may be adversely impacted by the regulations due to lack of specialized program accreditation or certification or in the states in which such institutions are based. We also could be required to make changes to certain programs in the future in order to comply with the rule or to avoid the uncertainty associated with such compliance. Any of these factors could reduce enrollments, impact tuition prices, and have a material adverse effect on our U.S. Institutions' business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in student enrollment and financial aid, our business could be materially adversely impacted.

        Higher educational institutions are susceptible to an increased risk of fraudulent activity by outside parties with respect to student enrollment and student financial aid programs. The DOE's regulations require institutions that participate in Title IV programs to refer to the Office of Inspector General credible information indicating that any applicant, employee, third-party servicer or agent of the institution that acts in a capacity that involves administration of the Title IV programs has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs. We cannot be certain that our systems and processes will always be adequate in the face of increasingly sophisticated and ever-changing fraud schemes. The potential for outside parties to perpetrate fraud in connection with the award and disbursement of Title IV program funds, including as a result of identity theft, may be heightened due to our U.S. Institutions offering various educational programs via distance education. Any significant failure by one or more of our U.S. Institutions to adequately detect fraudulent activity related to student enrollment and financial aid could result in loss of accreditation at the discretion of the institutions' accrediting agency, which would result in the institution losing eligibility for Title IV programs, or in direct action by the DOE to limit or terminate the institution's Title IV program participation. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

62


Table of Contents

Any substantial misrepresentation regarding our U.S. Institutions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The DOE's regulation regarding substantial misrepresentations includes statements about the nature of its educational programs, its financial charges or the employability of its graduates. Under the regulation as promulgated by the DOE, any false, erroneous, or misleading statement, or statement that has the likelihood or tendency to deceive, that an institution, one of its representatives, or person or entity with whom the institution has an agreement to provide educational programs, marketing, advertising, recruiting or admissions services, makes directly or indirectly to a student, prospective student, any member of the public, an accrediting agency, a state licensing agency or the DOE could be deemed a misrepresentation by the institution. In the event that the DOE determines that an institution engaged in a substantial misrepresentation, it can revoke the institution's program participation agreement, impose limitations on the institution's participation in Title IV programs, deny participation applications on behalf of the institution, or seek to fine, suspend or terminate the institution's participation in Title IV programs. These regulations create broad grounds for the DOE to monitor and enforce violations of the regulations on substantial misrepresentation, and the DOE has recently taken actions to terminate the Title IV Program participation of, and impose significant financial penalties on other institutions based on its determination of such violations. These regulations also provide grounds for private litigants to seek to enforce the expanded regulations through False Claims Act litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The requirement to notify the DOE in advance of introducing new programs, and to obtain approvals for new programs, could delay the introduction of such programs and negatively impact growth.

        All of our U.S. Institutions are currently provisionally certified by the DOE and remain subject to certain program approval requirements otherwise applicable to provisionally certified institutions. Any delay in obtaining a required DOE approval could delay the introduction of the program, which could negatively impact our enrollment growth.

A bankruptcy filing by us, or by any of our subsidiaries that operate our U.S. Institutions or a closure of one of our U.S. Institutions or their affiliates, would lead to an immediate loss of the institution's eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        In the event of a bankruptcy filing by us, or by any of our subsidiaries that operate our U.S. Institutions, the U.S. Institutions owned by us or the bankrupt subsidiary would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, pursuant to statutory provisions of the HEA and notwithstanding the automatic stay provisions of federal bankruptcy law, which would make any reorganization difficult to implement. Additionally, in the event of any bankruptcy affecting one or more of our U.S. Institutions, the DOE could hold our other U.S. Institutions jointly liable for any Title IV program liabilities, whether asserted or unasserted at the time of such bankruptcy, of our U.S. Institutions whose Title IV program eligibility was terminated.

        Further, in the event that an institution closes and fails to pay liabilities or other amounts owed to the DOE, the DOE can attribute the liabilities of that institution to other institutions under common ownership. If any one of our U.S. Institutions or affiliates were to close or have unpaid DOE liabilities, the DOE could seek to have those liabilities repaid by one of our other U.S. Institutions. In addition, the ultimate controlling owner of SFUAD is Wengen, which is also the ultimate controlling owner of Laureate. As a result, it is possible that the DOE could attempt to attribute any unpaid Title IV related liabilities of SFUAD to our other U.S. Institutions due to their common ownership.

63


Table of Contents

Government, regulatory agencies, accrediting bodies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against us.

        Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we may be subject to compliance reviews and claims of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government. On February 3, 2015, the DOE issued a final program review determination letter to National Hispanic University regarding a December 2013 review covering the 2012-2013 and 2013-2014 Title IV award years. The letter determined that National Hispanic University has taken corrective actions necessary to resolve all findings noted in the preliminary report, except for certain findings related to drug and alcohol abuse prevention program requirements. With respect to those findings, the DOE did not require any further action due to the fact that the National Hispanic University closed on August 23, 2015. On September 11, 2015, the DOE issued an expedited final program review determination letter to Kendall College regarding a March-April 2015 program review. The letter determined that Kendall College has taken corrective actions necessary to resolve all findings noted in the preliminary report. In addition, on August 24, 2015, the Higher Learning Commission notified Kendall College that the Higher Learning Commission intends to place the school on ongoing financial monitoring over the next 24 months primarily due to concerns over the school's continued reliance upon Laureate to provide financial support to sustain its operations. See also "—We could be subject to sanctions if any of our U.S. Institutions fails to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program."

        If the results of these or other reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of eligibility for Title IV program funding at our U.S. Institutions, injunctions or other penalties. We may also lose or have limitations imposed on our accreditations, licensing or Title IV program participation, be required to pay monetary damages or be limited in our ability to open new institutions or add new program offerings. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Additionally, we may experience adverse collateral consequences, including declines in the number of students enrolling at our institutions and the willingness of third parties to deal with us or our institutions, as a result of any negative publicity associated with such reviews, claims or litigation. Claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our reputation or cause us to incur expenses, even if such claims and lawsuits are without merit, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

The fact that we have substantial debt could materially adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy or to react to changes in the economy or our industry.

        We have substantial debt. As of September 30, 2015 we had (a) a $2.17 billion senior secured credit facility (the "Senior Secured Credit Facilities") of which (1) $350.0 million is a multi-currency revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in March 2018, of which $349.9 million was outstanding at September 30, 2015, and (2) $1.82 billion is a senior secured term loan facility scheduled to mature in June 2018, (b) $1.38 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes and (c) $1.11 billion of other long-term indebtedness, consisting of capital lease obligations, notes payable, seller notes and borrowings against certain lines of credit. During 2014, our total cash interest payments on our debt were approximately 54% of our net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations (excluding such cash interest expense). After giving effect to the completion of this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom, we would have had $             million of total debt outstanding as

64


Table of Contents

of September 30, 2015. Our debt could have important negative consequences to our business, including:

    increasing the difficulty of our ability to make payments on our outstanding debt;

    increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions because our debt payment obligations may limit our ability to use our cash to respond to or defend against changes in the industry or the economy;

    requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities or to pay dividends;

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;

    limiting our ability to pursue our growth strategy;

    limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions; and

    placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

        We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in the senior secured credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing our outstanding notes. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

Our debt agreements contain, and future debt agreements may contain, restrictions that may limit our flexibility in operating our business.

        The senior secured credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing our outstanding notes contain various covenants that may limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries' ability to, among other things:

    pay dividends and make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

    incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock or issue certain preferred shares;

    sell assets;

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

    create certain liens or encumbrances;

    preserve our corporate existence;

    merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

    designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

        In addition, the senior secured credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities provides for a consolidated senior secured debt to consolidated EBITDA maintenance financial covenant, solely with respect to the revolving line of credit facility, which is to be tested quarterly.

65


Table of Contents

        The senior secured credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing our outstanding notes also include cross-default provisions applicable to other agreements. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the agreement governing such indebtedness, including as a result of cross-default provisions. In addition, failure to make payments or observe certain covenants on the indebtedness of our subsidiaries may cause a cross default on our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our outstanding notes. Upon our failure to maintain compliance with these covenants, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If the lenders under such indebtedness accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings, as well as our other indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness.

We rely on contractual arrangements and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our operating subsidiaries to meet our debt service and other obligations.

        We conduct all of our operations through certain of our subsidiaries, and we have no significant assets other than cash of $128.8 million as of September 30, 2015 held domestically at corporate entities and the capital stock or other control rights of our subsidiaries. As a result, we rely on payments from contractual arrangements, such as intellectual property royalty, network fee and management services agreements. In addition, we also rely upon intercompany loan repayments and other payments from our operating subsidiaries to meet any existing or future debt service and other obligations, a substantial portion of which are denominated in U.S. dollars. The ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make distributions or other payments to their parent companies or directly to us will depend on their respective operating results and may be restricted by, among other things, the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, regulatory requirements, agreements entered into by those operating subsidiaries and the covenants of any existing or future outstanding indebtedness that we or our subsidiaries may incur. For example, our VIE institutions generally are not permitted to pay dividends. Further, because most of our income is generated by our operating subsidiaries in non-U.S. dollar denominated currencies, our ability to service our U.S. dollar denominated debt obligations may be impacted by any strengthening of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currencies of our operating subsidiaries.

Disruptions of the credit and equity markets worldwide may impede or prevent our access to the capital markets for additional funding to expand our business and may affect the availability or cost of borrowing under our existing senior secured credit facilities.

        The credit and equity markets of both mature and developing economies have historically experienced extraordinary volatility, asset erosion and uncertainty, leading to governmental intervention in the banking sector in the United States and abroad. If these market disruptions occur in the future, we may not be able to access the capital markets to obtain funding needed to refinance our existing indebtedness or expand our business. In addition, changes in the capital or other legal requirements applicable to commercial lenders may affect the availability or increase the cost of borrowing under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. If we are unable to obtain needed capital on terms acceptable to us, we may need to limit our growth initiatives or take other actions that materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Failure to obtain additional capital in the future could materially adversely affect our ability to grow.

        We believe that our cash flows from operations, cash, investments and borrowings under our multi-currency revolving credit facility will be adequate to fund our current operating plans for the foreseeable future. However, we may need additional debt or equity financing in order to finance our

66


Table of Contents

continued growth and to fund the put/call arrangements with certain minority stockholders. In addition, we may be required to buy additional interests in certain higher education institutions at specified times in the future. The amount and timing of such additional financing will vary principally depending on the timing and size of acquisitions and new institution openings, the willingness of sellers to provide financing for future acquisitions and the cash flows from our operations. Given current global macro conditions, companies with emerging market exposure have been more affected by recent market volatility, and this has been reflected in the trading level of our 9.25% Senior Notes due 2019, which are currently trading at a discount to par. During the second quarter of 2015, we completed our annual reviews with the two leading U.S. credit rating agencies. As a result of those reviews, one of these rating agencies reaffirmed their rating of the Company; however, the other rating agency downgraded our credit rating one notch. The current trading price for our notes, as well as the reduced credit rating, may materially and adversely affect our ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future. To the extent that we require additional financing in the future and are unable to obtain such additional financing, we may not be able to fully implement our growth strategy.

Our variable rate debt exposes us to interest rate risk which could materially adversely affect our cash flow.

        Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and certain local credit facilities bear interest at variable rates and other debt we incur also could be variable-rate debt. If market interest rates increase, variable-rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could materially adversely affect our cash flow. If these rates were to increase significantly, the risks related to our substantial debt would intensify. While we have and may in the future enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk. Based on our outstanding variable-rate debt as of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom, and factoring in the impact of the derivatives and the interest rate floor in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, an increase of 1% in interest rates would result in an increase in interest expense of approximately $         million on an annual basis.


Risks Relating to Investing in Our Class A Common Stock

Our status as a public benefit corporation or a Certified B Corporation may not result in the benefits that we anticipate.

        We are a public benefit corporation under Delaware law. As a public benefit corporation we are required to balance the financial interests of our stockholders with the best interests of those stakeholders materially affected by our conduct, including particularly those impacted by the specific benefit purpose relating to education set forth in our certificate of incorporation. In addition, there is no assurance that the expected positive impact from being a public benefit corporation will be realized. Accordingly, being a public benefit corporation and complying with our related obligations could negatively impact our ability to provide the highest possible return to our stockholders.

        As a public benefit corporation, we are required to publicly disclose a report at least biennially on our overall public benefit performance and on our success in achieving our specific public benefit purpose. If we are not timely or are unable to provide this report, or if the report is not viewed favorably by parties doing business with us or regulators or others reviewing our credentials, our reputation and status as a public benefit corporation may be harmed.

        We have elected to have our overall public benefit purpose measured against an objective third-party standard and have chosen to be assessed by B Lab, an independent non-profit organization. We anticipate that this assessment will result in our becoming a "Certified B Corporation", which refers to companies that are certified by B Lab as meeting their standards of social and environmental performance, accountability and transparency. B Lab sets the standards for Certified B Corporation certification and may change those standards over time. See "Description of Capital Stock—Public Benefit Corporation Status." Our reputation could be harmed if we do not obtain or subsequently lose

67


Table of Contents

our status as a Certified B Corporation, whether by our choice or by our failure to meet B Lab's certification requirements, if that failure or change were to create a perception that we are more focused on financial performance and are no longer as committed to the values shared by Certified B Corporations. Likewise, our reputation could be harmed if our publicly reported Certified B Corporation score declines.

As a public benefit corporation, our focus on a specific public benefit purpose and producing a positive effect for society may negatively influence our financial performance.

        As a public benefit corporation, since we do not have a fiduciary duty solely to our stockholders, we may take actions that we believe will benefit our students and the surrounding communities, even if those actions do not maximize our short- or medium-term financial results. While we believe that this designation and obligation will benefit the Company given the importance to our long-term success of our commitment to education, it could cause our board of directors to make decisions and take actions not in keeping with the short-term or more narrow interests of our stockholders. Any longer-term benefits may not materialize within the timeframe we expect or at all and may have an immediate negative effect. For example:

    we may choose to revise our policies in ways that we believe will be beneficial to our students and their communities in the long term, even though the changes may be costly in the short- or medium-term;

    we may take actions, such as modernizing campuses to provide students with the latest technology, even though these actions may be more costly than other alternatives;

    we may be influenced to pursue programs and services to demonstrate our commitment to our students and communities even though there is no immediate return to our stockholders; or

    in responding to a possible proposal to acquire the Company, our board of directors may be influenced by the interests of our employees, students, teachers and others whose interests may be different from the interests of our stockholders.

        We may be unable or slow to realize the long-term benefits we expect from actions taken to benefit our students and communities in which we operate, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

An active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained.

        No public trading market currently exists for our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on the                        or elsewhere, or how active and liquid that market may become. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop or is not maintained, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may be unable to sell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of Class A common stock you purchase in this offering.

        The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of outstanding common stock prior to the completion of this offering. Based on our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 and upon the issuance and sale of            shares of Class A common stock by us at an initial public offering price of $        per share, the

68


Table of Contents

midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing stockholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $        per share in net tangible book value after giving effect to the sale of            shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We also have a large number of outstanding options to purchase Class B common stock with exercise prices that are below the estimated initial public offering price of our Class A common stock. To the extent that these options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. See "Dilution."

The price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

        The trading price of our Class A common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price. The trading price of our Class A common stock following this offering will depend on a number of factors, including those described in this "Risk Factors" section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common stock as you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our Class A common stock include the following:

    quarterly variations in our results of operations;

    results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

    results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

    changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;

    our or our competitors' introduction of new institutions, new programs, concepts or pricing policies;

    announcements by us, our competitors or our vendors of significant acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

    changes in conditions in the education industry, the financial markets or the economy as a whole;

    failure of any of our institutions to secure or maintain accreditation or licensure;

    announcements of regulatory or other investigations, adverse regulatory action by any regulatory body including those overseas or the DOE, state agencies or accrediting agencies, regulatory scrutiny of our operations or operations of our competitors or lawsuits filed against us or our competitors;

    announcements by third parties of significant claims or proceedings against us;

    the size of our public float;

    changes in senior management or key personnel;

    changes in our dividend policy;

    adverse resolution of new or pending litigation against us;

    issuances, exchanges or sales, or expected issuances, exchanges or sales of our capital stock; and

69


Table of Contents

    general domestic and international economic conditions.

        In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of our management team from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

        In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our Class A common stock is low. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.

If we or our existing investors sell additional shares of our Class A common stock after this offering, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

        The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Class A common stock in the market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to raise capital through future sales of equity securities at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate, or at all. After the completion of this offering, we will have            shares of Class A common stock outstanding.

        We, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock (including Wengen, the Wengen Investors and the IFC Investors) have agreed not to (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock; (ii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Class A common stock, without the consent of the representatives of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. On an as converted basis, these shares will represent approximately      % of our outstanding Class A common stock after this offering. Our Class A common stock that is issued upon conversion of our Class B common stock also may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        As of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the recapitalization of our existing common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock, 531,764,835 shares of our Class B common stock were outstanding, in addition to 299,939 shares of Class B common stock that are subject to forfeiture and substantial restrictions on transfer (the "restricted shares"). Such amount excludes 23,742,151 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding vested stock options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2007 Plan"), 1,414,500 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding unvested stock options under the 2007 Plan, 6,260,404 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding vested stock options under the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "2013 Plan"), 16,184,528 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding unvested stock options under the 2013 Plan, 5,534,644 shares of Class A common stock and/or Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Plan, 29,724 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under the Post-2004 DCP,                     shares of our Class B common stock issuable in connection with the stock-based DCPs and                    shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of

70


Table of Contents

options to be granted to Mr. Becker at the consummation of this offering in exchange for the liquidation of certain of his Executive Profits Interests, in both cases assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See "Executive Compensation" for information relating to the terms of the restricted shares, the Post-2004 DCP, Mr. Becker's Executive DCP and Mr. Becker's Executive Profits Interests. All of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock (other than the restricted shares) will first become eligible for resale 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon sale, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

        We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operation, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing our outstanding notes. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness." In addition, we are permitted under the terms of our debt instruments to incur additional indebtedness, which may restrict or prevent us from paying dividends on our common stock. Furthermore, our ability to declare and pay dividends may be limited by instruments governing future outstanding indebtedness we may incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to this offering, including Wengen and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

        Each share of our Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share, and each share of our Class A common stock, which is the class of stock we are offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including Wengen, and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately      % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, and therefore will have significant influence over the management and affairs of the Company and control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets, for the foreseeable future. Because of the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock even when the shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."

        The Wengen Investors will have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and the ability to prevent any transaction that requires stockholder approval regardless of whether others believe that the transaction is in our best interests. So long as the Wengen Investors continue to have an indirect interest in a majority of our outstanding Class B common stock, they will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be materially adversely affected. In addition, pursuant to a

71


Table of Contents

securityholders' agreement with Wengen that we expect to enter into upon the consummation of this offering, certain of the Wengen Investors will have a consent right over certain significant corporate actions and certain rights to appoint directors to our board of directors and its committees. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Wengen."

        In addition, the Wengen Investors are in the business of making or advising on investments in companies and may hold, and may from time to time in the future acquire, interests in or provide advice to businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, and the requirements of being a public company may divert management's attention from our business and materially adversely affect our financial results.

        As a public company, we will be subject to a number of additional requirements, including the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the listing standards of                                    . These requirements will cause us to incur increased costs and might place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, our management's attention might be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We may not be successful in implementing these requirements and implementing them could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we might not be able to retain our independent directors or attract new independent directors for our committees.

        In addition, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may direct management's attention, from implementing our business strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls, including information technology controls, and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. If we do not continue to develop and implement the right processes and tools to manage our changing enterprise and maintain our culture, our ability to compete successfully and achieve our business objectives could be impaired, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general and administrative expenses.

We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the            rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

        After completion of this offering, Wengen will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the                    corporate governance standards. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

72


Table of Contents

    the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

        Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating/corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. See "Management." Accordingly, for so long as we are a "controlled company," you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the            .

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us and could discourage a takeover and adversely affect the holders of our Class A common stock.

        Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of the Company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to the holders of our Class A common stock. These provisions include:

    the dual class structure of our common stock;

    authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;

    prohibiting the use of cumulative voting for the election of directors;

    as a public benefit corporation, requiring a two-thirds majority vote of the outstanding stock to effect a non-cash merger with an entity that is not a public benefit corporation with an identical public benefit;

    limiting the ability of stockholders to call special meetings or amend our bylaws;

    following the conversion of all of our Class B common stock into Class A common stock, requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and

    establishing advance notice and duration of ownership requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

        These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team.

        In addition, the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), to which we are subject, prohibits us, except under specified circumstances, from engaging in any mergers, significant sales of stock or assets or business combinations with any stockholder or group of stockholders who owns at least 15% of our common stock.

73


Table of Contents

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our Class A common stock, which could depress the price of our Class A common stock.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our board of directors will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Class A common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discourage bids for our Class A common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock.

The provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive venue in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the bylaws or (d) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision many limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our Class A common stock, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.

        We expect that the trading price for our Class A common stock will be affected by any research or reports that securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who may elect to cover us or our business downgrade their evaluations of our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline. We may be unable or slow to attract research coverage and if one or more analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market for our Class A common stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

74


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as "believes," "expects," "may," "will," "should," "seeks," "approximately," "intends," "plans," "estimates" or "anticipates" or similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans or intentions. All statements we make relating to estimated and projected earnings, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results are forward-looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time make forward-looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. All of these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those we expected. We derive most of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are disclosed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the factors discussed in this prospectus. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

    the risks associated with our operation of an increasingly global business, including complex management, foreign currency, legal, tax and economic risks;

    our ability to effectively manage the growth of our business;

    our ability to continue to make acquisitions and to successfully integrate and operate acquired businesses;

    the development and expansion of our global education network and the effect of new technology applications in the educational services industry;

    the effect of existing laws governing our business or changes in those laws;

    changes in the political, economic and business climate in the international or the U.S. markets where we operate;

    risks of downturns in general economic conditions and in the educational services and education technology industries;

    possible increased competition from other educational service providers;

    market acceptance of new service offerings by us or our competitors and our ability to predict and respond to changes in the markets for our educational services;

    the effect on our business and results of operations from fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies;

    our ability to attract and retain key personnel;

    the fluctuations in revenues due to seasonality;

    our ability to generate anticipated savings from our EiP program or our SSOs;

    our ability to maintain proper and effective internal controls necessary to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis;

75


Table of Contents

    our focus on a specific public benefit purpose and producing a positive effect for society may negatively influence our financial performance; and

    the future trading prices of our Class A common stock and the impact of any securities analysts' reports on these prices.

        We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

76


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of          shares of our Class A common stock being offered by us pursuant to this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $           million. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from the offering by approximately $           million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $           million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness and for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital.

77


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A common stock or Class B common stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business. The terms of our senior secured credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing our outstanding notes limit our ability to pay cash dividends in certain circumstances. Furthermore, if we are in default under the senior secured credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the indenture governing our outstanding notes, our ability to pay cash dividends will be limited in the absence of a waiver of that default or an amendment to such agreement or such indenture. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on shares of our Class A common stock may be limited by restrictions on our ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends from our subsidiaries. For more information on our senior secured credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing our outstanding notes, see "Description of Certain Indebtedness." Subject to the foregoing, the payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, our overall financial condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

        We made cash distributions on our common stock in an aggregate amount of $5.3 million, $22.9 million and $12.1 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and on November 6, 2015, declared a cash dividend on our common stock in an aggregate amount of $19.0 million, which was paid or reserved for payment on November 16, 2015.

78


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2015 on:

    an actual basis; and

    an as adjusted basis giving effect to the issuance of Class A common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds."

        You should read this table together with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2015  
 
  Actual   As Adjusted(1)  
 
  (Dollar amounts in millions)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Cash and cash equivalents (includes VIE amounts of $167.3 million)

  $ 618.4   $    

Indebtedness

             

Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

             

Multi-currency revolving credit facility(2)

  $ 349.9   $    

Term loan facilities(3)

    1,819.5        

Outstanding senior notes due 2019

    1,385.3        

Other debt, including seller notes(4)

    1,108.2        

Total debt

    4,662.9        

Stockholders' equity

             

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted

           

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;            shares authorized,            shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

           

Class B common stock, $0.001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

           

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 700,000,000 shares authorized, 531,764,835 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, as adjusted

    0.5        

Additional paid-in capital

    2,697.2        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (935.5 )      

Accumulated deficit

    (1,392.9 )      

Total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity(5)

    369.4        

Total capitalization

  $ 5,032.3   $    

(1)
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase or decrease of

79


Table of Contents

    one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)
Consists of a $350.0 million senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility with a maturity date of March 2018. As of September 30, 2015, we had borrowed $349.9 million and had $0.9 million of outstanding letters of credit which decrease availability, and as such, we had no availability under this facility.

(3)
Consists of a $1,819.5 million term loan with a maturity date of June 2018.

(4)
Consists of $249.7 million in capital lease obligations (including sale-leaseback financings), $530.2 million in notes payable, $184.3 million in seller notes and $144.0 million in borrowings against lines of credit. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—Other Debt."

(5)
Excludes redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity of $49.1 million, which are located between liabilities and equity on the September 30, 2015 consolidated balance sheet included elsewhere in this prospectus.

80


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our Class A common stock, your investment will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock after this offering. Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 was a deficit of approximately $3.1 billion, or $(5.83) per share of Class A and Class B common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015. Total tangible assets represents total assets reduced by goodwill, tradenames and accreditations, and other intangible assets, net.

        Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Class A common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of Class A and Class B common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 would have been $         million, or $        per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $        per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $        per share to investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

        $           

Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2015

  $                 

Increase per share attributable to this offering

  $                 

Net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

        $           

Dilution per share to new investors

        $           

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $            , assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $            per share, the increase in net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $            per share and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $            per share.

        The following table presents, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the sale of            shares of Class A common stock and the recapitalization of all of our common stock into            shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the differences between the existing stockholders and the

81


Table of Contents

purchasers of shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share:

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

                   % $                       % $           

New investors

                   % $                       % $           

Total

         
100.0

%

$

        
   
100.0

%

$

        
 

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors by $            , total consideration paid by all stockholders by $            and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $            , in each case assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors by $            , total consideration paid by all stockholders by $            and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $            , in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. If all of these options were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own        % and our new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. The net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            , causing dilution to new investors of $            per share.

82


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        Set forth below are selected consolidated financial data of Laureate Education, Inc., at the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited historical consolidated statement of operations data and statement of cash flows data for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015, have been derived from our historical unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results. The data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included therein. See accompanying historical financial statements of FMU Group and Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda., as well as the pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which are included because these two acquisitions met the significance thresholds of Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X.

        The selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

                                           

Revenues

 
$

3,141,156
 
$

3,085,473
 
$

4,414,682
 
$

3,913,881
 
$

3,567,117
 
$

3,370,350
 
$

2,873,619
 

Costs and expenses:

                                           

Direct costs

    2,795,027     2,789,469     3,838,179     3,418,449     3,148,530     2,943,732     2,504,540  

General and administrative expenses

    134,103     100,946     151,215     141,197     110,078     101,383     98,668  

Loss on impairment of assets

        16,454     125,788     33,582     58,329     108,467     195,543  

Operating income

    212,026     178,604     299,500     320,653     250,180     216,768     74,868  

Interest income

    9,924     19,344     21,822     21,805     19,467     20,020     17,906  

Interest expense

    (300,145 )   (279,118 )   (385,754 )   (350,196 )   (307,728 )   (276,943 )   (237,624 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (1,263 )       (22,984 )   (1,361 )   (4,421 )   (3,755 )    

(Loss) gain on derivatives

    (2,618 )   (2,020 )   (3,101 )   6,631     (63,234 )   15,242     (74,527 )

Settlement of stockholders litigation(1)

                        (10,000 )    

Loss from regulatory changes(2)

                    (43,716 )        

Other income (expense), net

    1,268     (73 )   (1,184 )   7,499     (5,533 )   5,194     (4,077 )

Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain, net

    (139,416 )   (72,293 )   (109,970 )   (3,102 )   14,401     (32,424 )   (27,863 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

    (220,224 )   (155,556 )   (201,671 )   1,929     (140,584 )   (65,898 )   (251,317 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (81,587 )   (54,402 )   39,060     (91,246 )   (68,061 )   (50,230 )   40,812  

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax

    2,106     (127 )   158     (905 )   (8,702 )   (1,392 )   (512 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (299,705 )   (210,085 )   (162,453 )   (90,222 )   (217,347 )   (117,520 )   (211,017 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax of $0, $0, $0, $0, $787, $1,089 and $568, respectively

                796     4,384     3,215     990  

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax of $0, $0, $0, $1,864, $179, $0 and $0, respectively

                4,350     3,308          

Net loss

    (299,705 )   (210,085 )   (162,453 )   (85,076 )   (209,655 )   (114,305 )   (210,027 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    124     4,832     4,162     15,398     8,597     9,120     7,436  

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc

  $ (299,581 ) $ (205,253 ) $ (158,291 ) $ (69,678 ) $ (201,058 ) $ (105,185 ) $ (202,591 )

83


Table of Contents


 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

                                           

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

 
$

220,295
 
$

230,103
 
$

269,156
 
$

277,202
 
$

245,653
 
$

341,069
 
$

245,918
 

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

    (41,324 )   (351,555 )   (489,181 )   (899,083 )   (453,747 )   (405,585 )   (357,135 )

Net cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations

    12,056     125,166     172,586     756,663     124,825     155,483     204,232  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations

                344     (6,190 )   4,861     7,464  

Net cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations

                    (149 )   (2,321 )   (2,793 )

Net cash used in financing activities of discontinued operations

                                      (3,443 )

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

                344     (6,339 )   2,540     1,228  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

    (34,221 )   (37,100 )   (50,877 )   (12,531 )   2,712     (21,619 )   12,493  

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (6,705 )   (277,614 )   (287,945 )   (177,550 )   203     (22,301 )   (103,066 )

Payments of contingent consideration for acquisitions

                (5,674 )           (5,260 )

Segment Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Revenues:

                                           

LatAm

  $ 1,775,287   $ 1,750,809   $ 2,532,451   $ 2,340,867   $ 2,135,176   $ 2,009,151   $ 1,651,276  

Europe

    297,482     330,929     499,261     469,733     434,571     416,471     373,175  

AMEA

    305,949     278,346     395,907     194,060     158,476     139,003     132,372  

GPS

    767,943     727,267     998,154     911,023     852,886     812,579     723,102  

Corporate

    (5,505 )   (1,878 )   (11,091 )   (1,802 )   (13,992 )   (6,854 )   (6,306 )

Total revenues

  $ 3,141,156   $ 3,085,473   $ 4,414,682   $ 3,913,881   $ 3,567,117   $ 3,370,350   $ 2,873,619  

Adjusted EBITDA(3):

                                           

LatAm

  $ 323,143   $ 318,165   $ 541,975   $ 466,664   $ 380,254   $ 413,722   $ 346,686  

Europe

    23,128     23,502     71,116     74,591     73,757     60,262     59,225  

AMEA

    36,627     16,173     28,580     (5,177 )   (5,939 )   (14,476 )   (3,295 )

GPS

    176,848     154,010     226,208     204,068     191,095     202,788     179,526  

Corporate

    (83,881 )   (66,371 )   (94,354 )   (93,674 )   (92,134 )   (86,277 )   (77,008 )

Total Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 475,865   $ 445,479   $ 773,525   $ 646,472   $ 547,033   $ 576,019   $ 505,134  

Other Data:

                                           

Total enrollments (rounded to the nearest thousand):

                                           

LatAm

    809,000     767,000     752,000     617,000     559,000     509,000     445,000  

Europe

    53,000     46,000     51,000     47,000     42,000     40,000     34,000  

AMEA

    83,000     77,000     77,000     61,000     44,000     42,000     50,000  

GPS

    81,000     77,000     79,000     78,000     76,000     71,000     68,000  

Total

    1,026,000     967,000     959,000     803,000     721,000     662,000     597,000  

New enrollments (rounded to the nearest hundred):

                                           

LatAm

    384,600     340,400     344,700     315,400     300,700     266,200     212,700  

Europe

    9,100     8,200     20,200     18,500     16,500     15,500     13,700  

AMEA

    38,900     39,400     42,100     20,600     17,600     15,100     16,900  

GPS

    34,700     32,300     42,600     40,500     41,600     40,100     41,300  

Total

    467,300     420,300     449,600     395,000     376,400     336,900     284,600  

84


Table of Contents


 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
  2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets:

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

 
$

618,390
 
$

461,584
 
$

559,900
 
$

427,305
 
$

511,049
 
$

442,196
 

Restricted cash(4)

    147,690     149,438     361,832     130,953     101,173     82,024  

Net working capital (deficit) (including cash and cash equivalents)

    (413,314 )   (515,877 )   (205,692 )   (363,050 )   (308,696 )   (253,397 )

Property and equipment, net

    2,271,027     2,514,319     2,656,726     2,353,014     2,108,438     2,010,132  

Goodwill

    2,125,846     2,469,795     2,376,678     2,301,138     2,229,485     2,401,865  

Tradenames and accreditations

    1,363,515     1,461,762     1,519,737     1,526,339     1,553,984     1,707,534  

Other intangible assets, net

    57,593     93,064     29,973     14,915     31,164     73,704  

Total assets

    7,845,987     8,438,218     8,455,080     7,767,217     7,377,001     7,484,972  

Total debt, including debt to shareholders of acquired companies(5)

    4,662,924     4,814,928     4,499,866     3,695,679     3,437,565     3,189,186  

Deferred compensation

    118,072     115,575     188,394     182,119     173,175     160,479  

Total liabilities, excluding debt, due to shareholders of acquired companies and derivative instruments

    2,712,571     2,498,611     2,350,067     2,284,464     2,086,055     1,926,174  

Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

    49,142     43,876     42,165     53,225     70,518     164,606  

Total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity

    369,376     1,017,068     1,465,755     1,596,097     1,701,965     2,060,548  

(1)
Represents a $10.0 million expense in connection with the settlement of stockholder litigation in 2011 related to our leveraged buyout in 2007.

(2)
Represents a loss of $43.7 million from regulatory changes resulting from the deconsolidation of UDLA Ecuador at the end of the third quarter of 2012.

(3)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, before gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax, income from discontinued operations, net of tax, equity in net (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax, income tax expense (benefit), foreign currency exchange loss (income), net, other (income) expense, net, settlement of stockholders litigation (for 2011), loss from regulatory changes (for 2012), loss (gain) on derivatives, loss on debt extinguishment, interest expense and interest income, plus depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, loss on impairment of assets, expenses related to implementation of our EiP initiative and, for 2010, certain pre-leveraged buyout compensation and transaction costs. When we review Adjusted EBITDA on a segment basis, we exclude inter-segment revenues and expenses that eliminate in consolidation. Adjusted EBITDA is used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures.


We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is a key financial measure used by the compensation committee of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer in connection with the payment of incentive compensation to our executive officers and other members of our management team. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.


Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not include impairment charges on long-lived assets;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

85


Table of Contents

      Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect expenses related to implementation of our EiP program to optimize and standardize our processes; and

      Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us.


Other companies may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than the way we do, limiting the usefulness of these items as comparative measures. We believe that the inclusion of Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about our business. While management believes that these measures provide useful information to investors, the SEC may require that Adjusted EBITDA be presented differently or not at all in filings made with the SEC.


Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. The following unaudited table sets forth a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Net loss

  $ (299,705 ) $ (210,085 ) $ (162,453 ) $ (85,076 ) $ (209,655 ) $ (114,305 ) $ (210,027 )

Plus:

                                           

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax

                (4,350 )   (3,308 )        

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                (796 )   (4,384 )   (3,215 )   (990 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (299,705 )   (210,085 )   (162,453 )   (90,222 )   (217,347 )   (117,520 )   (211,017 )

Plus:

                                           

Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax

    (2,106 )   127     (158 )   905     8,702     1,392     512  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    81,587     54,402     (39,060 )   91,246     68,061     50,230     (40,812 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net (income) loss of affiliates

    (220,224 )   (155,556 )   (201,671 )   1,929     (140,584 )   (65,898 )   (251,317 )

Plus:

                                           

Foreign currency exchange loss (income), net

    139,416     72,293     109,970     3,102     (14,401 )   32,424     27,863  

Other (income) expense, net

    (1,268 )   73     1,184     (7,499 )   5,533     (5,194 )   4,077  

Settlement of stockholders litigation(a)

                        10,000      

Loss from regulatory changes(b)

                    43,716          

Loss (gain) on derivatives

    2,618     2,020     3,101     (6,631 )   63,234     (15,242 )   74,527  

Loss on debt extinguishment

    1,263         22,984     1,361     4,421     3,755      

Interest expense

    300,145     279,118     385,754     350,196     307,728     276,943     237,624  

Interest income

    (9,924 )   (19,344 )   (21,822 )   (21,805 )   (19,467 )   (20,020 )   (17,906 )

Operating income

    212,026     178,604     299,500     320,653     250,180     216,768     74,868  

Plus:

                                           

Depreciation and amortization

    209,390     210,956     288,331     242,725     221,235     228,678     210,392  

EDITDA

    421,416     389,560     587,831     563,378     471,415     445,446     285,260  

Plus:

                                           

Stock-based compensation expense(c)

    27,222     36,801     49,190     49,512     17,289     22,106     26,772  

Loss on impairment of assets(d)

        16,454     125,788     33,582     58,329     108,467     195,543  

EiP expenses(e)

    27,227     2,664     10,716                  

Other(f)

                            (2,441 )

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 475,865   $ 445,479   $ 773,525   $ 646,472   $ 547,033   $ 576,019   $ 505,134  

(a)
See footnote (1) above.

(b)
See footnote (2) above.

(c)
Represents non-cash, stock-based compensation expense pursuant to the provisions of ASC Topic 718.

86


Table of Contents

(d)
Represents non-cash charges related to impairments of long-lived assets. For further details on certain impairment items, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

(e)
EiP implementation expenses are related to our enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize our processes, creating vertical integration of procurement, information technology, finance, accounting and human resources, which began in 2014 and is expected to be substantially completed in 2017. EiP includes the establishment of regional SSOs around the world, as well as improvements to our system of internal controls over financial reporting.

(f)
Represents charges related to certain pre-leveraged buyout incentive compensation and transaction costs.
(4)
Restricted cash includes cash equivalents held to collateralize standby letters of credit in favor of the DOE in order to allow our U.S. Institutions to participate in the Title IV program. In addition, we may have restricted cash in escrow pending potential acquisition transactions, or otherwise have cash that is not immediately available for use in current operations.

(5)
Includes current portion of long-term debt and current portion of due to shareholders of acquired companies.

        Return on Incremental Invested Capital ("ROIIC") is not a recognized measure under GAAP. We believe ROIIC is a relevant metric for investors because it measures how effectively we deploy capital to generate operating profit. We define ROIIC as the change in operating income (as adjusted) for the three-year period ended December 31, 2014 divided by the change in net invested capital for the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. We believe comparing the change in operating income (as adjusted) for the three-year period ended December 31, 2014 versus the change in net invested capital for the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 is a representative reflection of the returns our incremental capital investments generate because it only includes capital deployed for more than 12 months, resulting in a full-year impact on operating income (as adjusted). We believe a three-year measurement period is more representative of the returns we expect to generate on our investments. Our method of calculating ROIIC may differ from the methods other companies use to calculate ROIIC and may be calculated over different time periods. We encourage you to understand the methods other companies use to calculate ROIIC before comparing their ROIIC to ours. The following table presents the calculation of ROIIC:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended December 31,    
 
(Dollars in thousands):
  2011   2014    
 

NUMERATOR:

                   

Operating income

  $ 216,768   $ 299,500        

Loss on impairment of assets

    108,467     125,788        

EiP implementation expenses

        10,716        

Cash taxes(a)

    (76,603 )   (83,466 )      

Operating income (as adjusted)

  $ 248,632   $ 352,538        

Change in operating income (as adjusted)

  $ 103,906  

 

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  2010   2013    
 

DENOMINATOR:

                   

Total assets

  $ 7,484,972   $ 8,455,080        

Acquisitions escrow within restricted cash(b)

        (231,000 )      

Cash and cash equivalents

    (442,196 )   (559,900 )      

Total liabilities, excluding debt, due to shareholders of acquired companies and derivative instruments

    (1,926,174 )   (2,350,067 )      

Impairment of assets(c)

    195,543     395,922        

Net invested capital

  $ 5,312,145   $ 5,710,035        

Change in net invested capital

  $ 397,890  


ROIIC for the period from 2011 to 2014


 

 

26.1

%

(a)
In 2014, includes an adjustment of $14.8 million due to timing of tax payments in Mexico resulting from tax reform changes that became effective in January 2014.

(b)
Represents an adjustment in restricted cash in 2013 for the pre-funding of a portion of the purchase price related to the FMU Group acquisition, which did not close until September 2014.

(c)
In 2010, represents the impairment of assets incurred for January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010. In 2013, represents the cumulative impairment of assets incurred from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2013.

87


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition with the "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Introduction

        This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (the "MD&A") is provided to assist readers of the financial statements in understanding the results of operations, financial condition and cash flows of Laureate Education, Inc. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our MD&A is presented in the following sections:

    Overview

    Acquisitions

    Internal Control over Financial Reporting

    Results of Operations

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Contractual Obligations

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

    Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Overview

        We are the largest global network of degree-granting higher education institutions, with more than one million students enrolled at our 88 institutions in 28 countries on more than 200 campuses, which we collectively refer to as the Laureate International Universities network. We participate in the global higher education market, which is estimated to account for revenues of approximately $1.5 trillion in 2015, according to GSV. We believe the global higher education market presents an attractive long-term opportunity, primarily because of the large and growing imbalance between the supply and demand for quality higher education around the world. Advanced education opportunities drive higher earnings potential, and we believe the projected growth in the middle class population worldwide and limited government resources dedicated to higher education create substantial opportunities for high-quality private institutions to meet this growing and unmet demand. Our outcomes-driven strategy is focused on enabling millions of students globally to prosper and thrive in the dynamic and evolving knowledge economy.

        In 1999, we made our first investment in higher education and, since that time, we have developed into the global leader in higher education. As of September 30, 2015, our global network of 88 institutions comprised 72 institutions we owned or controlled, and an additional 16 institutions that we managed or with which we had other relationships. We have four reporting segments as described

88


Table of Contents

below. We group our institutions by geography in Latin America, Europe and Asia, Middle East and Africa for reporting purposes. Our GPS segment includes institutions that have products and services that span the Laureate International Universities network and attract students from across geographic boundaries, including our fully online universities.

    Our Segments

        The LatAm segment includes institutions in Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Honduras, Mexico, Panama and Peru and has contractual relationships with a licensed institution in Ecuador. The institutions generate revenues by providing an education that emphasizes applied, professional-oriented content for growing career fields with undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The programs at these institutions are mainly campus-based and are primarily focused on local students. In addition, the institutions in our LatAm segment have begun introducing online and hybrid (a combination of online and in-classroom) courses and programs to their curriculum. Brazil and Chile have government-supported financing programs for higher education, while in other countries students generally finance their own education. Tuition and expenses per student are less than in the Europe and GPS segments, but the volume of enrollments is higher.

        The Europe segment includes institutions in Cyprus, France, Germany, Morocco, Portugal, Spain and Turkey. The institutions generate revenues by providing professional-oriented content for growing career fields with undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The programs at these institutions are mainly campus-based, but several institutions have begun to introduce online and hybrid programs. While a higher percentage of the eligible population in Europe participates in higher education than in LatAm, Europe's population is older and growing more slowly than in the countries in our LatAm and AMEA segments. The greater availability in these locations of established, and in some instances nearly free, public universities results in a more competitive market for increased and sustained enrollments. The institutions in this segment enroll local and international students. As most countries in the Europe segment do not have government financing for private education, most students finance their own education. Tuition and expenses per student are higher, with lower enrollment than in our LatAm and AMEA segments.

        The AMEA segment consists of campus-based institutions with operations in Australia, China, India, Malaysia, South Africa and Thailand. AMEA also manages 11 licensed institutions in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and manages one additional institution in China through a joint venture arrangement. Additionally, as of December 31, 2014, AMEA had a relationship with a licensed institution in Indonesia. The programs at these institutions generate revenues by providing an education that emphasizes applied, professional-oriented content for growing career fields with undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The programs at these institutions are mainly campus-based and are primarily focused on local students. Most countries in AMEA do not have government-supported financing for higher education, students finance their own education. The AMEA segment has a combination of fast growing economies, such as China and Malaysia. Tuition and expenses per student are less than in our Europe and GPS segments. In the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the government has awarded us contracts with 11 licensed institutions, including eight under the Colleges of Excellence program. The contracts are each five years in length, and we may apply for renewal with the government upon expiration of each contract. The first contract, under which we provide services to approximately 300 students, expires in October 2015, and we anticipate that it will be renewed. The remaining contracts will expire between 2016 and 2020. We anticipate higher enrollments and revenues in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

        The GPS segment includes institutions that have products and services that span the Laureate International Universities network and attract students from across geographic boundaries. The GPS segment includes fully online degree programs in the United States offered through Walden University, a U.S.-based accredited institution, and through the University of Liverpool and the University of

89


Table of Contents

Roehampton in the United Kingdom. Additionally, within the GPS segment we have smaller niche campus-based institutions with specialized curriculum in the hospitality, art and design, culinary, and health sciences fields, located in Italy, New Zealand, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. The GPS segment also manages one hospitality and culinary institution in China and one hospitality and culinary institution in Jordan through joint venture and other contractual arrangements. The online institutions primarily serve working adults with undergraduate and graduate degree programs, while the campus-based institutions primarily serve traditional students seeking undergraduate and graduate degrees. Students in the United States finance their education in a variety of ways, including Title IV programs.

        Corporate is a non-operating business unit whose purpose is to support operations. Its departments are responsible for establishing operational policies and internal control standards; implementing strategic initiatives; and monitoring compliance with policies and controls throughout our operations. Our Corporate segment is an internal source of capital and provides financial, human resource, information technology, insurance, legal and tax compliance services. The Corporate segment also contains the eliminations of inter-segment revenues and expenses.

        The following information for our operating segments is presented as of September 30, 2015, except where otherwise indicated:

 
  LatAm   Europe   AMEA   GPS   Total  

Countries

    8     7     7     8     28 *

Institutions

    30     21     22     15     88  

Enrollments (rounded to nearest thousand)

    809,000     53,000     83,000     81,000     1,026,000  

LTM ended September 30, 2015 Revenues ($ in millions)‡

  $ 2,556.9   $ 465.8   $ 423.5   $ 1,038.8   $ 4,470.4  

% Contribution to LTM ended September 30, 2015 Revenues‡

    57 %   10 %   10 %   23 %   100 %

*
Our AMEA and GPS segments both have institutions located in China and our Europe and GPS segments both have institutions located in Spain. The total reflects the elimination of this duplication.

The elimination of inter-segment revenues and amounts related to Corporate, which total $14.6 million, is not separately presented.

    Challenges

        Our global operations are subject to complex business, economic, legal, political, tax and foreign currency risks, which may be difficult to adequately address. The majority of our operations are outside the United States. As a result, we face risks that are inherent in international operations, including: fluctuations in exchange rates, possible currency devaluations, inflation and hyperinflation; price controls and foreign currency exchange restrictions; potential economic and political instability in the countries in which we operate; expropriation of assets by local governments; key political elections and changes in government policies; multiple and possibly overlapping and conflicting tax laws; and compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws. We plan to continue to grow our business globally by acquiring or establishing private higher education institutions. Our success in growing our business will depend on the ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks related to operating in various countries.

90


Table of Contents

    Regulatory Environment

        Our business is subject to regulation by various agencies based on the requirements of local jurisdictions. These agencies continue to review and update regulations as they deem necessary. We cannot predict the form of the rules that ultimately may be adopted in the future or what effects they might have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We will continue to develop and implement necessary changes that enable us to comply with such regulations. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Highly Regulated Industry in the United States," "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our institutions are subject to uncertain and varying laws and regulations, and any changes to these laws or regulations may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations," "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Political and regulatory developments in Chile may materially adversely affect our operations" and "Industry Regulation" for a detailed discussion of our different regulatory environments and Note 20, Legal and Regulatory Matters, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Key Business Metrics

    Enrollment

        Enrollment is our lead revenue indicator and represents our most important non-financial metric. We define "enrollment" as the number of students registered in a course on the last day of the enrollment reporting period. New enrollments provide an indication of future revenue trends. Total enrollment is a function of continuing student enrollments, new student enrollments and enrollments from acquisitions, offset by graduations and attrition. Attrition is defined as a student leaving the institution before completion of the program. To minimize attrition, we have implemented programs that involve assisting students in remedial education, mentoring, counseling and student financing.

        Each of our institutions has an enrollment cycle that varies by geographic region and academic program. During each academic year, each institution has a "Primary Intake" period in which the majority of the enrollment occurs. Most institutions also have one or more smaller "Secondary Intake" periods. The first calendar quarter generally coincides with the Primary Intakes for our institutions in Central America, the Andean Region, Brazil and Australia and South Africa. The third calendar quarter generally coincides with the Primary Intakes for our institutions in Mexico and Europe, and our AMEA (China, India and Malaysia only) and GPS segments.

        The following chart shows our enrollment cycles. Shaded areas in the chart represent periods when classes are generally in session and revenues are recognized. Areas that are not shaded represent summer breaks during which revenues are not typically recognized. The large circles indicate the

91


Table of Contents

Primary Intake start dates of our institutions, and the small circles represent Secondary Intake start dates.

GRAPHIC

    Pricing

        We continually monitor market conditions and carefully adjust our tuition rates to meet local demand levels. We proactively seek the best price and content combinations to ensure that we remain competitive in all the markets in which we operate.

    Principal Components of Income Statement

    Revenues

        Tuition is the largest component of our revenues and we recognize tuition revenues on a weekly basis, as classes are being taught. The amount of tuition generated in a given period depends on the price per credit hour and the total credit hours or price per program taken by the enrolled student population. Deferred revenue and student deposits on our consolidated balance sheets consist of tuition paid prior to the start of academic sessions and unearned tuition amounts recorded as accounts receivable after an academic session begins. The price per credit hour varies by program, by market, and by degree level. Additionally, varying levels of discounts and scholarships are offered depending on

92


Table of Contents

market-specific dynamics and individual achievements of our students. Revenues are reported net of scholarships, other discounts, refunds, waivers and the fair value of any guarantees made by Laureate related to student financing programs. In addition to tuition revenues, we generate other revenues from ancillary product sales, dormitory/residency fees, student fees and other education-related services. These other revenues are less material to our overall financial results and have a tendency to trend with tuition revenues. The main drivers of changes in revenues between periods are student enrollment and price.

    Direct Costs

        Our direct costs include instructional and services expenses as well as marketing and promotional expenses. Our instructional and services costs consist primarily of labor and operating costs associated with the delivery of services to our students, including the cost of wages, payroll taxes, and benefits for institution employees, depreciation and amortization, rent, utilities and bad debt expenses. Marketing and promotional costs consist primarily of advertising expenses and labor costs for marketing personnel at the institutions. In general, a significant portion of our direct costs tend to be variable in nature and trend with enrollment, and management continues to monitor and improve the efficiency of instructional delivery. Conversely, as campuses expand, direct costs may grow faster than enrollment growth as infrastructure investments are made in anticipation of future enrollment growth.

    General and Administrative Expenses

        Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of costs associated with corporate departments, including executive management, accounting, legal, business development and other departments that do not provide direct operational services.

    Factors Affecting Comparability

    Acquisitions

        Our past experiences provide us with the expertise to further our mission of providing high-quality, accessible and affordable higher education to students by expanding into new markets, primarily through acquisitions. Acquisitions affect the comparability of our financial statements from period to period. Acquisitions completed during one period impact comparability to a prior period in which we did not own the acquired entity. Therefore, changes related to such entities are considered "incremental impact of acquisitions" for the first 12 months of our ownership. See Note 5, Acquisitions, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details of our acquisitions and other transactions.

    Foreign Exchange

        The majority of our institutions are located outside the United States. These institutions enter into transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar ("USD") and keep their local financial records in a functional currency other than the USD. We monitor the impact of foreign currency movements and the correlation between the local currency and the USD. Our revenues and expenses are generally denominated in local currency. The USD is our reporting currency and our subsidiaries operate in various other functional currencies, including: Australian Dollar, Brazilian Real, Chilean Peso, Chinese Renminbi, Costa Rican Colon, Euro, Great Britain Pound, Honduran Lempira, Indian Rupee, Malaysian Ringgit, Mexican Peso, Moroccan Dirham, New Zealand Dollar, Peruvian Nuevo Sol, Polish Złoty, Saudi Riyal, South African Rand, Swiss Franc, Thai Baht and Turkish Lira. The principal foreign exchange exposure is the risk related to the translation of revenues and expenses incurred in each country from the local currency into USD. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 and the nine months and LTM ended September 30, 2015, the impact of changing foreign currency exchange rates reduced consolidated revenues by approximately $54 million, $225 million, $471 million and $563 million, respectively, as compared to the comparable preceding period. For the

93


Table of Contents

years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 and the nine months and LTM ended September 30, 2015, the impact of changing foreign currency exchange rates reduced consolidated Adjusted EBITDA by approximately $8 million, $46 million, $87 million and $111 million, respectively, as compared to the comparable preceding period. We experienced a proportionally greater negative impact related to the year ended December 31, 2014 and the nine months and LTM ended September 30, 2015, which resulted from the significant weakening experienced by most currencies against the U.S. dollar where we have significant operations, which began in the second half of 2014. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our reported revenues and earnings may be negatively affected by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar and currency exchange rates."

    Seasonality

        Most of the institutions in our network have a summer break during which classes are generally not in session and minimal revenues are recognized. In addition to the timing of summer breaks, holidays such as Easter also have an impact on our academic calendar. Operating expenses, however, do not fully correlate to the enrollment and revenue cycles, as the institutions continue to incur expenses during summer breaks. Given the geographic diversity of our institutions and differences in timing of summer breaks, our second and fourth quarters are stronger revenue quarters as the majority of our institutions are in session for most of these respective quarters. Our first and third fiscal quarters are weaker revenue quarters because the majority of our institutions have summer breaks for some portion of one of these two quarters. Due to this seasonality, revenues and profits in any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results in subsequent quarters and may not be correlated to new enrollment in any one quarter. For a discussion of our revenue recognition accounting policy, see Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        As of December 31, 2014, we had two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses are related to (1) inadequate journal entry review process and (2) inadequate controls over key reports and spreadsheets.

        The remediation of these material weaknesses includes making significant investments to develop training programs for our global finance organization, changing the organizational design and reporting relationships for our global finance organization and upgrading the qualifications of personnel where necessary, and designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls, some of which are manual. However, until the completion of our ongoing EiP initiative, which is anticipated to occur by the end of 2017 and includes implementing a global enterprise resource planning system and completing the vertical integration of our finance organization through the establishment of regional SSOs, there is significant risk in maintaining these manual processes and bringing them to scale. Our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses may not be effective or prevent any future material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We have identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not corrected, could result in material misstatements of our financial statements," and "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be materially adversely affected."

94


Table of Contents

        As a public company, we will be required to devote significant resources to complete the assessment and documentation of our internal control system and financial process under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including an assessment of the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of our information systems associated with our internal control over financial reporting. We will incur material costs to remediate any material weaknesses and significant deficiencies identified as well as ensuring compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Results of Operations

        The following discussion of the results of our operations is organized as follows:

    Summary Comparison of Consolidated Results

    Non-GAAP Financial Measure

    Segment Results

Summary Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

    Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

        On March 5, 2015, we completed the sale of our interest in HSM Group Management Focus Europe Global S.L. ("HSM"). We recognized a net gain of $2.0 million in equity in net loss of affiliates, net of tax, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we reassessed our position regarding certain ongoing Spanish tax audits and, as a result of recent adverse decisions from the Spanish Supreme Court and Spanish National Court on cases for taxpayers with similar facts, it was determined that we could no longer support a more-likely-than-not position and thus recorded a provision of $42.1 million relating to these tax audits.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we announced that we would begin a teach-out process at National Hispanic University ("NHU"), an institution in our GPS segment that closed in August 2015, and will no longer enroll new students. In connection with this teach out, we recorded direct costs of $7.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, to ensure an orderly and successful transition for our students.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded a benefit of $11.3 million in our LatAm segment related to the settlement of a pre-acquisition loss contingency after receiving a favorable court ruling with respect to the use of grant funds by the prior owners of Universidade Anhembi Morumbi ("UAM Brazil").

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we incurred employee termination costs of $11.3 million resulting from a reduction in force at certain locations in our LatAm segment and $1.9 million in our Europe segment.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we determined it was probable that we would achieve a performance target for contingent consideration payable under the terms of the 2013 purchase agreement for THINK Education Group ("THINK"), an institution in our AMEA segment, therefore we accrued this contingent consideration at its estimated fair value of $3.8 million, which we charged to operating expenses.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded a loss on disposal of property of $4.0 million at Hunan International Economics University ("HIEU"), an institution in our AMEA segment, to write off the carrying value of three parcels of land for which it no longer has land use rights.

95


Table of Contents

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an entity in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in our AMEA segment recorded a benefit to direct costs of $2.8 million, primarily related to cash payments received for fully reserved receivables.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, Corporate expenses were reduced by $3.4 million related to proceeds received from the settlement of earthquake-related insurance claims.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded an impairment charge of $16.4 million on UDLA Chile's tradenames and accreditations due to weakened financial performance that resulted from the loss of accreditation.

    Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

        The following table presents our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Revenues

  $ 3,141.2   $ 3,085.5     2 %

Direct costs

    2,795.0     2,789.5     %

General and administrative expenses

    134.1     100.9     (33 )%

Loss on impairment of assets

        16.5     100 %

Operating income

    212.0     178.6     19 %

Interest expense, net of interest income

    (290.2 )   (259.8 )   (12 )%

Other non-operating expense

    (142.0 )   (74.4 )   (91 )%

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

    (220.2 )   (155.6 )   (42 )%

Income tax expense

    (81.6 )   (54.4 )   (50 )%

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax

    2.1     (0.1 )   nm  

Net loss

    (299.7 )   (210.1 )   (43 )%

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0.1     4.8     (98 )%

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (299.6 ) $ (205.3 )   (46 )%

nm—percentage changes not meaningful

        For further details on certain discrete items discussed below, see "—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results."

         Revenues increased by $55.7 million to $3,141.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 (the "2015 fiscal period") from $3,085.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (the "2014 fiscal period"). This revenue growth was driven by overall increased average total enrollment at a majority of our institutions, which increased revenues by $229.8 million, the incremental impact of acquisitions, which increased revenues by $111.5 million, and the effect of changes in tuition rates and enrollments in programs at varying price points ("product mix"), pricing and timing, which increased revenues by $188.5 million, due in part to the academic calendar, which resulted in an extra week during the 2015 fiscal period as compared to the 2014 fiscal period at many of our institutions. Partially offsetting this revenue growth was the effect of a net change in foreign currency exchange rates, which decreased revenues by $470.5 million. Other Corporate changes accounted for a decrease in revenues of $3.6 million.

96


Table of Contents

         Direct costs and general and administrative expenses combined increased by $38.7 million to $2,929.1 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $2,890.4 million for the 2014 fiscal period. The direct costs increase was due to the incremental impact of acquisitions increasing costs by $107.9 million and overall higher enrollments and expanded operations increasing costs by $336.8 million. Additionally, during the 2014 fiscal period, we recorded a benefit of $11.3 million related to the settlement of a pre-acquisition loss contingency after receiving a favorable court ruling. Acquisition contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, increased direct costs by $2.4 million in the 2015 fiscal period and decreased direct costs by $4.0 million in the 2014 fiscal period, increasing expenses by $6.4 million in the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. During the 2014 fiscal period, an entity in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia recorded a benefit to direct costs of $2.8 million primarily related to cash payments received for fully reserved receivables. The change in corporate expenses accounted for an increase in costs of $10.5 million for the 2015 fiscal period, primarily from an increase in labor expenses. Additionally, Corporate recorded $3.4 million of proceeds received from the settlement of earthquake-related insurance claims in the 2014 fiscal period.

        Offsetting these direct cost increases was a net change in foreign currency exchange rates, which decreased costs by $412.0 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. In the 2014 fiscal period, employee termination costs related to a reduction in force increased direct costs by $13.2 million. In the 2014 fiscal period, we determined that it was probable that one of our institutions would meet performance targets that were part of a share purchase agreement and accrued for a contingent earn-out of $3.8 million. Additionally during the 2014 fiscal period, HIEU recorded a $4.0 million loss on disposal of property to write off the carrying value of three parcels of land which we no longer own. In connection with a teach out at NHU, an institution in our GPS segment that closed in August 2015, we recorded direct costs of $7.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to ensure an orderly and successful transition for our students.

         Operating income increased by $33.4 million to $212.0 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $178.6 million for the 2014 fiscal period. The increase in operating income was primarily driven by increased operating income at our LatAm, AMEA and GPS segments, partially offset by a decrease in operating income at our Europe segment and increased costs at Corporate primarily due to increased labor expenses. Additionally, in the 2014 fiscal period, we recorded a loss on impairment of assets of $16.5 million, which decreased our operating income.

         Interest expense, net of interest income increased by $30.4 million to $290.2 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $259.8 million for the 2014 fiscal period. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to higher debt balances.

         Other non-operating expense increased by $67.6 million to $142.0 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $74.4 million for the 2014 fiscal period. This increase was primarily attributable to a $67.1 million increase in loss on foreign currency exchange in the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period, an increase in loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million in the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period and an increase in loss on derivatives of $0.6 million. These expense increases were partially offset by an increase in other income of $1.4 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period.

         Income tax expense increased by $27.2 million to $81.6 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $54.4 million for the 2014 fiscal period. We have operations in multiple countries, many of which have statutory tax rates lower than the United States. The main reasons for this increase in expense were the recording of the tax provision of $42.1 million related to the ICE tax audit matters, as described above and in Note 14, Income Taxes, in our interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and an increase in overall operational income. This increase was partially offset by the impact of foreign exchange rates year over year.

97


Table of Contents

         Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax increased by $2.2 million to income of $2.1 million for the 2015 fiscal period from a loss of $0.1 million for the 2014 fiscal period. We recognized a net gain on the sale of HSM for $2.0 million in the 2015 fiscal period. Other equity-method investments resulted in changes of $0.2 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period.

         Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests changed by $4.7 million to a loss of $0.1 million for the 2015 fiscal period, from a loss of $4.8 million for the 2014 fiscal period. This change was primarily related to decreased losses at HIEU and NHU and income in 2015 at Pearl Academy, compared to a loss in 2014.

Summary Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

    Year Ended December 31, 2014

        In the first quarter of 2014, we announced the beginning of a teach-out process at NHU, an institution in our GPS segment that closed in August 2015, and will no longer enroll new students. In connection with this teach-out, we recorded direct costs of $6.6 million for 2014 to ensure an orderly and successful transition for our students.

        In the second quarter of 2014, corporate expenses were reduced by $3.4 million related to proceeds received from the settlement of earthquake-related insurance claims. In the fourth quarter of 2014, corporate expenses were further reduced by $1.4 million related to additional proceeds received from the settlement of earthquake-related insurance claims.

        We recorded a loss on disposal of property of $4.4 million at HIEU, an institution in our AMEA segment, to write off the carrying value of several parcels of land for which it no longer has land use rights.

        In the third quarter of 2014, an entity in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in our AMEA segment recorded a benefit to direct costs of $2.8 million, primarily related to cash payments received for fully reserved receivables.

        In 2014, we incurred employee termination costs of $18.0 million resulting from a reduction in force at certain locations, including $11.5 million in our LatAm segment, $4.7 million in our Europe segment and $1.8 million in our GPS segment.

        In 2014, we reached an arbitration settlement related to certain indemnification claims with the former owners of an institution in Brazil and recorded a gain of $6.7 million in our LatAm segment.

        During the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded an operating expense of $18.0 million for a donation to a foundation for an initiative supported by the Turkish government. This donation was made by our network institution in Turkey to support our ongoing operations.

        During 2013, we recorded a liability of $11.8 million for a social security tax matter in our Europe segment for the years 2009 through 2012. In 2014, we reversed $2.1 million of the social security tax liability due to statute of limitations expirations.

        The fiscal reform that was enacted in Mexico in December 2013 subjects our Mexico entities to corporate income tax and also requires them to comply with profit-sharing legislation, whereby 10% of the taxable income of our Mexican entities will be set aside as employee compensation. In 2013, we had established an asset for a deferred benefit related to this matter. During 2014, we revised our estimate regarding the realizability of this asset and, accordingly, recorded a net decrease in operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $22.8 million.

98


Table of Contents

    Impairment

        In 2014, we recorded a total impairment loss of $125.8 million. Tradenames and accreditations were impaired in the aggregate amount of $47.7 million related to two Chilean institutions in our LatAm segment. Also in our LatAm segment, goodwill was impaired in the amount of $77.1 million, which related to our institutions in Costa Rica, Honduras, and Panama. Our LatAm and GPS segments recorded impairments of long-lived assets of $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Our Europe segment recorded impairments of deferred costs of $0.3 million.

        UDLA Chile recorded impairment of $16.4 million for tradenames and accreditations. This is an additional impairment to the charge taken in 2013. The primary driver for this additional charge was the secondary intake of enrollment that occurred during the third quarter of 2014, which provided us with additional information regarding the projected financial performance of UDLA Chile and that indicated that the financial impact of the loss of accreditation was larger than initially estimated. UNAB recorded an impairment charge for tradenames and accreditations of $31.3 million that resulted from our expectation of reduced margins and lower pricing. The lower projections reflect weaker operating performance compared to the prior long-range plan, combined with reduced expectations as a result of a regulatory environment that favors public rather than private supply in higher education.

        The goodwill impairment of $77.1 million in LatAm at our institutions in Costa Rica, Honduras, and Panama can be attributed to a weaker long-range outlook as compared to the assumptions contained in the models previously used to value the intangible assets. The primary driver of this weaker outlook is a shortfall in 2014 enrollments which has caused us to decrease our long-term enrollment projections. The softened enrollment outlook has also resulted in pricing pressure on revenue.

    Year Ended December 31, 2013

        In the second half of 2010, Ecuador adopted a new higher education law that, upon its implementation, required us to modify the governance structure of our institution in that country. While the constitutionality of certain provisions of the higher education law is currently being challenged in Ecuador's court system, the law has been implemented. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the CES, the relevant regulatory body, commenced reviewing and issuing comments on bylaws submitted by other Ecuadorian higher education institutions, implementing and enforcing the co-governance provisions of the new law. In accordance with ASC 810-10-15-10, we believed that control no longer resided with Laureate given the governmentally imposed uncertainties. As a result, UDLA Ecuador was deconsolidated in the fourth quarter of 2012. As a result of the deconsolidation, the net reduction in consolidated revenues for 2013 was $20.8 million, consisting of a decrease in the LatAm segment of $28.7 million, partially offset by an increase of $7.9 million in corporate and eliminations from royalty revenues and other support charges recognized for 2013. Additionally, direct costs in the LatAm segment decreased by $16.2 million.

        On January 18, 2013, we borrowed an additional $250.0 million in term loans under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. This additional amount was issued at an original debt discount of $1.3 million, and we paid debt issuance costs of $2.9 million, all of which was amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan. On December 16, 2013, we borrowed an additional $200.0 million in term loans under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. This additional loan was issued at a discount of $0.5 million, and we paid debt issuance costs of $2.2 million, all of which was amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan. Additionally, third-party costs of $1.5 million were charged to general and administrative expenses.

        On January 23, 2013, we sold Universidad Del Desarrollo Professional, SC ("UNIDEP") for approximately $40.6 million and recognized a gain on the sale of $4.4 million, net of income tax expense of $1.9 million in the consolidated statement of operations. UNIDEP was classified as a discontinued operation in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

99


Table of Contents

        During the first quarter of 2013, a university in our Europe segment sold non-operating assets for $4.1 million and recognized a gain on the sale of $3.9 million in other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

        The planned March 2013 opening of a new campus building at UNAB in our LatAm segment was delayed, resulting in the need to relocate students to temporary facilities until the building was completed. During 2013, we incurred $6.2 million of expenses to rent the temporary facilities and operate them as classrooms. This also caused a delay to the start of the 2013 academic calendar year for these students. As a concession for the inconvenience experienced by the students who were affected, we agreed to a one-time settlement in the form of discounts on those students' tuition. This settlement was recognized as a reduction of revenues and totaled $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

        During 2013, we recorded an accrual of $11.8 million for a social security tax matter for the years 2009 through 2012 in our Europe segment.

        On April 23, 2013, we borrowed an additional $310.0 million in term loans under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. This additional amount was issued at a premium of $1.6 million, and we paid debt issuance costs of $3.9 million, both of which will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan. Additionally, third-party costs of $0.4 million were charged to general and administrative expenses. The proceeds from this borrowing were used to repay all of the outstanding senior subordinated notes (the "Senior Subordinated Notes"). We paid a total of $17.1 million of tender premiums and fees and call premiums which were capitalized as debt issuance costs.

        In May 2013, we exited a leased facility at one institution in our Europe segment and as a result received an early termination settlement of $4.8 million, which decreased direct costs.

        During 2012, we recorded an accrual for a tax contingency in Brazil, as discussed further below. During 2013, we settled this Brazil tax contingency and recorded additional expense of $3.8 million in direct costs in our LatAm segment.

        In the third quarter of 2013, we wrote down our investment in HSM of $3.1 million to a carrying value of zero, which resulted in a charge to equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax for the year ended December 31, 2013. We concluded that the impairment in the value of its investment in HSM was other than temporary.

        On December 20, 2013, we acquired the remaining 80% interest of THINK and remeasured our equity method investment in THINK to a fair value of approximately $18.5 million, recording a non-operating gain of $5.9 million.

        As a result of the fiscal reform enacted in Mexico in December 2013, we recorded a net increase in operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $8.4 million in our LatAm segment.

        In December 2013, we recorded a $2.5 million gain on the termination of a sale-leaseback arrangement in our Europe segment.

    Impairment

        In 2013, we recorded a total impairment loss of $33.6 million. Tradenames and accreditations were impaired in the aggregate amount of $25.7 million related to institutions in our LatAm and GPS segments, which recorded impairments of $22.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively. Our AMEA segment recorded impairments of long-lived assets of $2.0 million for certain buildings that were impaired in 2013. Our GPS segment also recorded impairments of long-lived assets of $1.4 million and impairments of other intangible assets of $4.5 million.

        The impairment of tradenames and accreditations in LatAm related to UDLA Chile. The primary driver for this charge was a reduction in this institution's projected revenue and income following

100


Table of Contents

UDLA Chile's loss of accreditation, as discussed in Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The current impairment charge is based on management's best estimates using current available and knowable information about the short and long term implications to the UDLA Chile financial forecast. The current projections assume reaccreditation in 2016. We will continue to monitor the situation and additional impairment losses may result from greater than expected attrition and failure to obtain reaccreditation in 2016.

        The tradenames and accreditations impairment of $3.7 million in our GPS segment related to one institution in Italy, and two in the United States. The impairment at the Italian institution of $1.1 million resulted from our expectation of reduced margins, as compared to the assumptions contained in the models previously used to value the intangible assets. The reduced margin expectations result primarily from the ongoing weakness in the European economies, which has caused pricing decreases at certain of the institutions included in this segment, as well as enrollment declines as compared to the projections used to value the intangible assets.

        In the United States, one of the institutions recorded a tradenames and accreditations impairment of $1.3 million, which primarily resulted from our expectation of further reduced margins and cash flows as compared to our initial projections contained in the previous model used to value the intangible assets at this institution during our 2012 impairment testing. These expectations of further reduced margins and cash flows were largely due to the poor economic conditions in the United States, continued media focus on the cost of education as compared to earnings potential, as well as the regulatory environment, which are discussed in Note 20, Legal and Regulatory Matters, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. All of these factors have caused us to reduce our expectation of future performance for this institution. In the first quarter of 2014, one of our U.S. Institutions, NHU, decided to stop enrolling new students and teach out the existing cohort of students. This decision was driven in part by certain regulatory changes. As a result, we have written off the entire tradenames and accreditations value of $1.3 million related to this institution. In addition, NHU, also wrote down capitalized curriculum, which is recorded in deferred costs, net by $4.5 million and software, which is recorded in property and equipment, by $1.3 million, as it was determined that the curriculum and software cannot be redeployed. There was also an impairment of other long-lived assets in the GPS segment of $0.1 million.

    Year Ended December 31, 2012

        During the first quarter of 2012, we sold Hautes Études des Technologies de l'Information et de la Communication ("HETIC"), a subsidiary in our Europe segment, for a sales price of $4.7 million. The sale resulted in a gain of $3.3 million, net of income tax expense of $0.2 million, which was recorded in gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax in the consolidated statement of operations. HETIC was classified as a discontinued operation in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        In May 2012, a Brazilian state supreme court ruling declared that a law passed by one of its municipal governments was unconstitutional. The municipality's federal appeal of the state ruling is pending. This municipal law, passed in the third quarter of 2010, had nullified certain tax assessments against one of our institutions in Brazil. As a result of the May 2012 state supreme court ruling, we recorded a liability for these tax contingencies of $20.1 million in other long-term liabilities on our December 31, 2013 consolidated balance sheet. Since these assessments are for taxes other than income tax, the corresponding charge that was incurred in the second quarter of 2012 was recorded through direct costs and interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations, resulting in a decrease to operating income of approximately $13.1 million, an increase in interest expense of $7.0 million, and a decrease to net income of approximately $13.3 million, net of tax benefits of approximately $6.8 million. During 2013, we revised our estimate for this Brazil tax contingency and recorded an additional $3.8 million of direct costs. During the fourth quarter of 2013, we settled this tax assessment with the municipality and paid the entire liability.

101


Table of Contents

        On July 25, 2012, we completed an offering of $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (the "Senior Notes"). We paid and capitalized $8.6 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the completed offering in July 2012.

        In 2012, we changed our estimate for an acquisition litigation liability at an institution in our Europe segment and recorded expense of $4.1 million.

        Laureate and the sellers of Universidad Privada del Norte ("UPN") entered into an addendum to the UPN purchase agreement to amend certain terms and conditions with regard to the seller's earn-out payment. This modification to the original contingent consideration arrangement resulted in an additional arrangement with the sellers, whereby amounts in excess of the contingent consideration owed to the sellers were accounted for as expense. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded expense in our LatAm segment of $4.1 million related to this modification.

        In 2012, we wrote down our investment in HSM to a carrying value of zero which resulted in a charge to equity in net loss of affiliates, net of tax of $6.7 million. This charge was recorded during the third quarter of 2012, upon our determination that there was a decline in the value of the investment that was other than temporary.

        On November 13, 2012, we completed an offering of $1,050.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes. The notes are treated as a single series with the $350.0 million of Senior Notes. We used the net proceeds from the sale of the additional Senior Notes to purchase all of the outstanding senior toggle notes (the "Senior Toggle Notes") and the senior cash pay notes (the "Senior Cash Pay Notes"), and to fully repay certain debt instruments under our senior secured term loan facility, including the closing date term loan (the "Closing Date Term Loan"), the delayed draw term loan (the "Delayed Draw Term Loan"), and the series A new term loan (the "Series A New Term Loan"), all of which were due in 2014. In connection with the November 2012 offering, we incurred $47.1 million of debt issuance costs, of which $43.0 million were capitalized. In addition, $1.6 million was charged to general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012, which related to new third-party costs for the modification.

        During the fourth quarter of 2012, we approved a plan of restructuring, which primarily included workforce reductions in order to reduce operating costs in response to challenging economic conditions and overcapacity at certain locations. We recorded the estimated cost of the restructuring of $20.7 million, which was predominately employee severance, in direct costs in the 2012 consolidated statement of operations. Our LatAm, Europe and GPS segments recorded restructuring costs of $15.4 million, $2.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

        In December 2012, we forgave a related party receivable in our Europe segment for a non-interest bearing loan made to a noncontrolling interest holder of CH Holding, which had a carrying value of $1.7 million.

        UDLA Ecuador was deconsolidated in the fourth quarter of 2012 and a loss of $43.7 million was recorded in loss from regulatory changes in the consolidated statement of operations. As a result of the deconsolidation, the net reduction in consolidated revenues was $8.3 million, consisting of a decrease in the LatAm segment of $10.1 million, partially offset by an increase of $1.8 million in corporate and eliminations from royalty revenues recognized in the fourth quarter of 2012. Additionally, direct costs in the LatAm segment decreased by $6.6 million.

    Impairment

        In 2012, we recorded impairment for other intangible assets and other long-lived assets in the amount of $58.3 million. Tradenames and accreditations were impaired in the amount of $56.9 million related to two institutions in our LatAm and GPS segments, which recorded impairments of $52.4 million and $4.5 million, respectively. Additionally, other intangible assets were impaired by

102


Table of Contents

$0.1 million in our GPS segment, and long-lived assets in our AMEA segment were impaired by $1.3 million.

        The LatAm tradenames and accreditations impairment of $52.4 million related to Mexico. This impairment was attributable to various factors, which caused us to further reduce our revenue and profit expectations as compared to the assumptions contained in the previous model, which was used to value the intangible assets during 2011 impairment testing. Our reduced expectations resulted from the impacts of the economic weakness in Mexico that we experienced in our business during 2011. This weakness led to a continuation of the persistent high unemployment rate in the Mexican economy, which impacted our businesses differently, specifically causing potential customers to be more price sensitive. These economic challenges in Mexico have caused us to further re-evaluate our growth and margin assumptions for a component of this business unit, thus triggering the impairment. As of December 31, 2012, tradenames and accreditations in Mexico totaled $170.6 million.

        The impairment of $4.5 million in the GPS segment was caused by an impairment of tradenames and accreditations, which primarily resulted from our expectation of reduced margins and cash flows at one institution as compared to our initial projections contained in the previous model used to value the intangible assets at this institution during our 2011 impairment testing. These expectations of reduced margins and cash flows are largely due to the continuing poor economic conditions in the United States, continued media focus on the cost of education as compared to earnings potential, as well as the regulatory environment, which are discussed further in Note 20, Legal and Regulatory Matters, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. All of these factors have caused us to reduce our future performance expectations for this institution, because it operates in a niche market where its programs are offered at a comparatively high price point. As of December 31, 2012, tradenames and accreditations at this institution totaled $5.8 million.

        In 2012, in the GPS segment, we also recorded an impairment of $0.1 million, related to the reduced profitability inherent in contract rights owned by one institution in that segment.

        The impairment of long-lived assets in our AMEA segment of $1.3 million related to certain property and equipment at our institutions in China and Malaysia, where we determined that the property and equipment would be disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life.

103


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

        The following table presents our operating results for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Revenues

  $ 4,414.7   $ 3,913.9   $ 3,567.1     13 %   10 %

Direct costs

    3,838.2     3,418.4     3,148.5     (12 )%   (9 )%

General and administrative expenses

    151.2     141.2     110.1     (7 )%   (28 )%

Loss on impairment of assets

    125.8     33.6     58.3     nm     42 %

Operating income

    299.5     320.7     250.2     (7 )%   28 %

Interest expense, net of interest income

    (363.9 )   (328.4 )   (288.3 )   (11 )%   (14 )%

Loss from regulatory changes

            (43.7 )   nm     nm  

Other non-operating (expense) income

    (137.2 )   9.7     (58.8 )   nm     116 %

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

    (201.7 )   1.9     (140.6 )   nm     101 %

Income tax benefit (expense)

    39.1     (91.2 )   (68.1 )   143 %   (34 )%

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax

    0.2     (0.9 )   (8.7 )   122 %   90 %

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

        0.8     4.4     nm     (82 )%

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax

        4.4     3.3     nm     33 %

Net loss

    (162.5 )   (85.1 )   (209.7 )   (91 )%   59 %

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    4.2     15.4     8.6     (73 )%   79 %

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (158.3 ) $ (69.7 ) $ (201.1 )   (127 )%   65 %

nm—percentage changes not meaningful

         Revenues increased by $500.8 million to $4,414.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $3,913.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This revenue growth was driven by overall increased average total enrollment at a majority of our institutions, which increased revenues by $315.3 million; the incremental impact of acquisitions, which increased revenues by $275.9 million; the effect of changes in product mix, pricing and timing, which increased revenues by $133.6 million; and a 2013 settlement in the form of tuition discounts, which decreased revenues by $10.1 million in 2013 in our LatAm segment. Partially offsetting this revenue growth was the effect of a net change in foreign currency exchange rates, which decreased revenues by $224.8 million. Other corporate and elimination changes accounted for a decrease in revenues of $9.3 million.

         Direct costs and general and administrative expenses combined increased by $429.8 million to $3,989.4 million for 2014 from $3,559.6 million for 2013. The direct cost increase was due to the incremental impact of acquisitions increasing costs by $242.5 million and overall higher enrollments and expanded operations increasing costs by $404.5 million. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded an operating expense of $18.0 million for a donation to a foundation for an initiative supported by the Turkish government in our Europe segment. In 2014, employee termination costs related to a reduction

104


Table of Contents

in force increased direct costs by $18.0 million. In connection with a teach out at NHU, an institution in our GPS segment that closed in August 2015, we recorded costs of $6.6 million in 2014 to ensure an orderly and successful transition for our students. Additionally, in 2014, HIEU, an institution in our AMEA segment, recorded a $4.4 million loss on disposal of property to write off the carrying value of several parcels of land for which it no longer has land use rights. In 2014, we determined it was probable that THINK, an institution in our AMEA segment, would meet performance targets that were part of a share purchase agreement and accrued for a contingent earn-out of $3.8 million. In our Europe segment, we exited a leased facility at one institution and as a result, received an early termination settlement of $4.8 million, decreasing expense in 2013, and we recorded a $2.5 million gain on the termination of a sale leaseback arrangement in 2013. Acquisition contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets decreased direct costs by $4.6 million in 2014 and $7.2 million in 2013, increasing expenses by $2.6 million in 2014 compared to 2013.

        Offsetting these direct cost increases was a net change in foreign currency exchange rates, which decreased costs by $193.4 million for 2014 compared to 2013. In 2013, we recorded the initial establishment of a profit-sharing plan related to the fiscal reform in Mexico, increasing expense by $8.4 million in our LatAm segment. During 2014, we recorded a decrease in direct costs of $22.8 million for this profit-sharing plan. Additionally, during 2014, we recorded a benefit in our LatAm segment of $11.3 million related to the settlement of a pre-acquisition loss contingency after receiving a favorable court ruling. In 2014, we reached an arbitration settlement related to indemnification claims with the former owners of a university in Brazil in our LatAm segment and recorded a gain of $6.7 million. In 2014, an entity in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in our AMEA segment recorded a benefit of $2.8 million, primarily related to cash payments received for fully reserved receivables. The planned March 2013 opening of a new campus building for UNAB in Chile was delayed and additional expenses of $6.2 million were incurred in our LatAm segment in 2013 to rent temporary facilities and operate them as classrooms. In 2013, we revised an estimate for a Brazil tax matter, resulting in additional expense of $3.8 million in our LatAm segment. Additionally, during 2013, we recorded $11.8 million for a social security tax matter for the years 2009 through 2012 in our Europe segment. In 2014, we reversed $2.1 million of this social security tax liability due to statute of limitations expirations. In 2014, corporate expenses were reduced by $4.8 million related to proceeds received from the settlement of earthquake-related insurance claims and $1.9 million for debt modification costs incurred in 2013.

         Operating income decreased by $21.2 million to $299.5 million for 2014 from $320.7 million for 2013. The decrease in operating income was primarily the result of a loss on impairment of $125.8 million for 2014 compared to a loss on impairment of $33.6 million for 2013. The decrease in operating income was also impacted by the changes in the recorded values of certain tax contingent liabilities and indemnification assets from 2013 to 2014, which increased expenses by $2.6 million. The decrease in operating income was partially offset by increased operating income primarily due to increased revenues greater than increased direct costs in our LatAm and GPS segments.

        As of December 31, 2014, our balance sheet included liabilities of $121.9 million in other long-term liabilities for taxes other than income tax, principally payroll tax-related uncertainties due to acquisitions of companies primarily in Latin America. As of December 31, 2013, we recorded $53.7 million for this liability. The changes in this liability from 2013 to 2014 were related to acquisitions, interest and penalty accruals, changes in tax laws, expirations of statutes of limitations, settlements and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of the statutes of limitations on these contingencies vary but can be up to ten years. In most cases, we have received indemnification from the former owners and/or noncontrolling interest holders of the acquired businesses for these contingencies and therefore, we do not believe we will sustain an economic loss even if we are required to pay these additional amounts. If these contingencies expire unchallenged, the reversal of the related

105


Table of Contents

liabilities would increase operating income and reduce interest expense. For acquisitions made prior to 2009, an indemnified contingency would result in a reduction of recorded goodwill to the extent of recoveries made under the indemnification agreement. For acquisitions completed from and after January 1, 2009, indemnification assets are recorded as of the acquisition date on the same measurement basis as the indemnified contingency. To the extent these contingencies expire unchallenged, the reversal of the related liabilities would increase operating income and reduce interest expense and the corresponding indemnification asset reversal would reduce operating income.

         Interest expense, net of interest income increased by $35.5 million to $363.9 million for 2014 from $328.4 million for 2013. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to higher debt balances.

         Other non-operating (expense) income increased by $146.9 million to expense of $137.2 million for 2014 from income of $9.7 million for 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to a larger loss on foreign currency exchange in 2014 compared to 2013 for an increase in expense of $106.9 million combined with a loss on derivative instruments in 2014 compared to a gain in 2013 for an increase in expense of $9.7 million and an increase in the loss on debt extinguishment of $21.6 million in 2014 compared to 2013. Other items of $8.7 million accounted for an additional increase in other non-operating expense for 2014 as compared to 2013; 2013 included a gain related to the acquisition of the remaining 80% interest of THINK of $5.9 million and a gain on the sale of non-operating assets of $3.9 million.

        Income tax benefit (expense).     We have operations in multiple countries, many of which have statutory tax rates lower than the United States. Our tax provision decreased by $130.3 million to a benefit of $39.1 million for 2014, from expense of $91.2 million for 2013. The main reasons for this decrease in expense were the release of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and the impact of the fiscal reform in Mexico.

         Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax increased by $1.1 million to income of $0.2 million for 2014 from a loss of $0.9 million for 2013. In 2013, we wrote down our investment in HSM by $3.1 million and recorded $0.9 million in equity in net income of affiliate for THINK. We acquired the remaining ownership interest in THINK in December 2013. Other equity-method investments resulted in changes of $1.1 million for 2014 compared to 2013.

         Income from discontinued operations, net of tax decreased by $0.8 million for 2014 compared to 2013. UNIDEP was classified as a discontinued operation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The decrease in income from discontinued operations was related to the sale of UNIDEP in January 2013.

         Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax decreased by $4.4 million for 2014 compared to 2013. During 2013, we recognized a gain on the sale of UNIDEP of $4.4 million.

         Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests decreased by $11.2 million to $4.2 million for 2014, from $15.4 million for 2013. The decrease in net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests primarily related to our noncontrolling interest in UAM Brazil. In 2013, we recognized $6.6 million of net loss attributable to UAM Brazil. We acquired the remaining interest of UAM Brazil in April 2013. We acquired 80% of St. Augustine in November 2013 and in 2014, we recognized $1.0 million of net income attributable to St. Augustine. Additionally, we recognized $1.5 million net loss attributable to Obeikan in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia for 2014 compared to $2.5 million net loss attributable to Obeikan for 2013. Other noncontrolling interests resulted in changes of $2.6 million for 2014 compared to 2013.

106


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

         Revenues increased by $346.8 million to $3,913.9 million for 2013 from $3,567.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This revenue growth was driven by overall increased average total enrollment at a majority of our institutions, which increased revenues by $277.7 million; the incremental impact of acquisitions, which increased revenues by $32.9 million; and the effect of changes in product mix, pricing and timing, which increased revenues by $116.5 million. Partially offsetting this revenue growth was the effect of the deconsolidation of UDLA Ecuador, which decreased revenues by $28.7 million in our LatAm segment; a 2013 settlement in the form of tuition discounts, which decreased revenues by $10.1 million in our LatAm segment; and a net unfavorable change in foreign currency exchange rates, which decreased revenues by $53.7 million. Other corporate and elimination changes accounted for an increase in revenues of $12.2 million, which included an increase in revenues of $7.9 million from contractual arrangements with UDLA Ecuador, which we deconsolidated in the fourth quarter of 2012.

         Direct costs and general and administrative expenses combined increased by $301.0 million to $3,559.6 million for 2013 from $3,258.6 million for 2012. The direct cost increase was due to the incremental impact of acquisitions increasing costs by $32.1 million and overall higher enrollments and expanded operations increasing costs by $336.2 million. Additionally, during 2013, we recorded $11.8 million for a social security tax matter for the years 2009 through 2012 in our Europe segment. The planned March 2013 opening of a new campus building for UNAB in Chile was delayed and additional expenses of $6.2 million were incurred in our LatAm segment in 2013 to rent temporary facilities and operate them as classrooms. In 2013, we recorded the initial establishment of a profit-sharing plan related to the fiscal reform in Mexico, increasing expense by $8.4 million in our LatAm segment. Acquisition contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets decreased direct costs by $7.2 million for 2013 and $10.7 million for 2012, increasing expenses by $3.5 million for 2013 compared to 2012. The change of corporate and eliminations expenses accounted for an increase in costs of $13.8 million for 2013, primarily related to workforce increases, professional and consulting services, and investment in our global information technology platform, including shared services.

        Offsetting these direct cost increases was a net change in foreign currency exchange rates, which decreased costs by $47.6 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In 2013, the effects of the deconsolidation of UDLA Ecuador decreased expenses by $16.2 million in our LatAm segment compared to 2012. In 2012, we recorded $13.1 million of expense in our LatAm segment for a Brazil tax matter. In 2013, we settled this liability and recorded additional expense of $3.8 million. Additionally, during 2013, in our Europe segment, we exited a leased facility at one institution and as a result, received an early termination settlement of $4.8 million, which decreased expense, and recorded a $2.5 million gain on the termination of a sale leaseback arrangement. During 2012, we recorded expenses for the following: $20.7 million for restructuring costs primarily related to severance; $4.1 million for the modification of our agreement with UPN in our LatAm segment to extend the period over which the earnout could be exercised; $4.1 million for an acquisition litigation liability in our Europe segment; and $1.7 million for forgiveness of a related party receivable in our Europe segment.

         Operating income increased by $70.5 million to $320.7 million for 2013 from $250.2 million for 2012. Operating income increased primarily due to increased revenues greater than increased direct costs in our LatAm and GPS segments. This increase in operating income was also a result of a loss on impairment for 2013 of $33.6 million compared to a loss on impairment for 2012 of $58.3 million. The increase in operating income was partially offset by the changes in the recorded values of certain tax contingent liabilities and indemnification assets from 2012 to 2013, which increased expenses by $3.5 million.

107


Table of Contents

        At December 31, 2013, our balance sheet included liabilities of $53.7 million in other long-term liabilities for taxes other than income tax, principally payroll tax-related uncertainties due to acquisitions of institutions primarily in Latin America. As of December 31, 2012, we recorded $62.2 million for this liability. The changes in this liability from 2012 to 2013 were related to interest and penalty accruals, changes in tax laws, expirations of statutes of limitations, settlements and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of the statutes of limitations on these contingencies vary but can be up to ten years. In most cases, we have received indemnification from the former owners and/or noncontrolling interest holders of the acquired businesses for these contingencies and therefore, we do not believe we will sustain an economic loss even if we are required to pay these additional amounts. If these contingencies expire unchallenged, the reversal of the related liabilities would increase operating income and reduce interest expense. For acquisitions made prior to 2009, an indemnified contingency would result in a reduction of recorded goodwill to the extent of recoveries made under the indemnification agreement. For acquisitions completed from and after January 1, 2009, indemnification assets are recorded as of the acquisition date on the same measurement basis as the indemnified contingency. To the extent these contingencies expire unchallenged, the reversal of the related liabilities would increase operating income and reduce interest expense and the corresponding indemnification asset reversal would reduce operating income.

         Interest expense, net of interest income increased by $40.1 million to $328.4 million for 2013 from $288.3 million for 2012. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to higher debt balances on the 2018 Extended Term Loans (the "2018 Extended Term Loans") issued in January, April and December 2013 and the Senior Notes, issued in July and November 2012. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest expense related to the Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes, which were paid in full during the fourth quarter of 2012 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, and the Senior Subordinated Notes, which were paid in full in April 2013 with proceeds from the increase of the 2018 term loan.

         Other non-operating (expense) income increased by $68.5 million to income of $9.7 million for 2013 from expense of $58.8 million for 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to a gain on derivative instruments for 2013 compared to a loss for 2012 for an increase in income of $69.9 million. Partially offsetting this increase was a loss on foreign currency exchange for 2013 compared to a gain for 2012 for an increase in expense of $17.5 million. Other items of $16.1 million accounted for an additional increase in other non-operating income for 2013 as compared to 2012, which included a gain on the sale of non-operating assets of $3.9 million and a gain related to the acquisition of the remaining 80% interest of THINK of $5.9 million for 2013.

        Income tax expense.     We have operations in multiple countries, many of which have statutory tax rates lower than the United States. Our tax provision increased by $23.1 million to $91.2 million for 2013 from $68.1 million for 2012. The main reasons for this increase in expense were an increase in the effective tax rate due to increased withholding taxes and the impact of the fiscal reform in Mexico, partially offset by an increase in discrete tax benefits related to credits.

         Equity in net loss of affiliates, net of tax decreased by $7.8 million to $0.9 million for 2013 from $8.7 million for 2012. The decrease in net loss of affiliates was primarily the result of decreased losses at HSM, which included the write downs of our investment in HSM. In 2013, we wrote down our investment in HSM by $3.1 million. In 2012, we wrote down our investment in HSM by $6.7 million. The decrease in net loss of affiliates was also the result of decreased losses at THINK. In 2013, we recognized $0.9 million equity in net income of affiliates for THINK compared to $0.5 million equity in net loss of affiliates for 2012. In December 2013, we acquired the remaining ownership interest in THINK. Other equity-method investments resulted in changes of $2.8 million.

         Income from discontinued operations, net of tax decreased by $3.6 million to $0.8 million for 2013 from $4.4 million for 2012. UNIDEP and HETIC were classified as discontinued operations in the

108


Table of Contents

accompanying consolidated financial statements. HETIC was sold during the first quarter of 2012. The decrease in income from discontinued operations was primarily related to the sale of UNIDEP in January 2013.

         Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax increased by $1.1 million for 2013. During 2013, we recognized a gain on the sale of UNIDEP of $4.4 million. During 2012, we recognized a gain on the sale of HETIC of $3.3 million.

         Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests increased by $6.8 million to $15.4 million for 2013, from $8.6 million for 2012. The increase in net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests primarily related to our noncontrolling interest in UAM Brazil. In 2013, we recognized $6.6 million of net loss attributable to UAM Brazil compared to $0.1 million of net income for 2012. We acquired the remaining interest of UAM Brazil in April 2013. The increase in net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests also related to our noncontrolling interests in Obeikan in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and NHU. In 2013, we recognized $2.5 million of net loss attributable to Obeikan and in 2012, we recognized $0.8 million of net loss attributable to Obeikan. We also recognized $3.2 million of net loss attributable to NHU in 2013 compared to $1.7 million of net loss in 2012. The increase in net loss was partially offset by a decrease in net loss attributable to CH Holding. In 2012, we recognized $3.5 million of net loss. In January 2013, we acquired the remaining interest in CH Holding. Other noncontrolling interests resulted in changes of $0.4 million.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measure

        We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, before gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax (for 2012 and 2013), and income from discontinued operations, net of tax (for 2012 and 2013), equity in net (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax, income tax expense (benefit), foreign currency exchange loss (income), net, other (income) expense, net, loss from regulatory changes (for 2012), loss (gain) on derivatives, loss on debt extinguishment, interest expense and interest income, plus depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, loss on impairment of assets and expenses related to implementation of our EiP initiative. When we review Adjusted EBITDA on a segment basis, we exclude inter-segment revenues and expenses that eliminate in consolidation. Adjusted EBITDA is used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures.

        We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is a key financial measure used by the compensation committee of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer in connection with the payment of incentive compensation to our executive officers and other members of our management team. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

109


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Adjusted EBITDA for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

        The following table presents Adjusted EBITDA and reconciles net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Net loss

  $ (299.7 ) $ (210.1 )   (43 )%

Plus:

                   

Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax

    (2.1 )   0.1     nm  

Income tax expense

    81.6     54.4     (50 )%

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss (income) of affiliates

    (220.2 )   (155.6 )   (42 )%

Plus:

                   

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    139.4     72.3     (93 )%

Other (income) expense, net

    (1.3 )   0.1     nm  

Loss on derivatives

    2.6     2.0     (30 )%

Loss on debt extinguishment

    1.3         nm  

Interest expense

    300.1     279.1     (8 )%

Interest income

    (9.9 )   (19.3 )   (49 )%

Operating income

    212.0     178.6     19 %

Plus:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    209.4     211.0     1 %

EBITDA

    421.4     389.6     8 %

Plus:

                   

Stock-based compensation expense(a)

    27.2     36.8     26 %

Loss on impairment of assets(b)

        16.5     100 %

EiP implementation expenses(c)

    27.2     2.7     nm  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 475.8   $ 445.5     7 %

nm—percentage changes not meaningful

(a)
Represents non-cash, stock-based compensation expense pursuant to the provisions of ASC Topic 718.

(b)
Represents non-cash charges related to impairments of long-lived assets. For further details on certain impairment items, see "—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results—Impairments."

(c)
EiP implementation expenses are related to our enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize our processes, creating vertical integration of procurement, information technology, finance, accounting and human resources, which began in 2014 and is expected to be substantially completed in 2017. EiP includes the establishment of regional SSOs around the world, as well as improvements to our system of internal controls over financial reporting.

    Comparison of Depreciation and Amortization, Stock-based Compensation and EiP Implementation Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

         Depreciation and amortization decreased by $1.6 million to $209.4 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $211.0 million for the 2014 fiscal period. The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense

110


Table of Contents

was primarily related to the effects of foreign currency exchange, which decreased depreciation and amortization expense by $28.1 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. This decrease was partially offset by the incremental impact from acquisitions which resulted in a $5.2 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. Other items accounted for an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $21.3 million, which primarily related to new capital expenditures.

         Stock-based compensation expense decreased by $9.6 million to $27.2 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $36.8 million for the 2014 fiscal period. This decrease was primarily due to the following: (1) a decrease in restricted stock awards expense in 2015 as compared to 2014 due to accelerated expense recognition under graded vesting, primarily related to a large tranche of performance-based restricted stock awards that vested on December 31, 2014; (2) a decrease in expense recorded for the deferred compensation arrangement as $81.0 million was paid in September 2014; and (3) a decrease in stock option expense resulting from 2014 expense recorded for a 30% special vesting tranche.

         EiP implementation expenses increased by $24.5 million to $27.2 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $2.7 million for the 2014 fiscal period. These increased expenses represent increased spending related to an enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize our processes, creating vertical integration of procurement, information technology, financing, accounting and human resources. It includes the establishment of regional SSOs around the world, as well as improvements to our system of internal controls over financial reporting.

111


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Adjusted EBITDA for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

        The following table presents Adjusted EBITDA and reconciles net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Net loss

  $ (162.5 ) $ (85.1 ) $ (209.7 )   (91 )%   59 %

Plus:

                               

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax

        (4.4 )   (3.3 )   100 %   33 %

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

        (0.8 )   (4.4 )   100 %   (82 )%

Loss from continuing operations

    (162.5 )   (90.2 )   (217.3 )   (80 )%   58 %

Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax

    (0.2 )   0.9     8.7     122 %   90 %

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (39.1 )   91.2     68.1     143 %   (34 )%

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net (income) loss of affiliates

    (201.7 )   1.9     (140.6 )   nm     101 %

Plus:

                               

Foreign currency exchange loss (income), net

    110.0     3.1     (14.4 )   nm     (122 )%

Other expense (income), net

    1.2     (7.5 )   5.5     116 %   nm  

Loss from regulatory changes(a)

            43.7     nm     nm  

Loss (gain) on derivatives

    3.1     (6.6 )   63.2     (147 )%   110 %

Loss on debt extinguishment

    23.0     1.4     4.4     nm     68 %

Interest expense

    385.8     350.2     307.7     (10 )%   (14 )%

Interest income

    (21.8 )   (21.8 )   (19.5 )   0 %   12 %

Operating income

    299.5     320.7     250.2     (7 )%   28 %

Plus:

                               

Depreciation and amortization

    288.3     242.7     221.2     (19 )%   (10 )%

EBITDA

    587.8     563.4     471.4     4 %   20 %

Plus:

                               

Stock-based compensation expense(b)

    49.2     49.5     17.3     1 %   (186 )%

Loss on impairment of assets(c)

    125.8     33.6     58.3     nm     42 %

EiP implementation expenses(d)

    10.7             nm     nm  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 773.5   $ 646.5   $ 547.0     20 %   18 %

    nm—percentage changes not meaningful

(a)
Represents a loss of $43.7 million from regulatory changes resulting from the deconsolidation of UDLA Ecuador at the end of the third quarter of 2012.

(b)
Represents non-cash, stock-based compensation expense pursuant to the provisions of ASC Topic 718.

(c)
Represents non-cash charges related to impairments of long-lived assets. For further details on certain impairment items, see "—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results—Impairments."

(d)
EiP implementation expenses are related to our enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize our processes, creating vertical integration of procurement, information technology, finance, accounting and human resources, which began in 2014 and is expected to be substantially completed in 2017. EiP includes the establishment of regional SSOs around the world, as well as improvements to our system of internal controls over financial reporting.

112


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Depreciation and Amortization and Stock-based Compensation Expense for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

Depreciation and amortization increased by $45.6 million to $288.3 million for 2014 from $242.7 million for 2013. The incremental impact from acquisitions resulted in a $14.7 million increase in depreciation expense for 2014 compared to 2013. Other items accounted for an increase in depreciation expense of $34.8 million, primarily related to new capital expenditures. The incremental impact from acquisitions resulted in a $10.9 million increase in amortization expense for 2014 compared to 2013. The effects of foreign currency exchange decreased depreciation and amortization expense by $14.3 million for 2014 compared to 2013. Other items accounted for the remaining decrease in amortization expense of $0.5 million.

         Stock-based compensation expense decreased by $0.3 million to $49.2 million for 2014 from $49.5 million for 2013. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in stock options expense of $9.7 million due to: $4.0 million recorded for an equity restructuring modification in the fourth quarter of 2013; $4.9 million recorded for a special 30% performance option tranche becoming probable to vest during 2013; and $0.8 million recorded for options modified in 2013 as a result of 2007 Plan performance target modification. Other items accounted for a decrease in expense of $0.8 million for 2014 compared to 2013. This decrease was offset by an increase in expense related to restricted stock unit awards of $10.2 million for 2014 compared to 2013 due to an equity grant in October 2013.

    Comparison of Depreciation and Amortization and Stock-based Compensation Expense for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Depreciation and amortization increased by $21.5 million to $242.7 million for 2013 from $221.2 million for 2012. The incremental impact from acquisitions resulted in a $2.0 million increase in depreciation expense for 2013 compared to 2012. Other items accounted for an increase in depreciation expense of $27.0 million, primarily related to new capital expenditures. For 2013, the effects of foreign currency exchange decreased depreciation expense by $1.5 million compared to 2012. The incremental impact from acquisitions resulted in a $0.2 million increase in amortization expense for 2013 compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of foreign currency exchange decreased amortization expense by $0.1 million compared to 2012. Other items accounted for the remaining decrease in amortization expense of $6.1 million, primarily due to the leveraged buyout intangible assets being fully amortized.

         Stock-based compensation expense increased by $32.2 million to $49.5 million for 2013 from $17.3 million for 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in stock options expense of $29.4 million, which resulted from: (1) additional expense of $15.8 million for 2013 for stock options granted under the new 2013 Plan, (2) additional expense of $5.5 million for 2013 related to the modification of the performance targets for all unvested performance-based vesting stock options under our 2007 Plan which aligned the 2007 Plan targets with the 2013 Plan targets, (3) additional expense of $6.5 million for 2013 for the modification related to the 2013 equity restructuring, (4) additional expense of $5.6 million for 2013 to vest a special performance vesting tranche; offset by additional expense of $4.0 million for 2012 related to the modification of the unvested portion of the 2011 and 2009 performance-based stock options. Expense related to restricted stock awards also increased by $3.0 million for 2013 compared to 2012 as a result of new restricted stock awards issued in 2013. Other items accounted for a decrease in expense of $0.2 million for 2013 compared to 2012.

    Segment Results

We have four operating segments, LatAm, Europe, AMEA and GPS. For purposes of the following comparison of results discussion, " segment direct costs " represent direct costs by segment as they are included in Adjusted EBITDA, such that depreciation and amortization expense, impairment charges on long-lived assets, stock-based compensation expense and our EiP implementation expenses have been excluded. In the segment tables presented below, total segment direct costs are segregated into instructional and services and marketing and promotional expenses. For a further description of our segments, see "—Overview."

113


Table of Contents

Summary Comparison of Segment Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

        The following table, derived from our consolidated financial statements, presents selected financial information of our segments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Revenues:

                   

LatAm

  $ 1,775.3   $ 1,750.8     1 %

Europe

    297.5     330.9     (10 )%

AMEA

    305.9     278.3     10 %

GPS

    767.9     727.3     6 %

Corporate

    (5.5 )   (1.9 )   (189 )%

Consolidated Total Revenues

  $ 3,141.2   $ 3,085.5     2 %

Adjusted EBITDA:

                   

LatAm

  $ 323.1   $ 318.2     2 %

Europe

    23.1     23.5     (2 )%

AMEA

    36.6     16.2     126 %

GPS

    176.8     154.0     15 %

Corporate

    (83.9 )   (66.4 )   (26 )%

Consolidated Total Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 475.8   $ 445.5     7 %

LatAm

        Operating results for our LatAm segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Segment revenues

  $ 1,775.3   $ 1,750.8     1 %

Segment direct costs:

                   

Instructional and services

    1,368.3     1,343.2     (2 )%

Marketing and promotional

    83.9     89.4     6 %

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 323.1   $ 318.2     2 %

    Comparison of LatAm Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

         LatAm segment revenues for the 2015 fiscal period increased by $24.5 million to $1,775.3 million, compared to the 2014 fiscal period. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $106.1 million increase in revenues in the 2015 fiscal period. On average, organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during the 2015 fiscal period by 7% for this segment, increasing revenues by $130.3 million compared to the 2014 fiscal period. Each institution in the segment offers tuition at various prices based upon degree program. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $130.9 million increase in revenues compared to the 2014 fiscal period. Our LatAm segment operates in several countries and is subject to the effects of foreign currency exchange rates in each of those countries. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of currency translations decreased revenues by $342.8 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Brazilian Real, Mexican Peso, Chilean Peso, Peruvian Nuevo Sol and Honduran Lempira relative to the USD. LatAm revenues represented 57% of our total revenues for the 2015 and the 2014 fiscal periods.

114


Table of Contents

         LatAm segment direct costs increased by $19.6 million to $1,452.2 million, or 82% of LatAm revenues for the 2015 fiscal period, compared to $1,432.6 million, or 82% of LatAm revenues for the 2014 fiscal period. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $97.1 million in the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. Higher enrollments and expanded operations at our LatAm institutions contributed to $185.0 million of the increased expenses during the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period due to increased labor costs to service the enrollment growth, increased compliance costs to address regulatory changes and increased direct costs associated with the growth in the LatAm segment during the 2015 fiscal period. Additionally, during the 2014 fiscal period, we recorded a benefit of $11.3 million related to the settlement of a pre-acquisition loss contingency after receiving a favorable court ruling. Acquisition contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, increased expenses by $6.2 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period.

        Offsetting these direct costs increases was the effects of currency translations decreased expenses by $268.7 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Brazilian Real, Mexican Peso, Chilean Peso, Peruvian Nuevo Sol, and Honduran Lempira relative to the USD. Employee termination costs related to a reduction in force increased direct costs by $11.3 million for the 2014 fiscal period.

         LatAm segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $4.9 million to $323.1 million in the 2015 fiscal period from $318.2 million in the 2014 fiscal period, as described above.

Europe

        Operating results for our Europe segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Segment revenues

  $ 297.5   $ 330.9     (10 )%

Segment direct costs:

                   

Instructional and services

    249.8     280.6     11 %

Marketing and promotional

    24.6     26.8     8 %

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 23.1   $ 23.5     (2 )%

    Comparison of Europe Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

         Europe segment revenues for the 2015 fiscal period decreased by $33.4 million to $297.5 million, compared to the 2014 fiscal period. The segment operates in several countries and is subject to the effects of foreign currency exchange rates in each of those countries. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of currency translations decreased revenues by $63.7 million due to the weakening of the Euro and the Turkish Lira relative to the USD. On average, these decreases in revenues were partially offset by increases in organic enrollment excluding acquisitions during the 2015 fiscal period of 9%, which increased revenues by $17.8 million compared to the 2014 fiscal period. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $7.6 million increase in revenues compared to the 2014 fiscal period. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $4.9 million increase in revenues in the 2015 fiscal period. Europe revenues represented 9% of our total revenues for the 2015 fiscal period compared to 11% for the 2014 fiscal period.

         Europe segment direct costs decreased by $33.0 million to $274.4 million, or 92% of Europe revenues for the 2015 fiscal period, compared to $307.4 million, or 93% of Europe revenues for the 2014 fiscal period. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of currency translations decreased expenses by $59.1 million due to the weakening of the Euro and the Turkish Lira relative to the USD. Employee

115


Table of Contents

termination costs related to a reduction in force increased direct costs by $1.9 million in the 2014 fiscal period. The decrease in direct costs was partially offset by higher enrollments and expanded operations at our institutions in the Europe segment, which increased expenses by $23.6 million during the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. This was driven primarily by increased labor costs and student support activities to service the enrollment growth experienced during the 2015 fiscal period. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $4.3 million in the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. Changes in contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, increased expenses by $0.1 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period.

         Europe segment Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $0.4 million to $23.1 million in the 2015 fiscal period, from $23.5 million in the 2014 fiscal period, as described above.

AMEA

        Operating results for our AMEA segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Segment revenues

  $ 305.9   $ 278.3     10 %

Segment direct costs:

                   

Instructional and services

    244.9     240.5     (2 )%

Marketing and promotional

    24.4     21.6     (13 )%

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 36.6   $ 16.2     126 %

    Comparison of AMEA Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

         AMEA segment revenues for the 2015 fiscal period increased by $27.6 million to $305.9 million, compared to the 2014 fiscal period. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $0.5 million increase in revenues in the 2015 fiscal period. On average, organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during the 2015 fiscal period by 10% for this segment, increasing revenues by $57.4 million compared to the 2014 fiscal period. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $5.3 million increase in revenues compared to the 2014 fiscal period. The segment operates in several countries and is subject to the effects of foreign currency exchange rates in each of those countries. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of currency translations decreased revenues by $35.6 million due to the weakening of the Australian Dollar and Malaysian Ringgit relative to the USD. AMEA revenues represented 10% of our total revenues for the 2015 fiscal period compared to 9% for the 2014 fiscal period.

         AMEA segment direct costs increased by $7.2 million to $269.3 million, or 88% of AMEA revenues for the 2015 fiscal period, compared to $262.1 million, or 94% of AMEA revenues for the 2014 fiscal period. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $1.3 million in the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. Increased costs to support the growth in our operations contributed to $40.5 million of the increased expenses during the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. Acquisition contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, increased expenses by $0.1 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. During the 2014 fiscal quarter, an entity in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia recorded a benefit to direct costs of $2.8 million primarily related to cash payments received for fully reserved receivables. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of currency translations decreased expenses by $29.7 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Australian Dollar,

116


Table of Contents

Malaysian Ringgit and Indian Rupee relative to the USD. In the second quarter of 2014, we determined that it was probable that one of our institutions would meet performance targets that were part of a share purchase agreement and accrued for a contingent earn-out of $3.8 million. Additionally, during the 2014 fiscal period, HIEU recorded a $4.0 million loss on disposal of property to write off the carrying value of three parcels of land which we no longer owned.

         AMEA segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $20.4 million to $36.6 million in the 2015 fiscal period, from $16.2 million in the 2014 fiscal period, as described above.

GPS

        Operating results for our GPS segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Segment revenues

  $ 767.9   $ 727.3     6 %

Segment direct costs:

                   

Instructional and services

    497.5     471.5     (6 )%

Marketing and promotional

    93.6     101.8     8 %

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 176.8   $ 154.0     15 %

        Our GPS segment includes: (1) Global Online, which consists of institutions that are primarily fully online, (2) Global Campus-Based ("Global CB"), which consists of smaller niche campus-based institutions with specialized curriculum, and (3) Shared Service and Eliminations, which represents billings to various universities and contractual arrangements. We have chosen to provide additional information about the Global Online institutions within our GPS segment primarily to provide information that might aid investors in understanding the Global Online business exposure to the U.S. regulatory environment. The Global Online and Global CB institutions are considered "centers of excellence" and possess proprietary delivery methods, know-how and curriculum that are managed centrally and leveraged across the entire Laureate International Universities network.

        The following includes additional information on our Global Online and Global CB institutions' segment revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Segment revenues:

                   

Global Online

  $ 522.9   $ 492.4     6 %

Global CB

    242.1     232.8     4 %

Shared Service and Eliminations

    2.9     2.1     38 %

Total GPS segment revenues

  $ 767.9   $ 727.3     6 %

    Comparison of GPS Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

         GPS segment revenues for the 2015 fiscal period increased by $40.6 million to $767.9 million, compared to the 2014 fiscal period. GPS segment revenues represented 24% of our total revenues for the 2015 and 2014 fiscal periods.

        On average, Global Online organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during the 2015 fiscal period by 2%, increasing revenues by $14.7 million compared to the 2014 fiscal period. For the

117


Table of Contents

2015 fiscal period, the effects of Global Online product mix, pricing and timing at our Global Online institutions resulted in a $26.9 million increase in revenues compared to the 2014 fiscal period. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of Global Online currency translations related to our European online education business decreased revenues by $11.1 million due to weakening of the Euro relative to the USD.

        On average, Global CB organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased by 6%, causing revenues to increase during the 2015 fiscal period by $9.6 million compared to the 2014 fiscal period. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of Global CB product mix, pricing and timing at our Global CB institutions resulted in a $17.0 million increase in revenues compared to the 2014 fiscal period. For the 2015 fiscal period, the effects of Global CB currency translations decreased revenues by $17.3 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Euro and Swiss Franc relative to the USD. The Global CB schools include premium brand schools in Europe, with tuitions denominated in Swiss Francs. These schools attract students from across Europe and other continents.

        GPS Shared Service and Eliminations revenue increased $0.8 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period due to increases in inter-segment revenues related to a management service arrangement.

         GPS segment direct costs increased by $17.8 million to $591.1 million, or 77% of total GPS segment revenues for the 2015 fiscal period, compared to $573.3 million, or 79% of total GPS segment revenues for the 2014 fiscal period. Higher enrollments and expanded operations contributed to $47.2 million of the increased expenses during the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period. GPS direct costs increased by $4.4 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period related to the operation of the shared service center. The effects of currency translations decreased segment direct costs by $26.4 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period, due to the weakening of the Euro and Swiss Franc relative to the USD. In connection with a teach out at NHU, we recorded direct costs of $7.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to ensure an orderly and successful transition for our students.

         GPS segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $22.8 million to $176.8 million for the 2015 fiscal period, from $154.0 million for the 2014 fiscal period, as described above.

Corporate

        Operating results for Corporate for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

(in millions)
  2015   2014   % Change
Better/(Worse)
2015 vs. 2014
 

Revenues

  $ (5.5 ) $ (1.9 )   (189 )%

Expenses

    78.4     64.5     (22 )%

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (83.9 ) $ (66.4 )   (26 )%

    Comparison of Corporate Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

         Corporate revenues represent amounts from contractual arrangements with UDLA Ecuador, our consolidated joint venture with the University of Liverpool and Corporate billings for centralized IT costs billed to various segments, offset by the elimination of inter-segment revenues.

         Corporate Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $17.5 million to $(83.9) million for the 2015 fiscal period, compared to $(66.4) million for the 2014 fiscal period. This decrease in Adjusted EBITDA

118


Table of Contents

results primarily from an increase in labor expenses combined with $3.4 million of proceeds received from the settlement of earthquake-related insurance claims in 2014.

Summary Comparison of Segment Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

        The following table, derived from our consolidated financial statements, presents selected financial information of our segments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Revenues:

                               

LatAm

  $ 2,532.5   $ 2,340.9   $ 2,135.2     8 %   10 %

Europe

    499.3     469.7     434.6     6 %   8 %

AMEA

    395.9     194.1     158.5     104 %   22 %

GPS

    998.2     911.0     852.9     10 %   7 %

Corporate

    (11.1 )   (1.8 )   (14.0 )   nm     87 %

Consolidated Total Revenues

  $ 4,414.7   $ 3,913.9   $ 3,567.1     13 %   10 %

Adjusted EBITDA:

                               

LatAm

  $ 542.0   $ 466.7   $ 380.3     16 %   23 %

Europe

    71.1     74.6     73.8     (5 )%   1 %

AMEA

    28.6     (5.2 )   (5.9 )   nm     12 %

GPS

    226.2     204.1     191.1     11 %   7 %

Corporate

    (94.4 )   (93.7 )   (92.1 )   (1 )%   (2 )%

Consolidated Total Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 773.5   $ 646.5   $ 547.0     20 %   18 %

nm—percentage changes not meaningful

    LatAm

        Operating results for our LatAm segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Segment revenues

  $ 2,532.5   $ 2,340.9   $ 2,135.2     8 %   10 %

Segment direct costs:

                               

Instructional and services

    1,868.5     1,755.6     1,645.6     (6 )%   (7 )%

Marketing and promotional

    122.0     118.6     109.3     (3 )%   (9 )%

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 542.0   $ 466.7   $ 380.3     16 %   23 %

    Comparison of LatAm Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

         LatAm segment revenues for 2014 increased by $191.6 million to $2,532.5 million, compared to 2013. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $77.2 million increase in revenues in 2014. On average, organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during 2014 by 10% for this segment, increasing revenues by $201.7 million compared to 2013. Each institution in the segment offers tuition at various prices based upon the degree program. For 2014, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $105.5 million increase in revenues compared to 2013. Our LatAm segment operates in several countries and is subject to the effects of foreign currency exchange rates in each of

119


Table of Contents

those countries. For 2014, the effects of currency translations decreased revenues by $202.9 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Chilean Peso, Brazilian Real, Mexican Peso, Peruvian Nuevo Sol and Costa Rican Colón relative to the USD. Additionally, a settlement in the form of tuition discounts decreased revenues in our LatAm segment by $10.1 million in 2013. LatAm revenues represented 57% of our total revenues for 2014 compared to 60% for 2013.

         LatAm segment direct costs increased by $116.3 million to $1,990.5 million, or 79% of LatAm revenues for 2014, compared to $1,874.2 million, or 80% of LatAm revenues for 2013. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $66.8 million in 2014 compared to 2013. Higher enrollments and expanded operations at our LatAm institutions contributed to $254.1 million of the increased expenses during 2014 compared to 2013 due to: increased labor costs to service the enrollment growth, increased compliance costs to address regulatory changes and increased direct costs associated with the growth in the LatAm segment during 2014. Acquisition contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, increased expenses by $3.2 million for 2014 compared to 2013. Employee termination costs related to a reduction in force increased direct costs by $11.5 million for 2014.

        Offsetting these direct costs increases, the effects of currency translations decreased expenses by $160.1 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Chilean Peso, Brazilian Real, Mexican Peso, Peruvian Nuevo Sol and Costa Rican Colón relative to the USD. In 2013, we recorded the initial establishment of a profit-sharing plan in Mexico, increasing expense by $8.4 million. During 2014, we recorded a decrease in direct costs of $22.8 million for this profit-sharing plan. Additionally during 2014, we recorded a benefit of $11.3 million related to the settlement of a pre-acquisition loss contingency after receiving a favorable court ruling. In 2014, we reached an arbitration settlement related to indemnification claims with the former owners in Brazil and recorded a gain of $6.7 million. In 2013, we revised an estimate for a Brazil tax matter, resulting in additional expense of $3.8 million. The planned March 2013 opening of a new campus building for UNAB in Chile was delayed and additional expenses of $6.2 million were incurred in 2013 to rent temporary facilities and operate them as classrooms.

         LatAm segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $75.3 million to $542.0 million in 2014 from $466.7 million in 2013, as described above.

    Comparison of LatAm Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

         LatAm segment revenues for 2013 increased by $205.7 million to $2,340.9 million, compared to 2012. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $0.9 million increase in revenues in 2013. On average, organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during 2013 by 10% for this segment, increasing revenues by $222.6 million compared to 2012. Each institution in the segment offers tuition at various prices based upon degree program. For 2013, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $81.6 million increase in revenues compared to 2012. The effect of the deconsolidation of UDLA Ecuador decreased revenues by $28.7 million compared to 2012. Our LatAm segment operates in several countries and is subject to the effects of foreign currency exchange rates in each of those countries. For 2013, the effects of currency translations decreased revenues by $60.6 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Brazilian Real, Chilean Peso, Peruvian Nuevo Sol and Honduran Lempira, partially offset by the strengthening of the Mexican Peso relative to the USD. Additionally, a settlement in the form of tuition discounts decreased revenues in our LatAm segment by $10.1 million in 2013. LatAm revenues represented 60% of total revenues for 2013 and 2012.

         LatAm segment direct costs increased by $119.3 million to $1,874.2 million, or 80% of LatAm revenues for 2013, compared to $1,754.9 million, or 82% of LatAm revenues for 2012. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $0.9 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In addition, higher enrollments and expanded operations at our LatAm institutions contributed to

120


Table of Contents

$198.3 million of the increased expenses during 2013 compared to 2012, due to: increased labor costs to service the enrollment growth; increased compliance costs to address regulatory changes; and increased direct costs associated with the growth in the LatAm segment during 2013. Acquisition contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, increased expenses by $3.2 million for 2013 compared to 2012. The planned March 2013 opening of a new campus building for UNAB in Chile was delayed and additional expenses of $6.2 million were incurred in 2013 to rent temporary facilities and operate them as classrooms. In 2013, we recorded the initial establishment of a profit-sharing plan in Mexico, increasing expense by $8.4 million. In 2012, we recorded $13.1 million of expense for a Brazil tax matter. In 2013, we settled this liability and recorded additional expense of $3.8 million. During 2012, we also recorded $15.4 million for restructuring costs primarily related to severance and $4.1 million for the modification of our contingent consideration agreement with UPN. The effects of the deconsolidation of UDLA Ecuador decreased expenses by $16.2 million in 2013 compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of currency translations decreased expenses by $52.7 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Brazilian Real, Chilean Peso, Peruvian Nuevo Sol and Honduran Lempira, partially offset by the strengthening of the Mexican Peso relative to the USD.

         LatAm segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $86.4 million to $466.7 million in 2013, from $380.3 million in 2012, as described above.

    Europe

        Operating results for our Europe segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Segment revenues

  $ 499.3   $ 469.7   $ 434.6     6 %   8 %

Segment direct costs:

                               

Instructional and services

    396.0     361.8     327.7     (9 )%   (10 )%

Marketing and promotional

    32.2     33.3     33.1     3 %   (1 )%

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 71.1   $ 74.6   $ 73.8     (5 )%   1 %

    Comparison of Europe Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

         Europe segment revenues for 2014 increased by $29.6 million to $499.3 million, compared to 2013. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $9.9 million increase in revenues in 2014. On average, organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during 2014 by 9% for this segment, increasing revenues by $30.7 million compared to 2013. For 2014, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $6.1 million increase in revenues compared to 2013. The segment operates in several countries and is subject to the effects of foreign currency exchange rates in each of those countries. For 2014, the effects of currency translations decreased revenues by $17.1 million due to the weakening of the Turkish Lira and the Euro relative to the USD. Europe revenues represented 11% of our total revenues for 2014 compared to 12% for 2013.

         Europe segment direct costs increased by $33.1 million to $428.2 million, or 86% of Europe revenues for 2014, compared to $395.1 million, or 84% of Europe revenues for 2013. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $8.8 million in 2014 compared to 2013. Higher enrollments and expanded operations at our institutions in the Europe segment contributed to $22.3 million of the increased expenses during 2014 compared to 2013, driven primarily by increased labor costs and student support activities to service the enrollment growth experienced during 2014. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded an operating expense of $18.0 million for a donation to

121


Table of Contents

a foundation for an initiative supported by the Turkish government. Employee termination costs related to a reduction in force increased direct costs by $4.7 million for 2014. We also exited a leased facility at one institution in Europe and as a result received an early termination settlement of $4.8 million, which decreased direct costs in 2013, and recorded a $2.5 million gain on the termination of a sale leaseback arrangement in 2013.

        For 2014, the effects of currency translations decreased expenses by $13.6 million due to the weakening of the Turkish Lira and the Euro relative to the USD. Changes in contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, decreased expenses by $0.5 million for 2014 compared to 2013. During 2013, we recorded $11.8 million for a social security tax matter for the years 2009 through 2012, which increased direct costs for 2013. In 2014, we reversed $2.1 million of the social security tax liability due to statute of limitations expirations.

         Europe segment Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $3.5 million to $71.1 million in 2014, from $74.6 million in 2013, as described above.

    Comparison of Europe Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

         Europe segment revenues for 2013 increased by $35.1 million to $469.7 million, compared to 2012. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $8.5 million increase in revenues in 2013. On average, organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during 2013 by 6% for this segment, increasing revenues by $17.5 million compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $4.6 million increase in revenues compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of currency translations increased revenues by $4.5 million due to the strengthening of the Euro, partially offset by the weakening of the Turkish Lira relative to the USD. Europe revenues represented 12% of total revenues for 2013 and 2012.

         Europe segment direct costs increased by $34.3 million to $395.1 million, or 84% of Europe revenues for 2013, compared to $360.8 million, or 83% of Europe revenues for 2012. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased in segment direct costs by $9.1 million in 2013 compared to 2012. Higher enrollments and expanded operations at our institutions in the Europe segment contributed to $23.6 million of the increased expenses during 2013 compared to 2012, driven primarily by increased labor costs and student support activities to service the enrollment growth experienced during 2013. For 2013, the effects of currency translations increased expenses by $4.6 million due to the strengthening of the Euro, partially offset by the weakening of the Turkish Lira relative to the USD. Changes in contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, increased expenses by $0.5 million for 2013 compared to 2012. During 2013, we recorded $11.8 million for a social security tax matter for the years 2009 through 2012, which increased direct costs for 2013. During 2013, we also exited a leased facility at one institution in Europe and as a result received an early termination settlement of $4.8 million, which decreased direct costs, and recorded a $2.5 million gain on the termination of a sale leaseback arrangement. In 2012, we recorded $2.2 million for restructuring costs primarily related to severance, $4.1 million for an acquisition litigation liability, and $1.7 million for forgiveness of a related party receivable.

         Europe segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $0.8 million to $74.6 million in 2013, from $73.8 million in 2012, as described above.

122


Table of Contents

    AMEA

        Operating results for our AMEA segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Segment revenues

  $ 395.9   $ 194.1   $ 158.5     104 %   22 %

Segment direct costs:

                               

Instructional and services

    335.5     184.3     150.0     (82 )%   (23 )%

Marketing and promotional

    31.8     15.0     14.4     (112 )%   (4 )%

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 28.6   $ (5.2 ) $ (5.9 )   nm %   12 %

nm—percentage changes not meaningful

    Comparison of AMEA Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

         AMEA segment revenues for 2014 increased by $201.8 million to $395.9 million, compared to 2013. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $137.9 million increase in revenues in 2014. On average, organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during 2014 by 19% for this segment, increasing revenues by $70.0 million compared to 2013. For 2014, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $0.7 million increase in revenues compared to 2013. The segment operates in several countries and is subject to the effects of foreign currency exchange rates in each of those countries. For 2014, the effects of currency translations decreased revenues by $6.8 million due to the weakening of the Malaysian Ringgit, Australian Dollar, Indian Rupee and Thai Baht relative to the USD. AMEA revenues represented 9% of our total revenues for 2014 compared to 5% for 2013.

         AMEA segment direct costs increased by $168.0 million to $367.3 million, or 93% of AMEA revenues for 2014, compared to $199.3 million, or 103% of AMEA revenues for 2013. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $115.1 million in 2014 compared to 2013. Increased costs to support the growth in our operations contributed to $54.7 million of the increased expenses during 2014 compared to 2013. In 2014, we determined it was probable that THINK would meet performance targets that were part of a share purchase agreement and accrued for a contingent earn-out of $3.8 million. Additionally, HIEU recorded a $4.4 million loss on disposal of property to write off the carrying value of several parcels of land for which it no longer has land use rights. In 2014, an entity in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia received a benefit of $2.8 million, primarily related to cash payments received for fully reserved receivables. For 2014, the effects of currency translations decreased expenses by $7.1 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Malaysian Ringgit, Australian Dollar, Indian Rupee and Thai Baht relative to the USD. Changes in contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, decreased expenses by $0.1 million for 2014 compared to 2013.

         AMEA segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $33.8 million to $28.6 million in 2014, from $(5.2) million in 2013, as described above.

    Comparison of AMEA Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

         AMEA segment revenues for 2013 increased by $35.6 million to $194.1 million, compared to 2012. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $19.4 million increase in revenues in 2013. On average, organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during 2013 by 4% for this segment, increasing revenues by $12.3 million compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of product mix, pricing and timing resulted in a $6.4 million increase in revenues compared to 2012. The segment operates in

123


Table of Contents

several countries and is subject to the effects of foreign currency exchange rates in each of those countries. For 2013, the effects of currency translations decreased revenues by $2.5 million due to the weakening of the Malaysian Ringgitt, Australian Dollar and Indian Rupee, partially offset by the strengthening of the Chinese Renminbi relative to the USD. AMEA revenues represented 5% of total revenues for 2013 compared to 4% for 2012.

         AMEA segment direct costs increased by $34.9 million to $199.3 million, or 103% of AMEA revenues for 2013, compared to $164.4 million, or 104% of AMEA revenues for 2012. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $17.3 million in 2013 compared to 2012. Higher enrollments at our institutions, driven primarily by increased labor costs to support the enrollment growth, and increased business development costs to support further growth in the AMEA market contributed to $20.9 million of the increased expenses during 2013 compared to 2012. Changes in contingent liabilities for taxes other than income tax, net of changes in recorded indemnification assets, decreased expenses by $0.2 million for 2013 compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of currency translations decreased expenses by $3.1 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Malaysian Ringgitt, Australian Dollar and Indian Rupee, partially offset by the strengthening of the Chinese Renminbi relative to the USD.

         AMEA segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $0.7 million to $(5.2) million in 2013, from $(5.9) million in 2012, as described above.

    GPS

        Operating results for our GPS segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Segment revenues

  $ 998.2   $ 911.0   $ 852.9     10 %   7 %

Segment direct costs:

                               

Instructional and services

    640.3     557.2     526.5     (15 )%   (6 )%

Marketing and promotional

    131.7     149.7     135.3     12 %   (11 )%

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 226.2   $ 204.1   $ 191.1     11 %   7 %

        The following includes additional information on our Global Online and Global CB institutions' segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Segment revenues:

                               

Global Online

  $ 674.7   $ 657.4   $ 611.6     3 %   7 %

Global CB

    320.7     250.7     236.7     28 %   6 %

Shared Service and Eliminations          

    2.8     2.9     4.6     (3 )%   (37 )%

Total GPS segment revenues

  $ 998.2   $ 911.0   $ 852.9     10 %   7 %

    Comparison of GPS Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

         GPS segment revenues for 2014 increased by $87.2 million to $998.2 million, compared to 2013. GPS segment revenues represented 23% of our total revenues for 2014 and 2013.

        On average, Global Online organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during 2014 by 1%, increasing revenues by $5.6 million compared to 2013. For 2014, the effects of Global Online product

124


Table of Contents

mix, pricing and timing at our Global Online institutions resulted in a $11.7 million increase in revenues compared to 2013.

        On average, Global CB organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased by 3%, causing revenues to increase during 2014 by $7.3 million compared to 2013. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $50.9 million increase in revenues in 2014. For 2014, the effects of Global CB product mix, pricing and timing at our Global CB institutions resulted in a $9.8 million increase in revenues compared to 2013. For 2014, the effects of Global CB currency translations increased revenues by $2.0 million, primarily due to the strengthening the Swiss Franc relative to the USD. The Global CB schools include premium brand schools in Europe, with tuitions denominated in Swiss Francs. These schools attract students from across Europe and other continents.

        GPS Shared Service and Eliminations revenues decreased $0.1 million for 2014 compared to 2013 due to decreases in inter-segment revenues related to a management service arrangement.

         GPS segment direct costs increased by $65.1 million to $772.0 million, or 77% of total GPS segment revenues for 2014, compared to $706.9 million, or 78% of total GPS segment revenues for 2013. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $26.2 million for 2014 compared to 2013. Higher enrollments and expanded operations contributed to $27.1 million of the increased expenses during 2014 compared to 2013. The effects of currency translations increased segment direct costs by $1.7 million for 2014, compared to 2013, due to the strengthening of the Swiss Franc relative to the USD. In connection with a teach out at NHU, we recorded costs of $6.6 million for 2014 to ensure an orderly and successful transition for our students. Employee termination costs related to a reduction in force increased direct costs by $1.8 million for 2014. GPS direct costs increased by $1.7 million for 2014 compared to 2013 related to the operation of the shared service center.

         GPS segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $22.1 million to $226.2 million for 2014, from $204.1 million for 2013, as described above.

    Comparison of GPS Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

         GPS segment revenues for 2013 increased by $58.1 million to $911.0 million, compared to 2012. GPS segment revenues represented 23% of total revenues for 2013 and 24% of our revenues for 2012.

        On average, Global Online organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased during 2013 by 4%, increasing revenues by $23.4 million compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of Global Online product mix, pricing and timing at our Global Online institutions resulted in a $20.4 million increase in revenues compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of Global Online currency translations related to our European online education business increased revenues by $2.0 million due to the strengthening of the Euro relative to the USD.

        On average, Global CB organic enrollment excluding acquisitions increased by 1%, causing revenues to increase during 2013 by $1.9 million compared to 2012. The U.S. CB institutions were facing increased competition and a changing regulatory environment which are negatively impacting on their enrollment growth. Additionally, the European financial crisis resulted in slowed enrollment growth for the CB institutions in Europe. The incremental impact of acquisitions resulted in a $4.1 million increase in revenues for 2013. For 2013, the effects of Global CB product mix, pricing and timing at our Global CB institutions resulted in a $5.1 million increase in revenues compared to 2012. For 2013, the effects of Global CB currency translations increased revenues by $2.9 million, primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro and the Swiss Franc relative to the USD. The Global CB schools include premium brand schools in Europe, with tuitions denominated in Swiss Francs. These schools attract students from across Europe and other continents.

        GPS Shared Service and Eliminations revenues decreased $1.7 million for 2013 compared to 2012 due to decreases in inter-segment revenues related to a management services arrangement.

125


Table of Contents

         GPS segment direct costs increased by $45.1 million to $706.9 million, or 78% of total GPS segment revenues for 2013, compared to $661.8 million, or 78% of total GPS segment revenues for 2012. The incremental impact of acquisitions increased segment direct costs by $2.6 million. Higher enrollments and expanded operations contributed to $37.9 million of the increased expenses for 2013 compared to 2012. The effects of currency translations increased segment direct costs by $5.2 million for 2013, compared to 2012, due to the strengthening of the Swiss Franc and the Euro relative to the USD. GPS direct costs increased by $2.5 million for 2013 compared to 2012 related to the operation of the shared service center. In addition, GPS recorded $3.1 million for restructuring costs primarily related to severance in 2012.

         GPS segment Adjusted EBITDA increased by $13.0 million to $204.1 million for 2013, from $191.1 million for 2012, as described above.

    Corporate

         Corporate revenues represent amounts from contractual arrangements with UDLA Ecuador, our consolidated joint venture with the University of Liverpool and Corporate billings for centralized IT costs billed to various segments, offset by the elimination of inter-segment revenues.

        Operating results for Corporate for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change Better/(Worse)  
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012  

Revenues

  $ (11.1 ) $ (1.8 ) $ (14.0 )   nm     87 %

Expenses

    83.3     91.9     78.1     9 %   (18 )%

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (94.4 ) $ (93.7 ) $ (92.1 )   (1 )%   (2 )%

nm—percentage changes not meaningful

    Comparison of Corporate Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

         Corporate Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $0.7 million to $(94.4) million for 2014, compared to $(93.7) million for 2013. This decrease in Adjusted EBITDA results from an increase in labor costs of $9.5 million related to the implementation of shared services and standardization of global processes. This decrease was offset by a $4.8 million gain recorded for the settlement of earthquake-related insurance claims and $1.9 million for debt modification costs incurred for 2013. Other items accounted for a change of $2.1 million.

    Comparison of Corporate Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

         Corporate Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $1.6 million to $(93.7) million for 2013, compared to $(92.1) million for 2012. This decrease in Adjusted EBITDA is primarily the result of an increase in expenses of $13.7 million related to workforce increases, professional and consulting services, and investment in our global information technology platform including shared services. Additionally, as part of our debt refinancing, we incurred $1.9 million in third-party costs for 2013 and $1.6 million in third-party costs for 2012. Partially offsetting the increase in expenses is an increase in corporate revenues resulting from an increase of $7.9 million from contractual arrangements with UDLA Ecuador and an increase of $4.7 million from the University of Liverpool. Other items accounted for a change of $0.2 million.

126


Table of Contents

    Quarterly Results of Operations Data

        The following table represents data from our unaudited statements of operations for our most recent 11 quarters. You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations of any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
(in millions)
  September 30,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  March 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  March 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  March 31,
2013
 

Revenues

  $ 985.4   $ 1,270.2   $ 885.6   $ 1,329.2   $ 968.9   $ 1,238.5   $ 878.1   $ 1,148.5   $ 850.8   $ 1,130.6   $ 784.0  

Operating costs and expenses

    952.1     1,037.5     939.5     1,208.3     1,004.5     1,001.0     901.4     1,012.2     860.1     899.0     822.0  

Operating income (loss)

  $ 33.3   $ 232.6   $ (53.9 ) $ 120.9   $ (35.6 ) $ 237.5   $ (23.3 ) $ 136.3   $ (9.3 ) $ 231.7   $ (38.0 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (130.4 ) $ 56.9   $ (226.2 ) $ 47.6   $ (195.7 ) $ 109.0   $ (123.4 ) $ 1.4   $ (85.8 ) $ 134.8   $ (140.7 )

Income from, gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

                                            5.1  

Less: Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    1.8     (1.9 )   0.2     (0.7 )   2.3     (0.8 )   3.4     3.1     4.3     (0.4 )   8.4  

Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (128.6 ) $ 55.1   $ (226.0 ) $ 47.0   $ (193.4 ) $ 108.2   $ (120.0 ) $ 4.5   $ (81.5 ) $ 134.4   $ (127.1 )

        The following table presents Adjusted EBITDA and reconciles net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for our most recent 11 quarters.

 
  Three Months Ended  
(in millions)
  September 30,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  March 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  March 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  March 31,
2013
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (130.4 ) $ 56.9   $ (226.2 ) $ 47.6   $ (195.7 ) $ 109.0   $ (123.4 ) $ 1.4   $ (85.8 ) $ 134.8   $ (135.5 )

Plus:

                                                                   

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax

                                            (4.4 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                                            (0.8 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (130.4 )   56.9     (226.2 )   47.6     (195.7 )   109.0     (123.4 )   1.4     (85.8 )   134.8     (140.7 )

Plus:

                                                                   

Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax

        (0.3 )   (1.8 )   (0.3 )   0.1     (0.6 )   0.6     (0.1 )   2.0     (0.7 )   (0.4 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    5.9     84.0     (8.3 )   (93.5 )   1.0     46.8     6.5     46.6     11.9     33.1     (0.4 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net (income) loss of affiliates

    (124.5 )   140.6     (236.4 )   (46.1 )   (194.6 )   155.3     (116.3 )   47.9     (71.9 )   167.3     (141.4 )

Plus:

                                                                   

Foreign currency exchange loss (income), net

    57.0     (4.0 )   86.4     37.7     67.1     (4.8 )   10.0     8.3     (20.6 )   5.0     10.4  

Other (income) expense, net

    (0.1 )   (1.3 )   0.1     1.1     0.2     (0.5 )   0.4     (5.5 )       (0.6 )   (1.4 )

Loss (gain) on derivatives

    1.4     0.9     0.3     1.1     (0.3 )   2.0     0.3     (5.0 )   8.6     (25.6 )   15.3  

Loss on debt extinguishment

    0.3         0.9     23.0                 1.4              

Interest expense

    102.9     99.1     98.2     106.6     97.2     92.3     89.6     92.5     84.4     90.5     82.8  

Interest income

    (3.8 )   (2.7 )   (3.5 )   (2.5 )   (5.2 )   (6.8 )   (7.3 )   (3.3 )   (9.8 )   (4.9 )   (3.8 )

Operating income (loss)

    33.3     232.6     (53.9 )   120.9     (35.6 )   237.5     (23.3 )   136.3     (9.3 )   231.7     (38.0 )

Plus:

                                                                   

Depreciation and amortization

    70.2     69.8     69.3     77.4     73.1     71.3     66.6     61.4     61.9     60.3     59.1  

EBITDA

    103.5     302.5     15.4     198.3     37.5     308.8     43.3     197.7     52.6     292.0     21.1  

Plus:

                                                                   

Stock-based compensation expense(a)

    8.3     8.6     10.4     12.4     13.0     12.9     10.9     39.8     3.2     3.4     3.1  

Loss on impairment of assets(b)

                109.3     16.4         0.1     31.2     1.7         0.7  

EiP implementation expenses(c)

    6.8     11.4     9.0     8.1     2.0     0.4     0.2                  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 118.6   $ 322.5   $ 34.8   $ 328.1   $ 68.9   $ 322.1   $ 54.5   $ 268.7   $ 57.5   $ 295.4   $ 24.9  

(a)
Represents non-cash, stock-based compensation expense pursuant to the provisions of ASC Topic 718.

(b)
Represents non-cash charges related to impairments of long-lived assets. For further details on certain impairment items, see "—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results—Impairments."

(c)
EiP implementation expenses are related to our enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize our processes, creating vertical integration of procurement, information technology, finance, accounting and human resources, which began in 2014 and is expected to be substantially completed in 2017. EiP includes the establishment of regional SSOs around the world, as well as improvements to our system of internal controls over financial reporting.

127


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Liquidity Sources

        We anticipate that cash flow from operations and available cash will be sufficient to meet our current operating requirements for at least the next 12 months.

        Our primary source of cash is revenue from tuition charged to students in connection with our various education program offerings. The majority of our students finance the costs of their own education and/or seek third-party financing programs. We anticipate generating sufficient cash flow from operations in the majority of countries where we operate to satisfy the working capital and financing needs of our organic growth plans for each country. If our educational institutions within one country were unable to maintain sufficient liquidity, we would consider using internal cash resources or reasonable short-term working capital facilities to accommodate any short- to medium-term shortfalls.

        As of September 30, 2015, our secondary source of cash was cash and cash equivalents of $618.4 million. Our cash accounts are maintained with high-quality financial institutions with no significant concentration in any one institution.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we completed a sale-leaseback transaction for a portion of the campuses of two of our institutions in Switzerland, Glion Institute of Higher Education ("Glion"), and Les Roches International School of Hotel Management ("Les Roches"). For the sale of these assets, we received net proceeds of approximately $182.0 million, resulting in a gain on sale of approximately $36.0 million, which will be deferred and recognized into income over the lease term of 20 years.

        During 2014 and 2015 the U.S. dollar has strengthened significantly against most of the local currencies in countries where we have significant operations, which has negatively affected our cash flows from operations. Though currency movements can unfavorably impact our cash flows, we have the ability to increase cash flow and liquidity, if needed, through reductions in certain discretionary spending including, but not limited to, growth capital expenditures, investments in our EiP initiative and other discretionary investments.

    Liquidity Restrictions

        Our liquidity is affected by restricted cash balances, which totaled $147.7 million and $149.4 million as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. In September 2014, we paid $290.6 million for the acquisition of FMU, an affiliated group of higher educational institutions in Brazil, of which approximately $231.0 million of the balance was included in our December 31, 2013 restricted cash balance.

        Restricted cash also consists of cash and cash equivalents held to collateralize standby letters of credit in favor of the DOE. These letters of credit are required by the DOE in order to allow our U.S. Institutions to participate in the Title IV program and totaled $87.1 million and $89.3 million as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $13.4 million and $14.4 million, respectively, posted as a cash-collateralized letter of credit in order to continue the appeals process with the STA who challenged the holding company structure in Spain and issued a final assessment against ICE, our Spanish holding company for the periods 2006 and 2007. In July 2013, we were notified by the STA that an audit of the Spanish subsidiaries was being initiated for 2008 through 2010. In October 2015, the STA issued a final assessment to ICE for approximately EUR 17.2 million ($19.2 million at September 30, 2015), including interest, for those three years. We plan to appeal this assessment. In order to suspend the payment of the tax assessment until the court decision, we will issue a cash-collateralized letter of credit for the assessment amount plus interest and any possible surcharges. We believe the assessments in this case are without merit and intend to defend vigorously against them.

128


Table of Contents

        The balance of restricted cash at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 also included $2.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, as collateral for a project at one of our institutions in India. In addition, restricted cash also consists of cash held to collateralize other letters of credit and surety bonds and amounts posted as cash collateral to comply with statutory requirements as discussed in Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, in our interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Indefinite Reinvestment of Foreign Earnings

        We earn a significant portion of our income from subsidiaries located in countries outside the United States. As part of our business strategies, we have determined that all earnings from our foreign operations will be deemed indefinitely reinvested outside the United States. As of December 31, 2014, our undistributed earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries totaled approximately $1,152.8 million. As of September 30, 2015, $464.0 million of our total $618.4 million of cash and cash equivalents were held by foreign subsidiaries, including $167.3 million held by VIEs. As of December 31, 2014, $289.4 million of our total $461.6 million of cash and cash equivalents were held by foreign subsidiaries, including $122.7 million held by VIEs. The VIEs' cash and cash equivalents balances are generally required to be used only for the benefit of the operations of these VIEs.

        Our plans to indefinitely reinvest certain earnings are supported by projected working capital and long-term capital requirements in each foreign subsidiary location in which the earnings are generated. We have analyzed our domestic operation's cash repatriation strategies, projected cash flows, projected working capital and liquidity, and the expected availability within the debt or equity markets to provide funds for our domestic needs. As a result, we rely on payments from contractual arrangements, such as intellectual property royalty, network fee and management services agreements, as well as repayments of intercompany loans to meet any of our existing or future debt service and other obligations, a substantial portion of which are denominated in U.S. dollars. Based on our analysis, we believe we have the ability to indefinitely reinvest these foreign earnings.

        If our expectations change based on future developments such that some or all of the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries may be remitted to the United States in the foreseeable future, we will be required to recognize deferred tax expense and liabilities on those amounts and pay additional taxes. In addition, if applicable U.S. tax rules are modified to cause U.S. corporations to pay taxes on foreign earnings, even if the earnings are not remitted to the United States, we may incur additional taxes in the United States.

    Liquidity Requirements

        Our short-term liquidity requirements include: funding for debt service (including capital leases); operating lease obligations; payments of deferred compensation; payments due to shareholders of acquired companies; working capital; operating expenses; payments of third-party obligations; capital expenditures; and business development activities.

        Long-term liquidity requirements include: principal payments of long-term debt; operating lease obligations; payments of long-term amounts due to shareholders of acquired companies; payments of deferred compensation; settlements of derivatives; payments for redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity; and business development activities.

    Debt

        As of September 30, 2015, senior long-term borrowings totaled $3,554.7 million, consisting of the following:

    $2,169.4 million under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities; and

    $1,385.3 million in Senior Notes.

129


Table of Contents

        As of September 30, 2015, other debt balances totaled $674.3 million, and our capital lease obligations and sale-leaseback financings were $249.7 million. Other debt includes lines of credit and short-term borrowing arrangements of subsidiaries, mortgages payable, and notes payable.

    Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        We entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with a syndicate of lenders on August 17, 2007 to fund the leveraged buyout merger between Laureate and Wengen. On June 16, 2011, we amended and restated our credit agreement (the "Amended and Restated Credit Agreement") in order to, among other things, extend maturity dates. On December 22, 2011, we increased the borrowing capacity under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility to $350.0 million and borrowed an additional $25.0 million in term loans. On January 18, 2013, we borrowed an additional $250.0 million in term loans. On April 23, 2013, we borrowed an additional $310.0 million in term loans to repay all of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, as noted below. On October 3, 2013, we amended and restated our credit agreement to reduce the interest rate on the term loans. On December 16, 2013, we borrowed an additional $200.0 million in term loans. On July 7, 2015, we entered into a Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and U.S. Pledge Agreement (the "Fourth Amendment"). Pursuant to the Fourth Amendment, the maturity date of the senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility was extended from June 2016 to March 2018. The senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility matures in March 2018, and the 2018 term loans mature in June 2018.

        As of September 30, 2015, the outstanding balance under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities was $2,169.4 million, which consisted of $349.9 million outstanding under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility and an aggregate outstanding balance of $1,819.5 million, net of a debt discount, under the term loans. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities was $2,180.4 million, which consisted of $346.7 million outstanding under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility and an aggregate outstanding balance of $1,833.7 million, net of a debt discount, under the term loans. The senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility matures in June 2016, and the 2018 term loans mature in June 2018.

    Senior Notes due 2019

        On July 25, 2012, we completed an offering of $350.0 million of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019. The net proceeds received from the debt offering were used to repay a portion of our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility. On November 13, 2012, we completed an offering of $1,050.0 million of additional Senior Notes. These proceeds were used to fully repay the outstanding balances of certain term loans outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which totaled $164.5 million as of December 31, 2011, and to purchase all of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Cash Pay Notes. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our outstanding balance under our Senior Notes was $1,385.3 million and $1,382.7 million, respectively, net of a debt discount. The Senior Notes mature on September 1, 2019.

    Senior Indenture and Senior Subordinated Indenture (Senior Toggle Notes, Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes)

        On May 13, 2008, we executed our senior indenture (the "Senior Indenture") and senior subordinated indenture (the "Senior Subordinated Indenture") with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $1,005.8 million. The proceeds from the issuance of this debt were used to repay the outstanding balances accrued interest and associated fees and expenses of certain loans originated as part of our 2007 leveraged buyout.

        As noted above, on November 13, 2012, we completed an offering of $1,050.0 million Senior Notes. These proceeds were used to purchase all outstanding Senior Toggle Notes and Senior Cash Pay Notes, which totaled $806.6 million as of December 31, 2011. On April 9, 2013, we commenced a

130


Table of Contents

tender offer to purchase for cash all of our outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, which had an outstanding balance of $285.9 million. Also in April 2013, we called for redemption all remaining Senior Subordinated Notes not purchased in the tender offer. As noted above, we obtained the proceeds required to repay the notes by borrowing an additional $310.0 million under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our Senior Indenture and Senior Subordinated Indenture were satisfied and discharged.

    Covenants

        Our senior long-term debt contains certain negative covenants including, among others: (1) limitations on additional indebtedness; (2) limitations on dividends; (3) limitations on asset sales, including the sale of ownership interests in subsidiaries and sale-leaseback transactions; and (4) limitations on liens, guarantees, loans or investments. In connection with the extension of our revolving credit facility in July 2015, we are now subject to a consolidated senior secured debt to consolidated EBITDA financial covenant beginning in the third quarter of 2015. In addition, notes payable at some of our locations contain financial maintenance covenants. On April 4, 2014, we notified our lenders of the occurrence of a default under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, due to our failure to deliver our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 within 95 days after the fiscal year end (the "2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery Default"). The reason for the 2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery Default is the additional time needed to completely and accurately reflect several items in the 2013 consolidated financial statements. We cured the 2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery Default by delivering the 2013 consolidated financial statements to the administrative agent on April 14, 2014, the date that the 2013 consolidated financial statements were issued, which was within the 30-day grace period provided for in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2015, there were no events causing noncompliance with these covenants.

    Registration of Senior Notes due 2019

        We and our guarantors agreed to (1) file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange the Senior Notes for new notes having terms substantially identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes (except that the new notes will not contain transfer restrictions or provide for special interest); or (2) file a shelf registration for the resale of the notes. We were required to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective on or before July 25, 2014. Since the registration statement was not declared effective by July 25, 2014, we have incurred special interest at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period of the outstanding indenture indebtedness on the outstanding notes, 0.50% per annum for the next 90-day period, and 0.75% thereafter, as liquidated damages until the registration statement is declared effective and the exchange offer is completed. Accordingly, we have recorded a liability for the amount of special interest on the Senior Notes that we have determined to be probable and estimable based on our expected timing of registration as of each balance sheet date. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had a total contingent liability for special interest on the Senior Notes of approximately $6.3 million and $12.2 million, respectively recorded in accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets.

    Other Debt

        Other debt includes lines of credit and short-term borrowing arrangements of subsidiaries, mortgages payable, and notes payable.

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the aggregate outstanding balances on our lines of credit were $144.0 million and $106.0 million, respectively.

131


Table of Contents

        On December 21, 2007, we entered into a note payable to acquire Universidad Tecnológica de México ("UNITEC Mexico"). The loan was originally scheduled to mature on July 1, 2015. In order to align the payments with the new loan described below, in May 2014, the loan maturity was extended to May 15, 2021, and the repayments were suspended until May 16, 2016. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the balance outstanding on this note payable was $78.1 million and $89.9 million, respectively.

        We entered into a note payable in May 2012 to acquire the remaining 10% interest in Planeación de Sistemas, S.A. de C.V. ("Plansi"). The loan was originally scheduled to mature on May 15, 2019. In May 2014, the loan maturity date was extended to May 15, 2021, and the repayments were suspended until May 16, 2016. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the balance outstanding on this note payable was $53.1 million and $61.1 million, respectively.

        In addition to the loans above, in August 2015, UVM Mexico entered into an agreement with a bank for a loan of MXN 1,300. The loan carries a variable interest rate (approximately 5.79% in September 2015) and matures in August 2020.

        We also obtained financing to fund the construction of two new campuses at one of our institutions in Peru, Universidad Peruana de Ciencias Aplicadas ("UPC"). As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance on the loans was $62.0 million and $52.1 million, respectively. These loans have varying maturity dates with the final payment due in October 2022.

        In May 2014, we obtained $7.5 million of financing to fund the construction of a new campus at one of our institutions in Panama. In December 2014, we borrowed an additional $5.0 million. In June 2015, we borrowed an additional $12.5 million. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of this loan was $25.0 million and $12.5 million, respectively. This loan is payable to one of the institutional investors referred to in Note 14, Share-based Compensation, and Note 15, Derivative Instruments, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. It has a fixed interest rate of 8.12% and matures in 2024.

        We had outstanding notes payable at HIEU in China. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance on the loans was $88.7 million and $91.0 million, respectively. These notes are repayable in installments with the final installment due in November 2019.

        We had outstanding notes payable at a real estate subsidiary in Chile. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance on the loans was $56.1 million and $65.8 million, respectively. These notes are repayable in installments with the final installment due in August 2028.

        We financed a portion of the purchase price for THINK by borrowing AUD 45.0 million ($36.8 million at December 31, 2014) under a syndicated facility agreement in the form of two term loans of AUD 22.5 million each. The syndicated facility agreement also provides for additional borrowings of up to AUD 20.0 million ($16.4 million at December 31, 2014) under a capital expenditure facility and a working capital facility. The first term loan has a term of five years and principal is payable in quarterly installments beginning on March 31, 2014. The second term loan has a term of five years and the total principal balance is payable at its maturity date of December 20, 2018. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $25.6 million and $33.1 million, respectively, was outstanding under these loan facilities.

        We acquired FMU on September 12, 2014 and financed a portion of the purchase price by borrowing amounts under two loans that totaled BRL 259.1 million ($110.3 million at the borrowing date). The loans require semi-annual principal payments beginning at BRL 6.5 million in October 2014 and increasing to a maximum of BRL 22.0 million beginning in October 2017 and continuing through their maturity dates in April 2021. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of these loans was $60.4 million and $95.1 million, respectively.

132


Table of Contents

        On November 18, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with two banks to borrow a total of EUR 100 million ($106.5 million at the borrowing date) as described in Note 19, Subsequent Events, in our interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Leases

        We conduct a significant portion of our operations from leased facilities. These facilities include our corporate headquarters, other office locations, and many of our higher education facilities. See "—Contractual Obligations" for a summary of our capital and operating lease obligations.

    Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies

        One method of payment for acquisitions is the use of promissory notes payable to the sellers of acquired companies. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we recorded $184.3 million and $248.1 million, respectively, for these liabilities. See Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

    Capital Expenditures

        Capital expenditures consist of purchases of property and equipment and expenditures for deferred costs. Our capital expenditure program is a component of our liquidity and capital management strategy. This program includes discretionary spending, which we can adjust in response to economic and other changes in our business environment, to grow our network through the following: (1) capacity expansion at institutions to support enrollment growth; (2) new campuses for institutions entering new geographic markets; (3) information technology to increase efficiency and controls; and (4) online content development. Our non-discretionary spending includes the maintenance of existing facilities. We typically fund our capital expenditures through cash flow from operations and external financing.

        Our capital expenditures were $232.3 million and $295.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $436.4 million, $519.5 million and $457.1 million during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The 21% decrease in capital expenditures for the 2015 fiscal period compared to the 2014 fiscal period related to fewer expenditures for construction of new campuses and capacity expansion projects throughout the network, particularly in the LatAm and AMEA segments, as well as a timing impact from launching major projects later in the 2015 year and the effect of foreign exchange rate changes. The 16% decrease in capital expenditures for 2014 compared to 2013 primarily related to significant decreases in capital expenditures in Chile, Mexico, Central America and Corporate, partially offset by the continued construction of new campuses and capacity expansion projects throughout the rest of Latin America and AMEA. The 14% increase in capital expenditures for 2013 compared to 2012 primarily related to the construction of new campuses and capacity expansion in Chile, Peru and China in 2013, partially offset by land purchases in Brazil and Morocco in 2012 and decreases in capital expenditures in Spain in 2013 compared to 2012.

    Derivatives

        In the normal course of business, our operations are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency values and interest rate changes. We mitigate a portion of these risks through a risk-management program that includes the use of derivatives. We were required to make periodic net cash payments on our derivatives totaling $0.5 million and $33.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $33.1 million, $38.2 million and $38.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, we received net cash payments of zero and $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and

133


Table of Contents

$0.2 million, $0.6 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to our derivatives.

        See Note 15, Derivative Instruments, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on our derivatives.

    Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Equity

        In connection with certain acquisitions, we have entered into put/call arrangements with certain minority shareholders, and we may be required or elect to purchase additional ownership interests in the associated entities within a specified timeframe. Certain of our call rights contain minimum payment provisions. If we exercise such call rights, the consideration required could be significantly higher than the estimated put values. Upon exercise of these puts or calls, our ownership interests in these subsidiaries would increase.

    Business Development Activities

        Our growth plans include ongoing and future acquisition activity. Our acquisitions have historically been funded primarily through existing liquidity and seller financing. We are evaluating various alternatives to raise additional capital to fund our acquisitions and other investing activities. These alternatives may include issuing additional equity or debt and entering into operating or other leases relating to facilities that we use, including sale-leaseback transactions involving new or existing facilities. Our incurrence covenants in our debt agreements impose limitations on our ability to engage in additional debt and sale-leaseback transactions, as well as on investments that may be made. In the event that we are unable to obtain the necessary funding or capital for our acquisition program or other business initiatives, it could have a significant impact on our long-term growth strategy. We believe that our internal sources of cash and our ability to incur seller financing and additional third-party financing, subject to market conditions, will be sufficient to fund our planned acquisitions and other investing activities.

        On March 27, 2015, we acquired five higher education institutions in Portugal, a not-for-profit association and a for-profit services company that conducts market research. The total purchase price for this group of entities was $9.7 million. The purchase price included an initial cash payment of $6.5 million and a seller note of $3.2 million. The seller note carries an annual interest rate of 3% and will be paid in three equal installments of EUR 1.0 million at 18 months after the closing date, 36 months after the closing date, and 60 months after the closing date.

        In August 2013, we made an investment of $2.2 million for a 25% ownership interest in a for-profit entity that controls Monash South Africa ("MSA"), a not-for-profit institution in South Africa. In February 2014, we assumed control of MSA for a total ownership interest in the for-profit entity of 75% and acquired 100% of an entity that owns the real estate used by MSA, for a total purchase price of $44.4 million. The purchase price consisted of the initial investment of $2.2 million made in 2013, a cash payment of $6.7 million, and deferred payments totaling $35.4 million. MSA was converted to a for-profit institution during the first quarter of 2015.

        On August 12, 2014, we acquired Faculdade Porto-Alegrense ("FAPA"), an institution in Porto Alegre, Brazil. The total purchase price was $4.1 million, and was paid in the form of two seller notes with a total discounted present value of approximately $3.0 million, plus an additional deferred payment of approximately $1.1 million. The deferred payment of $1.1 million was paid in September 2014.

        On September 12, 2014, we acquired FMU, an affiliated group of higher educational institutions in Brazil. The total purchase price was $387.6 million, which was paid with seller notes totaling $96.8 million and cash paid at closing of $290.6 million, net of cash acquired of $0.1 million. The cash

134


Table of Contents

paid at acquisition included approximately $231.0 million of cash, including accrued interest, that had been held by us in an escrow bank account prior to the acquisition date and was recorded as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013. The remainder of the cash paid at closing was financed through borrowings from third-party lenders.

    Stock-based Deferred Compensation Arrangements

        Immediately prior to the leveraged buyout merger in 2007, our Chief Executive Officer and another then-member of the board of directors held vested equity-based awards which they exchanged on the date of the merger for unfunded, nonqualified stock-based deferred compensation arrangements ("stock-based DCPs") having an aggregate fair value at that time of $126.7 million. Prior to the occurrence of an initial public offering, each of the stock-based DCPs allows the participant the potential to earn an amount (at any time, a "Plan Balance") equal to the product of (A) the number of "phantom shares" credited to the participant's account, and (B) the lesser of (i) the fair market value per "phantom share" on the date of the merger plus a 5% compounded annual return thereon, and (ii) the fair market value per "phantom share" on the earlier of September 17, 2014 (the "Distribution Date") or a change of control. On and after the occurrence of an initial public offering, each of the stock-based DCPs allows the participant the potential to earn a Plan Balance equal to the product of (A) the number of "phantom shares" credited to the participant's account as of the initial public offering and (B) the fair market value per "phantom share" on the Distribution Date or a change of control, as applicable.

        Under these stock-based DCPs, a cash payment of $81.0 million was made in September 2014. If we have not consummated an initial public offering prior to the first or second anniversary of the Distribution Date, as applicable, the scheduled distribution will be made in cash. Distributions made after we have consummated an initial public offering would generally be made in shares of our common stock, the number of which will depend on the value of the shares on the date of distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately upon a change of control, the stock-based DCPs will be terminated and liquidated and the Plan Balances will be distributed in a lump sum. A change of control would generally occur if all or substantially all of our assets or more than 50% of our equity interests are sold.

        As of September 30, 2015, the total liability recorded for the stock-based DCPs was $103.4 million, which is recorded as a current liability in deferred compensation on the consolidated balance sheet. Under the terms of the arrangement, $85.1 million was payable on September 17, 2015, and the remainder is payable on September 17, 2016. However, the participants agreed to extend the payment that was due on September 17, 2015 until December 16, 2015, in order to agree with us on a form of payment that we believe more closely aligns with our long-term interests and the long-term interests of our securityholders. As of December 31, 2014, the total liability recorded for the stock-based DCPs was $99.7 million, of which $82.2 million was recorded as a current liability in deferred compensation on the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance was noncurrent.

    Cash Flows

        In the consolidated statements of cash flows, the changes in operating assets and liabilities are presented excluding the effects of exchange rate changes, acquisitions, and reclassifications, as these effects do not represent operating cash flows. Accordingly, the amounts in the consolidated statements of cash flows do not agree with the changes of the operating assets and liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheets. The effects of exchange rate changes on cash are presented separately in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, is reported in investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

135


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014:

(in millions)
For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Cash (used in) provided by:

             

Operating activities

  $ 220.3   $ 230.1  

Investing activities

    (41.3 )   (351.6 )

Financing activities

    12.1     125.2  

Effects of exchange rates changes on cash

    (34.2 )   (37.1 )

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 156.8   $ (33.4 )

    Comparison of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

    Operating Activities

        Cash flows from operating activities decreased by $9.8 million to $220.3 million for the 2015 fiscal period, compared to $230.1 million for the 2014 fiscal period. The decrease in operating cash flows was due to an increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $30.3 million to $475.8 million for the 2015 fiscal period from $445.5 million for the 2014 fiscal period, which was offset by: (1) cash paid for income taxes increased by $46.5 million, from $41.9 million in the 2014 fiscal period to $88.4 million in the 2015 fiscal period, due primarily to timing of tax payments in Mexico resulting from the tax reform changes that became effective in January 2014, and (2) cash paid for interest increased by $21.0 million to $289.8 million for the 2015 fiscal period compared to $268.8 million for the 2014 fiscal period, primarily due to higher average debt balances. Other working capital changes accounted for the remaining change of $27.4 million.

    Investing Activities

        Cash flows used in investing activities changed by $310.3 million for the 2015 fiscal period to $41.3 million, compared to $351.6 million for the 2014 fiscal period. Cash from investing activities was higher during the 2015 fiscal period from the 2014 fiscal period for the following: (1) proceeds from the sale of property and equipment were $187.9 million higher, which was the result of the sale-leaseback arrangements at certain campuses in Switzerland; (2) our capital expenditures were $63.2 million lower in the 2015 fiscal period than in the 2014 fiscal period; (3) in the 2015 fiscal period, our proceeds from investments in affiliates were $5.0 million higher, related to the sale of HSM; and (4) in the 2015 fiscal period, our cash used for business acquisitions was $270.9 million less than in 2014, due principally to the FMU acquisition in September 2014. This was partially offset by $219.9 million of increased cash primarily from the release of the escrow deposit for the FMU acquisition. Other items accounted for the remaining change of $3.2 million.

    Financing Activities

        Cash provided by financing activities was $12.1 million for the 2015 fiscal period, compared to cash inflows of $125.2 million for the 2014 fiscal period, a net change of $113.1 million. This decrease in cash from financing activities was due to the following: (1) net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt were $106.3 million less in the 2015 fiscal period than in the 2014 fiscal period, primarily related to the loans that were issued during the 2014 fiscal period to partially finance the FMU acquisition; and (2) debt issuance costs increased by $11.9 million in the 2015 fiscal period as compared to the 2014 fiscal period, related to the extension of the revolving line of credit facility in the 2015 fiscal period. These changes were partially offset by a $12.3 million reduction in seller note payments during the 2015

136


Table of Contents

fiscal period as compared to the 2014 fiscal period. Other items accounted for the remaining difference of $7.2 million.

        The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for each of the past three fiscal years:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Cash provided by (used in):

                   

Operating activities

  $ 269.2   $ 277.2   $ 245.7  

Investing activities

    (489.2 )   (889.1 )   (453.7 )

Financing activities

    172.6     756.7     124.8  

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

        0.3     (6.3 )

Effects of exchange rates changes on cash

    (50.9 )   (12.5 )   2.7  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (98.3 ) $ 132.6   $ (86.9 )

    Comparison of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

    Operating Activities

        Cash provided by operating activities decreased by $8.0 million to $269.2 million for 2014, compared to $277.2 million for 2013.

        The decrease in operating cash flows included the following: (1) cash paid for interest increased by $28.2 million to $321.0 million for 2014 compared to $292.8 million for 2013, primarily due to higher average debt balances; and (2) during 2014, we made a payment of $81.0 million for the deferred compensation arrangement.

        The net decrease in operating cash flows was partially offset by an increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $127.0 million to $773.5 million for 2014 from $646.5 million for 2013. However, $12.7 million of the period-over-period increase in Adjusted EBITDA related to non-cash reversals of liabilities for taxes other than income tax. In addition, $31.2 million of the year-over-year increase related to the Adjusted EBITDA impact of the fiscal reform in Mexico, as noted in "—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results" and Note 19, Benefit Plans, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Also, $11.3 million of the Adjusted EBITDA increase related to a non-cash reversal of a pre-acquisition loss contingency at an institution in our LatAm segment during 2014, and $6.7 million of the Adjusted EBITDA increase was from a non-cash settlement that was reached with the former owners of one of our institutions in Brazil related to a tax contingency matter. In addition to this net increase of $65.1 million were the following: (1) cash paid for income taxes decreased by $27.1 million to $68.7 million for 2014, compared to $95.8 million for 2013, of which $14.8 million was due to tax reform changes in Mexico that became effective in January 2014 and provide educational institutions relief from making estimated monthly tax payments for one year; (2) as noted in "—Results of Operations—Summary Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results," during 2013 we made a payment of approximately $21.5 million to settle a tax contingency in Brazil; (3) during 2013, we made cash payments of approximately $5.7 million for compensation to the former owners of UPN, as discussed in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus; and (4) 2014 included $3.4 million of operating cash flows that were not included in 2013, related to settlement proceeds from an insurance carrier.

        Other working capital changes accounted for the remaining change of $21.6 million.

137


Table of Contents

    Investing Activities

        Cash used in investing activities decreased by $399.9 million for 2014 to $489.2 million, compared to $889.1 million for 2013. Cash usage for investing activities was higher during 2013 than during 2014 for the following: (1) in 2013, we used $235.8 million of restricted cash in investing activities, which included the deposit of approximately $231.0 million that was made in connection with the commitment to acquire FMU; (2) in 2013, our net cash used for business acquisitions was $114.0 million higher, which represents a $110.4 million increase in cash paid for acquisitions, less a $224.4 million change in restricted cash due to the release of the escrow for the FMU acquisition; (3) our capital expenditures were $84.1 million higher in 2013 than in 2014, related to higher campus construction and capacity expansion during 2013 in Chile, Peru and China; (4) in 2013, we made investments in affiliates of $8.8 million, which included our investments in Coursera, MSA, and HSM; (5) in 2013 we made payments of contingent consideration for acquisitions of $5.7 million related to UPN; and (6) in 2013 our net payments to related parties were $11.5 million higher.

        These higher cash uses for investing activities during 2013 were partially offset by $62.4 million of less cash received in 2014 than in 2013 from the sale of property, equipment and subsidiaries, due to the sale of UNIDEP in 2013. Other items accounted for the remaining change of $2.4 million.

    Financing Activities

        Cash provided by financing activities was $172.6 million for 2014, compared to $756.7 million for 2013, a net decrease of $584.1 million. This decrease in cash provided by financing activities was due to the following: (1) net proceeds from long-term debt were $429.0 million less for 2014 compared to 2013, as a result of the new debt issuances during 2013 (as discussed in Note 10, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus); (2) payments of deferred purchase price for acquisitions were $10.5 million higher in 2014 than in 2013; (3) in 2013, we received net proceeds of $199.7 million from the sale of common stock to institutional investors; (4) in 2013, capital contributions from our parent to Laureate Asia were $13.6 million; and (5) net capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders of subsidiaries were $13.5 million higher in 2013 than in 2014.

        Partially offsetting this decrease in cash provided by financing activities in 2014 compared to 2013 were the following: (1) payments to purchase noncontolling interests were $6.4 million less in 2014 than in 2013, when we acquired the remaining noncontrolling interest of UAM Brazil and CH Holding; (2) payment of dividends were $16.3 million less in 2014 than in 2013, primarily related to less dividends to common shareholders; (3) payment of debt issuance costs were $27.3 million higher in 2013 than in 2014, due to debt issuance costs paid in connection with the issuance of the Series B New Term Loans (the "Series B New Term Loans"), the Series B Additional Term Loans (the "Series B Additional Term Loans"), and the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (the "Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans") during 2013, as well the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes; and (4) in 2013, we disbursed $29.1 million to the lenders of the Senior Notes. Other items accounted for the remaining difference of $3.1 million.

    Comparison of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

    Operating Activities

        Cash provided by operations increased by $31.5 million to $277.2 million for 2013, compared to $245.7 million for 2012. As discussed above, total Adjusted EBITDA increased $99.5 million to $646.5 million for 2013 from $547.0 million for 2012, which was partially offset by the following reductions in operating cash flows. Cash paid for income taxes increased by $15.6 million to $95.8 million for 2013, compared to $80.2 million for 2012. Cash paid for interest increased by

138


Table of Contents

$18.5 million to $292.8 million for 2013 compared to $274.3 million for 2012 primarily due to higher average debt balances. As noted in "—Results of Operations—Summary Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results," we made a payment of $21.5 million during 2013 to settle a tax contingency in Brazil. Also during 2013, we made cash payments of $5.7 million for compensation to the former owners of UPN, as discussed in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Other working capital changes accounted for the remaining change of $6.7 million.

    Investing Activities

        Cash used in investing activities increased by $435.4 million for 2013 to $889.1 million, compared to $453.7 million for 2012. Investing activities for 2013 included $500.9 million for the purchase of property and equipment, which was $67.9 million more than for 2012. The increase in purchases of property and equipment for 2013 compared to 2012 primarily related to construction of new campuses and capacity expansion in Chile, Peru and China for 2013, partially offset by land purchases in Brazil and Morocco for 2012 and decreases in capital expenditures in Spain for 2013 compared to 2012.

        In 2013, we received $67.0 million from the sale of a subsidiary and property and equipment, which included $40.6 million for the sale of UNIDEP in our LatAm segment, $19.9 million for a sale leaseback arrangement in our LatAm segment, and $4.1 million related to the sale of certain non-operating assets at a university in our Europe segment. These proceeds were $22.9 million more than we received for 2012 for the sale of a subsidiary and property and equipment, which included $37.6 million received related to a sale leaseback arrangement in our LatAm segment.

        Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, were $177.6 million for 2013, which included the M-Power, European Business School, St. Augustine and THINK. These payments for business acquisitions were $177.8 million more than in 2012. Payments for investments in affiliates totaled $8.8 million for 2013, which included Coursera, MSA, and HSM. Our 2012 investments in affiliates totaled $14.3 million for a 20% equity interest in THINK. See Note 5, Acquisitions, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

        During 2013, payments to related parties was $8.7 million, of which $5.2 million was paid to an entity owned by our parent company. During 2012, we paid $0.5 million to related parties. The change in restricted cash increased to $235.8 million for 2013 from $26.2 million in 2012, related to a $232.0 million deposit made in connection with our commitment to acquire an affiliated group of higher educational institutions in Brazil. Other items accounted for the remaining difference of $0.3 million.

    Financing Activities

        Cash provided by financing activities was $756.7 million for 2013, compared to $124.8 million for 2012, a net increase of $631.9 million. Net proceeds from long-term debt were $410.2 million more for 2013 compared to 2012. On January 18, 2013, we borrowed $250.0 million on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loans with the issuance of the Series B New Term Loans. On April 23, 2013, we borrowed $310.0 million on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loans with the issuance of the Series B Additional Term Loans. On December 16, 2013 we borrowed $200.0 million on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loans with the issuance of the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans. In April and May 2013, we repaid the Senior Subordinated Notes, which had an outstanding balance of $285.9 million. Additionally, we had increased borrowings from our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility. We paid total debt issuance costs of $30.6 million for 2013, primarily related to the Series B New Term Loans, the Series B Additional Term Loans, Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and the Senior Subordinated Notes. In 2012, the

139


Table of Contents

debt activity included an offering of $1,400.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes, the proceeds of which were used to purchase all of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes and Senior Cash Pay Notes, to fully repay certain debt instruments under our senior secured term loan facility, and to repay a portion of our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility, as well as $71.6 million of net new borrowings from our senior secured credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities. During 2012, we paid $56.6 million of debt issuance costs, primarily related to the Senior Notes.

        In November 2012, we received $29.1 million of interest paid by the lenders on issuance of the Senior Notes, in order to match the timing of the semi-annual interest payment dates of the Senior Notes. This amount was disbursed to the lenders at the interest payment date of March 1, 2013.

        In 2013, we also received proceeds of $199.7 million from the sale of common stock to institutional investor groups (net of $0.3 million of stock issuance costs). We made payments of $16.0 million for 2013 to purchase noncontrolling interests of consolidated subsidiaries, which included a payment to obtain the 49% remaining outstanding interest of UAM Brazil and a payment of $5.0 million to acquire the remaining 25% interest in CH Holding. In 2012, we made payments of $80.3 million to purchase noncontrolling interests of consolidated subsidiaries, which included a payment of $69.2 million to obtain all outstanding shares of the 10% noncontrolling interest holders of Plansi and a payment of $7.4 million to obtain the outstanding shares of the 10% noncontrolling interest holders of Centro Universitário Ritter dos Reis ("UniRitter"). Payments of deferred purchase price for acquisitions, net, were $30.5 million for 2013, compared to $38.5 million for 2012. Capital contributions from our parent to Laureate Asia were $13.6 million for 2013, compared to $20.6 million for 2012. Additionally, we paid $22.9 million and $15.6 million in dividends for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Other financing activities for 2013 included a capital contribution to a consolidated real estate entity of $9.1 million from UDLA Ecuador, a noncontrolling interest holder. We received $0.5 million related to the capital contribution to Laureate-Obeikan Ltd in connection with the share capital increase. Additionally, we received a $2.0 million capital contribution for St. Augustine. We received cash of $2.4 million in proceeds related to two loans made by the minority partner in our Moroccan joint venture for 2013.

        Other financing activities for 2012 included a capital contribution to a consolidated real estate entity of $8.4 million from UDLA Ecuador in the fourth quarter, after it was deconsolidated. In addition, a $1.3 million capital contribution was received by our consolidated Moroccan joint venture from its noncontrolling interest holders. We also received cash of $6.3 million in proceeds related to two loans made by the minority partner in this joint venture for 2012. Other changes make up the remaining difference.

140


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

        The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 
   
  Payments due by period  
(in millions)
  Total   less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt(a)

  $ 4,280.2   $ 217.6   $ 554.0   $ 3,354.1   $ 154.5  

Operating lease obligations

    1,697.8     210.4     347.7     289.9     849.8  

Interest payments(b)

    1,610.4     346.7     628.2     428.3     207.2  

Capital lease obligations(c)

    304.1     15.7     30.7     42.9     214.8  

Due to shareholders of acquired companies(d)

    270.0     26.3     139.8     81.2     22.7  

Other obligations(e)

    194.3     90.6     80.3     9.0     14.4  

Total

  $ 8,356.8   $ 907.3   $ 1,780.7   $ 4,205.4   $ 1,463.4  

(a)
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pay down certain of our outstanding indebtedness. We estimate that this will reduce our annual interest expense by approximately $             million.

(b)
Interest payments relate to long-term debt, capital lease obligations and amounts due to shareholders of acquired companies. Interest payments for variable-rate long-term debt were calculated using the variable interest rate in effect at December 31, 2014.

(c)
Includes failed sale-leasebacks.

(d)
Due to shareholders of acquired companies represent promissory notes payable to the sellers of companies acquired by us. These notes payable are generally interest-bearing and have therefore been recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at their discounted present value of $248.1 million.

(e)
Other obligations consisted primarily of contractually-owed service-related compensation, foreign tax settlement payments, purchase commitments, and other contractual obligations. Contractually owed service-related compensation included $99.7 million related to stock-based deferred compensation agreements, as described further in Note 14, Share-based Compensation, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The stock-based deferred compensation agreements provide that, absent a subsequent amendment, the 2015 distribution of $84.2 million will be made in cash because we have not consummated an initial public offering prior to the distribution date. The distribution made after we consummate an initial public offering would generally be made in shares of our common stock. Upon a change in control, the arrangements will be terminated and liquidated and the plan balances distributed in a lump sum. For purposes of the table above, we assumed that the distributions will be paid in cash without a change in control from December 31, 2014 until the payment dates, with the next payment of $85.1 million, which includes interest, being paid in less than one year and the remaining balance of $19.2 million paid in years 1-3.

        The preceding table does not reflect unrecognized income tax benefits, including interest and penalties, as of December 31, 2014 of approximately $126.5 million. We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of any cash settlements. It is reasonably possible that our liability for unrecognized tax benefits could change during the time period.

        In 2015, our total pension plan payments are estimated to be $3.1 million. The funding of our pension plans can vary due to changes in legislation, significant assumptions, and/or investment returns on plan assets. As a result, we have not presented pension funding in the table above.

141


Table of Contents

        As of December 31, 2014, we recorded a total liability of $15.3 million for a deferred compensation plan for certain executive employees and members of our board of directors. This amount is not included in the table above as the payout dates cannot be estimated.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        As of December 31, 2014, we have the following off-balance sheet arrangements:

    Noncontrolling Interest Call Options

        We hold various call options that give us the right to purchase the remaining shares owned by noncontrolling interest holders of certain acquired subsidiaries. These call options had no impact on our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014. For further discussion regarding call options, see Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, and Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Student Loan Guarantees

        The accredited Chilean institutions in our network also participate in the CAE Program, a government-sponsored student financing program. As part of the CAE Program, these institutions provide guarantees which result in contingent liabilities to third-party financing institutions, beginning at 90% of the tuition loans made directly to qualified students enrolled through the CAE Program and declining to 60% over time. The guarantees by these institutions are in effect during the period in which the student is enrolled. The maximum potential amount of payments our institutions could be required to make under the CAE Program was approximately $432.0 million and $414.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. This maximum potential amount assumes that all students in the CAE Program do not graduate, so that our guarantee would not be assigned to the government, and that all students default on the full amount of the CAE-qualified loan balances. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded $19.9 million and $19.5 million, respectively, as estimated long-term guarantee liabilities for these obligations.

        Prior to 2011, a Chilean institution entered into agreements to sell long-term tuition receivables to local financial institutions. These agreements allowed the financial institutions to withhold 15% to 25% of the sales proceeds in a guarantee fund (the "Guarantee Fund"). The financial institutions have conditional rights to this Guarantee Fund when any of the tuition accounts sold become delinquent, as set forth in each agreement. At the financial institutions' option, amounts may be withdrawn from the Guarantee Fund for the full outstanding receivable balance or for the payments in arrears. If the Guarantee Fund is depleted, the financial institutions have no further recourse against our institutions. Upon final collection of the receivables sold, the financial institutions remit any remaining balance in the Guarantee Funds to the institutions. We account for these transfers as sales of receivables since we have effectively relinquished control of the transferred assets, without recourse, to the local financial institutions. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments we could be required to make for this guarantee was $0.9 million. Based on actual loan performance and delinquency experience, we recorded long-term guarantee liabilities of $0.6 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for estimated expected losses through the Guarantee Fund in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        Prior to 2010, a Chilean institution also had a tuition financing program that provided guarantees to financial institutions for 20% to 40% of loans made by the financial institution directly to qualified students. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments we could be required to make for these guarantees was $0.2 million. Based on actual loan performance and delinquency experience, we recorded long-term guarantee liabilities of $0.2 million for these contractual obligations as of both December 31, 2014 and 2013.

142


Table of Contents

        Our institutions in Mexico have entered into various tuition financing arrangements with lenders. In general, these programs entail lenders making loans directly to qualified students for tuition and fees due to the institution. The lenders either: (1) withhold a percentage of the balances loaned to students and deposit them in a trust that can be used, under certain conditions, to cover bad debts or accounts that are more than 180 days past-due, and Laureate Mexico's responsibility is limited to the amount of the trust; or (2) require Laureate Mexico to deposit a portion of the funds in a guarantee fund held by the lenders. Laureate Mexico may also pay a fee to the lender, which is expensed when incurred. The lender ultimately is responsible for collecting the balances from the students. Upon final settlement of the students' loans, the lenders remit any unused withholding to the guarantee fund for any further contingencies. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments we could be required to make for these guarantees was $0.9 million. Based on Laureate Mexico's estimates of loan performance and delinquency experience, we recognized liabilities in excess of the escrowed deposits related to these financing programs of $0.9 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

    Subsidiary Shares as Collateral

        In conjunction with the purchase of Universidade Potiguar ("UnP"), we pledged all of the acquired shares as a guarantee of our payments of rents as they become due. In the event that we default on any payment, the pledge agreement provides for a forfeiture of the relevant pledged shares. In the event of forfeiture, we may be required to transfer the books and management of UnP to the former owners.

        We acquired the remaining 49% ownership interest in UAM Brazil in April 2013. As part of the agreement to purchase the 49% ownership interest, we pledged 49% of our total shares in UAM Brazil as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the purchase agreement. In the event that we default on any payment, the agreement provides for a forfeiture of the pledged shares.

        In connection with the purchase of FMU on September 12, 2014, we pledged 75% of the acquired shares to third-party lenders as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the loans that financed a portion of the purchase price. We pledged the remaining 25% of the acquired shares to the sellers as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the purchase agreement for the seller notes. In the event that we default on any payment of the loans or the seller notes, the purchase agreement provides for a forfeiture of the relevant pledged shares. Upon maturity and payment of the seller notes in September 2017, the shares pledged to the sellers will be pledged to the third-party lenders until full payment of the loans, which mature in April 2021.

    Standby Letters of Credit

        As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding letters of credit ("LOC") of $107.4 million, which primarily consisted of the following:

    Fully cash-collateralized LOCs of $89.3 million in favor of the DOE, which are included in restricted cash. These LOCs were required to allow Walden, Kendall, NewSchool, St. Augustine and NHU LLC to continue participating in the DOE Title IV program.

    A fully cash-collateralized LOC of $14.4 million, which is included in restricted cash, issued in July 2012 to continue the appeals process with the Spain Tax Authorities who challenged the holding company structure in Spain.

    Surety Bonds

        As part of our normal operations, our insurers issue surety bonds on our behalf, as required by various state education authorities in the United States. We are obligated to reimburse our insurers for

143


Table of Contents

any payments made by the insurers under the surety bonds. As of December 31, 2014, the total face amount of these fully cash-collateralized surety bonds was $7.3 million.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe the following critical accounting policies require the most significant judgments and estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. As a result, these accounting policies and estimates could materially affect our financial statements and are critical to the understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. Management has discussed the selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with the audit committee of the board of directors.

    Variable Interest Entities

        Laureate consolidates in its financial statements certain internationally based educational organizations that do not have shares or other equity ownership interests. Although these educational organizations may be considered not-for-profit entities in their home countries, and they are operated in compliance with their respective not-for-profit legal regimes, we believe they do not meet the definition of a not-for-profit entity under GAAP, and we treat them as "for-profit" entities for accounting purposes. These entities generally cannot declare dividends or distribute their net assets to the entities that control them. Under ASC Topic 810-10, "Consolidation," we have determined that these institutions are VIEs and that Laureate is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because we have, as further described below: (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most significantly affect their educational and economic performance, and (2) the right to receive economic benefits from contractual and other arrangements with the VIEs that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. We account for the acquisition of the right to control a VIE in accordance with ASC 805, "Business Combinations."

        As with all of our educational institutions, the VIE institutions' primary source of income is tuition fees paid by students, for which the students receive educational services and goods that are proportionate to the prices charged. We maintain control of these VIEs through our rights to designate a majority of the governing entities' board members, through which we have the legal ability to direct the activities of the entities. Laureate maintains a variable interest in these VIEs through mutual contractual arrangements at market rates and terms that provide them with necessary products and services, and/or intellectual property, and has the ability to enter into additional such contractual arrangements at market rates and terms. We also have the ability to transfer our rights to govern these VIEs, or the entities that possess those rights, to other parties, which could yield a return if and when these rights are transferred.

        We generally do not have legal entitlement to distribute the net assets of the VIEs. Generally, in the event of liquidation or the sale of the net assets of the VIEs, the net proceeds can only be transferred either to another VIE institution with similar purposes or to the government. In the unlikely case of liquidation or a sale of the net assets of the VIE, we may be able to retain the residual value by naming another Laureate-controlled VIE resident in the same jurisdiction as the recipient, if one exists; however we generally cannot name a for-profit entity as the recipient. Moreover, because the institution generally would be required to provide for the continued education of its students, liquidation would not be a likely course of action and would be unlikely to result in significant residual assets available for distribution. However, we operate our VIEs as going concern enterprises, maintain

144


Table of Contents

control in perpetuity, and have the ability to provide additional contractual arrangements for educational and other services priced at up to market rates with Laureate-controlled service companies. Typically, we are not legally obligated to make additional investments in the VIE institutions.

        Laureate for-profit entities provide necessary products and services, and/or intellectual property, to all institutions in the Laureate International Universities network, including the VIE institutions, through contractual arrangements at market rates and terms, which are accretive to Laureate. We periodically modify the rates we charge under these arrangements to ensure that they are priced at or below fair market value and to add additional services. If it is determined that contractual arrangements with any institution are not on market terms, it could have an adverse regulatory impact on such institution. We believe these arrangements improve the quality of the academic curriculum and the students' educational experience. There are currently four types of contractual arrangements: (i) intellectual property ("IP") royalty arrangements; (ii) network fee arrangements; (iii) management services arrangements; and (iv) lease arrangements.

    (i)
    Under the IP royalty arrangements, institutions in the Laureate International Universities network pay to Laureate royalty payments for the use of Laureate's tradename and best practices policies and procedures.

    (ii)
    Institutions in the Laureate International Universities network gain access to other network resources, including academic content, support with curriculum design, online programs, professional development, student exchange and access to dual degree programs, through network fee arrangements whereby the institutions pay stipulated fees to Laureate for such access.

    (iii)
    Institutions in the Laureate International Universities network contract with Laureate and pay fees under management services agreements for the provision of support and managerial services including access to management, legal, tax, finance, accounting, treasury and other services, which in some cases Laureate provides through shared service arrangements in certain jurisdictions.

    (iv)
    Laureate for-profit entities, including for-profit entities in which the VIEs are investors, own various campus real estate properties and have entered into long-term lease contracts with the respective institutions in the Laureate International Universities network, whereby they pay market-based rents for the use of the properties in the conduct of their educational operations.

        Revenues recognized by our for-profit entities from these contractual arrangements with our consolidated VIEs were approximately $113.5 million, $111.6 million and $103.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These revenues are eliminated in consolidation.

        Under our accounting policy, we allocate all of the income or losses of these VIEs to Laureate unless there is a noncontrolling interest where the economics of the VIE are shared with a third party. The income or losses of these VIEs allocated to Laureate represent the earnings after deducting charges related to contractual arrangements with our for-profit entities as described above. We believe that the income remaining at the VIEs after these charges accretes value to our rights to control these entities.

        Laureate's VIEs are generally exempt from income taxes. As a result, the VIEs generally do not record deferred tax assets or liabilities or recognize any income tax expense in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. No deferred taxes are recognized by the for-profit service companies for the remaining income in these VIEs as the legal status of these entities generally prevents them from declaring dividends or making distributions to their sponsors. However, these for-profit service companies record income taxes related to revenues from their contractual arrangements with these VIEs.

145


Table of Contents

    Risks in Relation to the VIEs

        We believe that all of the VIE institutions in the Laureate network are operated in full compliance with local law and that the contractual arrangements with the VIEs are legally enforceable; however, these VIEs are subject to regulation by various agencies based on the requirements of local jurisdictions. These agencies, as well as local legislative bodies, review and update laws and regulations as they deem necessary or appropriate. We cannot predict the form of any laws that may be enacted, or regulations that ultimately may be adopted in the future, or what effects they might have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If local laws or regulations were to change, if the VIEs were found to be in violation of existing local laws or regulations, or if the regulators were to question the financial sustainability of the VIEs and/or whether the contractual arrangements were at fair value, local government agencies could, among other actions:

    revoke the business licenses and/or accreditations of the VIE institutions;

    void or restrict related-party transactions, such as the contractual arrangements between us and the VIE institutions;

    impose fines that significantly impact business performance or other requirements with which the VIEs may not be able to comply;

    require us to change the VIEs' governance structures, such that we would no longer maintain control of the activities of the VIEs; or

    disallow a transfer of our rights to govern these VIEs, or the entities that possess those rights, to a third party for consideration.

        Our ability to conduct our business would be negatively affected if local governments were to carry out any of the aforementioned or other similar actions. In any such case, we may no longer be able to consolidate the VIEs.

        Selected consolidated statements of operations information for these VIEs was as follows, net of the charges related to the above-described contractual arrangements:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Selected Statements of Operations information:

                   

Revenues, by segment:

                   

LatAm

  $ 458.1   $ 566.2   $ 581.0  

Europe

    130.4     115.8     95.3  

AMEA

    139.1     93.7     67.3  

Revenues

    727.6     775.6     743.6  

Depreciation and amortization

    54.8     50.2     45.8  

Operating (loss) income, by segment:

                   

LatAm

    (50.0 )   21.7     50.3  

Europe

    (11.2 )   8.7     5.8  

AMEA

    4.4     2.8     1.0  

Operating (loss) income

    (56.9 )   33.1     57.1  

Net (loss) income

    (51.5 )   41.1     54.3  

Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    (50.9 )   41.1     55.2  

146


Table of Contents

        The following table reconciles the net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. as presented in the table above, to the amounts in our consolidated statements of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
(in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Variable interest entities

  $ (50.9 ) $ 41.1   $ 55.2  

Other operations

    291.2     211.7     122.5  

Corporate and eliminations

    (398.6 )   (322.5 )   (378.8 )

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (158.3 ) $ (69.7 ) $ (201.1 )

        The following table presents selected assets and liabilities of the consolidated VIEs. Except for goodwill, the assets in the table below include the assets that can be used only to settle the obligations for the VIEs. The liabilities in the table are liabilities for which the creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to our general credit.

        Selected consolidated balance sheet amounts for these VIEs were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013  
(in millions)
  VIE   Consolidated   VIE   Consolidated  

Balance Sheets Data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 122.7   $ 461.6   $ 112.1   $ 559.9  

Other current assets

    192.9     691.9     195.0     830.8  

Total current assets

    315.6     1,153.4     307.1     1,390.7  

Goodwill

    256.7     2,469.8     295.7     2,376.7  

Tradenames and accreditations

    118.7     1,461.8     167.4     1,519.7  

Other intangible assets, net

    0.3     93.1         30.0  

Other long-term assets

    760.2     3,260.2     792.8     3,138.0  

Total assets

    1,451.4     8,438.2     1,563.1     8,455.1  

Total current liabilities

    388.6     1,669.3     325.8     1,596.4  

Long-term debt and other long-term liabilities

    118.5     5,668.5     151.3     5,307.4  

Total liabilities

    507.1     7,337.8     477.1     6,903.8  

Total stockholders' equity

    944.2     1,056.5     1,086.0     1,509.1  

Total stockholders' equity attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    920.1     1,017.1     1,065.5     1,465.8  

        The VIEs' cash and cash equivalents balances are generally required to be used only for the benefit of the operations of these VIEs. These balances are included in cash and cash equivalents in our consolidated balance sheets included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Business Combinations

        We apply the purchase accounting standards under ASC 805, "Business Combinations," to acquisitions. The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated, for accounting purposes, to individual tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess purchase price over the assigned values of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The acquisition date is the date on which control is obtained by the acquiring company. Any nonmonetary consideration transferred and any previously held noncontrolling interests that are part of the purchase consideration are remeasured at fair value on the acquisition date, with any resulting gain or loss recognized in earnings. The

147


Table of Contents

preliminary allocations of the purchase price are subject to revision in subsequent periods based on the final determination of fair values, which must be finalized no later than the first anniversary of the date of the acquisition. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. See Note 5, Acquisitions, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details of our 2014, 2013 and 2012 business combinations.

    Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Equity

        In certain cases, we initially purchase a majority ownership interest in a company and use various put and call arrangements with the noncontrolling interest holders that require or enable us to purchase all or a portion of the remaining minority ownership at a later date. In accounting for these arrangements, we are required to make estimates with regard to the final amount we will eventually pay for the additional ownership interest that we will acquire. In the minority put arrangements, the final settlement values are usually based on future earnings measurements that we refer to as "non-GAAP earnings," as they are calculated using an agreed-upon set of rules that are not necessarily consistent with GAAP. We use the current value of a multiple of the current period non-GAAP earnings as an estimate for the final value that will eventually be paid to settle the arrangement. These values are then adjusted annually to reflect changes in the acquired company's non-GAAP earnings as well as the additional passage of time to maturity for the arrangement. To the extent that the current period's non-GAAP earnings are different from future periods' non-GAAP earnings, the value of these obligations can change significantly and can impact our financial position and results of operations. See Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details of our noncontrolling interest put arrangements.

    Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

        We perform annual impairment tests of indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily goodwill and tradenames and accreditations, as of October 1 of each year. We also evaluate these assets on an interim basis if events or changes in circumstances between annual tests indicate that the assets may be impaired. We have not made material changes to the methodology used to assess impairment loss on indefinite-lived intangible assets during the past three fiscal years.

        We have the option of first performing a qualitative assessment (i.e., step zero) before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step one of the two-step fair value based impairment test). If we determine on the basis of qualitative factors that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test is required.

        If we do not perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit or determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative two-step fair value-based test is performed. In the first step, we estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, utilizing a weighted combination of discounted cash flow analysis and a market multiples analysis. A reporting unit is defined as a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by management of that segment. If the recorded net assets of the reporting unit are less than the reporting unit's estimated fair value, then there is no goodwill deemed to be impaired. If the recorded net assets of the reporting unit exceed its estimated fair value, then goodwill is potentially impaired and we calculate the implied fair value of goodwill, by deducting the estimated fair value of all tangible and identifiable intangible net assets of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. If the recorded amount of goodwill exceeds this implied fair value, the difference is recognized as a loss on impairment of assets in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Our valuation approach utilizes a weighted combination of a discounted cash flow analysis and a market multiples analysis, where available. The discounted cash flow analysis relies on historical data

148


Table of Contents

and internal estimates, which are developed as a part of our long-range plan process, and includes an estimate of terminal value based on these expected cash flows using the generally accepted Gordon Dividend Growth formula, which derives a valuation using an assumed perpetual annuity based on the reporting unit's residual cash flows. The discount rate is based on the generally accepted Weighted Average Cost of Capital methodology, and is derived using a cost of equity based on the generally accepted Capital Asset Pricing Model and a cost of debt based on the typical rate paid by market participants. The market multiples analysis utilizes multiples of business enterprise value to revenues, operating income and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of comparable publicly traded companies and multiples based on fair value transactions where public information is available. Significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value include: (1) discount and growth rates, and (2) our long-range plan, which includes enrollment, pricing, planned capital expenditures and operating margins. Management performs a reconciliation of the sum of the estimated fair value of all our reporting units to our enterprise value to corroborate the results of its weighted combination approach to determining fair value.

        We also evaluate the sensitivity of a change in assumptions related to goodwill impairment, assessing whether a 10% reduction in our estimates of revenue or a 100 basis point increase in our estimated discount rates would result in impairment of goodwill. Excluding the impact of our recent acquisitions to their respective reporting units, using the current estimated cash flows and discount rates, each reporting unit's estimated fair value exceeds its carrying value by at least 15%. We have determined that none of our reporting units with material goodwill were at risk of failing the first step of the goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2014, which is the measurement date we used to complete our last annual impairment test.

        The impairment test for indefinite-lived assets generally requires a new determination of the fair value of the intangible asset using the "relief from royalty" method. This method estimates the amount of royalty expense that would be incurred if the assets were licensed from a third party. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, the intangible asset is adjusted to its new fair value, and an impairment loss is recognized.

        If the estimates and related assumptions used in assessing the recoverability of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets decline, we may be required to record impairment charges for those assets. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from those estimates. In addition, we make certain judgments and assumptions in allocating shared assets and liabilities to determine the carrying values for each of our reporting units.

        As a result of our impairment testing, we recorded impairment losses on goodwill and tradenames and accreditations for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded impairment losses on tradenames and accreditations. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded impairment losses on tradenames and accreditations and other intangible assets. See "—Results of Operations—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results" and Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details of the impairments.

    Long-Lived Assets and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

        We evaluate our long-lived assets, including property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets, to determine whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the remaining estimated useful lives of such assets may warrant revision or that their carrying values may not be fully recoverable.

149


Table of Contents

        Indicators of impairment include, but are not limited to:

    a significant deterioration of operating results;

    a change in regulatory environment;

    a significant change in the use of an asset, its physical condition, or a change in management's intended use of the asset;

    an adverse change in anticipated cash flows; or

    a significant decrease in the market price of an asset.

        If an impairment indicator is present, we evaluate recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by the discounted cash flow method. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows is the rate commensurate with a similar investment of similar risk. We use judgment in determining whether a triggering event has occurred and in estimating future cash flows and fair value. Changes in our judgments could result in impairments in future periods.

        As a result of our impairment testing, we recorded impairment losses on long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, as described in "—Results of Operations—Summary Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results" and in Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Deferred Costs

        Deferred costs on the consolidated balance sheets consist primarily of direct costs associated with debt issuance costs, online course development and accreditation. Debt issuance costs constitute the most significant portion of deferred costs, and are paid as a result of certain debt transactions. These debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the associated debt instruments. The amortization expense is recognized as a component of Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. If we extinguish our debt before its full term, we may need to write off all or a portion of these deferred financing costs and recognize a loss on extinguishment. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the unamortized balances of debt issuance costs were $80.1 million and $98.4 million, respectively. Deferred costs associated with the development of online educational programs are capitalized after technological feasibility has been established. Deferred online course development costs are amortized to direct costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated period that the associated products are expected to generate revenues. Deferred online course development costs are evaluated on a quarterly basis through review of the corresponding course catalog. If a course is no longer listed or offered in the current course catalog, then the costs associated with its development are written off. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the unamortized balances of online course development costs were $56.3 million and $62.4 million, respectively. We defer direct and incremental third-party costs incurred for obtaining initial accreditation and for the renewal of accreditations. These accreditation costs are amortized to direct costs over the life of the accreditation on a straight-line basis. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the unamortized balances of accreditation costs were $3.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, our total deferred costs were $273.3 million and $256.9 million, respectively, with accumulated amortization of $(133.7) million and $(93.8) million, respectively.

        As a result of our impairment testing, we recorded impairment losses on deferred costs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, as described in "—Results of Operations—Summary

150


Table of Contents

Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012—Discussion of Significant Items Affecting the Consolidated Results" and in Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Income Taxes

        We record the amount of income taxes payable or refundable for the current year, as well as deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that we have recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. We exercise judgment in assessing future profitability and the likely future tax consequences of these events.

    Deferred Taxes

        Estimates of deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on current tax laws, rates and interpretations, and, in certain cases, business plans and other expectations about future outcomes. We develop estimates of future profitability based upon historical data and experience, industry projections, forecasts of general economic conditions, and our own expectations. Our accounting for deferred tax consequences represents management's best estimate of future events that can be appropriately reflected in our accounting estimates. Changes in existing tax laws and rates, their related interpretations, as well as the uncertainty generated by the current economic environment may impact the amounts of deferred tax liabilities or the valuations of deferred tax assets.

    Tax Contingencies

        We are subject to regular review and audit by both domestic and foreign tax authorities. We apply a more-likely-than-not threshold for tax positions, under which we must conclude that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained in order for us to continue to recognize the benefit. This assumes that the position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority and that full knowledge of all relevant information is available. In determining the provision for income taxes, judgment is used, reflecting estimates and assumptions, in applying the more-likely-than-not threshold. A change in the assessment of the outcome of a tax review or audit could materially adversely affect our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        See Note 16, Income Taxes, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details of our deferred taxes and tax contingencies.

    Indefinite Reinvestment of Foreign Earnings

        We earn a significant portion of our income from subsidiaries located in countries outside the United States. Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized for undistributed foreign earnings because management believes that the earnings will be indefinitely reinvested outside the United States under our planned tax neutral methods. ASC 740, "Income Taxes," requires that we evaluate our circumstances to determine whether or not there is sufficient evidence to support the assertion that we will reinvest undistributed foreign earnings indefinitely. Our assertion that earnings from our foreign operations will be indefinitely reinvested is supported by projected working capital and long-term capital plans in each foreign subsidiary location in which the earnings are generated. Additionally, we believe that we have the ability to indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings based on our domestic operation's cash repatriation strategies, projected cash flows, projected working capital and liquidity, and the expected availability of capital within the debt or equity markets. If our expectations change based on future developments such that some or all of the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries may be remitted to the United States in the foreseeable future, we will be required to recognize deferred tax expense and liabilities on those amounts. In addition, if applicable tax rules in

151


Table of Contents

the United States are modified to cause U.S. corporations to pay taxes on foreign earnings even if the earnings are not remitted to the United States, we may incur additional tax expense.

    Revenue Recognition

        Our revenues primarily consist of tuition and educational service revenues. We also generate revenues from student fees, dormitory/residency fees, and education-related activities. Revenues are reported net of scholarships and other discounts, refunds, waivers and the fair value of any guarantees made by us related to student financing programs. Our institutions have various billing and academic cycles. Collectability is determined on a student-by-student basis at the time of enrollment. Generally, students cannot re-enroll for the next academic session without satisfactory resolution of any past-due amounts. Tuition revenues are recognized ratably on a weekly straight-line basis over each academic session. Deferred revenue and student deposits on our consolidated balance sheets consist of tuition paid prior to the start of academic sessions and unearned tuition amounts recorded as accounts receivable after an academic session begins. If a student withdraws from an institution, our obligation to issue a refund depends on the refund policy at that institution and the timing of the student's withdrawal. Generally, our refund obligations are reduced over the course of the academic term. We record refunds as a reduction of deferred revenue and student deposits, as applicable. Dormitory revenues are recognized over the occupancy period. Revenues from the sale of educational products are generally recognized upon delivery and when collectability is reasonably assured. Student fees and other revenues, which include revenues from contractual arrangements with unconsolidated institutions, are recognized as earned over the appropriate service period.

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Receivables are deemed to be uncollectible when they have been outstanding for two years, or earlier when collection efforts have ceased, at which time they are written-off. Prior to that, we record an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce our receivables to their net realizable value. Our allowance estimation methodology is based on the age of the receivables, the status of past-due amounts, historical collection trends, current economic conditions, and student enrollment status. In the event that current collection trends differ from historical trends, an adjustment is made to the allowance account and bad debt expense.

    Derivatives

        In the normal course of business, our operations have significant exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency values and interest rate changes. Accordingly, we mitigate a portion of these risks through a risk-management program that includes the use of derivative financial instruments (derivatives). The interest and principal payments for our senior long-term debt arrangements are primarily paid in USD. Because the majority of our operating cash flow and revenues comes from business units located outside the United States with functional currencies other than USD, our ability to make debt payments and our earnings are subject to fluctuations in the value of the USD relative to foreign currencies. In order to mitigate these foreign currency risks, we selectively enter into foreign exchange forward contracts. Additionally, borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and certain local credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, variable-rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. Therefore, we have entered into floating-to-fixed interest rate swap contracts for certain debt arrangements that are subject to fluctuations in interest rates. We do not engage in speculative or leveraged transactions, nor do we hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes.

        We report all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The values are derived using valuation models commonly used for derivatives. These valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, forward-price yield curves, notional quantities,

152


Table of Contents

measures of volatility and correlations of such inputs. Our fair value models incorporate the measurement of our own nonperformance risk into our calculations. Our derivatives expose us to credit risk to the extent that the counterparty may possibly fail to perform its contractual obligation when we are in a net gain position. As a result, our valuation models reflect measurements for counterparty credit risk. We also actively monitor counterparty credit ratings for any significant changes that could impact the nonperformance risk calculation for our fair value. We value derivatives using management's best estimate of inputs we believe market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Derivative and hedge accounting requires judgment in the use of estimates that are inherently uncertain and that may change in subsequent periods. External factors, such as economic conditions, will impact the inputs to the valuation model over time. The effect of changes in assumptions and estimates could materially impact our financial statements. See Note 15, Derivative Instruments, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details of our derivatives.

    Stock-based Compensation

        We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock options. This option valuation model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected stock price volatility, and the expected term of the option. The estimated fair value of the underlying common stock is based on third-party valuations. Our volatility estimates are based on a peer group of companies. We estimate the expected term of awards to be the weighted average mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We use this method to estimate the expected term since we do not have sufficient historical exercise data.

        We have granted restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options, and performance awards for which the vesting is based on our annual performance metrics. For interim periods, we use our year-to-date actual results, financial forecasts, and other available information to estimate the probability of the award vesting based on the performance metrics. The related compensation expense recognized is affected by our estimates of the vesting potential of these performance awards. See Note 14, Share-based Compensation, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of these arrangements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03 ("ASU 2015-03") Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs

        On April 7, 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2015-03, which simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability. This will make the presentation of debt issuance costs consistent with the presentation of debt discounts or premiums. It also addresses the long-standing conflict with the conceptual framework, since FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, requires that assets provide future economic benefit, which debt issuance costs do not. ASU 2015-03 will also align GAAP with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), which requires transaction costs, including third-party costs and creditor fees, to be deducted from the carrying value of the financial liability and not recorded as a separate asset.

        The new guidance is limited to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected. Therefore, these costs will continue to be amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method pursuant to ASC 835-30-35-2 through 35-3. The FASB decided not to address the presentation of debt issuance costs incurred before an associated debt liability is recognized (e.g., costs incurred before the proceeds are received or in

153


Table of Contents

connection with an undrawn line of credit). The FASB noted that entities typically defer these costs and apply them against the proceeds they eventually receive, consistent with the accounting treatment for issuance costs associated with equity offerings.

        The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-03 on our consolidated financial statements. Upon adoption, an entity must apply the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. An entity is also required in the year of adoption (and in interim periods within that year) to provide certain disclosures about the change in accounting principle, including the nature of and reason for the change, the transition method, a description of the prior-period information that has been retrospectively adjusted and the effect of the change on the financial statement line items (that is, debt issuance cost asset and the debt liability).

Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 ("ASU 2015-02") Consolidation (Topic 810)

        On February 18, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, in response to stakeholders' concerns about the requirement to consolidate certain legal entities where the reporting entity's contractual rights do not give it the ability to act primarily on its own behalf, the reporting entity does not hold a majority of the legal entity's voting rights, or the reporting entity is not exposed to a majority of the legal entity's economic benefits or obligations. Financial statement users asserted that in certain of those situations in which consolidation is ultimately required, deconsolidated financial statements are necessary to better analyze the reporting entity's economic and operational results. ASU 2015-02 affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. This ASU provides a revised consolidation model that requires the following:

    1.
    modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities;

    2.
    eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership;

    3.
    affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and

    4.
    provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds.

        ASU 2015-02 is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015 and early adoption is permitted. Should an entity choose early adoption, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-02 on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-17 ("ASU 2014-17"), Business Combinations (Topic 805)

        On November 18, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, which provides an acquired entity the option of applying pushdown accounting (i.e., reflecting the acquirer's basis of accounting for the acquired entity's assets and liabilities) in its separate financial statements. The SEC responded by rescinding its guidance on pushdown accounting, meaning that SEC registrants and non-registrants will now follow the new GAAP guidance. ASU 2014-17 applies to the separate financial statements of an acquired entity and its subsidiaries upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. Users of an acquired entity's financial statements may find pushdown accounting useful because the acquired entity's financial statements would reflect the fair value of the entity's assets and liabilities established by the acquirer. The guidance is effective immediately. Acquired entities may elect to apply it to any future transaction or to their most recent event in which

154


Table of Contents

an acquirer obtains or obtained control of them. However, if the financial statements for the period encompassing the most recent event in which an acquirer obtained control of the acquired entity have already been issued or made available to be issued, the application of pushdown accounting will be accounted for retrospectively as a change in accounting principle. Since ASU 2014-17 is optional and applies to the separate financial statements of subsidiaries, we do not expect ASU 2014-17 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-16 ("ASU 2014-16"), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)

        On November 3, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, with the objective of reducing current diversity in practice in the accounting for hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share. Hybrid financial instruments are shares of stock that include embedded derivative features such as conversion rights, redemption rights, voting rights, and liquidation and dividend payment preferences, and therefore entitle the holders to certain preferences and rights over other shareholders. An entity that issues or invests in a hybrid financial instrument is required to separate an embedded derivative feature from the host contract (for example, an underlying share) and account for the feature as a derivative according to Subtopic 815-10 on derivatives and hedging if certain criteria are met. One such criterion for separation is that the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative feature are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract. ASU 2014-16 does not change the current criteria in GAAP for determining when separation of certain embedded derivative features in a hybrid financial instrument is required. That is, an entity will continue to evaluate whether the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative feature are clearly and closely related to those of the host contract, among other relevant criteria. Instead, the amendments clarify how current GAAP should be interpreted when evaluating whether the nature of the host contract is more akin to debt or to equity. Specifically, the amendments clarify that an entity should consider all relevant terms and features, including the embedded derivative feature being evaluated for separate accounting from the host contract. ASU 2014-16 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2016 and, at this time, we do not expect it have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15 ("ASU 2014-15"), Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)

        On August 27, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 to provide guidance regarding management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern. U.S. auditing standards require that an auditor evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time not to exceed one year beyond the date of the financial statements being audited. However, there is currently no guidance in GAAP about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 states that, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, an entity's management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This evaluation is to be based on relevant conditions and events that are known, or reasonably knowable, at the date the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. When conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern are identified, management should consider whether its plans that are intended to mitigate those relevant conditions or events will alleviate the substantial doubt. If the substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of management's plans, the entity should disclose the following:

    1.
    principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern, before consideration of management's plans;

155


Table of Contents

    2.
    management's evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity's ability to meet its obligations; and

    3.
    management's plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern.

        If substantial doubt is not alleviated after consideration of management's plans, an entity should include a statement in the footnotes indicating that there is substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). Additionally, the entity should disclose the following:

    1.
    principal conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern;

    2.
    management's evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity's ability to meet its obligations; and

    3.
    management's plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern.

        ASU 2014-15 is effective for us beginning in the year ending December 31, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. We are evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12 ("ASU 2014-12"), Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period

        On June 19, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12. The objective of ASU 2014-12 was to resolve diversity in practice around the accounting for share-based awards containing performance targets, where the performance target could be achieved after an employee completes the requisite service period. That is, the employee would be eligible to vest in the award regardless of whether the employee is rendering service on the date the performance target is achieved.

        Current GAAP does not contain specific guidance on how to account for share-based payments with performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period. Many reporting entities account for performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period as performance conditions that affect the vesting of the award and, therefore, do not reflect the performance target in the estimate of the grant-date fair value of the award. Other reporting entities treat those performance targets as non-vesting conditions that affect the grant-date fair value of the award. ASU 2014-12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition under ASC 718. Accordingly, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. ASU 2014-12 will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2016, and earlier adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-12 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, since our share-based awards do not contain performance targets that could be achieved after the employee completes the requisite service period.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, ("ASU 2014-09"): Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)

        On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09. This ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, " Revenue Recognition " and most industry-specific guidance. The core

156


Table of Contents

principle of ASU 2014-09 is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. On July 9, 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09. The new revenue standard is effective for us beginning January 1, 2018, and allows either a full retrospective adoption to all periods presented or a modified retrospective adoption approach with the cumulative effect of initial application of the revised guidance recognized at the date of initial application. We are evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08, ("ASU 2014-08"): Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity

        On April 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08. Under current GAAP, many disposals of small groups of assets, some of which may be routine in nature and not a change in an entity's strategy, are reported in discontinued operations. The FASB determined that this resulted in financial statements that are less useful for users. In addition, some stakeholders told the FASB that the current guidance on reporting discontinued operations results in higher costs for preparers because it can be complex and difficult to apply. The amendments in this ASU address those issues by limiting discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. Examples of a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results could include a disposal of a major geographical area, a major line of business, a major equity method investment, or other major parts of an entity. The amendments in this ASU also require expanded disclosures for those operations that do qualify as discontinued operations. The FASB concluded that those disclosures should provide users of financial statements with more information about the assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of discontinued operations. ASU 2014-08 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, but only for disposals (or classifications as held for sale) that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. We are evaluating ASU 2014-08 but do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risk primarily from fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We may seek to control a portion of these risks through a risk-management program that includes the use of derivatives to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility associated with changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. As a policy, we do not engage in speculative or leveraged transactions, nor do we hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes.

    Interest Rate Risk

        We are subject to risk from fluctuations in interest rates, primarily relating to our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and certain local credit facilities, which bear interest at variable rates. However, two factors serve to mitigate this risk. First, we enter into floating-to-fixed interest rate swap contracts in order to fix a portion of our floating-rate debt, and our cross currency swap includes an embedded floating-to-fixed rate component. Second, our senior secured credit agreement contains a floor on LIBOR contracts and ABR draws.

        Based on our outstanding variable-rate debt as of December 31, 2014 and factoring in the impact of the derivatives, an increase of 100 basis points in our weighted-average interest rate would result in an increase in interest expense of $26.8 million on an annual basis.

157


Table of Contents

        Based on our outstanding variable-rate debt as of December 31, 2014 and factoring in the impact of the derivatives and the LIBOR floor, an increase of 100 basis points in interest rates would result in an increase in interest expense of $5.1 million on an annual basis.

        See Note 15, Derivative Instruments, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our derivatives.

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        We use the USD as our reporting currency. We derived approximately 84% of our revenues from students outside of the United States for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our business is transacted through a network of international and domestic subsidiaries, generally in the local currency, considered the functional currency for that subsidiary.

        Our foreign currency exchange rate risk is related to the following items:

    Adjustments relating to the translation of our assets and liabilities from the subsidiaries' functional currencies to USD. These adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on our consolidated balance sheets.

    Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency exchange rate changes related to intercompany loans that are deemed to have the characteristics of a long-term investment. These gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on our consolidated balance sheets.

    Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency exchange rate changes related to intercompany loans that are not deemed to have the characteristics of a long-term investment. These gains and losses are recorded in foreign currency exchange gain (loss) on our consolidated statements of operations.

    Gains and losses on foreign currency transactions. These gains and losses are recorded in foreign currency exchange gain (loss) on our consolidated statements of operations.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, a hypothetical 10% adverse change in average annual foreign currency exchange rates, excluding the impacts of our derivatives, would have decreased operating income and Adjusted EBITDA by $16.7 million and $78.4 million, respectively.

        We monitor the impact of foreign currency movements related to differences between our subsidiaries' local currencies and the USD. Our U.S. debt facilities are primarily denominated in USD. We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to protect the USD value of our assets and future cash flows, as well as to reduce the earnings impact of exchange rate fluctuations on receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies. See Note 15, Derivative Instruments, in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional discussion regarding our derivatives.

158


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Business

        We are the largest global network of degree-granting higher education institutions, with more than one million students enrolled at our 88 institutions in 28 countries on more than 200 campuses, which we collectively refer to as the Laureate International Universities network. We participate in the global higher education market, which is estimated to account for revenues of approximately $1.5 trillion in 2015, according to GSV. We believe the global higher education market presents an attractive long-term opportunity, primarily because of the large and growing imbalance between the supply and demand for quality higher education around the world. Advanced education opportunities drive higher earnings potential, and we believe the projected growth in the middle class population worldwide and limited government resources dedicated to higher education create substantial opportunities for high-quality private institutions to meet this growing and unmet demand. Our outcomes-driven strategy is focused on enabling millions of students globally to prosper and thrive in the dynamic and evolving knowledge economy.

        In 1999, we made our first investment in higher education and, since that time, we have developed into the global leader in higher education. As of September 30, 2015, our global network of 88 institutions comprised 72 institutions we owned or controlled, and an additional 16 institutions that we managed or with which we had other relationships. Our institutions are recognized for their high-quality academics. For example, we own and operate UVM Mexico, the largest private university in Mexico, which in 2015 was ranked fourth among all public and private higher education institutions in the country by Guía Universitaria . Our track record for delivering high-quality outcomes to our students, while stressing affordability and accessibility, has been a key reason for our long record of success, including 15 consecutive years of enrollment growth. We have generated CAGRs in total enrollment and revenues of 11.9% and 11.7%, respectively, from 2009 through September 30, 2015.

        Since being taken private in August 2007, we have undertaken several initiatives to continually improve the quality of our programs and outcomes for our students, while expanding our scale and geographic presence, and strengthening our organization and management team. From 2007 to September 30, 2015, we have expanded into 11 new countries, added over 100 campuses worldwide and grown enrollment from approximately 300,000 to more than one million students with a combination of strong organic revenue growth of 11.4% (average annual revenue growth from 2007 to 2014 excluding acquisitions) and the successful integration of 41 strategic acquisitions. Key to this growth were expansions into Brazil, where we owned 13 institutions with a combined enrollment of approximately 265,000 students, and expansions into Asia, the Middle East and Africa, where we owned or controlled 22 institutions with a combined enrollment of approximately 83,000 students, in each case as of September 30, 2015. Further, we have made significant capital investments and continue to make operational improvements in technology and human resources, including key management hires, and are developing scalable back-office operations to support the Laureate International Universities network, including implementing a vertically integrated information technology, finance, accounting and human resources organization that, among other things, are designed to enhance our analytical capabilities. Finally, over the past several years, we have invested heavily in technology-enabled solutions to enhance the student experience, increase penetration of our hybrid offerings and optimize efficiency throughout our network. We believe these investments have created an intellectual property advantage that has further differentiated our offerings from local market competitors.

        The Laureate International Universities network enables us to educate our students locally, while connecting them to an international community with a global perspective. Our students can take advantage of shared curricula, optional international programs and services, including English language instruction, dual-degree and study abroad programs and other benefits offered by other institutions in

159


Table of Contents

our network. We believe that the benefits of the network translate into better career opportunities and higher earnings potential for our graduates.

        The institutions in the Laureate International Universities network offer a broad range of undergraduate and graduate degrees through campus-based, online and hybrid programs. As of September 30, 2015, 93% of our students attended traditional, campus-based institutions offering multi-year degrees, similar to leading private and public higher education institutions in the United States and Europe. In addition, as of September 30, 2015, approximately two thirds of our students were enrolled in programs of four or more years in duration. Our programs are designed with a distinct emphasis on applied, professional-oriented content for growing career fields and are focused on specific academic disciplines, or verticals, that we believe demonstrate strong employment opportunities and provide high earnings potential for our students, including:

GRAPHIC

        Across these academic disciplines, we continually and proactively adapt our curriculum to the needs of the market, including emphasizing the core STEM (science, technology, engineering and math) and business disciplines. We believe the STEM and business disciplines present attractive areas of study to students, especially in developing countries where there exists a strong and ongoing focus to develop and retain professionally trained individuals. In the last five years, we have more than doubled our enrollment of students pursuing degrees in Business & Management, Medicine & Health Sciences and Engineering & Information Technology, our three largest disciplines. We believe the work of our graduates in these disciplines creates a positive impact on the communities we serve and strengthens our institutions' reputations within their respective markets.

        Across the world, we operate institutions that address regional, national and local supply and demand imbalances in higher education. As the global leader in higher education, we believe we are uniquely positioned to effectively deliver high-quality education across different brands and tuition levels in the markets in which we operate. In many developing markets, traditional higher education students (defined as 18-24 year olds) have historically been served by public universities, which have limited capacity and are often underfunded, resulting in an inability to meet growing student demands and employer requirements. Our institutions in these markets offer traditional higher education students a private education alternative, often with multiple brands and price points in each market, with innovative programs and strong career-driven outcomes. In many of these same markets, non-traditional students such as working adults and distance learners have limited options for pursuing higher education. Through targeted programs and multiple teaching modalities, we are able to serve the differentiated needs of this unique demographic. Our flexible approach across geographies allows Laureate to access a broader addressable market of students by efficiently tailoring institutions to meet the needs of a particular geography and student population.

        We have four reporting segments, which are summarized in the table below. We group our institutions by geography in Latin America, Europe and Asia, Middle East and Africa for reporting purposes. Our GPS segment includes institutions that have products and services that span the Laureate

160


Table of Contents

International Universities network and attract students from across geographic boundaries, including our fully online universities.

GRAPHIC

        The following information for our operating segments is presented as of September 30, 2015, except where otherwise indicated:

 
  LatAm   Europe   AMEA   GPS   Total  

Countries

    8     7     7     8     28 *

Institutions

    30     21     22     15     88  

Enrollments (rounded to nearest thousand)

    809,000     53,000     83,000     81,000     1,026,000  

LTM ended September 30, 2015 Revenues ($ in millions)‡

  $ 2,556.9   $ 465.8   $ 423.5   $ 1,038.8   $ 4,470.4  

% Contribution to LTM ended September 30, 2015 Revenues‡

    57 %   10 %   10 %   23 %   100 %

*
Our AMEA and GPS segments both have institutions located in China and our Europe and GPS segments both have institutions located in Spain. The total reflects the elimination of this duplication.

The elimination of inter-segment revenues and amounts related to Corporate, which total $14.6 million, is not separately presented.

Our Industry

        We are the leader in the global market for higher education, which is characterized by a significant imbalance between supply and demand, especially in developing economies. In many countries, demand for higher education is large and growing. GSV estimates that higher education institutions will account for total revenues of approximately $1.5 trillion globally in 2015, with the higher education market expected to grow by approximately 5% per annum through 2020. Global growth in higher education is being fueled by several demographic and economic factors, including a growing middle class, global growth in services and technology-related industries and recognition of the significant personal and

161


Table of Contents

economic benefits gained by graduates of higher education institutions. At the same time, many governments have limited resources to devote to higher education, resulting in a diminished ability by the public sector to meet growing demand, and creating opportunities for private education providers to enter these markets and deliver high-quality education. As a result, the private sector plays a large and growing role in higher education globally. While the Laureate International Universities network is the largest global network of degree-granting higher education institutions in the world, as of September 30, 2015, our total enrollment of more than one million students represented only 0.5% of worldwide higher education students.

        Large, Growing and Underpenetrated Population of Qualified Higher Education Students.     According to UNESCO, 198.6 million students worldwide were enrolled in higher education institutions in 2013, nearly double the 99.7 million students enrolled in 2000, and approximately 90% of those students were enrolled at institutions outside of the United States as of 2013. In many countries, including throughout Latin America, Asia and other developing regions, there is growing demand for higher education based on favorable demographics, increasing secondary completion rates and increasing higher education participation rates, resulting in continued growth in higher education enrollments. While global participation rates have increased for traditional higher education students (defined as 18-24 year olds), the market for higher education is still significantly underpenetrated, particularly in developing countries. Given the low penetration rates, many governments in developing countries have a stated goal of increasing the number of students participating in higher education. For example, Mexico's participation rate increased from approximately 16% to approximately 22% from 2003 to 2013, and the Mexican government has set a goal of increasing the number of students enrolled in higher education by 17% over the next four years. Other developing countries with large addressable markets are similarly underpenetrated as evidenced by the following participation rates for 2013: Saudi Arabia (36%), Brazil (31%), China (22%) and India (19%), all of which are well below rates of developed countries such as the United States and Spain, which in 2013 had participation rates of approximately 63% and approximately 60%, respectively.

        Strong Economic Incentives for Higher Education.     According to the Brookings Institution, approximately 1.8 billion people in the world composed the middle class in 2009, a number that is expected to more than double by 2030 to almost five billion people. We believe that members of this large and growing group seek advanced education opportunities for themselves and their children in recognition of the vast differential in earnings potential with and without higher education. According to data from the OECD, in certain European markets in which we operate, the earnings from employment for an adult completing higher education were approximately 59% higher than those of an adult with just an upper secondary education, while in the United States the differential was approximately 74%. This income gap is even more pronounced in many developing countries around the world, including a differential of approximately 160% in Chile and approximately 147% in Brazil. OECD statistics also show that overall employment rates are greater for individuals completing higher education than for those who have not completed upper secondary education. In addition, we believe as economies around the world are increasingly based on the services sector, they will require significant investment in human capital, advanced education and specialized training to produce knowledgeable professionals. We believe the cumulative impact of favorable demographic and socio-economic trends, coupled with the superior earnings potential of higher education graduates, will continue to expand the market for private higher education.

        Increasing Role of the Private Sector in Higher Education.     In many of our markets, the private sector plays a meaningful role in higher education, bridging supply and demand imbalances created by a lack of capacity at public universities. In addition to capacity limitations, we believe that limited public resources, and the corresponding policy reforms to make higher education systems less dependent on the financial and operational support of local governments, have resulted in increased enrollments in private institutions relative to public institutions.

162


Table of Contents

        According to the OECD, from 2003 to 2012, the number of students enrolled in private institutions grew from approximately 26% to approximately 30% of total enrollments within OECD countries. For example, Brazil and Chile rely heavily upon private institutions to deliver quality higher education to students, with approximately 71% and approximately 84%, respectively, of higher education students in these countries enrolled in private institutions in 2012.

        The decrease in government funding to public higher education institutions in recent years has served to spur the growth of private institutions, as tuitions have been increasingly funded by private sources. On average, OECD countries experienced a decrease in public funding from approximately 75% of total funding in 2000 to approximately 69% in 2011. For example, Mexico experienced a decrease in public funding as a percentage of total funding of approximately 12% during the same period. We believe these trends have increased demand for competitive private institutions as public institutions are unable to meet the demand of students and families around the world, especially in developing markets.

        Greater Accessibility to Higher Education through Online and Hybrid Offerings.     Improving Internet broadband infrastructure and new instruction methodologies designed for the online medium have driven increased acceptance of the online modality globally. According to a survey of over 2,800 responses from chief academic officers and other officials at U.S. universities conducted by the Babson Survey Research Group, approximately 74% of academic leaders rated online learning outcomes as the same or superior to classroom learning in 2014, up from approximately 57% in 2003. GSV estimates that the online higher education market will grow by a CAGR of approximately 25%, from $49 billion in 2012 to $149 billion in 2017. Additionally, new online and hybrid education offerings have enabled the cost-effective delivery of higher education, while improving overall affordability and accessibility for students. We believe that increasing student demand, coupled with growing employer and regulatory acceptance of degrees obtained through online and hybrid modalities, will continue to drive significant growth in the online and hybrid higher education market globally.

Our Strengths and Competitive Advantages

        We believe our key competitive strengths that will enable us to execute our growth strategy include the following:

        First Mover and Leader in Global Higher Education.     In 1999, we made our first investment in global higher education. Since that time, the Laureate International Universities network has grown to include 88 institutions in 28 countries that enroll more than one million students, of which approximately 95% were outside of the United States as of September 30, 2015. Our growth has been the result of numerous organic initiatives, supplemented by successfully completing and integrating 41 acquisitions since August 2007, substantially all of which were completed through private negotiations and not as part of an auction process. Given our size and status as the first mover in many of our markets, we have been able to acquire many marquee assets, which we believe will help us maintain our market-leading position due to the considerable time and expense it would take a competitor to establish an integrated network of international universities of similar scale with the brands, intellectual property and accreditations that we possess.

        Long-Standing and Reputable University Brands Delivering High Quality Education.     We believe we have established a reputation for providing high-quality higher education around the world, and that our schools are among the most respected higher education brands in their local markets. Many of our institutions have over 40-year histories, with some institutions approaching 100 years. In addition to long-standing presences in their local communities, many of our institutions are ranked among the best in their respective countries. For example, the Barómetro de la Educación Superior has ranked Universidad Andrés Bello as a top university in Chile. Similarly, in Brazil, Universidade Anhembi Morumbi is ranked by Guia do Estudante as one of São Paulo's top universities, and in Europe, L'Usine Nouvelle ranks École Centrale d'Electronique among the top ten private engineering schools in France.

163


Table of Contents

The institutions within Laureate's GPS segment have also received recognition for academic excellence. Les Roches International School of Hotel Management and the Glion Institute of Higher Education have been named as two of the world's top three hospitality management institutions for an international career in the hospitality industry by TNS.

        Our strong brands are perpetuated by our student-centric focus and our mission to provide greater access to cost-effective, high-quality higher education, which allows more students to pursue their academic and career aspirations. We are committed to continually evaluating our institutions to ensure we are providing the highest quality education to our students. Our proprietary management tool, LEAF, is used to evaluate institutional performance based on 44 unique criteria across five different categories: Employability, Learning Experience, Personal Experience, Access & Outreach and Academic Excellence. LEAF, in conjunction with additional external assessment methodologies, such as QS Stars™, allows us to identify key areas for improvement in order to drive a culture of quality and continual innovation at our institutions. For example, more than 96% of students attending Laureate institutions in Brazil are enrolled in an institution with an IGC score (an indicator used by the Brazilian Ministry of Education to evaluate the quality of higher education institutions) that has improved since 2010. In addition, our Brazilian institutions' IGC scores have increased by approximately 19% on average from 2010 to 2013, placing three of our institutions in the top quintile, and nine (encompassing approximately 96% of our student enrollment in Brazil) in the top half of all private higher education institutions in the country.

        Many of our institutions and programs have earned the highest accreditation available, which provides us with a strong competitive advantage in local markets. For example, we serve more than 200,000 students in the fields of medicine and health sciences on over 100 campuses throughout the Laureate International Universities network, including 21 medical schools and 19 dental schools. Medical school licenses are often the most difficult to obtain and are only granted to institutions that meet rigorous standards. We believe the existence of medical schools at many of our institutions further validates the quality of our institutions and programs. Similarly, other institutions have received numerous specialized accreditations, including those for Ph.D. programs.

        Superior Outcomes for Our Students.     We offer high-quality undergraduate, graduate and specialized programs in a wide range of disciplines that generate strong interest from students and provide attractive employment prospects. We design our programs to prepare students to contribute productively in their chosen professions upon employment. Our curriculum development process includes employer surveys and ongoing research into business trends to determine the skills and knowledge base that will be required by those employers in the future. This information results in timely curriculum upgrades, which helps ensure that our graduates acquire the skills that will make them marketable to employers. In 2014, we commissioned a study by Millward Brown, a leading third-party market research organization, of graduates at Laureate institutions representing over 60% of total Laureate enrollments. Graduates at 12 of our 13 surveyed international institutions achieved, on average, equal or higher employment rates within 12 months of graduation as compared to graduates of other institutions in the same markets, and in all of our premium institutions surveyed, graduates achieved higher starting salaries as compared to graduates of other institutions in those same markets (salary premium to market benchmarks ranged from approximately 6% to approximately 118%).

        Robust technology and intellectual property platform.     By virtue of our 15 years of experience operating in a global environment, managing campus-based institutions across multiple disciplines and developing and administering online programs and curricula, we have developed an extensive collection of intellectual property. We believe this collection of intellectual property, which includes online capabilities, campus design and management, recruitment of transnational students, faculty training, curriculum design and quality assurance, among other proprietary solutions, provides our students a truly differentiated learning experience and creates a significant competitive advantage for our institutions over competitors.

164


Table of Contents

        A critical element of our intellectual property is a suite of proprietary technology solutions. Select examples include OneCampus , which connects students across our network with shared online courses and digital experiences, and Slingshot, an online career orientation tool that enables students to explore career paths through state-of-the-art interest assessment and rich content about hundreds of careers. Our commitment to investing in technology infrastructure, software and human capital ensures a high-quality educational experience for our students and faculty, while also providing us with the infrastructure to manage and scale our business.

        Our intellectual property has been a key driver in developing partnerships with prestigious independent institutions and governments globally. For example, we have partnered with other traditional public and private higher education institutions as a provider of online services. We have operated this model for more than ten years with the University of Liverpool in the United Kingdom and, more recently, we have added new partnerships with the University of Roehampton in the United Kingdom and the University of Miami in the United States. Additionally, in 2013, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia launched the College of Excellence program with a long-term goal of opening 100 new technical colleges, and sought private operators to manage the institutions on its behalf under an operating model in which the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia funds the capital requirements to build the institutions, and the private operator runs the academic operations under a contract model. As of September 30, 2015, we have been awarded contracts to operate eight of the 37 colleges for which contracts have been awarded to date, more than any other provider in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

        Scale and Diversification of Our Global Network.     The Laureate International Universities network is diversified across 28 countries, 88 campus-based and online institutions and over 2,500 programs. Additionally, in many markets, we have multiple institutions serving different segments of the population, at different price points and with different academic offerings. Although the majority of our institutions serve the premium segment of the market, we also have expanded our portfolio of offerings in many markets to include high-quality value and technical-vocational institutions. By serving multiple segments of the market, all with high-quality offerings, we are able to continue to expand our enrollments during varying economic cycles. We believe there is no other public or private organization that commands comparable global reach or scale.

        Our global network allows our institutions to bring their distinctive identities together with our proprietary international content, managerial best practices and international programs. Through collaboration across the global network, we can efficiently share academic curricula and resources, create dual degree programs and student exchanges, develop our faculty and incorporate best practices throughout the organization. In addition, our wide-ranging network allows us to continue to scale our business by facilitating the expansion of existing programs and campuses, the launch of new programs, the opening of new campuses in areas of high demand and the strategic acquisition and integration of new institutions into our network. For example, the resources and support of our global network have had a demonstrated impact on our Medicine & Health Sciences expansion effort, which has resulted in enrollment growth from approximately 75,000 students in 2009 to more than 200,000 students in 2014. Furthermore, the existing breadth of our network allows us to provide a high-quality educational experience to our students, while simultaneously accessing the broadest addressable market for our offerings.

        In recognition of the benefits of our international scale, and in order to formalize our organizational focus on the opportunities presented by our established network, we created the LNO in 2015. The LNO is an important resource that allows us, among other things, to better leverage our expertise in the online modality to increase the frequency and effectiveness of online and hybrid learning opportunities across the network.

165


Table of Contents

        To further illustrate the breadth and diversity of our global network, the charts below show the mix of our geographic revenues, programs, modality and levels of study:

GRAPHIC

    Attractive Financial Model.

    Strong and Consistent Growth.   We have a proven track record of delivering strong financial results through various economic cycles. From 2009 to 2014, our revenues and Adjusted EBITDA grew at a CAGR of 13.3% and 15.9%, respectively (13.3% and 15.4% on a constant currency basis, respectively), although we continued to generate net losses each year. During this same period, we realized constant currency revenue growth of at least 10.3% every year. Adjusted for acquisitions, our average annual organic revenue growth over the same period was 9.9% (11.3% on a constant currency basis). For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see "Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

    Private Pay Model.   Approximately 80% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 were generated from private pay sources. We believe students' and families' willingness to allocate personal resources to fund higher education at our institutions validates our strong value proposition.

    Revenue Visibility Enhanced by Program Length and Strong Retention.   The majority of the academic programs offered by our institutions last between three and five years, and approximately two thirds of our students were enrolled in programs of at least four years or more in duration, as of September 30, 2015. The length of our programs provides us with a high degree of revenue visibility, which historically has led to more predictable financial results. Given that our fall student intake is substantially completed by the end of September, we have visibility into approximately 70% of the following year's revenues, assuming retention and graduation rates in line with historical performance. We actively monitor and manage student retention because of the impact it has on student outcomes and our financial results. The historical annual

166


Table of Contents

      student retention rate, which we define as the proportion of prior year students returning in the current year (excluding graduating students), of over 80% has not varied by more than 3% in any one year over the last five years. Given our high degree of revenue visibility, we are able to make attractive capital investments and execute other strategic initiatives to help drive sustainable growth in our business.

    Attractive Return on Incremental Invested Capital.   Our capital investments since inception have created significant scale and have also laid the foundation for continued strong organic growth. Given that we have already made foundational infrastructure investments in many of our core markets, we expect to recognize attractive returns on incremental invested capital deployed. As of December 31, 2014, our three-year ROIIC was 26.1%. For more information on ROIIC, see "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

        Proven Management Team.     We have an experienced and talented senior management team, with strong international expertise from a wide variety of industry-leading global companies. Our executive officers have been with us an average of 11 years and have led our transformation into the largest global network of degree-granting higher education institutions in the world. Douglas L. Becker, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and founder, has led our Company since its inception in 1989 and has cultivated an entrepreneurial and collaborative management culture. This entrepreneurial leadership style has been complemented by an executive management team with broad global experience, enabling us to institute strong governance practices throughout our network. The strength of the management team has enabled the sharing of best practices, allowing us to capitalize on favorable market dynamics and leading to the successful integration of numerous institutions into the Laureate International Universities network. In addition, we have strong regional and local management teams with a deep understanding of the local markets, that are focused on meeting the needs of our students and communities, and maintaining key relationships with regulators and business leaders. Our management team has a proven track record of gaining the trust and respect of the many regulatory authorities that are critical to our business.

Our Growth Strategy

        We intend to continue to focus on growing the Laureate International Universities network through the following key strategies:

        Expand Programs, Demographics and Capacity.     We will continue to focus on opportunities to expand our programs and the type of students that we serve, as well as our capacity in our markets to meet local demand. We also intend to continue to improve the performance of each of our institutions by adopting best practices that have been successful at other institutions in the Laureate International Universities network. We believe these initiatives will drive organic growth and provide an attractive return on capital. In particular, we intend to:

    Add New Programs and Course Offerings.   We will continue to develop new programs and course offerings to address the changing needs in the markets we serve by using shared curricula available through the network, and in consultation with leading local businesses. New programs and course offerings enable us to consistently provide a high-quality education that is desired by students and prospective employers. As we optimize our offerings to deliver courses in high-demand disciplines, we also believe we will be able to increase enrollment and improve utilization at institutions across our network.

    Expand Target Student Demographics.   In many of our markets, we use sophisticated analytical techniques to identify opportunities to provide quality education to new or underserved student populations where market demand is not being met, such as non-traditional students (e.g., working adults) who may value flexible scheduling options, as well as traditional students. Our ability to provide quality education to these underserved markets has provided additional growth to the Laureate International Universities network and we intend to leverage our

167


Table of Contents

      management capabilities and local knowledge to further capitalize on these higher education opportunities in new and existing markets. As we expand in a particular country or region, we often develop tailored programs to address the unmet needs of these markets.

    Increase Capacity at Existing and New Campus Locations.   We will continue to make demand-driven investments in additional capacity throughout the Laureate International Universities network by expanding existing campuses and opening new campuses, including in new cities. We employ a highly analytical process based on economic and demographic trends, and demand data for the local market to determine when and where to expand capacity. When opening a new campus or expanding existing facilities, we use best practices that we have developed over more than the past decade to cost-effectively expedite the opening and development of that location.

We have successfully implemented these strategies at many of our institutions. For example, at UVM Mexico we grew total enrollments from approximately 37,000 students in 2002 to approximately 126,000 in 2014. This growth was the result of the introduction of new programs, including in the fields of health sciences, engineering and hospitality, the addition of 23 new campus locations (from 13 in 2002 to 36 in 2014), and the ability to serve new market segments such as working adults. While UVM Mexico has grown into the largest private institution in Mexico, our relentless focus on academic quality remains. In fact, UVM Mexico has improved from the 9 th ranked institution in 2004 to the 4 th ranked institution in 2015 according to Guía Universitaria.

        Expand Penetration of Online and Hybrid Offerings.     We intend to increase the number of our students who receive their education through fully online or hybrid programs to meet the growing demand of younger generations that continue to embrace technology. Over the past decade, the global population with Internet access has continued to grow, and Forrester estimates a total of 3.5 billion people will have Internet access by 2017, representing nearly half of the world's population. Additionally, in many of our markets, online education is becoming more accepted by regulators and education professionals as an effective means of providing quality higher education. As the quality and acceptance of online education increases globally, we plan to continue investing in both expanding our stand-alone online course offerings and enhancing our traditional campus-based course offerings via complementary online delivery, creating a hybrid delivery model. We believe our history of success with Walden University, a fully online institution in the United States, and our well-developed online program offerings will provide a considerable advantage over local competitors, enabling us to combine our strong local brands with our experience in delivering online education. Over the next five years, our goal is to increase the number of student credit hours taken online, which was less than 10% as of September 30, 2015, to approximately 25%. Some of our network institutions are already implementing online programs with significant progress being made. For example, at Universidad Europea de Madrid in Spain, approximately 19% of our students took at least one online course as of September 30, 2015. Our online initiative is designed to not only provide our students with access to the technology platforms and innovative programs they expect, but also to increase our enrollment in a more capital efficient manner, leveraging current infrastructure and improving classroom utilization.

        Expand Presence in AMEA.     AMEA represents the largest higher education market opportunity in the world with more than 120 million students enrolled in higher education institutions in 2013, according to UNESCO. Despite the large number of students enrolled, participation rates in the region suggest significantly underpenetrated enrollment given the strong imbalance between the supply and demand for higher education.

        In 2008, we entered the AMEA higher education market with our acquisition of an interest in INTI Education Group in Malaysia. In the last seven years, we have grown our AMEA footprint to include 22 institutions in seven countries, serving approximately 83,000 students as of September 30, 2015, representing an enrollment CAGR of approximately 23% since entering the region in 2008. Recent expansion in the AMEA region includes eight Colleges of Excellence in the Kingdom of Saudi

168


Table of Contents

Arabia, and our first institution in Sub-Saharan Africa in 2013, Monash South Africa. In anticipation of continued growth, we have made significant investments in the region, including hiring an experienced regional management team and establishing the infrastructure to help facilitate growth and further expand our footprint in the region. We plan to continue to expand our presence in AMEA by prioritizing markets based on demographic, market and regulatory factors, while seeking attractive returns on capital.

        Accelerate Partnership and Services Model Globally.     As the global leader in higher education, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on additional opportunities in the form of partnership and service models that are designed to address the growing needs of traditional institutions and governments around the world.

        Increasingly more complex services and operating capabilities are required by higher education institutions to address the needs of students effectively, and we believe our expertise and knowledge will allow us to leverage our intellectual property and technology to serve this market need. We have partnered with traditional public and private education institutions as a provider of online services and we believe there will be opportunities to expand that platform under similar relationships with other prestigious independent institutions in the future. Additionally, we are continually adding to our suite of solutions, and we believe many of these products and services will provide additional contractual and licensing opportunities for us in the future. For example, in recent years we have significantly advanced our digital teaching and learning efforts through proprietary technology-enabled solutions such as:

    OneFolio, an online tool that connects Laureate faculty members, instructional designers, and learning architects to valuable digital resources they can use to enhance the student learning experience.

    Laureate Languages, which provides digital language learning solutions to our students and faculty in the areas of General English, Professional English and English for Academic Purposes, as well as teacher training and assessment.

        Additionally, governments around the world are increasingly focused on increasing participation rates and often do not have an established or scalable public sector platform with the necessary expertise to accomplish that objective, and therefore are willing to fund private sector solutions. We believe our current partnership with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, where we were selected as their largest partner, is a demonstration of how our distinct portfolio of solutions differentiates us from other providers who participated in the selection process. We are in active discussion with other governments regarding similar partnerships, as well as other solutions that we can provide to existing and new partners, and we anticipate this could be a source of additional revenue for us in the future.

        Increase Operating Efficiencies through Centralization and Standardization.     In 2014, we launched EiP as an enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize our processes to enable sustained growth and margin expansion. The program aims to enable vertical integration of procurement, information technology, finance, accounting and human resources, thus enabling us to fully leverage the growing size and scope of our local operations. Specifically, we have developed and begun to deploy regional SSOs around the world, which will process most back-office and non-student facing transactions for the institutions in the Laureate International Universities network, such as accounting, finance and procurement. The implementation of EiP and regional SSOs are expected to generate significant cost savings throughout the network as we eliminate redundant processes and better leverage our global scale. In addition, centralized information technology, product development and content management will allow us to propagate best practices throughout the Laureate International Universities network and capitalize on efficiencies to help improve performance. We anticipate EiP will require an investment of approximately $180 million from 2015 to 2017, with the first significant investments already having been made in 2015. These investments have already begun to generate cost savings and, upon completion of the project, we expect these efficiencies to generate approximately $100 million in annual cost savings in 2019, while also enhancing our internal controls and the speed of integration of new acquisitions. We

169


Table of Contents

also believe these initiatives will enhance the student experience by improving the quality of our operations and by enabling additional reinvestment in facilities, faculty and course offerings.

        Target Strategic Acquisitions.     Since being taken private in August 2007, we have made 41 acquisitions with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.0 billion, including assumed debt. Substantially all of these acquisitions were completed through private negotiations and not as part of an auction process, which we believe demonstrates our standing as a partner of choice. We intend to continue to expand through the selective acquisition of institutions in new and existing markets. We employ a highly disciplined approach to acquisitions by focusing on key characteristics that make certain markets particularly attractive for private higher education, such as demographics, economic and social factors, the presence of a stable political environment and a regulatory climate that values private higher education. When we enter a new market or industry sector, we target institutions with well-regarded reputations and which are well-respected by regulators. We also invest time and resources to understand the managerial, financial and academic resources of the prospect and the resources we can bring to that institution. After an acquisition, we focus on organic growth and financial returns by applying best practices and integrating, both operationally and financially, the institution into the Laureate International Universities network, and we have a strong track record of success. For all the institutions we acquired between 1999 and September 30, 2010, we achieved average enrollment and revenue CAGRs of approximately 15% and approximately 20%, respectively, in the four full years following the first anniversary of the acquisition. Additionally, we bring programs and expertise to increase the quality and reputation of institutions after we acquire them, and assist them in earning new forms of licenses and accreditations. We believe our experienced management team, history of strong financial performance rooted in the successful integration of previous acquisitions, local contacts and cultural understanding makes us the leading choice for higher education institutions seeking to join an international educational network.

Our History and Sponsor

        We were founded in 1989 as Sylvan Learning Systems, Inc., a provider of a broad array of supplemental and remedial educational services. In 1999, we made our first investment in global higher education with our acquisition of Universidad Europea de Madrid, and in 2001 we entered the market for online delivery of higher education services in the United States with our acquisition of Walden University. In 2003, we sold the principal operations that made up our then K-12 educational services business and certain venture investments deemed not strategic to our higher education business, and in 2004 we changed our name to Laureate Education, Inc. Between the time we sold the K-12 educational services business in 2003 and August 2007, we acquired nine institutions for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $160 million, including assumed debt, and entered seven new countries.

        In August 2007, we were acquired in a leveraged buyout by the Wengen Investors for an aggregate total purchase price of $3.8 billion, including $1.7 billion of debt, all of which has been refinanced or replaced. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness—The fact that we have substantial debt could materially adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy or to react to changes in the economy or our industry." We believe that these investors have embraced our mission, commitment to academic quality and ongoing focus to provide a social benefit to the communities we serve.

        Since being taken private in August 2007, we have undertaken several initiatives to continually improve the quality of our programs and outcomes for our students, while expanding our scale and geographic presence, and strengthening our organization and management team. From August 2007 to September 30, 2015, we completed 41 acquisitions with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2 billion, including assumed debt, bringing our total institution count to 88, and entered 11 new countries.

170


Table of Contents

        In early 2013, the IFC Investors collectively invested $200 million in our common stock. IFC is a global development institution that helps developing countries achieve sustainable growth by financing investment in international financial markets and providing advisory services to businesses and governments.

        In December 2013, the board of directors of Wengen and Laureate authorized the combination of Laureate and Laureate Asia. Laureate Asia was a subsidiary of Wengen that provided higher education programs and services to students through a network of licensed institutions located in Australia, China, India, Malaysia and Thailand. Wengen transferred 100% of the equity of Laureate Asia to Laureate. The transaction is accounted for as a transfer between entities under common control and, accordingly, the accounts of Laureate Asia are retrospectively included in the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Programs

        We believe the diversity afforded by our program offerings helps insulate us against an economic downturn in any one area of study. We offer our programs through traditional classroom instruction as well as partially or fully online methods that we believe are attractive to both traditional students and working adults, a fast-growing cohort that we expect to represent an increasing part of our revenue mix in the future. Our fully online programs offer our students a convenient and cost-effective alternative to traditional classroom instruction and currently enroll students from over 175 countries worldwide. Our educational institutions offer a diverse range of academic programs, at the undergraduate and graduate level, including:

    Business & Management:    Undergraduate and graduate programs in Accounting, Economics, Finance, Human Resources, International Business, Management and Marketing.

    Medical & Health Sciences:    Undergraduate and graduate programs in Aesthetics, Dentistry, Medicine, Nursing, Nutrition, Optometry, Pharmacy, Physical Therapy, Psychology and Veterinary Sciences.

    Engineering & Information Technology:    Undergraduate and graduate programs in Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Environmental Engineering, Computer Networks, Industrial Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Renewable Energies, Software Development and Telecommunications.

    Architecture, Art & Design:    Undergraduate and graduate programs in Architecture, Contemporary Art, Culture, Dance, Fashion Design, Game Design, Graphic Design, Interior Design, Music and Theater.

    Education:    Undergraduate and graduate programs in multiple fields including Educational Theory, History, Language and Literature, Music, Post-secondary Education, Primary & Secondary Education, Sciences and Special Education.

    Law & Legal Studies:    Undergraduate and graduate programs in Business Law, Contract Law, Criminal Justice Studies, Intellectual Property and Real Estate Law.

    Communications:    Undergraduate and graduate programs in Communication Sciences, Corporate Communications, Journalism, Media Management and Public Relations.

    Hospitality Management:    Undergraduate and graduate programs in Culinary Arts, Event Management, Hotel Management and Tourism Management.

        Our educational institutions also offer upper secondary programs in Mexico. Our operational infrastructure and management approach are highly flexible and enable us to adapt quickly to unique situations and evolving international market trends. We continually monitor our programs that have been successful in their native markets and assess the ability to successfully provide a similar offering in

171


Table of Contents

other markets. This approach allows us to readily disseminate global best practices across different fields of study, optimize our educational delivery for the benefit of our students and further differentiate us from our locally based competition. We also provide convenient and flexible instructional delivery methods that allow students to attend classes, complete coursework and pursue a degree partially or entirely via distance learning, thereby increasing the convenience, accessibility and flexibility of our campus-based educational programs. We expect to leverage our already strong standing in these program areas through the continued development of rich media content, while bolstering our degree programs in other areas of study. We believe these flexible offerings distinguish us from many traditional universities that currently do not effectively address the flexibility required by students.

        Many of our institutions have medical, dental and other health sciences programs that include providing clinical training to their students. As part of our commitment to civic engagement, we provide free or low-cost medical care to local community members. In 2014, over 150,000 patients were served by our institutions.

Our Operating Segments

LatAm

        As of the date of this prospectus, our LatAm segment consists of 30 licensed higher education institutions and has operations in Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Honduras, Mexico, Panama and Peru at which we enrolled approximately 809,000 students as of September 30, 2015. Our LatAm segment includes one institution in Ecuador with which we have contractual arrangements that are managed within the segment. The institutions primarily serve 18- to 24-year-old students and offer an education that emphasizes professional-oriented fields of study with undergraduate and graduate degrees in a wide range of disciplines, including business, education, hospitality management, law, health sciences, information technology and engineering.

172


Table of Contents

        The following table presents information about the institutions in our LatAm segment (unless otherwise noted, we own each of these institutions):

Country
  Higher Education Institution   Year Joined
Laureate
Network
  Year
Founded
 
Brazil   Universidade Anhembi Morumbi (UAM Brazil)     2005     1970  
    Universidade Potiguar (UnP)     2007     1981  
    Faculdade dos Guararapes (FG)     2007     2002  
    Faculdade Internacional da Paraíba (FPB)     2007     2005  
    Business School São Paulo (BSP)     2008     1994  
    Centro Universitário do Norte (UniNorte)     2008     1994  
    Faculdade de Desenvolvimento do Rio Grande do Sul (Fadergs)     2008     2004  
    Instituto Brasileiro de Medicina de Reabilitação (Uni IBMR)     2009     1974  
    Universidade Salvador (UNIFACS)     2010     1972  
    Centro Universitário Ritter dos Reis (UniRitter)     2010     1971  
    Faculdade dos Guararapes de Recife (FGR)     2012     1990  
    FMU Education Group (FMU)     2014     1968  
    Faculdade Porto-Alegrense (FAPA)     2014     2008  

Chile

 

Universidad de Las Américas (UDLA Chile)

 

 

2000

*

 

1988

 
    Instituto Profesional AIEP (AIEP)     2003     1960  
    Universidad Andrés Bello (UNAB)     2003 *   1989  
    IEDE Escuela de Negocios (IEDE Chile)     2006     1994  
    Instituto Profesional Escuela Moderna de Música (EMM)     2008     1940  
    Universidad Viña del Mar (UVM Chile)     2009 *   1988  

Costa Rica

 

Universidad Latina de Costa Rica (ULatina)

 

 

2003

 

 

1989

 
    Universidad Americana (UAM Costa Rica)     2008     1998  

Ecuador

 

Universidad de Las Américas (UDLA Ecuador)

 

 

2003


 

1995

 

Honduras

 

Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC Honduras)

 

 

2005

*

 

1987

 

Mexico

 

Universidad del Valle de México (UVM Mexico)

 

 

2000

 

 

1960

 
    Universidad Tecnológica de México (UNITEC Mexico)     2008     1966  

Panama

 

Universidad Interamericana de Panamá (UIP)

 

 

2003

 

 

1994

 

Peru

 

Universidad Peruana de Ciencias Aplicadas (UPC)

 

 

2004

 

 

1994

 
    CIBERTEC     2004     1983  
    Universidad Privada del Norte (UPN)     2007     1994  
    Instituto Tecnológico del Norte (ITN)     2007     1984  

*
Not-for-profit institution consolidated by Laureate as a variable interest entity.
Not-for-profit institution not consolidated by Laureate.

        Our LatAm institutions consist of:

    Brazil

    Universidade Anhembi Morumbi (UAM Brazil).   Founded in 1970, UAM Brazil provides undergraduate and graduate degrees in architecture, arts, business administration, communications, design, education, engineering/technology, health sciences, medicine and hospitality management. UAM Brazil is located in São Paulo, State of São Paulo.

    Universidade Potiguar (UnP).   Founded in 1981, UnP offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in business administration, engineering/technology, health sciences, medicine, law and social sciences. UnP has campuses located in Natal and Mossoró, Rio Grande do Norte.

173


Table of Contents

    Faculdade dos Guararapes (FG).   Founded in 2002, FG offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in business administration, education, health sciences, law, engineering and technology to its students. FG is located in Jaboatão dos Guararapes, Pernambuco.

    Faculdade Internacional da Paraíba (FPB).   FPB was founded in 2005 and delivers undergraduate degree programs in business administration, law, nutrition, nursing, environmental engineering and gastronomy. FPB is located in João Pessoa, Paraíba.

    Business School São Paulo (BSP).   Founded in 1994, BSP focuses on the development of business leaders with a strong international perspective. BSP offers masters of business administration, certificates and executive education programs in management, leadership, international business and strategy. BSP is located in São Paulo, State of São Paulo.

    Centro Universitário do Norte (UniNorte).   Founded in 1994, UniNorte offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in architecture, business, education, health sciences, social sciences and technology. UniNorte is located in Manaus, Amazonas.

    Faculdade de Desenvolvimento do Rio Grande do Sul (Fadergs).   Founded in 2004, Fadergs (formerly known as ESADE) offers undergraduate and graduate courses in accounting, business administration, economics, law and psychology. Fadergs is located in Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul.

    Instituto Brasileiro de Medicina de Reabilitação (Uni IBMR).   Founded in 1974, Uni IBMR delivers undergraduate and graduate degrees in business administration, hospitality management and health sciences. Uni IBMR is located in Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro.

    Universidade Salvador (UNIFACS).   Founded in 1972, UNIFACS students are enrolled in undergraduate and graduate programs in architecture, business administration, communication, computer science, design, engineering, health sciences and law. UNIFACS has campuses located in Salvador, Bahia.

    Centro Universitário Ritter dos Reis (UniRitter).   Founded in 1971, UniRitter offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in architecture, business, design and law. UniRitter has campuses located in Porto Alegre and Canoas, Rio Grande do Sul.

    Faculdade dos Guararapes de Recife (FGR).   Founded in 1990, FGR offers undergraduate programs in business administration, civil engineering, architecture and urbanism. FGR is located in Recife, Pernambuco. FGR also offers programs through:

    CEDEPE Business School (CEDEPE).   Founded in 1990, CEDEPE offers graduate business programs. CEDEPE is located in Recife, Pernambuco.

    FMU Education Group (FMU).   Founded in 1968, FMU offers undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs in arts and humanities, accounting, business, communications, design, engineering, information technology, law, health sciences, marketing, social sciences and veterinary medicine. With 70,000 students at eight campuses and online in São Paulo, State of São Paulo, FMU is the largest Laureate network institution in Brazil.

    Faculdade Porto-Alegrense (FAPA).   Founded in 2008, FAPA offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in business and education. FAPA is located in Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul.

    Chile

    Universidad de Las Américas (UDLA Chile).   Founded in 1988, UDLA Chile offers undergraduate and graduate programs in agricultural and environmental sciences, architecture, design and arts, business administration, education, engineering, law, health sciences and social

174


Table of Contents

      sciences. UDLA Chile has campuses located in Santiago, Concepción (southern Chile) and Viña del Mar (central Chile).

    Instituto Profesional AIEP (AIEP).   Founded in 1960, AIEP offers technical and professional certificates in business, information technology, communications, construction and civil works, cosmetology, fashion design, health sciences, social development, theater, sports and sound and television. AIEP has 20 campuses located in 16 cities throughout Chile.

    Universidad Andrés Bello (UNAB).   Founded in 1989, UNAB offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in architecture and design, business administration, communication, ecology and natural resources, education, engineering and information technology, health sciences, hospitality, human sciences, law and maritime studies. UNAB has campuses in Santiago, Concepción and Viña del Mar.

    IEDE Escuela de Negocios (IEDE Chile).   Founded in 1994 as a satellite campus of IEDE in Spain, IEDE Chile provides a wide range of graduate degree and management training programs focused on business administration. IEDE Chile is located in Santiago.

    Instituto Profesional Escuela Moderna de Música (EMM).   Founded in 1940, EMM delivers certificate and professional programs in dance and music. EMM is located in Santiago and Viña del Mar.

    Universidad de Viña del Mar (UVM Chile).   UVM Chile was founded in 1988 and offers undergraduate degrees in a variety of fields including architecture, agricultural sciences, art and design, communications, education, engineering, geography, health sciences, history, law, nursing and technology. UVM Chile has campuses in Viña del Mar.

    Costa Rica

            

    Universidad Latina de Costa Rica (ULatina).   ULatina was founded in 1989 and, in 2010, was combined with Universidad Interamericana de Costa Rica, which was founded in 1986 and joined the Laureate International Universities network in 2003. ULatina offers undergraduate, graduate and doctorate programs in business administration, education, engineering and architecture, health sciences, social sciences and hospitality management. ULatina has campuses in San José and regional sites located throughout Costa Rica.

    Universidad Americana (UAM Costa Rica).   Founded in 1998, UAM Costa Rica offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in advertising, business administration, education, engineering, graphic design and physical therapy. UAM Costa Rica has campuses located in San José, Cartago and Heredia, Costa Rica.

    Ecuador

    Universidad de Las Américas (UDLA Ecuador).   Founded in 1995, UDLA Ecuador offers technical/vocational, undergraduate and graduate programs in architecture, business administration and economics, communications, engineering and agricultural sciences, gastronomy, health sciences, hotel management and tourism, law, medicine and social sciences. UDLA Ecuador is located in Quito, Ecuador.

    Honduras

    Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC Honduras).   Founded in 1987, UNITEC Honduras offers technical/vocational, undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration, communications, engineering and information technology and health sciences. UNITEC Honduras launched Centro Universitario Tecnológico (CEUTEC) in 2005 to provide working adults with business administration, accounting, graphic design and information

175


Table of Contents

      technology degree programs. UNITEC Honduras has campuses located in Tegucigalpa, La Ceíba and San Pedro Sula.

    Mexico

    Universidad del Valle de México (UVM Mexico).   Founded in 1960, UVM Mexico delivers high school, undergraduate (traditional and working adult) and graduate programs in arts and humanities, economics/business administration, hospitality management, engineering, health sciences and social sciences. UVM Mexico is the largest private university in Mexico and the largest institution in the Laureate International Universities network. It has campuses located throughout Mexico.

    Universidad Tecnológica de México (UNITEC Mexico).   Founded in 1966, UNITEC Mexico offers high school, undergraduate and graduate programs in art and design, health sciences, business administration, engineering, sciences and social sciences. UNITEC has campuses in the Federal District of Mexico City, the State of Mexico and the State of Guanajuato.

    Panama

    Universidad Interamericana de Panamá (UIP).   Founded in 1994, UIP offers undergraduate, graduate and continuing education programs in administrative sciences, art, design and architecture, business administration, engineering, gastronomy, hotel management, human resources, information technology, law, maritime administration and tourism. In 2014, Universidad Latinoamericana de Ciencia y Tecnología (ULACIT), which was founded in 1991 and became a part of the Laureate International Universities network in 2004 was integrated into UIP. UIP is located in Panama City, Panama.

    Peru

    Universidad Peruana de Ciencias Aplicadas (UPC).   Founded in 1994, UPC offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in architecture, business administration, communications, design, economics, engineering, medicine and health sciences, music, hospitality management, law and psychology. UPC is located in Lima, Peru.

    CIBERTEC.   Founded in 1983, CIBERTEC offers technical and vocational programs in automotive mechanics, business administration, industrial electronics, electrical and construction engineering, graphic design and information technology. CIBERTEC has campuses in Lima and Arequipa, Peru.

    Universidad Privada del Norte (UPN).   Founded in 1994, UPN offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in accounting and finance, architecture, communications, engineering (civil, industrial and systems), international business, law, management, marketing, psychology and tourism. UPN has campuses in Trujillo, Cajamarca and Lima, Peru.

    Instituto Tecnológico del Norte (ITN).   Founded in 1984, ITN provides business administration, industrial electronics, electrical and construction engineering, graphic design and information technology degree programs. ITN is located in Trujillo, Peru.

    Tuition and Fees

        Tuition varies at each of the higher education institutions in our LatAm segment depending on the curriculum and type of program. Tuition payment options vary by institution and primarily include monthly installment payment plans and lump sum payments at the beginning of the academic period. Historically, we have increased tuition as educational costs and inflation have risen. Students are generally responsible for transportation and housing expenses and costs related to textbook and supply

176


Table of Contents

purchases required for their educational programs. At some of the institutions, we offer these services to the student body, which generates incremental revenues.

        Students and their families typically self-finance their education or seek third-party financing programs. However, in certain markets in Latin America there are various forms of government-supported student financing programs as discussed below.

    Government-Sponsored Student Financing Programs

        The CAE Program was enacted by the Chilean government in 2005 and formally implemented in 2006 to promote higher education in Chile for lower socio-economic level students with good academic standing. Chilean institutions in the Laureate International Universities network (universities and technical-vocational schools) participate in this program. The CAE Program involves tuition financing and guarantees that are shared by our institutions and the government. As part of the program, Chilean institutions provide guarantees resulting in contingent liabilities to third-party financing institutions ranging from 90% to 60% of the tuition loans made directly to qualified students enrolled through the CAE Program. The guarantees by the institutions are for the period during which the student is enrolled, and the guarantees are assumed entirely by the government upon the student's graduation. Additionally, when a student leaves one of our institutions and enrolls in another CAE-qualified institution, our institution will remain guarantor of the tuition loans that have been granted to him up to such date, and until the student's graduation from the new CAE-qualified institution. All loans under the CAE Program have an interest rate of 2% per annum, contain repayment terms that would not require a graduate to make combined principal and interest payments of more than 10% of his or her monthly income in any month during the 180-month repayment period and provide that any balance remaining be forgiven at the end of the 180-month repayment period. Institutional accreditation by the National Accreditation Commission is required for new students to participate in the CAE Program. UDLA Chile received a final determination that its accreditation would not be renewed in January 2014 so new students at that institution cannot participate in the CAE Program.

        There is no assurance that any legislation that is introduced or passed by the Chilean Congress will conform to the government's proposal. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our institutions are subject to uncertain and varying laws and regulations, and any changes to these laws or regulations may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations."

        In Brazil, there are two main federal government programs that provide either financing or financial support to students, FIES and PROUNI. Both are used by substantially all of our Brazilian institutions. FIES provides direct financing to students. PROUNI is a government program that provides federal taxes incentives to educational institutions in exchange for providing scholarships to lower income students. In previous years, the Brazilian government made efforts to improve the operation of FIES and to increase overall participation, creating more higher education opportunities for the economically disadvantaged. However, due to a series of recent programmatic changes described below, we experienced a decrease in the enrollment of students participating in FIES in 2015.

        FIES targets students from low socio-economic backgrounds enrolled at private post-secondary institutions. Eligible students receive loans with below market interest rates that are required to be repaid after an 18-month grace period upon graduation. FIES pays participating educational institutions tax credits which can be used to pay certain federal taxes and social contributions. FIES repurchases excess credits for cash. As part of the program, our institutions are obligated to pay up to 15% of any student default. The default obligation increases to up to 30% of any student default if the institution is not current with its federal taxes. FIES withholds between 1% and 3% of tuition paid to the institutions to cover any potential student defaults ("holdback"). If the student pays 100% of his or her loan, the withheld amounts will be paid to the participating education institutions.

177


Table of Contents

        Since February 2014, all new students who participate in FIES must also enroll in the Fundo de Garantia de Operações de Crédito Educativo ("FGEDUC"). FGEDUC is a government-mandated, private guarantee fund administered by the Bank of Brazil that allows participating educational institutions to insure themselves for 90% (or 13.5% of 15%) of their losses related to student defaults under the FIES program. The cost of the program is 6.25% of the amount covered, which represents 5.63% of a student's full tuition. Similar to FIES, the administrator withholds 5.63% of a student's full tuition to fund the guarantee by FGEDUC.

        As of September 30, 2015, approximately 21% of our students in Brazil participated in FIES, representing approximately 26% of our Brazil revenues.

        In December 2014, the Brazilian Ministry of Education ("MEC") along with FNDE, the agency that directly administers FIES, announced several significant rule changes to the FIES program beginning in 2015. These changes limit the number of new participants and the annual budget of the program, and delay payments to the post-secondary institutions that would otherwise have been due in 2015. The first change implements a minimum score on the high school achievement exam in order to enroll in the program. The second change alters the schedule for the payment and repurchase of credits as well as limits the opportunities for post-secondary institutions to sell any unused credits such that there is a significant delay between the time the post-secondary institution provides the educational services to the students and the time it receives payment from the government for 2015. In addition to these rule changes, FNDE implemented a policy for current students' loan renewals for 2015, which provides that returning students may not finance an amount that increases by more than 6.41% from the amount financed in the previous semester, regardless of any increases in tuition or in the number of courses in which the student is enrolled, a policy that we believe violates the applicable law. Moreover, the online enrollment and re-enrollment system that all post-secondary institutions and students must use to access the program has experienced numerous technical and programming faults that have also interfered with the enrollment and re-enrollment process. Numerous challenges to these changes and requests for judicial relief from the system's faults have been filed in the Brazilian courts, most of which are pending.

        MEC released new FIES regulations in July 2015 ("Normative Ordinances Nos. 08 and 10"), which supplement and amend the rules that were previously released. Among other changes, these Normative Ordinances revised the rules for student eligibility and classification, higher education institution participation and selection of the vacancies that will be offered to the students.

        Regarding student eligibility under the new rules, applicants will have to meet all of the following requirements: (i) have a gross household income of not more than 2.5 times the minimum wage per capita (the previous criterion was gross household income of not more than 20 times the minimum wage for all family members); (ii) not have a higher education degree; and (iii) have taken the National High School Proficiency Exam at least once since 2010, with a minimum score of 450 points, and have a score greater than zero in the test of writing.

        In addition, the participating post-secondary institution must sign a participation agreement that contains its proposal of the number of vacancies offered and the following information per shift (morning, evening) and campus location: (i) tuition gross amount for the entire course, including all semesters; (ii) total tuition gross amount per course for the first semester, which must reflect at least a five percent discount to the course list price; and (iii) the number of vacancies that will be offered through the FIES selection process. Only courses with scores of 3, 4 or 5 in the National Higher Education Evaluation System ("SINAES") evaluation are eligible to receive FIES students.

178


Table of Contents

        The selection of vacancies by MEC to be offered to the students will be based on the following criteria: (i) FIES budget and the availability of resources; (ii) course score under SINAES's evaluation; (iii) priority courses, as defined by the government (pedagogy, engineering and health sector courses); and (iv) regionality—vacancies offered in the Northeast, North and Central-West regions will have priority over those offered in the South and Southeast regions.

        Later in 2015, FNDE presented a new payment proposal to the post-secondary institutions in which FNDE would permit FIES students to borrow money to cover annual tuition increases up to 8.5%, and the post-secondary institutions would not attempt to collect from the FIES students any amounts by which the actual tuition increase exceeds 8.5%. Moreover, the institutions would withdraw any lawsuit filed against the government with respect to this subject. The Brazilian government has officially delayed FIES payments to post-secondary education institutions for the first half of 2015 under the pretense of seeking to resolve whether it will make payments to institutions with tuition increases in excess of the imposed limits.

        These program changes and systemic faults had an adverse impact on us in 2015.

        These programs are more fully described in "Industry Regulation—Brazilian Regulation" and "Industry Regulation—Chilean Regulation" and in Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Europe

        As of the date of this prospectus, our Europe segment consists of 21 licensed higher education institutions, and has operations in Cyprus, France, Germany, Morocco, Portugal, Spain and Turkey at which we enrolled approximately 53,000 students as of September 30, 2015. The institutions primarily serve 18- to 24-year-old students and offer an education that emphasizes professional-oriented fields of study with undergraduate and graduate degrees in a wide variety of disciplines, including business, hospitality management, health sciences, architecture, engineering and art and design.

179


Table of Contents

        The following table presents information about our institutions in our Europe segment (unless otherwise noted, we own each of these institutions):

Country
  Higher Education Institution   Year Joined
Laureate
Network
  Year
Founded
 
Cyprus   European University Cyprus (EUC)     2005     1961  

France

 

École Supérieure du Commerce Extérieur (ESCE)

 

 

2001

 

 

1968

 
    Institut Français de Gestion (IFG)     2004     1956  
    École Centrale d'Electronique (ECE)     2004 *   1919  
    European Business School (EBS)     2013 *   1967  
    Centre d'Études Politiques et de la Communication (CEPC)     2013 *   1899  

Germany

 

Business and Information Technology School (BiTS)

 

 

2007

 

 

2000

 
    BTK University of Applied Science (BTK)     2011     2006  
    htk Academy of Design (htkAD)     2011     1987  
    btk Academy of Design (btkAD)     2011     2000  

Morocco

 

Université Internationale de Casablanca (UIC)

 

 

2010

 

 

2010

 

Portugal

 

Universidade Europeia (UE)

 

 

2011

 

 

1962

 
    IADE-U—Instituto de Arte, Design e Empresa—Universitário (IADE-U)     2015     1969  
    Instituto Português de Administração de Marketing de Porto (IPAM Porto)     2015     1984  
    Instituto Português de Administração de Marketing de Lisboa (IPAM Lisboa)     2015     1987  
    Instituto Português de Administração de Marketing de Aveiro (IPAM Aveiro)     2015     1989  
    Ensicorporate     2015     1986  

Spain

 

Universidad Europea de Madrid (UEM)

 

 

1999

 

 

1995

 
    Universidad Europea de Canarias (UEC)     2010     2010  
    Universidad Europea de Valencia (UEV)     2012     2012  

Turkey

 

Istanbul Bilgi University

 

 

2006

*

 

1996

 

*
Not-for-profit institution consolidated by Laureate as a variable interest entity.

        Our Europe institutions consist of:

Cyprus

    European University Cyprus (EUC).   EUC was founded as Cyprus College in 1961 and granted university status as European University Cyprus in 2007. EUC offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in arts and education, business, economics, humanities, social and behavioral sciences, law, computer science and engineering and medicine and health sciences. EUC is located in Nicosia.

France

    École Supérieure du Commerce Extérieur (ESCE).   Founded in 1968, ESCE offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in international business. ESCE's main campus is located in Paris, France.

    Institut Français de Gestion (IFG).   Founded in 1956, IFG provides management training and graduate degree programs and certificates to executives as well as corporate-sponsored education for working adults in France. IFG offers master's degrees and professional certificates in finance, human resources, management and marketing. IFG has regional centers and sites located throughout France.

180


Table of Contents

    École Centrale d'Electronique (ECE).   Founded in 1919, ECE offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in embedded systems, information systems, information technology and energy, information technology and healthcare, information technology and quantitative finance, information technology and transport, and telecommunications and networks. ECE is located in Paris, France.

    European Business School (EBS).   Founded in 1967, EBS offers graduate degree programs in business with specializations in international business management, financial management and engineering, marketing and communication, international human resource management, entrepreneurship and intrapreneurship, e-commerce, fashion and luxury brand management and sport management. EBS has campuses located in Paris, France.

    Centre d'Études Politiques et de la Communication (CEPC).   Founded in 1899, CEPC offers certificates to students and executives in geopolitics, geostrategy and political sciences. CEPC is located in Paris, France.

Germany

    Business and Information Technology School (BiTS).   Founded in 2000, BiTS offers undergraduate, graduate degree and working adult programs in business administration, communication, business psychology, sports and event management and green business management. BiTS offers its programs in Iserlohn, Hamburg and Berlin, Germany.

    BTK University of Applied Science (BTK).   Founded in Berlin in 2006, BTK was based on the existing private Academy of Design Berliner Technische Kunstschule. BTK delivers degree programs in communication, photography, design and illustration and game design. BTK is located in Berlin, Hamburg and Iserlohn, Germany.

    htk Academy of Design (htkAD).   Founded in 1987, htkAD offers degree programs in design. htkAD is located in Hamburg, Germany.

    btk Academy of Design (btkAD).   Founded in 2000, btkAD offers degree programs in design. btkAD is located in Berlin, Germany.

Morocco

    Université Internationale de Casablanca (UIC).   Founded in 2010, UIC was created through a partnership between Société Maroc Emirats Arabes Unis de Développement (SOMED) and Laureate Education, Inc. UIC offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in business, engineering, health sciences, hospitality and sports management. UIC is located in Casablanca, Morocco.

Portugal

    Universidade Europeia (UE).   UE, formerly named "Instituto Superior de Línguas e Administração de Lisboa", was founded in 1962 and its operation as a higher education establishment was authorized by ministerial decision in June 1986. UE was recognized as a university (" universidade ") in 2013. UE provides undergraduate and graduate degrees (" licenciaturas ", " mestrados " and " doutoramentos ") in health sciences, marketing, hospitality, tourism and business. UE is located in Lisbon, Portugal.

    IADE-U—Instituto de Arte, Design e Empresa—Universitário (IADE-U).   Founded in 1969, IADE-U was the first higher education institute in Portugal to focus on design. IADE-U obtained official State recognition as a university institution (" instituto universitário ") in 2012. IADE-U offers undergraduate and masters degrees (" licenciaturas " and " mestrados ") in design,

181


Table of Contents

      advertising and photography, and one doctorate (" doutoramento" ) in design. IADE-U is located in Lisbon.

    Instituto Português de Administração de Marketing de Porto (IPAM Porto)   was launched in Porto in 1984. IPAM Porto obtained official State recognition as a higher education establishment in 1990. IPAM Porto offers undergraduate and masters degrees in marketing.

    Instituto Português de Administração de Marketing de Lisboa (IPAM Lisboa).   IPAM Lisboa opened in 1987. IPAM Lisboa obtained official State recognition as a higher education establishment in 1991. IPAM Lisboa offers undergraduate and masters degrees in marketing.

    Instituto Português de Administração de Marketing de Aveiro (IPAM Aveiro).   IPAM Aveiro was opened in 1989. IPAM Aveiro obtained official State recognition as a higher education establishment in 2014. IPAM Aveiro offers undergraduate and masters degrees in marketing.

    Ensicorporate—Educação Corporativa, Lda. (Ensicorporate).   Ensicorporate was established in 1986 and provides non-degree training and consultancy in human resource management and the publication of books, magazines and any other periodic and non-periodic publications.

Spain

    Universidad Europea de Madrid (UEM).   Founded in 1995, UEM offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in arts and architecture, business, communications and humanities, economics, engineering and computer science, health sciences and mechanics, law and physical activity and sports science. UEM has campuses located in Madrid and Valencia, Spain. Additionally, UEM provides specialized programs through the following institutions:

    IEDE Business School (IEDE).   Founded in 1991, IEDE offers graduate degree programs to those seeking positions in higher management. IEDE is located in Madrid, Spain.

    IMPACT Business School (IMPACT).   Founded in 2015, offers graduate degree programs. IMPACT is located in Madrid, Spain.

    Real Madrid International School.   Founded in 2005, the Real Madrid International School is a partnership between Real Madrid, one of the most recognized sports clubs in the world, and UEM. Together, the two institutions offer graduate degree programs in sports management, health, communication and leisure programs. The Real Madrid International School is located in Madrid, Spain.

    Universidad Europea de Canarias (UEC).   Founded in 2010, UEC offers undergraduate programs in management, marketing, tourism and leisure management, communications and architecture, and graduate programs in business, renewable energy and nursing. UEC is located in La Orotava in the Canary Islands.

    Universidad Europea de Valencia (UEV).   Founded in 2012, UEV offers undergraduate programs in architecture, business, communication, health sciences and law, and graduate programs in architecture, communication and health sciences. UEV is located in Valencia, Spain.

Turkey

    Istanbul Bilgi University.   Founded in 1996, Istanbul Bilgi University offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in arts and sciences, communication, economics and administrative sciences, law, architecture, engineering, health sciences and vocational studies. Istanbul Bilgi University is located in Istanbul, Turkey.

182


Table of Contents

    Tuition and Fees

        Tuition varies at each of the institutions in our Europe segment depending on the curriculum and type of program. Tuition payment options vary by institution and primarily include monthly installment payment plans and lump sum payments at the beginning of the academic year. Historically, we have increased tuition as educational costs and inflation have risen.

        Students and their families are generally responsible for room and board fees, transportation expenses and costs related to textbook and supply purchases required for their educational programs. Several of our institutions in our Europe segment also have revenue-generating room and board fees.

        Students typically self-finance their education or seek third-party financing programs.

AMEA

        As of the date of this prospectus, our AMEA segment consists of 22 licensed higher education institutions, and has operations in Australia, China, India, Malaysia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa and Thailand at which we enrolled approximately 83,000 students as of September 30, 2015. The segment includes 11 licensed institutions in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and one institution in China that we manage through joint venture or other arrangements. The institutions primarily serve 18- to 24-year-old students and offer an education that emphasizes professional-oriented fields of study with undergraduate and graduate degrees in a wide range of disciplines, including business, engineering, information technology, law, arts, fashion and design, education, hospitality management and health sciences, as well as vocational diplomas.

        We have historically focused on entering new geographic markets through acquiring institutions with an established name and operational history; however, we also occasionally work with local partners to enter markets through joint ventures to launch new higher education institutions. Through these partnerships, we can apply our programmatic and management expertise to help develop the institutions, while benefiting from our partner's local market knowledge and experience and limiting our financial exposure.

183


Table of Contents

        The following table presents information about the institutions in our AMEA segment (unless otherwise noted, we own each of these institutions):

Country
  Higher Education Institution   Year Joined
Laureate
Network
  Year
Founded
 

Australia

 

Blue Mountains International Hotel Management School (BMIHMS)

    2008     1991  

 

THINK Education Group (THINK)

    2013     2006  

 

Torrens University Australia (TUA)

    2014     2014  

China

 

Blue Mountains International Hotel Management School—Suzhou (Blue Mountains Suzhou)

   
2008

 
2004
 

 

Hunan International Economics University (HIEU)

    2009 *   1997  

India

 

Pearl Academy (Pearl)

   
2011

*
 
1993
 

 

University of Petroleum and Energy Studies (UPES)

    2013 *   2003  

 

University of Technology and Management (UTM)

    2013 *   2011  

Malaysia

 

INTI Education Group (INTI Malaysia)

   
2008
   
1986
 

Saudi Arabia

 

Riyadh Polytechnic Institute (RPI)

   
2010

 
2010
 

 

The Higher Institute for Water and Power Technologies (HIWPT)

    2011   2011  

 

The Higher Institute for Paper and Industrial Technologies (HIPIT)

    2013   2013  

 

Laureate Riyadh Tourism and Hospitality College of Excellence (LVCER)

    2013 #   2013  

 

Laureate Jeddah College of Excellence (LVCEJ)

    2013 #   2013  

 

Laureate Mecca Female College of Excellence (LVCEM)

    2013 #   2013  

 

Laureate Al-Kharj Female College of Excellence (LVCEAK)

    2013 #   2013  

 

Laureate Medina Tourism and Hospitality College of Excellence (LVCEMTH)

    2014 #   2014  

 

Laureate Al-Nammas Female College of Excellence (LVCEAN)

    2015 #   2015  

 

Laureate Buraydah Female College of Excellence (LVCEB)

    2015 #   2015  

 

Laureate Wadi Al-Dawaser Female College of Excellence (LVCEWAD)

    2014 #   2014  

South Africa

 

Monash South Africa (MSA)

   
2013
   
2001
 

Thailand

 

Stamford International University (SIU)

   
2011

*
 
1995
 

*
Not-for-profit institution consolidated by Laureate as a variable interest entity.
Managed by Laureate as part of a joint venture arrangement.
#
Managed by Laureate under contract with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

        Our AMEA institutions consist of:

Australia

    Blue Mountains International Hotel Management School (BMIHMS).   Founded in 1991, BMIHMS offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in hospitality management through campuses located in Leura and Sydney.

184


Table of Contents

    THINK Education Group (THINK).   THINK was founded in 2006 and through its member colleges can trace its origins back to 1961. THINK provides specialized programs through the following institutions:

    APM College of Business and Communication (APM).   Founded in 1986, APM offers undergraduate and vocational programs in business and management, marketing, event management and public relations. APM has campus locations in Sydney and Brisbane.

    Australasian College of Natural Therapies (ACNT).   Founded in 1981, ACNT offers undergraduate and vocational programs in nutrition, naturopathy, western herbal medicine, massage, health science and fitness. ACNT has campus locations in Sydney and Brisbane.

    Australian National College of Beauty (ANCB).   Founded in 2008, ANCB offers a diploma in beauty therapy. ANCB has campus locations in Sydney and Brisbane.

    Billy Blue College of Design (BBCD).   Founded in 1987, BBCD offers undergraduate programs in communication design, digital media design, branded fashion design, interior design and graphic design. BBCD has campus locations in Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane and Perth.

    CATC Design School (CATC).   Founded in 1982, CATC offers undergraduate and vocational programs in graphic design, interior design and photography. CATC has campus locations in Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane.

    Jansen Newman Institute (JNI).   Founded in 1978, JNI offers undergraduate, vocational and graduate programs in counseling and psychotherapy and community services. JNI is located in Sydney and Brisbane.

    Southern School of Natural Therapies (SSNT).   Founded in 1961, SSNT offers undergraduate programs in Chinese medicine, naturopathy, western herbal medicine, nutritional medicine, clinical myotherapy, massage and health science. SSNT is located in Melbourne.

    William Blue College of Hospitality Management (WBCHM).   Founded in 1990, WBCHM offers vocational and undergraduate programs in hotel and hospitality management, event management, tourism management, commercial cookery and business management. WBCHM is located in Sydney and Brisbane.

    Torrens University Australia (TUA).   Commencing operations in 2014, TUA offers undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration, design, education, global project management and public health. In 2015, TUA acquired Chifley Business School to expand its offerings in business administration and project management. TUA is located in Adelaide and Sydney, Australia.

China

    Blue Mountains International Hotel Management School—Suzhou (Blue Mountains Suzhou).   Founded in 2004, Blue Mountains Suzhou is managed by BMIHMS in cooperation with the Suzhou Tourism and Finance Institute. Blue Mountains Suzhou offers diplomas and associate degrees in hotel management and students have the opportunity to continue their education at BMIHMS toward an Australian Bachelor of Business degree. Blue Mountains Suzhou is located in Suzhou, China.

    Hunan International Economics University (HIEU).   Founded in 1997, HIEU offers undergraduate degrees in commerce, business management, foreign languages, computer science, electronic engineering, and art and design. HIEU is located in Changsha, China.

185


Table of Contents

India

    Pearl Academy (Pearl).   Founded in 1993, Pearl offers undergraduate and graduate programs in fashion design and creative business. Pearl has campuses in Delhi, Jaipur, Noida, Chennai and Mumbai.

    University of Petroleum and Energy Studies (UPES).   Founded in 2003, UPES offers sector focused graduate, postgraduate and doctoral degree programs in oil and gas, power, aviation and aerospace, port & shipping, automotive, infrastructure, electronics, information technology, logistics and supply chain, design and legal studies. UPES is located in Dehradun, India.

    University of Technology and Management (UTM).   Founded in 2011, UTM offers graduate programs in computer sciences & information technology, travel & tourism and economics and management. UTM is located in Shillong, India.

Malaysia

    INTI Education Group (INTI Malaysia).   Founded in 1986, INTI Malaysia offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in business and law, computing and information technology, engineering and technology, languages and liberal arts, and applied sciences and mathematics. INTI Malaysia has locations in Kuala Lumpur, Selangor, Penang, Sabah and Nilai (Negeri Sembilan), Malaysia.

Saudi Arabia

    Riyadh Polytechnic Institute (RPI).   Founded in 2010, RPI is a private-public initiative launched by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to help meet the increasing demand for Saudi nationals with industrial technical skills. RPI offers two-year programs in engineering, business, accounting and technology. RPI is operated by Laureate Vocational Saudi Arabia ("LVSA") through a joint venture with Obeikan Research and Development ("Obeikan"), one of the largest industrial groups in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. RPI is located in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.

    The Higher Institute for Water and Power Technologies (HIWPT).   Founded in 2011, HIWPT is a public-private initiative launched by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to meet the increasing demand for Saudi nationals in the power and water industry. HIWPT offers two-year programs specializing in power plant and desalinization operations, instrument and control technicians, mechanical maintenance and electrical maintenance. HIWPT is operated by LVSA through a joint venture with Obeikan. HIWPT is located in Rabigh, Saudi Arabia.

    The Higher Institute for Paper and Industrial Technologies (HIPIT).   Founded in 2013, HIPIT is a public-private initiative launched by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to meet the increasing demand for Saudi nationals in the paper and converting industry. HIPIT offers two-year programs specializing in mechanical technicians, electrical technicians, machine operators and supply chain. HIPIT is operated by LVSA through a joint venture with the Middle East Paper Company. HIPIT is located in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia.

    Laureate Riyadh Tourism and Hospitality College of Excellence (LVCER).   Founded in 2013, LVCER is part of a government-led initiative that partners with international providers to manage colleges designed to train and develop qualified, employment ready graduates to meet the needs of the Saudi labor market. The college offers Diplomas for high school graduates in Business Administration and Tourism, Hospitality and Leisure. LVCER is operated by LVSA

    Laureate Jeddah College of Excellence (LVCEJ).   Founded in 2013, LVCEJ is part of a government-led initiative that partners with international providers to manage colleges designed to train and develop qualified, employment ready graduates to meet the needs of the Saudi labor market. LVCEJ offers Diplomas for high school graduates in Business Administration,

186


Table of Contents

      Information Technology Technical Support and Electrical Technology. LVCEJ is operated by LVSA.

    Laureate Mecca Female College of Excellence (LVCEM).   Founded in 2013, LVCEM is part of a government-led initiative that partners with international providers to manage colleges designed to train and develop qualified, employment ready graduates to meet the needs of the Saudi labor market. LVCEM offers Diplomas for high school graduates in Business Administration, Tourism, Hospitality and Leisure, and Information Technology Technical Support. LVCEM is operated by LVSA.

    Laureate Al-Kharj Female College of Excellence (LVCEAK).   Founded in 2013, LVCEAK is part of a government-led initiative that partners with international providers to manage colleges designed to train and develop qualified, employment ready graduates to meet the needs of the Saudi labor market. LVCEAK offers Diplomas for high school graduates in Business Administration, Tourism, Hospitality and Leisure, and Information Technology Technical Support. LVCEAK is operated by LVSA.

    Laureate Medina Tourism and Hospitality College of Excellence (LVCEMT).   Founded in 2014, LVCEMT is part of a government-led initiative that partners with international providers to manage colleges designed to train and develop qualified, employment ready graduates to meet the needs of the Saudi labor market. The college offers Diplomas for high school graduates in Business Administration and Tourism, Hospitality and Leisure. LVCEMT is operated by LVSA.

    Laureate Al-Nammas Female College of Excellence (LVCEAN).   Founded in 2015, LVCEAN is part of a government-led initiative that partners with international providers to manage colleges designed to train and develop qualified, employment ready graduates to meet the needs of the Saudi labor market. LVCEAN offers Diplomas for high school graduates in Business Administration, Tourism, Hospitality and Leisure, and Information Technology Technical Support. LVCEAN is operated by LVSA.

    Laureate Buraydah Female College of Excellence (LVCEB).   Founded in 2015, LVCEB is part of a government-led initiative that partners with international providers to manage colleges designed to train and develop qualified, employment ready graduates to meet the needs of the Saudi labor market. LVCEB offers Diplomas for high school graduates in Business Administration, Tourism, Hospitality and Leisure, and Information Technology Technical Support. LVCEB is operated by LVSA.

    Laureate Wadi Al-Dawaser Female College of Excellence (LVCEWAD).   Founded in 2014, LVCEWAD is part of a government-led initiative that partners with international providers to manage colleges designed to train and develop qualified, employment ready graduates to meet the needs of the Saudi labor market. LVCEWAD offers Diplomas for high school graduates in Business Administration, Tourism, Hospitality and Leisure, and Information Technology Technical Support. LVCEWAD is operated by LVSA.

South Africa

    Monash South Africa (MSA).   Founded in 2001 by Monash University, MSA offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in business and economics, information technology, social sciences and health sciences. Laureate acquired a controlling interest in MSA in 2014. MSA is located in Johannesburg, South Africa.

Thailand

    Stamford International University (SIU).   Founded in 1995, SIU offers international and Thai undergraduate and graduate degree programs in business & management, communication, hospitality management and information technology. SIU is located in Hua Hin and Bangkok, Thailand.

187


Table of Contents

    Tuition and Fees

        Tuition varies at each of the institutions in our AMEA segment depending on the curriculum and type of program. Tuition payment options vary by institution and primarily include monthly installment payment plans and lump sum payments at the beginning of the academic year. Historically, we have increased tuition as educational costs and inflation have risen.

        Students and their families are generally responsible for room and board fees, transportation expenses and costs related to textbook and supply purchases required for their educational programs. Blue Mountains International Hotel Management School, our Chinese institutions, Monash South Africa, Stamford International University, the INTI Group and our Indian institutions have revenue-generating room and board fees.

        Students typically self-finance their education or seek third-party financing programs. However, in certain markets in the AMEA region there are various forms of government-supported student financing programs, as discussed below.

    Government-Sponsored Student Financing Programs

        In Australia, the Commonwealth government has established income-contingent loan schemes that assist eligible fee-paying students to pay all or part of their tuition fees (separate schemes exist for higher education and vocational courses). Under the schemes the relevant fees are paid directly to the institutions (on a forward estimate basis which is reconciled to actual). A corresponding obligation then exists from the participating student to the Commonwealth government. The Australian institutions have no responsibility in connection with the repayment of these loans by students and, generally, this assistance is not available to international students. The Australian government has from time to time proposed various amendments to this financing system that might reduce the amounts of these subsidies. In China, Thailand and Malaysia there are also government programs available to our students, however, they do not represent a material portion of the revenues of our institutions in these countries. In the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, our students' tuition is fully funded by the government and the government pays the tuition for each student directly to us. The government also provides a monthly stipend to each student enrolled at the eight colleges of excellence, while at RPI, HIWPT and HIPIT, the private companies sponsoring the students pay the stipend. The payments are based on our enrollments, with minimum payments set for each institution.

GPS

        Institutions in our GPS segment have products and services that span the Laureate International Universities network, with a total enrollment of approximately 81,000 as of September 30, 2015. We provide fully online degree programs through a U.S.-based accredited institution, Walden University, and internationally, through Laureate Online Education B.V., which is based in Amsterdam and partners with the University of Liverpool and the University of Roehampton in the United Kingdom. We provide professional-oriented fully online undergraduate and graduate degree programs largely to working professionals through distance learning and offer online degree programs in education, psychology, health and human services, management, nursing and information technology. These fully online institutions provide us expertise in online education that we can leverage throughout the campus-based institutions in our LatAm, Europe and AMEA segments. Our fully online institutions enrolled approximately 70,000 students as of September 30, 2015.

        In addition, within this segment, as of September 30, 2015, we owned nine smaller, campus-based institutions that have specialized curriculum in the fields of hospitality, art and design and health sciences with operations in Australia, Italy, New Zealand, Spain, Switzerland and the United States. Our GPS segment includes two hospitality and culinary institutions in China and Jordan that we manage through joint venture and other contractual arrangements. Our GPS segment also provides

188


Table of Contents


support services to SFUAD. These campus-based institutions primarily serve 18- to 24-year-old students and offer an education that emphasizes professional-oriented fields of study. The curriculum in these institutions is leveraged throughout the Laureate International Universities network through student exchange programs, dual degrees and certificate offerings. These campus-based institutions enrolled approximately 11,000 students as of September 30, 2015.

        The following table presents information about the institutions in our GPS segment (unless otherwise noted, we own each of these institutions):

Country
  Higher Education Institution   Year Joined
Laureate
Network
  Year
Founded
 

Global Online

 

 

             

United Kingdom

 

Laureate Online Education B.V. (University of Liverpool)

   
2004
   
1881
 

 

Laureate Online Education B.V. (University of Roehampton)

    2012     2004  

United States

 

Walden University

   
2001
   
1970
 

Global CB

 

 

   
 
   
 
 

China

 

Les Roches Jin Jiang International Hotel Management College (Les Roches Jin Jiang)

   
2004

 
2004
 

Italy

 

Nuova Accademia di Belle Arti Milano (NABA)

   
2009
   
1980
 

Jordan

 

Royal Academy of Culinary Arts (RACA)

   
2008

‡‡
 
2007
 

New Zealand

 

Media Design School (MDS)

   
2011
   
1998
 

Spain

 

Les Roches International School of Hotel Management Marbella (Les Roches Marbella)

   
2002
   
1995
 

Switzerland

 

Les Roches International School of Hotel Management (Les Roches)

   
2000
   
1954
 

 

Glion Institute of Higher Education (Glion)

    2002     1962  

 

Les Roches Gruyère University of Applied Sciences (LRG)

    2008     2008  

United States

 

NewSchool of Architecture and Design

   
2008
   
1980
 

 

Kendall College

    2008     1934  

 

Santa Fe University of Art and Design (SFUAD)

    2009 ††   1859  

 

University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (St. Augustine)

    2013     1979  

Managed by Laureate as part of a joint venture arrangement.

‡‡
Managed by Laureate under contract.

††
SFUAD is separately owned by Wengen. Laureate provides support services to SFUAD pursuant to contractual arrangements. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Wengen—SFUAD Shared Services Agreement." As used herein, our "U.S. Institutions" refers to NewSchool of Architecture and Design, Kendall College, St. Augustine and Walden University.

    Online Institutions

    Laureate Online Education B.V.   Laureate Online Education B.V. is the exclusive worldwide online career partner of the University of Liverpool and the University of Roehampton and specializes in the delivery of online graduate programs to working-adult students. Laureate Online Education B.V. is based in Amsterdam.

189


Table of Contents

      University of Liverpool.   Founded in 1881, the University of Liverpool, a public university in the United Kingdom, through Laureate Online Education B.V., offers online graduate degree programs in business administration, health sciences, law and information technology.

      University of Roehampton.   Founded in 2004, the University of Roehampton, a public university in the United Kingdom, through Laureate Online Education B.V., offers online graduate degree programs in business and international management.

    Walden University.   Established in 1970, Walden University is an online university that delivers bachelor's, master's, doctoral and post-doctoral programs in counseling, education, health sciences, human services, management, nursing, psychology, public administration, public health and technology. Walden University is headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

    China

    Les Roches Jin Jiang International Hotel Management College (Les Roches Jin Jiang).   Founded in 2004, Les Roches Jin Jiang is a joint venture between Les Roches and Jin Jiang International Hotels, a leading hotel company in China. Students earn undergraduate and graduate certificates in international hotel management through Les Roches. Les Roches Jin Jiang is located in Shanghai.

    Italy

    Nuova Accademia di Belle Arti Milano (NABA).   Founded in 1980, NABA offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in fashion and textile design, graphic design, visual arts, theatre design, interior design, landscape design, urban management and architectural design, textile and new material design, car design, fashion management, photography and multimedia communication. NABA is located in Milan, Italy. NABA also provides specialized programs through Domus Academy.

    Domus Academy (Domus).   Founded in 1982, Domus delivers graduate degree programs in visual and fashion design. Domus offerings include one-year master level programs, primarily in Italian, in fashion design, interior design, urban management and architectural design, car design and fashion management. Domus is located in Milan, Italy.

    Jordan

    Royal Academy of Culinary Arts (RACA).   Founded in 2007, RACA is a nonprofit private Jordanian associate university college. RACA offers a two-year diploma in culinary arts that is accredited by the Commission on Institutions of Higher Education of the New England Association of Schools and Colleges as a branch campus of Les Roches in Switzerland. RACA is located in Amman, Jordan.

    New Zealand

    Media Design School (MDS).   Founded in 1998, MDS provides certificate programs in graphic design, creative advertising, visual effects and game development. MDS is located in Auckland, New Zealand.

    Spain

    Les Roches International School of Hotel Management Marbella (Les Roches Marbella).   Founded in 1995, Les Roches Marbella offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in international hospitality management. Les Roches Marbella is located in Marbella, Spain.

190


Table of Contents

    Switzerland

    Les Roches International School of Hotel Management (Les Roches).   Founded in 1954, Les Roches offers undergraduate and graduate programs in international hospitality management. The main campus for Les Roches is located in Bluche, Switzerland.

    Glion Institute of Higher Education (Glion).   Founded in 1962, Glion offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in hospitality management: hotel, tourism, restaurant, event, sport and entertainment. Glion has campuses located in Glion and Bulle, Switzerland and London, United Kingdom.

    Les Roches Gruyère University of Applied Sciences (LRG).   Founded in 2008, LRG is the first federally recognized private hospitality management university of applied sciences approved in Switzerland. The institution offers bachelor of science degrees in hospitality management. LRG is located in Bulle and works in cooperation with Les Roches and Glion.

    United States

    NewSchool of Architecture and Design.   Founded in 1980, NewSchool of Architecture and Design offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs in architecture, art and design, graphic design, history and theory, professional practice, technology and urban studies. NewSchool of Architecture and Design is located in San Diego, California.

    Kendall College.   Founded in 1934, Kendall College offers undergraduate, associate and certificate programs in business administration, culinary arts, education and hospitality management. Kendall College is located in Chicago.

    Santa Fe University of Art and Design (SFUAD).   Founded in 1859, SFUAD (formerly the College of Santa Fe) offers undergraduate degrees in arts management, contemporary music, creative writing and literature, graphic design and digital arts, film, performing arts, photography and studio arts. SFUAD also offers semester-long and intensive English language programs to foreign students.

    University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (St. Augustine).   Founded in 1979, St. Augustine offers graduate and doctoral degree and non-degree programs in physical therapy, occupational therapy, orthopedic assistants, education and health sciences. St. Augustine has campus locations in St. Augustine, Florida, San Marcos, California and Austin, Texas.

    Tuition and Fees

        Tuition varies at each of the institutions in our GPS segment depending on the curriculum and type of program. Tuition payment options vary by institution and primarily include monthly installment payment plans and lump sum payments at the beginning of the academic year. Historically, we have increased tuition as educational costs and inflation have risen.

        Students at U.S. campus-based programs are generally responsible for room and board fees, transportation expenses and costs related to textbook and supply purchases required for their educational programs. Within our GPS segment, only our hospitality institutions have revenue-generating room and board fees.

        Currently there are no company-sponsored financing arrangements in our GPS segment. However, students in our U.S. Institutions are eligible for the DOE's Title IV program federal financial aid under the HEA and approximately 46% of the GPS segment's 2014 revenues were derived from Title IV federal financial aid.

191


Table of Contents


Marketing

        We believe that effective marketing is a key to the success of our business, enabling us to attract prospective students to our institutions and increase enrollment. We focus on marketing as a way to increase awareness of the institutions in each of their respective markets and to highlight the benefits provided by the Laureate International Universities network. We leverage best practices across our entire network to help our institutions develop effective marketing programs.

        We recognize that the vast majority of our students reside within the communities where our campuses are located. Because our target market is in close proximity to our institutions, developing and maintaining a powerful local presence is one of the cornerstones of our brand building strategy. We believe a strong brand is one of the key variables for future sustainable growth. We promote activities that encourage direct participation and interaction between the community and our institutions. For example, many of our institutions provide valuable services to the residents in the local communities including access to our veterinary and medical facilities at reduced costs, legal aid support and use of our facilities, including remedial course offerings and gym memberships. Additionally, many of our institutions' sports teams serve as a source of civic pride for the local residents including our students and their families. These informal interactions serve to enhance the trusted nature of our local brands, which in turn facilitates a word-of-mouth referral network that helps to attract quality students beyond the use of traditional student recruitment practices.

        During enrollment campaigns, we augment our long-term brand building activities with professional advertising campaigns employing a variety of media, including television, radio, outdoor and print advertising. We also use direct mail, web advertising and one-on-one meetings with students and their families. Each institution is responsible for implementing its own marketing campaigns, although we provide a forum for the network's marketing departments to share best practices. During the last several years, we have increased the amounts spent on marketing and advertising to meet the large demand for our programs, and we anticipate that this trend will continue.

        Additionally, we strive to develop strong relationships with local high schools that serve as feeder schools for many of our institutions. We believe we have developed strong relationships with many of these feeder schools and expect that will continue to provide a valuable source of referrals for many of the institutions in our network.

Competition

        We face competition in each of our operating segments. We believe competition focuses on price, educational quality, reputation, location and facilities.

    LatAm, Europe and AMEA

        The market for higher education outside the United States is highly fragmented and marked by large numbers of local competitors. The target demographics are primarily 18- to 24-year-olds in the individual countries in which we compete. We generally compete with both public and private higher education institutions on the basis of price, educational quality, reputation and location. Public institutions tend to be less expensive, if not free, but more selective and less focused on practical programs aligned around career opportunities. We believe we compare favorably with competitors because of our focus on quality, professional-oriented curriculum and the competitive advantages provided by our global network. At present, we believe no other company has a similar network of international institutions. There are a number of other private and public institutions in each of the countries in which we operate. Because the concept of private higher education institutions is fairly new in many countries, it is difficult to predict how the markets will evolve and how many competitors there will be in the future. We expect competition to increase as the markets mature.

192


Table of Contents

    GPS

        The market for fully online higher education is highly fragmented and competitive, with no single institution having any significant market share. The target demographics for our Global Online institutions are adult working professionals who are over 25 years old. Our Global Online institutions compete with traditional public and private nonprofit institutions and for-profit schools. Typically, public institutions charge lower tuitions than our Global Online institutions because they receive state subsidies, government and foundation grants, and tax-deductible contributions and have access to other financial sources not available to our Global Online institutions. However, tuition at private nonprofit institutions is typically higher than the average tuition rates charged by our Global Online institutions. Our Global Online institutions compete with other educational institutions principally based upon price, educational quality, reputation, location, educational programs and student services.

        The market for higher education in the fields of hospitality, art and design is highly fragmented and competitive, with no single institution having any significant market share. The target demographics for our Global CB institutions are primarily 18- to 24-year-olds interested in the fields of hospitality, art and design. Our Global CB institutions market to students worldwide. Typically, public institutions charge lower tuitions than our Global CB institutions because they receive state subsidies, government and foundation grants, and tax-deductible contributions and have access to other financial sources not available to our Global CB institutions. We believe we compare favorably with our competitors because of our focus on quality, professional-oriented curriculum and the reputation of our institutions. Our Global CB institutions compete with other educational institutions principally based upon educational quality, reputation, location, educational programs and price.

        See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—The higher education market is very competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively."

Intellectual Property

        We currently own, or have filed applications for, trademark registrations for the word "Laureate," for "Laureate International Universities" and for the Laureate leaf logo in the trademark offices of all jurisdictions around the world where we operate institutions of higher learning. We have also registered or filed applications in the applicable jurisdictions where we operate for the marks "Laureate Online International" and "Laureate Online Education." In addition, we have the rights to trade names, logos, and other intellectual property specific to most of our higher education institutions, in the countries in which those institutions operate.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately 64,000 employees, of which approximately 9,700 were full-time academic teaching staff and 20,800 were part-time academic teaching staff. In addition, we have approximately 11,700 part-time academic teaching staff who are classified as contractors, principally in Chile and Brazil. Our employees at many of our institutions outside the United States are represented by labor unions under collective bargaining agreements, as is customary or required under local law in those jurisdictions. At various points throughout the year, we negotiate to renew collective bargaining agreements that have expired or that will expire in the near term. We consider ourselves to be in good standing with all of the labor unions of which our employees are members and believe we have good relations with all of our employees.

Effect of Environmental Laws

        We believe we are in compliance with all applicable environmental laws, in all material respects. We do not expect future compliance with environmental laws to have a material adverse effect on our business.

193


Table of Contents


Campus Locations and Online Facilities

        Laureate is headquartered in Baltimore, Maryland. As of December 31, 2014, there were more than 200 Laureate locations around the world. These locations include buildings and land comprising a total of approximately 104.3 million square feet, of which, approximately 59.5 million square feet were under lease and approximately 44.8 million square feet were owned. The following table summarizes the properties leased and owned by segment:

Segment
  Square feet
leased space
  Square feet
owned space
  Total
square feet
 

LatAm

    48,902,968     18,754,711     67,657,679  

Europe

    2,940,091     3,871,128     6,811,219  

AMEA

    3,329,564     21,602,576     24,932,140  

GPS

    4,168,594     610,971     4,779,565  

Corporate (including headquarters)

    191,557         191,557  

Total

    59,532,774     44,839,386     104,372,160  

        Our LatAm, Europe and AMEA segments lease and own various sites that may include a local headquarters and all or some of the facilities of a campus or location. In many countries, our facilities are subject to mortgages.

        Our GPS segment has offices at our headquarters location in Baltimore and leases six additional facilities in Columbia, Maryland; Los Angeles, California; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Tempe, Arizona; San Antonio, Texas; and Amsterdam, Netherlands. Our headquarters consists of two leased facilities in Baltimore, Maryland, which are used primarily for office space.

        We monitor the capacity of our higher education institutions on a regular basis and make decisions to expand capacity based on expected enrollment and other factors. Our leased facilities are occupied under leases whose remaining terms range from one month to 23 years. A majority of these leases contain provisions giving us the right to renew the lease for additional periods at various rental rates, although generally at rates higher than we are currently paying.

Legal Proceedings

        We are party to various claims and legal proceedings from time to time. Except as described below, we are not aware of any legal proceedings that we believe could have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

        On January 27, 2015, two students filed suit against us and Walden University in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland (Baltimore Division) in the matter of Yolanda Rene Travis et al. v. Walden University, LLC , seeking class action status and alleging claims for breach of contract and unjust enrichment, and violations of the Maryland and Illinois consumer protection laws and California unfair competition law. The claims related to the students' doctoral dissertation and master's thesis processes. A third student joined as a plaintiff, adding a claim under the New York consumer protection law, when the complaint was subsequently amended on March 17, 2015, and Laureate was dismissed as a defendant. On October 30, 2015, the District Court issued an order of partial dismissal which disposed of the four counts by all three plaintiffs alleging breach of state consumer protection laws. The remaining counts seek relief including refund of tuition paid to Walden, as well as loan debt incurred by the plaintiffs while attending Walden, and litigation costs. We believe the claims in this case are without merit and intend to defend vigorously against the allegations.

        In addition, several groups of current and former students filed three separate law suits in the Seventh Judicial Circuit in and for St. Johns County, Florida against St. Augustine relating to matters arising before we acquired that institution in November 2013. The suits are Hemingway et al. v. University

194


Table of Contents


of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, Inc. filed on August 12, 2013; Jennings v. University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, LLC et al. filed on March 26, 2015; and Albritton et al. v. University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, LLC filed on April 9, 2015, which was resolved in October 2015 and is awaiting final dismissal. The allegations relate to a program that was launched in May 2011 and, at the time, offered a "Master of Orthopaedic Physician's Assistant Program" degree. The plaintiffs in these matters allege that the university misrepresented their ability to practice as licensed Physician Assistants with a heightened specialty in orthopaedics. The plaintiffs in the remaining cases are seeking relief including refund of tuition paid to St. Augustine, as well as loan debt incurred by the plaintiffs while attending St. Augustine, loss of future earnings and litigation costs. The Hemingway matter is awaiting a trial date. The Jennings matter is at a preliminary stage prior to commencement of discovery. We believe the claims in these cases are without merit and intend to defend vigorously against the allegations. With respect to the two pending St. Augustine cases, under the terms of the acquisition agreement for St. Augustine, we expect to be indemnified by the seller for substantially all of the liability with respect to any claims in these cases. We also have a right of set-off against the seller for such amounts.

        During 2010, we were notified by the STA (in this case, by the Regional Inspection Office of the Special Madrid Tax Unit) that an audit of some of our Spanish subsidiaries was being initiated for 2006 and 2007. On June 29, 2012, the STA issued a final assessment to ICE, our Spanish holding company, for approximately EUR 12 million ($13.4 million at September 30, 2015), including interest, for those two years based on its rejection of the tax deductibility of financial expenses related to certain intercompany acquisitions and the application of the Spanish ETVE regime. On July 25, 2012 we filed a claim with the Regional Economic-Administrative Court challenging this assessment and, in the same month, we issued a cash-collateralized letter of credit for the assessment amount, in order to suspend the payment of the tax due. Further, in July 2013, we were notified by the STA (in this case, by the Central Inspection Office for Large Taxpayers) that an audit of ICE was also being initiated for 2008 through 2010. On October 19, 2015, the STA issued a final assessment to ICE for approximately EUR 17.2 million ($19.2 million at September 30, 2015), including interest, for those three years. We plan to appeal this assessment. In order to suspend the payment of the tax assessment until the court decision, we will issue a cash-collateralized letter of credit for the assessment amount plus interest and any possible surcharges. We believe the assessments in this case are without merit and intend to defend vigorously against them.

195


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY REGULATION

Brazilian Regulation

        The Brazilian educational system is organized according to a system of cooperation among federal, state and local governments. Higher education (i.e., undergraduate and graduate level education provided by public and private higher education institutions ("HEI")) is regulated primarily at the federal level, particularly in terms of public policy goals, accreditation and academic oversight; however, the state and municipal governments are also involved, principally in relation to taxation, real estate and operational permitting issues.

        With respect to the federal role, The National Educational Basis and Guidelines Law ("LDB"), provides the general framework for the provision of educational services in Brazil and establishes the duty of the federal government to:

    coordinate the national educational policy;

    define the National Education Plan, in coordination with the states, the Federal District of Brasilia and municipalities;

    provide technical and financial assistance to the states, the Federal District of Brasilia and municipalities;

    establish, in collaboration with the states, the Federal District of Brasilia and municipalities, skills and guidelines for early childhood education, elementary and secondary education that will guide the curriculum and their minimum syllabus, ensuring the regular basic education;

    ensure national process of evaluation of higher education institutions, with the cooperation of evaluation agencies that have responsibility for this level of education;

    create an evaluation process for the academic performance of elementary, secondary and higher education in collaboration with educational institutions in order to improve the quality of education; and

    issue rules and regulations regarding higher education.

        The responsibility of the Federal Government in regulating, monitoring and evaluating higher education institutions and undergraduate programs is exercised by MEC, along with a number of other federal agencies and offices that are related to MEC.

MEC

        MEC is the highest authority of the higher education system in Brazil and has the power to:

    confirm the decisions of the National Board of Education ("CNE") regarding the accreditation and reaccreditation of institutions of higher education;

    confirm the systems and evaluation criteria adopted by the National Institute of Educational Studies Anísio Teixeira ("INEP");

    confirm opinions and regulatory proposals issued by the CNE;

    issue implementing rules, (regulations, notices, and technical advisories governing the conduct of higher education); and

    regulate and monitor the system of higher education.

196


Table of Contents

CNE—National Board of Education

        CNE is a consultative advisory and deliberative body of MEC. It consists of the Board of Basic Education and the Board of Higher Education, each composed of 12 members appointed by the President of Brazil. The Board of Higher Education has the power to:

    support the development and monitor the implementation of the National Education Plan;

    analyze and issue opinions on the results of the evaluation procedures of higher education;

    offer suggestions for drafting the National Education Plan and to monitor their implementation;

    decide on the curriculum guidelines proposed by the MEC, for undergraduate courses;

    deliberate on the reports submitted by MEC on the recognition of courses and qualifications offered by higher education institutions, as well as on prior authorization from those offered by non-university institutions;

    approve the authorization, accreditation and periodic reaccreditation of higher education institutions, based on reports and assessments provided by MEC;

    approve the statutes of universities and the regiment of the other higher education institutions that are part of the Federal educational system;

    deliberate on the reports for periodic recognition of master's and doctoral programs, prepared by the MEC, based on the evaluation of the programs;

    analyze matters relating to the implementation of legislation regarding higher education; and

    advise MEC in higher education related matters.

INEP—National Institute of Educational Studies Anísio Teixeira

        INEP is a federal agency linked to MEC that is the primary statistical and information-gathering body for the entire Brazilian education system. The performance data it collects and publishes is used by MEC, the legislature and the rest of the executive branch, as well as the public, to debate and make policy and programmatic decisions about education. INEP has the power to:

    carry out visits to institutions of higher education for on-site evaluations in the process of accreditation and reaccreditation of institutions and in the authorization, recognition, accreditation and renewal of recognition processes of undergraduate and sequential programs;

    conduct research and analysis of data related to education in Brazil; and

    implement the SINAES.

CONAES—National Commission on Higher Education Evaluation

        CONAES is a committee under MEC supervision composed of 13 members. CONAES has the power to:

    coordinate and monitor SINAES;

    establish guidelines to be followed by INEP in the development of programmatic evaluation tools;

    approve the evaluation tools and submit them for approval by the Minister of Education; and

    submit the list of programs to be evaluated by the National Examination of Student Performance ("ENADE") examination, to the Minister of Education.

197


Table of Contents

SERES—Higher Education Regulation and Supervision Secretariat

        In 2011, SERES, which operates as an arm of MEC, became the specific agency directly responsible for regulation and supervision of public and private HEIs, as well as undergraduate courses and lato sensu post-graduate programs, both in-person and distance learning modalities. Its mission is to elevate the quality level of all higher education through the establishment of guidelines for the expansion of HEIs and their courses, in accordance with national curriculum guidelines and proprietary quality parameters, and include:

    to plan and coordinate the policy-making process for the regulation and supervision of higher education;

    to accredit undergraduate (and sequential) courses, both through in-person and distance learning;

    to oversee HEIs and courses, in order to fulfill the educational legislation and to induce improvements in the quality of higher education standards, applying the penalties provided for in legislation;

    to establish guidelines for the preparation of assessment instruments for and higher education courses;

    to manage the public system of registration and database of HEIs and higher education courses; and

    to propose the design of actions and updating of reference and curriculum guidelines for undergraduate courses, as well as benchmarks for quality distance education, considering curricular guidelines and various forms of technology.

        According to the LDB, higher education can be offered by public or private higher education institutions. A private institution of higher education shall be controlled, managed and maintained by an individual person(s) or legal entity, in either case referred to as the " mantenedora ." The mantenedora is responsible for obtaining resources to meet the needs of the duly authorized HEI, which in regulatory terms is referred to as the " mantida ." A mantenedora may be authorized to operate more than one mantida. In any case, the mantenedora is legally and financially responsible for all of its mantidas. Each of our HEIs in Brazil is maintained by a Laureate-controlled mantenedora.

        Private institutions of higher education may be:

    private institutions of higher education with profit purposes created and maintained by one or more individuals or private legal entities;

    community institutions, founded by groups of individuals or one or more legal entities, including cooperatives, teachers and students that include community representatives in its supporting entity;

    religious institutions, instituted by individuals or groups for one or more legal entities that meet specific religious and ideological orientation and that include community representatives in its supporting entity; or

    nonprofit private institutions, charitable or not charitable, which are also sometimes referred to as philanthropic or nonphilanthropic.

        According to organizational and academic prerogatives, institutions of undergraduate learning can be:

    Colleges ( faculdades) : Colleges are institutions of public or private education offering degree programs in more than one area of knowledge and that are supported by a single supporting

198


Table of Contents

      entity and have specific administration and management. Colleges may offer programs at the following levels: traditional undergraduate programs, technological undergraduate programs, specialization and graduate programs (master's and Ph.D. degrees). Colleges do not have minimum requirements for the qualifications of professors and their labor practices, and cannot establish new campuses or create programs and new locations without the prior permission of MEC.

    University Centers ( centro universitários ): University centers are public or private educational institutions that offer a variety of programs in higher education, including undergraduate programs, extension courses and lato sensu graduate programs—master's and Ph.D. degrees; they must also provide learning opportunities and career development for their professors. At least one third of the faculty of a university center must be composed of persons with masters or doctorate degrees. In addition, at least one fifth of its professors must be composed of professors who work full time. University centers have the autonomy to create, organize and extinguish individual courses and degree programs, as well as relocate or expand locations in their existing programs in the municipality where the university center's headquarters is located, without prior permission of MEC. A university center cannot open campuses outside the municipality where its seat is located.

    Universities ( universidades ): Universities are public or private institutions of higher education that offer several degree programs, extension activities and development of institutional research. Like the university centers, at least one third of the faculty of a university must be composed of persons with masters or doctorate degrees. In addition, at least one third of a university's faculty must be composed of professors who work full time. Similar to university centers, universities have autonomy to create, organize and extinguish individual courses and degree programs, as well as to relocate or expand locations in their existing programs in the municipality where the university's headquarters is located, without prior permission of MEC. Additionally, universities have the ability, upon prior authorization by MEC, to apply for accreditation of new campuses and courses outside the municipality where the university's seat is located, provided that they are within the same state as the seat.

        Among the HEI in the Laureate International Universities network, there are five faculdades (Faculdade de Desenvolvimento do Rio Grande do Sul, located in Porto Alegre, RS; Faculdade dos Guararapes, located in Jaboatão dos Guararapes, PE; Faculdade Internacional da Paraíba, located in João Pessoa, PB; Faculdades Porto-Alegrense, located in Porto Alegre, RS; and Faculdade dos Guararapes de Recife, located in Recife, PE), four university centers (FMU Education Group, located in São Paulo, SP; Centro Universitário Ritter dos Reis, located in Porto Alegre, RS; Centro Universitário do Norte, located in Manaus, AM; and Instituto Brasileiro de Medicina de Reabilitação—IBMR, located in Rio de Janeiro, RJ), as well as three universities (Universidade Potiguar, located in Natal, RN; UNIFACS—Universidade Salvador, located in Salvador, BA; and Universidade Anhembi Morumbi, located in São Paulo, SP). In addition, Business School São Paulo, which is a professional degree-granting institution, is owned and operated by Universidade Anhembi Morumbi, and CEDEPE Business School, which is a professional degree-granting institution, is operated as a division of Faculdade dos Guararapes de Recife. As noted below, each form of HEI is entitled to a different level of autonomy within the regulatory framework. In turn, we factor the respective levels of autonomy into the operational strategy for each HEI, as the requirement of prior or post-facto MEC approval can delay or nullify specific new campus expansion projects, new course offerings, and increases in the number of authorized seats per course.

        Legislation provides for specific levels of didactic, scientific and administrative autonomy to universities, university centers and colleges in differing degrees with the aim of limiting outside influence by other institutions or persons outside of the HEI's internal governance structure.

199


Table of Contents

        LDB provides that the following powers are guaranteed to universities and university centers in the exercise of their autonomy:

    creation, organization, and extinguishment of degree programs in their facilities, subject to applicable regulations;

    establishment of the curriculum of their courses and programs, subject to applicable general guidelines;

    establishment of plans, programs and projects related to scientific research, artistic production and extracurricular activities;

    establishment of the number of available seats; except in respect of programs in law, medicine, dentistry and psychology, where the total number of available seats in the entire system is controlled by MEC in conjunction with the input of the relevant professional associations;

    preparation and amendment of their bylaws in accordance with the general applicable standards; and

    the right to grant degrees, diplomas and other qualifications.

        LDB provides that the following powers are guaranteed to colleges in the exercise of their autonomy:

    establishment of the curriculum of their courses and programs, subject to applicable general guidelines;

    establishment of plans, programs and projects related to scientific research, artistic production and extracurricular activities;

    preparation and amendment of their bylaws in accordance with the general applicable standards; and

    the right to grant degrees, diplomas and other qualifications.

        Although colleges have administrative autonomy, they do not enjoy academic autonomy and, therefore, are subject to MEC's prior authorization to create new programs and degree programs.

        Accreditation.     The first accreditation of an institution of higher education is necessarily as a college. The accreditation as a university or university center is only granted after the institution has operated as a college for at least six years and has demonstrated that it has met satisfactory quality standards, including positive evaluation by the SINAES, as well as met legal requirements applicable to each type of institution of undergraduate learning, including minimum degree attainment and terms of faculty employment.

        LDB establishes that higher education shall include the following programs:

    continuing education programs ( cursos sequênciais ), open to applicants who meet the requirements established by the higher educational institutions, provided they have completed high school or equivalent;

    undergraduate programs, including traditional and technological undergraduate programs, that are open to applicants who have completed secondary education or the equivalent and have passed the selection process or university entrance examination;

    graduate programs, including master's degrees and Ph.D.s, specialization programs, advanced training courses and others, open to applicants who have an undergraduate degree and meet the requirements set by the educational institutions; and

200


Table of Contents

    extension programs with a social character that grant certificates to students, open to applicants who meet the requirements established, in each case, by the educational institutions.

        Following accreditation, colleges must obtain MEC permission to offer new undergraduate degree programs. As a consequence of their autonomy, universities and university centers do not require MEC authorization to create programs in the city where the university's or university center's seat is located. They need only inform MEC about the programs they offer for registration, evaluation and subsequent recognition. However, the creation of graduate programs in law, medicine, dentistry and psychology, whether by colleges, universities or university centers, are subject to the opinion of the proper professional associations. These associations are also consulted in the reaccreditation process.

        Additionally, and as a consequence of their autonomy, universities also can apply for accreditation of campuses and the authorization and recognition of programs outside the municipality where the university's seat is located. The campuses and programs not located in the city of the university's seat are not entitled to the autonomy of the main university and must be controlled and supervised by the university. Effectively, these campuses are treated like colleges for educational regulatory purposes. Within the network in Brazil, the UnP Mossoró Campus, the UNIFACS Feira de Santana Campus and the UniRitter Canoas Campus fall into this category.

        Once a university has obtained the authorization to provide a particular program, the HEI, including university centers and universities, also must obtain the recognition of such course, as a condition for national validation of the diploma. The application for recognition must be made at least one year after the start of the program and no later than half of the time required for its completion. The authorization and the recognition of programs and accreditation of institutions of higher education must be renewed periodically in accordance with the regularly applicable MEC evaluation process.

        Evaluation.     SINAES was established to evaluate HEI as institutions of higher education, traditional degree and technology degree programs and student academic performance. The main objective of this evaluation system is to improve the quality of higher education in Brazil. In practice, the CONAES conducts the monitoring and coordination efforts of SINAES. The results of the institutional and course evaluations are represented on a scale of five levels and are considered in the process of accreditation, recognition and renewal of accreditation of programs and accreditation and reaccreditation of institutions.

        In the case of unsatisfactory results, the HEI will be required to enter into an agreement with MEC that establishes a remediation program that includes among other requirements: (i) diagnosis of the unsatisfactory conditions; (ii) development and implementation of measures to be taken to remedy the unsatisfactory conditions; and (iii) establishment of deadlines and goals for remediation.

        Failure to comply, in whole or in part, with the conditions provided in the term of commitment may result in one or more penalties imposed by MEC, including temporary suspension of the opening of the selective process for undergraduate programs and cancellation of accreditation or reaccreditation of the institution and the authorization for operation of its programs.

        External evaluations of institutions of higher education are carried out by the INEP in two instances, first, when an institution applies for its first accreditation and second, by the end of each evaluation cycle of SINAES. Institutions of higher education are evaluated based on the following criteria, among others: (i) institutional development plan; (ii) social and institutional responsibility; (iii) infrastructure and financial condition; and (iv) pedagogical monitoring of student academic performance.

        The evaluation of undergraduate programs is made at the time of the first accreditation by MEC, and consists of the analysis of academic methodology, faculty, student and technical-administrative bodies and the infrastructure of the institution and is periodically updated at the end of each evaluation cycle of SINAES.

201


Table of Contents

        The evaluation of graduate programs is made by the Coordinating Agency for the Improvement of Highly Educated Persons ("CAPES"), which is responsible for establishing the quality standard required of masters and doctoral programs along with the identification and evaluation of the courses that meet this standard. Its recommendations are subject to the approval of the CNE. Programs are evaluated according to the requirements established for each specific program. CAPES updates its evaluation of graduate programs every three years, which is the validity period of an authorization.

        The evaluation of student academic performance is conducted by INEP, which requires each student to sit for the ENADE in order to verify the knowledge and technical skill of the student body. Each ENADE test is developed in accordance with the content and specific curriculum of each educational program. Students enrolled in undergraduate programs take the ENADE every three years. In this system, students are evaluated at the end of the last year of each program.

        The overall grade for each class of students is calculated based on the weighted arithmetic average of all students in a specific program selected for the exam. INEP evaluates the standard deviation of the student's evolution in each program in order to compare it with national standards.

        Transfer of control of mantenedoras.     The change of control of mantenedoras does not require prior approval from MEC. A change of control need only be reported to MEC after the fact. However, the transfer of an HEI (mantida) to another mantenedora must be previously approved by MEC. The new mantenedora must meet the necessary requirements for accreditation of an institution of higher education and provide all appropriate documentation proving economic, financial and academic capacity to do so. Laureate's usual method for the acquisition of control is to acquire an interest in a pre-existing mantenedora. There may be circumstances in the future that warrant a departure from this course of conduct, in which case Laureate will follow the prescribed MEC requirements.

        Although changes of control exercised by Laureate do not ordinarily need MEC prior approval or review, due to the level of Laureate's consolidated gross revenues throughout Brazil, current Brazilian law requires that every control transaction, with limited exceptions, that Laureate enters into must be submitted to the Brazilian anti-trust authority, the Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Economico (the "CADE"), for approval. Such request for approval must be granted prior to the definitive closing of such transaction. CADE has the power to reject and/or alter any transaction or any part of a transaction that it deems to unduly restrict competition.

        Incentive program.     PROUNI is a federal program of tax benefits designed to increase higher education participation rates by making college more affordable. PROUNI provides private HEI with an exemption from certain federal taxes in exchange for granting partial and full scholarships to low-income students enrolled in traditional and technology undergraduate programs. All of our HEI adhere to PROUNI.

        HEI may join PROUNI by signing a term of membership valid for ten years and renewable for the same period. This term of membership shall include the number of scholarships to be offered in each program, unit and class, and a percentage of scholarships for degree programs to be given to indigenous and Afro-Brazilians. To join PROUNI, an educational institution must maintain a certain relationship between the number of scholarships granted to regular paying students. The relationship between the number of scholarships and regular paying students is tested annually. If this relationship is not observed during a given academic year due to the departure of students, the institution must adjust the number of scholarships in a proportional manner the following academic year.

        An HEI that has joined PROUNI and remains in good standing is exempted, in whole or in part, from the following taxes during the period in which the term of membership is in effect:

    IRPJ (income tax) and CSLL (social contribution), with respect to the portion of net income in proportion to revenues from traditional and technology undergraduate programs; and

202


Table of Contents

    Cofins (Contribution for the Financing of Social Security) and PIS (Program of Social Integration), concerning revenues from traditional and technology undergraduate programs.

        A number of municipal and state governments have sought to replicate PROUNI by creating their own programs that, for example, offer tax incentives through a reduction in, or credits against, the ISS (Municipal Services Tax) in exchange for scholarships to targeted social groups or professions. Laureate owns and operates HEI in several jurisdictions where such local incentive programs are in force.

        Student financing program.     FIES is a federal program established to provide financing to students enrolled in courses in private institutions of higher education that have maintained a minimum satisfactory evaluation according to SINAES and receive a grade of 3 or higher out of 5 on the ENADE. The program also allows for full financing to be offered to students, if the HEI achieves grade 4 or 5; however, the primary factor in determining whether a student is eligible to receive full or partial financing is how he or she scores on the program's means testing of household income relative to the cost of tuition.

        Under this basic structure, FIES targets both of the government's education policy goals: increased access and improved academic quality outcomes. The HEI receives the benefit of the FIES program through its participation in the intermediation of CFT-E (Certificado Financeiro do Tesouro) bonds, which are public bonds issued to the HEI by the federal government that the HEI may use to pay the national social security tax imposed by the INSS (National Social Security Institute) and certain other federal tax obligations. If the HEI is current with its taxes (i.e., it possesses a tax clearance certificate and is not otherwise involved in any tax-related disputes with the federal government that are not being defended in compliance with applicable security/bond requirements) then the HEI also has the option to sell the bonds for cash in a public auction conducted by one of the government-sponsored banks.

        Although the federal government is the direct creditor to the students, federal law stipulates that the HEI bear a portion of the credit risk. There are two different types of FIES contracts, and the HEI's exposure to the credit risk varies accordingly:

    contracts with guarantor(s), when the student names someone (or a group of people) as the underwriter(s) of his or her loan. In this case, the HEI is responsible for up to 15% (for institutions with no tax disputes) and up to 30% (if the institution has one or more open tax disputes that are not being defended in compliance with the applicable security/bond requirements) of all related delinquencies. To effectuate this contribution the federal government withholds between 1% and 3% of the value of the HEI's monthly CFT-E receipts during the course of the student's enrollment. In case there is no default, or the default is smaller than the amount blocked, the federal government will release the withheld CFT-E amounts. The government has yet to establish guidelines determining how the HEI shall remit the unpaid balance in the event that the default amount is higher than the blocked amounts; and

    contracts with no guarantor(s), when the student uses FGEDUC, a public fund created for this purpose, as the underwriter of his or her loan. In this case the federal government requires a contribution of 5.63% of the tuition value from the HEI. Under this contract type, the HEI contributes 5.63% of the FIES student's full tuition to the federal fund. FGEDUC guarantees 90% of the loan amount, leaving the HEI responsible for 15% of the other 10% in case of default. This option is not available to all students; moreover, no Laureate HEI currently participates in this part of the FIES program.

        Since February 2014, all new students who participate in FIES must also enroll in FGEDUC. FGEDUC allows participating educational institutions to insure themselves for 90% (or 13.5% of 15%) of their losses related to student defaults under the FIES program. The cost of the program is 6.25% of the amount covered, which represents 5.63% of a student's full tuition. Similar to FIES, the administrator withholds 5.63% of a student's tuition to fund the guarantee by FGEDUC.

203


Table of Contents

        As of September 30, 2015, approximately 21% of our students in Brazil participated in FIES, representing approximately 26% of our Brazil revenues.

        In December 2014, the MEC along with FNDE, the agency that directly administers FIES, announced several significant rule changes to the FIES program beginning in 2015. These changes raise the eligibility requirements, reduce the annual budget of the program and delay payments to the post-secondary institutions that would otherwise have been due in 2015. The first change implements a minimum score on the high school achievement exam in order to enroll in the program. The second change alters the schedule for the payment and repurchase of credits as well as limits the opportunities for post-secondary institutions to sell any unused credits such that there is a significant delay between the time the post-secondary institution provides the educational services to the students and the time it receives payment from the government for 2015. In addition to these rule changes, FNDE implemented a policy for current students' loan renewals for 2015, which provides that returning students may not finance an amount that increases by more than 6.41% from the amount financed in the previous semester, regardless of any increases in tuition or in the number of courses in which the student is enrolled, a policy that we believe violates the applicable law. Moreover, the online enrollment and re-enrollment system that all post-secondary institutions and students must use to access the program has experienced numerous technical and programming faults that have also interfered with the enrollment and re-enrollment process. Numerous challenges to these changes and requests for judicial relief from the system's faults have been filed in the Brazilian courts, most of which are pending.

        MEC released new FIES regulations in July 2015 ("Normative Ordinances Nos. 08 and 10"), which supplement and amend the rules that were previously released. Among other changes, the Normative Ordinances revised the rules for student eligibility and classification, higher education institution participation and selection of the vacancies that will be offered to the students.

        Regarding student eligibility under the new rules, applicants will have to meet all of the following requirements: (i) have a gross household income of not more than 2.5 times the minimum wage per capita (the previous criterion was gross household income of not more than 20 times the minimum wage for all family members); (ii) not have a higher education degree; and (iii) have taken the National High School Proficiency Exam at least once since 2010, with a minimum score of 450 points and have a score greater than zero in the test of writing.

        In addition, the participating post-secondary institution must sign a participation agreement that contains its proposal of the number of vacancies offered and the following information per shift (morning, evening) and campus location: (i) tuition gross amount for the entire course, including all semesters; (ii) total tuition gross amount per course for the first semester, which must reflect at least a five percent discount to the course list price; and (iii) the number of vacancies that will be offered through the FIES selection process. Only courses with scores of 3, 4 or 5 in the SINAES evaluation are eligible to receive FIES students.

        The selection of vacancies by MEC to be offered to the students will be based on the following criteria: (i) FIES budget and the availability of resources; (ii) course score under SINAES's evaluation; (iii) priority courses, as defined by the government (pedagogy, engineering and health sector courses); and (iv) regionality—vacancies offered in the Northeast, North and Central-West regions will have priority over those offered in the South and Southeast regions.

        Later in 2015, FNDE presented a new payment proposal to the post-secondary institutions, in which FNDE would permit FIES students to borrow money to cover annual tuition increases up to 8.5%, and the post-secondary institutions would not attempt to collect from the FIES students any amounts by which the actual tuition increase exceeds 8.5%. Moreover, the institutions would withdraw any lawsuit filed against the government with respect to this issue. The Brazilian government has officially delayed FIES payments to post-secondary education institutions for the first half of 2015

204


Table of Contents

under the pretense of seeking to resolve whether it will make payments to institutions with tuition increases in excess of the imposed limits.

        These program changes and systemic faults had an adverse impact on us in 2015.

        Distance education.     Distance Education, or Educação à Distância ("EaD") in Brazil, is regulated by the LDB. The law defines EaD as an educational modality in which the didactic and pedagogical measurement in teaching and learning processes occur with the use of media, information and communication technologies, with students and teachers developing educational activities at different places and/or times.

        EaD programs can be offered at different levels and types of higher education, like professional education, including technical, medium and technological level of higher education, higher education, covering continuing education programs, undergraduate, specialization, masters and PhD. EaD programs may only be offered by HEI that are regularly accredited by the MEC. The accreditation request and respective renewal for EaD programs is separate from the accreditation process for the in-person programs delivered by the HEI.

        Universities and university centers accredited to offer EaD programs may create, organize and extinguish courses or higher education programs, upon notice to MEC, and the courses or programs created can only be offered within the limits of the scope defined in the HEI's accreditation act. Colleges (faculdades), must request MEC authorization to offer each specific EaD program.

        The list of requirements for accreditation in the federal education system comprehends physical infrastructure, academic facilities, and details the characteristics and equipment for the library and laboratory operations, along with the accessibility plan and priority seating. Once issued, the EaD accreditation license issued by MEC defines the scope of the HEI's EaD operations in the country, and any expansion beyond the licensed area may only occur with specific MEC permission. The HEI accreditation for the provision of EaD programs is valid for the evaluation cycle term and is renewable.

        EaD programs must be designed with the same duration as their respective in-person course programs. Moreover, the EaD regulatory scheme requires that the HEI perform some aspects in-person as follows: (i) student assessments; (ii) compulsory trainee programs, when provided for in the relevant legislation; (iii) dissertation defense for course completion, when provided for in the relevant legislation; and (iv) activities related to teaching laboratories, where applicable. The in-person events must be performed at the HEI's campus or at a specific, brick and mortar learning center duly accredited for this purpose, referred to as a "polo."

        It is also noteworthy that the HEI offering EaD programs, particularly the polos, are subject to inspection by the MEC at any time. Those inspections aim to demonstrate whether those HEI are compliant with legal and regulatory requirements. In the event of any irregularity not corrected within the given deadlines, the HEI may be subject to certain penalties, including disqualification.

        EaD certificates or diplomas issued by accredited HEI have national validity with the same force and effect as those certificates or diplomas issued for the completion of in-person programs.

Chilean Regulation

        The Political Constitution of the Republic of Chile guarantees every individual's right to education and sets forth the state's obligation to promote the development of education at all levels. It also provides for liberty in teaching, which includes the right to open, organize and maintain educational institutions, providing that a Constitutional Organic Law, which requires a super-majority vote in the Chilean Congress, must establish the requirements for the official recognition of educational institutions.

        The General Law on Education sets forth the requirements and the procedure for the official recognition of educational institutions, providing for an educational system that is mixed in nature,

205


Table of Contents

including a form of education owned and managed by the state and its bodies and another one that is privately provided. The principles that inspire the Chilean educational system include those of universality, by virtue of which education should be affordable to all individuals, quality of education, and respect for and promotion of the autonomy of the educational institutions, within the framework of the laws governing them.

        In the case of higher education, the law provides a licensing system for new institutions that, once completed, makes it possible for these institutions to achieve full autonomy. This autonomy consists of every higher education institution's right to govern itself, as provided in its bylaws, in all matters regarding the fulfillment of its purpose, and encompasses academic, economic and administrative autonomy. Academic autonomy includes the higher education entities' power to decide by themselves the manner in which their teaching, research and extension functions will be fulfilled and the establishment of their curricula and programs. Economic autonomy makes it possible for those establishments to manage their resources to fulfill their goals pursuant to their bylaws and the laws, while administrative autonomy empowers each higher education establishment to organize its operation in the form deemed most appropriate in accordance with its bylaws and the relevant laws.

        The Ministry of Education ("MINEDUC") is the department of state in charge of promoting the development of education at all levels. Its functions include those of proposing and assessing the policies and plans for educational and cultural development, assigning the necessary resources for the conduct of educational and cultural extension activities, evaluating the development of education, discussing and proposing general norms applicable to the sector and overseeing their enforcement, granting official recognition to educational institutions, supervising the activities of its dependent units and fulfilling the other functions assigned by the law.

        The MINEDUC's Higher Education Division is the unit in charge of overseeing compliance with the legal and regulatory norms that govern higher education, of providing advice on the proposal of policies at this level of education and of establishing institutional relations with the officially recognized higher education institutions.

        The National Education Council ( Consejo Nacional de Educación ) is an autonomous entity composed of ten members who must be academicians, professors or professionals with an outstanding career in teaching and educational management and whose functions, regarding higher education, consist of:

    managing the license-granting system for new institutions;

    deciding on institutional projects submitted by institutions for the purpose of their official recognition;

    verifying the development of institutional projects of the institutions that have been approved;

    establishing selective examination systems for the subjects or courses of study delivered by the higher education institutions subject to license-granting processes in order to evaluate compliance with the curricula and programs and the performance of students;

    requesting from the MINEDUC, on a supported basis, the revocation of official recognition of the universities, professional institutes and technical training centers under the license-granting process;

    managing the revocation process of higher education institutions;

    assisting the MINEDUC in the management of the shutdown processes of autonomous higher education institutions, especially as to the process of awarding diplomas and degrees to students who are in the course of their education at the time of shutdown; and

    serving as an appeals body for decisions of the National Accreditation Commission.

206


Table of Contents

        The National Accreditation Commission ( Comisión Nacional de Acreditación ) is an autonomous entity, the function of which is to verify and promote the quality of the autonomous universities, professional institutes and technical training centers and of the courses of study and programs offered by them. In particular, the National Accreditation Commission is required to deliver an opinion on the institutional accreditation of higher education institutions, authorize the private agencies in charge of accreditation of courses of study and undergraduate programs and bachelor programs and specialty programs in the area of health, and supervise their operation.

        The Managing Commission of the Credit System for Higher Education Studies ( Comisión Administradora del Sistema de Créditos para Estudios Superiores ) is an entity whose functions include defining and assessing policies for the development and implementation of financing arrangements for higher education studies, entering into and proposing modifications to any necessary agreements with both domestic and foreign public and private financing entities and implementing those arrangements, and defining and evaluating the policies for higher education loans guaranteed by the state.

        Organization and recognition of higher education institutions.     The law recognizes state-owned higher education institutions, which may only be created by a law, and private institutions that must be organized in accordance with provisions contained in the law. The Chilean legislation provides that the state will officially recognize the following higher education institutions:

    Universities:   Universities may grant professional certificates and all kinds of academic degrees, including graduate certificates, bachelor's degrees and Ph.Ds. Universities are the only institutions entitled to grant professional certificates with respect to which the law requires having previously obtained a bachelor's degree.

    Professional Institutes:   Professional institutes may only confer professional certificates of the type that do not require a bachelor's degree, and technical certificates of a superior level to those students who have completed programs of at least 1,600 class hours without receiving a bachelor's degree.

    Technical Training Centers:   Technical training centers may only confer a technical certificate of a superior level to those students who have completed programs of at least 1,600 class hours.

    Educational institutions of the armed forces and police.

        Private universities must be created in accordance with the procedures set forth by law, and must always be not-for-profit entities in order to be officially recognized.

        Private professional institutes and technical training centers may be created by any individual or legal entity, they may be organized as for-profit or not-for-profit entities, and their sole purpose must be the creation, organization and maintenance of a professional institute or technical training center.

        In order to be officially recognized, universities, professional institutes and technical training centers must have the necessary teaching, didactic, economic, financial and physical resources to offer the academic degrees, professional certificates or technical certificates, as appropriate, which must be certified by the National Education Council. Additionally, these institutions must have a certification granted by the National Education Council evidencing that the entity has had both its institutional project and its academic programs approved and that it will have the progressive verification of its institutional development performed. Higher education institutions may only start their teaching activities once the official recognition has been granted.

        The official recognition of a higher education institution may be revoked and, in the case of universities, their legal existence may be revoked through a supported Statutory Decree of the MINEDUC, after a decision of the National Education Council adopted by the majority of its members in a meeting called for that sole purpose and after hearing the affected party, if that party (i) fails to comply with the objectives set forth in its bylaws, (ii) conducts activities contrary to morals, public

207


Table of Contents

order, good customs or national security, (iii) commits gross violations of its bylaws, or (iv) ceases to confer professional certificates to its graduates.

        The law provides for a system of license grants to higher education institutions, which includes the approval of institutional project and the evaluation, progress and materialization of its educational project for a period of no less than six years, at the end of which they may become fully autonomous.

        National system of quality assurance in higher education.     The law provides for a system of quality assurance in higher education that includes a system of institutional accreditation that consists of a process of analysis of existing mechanisms within the autonomous higher education institutions to guarantee their quality, bearing in mind both the existence of those mechanisms and their application and results, and a process of accreditation of courses of study or programs, consisting of a process of verification of the quality of the courses of study or programs offered by the autonomous higher education institutions, on the basis of their declared purposes and the criteria set forth by the respective academic and professional communities.

        Both the institutional accreditation and the accreditation of courses of study and undergraduate programs are voluntary, except that the courses of study and academic programs leading to the professional degrees of Surgeon, Elementary Education Teacher, Secondary Education Teacher, Differential Education Teacher and Nursery School Teacher are subject to mandatory accreditation.

        The institutional accreditation is filed with the National Accreditation Commission, whereas the accreditation of courses of study and undergraduate programs can be performed by domestic, foreign or international accreditation entities authorized by the National Accreditation Commission.

        Tax benefits.     Chilean universities recognized by the state, and the associations, corporations, partnerships and foundations that are created, organized or maintained by those universities, are exempted from paying tax on the income arising exclusively from their educational activities. Likewise, educational institutions are exempted from paying value-added tax, an exemption that is limited to the revenues arising from their teaching activities. Additionally, universities are exempted from paying withholding taxes for payments made abroad. There are also specific tax benefits for donations made to universities.

        Financing.     The Chilean state contributes to the direct financing of universities existing as of December 31, 1980 by means of contributions from the state. In addition, all universities, professional institutes and technical training centers recognized as higher education institutions receive an indirect contribution from the state, which is distributed on the basis of the scores obtained in the university admission test by the students enrolled in each higher education institution.

        Under the CAE Program, the state guarantees up to 90% of the principal plus interest on loans granted by financial institutions to students of higher education at autonomous, accredited institutions officially recognized by the state that select their first-year students on the basis of the score obtained in the university admission test and that use the aforesaid indirect contribution by the state exclusively for institutional development purposes.

        Recent developments.     Because of an ongoing controversy in Chile with respect to the quality of higher education and compliance with the regulations applicable to higher education institutions, since July 2011 several reforms have been promoted by the Chilean government. Some of these reforms were approved during the previous administration, such as amendments to the CAE Program reducing from 6% to 2% per annum the interest rate that CAE debtors must pay, limiting principal and interest payments under that program to 10% of a debtor's monthly income, and providing for the termination of the debt after a 180-month period.

        Other legislative reforms were promoted by members of the previous Chilean Congress but were not supported by the previous Chilean government, including proposals to restrict related party transactions between higher education institutions and entities that control them. In November and

208


Table of Contents

December 2013, Chile held national elections. The presidential election was won by former president Michelle Bachelet, who assumed office on March 11, 2014, and a political coalition led by Ms. Bachelet won the elections for both houses of the Chilean Congress, in each case for four years beginning on March 11, 2014. Although the election platform of the new government mentioned that stronger regulation of higher education was required, it did not contain specific commitments with respect to the abovementioned reforms, other than the creation of a special agency to oversee higher education institutions' compliance with law and regulations. In the second quarter of 2014, the new government announced the withdrawal of all of the prior administration's higher education proposals and its intent to submit new bills to the Chilean Congress during the second half of 2014. No such legislation has been introduced yet and, in September 2015, the Minister of Education announced that no legislation on higher education reform would be submitted to Congress before December 2015 at the earliest. We anticipate that any proposed legislation would, if adopted, introduce significant changes to the regulatory environment for higher education in Chile.

        On July 14, 2015, the Ministry of Education published on its website a "working document" ("Documento de Trabajo") entitled "Bases for Reform to the National System of Higher Education," in which it set out a proposed framework for the higher education legislation that it is considering introducing and requested public comment on the proposals not later than August 20, 2015. The principal elements of the proposal include a new regulatory framework for higher education (including a Superintendency of Higher Education), a mandatory common admissions process for all higher education institutions, a mandatory unified accreditation system for all institutions and programs, a new public financing system with the ultimate goal of providing free tuition for all undergraduate students at qualifying higher education institutions that choose to participate, and a prohibition on related party transactions. In order for a higher education institution to be eligible for its undergraduate students to receive free tuition, among other things, the institution would have to be organized as a not-for-profit entity, not have any for-profit entities as members or sponsors of the institution, and own a specified percentage of its fixed assets (which percentage has not yet been specified). The proposals described in the Documento de Trabajo have not yet been transformed into a legislative proposal and we cannot predict whether any legislative proposal that the Ministry of Education introduces would contain any or all of these terms, or that the Chilean Congress would enact any such legislative proposal.

        The Chilean Congress also recently approved legislation that provides for the appointment of a provisional administrator or closing administrator to handle the affairs of failing universities or universities found to have breached their bylaws. In addition, the Chilean Congress has recently approved legislation that would permit, but not require, universities and technical/vocational institutes to include in their bylaws provisions contemplating the participation of students, professors and employees in the governance of the institution. The legislation also provides that bylaws cannot contain provisions that prohibit, limit or obstruct the free organization of students as well as academic and non-academic personnel.

        In June 2012, an investigative committee of the Chilean Chamber of Deputies issued a preliminary report on the Chilean higher education system alleging that certain universities, including the three universities that Laureate controls in Chile, have not complied with the requirements of Chilean law that universities be not-for-profit. Among the irregularities cited in the report are high salaries to board members or top executives, outsourcing of services to related parties, and that universities are being bought and sold by foreign and economic groups. The investigative committee referred its report to the Ministry of Education and to the Public Prosecutor of Chile to determine whether there has been any violation of the law. The Public Prosecutor appointed a regional prosecutor to investigate whether any criminal charges should be brought for alleged violations of the laws on higher education and, more than three years later, no charges have been brought by the regional prosecutor against any institutions in the Laureate International Universities network. On July 19, 2012, the Chilean Chamber of Deputies rejected the report of the investigative committee. In December 2012, in light of the criminal prosecution of the former president of the National Accreditation Commission for alleged bribery, the

209


Table of Contents

Chilean Chamber of Deputies mandated its Education Commission to be an investigative committee regarding the functioning of the National Accreditation Commission, especially with respect to compliance with the National Accreditation Commission's duty to oversee higher education entities. The Education Commission delivered a report, which was approved by the Chamber of Deputies on October 1, 2013, containing several recommendations to improve regulation of the higher education accreditation system. Additionally, the Chilean Chamber of Deputies approved the creation of a special investigative committee to resume the investigation of higher education performed by the investigative committee that issued the June 2012 report that was previously rejected by the Chamber of Deputies. On January 15, 2014, that investigative committee approved a new report recommending, among other things, improvements to the Chilean higher education system regulations, amendments to the higher education financing system, particularly the CAE Program, imposition of criminal penalties for violation of the requirement that universities be not-for-profit, and support of legislation that would prohibit related party transactions, prohibit the transfer of control of universities, and require universities to have independent board members. The report was approved by the full Chamber of Deputies on April 1, 2014.

        On February 18, 2014, the Ministry of Education disclosed that on November 15, 2013 and February 11, 2014, it had initiated internal investigations into UDLA Chile and UNAB, respectively. The investigations were initiated upon referrals from the National Education Council and the National Accreditation Commission, which had conveyed to the Ministry of Education their concerns regarding certain agreements entered into by UDLA Chile and UNAB with their controlling entities, including concerns about the amount and real use made by the universities of the services provided under those agreements. The investigations are an initial step by the Ministry of Education to determine whether the Ministry should begin formal sanction proceedings against the universities. The Ministry of Education also disclosed that it has delivered relevant documentation on the matter to the Public Prosecutor.

        In May 2014, SII instituted an audit of UVM Chile, UNAB and UDLA Chile questioning whether they had regularly paid their taxes as non-profit entities for the period 2011 to 2014, specifically in relation to their financial dealings with Laureate, for-profit entities. Any non-compliance with the non-profit laws would subject them to the payment of additional taxes and penalties. As of August 2015, SII had notified all three institutions that its audit detected "no differences" in the taxes paid and the taxes owed, and provided a written closure letter to each of the institutions.

Mexican Regulation

        Mexican law provides that private entities are entitled to render education services in accordance with applicable legal provisions. These provisions regulate the education services rendered by the federal government, the states and private entities and contain guidelines for the allocation of the higher education role among the federal government, the states and the municipalities, including their respective economic contributions in order to jointly participate in the development and coordination of higher education.

        There are three levels of regulation in Mexico: federal; state; and municipal. The federal authority is the Federal Ministry of Public Education ( Secretaría de Educación Pública ). Each of the 31 states and the Federal District has the right to establish a local Ministry of Education, and each municipality of each state may establish a municipal education authority that only has authority to advertise and promote educational services and/or activities. Additionally, since February 26, 2013, the National Institute for the Evaluation of Educational Services ( Instituto Nacional para la Evaluación de la Educación ) is in charge of, among other things, evaluating the quality of the study plans and programs for Basic and Mid-Superior education services (as further described below).

        Some functions are exclusive to the Federal Ministry of Education such as the establishment of study plans and programs for Basic and Mid-Superior education services Other functions are exclusive

210


Table of Contents

to the state Ministries of Education such as the coordination and administration of the local registry of students, teachers, education institutions and schools. There are also concurrent functions such as the granting and withdrawal of governmental recognition of validity of studies ( Reconocimiento de Validez Oficial de Estudios ) (" REVOEs, " for its acronym in Spanish).

        The General Law on Education ( Ley General de Educación ) in Mexico classifies studies in the following three categories: (i) Basic Education, which includes pre-school (kindergarten), elementary school and junior high school ( secundaria ); (ii) Mid-Superior Education, which includes high school ( prepataroria ) and equivalent studies, as well as professional education that does not consider preparatoria as a prerequisite; and (iii) Superior Education, which includes the studies taught after prepataroria, including undergraduate school ( licenciatura ), specialties ( especialidades ), masters studies, doctorate studies and studies for teachers ( educación normal ).

        The General Law on Education provides that in order for private entities to be able to provide Basic Education Services and studies for teachers ( educación normal ), a prior governmental authorization is required (the " Authorization "). For other studies, including Mid-Superior and Superior Education Services, no prior governmental authorization is required. However, if the private entities desire to provide Mid-Superior and Superior Education Services, and want those studies to be integrated into the federal and/or local public educational system, they must obtain a REVOE by the federal and/or local Ministry of Education, respectively.

        The REVOEs are issued by the Federal Ministry of Education under the General Law on Education, or by any of the state Ministries of Education under the applicable state law. REVOEs are granted for each program taught in each campus. If there is a change in the program or in the campus in which it is taught, the entity will need to get a new REVOE.

        The Federal Ministry of Education has issued a set of general resolutions ( Acuerdos ) that regulate the general requirements for obtaining REVOEs. The main Acuerdos are (i)  Acuerdo 243 issued on May 27, 1998 to set the general guidelines for obtaining an Authorization or REVOE, and (ii)  Acuerdo  279 issued on July 10, 2000 to set the procedures related to REVOEs for Superior Education studies. The Federal Ministry of Education recommends to the local Ministries of Education the adoption and inclusion of the provisions contained in Acuerdo 243 and Acuerdo 279 in the local Law on Education and other applicable local laws and regulations.

        In general terms, federal and state laws in Mexico provide for three requirements for granting REVOEs:

    personnel that have adequate qualifications to render education services and that comply with the appropriate administrative requirements;

    facilities that meet the hygiene, security and pedagogic conditions determined by the authority; and

    studies, plans and programs that the authority considers appropriate.

        Depending on each state, other requirements may apply, for example, that private institutions that provide educational services with REVOEs need to be registered with the corresponding local authorities.

         Acuerdo 279 regulates in detail the provisions contained under the General Law on Education to grant REVOEs for Superior Education studies, regarding faculty, plans and programs of studies, inspection visits, procedures, etc. Acuerdo 279 provides that the faculty that participate in programs taught by private institutions must be full-time faculty or faculty retained by subject. Acuerdo 279 regulates the qualifications that the faculty members have to meet depending on whether they are full-time or part-time, and provides that a minimum percentage of courses need to be taught by full-time faculty, which percentage depends on the type of program taught.

211


Table of Contents

         Acuerdo 279 also provides that private institutions that provide Superior Education services in accordance with presidential decrees or secretarial resolutions ( acuerdos secretariales ) issued specifically to them may maintain the obligations provided to them thereunder and may function under the provisions of Acuerdo 279 to the extent the provisions of this latter Acuerdo benefit them. Currently, Universidad Tecnológica de México, S.C. and Universidad del Valle de México, S.C. have secretarial resolutions that were issued in their favor before the issuance of Acuerdo 279. The obligations contained in these secretarial resolutions generally conform to the obligations provided under Acuerdo  279.

        The regulatory authorities are entitled to conduct inspection visits to the facilities of educational institutions to verify compliance with applicable legal provisions. Failure to comply with applicable legal provisions may result in the imposition of fines, in the cancellation of the applicable REVOE and in the closure of the education facilities.

        Private institutions with REVOEs are required to grant a minimum percentage of scholarships to students. Acuerdo 279 provides that private institutions grant scholarships to at least five percent of the total students registered during each academic term. Scholarships consist, in whole or in part, of payment of the registration and tuition fees established by the educational institution. The granting of scholarships has to be provided for in the internal regulations of the educational institution, which regulations must provide:

    authority of the institution that will coordinate the application and supervision of the compliance with the applicable provisions;

    terms and procedures for the expedition and dissemination of the scholarships grant;

    requirements with which the applicants of scholarships will have to comply;

    types of scholarships offered;

    procedures for the delivery of results; and

    conditions to maintain and to cancel scholarships.

         Acuerdo 279 provides for the minimum percentage of courses that must be taught by full-time faculty. Private education institutions that do not meet the minimum requirements must submit to the education authority, for approval, a detailed justification in that regard making reference to the area of knowledge of the plan of studies, level thereof, education mode, general purpose of the plan and educational model proposed for the referenced studies. In addition, for masters studies focused in research, the university must have at least one full-time active investigator for every 25 students and for doctorate studies, must have at least one full-time active investigator for every ten students.

        Private entities may also obtain the recognition of validity of their programs from the National Autonomous University of Mexico ( Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México or "UNAM"). The General Regulations of Incorporation and Validation of Studies issued by UNAM provide that programs followed in private entities may be "incorporated" to UNAM in order for UNAM to recognize their validity. For the programs to be incorporated the following general requirements must be met:

    they have to be complete cycles and not isolated subjects;

    the private entity must have appropriate infrastructure (workshops, laboratories, libraries, etc.);

    the private entity must have professors, study plans, programs and other academic elements approved by UNAM; and

    the private entity must be subject to the inspection and surveillance of UNAM and pay the corresponding fees.

212


Table of Contents

        The UNAM regulations also provide that private entities incorporated to UNAM must grant scholarships to at least five percent of the total students registered in such entity. These scholarships shall consist of the exemption in whole of payment of the registration and tuition fees established by the educational entity. The students entitled to have this benefit will be selected by UNAM. Some of our high school programs and one of our medical programs are incorporated to UVM Mexico.

Peruvian Regulation

        We operate four post-secondary education institutions in Peru, two of which are universities and two of which are technical-vocational institutes. Peruvian law provides that universities and technical-vocational institutes can be operated as public or private entities, and that the private entities may be organized for profit. The Ministry of Education has overall responsibility for the national education system.

        In 2014, the Peruvian Congress enacted a new University Law to regulate the establishment, operation, monitoring and closure of universities. The law also promotes continuous improvement of quality at Peruvian universities. The law created a new agency, the Superintendencia de Educación Superior Universitaria ("SUNEDU"), which is responsible for carrying out the governmental role in university regulation, including ensuring quality. While institutional autonomy is still recognized, and universities are permitted to create their own internal governance rules and determine their own academic, management and economic systems, including curriculum design and entrance and graduation requirements, all of these matters are now subject to review and evaluation by SUNEDU through its periodic review of universities as part of a license renewal process. Under the new law, university licenses are temporary but renewable, and will be granted by SUNEDU for a maximum of six years. For licenses to be renewed, universities will have to demonstrate to SUNEDU, among other things, that they have specified academic goals, have the financial means to support those goals, have appropriate infrastructure, engage in research, have a sufficient supply of qualified teachers, at least 25% of whom will need to be full-time, and comply with specified labor protection rules. The Superintendent and Board of SUNEDU have only recently been appointed and SUNEDU has not yet adopted any regulations that would define the process by which it will operate or the standards that it will apply.

        Technical-vocational institutes are regulated by the Ministry of Education, which grants operating licenses for not less than three nor more than six years, after which the Ministry conducts a revalidation process. The approval of new institute licenses is based on the evaluation by the Ministry of the institute's institutional goals, the curricula of its education programs and their link with careers needed in the Peruvian economy, the availability of adequate qualified teachers, the institute's infrastructure, the institute's financial resources, and the favorable opinion of the National System of Assessment, Accreditation and Certification of Education Quality ("SINEACES") regarding the appropriateness of the programs the institute is offering. SINEACES is also responsible for the accreditation of programs and careers at all higher education institutions. A new Institutes Law has been presented for discussion in draft form in the Peruvian Congress and is expected to be approved before the end of 2015.

        There will be a Presidential election in Peru during the first half of 2016, and the new President will enter into office at the end of July 2016. It is likely that the new President will replace the SUNEDU authorities and the Minister of Education, and certain policies might change or be delayed in implementation, as several constitutional actions have been filed challenging the validity of the new University Law that are still awaiting resolution by the Constitutional Court.

213


Table of Contents

U.S. Regulation

        Our institutions in the United States are subject to extensive regulation by the DOE, accrediting agencies and state educational agencies. The regulations, standards and policies of these agencies cover substantially all of our U.S. Institutions' operations, including their educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, finances, results of operations and financial condition.

        As institutions of higher education that grants degrees and diplomas, our U.S. Institutions are required to be authorized by appropriate state educational agencies. In addition, the DOE regulates our U.S. Institutions due to their participation in federal student financial aid programs under Title IV of the HEA, or Title IV programs. Title IV programs currently include grants and educational loans provided directly by the federal government, including loans to students and parents through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program (the "Direct Loan Program"). The Direct Loan Program offers Federal Stafford Loans, Federal Parent PLUS Loans, Federal Grad PLUS Loans and Federal Consolidation Loans. Prior to July 1, 2010, Title IV programs also included educational loans issued by private banks with below-market interest rates that are guaranteed by the federal government in the event of a student's default on repaying the loan. A significant percentage of students at our U.S. Institutions rely on the availability of Title IV programs to finance their cost of attendance.

        To participate in Title IV programs, our U.S. Institutions are required to both maintain authorization by the appropriate state educational agency or agencies and be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE. The HEA requires accrediting agencies recognized by the DOE to review and monitor many aspects of an institution's operations and to take appropriate action if the institution fails to meet the accrediting agency's standards.

        We plan and implement our business activities to comply with the standards of these regulatory agencies. To monitor compliance with this regulatory environment, institutions participating in Title IV programs undergo periodic reviews to demonstrate, among other things, that they maintain proper accreditation, state authorization, and adequate financial resources. Historically, our U.S. Institutions have never sustained a disruption in access to federal funding.

State Education Licensure and Regulation

        Our U.S. Institutions are required by the HEA to be authorized by applicable state educational agencies in the states where we are located to participate in Title IV programs. To maintain requisite state authorizations, our U.S. Institutions are required to continuously meet standards relating to, among other things, educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and educational programs and various operational and administrative procedures. These standards can be different than and conflict with the requirements of the DOE and other applicable regulatory bodies. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and offer certain degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of the DOE and many require the posting of surety bonds. Failure to comply with the requirements of applicable state educational agencies could result in us losing our authorization to offer educational programs in those states. If that were to occur, the applicable state educational agency could force us to cease operations in their state. Even if the applicable state educational agency does not require an institution to cease operations on an immediate basis, the loss of authorization by that state educational agency would then cause our institution in such state to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, and such loss of Title IV program eligibility could force that institution to cease operations in such state. Alternatively, the state educational licensing agencies could restrict the institution's ability to offer certain degree or diploma programs. We may also be subject to review by applicable state educational agencies or associations.

214


Table of Contents

        Each of our U.S. Institutions maintains an authorization from the pertinent state regulatory authority in which such institutions are physically located, or is exempt under current state law from a requirement to be specifically authorized. If any of the authorizations provided to one or more of our U.S. Institutions are determined not to comply with the DOE regulations, or one or more of our U.S. Institutions is unable to obtain or maintain an authorization that satisfies the DOE requirements, students at the pertinent institution may be unable to access Title IV funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in the United States.

        DOE regulations effective July 1, 2011 imposed new requirements regarding whether a state's authorization of an educational institution is sufficient for purposes of participation in the Title IV programs. These regulations also included a requirement that an institution meet any state authorization requirements in a state in which it has distance education students, but in which it is not physically located or otherwise subject to state jurisdiction, as a condition of awarding Title IV funds to students in that state. In July 2011, a Federal District Court issued an order vacating the regulation as related to distance education, which was sustained by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. In 2014, the DOE began a new program integrity negotiated rulemaking that included, among other issues, state authorization of distance education. In June 2014, the DOE announced that the rulemaking on state authorization of distance education would be put on hold.

        Independent of this matter of federal regulation, several states have asserted jurisdiction over educational institutions offering online degree programs that have no physical location or other presence in the state, but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services to students who reside in the state, conducting practica or sponsoring internships in the state, employing faculty who reside in the state or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state. Thus, our activities in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization under requirements of state law, regulation or policy of the state educational agency, even though we do not have a physical facility in such states. Therefore, in addition to the states where we maintain physical facilities, we have obtained approvals or exemptions that we believe are necessary in connection with our activities that may constitute a presence in such states requiring licensure or authorization by the state educational agency based on the laws, rules or regulations of that state. In recent years, several states have voluntarily entered into SARA that establish standards for interstate offering of postsecondary distance education courses and programs. If an institution's home state participates in SARA and authorizes the institution to provide distance education in accordance with SARA standards, then the institution need not obtain additional authorizations for distance education from any other SARA member state. The SARA participation requirements and process are administered by the four regional higher education compacts in the United States (the Midwestern Higher Education Compact, the New England Board of Higher Education, the Southern Regional Education Board and the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education) and is overseen by the National Council for State Authorization Reciprocity Agreements. As of June 2015, Walden University was approved by the Midwestern Higher Education Compact to participate in SARA.

        Notwithstanding our efforts to obtain approvals or exemptions, state regulatory requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some states and can change frequently. Because our U.S. Institutions enroll students in online degree programs, we expect that regulatory authorities in other states where we are not currently licensed or authorized may request that we seek additional licenses or authorizations for these institutions in their states in the future. If any of our U.S. Institutions fails to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements for a state, or fails to obtain licenses or authorizations when required, that institution could lose its state licensure or authorization by that state, which could prohibit it from recruiting prospective students or offering services to current students in that state. We could also be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on activities in that state, fines and

215


Table of Contents

penalties. We review the licensure requirements of other states when we believe that it is appropriate to determine whether our activities in those states may constitute a presence or otherwise may require licensure or authorization by the respective state education agencies. In addition, state laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees and may limit the ability of our students to sit for certification exams in their chosen fields of study. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to offering educational programs online could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability to recruit students in particular states, which could, in turn, adversely affect our U.S. Institutions' enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business.

        We also are subject to extensive state laws and regulations, including standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and other operational matters. The proprietary education industry is experiencing broad-based, intensifying scrutiny in the form of increased investigations and enforcement actions. In October 2014, the DOE announced that it will be leading an interagency task force composed of the DOE, the FTC, the U.S. Departments of Justice, Treasury and Veterans Affairs, the CFPB, the SEC, and numerous state attorneys general. Attorneys general in several states have become more active in enforcing consumer protection laws, especially related to recruiting practices and the financing of education at proprietary educational institutions. In addition, several state attorneys general have recently partnered with the CFPB to review industry practices. The FTC has also recently issued civil investigative demands to several other U.S. proprietary educational institutions, which require the institutions to provide documents and information related to the advertising, marketing, or sale of secondary or postsecondary educational products or services, or educational accreditation products or services. If our past or current business practices are found to violate applicable consumer protection laws, or if we are found to have made misrepresentations to our current or prospective students about our educational programs, we could be subject to monetary fines or penalties and possible limitations on the manner in which we conduct our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. To the extent that more states or government agencies commence investigations, act in concert, or direct their focus on our U.S. Institutions, the cost of responding to these inquiries and investigations could increase significantly, and the potential impact on our business would be substantially greater.

        In January 2015, two students filed suit against us and Walden University, seeking class action status and alleging claims for breach of contract and unjust enrichment and violations of the Maryland and Illinois consumer protection laws and California unfair competition law related to the students' doctoral dissertation and master's thesis processes. A third student joined as a plaintiff when the complaint was subsequently amended. In addition, several groups of current and former students have filed three separate lawsuits against St. Augustine relating to matters arising before we acquired the school in November 2013. The allegations pertain to a program that was launched in May 2011 and, at the time, offered a "Master of Orthopaedic Physician's Assistant Program" degree. The plaintiffs in these matters allege that the university misrepresented their ability to practice as licensed Physician Assistants with a heightened specialty in orthopaedics. We believe the claims in these cases are without merit and intend to defend vigorously against the allegations. Any adverse outcome in such litigation could result in monetary or injunctive relief, which could adversely affect our U.S. Institutions and their operations.

State Professional Licensure

        Many states have specific licensure requirements that an individual must satisfy to be licensed as a professional in specified fields, including fields such as education and healthcare. These requirements vary by state and by field. A student's success in obtaining licensure following graduation typically depends on several factors, including but not limited to: the background and qualifications of the

216


Table of Contents

individual graduate; whether the institution and the program were approved by the state in which the graduate seeks licensure; whether the program from which the student graduated meets all requirements for professional licensure in that state; whether the institution and the program are accredited and, if so, by what accrediting agencies; and whether the institution's degrees are recognized by other states in which a student may seek to work. Several states also require that graduates pass a state test or examination as a prerequisite to becoming certified in certain fields, such as teaching and nursing. In several states, an educational program must be approved by a professional association in order for graduates to be licensed in that professional field. In the field of psychology, an increasing number of states require approval by either the American Psychological Association ("APA") or the Association of State and Provincial Psychology Boards ("ASPPB"). To date, Walden University has been unable to obtain approval of its Ph.D. program in Counseling Psychology from the ASPPB or APA. Additionally, states often require a criminal background clearance before granting certain professional licensures or certifications. The catalogs for our U.S. Institutions inform students that it is incumbent upon the student to verify whether a specific criminal background clearance is required in their field of study prior to beginning course work.

        Additionally, under the HEA, proprietary schools generally are eligible to participate in Title IV programs in respect of educational programs that lead to "gainful employment in a recognized occupation." As part of regulations promulgated by the DOE to more specifically define "gainful employment," which became effective on July 1, 2015 and are described in more detail below, the DOE will require each of our U.S. Institutions to certify that its educational programs meet the applicable requirements for graduates to be professionally or occupationally certified in the state in which the institution is located. Failure to provide such certification may result in such programs being ineligible for Title IV program funds. It is possible that several programs offered by our schools may be adversely impacted by this requirement due to lack of specialized program accreditation or certification in the states in which such institutions are based.

Accreditation

        Accreditation is a private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of educational institutions and their programs in areas, including student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality, faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and resources and financial stability. To be recognized by the DOE, accrediting agencies must comply with DOE regulations, which require, among other things, that accrediting agencies adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions, conduct peer review evaluations of institutions and publicly designate those institutions that meet their criteria. An accredited institution is subject to periodic review or review when necessary by its accrediting agencies to determine whether it continues to meet the performance, integrity and quality required for accreditation. Kendall College and Walden University are institutionally accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, a regional accrediting agency recognized by the DOE. NewSchool of Architecture and Design and St. Augustine are institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities of the Western Association of Colleges and Schools ("WASC"). St. Augustine is also accredited by the Distance Education and Accrediting Commission ("DEAC"). Accreditation by these accrediting agencies is important to us for several reasons, one being that it enables eligible students at our U.S. Institutions to receive Title IV financial aid. In addition, other colleges and universities depend, in part, on an institution's accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Employers also rely on the accredited status of institutions when evaluating candidates' credentials, and students and corporate and government sponsors under tuition reimbursement programs consider accreditation as assurance that an institution maintains quality educational standards. If any of our U.S. Institutions fails to satisfy the standards of its respective accrediting agency, that institution could lose its accreditation by that accrediting agency, which would cause it to lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

217


Table of Contents

        The HEA and regulations issued by the DOE require accrediting agencies to monitor the growth of institutions that they accredit. Our U.S. Institutions' respective accrediting agencies require all affiliated institutions, including us, to complete an annual data report. If the non-financial data, particularly enrollment information, and any other information submitted by the institution indicate problems, rapid change or significant growth, the staff of the respective accrediting agency may require that the institution address any concerns arising from the data report in the next self-study and visit process or may recommend additional monitoring. In addition, DOE regulations require the Higher Learning Commission to notify the DOE if an institution it accredits that offers distance learning programs, such as Kendall College and Walden University, experiences an increase in its headcount enrollment of 50% or more in any fiscal year. The DOE may consider that information in connection with its own regulatory oversight activities.

        In addition to institution-wide accreditation, there are numerous specialized accrediting agencies that accredit specific programs or schools within their jurisdiction, many of which are in healthcare and professional fields. Accreditation of specific programs by one of these specialized accrediting agencies signifies that those programs have met the additional standards of those agencies. In addition to being accredited by regional and/or national accrediting agencies, our U.S. Institutions also have the following specialized accreditations:

    the American Culinary Federation Education Foundation Accrediting Commission accredits the A.A.S. in Culinary Arts and the A.A.S. in Baking & Pastry programs in the School of Culinary Arts at Kendall College;

    the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs accredits the M.S. in Clinical Mental Health Counseling, M.S. in Marriage, Couple and Family Counseling and Ph.D. in Counselor Education and Supervision programs at Walden University;

    the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education accredits the B.S. in Nursing, M.S. in Nursing and Doctor of Nursing Practice programs at Walden University;

    the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs accredits the B.S. in Business Administration, Master of Business Administration, Doctor of Business Administration and Ph.D. in Management programs at Walden University;

    the National Architecture Accrediting Board accredits NewSchool of Architecture and Design's architecture programs;

    the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education accredits the Richard W. Riley College of Education and Leadership at Walden University;

    the Project Management Institute Global Accreditation Center for Project Management Education Program accredits the M.S. in Project Management program at Walden University;

    the ABET accredits the B.S. in Information Technology online program at Walden University;

    the Commission for Accreditation of Physical Therapy Education accredits the first professional Physical Therapy programs at St. Augustine;

    the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education accredits the first professional Occupational Therapy programs at St. Augustine; and

    the International Association for Continuing Education and Training recognizes the St. Augustine as an Authorized Provider of continuing education programs.

        If we fail to satisfy the standards of any of these specialized accrediting agencies, we could lose the specialized accreditation for the affected programs, which could result in materially reduced student enrollments in those programs.

218


Table of Contents

Congressional Hearings and Related Actions

        The U.S. Congress must authorize and appropriate funding for Title IV programs under the HEA and can change the laws governing Title IV programs at any time. The HEA was most recently reauthorized in August 2008 through federal fiscal year 2014, although the U.S. Congress has taken actions required to extend Title IV programs while a HEA reauthorization remains pending. Congress continues to engage in HEA reauthorization hearings, with such hearings examining various subjects to be potentially addressed through reauthorization, including, but not limited to, college affordability, the role of consumer information in college choices by students and families, whether Title IV programs should include institutional risk-sharing, and the role of accrediting agencies in ensuring institutional quality, among other items. We cannot predict the timing and terms of any eventual HEA reauthorization, including any potential changes to institutional participation or student eligibility requirements or funding levels for particular Title IV programs.

        In addition to comprehensive reauthorizations of the HEA, Congress may periodically revise the law and other statutory requirements governing Title IV programs. In addition to Title IV programs, eligible veterans and military personnel may receive educational benefits under other federal programs. Congress must determine the funding levels for Title IV programs, and programs benefiting eligible veterans and military personnel, on an annual basis through the budget and appropriations process. A reduction in federal funding levels for Title IV programs, or for programs providing educational benefits to veterans and military personnel, could reduce the ability of some students to finance their education. The loss of, or a significant reduction in, Title IV program funds or other federal education benefits available to students at our U.S. Institutions could reduce our enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business.

        In recent years, the House Education and Workforce Committee and the Senate HELP Committee in the U.S. Congress have increased the focus on the role of the for-profit post-secondary education industry. In the past, hearings by these committees have focused, among other things, on the manner in which accrediting agencies review higher education institutions, student recruiting and admissions and outcomes of students. In July 2012, former Senator Tom Harkin, the then-Chairman of the Senate HELP Committee, and the then-majority staff of the Senate HELP Committee released a report analyzing information from thirty companies operating proprietary institutions, including Walden University. While stating that proprietary educational institutions play an important role in higher education and should be well-equipped to meet the needs of non-traditional students who now constitute the majority of the postsecondary education population, the report was critical of the proprietary sector.

        The U.S. Congress and the DoD have increased their focus on DoD tuition assistance that is used for distance education and programs at proprietary institutions. In September 2011, a subcommittee of the U.S. Senate Homeland Security and Government Affairs Committee conducted hearings covering the quality of education provided by proprietary institutions and treatment of educational benefits for military personnel for purposes of the 90/10 Rule on institutional eligibility for Title IV programs. In April 2012, President Obama signed an executive order aimed at providing military personnel, veterans and their family members with the resources they need to make an informed decision about their educational prospects and other protections. In August 2013, the DoD began incorporating the principles of excellence outlined in the 2012 Executive Order into their current MOU, which increases oversight of educational programs offered to active duty service members and conveys the commitments and agreements between educational institutions and the DoD prior to accepting funds under the tuition assistance program. Institutions were required to sign the MOU by March 30, 2012. After March 1, 2013, institutions without a signed DoD MOU cannot enroll service members under the tuition assistance program. In May 2014, the DoD released a final version of its revised MOU, which included new provisions applicable to all higher educational institutions providing educational programs through the DoD tuition assistance program. Among other things, the MOU requested that

219


Table of Contents

participating institutions provide meaningful information to students about the financial cost and attendance at an institution so military students can make informed decisions on where to attend school, will not use unfair, deceptive, and abusive recruiting practices and will provide academic and student support services to service members and their families. The revised MOU also implemented rules to strengthen existing procedures for access to DoD installations by educational institutions, a DoD Postsecondary Education Complaint System for service members, spouses, and adult family members to register student complaints and established authorization for the military departments to establish service-specific tuition assistance eligibility criteria and management controls. Our U.S. Institutions utilizing tuition assistance have signed DoD's standard MOU. The DoD has begun to increase its enforcement activity in connection with the 2012 Executive Order.

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

        To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must comply with specific requirements contained in the HEA and the regulations issued thereunder by the DOE. An institution must, among other things, be licensed or authorized to offer its educational programs by the state or states in which it is located and maintain institutional accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE. The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools through Title IV programs, the large number of students and institutions participating in these programs and allegations of fraud and abuse by certain for-profit educational institutions have caused Congress to require the DOE to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over for-profit educational institutions. As a result, for-profit educational institutions, including ours, are subject to extensive oversight and review. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.

        Significant aspects of Title IV programs include the following:

        Eligibility and certification procedures.     Each of our U.S. Institutions must apply periodically to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV programs. Such recertification generally is required every six years, but may be required earlier, including when an institution undergoes a change in control. An institution may also come under the DOE's review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a new educational program or modifying the academic credentials it offers. The DOE may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and certification standards and in certain other circumstances, such as when an institution is certified for the first time or undergoes a change in control. During the period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with any additional conditions included in the institution's program participation agreement with the DOE. In addition, the DOE may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for recertification or approval to open a new location, add an educational program, acquire another institution or make any other significant change. If the DOE determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it may seek to revoke the institution's certification to participate in Title IV programs without advance notice or opportunity for the institution to challenge the action. Students attending provisionally certified institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program funds. Each of our U.S. Institutions currently is provisionally certified to participate in Title IV programs. Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College are also subject to a letter of credit for not satisfying the DOE's standards of financial responsibility, as described below. In addition, Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College are subject to additional cash management requirements with respect to their disbursements of Title IV funds, as well as certain additional reporting and disclosure requirements.

220


Table of Contents

        Gainful employment.     Under the HEA, proprietary schools generally are eligible to participate in Title IV programs in respect of educational programs that lead to "gainful employment in a recognized occupation." As mentioned above, in 2013, the DOE established a negotiated rulemaking committee to address gainful employment in a recognized employment. On October 30, 2014, the DOE published final regulations to define "gainful employment," which become effective on July 1, 2015. Historically, the concept of "gainful employment" has not been defined in detail. The final regulations require each educational program offered by a proprietary institution to achieve threshold rates in two debt measure categories: an annual debt-to-annual earnings ("DTE") ratio and an annual debt-to-discretionary income ("DTI") ratio.

        The ratios are calculated under complex methodologies and definitions outlined in the final regulations and, in some cases, are based on data that may not be readily accessible to us. The DTE ratio is calculated by comparing (i) the annual loan payment required on the median student loan debt incurred by students receiving Title IV program funds who completed a particular program and (ii) the higher of the mean or median of those students' annual earnings approximately two to four years after they graduate. The DTI ratio is calculated by comparing (x) the annual loan payment required on the median student loan debt incurred by students receiving Title IV program funds who completed a particular program and (y) the higher of the mean or median of those students' discretionary income approximately two to four years after they graduate.

        An educational program must achieve a DTE ratio at or below 8% or a DTI ratio at or below 20% to be considered "passing." An educational program with a DTE ratio greater than 8% but less than or equal to 12% or a DTI ratio greater than 20% but less than or equal to 30% is considered to be "in the zone." An educational program with a DTE ratio greater than 12% and a DTI ratio greater than 30% is considered "failing." An educational program will cease to be eligible for students to receive Title IV program funds if its DTE and DTI ratios are failing in two out of any three consecutive award years or if both of those rates are failing or in the zone for four consecutive award years.

        The final regulations also require an institution to provide warnings to current and prospective students in programs which may lose Title IV eligibility at the end of an award or fiscal year. If an educational program could become ineligible based on its ratios for the next award year, the institution must (1) deliver a warning to current and prospective students in the program and (2) not enroll, register or enter into a financial commitment with a prospective student until three business days after the warning is provided or a subsequent warning is provided, if more than thirty days have passed since the first warning. If a program becomes ineligible for students to receive Title IV program funds, the institution cannot seek to reestablish eligibility of that program, or establish the eligibility of a similar program having the same classification of instructional program ("CIP") code with the same first four digits of the CIP code of the ineligible program for three years.

        Additionally, the final regulations require an institution to certify to the DOE that its educational programs subject to the gainful employment requirements, which include all programs offered by our U.S. Institutions, meet the applicable requirements for graduates to be professionally or occupationally licensed or certified in the state in which the institution is located. If we are unable to certify that our programs meet the applicable state requirements for graduates to be professionally or occupationally certified in that state, then we may need to cease offering certain programs in certain states or to students who are residents in certain states.

        In November 2014, two organizations representing for-profit institutions filed separate lawsuits in federal district courts against the DOE seeking to have the final regulations invalidated. In both cases, the courts upheld the regulations and dismissed the lawsuits.

        The failure of any program or programs offered by any of our U.S. Institutions to satisfy any gainful employment regulations could render that program or programs ineligible for Title IV program

221


Table of Contents

funds. If a particular educational program ceased to become eligible for Title IV program funds, either because it fails to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation or due to other factors, we may be required to cease offering that program. It is possible that several programs offered by our schools may be adversely impacted by the regulations due to lack of specialized program accreditation or certification in the states in which such institutions are based. We also could be required to make changes to certain programs at our U.S. Institutions or to increase student loan repayment efforts in order to comply with the rule or to avoid the uncertainty associated with such compliance.

        We are in the process of evaluating the effect of the final regulations and cannot predict with certainty what impact the final regulations will have on our business and the educational programs offered by our U.S. Institutions.

        Administrative capability.     DOE regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has the requisite "administrative capability" to participate in Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution must, among other things: comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements; have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer Title IV programs; have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students; not have student loan cohort default rates above specified levels; have various procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and safeguarding Title IV program funds and for maintaining required records; administer Title IV programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal controls; not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension; provide financial aid counseling to its students; refer to the DOE's Office of Inspector General any credible information indicating that any student, parent, employee, third-party servicer or other agent of the institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs; submit all required reports and financial statements in a timely manner; and not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, the DOE may require the institution to repay Title IV funds its students previously received, change the institution's method of receiving Title IV program funds, which in some cases may result in a significant delay in the institution's receipt of those funds, place the institution on provisional certification status or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the institution's participation in Title IV programs. If the DOE determines that any of our U.S. Institutions failed to satisfy its administrative capability requirements, then the institution's students could lose, or be limited in their access to, Title IV program funding.

        Financial responsibility.     The HEA and DOE regulations establish extensive standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as ours must satisfy to participate in Title IV programs. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards on an annual basis based on the institution's annual audited financial statements as well as when the institution applies to the DOE to have its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs recertified. The most significant financial responsibility standard is the institution's composite score, which is derived from a formula established by the DOE based on three financial ratios: (1) equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, financial viability and ability to borrow; (2) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (3) net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit or within its means. The DOE assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The DOE then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further DOE oversight. In addition to having an acceptable composite score, an institution must, among other things, provide the

222


Table of Contents

administrative resources necessary to comply with Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial obligations including required refunds to students and any Title IV liabilities and debts, be current in its debt payments and not receive an adverse, qualified or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.

        If the DOE determines that an institution does not meet the financial responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the composite score or other factors, the institution should be able to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis permitted by the DOE. This alternative basis could include, in the Department's discretion, posting a letter of credit, accepting provisional certification, complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements, agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE's standard advance funding arrangement, such as the reimbursement method of payment or heightened cash monitoring, or complying with or accepting other limitations on the institution's ability to increase the number of programs it offers or the number of students it enrolls.

        The DOE measures the financial responsibility of several of our U.S. Institutions on the basis of the Laureate consolidated audited financial statements and not at the individual institution level. In October 2014, upon review of those financial statements, the DOE determined, based on Laureate's composite score for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, that it and, consequently, Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College failed to meet the standards of financial responsibility. As a result, the DOE required us to increase our required letter of credit amount to approximately $85.6 million for Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College, which is equal to approximately 10% of Title IV program funds that these institutions received during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College also currently receive Title IV program funds under the least restrictive form of heightened cash monitoring. Further, the DOE, as a condition to the provisional program participation agreement of the National Hispanic University, requested that we post an additional letter of credit in an amount equal to $1,473,990, representing 25% of the Title IV program funds received by the National Hispanic University during its most recently completed fiscal year. This requirement was initially due to the fact that the subsidiary corporation used to acquire the institution's assets did not possess two years of audited financial statements at the time of the acquisition in April 2010, and the requirement has been continued based on the DOE's review of the institution's audited financial statements. Although the National Hispanic University closed on August 23, 2015, the letter of credit will remain in place for a period of time following the closure. Any requirement to post, maintain or increase a letter of credit or other sanctions that may be imposed by the DOE could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and could affect our cash flows. If our U.S. Institutions are unable to meet the minimum composite score requirement or comply with the other standards of financial responsibility, and could not post a required letter of credit or comply with the alternative bases for establishing financial responsibility, then students at our U.S. Institutions could lose their access to Title IV program funding.

        Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw.     When a student who has received Title IV funds withdraws from school, the institution must determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student has "earned." The institution must return any unearned Title IV program funds to the appropriate lender or the DOE in a timely manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the date the institution determined that the student withdrew. If such payments are not timely made, the institution will be required to submit a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its most recently completed fiscal year. Under DOE regulations, late returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of the withdrawn students in the audit sample in the institution's annual Title IV compliance audit for either of the institution's two most recent fiscal years or in a DOE program review triggers this letter of credit requirement.

223


Table of Contents

        A final program review determination issued by the DOE on March 3, 2015 found that Walden University failed to timely return Title IV program funds for more than 5% of the withdrawn students during its fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. The DOE noted that such a finding would usually require Walden to post a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its most recently completed fiscal year; however, such an additional letter of credit was not required in this instance because of the letter of credit that was previously posted to the DOE based on our consolidated audited financial statements failing to meet the DOE's standards of financial responsibility.

        The "90/10 Rule."     A requirement of the HEA commonly referred to as the "90/10 Rule" provides that an institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, if, under a complex regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other adjustments to the calculation of revenue, the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues for any fiscal year from Title IV program funds. This rule applies only to for-profit post-secondary educational institutions, including our U.S. Institutions. An institution is subject to loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if it exceeds the 90% threshold for two consecutive fiscal years, and an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to addition conditions or sanctions imposed by the DOE.

        Using the DOE's formula under the "90/10 Rule," Kendall College derived approximately 35%, 43% and 44% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. NewSchool of Architecture and Design derived approximately 47%, 56% and 60% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. St. Augustine derived approximately 46%, 47% and 57% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Walden University derived approximately 74%, 74% and 76% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        The ability of our U.S. Institutions to maintain 90/10 rates below 90% will depend on our enrollments, any increases in students Title IV funding eligibility in the future, and other factors outside of our control, including any reduction in government assistance for military personnel, including veterans, or changes in the treatment of such funding for the purposes of the 90/10 calculation. In recent years, several members of Congress have introduced proposals and legislation that would modify the 90/10 Rule. One such proposal would revise the 90/10 Rule to an 85/15 rule and would count DoD tuition assistance and GI Bill education benefits toward that limit. We cannot predict whether, or the extent to which, these actions could result in legislation or further rulemaking affecting the 90/10 Rule. To the extent that any such laws or regulations are enacted, our U.S. Institutions' financial condition could be adversely affected.

        Student loan defaults.     Under the HEA, an educational institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if defaults by its students on the repayment of federal student loans received under Title IV programs exceed certain levels. For each federal fiscal year, the DOE calculates a rate of student defaults on such loans for each institution, known as a "cohort default rate." Under current regulations, an institution will lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if its three-year cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% for three consecutive cohort years or 40% for any given year.

        Kendall College's official three-year cohort default rates for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 federal fiscal years were 7.9%, 11.3% and 10.7%, respectively. NewSchool of Architecture and Design's official three-year cohort default rates for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 federal fiscal years were 10.2%, 11.2% and 7.8%, respectively. St. Augustine's official three-year cohort default rates for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 federal fiscal years were 0.5%, 0.0%, and 0.6%, respectively. Walden University's official three-year cohort default rates for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 federal fiscal years were 6.8%, 7.8% and 5.4%, respectively. The average national student loan default rates published by the DOE for all institutions

224


Table of Contents

that participate in the federal student aid programs for 2012, 2011 and 2010, were 11.8%, 13.7% and 14.7%, respectively.

        The 2008 reauthorization of the HEA modified the cohort default rate calculation to increase by one year the measuring period for each cohort. Starting in September 2012, the DOE began publishing three-year cohort default rates in addition to the two-year rates. Two-year cohort default rates were no longer calculated following the release of the 2011 two-year rates.

        Incentive compensation rule.     Under the HEA, an educational institution that participates in Title IV programs may not make any commission, bonus or other incentive payments to any persons or entities involved in recruitment or admissions activities or in the awarding of financial aid pertaining to U.S. citizens, permanent residents and others temporarily residing in the United States with the intention of becoming a citizen or permanent resident. The DOE has taken the position that any commission, bonus or other incentive compensation based in any part, directly or indirectly, or securing enrollment or awarding financial aid is inconsistent with the statutory prohibition against incentive compensation. The DOE has maintained that institutions may make merit-based adjustments to employee compensation, provided that those adjustments are not based, in any part, directly or indirectly, upon securing enrollments or awarding financial aid. In sub-regulatory correspondence to institutions regarding its regulatory changes, the DOE provided additional guidance regarding the scope of the prohibition on incentive compensation and to what employees and types of activities the prohibition applies.

        In addition, in recent years, other post-secondary educational institutions have been named as defendants to whistleblower lawsuits, known as " qui tam " cases, brought by current or former employees pursuant to the Federal False Claims Act, alleging that their institutions' compensation practices did not comply with the incentive compensation rule. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by one or more individuals (a "relator") on behalf of the federal government for an alleged submission to the government of a false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or former employee, is entitled to a share of the government's recovery in the case, including the possibility of treble damages. A qui tam action is always filed under seal and remains under seal until the government decides whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes, it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation at his or her own expense on behalf of the government. Any such litigation could be costly and could divert management's time and attention away from the business, regardless of whether a claim has merit.

        Substantial misrepresentation.     An institution participating in Title IV programs is prohibited from making misrepresentations regarding the nature of its educational programs, the nature of financial charges and availability of financial assistance, or the employability of graduates. A misrepresentation is defined in the regulations as any false, erroneous or misleading statement to any student or prospective student, any member of the public, an accrediting agency, a state agency or the DOE, and, significantly, the regulations as promulgated by the DOE define misleading statements to broadly include any statements that have a likelihood or tendency to deceive. If any of our U.S. Institutions—or any entity, organization, or person with whom the institution has an agreement to provide educational programs or to provide marketing, advertising, recruiting, or admissions services—committed a misrepresentation for which a person could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person's detriment, the DOE could initiate proceedings to revoke the institution's Title IV eligibility, deny applications made by the institution, impose fines, or initiate a limitation, suspension or termination proceeding against the institution.

        Compliance reviews.     Our U.S. Institutions are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by various external agencies, including the DOE, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing agencies, various state approving agencies for financial assistance to veterans and

225


Table of Contents

accrediting agencies. In general, after the DOE conducts a site visit and reviews data supplied by an institution, the DOE sends the institution a program review report and affords the institution with an opportunity to respond to any findings. The DOE then issues a final program review determination letter, which identifies any liabilities.

        On March 3, 2015, the DOE issued a final program review determination letter to Walden University for a September 2012 review of the 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 Title IV award years. The letter required Walden University to return $34,281 in Title IV funds, and also found that Walden University failed to timely return Title IV program funds for more than 5% of the withdrawn students during its fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. Based on its findings of noncompliance with DOE requirements to accurately and timely return Title IV program funds when students withdraw, the final program review determination was referred within the DOE for consideration of possible adverse action against Walden University, which if initiated could include fines or limitations on Title IV program funds. On February 3, 2015, the DOE issued a final program review determination letter to National Hispanic University regarding a December 2013 review covering the 2012-2013 and 2013-2014 Title IV award years. The letter determined that National Hispanic University has taken corrective actions necessary to resolve all findings noted in the preliminary report, except for certain findings related to drug and alcohol abuse prevention program requirements. With respect to those findings, the DOE did not require any further action due to the fact that the National Hispanic University closed on August 23, 2015. On September 11, 2015, the DOE issued an expedited final program review determination letter to Kendall College regarding a March-April 2015 program review. The letter determined that Kendall College has taken corrective actions necessary to resolve all findings. In addition, on August 24, 2015, the Higher Learning Commission notified Kendall College that the Higher Learning Commission intends to place the school on ongoing financial monitoring over the next 24 months primarily due to concerns over the school's continued reliance upon Laureate to provide financial support to sustain its operations.

        As part of the DOE's ongoing monitoring of institutions' administration of Title IV programs, the HEA also requires institutions to annually submit to the DOE a Title IV compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with applicable federal and DOE audit standards. In addition, to enable the DOE to make a determination of an institution's financial responsibility, each institution must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in accordance with DOE regulations.

        Program integrity and improvement.     A negotiated rulemaking committee established by the DOE in 2014 to address program integrity and improvement issues for the federal student aid programs met four times between February and May 2014. Topics for discussion included clock-to-credit-hour conversion, state authorization of distance education and foreign locations, cash management and the use of debit cards for student refunds, retaking coursework and the definition of adverse credit for Direct PLUS loan eligibility. The DOE has not yet issued proposed or final rules on state authorization of distance education and foreign locations, the last remaining topics from the 2014 program integrity and improvement rulemaking. On October 23, 2014, the DOE published final regulations updating the standard for determining if a potential parent or student borrower under the Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program has an adverse credit history for purposes of Direct PLUS Loan eligibility. These regulations also require parents and students who have an adverse credit history, but who are approved for a Direct PLUS loan on the basis that extenuating circumstances exist or by obtaining an endorser for the loan, to receive loan counseling before receiving the loan. Although these rules went into effect on July 1, 2015, the DOE permitted early implementation of the new criteria by institutions commencing March 29, 2015. The increase in administrative burden under these new regulations is not expected to have a material effect on our business. In addition, on October 30, 2015, the DOE published final regulations on cash management and debit card practices, retaking coursework, and clock-to-credit hour conversion. A majority of the provisions of the regulations will take effect on July 1, 2016, and others will take effect on later dates in 2016 and 2017. The final regulations

226


Table of Contents

concerning cash management require, among other things, that institutions subject to heightened cash monitoring procedures for disbursements of Title IV funds must, effective July 1, 2016, pay to students any applicable Title IV credit balances before requesting such funds from the DOE. Because Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College are currently subject to heightened cash monitoring procedures, we are assessing the potential impact of the recently released regulations on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Violence Against Women Act and Clery Act.     The DOE established a negotiated rulemaking committee in 2014 to address changes in campus safety and security reporting requirements enacted by Congress in the 2013 reauthorization of the Violence Against Women Act ("VAWA"). VAWA included various amendments to the Clery Act, a federal law requiring colleges and universities to disclose information about crimes that occur around and on campus property. On June 24, 2014, the DOE published proposed regulations to implement the changes made to the Clery Act by VAWA, and the final rules were published on October 20, 2014. These new rules contain additional disclosure and campus crime prevention and awareness requirements which we anticipate will increase our administrative costs.

        Additional DOE rulemaking activities.     On December 3, 2014, the DOE published proposed regulations on the teacher preparation program accountability system under the HEA, and additionally proposed amendments on teacher preparation program eligibility for TEACH Grant participation. On October 30, 2015, the DOE published final regulations to establish a Pay as You Earn Repayment Plan and implement changes regarding cohort default rate appeals and the Federal Family Education Loan and Direct Loan Programs. The Pay as You Earn Repayment Plan provisions will take effect in December 2015 and a majority of the remaining provisions regulations will take effect on July 1, 2016. Also, on August 20, 2015, the DOE published notice of a new negotiated rulemaking process to clarify how direct loan borrowers who believe they were defrauded by their institutions can seek relief and to strengthen provisions to hold institutions accountable for their wrongdoing that results in loan discharges. We are in the process of evaluating the anticipated regulations and cannot predict with certainty what impact the final regulations will have on our business and the educational programs offered by our U.S. Institutions.

        Privacy of student records.     The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 ("FERPA"), and the DOE's FERPA regulations require educational institutions to protect the privacy of students' educational records by limiting an institution's disclosure of a student's personally identifiable information without the student's prior written consent. FERPA also requires institutions to allow students to review and request changes to their educational records maintained by the institution, to notify students at least annually of this inspection right and to maintain records in each student's file listing requests for access to and disclosures of personally identifiable information and the interest of such party in that information. If an institution fails to comply with FERPA, the DOE may require corrective actions by the institution or may terminate an institution's receipt of further federal funds. In addition, our U.S. Institutions are obligated to safeguard student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the "GLBA"), a federal law designed to protect consumers' personal financial information held by financial institutions and other entities that provide financial services to consumers. The GLBA and the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among other things, develop and maintain a comprehensive, written information security program designed to protect against the unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial information of students, parents or other individuals with whom such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be required to take corrective actions, be subject to monitoring and oversight by the FTC, and be subject to fines or penalties imposed by the FTC. For-profit educational institutions are also subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the FTC with respect to their collection, use and disclosure of student information. The institution must also comply with the FTC Red Flags Rule, a section of the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, that

227


Table of Contents

requires the establishment of guidelines and policies regarding identity theft related to student credit accounts.

        Potential effect of regulatory violations.     If any of our U.S. Institutions fails to comply with the regulatory standards governing Title IV programs, the DOE could impose one or more sanctions, including requiring us to repay Title IV program funds, requiring us to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE as a condition for continued Title IV certification, taking emergency action against us, initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate our participation in Title IV programs or referring the matter for civil or criminal prosecution. Because our U.S. Institutions are provisionally certified to participate in Title IV programs, the DOE may revoke the certification of these institutions without advance notice or advance opportunity for us to challenge that action. If such sanctions or proceedings were imposed against us and resulted in a substantial curtailment or termination of our participation in Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

        In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a result of our participation in Title IV programs, we are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies and third parties, such as current or former students or employees and other members of the public.

Regulatory Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other Changes in the United States

        Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with expanding our operations or other changes in the United States are subject to review or approval by the applicable regulatory agencies.

        Adding teaching locations, implementing new educational programs and increasing enrollment.     The requirements and standards of state education agencies, accrediting agencies and the DOE limit our ability in certain instances to establish additional teaching locations, implement new educational programs or increase enrollment in certain programs. Many states require review and approval before institutions can add new locations or programs. Our U.S. Institutions' state educational agencies and institutional and specialized accrediting agencies that authorize or accredit our U.S. Institutions and their programs generally require institutions to notify them in advance of adding new locations or implementing new programs, and upon notification may undertake a review of the quality of the facility or the program and the financial, academic and other qualifications of the institution.

        With respect to the DOE, if an institution participating in Title IV programs plans to add a new location or educational program, the institution must generally apply to the DOE to have the additional location or educational program designated as within the scope of the institution's Title IV eligibility. As a condition for an institution to participate in Title IV programs on a provisional basis, as in our case, the DOE can require prior approval of such programs or otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add or the extent to which an institution can modify existing educational programs. If an institution that is required to obtain the DOE's advance approval for the addition of a new program or new location fails to do so, the institution may be liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds received by the institution or students in connection with that program or enrolled at that location.

        Provisional certification.     Each institution must apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV programs at least every six years and when it undergoes a change in control. An institution may also come under the DOE's review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding an educational program or modifying the academic credentials that it offers.

        The DOE may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and certification standards. In addition, if a company acquires

228


Table of Contents

an institution from another entity, the acquired institution will automatically be placed on provisional certification when the DOE approves the transaction. During the period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with any additional conditions or restrictions included in its program participation agreement with the DOE. Students attending provisionally certified institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program funds, but if the DOE finds that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it may seek to revoke the institution's certification to participate in Title IV programs without advance notice or advance opportunity for the institution to challenge that action. In addition, the DOE may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for recertification or approval to open a new location, add an educational program, acquire another institution or make any other significant change. As described above, all of our U.S. Institutions are provisionally certified. Walden University, NewSchool of Architecture and Design and Kendall College are provisionally certified as Laureate does not meet the DOE's standards of financial responsibility. The St. Augustine is provisionally certified due to the fact that it underwent a change of ownership in 2013.

        Acquiring other institutions.     We have acquired other institutions in the past, and we may seek to do so in the future. The DOE and virtually all state education agencies and accrediting agencies require a company to obtain their approval if it wishes to acquire another institution. The level of review varies by individual state and accrediting agency, with some requiring approval of such an acquisition before it occurs while others only consider approval after the acquisition has occurred. The approval of the applicable state education agencies and accrediting agencies is a necessary prerequisite to the DOE certifying the acquired institution to participate in Title IV programs. The restrictions imposed by any of the applicable regulatory agencies could delay or prevent our acquisition of other institutions in some circumstances or could delay the ability of an acquired institution to participate in Title IV programs.

        Change in ownership resulting in a change in control.     The DOE and many states and accrediting agencies require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of certain changes in control and changes in other aspects of institutional organization or control. Under DOE's regulations, an institution that undergoes a change in control loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and must apply to the DOE to reestablish such eligibility. If an institution files the required application and follows other procedures, the DOE may temporarily certify the institution on a provisional basis following the change in control, so that the institution's students retain continued access to Title IV program funds. In addition, the DOE may extend such temporary provisional certification if the institution timely files certain required materials, including the approval of the change in control by its state authorizing agency and accrediting agency and certain financial information pertaining to the financial condition of the institution or its parent corporation.

        The DOE has notified us that it considers this offering and our recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation to be a change of ownership resulting in changes in control under the DOE's regulations. Accordingly, we have applied to the DOE on behalf of Kendall College, NewSchool of Architecture and Design, St. Augustine and Walden University for approval of these institutions' continued participation in Title IV programs in connection with both this offering and the recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation. The DOE has provided a response to our pre-acquisition review request with respect to the Delaware public benefit corporation conversion and this offering, and while not an approval, has indicated that it views our application as materially complete and that it will be prepared to issue a temporary provisional program participation agreement to our U.S. Institutions following the conversion upon receipt of certain additional information pending the DOE's post-closing review and that it would then continue that temporary provisional participation agreement following this offering upon receipt of certain additional information. However, the DOE will only formally review and approve both, the conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation and this offering, after they have occurred. There can be no assurance that the DOE will formally

229


Table of Contents

approve this offering and recertify our U.S. Institutions for continued Title IV program eligibility following this offering. If the DOE failed to recertify the institutions following this offering, students at the affected institutions would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds. The DOE could also recertify our U.S. Institutions following this offering, but restrict or delay students' receipt of Title IV program funds, limit the number of students to whom an institution could disburse such funds, or impose other restrictions.

        The types of and thresholds for such reporting and approval vary among the states and accrediting agencies. Certain accrediting agencies may require that an institution must obtain its approval in advance of a change in control, structure or organization for the institution to retain its accredited status. In addition, in the event of a change in control, structure or organization, certain accrediting agencies may require a post-transaction focused visit or other evaluation to review the appropriateness of its approval of the change and whether the institution has met the commitment it made to the accrediting agency prior to the approval. Other specialized accrediting agencies also require an institution to obtain similar approval before or after the event that constitutes a change in control under their standards. Many states include the transfer of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change in control requiring approval. Some state educational agencies that regulate us may require us to obtain approval of the change in control to maintain authorization to operate in that state, and in some cases such states could require us to obtain advance approval of a change in control. We are seeking guidance from the applicable state educational agencies as to whether the initial public offering constitutes a change of control requiring approval.

        We are also seeking confirmation from the institutional and programmatic accrediting agencies for Kendall College, NewSchool of Architecture and Design, St. Augustine and Walden University, as well as from the U.S. institutional accrediting agencies for Universidad Andrés Bello, Les Roches International School of Hotel Management and Glion Institute of Higher Education, whether this offering will constitute a change of control under their respective standards. With respect to the institutional accrediting agencies, the Higher Learning Commission, the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, the Middle States Commission on Higher Education, the Commission on Senior Colleges of the Western Association of Schools and Colleges and the Distance Education Accreditation Commission have informed us that they do not consider this offering to constitute a change of control, but have required certain follow-up information regarding the offering. With respect to the conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation, among our institutional accreditors, the Middle States Commission on Higher Education has stated that it considers the conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation to constitute a substantive change under its standards. The Commission on Senior Colleges of the Western Association of Schools and Colleges required the NewSchool of Architecture and Design and St. Augustine to submit "Substantive Change: Change in Mission, Ownership, or Form of Control" proposals to the Structural Change committee. This committee reviewed these proposals and determined that neither this offering nor the conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation constituted structural changes requiring approval. Many states and programmatic accreditors have also informed us that this offering will not constitute a change of control, but some agencies have determined that the offering will need to be reviewed under their respective change of ownership standards. In addition, several agencies are currently reviewing our recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation under their change of control or substantive change standards. To the extent any agency requires approval of this offering or our conversion, the institutional accrediting agencies and some state educational agencies that authorize our U.S. Institutions also may not act to review or approve this offering or our conversion on an advance basis. Our failure to obtain any required approval of this offering or the recent conversion to a Delaware public benefit corporation from the DOE, the institutional accrediting agencies, or the pertinent state educational agencies could result in one or more of our U.S. Institutions losing continued eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs, accreditation or state licensure, which could have a material adverse effect on our U.S. business, financial condition and results of operations.

230


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers, including their ages. Our directors are elected in accordance with the provisions of the Wengen Securityholders' Agreement dated as of July 11, 2007, as amended and restated from time to time, by and among Wengen and the other parties thereto (the "current Wengen Securityholders' Agreement"). See "—Information Regarding the Laureate Board." Executive officers serve at the request of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

Name
  Age   Position
Douglas L. Becker   49   Director, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
Enderson Guimarães   56   President and Chief Operating Officer
Eilif Serck-Hanssen   49   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Ricardo Berckemeyer   45   Chief Executive Officer, LatAm
Miguel Carmelo   59   Chief Executive Officer, Europe
Timothy F. Daniels   53   Chief Executive Officer, Asia, Middle East and Africa
Alfonso Martinez   57   Chief Human Resources Officer
Karl D. Salnoske   62   Chief Information Officer
Paula Singer   61   Chief Network Officer and Chief Executive Officer, Global Products and Services
Robert W. Zentz   62   Senior Vice President, Secretary, General Counsel
Brian F. Carroll   44   Director
Andrew B. Cohen   44   Director
Darren M. Friedman   47   Director
John A. Miller   62   Director
George Muñoz   64   Director
Dr. Judith Rodin   71   Director
Jonathan D. Smidt   42   Director
Ian K. Snow   46   Director
Steven M. Taslitz   56   Director
Quentin Van Doosselaere   52   Director
Robert B. Zoellick   62   Director

         Douglas L. Becker has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since February 2000. Mr. Becker served as President from June 2011 until September 2015. From April 1993 until February 2000, Mr. Becker served as the Company's President and Co-Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Becker has been a director of the Company since December 1989. Mr. Becker was a director of Constellation Energy Corporation from April 1999 through May 2009. From 2004 to June 2015, Mr. Becker served as a director of Meritas LLC, a privately owned family of college preparatory schools. Mr. Becker also serves on the boards of two nonprofit companies: International Youth Foundation, a nonprofit Global NGO focusing on youth employment, education and civic engagement, for which Mr. Becker serves as Chairman and as a member of its audit committee; and Port Discovery Children's Museum, located in Baltimore, Maryland.

         Enderson Guimarães was appointed as our President and Chief Operating Officer effective September 2015. From January to August 2015, Mr. Guimarães served as executive vice president, Global Categories and Operations at PepsiCo, Inc. Mr. Guimarães served as chief executive officer, PepsiCo Europe from September 2012 to January 2015 and as President of PepsiCo Global Operations from October 2011 to September 2012. Before joining PepsiCo, Mr. Guimarães served as executive vice president of Electrolux and chief executive officer of its major appliances business in Europe, Africa and the Middle East from 2008 to 2011. He also spent 10 years at Philips Electronics, from 1998 to

231


Table of Contents

2007, first as a regional marketing executive in Brazil and ultimately as senior vice president, head of Global Marketing Management and general manager of the WidiWall LED display business. He also served as chief executive officer of Philips's Lifestyle Incubator group, an innovation engine which created new businesses and developed them over several years. Earlier, Mr. Guimarães worked in various marketing positions at Danone and Johnson & Johnson. Mr. Guimarães currently serves as a director of AutoZone Inc., a retailer and distributor of automotive replacement parts and accessories. Mr. Guimarães received a B.S. from the Aeronautical Institute of Technology in São José dos Campos, Brazil and an M.B.A. from McGill University (Canada).

         Eilif Serck-Hanssen joined Laureate in July 2008 as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From February 2008 until July 2008, Mr. Serck-Hanssen served as chief financial officer and president of international operations at XOJET, Inc. In January 2005, Mr. Serck-Hanssen was part of the team that founded Eos Airlines, Inc., a premium airline, and until February 2008, Mr. Serck-Hanssen served as its executive vice president and chief financial officer. Prior to starting Eos Airlines, Mr. Serck-Hanssen served in several financial executive positions at US Airways, Inc. (now American Airlines, Inc.) and Northwest Airlines, Inc. (now Delta Airlines, Inc.), including serving as a senior vice president and Treasurer of US Airways, Inc. Prior to joining the airline industry, Mr. Serck-Hanssen spent over five years with PepsiCo, Inc., in various international locations and three years with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (formerly Coopers & Lybrand Deloitte) in London. Mr. Serck-Hanssen earned his M.B.A. in finance at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, a B.A. in management science from the University of Kent at Canterbury (United Kingdom), and a B.S. in civil engineering from the Bergen University College (Norway). He is an Associate Chartered Accountant (ACA) and a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

         Ricardo Berckemeyer serves as Chief Executive Officer, Latin America, a position he has held since May 2012. From January 2011 through April 2012, Mr. Berckemeyer served as Chief Executive Officer of Laureate's Andean Region. From 2002, when Mr. Berckemeyer joined the Company, through December 2010, he served as Senior Vice President—South America within Laureate's Latin American operations, where he had responsibility for business development in South America. Mr. Berckemeyer received a bachelor's degree in economics from Universidad del Pacifico (Peru) and an M.B.A. from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

         Miguel Carmelo has served as Chief Executive Officer, Europe since May 2012, and as President of Universidad Europea de Madrid since 1999. From 1999 until May 2012, Mr. Carmelo served as President of the Mediterranean Region of Laureate International Universities. Mr. Carmelo received an undergraduate degree in economics and business administration from Universidad Complutense and a Ph.D. in economics from Universidad Autónoma, Madrid.

         Timothy F. Daniels serves as Chief Executive Officer, Asia, the Middle East and Africa, a position he has held since August 2013. From 2011 through 2013, Mr. Daniels was the president of Apollo Global, where he focused on developing an international network of postsecondary operations for a joint venture between Apollo Group and The Carlyle Group. From 2003 through 2010, Mr. Daniels was the chairman and chief executive officer of Wall Street Institute International, where he led the turnaround of the leading global provider of English language instruction. From 2000 through 2003, Mr. Daniels served as the managing director for Sylvan Ventures, where he was responsible for all aspects of K-12 sector investments. Mr. Daniels received a B.A. in business administration from the University of Wisconsin and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

         Alfonso Martinez serves as our Chief Human Resources Officer. Mr. Martinez joined the Company in 2013 as the head of Human Resources for our GPS segment. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Martinez was the executive vice president of human resources for NII Holdings, Inc., a provider of wireless communication services. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Martinez held various management positions with Sodexho, Inc., an integrated food and facilities management service provider, and was most recently the

232


Table of Contents

group vice president of global talent. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Martinez was the chief executive officer of the Hispanic Association on Corporate Responsibility. Prior to 2003, Mr. Martinez held various positions with Marriott International, Inc. Mr. Martinez earned a B.S. from the University of Denver and a M.S. in organizational psychology from Johns Hopkins University.

         Karl D. Salnoske has served as our Chief Information Officer since March 2014. From 2010 to 2014, Mr. Salnoske was the executive vice president and CIO of GXS, a leading, multinational business-to-business software company where he oversaw all aspects of the company's internal and external IT systems, data center operations, customer support and quality assurance. From 2004 to 2009, Mr. Salnoske was the vice president and CIO at Schering-Plough, where he directed the planning, acquisition, development and operation of computer and IT systems for all facilities globally. Mr. Salnoske also previously served as a general manager for Software Solutions at IBM as well as a senior IT specialist at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Salnoske earned a B.S. in electrical engineering from Virginia Polytechnic Institute.

         Paula Singer joined Laureate in 1993. Ms. Singer has served as Chief Network Officer since January 2015 and also serves as Chief Executive Officer of Global Products and Services, a position she has held since January 2011. From July 2001 to January 2011, Ms. Singer served as President of the Laureate Higher Education Group. Ms. Singer earned a B.S. in education from the University of Connecticut.

         Robert W. Zentz has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Laureate since joining the Company in 1998. Mr. Zentz oversees all of Laureate's legal affairs worldwide and has been the architect of Laureate's international structure and its expansion into 28 countries. Prior to joining Laureate, Mr. Zentz served as North American general counsel for A.C. Nielsen, Inc., the global marketing and media research company and directed the legal work for the sale of Dun & Bradstreet's Donnelley Marketing yellow pages business. Prior to AC Nielsen, Mr. Zentz was general counsel of A.S. Hansen, Inc., a global compensation and benefits firm headquartered in Chicago and negotiated the sale of that business to Mercer, Inc. Mr. Zentz earned a B.S. in accounting from Indiana University and a J.D. from Valparaiso University Law School.

         Brian F. Carroll has been a Member of KKR, a global alternative asset manager, since 2006. He joined KKR in 1995 and currently heads the Consumer and Retail teams in Europe. He is also a member of the European Investment Committee. In addition to serving as a director of Laureate, he is currently a member of the board of directors of Pets at Home, Northgate Information Solutions, Cognita, SMCP and Afriflora. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Carroll was with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette where he worked on a broad range of high yield financing, corporate finance and merchant banking transactions. He has a B.S. and B.A.S. from the University of Pennsylvania, and an M.B.A. from Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Carroll has been a director and chairman of the compensation committee of our board of directors since July 2007.

         Andrew B. Cohen is a Managing Director at Cohen Private Ventures, LLC, which invests long-term capital, primarily in direct private investments and other opportunistic transactions, on behalf of Steven A. Cohen. Prior to his position with Cohen Private Ventures, LLC, Mr. Cohen was a managing director, director and analyst at S.A.C. Capital Advisors, L.P., an investment management firm, and its predecessor from 2002 to 2005 and 2010 to 2014. From 2005 to 2010, Mr. Cohen was a managing director and partner of Dune Capital Management LP, an investment management firm. Mr. Cohen began his career at Morgan Stanley where he was an analyst in the real estate department and principal investing group (MSREF) and then an associate in the mergers and acquisitions group after business school. Mr. Cohen received his B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and his M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. He serves on the boards of several private companies. He also serves on the National Advisory Board of the Johns Hopkins Berman Institute of

233


Table of Contents

Bioethics, and the Painting and Sculpture Committee of The Whitney Museum of American Art. Mr. Cohen has been a director since June 2013.

         Darren M. Friedman is a Partner of StepStone Group LLC. ("StepStone"), a position he has held since October 1, 2010. Prior to his employment with StepStone, from 2001 through 2010, Mr. Friedman was Managing Partner of Citi Private Equity ("CPE"), a business unit of Citigroup managing private equity co-investment funds and mezzanine products. At CPE, Mr. Friedman managed over $10 billion of capital, across three private equity investing activities: direct co-investments, mezzanine debt investments and fund investments. Mr. Friedman received his M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and his B.S. in finance from the University of Illinois. Mr. Friedman has been a director since December 2010.

         John A. Miller has served as President since 1987 and Chief Executive Officer since 2006 of North American Corporation, a multi-divisional provider of specialized business distribution and marketing services. Mr. Miller serves as a director (and a member of the audit committee and the executive committee) of Sally Beauty Holdings, a beauty products distribution company. Mr. Miller is also a director of Atlantic Premium Brands, Ltd. (and a member of the compensation committee), and Wirtz Corporation (and chairman of the compensation committee) and Network Services Company. Mr. Miller serves on the board of trustees for the University of Denver. Mr. Miller received his B.S.B.A. in Finance from the University of Denver and holds an M.B.A. from the University of Denver where he graduated with honors. Mr. Miller has been a director since January 2009 and was a director of Laureate from 2001 to July 2007.

         George Muñoz has been a principal in the Washington, D.C.-based investment banking firm Muñoz Investment Banking Group, LLC since 2001. Mr. Muñoz has also been a partner in the Chicago-based law firm Tobin & Muñoz, LLC since 2002. Mr. Muñoz served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Overseas Private Investment Corporation from 1997 to January 2001. Mr. Muñoz was Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary of the U.S. Treasury Department from 1993 until 1997. Mr. Muñoz is a certified public accountant and an attorney. Mr. Muñoz is a director of Marriott International, Inc., Altria Group, Inc. and Anixter International, Inc., and a trustee of the National Geographic Society. Mr. Muñoz has been a director since March 2013 and chairman of the audit committee of the board of directors since August 2013. Mr. Muñoz served three terms as president of the Chicago Board of Education in the mid-1980s. Mr. Muñoz has taught courses in globalization at Georgetown University in Washington D.C. and is co-author of the book "Renewing the American Dream: A Citizen's Guide for Restoring of Competitive Advantage." Mr. Muñoz has a B.B.A. in Accounting from the University of Texas, a J.D. and a Master of Public Policy from Harvard University, and a LL.M. in Taxation from DePaul University.

         Dr. Judith Rodin has served as President of The Rockefeller Foundation since March 2005. The foundation supports efforts to combat global social, economic, health and environmental challenges. From 1994 to 2004, Dr. Rodin served as President of the University of Pennsylvania. Before that, Dr. Rodin chaired the Department of Psychology at Yale University, and also served as Dean of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Provost, and served as a faculty member at the university for 22 years. Dr. Rodin is also a director of Citigroup Inc. and Comcast Corporation. Dr. Rodin served as a director of AMR Corporation from 1997 to 2013. Dr. Rodin holds a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and a Ph.D. from Columbia University. Dr. Rodin has been a director since December 2013.

         Jonathan D. Smidt joined KKR in July 2000 and is a senior Member of KKR's Energy & Infrastructure team. Mr. Smidt leads KKR's efforts to acquire producing oil and gas properties in North America and is responsible for KKR's partnership with Fleur de Lis. Mr. Smidt also serves as a Member of KKR's Oil & Gas Investment Committee. In addition to serving as a director of Laureate, Mr. Smidt serves on the board of directors of AOT, EFH, Trinity River Energy, Samson Resources

234


Table of Contents

Corporation and Westbrick Energy. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Smidt was with Goldman, Sachs & Co. in their investment banking division where he was focused on the energy and power sector and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Smidt started his career at Ernst & Young in Cape Town, South Africa. He holds a B.B.S. and a Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting from the University of Cape Town (South Africa). Mr. Smidt is a member of the Board of Overseers of the Columbia University, Mailman School of Public Health. Mr. Smidt has been a director since July 2007.

         Ian K. Snow is chief executive officer and a co-founding Partner of Snow Phipps Group, LLC ("Snow Phipps"), a private equity firm. Prior to the formation of Snow Phipps in April 2005, Mr. Snow was a Managing Director at Ripplewood Holdings L.L.C., a private equity firm, where he worked from its inception in 1995 until March 2005. Mr. Snow received a B.A., with honors, in history from Georgetown University. He currently serves as a director of the following private companies in which Snow Phipps holds an equity interest: EnviroFinance Group, LLC, a company specializing in financing the acquisition, cleanup and redevelopment of contaminated properties; Tasti D-Lite, LLC, a frozen dessert product sold through its network of retail stores; Velocity Commercial Capital, Inc., a small balance commercial real estate lender; ArrMaz Custom Chemicals, Inc., a producer of chemical process aids and functional additives; Acentia, LLC, a management and information technology consulting company; ZeroChaos, LLC, a provider of contingent workforce management solutions; Velvet, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and wholesaler of upscale apparel brands; and Service Champ, Inc., a vehicle products distributor. In addition, from 1996 until 2007, Mr. Snow was a director (and, from 2006 until 2007, a member of the audit committee of the board of directors) of Asbury Automotive Group, Inc. Mr. Snow has been a director since July 2007.

         Steven M. Taslitz has served since 1983 as a Senior Managing Director of Sterling Partners, a private equity firm he co-founded with Mr. Becker and others. Mr. Taslitz received his B.A., with honors, in accounting from the University of Illinois. Mr. Taslitz currently serves as a director of the following privately held companies in which Sterling Partners holds an equity interest: MOSAID Technologies Incorporated, an intellectual property management company; I/O Data Centers, LLC, a data center and data center operating systems company; Prospect Mortgage, LLC, a retail mortgage origination company; Wengen Investments Limited; Sterling Fund Management, LLC; Secondary Opportunity Book, LLC; Sterling Venture Partners, LLC; Sterling Capital Partners, LLC; Sterling Capital Partners II, LLC; Sterling Capital Partners III, LLC; SC Partners III AIV One GP Corporation; SCP III AIV TWO Blocker, Inc.; SCP III AIV THREE-FCER Blocker, Inc.; Sterling Partners 2009, LLC; SMG09 Secure Net AIV Blocker, Inc.; Sterling Capital Partners IV, LLC and SCP IV Desert AIV Blocker, Inc. In addition, from April 2005 to October 2012, Mr. Taslitz was a director of Ameritox Ltd., a prescription monitoring solution provider and Ameritox Testing Management, Inc., a laboratory services company; Mr. Taslitz also serves on the compensation committees of the boards of directors of each of these companies other than MOSAID Technologies and serves as a member of the audit committee of the board of directors of Ameritox, Ltd. Mr. Taslitz has been a director since July 2007. Mr. Taslitz is also a director of Atlantic Premium Brands, Ltd., a food products company.

         Quentin Van Doosselaere is Co-Chief Executive Officer of Bregal Investments, a private equity investment business. Mr. Van Doosselaere joined Bregal in January 2009. Following his business school graduation in 1984, he moved to New York and began his career at Drexel Burnham Lambert. He then joined Bankers Trust Co. as a Managing Director and ran various global capital markets businesses. In the mid-nineties, he held executive positions in a number of non-profit organizations before going into academia. He was affiliated with Columbia University and Oxford University when he joined Bregal. Mr. Van Doosselaere serves as a member on the investment committees of Bregal Capital, Bregal Sagemount, Bregal Partners, Bregal Freshstream, Bregal Energy, Bregal Private Equity Partners, Ranch Capital Investment and Birchill Exploration. Mr. Van Doosselaere holds a degree from the Solvay

235


Table of Contents

Brussels School of Economics of the Université Libre de Bruxelles (Belgium) and a Ph.D. from Columbia University. Mr. Van Doosselaere has been a director since January 2015.

         Robert B. Zoellick is chairman of International Advisors at the Goldman Sachs Group. He is a director of Temasek Holdings (Private) Ltd. ("Temasek"), a Singapore corporation, which is principally engaged in the business of investment holding. Mr. Zoellick has been a director of Temasek since August 2013. He is also a strategic advisor to AXA, the global insurance firm headquartered in Paris, and is a member of the international advisory board for Rolls Royce. From 2012 to 2013, Mr. Zoellick was a Distinguished Visiting Fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics and a Senior Fellow at the JFK School of Government at Harvard University, and he has continued his Fellow's post at Harvard. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Zoellick was president of the World Bank Group. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Zoellick was vice chairman, International, of Goldman Sachs. Mr. Zoellick was the deputy secretary of the U.S. Department of State from 2005 to 2006 and the U.S. Trade Representative from 2001 to 2005. From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Zoellick served in various academic and executive posts at the U.S. Naval Academy, Harvard University, Goldman Sachs, Fannie Mae and the Center for Strategic and International Studies. From 1985 to 1993, Mr. Zoellick served in senior posts at the Treasury and State departments, as well as the White House deputy chief of staff. Mr. Zoellick received his B.A. (Phi Beta Kappa) from Swarthmore College and a J.D. (magna cum laude) and Master of Public Policy from Harvard University. Mr. Zoellick has been a director since December 2013.

        During the past ten years, none of Laureate, its executive officers or its directors has (i) been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and similar misdemeanors) or (ii) been a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding (except for matters that were dismissed without sanction or settlement) that resulted in a judgment, decree or final order enjoining such person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal or state securities laws, or a finding of any violation of federal or state securities laws.

        Except as described below, during the past ten years (i) no petition has been filed under federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency laws by or against any of our executive officers or directors, (ii) no receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of any of our executive officers or directors and (iii) none of our executive officers or directors was an executive officer of any business entity or a general partner of any partnership at or within two years before the filing of a petition under the federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency laws by or against such entity.

        In January 2005, Mr. Serck-Hanssen joined the team that founded Eos Airlines, Inc. Eos Airlines was an all first-class shuttle between New York and London. Mr. Serck-Hanssen left Eos in February 2008, and Eos filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in late April 2008, after the collapse of Bear Stearns & Co., its largest single client, and the start of the U.S. economic downturn, which caused funding commitments from its financial sponsors to be withdrawn. In December 2008, Mr. Martinez joined NII Holdings, Inc. ("NII Holdings") as vice president of human resources. Mr. Martinez left NII Holdings in 2013 and NII Holdings filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in September 2014.

        With the exception of Mr. Van Doosselaere, who holds Belgian citizenship, Mr. Guimarães, who holds dual citizenship in Brazil and Canada, Mr. Serck-Hanssen, who is a Norwegian citizen and a permanent resident of the United States, Mr. Berckemeyer, who holds dual citizenship in Peru and the United States, and Mr. Carmelo, who holds Spanish citizenship, all of the directors and executive officers listed above are U.S. citizens.

        Each current director brings a strong and unique background and set of skills to the board of directors, giving the board of directors as a whole competence and experience in a wide variety of areas, including corporate governance and board service, executive management, higher education industry experience, accounting and finance, and risk assessment. Set forth below is a brief description

236


Table of Contents

of certain experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each director that led the board of directors to conclude that such person should serve as one of our directors:

    Mr. Becker has led our Company since 1989 and has been instrumental in our transformation into the largest private international network of degree granting higher education institutions. His current responsibilities as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer make him well qualified to serve on the board of directors.

    Messrs. Carroll, Cohen, Friedman, Smidt, Snow, Taslitz and Van Doosselaere are affiliated with private equity and other similar types of investment funds and have significant experience making and managing private equity investments on behalf of their respective funds. Each of the investment funds they represent have been intimately involved in the management of Laureate since 2007, making them well qualified to serve on the board of directors.

    Mr. Miller has served as the president and chief executive officer of a large private company specializing in industrial paper products, packaging, printing and other commercial consumables since 1987. Mr. Miller's long business career, including service as president and chief executive officer of a large distribution company and his previous service on the board of our predecessor make him well qualified to serve on the board of directors.

    Mr. Muñoz has extensive knowledge in the fields of finance and accounting and his knowledge of investment banking, legal experience, corporate governance experience and audit oversight experience gained from his membership on the boards and audit committees of other public companies support his qualifications to serve on the board of directors.

    Dr. Rodin is an experienced leader in the not-for-profit sector and has extensive experience in the areas of corporate affairs, financial reporting, risk management, compensation and legal matters, which supports her qualifications to serve on the board of directors.

    Mr. Zoellick has extensive knowledge, insight and experience on international trade, development, and finance issues and his educational and government experience provide important insights for our global business model. In addition, his current positions with international financial and investment firms as a director of an international investment company make him well qualified to serve on the board of directors.

Information Regarding the Laureate Board

        Our board of directors consists of 12 persons, nine of whom also serve on the board of directors of Wengen's sole general partner, Wengen Investments Limited. Pursuant to the current Wengen Securityholders' Agreement, KKR is entitled to elect two of Laureate's directors so long as KKR owns at least 75% of the Wengen interests it held on the date Wengen acquired Laureate (the "Initial Wengen Interest") and will be entitled to elect one of Laureate's directors so long as KKR owns at least 50% but less than 75% of its Initial Wengen Interest. Pursuant to this provision of the current Wengen Securityholders' Agreement, Messrs. Carroll and Smidt were elected to the Laureate board of directors as the KKR-designated directors in 2007 and have continued to serve on the Laureate board of directors since then. Pursuant to the current Wengen Securityholders' Agreement, Sterling Capital Partners II, L.P. ("Sterling"), an affiliate of Sterling Partners, is entitled to elect three of Laureate's directors so long as Sterling, Mr. Becker, Mr. Taslitz and certain of their affiliates (together, the "Sterling Entities") collectively own at least 75% of their Initial Wengen Interest and will be entitled to elect two of Laureate's directors so long as the Sterling Entities collectively own at least 50% but less than 75% of their Initial Wengen Interest. Messrs. Taslitz and Becker were elected to the Laureate board of directors as the Sterling-designated directors in July 2007 and have continued to serve on the Laureate board of directors since then. John A. Miller was elected to the Laureate board of directors as the third Sterling-designated director, effective January 1, 2009. The Sterling Entities are required to

237


Table of Contents

designate Mr. Becker as one of the Sterling-designated directors for so long as he remains the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the current Wengen Securityholders' Agreement, each of CPE (including affiliates, some of which have been managed by StepStone since November 2010), Snow Phipps (Snow Phipps and its affiliates), Point72 (as the successor to SAC Capital) and Bregal Investments (Bregal Investments and its affiliates) is entitled to elect one member of the Laureate board of directors so long as each owns at least 75% of its Initial Wengen Interest. Messrs. Friedman, Snow, Van Doosselaere and Cohen serve as the board of directors designees of CPE, Snow Phipps, Bregal Investments and Point72, respectively. Mr. Van Doosselaere has tendered his resignation from the Laureate board of directors effective as of the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Van Doosselaere has advised us that his resignation is not due to any disagreement with the Company. All of the aforementioned rights to appoint Laureate directors will be reduced or eliminated if the equity interests held by these Wengen Investors drops below prescribed thresholds (usually less than 75% or 50% of their Initial Wengen Interests). The securityholders' agreement will terminate upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of Wengen. See "Certain Relationship and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Wengen."

Controlled Company Exception

        After completion of this offering, Wengen will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the                corporate governance standards. Under the                rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain                corporate governance standards, including:

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

        Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating/corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, for so long as we are a "controlled company" you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the                corporate governance requirements.

Laureate Board Committees

        Our board of directors has three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

        The Audit Committee meets with our independent auditors to: (i) review whether satisfactory accounting procedures are being followed by us and whether our internal accounting controls are adequate; (ii) monitor audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors; (iii) approve fees charged by the independent auditors; and (iv) perform all other oversight and review of the Company's financial reporting process. The Audit Committee also reviews the performance of

238


Table of Contents

the independent auditors and annually selects the firm of independent auditors to audit the Company's financial statements. The Audit Committee currently consists of Messrs. Muñoz, Smidt and Snow and the board of directors has determined that Mr. Muñoz is an "audit committee financial expert" for purposes of Regulation S-K, Item 407(d)(5). Upon completion of this offering, Messrs. Smidt and Snow will resign, and we intend to appoint to the Audit Committee two new members of the board of directors who will be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and corporate governance standards. The board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of such nominees meets the definition of "independent director" for purposes of the                rules and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. There were nine meetings of the Audit Committee during 2014.

        The Compensation Committee establishes the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers of Laureate and generally reviews benefits and compensation for all officers and employees. The Compensation Committee also administers our 2007 Plan and our 2013 Plan. The Compensation Committee currently consists of Messrs. Carroll, Friedman and Taslitz. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to appoint                and                as additional members of our Compensation Committee. The board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of such newly-appointed nominees meets the definition of "independent director" for purposes of the                rules, the definition of "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the definition of "non-employee director" for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we intend to establish a sub-committee of our compensation committee consisting of                and                for purposes of approving any compensation that may otherwise be subject to Section 162(m) of the Code or Section 16 of the Exchange Act. There were six meetings of the Compensation Committee during 2014 and four actions by written consent.

        The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews and monitors corporate governance matters. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consists of Mr. Carroll. Upon completion of this offering, the current Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee members will resign, and we intend to appoint                ,                and                 to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee did not meet during 2014.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, each of the above committees will adopt a written charter, which will be approved by our board of directors. Following the completion of this offering, copies of each charter will be posted on our website.

239


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive compensation program, and each material element of compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 that we provided to each person who served as our principal executive officer or principal financial officer during 2014 and our three most highly compensated executive officers employed at the end of 2014 other than those persons, all of whom we refer to collectively as our Named Executive Officers.

        Our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

    Douglas L. Becker, Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer;

    Eilif Serck-Hanssen, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

    Ricardo M. Berckemeyer, Chief Executive Officer, Latin America Region;

    Timothy F. Daniels, Chief Executive Officer, Asia, Middle East and Africa Region; and

    Paula Singer, Chief Executive Officer, Global Products and Services.

        The Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing, implementing, and evaluating our employee compensation and benefit programs. The Compensation Committee annually evaluates the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers, establishes the annual salaries and annual cash incentive awards for our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers, and approves all equity awards. The Compensation Committee's objective is to ensure that the total compensation paid to the Named Executive Officers as well as our other senior officers is fair, reasonable, and competitive. Generally, the types of compensation and benefits provided to our Named Executive Officers are similar to those provided to other senior members of our management team.

Executive Compensation Philosophy

        The goal of our executive compensation program is to create long-term value for our investors while at the same time rewarding our executives for superior financial and operating performance and encouraging them to remain with us for long, productive careers. We believe the most effective way to achieve this objective is to design an executive compensation program rewarding the achievement of specific annual, long-term and strategic goals and aligning executives' interests with those of our investors by further rewarding performance above established goals. We use this philosophy as the foundation for evaluating and improving the effectiveness of our executive pay program. The following are the core elements of our executive compensation philosophy:

    Market Competitive : Compensation levels and programs for executives, including the Named Executive Officers, should be competitive relative to the appropriate markets in which we operate. We are a unique network of organizations, and we believe that competitive pay programs must be locally driven. It is important for our local organizations to leverage an understanding of what constitutes competitive pay in their markets and build unique strategies to attract the high caliber talent we require to manage and grow our fast-paced organization;

    Performance Based : A majority of executive compensation should be performance-based pay that is "at risk," based on short-term and long-term goals, which reward both organizational and individual performance;

    Investor Aligned : Incentives should be structured to create a strong alignment between executives and investors on both a short-term and a long-term basis; and

240


Table of Contents

    Financially Efficient : Pay programs and features should attempt to minimize the impact on our earnings and maximize our tax benefits, all other things being equal.

        By incorporating these elements, we believe our executive compensation program is responsive to our investors' objectives and effective in attracting, motivating, and retaining the level of talent necessary to grow and manage our business successfully.

Process for Determining Compensation

        Our compensation process for each fiscal year begins in the preceding September, when senior management meets to set the next year's budgets. Using the budgets developed during October and November, each year in December, the board of directors approves our revenue, earnings, and student enrollment goals for the following year. These goals serve as the target metrics in our Annual Incentive Plan ("AIP"), a non-equity short-term incentive plan designed to create a link between executive compensation and company performance, and our cash Long Term Incentive Plans ("LTIP") with certain Named Executive Officers, which are designed to reward superior performance over a longer period and thereby provide an incentive for these executives to remain with us. See "—Elements of Laureate's 2014 Compensation Program—Incentive Opportunity." In March, the Compensation Committee meets to review the Named Executive Officers' prior year's performance, set their base salary levels for the current fiscal year, approve the AIP for the current year, and approve or modify individual goals for the Named Executive Officers that were recommended by management for the discretionary portion of our AIP. In late March, the Compensation Committee assesses performance and certifies the extent to which the prior year's performance goals have been achieved and authorizes the payment of any earned incentive compensation.

        Prior to the March Compensation Committee meetings, the CEO and the Chief Human Resources Officer ("CHRO") review the prior year's performance of each Named Executive Officer (other than the CEO, whose performance is reviewed only by the Compensation Committee). The conclusions reached and recommendations based on these reviews, including with respect to salary adjustments and AIP cash award amounts, are presented to the Compensation Committee at its March meetings. The Compensation Committee determines salary adjustments and AIP cash awards for our Named Executive Officers, taking into account the CEO's recommendations. The CEO and CHRO are not members of the Compensation Committee and do not participate in deliberations regarding their own compensation.

Clawback Policy

        In October 2013, the Compensation Committee adopted an Executive Incentive Compensation Recoupment Policy, also known as a "clawback." Under these clawback provisions, executives that violate confidentiality, non-competition, and non-solicitation agreements forfeit any outstanding awards under the 2007 Plan and the 2013 Plan (together, the "Plans") and return any gains realized from awards prior to the violation. These provisions serve to protect our intellectual property and human capital, and help ensure that executives act in the best interests of Laureate and its stockholders. We plan to revise the Executive Incentive Compensation Recoupment Policy to be consistent with the final rules implementing the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Role of Independent Compensation Consultant

        During 2014, the CHRO and members of his staff met several times with Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. ("Cook"), an independent executive compensation consulting firm retained by the Compensation Committee, for advice and perspective regarding market trends that could affect our decisions about our executive compensation program and practices. During this time, Cook assessed our compensation philosophy and the structure of our programs and reviewed our existing equity and

241


Table of Contents

variable pay compensation documents. Cook then advised management about alternatives it could consider before recommending executive compensation design and amounts to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee assessed the independence of Cook pursuant to SEC rules and concluded that the work performed by Cook does not raise any conflicts of interest.

Compensation Peer Group

        In its capacity as the Compensation Committee's independent compensation consultant, Cook has provided insight to the Compensation Committee on certain regulatory requirements and concerns of our investors, assisting with the development of conceptual designs for future equity and cash incentive compensation programs and providing the Compensation Committee with relevant market data and alternatives to consider when making compensation decisions for the CEO and other Named Executive Officers. Additionally, the Compensation Committee requested Cook to identify a framework of comparators that adequately reflects the unique nature of our operations. The Compensation Committee used this Compensation Peer Group as part of the 2014 compensation process to evaluate the competitiveness of the compensation targets for our executive team. The Compensation Peer Group includes three distinct elements, each representing a key Laureate characteristic. These business characteristics include: (1) industry, (2) size and complexity and (3) growth and profitability. The Compensation Committee has defined these characteristics and selected peer companies for each group as follows:

    Industry: Companies in the S&P 1500 and the educational services industry with total revenue of at least $1 billion, including Apollo Education Group, Career Education, Corinthian Colleges, DeVry Education Group, Education Management Corporation and ITT Educational Services.

    Size / Complexity: Companies in the S&P 1500 with total revenue ranging from $2.5 billion to $5.5 billion, with at least 70% of total revenue derived from foreign sources, including Analog Devices, Inc. The Brinks Company, Cabot Corporation, FMC Technologies, Inc., First Solar, Inc., Harman International Industries, Incorporated, International Flavors & Fragrances Inc., LSI Corporation, Molson Coors Brewing Company, Nabors Industries Ltd., Nvidia Corporation, Sandisk Corp., Terex Corporation, and Universal Corporation.

    High Growth/Profitability: Companies in the S&P 1500 with total revenue ranging from $1 billion to $10 billion, three-year total revenue CAGR of at least 15%, three-year average EBITDA margins of at least 20%, at least 30% of total revenue generated from foreign sources, including Altera Corporation, BlackRock, Inc., Celgene Corporation, Cliffs Natural Resources Inc., Discovery Communications, Inc., Equinix, Inc., FLIR Systems, Inc., Gilead Sciences, Inc., Global Payments Inc., Intercontinental Exchange, Inc., Life Technologies, Inc., Mylan N.V., Newmont Mining Corporation, The Priceline Group Inc., ResMed Inc. and Visa Inc.

        The Compensation Committee used data derived from our Compensation Peer Group to inform its decisions about overall compensation, compensation elements, optimum pay mix and the relative competitive landscape of our executive compensation program. The committee used multiple reference points when establishing target compensation levels. Because comparative compensation information is just one of several analytic tools the Compensation Committee uses in setting executive compensation, it has discretion in determining the nature and extent of its use. Moreover, given the limitations associated with comparative pay information for setting individual executive compensation, the Compensation Committee may elect not to use the comparative compensation information at all in the course of making individual compensation decisions.

        In approving 2014 compensation for the Named Executive Officers, the Compensation Committee took under advisement the recommendation of the CEO and CHRO relating to the total compensation package for the Named Executive Officers and, based on company-wide operating results and the

242


Table of Contents

extent to which individual performance objectives were met, the Compensation Committee determined 2014 compensation for each of the Named Executive Officers. In determining whether to approve or modify management-recommended compensation for the Named Executive Officers in 2014, the Compensation Committee reviewed non-financial factors as part of the overall evaluation of performance. Such non-financial factors comprised judging the extent to which each Named Executive Officer identified business opportunities, maximized network synergies for Laureate, shared best practices and maximized the mix of our geographic revenues, programs, modality and levels of study. The Compensation Committee believes that non-financial measures are often "leading indicators" of financial performance and are especially important to a rapidly growing and geographically dispersed company like Laureate. The Compensation Committee believes that the total 2014 compensation opportunity for our Named Executive Officers was fully competitive while at the same time being responsible to our investors because a significant percentage of total compensation in 2014 was allocated to variable compensation, paid only upon achievement of both individual and corporate performance objectives.

Considerations in Setting 2014 Compensation

        The following is a summary of key considerations that affected the development of 2014 compensation targets and 2014 compensation decisions for our Named Executive Officers (and which the Compensation Committee believes will continue to affect its compensation decisions in future years):

         Market Targets .    We target base salary for our Named Executive Officers generally near the 50 th  percentile of the Compensation Peer Group. Total cash and total direct compensation (base salary, AIP award and projected inherent value of equity grants) are generally near the 75 th  percentile of the Compensation Peer Group. Although historically a specific pay mix for our Named Executive Officers has not been set, it has been and will continue to be our policy to allocate a significantly larger portion of the Named Executive Officers' compensation in the form of variable or "at-risk" compensation than is allocated to junior members of management. By targeting our Named Executive Officers' base salaries and total cash and total direct compensation near the 50 th  and the 75 th  percentiles, respectively, a majority of our Named Executive Officers' pay is at risk, consistent with strategies followed by other high-growth companies and the Compensation Committee's pay-for-performance philosophy. Market targets are periodically reviewed to ensure competitiveness with other companies' executives with like responsibilities to our Named Executive Officers.

         Emphasis on Performance .    Laureate's compensation program provides increased pay opportunity correlated with superior performance over the long term. When evaluating base salary, individual performance is the primary driver that determines the Named Executive Officer's annual increase, if any. In our AIP, both organizational and individual performance are key drivers in determining the Named Executive Officer's non-equity incentive award. Of the outstanding unvested options, performance share units, and restricted shares currently held by our Named Executive Officers (including the shares of our Class B common stock and options that will be granted to our Chief Executive Officer immediately upon completion of this offering in exchange for the liquidation of his Executive Profits Interests, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), approximately      % are performance-based.

         The Importance of Organizational Results .    Laureate's AIP uses the achievement of specific organizational metrics in determining approximately 80% of the Named Executive Officers' target annual cash incentive award. This is because the Compensation Committee believes it is important to hold the Named Executive Officers accountable for both the results of their organization and overall company results. Our 2014 AIP emphasized and rewarded the Named Executive Officers, other than

243


Table of Contents

Mr. Daniels, for corporate performance. The 2014 AIP targets for Mr. Daniels were based on results in our AMEA Region because the Compensation Committee determined that EBITDA, margin, enrollment growth, and revenue growth, in each case as defined below under "—Elements of Laureate's 2014 Compensation Program—Incentive Opportunity," in that region were strategic priorities for the Company in 2014 and determined that incentives measured by such regional priorities were in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Compensation Committee believes that individual contributions by the Named Executive Officers significantly affect both regional and overall corporate results. The vesting of performance options granted under our 2013 Plan are dependent on the Company achieving overall corporate financial goals.

Elements of Laureate's 2014 Compensation Program

        There are three key components of our executive compensation program for our Named Executive Officers: base salary, AIP awards, and long-term equity incentive awards. Three of our Named Executive Officers, Messrs. Serck-Hanssen and Berckemeyer and Ms. Singer also participate in LTIPs. The components of incentive compensation (the AIP awards, equity awards and LTIPs) are significantly "at-risk," as the degree to which the AIP awards and LTIPs are paid and the performance vesting and the intrinsic value of the equity awards all depend on the extent to which certain of our operating and financial goals are achieved. In addition to these key compensation elements, the Named Executive Officers are provided certain other compensation. See "—Other Compensation." When reviewing compensation levels, each component of compensation is reviewed independently, and the total pay package is reviewed in the aggregate. However, the Compensation Committee believes that an important component of aligning the interests of investors and executives is to place a strong emphasis on "at risk" compensation linked to overall Company performance.

        In 2014, approximately 51% of the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer was "at risk." See "—Arrangements with Certain Named Executive Officers—Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Compensation" below for a discussion relating to Mr. Becker's long-term incentive compensation.

         Base Salary .    We pay our Named Executive Officers base salaries to compensate them for services rendered each fiscal year. Base salary is a regular, fixed-cash payment, the amount of which is based on position, experience, and performance after considering the following primary factors—internal review of the executive's compensation, relative to both U.S. national market targets and other executives' salaries, and the Compensation Committee's assessment of the executive's individual prior performance. Salary levels are typically considered annually as part of our performance review process but can be adjusted in connection with a promotion or other change in job responsibility. Merit-based increases to salaries of the Named Executive Officers are determined each March by the Compensation Committee after the Compensation Committee assesses performance by each executive during the preceding fiscal year. Each of the Named Executive Officers received a 2.5% salary increase from 2013 to 2014. Each of the Named Executive Officers only received a 2.5% salary increase from 2014 to 2015.

        The salary increases for the Named Executive Officers from 2013 to 2014 and 2014 to 2015 were:

Executive
  Salary as of
December 31,
2013
  Salary Increase
from 2013 to
2014(1)
  Salary as of
December 31,
2014
  Salary Increase
from 2014 to
2015(1)
  2015 Salary  

Douglas L. Becker

  $ 950,175     2.5 % $ 973,929     2.5 % $ 998,278  

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

  $ 554,269     2.5 % $ 568,126     2.5 % $ 582,329  

Ricardo M. Berckemeyer

  $ 650,000     2.5 % $ 666,250     2.5 % $ 682,906  

Timothy F. Daniels

  $ 500,000     2.5 % $ 512,500     2.5 % $ 525,312  

Paula Singer

  $ 650,000     2.5 % $ 666,250     2.5 % $ 682,906  

(1)
Salary increases effective March 1, 2014 and March 1, 2015, respectively.

244


Table of Contents

         Incentive Opportunity .    In addition to receiving base salaries, the Named Executive Officers participate in the AIP each year. Messrs. Serck-Hanssen and Berckemeyer and Ms. Singer also participate in LTIPs. The Compensation Committee has identified several factors that it believes are critical to the success of our business and these factors, in various combinations, are incorporated into the 2013 Plan, the AIP, and the LTIPs:

    Revenues:   Revenues are the fees generated from our provision of educational services and products before any costs or expenses are deducted. Year-to-year growth in revenues indicates a strong base for future growth.

    Financing EBITDA Growth:   EBITDA equals revenues minus expenses (excluding interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization). Financing EBITDA excludes non-cash compensation expenses, including expenses relating to long-term incentive plans, acquisition costs, support charges, and royalty/network fees. For 2014, the Compensation Committee used an adjusted Financing EBITDA target, which excludes the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and certain extraordinary or non-recurring items, which the Compensation Committee believes are not indicative of ongoing results ("Adjusted Financing EBITDA"). The Compensation Committee believes that Adjusted Financing EBITDA is the best measure of sustainable profitability, which is a primary goal of the Company.

    EBITDA Margin:   EBITDA Margin is EBITDA as a percentage of total revenues. In 2014, we calculated the EBITDA Margin using Operating EBITDA. Operating EBITDA is Adjusted Financing EBITDA excluding the value added tax from royalty/network fees. Operating EBITDA Margin is a means by which the Compensation Committee can monitor the extent to which the Company's growth in revenues results in increased profitability. The target for 2014 was based on 2013 results plus 50 basis points.

    New Enrollment:   New enrollment is defined as students who enroll in an academic program for the first time or students who return to their academic program after an absence of at least two years. New enrollment indicates that there is continued interest in the Laureate International Universities network and can be a leading indicator of future revenue levels.

    Total Enrollment:   Total enrollment is defined as the number of students who are registered in an academic program on the last day of an enrollment reporting period. Total enrollment is tied to total revenues and can be a leading indicator of continued good student outcomes.

        Certain adjustments in measuring performance.     In measuring financial performance for purposes of our incentive compensation programs the Compensation Committee focuses on the fundamentals of the underlying business performance and adjusts for items that are not indicative of ongoing results. For example, revenue and EBITDA measures are expressed in constant currencies (i.e., excluding the effects of foreign currency translation) because we believe that period-to-period changes in foreign exchange rates can cause our reported results to appear more or less favorable than business fundamentals indicate. The Compensation Committee's approach to other types of adjustments is subject to pre-established guidelines, including materiality, to provide clarity and consistency on how it views the business when evaluating performance. Charges/credits that may be excluded from Adjusted Financing EBITDA include: "strategic" items (such as restructurings, acquisitions, and divestitures); "regulatory" items (changes in law, or tax or accounting rules); and "external" items (extraordinary, non-recurring events such as natural disasters).

        AIP award levels for the Named Executive Officers are dependent on the extent to which specified levels of the above metrics and certain individual goals have been achieved. The goals specified in the AIP for each of the above metrics derive from management's annual business plan (the "annual plan") and management's plan for the next five fiscal years (the "long-range plan"), both of which are reviewed by the board of directors each December. The CEO and CHRO work with the Compensation

245


Table of Contents

Committee to set target metrics for the AIP based on our board-approved annual plan and the financial goals contained therein, which the directors believe should be attainable but only with considerable effort.

        Annual Cash Incentive Opportunity.     Our AIP is an annual cash incentive program designed to create a link between executive compensation and performance of the participants and the Company, as a whole. The AIP provides metrics for the calculation of annual incentive-based cash compensation after assessing the executive's performance against pre-determined quantitative and qualitative measures within the context of our overall performance. In addition, a significant portion of each Named Executive Officer's 2014 AIP award was determined based on individual performance. In evaluating individual performance, the Compensation Committee reviews the annual objectives set for each of the Named Executive Officers at the start of the year (by the Compensation Committee for the CEO and by the CEO for all other Named Executive Officers) and uses its judgment to determine whether the objectives were achieved. Individual performance is weighted at 20% of the overall AIP opportunity at target. Individual results for the year are rated by the Compensation Committee on a scale from 0% to 200% based on the recommendation of the CEO, except with respect to his own performance. Considerations affecting evaluation of individual performance may include extraordinary economic or business conditions, the state of the business, deviations from forecasted business targets that are unrelated to the executive's performance and other external factors that, in the CEO's judgment (or the Compensation Committee's judgment in the case of the CEO's individual performance), may have affected our financial and operating results. The Compensation Committee also considers constructive strategic issues that have long-term consequences such as: positive student outcomes like job placement and on-time graduation, achieving the highest academic and operational standards and regulatory compliance. The Named Executive Officers are also rewarded for important strategic contributions like building succession plan pipelines and high-performance cultures. In reviewing the compensation of the Named Executive Officers, the Compensation Committee takes into account the executive's performance, the importance of his or her position to us and the executive's future leadership potential. For all Named Executive Officers other than the CEO, the CEO gives guidance to the Compensation Committee as to whether he believes each of the Named Executive Officers has achieved the individual performance goals set at the beginning of the year. After his review, the CEO presents AIP award and salary adjustment recommendations for the Named Executive Officers to the Compensation Committee for approval. The Compensation Committee determines the compensation of the Named Executive Officers, taking into account the CEO's assessment of each executive's performance. The Compensation Committee determines whether the CEO has achieved the individual performance goals the Compensation Committee set for the CEO, taking into account the CEO's assessment of his own performance and its own judgment as to his performance.

        In 2014, AIP target award opportunities ranged from 75% to 120% of the base salary of each Named Executive Officer, depending on the executive's level of responsibility and the effect the Compensation Committee perceived the Named Executive Officer to have on Company operations. The Compensation Committee took into consideration Compensation Peer Group competitiveness and compensation equity across various Company executive positions when setting the range of target 2014 AIP award opportunities for our Named Executive Officers. The Compensation Committee also gave each Named Executive Officer the opportunity to earn a 2014 AIP award above the target opportunity up to a maximum of 200% of his or her AIP target opportunity, provided that the Company achieved certain levels of performance and the Compensation Committee determined that the individual had achieved certain goals, as well.

        AIP awards granted to our Named Executive Officers for 2014 performance reflect the Compensation Committee's assessment of each Named Executive Officer's individual performance and our overall performance when measured against Compensation Committee-established goals for 2014 new enrollments, revenue, Adjusted Financing EBITDA, Operating EBITDA margin, and individual

246


Table of Contents

objectives. The 2014 AIP was designed so that a multiplier was applied to the respective weight of each metric, which proportionally reduced or increased the Named Executive Officer's award depending on the extent to which the goal for each metric was missed or exceeded, as applicable and as set forth in the table below for each Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Daniels. For Mr. Daniels only, new enrollment performance at 120% of target and Adjusted Financing EBITDA margin at 135% of target was required to receive the maximum payout. Except as described below, for performance percentages between the levels set forth in the table, the resulting payout percentage would be adjusted on a linear basis. Because the Compensation Committee's intent in designing the 2014 AIP was for the Named Executive Officers to stress improved profitability, the 2014 AIP provided that: (i) had we achieved 85% or less of the 2014 corporate and/or regional Adjusted Financing EBITDA goal, as applicable, none of the Named Executive Officers subject to that goal would have received any 2014 AIP Award, and (ii) had the Company achieved less than 95% of the 2014 corporate and/or regional Adjusted Financing EBITDA goal, as applicable, none of the Named Executive Officers subject to that goal would have received more than his or her target award opportunity, regardless of whether the goal for any of the other metrics had been exceeded. Additionally, the 2014 AIP provided that if the Company achieved 85% or less of the established goal for new enrollments or revenues or if EBITDA Margin was less than or equal to the applicable 2013 result, then the portion of the Named Executive Officer's AIP award dependent on that metric would be entirely deducted from his or her total 2014 AIP award opportunity.

Percent
Payout
  Performance
Against Plan
  New
Enrollments*
  Revenues   Adjusted
Financing
EBITDA*
  EBITDA
Margin
  200 % Percent of Target     115 %   115 %   115 % Threshold + 100 bps
  100 % Value for 100% payout     Target     Target     Target   Threshold + 50 bps
  0 % Percent of Target     85 %   85 %   85 % 2013 Result

*
For Mr. Daniels only, new enrollment performance at 120% of Target and Adjusted Financing EBITDA at 135% of Target was required to receive the maximum payout.

        The tables below contain the goal for each metric used in the 2014 AIP and the 2014 results used by the Compensation Committee to set the AIP awards earned in respect of 2014 performance by each of the Named Executive Officers. 2014 AIP awards for all Named Executive Officers, with the exception of Mr. Daniels, were based on corporate results and are shown in the first table below. Mr. Daniels's 2014 AIP award was based on AMEA regional results, which goals and results are set forth in the second table below. Of the four financial metrics used to determine 2014 AIP awards, Adjusted Financing EBITDA was weighted the heaviest because of the Compensation Committee's focus on profitability. While each of Operating EBITDA margin, revenue, and new enrollment are critical to our ability to grow over the long term, the Compensation Committee believes Adjusted Financing EBITDA is the most important measure of sustainable profitability.

247


Table of Contents


Corporate 2014 AIP

Performance Metric
  Target   Weighted
Target as %
of Award
  2014
Results
  Payout %
based on
2014 results
  Achievement
Factor Based
on 2014
Results
 

New Enrollments

    441,005     15 %   442,308     102.0 %   15.3 %

Revenues(1)

  $ 4,386.4     15 % $ 4,481.5     114.5 %   17.2 %

Adjusted Financing EBITDA(1)

  $ 767.7     40 % $ 819.1     144.7 %   57.9 %

Op EBITDA Margin

    18.30 %   10 %   19.00 %   200.0 %   20.0 %

Individual Performance

          20 %                  

          100 %                  

(1)
In thousands


AMEA 2014 AIP

Performance Metric
  Target   Weighted
Target as %
of Award
  2014
Results
  Payout %
based on
2014 results
  Achievement
Factor Based
on 2014
Results
 

New Enrollments

    36,902     15 %   42,106     170.7 %   25.6 %

Revenues(1)

  $ 401.0     15 % $ 412.1     118.7 %   17.8 %

Adjusted Financing EBITDA(1)

  $ 30.6     40 % $ 39.9     187.3 %   74.9 %

Op. EBITDA Margin

    7.73 %   10 %   9.84 %   200.0 %   20.0 %

Individual Performance

          20 %                  

          100 %                  

(1)
In thousands

        The table below provides information relating to the 2014 AIP target and actual award for each of the Named Executive Officers, both in dollar amounts and as a percentage of year-end base salary. In assessing 2014 individual performance, the Compensation Committee applied an individual multiplier of 200% to the individual performance goal of each of Messrs. Becker, Serck-Hanssen and Berckemeyer, an individual multiplier of 150% to the individual performance goal of Mr. Daniels, and an individual multiplier of 100% to the individual performance goal of Ms. Singer. The 2014 AIP awards were set by the Compensation Committee at its March 2015 meeting after reviewing the 2014 performance of each of the Named Executive Officers.

Executive
  Year-End 2014
Base Salary
Amount ($)
  AIP Target
Award as % of
2014 Year-End
Salary
  Target
Award
($)
  Actual
Award
($)
  Actual Award
as % of Target
Award
 

Douglas L. Becker

    973,929     120 %   1,168,715     1,756,813     150.3 %

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

    568,126     75 %   426,095     640,505     150.3 %

Ricardo M. Berckemeyer

    666,250     120 %   799,500     1,201,808     150.3 %

Timothy F. Daniels

    512,500     75 %   384,375     646,673     168.2 %

Paula Singer

    666,250     100 %   666,250     868,257     130.3 %

        Long-Term Cash Incentive Opportunity.     Messrs. Serck-Hanssen and Berckemeyer and Ms. Singer each participate in an LTIP. The LTIPs are multi-year cash incentive plans designed to motivate and reward participants for the achievement of performance goals over a multi-year period by offering them the opportunity to receive cash payments based on the achievement of such goals. The multi-year performance period is designed to provide an additional incentive for the Named Executive Officers to

248


Table of Contents

remain with Laureate through the performance period and beyond. The LTIP awards are conditioned on the achievement of Company financial performance goals and are earned over two separate one-year periods subject to continued employment. LTIP payouts for 2014 appear in the Summary Compensation Table. Threshold, target, and maximum LTIP opportunities for 2014 and 2015 appear in the 2014 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.

        The LTIPs had two separate one-year performance periods commencing January 1, 2014 and continuing through December 31, 2015, with the payouts for each year under the plan payable as soon as practicable after the Compensation Committee assesses whether the applicable target has been achieved based on the audited financial statements for that year. Payouts under the LTIPs are based on the achievement of Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA targets, and in the case of Mr. Berckemeyer only, LATAM Adjusted Financing EBITDA targets.

        The 2014 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target was $767,650,255. The 2015 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target is $874,432,406 at 2014 foreign exchange rates. The LATAM Adjusted Financing EBITDA target for 2014 was $545,509,592 and the LATAM Adjusted Financing EBITDA target for 2015 is $637,094,257 at 2014 foreign exchange rates. In March 2015, the Compensation Committee determined that applicable 2014 Adjusted Financing EBITDA targets had been achieved, and approved payment of the amounts set forth in the 2014 Payment Target column below.

Executive
  2014
Payment Target
  2015
Payment Target
  2016
Payment Target
 

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

  $ 500,000   $ 500,000   $ 500,000  

Ricardo M. Berckemeyer

  $ 1,000,000   $ 1,000,000   $ 1,000,000  

Paula Singer

  $ 500,000   $ 500,000        

        For Mr. Serck-Hanssen and Ms. Singer, if at least 98% of the 2015 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target is achieved, the 2015 portion of the LTIP also will be paid.

        In August 2014, the Compensation Committee approved a change to Mr. Berckemeyer's LTIP arrangement to add an additional $1,000,000 award opportunity for 2016. Payments of awards to Mr. Berckemeyer in 2015 and 2016 will be subject (a) 50% to continued employment on the applicable annual payment date, and (b) 50% to achievement of the annual performance targets set by the Compensation Committee. The performance targets for 2015 and 2016 will be consistent with the Company's long range plan on a foreign currency exchange neutral basis, based 75% on LATAM Adjusted Financing EBITDA and 25% on Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA.

        In May 2015, the Compensation Committee approved an additional year for Mr. Serck-Hanssen's LTIP. If at least 98% of the applicable 2106 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target, to be set by the Compensation Committee in early 2016 is achieved, Mr. Serck-Hanssen will be eligible to receive an additional $500,000 payment. If the applicable Adjusted Financing EBITDA target is achieved in one year but not the other, Mr. Serck-Hanssen will be eligible to receive a payment of $500,000 for the year in which the Adjusted Financing EBITDA target is met and $0 for the year in which it is not.

        Long-Term Equity Incentive Opportunity.     The use of long-term equity incentive creates a link between executive compensation and Laureate's long-term performance, thereby creating alignment between executive and investor interests. In 2013, our board and the stockholders of the Company approved the 2013 Plan, which is an omnibus plan providing the flexibility to grant a variety of long-term equity incentive awards, including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights. In September 2015, our board of directors and the stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to the 2013 Plan to increase the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable pursuant to awards that may be granted under the 2013 Plan. As of December 31, 2014, only stock options and performance share units ("PSUs") had been granted to any

249


Table of Contents

of the Named Executive Officers under the 2013 Plan. In connection with the adoption of the 2013 Plan, the Compensation Committee made long-term equity incentive awards to the Named Executive Officers that were intended to provide five years of long term incentive on an up-front basis. The Compensation Committee did not make any equity grants to any Named Executive Officer during 2014, but did consider the value of the long term incentive awards granted in 2013 in assessing total compensation for each Named Executive Officer.

        Equity awards granted to the Named Executive Officers under the 2013 Plan were determined based on market competitiveness, criticality of position and individual performance (both historical and expected future performance). There is no set weight given to these factors. The Compensation Committee determined that the appropriate mix for Named Executive Officers was approximately 50% time vesting stock options, 20% performance-vesting stock options, and 30% PSUs. Performance awards granted to our Named Executive Officers under the 2013 Plan can vest subject to an annual corporate Equity Value Target. The Equity Value Target was based on 15% cumulative annual growth over 2012 results. Equity Value is generally defined as Adjusted EBITDA, minus noncontrolling interests equity value, multiplied by 10, minus net debt all calculated on a foreign currency neutral basis. The targets also contain a catch-up provision. If the performance-vesting target is missed for a year, that performance tranche can vest in any subsequent year after which the targeted result is achieved for the current year. The Compensation Committee uses its discretion in determining appropriate equity award levels for the Named Executive Officers.

        The following is a description of equity awards granted to our Named Executive Officers in 2013:

         Stock Options :     Historically, stock options have been, and continue to be, a core element of long-term incentive opportunity for our Named Executive Officers. The Compensation Committee believes that the best way to align compensation of our Named Executive Officers with long-term growth and profitability is to design long-term incentive compensation that is, to a great degree, dependent on Company performance. Time-based stock options granted to our Named Executive Officers vest in equal annual installments over a five-year period, subject to continued employment on each applicable vesting date. Performance-based stock options granted to our Named Executive Officers under our 2013 Plan vest in equal annual installments over a five-year period based on satisfaction of the annual Equity Value Target described above, subject to continued employment on each applicable vesting date. See "—Outstanding Equity Awards" for information about the vesting terms of our outstanding options.

        See "—Arrangements with Certain Named Executive Officers—Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Compensation" for more information concerning options the Company will grant to Mr. Becker and shares of our Class B common stock Wengen will transfer to Mr. Becker in exchange for the liquidation of certain of Mr. Becker's Executive Profits Interests and shares Wengen will transfer to an entity affiliated with Messrs. Becker and Taslitz and two other founding partners of Sterling Partners (collectively, the "Sterling Founders") in exchange for the liquidation of certain equity interests the Sterling Founders hold in Wengen, all effective upon the consummation of this offering.

         Performance Share Units :     Each of the Named Executive Officers received a grant of PSUs in 2013. The PSUs vest in equal annual installments over a five-year period subject to satisfaction of the Equity Value Target described above. The portion of the initial grant of PSUs subject to achievement of each of the 2013 and 2014 Equity Value Targets was first eligible to vest after the publication of audited financial statements for 2014. The remaining portion of the PSUs is eligible to vest based on achievement of the applicable 2015, 2016, and 2017 Equity Value Targets. The grant agreements contain the catch-up provision discussed above.

        In March 2015, the Compensation Committee determined, based on the Company's audited consolidated financial statements for 2013 and 2014, that the Equity Value Targets for 2013 and 2014 had been achieved, and 40% of the PSUs vested and were settled in shares of common stock on

250


Table of Contents

April 1, 2015. PSUs are impacted by all changes in the fair market value of our common stock and, therefore, the value to the Named Executive Officers is affected by both increases and decreases in the fair market value. Except as provided in an individual agreement, all unvested PSUs are forfeitable upon termination of employment prior to vesting. PSUs do not provide voting or dividend rights until the units are vested and settled in shares of common stock.

         Time-Based Vesting Restricted Stock :     Restricted stock awards ("restricted shares") are another form of long-term incentive compensation that may be awarded under the Plans. The Compensation Committee granted restricted shares under the 2007 Plan, prior to adoption of the 2013 Plan. These shares, although outstanding and held of record by the grantees, are "restricted" because the shares are subject to transfer restrictions and a substantial risk of forfeiture until such time as the restricted shares have vested.

        Mr. Berckemeyer received a grant of 150,000 restricted shares in 2010, all of which are now vested. Mr. Serck-Hanssen received a grant of 50,000 restricted shares in 2008 and 60,000 restricted shares in 2012, all of which are now vested. Mr. Serck-Hanssen also received a grant of 100,000 restricted shares in 2011, of which 80% are now vested and the remaining 20,000 restricted shares will vest on January 28, 2016, subject to continued employment through such date. Ms. Singer received a grant of 150,000 restricted shares in 2011, of which 80% are now vested and the remaining 30,000 restricted shares will vest on January 28, 2016, subject to continued employment through such date. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transaction—Stockholder's Agreements and Sale Participation Agreements" for a discussion relating to additional restrictions on restricted shares awarded under the Plans. The vesting for all restricted shares is accelerated in the event the Company terminates the grantee's employment without cause or the grantee resigns for good reason or if there is a change in control of the Company. See "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

        The Compensation Committee believes that the value of restricted shares is significantly greater than the value of options because the grantee is not required to pay an exercise price prior to selling the shares underlying the award. Restricted shares have intrinsic value on the day they are awarded and retain actual value even if the stock price declines during the vesting period. For that reason, only Messrs. Serck-Hanssen and Berckemeyer, Ms. Singer and one other member of senior management have been granted restricted shares by the Compensation Committee.

    Other Compensation

        Deferred Compensation.     The Post-2004 DCP is intended to promote executive retention by providing a long-term savings opportunity on a tax-efficient basis to approximately 113 eligible Company employees for the 2014 Plan year, including certain of the Named Executive Officers. The Post-2004 DCP allows participants to defer up to 85% of their base salaries and 100% of any bonus, or AIP and/or long-term cash incentive awards, with interest earned at market rates on deferred amounts and payout following termination of employment or other selected payout schedule. Payouts of Post-2004 DCP balances are made in a lump sum or in installments, at the election of the participants. Each year, we have the ability, but not the obligation, to make matching employer contributions to each participant's Post-2004 DCP account if the participant made salary reduction contributions to the 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, received less than the full match under the 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan on the salary reduction contribution because of the limit in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code on compensation and made at least a $5,000 minimum contribution to his or her 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan account. To date, we have not made any matching contributions to any participant Post-2004 DCP account, nor have we chosen to make any other discretionary employer contributions permitted to be made to participants pursuant to the Post-2004 DCP. See "—2014 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation" below for information relating to the 2014 Post-2004 DCP accounts of certain of our Named Executive Officers. All amounts deferred under the Post-2004 DCP are unfunded and

251


Table of Contents

unsecured obligations of Laureate, receive no preferential creditors' standing and are subject to the same risks as any of our other general obligations.

        Benefits.     We provide various employee benefit programs to our Named Executive Officers, including medical, dental and life/accidental death and dismemberment disability insurance benefits and our 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan. These benefit programs are generally available to all of our U.S.-based employees. U.S.-based executives, including the Named Executive Officers, are also provided access to a Medical Expense Reimbursement Program. Through this program they can receive reimbursement for health care charges not covered by our health care plan. This program only covers eligible health expenses as defined by Section 213 of the Code. They are also provided with individual supplemental executive long-term disability coverage and may participate in the Pinnacle Care Health Consulting Service, a medical concierge service that provides advice and other assistance with health care decisions and gives them access to medical services around the world. Mr. Daniels's employment is based in Singapore on an expatriate basis. Mr. Daniels's expatriate package includes certain allowances for housing, education of dependents and a car lease, as well as reimbursements of general relocation and temporary storage and repatriation expenses. The amounts paid to Mr. Daniels under his expatriate package are included in the compensation disclosures in this CD&A. These benefits are provided to the Named Executive Officers to eliminate potential distractions from performing their regular job duties. We believe the cost of these programs is counterbalanced by an increase in productivity by the executives receiving access to them.

Tax and Accounting Implications

        As part of its role, the Compensation Committee considers the tax and accounting impacts reflected in our financial statements when establishing our compensation plans. The forms of compensation it selects are intended to be cost-efficient. Under GAAP, the cash AIP awards result in "accrual" accounting, which means that the estimated payout of the award, along with any changes in that estimate, are recognized over the performance period. Our ultimate expense will equal the value earned by and paid to the executives. Therefore, the ultimate expense is not determinable until the end of the one-year performance period.

        Section 162(m) of the Code generally limits the deductibility of compensation paid by a public company to its chief executive officer and the three most highly compensated executive officers employed at the end of the year (other than the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer) to $1,000,000 per executive in the year the compensation becomes taxable to the executive. There is an exception to the limit on deductibility for performance-based compensation that meets certain requirements. As we have not been subject to Section 162(m) of the Code since the leveraged buyout, the Compensation Committee did not consider the impact of this rule when developing and implementing our executive compensation programs through 2014. The Compensation Committee believes it is important to preserve flexibility in administering compensation programs in a manner designed to promote varying corporate goals. Accordingly, the Compensation Committee has not adopted a policy that all compensation must qualify as deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code, and we retain the right to authorize payments that are not tax-deductible when viewed as appropriate and necessary to ensure competitive levels of total compensation for our executive officers.

Actions Taken With Respect to 2015 Compensation

        In January 2015, the Compensation Committee adopted the 2015 AIP. The 2015 AIP includes: Adjusted Financing EBITDA 40%; Operating EBITDA Margin, 10%; New Enrollment, 15%; Revenues, 15%; and CEO discretion, 20%. The target metrics were increased to reflect our growth from 2013 to 2014 and to align with the board-approved budget for 2015. If 95% of the corporate and/or regional Adjusted Financing EBITDA target is not achieved for the year, the maximum AIP payment for Named Executive Officers will be capped at 100% of target. If 85% of the corporate

252


Table of Contents

and/or regional Adjusted Financing EBITDA target is not achieved for the year, the Compensation Committee may elect not to pay any awards under the 2015 AIP.

         Serck-Hanssen Compensation .    On May 14, 2015, the Compensation Committee increased Mr. Serck-Hanssen's target AIP award as a percentage of base salary from 75% to 85%, extended his LTIP to 2016 upon substantially the same terms and conditions as his 2014-2015 LTIP, and granted him 81,520 restricted stock units ("RSUs") under the 2013 Plan, all of which will vest on May 14, 2018, subject to continued employment through such date.

         Guimarães Compensation .    On July 6, 2015, the Company entered into an offer letter with Enderson Guimarães pursuant to which Mr. Guimarães agreed to serve as the Company's President and Chief Operating Officer, effective as of September 1, 2015. The following description of the offer letter is qualified in its entirety by the full terms and conditions of the offer letter. The offer letter is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and is incorporated herein by reference.

        Salary and Incentive Compensation.     Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Guimarães's base salary will be $900,000 annually and his target AIP award will be 130% of base salary. For 2015 only, Mr. Guimarães will be eligible to receive (i) a payment representing the eight months of forfeited bonus at target from his prior employer ($800,000) and (ii) four months prorated annual incentive starting on September 1, 2015 based on our results for 2015.

        LTIP.     Mr. Guimarães will also be eligible to participate in a cash LTIP plan valued at $1,000,000 in 2016 and $1,500,000 in 2017, subject to the terms of the plan as amended from time to time. For 2015 only, he will be eligible to receive (i) a payment representing eight months of forfeited long term bonus at target from his prior employer ($1,000,000) and (ii) four months prorated LTIP starting on September 1, 2015. Goals will be tied to achievement of Adjusted Financing EBITDA goals in the 2015 Laureate budget and long range plans for 2016 and 2017. Payment will be based on achievement of at least 98% of the Adjusted Financing EBITDA target for each year. Payment, if earned, will be made as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the performance period.

        Equity Grant.     Mr. Guimarães will be eligible to participate in Laureate's long term equity incentive program, subject to the terms of the 2013 Plan as amended from time to time. His annual long term equity incentive target will be equal to 408% of annual base salary. Subject to approval by the Compensation Committee, the Company will grant to Mr. Guimarães an equity award to be valued at $18.36 million on the date of grant, representing five years of annual long term equity incentive awards delivered on an "up front" basis, in a mixture of time and performance vesting stock options and PSUs, each with respect to the our common stock (where the value for the stock options will be determined using the Company's standard Black-Scholes assumptions applied as of the date of grant and the value for the PSUs will be determined by dividing the target value for the PSUs by the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy). The equity awards will vest ratably over a five-year period, subject to continued employment. Mr. Guimarães will also be granted 250,000 time-based vesting RSUs under the 2013 Plan that will vest in full on December 31, 2017. If Mr. Guimarães's employment is terminated without cause (other than due to death or disability) prior to December 31, 2017 these RSUs will vest immediately, provided Mr. Guimarães signs a required separation and release agreement within the time period specified in that agreement.

        Severance.     Mr. Guimarães will receive severance equal to one year of base salary and target bonus if his employment is terminated without cause within 24 months of the beginning of his employment, provided he signs a required separation and release agreement within the time period specified in the offer letter.

        Benefits.     Mr. Guimarães will be eligible for our standard U.S. employee benefits package on the first day of the month following one full calendar month of employment. We will provide provisional housing for up to six months and reasonable relocation expenses.

253


Table of Contents

         Retention Agreements .    On September 17, 2015, the Compensation Committee approved Executive Retention Agreements for Messrs. Guimarães and Berckemeyer. The terms of the Executive Retention Agreements are substantially similar to and give effect to the severance provisions contained in Mr. Guimarães's offer letter. Pursuant to the Executive Retention Agreements each of Mr. Guimarães and Mr. Berckemeyer will be entitled to receive severance equal to one year of base salary and bonus at target if his employment is terminated without cause within 24 months of the effective date of the agreement, provided he sign a required separation and release agreement within the time period specified in the agreement.

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table summarizes the compensation paid to or earned by our Named Executive Officers in fiscal 2014.

        We have omitted from this table the columns for Bonus, Stock Awards, and Option Awards and Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings, because no Named Executive Officer received such types of compensation during 2014.


SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(1)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
  Total ($)  

Douglas L. Becker

    2014     969,970     1,756,813     41,105(3 )   2,767,888  

Founder, Chairman and CEO

                               

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

   
2014
   
565,816
   
1,140,505
   
11,806(4

)
 
1,718,128
 

Executive Vice President and CFO

                               

Ricardo M. Berckemeyer

   
2014
   
663,542
   
2,201,808
   
35,682(5

)
 
2,901,032
 

CEO of LatAm

                               

Timothy F. Daniels

   
2014
   
510,417
   
646,673
   
602,466(6

)
 
1,759,555
 

CEO of AMEA

                               

Paula Singer

   
2014
   
663,542
   
1,368,257
   
31,649(7

)
 
2,063,448
 

Chief Network Officer and CEO of GPS

                               

(1)
For Mr. Becker and Mr. Daniels, the amounts shown in this column represent awards under our AIP only. For Mr. Serck-Hanssen the amount shown represents $640,505 under the AIP and $500,000 under his LTIP. For Mr. Berckemeyer the amount shown represents $1,201,808 under the AIP and $1,000,000 under his LTIP. For Ms. Singer, the amount represents $868,257 under the AIP and $500,000 under her LTIP.

(2)
"All Other Compensation" for each Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Daniels includes $7,800 contributed by us pursuant to our 401(k) matching program. For Mr. Daniels the 401(k) match was $1,789.

(3)
Includes $20,934 for executive supplemental disability plan premiums paid by us, $2,371 for medical expense reimbursement and $10,000 for medical concierge services.

(4)
Includes $3,609 for executive supplemental disability plan premiums paid by us and $397 in distributions on unvested restricted shares.

254


Table of Contents

(5)
Includes $4,639 for executive supplemental disability plan premiums paid by us, $298 in distributions on unvested restricted shares, and for medical expense reimbursement, personal expense reimbursement club membership fees and $21,356 for family transportation.

(6)
Includes relocation expenses, medical expense reimbursement, tax preparation fees, $40,606 for auto allowance, $242,529 for expatriate housing allowance, $37,320 for expatriate cost of living allowance, $78,248 for expatriate home leave allowance and $157,769 in estimated expatriate tax equalization payments, the final amounts of which were not determinable as of the date of this prospectus.

(7)
Includes $7,302 for executive supplemental disability plan premiums paid by us, $596 distributions on unvested restricted shares, and for personal expense reimbursement, $8,102 for medical expense reimbursement and $7,750 for medical concierge service.

    Arrangements with Certain Named Executive Officers

         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Compensation.     While our CEO plays an important role in advising the Compensation Committee with respect to compensation decisions for the other Named Executive Officers, the Compensation Committee evaluates the performance of our CEO using its sole discretion. The Compensation Committee believes that our CEO's compensation package is market-based and performance-aligned and that it facilitates Mr. Becker's retention and motivation, which the Compensation Committee believes to be critical to our continued success. In March 2014, after the Compensation Committee reviewed the market data compiled by Cook in light of the Compensation Committee's assessment of Mr. Becker's 2013 performance, the Compensation Committee set Mr. Becker's 2014 base salary, making it retroactive to March 1, 2014 as the other Named Executive Officers' 2014 merit-based salary increases were also made effective as of that date. In March 2015, the Compensation Committee evaluated our and our CEO's 2014 financial and non-financial performance. Overall, the Compensation Committee believes that the performance of our CEO during 2014 was exceptional and that, with his continued leadership, the Company is well-positioned for continued growth and investor value creation. As a result of its assessment of Mr. Becker's overall performance during 2014, in March 2015, the Compensation Committee awarded Mr. Becker a cash award under the AIP as described above under "—Annual Incentive Compensation Opportunity" and awarded Mr. Becker a merit-based salary increase for 2015.

        Executive DCP.     Prior to the leveraged buyout in 2007, Mr. Becker had options to purchase shares of our common stock and PSUs, and another founder of Sterling Partners had options to purchase shares of our common stock, which, based on a value of $60.50 per share, would have entitled Mr. Becker to $78,116,588 and the other founder of Sterling Partners to $48,622,060 if such options, and in Mr. Becker's case, PSUs, were cashed out in connection with the leveraged buyout. Pursuant to Mr. Becker's letter agreement with L Curve Sub Inc., Wengen and us, dated August 16, 2007, and an Amended and Restated Commitment Letter, dated June 3, 2007, among the other founder of Sterling Partners, Wengen and the other parties thereto, Mr. Becker and the other founder of Sterling Partners agreed to cancel such options and, in Mr. Becker's case, PSUs, in exchange for us establishing a deferred compensation plan for each of them, under which plans these two individuals had rights to receive cash payments in subsequent years. We established a deferred compensation account balance plan (each an "Executive DCP") with an account value of $78,116,588 for the benefit of Mr. Becker and an Executive DCP with an account value of $48,622,060 for the benefit of the other founder of Sterling Partners. Since 2007 each Executive DCP has been administered as described below. On the closing date of the leveraged buyout, each Executive DCP was credited with a number of phantom shares of our common stock equal to the number of shares that Mr. Becker or the other founder of Sterling Partners, as applicable, could have acquired in the leveraged buyout if all of the options and PSUs, as applicable, had been cancelled in exchange for a number of shares (the "Phantom Shares"), equal to the quotient of (x) the aggregate cash payment that Mr. Becker and the other founder of

255


Table of Contents

Sterling Partners, as the case may be, would have received (based on a per share value of $60.50) on a pre-tax basis, in respect of such cancelled options and PSUs, as applicable, on the closing date of leveraged buyout divided by (y) the value of one share of Laureate common stock as it existed immediately after giving effect to the leveraged buyout.

        Each of Mr. Becker and the other founder of Sterling Partners have been fully vested at all times since the leveraged buyout in his respective Executive DCP. Pursuant to the Executive DCP, the value of Mr. Becker's Executive DCP was based on the underlying value of our common stock, subject to a maximum 5% compound annual return until the earliest of an initial public offering of our shares of common stock, September 17, 2014 or a change in control of the Company. Any Executive DCP distributions to be made to Mr. Becker after completion of this offering will be made in shares of our Class B common stock.

        On September 17, 2014 (the "Distribution Date"), we made a cash payment to Mr. Becker in the amount of $50 million and the number of Phantom Shares in his Executive DCP was reduced accordingly. The remaining Phantom Shares in Mr. Becker's Executive DCP had an imputed value of $61.4 million as of December 31, 2014. See "—2014 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation." The participants in the Executive DCP have agreed to extend the payment due on September 17, 2015, the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, until December 16, 2015, in order to agree with us on a form of payment that we believe more closely aligns with the long-term interests of the Company and our securityholders. Any remaining Phantom Shares in Mr. Becker's Executive DCP will be distributed to Mr. Becker as shares of our Class B common stock on September 17, 2016 (unless they are earlier distributed as a result of a change in control before September 17, 2016).

        Incentive Profits Interests.     Additionally, in connection with the leveraged buyout and in connection with Mr. Becker's service as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Laureate, Wengen granted Mr. Becker a profits interest in Wengen ("Executive Profits Interests" or "EPI"), allowing Mr. Becker the potential to share in a portion of Wengen's profits. As of December 31, 2014, all of the Executive Profits Interests were vested. Upon the consummation of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, all of Mr. Becker's Executive Profits Interests will be liquidated and exchanged for                shares of our Class B common stock currently held by Wengen having an aggregate fair market value equal to that portion of Wengen's share in us to which Mr. Becker would have been entitled on account of the liquidated Executive Profits Interests (the "EPI Shares"). In addition, the Company will grant to Mr. Becker options to purchase                     shares (representing that number of shares of our Class B common stock necessary, when added to the shares transferred by Wengen pursuant to the previous sentence above, for Mr. Becker to have the same ownership percentage of us that the Executive Profits Interests represented in the profits of Wengen) of the Company's Class B common stock at a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of a share of our Class A common stock, all of which options will be fully vested on the grant date (the "EPI Options").

        In connection with the leveraged buyout, an entity affiliated with the Sterling Founders, of which Mr. Becker owns approximately 24%, received profits interests in Wengen as compensation for services provided in connection with the leveraged buyout. Effective upon completion of this offering, all of these profits interests will be liquidated in exchange for the transfer to this affiliated entity by Wengen of                shares of our Class B common stock held by Wengen, assuming an offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

        Pursuant to an agreement the Sterling Founders entered into on January 20, 1999 in connection with a partnership formed by them (the "Founders' Agreement"), the Sterling Founders share equally, on a net after-tax basis, in certain equity-based compensation they receive, in the aggregate, in connection with services rendered by any of them to certain entities, including Laureate. The Founders' Agreement provides, in certain circumstances, and subject to contractual restrictions, that securities

256


Table of Contents

received by a Sterling Founder as compensation for services rendered by him to certain entities shall be assigned or transferred to the Sterling Founders pro-rata, or a partnership they form, as soon as practicable after such assignment or transfer is permitted by contract and applicable law. The Founders' Agreement further provides that if such securities or other property are not transferable or assignable, the rights to receive the net proceeds of such property upon disposition shall be so transferred or assigned. Prior to any such transfer or assignment, each Sterling Founder controls the voting and disposition of any such securities received by such Sterling Founder.

        As a result, each Sterling Founder has an economic interest in any share-based compensation received by Mr. Becker in connection with his employment by the Company or any holdings he has in the Company, including any dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale of the shares of Class B common stock (i) transferred to Mr. Becker in exchange for the liquidation of all of his Executive Profits Interests, (ii) issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are to be issued to Mr. Becker in connection with the liquidation of all of his Executive Profits Interests once such options are exercised by Mr. Becker and (iii) distributed to Mr. Becker in accordance with his Executive DCP.

         Eilif Serck-Hanssen Offer Letter.     At the time Mr. Serck-Hanssen was hired as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer in July 2008, our other executive officers were parties to retention agreements entered into in connection with the leveraged buyout, which have since expired, that provided, among other things, for a lump sum severance benefit in the event we terminated the executive's employment without cause. Because Mr. Serck-Hanssen was being hired as an executive officer at a time when these retention agreements were still in effect, the Compensation Committee thought it appropriate to authorize Mr. Serck-Hanssen's written offer of employment to include a provision entitling Mr. Serck-Hanssen to the same lump sum severance benefit in the event we terminate his employment without cause. See "—Potential Payouts Upon Termination or Change in Control—Involuntary Termination Without Cause" for a discussion of the severance benefits available to Mr. Serck-Hanssen.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2014

        The table below sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our Named Executive Officers in 2014. The grants include award opportunities for our Named Executive Officers under our AIP for performance during 2014 and LTIP awards for Messrs. Serck-Hanssen and Berckemeyer and Ms. Singer. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Laureate's Compensation Program—Incentive Opportunity" above for further discussion of these grants. We have omitted the column for Threshold Estimated Future Payouts under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards because the Target is also the Threshold in our AIP. We have omitted the columns for Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards, All Other Stock Awards, All Other Option Awards, Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards and Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards because no equity awards were granted to any Named Executive Officer during 2014.

257


Table of Contents


GRANTS OF PLAN BASED AWARDS

 
   
  Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
 
Name
  Grant Date   Threshold ($)   Target ($)   Maximum ($)  

Douglas L. Becker

      (1)   1     1,168,715     2,337,430  

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

   
(1)
 
1
   
426,095
   
852,189
 

    LTIP Plan (2)   1     1,000,000        

Ricardo M. Berckemeyer

   
(1)
 
1
   
799,500
   
1,599,000
 

    LTIP Plan (3)   250,000     3,000,000        

Timothy F. Daniels

   
(1)
 
1
   
384,375
   
768,750
 

Paula Singer

   
(1)
 
1
   
666,250
   
1,332,500
 

    LTIP Plan (4)         1,000,000        

(1)
This row discloses estimated possible payouts under our 2014 AIP. The actual amounts paid appear in the Summary Compensation Table. The 2014 AIP target award opportunities were set by the Compensation Committee at its March 12, 2014 meeting. The target awards were equal to a percentage of each Named Executive Officer's base salary on December 31, 2014. The percentage of base salary for each Named Executive Officer's 2014 AIP target award was: Mr. Becker 120%, Mr. Serck-Hanssen 75%, Mr. Berckemeyer 120%, Mr. Daniels 75%, and Ms. Singer 100%. The maximum 2014 AIP opportunity for each Named Executive Officer was equal to 200% of his or her 2014 AIP target award. See "—Annual Cash Incentive Opportunity" above for more information regarding the AIP awards.

(2)
The Compensation Committee approved this LTIP on March 12, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the LTIP Mr. Serck-Hanssen was eligible to receive a cash payment of $500,000 if we achieved at least 98% of the applicable 2014 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target and is eligible to receive an additional cash payment of $500,000 if we achieve at least 98% of the applicable 2015 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target. On March 4, 2015, the Compensation Committee determined that the applicable 2014 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target had been achieved and we made a cash payment of $500,000 to Mr. Serck-Hanssen, which is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table. In May 2015, the Compensation Committee approved an additional $500,000 award opportunity for 2016. If we achieve at least 98% of the applicable 2016 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target, to be set by the Compensation Committee in early 2016, Mr. Serck-Hanssen will be eligible to receive such additional payment. If the applicable Adjusted Financing EBITDA target is achieved in one year but not the other, Mr. Serck-Hanssen will be eligible to receive a payment of $500,000 for the year in which the Adjusted Financing EBITDA target is met and $0 for the year in which it is not.

(3)
The Compensation Committee approved this LTIP on March 12, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the LTIP, Mr. Berckemeyer was eligible to receive a cash payment of $1,000,000 for 2014, with $750,000 payable if we achieved at least 98% of the 2014 LatAm Adjusted Financing EBITDA target and $250,000 payable if we achieved at least 98% of the 2014 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target and was eligible to receive an additional cash payment of $1,000,000 for 2015, with $750,000 payable if we achieve at least 98% of the 2015 LatAm Adjusted Financing EBITDA target and $250,000 payable if we achieve at least 98% of the 2015 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target. On March 4, 2015, the Compensation Committee determined that both 2014 Adjusted Financing EBITDA targets had been achieved and we made a payment of $1,000,000 to Mr. Berckemeyer, which is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table. In August 2014, the Compensation Committee approved a change to Mr. Berckemeyer's LTIP to add an additional

258


Table of Contents

    $1,000,000 award opportunity for 2016. Payments of awards to Mr. Berckemeyer in 2015 and 2016 will now be subject (a) 50% to continued employment on the applicable annual payment date, and (b) 50% to achievement of the annual Adjusted Financing EBITDA performance targets to be set by the Compensation Committee. The performance targets for 2015 and 2016 will be based 75% on LATAM Adjusted Financing EBITDA and 25% on Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA.

(4)
The Compensation Committee approved this LTIP on March 12, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the LTIP Ms. Singer was eligible to receive a cash payment of $500,000 if we achieved at least 98% of the applicable 2014 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target and is eligible to receive an additional cash payment of $500,000 if we achieve at least 98% of the applicable 2015 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target. On March 4, 2015, the Compensation Committee determined that the applicable 2014 Corporate Adjusted Financing EBITDA target had been achieved and we made a cash payment of $500,000 to Ms. Singer, which is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Year End

        The following table provides information concerning unexercised options, PSUs and restricted shares that have not vested as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year for each Named Executive Officer. As of December 31, 2014, no Named Executive Officer held any RSUs. Each outstanding award is represented by a separate row, which indicates the number of securities underlying the award, including awards that have been transferred other than for value (if any).

        For option awards, the table discloses the number of shares underlying both exercisable and unexercisable options, as well as the exercise price and the expiration date. For stock awards, the table provides the total number of shares of stock that have not vested and the aggregate market value of shares of stock that have not vested.

        We computed the market value of stock awards by multiplying the Compensation Committee's estimate of the fair market value of our common stock at the end of the most recently completed fiscal year ($6.93) by the number of shares of stock or units.

        Stock options granted under the 2013 Plan have a ten-year term and must have an exercise price of no less than fair market value on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee has adopted an equity grant policy that requires the Compensation Committee to have received an independent appraisal of our common stock from a nationally recognized investment banking firm that is based on our financial results within one calendar quarter of the option grant date ("current appraisal") before granting options under the 2013 Plan. When granting options, the Compensation Committee reviews the current appraisal and, if the Compensation Committee determines that no facts have arisen since the delivery of the current appraisal that would make the current appraisal unreasonable, sets a fair market value for our shares it believes to be reasonable and supportable in light of the data included in the current appraisal. Pursuant to its equity grant policy, the exercise price for all options is equal to the fair market value set by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy. The value of our stock options to each grantee is entirely dependent on stock price appreciation beyond the date of grant and the ability to sell the shares acquired upon exercise of options. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholder's Agreements" for a discussion of the voting and transfer restrictions applicable to shares acquired upon exercise of vested options.

259


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of the end of 2014, including equity awards granted under our 2007 Plan and 2013 Plan to the Named Executive Officers.


OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END

 
   
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Original
Grant
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
(2)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
(3)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)(4)
  Option
Exercise
Price($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not
Vested
(#)(1)
  Market
Value
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not
Vested ($)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested (#)(5)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested ($)
 

Douglas L. Becker

    10/2/13     1,283,540     1,375,221     550,089   $ 8.63     10/2/23                 435,036   $ 3,014,799  

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

    8/5/08     1,125,000               $ 5.32     8/5/18                          

    1/28/11                                   40,000 (6) $ 277,200              

    10/2/13     407,644     436,761     174,705   $ 8.63     10/2/23                 138,165   $ 957,483  

Ricardo Berckemeyer

    10/2/07     1,610,001               $ 4.59     10/2/17                          

    12/3/10                                   30,000 (7) $ 207,900              

    10/2/13     410,000     439,287     175,713   $ 8.63     10/2/23                 138,963   $ 963,014  

Timothy F. Daniels

    10/2/13     307,692     329,670     131,868   $ 8.63     10/2/23                 104,286   $ 722,702  

Paula Singer

    10/2/07     1,780,000               $ 4.59     10/2/17                          

    1/28/11                                   60,000 (8) $ 415,800              

    10/2/13     410,000     439,287     175,713   $ 8.63     10/2/23                 138,963   $ 963,014  

(1)
Each of these stock awards are restricted shares. They are subject to transfer restrictions and substantial risk of forfeiture until the vesting criteria associated with the restricted shares have been met. All restricted stock awards are subject to "clawback" in the event the grantee violates the covenants not to compete, not to disclose confidential information or not to solicit employees contained in the management stockholder's agreement entered into in conjunction with the grant of these shares of restricted stock. The market value of the restricted shares is equivalent to the fair market value of our common stock as of December 31, 2014, as set by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy.

(2)
The numbers in this column represent vested time and vested performance options.

(3)
The numbers in this column represent unvested time options. The vesting dates of unvested time options are as follows: Mr. Becker—458,407 on December 31, 2015, 458,407 on December 31, 2016 and 458,407 on December 31, 2017; Mr. Serck-Hanssen—145,587 on December 31, 2015, 145,587 on December 31, 2016 and 145,587 on December 31, 2017; Mr. Berckemeyer—146,429 on December 31, 2015, 146,129 on December 31, 2016 and 146,129 on December 31, 2017; Mr. Daniels—109,890 on December 31, 2015, 109,890 on December 31, 2016 and 109,890 on December 31, 2017; and Ms. Singer—146,429 on December 31, 2015, 146,429 on December 31, 2016 and 146,429 on December 31, 2017.

(4)
The numbers in this column represent unvested performance options. The terms of our outstanding performance options provide that vesting occurs only after audited financial statements for the applicable target year are available and the Compensation Committee can determine the extent to which the earnings target actually has been achieved. The number of performance options subject to annual performance targets is as follows: Mr. Becker—183,363 for 2015, 183,363 for 2016 and 183,363 for 2017; Mr. Serck-Hanssen—58,235 for 2015, 58,235 for 2016 and 58,235 for 2017; Mr. Berckemeyer—58,571 for 2015, 58,571 for 2016 and 58,571 for 2017; Mr. Daniels—43,956 for 2015, 43,956 for 2016 and 43,956 for 2017; and Ms. Singer—58,571 for 2015, 58,571 for 2016 and 58,571 for 2017. See "—Long Term Incentive Opportunity—Stock Options" for more information.

(5)
The numbers in this column represent unvested PSUs. The terms of our outstanding PSUs provide that vesting occurs only after audited financial statements for the applicable target year are available and the Compensation Committee can determine the extent to which the earnings target actually has been achieved. The number of PSUs subject to annual performance targets is as follows: Mr. Becker—145,012 for 2015, 145,012 for 2016 and 145,012 for 2017; Mr. Serck-Hanssen 46,055 for 2015, 46,055 for 2016 and 46,055 for 2017; Mr. Berckemeyer—46,321 for 2015, 46,321 for 2016 and 46,321 for 2017; Mr. Daniels—34,762 for 2015, 34,762 for 2016 and 34,762 for 2017; and Ms. Singer—46,321 for 2015, 46,321 for 2016 and 46,321 for 2017. See "—Long Term Incentive Opportunity—Performance Share Units" for more information.

(6)
20,000 of these restricted shares vested on January 28, 2015 and the remaining 20,000 restricted shares will vest on January 28, 2016.

(7)
These 30,000 restricted shares vested on September 23, 2015.

(8)
30,000 of these restricted shares vested on January 28, 2015 and the remaining 30,000 restricted shares will vest on January 28, 2016.

260


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Restricted Stock Vested During Fiscal 2014

        The following table includes certain information with respect to vesting of restricted shares during fiscal 2014. We have omitted the columns pertaining to Option Awards as they are inapplicable, because no Named Executive Officer exercised any options during fiscal 2014.


OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

 
  Stock Awards  
 
  Number
of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting(#)
  Value
Realized on
Vesting($)
 

Douglas L. Becker

    290,024 (1)   2,009,866  

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

    142,110 (2)   1,022,722  

Ricardo Berckemeyer

    122,642 (3)   866,409  

Timothy F. Daniels

    69,524 (4)   481,801  

Paula Singer

    122,642 (5)   900,909  

(1)
290,024 PSUs vested on April 1, 2015, upon achievement of the 2014 EVT. The fair market value of our common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy on April 1, 2015 was $6.93.

(2)
20,000 shares of restricted stock vested on January 28, 2014, 30,000 shares of restricted stock vested on December 31, 2014 and 92,110 PSUs vested on April 1, 2015, upon achievement of the 2014 EVT. The fair market value of our common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy on January 28, 2014, December 31, 2014 and April 1, 2015 was $8.63, $7.06 and $6.93, respectively.

(3)
30,000 shares of restricted stock vested on September 23, 2014 and 92,642 PSUs vested on April 1, 2015, upon achievement of the 2014 EVT. The fair market value of our common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy on September 23, 2014 and April 1, 2015 was $7.48 and $6.93, respectively.

(4)
69,524 PSUs vested on April 1, 2015, upon achievement of the 2014 EVT. The fair market value of our common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy on April 1, 2015 was $6.93.

(5)
30,000 shares of restricted stock vested on January 28, 2014 and 92,642 PSUs vested on April 1, 2015, upon achievement of the 2014 EVT. The fair market value of our common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy on January 28, 2014 and April 1, 2015 was $8.63 and $6.93, respectively.

2014 Pension Benefits

        No Named Executive Officer participates in any defined benefit pension plan or arrangement provided by Laureate.

2014 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        Our Post-2004 DCP permits eligible employees the opportunity to defer up to 85% of their base salaries and 100% of any bonus, or annual cash and/or long-term incentive awards, which may be allocated to notional investments selected by the participants that mirror investment alternatives available in our 401(k) plan and payout following termination of employment or other selected payout

261


Table of Contents

schedule, which payouts will be made in a lump sum or in installments, at the election of the participants. The minimum annual deferral amount under the Post-2004 DCP is $5,000. Each year, a participant may elect to receive that year's deferral balance in a future year while the participant is still employed (a scheduled in-service withdrawal) or after employment terminates (a retirement payment). Each year, we have the ability, but not the obligation, to make matching employer contributions to each participant's Post-2004 DCP account if the participant made salary reduction contributions to the 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, received less than the full match under the 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan on the salary reduction contribution because of the limit in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code on compensation and made at least a $5,000 minimum contribution to his or her 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan account. To date, we have not chosen to make a matching contribution to any participant's Post-2004 DCP account, nor have we chosen to make any other discretionary employer contributions permitted under the Post-2004 DCP. In the event of death or disability prior to terminating employment, the participant's Post-2004 DCP balance will be distributed (to the participant's beneficiaries, in the case of death), in a lump sum the February following the year in which death or disability occurs. In the event of termination of employment, Post-2004 DCP balances will be distributed in a lump sum or in up to ten annual installments (based on the termination payment election the participant had previously made for each Post-2004 DCP annual year contribution), beginning in February following the year in which the participant's employment was terminated. If there is a separation of service without an effective termination payment election for a Plan year, that Plan year's deferral balance will be paid in a lump sum in the February following the year of separation of service. Mr. Becker also participates in a deferred compensation plan that was frozen and closed to new participants in December 2004 (the "Pre-2005 DCP"). No contributions were made to the Pre-2005 DCP in 2014. The payout terms of the Pre-2005 DCP are similar to the Post-2004 DCP. No other Named Executive Officer participates in the Pre-2005 DCP.

        Prior to the leveraged buyout in 2007, Mr. Becker had options to purchase shares of our common stock and PSUs, which, based on a value of $60.50 per share, would have entitled Mr. Becker to $78.1 million if such options and PSUs were cashed out in connection with the leveraged buyout. In connection with the leveraged buyout, Mr. Becker agreed to cancel his options and PSUs, in exchange for us establishing a deferred compensation plan for him, under which Mr. Becker had rights to receive cash payments in subsequent years. We established Mr. Becker's Executive DCP with an account value of $78.1 million. On the closing date of the leveraged buyout, Mr. Becker's Executive DCP was credited with a number of phantom shares of our common stock equal to the number of shares that Mr. Becker could have acquired in the leveraged buyout if all of the options and PSUs had been cancelled in exchange for Phantom Shares equal to the quotient of (x) the aggregate cash payment that Mr. Becker would have received (based on a per share value of $60.50) on a pre-tax basis, in respect of such cancelled options and PSUs on the closing date of leveraged buyout divided by (y) the value of one share of Laureate common stock as it existed immediately after giving effect to the leveraged buyout.

        Mr. Becker has been fully vested at all times since the leveraged buyout in his Executive DCP. Pursuant to the Executive DCP, the value of Mr. Becker's Executive DCP was based on the underlying value of our common stock, subject to a maximum 5% compound annual return until the earliest of an initial public offering of our shares of common stock, September 17, 2014 or a change in control of the Company. Any Executive DCP distributions to be made to Mr. Becker after completion of this offering will be made in shares of our Class B common stock.

        On September 17, 2014 (the "Distribution Date"), we made a cash payment to Mr. Becker in the amount of $50 million and the number of Phantom Shares in his Executive DCP was reduced accordingly. The remaining Phantom Shares in Mr. Becker's Executive DCP had an imputed value of $61.4 million as of December 31, 2014. See "—2014 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation."

262


Table of Contents

        Mr. Becker has agreed to extend the payment due on September 17, 2015, the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, until December 16, 2015, in order to agree with us on a form of payment that we believe more closely aligns with the long-term interests of the Company and our securityholders. Any remaining Phantom Shares in Mr. Becker's Executive DCP will be distributed to Mr. Becker as shares of our Class B common stock on September 17, 2016 (unless they are earlier distributed as a result of a change in control before September 17, 2016). At any time a change in control occurs, the entire value remaining in Mr. Becker's Executive DCP will be distributed to him, either in cash, if the change in control occurs prior to the completion of this offering, or in shares of our Class B common stock, if the change in control occurs subsequent to the completion of this offering. A change in control will occur if substantially all of our assets or more than 50% of our equity interests are sold.

        Information regarding Mr. Becker's and Ms. Singer's participation in the Post-2004 DCP and Mr. Becker's participation in the Pre-2005 DCP and the Executive DCP is included in the following table.


NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

Name
  Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($)
  Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)
  Aggregate
Earnings in Last
FY($)
  Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
  Aggregate
Balance at Last
FYE($)
 

Douglas L. Becker(1)

          $ 5,092,477   $ 50,000,000   $ 69,029,677  

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

                     

Ricardo M. Berckemeyer

                     

Timothy F. Daniels

                     

Paula Singer

  $ 127,064       $ 14,021       $ 790,408  

(1)
Amounts shown comprise Mr. Becker's participation in the Executive DCP, our Post-2004 DCP and our Pre-2005 DCP. Mr. Becker's earnings and balance under the Executive DCP in 2014 were $4,715,913 and $61,362,437, respectively. Mr. Becker's earnings and balance under the Post-2004 DCP during 2014 were $252,651 and $5,104,644, respectively. Mr. Becker's earnings and balance under the Pre-2005 DCP during 2014 were $123,912 and $2,562,596, respectively.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

        The table below reflects potential payments to each of our Named Executive Officers in various termination and change in control scenarios based on compensation, benefits, and equity levels in effect on December 31, 2014. The amounts shown assume that the termination or change in control event was effective as of December 31, 2014. For stock valuations, we have assumed that the price per share is the fair market value of our stock at December 31, 2014, as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy, which was $6.93. The table below excludes any amounts payable to the Named Executive Officer to the extent that these amounts are available generally to all salaried employees and do not discriminate in favor of our executive officers.

Potential Payments upon Termination

         Payments Regardless of Manner of Termination .    Regardless of the termination scenario, the Named Executive Officers will receive earned but unpaid base salary through the employment termination date, along with any other accrued or vested payments or benefits owed under any of our plans or agreements covering the Named Executive Officer as governed by the terms of those plans or agreements. These benefits include vested amounts in the Executive DCP for Mr. Becker, as discussed in the 2014 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table.

         Payments Upon Termination Due to Death or Disability .    In the event of a termination due to death or disability, with respect to each Named Executive Officer, all unvested restricted shares and

263


Table of Contents

unvested options will be forfeited, except that (i) any such unvested restricted shares and unvested time options that would have vested subsequent to, but during the same calendar year as, the death or disability will become vested and (ii) any unvested performance options or PSUs that would, but for the termination of employment due to death or disability, have vested if the Equity Value Target for the calendar year during which the death or disability occurred were achieved will remain outstanding until the Compensation Committee determines whether the applicable Equity Value Target has been achieved and will become vested if and when the Compensation Committee determines that the applicable Equity Value Target has been achieved and will terminate on the date the Compensation Committee determines that the applicable Equity Value Target has not been achieved, and the balance of the unvested portion of the performance option or PSU will terminate on the date of termination of employment due to death or disability. Vested options may (by the employee's beneficiary in the case of death) be exercised only for a period of two years from the termination due to death or disability of the Named Executive Officer.

        In the event of termination due to death or disability, Mr. Becker's or Ms. Singer's Post-2004 DCP balance or Mr. Becker's Pre-2005 DCP balance will be distributed (to his or her beneficiaries, in the case of death), in a lump sum the February following the year in which his or her death or disability occurs. With respect to Mr. Becker's Executive DCP, should he die or his employment terminates due to disability prior to the second anniversary of the Distribution Date, in the event a balance remains in his Executive DCP at that time, such balance will be distributed in accordance with its terms to Mr. Becker's estate.

         Involuntary Termination and Resignation for Good Reason .    If a Named Executive Officer's employment is terminated by us without cause or he or she resigns for good reason (i) the vesting for all restricted shares then held, if any, will be accelerated to immediately prior to the effective date of such termination, (ii) all unvested PSUs and all unvested options will be forfeited, provided, however, that if the termination occurs subsequent to the end of a fiscal year but prior to the publication of our audited financial statements for such year and the Compensation Committee determines, upon publication of such financial statements, that one or more tranches of performance-vested stock options or PSUs would have vested and become nonforfeitable based upon the audited financial statements for such year, that portion of the performance-vested stock options or PSUs that would otherwise have become vested and nonforfeitable had the termination occurred after the date of the Compensation Committee's determination will become vested and nonforfeitable upon such determination, and (iii) he or she will have 90 days from the termination date to exercise any vested options held on the termination date.

        Additionally, if Mr. Serck-Hanssen's employment is terminated by us without cause, he will receive a lump sum cash payment equal to 18 months' base salary and 150% of the target cash award under the AIP for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, provided that Mr. Serck-Hanssen executes a customary release agreement, which includes a two-year covenant not to compete or disclose confidential information, as required in his offer letter.

        For each Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Becker, "good reason" is defined as (i) a reduction in base salary (other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees), (ii) a substantial diminution in the Named Executive Officer's title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company or its subsidiaries that is not in bad faith, or (iii) a transfer of the Named Executive Officer's primary workplace by more than 50 miles from his or her current workplace; provided, however, that in any event, such conduct is not cured within ten business days after the Named Executive Officer gives the Company notice of such event.

        For Mr. Becker, "good reason" is defined as (i) demotion from the position of Chief Executive Officer, or his duties and responsibilities are materially and substantially diminished as a whole; (ii) a reduction in his base salary; (iii) the removal of or failure to reelect him as a member of the board of

264


Table of Contents

directors other than as a result of his voluntary resignation or choice not to stand for reelection or reappointment or as required by applicable law; (iv) requiring him to be based (excluding travel responsibilities in the ordinary course of business) at any office or location more than 25 miles from our Baltimore office; (v) the failure by any successor to expressly assume all of our obligations under his employment agreement, if any; or (vi) after a change in control, his duties are inconsistent in any material respect with his position (including, without limitation, his status, office, title, or reporting relationship), authority, control, duties or responsibilities immediately prior to the change in control.

        For each Named Executive Officer, other than Mr. Becker, "cause" means (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance in connection with the performance of his or her duties; (ii) conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to, any felony; (iii) theft, embezzlement, fraud or other similar conduct by the executive in connection with the performance of his or her duties; or (iv) a willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

        In Mr. Becker's case, "cause" means (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance in connection with the performance of his duties (other than in the event he had a reasonable good faith belief that the act, omission or failure to act in question was not a violation of law), in each case, that would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business; (ii) the abuse of drugs or alcohol or conduct involving moral turpitude that would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business; (iii) his misappropriation of any material business opportunity; provided, however, that, solely for this purpose, he shall not be deemed to have misappropriated a material business opportunity by virtue of any action taken by Sterling Capital (an affiliate of Sterling) or any of its affiliates, unless he knows of such action before the date it occurs (or, if earlier, before the date of a binding commitment to complete such action) and he fails to disclose such action to our directors; (iv) his being barred or prohibited by the SEC or any other governmental authority from holding the position of Chief Executive Officer or (v) the willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements with Laureate or Wengen including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

         Payments Upon Voluntary Resignation or Termination for Cause .    If any Named Executive Officer resigns without good reason or is terminated by the Company for cause, he or she will forfeit all unvested equity grants and, if he or she resigns without good reason, all vested but unexercised options held at the time of termination will be exercisable for a period of 90 days post-termination. Vested stock options will remain exercisable for a period of two years post-termination of employment for any participant, including any Named Executive Officer, who (a) has a minimum of five continuous years of service with us and (b) provides at least six months' prior written notice of his or her resignation.

Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control

        Immediately prior to a change in control all unvested restricted shares will vest.

        If a Named Executive Officer ceases to be an eligible individual under the 2013 Plan coincident with or within 18 months after a change in control as a result of an involuntary termination without cause or the Named Executive Officer's resignation with good reason (a "Qualifying Termination"), to the extent not already vested or previously forfeited, (1) that portion of time vested options that would otherwise have become vested and exercisable on or before the third anniversary of the effective date of the Qualifying Termination will become vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the Qualifying Termination and the balance of the unvested portion of the time vested options will terminate without becoming vested, and (2) that portion of performance vested options or PSUs that would otherwise have become vested and exercisable had we achieved the Equity Value Target in the three fiscal years (or, if shorter, the remaining initial target years) ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective date of the Qualifying Termination will become vested and

265


Table of Contents

exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the Qualifying Termination and the balance of the unvested portion of the performance options or PSUs will terminate without becoming vested.

        At such time as a change in control occurs, any balance then remaining in Mr. Becker's Executive DCP will be distributed in one lump sum to Mr. Becker in a manner that complies with regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code. If the change in control occurs subsequent to the completion of this offering the distribution will be in shares of our Class B common stock. See "—Deferred Compensation."

        For purposes of the treatment of equity and Mr. Becker's Executive DCP discussed above, a change in control means the first to occur of any of the following: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Wengen or Laureate, as applicable, to an individual or any legal entity (a "Person") or any group (as such term is used for purposes of Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) of Persons (a "Group") or (ii) a sale by Wengen or any Wengen Investor to a Person that results in more than 50% of the total equity interests of Wengen or Laureate, as applicable, being held by a Person, which may include any Wengen Investor or their respective affiliates; provided, however, that in no event shall any relationships among any Wengen Investors be deemed to, de facto , create a Group for purposes of this clause (i) and (ii) in the case of the occurrence of an event identified in clause (i), also results in any Person that acquired more than 50% of the total equity interests of Wengen, or Laureate, as applicable, having the ability to appoint a majority of the applicable board of directors.

Name
  Benefit   Without
Cause/Good
Reason
Termination
  Termination
due to
Death or
Disability(1)
  Change in
Control Only
  Change in
Control plus
Qualifying
Termination(1)
 

Douglas L. Becker

  Pre-2005 DCP and Post-2004 DCP         $ 7,667,240              

  Executive DCP(2)         $ 61,362,437   $ 61,362,437   $ 61,362,437  

  Acceleration of PSU vesting(3)                     $ 3,014,799  

  Total         $ 69,029,677   $ 61,362,437   $ 64,377,236  

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Cash Severance(4)

 
$

1,491,331
             
$

1,491,331
 

  Acceleration of restricted share vesting(5)   $ 277,200         $ 277,200   $ 277,200  

  Acceleration of PSU vesting(3)                     $ 957,483  

  Total   $ 1,768,531         $ 277,200   $ 2,726,014  

Ricardo M. Berckemeyer

 

Acceleration of restricted share vesting(5)

 
$

207,900
       
$

207,900
 
$

207,900
 

  Acceleration of PSU vesting(3)                     $ 963,014  

  Total   $ 207,900         $ 207,900   $ 1,170,914  

Timothy F. Daniels

 

Acceleration of PSU vesting(3)

                   
$

722,702
 

  Total                     $ 722,702  

Paula Singer

 

Post-2004 DCP

       
$

790,408
             

  Acceleration of restricted share vesting(5)   $ 415,800         $ 415,800   $ 415,800  

  Acceleration of PSU vesting(3)                     $ 963,014  

  Total   $ 415,800   $ 790,408   $ 415,800   $ 1,378,814  

(1)
Vesting of certain unvested time and performance stock options will accelerate as a result of termination due to death or disability or upon a Qualifying Termination within 18 months following a Change in Control. However, all unvested stock options held by the Named Executive Officers on December 31, 2014 had exercise prices greater than the fair market value of our common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy as such date of $6.93. Accordingly, there is no intrinsic value associated with the accelerated vesting of such stock options.

(2)
In the event of termination of Mr. Becker's employment due to death, disability, or a change of control occurs, any balance then remaining in Mr. Becker's Executive DCP will be distributed in one lump sum to Mr. Becker (or his beneficiaries) in a manner that complies with regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code. Amount reflects the balance in Mr. Becker's Executive DCP on December 31, 2014. If a change in control occurs subsequent to the completion of this offering the distribution will be in shares of our Class B common stock. See "—Deferred Compensation."

(3)
In connection with a Qualifying Termination within 18 months following a Change in Control, that portion of unvested PSUs that would otherwise have become vested and exercisable had we achieved the Equity Value Target in the three fiscal years (or, if shorter, the remaining initial target years) ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective

266


Table of Contents

    date of the Qualifying Termination will become vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the Qualifying Termination. Represents the aggregate fair market value as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy of unvested PSUs outstanding on December 31, 2014 and subject to the 2015 and 2016 Equity Value Target. The terms of the PSUs provide that any unvested PSUs that would, but for the termination due to death or disability, have vested if the Equity Value Target for the calendar year during which the death or disability occurred were achieved will remain outstanding until the Compensation Committee determines whether or not the Equity Value Target for such year has been achieved. Because the information in this table assumes such termination due to death or disability occurred as of December 31, 2014, there is no acceleration of PSU vesting.

(4)
Represents a lump sum severance payment equal to 18 months' base salary and 150% of Mr. Serck-Hanssen's target cash incentive award as of December 31, 2014, provided that Mr. Serck-Hanssen executes the customary release agreement, which includes a two-year covenant not to compete or disclose confidential information, as required by his offer letter.

(5)
The vesting of all unvested restricted shares will be accelerated in the event of an involuntary termination or a change of control. The amount listed is the aggregate fair market value on December 31, 2014 of all restricted shares held, using the fair market value as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy in effect on that date of $6.93.

Director Compensation

        The following table summarizes the compensation paid to or earned by our directors in 2014. We have omitted from this table the columns for Options Awards, Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation, Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings and All Other Compensation, as no amounts are required to be reported in any of those columns for any director during 2014.

        Each non-employee director is entitled to receive an annual retainer of $50,000. This retainer may be paid in the form of cash, common stock or RSUs, at the election of the director. The number of shares of common stock or RSUs is determined based on the fair market value of our common stock on the initial issuance date, with vesting quarterly in arrears. Newly elected, non-employee, independent directors may elect to receive shares equal to up to three additional years of annual retainers at the time of their initial election to the Board and may elect to defer vesting of these shares. Each director who is subject to U.S. federal income taxes and is not contractually obligated to remit his director compensation to the Wengen Investor on whose behalf he serves is eligible to participate in our Post-2004 DCP and defer receipt of his annual compensation in accordance with the terms of the Post-2004 DCP. No Wengen affiliated director deferred any portion of his 2014 compensation.

        In addition, our compensation program for non-employee independent directors provided for the following annual cash retainers in 2014, which are paid quarterly in arrears.

 
  Member   Chair  

Audit Committee

  $ 15,000   $ 25,000  

Compensation Committee

  $ 10,000   $ 20,000  

Nominating Committee

  $ 7,500   $ 15,000  

        Newly elected, non-employee, independent directors are also eligible to receive an annual stock retainer worth $120,000, in the form of restricted shares or RSUs, with the number of shares determined based on the fair market value of our common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy on the initial issuance date. Newly elected, non-employee, independent directors may elect to receive restricted shares or RSUs equal to up to three additional years of annual stock retainers at the time of their initial election to the Board and may elect to defer vesting of these shares.

        None of our directors received separate compensation for attending meetings of our Board of Directors or any Board of Directors committees. Our CEO, Mr. Becker, is the only director who is also an employee of Laureate. Mr. Becker is not entitled to separate compensation for his service on our Board of Directors. Non-employee directors are reimbursed for travel and other expenses directly related to Board of Directors activities and responsibilities.

267


Table of Contents


2014 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Name
  Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)   Stock Awards ($)(1)   All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($)  

Douglas L. Becker(1)

                 

Brian F. Carroll(2)

    27,500     50,000 (3)       77,500  

Andrew B. Cohen(4)

        50,000 (3)       50,000  

Yves de Balmann(5)

    67,500             67,500  

Darren M. Friedman(6)

    50,000             50,000  

John A. Miller(7)

        50,000 (3)       50,000  

George Muñoz(8)

    25,000         782     25,782  

Judith Rodin(9)

            782     782  

Jonathan D. Smidt(10)

    15,000     50,000 (3)       65,000  

Ian K. Snow(11)

    65,000             65,000  

Steven M. Taslitz(12)

    60,000             60,000  

Robert B. Zoellick(13)

        555,278     737     556,015  

(1)
Mr. Becker is not entitled to receive compensation for his service on our Board of Directors.

(2)
Mr. Carroll received $20,000 in cash as Chairman of the Compensation Committee and $7,500 in cash as a member of the Nominating Committee. Mr. Carroll elected to receive his annual retainer in stock.

(3)
Each director who elected to receive his $50,000 annual retainer in stock received 7,278 shares of our common stock. All of these shares were fully vested on December 31, 2014.

(4)
Mr. Cohen elected to receive the 2014 annual retainer in stock. Mr. Cohen was required by prior agreement with S.A.C. Capital Advisors, L.P. to have all shares issued in payment of his director's fees issued in the name of S.A.C. Capital Advisors, L.P. Therefore, we issued to S.A.C. Capital Advisors, L.P. 7,278 shares of our common stock as compensation for Mr. Cohen's services as a director during 2014.

(5)
Mr. de Balmann served as a director until December 31, 2014. Mr. de Balmann received $10,000 in cash as a member of the Compensation Committee and $7,500 in cash as a member of the Nominating Committee. Mr. de Balmann elected to receive his annual retainer as $50,000 in cash.

(6)
Mr. Friedman elected to receive his $50,000 annual retainer in cash. Mr. Friedman was required by prior agreement with StepStone Group, LLC to have his 2014 director's fees paid to StepStone Group, LLC.

(7)
Mr. Miller elected to receive his annual retainer in stock.

(8)
Mr. Muñoz received $25,000 in cash as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. Muñoz also elected to receive director compensation for 2013-2016 in an initial grant of 78,795 restricted shares on June 28, 2013. These restricted shares are issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 but are subject to transfer restrictions and substantial risk of forfeiture until the vesting criteria associated with the restricted shares have been met. 59,096 restricted shares will vest and become nonforfeitable on March 6, 2016 and 19,699 will vest and become nonforfeitable on March 6, 2017. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if Mr. Muñoz's service as a director terminates by reason of death or disability, any portion of these restricted shares that were granted in consideration of his service prior to or during the calendar year in which such death or disability occurs will become vested and nonforfeitable on the termination date, and the balance of the unvested restricted shares will terminate without becoming vested. The amount in the All Other Compensation column represents distributions on unvested restricted shares.

(9)
Dr. Rodin elected to receive director compensation for 2013-2016 in an initial grant of 78,795 shares of restricted stock on August 6, 2013. These restricted shares are issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 but are subject to transfer restrictions and substantial risk of forfeiture until the vesting criteria associated with the restricted shares have been met. 59,096 of these restricted

268


Table of Contents

    shares will vest and become nonforfeitable on March 6, 2016 and 19,699 will vest and become nonforfeitable on March 6, 2017. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if Dr. Rodin's service as a director terminates by reason of death or disability, any portion of these restricted shares that were granted in consideration of her service prior to or during the calendar year in which such death or disability occurs will become vested and nonforfeitable on the termination date, and the balance of the unvested restricted shares will terminate without becoming vested. The amount in the All Other Compensation column represents distributions on unvested restricted shares.

(10)
Mr. Smidt received $15,000 in cash as a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Smidt elected to receive his annual retainer in stock.

(11)
Mr. Snow received $15,000 in cash as a member of the Audit Committee and elected to receive his $50,000 annual retainer in cash. Mr. Snow was required by prior agreement with Snow Phipps Group, LLC to have his 2014 director's fees paid to Snow Phipps Group, LLC.

(12)
Mr. Taslitz received $10,000 in cash as a member of the Compensation Committee and elected to receive his $50,000 annual retainer in cash. Mr. Taslitz was required by prior agreement with Sterling Partners to have his director's fees paid to Sterling Partners or an affiliate of its choosing. As a result of the Founders' Agreement, each Sterling Founder, including Mr. Taslitz, is entitled to receive an equal share of, on an after tax basis, any dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale of, the shares of our Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Becker in connection with his Executive DCP, the EPI Shares and the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the EPI Options, as well as the shares of Class B common stock issuable to another Sterling Founder in connection with his share-based DCP. These prospective proceeds are not included in the compensation set forth in the table above. The shares of Class B common stock to be transferred from Wengen to an affiliate of the Sterling Founders in exchange for the liquidation of certain of its profits interests in Wengen and the other shares of our Class B common stock currently held by Sterling Founders or their affiliates are not subject to the Founders Agreement.

(13)
Mr. Zoellick elected to receive director compensation for 2014, 2015 and 2016 in an initial grant of 74,235 shares of restricted stock on July 15, 2014. The fair market value of our common stock on the grant date as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with its equity grant policy was $7.48 per share. These restricted shares are issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 but are subject to transfer restrictions and substantial risk of forfeiture until the vesting criteria associated with the restricted shares have been met. All of these restricted shares will vest and become nonforfeitable on January 1, 2017. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if Mr. Zoellick's service as a director terminates by reason of death or disability, any portion of these restricted shares that were granted in consideration of his service prior to or during the calendar year in which such death or disability occurs will become vested and nonforfeitable on the termination date, and the balance of the unvested restricted shares will terminate without becoming vested. We report in this column the dollar amount with respect to 2014 based on the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The amount in the All Other Compensation column represents distributions on unvested restricted shares.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in Compensation Decisions

        Steven Taslitz, a member of the Compensation Committee, is the Senior Managing Director of Sterling Partners, and Douglas Becker, our Chairman and CEO, is a director of Sterling Fund Management, LLC, the management affiliate of Sterling Partners. During 2014 and in 2015 through the date of this prospectus, no other members of the Compensation Committee (i) had a relationship with us other than as a director and, in certain cases, a stockholder nor (ii) was (A) an officer or employee or a former officer, (B) a participant in a "related person" transaction or (C) an executive officer of another entity where one of our executive officers served on the board of directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for a discussion of certain transactions to which affiliates of the members of the Compensation Committee were party.

269


Table of Contents


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at September 30, 2015, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock in this offering, for:

    each person who we know beneficially owns more than five percent of our outstanding capital stock;

    each of our directors;

    each of our Named Executive Officers; and

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

        The address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Laureate Education, Inc., 650 South Exeter Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

        Applicable percentage ownership is based on 532,064,774 shares of Class B common stock outstanding at September 30, 2015, including 299,939 shares subject to forfeiture and substantial restriction on transfer, and assuming the reclassification of our existing common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. No shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding prior to the offering.

 
   
   
   
  Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
 
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
  Assuming No Exercise of
the Underwriters'
Option
  Assuming Full Exercise
of the Underwriters'
Option
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Voting
Power(1)
  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Voting
Power(1)
  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Voting
Power(1)

Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership(2)

    504,758,465     95 %   95 %                

Douglas L. Becker(3)(4)

    1,451,899     *     *                  

Brian F. Carroll(3)(5)

    58,772     *     *                  

Andrew B. Cohen(3)

                             

Darren M. Friedman(3)

                             

John A. Miller(3)

    40,279     *     *                  

George Muñoz

    78,795     *     *                  

Dr. Judith Rodin

    78,795     *     *                  

Jonathan D. Smidt(3)(6)

    58,772     *     *                  

Ian K. Snow(3)(7)

    26,626                          

Steven M. Taslitz(3)(8)

    55,557                          

Quentin Van Doosselaere(3)

                             

Robert B. Zoellick

    74,235     *     *                  

Eilif Serck-Hanssen(9)

    1,697,488     *     *                  

Ricardo Berckemeyer(10)

    2,207,656     *     *                  

270


Table of Contents

 
   
   
   
  Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
 
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
  Assuming No Exercise of
the Underwriters'
Option
  Assuming Full Exercise
of the Underwriters'
Option
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Voting
Power(1)
  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Voting
Power(1)
  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Voting
Power(1)

Timothy F. Daniels(11)

    355,595     *     *                  

Paula Singer(12)

    2,449,725     *     *                  

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (21 persons)(3)

    11,274,011     2 %   2 %                

*
Less than one percent.

(1)
Upon completion of this offering, no beneficial owner listed in this table will own any shares of our Class A common stock. Percentage total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as a single class. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled to ten votes per share of Class B common stock and each holder of Class A common stock shall be entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as may otherwise be required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The Class B common stock is convertible at any time by the holder into shares of Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will automatically convert into a single class of common stock on the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 15% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."

(2)
Messrs. Becker, Carroll, Cohen, Friedman, Miller, Smidt, Snow, Taslitz and Van Doosselaere serve as directors of both the Company and Wengen Investments Limited ("WIL"), the general partner of Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership ("Wengen"). WIL, as the general partner of Wengen, has voting and investment power over the 504,758,465 shares of the Company's shares of Class B common stock held of record by Wengen (collectively, the "Wengen Shares"). The affirmative vote of five of the nine directors of WIL is required to vote the Wengen Shares, and the affirmative vote of six of the nine directors of WIL is required to authorize the disposition of the Wengen Shares; therefore, together, the directors identified above may be deemed to

share voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares held of record by Wengen. Does not include 4,044,004 shares of Class B common stock subject to proxies given by current and former directors and employees to Wengen to vote their shares of Class B common stock (collectively, the "Wengen Proxy").

(3)
For the avoidance of duplication, does not include the Wengen Shares, as to which each of the directors affiliated with Wengen may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power, and the shares of Class B common stock subject to the Wengen Proxy, as to which each of the directors affiliated with Wengen may be deemed to share voting power.

(4)
Includes shares issuable upon exercise of options to purchase 1,283,540 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of the above table. Does not include shares issuable upon exercise of options to purchase                shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of the above table that will be granted to Mr. Becker upon completion of this offering or                shares of Class B common stock that will be transferred from Wengen to Mr. Becker upon completion of this offering, all in connection with the

271


Table of Contents

    liquidation of certain of Mr. Becker's Executive Profits Interests and all of which are subject to the provisions of the Founders' Agreement. Does not include 55,557 shares of Class B common stock held by Sterling Fund Management, LLC, an affiliate of Sterling Partners or                shares of Class B common stock that will be transferred from Wengen to an affiliate of the Sterling Founders upon completion of this offering in connection with the liquidation of certain of that Sterling Founders' affiliate's profits interests in Wengen. Mr. Becker shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of Class B common stock held by this affiliate of the Sterling Founders, together with Mr. Taslitz and the other Sterling Founders. The number of all shares described above assumes an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Does not include                shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance in connection with Mr. Becker's Executive DCP, as those shares are not issuable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus unless there is a change in control of the Company. The number of shares reserved for issuance in connection with Mr. Becker's Executive DCP assumes an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See "Executive Compensation—Arrangements with Certain Named Executive Officers" for a description of the provisions of the Founders' Agreement. Does not include an indeterminable number of shares of the Company or proceeds therefrom, that is allocable to Mr. Becker from Mr. Becker's ownership of an entity that is entitled indirectly to carried interests on certain shares of the Company or proceeds therefrom, upon the distribution or sale of such shares by certain direct owners of Wengen.

(5)
Includes 18,446 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance upon distribution of Mr. Carroll's Post-2004 DCP account when he retires from the Company's board of directors. Includes 1,803 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture pursuant to the terms of a restricted stock agreement between the Company and Mr. Carroll. See "—Executive Compensation—Director Compensation."

(6)
Includes 1,803 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture pursuant to the terms of a restricted stock agreement between the Company and Mr. Smidt.

(7)
Includes 15,348 shares of Class B common stock held by Snow Phipps. Mr. Snow serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Snow Phipps. Mr. Snow disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 11,278 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance upon distribution of Mr. Snow's Post-2004 DCP account when he retires from the Company's board of directors. See "—Executive Compensation—Director Compensation."

(8)
Includes 55,557 shares of Class B common stock held by Sterling Fund Management, LLC, an affiliate of Sterling Partners, of which Mr. Taslitz serves as a Senior Managing Director. Mr. Taslitz disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Does not include 168,359 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Becker, 1,283,540 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are held by Mr. Becker and exercisable within 60 days of the date of the above table or                        shares of Class B common stock underlying                        of the options the Company will grant to Mr. Becker upon completion of this offering in connection with the liquidation and exchange of certain of his executive profits interests in Wengen. Pursuant to the Founders' Agreement, (i) these shares are required to be assigned or transferred to Mr. Taslitz, or a partnership in which he shares control, as soon as practicable after such assignment or transfer is permitted by contract and applicable law, (ii) if these shares are not transferable or assignable, Mr. Taslitz, or a partnership in which he shares control, has the right to receive the net proceeds of such shares upon disposition and (iii) until such shares are transferred or assigned to Mr. Taslitz, or a partnership in which he shares control, he or that partnership controls the voting and disposition of these shares. Does not include                        shares of Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Becker and another Sterling Founder, in the aggregate, in connection with the

272


Table of Contents

    stock-based DCPs that are also subject to the provisions of the Founders' Agreement, as these shares are not expected to be issuable within 60 days from the date of this prospectus unless there is a change in control of the Company. Does not include an indeterminable number of shares of the Company or proceeds therefrom, that is allocable to Mr. Taslitz from Mr. Taslitz's ownership of an entity that is entitled indirectly to carried interests on certain shares of the Company or proceeds therefrom, upon the distribution or sale of such shares by certain direct owners of Wengen.

(9)
Includes shares issuable upon exercise of options to purchase 1,532,644 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of the above table and 20,000 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture pursuant to the terms of restricted stock agreements by and between the Company and Mr. Serck-Hanssen.

(10)
Includes shares issuable upon exercise of options to purchase 2,020,001 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of the above table.

(11)
Includes shares issuable upon exercise of options to purchase 307,692 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of the above table.

(12)
Includes shares issuable upon exercise of options to purchase 2,190,000 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of the above table and 30,000 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture pursuant to the terms of a restricted stock agreement by and between the Company and Ms. Singer.

273


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Management Stockholder's Agreements

        Each of the stockholders of the Company who are employees or directors or former employees or directors of the Company has entered into a stockholder's agreement (each, a "Management Stockholder's Agreement") with the Company and Wengen that gives Wengen a proxy to vote such holder's shares of the Company's Class B common stock. In addition to the voting proxy on shares held by current and former employees and directors of the Company, the Management Stockholder's Agreement executed by each current and former employee who owns stock or has been granted options to purchase stock of the Company contains provisions that prohibit the employee or former employee (i) at any time during or after employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, from disclosing or using any confidential information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Wengen Investors or any of their respective affiliates, except when required to perform his or her duties to the Company or one of its subsidiaries, by law or judicial process; (ii) at any time during employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and for a period of two years thereafter, from directly or indirectly acting as a proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business that directly competes, at the relevant determination date, with the post-secondary business of the Company or any of their respective affiliates in any geographic area where the Company or its affiliates manufactures, produces, sells, leases, rents, licenses or otherwise provides products or services; and (iii) at any time during employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and for a period of two years thereafter, from directly or indirectly (a) soliciting customers or clients of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, the Wengen Investors or any of their respective affiliates to terminate their relationship with the Company, any of its subsidiaries, the Wengen Investors or any of their respective affiliates or otherwise soliciting such customers or clients to compete with any business of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, the Wengen Investors or any of their respective affiliates or (b) soliciting or offering employment to any person who is, or has been at any time during the 12 months immediately preceding the termination of the employee's employment, employed by the Company or any of its affiliates.

        Subsequent to the initial public offering of the Company's common stock, the Management Stockholder's Agreements permit each of the stockholders of the Company who are employees or directors or former employees or directors of the Company to participate in any sale of the Company's common stock by Wengen or any of the Wengen Investors that is registered under the Securities Act (the "piggyback registration rights"), subject to customary underwriters' restrictions including pro rata reduction and execution of customary custody and lockup agreements. The piggyback registration rights provided in the Management Stockholder's Agreements expire upon a change in control of the Company. The registration rights also provide for our indemnification of the stockholders and their affiliates in connection with the "piggyback" registration of their securities.

Agreements with Wengen

        Wengen Securityholders' Agreement.     The Wengen Investors are subject to a securityholders' agreement, pursuant to which the general partner of Wengen is permitted to develop and implement an initial public offering of our securities and certain of the Wengen Investors have the right to appoint members to the board of directors of Wengen's general partner and Laureate. The Company and Wengen have agreed that, effective upon the closing of this offering, the current Wengen securityholders' agreement will be amended to make the Company a party thereto and to provide that certain of the Wengen Investors will continue to have the right to elect a majority of our board of directors and coordinate the sale of all shares of our Class B common currently held by Wengen which is distributed to the Wengen Investors from time to time.

274


Table of Contents

        Registration Rights Agreement.     Wengen and the Wengen Investors are parties to a registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), pursuant to which the Wengen Investors have been granted certain registration rights in connection with this offering. Pursuant to the existing Registration Rights Agreement, the Wengen Investors were granted the right, beginning 180 days following the completion of this offering to cause us, at our expense, to use our reasonable best efforts to register certain shares of common stock held by the Wengen Investors and any securities issued in replacement of or in exchange for such shares of common stock for public resale, subject to certain limitations as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. The exercise of this "demand" right is limited to ten requests in the aggregate. In the event that we register any of our common stock following completion of this offering, the Wengen Investors and management (pursuant to a provision in the management stockholder's agreements) have a "piggyback right" which allows them to require us to use our reasonable best efforts to include shares of our common stock held by them in such registration, subject to certain limitations. The existing Registration Rights Agreement also provides for our indemnification of the Wengen Investors and management in connection with the registration of their securities. The Company has agreed, effective upon the consummation of this offering, to become a party to the Registration Rights Agreement. A copy of this agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        SFUAD Shared Services Agreement.     In June 2008, Laureate entered into an agreement with the College of the Christian Brothers of New Mexico to provide a line of credit of $2.8 million that was to mature on the earlier of six months from the date of the loan or upon Laureate's acquisition of assets from the Christian Brothers relative to College of Santa Fe (now known as the Santa Fe University of Arts and Design, or SFUAD). The agreement was subsequently amended to increase the line of credit to $3.8 million. The interest on the line of credit was 10% per annum payable in arrears on the line of credit termination date. The amounts outstanding under the agreement were secured by land adjacent to the SFUAD campus. During 2009, Laureate transferred the SFUAD line of credit to a newly formed subsidiary. This subsidiary was sold to Wengen for cash of $2.7 million, equal to the outstanding principal and interest on the line of credit. No gain or loss was recognized on the transfer. In connection with the sale of the newly formed subsidiary to Wengen in 2009, Laureate entered into a shared services agreement with SFUAD. During 2014, Laureate entered into a new shared services agreement with SFUAD that replaced the shared services agreement previously entered into in 2009. Laureate provides SFUAD with certain management consulting, legal, tax, finance, accounting, treasury, human resources, and network entry services. The new shared services agreement has a term of five years and automatically renews for two year periods thereafter, unless terminated by either party. As of December 31, 2014, Laureate had recorded a receivable from SFUAD of $4.2 million related to the shared services agreement, which was collected during the first quarter of 2015. As of September 30, 2015, Laureate recorded a related party receivable from SFUAD of $3.3 million. A copy of this agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        During 2013, 14 Laureate institutions entered into global partnership agreements with SFUAD, which have an initial term of five years and provide Laureate students with educational opportunities to study certain academic programs at SFUAD. Under the terms of these agreements, the partnering Laureate institutions commit to pay SFUAD an annual amount each calendar year, which SFUAD then bills to the Laureate institutions on a quarterly basis. The global partnership agreements can be unilaterally canceled by either SFUAD or the Laureate institutions with at least six months prior written notice. Any remaining unpaid commitment amount for that calendar year is contractually owed to SFUAD. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Laureate recorded a related party payable to SFUAD of $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for unpaid commitments that we are obligated to pay to SFUAD under the global partnership agreements.

275


Table of Contents

Payments for Airplane Usage Costs

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred costs of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for the business use of a private airplane that is owned in part by our Chief Executive Officer. In 2012, the Company incurred costs of $0.3 million for the business use of another private airplane operated by a corporation owned by a person who served as one of its executive officers during that period, and his spouse.

Relationship with KKR Capital Markets

        In 2013 and 2012, we made payments to KKR Capital Markets LLC, an affiliate of KKR, of $0.7 million and $2.6 million, respectively, for services rendered in connection with the refinancing of our debt and new debt issuances.

Relationship with KKR Credit

        Since 2012, investment funds or accounts managed or advised by KKR Credit Advisors (US) LLC ("KKR Credit") were participating lenders under the Company's existing credit agreements and as of September 30, 2015 had received aggregate principal payments of $76 million and interest and administrative fee payments of $40 million. Since 2012, investment funds or accounts managed or advised by KKR Credit were also holders of notes issued by the Company and as of September 30, 2015 had received principal payments of $75 million and interest (including accrued and unpaid interest) and administrative fee payments of $16 million.

        As of September 30, 2015, investment funds or accounts managed or advised by KKR Credit held a portion of the Company's first lien term loan.

Relationship to KKR Capstone Americas LLC

        We have historically utilized KKR Capstone, a consulting company that works exclusively with KKR's portfolio companies, for consulting services, and paid to KKR Capstone related fees and expenses. References to "KKR Capstone" are to KKR Capstone Americas LLC and their affiliates, which are owned and controlled by their senior management team. KKR Capstone is not a subsidiary or affiliate of KKR. KKR Capstone operates under several consulting agreements with KKR and uses the "KKR" name under license from KKR.

Agreement with Sterling Affiliate

        We have agreements with I/O Data Centers, LLC ("I/O") pursuant to which I/O will provide modular data center solutions to the Company. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we incurred costs of $0.4 million for these agreements. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred costs for these agreements of $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Mr. Taslitz, one of our directors and a Senior Managing Director of Sterling Partners, is a director of I/O. Messrs. Becker and Taslitz, Sterling Partners and certain of its affiliates own, directly or through investment vehicles, an aggregate of approximately 65% of the outstanding equity in I/O.

Conflicts of Interest Policy

        The board of directors reviews all relationships and transactions in which the Company and our directors and executive officers or their immediate family members are participants to determine whether such persons have a direct or indirect material interest in any particular transaction. The Company's legal staff is primarily responsible for the development and implementation of processes and controls to obtain information from the directors and executive officers with respect to related

276


Table of Contents

person transactions and for then determining, based on the facts and circumstances, whether the Company or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction. The Audit Committee of the board of directors reviews and approves or ratifies any related person transaction that meets this standard. In the course of the Audit Committee's review and approval or ratification of a disclosable related person transaction, the committee considers:

    the nature of the related person's interest in the transaction;

    the material terms of the transaction, including the amount and type of transaction;

    the importance of the transaction to the related person;

    the importance of the transaction to the Company;

    whether the transaction would impair the judgment of a director or executive officer to act in the best interest of the Company; and

    any other matters the committee deems appropriate.

        Any member of the Audit Committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review may not participate in the deliberations or vote respecting approval or ratification of the transaction, provided that such director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the committee that considers the transaction. The current Wengen securityholders' agreement requires approval of six directors for related party transactions having a value of at least $25 million.

277


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering.

        Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for three classes of common stock: Class A common stock, Class B common stock and common stock. No shares of common stock will be issued or outstanding until the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 15% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, at which time all outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. All common stock prior to this offering will be reclassified as Class B common stock.

        Prior to the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares, all with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which            shares will be designated as Class A common stock,                         shares will be designated as Class B common stock, and            shares will be designated as preferred stock.

        As of September 30, 2015, we had outstanding 531,764,835 shares of Class B common stock, which excludes 299,939 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture and substantial restrictions on transfer and assumes the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our existing common stock into shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our outstanding capital stock was held by approximately 177 stockholders of record as of September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015, we also had outstanding options to acquire 47,601,583 shares of common stock held by employees, directors and consultants, all of which will become options to acquire an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, immediately prior to the completion of this offering. As of September 30, 2015, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

    Voting Rights

        Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that there will be separate votes of holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock in the following circumstances:

    if we propose to amend our certificate of incorporation to alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of Class A or Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely or to increase or decrease the par value of the shares of a class of our stock;

    if we propose to treat the shares of Class A or Class B common stock differently with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of our stock paid or distributed by us;

    if we propose to treat the shares of Class A or Class B common stock differently with respect to any subdivision or combination of the shares of Class A or Class B common stock; or

278


Table of Contents

    if we propose to treat the shares of Class A or Class B common stock differently in connection with a change in control, liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding down of the Company with respect to any consideration into which the shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to our stockholders.

        Upon the completion of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock, other than (1) upon exercise of options, warrants, or similar rights to acquire common stock outstanding, (2) in connection with deferred compensation and executive profit interest arrangements in existence immediately prior to the completion of the offering and (3) in connection with stock dividends, stock splits and similar transactions.

        We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

    Economic Rights

        Except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law, shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation, those described below.

        Dividends.     Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, ratably and identically, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time, unless different treatment of the shares of such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common stock or rights to acquire shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock shall receive shares of Class A common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of Class B common stock shall receive shares of Class B common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock, as the case may be.

        Liquidation Rights.     Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, ratably and identically in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences on any outstanding preferred stock, unless different treatment of the shares of such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

        Change of Control Transactions.     Upon (1) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, business combination or other similar transaction which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power and outstanding capital stock of the voting securities of the Company or the surviving or acquiring entity, (3) the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction which results in the voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction representing less than a majority of the of the combined voting power and outstanding capital stock of the Company or the surviving entity

279


Table of Contents

or parent entity or (4) an issuance by the Company, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of voting securities representing more than 10% of the total voting power of the Company (assuming the Class A common stock and Class B common stock each have one vote per share) to any person or group of affiliated persons who prior to such issuance held less than a majority of the total voting power of the Company (assuming the Class A common stock and Class B common stock each have one vote per share) and who subsequent to the issuance would hold a majority of the total voting power, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

        Subdivisions and Combinations.     If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

    Conversion

        Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, including to trusts, corporations and partnerships controlled by a holder of Class B common stock.

        Upon the death or permanent incapacity of a holder of Class B common stock who is a natural person, the Class B common stock held by that person or his or her permitted estate planning entities will convert automatically into Class A common stock. However, a Class B stockholder may transfer voting control of shares of Class B common stock to another Class B stockholder contingent or effective upon his or her death or permanent incapacity without triggering a conversion to Class A common stock, provided that the shares of Class B common stock so transferred shall convert to Class A common stock nine months after the death of the transferring stockholder.

        Once converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued.

        Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will each convert automatically into a single class of common stock on the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 15% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Following the conversion, no additional shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock will be issued and each share of common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical. This provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the outstanding shares of the Class A common stock and the outstanding shares of the Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Preferred Stock

        Our board of directors is authorized, without further stockholder action, to classify or reclassify any unissued portion of our authorized shares of common stock to provide for the issuance of shares of other classes or series, including preferred stock in one or more series. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, with the exact terms of each class or series established by our board. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock of

280


Table of Contents

each series will be fixed by the certificate of designation relating to each series. Certificates of designation relating to each series will specify the terms of the preferred stock, including, but not limited to:

    the distinctive designation and the maximum number of shares in the series;

    the terms on which dividends, if any, will be paid;

    the voting rights, if any, on the shares of the series;

    the terms and conditions, if any, on which the shares of the series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of capital stock; provided that, as long as any shares of Class B common stock are outstanding, such shares may not be convertible into or exchangeable for Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class;

    the terms on which the shares may be redeemed, if at all;

    the liquidation preference, if any; and

    any or all other preferences, rights, restrictions, including restrictions on transferability, and qualifications of shares of the series.

        The issuance of preferred stock may delay, deter or prevent a change in control.

Public Benefit Corporation Status

        In October 2015, we redomiciled in Delaware as a public benefit corporation as a demonstration of our long-term commitment to our mission to benefit our students and society. Public benefit corporations are a relatively new class of corporations that are intended to produce a public benefit and to operate in a responsible and sustainable manner. Under Delaware law, public benefit corporations are required to identify in their certificate of incorporation the public benefit or benefits they will promote and their directors have a duty to manage the affairs of the corporation in a manner that balances the pecuniary interests of the stockholders, the best interests of those materially affected by the corporation's conduct, and the specific public benefit or public benefits identified in the public benefit corporation's certificate of incorporation. Public benefit corporations organized in Delaware are also required to publicly disclose at least biennially a report that assesses their public benefit performance and may elect to measure that performance against an objective third-party standard. We have elected to have our public benefit performance assessed by B Lab, an independent non-profit organization.

        We do not believe that an investment in the stock of a public benefit corporation differs materially from an investment in a corporation that is not designated as a public benefit corporation. We believe that our ongoing efforts to achieve our public benefit goals and the B Lab certification will not materially affect the financial interests of our stockholders. Holders of our Class A common stock will have voting, dividend and other economic rights that are the same as the rights of stockholders of a corporation that is not designated as a public benefit corporation.

        Our public benefit is to produce a positive effect for society and students by offering diverse education programs both online and at campuses around the globe. By doing so, we believe that we provide greater access to cost-effective, high-quality higher education that enables more students to achieve their academic and career aspirations. Most of our operations are outside the United States, where there is a large and growing imbalance between the supply and demand for quality higher education. Our stated public benefit is firmly rooted in our company mission and our belief that when our students succeed, countries prosper and societies benefit. Becoming a public benefit corporation

281


Table of Contents

underscores our commitment to our purpose and our stakeholders, including students, regulators, employers, local communities and stockholders.

Exclusive Venue

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as it will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and Delaware Law

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect upon completion of this offering, also contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

        Authorized but Unissued Shares.     The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the                        . These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

        Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a qualified stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. In addition, any stockholder who wishes to bring business before an annual meeting or nominate directors must comply with the advance notice and duration of ownership requirements set forth in our bylaws and provide us with certain information. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control of us or our management.

        No Cumulative Voting.     The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation

282


Table of Contents

provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

        Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action by written consent will be permitted only if the action to be effected by such written consent and the taking of such action by such written consent have been previously approved by the board of directors. Following the conversion of all of our Class B common stock into Class A common stock, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

        Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws.     The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Upon completion of this offering, our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our certificate described above.

        Public Benefit Corporation.     As a public benefit corporation, an affirmative vote of 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding stock is required to effect a non-cash merger with an entity that is not a public benefit corporation with an identical public benefit.

        The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of Class A common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Investing in Our Class A Common Stock—Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us and could discourage a takeover and adversely affect the holders of our Class A common stock."

        In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for three years following the date that the person became an interested

283


Table of Contents

stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the "interested stockholder" and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person. We have exempted Wengen from the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL until such time as all of our Class B common stock has converted into Class A common stock.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors that may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

    any breach of his duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or

    improper distributions to stockholders.

        These provisions may be held not to be enforceable for violations of the federal securities laws of the United States.

Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal and Payment

        Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of Laureate. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders' Derivative Actions

        Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder's stock thereafter devolved by operation of law and such suit is brought in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. See "—Exclusive Venue" above.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be                        .

Stock Exchange Listing

        We intend to apply for a listing of our Class A common stock on                  under the symbol "LAUR."

284


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

         The following descriptions of indebtedness are only summaries of material provisions of the respective terms of such indebtedness, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the credit agreements, indenture and other instruments evidencing such indebtedness. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Overview

        On June 16, 2011, we amended and restated our credit agreement dated as of August 17, 2007, in order to, among other things, extend maturity dates. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, certain lenders in the syndicate: (1) extended the maturity dates applicable to $155.0 million of our then-existing $400.0 million revolving line of credit facility from August 2013 to June 2016, (2) converted $245.0 million of then-existing revolving loans and revolving credit commitments into term loans that will mature in June 2018, and (3) extended the maturity dates applicable to three series of our term loans, totaling $858.9 million of aggregate principal, from August 2014 to June 2018. In addition, some existing lenders increased the amount of their senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility commitments and new lenders became lenders with respect to the senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility that was to mature in June 2016, but has subsequently been extended to March 2018 pursuant to the Fourth Amendment entered into on July 7, 2015, as described below. As a result of this amendment and restatement, the credit facilities under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on June 16, 2011 were composed of the following:

    $300.0 million revolving line of credit facility; and

    $1,269.7 million senior secured term loan facility, consisting of the following series:

    $1,103.9 million 2018 Extended Term Loans;

    $129.1 million Closing Date Term Loan;

    $19.1 million Delayed Draw Term Loan; and

    $17.6 million Series A New Term Loan.

$25.0 Million Series A-2018 New Term Loan; Increase in Revolving Line of Credit Facility

        On December 22, 2011, we entered into a joinder agreement to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to borrow an additional $25.0 million on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loans (the "Series A-2018 New Term Loan"), including interest rates and quarterly principal payment dates. We also entered into a joinder agreement to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to increase the borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit facility to $350.0 million.

$250.0 Million Series B New Term Loans

        On January 18, 2013, we entered into a joinder agreement and the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to borrow an additional $250.0 million on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loans with the issuance of the Series B New Term Loans, including interest rates and quarterly principal payment dates. This additional loan was issued at an original issue discount of $1.25 million, and we paid debt issuance costs of $2.9 million in connection with the borrowing, both of which will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan.

285


Table of Contents

$310.0 Million Series B Additional Term Loans

        On April 23, 2013, we entered into a joinder agreement and the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to borrow an additional $310.0 million on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loans with the issuance of the Series B Additional Term Loans, including interest rates and quarterly principal payment dates. This additional loan was issued at an original debt premium of $1.55 million, and we paid debt issuance costs of $3.9 million in connection with the borrowing, both of which will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan. In addition, third-party costs of $0.4 million were charged to general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013. The proceeds from this borrowing were used to repay all of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes.

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement; New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans

        On October 3, 2013, we entered into a Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Third Amendment"), pursuant to which the outstanding 2018 Extended Term Loans, Series A-2018 New Term Loan, Series B New Term Loans and Series B Additional Term Loans were refinanced with New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans effectively reducing the margin applicable to our 2018 Extended Term Loans, Series A-2018 New Term Loan, Series B New Term Loans and Series B Additional Term Loans from 4.00% to 3.75% for LIBOR loans and from 3.00% to 2.75% for ABR loans. In addition to lowering the margin on these term loans, the amendment provided additional flexibility for mortgage financings.

$200.0 Million Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans

        On December 16, 2013, we entered into a joinder agreement to borrow an additional $200.0 million on the same terms as the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans. This additional loan was issued at an original debt discount of $0.5 million, and we paid debt issuance costs of $2.2 million in connection with the borrowing, both of which will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan.

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement

        On July 7, 2015, we entered into the Fourth Amendment, pursuant to which the maturity date of the senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility was extended from June 2016 to March 2018 and the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was amended to (a) provide for a consolidated senior secured debt to consolidated EBITDA maintenance financial covenant, solely with respect to the revolving line of credit facility, which financial covenant is to be tested quarterly provided that following a Qualifying IPO (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) or certain private offerings of common stock or preferred stock and provided the consolidated total debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio is less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.0 on the last day of the respective test period, the maintenance financial covenant shall only apply if 25% or more of the revolving line of credit facility is utilized and (b) revised certain covenants relating to restricted payments, investments and other matters such that such covenants are more restrictive. The U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and U.S. Pledge Agreement were amended to extend the secured obligations to include cash management programs and to increase the secured amount of obligations relating to cash management programs from $2 million to $20 million.

Revolving Line of Credit Facility

        Borrowings under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum which, at our option, can be either a LIBOR or an ABR plus, in each case, a margin.

286


Table of Contents

LIBOR loans under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility accrue interest at the applicable LIBOR rate plus a 3.75% margin. The LIBOR rate with respect to our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility is subject to a "floor" equal to 1.25%. Interest on ABR revolving borrowings accrues at the ABR (which is the higher of the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or the prime rate for the agent bank) plus a 2.75% margin. The ABR with respect to our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility is subject to a "floor" equal to 2.25%. For LIBOR revolving borrowings, the interest period is set at our option for a period of one, two, three, six or (if such a period is available to all lenders under the applicable LIBOR borrowing) nine or 12 months, and the cost of funds component of any LIBOR revolving borrowing is subject to change when the underlying indices change. Once the interest period is set, the interest rate is fixed until the selected interest period ends, subject to customary "break" cost provisions. ABR revolving borrowings and interest thereon are payable quarterly in arrears and the interest rate on any ABR revolving borrowing is subject to change when the underlying indices change. In addition, our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for the payment of a commitment fee based on the daily unused portion of our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility. The commitment fee rate of 0.625% per annum is payable quarterly in arrears.

        At September 30, 2015, the total amount outstanding under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility was $349.9 million, which consisted of $349.9 million in LIBOR loans at an interest rate of 5.00%. At December 31, 2014, the total amount outstanding under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility was $346.7 million, which consisted of $301.4 million in LIBOR loans at an interest rate of 5.00% and $45.3 million in ABR loans at an interest rate of 6.00%. Principal amounts outstanding under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility will be due and payable in full in March 2018.

New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan

        The portions of our term loans under the original credit agreement that did not remain outstanding as the Closing Date Term Loan, Delayed Draw Term Loan or Series A New Term Loan were extended to a maturity date of June 2018. In addition, some existing lenders increased the amount of term loans and new lenders became lenders with respect to the 2018 Extended Term Loans, which mature in June 2018. Following the amendment and restatement on June 16, 2011, the aggregate amount of the 2018 Extended Term Loans was $1,103.9 million. Pursuant to the Third Amendment, the 2018 Extended Term Loans, Series A-2018 New Term Loan, Series B New Term Loans and Series B Additional Term Loans were refinanced with New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans. The interest rate for our New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan is set at a rate per annum which, at our option, can be either the LIBOR rate or the ABR rate, plus in each case, a margin. The New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans have the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loans, other than the interest rate as described below.

        Following the Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in October 2013, the margin for LIBOR loans is 3.75% and the margin for ABR loans is 2.75%. Prior to the amendment, the margin for LIBOR loans was 4.00% and the margin for ABR loans was 3.00%. The LIBOR rate is subject to a "floor" equal to 1.25% and the ABR is subject to a "floor" equal to 2.25%. For LIBOR loans, the interest period is set at our option for a period of one, two, three, six or (if such a period is available to all lenders under the applicable LIBOR borrowing) nine or 12 months. Once the interest period is set, the interest rate is fixed until the selected interest period ends. ABR loans and interest thereon are payable quarterly in arrears and the interest rate on any ABR loan is subject to change when the underlying indices change.

        With respect to our New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, we are required to make fixed quarterly principal payments in an aggregate amount equal to approximately $4.7 million per quarter. All unpaid principal and interest on these loans shall be paid in full in June 2018. As of September 30,

287


Table of Contents

2015 and December 31, 2014, these loans had an aggregate outstanding balance of $1,819.5 million (net of original issue discount of $0.1 million) and $1,833.7 million (net of original issue discount of $0.1 million) respectively, and an interest rate of 5.00% at each date.

Closing Date Term Loan

        Of the $675.0 million Closing Date Term Loan made to us upon the closing of the original credit agreement, $651.4 million was outstanding immediately prior to the June 16, 2011 effective date of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Of that amount, approximately $522.3 million was converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loans, and approximately $129.1 million remained outstanding and was not converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loans. We were required to make fixed quarterly principal payments on the Closing Date Term Loan of approximately $334,000. The Closing Date Term Loan was paid in full on November 16, 2012 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes.

Delayed Draw Term Loan

        Of the $100.0 million Delayed Draw Term Loan made to us under the terms of the original credit agreement, approximately $97.5 million was outstanding immediately prior to the June 16, 2011 effective date of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Of that amount, approximately $78.4 million was converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loans, and approximately $19.1 million remained outstanding and was not converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loans. We were required to make quarterly principal payments equal to 0.25% of the principal balance outstanding on the Delayed Draw Term Loan. The Delayed Draw Term Loan was paid in full on November 16, 2012 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes.

Series A New Term Loan

        Of the $280.0 million Series A New Term Loan made pursuant to the terms of a joinder to the original credit agreement, $275.8 million was outstanding immediately prior to the June 16, 2011 effective date of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Of that amount, approximately $258.2 million was converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loans, and approximately $17.6 million remained outstanding and was not converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loans. We were required to make fixed quarterly principal payments on the Series A New Term Loan of approximately $45,000. The Series A New Term Loan was paid in full on November 16, 2012 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes.

Default Interest

        In the event that we fail to pay all or a portion of the principal and interest amounts when due, the interest rates under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be increased by 2.00% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which the payment is paid in full.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities Outstanding

        As of September 30, 2015, the $2,169.4 million balance of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities consists of $1,819.5 million in the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan and the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, and the senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility of $349.9 million. As of December 31, 2014, the $2,180.4 million balance of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities consisted of $1,833.7 million in the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan and the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and the senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility of $346.7 million.

288


Table of Contents

Senior Secured Credit Facilities Borrowers and Guarantors

        The senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility, the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan and the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans are collectively referred to as the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Laureate Education, Inc. (the "U.S. Borrower") is the borrower under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. (the "Foreign Borrower") is a borrower only under the senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which is $100.0 million of the $350.0 million total senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility.

        All of Laureate's required U.S. legal entities, excluding Walden University, Kendall College, NewSchool of Architecture and Design, The National Hispanic University and St. Augustine, are guarantors of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and all of the guarantors' assets, both real and intangible, are pledged as collateral. Certain Walden assets are also pledged as collateral, including all of Walden's U.S. receivables other than Title IV student loans, and all of its copyrights, patents, and trademarks. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the carrying value of the Walden receivables and intangibles pledged as collateral was $401.4 million and $390.8 million, respectively. Additionally, not more than 65% of the shares held by U.S. guarantors in nondomestic subsidiaries are pledged as collateral. There is also a separate guarantee and pledge agreement for the Foreign Borrower sub-facility of the senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility (the "Spanish Tranche"). The Spanish Tranche is secured by certain of the Foreign Borrower's assets, including intercompany loans and shares owned in other non-domestic subsidiaries, to secure the foreign obligations and guaranteed by certain non-domestic subsidiaries. Of the $350.0 million revolving line of credit facility noted above, we can borrow up to $100.0 million under the Spanish Tranche.

Certain Covenants

        Our senior long-term debt contains certain negative covenants including, among others: (1) limitations on additional indebtedness; (2) limitations on dividends; (3) limitations on asset sales, including the sale of ownership interests in subsidiaries and sale-leaseback transactions; and (4) limitations on liens, guarantees, loans or investments. On July 7, 2015, pursuant to the Fourth Amendment, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was amended to provide for a consolidated senior secured debt to consolidated EBITDA maintenance financial covenant, solely with respect to the revolving line of credit facility, which financial covenant is to be tested quarterly provided that from and after a Qualifying IPO (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) or certain private offerings of common stock or preferred stock and, furthermore, that the consolidated total debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio is thereafter less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.0 on the last day of the respective test period, the maintenance financial covenant shall only apply if 25% or more of the revolving line of credit facility is utilized.

        On April 4, 2014, we notified our lenders of the 2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery Default. The reason for the 2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery Default is the additional time needed to completely and accurately reflect several items in the 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements. We cured the 2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery Default by delivering the 2013 consolidated financial statements to the administrative agent on April 14, 2014, the date that the 2013 consolidated financial statements were issued, which was within the 30-day grace period provided for in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. There are no events causing noncompliance with these covenants as of the issuance date of this prospectus.

Senior Notes

        On July 25, 2012, we completed an offering of $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019. We used the net proceeds received from the debt offering to repay a

289


Table of Contents

portion of our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility. On November 13, 2012, we completed an offering of $1,050.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes. The notes are treated as a single series with the $350.0 million of Senior Notes that were issued in July 2012. We used the net proceeds from the sale of the additional Senior Notes to purchase certain outstanding notes, and to fully repay certain debt instruments under our senior secured term loan facility. Of the total $1,400.0 million of Senior Notes, $350.0 million were issued in July 2012 at par, while the remaining $1,050.0 million were issued in November 2012 at a price of 97.750% of face amount, resulting in an original debt discount of $23.6 million, which is amortized to interest expense over the maturity of the notes.

        As of September 30, 2015, the outstanding balance on the Senior Notes was $1,385.3 million, net of the remaining debt discount of $14.7 million.

        The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior basis, by each of our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Laureate's obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Senior Notes rank junior to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such facility.

        The $1,400.0 million Senior Notes have a stated maturity of September 1, 2019. From and after September 1, 2015, we may redeem all or part of the Senior Notes at redemption prices starting at 106.938% of the principal amount thereof and decreasing from there ratably each year thereafter until September 1, 2018, plus accrued and unpaid interest. From and after September 1, 2018, we may redeem all or part of the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 100%, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

        Laureate and its guarantors agreed to (1) file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange the Senior Notes for new notes having terms substantially identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes (except that the new notes will not contain transfer restrictions or provide for special interest); or (2) file a shelf registration for the resale of the notes. We were required to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective on or before July 25, 2014. Since the registration statement was not declared effective by July 25, 2014, we have incurred additional interest at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period of the outstanding indenture indebtedness on the outstanding notes, 0.50% per annum for the next 90-day period, and 0.75% thereafter, as liquidated damages until the registration statement is declared effective and the exchange offer is completed. Accordingly, we have recorded a liability for the amount of special interest on the Senior Notes that we have determined to be probable and estimable based on our expected timing of registration as of each balance sheet date. As of September 30, 2015, we had a total contingent liability for additional interest on the Senior Notes of $6.3 million.

Other Debt

Lines of Credit

        Individual Laureate subsidiaries have the ability to borrow pursuant to unsecured lines of credit and similar short-term borrowing arrangements (collectively, "lines of credit"). The lines of credit are available for working capital purposes and enable us to borrow for and repay until those lines mature.

        Interest rates on our lines of credit ranged from 2.00% to 20.00% at September 30, 2015 and our weighted-average short-term borrowing rate was 6.88% at September 30, 2015.

        Laureate's aggregate lines of credit (outstanding balances plus available borrowing capacity) were $185.0 million as of September 30, 2015. At September 30, 2015, the aggregate outstanding balances on our lines of credit were $144.0 million, which are included in the current portion of long-term debt. Accordingly, the available borrowing capacity under our lines of credit was $41.0 million at September 30, 2015.

290


Table of Contents

Notes Payable

        Notes payable include mortgages payable that are secured by certain fixed assets. The notes payable have varying maturity dates and repayment terms through 2030. These loans contain certain financial maintenance covenants and as of September 30, 2015, Laureate is in compliance with these covenants. Interest rates on notes payable ranged from 1.75% to 18.35% at September 30, 2015.

        On December 21, 2007, UVM Mexico entered into an agreement with a bank for a loan of MXN 2,750.0 million (approximately $250.0 million at that time). Under the terms of the loan, UVM Mexico could borrow the total amount of the loan through one or more draws, provided that each draw of the loan was evidenced by a promissory note. On July 1, 2008, Laureate made a draw in the amount of MXN 2,575.6 million ($250.0 million at July 1, 2008) to acquire UNITEC Mexico. The loan was originally scheduled to mature on July 1, 2015. UVM Mexico began semi-annual repayments of MXN 257.6 million ($19.7 million) on July 15, 2010. In order to align the payments with the new loan described below, in May 2014 the loan maturity date was extended to May 15, 2021, and the repayments were suspended until May 16, 2016, when UVM Mexico will resume semiannual repayments of MXN 120.4 million ($9.2 million). These payments will continue through maturity in 2021. Interest is payable monthly and accrued at the 28-day Mexican Interbanking Offer Rate ("TIIE"), plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin for the interest calculation is established based on the ratio of debt to EBITDA, as defined in the agreement. As of September 30, 2015, the interest rate on the loan was 5.74%, and the outstanding balance on the loan was $78.1 million.

        In May 2012, UVM Mexico entered into an agreement with a bank for a loan of MXN 900.0 million (approximately $61.0 million at December 31, 2014), in order to fund payment of the amounts owed to the former noncontrolling interest holders of Plansi under the terms of the agreement to purchase their remaining 10% interest in Plansi. The loan carries a variable interest rate (5.74% at September 30, 2015) and was originally scheduled to mature on May 15, 2019. In May 2014, the loan maturity date was extended to May 15, 2021, and the repayments were suspended until May 16, 2016. As of September 30, 2015, this loan had an outstanding balance of $53.1 million.

        In addition to the loans above, in August 2015, UVM Mexico entered into an agreement with a bank for a loan of MXN 1,300 million ($77 million). The loan carries a variable interest rate (approximately 5.79% in September 2015) and matures in August 2020.

        Laureate has also obtained financing to fund the construction of two new campuses at one of our institutions in Peru, UPC. As of September 30, 2015, the outstanding balance on the loans was $62.0 million, and had a weighted average interest rate of 8.22%. These loans have varying maturity dates with the final payment due in October 2022. As of September 30, 2015, $30.0 million of the outstanding balances on the loans were payable to one of the institutional investors referred to in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        In May 2014, Laureate obtained $7.5 million of financing to fund the construction of a new campus at one of our institutions in Panama. In December 2014, we borrowed an additional $5.0 million. In June 2015, we borrowed an additional $12.5 million. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of this loan was $25.0 million and $12.5 million, respectively. This loan is payable to one of the institutional investors referred to in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. It has a fixed interest rate of 8.16% and matures in 2024.

        Laureate has outstanding notes payable at HIEU in China. As of September 30, 2015, the outstanding balance on the loans was $88.7 million. The interest rates on these loans range from 5.25% to 7.84% per annum as of September 30, 2015. These notes are repayable in installments with the final installment due in November 2019.

        Laureate has outstanding notes payable at a real estate subsidiary in Chile. As of September 30, 2015, the outstanding balance on the loans was $56.1 million. The interest rates on these loans range from 4.79% to 5.65% per annum as of September 30, 2015. These notes are repayable in installments with the final installment due in August 2028.

291


Table of Contents

        In December 2013, Laureate acquired THINK and financed a portion of the purchase price for THINK by borrowing AUD 45.0 million ($36.8 million at December 31, 2014) under a syndicated facility agreement in the form of two term loans of AUD 22.5 million each. The syndicated facility agreement also provides for additional borrowings of up to AUD 20.0 million ($16.4 million at December 31, 2014) under a capital expenditure facility and a working capital facility. The first term loan ("Facility A") has a term of five years and principal is payable in quarterly installments of AUD 1.1 million ($920,000 at December 31, 2014) beginning on March 31, 2014. The second term loan ("Facility B") has a term of five years and the total principal balance of AUD 22.5 million is payable at its maturity date of December 20, 2018. The two term loans bear interest at a variable rate plus a margin of up to 3.2% for Facility A and 3.5% for Facility B that is determined based on THINK's leverage ratio, and interest is payable periodically. As of September 30, 2015, the interest rates on Facility A and Facility B were 4.68% and 4.98%, respectively. The terms of the syndicated facility agreement required THINK to enter into an interest rate swap within 45 days from the agreement's December 20, 2013 effective date, in order to convert at least 50% of the AUD 45.0 million of term loan debt from a variable interest rate to a fixed interest rate. Accordingly, on January 31, 2014 THINK executed an interest rate swap agreement to satisfy this requirement and converted AUD 22.5 million ($18.4 million at December 31, 2014) of the variable rate component of the term loan debt to a fixed interest rate of 3.86%. This interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes. As of September 30, 2015, $25.6 million was outstanding under these loan facilities.

        In September 2014, Laureate acquired FMU and financed a portion of the purchase price by borrowing amounts under two loans that totaled BRL 259.1 million ($110.3 million at the borrowing date). The loans require semi-annual principal payments beginning at BRL 6.5 million in October 2014 and increasing to a maximum of BRL 22.0 million beginning in October 2017 and continuing through their maturity dates in April 2021. As of September 30, 2015, the outstanding balance of these loans was $60.4 million. Both loans mature on April 15, 2021 and bear interest at an annual variable rate of CDI plus 3.7% (approximately 18% at September 30, 2015).

        On November 18, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with two banks to borrow a total of EUR 100 million ($106.5 million at the borrowing date) as described in Note 19, Subsequent Events, in our interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Capital Lease Obligations and Sale-Leaseback Financings

        Capital leases and sale-leaseback financings, primarily relating to real estate obligations, are included in debt and have been recorded using interest rates ranging from 2.00% to 42.87%. During 2014 and 2013, we had additions to assets and liabilities recorded as sale-leaseback financings and build-to-suit arrangements of $67.8 million and $100.7 million, respectively, including additions through acquisition. We had assets under capital leases and sale-leaseback financings of $210.1 million at September 30, 2015, net of accumulated amortization. The amortization expense for capital lease assets is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense.

        The aggregate maturities of our total future value and present value of the minimum capital lease payments and payments related to sale-leaseback financings at September 30, 2015 were as follows:

 
  Future Value of
Minimum Lease
Payments
  Interest   Present Value of
Minimum Lease
Payments
 
 
  (amounts in thousands)
 

October 1, 2015 - September 30, 2016

  $ 39,365   $ 28,762   $ 10,603  

October 1, 2016 - September 30, 2017

    41,332     28,090     13,242  

October 1, 2017 - September 30, 2018

    48,284     27,066     21,218  

October 1, 2018 - September 30, 2019

    43,110     25,364     17,746  

October 1, 2019 - September 30, 2020

    34,688     24,192     10,496  

Thereafter

    290,146     113,750     176,396  

Total capital lease debt

  $ 496,925   $ 247,224   $ 249,701  

292


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock. In general, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any holder of our Class A common stock other than the following:

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets a certain "substantial presence" test under section 7701(b)(3) of the Code;

    a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    a partnership (or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust, if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons can control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) the trust has a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person in effect.

        Under the "substantial presence test", an individual holder of our Class A common stock may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock. If a business entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a "partnership") is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the treatment of a member of the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Members of partnerships holding our Class A common stock are particularly urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of shares of Class A common stock .

        This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and all other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation or any aspects of state, local, or non-U.S. taxation, nor does it consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers, dealers in securities, U.S. expatriates, persons holding our Class A common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax or persons who acquired our Class A common stock as compensation for services. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder will hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset, generally property held for investment.

        PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER

293


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

Dividends

        Distributions on our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce the recipient's basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under "—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Class A Common Stock."

        In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, unless (i) the dividends are taxed at a lower rate prescribed by an income tax treaty between the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder's country of residence or (ii) the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to satisfy certain certification requirements, generally by providing to the applicable withholding agent an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or any successor form, directly or through an intermediary, in order to claim a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, a refund of the excess amount may generally be obtained by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

        Dividends that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a U.S. fixed base) maintained by the recipient) generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files an IRS Form W-8ECI, or any successor form, with the applicable withholding agent, but instead such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, with respect to effectively connected dividends (subject to adjustment).

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Class A Common Stock

        In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the Non-U.S. Holder's shares of Class A common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a U.S. fixed base) maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder);

    the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds shares of Class A common stock as capital assets and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

    our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a "United States real property holding corporation," or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period for our Class A common stock.

294


Table of Contents

        If the Non-U.S. Holder is described in the first bullet above, it will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and a corporate Non-U.S. Holder described in the first bullet above may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual described in the second bullet above, he or she will be required to pay a flat 30% (or such lower rate as may be prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by United States source capital losses.

        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such Class A common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if the Non-U.S. Holder actually or constructively held more than 5% of our Class A common stock at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period for our Class A common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Generally, the applicable withholding agent must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the recipient. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient's country of residence.

        Payments made to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless a Non-U.S. Holder certifies as to its foreign status, which certification may be made on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person), or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

        Proceeds from the disposition of Class A common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a United States office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28% of the gross proceeds, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its address and status as a Non-U.S. Holder (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, United States information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the transaction is effected outside the United States by or through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, if the broker is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person (including a foreign branch or office of such person), a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign person who derives 50% or more of its gross income for specified periods from the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, specified U.S. branches of foreign banks or insurance companies or a foreign partnership with certain connections to the United States, information reporting but not backup withholding will apply unless:

    the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the holder is a Non-U.S. Holder (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary) and other conditions are met; or

    the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

295


Table of Contents

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of tax withheld is applied to the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal income taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided the required documents are filed with the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements

        Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, such Sections being commonly referred to as FATCA, a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on Class A common stock, and, for a disposition of Class A common stock occurring after December 31, 2018, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a "foreign financial institution" (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a "non-financial foreign entity" (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under "—Dividends," the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. Investors should consult their own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

Estate Tax

        Our Class A common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be includible in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent's country of residence provides otherwise.

296


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Since the completion of our leveraged buyout in August 2007, there has not been any public market for our capital stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of Class A common stock or the availability of shares of Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of             shares of Class A common stock and             shares of Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these outstanding shares, the             shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our "affiliates," as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below.

        The shares of Class B common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701. "Restricted securities" as defined under Rule 144 were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares of our Class A common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of our Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares of our Class A common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares of our Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately            shares immediately after completion of this offering, or

    the average weekly trading volume of the shares of our Class A common stock on the applicable stock exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

297


Table of Contents

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who acquired shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)" and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Stock Option and Incentive Plans

        We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register the Class A common stock that is issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding or under our stock option and incentive plans or issuable upon conversion of the Class B common stock that is issuable upon exercise of existing options. These registration statements are expected to become effective upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements and to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock (including Wengen, the Wengen Investors and the IFC Investors) have agreed not to (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock; (ii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Class A common stock, without the consent of the representatives of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. For additional information, see "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)."

        The restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to certain transfers including, but not limited to, transfers of shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock (i) acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering, subject to certain conditions, (ii) to satisfy tax withholding requirements, subject to certain conditions, (iii) pursuant to our equity incentive plans described elsewhere in this prospectus, (iv) pursuant to an establishment of a Rule 10b5-1 plan, subject to certain conditions and (v) in certain other transactions.

298


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                    , 2015, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of Class A common stock:

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   

Barclays Capital Inc. 

   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   

BMO Capital Markets Corp. 

   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

   

KKR Capital Markets LLC

   

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

   

Total

   

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to              additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of up to $            per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of up to $            per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and selling concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without
Option
  With
Option
  Without
Option
  With
Option
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

  $        $        $        $       

        We estimate that our out-of-pocket expenses for this offering will be approximately $            .

        We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of approximately $            related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the

299


Table of Contents

intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

        Our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock (including Wengen, the Wengen Investors and the IFC Investors), have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

        The restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to certain transfers including, but not limited to, transfers of shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock (i) acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering, subject to certain conditions, (ii) to satisfy tax withholding requirements, subject to certain conditions, (iii) pursuant to our equity incentive plans described elsewhere in this prospectus, (iv) pursuant to an establishment of a Rule 10b5-1 plan, subject to certain conditions and (v) in certain other transactions.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We intend to apply to list the shares of Class A common stock on            under the symbol "LAUR".

        Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives expect to consider a number of factors including:

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

    an assessment of our management;

    our prospects for future earnings;

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly-traded common stock of generally comparable companies;

    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

        Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Class A common stock, or that shares of our Class A common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

300


Table of Contents

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

    Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the option to purchase additional shares, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Class A common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

    In passive market making, market makers in the Class A common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our Class A common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

        These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on              or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Conflicts of Interest

        Affiliates of KKR beneficially own (through their investment in Wengen) in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because KKR Capital Markets LLC, an affiliate of KKR, is an underwriter and KKR's affiliates beneficially own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, KKR Capital Markets LLC is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" under Rule 5121 of FINRA. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121.

301


Table of Contents

Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a "qualified independent underwriter" is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. KKR Capital Markets LLC will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.

Other Relationships

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us or our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates are lenders under our senior secured multi-currency credit facility. For example, Citibank, N.A., an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., acts as an administrative agent under our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility. KKR Capital Markets LLC, one of the underwriters for this offering, is controlled by KKR and is an affiliate of Laureate. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for additional information regarding transactions with affiliates of KKR.

        In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, loan or short positions in such securities and instrument.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

        The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damage if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

302


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a "Relevant Member State"), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

    (a)
    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    (b)
    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

    (c)
    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospective Directive.

        Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

        We, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

        This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

        For the purposes of the above provisions, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

303


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the "Order") and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons").

        Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange ("SIX"), or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of the shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale,

304


Table of Contents

or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

    to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

    where the transfer is by operation of law;

    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

    as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

305


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US), Baltimore, Maryland, and the validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements of Laureate Education, Inc., as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 included elsewhere in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

        The financial statements of FMU Group as of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and for the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance of the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes, São Paulo, Brazil, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

        The financial statements of Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance of the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Following this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

        You may obtain a copy of any of our filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at:

Laureate Education, Inc.
650 S. Exeter Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
(410) 843-6100
Attn: Corporate Secretary

        Our website is accessible through www.laureate.net. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

306


Table of Contents


Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
  Page

Laureate Education, Inc. Audited Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-9

Laureate Education, Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements

 
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

  F-143

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

  F-144

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

  F-145

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

  F-147

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-148

FMU Group Combined Audited Financial Statements

 
 

Independent Auditor's Report

  F-191

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013

  F-192

Combined Balance Sheets as of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013

  F-193

Combined Statements of Invested Equity for the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013

  F-194

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013

  F-195

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

  F-196

Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda. Audited Financial Statements

 
 

Independent Auditor's Report

  F-216

Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-217

Statements of Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-218

Statements of Quotaholder's Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-219

Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-220

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-221

Notes to Financial Statements

  F-222

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information

 
F-232

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Laureate Education, Inc.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Laureate Education, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has revised the historical financial statements to correct certain immaterial errors. Such adjustments are reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. As the 2012 consolidated balance sheet has not been presented herein, the revision has been effected as an adjustment to the retained earnings balance as of January 1, 2013. In addition, as discussed in Note 3 and Note 17, the Company has disclosed basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

March 25, 2015, except for the effects of the revision discussed in Note 2, the disclosure of the earnings (loss) per share information discussed in Note 3 and Note 17, and subsequent events discussed in Note 26, as to which the date is October 1, 2015.

F-2


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

IN THOUSANDS

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Revenues

  $ 4,414,682   $ 3,913,881   $ 3,567,117  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Direct costs

    3,838,179     3,418,449     3,148,530  

General and administrative expenses

    151,215     141,197     110,078  

Loss on impairment of assets

    125,788     33,582     58,329  

Operating income

    299,500     320,653     250,180  

Interest income

    21,822     21,805     19,467  

Interest expense

    (385,754 )   (350,196 )   (307,728 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (22,984 )   (1,361 )   (4,421 )

(Loss) gain on derivatives

    (3,101 )   6,631     (63,234 )

Loss from regulatory changes

            (43,716 )

Other (expense) income, net

    (1,184 )   7,499     (5,533 )

Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain, net

    (109,970 )   (3,102 )   14,401  

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

    (201,671 )   1,929     (140,584 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

    39,060     (91,246 )   (68,061 )

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax

    158     (905 )   (8,702 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (162,453 )   (90,222 )   (217,347 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax of $0, $0, and $787, respectively

        796     4,384  

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax of $0, $1,864 and $179, respectively

        4,350     3,308  

Net loss

    (162,453 )   (85,076 )   (209,655 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    4,162     15,398     8,597  

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc

  $ (158,291 ) $ (69,678 ) $ (201,058 )

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

                   

Loss from continuing operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (0.31 ) $ (0.16 ) $ (0.42 )

Income from discontinued operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

        0.01     0.02  

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.31 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.40 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

IN THOUSANDS

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Net loss

  $ (162,453 ) $ (85,076 ) $ (209,655 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0 for all years

    (307,101 )   (193,589 )   87,276  

Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments, net of tax of $0 for all years

    (733 )   2,667     (14,168 )

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $715, $1,235, and $2,046, respectively

    (6,994 )   2,585     (4,614 )

Sale of subsidiary—derecognition of noncontrolling interests, net of tax of $0 for all years

            213  

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

    (314,828 )   (188,337 )   68,707  

Comprehensive loss

    (477,281 )   (273,413 )   (140,948 )

Net comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (8,759 )   16,936     10,983  

Comprehensive loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc

  $ (486,040 ) $ (256,477 ) $ (129,965 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

IN THOUSANDS, except per share amounts

December 31,
  2014   2013  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents (includes VIE amounts of $122,712 and $112,061, see Note 3)

  $ 461,584   $ 559,900  

Restricted cash

    149,438     361,832  

Receivables:

             

Accounts and notes receivable

    452,509     420,387  

Other receivables

    40,239     34,700  

Related party receivables

    13,743     17,902  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (164,764 )   (153,419 )

Receivables, net

    341,727     319,570  

Inventory

    1,828     3,360  

Deferred income taxes

    95,835     79,023  

Income tax receivable

    10,595     14,499  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    92,431     52,210  

Current assets held for sale

        318  

Total current assets (includes VIE amounts of $315,579 and $307,066, see Note 3)

    1,153,438     1,390,712  

Notes receivable, net

   
13,728
   
21,319
 

Property and equipment:

             

Land

    470,993     553,577  

Buildings

    1,340,333     1,381,646  

Furniture, computer equipment and software

    1,161,892     1,046,774  

Leasehold improvements

    391,435     379,018  

Construction in-progress

    121,978     135,710  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (972,312 )   (839,999 )

Property and equipment, net

    2,514,319     2,656,726  

Land use rights, net

   
53,992
   
59,633
 

Goodwill

    2,469,795     2,376,678  

Other intangible assets:

             

Tradenames and accreditations

    1,461,762     1,519,737  

Other intangible assets, net

    93,064     29,973  

Deferred costs, net

    139,588     163,109  

Deferred income taxes

    87,741     41,986  

Other assets

    308,935     190,910  

Long-term assets held for sale

    141,856     4,297  

Total assets (includes VIE amounts of $1,451,352 and $1,563,051, see Note 3)

  $ 8,438,218   $ 8,455,080  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

IN THOUSANDS, except per share amounts

December 31,
  2014   2013  

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 107,385   $ 124,288  

Accrued expenses

    392,088     354,430  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    252,133     196,775  

Deferred revenue and student deposits

    471,755     474,855  

Current portion of long-term debt

    233,286     220,471  

Current portion of due to shareholders of acquired companies

    26,048     40,220  

Deferred compensation

    82,165     81,000  

Income taxes payable

    41,998     17,073  

Deferred income taxes

    21,968     16,854  

Derivative instruments

        33,148  

Other current liabilities

    40,489     37,115  

Current liabilities held for sale

        175  

Total current liabilities (includes VIE amounts of $388,588 and $325,782, see Note 3)

    1,669,315     1,596,404  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    4,333,581     4,118,970  

Due to shareholders of acquired companies, less current portion

    222,013     120,205  

Deferred compensation

    33,410     107,394  

Income taxes payable

    155,728     131,393  

Deferred income taxes

    570,364     596,518  

Derivative instruments

    24,255     20,697  

Other long-term liabilities

    329,128     212,197  

Long-term liabilities held for sale

         

Total liabilities (includes VIE amounts of $507,122 and $477,077, see Note 3)

    7,337,794     6,903,778  

Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

    43,876     42,165  

Stockholders' equity:

             

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share—authorized 50,000 shares, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

         

Common stock, par value $.001 per share—authorized 700,000 shares, issued and outstanding shares of 531,894 and 529,883 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

    532     530  

Additional paid-in capital

    2,688,877     2,669,044  

Accumulated deficit

    (1,093,300 )   (935,009 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (579,041 )   (268,810 )

Total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity

    1,017,068     1,465,755  

Noncontrolling interests

    39,480     43,382  

Total stockholders' equity

    1,056,548     1,509,137  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 8,438,218   $ 8,455,080  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

IN THOUSANDS

 
  Laureate Education, Inc. Stockholders    
   
 
 
  Shares of
common
stock
outstanding
  Common
stock
  Additional
paid-in
capital
  (Accumulated
deficit)
retained
earnings
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
  Noncontrolling
interests
  Total
stockholders'
equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    505,813   $ 506   $ 2,511,092   $ (664,273 ) $ (145,360 ) $ 20,131   $ 1,722,096  

Capital contribution from parent

            20,596                 20,596  

Non-cash compensation to directors

    49         300                 300  

Non-cash stock compensation stock options—employees

            6,870                 6,870  

Non-cash stock compensation restricted stock—employees

            792                 792  

Executive profits interests

            1,157                 1,157  

Cash dividends to stockholders

            (12,063 )               (12,063 )

Exercise of stock options

    210         1,104                 1,104  

Stock options exercised and repurchased

            (254 )               (254 )

Vesting of restricted stock and exercise of stock options, net of shares withheld to satisfy minimum employee tax withholding

    238         (916 )               (916 )

Changes in noncontrolling interests

            1,065         (1,865 )   10,700     9,900  

Dividends to noncontrolling interests

            (195 )           211     16  

Capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders

                        9,689     9,689  

Accretion of redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

            7,548                 7,548  

Reclassification of comprehensive income to redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

                        7,498     7,498  

Other, net

            (42 )           279     237  

Net loss

                (201,058 )       (8,597 )   (209,655 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0

                    89,662     (2,386 )   87,276  

Unrealized loss on derivatives, net of tax of $0

                    (14,168 )       (14,168 )

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $2,046

                    (4,614 )       (4,614 )

Sale of subsidiary—derecognition of noncontrolling interests

                    213     (946 )   (733 )

Balance at December 31, 2012

    506,310   $ 506   $ 2,537,054   $ (865,331 ) $ (76,132 ) $ 36,579   $ 1,632,676  

Capital contribution from parent

            13,568                 13,568  

Non-cash compensation to directors

    38         300                 300  

Non-cash stock compensation stock options—employees

            36,284                 36,284  

Non-cash stock compensation restricted stock

            3,821                 3,821  

Executive profits interests

            735                 735  

Cash dividends to stockholders

            (22,872 )               (22,872 )

Common stock issued net of stock issuance cost

    23,163     23     199,697                 199,720  

Exercise of put, vesting of restricted stock and exercise of stock options, net of shares withheld to satisfy minimum employee tax withholding

    372     1     (1,971 )               (1,970 )

Changes in noncontrolling interests

            (87,970 )       (5,879 )   (23 )   (93,872 )

Dividends to noncontrolling interests

            195             (1,304 )   (1,109 )

Capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders

                        11,823     11,823  

Accretion of redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

            (9,797 )               (9,797 )

Reclassification of comprehensive income to redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

                        9,672     9,672  

Reclassification of redeemable noncontrolling interests

                        3,571     3,571  

Net loss

                (69,678 )       (15,398 )   (85,076 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0

                    (192,051 )   (1,538 )   (193,589 )

Unrealized gain on derivatives, net of tax of $0

                    2,667         2,667  

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $1,235

                    2,585         2,585  

Balance at December 31, 2013

    529,883   $ 530   $ 2,669,044   $ (935,009 ) $ (268,810 ) $ 43,382   $ 1,509,137  

Non-cash compensation to directors

    44         825                 825  

Non-cash stock compensation stock options—employees

            25,772                 25,772  

Non-cash stock compensation restricted stock

            13,981                 13,981  

Executive profits interests

            115                 115  

Cash distributions to stockholders

            (5,271 )               (5,271 )

Equity to liability award modification

    (100 )       (2,986 )               (2,986 )

Exercise of stock options

    210         964                 964  

Vesting of restricted stock and exercise of stock options, net of shares withheld to satisfy minimum employee tax withholding

    1,857     2     (2,242 )               (2,240 )

Changes in noncontrolling interests

            (4,498 )           3,769     (729 )

Dividends to noncontrolling interests

                        (113 )   (113 )

Mandatory dividend to noncontrolling interests

            (2,461 )           1,163     (1,298 )

Capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders

            4,821             166     4,987  

Accretion of redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

            (9,187 )               (9,187 )

Reclassification of comprehensive income to redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

                        (119 )   (119 )

Other, net

                        (9 )   (9 )

Net loss

                (158,291 )       (4,162 )   (162,453 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0

                    (302,504 )   (4,597 )   (307,101 )

Unrealized loss on derivatives, net of tax of $0

                    (733 )       (733 )

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $715

                    (6,994 )       (6,994 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    531,894   $ 532   $ 2,688,877   $ (1,093,300 ) $ (579,041 ) $ 39,480   $ 1,056,548  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

IN THOUSANDS

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (162,453 ) $ (85,076 ) $ (209,655 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    288,331     242,725     221,235  

Loss on impairment of assets

    125,788     33,582     58,329  

Write down of equity method investment

        3,049     6,746  

Loss (gain) on sale of subsidiary and disposal of property and equipment

    8,006     (7,181 )   (2,978 )

(Gain) loss on derivative instruments

    (29,801 )   (44,208 )   26,247  

Loss from regulatory changes, net of $20,845 cash at deconsolidation

            22,871  

Loss on debt extinguishment

    22,984     1,361     4,421  

Non-cash interest expense

    52,908     46,650     22,867  

Non-cash share-based compensation expense

    49,190     49,512     17,289  

Bad debt expense

    110,302     102,661     94,514  

Deferred income taxes

    (163,257 )   (16,207 )   (35,702 )

Unrealized foreign currency exchange loss (gain)

    98,767     790     (15,793 )

Non-cash (gain) loss from non-income tax contingencies

    (3,355 )   9,336     3,241  

Non-cash (income) expense from profit-sharing legislation

    (22,755 )   8,389      

Other, net

    2,410     452     8,015  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Restricted cash

    (12,778 )   (3,016 )    

Receivables

    (166,008 )   (95,295 )   (118,020 )

Inventory, prepaid expenses and other assets

    (28,517 )   (35,452 )   (16,519 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    13,034     26,574     63,904  

Income tax receivable/payable, net

    63,564     (11,871 )   21,701  

Deferred revenue and other liabilities

    22,796     50,427     72,940  

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

    269,156     277,202     245,653  

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Purchase of property and equipment

    (416,746 )   (500,886 )   (433,035 )

Expenditures for deferred costs

    (19,672 )   (18,645 )   (24,018 )

Receipts from sale of subsidiary and property and equipment

    4,565     66,960     44,096  

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (287,945 )   (177,550 )   203  

Payments of contingent consideration for acquisitions

        (5,674 )    

Investments in affiliates

        (8,789 )   (14,280 )

Payments from (to) related parties

    2,745     (8,724 )   (525 )

Change in restricted cash

    224,424     (235,775 )   (26,188 )

Proceeds from sale or maturity of available-for-sale securities, net

    3,448          

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

    (489,181 )   (889,083 )   (453,747 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    589,476     1,304,527     1,885,500  

Payments on long-term debt

    (358,086 )   (644,125 )   (1,635,326 )

Payments of deferred purchase price for acquisitions

    (41,052 )   (30,544 )   (38,538 )

Payments to purchase noncontrolling interests

    (9,567 )   (15,950 )   (80,336 )

Capital contributions from parent

        13,568     20,596  

Payments of dividends

    (6,526 )   (22,872 )   (15,561 )

Sale of common stock, net of issuance costs

        199,720      

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    964         1,104  

Payments to repurchase common stock

            (254 )

Withholding of shares to satisfy minimum employee tax withholding for vested restricted stock and exercised stock options

    (2,240 )   (1,970 )   (916 )

Payments of debt issuance costs and modification fees

    (3,282 )   (30,618 )   (56,558 )

Interest paid (to) by lenders on issuance of the Senior Notes due 2019

        (29,138 )   29,138  

Noncontrolling interest holder's loan to subsidiaries

    4,754     2,393     6,287  

(Distributions to) and capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders of subsidiaries

    (1,855 )   11,672     9,689  

Net cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations

    172,586     756,663     124,825  

Cash flows from discontinued operations

                   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations

        344     (6,190 )

Net cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations

            (149 )

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

        344     (6,339 )

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

    (50,877 )   (12,531 )   2,712  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (98,316 )   132,595     (86,896 )

Net change in cash included in Current assets held for sale

            3,152  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    559,900     427,305     511,049  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 461,584   $ 559,900   $ 427,305  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 1. Description of Business

        Laureate Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (hereinafter Laureate, we, us, our, or the Company) provide higher education programs and services to students through an international network of licensed universities and higher education institutions (institutions). We are a subsidiary of Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership (Wengen), an Alberta limited partnership, which acquired Laureate on August 17, 2007 through a merger using leveraged buyout financing (the LBO).

        On August 5, 2008, Wengen formed LEI Holdings Cooperatie U.A. and subsidiaries (Cooperatie) through an equity infusion. Cooperatie's subsidiary LEI International Holdings, B.V. (LIHBV) and LIHBV's subsidiaries including Laureate Education Asia Limited (Laureate Asia), provided higher education programs and services to students through a network of licensed institutions located in the following countries: Australia, China, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, and Thailand. Laureate Asia was a sister company to Laureate, since both entities were subsidiaries of Wengen. On December 18, 2013, the boards of directors of Wengen and Laureate unanimously authorized a transaction to combine Laureate and Laureate Asia. Accordingly, effective December 20, 2013, LIHBV transferred to Wengen 100% of the issued and outstanding equity of LEI Combination Holdings Limited, LIHBV's newly formed subsidiary and indirect parent of Laureate Asia. Effective December 23, 2013, Wengen transferred 100% of the issued and outstanding equity of LEI Combination Holdings Limited to Laureate in exchange for a payment of one United States Dollar (USD). We accounted for this transaction under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805-50-15-5, "Transactions Between Entities Under Common Control." Accordingly, the accounts of Laureate Asia are retrospectively included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        Laureate's programs are provided through institutions that are campus-based and internet-based, or through electronically distributed educational programs (online). Our educational offerings are delivered through four operating segments: Latin America (LatAm), Europe (Europe), Asia, Middle East & Africa (AMEA), and Global Products and Services (GPS). LatAm has locations in Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Honduras, Mexico, Panama and Peru and has contractual relationships with a licensed institution in Ecuador. Europe has locations in Cyprus, France, Germany, Morocco, Portugal, Spain and Turkey. The AMEA segment consists of campus-based institutions with operations in Australia, China, India, Malaysia, South Africa and Thailand. AMEA also manages 11 licensed institutions in Saudi Arabia and manages one additional institution in China through a joint venture arrangement. Additionally, through 2014, AMEA had a relationship with a licensed institution in Indonesia. The GPS segment includes fully online degree programs in the United States offered through Walden University, LLC, which is a U.S.-based accredited institution, and through the University of Liverpool and the University of Roehampton in the United Kingdom. GPS also includes campus-based institutions located in Italy, New Zealand, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. The GPS segment also manages one hospitality and culinary institution in China and one hospitality and culinary institution in Jordan through joint venture and other contractual arrangements.

        Laureate previously consolidated in its financial statements, under the voting control model, internationally based educational organizations that are not-for-profit, non-stock institutions. We referred to these entities as "entities without equity ownership" (EWOs). We determined that we should have consolidated these entities under the accounting guidance for Variable Interest Entities (VIEs). Although our previous disclosures conformed to VIE disclosure requirements, we have

F-9


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 1. Description of Business (Continued)

included additional information to provide: 1) the VIE balances included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet; 2) tabular disclosure of the VIE balances that are included in our consolidated balances; and 3) additional disclosure of risks associated with our VIEs.

Note 2. Revisions to Historical Financial Statements

        The Company has revised the historical financial statements of Laureate to correct certain immaterial errors. These errors did not result in a material misstatement of our historical financial statements. In addition, we have revised the historical financial statements to retrospectively account for measurement-period adjustments from business combinations, in accordance with ASC 805, "Business Combinations." The following tables summarize the various adjustments, and the larger adjustments are described further below:

For the year ended December 31, 2014
  Previously
Reported
  Revisions   As Revised  

Revenues

  $ 4,407,658   $ 7,024   $ 4,414,682  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Direct costs

    3,836,867     1,312     3,838,179  

General and administrative expenses

    150,789     426     151,215  

Loss on impairment of assets

    125,788         125,788  

Operating income

    294,214     5,286     299,500  

Interest income

    28,217     (6,395 )   21,822  

Interest expense

    (386,463 )   709     (385,754 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (22,984 )       (22,984 )

Loss on derivatives

    (3,101 )       (3,101 )

Other expense, net

    (705 )   (479 )   (1,184 )

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    (109,970 )       (109,970 )

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

    (200,792 )   (879 )   (201,671 )

Income tax benefit

    37,562     1,498     39,060  

Equity in net income of affiliates, net of tax

    158         158  

Net (loss) income

    (163,072 )   619     (162,453 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    4,162         4,162  

Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc

  $ (158,910 ) $ 619   $ (158,291 )

F-10


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 2. Revisions to Historical Financial Statements (Continued)


For the year ended December 31, 2013
  Previously
Reported
  Revisions   As Revised  

Revenues

  $ 3,913,530   $ 351   $ 3,913,881  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Direct costs

    3,415,666     2,783     3,418,449  

General and administrative expenses

    140,709     488     141,197  

Loss on impairment of assets

    33,582         33,582  

Operating income (loss)

    323,573     (2,920 )   320,653  

Interest income

    15,410     6,395     21,805  

Interest expense

    (350,897 )   701     (350,196 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (1,361 )       (1,361 )

Gain on derivatives

    6,631         6,631  

Other income, net

    7,020     479     7,499  

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    (3,102 )       (3,102 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

    (2,726 )   4,655     1,929  

Income tax expense

    (90,640 )   (606 )   (91,246 )

Equity in net loss of affiliates, net of tax

    (905 )       (905 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (94,271 )   4,049     (90,222 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    796         796  

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax

    4,350         4,350  

Net (loss) income

    (89,125 )   4,049     (85,076 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    15,398         15,398  

Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc

  $ (73,727 ) $ 4,049   $ (69,678 )

F-11


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 2. Revisions to Historical Financial Statements (Continued)


For the year ended December 31, 2012
  Previously
Reported
  Revisions   As Revised  

Revenues

  $ 3,574,070   $ (6,953 ) $ 3,567,117  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Direct costs

    3,147,101     1,429     3,148,530  

General and administrative expenses

    110,463     (385 )   110,078  

Loss on impairment of assets

    58,329         58,329  

Operating income (loss)

    258,177     (7,997 )   250,180  

Interest income

    19,467         19,467  

Interest expense

    (307,643 )   (85 )   (307,728 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (4,421 )       (4,421 )

Loss on derivatives

    (63,234 )       (63,234 )

Loss from regulatory changes

    (43,716 )       (43,716 )

Other expense, net

    (5,533 )       (5,533 )

Foreign currency exchange gain, net

    14,401         14,401  

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

    (132,502 )   (8,082 )   (140,584 )

Income tax expense

    (68,007 )   (54 )   (68,061 )

Equity in net loss of affiliates, net of tax

    (8,702 )       (8,702 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (209,211 )   (8,136 )   (217,347 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    4,384         4,384  

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of tax

    3,308         3,308  

Net loss

    (201,519 )   (8,136 )   (209,655 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    8,597         8,597  

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc

  $ (192,922 ) $ (8,136 ) $ (201,058 )

F-12


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 2. Revisions to Historical Financial Statements (Continued)


December 31, 2014
  Previously
Reported
  Revisions   As Revised  

Assets

                   

Total current assets

  $ 1,156,364   $ (2,926 ) $ 1,153,438  

Property and equipment, net

    2,510,644     3,675     2,514,319  

Total intangible assets, net

    4,003,482     21,139     4,024,621  

Other long-term assets

    747,848     (2,008 )   745,840  

Total assets

  $ 8,418,338   $ 19,880   $ 8,438,218  

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

                   

Total current liabilities

  $ 1,668,459   $ 856   $ 1,669,315  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    4,334,736     (1,155 )   4,333,581  

Other long-term liabilities

    1,306,848     28,050     1,334,898  

Total liabilities

    7,310,043     27,751     7,337,794  

Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

    43,876         43,876  

Total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity

    1,024,939     (7,871 )   1,017,068  

Noncontrolling interests

    39,480         39,480  

Total stockholders' equity

    1,064,419     (7,871 )   1,056,548  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 8,418,338   $ 19,880   $ 8,438,218  

 

December 31, 2013
  Previously
Reported
  Revisions   As Revised  

Assets

                   

Total current assets

  $ 1,382,640   $ 8,072   $ 1,390,712  

Property and equipment, net

    2,657,141     (415 )   2,656,726  

Total intangible assets, net

    3,928,231     (1,843 )   3,926,388  

Other long-term assets

    483,163     (1,909 )   481,254  

Total assets

  $ 8,451,175   $ 3,905   $ 8,455,080  

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

                   

Total current liabilities

  $ 1,585,701   $ 10,703   $ 1,596,404  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    4,119,497     (527 )   4,118,970  

Other long-term liabilities

    1,187,285     1,119     1,188,404  

Total liabilities

    6,892,483     11,295     6,903,778  

Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

    42,165         42,165  

Total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity

    1,473,145     (7,390 )   1,465,755  

Noncontrolling interests

    43,382         43,382  

Total stockholders' equity

    1,516,527     (7,390 )   1,509,137  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 8,451,175   $ 3,905   $ 8,455,080  

F-13


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 2. Revisions to Historical Financial Statements (Continued)

        The only impacts of the revision to the historical Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and Stockholders' Equity were the changes to net income shown above. The impacts of the revision to the historical Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows were inconsequential.

Revenue Recognition

        During prior periods, we erroneously recognized revenue at certain institutions due to the incorrect application of our revenue recognition accounting policy, primarily related to the release of student refund liabilities into revenue prior to fulfillment of the contractual obligation. We have corrected the amount of revenue reported each year, which increased/(decreased) previously reported Revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 by $7,024, $351 and $(6,953), respectively.

Interest Income

        During the fourth quarter of 2014, we determined that one of our Brazilian entities had not recognized Interest income in the proper periods for the escrow deposit that was made in 2013, related to the acquisition of Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas Educacionais (FMU). Recording this in the correct periods resulted in a decrease in previously reported Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $6,395, and a corresponding increase in previously reported Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 of the same amount.

Measurement-Period Adjustments

        We have revised our previously issued financial statements for measurement-period adjustments related to business combinations, principally our September 2014 acquisition of FMU. The retrospective adjustments for FMU resulted in increases in the amounts of previously reported December 31, 2014 Goodwill and Other long-term liabilities of $21,139 and $28,050, respectively, and were primarily attributable to deferred taxes on certain contingent tax liabilities, as well as finalization of an appraisal of certain property and equipment.

Reclassification of Student Deposits

        In our previously issued December 31, 2013 balance sheet, an institution in our GPS segment had misclassified student deposits that it had received during 2013 as reductions of accounts receivable. As part of this revision, we have adjusted the December 31, 2013 balance sheet to properly classify these student deposits as current liabilities, resulting in an increase in Accounts and notes receivable and Deferred revenue and student deposits of approximately $11,200.

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies

        The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

F-14


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Principles of Consolidation and Investments in Affiliates

General

        Our Consolidated Financial Statements include all accounts of Laureate, our majority-owned subsidiaries, and educational institutions that are part of our network and, although not owned by Laureate, are VIEs pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 810-10, "Consolidation." As of December 31, 2014, the Laureate network includes 17 VIE institutions in 10 countries. Laureate has determined it is the "primary beneficiary" of these VIEs, as such term is defined in ASC 810-10-20, and has consolidated the financial results of operations, assets and liabilities, and cash flows of these VIEs in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Noncontrolling Interests

        A noncontrolling interest is the portion of a subsidiary that is not attributable to us either directly or indirectly. A noncontrolling interest can also be referred to as a minority interest. We recognize noncontrolling interest holders' share of equity and net income or loss separately in Noncontrolling interests in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the VIEs in our network, we generally do not recognize a noncontrolling interest. A noncontrolling interest is only recognized when a VIE's economics are shared with a third party (e.g., when the transferor of the control of the VIE retained a portion of the economics associated with it).

The VIE Arrangements

        Laureate consolidates in its financial statements certain internationally based educational organizations that do not have shares or other equity ownership interests. Although these educational organizations may be considered not-for-profit entities in their home countries, and they are operated in compliance with their respective not-for-profit legal regimes, we believe they do not meet the definition of a not-for-profit entity under GAAP, and we treat them as "for-profit" entities for accounting purposes. These entities generally cannot declare dividends or distribute their net assets to the entities that control them. We believe that we fully comply with all local laws and regulations.

        Under ASC Topic 810-10, "Consolidation," we have determined that these institutions are VIEs and that Laureate is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because we have, as further described herein: (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most significantly affect their educational and economic performance, and (2) the right to receive economic benefits from contractual and other arrangements with the VIEs that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. We account for the acquisition of the right to control a VIE in accordance with ASC 805.

        As with all of our educational institutions, the VIE institutions' primary source of income is tuition fees paid by students, for which the students receive educational services and goods that are proportionate to the prices charged. Laureate maintains control of these VIEs through its rights to designate a majority of the governing entities' board members, through which we have the legal ability to direct the activities of the entities. Laureate maintains a variable interest in these VIEs through mutual contractual arrangements at market rates and terms that provide them with necessary products

F-15


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

and services, and/or intellectual property, and has the ability to enter into additional such contractual arrangements at market rates and terms. We also have the ability to transfer our rights to govern these VIEs, or the entities that possess those rights, to other parties, which could yield a return if and when these rights are transferred.

        We generally do not have legal entitlement to distribute the net assets of the VIEs. Generally, in the event of liquidation or the sale of the net assets of the VIEs, the net proceeds can only be transferred either to another VIE institution with similar purposes or to the state. In the unlikely case of liquidation or a sale of the net assets of the VIE, we may be able to retain the residual value by naming another Laureate-controlled VIE resident in the same jurisdiction as the recipient, if one exists; however we generally cannot name a for-profit entity as the recipient. Moreover, because the institution generally would be required to provide for the continued education of its students, liquidation would not be a likely course of action and would be unlikely to result in significant residual assets available for distribution. However, we operate our VIEs as going concern enterprises, maintain control in perpetuity, and have the ability to provide additional contractual arrangements for educational and other services priced at up to market rates with Laureate-controlled service companies. Typically, we are not legally obligated to make additional investments in the VIE institutions.

        Laureate for-profit entities provide necessary products and services, and/or intellectual property, to all institutions in the Laureate International Universities network, including the VIE institutions, through contractual arrangements at market rates and terms, which are accretive to Laureate. We periodically modify the rates we charge under these arrangements to ensure that they are priced at or below fair market value and to add additional services. If it is determined that contractual arrangements with any institution are not on market terms, it could have an adverse regulatory impact on such institution. We believe these arrangements improve the quality of the academic curriculum and the students' educational experience. There are currently four types of contractual arrangements: (i) intellectual property (IP) royalty arrangements; (ii) network fee arrangements; (iii) management service arrangements; and (iv) lease arrangements.

    (i)
    Under the IP royalty arrangements, institutions in the Laureate International Universities network pay to Laureate royalty payments for the use of Laureate's tradename and best practice policies and procedures.

    (ii)
    Institutions in the Laureate International Universities network gain access to other network resources, including academic content, support with curriculum design, online programs, professional development, student exchange and access to dual degree programs, through network fee arrangements whereby the institutions pay stipulated fees to Laureate for such access.

    (iii)
    Institutions in the Laureate International Universities network contract with Laureate and pay fees under management services agreements for the provision of support and managerial services including access to management, legal, tax, finance, accounting, treasury and other services, which in some cases Laureate provides through shared service arrangements.

    (iv)
    Laureate for-profit entities, including for-profit entities in which the VIEs are investors, own various campus real estate properties and have entered into long-term lease contracts with the respective institutions in the Laureate International Universities network, whereby they pay market-based rents for the use of the properties in the conduct of their educational operations.

F-16


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Revenues recognized by Laureate's for-profit entities from these contractual arrangements with our consolidated VIEs were approximately $113,500, $111,580 and $103,892 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. These revenues are eliminated in consolidation.

        Under our accounting policy, we allocate all of the income or losses of these VIEs to Laureate unless there is a noncontrolling interest where the economics of the VIE are shared with a third party. The income or losses of these VIEs allocated to Laureate represent the earnings after deducting charges related to contractual arrangements with our for-profit entities as described above. We believe that the income remaining at the VIEs after these charges accretes value to our rights to control these entities.

        Laureate's VIEs are generally exempt from income taxes. As a result, the VIEs generally do not record deferred tax assets or liabilities or recognize any income tax expense in the Consolidated Financial Statements. No deferred taxes are recognized by the for-profit service companies for the remaining income in these VIEs as the legal status of these entities generally prevents them from declaring dividends or making distributions to their sponsors. However, these for-profit service companies record income taxes related to revenues from their contractual arrangements with these VIEs.

Risks in relation to the VIEs

        We believe that all of the VIE institutions in the Laureate network are operated in full compliance with local law and that the contractual arrangements with the VIEs are legally enforceable. However, these VIEs are subject to regulation by various agencies based on the requirements of local jurisdictions. These agencies, as well as local legislative bodies, review and update laws and regulations as they deem necessary or appropriate. We cannot predict the form of any laws that may be enacted, or regulations that ultimately may be adopted in the future, or what effects they might have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If local laws or regulations were to change, if the VIEs were found to be in violation of existing local laws or regulations, or if the regulators were to question the financial sustainability of the VIEs and/or whether the contractual arrangements were at fair value, local government agencies could, among other actions:

    revoke the business licenses and/or accreditations of the VIE institutions;

    void or restrict related-party transactions, such as the contractual arrangements between Laureate and the VIE institutions;

    impose fines that significantly impact business performance or other requirements with which the VIEs may not be able to comply;

    require Laureate to change the VIEs' governance structures, such that Laureate would no longer maintain control of the activities of the VIEs; or

    disallow a transfer of our rights to govern these VIEs, or the entities that possess those rights, to a third party for consideration.

F-17


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Laureate's ability to conduct our business would be negatively affected if local governments were to carry out any of the aforementioned or other similar actions. In any such case, Laureate may no longer be able to consolidate the VIEs.

        Selected Consolidated Statements of Operations information for these VIEs was as follows, net of the charges related to the above-described contractual arrangements:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Selected Statements of Operations information:

                   

Revenues, by segment:

                   

LatAm

  $ 458,080   $ 566,154   $ 581,008  

Europe

    130,353     115,800     95,271  

AMEA

    139,146     93,690     67,308  

Revenues

    727,579     775,644     743,587  

Depreciation and amortization

    54,821     50,159     45,831  

Operating (loss) income, by segment:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

LatAm

    (50,028 )   21,728     50,314  

Europe

    (11,243 )   8,660     5,829  

AMEA

    4,386     2,756     1,005  

Operating (loss) income

    (56,885 )   33,144     57,148  

Net (loss) income

    (51,471 )   41,111     54,306  

Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    (50,941 )   41,061     55,191  

        Included in Net (loss) income for the VIEs in the table above is non-operating investment income that was recorded by three of the Chilean institutions relating to investments that these institutions have in a for-profit, education-related real estate subsidiary of Laureate in Chile. This non-operating investment income, which eliminated in consolidation, totaled $11,981, $11,021 and $9,861 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Also, of Laureate's impairment charges of $125,788, $33,582 and $58,329 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, $47,965, $1,987 and $789 related to the VIEs. In 2014, the impairment charges related to VIE institutions were all within the LatAm segment. In 2013 and 2012, the impairment charges all related to VIE institutions within the AMEA segment. See Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, for further discussion of the impairment charges recorded.

F-18


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The following table reconciles the Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. as presented in the table above, to the amounts in our Consolidated Statements of Operations:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc.:

                   

Variable interest entities

  $ (50,941 ) $ 41,061   $ 55,191  

Other operations

    291,212     211,742     122,532  

Corporate and eliminations

    (398,562 )   (322,481 )   (378,781 )

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (158,291 ) $ (69,678 ) $ (201,058 )

        The following table presents selected assets and liabilities of the consolidated VIEs. Except for Goodwill, the assets in the table below include the assets that can be used only to settle the obligations for the VIEs. The liabilities in the table are liabilities for which the creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of Laureate.

        Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet amounts for these VIEs were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013  
 
  VIE   Consolidated   VIE   Consolidated  

Balance Sheets data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 122,712   $ 461,584   $ 112,061   $ 559,900  

Other current assets

    192,867     691,854     195,005     830,812  

Total current assets

    315,579     1,153,438     307,066     1,390,712  

Goodwill

    256,668     2,469,795     295,741     2,376,678  

Tradenames and accreditations

    118,652     1,461,762     167,434     1,519,737  

Other intangible assets, net

    284     93,064     49     29,973  

Other long-term assets

    760,169     3,260,159     792,761     3,137,980  

Total assets

    1,451,352     8,438,218     1,563,051     8,455,080  

Total current liabilities

    388,588     1,669,315     325,782     1,596,404  

Long-term debt and other long-term liabilities

    118,534     5,668,479     151,295     5,307,374  

Total liabilities

    507,122     7,337,794     477,077     6,903,778  

Total stockholders' equity

    944,230     1,056,548     1,085,974     1,509,137  

Total stockholders' equity attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    920,073     1,017,068     1,065,468     1,465,755  

        The VIEs' Cash and cash equivalents balances are generally required to be used only for the benefit of the operations of these VIEs. These balances are included in Cash and cash equivalents in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        As a consequence of student protests and political disturbances during 2011 and 2012, the former Chilean government announced several proposed reforms to the higher education system. The reforms, if adopted, could have included changing the current accreditation system to make it more demanding, revising the student financing system to provide a single financing system for students in all higher

F-19


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

education institutions (replacing the government-sponsored student financing program known as the Crédito con Aval del Estado, the CAE Program), establishing a system of information transparency for higher education, creating an agency to promote accountability by higher education institutions, changing certain corporate governance rules for universities (such as the need for a minimum number of independent directors), and establishing procedures for the approval of transactions between higher education institutions and related parties. Other legislative reforms were promoted by members of the Chilean Congress but were not supported by the previous Chilean government, including proposals to restrict related party transactions between higher education institutions and entities that control them. In November and December 2013, Chile held national elections. The presidential election was won by former president Michelle Bachelet, who assumed office on March 11, 2014, and a political coalition led by Ms. Bachelet won the elections for both houses of the Chilean Congress, in each case for the four years starting March 11, 2014. Although the election platform of the new government mentioned that stronger regulation of higher education was required, it did not contain specific commitments with respect to the abovementioned reforms, other than the creation of a special agency to oversee higher education institutions' compliance with law and regulations. In the second quarter of 2014 the new government announced the withdrawal of all of the prior administration's higher education proposals and its intent to submit new bills to the Chilean Congress during the second half of 2014. No such legislation has been introduced yet and, in September 2015, the Minister of Education announced that no legislation on higher education reform would be submitted to Congress before December 2015 at the earliest. We anticipate that any proposed legislation would, if adopted, introduce significant changes to the regulatory environment for higher education in Chile.

        On July 14, 2015, the Ministry of Education published on its website a "working document" (Documento de Trabajo) entitled "Bases for Reform to the National System of Higher Education", in which it set out a proposed framework for the higher education legislation that it is considering introducing and requested public comment on the proposals not later than August 20, 2015. The principal elements of the proposal include a new regulatory framework for higher education (including a Superintendency of Higher Education), a mandatory common admissions process for all higher education institutions, a mandatory unified accreditation system for all institutions and programs, a new public financing system with the ultimate goal of providing free tuition for all undergraduate students at qualifying higher education institutions that choose to participate (although initially, free tuition would be offered only to students from lower-income households), and a prohibition on related party transactions. In order for a higher education institution to be eligible for its undergraduate students to receive free tuition, the institution would have to be organized as a not-for-profit entity, not have any for-profit entities as members or sponsors of the institution, and own a not-yet-specified percentage of its fixed assets. The proposals described in the Documento de Trabajo have not yet been transformed into a legislative proposal and we cannot predict whether any legislative proposal that the Ministry of Education introduces would contain any or all of these terms, or that the Chilean Congress would enact any such legislative proposal. However, if these proposals, or other reform proposals that may be made, were to be enacted, they could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        In related developments, the Chilean Congress recently approved legislation that provides for the appointment of a provisional administrator or closing administrator to handle the affairs of failing universities or universities found to have breached their bylaws. In addition, the Chilean Congress has

F-20


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

recently approved legislation that would permit, but not require, universities and technical/vocational institutes to include in their bylaws provisions contemplating the participation of students, professors and employees in the governance of the institution. The legislation also provides that bylaws cannot contain provisions that prohibit, limit or obstruct the free organization of students as well as academic and non-academic personnel.

        In June 2012, an investigative committee of the Chilean Chamber of Deputies issued a preliminary report on the Chilean higher education system alleging that certain universities, including the three universities that Laureate controls in Chile, have not complied with the requirements of Chilean law that universities be not-for-profit. Among the irregularities cited in the report are high salaries to board members or top executives, outsourcing of services to related parties, and that universities are being bought and sold by foreign and economic groups. The investigative committee referred its report to the Ministry of Education and to the Public Prosecutor of Chile to determine whether there has been any violation of the law. The Public Prosecutor appointed a regional prosecutor to investigate whether any criminal charges should be brought for alleged violations of the laws on higher education and, more than three years later, no charges have been brought by the regional prosecutor against any institutions in the Laureate International Universities network. On July 19, 2012, the Chilean Chamber of Deputies rejected the report of the investigative committee. In December 2012, in light of the criminal prosecution of the former president of the National Accreditation Commission for alleged bribery, the Chilean Chamber of Deputies mandated its Education Commission to be an investigative committee regarding the functioning of the National Accreditation Commission, especially with respect to compliance with the National Accreditation Commission's duty to oversee higher education entities. The Education Commission delivered a report, which was approved by the Chamber of Deputies on October 1, 2013, containing several recommendations to improve regulation of the higher education accreditation system. Additionally, the Chilean Chamber of Deputies approved the creation of a special investigative committee to resume the investigation of higher education performed by the investigative committee that issued the June 2012 report that was previously rejected by the Chamber of Deputies. On January 15, 2014, that investigative committee approved a new report recommending, among other things, improvements to the Chilean higher education system regulations, amendments to the higher education financing system, particularly the CAE Program, imposition of criminal penalties for violation of the requirement that universities be not-for-profit, and support of legislation that would prohibit related party transactions, prohibit the transfer of control of universities, and require universities to have independent board members. The report was approved by the full Chamber of Deputies on April 1, 2014.

        On February 18, 2014, the Ministry of Education disclosed that on November 15, 2013 and February 11, 2014, it had initiated internal investigations into Universidad de Las Américas Chile (UDLA Chile) and Universidad Andrés Bello (UNAB Chile), respectively. The investigations were initiated upon referrals from the National Education Council and the National Accreditation Commission, which had conveyed to the Ministry of Education their concerns regarding certain agreements entered into by UDLA Chile and UNAB Chile with their controlling entities, including concerns about the amount and real use made by the universities of the services provided under those agreements. The investigations are an initial step by the Ministry of Education to determine whether the Ministry should begin formal sanction proceedings against the universities. The Ministry of

F-21


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Education also disclosed that it has delivered relevant documentation on the matter to the Public Prosecutor.

        While we believe that all of our institutions in Chile are operating in full compliance with Chilean law, we cannot predict the extent or outcome of any educational reforms that may be implemented in Chile, whether the Ministry of Education or the Public Prosecutor will take any action in response to the reports of the Chamber of Deputies investigative committees, or what outcome may result from any investigations undertaken by the Ministry of Education or Public Prosecutor in response to the referrals from the National Education Council and National Accreditation Commission.

        The National System of Quality Assurance in Higher Education is a law that establishes a system of institutional accreditation and a process of accreditation of courses of study or programs. The National Accreditation Commission is an autonomous entity that delivers opinions on the institutional accreditation of higher education institutions and authorizes the private agencies in charge of accreditation. Institutional accreditation is required for new students to be eligible to participate in the CAE Program. On October 17, 2013, UDLA Chile was notified by the National Accreditation Commission that its institutional accreditation would not be renewed. UDLA Chile appealed this decision but received a final determination that the appeal was denied on January 22, 2014. UDLA Chile will begin a new accreditation process during the last quarter of 2015.

VIE formerly consolidated

        In the second half of 2010, Ecuador adopted a new Higher Education Law (the New Law) that, if implemented, would require Laureate to modify the governance structure of our institution in that country, UDLA Ecuador, to implement a system of co-governance that would cause us to lose the ability to control that institution. In June 2011, Laureate revised the long-range financial plan for UDLA Ecuador as certain growth acceleration initiatives were either delayed or indefinitely postponed. As a result of these lowered expectations, we recognized a $7,200 impairment loss on Tradenames and accreditations.

        In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Consejo de Educación Superior (CES), the relevant regulatory body, commenced reviewing and issuing comments on bylaws submitted by other Ecuadorian higher education institutions, implementing and enforcing the co-governance provisions of the New Law. In accordance with ASC 810-10-15-10, the Company believed that control no longer resided with Laureate given the governmentally imposed uncertainties. As a result, UDLA Ecuador was deconsolidated in the fourth quarter of 2012 and a loss of $43,716 was recorded in Loss from regulatory changes in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. This loss represented Laureate's initial investment on the LBO date in the Ecuadorian institution of $17,907, as well as $25,809 of accumulated earnings from the LBO date to the date of deconsolidation.

        Certain for-profit entities of Laureate continue to provide services and/or intellectual property to UDLA Ecuador through contractual arrangements at market rates. However, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012 and prospectively, only earnings that are realized through these various contractual arrangements are being recognized by the Company. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the total amount recognized through these contractual arrangements was $3,209, which was primarily recorded as other revenues in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

F-22


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total amount recognized through these contractual arrangements, primarily as other revenues, were $18,132 and $15,623, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had payables to UDLA Ecuador of $7,263 and $12,027, respectively, and receivables from UDLA Ecuador of $2,066 and $1,209, respectively. Also, during the fourth quarter of 2012 and during the year ended December 31, 2013, UDLA Ecuador made capital contributions of $8,368 and $9,106, respectively, to an education-related real estate subsidiary of Laureate in Chile. These capital contributions are recorded as (Distributions to) and capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders of subsidiaries in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, UDLA Ecuador's investment in this Chilean real estate subsidiary was approximately $25,000 and $30,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Chilean real estate subsidiary made dividend payments to UDLA Ecuador of $811, related to this investment.

        Selected Consolidated Statements of Operations information for UDLA Ecuador during the periods that it was consolidated was as follows, net of the charges related to the above-described contractual arrangements:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2012
 

Statements of Operations data:

       

Revenues

  $ 31,755  

Depreciation and amortization

    812  

Operating income

    6,776  

Net income

    7,091  

Net income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    7,091  

Affiliates

        When Laureate exercises significant influence over an affiliated entity, but does not control the entity, we account for our investments using the equity method of accounting. Significant influence occurs generally through ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least 20% and up to 50% of the voting interests. Under the equity method of accounting, Laureate records the proportionate share of these investments in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our proportionate share of income or loss related to these investments is recorded in Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Equity investments in which we do not exercise significant influence, generally through ownership of less than 20% of the voting rights, are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. Under the cost method of accounting, the investment is carried at cost on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other assets and income is recognized when dividends are received.

        Impairments are recognized for an equity or cost method investment when and if the investment suffers an other-than-temporary decline in value. At that time, the investment is adjusted to its new fair value, and the difference is recognized as a loss in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. For equity method investments, this impairment loss is included in Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax.

F-23


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Business Combinations

        Effective January 1, 2009, Laureate adopted the accounting guidance for business combinations as prescribed by ASC 805, "Business Combinations." When we complete a business combination, all tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and all liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value. Any excess purchase price is recorded as goodwill. Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred. If Laureate acquires less than 100% of an entity (a partial acquisition) and consolidates the entity upon acquisition, all assets and liabilities, including noncontrolling interests, are recorded at their estimated fair value. When a partial acquisition results in Laureate obtaining control of an entity, Laureate remeasures any previously existing investment in the entity at fair value and records a gain or loss. Partial acquisitions in which Laureate's control does not change are accounted for as equity transactions. Revenues and the results of operations of the acquired business are included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements commencing on the date of acquisition.

        During each of the years presented, Laureate acquired businesses that were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Certain acquisitions require the payment of contingent amounts of purchase consideration if specified operating results are achieved in periods subsequent to the acquisition date. For acquisitions consummated on or after January 1, 2009, we record such contingent consideration at fair value on the acquisition date, with subsequent adjustments recognized in Direct costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. We classify the subsequent cash payments of contingencies that are recorded at the acquisition date within financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Contingent consideration arrangements related to acquisitions consummated prior to January 1, 2009 result in additional goodwill being recorded upon settlement of the underlying contingencies, with the settlement of these contingencies by transfer of cash classified within investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

        Laureate generally obtains indemnification from the sellers of the higher education institutions upon acquisition for various contingent liabilities that may arise and are related to pre-acquisition events in order to protect itself from economic losses arising from such exposures. Prior to January 1, 2009, we did not record indemnification assets related to any liabilities recorded as part of the purchase price allocation. Instead, an indemnification asset was recorded when the seller was obligated to make a payment under the indemnification and the amount was determined to be reasonably assured of collection. In cases in which the contingent liability was extinguished for an amount less than originally established or the related statute of limitations lapses such that the contingent amount was no longer required to be paid, the remaining liability was reversed, and any difference between the liability's carrying value and settlement amount was recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        For acquisitions consummated on or after January 1, 2009, we recognize an indemnification asset at the same time and on the same basis as the related indemnified item, subject to any contractual limitations and to the extent that collection is reasonably assured, in accordance with ASC 805. In subsequent periods, changes in the indemnified item are offset by changes in the indemnification asset. We assess the realizability of the indemnification assets each reporting period. However, changes in uncertain income tax positions are recorded as a component of Income tax benefit (expense), while related changes to the indemnification asset are included in Operating income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-24


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Equity

        In certain cases, Laureate initially purchases a majority ownership interest in a company and uses various put and call arrangements with the noncontrolling interest holders that require or enable us to purchase all or a portion of the remaining minority ownership at a later date. The nature of these Minority Put Arrangements and our accounting for the redeemable noncontrolling interests are discussed below.

Minority Put Arrangements

        Minority Put Arrangements give noncontrolling interest holders the right to require Laureate to purchase their shares (i.e., Put option). The Put option price is generally established by multiplying an agreed-upon earnings measurement of the acquired company by a negotiated factor within a specified time frame. The future earnings measurement is based on an agreed-upon set of rules that are not necessarily consistent with GAAP, which we refer to as "non-GAAP earnings."

        Laureate accounts for all of these Minority Put Arrangements as temporary equity in an account presented between liabilities and equity called Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. This classification is appropriate because the instruments are contingently redeemable based on events outside Laureate's control. This accounting treatment is in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99, "Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity."

        Redeemable noncontrolling interests are accreted to their redemption value (Put value) over the period from the date of issuance to the first date on which the Put option is exercisable. The change in Put value is recorded against Additional paid-in capital since Laureate has an Accumulated deficit. If Laureate had retained earnings, then the change in Put value would be recorded against retained earnings. In a computation of earnings per share, the accretion of redeemable noncontrolling interests to their redemption value would be a reduction of earnings available to common stockholders.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transaction Gains and Losses

        The USD is the functional currency of Laureate and our subsidiaries operating in the United States. Our subsidiaries' financial statements are maintained in their functional currencies. The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is the currency of the economic environment in which the subsidiary primarily does business. Our foreign subsidiaries' financial statements are translated into USD using the exchange rates applicable to the dates of the financial statements. Assets and liabilities are translated into USD using the period-end spot foreign exchange rates. Income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates in effect during the period. Equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.

        Laureate has certain intercompany loans that are deemed to have the characteristics of a long-term investment. That is, the settlement of the intercompany loan is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future. Transaction gains and losses related to these types of loans are recorded as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity. Transaction gains and losses related to all other intercompany loans

F-25


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

are included in Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        For any transaction that is in a currency different from the entity's functional currency, Laureate records a gain or loss based on the difference between the exchange rate at the transaction date and the exchange rate at the transaction settlement date (or rate at period end, if unsettled) as Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Laureate considers all highly liquid investments that are purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

        The Department of Education of the Hunan Province in China considers it prudent for universities in Hunan to demonstrate that they have adequate cash to meet operational needs for the remainder of the academic year. Although there is no formal rule or law, it is customary to retain on the university's year-end balance sheet approximately 25% of the cash received from the September enrollment cycle. It is the Company's position that this is not a restricted cash requirement and therefore this cash has been classified as Cash and cash equivalents on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Restricted Cash

        Laureate's United States institutions participate in the United States Department of Education (DOE) Title IV student financing assistance lending programs (Title IV programs). Restricted cash includes cash equivalents held to collateralize standby letters of credit in favor of the DOE. Letters of credit are required by the DOE in order to allow our United States institutions to participate in the Title IV program. In addition, Laureate may have restricted cash in escrow pending potential acquisition transactions, hold a United States deposit for a letter of credit in lieu of a surety bond, or otherwise have cash that is not immediately available for use in current operations.

Financial Instruments

        Laureate's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts and notes receivable, other receivables, accounts payable, amounts due to shareholders of acquired companies, derivative instruments, debt, capital lease obligations, and redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity. Except for debt, as discussed in Note 10, Debt, the fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additional information about fair value is provided in Note 21, Fair Value Measurement.

        Our cash accounts are maintained with high-quality financial institutions with no significant concentration in any one institution. Our accounts receivable are not concentrated with any one significant customer. Our United States institutions participate in the DOE Title IV program and certain Chilean institutions in the Laureate network participate in a government-sponsored student financing program known as the CAE Program. During the course of the year, Laureate could have material receivables related to Title IV and the CAE Program.

F-26


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Accounts and Notes Receivable

        We recognize student receivables when an academic session begins, although students generally enroll in courses prior to the start of the academic session. Receivables are recognized only to the extent that amounts are due and collection is reasonably assured.

        Laureate offers long-term financing through note receivable agreements with students at certain of our institutions. These notes receivable generally are not collateralized. Non-interest bearing, long-term student receivables are recorded at present value using a discount rate approximating the unsecured borrowing rate for an individual. Differences between the present value and the principal amount of long-term student receivables are accreted through Interest income over their terms. Certain of our institutions have sold certain long-term student receivables to local financial institutions. These transactions were deemed sales of receivables and the receivables were derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, for further discussion of this program.

        Prior to 2011, a Chilean institution entered into agreements to sell long-term tuition receivables to local financial institutions. These agreements allowed the financial institutions to withhold 15% to 20% of the sales proceeds in a guarantee fund from which the financial institutions can withdraw amounts for delinquent loan payments. Certain Chilean institutions in the Laureate network also participate in the CAE Program. In this program, these institutions provide guarantees to third-party financing institutions for tuition loans made to qualifying students. In addition, a Chilean institution participated in a student loan program in which the institution provided a guarantee to a lender for 20% to 40% of the amount loaned directly from a lender to a student for tuition.

        One of our Mexican institutions also entered into various tuition financing arrangements in which the lenders either: 1) withhold a percentage of the balances loaned to students and our institution guarantees that outstanding portion of the students' loans; or 2) require our institution to deposit a portion of the funds in a guarantee fund held by the lenders. At each balance sheet date, the institutions record the value of these financial guarantees as liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, for a more detailed discussion.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Receivables are deemed to be uncollectible when they have been outstanding for two years, or earlier when collection efforts have ceased, at which time they are written-off. Prior to that, Laureate records an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce our receivables to their net realizable value. Our allowance estimation methodology is based on the age of the receivables, the status of past-due amounts, historical collection trends, current economic conditions, and student enrollment status. In the event that current collection trends differ from historical trends, an adjustment is made to the allowance account and bad debt expense.

Inventory

        Laureate's inventory consists primarily of educational computer software, instructional materials, and supplies. We report inventory at the lower of cost or market and use the first-in, first-out inventory accounting method.

F-27


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Property and Equipment, and Leased Assets

        Property and equipment includes land, buildings, furniture, computer equipment and software, library books, leasehold improvements, and construction in-progress. We record property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Software that is developed for internal use is classified within the line item titled Furniture, computer equipment and software in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Assets under construction are recorded in Construction in-progress until they are available for use. Interest is capitalized as a component of the cost of projects during the construction period.

        We conduct a significant portion of our operations at leased facilities. Laureate analyzes each lease agreement to determine whether it should be classified as a capital or an operating lease. We recognize operating lease rent expense on a straight-line basis over the expected term of each lease. In some instances, we enter into arrangements in which the landlord will construct real estate assets to be used for our business operations. In some cases, we are responsible for construction cost overruns or nonstandard tenant improvements. Laureate reviews these leases to determine whether we bear substantially all of the construction period risks and, therefore, should be considered for accounting purposes to be the "owner" of the real estate project. If we are deemed to be the owner we are required to capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Upon completion of the project, we perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to guidance on accounting for leases to determine if we can remove the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet. For some of these leases, we are considered to have "continuing involvement," which precludes us from derecognizing the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction is complete (a failed sale-leaseback). In conjunction with these leases, we capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and also record financing obligations representing payments owed to the landlord. We do not report rent expense for the properties which are owned for accounting purposes. For capital leases, we initially record the assets at the lower of fair value or the present value of the future minimum lease payments, excluding executory costs. If the lease agreement includes a legal obligation that requires the leased premises to be returned in a predetermined condition, we recognize an asset retirement obligation and a corresponding depreciating asset, when such an asset exists.

        Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements, including structural improvements, are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term, including reasonably-assured renewals or purchase options that are considered likely to be exercised. Laureate includes the amortization of assets recorded under capital leases within depreciation expense. Assets under capital leases are typically amortized over the related lease term using the straight-line method.

        Depreciation and amortization periods are as follows:

Buildings

  3 - 50 years

Furniture, computer equipment and software

  2 - 15 years

Leasehold improvements

  2 - 25 years

F-28


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Land Use Rights

        Certain of our institutions in China, Malaysia, Mexico and Turkey have obtained land use rights for certain time periods from government authorities. Land use rights allow us to use the land to build our campus facilities. Upon expiry of a land use right, it will either be renewed or the land will be returned to the government authority. Land use rights are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and any recognized impairment loss. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the respective term of the land use right agreement, and is recorded as rent expense within Direct costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Direct and Deferred Costs

        Direct costs reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations represent the cost of operations, including selling and administrative expenses, which are directly attributable to specific business units.

        Deferred costs on the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist primarily of direct costs associated with debt issuance costs, online course development and accreditation. Debt issuance costs constitute the most significant portion of Deferred costs, and were paid as a result of certain debt transactions. These debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the associated debt instruments. The amortization expense is recognized as a component of Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the unamortized balances of debt issuance costs were $80,094 and $98,405, respectively. Deferred costs associated with the development of online educational programs are capitalized after technological feasibility has been established. Deferred online course development costs are amortized to Direct costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated period that the associated products are expected to generate revenues. Deferred online course development costs are evaluated on a quarterly basis through review of the corresponding course catalog. If a course is no longer listed or offered in the current course catalog, then the costs associated with its development are written off. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the unamortized balances of online course development costs were $56,292 and $62,435, respectively. Laureate defers direct and incremental third-party costs incurred for obtaining initial accreditation and for the renewal of accreditations. These accreditation costs are amortized to Direct costs over the life of the accreditation on a straight-line basis. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the unamortized balances of accreditation costs were $3,202 and $2,269, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, Laureate's total Deferred costs were $273,337 and $256,877, respectively, with accumulated amortization of $(133,749) and $(93,768), respectively.

Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets

Goodwill

        Goodwill primarily represents the amounts paid by Wengen in excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired in the merger transaction (see Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets), plus the excess purchase price over fair value of net assets for businesses acquired after the merger transaction.

F-29


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Goodwill is evaluated annually as of October 1st of each year for impairment at the reporting unit level, in accordance with ASC 350, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other." We also evaluate goodwill for impairment on an interim basis if events or changes in circumstances between annual tests indicate that the asset may be impaired. Goodwill is impaired when the carrying amount of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. A reporting unit is defined as a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by management of that segment. We have not made material changes to the methodology used to estimate fair value during the past three fiscal years.

        We have the option of first performing a qualitative assessment (i.e., step zero) before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step one of the two-step fair value-based impairment test). If we determine on the basis of qualitative factors that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test is required.

        If we do not perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit or determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative two-step fair value-based test is performed. In the first step, we estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, utilizing a weighted combination of a discounted cash flow analysis and a market multiples analysis. If the recorded net assets of the reporting unit are less than the reporting unit's estimated fair value, then there is no goodwill deemed to be impaired. If the recorded net assets of the reporting unit exceed its estimated fair value, then goodwill is potentially impaired and Laureate calculates the implied fair value of goodwill, by deducting the estimated fair value of all tangible and identifiable intangible net assets of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. If the recorded amount of goodwill exceeds this implied fair value, the difference is recognized as a Loss on impairment of assets in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Our valuation approach utilizes a weighted combination of a discounted cash flow analysis and a market multiples analysis, where available. The discounted cash flow analysis relies on historical data and internal estimates, which are developed as a part of our long-range plan process, and includes an estimate of terminal value based on these expected cash flows using the generally accepted Gordon Dividend Growth formula, which derives a valuation using an assumed perpetual annuity based on the reporting unit's residual cash flows. The discount rate is based on the generally accepted Weighted Average Cost of Capital methodology, and is derived using a cost of equity based on the generally accepted Capital Asset Pricing Model and a cost of debt based on the typical rate paid by market participants. The market multiples analysis utilizes multiples of business enterprise value to revenues, operating income and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of comparable publicly traded companies and multiples based on fair value transactions where public information is available. Significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value include: (1) discount and growth rates, and (2) our long-range plan which includes enrollment, pricing, planned capital expenditures and operating margins. Management reviews the sum of the estimated fair value of all Laureate's reporting units to Laureate's enterprise value to corroborate the results of its weighted combination approach to determining fair value.

F-30


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Other Intangible Assets

        Other intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets include acquired indefinite-lived Tradenames and accreditations, which are valued using the relief-from-royalty method. This method estimates the amount of royalty expense that would be incurred if the assets were licensed from a third party. Any costs incurred to internally develop new trade names are expensed as incurred.

        Indefinite-lived intangibles are evaluated annually as of October 1st of each year for impairment as well as on an interim basis if events or changes in circumstances between annual tests indicate that the asset may be impaired. The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets generally requires a new determination of the fair value of the intangible asset using the relief-from-royalty method. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, the intangible asset is adjusted to its new estimated fair value, and an impairment loss is recognized.

        Other intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets also include intangible assets with finite useful lives such as acquired student rosters and non-compete agreements. We use the income approach to establish the asset values of these intangible assets. The cost of finite-lived intangible assets is amortized on a straight-line basis over the intangible assets' estimated useful lives.

Long-lived Assets

        Long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration of operating results, a change in regulatory environment, changes in business plans, or adverse changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, we evaluate recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by the discounted cash flow method. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows is the rate commensurate with a similar investment of similar risk.

Derivative Instruments

        In the normal course of business, our operations have significant exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency values and interest rate changes. Accordingly, Laureate mitigates a portion of these risks through a risk-management program that includes the use of derivative financial instruments (derivatives). Laureate selectively enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the earnings impact related to receivables and payables that are denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, Laureate uses interest rate swaps to mitigate certain risks associated with floating-rate debt arrangements. We do not engage in speculative or leveraged transactions, nor do we hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes. Laureate reports all derivatives on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and/or losses resulting from derivatives are recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations, unless designated and effective as a hedge.

F-31


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        For derivatives that are both designated and effective as cash flow hedges, gains or losses associated with the change in fair value of the derivatives are recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized over the term of the related hedged items.

Revenue Recognition

        Laureate's revenues primarily consist of tuition and educational service revenues. We also generate revenues from student fees, dormitory/residency fees, and education-related activities. Revenues are reported net of scholarships and other discounts, refunds, waivers and the fair value of any guarantees made by Laureate related to student financing programs. Laureate's institutions have various billing and academic cycles. Collectibility is determined on a student-by-student basis at the time of enrollment. Generally, students cannot re-enroll for the next academic session without satisfactory resolution of any past-due amounts. Tuition revenues are recognized ratably on a weekly straight-line basis over each academic session. Deferred revenue and student deposits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of tuition paid prior to the start of academic sessions and unearned tuition amounts recorded as accounts receivable after an academic session begins. If a student withdraws from an institution, Laureate's obligation to issue a refund depends on the refund policy at that institution and the timing of the student's withdrawal. Generally, our refund obligations are reduced over the course of the academic term. We record refunds as a reduction of Deferred revenue and student deposits, as applicable. Dormitory revenues are recognized over the occupancy period. Revenues from the sale of educational products are generally recognized upon delivery and when collectibility is reasonably assured. Student fees and other revenues, which include revenues from contractual arrangements with unconsolidated institutions, are recognized as earned over the appropriate service period.

        The following table shows the components of Revenues as a percentage of total net revenue for the periods presented:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Tuition and educational services

  $ 4,651,178     105 % $ 4,064,537     104 % $ 3,710,768     104 %

Student fees

    129,267     3 %   120,090     3 %   103,514     3 %

Dormitory / residency

    76,664     2 %   70,898     2 %   68,566     2 %

Other

    254,189     6 %   212,957     5 %   156,682     4 %

Gross revenue

    5,111,298     116 %   4,468,482     114 %   4,039,530     113 %

Less: Discounts / waivers / scholarships

    (696,616 )   (16 )%   (554,601 )   (14 )%   (472,413 )   (13 )%

Total

  $ 4,414,682     100 % $ 3,913,881     100 % $ 3,567,117     100 %

Advertising

        Laureate expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were $290,830, $265,383, and $246,768 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, and are recorded in Direct costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-32


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Share-based Compensation

        Share-based compensation expense is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation." Laureate recognizes share-based compensation expense, less estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for time based awards and graded vesting basis for performance based awards. Laureate estimates forfeitures based on historical activity, expected employee turnover, and other qualitative factors which are adjusted for changes in estimates and award vesting. All expenses for an award will be recognized by the time it becomes fully vested.

        We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock options. This option valuation model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected stock price volatility, and the expected term of the option. The estimated fair value of the underlying common stock is based on third-party valuations. Our volatility estimates are based on a peer group of companies. We estimate the expected term of awards to be the weighted average mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We use this method to estimate the expected term since we do not have sufficient historical exercise data.

        Laureate has granted restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options, and performance awards for which the vesting is based on annual performance metrics of the Company. For interim periods, we use our year-to-date actual results, financial forecasts, and other available information to estimate the probability of the award vesting based on the performance metrics.

Income Taxes

        Laureate records the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded with respect to temporary differences in the accounting treatment of items for GAAP financial reporting purposes and for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period in which the new rate is enacted. Where, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established for the amount that, in management's judgment, is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        A tax position must meet a minimum probability threshold before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position and having full knowledge of all relevant information.

        We earn a significant portion of our income from subsidiaries located in countries outside the United States. Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized for undistributed foreign earnings because management believes that the earnings will be indefinitely reinvested outside the United States under the Company's planned tax neutral methods. Our assertion that earnings from our foreign

F-33


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

operations will be indefinitely reinvested is supported by projected working capital and long-term capital plans in each foreign subsidiary location in which the earnings are generated. Additionally, we believe that we have the ability to indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings based on our domestic operation's cash repatriation strategies, projected cash flows, projected working capital and liquidity, and the expected availability of capital within the debt or equity markets. If our expectations change based on future developments and it becomes evident that some or all of the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries will be remitted to the United States in the foreseeable future, we will be required to recognize deferred tax expense and liabilities on those amounts.

        For additional information regarding income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities, see Note 16, Income Taxes.

Contingencies

        Laureate accrues for contingent obligations when it is probable that a liability is incurred and the amount or range of amounts is reasonably estimable. As new facts become known to management, the assumptions related to a contingency are reviewed and adjustments are made, as necessary. Any legal costs incurred related to contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-03 (ASU 2015-03) Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs

        On April 7, 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2015-03, which simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability. This will make the presentation of debt issuance costs consistent with the presentation of debt discounts or premiums. It also addresses the long-standing conflict with the conceptual framework, since FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, requires that assets provide future economic benefit, which debt issuance costs do not. ASU 2015-03 will also align GAAP with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), which requires transaction costs, including third-party costs and creditor fees, to be deducted from the carrying value of the financial liability and not recorded as a separate asset.

        The new guidance is limited to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected. Therefore, these costs will continue to be amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 835-30-35-2 through 35-3. The FASB decided not to address the presentation of debt issuance costs incurred before an associated debt liability is recognized (e.g., costs incurred before the proceeds are received or in connection with an undrawn line of credit). The FASB noted that entities typically defer these costs and apply them against the proceeds they eventually receive, consistent with the accounting treatment for issuance costs associated with equity offerings.

        The guidance is effective for Laureate beginning January 1, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-03 on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Upon adoption, an entity must apply the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. An entity is also required in the year of adoption (and in interim periods

F-34


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

within that year) to provide certain disclosures about the change in accounting principle, including the nature of and reason for the change, the transition method, a description of the prior-period information that has been retrospectively adjusted and the effect of the change on the financial statement line items (that is, debt issuance cost asset and the debt liability).

ASU No. 2015-02 (ASU 2015-02) Consolidation (Topic 810)

        On February 18, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, in response to stakeholders' concerns about the requirement to consolidate certain legal entities where the reporting entity's contractual rights do not give it the ability to act primarily on its own behalf, the reporting entity does not hold a majority of the legal entity's voting rights, or the reporting entity is not exposed to a majority of the legal entity's economic benefits or obligations. Financial statement users asserted that in certain of those situations in which consolidation is ultimately required, deconsolidated financial statements are necessary to better analyze the reporting entity's economic and operational results. ASU 2015-02 affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. This ASU provides a revised consolidation model that requires the following:

    1.
    modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities;

    2.
    eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership;

    3.
    affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and

    4.
    provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds.

        ASU 2015-02 is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015 and early adoption is permitted. Should an entity choose early adoption, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-02 on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASU No. 2014-17 (ASU 2014-17), Business Combinations (Topic 805)

        On November 18, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, which provides an acquired entity the option of applying pushdown accounting (i.e., reflecting the acquirer's basis of accounting for the acquired entity's assets and liabilities) in its separate financial statements. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) responded by rescinding its guidance on pushdown accounting, meaning that SEC registrants and non-registrants will now follow the new GAAP guidance. ASU 2014-17 applies to the separate financial statements of an acquired entity and its subsidiaries upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. Users of an acquired entity's financial statements may find pushdown accounting useful because the acquired entity's financial statements would reflect the fair value of the entity's assets and liabilities established by the acquirer. The

F-35


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

guidance is effective immediately. Acquired entities may elect to apply it to any future transaction or to their most recent event in which an acquirer obtains or obtained control of them. However, if the financial statements for the period encompassing the most recent event in which an acquirer obtained control of the acquired entity have already been issued or made available to be issued, the application of pushdown accounting will be accounted for retrospectively as a change in accounting principle. Since ASU 2014-17 is optional and applies to the separate financial statements of subsidiaries, we do not expect ASU 2014-17 to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASU No. 2014-16 (ASU 2014-16), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)

        On November 3, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, with the objective of reducing current diversity in practice in the accounting for hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share. Hybrid financial instruments are shares of stock that include embedded derivative features such as conversion rights, redemption rights, voting rights, and liquidation and dividend payment preferences, and therefore entitle the holders to certain preferences and rights over other shareholders. An entity that issues or invests in a hybrid financial instrument is required to separate an embedded derivative feature from the host contract (for example, an underlying share) and account for the feature as a derivative according to Subtopic 815-10 on derivatives and hedging if certain criteria are met. One such criterion for separation is that the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative feature are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract. ASU 2014-16 does not change the current criteria in GAAP for determining when separation of certain embedded derivative features in a hybrid financial instrument is required. That is, an entity will continue to evaluate whether the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative feature are clearly and closely related to those of the host contract, among other relevant criteria. Instead, the amendments clarify how current GAAP should be interpreted when evaluating whether the nature of the host contract is more akin to debt or to equity. Specifically, the amendments clarify that an entity should consider all relevant terms and features, including the embedded derivative feature being evaluated for separate accounting from the host contract. ASU 2014-16 is effective for Laureate beginning January 1, 2016 and, at this time, we do not expect it have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASU No. 2014-15 (ASU 2014-15), Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)

        On August 27, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 to provide guidance regarding management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern. U.S. auditing standards require that an auditor evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time not to exceed one year beyond the date of the financial statements being audited. However, there is currently no guidance in GAAP about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 states that, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, an entity's management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This evaluation is to be based on relevant conditions and events that are known, or reasonably knowable, at the date the

F-36


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

financial statements are issued or available to be issued. When conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern are identified, management should consider whether its plans that are intended to mitigate those relevant conditions or events will alleviate the substantial doubt. If the substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of management's plans, the entity should disclose the following:

    1.
    principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern, before consideration of management's plans;

    2.
    management's evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity's ability to meet its obligations; and

    3.
    management's plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern.

        If substantial doubt is not alleviated after consideration of management's plans, an entity should include a statement in the footnotes indicating that there is substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). Additionally, the entity should disclose the following:

    1.
    principal conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern;

    2.
    management's evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity's ability to meet its obligations; and

    3.
    management's plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern.

        ASU 2014-15 is effective for Laureate beginning in the year ending December 31, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. We are evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-15 on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASU No. 2014-12 (ASU 2014-12), Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period

        On June 19, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12. The objective of ASU 2014-12 was to resolve diversity in practice around the accounting for share-based awards containing performance targets, where the performance target could be achieved after an employee completes the requisite service period. That is, the employee would be eligible to vest in the award regardless of whether the employee is rendering service on the date the performance target is achieved.

        Current GAAP does not contain specific guidance on how to account for share-based payments with performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period. Many reporting entities account for performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period as performance conditions that affect the vesting of the award and, therefore, do not reflect the performance target in the estimate of the grant-date fair value of the award. Other reporting entities treat those performance targets as nonvesting conditions that affect the grant-date fair value of the

F-37


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

award. ASU 2014-12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition under ASC 718. Accordingly, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. ASU 2014-12 will be effective for Laureate beginning January 1, 2016, and earlier adoption is permitted. Laureate does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-12 to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, since the Company's share-based awards do not contain performance targets that could be achieved after the employee completes the requisite service period.

ASU No. 2014-09, (ASU 2014-09): Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)

        On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, "Revenue Recognition" and most industry-specific guidance. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. On July 9, 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09. The new revenue standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (January 1, 2018 for Laureate) and allows either a full retrospective adoption to all periods presented or a modified retrospective adoption approach with the cumulative effect of initial application of the revised guidance recognized at the date of initial application. We are currently evaluating the adoption alternatives and impact of ASU 2014-09 on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASU No. 2014-08, (ASU 2014-08): Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity

        On April 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08. Under current GAAP, many disposals of small groups of assets, some of which may be routine in nature and not a change in an entity's strategy, are reported in discontinued operations. The FASB determined that this resulted in financial statements that are less useful for users. In addition, some stakeholders told the FASB that the current guidance on reporting discontinued operations results in higher costs for preparers because it can be complex and difficult to apply. The amendments in this ASU address those issues by limiting discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. Examples of a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results could include a disposal of a major geographical area, a major line of business, a major equity method investment, or other major parts of an entity. The amendments in this ASU also require expanded disclosures for those operations that do qualify as discontinued operations. The FASB concluded that those disclosures should provide users of financial statements with more information about the assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of discontinued operations. ASU 2014-08 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, but only for disposals (or classifications as held for sale) that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. Laureate is evaluating ASU 2014-08 but does not expect it to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-38


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 4. Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale

Discontinued Operations

        During 2012, two of the Company's subsidiaries met the conditions to be reported as discontinued operations in our financial statements based on the guidance in ASC 205-20, "Presentation of Financial Statements—Discontinued Operations" (ASC 205-20). Accordingly, we have classified these entities as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Universidad Del Desarrollo Professional, SC (UNIDEP)

        In December 2012, Laureate approved a plan to sell UNIDEP, an institution in Mexico that was included in the LatAm segment. The sale of UNIDEP was completed on January 23, 2013 for a sale price of approximately $40,600, or 516,300 Mexican Pesos (MXN), resulting in a gain on sale of $4,350, net of income tax expense of $1,864.

Hautes Études des Technologies de l'Information et de la Communication (HETIC)

        During the first quarter of 2012, we sold HETIC, a subsidiary in our Europe segment, for a sale price of approximately $4,700. The sale resulted in a gain of $3,308, net of income tax expense of $179. We also derecognized noncontrolling interests of $946 related to the sale of HETIC.

        UNIDEP and HETIC were sold since they no longer met Laureate's strategic objectives. They will not generate any continuing cash flows for the Company. Summarized operating results of the discontinued operations are presented in the following table:

 
  UNIDEP   HETIC   Total  

2013:

                   

Revenues

  $ 691   $   $ 691  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax of $0

    796         796  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax of $1,864

    4,350         4,350  

2012:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Revenues

  $ 30,759   $ 356   $ 31,115  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax of $787

    4,189     195     4,384  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax of $179

        3,308     3,308  

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the discontinued operations had been sold and there were no UNIDEP or HETIC assets recorded as held for sale.

Assets Held for Sale

Les Roches and Glion

        During the fourth quarter of 2014, our GPS segment entered into a sale-leaseback agreement for a portion of the campuses of two of our institutions in Switzerland, Glion Institute of Higher Education (Glion), and Les Roches International School of Hotel Management (Les Roches). The asset group being sold does not meet the conditions required in ASC 205-20 to be reported as discontinued

F-39


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 4. Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale (Continued)

operations in our Consolidated Financial Statements as it does not have discrete cash flow information; however the asset group does meet the criteria for classification as held for sale under ASC 360-10-45-9, "Long-Lived Assets Classified as Held for Sale." Accordingly, the assets are classified as held for sale and recorded at their carrying value, which is lower than 'fair value less cost to sell'. Of the total $141,856 of Long-term assets held for sale recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2014, $137,878 relates to this Swiss sale-leaseback transaction, including Land of $33,695 and Buildings of $104,182.

        In the first quarter of 2015, the sale of the assets was completed and Laureate received net proceeds of approximately $171,700 (using the December 31, 2014 exchange rate), resulting in a gain on sale of approximately $33,800, which will be deferred and recognized into income over the lease term of 20 years. A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay mortgage debt related to the asset group.

INTI Education Holdings Sdn Bhd (INTI)

        In November 2013, INTI, in our AMEA segment, entered into an agreement to sell the assets of its Sarawak campus in Malaysia for consideration of approximately $6,700. INTI received a down payment of $700 which is classified as a current liability as of December 31, 2013. The asset group being sold does not meet the conditions required in ASC 205-20 to be reported as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Financial Statements as it does not have discrete cash flow information; however the asset group does meet the criteria for classification as held for sale. This transaction was expected to close during the fourth quarter of 2014, but was extended to 2015. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we have recorded Current assets held for sale of $0 and $318, Long-term assets held for sale of $3,978 and $4,297, and Current liabilities held for sale of $0 and $175, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note 5. Acquisitions

2014 Acquisitions

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, Laureate consummated the business acquisitions outlined below, which are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements commencing from the dates of acquisition.

South Africa

        In August 2013, we made an investment of $2,237 for a 25% ownership interest in a for-profit entity that controls Monash South Africa (MSA), a not-for-profit institution in South Africa. In February 2014, Laureate assumed control of MSA, for a total ownership interest in the for-profit entity of 75% and acquired 100% of an entity that owns the real estate used by MSA, for a total purchase price of $44,386. The purchase price consisted of the initial investment of $2,237 made in 2013, a cash payment of $6,712, and deferred payments totaling $35,437 (Australian Dollar (AUD) 42,500). Refer to Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies for a description of the deferred payments. The goodwill recorded for MSA relates primarily to the incremental value provided by introducing a new market to our students and adding potential synergies to our network. MSA was converted to a

F-40


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

for-profit institution during the first quarter of 2015. For this acquisition, Revenues of $22,701, Operating income of $1,925 and Net loss of $(397) are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Brazil

        On August 12, 2014, the Company acquired Faculdade Porto-Alegrense (FAPA), an institution in Porto Alegre, Brazil. The total purchase price was $4,148, and was paid in the form of two seller notes with a total discounted present value of approximately $3,003, plus an additional deferred payment of approximately $1,145. The deferred payment of $1,145 was paid in September 2014. Refer to Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies, for further description of the two seller notes. The acquisition of FAPA increases Laureate's presence in Brazil, one of our fastest growing markets, by accelerating campus expansion that was planned at Centro Universitário Ritter dos Reis (UniRitter), another Laureate institution operating in Porto Alegre. The goodwill recorded for this acquisition relates to the incremental value that FAPA brings to the Laureate International Universities network and the existing Laureate operations in Brazil. For this acquisition, Revenues of $4,078, Operating loss of $(56) and Net loss of $(290) are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

        On September 12, 2014, Laureate acquired an affiliated group of higher educational institutions in Brazil, collectively referred to as FMU. The total purchase price was $387,603, which was paid with seller notes totaling $96,829 and cash paid at closing of $290,641, net of cash acquired of $133. Refer to Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies, for further description of the seller notes. The cash paid at acquisition included approximately $231,000 of cash, including accrued interest, that had been held by Laureate in an escrow bank account prior to the acquisition date and was recorded as Restricted cash on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013. The remainder of the cash paid at closing was financed through borrowings from third-party lenders, as described in Note 10, Debt. The original purchase price of FMU was approximately Brazilian Reais (BRL) 1,000,000 (approximately US $427,000 at the acquisition date). The agreement also required all interest earned on the escrow bank account deposit, which totaled approximately BRL 35,000, to be included in the purchase price paid to the sellers at closing. This total purchase price of BRL 1,035,000 was reduced to approximately BRL 930,000 as a result of Laureate assuming additional obligations from the sellers of approximately BRL 105,000.

        After the discount of approximately BRL 23,000 to record the seller notes at their net present value, the purchase price recorded for FMU was approximately BRL 907,000 (US $387,603 at the date of acquisition). FMU is Laureate's largest acquisition to date, and the goodwill recorded for the FMU acquisition relates to the incremental value that FMU provides to the Laureate International Universities network by significantly expanding our presence into the high-quality value institution market in Brazil. For this acquisition, Revenues of $73,083, Operating income of $8,644 and Net loss of $(4,030) are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

F-41


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of MSA, FAPA and FMU from the dates of acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the dates of acquisition:

 
  MSA South
Africa
  FAPA
Brazil
  FMU
Brazil
  Total  

Current assets

  $ 9,845   $ 5,675   $ 37,265   $ 52,785  

Property and equipment

    30,360     985     34,435     65,780  

Goodwill

    25,197     5,435     393,152     423,784  

Tradenames and accreditations

            95,291     95,291  

Other intangible assets

        2,664     72,911     75,575  

Long-term indemnification assets

        3,811     132,279     136,090  

Other long-term assets

        1,296     41,857     43,153  

Total assets acquired

    65,402     19,866     807,190     892,458  

Current portion of long-term debt

    1,350         19,548     20,898  

Other current liabilities

    13,756     9,706     63,473     86,935  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    838         11,343     12,181  

Other long-term liabilities

        6,012     325,223     331,235  

Total liabilities

    15,944     15,718     419,587     451,249  

Noncontrolling interests

    5,072             5,072  

Net assets acquired attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    44,386     4,148     387,603     436,137  

Debt assumed

    2,188         30,891     33,079  

Net assets acquired attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. plus debt assumed

  $ 46,574   $ 4,148   $ 418,494   $ 469,216  

Net assets acquired

  $ 44,386   $ 4,148   $ 387,603   $ 436,137  

Cash acquired

    (7,043 )   (3,153 )   (133 )   (10,329 )

Seller notes and deferred payments

    (35,437 )   (4,148 )   (96,829 )   (136,414 )

Fair value of existing investment

    (2,237 )           (2,237 )

Net cash (received) paid at acquisition

  $ (331 ) $ (3,153 ) $ 290,641   $ 287,157  

2014 Summary

        During 2014, we paid $788 of additional purchase price for a working capital settlement related to THINK: Education Group Pty. Ltd. (THINK), which we acquired on December 20, 2013. This payment, in addition to the $287,157 of total net cash paid for the acquisitions of MSA, FAPA and FMU, resulted in $287,945 of total cash used for Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, during the year ended December 31, 2014, as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The amounts recorded for the 2014 acquisitions are provisional as Laureate is in the process of finalizing the amounts recorded, including intangible assets, goodwill, deferred taxes, contingencies and related indemnification assets, and other assets and liabilities. Except for FMU, the goodwill related to the 2014 acquisitions is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. As part of the purchase

F-42


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

price allocations for the 2014 acquisitions, Laureate recorded liabilities of $41,222 for uncertain income tax positions and liabilities of $89,172 for contingencies related to taxes other-than-income tax.

Unaudited Proforma Results

        The unaudited proforma combined historical results of Laureate, as if MSA, FAPA and FMU had been acquired as of January 1, 2013, are:

 
  2014   2013  

Revenues

  $ 4,555,876   $ 4,153,505  

Net loss

  $ (179,920 ) $ (50,589 )

        These amounts have been calculated after applying Laureate's accounting policies and adjusting the results to reflect additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to property, plant, and equipment, and amortizable intangible assets had been recorded as of January 1, 2013. These unaudited pro forma combined results of operations have been prepared for comparative purposes only, and they do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations that actually would have resulted had the acquisitions occurred on the date indicated, or that may result in the future.

Other 2014 Transactions

Malaysia

        During the third quarter of 2014, Laureate acquired an additional 2.9% ownership interest in INTI Education Holdings Sdn Bhd (INTI) for cash consideration of $3,055. This payment was included in Payments to purchase noncontrolling interests in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014.

        During the fourth quarter of 2014, Laureate acquired an additional 6.4% ownership interest in INTI for total purchase consideration of approximately $6,783, of which approximately $6,200 was paid in 2014 and $583 is a deferred payment. See Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies, for further discussion of the deferred payment. The consideration paid in 2014 was paid with cash of approximately $1,000 and settlement of the approximately $5,200 of related party note receivable and interest that was owed to Laureate by the noncontrolling interest holder.

        These transactions increased Laureate's ownership interest in INTI from approximately 78% to approximately 87%.

Thailand

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, we acquired additional ownership interest in Fareast Stamford International Co., Ltd. (FES), increasing Laureate's ownership interest in FES from approximately 92% to approximately 99%. FES has the license to operate Stamford International University (Stamford, together with FES, "STIU"). The purchase price for the additional ownership interest was $312, and is included in Payments to purchase noncontrolling interests in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014.

F-43


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

2013 Acquisitions

        During the year ended December 31, 2013, Laureate consummated the acquisitions outlined below, which are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements commencing from the dates of acquisition.

India

        On April 8, 2013, we acquired an equity interest of approximately 95% in M-Power Energy India Pvt. Limited (M-Power), a for-profit services company. The total purchase price was $53,940 and included $44,067 in cash paid at closing and a seller note of $9,873. There is also a put/call option on the remaining 5% noncontrolling interest in M-Power that has an effective date of approximately June 30, 2015, following completion of the statutory audit for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2015. On the April 8, 2013 acquisition date of M-Power, we also gained a controlling membership interest of a not-for-profit society, a VIE, which in turn controls two educational institutions that are also not-for-profit entities which are VIEs: the University of Technology & Management (UTM) and the University of Petroleum and Energy Studies (UPES). The not-for-profit entities cannot declare dividends. Hereafter we refer to M-Power, the not-for-profit society, UTM and UPES collectively as the "M-Power Group." As discussed in Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies, Laureate has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and has consolidated these VIEs. The goodwill recorded for the M-Power Group relates primarily to the incremental value this acquisition brings to the Laureate International Universities network, by introducing a new market for Laureate in India at the time of the acquisition. For this acquisition, Revenues of $18,007, Operating income of $1,309 and Net income of $1,422 are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

France

        On July 11, 2013, Laureate assumed control of the European Business School Group (EBS Group) in France by accepting the designation of Laureate-controlled entities as members with majority voting rights over the governing bodies of the EBS Group. The EBS Group is a VIE that consists of four entities, two of which are institutions that are legally organized as not-for-profit entities, and two of which are for-profit service companies. Laureate was not required to pay any purchase consideration and is not committed to make any future payments in connection with this transaction. We believe that the legal control mechanisms give Laureate control over the EBS Group, our contractual arrangements with the EBS Group represent a variable interest, and that Laureate is the primary beneficiary of this VIE. Accordingly, the liabilities, earnings and losses of the EBS Group were consolidated effective July 11, 2013. For this acquisition, Revenues of $8,538, Operating loss of $(748) and Net loss of $(410) are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

United States

        On November 21, 2013, Laureate acquired 80% of the ownership and voting rights of the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, LLC (St. Augustine). St. Augustine operates an educational institution with several locations in the United States that provide graduate degree

F-44


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

programs in physical and occupational therapy. The purchase price for the 80% equity interest was $76,800, which decreased to $75,026 as a result of working capital adjustments required by the purchase agreement. The purchase price included a cash payment at closing of $57,997, a five-year promissory note for $14,000, and a deferred payment for a final working capital adjustment of $3,029, as discussed below. Details of the promissory note are further discussed in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies. The remaining 20% noncontrolling interest held by the sellers is subject to a put/call option with an exercise price based on a fixed multiple of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the agreement. The put/call option is discussed further in Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies. The goodwill recorded for St. Augustine can be primarily attributed to the incremental value this acquisition brings to the Laureate International Universities network by being the first Laureate institution in the United States to offer physical and occupational therapy degree programs. During the first quarter of 2014, Laureate and the seller completed a working capital adjustment that was required by the purchase agreement, which required Laureate to pay the seller an additional $3,029 in March 2014. For this acquisition, Revenues of $4,068, Operating income of $1,055 and Net income of $131 are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Australia

        On December 20, 2013, Laureate acquired the remaining 80% ownership interest of THINK for a purchase price of $114,255, which includes the fair value of our 20% equity-method investment in THINK. At the date we acquired the remaining 80% ownership interest of THINK, we remeasured our 20% equity-method investment to fair value and recorded a gain of approximately $5,860, which is classified as Other (expense) income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The investment was remeasured to fair value using a discounted cash flow approach, factoring in the control premium that was included in the purchase price for the remaining 80% ownership interest. THINK is a portfolio of eight private post-secondary education providers in Australia that deliver degrees through both campus-based and online institutions, with programs in business, hospitality, design, and health sciences. The investment in THINK allows Laureate to expand its existing presence in Australia. The goodwill recorded for THINK is related to the incremental value this acquisition brings to the Laureate International Universities network and Laureate's existing operations in Australia, by expanding our presence and adding potential synergies to Laureate's operations. For this acquisition, Revenues of $1,363, Operating loss of $(665) and Net loss of $(727) are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

F-45


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of M-Power Group, EBS Group, St. Augustine and THINK from the dates of acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the dates of acquisition:

 
  M-Power
Group
India
  EBS Group
France
  St. Augustine
USA
  THINK
Australia
  Total  

Current assets

  $ 11,820   $ 4,988   $ 6,707   $ 16,837   $ 40,352  

Property and equipment

    33,594     6,037     52,424     34,719     126,774  

Goodwill

    21,272         49,198     88,785     159,255  

Tradenames and accreditations

    11,526     918     29,367     15,650     57,461  

Other intangible assets

            7,287     11,885     19,172  

Long-term indemnification assets

                     

Other long-term assets

    127     945     317     247     1,636  

Total assets acquired

    78,339     12,888     145,300     168,123     404,650  

Current portion of long-term debt

    1,833     794     345     2,620     5,592  

Other current liabilities

    12,235     7,130     5,782     22,330     47,477  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    2,219     4,205     47,735     18,734     72,893  

Other long-term liabilities

    5,273     759         10,184     16,216  

Total liabilities

    21,560     12,888     53,862     53,868     142,178  

Noncontrolling interests

    2,839         16,412         19,251  

Net assets acquired attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    53,940         75,026     114,255     243,221  

Debt assumed

    4,052     4,999     48,080     21,354     78,485  

Net assets acquired attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. plus debt assumed

  $ 57,992   $ 4,999   $ 123,106   $ 135,609   $ 321,706  

Net assets acquired

  $ 53,940   $   $ 75,026   $ 114,255   $ 243,221  

Cash acquired

    (8,066 )   (1,137 )   (5,797 )   (5,296 )   (20,296 )

Seller notes and deferred payments

    (9,873 )       (17,029 )       (26,902 )

Fair value of existing investment

                (18,473 )   (18,473 )

Net cash paid (received) at acquisition

  $ 36,001   $ (1,137 ) $ 52,200   $ 90,486   $ 177,550  

2013 Summary

        For all of the 2013 acquisitions, the allocations of the purchase price consideration are no longer subject to revision, as the measurement period has closed. No material adjustments were made during 2014 to complete the allocations of purchase price consideration. Except for St. Augustine, none of the goodwill related to the 2013 acquisitions is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. As part of the purchase price allocations for the 2013 acquisitions, Laureate recorded liabilities of $2,019 for uncertain income tax positions and liabilities of $746 for contingencies related to taxes other-than-income tax.

F-46


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

Unaudited Proforma Results

        The unaudited proforma combined historical results of Laureate, as if St. Augustine and THINK had been acquired as of January 1, 2012, are:

 
  2013   2012  

Revenues

  $ 4,046,955   $ 3,700,492  

Net loss

  $ (81,245 ) $ (208,684 )

        Pro forma results of operations for the M-Power Group and EBS Group acquisitions completed during 2013 have not been presented because the effects of those acquisitions were not material to the Company's financial results. These amounts have been calculated after applying Laureate's accounting policies and adjusting the results to reflect additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to property, plant, and equipment, and amortizable intangible assets had been applied. In addition, pro forma adjustments have been made for the interest incurred for financing the acquisitions. Taxes have also been adjusted for the effect of the items discussed. These unaudited pro forma combined results of operations have been prepared for comparative purposes only, and they do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations that actually would have resulted had the acquisitions occurred on the date indicated, or that may result in the future.

Other 2013 Transactions

Turkey

        In January 2013, the Company acquired the remaining 25% noncontrolling interest in CH Holding Netherlands BV (CH Holding). The total purchase price of $29,000 includes an initial cash payment of $5,000, which was made on January 24, 2013, and an additional $24,000 of deferred purchase price payable over the next five years, as further disclosed in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies. As a result of this transaction, Laureate now owns 100% of CH Holding.

Brazil

        In April 2013, Laureate closed a transaction to acquire the remaining 49% ownership interest in Universidade Anhembi Morumbi (UAM Brazil) for BRL 225,621 (approximately US $95,456 at the transaction date), after receiving approval from the Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Econômica (CADE). The purchase price was paid as a deposit in two installments totaling $11,138. The first installment of $1,122 was paid in December 2012. The second installment of $10,016 was paid in the first quarter of 2013. The remaining balance will be paid in nine equal installments, as further discussed in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies. The payments made in 2013 are classified in Payments to purchase noncontrolling interests in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a result of this transaction, Laureate now owns 100% of UAM Brazil. In addition to acquiring the remaining 49% equity interest from the minority shareholders, Laureate also reduced its future lease obligations over a six-year period since a portion of the consideration was allocated to prepaid rent.

F-47


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

United States

        In July 2013, we invested $5,000 in Coursera, a private education company headquartered in Mountain View, California that operates a leading massive open online course (MOOC) platform. Laureate's $5,000 investment is recorded in Investments in affiliates in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, and was part of a series B round of funding totaling $43,000 made by an investor group. As a social entrepreneurship company and leader in the rapidly accelerating MOOC movement, Coursera partners with top-tier universities and institutions to provide free online courses across a broad range of disciplines, while also acknowledging the important role traditional institutions play in the future of education. We are accounting for the Coursera investment as a cost-method investment.

South Africa

        In August 2013, we made an investment of $2,237 in Monash South Africa (MSA), an institution in South Africa, which is recorded in Investments in affiliates in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition to this investment, we also committed to fund additional amounts of approximately $2,200 in the first quarter of 2014 and approximately $4,500 on December 31, 2014, in return for a controlling financial interest in MSA beginning in the first quarter of 2014. A final payment is due in 2018, the amount of which will be determined based on 7.0 times MSA's 2017 EBITDA, less debt and prior payments, as defined in the agreement. The maximum amount of the final payment due in 2018 is approximately $11,500. Further, we committed to acquire certain real estate in 2014 for a cash payment of approximately $4,600 and a note payable of approximately $23,000 that matures in January 2019 and carries an annual interest rate of 6.75%. In February 2014, we completed the planned transactions to obtain a controlling financial interest in MSA and acquired the real estate we had committed to purchase. Accordingly, under our accounting policy we began consolidating MSA in February 2014.

Spain

        In January 2013, Laureate invested an additional $1,549 in HSM Group Management Focus Europe Global S. L. (HSM), an equity-method investment, which is recorded in Investments in affiliates in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013. During the third quarter of 2013, this additional investment was written down to a carrying value of zero. On March 5, 2015, Laureate and HSM's other owners completed the sale of HSM. See Note 18, Related Party Transactions for further discussion.

2012 Acquisitions

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, Laureate consummated the acquisitions outlined below, which are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements commencing from the dates of acquisition.

F-48


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

Brazil

        On July 4, 2012, the Company acquired Centro de Desenvolvimento Pessoal e Empresarial Ltda. (CEDEPE), a business school in Recife, Brazil. The total purchase price is $3,799, net of cash acquired, and subject to working capital and debt adjustments. The purchase price includes an initial payment of $1,850 and deferred purchase price of $1,949, which will be paid in installments over the next four years as further disclosed in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies. The acquisition of CEDEPE will increase Laureate's presence in one of the fastest growing markets in Brazil. For this acquisition, Revenues of $702, Operating income of $14 and Net income of $115 are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

India

        On January 1, 2011, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, LEI Singapore Holdings Private Limited, acquired approximately 55% of the ownership interest in Pearl Retail Solutions Private Limited and gained a controlling membership interest of Creative Arts Education Society, a non-equity owned society under Indian law (jointly referred to as Pearl), which together operate the Pearl Academy of Fashion and the Indian Retail School. Pearl operates four campuses in three cities in India and offers undergraduate and post-graduate programs in art, design and fashion. This transaction enabled us to provide its educational services in a new market, India. Laureate has determined that certain of the Pearl entities are VIEs and that it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, and has therefore consolidated these entities. For this acquisition, Revenues of $9,978, Operating loss of $(292) and Net loss of $(332) are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

        The purchase price was $4,613, payable in two tranches. An initial deposit of $2,495 was made in December 2010 and a final payment of $2,118 was made in August 2011. During 2011 the Company had the ability to unilaterally terminate the deal and be refunded its entire purchase price (a walk-away right). In January 2012 the walk-away right expired and we began consolidating the results of Pearl into our Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-49


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of CEDEPE and Pearl from the dates of acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the dates of acquisition:

 
  CEDEPE
Brazil
  Pearl
India
  Total  

Current assets

  $ 350   $ 2,477   $ 2,827  

Property and equipment

    146     2,432     2,578  

Goodwill

    3,406     6,678     10,084  

Tradenames and accreditations

    1,200     4,694     5,894  

Other intangible assets

        189     189  

Other long-term assets

    2,594     961     3,555  

Total assets acquired

    7,696     17,431     25,127  

Other current liabilities

    434     5,044     5,478  

Long-term debt, including current portion

    120     737     857  

Other long-term liabilities

    3,312     1,499     4,811  

Total liabilities

    3,866     7,280     11,146  

Noncontrolling interests

        6,272     6,272  

Net assets acquired attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    3,830     3,879     7,709  

Debt assumed

    120     737     857  

Net assets acquired attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. plus debt assumed

  $ 3,950   $ 4,616   $ 8,566  

Net assets acquired

  $ 3,830   $ 3,879   $ 7,709  

Cash acquired

    (31 )   (2,053 )   (2,084 )

Seller notes and deferred payments

    (1,949 )       (1,949 )

Cash deposits applied to purchase price

        (4,613 )   (4,613 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

        734     734  

Net cash paid (received) at acquisition

  $ 1,850   $ (2,053 ) $ (203 )

2012 Summary

        For all of the 2012 acquisitions, the allocations of the purchase price consideration are no longer subject to revision, as the measurement period has closed. No adjustments were made during 2013 to complete the allocations of purchase price consideration. None of the goodwill related to the 2012 acquisitions is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. As part of the purchase price allocations for the 2012 acquisitions, Laureate recorded aggregate liabilities of $2,903 for uncertain income tax positions and contingencies related to taxes other-than-income tax.

F-50


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Acquisitions (Continued)

Other 2012 Transactions

France

        On July 26, 2012, we acquired the remaining 10.2% ownership interest in École Supérieure du Commerce Extérieur (ESCE) in France from the noncontrolling interest holder for a purchase price of $2,096. The purchase price includes an initial payment of $1,171 and deferred purchase price of $925, which was paid on October 31, 2012 as further disclosed in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies. As a result of this transaction, Laureate now owns 100% of ESCE.

Brazil

        On August 30, 2012, Laureate and the noncontrolling interest holders of Sociedade de Educação Ritter dos Reis (SERR), a for-profit entity that owns and operates Centro Universitário Ritter dos Reis (UniRitter) in Brazil, entered into an agreement whereby Laureate acquired the noncontrolling interest holders' remaining 10% interest for a purchase price of BRL 15,147 (US $7,383 as of December 31, 2012). The purchase price was in the form of a promissory note to the sellers, which was adjusted for inflation until the date of settlement and was payable on November 5, 2012, concurrent with the final installment payment of approximately $6,580 related to the initial 2010 acquisition price. Accordingly, Laureate made a total payment of approximately $14,000 to the former shareholders of SERR on November 5, 2012. As a result of this transaction, Laureate now owns 100% of UniRitter.

        On October 30, 2012, we acquired the remaining 30% ownership interest in Faculdade de Desenvolvimento do Rio Grande do Sul S.A. (FADERGS, formerly ESADE) in Brazil for a purchase price of $2,468, which was paid to the noncontrolling interest holders. Following this transaction, Laureate owns 100% of FADERGS.

Australia

        During 2012, Laureate acquired a 20% equity interest in THINK for a total investment of $14,280. The investment in THINK is recorded in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012, and we accounted for this initial investment in THINK under the equity method. As previously discussed, in 2013 Laureate acquired the remaining 80% equity interest in THINK.

Malaysia

        In 2012, the Company received a waiver of Bumiputra and Foreign ownership requirements from the Ministry of Higher Education in Malaysia. As a result, INTI purchased the remaining noncontrolling interests in four of its subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2012. We recorded a reduction to equity of $147 resulting from a cash payment of $64 and an adjustment to Noncontrolling interests of $83.

Note 6. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies

        The amounts due to shareholders of acquired companies generally arise in connection with Laureate's acquisition of a majority or all of the ownership interest of certain subsidiaries. Promissory notes payable to the sellers of acquired companies, referred to as "seller notes," are commonly used as

F-51


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies (Continued)

a means of payment for business acquisitions. Seller note payments are classified as Payments of deferred purchase price for acquisitions within financing activities in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The amounts due to shareholders of acquired companies, currencies, and interest rates applied were as follows:

December 31,
  2014   2013   Nominal
Currency
  Interest Rate %

Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas Educacionais (FMU)

  $ 89,348   $   BRL   CDI

Universidade Anhembi Morumbi (UAM Brazil)

    70,894     80,394   BRL   CDI + 2%

Monash South Africa (MSA)

    28,828       AUD   n/a, 6.75%

CH Holding Netherlands B.V. (CH Holding)

    16,421     19,587   USD   n/a

University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, LLC (St. Augustine)

    14,000     17,029   USD   7%

Universidad Tecnologica Centroamericana (UNITEC Honduras)

    8,242     9,562   HNL   IIBC

Instituto Brasileiro de Medicina de Reabilitação (Uni IBMR)

    4,428     4,979   BRL   IPCA

Universidade Europeia (UE)

    3,316     5,695   EUR   3%

Think: Education Group Pty. Ltd. (THINK)

    3,273     1,094   AUD   n/a

Faculdade-Porto-Alegrense (FAPA)

    2,769       BRL   IGP-M

Universidad Autonoma de Veracruz, S.C. (Veracruz)

    2,607     2,938   MXN   CETES

Universidad Privada del Norte S.A.C. (UPN)

    1,275     1,275   PEN   n/a

M-Power Group

    1,212     6,183   INR   10%

Centro de Desenvolvimento Pessoal e Empresarial Ltda. (CEDEPE)

    865     1,142   BRL   CDI

INTI Education Holdings Sdn Bhd (INTI)

    583       USD   n/a

FACS Serviços Educacionais S.A. (UniFACS)

        4,231   BRL   IPCA + 6.5%

Hunan International Economics University (HIEU)

        3,303   RMB   n/a

European University of Cyprus (EUC)

        2,013   EUR   4%

National Hispanic University (NHU)

        1,000   USD   n/a

Total due to shareholders of acquired companies

    248,061     160,425        

Less: Current portion of due to shareholders of acquired companies

    26,048     40,220        

Due to shareholders of acquired companies, less current portion

  $ 222,013   $ 120,205        

 

AUD: Australian Dollar   CDI: Certificados de Depósitos Interbancários (Brazil)
BRL: Brazilian Real   CETES: 28 day Certificados de la Tesoreria de la Federación (Mexico)
CLP: Chilean Peso   IIBC: Índice de Inflación del Banco Central (Honduras)
EUR: European Euro   IPCA: Índice Nacional de Preços ao Consumidor Amplo (Brazil)
HNL: Honduran Lempira   IGP-M: General Index of Market Prices (Brazil)
INR: Indian Rupee    
MXN: Mexican Peso    
PEN: Peruvian Nuevo Sol    
RMB: Chinese Renminbi    

F-52


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies (Continued)

        The aggregate annual maturities of Due to shareholders of acquired companies as of December 31, 2014 were as follows:

2015

  $ 26,273  

2016

    23,198  

2017

    116,607  

2018

    43,134  

2019

    38,064  

Thereafter

    22,713  

Aggregate maturities

    269,989  

Less: imputed interest discount

    (21,928 )

Total

  $ 248,061  

FMU

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, the acquisition of FMU was partially financed with seller notes having an aggregate principal amount of BRL 250,000 (US $94,070 at December 31, 2014). The maturity date of the notes is September 12, 2017, the third anniversary of the acquisition closing date, and the aggregate principal balance will be adjusted from the closing date until the date of payment based on 100% of the CDI rate. These notes were recorded on the acquisition date at their discounted present values, which will all be accreted over the term of the notes. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate carrying value of the notes was $89,348.

UAM Brazil

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, in April 2013 Laureate closed a transaction to acquire the remaining 49% ownership interest in UAM Brazil. A portion of the acquisition was financed with a seller note in the amount of BRL 200,808 (US $75,560 at December 31, 2014), which is scheduled to be paid in nine equal installments of BRL 22,312 (US $8,396 at December 31, 2014), adjusted for inflation based on CDI plus 200 basis points. The first and second installments were paid on December 20, 2013 and August 29, 2014, respectively. The remaining seven installments are due annually on August 31st of each year. The eighth and ninth installments are subject to acceleration and will be paid on August 31, 2019, along with the seventh installment, if a certain financial performance target is achieved in 2018, as described in the purchase agreement. On the closing date we recorded the note payable at its discounted present value, which will be accreted over the term of the note. As of December 31, 2014, the carrying value of the note was $70,894.

MSA

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, Laureate financed a portion of the acquisition of MSA with two seller notes and a final earn-out payment. The first seller note of AUD 5,000 (US $4,072 at payment date) was paid in December 2014. The second seller note of AUD 25,000 (US $20,550 at December 31, 2014) is payable in five installments. The first four installments of AUD 1,000 (US $818 at December 31, 2014) are due annually beginning on January 1, 2015, and the fifth installment of

F-53


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies (Continued)

AUD 21,000 (US $17,182 at December 31, 2014) is due on January 1, 2019. In December 2014, Laureate paid the first installment of AUD 1,000 on the second seller note.The note carries an annual interest rate of 6.75%, which was deemed to be at market. The final earn-out payment is due in 2018, the amount of which will be determined based on 7.0 times MSA's 2017 EBITDA, less debt and prior payments, as defined in the agreement. The maximum amount of the final installment is AUD 12,500 (US $10,228 at December 31, 2014). Since the final earn-out payment bears interest at a lower-than-market rate, we imputed the interest and recorded the amount on the acquisition date at the total discounted present value, which will be accreted over the remaining term and had an aggregate carrying value of $8,278 at December 31, 2014.

CH Holding

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, in January 2013, Laureate financed a portion of the acquisition of the remaining minority interest in CH Holding with a seller note. The principal amount of the seller note is $24,000 and repayment is due in five annual installments. The first four installments of $5,000 are due on each of the first four anniversary dates of closing and the fifth installment of $4,000 is due on the fifth anniversary date of closing. The first and second installments of $5,000 were paid in January 2014 and 2015, respectively. The seller note is non-interest bearing. Accordingly, at the acquisition date, we imputed the interest and recorded the note payable at its discounted present value of approximately $17,500, which will be accreted over the term of the note. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Laureate recorded accretion on the note, resulting in a carrying value of $16,421 as of December 31, 2014.

St. Augustine

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, on November 21, 2013, Laureate acquired 80% of the ownership and voting rights of the University of St. Augustine. A portion of the purchase price was financed with a five-year seller note in the amount of $14,000. The promissory note incurs interest at an annual rate of 7%, which is payable quarterly beginning on January 1, 2014, and the entire principal balance of $14,000 is payable on November 21, 2018. As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, as of December 31, 2013 Laureate also recorded a liability of $3,029 in Current portion of due to shareholders of acquired companies related to a working capital adjustment that was required by the purchase agreement. This additional purchase price was paid in March 2014.

UNITEC Honduras

        In July 2005, Laureate assumed control of UNITEC Honduras and agreed to cause UNITEC Honduras to honor its severance and retirement payment obligations with the founders. Pursuant to this agreement, UNITEC Honduras is required until 2020 to make monthly payments, which are adjusted annually for inflation based on the IIBC. The monthly payment as of December 31, 2014 was HNL 2,711 (US $129). We originally recorded the obligation at its present value based on an incremental borrowing rate of 5%.

F-54


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies (Continued)

Uni IBMR

        On December 21, 2009, Laureate acquired a majority interest in Uni IBMR, financing part of the purchase with a seller note. The carrying amount of the seller note as of December 31, 2014 was BRL 11,769 (US $4,428), and is subject to periodic adjustment based on the IPCA. We have recorded a liability for the inflation adjustment as accrued interest. The balance of the note is due in full in 2019.

UE, formerly ISLA

        On April 1, 2011, Laureate financed a portion of the acquisition of UE with two seller notes. The principal amount of the first seller note is EUR 1,485 (US $1,797 at December 31, 2014), and repayment is due in three equal annual installments of EUR 495 (US $599 at December 31, 2014) beginning on the first anniversary date of the acquisition. The first seller note was non-interest bearing. The principal amount of the second seller note is EUR 4,650 (US $5,628 at December 31, 2014) and is payable in five installments. The first three annual installments of EUR 550 (US $666) were payable on December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. The final two annual installments of EUR 1,500 (US $1,816) are payable on December 31, 2015 and 2016. The annual interest rate on the second seller note is 3% and is due annually on December 31, 2012 through 2016. Since the notes bear interest at lower than market rates, at the acquisition date Laureate recorded the seller notes at the present value of EUR 4,870 (US $6,866 at the date of acquisition), which is being accreted over the terms of the notes. As of December 31, 2014, the carrying value of the remaining notes payable was $3,316.

THINK

        As of December 31, 2014, Laureate has recorded a current liability of $3,273 payable to the former owners of THINK, representing a contingent consideration payable under the terms of the 2013 purchase agreement. The liability was recorded through a charge to Direct costs since it was not a measurement period adjustment, in accordance with ASC 805-30-35-1 "Business Combinations—Contingent Consideration." This liability was paid in full in January 2015. During the fourth quarter of 2013, Laureate recorded a liability of $1,094 for additional purchase price related to a working capital settlement, which was a measurement period adjustment. This liability was subsequently paid in full during the second quarter of 2014.

FAPA

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, the acquisition of FAPA was financed in part with two seller notes having an aggregate principal amount of BRL 9,164 (US $3,449 at December 31, 2014). The first seller note of BRL 3,055 (US $1,150 at December 31, 2014) is due on August 12, 2018, the fourth anniversary of the acquisition closing date, and the second seller note of BRL 6,109 (US $2,299 at December 31, 2014) is due on August 12, 2019, the fifth anniversary of the acquisition closing date. The principal amount of each seller note shall be adjusted according to the variation of the IGP-M until the notes' maturities. Laureate recorded these seller notes at their discounted present values at the acquisition date, which will be accreted over the terms of the notes. During the fourth quarter of 2014, an additional working capital adjustment was accrued and then subsequently paid on February 3,

F-55


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies (Continued)

2015 in the amount of BRL 699 ($263 at date of payment). As of December 31, 2014, the total carrying value of the notes and the working capital adjustment was $2,769.

Veracruz

        On January 14, 2011, Laureate financed a portion of the acquisition of Veracruz with a promissory note payable to the sellers and deferred payments for then-unresolved tax matters. The principal amount of the promissory note is MXN 38,437 (US $2,607 as of December 31, 2014), and repayment is due on January 14, 2016. The promissory note incurs interest based on the CETES which is payable quarterly.

UPN

        As part of the 2007 purchase agreement for UPN, one of Laureate's institutions in Peru, an additional amount of consideration (an earn-out payment) was payable to the sellers of UPN. The agreement stated that the earn-out payment was equal to the sum of 4.25 times audited 2010 EBITDA minus the amount of a predetermined "rent formula" (collectively, adjusted EBITDA) minus the outstanding balance of interest-bearing debt (excluding shareholders debt); plus the market value of real estate owned; and minus the amount of any dividends distributed to the sellers between the closing date and the earn-out payment date; all multiplied by 20% (the UPN Earn-out Formula).

        Subsequently, Laureate and the sellers of UPN entered into an addendum to the agreement to amend certain terms and conditions with regard to the seller's earn-out payment. The addendum amended the earn-out year to allow both Laureate and the sellers the ability to choose either 2012, 2013, or 2014 as the earn-out payment year. The amount owed would be equal to the UPN Earn-out Formula calculated based on the adjusted EBITDA measure applied to the calendar year immediately preceding the earn-out year. This modification to the original contingent consideration arrangement resulted in an additional arrangement with the sellers, whereby amounts in excess of the originally determined contingent consideration owed to the sellers based on UPN's 2010 adjusted EBITDA will be accounted for as expense. We recorded a liability for the estimated earn-out payment and for the year ended December 31, 2012 we recorded expense of $4,125 related to this modification. The remainder of the liability was recorded as a purchase price adjustment through an increase to Goodwill. The sellers of UPN chose 2013 as the earn-out payment year and Laureate made a payment of $11,399 on September 16, 2013. Of the $11,399, $5,725 related to compensation paid to the sellers and was therefore classified as an operating cash flow on the 2013 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The remaining $5,674 was recorded within Payments of contingent consideration for acquisitions in the investing activities section of the 2013 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The remaining liability balance of $1,275 relates to the amount due to one of the sellers; payment will be made upon receipt of certain official documents from this seller.

M-Power Group

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, on April 8, 2013, Laureate financed a portion of the acquisition of M-Power with a seller note that carried an annual interest rate of 10%. The principal amount of the seller note was approximately INR 535,000 (US $8,485 at December 31, 2014) and repayment was due in four installments. The first three installments of approximately INR 153,000

F-56


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies (Continued)

(US $2,427 at December 31, 2014) were due and paid in six-month increments starting October 8, 2013. The fourth installment of approximately INR 76,000 (US $1,212 at December 31, 2014) is due on April 8, 2015. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the seller note had a carrying value of $1,212 and $6,183, respectively.

CEDEPE

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, on July 4, 2012, Laureate financed a portion of the acquisition of CEDEPE with a seller note. The principal amount of the seller note is BRL 4,400 (US $1,655 at December 31, 2014), and repayment is due in five installments. The seller note incurs interest based on the CDI. The first installment of BRL 700 (US $263 at December 31, 2014) was due on January 4, 2013. The remaining four installments of BRL 925 (US $348 at December 31, 2014) are due annually on the anniversary of the acquisition closing date. Since the note bears interest at lower-than-market rates, Laureate recorded the seller note as of the acquisition date at the present value of BRL 3,872 (US $1,457), which will be accreted over the term of the note. As of December 31, 2014, the remaining carrying value of the note was $865.

INTI

        As described in Note 5, Acquisitions, Laureate acquired an additional 6.4% equity interest in INTI during the fourth quarter of 2014. The total purchase price was approximately $6,783, which includes approximately $6,200 of purchase consideration paid in 2014 and estimated additional purchase price of $583 based on INTI's 2014 standalone operating results, as required by the agreement. This deferred payment of $583 was recorded in Current portion of due to shareholders of acquired companies at December 31, 2014. Payment of this amount is estimated to be paid during the second quarter of 2015 upon issuance of the standalone financial statements.

UniFACS

        On June 2, 2010, Laureate financed a portion of the acquisition of UniFACS with a seller note payable on June 2, 2014. The principal amount of the seller note was BRL 10,000, and was subject to periodic adjustment based on the IPCA, plus interest accrued at a 6.5% annual rate. During 2014, the remaining balance of BRL 10,000 (US $4,469 at the date of payment) was paid.

HIEU

        On May 15, 2009, we acquired 70% of Hunan Lie Ying Industry Co., Ltd (Lie Ying). Lie Ying is a People's Republic of China domestic limited-liability company. Lie Ying is the sponsor of Hunan International Economics University (HIEU), a not-for-profit entity and a VIE, and controls the board of directors of the institution. A portion of the purchase price was deferred and recorded as a seller note payable. During the second quarter of 2014, the seller note payable to the noncontrolling interest holders of HIEU was removed due to Laureate's release from this obligation. This seller note payable was security for the related party note receivable owed to Laureate and, since this related party loan was not repaid in June 2014, Laureate was no longer contractually required to pay this seller note obligation. See Note 18, Related Party Transactions, for further discussion of the entrustment loan receivable.

F-57


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies (Continued)

EUC

        On August 16, 2011, Laureate entered into an agreement with the sellers to finance a portion of the acquisition of the remaining noncontrolling interests of EUC. This agreement required Laureate to make two equal installment payments of EUR 8,044 (US $9,736 at December 31, 2014) on December 31, 2012 and 2013. The first installment was paid in December 2012. In December 2013, a portion of the second installment was paid in the amount of EUR 6,581 (US $7,966 at December 31, 2014). The remainder of the installment, EUR 1,463 (US $2,183 at the date of payment), was paid in January 2014.

NHU LLC

        On April 15, 2010, Laureate acquired certain assets and assumed certain operating liabilities from National Hispanic University, a non-profit corporation (NHU NFP) located in San Jose, California. NHU NFP contributed certain of its assets to NHU Education Holdings, LLC (NHU LLC), our newly formed subsidiary, in exchange for 20% of the membership interests in NHU LLC. The purchase agreement contained an anti-dilution clause whereby Laureate agreed that NHU NFP's 20% interest in NHU LLC would not be diluted until Laureate's incremental capital funding exceeded $5,000. We accounted for this anti-dilution right contingent consideration as an obligation and recorded a liability in the amount of $1,000, as we determined it was likely, although not required, that we would fund NHU LLC with additional capital. As discussed further in Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, in the first quarter of 2014 Laureate announced that it would begin a teach-out process at this institution and will no longer enroll new students. Also during 2014, Laureate settled this liability as a capital contribution.

Note 7. Business and Geographic Segment Information

        Laureate's educational services are offered through four operating segments: LatAm, Europe, AMEA, and GPS. Laureate determines its operating segments based on information utilized by the chief operating decision maker to allocate resources and assess performance.

        The LatAm segment consists of campus-based institutions and has operations in Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Honduras, Mexico, Panama and Peru and has contractual relationships with a licensed institution in Ecuador. The institutions offer an education that emphasizes professional-oriented fields of study with undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The programs at these institutions are mainly campus-based and are primarily focused on local students. In addition, the institutions in our LatAm segment have begun introducing online and hybrid (a combination of online and in-classroom) courses and programs to their curriculum. Brazil and Chile have government-supported financing for higher education, while in other countries students generally finance their own education.

        The Europe segment consists of campus-based institutions with operations in Cyprus, France, Germany, Morocco, Portugal, Spain and Turkey. The institutions generate revenue by providing professional-oriented undergraduate and graduate degree programs. Several institutions have begun to introduce online and hybrid programs. Students in the Europe segment generally finance their own education.

F-58


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 7. Business and Geographic Segment Information (Continued)

        The AMEA segment consists of campus-based institutions with operations in Australia, China, India, Malaysia, South Africa and Thailand. AMEA also manages 11 licensed institutions in Saudi Arabia and manages one additional institution in China through a joint venture arrangement. Additionally, through 2014, AMEA had a relationship with a licensed institution in Indonesia. The institutions generate revenue by providing professional-oriented undergraduate and graduate degree programs. Students in the AMEA segment generally finance their own education.

        The GPS segment consists of accredited online institutions, which serve students across geographic boundaries, and campus-based institutions serving students in Italy, New Zealand, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. The GPS segment also manages one hospitality and culinary institution in China and one hospitality and culinary institution in Jordan through joint venture and other contractual arrangements. The online institutions primarily serve working adults with undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The campus-based institutions primarily serve traditional students seeking undergraduate and graduate degrees, particularly in the fields of hospitality, art and design, culinary, and health sciences. In the United States, students have access to government-supported financing programs.

        Intersegment transactions are accounted for in a similar manner as third party transactions and are eliminated in consolidation. The "Corporate" column presented in the following tables includes corporate charges that were not allocated to our reportable segments and adjustments to eliminate intersegment items.

        We evaluate segment performance based on Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP profit measure defined as (Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, adding back the following items: Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain, net, Other (expense) income, net, Loss from regulatory changes, (Loss) gain on derivatives, Loss on debt extinguishment, Interest expense, Interest income, Depreciation and amortization expense, Impairment charges on long-lived assets, Share-based compensation expense and, beginning in 2014, expenses related to implementation of our Excellence-in-Process (EiP) initiative. EiP is an enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize Laureate's processes, creating vertical integration of procurement, information technology, finance, accounting and human resources. It includes the establishment of regional shared services organizations around the world, as well as improvements to the Company's system of internal controls over financial reporting.

        When we review Adjusted EBITDA on a segment basis, we exclude intercompany revenues and expenses, related to network fees and royalties between our segments, that eliminate in consolidation. We use total assets as the measure of assets for reportable segments. Expenditures for long-lived assets include capital expenditures for property and equipment and Expenditures for deferred costs which are classified as investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

        The following tables provide financial information for our reportable segments, including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to (Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

F-59


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 7. Business and Geographic Segment Information (Continued)

and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 
  LatAm   Europe   AMEA   GPS   Corporate   Total  

2014:

                                     

Revenues

  $ 2,532,451   $ 499,261   $ 395,907   $ 998,154   $ (11,091 ) $ 4,414,682  

Adjusted EBITDA

    541,975     71,116     28,580     226,208     (94,354 )   773,525  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    152,142     32,744     37,417     61,076     4,952     288,331  

Loss on impairment of assets

    125,449     273         66         125,788  

Total assets

    4,509,719     693,559     833,451     1,945,882     455,607     8,438,218  

Expenditures for long-lived assets

    269,186     46,810     60,963     51,882     7,577     436,418  

2013:

                                     

Revenues

  $ 2,340,867   $ 469,733   $ 194,060   $ 911,023   $ (1,802 ) $ 3,913,881  

Adjusted EBITDA

    466,664     74,591     (5,177 )   204,068     (93,674 )   646,472  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    136,758     29,560     17,618     54,226     4,563     242,725  

Loss on impairment of assets

    21,967         1,987     9,628         33,582  

Total assets

    4,298,759     770,090     741,830     2,021,845     622,556     8,455,080  

Expenditures for long-lived assets

    367,167     40,932     53,378     47,176     10,878     519,531  

2012:

                                     

Revenues

  $ 2,135,176   $ 434,571   $ 158,476   $ 852,886   $ (13,992 ) $ 3,567,117  

Adjusted EBITDA

    380,254     73,757     (5,939 )   191,095     (92,134 )   547,033  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    124,902     23,850     14,291     54,390     3,802     221,235  

Loss on impairment of assets

    52,395         1,434     4,500         58,329  

Expenditures for long-lived assets

    288,603     76,021     22,664     58,746     11,019     457,053  

F-60


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 7. Business and Geographic Segment Information (Continued)


For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Adjusted EBITDA of reportable segments:

                   

LatAm

  $ 541,975   $ 466,664   $ 380,254  

Europe

    71,116     74,591     73,757  

AMEA

    28,580     (5,177 )   (5,939 )

GPS

    226,208     204,068     191,095  

Total Adjusted EBITDA of reportable segments

    867,879     740,146     639,167  

Reconciling items:

                   

Corporate

    (94,354 )   (93,674 )   (92,134 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (288,331 )   (242,725 )   (221,235 )

Loss on impairment of assets

    (125,788 )   (33,582 )   (58,329 )

Share-based compensation expense

    (49,190 )   (49,512 )   (17,289 )

EiP implementation expenses

    (10,716 )        

Operating income

  $ 299,500   $ 320,653   $ 250,180  

Interest income

    21,822     21,805     19,467  

Interest expense

    (385,754 )   (350,196 )   (307,728 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (22,984 )   (1,361 )   (4,421 )

(Loss) gain on derivatives

    (3,101 )   6,631     (63,234 )

Loss from regulatory changes

            (43,716 )

Other (expense) income, net

    (1,184 )   7,499     (5,533 )

Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain, net

    (109,970 )   (3,102 )   14,401  

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

  $ (201,671 ) $ 1,929   $ (140,584 )

Geographic Information

        No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of Laureate's consolidated revenues. Revenues from customers by geographic area, primarily generated by students enrolled at institutions in those areas, were as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

External revenue

                   

Mexico

  $ 741,649   $ 701,830   $ 614,483  

United States

    718,641     647,046     596,128  

Brazil

    712,921     568,443     529,499  

Chile

    585,645     629,185     569,963  

Peru

    322,938     270,519     217,437  

Spain

    234,781     230,822     224,639  

Other foreign countries

    1,098,107     866,036     814,968  

Consolidated total

  $ 4,414,682   $ 3,913,881   $ 3,567,117  

F-61


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 7. Business and Geographic Segment Information (Continued)

        Long-lived assets are composed of Property and equipment, net. As described in Note 4, Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale, as of December 31, 2014 a portion of Switzerland's property and equipment is classified as assets held for sale. Laureate's long-lived assets of continuing operations by geographic area were as follows:

December 31,
  2014   2013  

Long-lived assets

             

Chile

  $ 421,904   $ 473,249  

Brazil

    300,405     270,240  

Mexico

    293,331     350,607  

Peru

    258,352     217,578  

Spain

    205,510     235,816  

United States

    176,958     178,997  

China

    148,865     134,765  

Switzerland

    79,185     246,631  

Other foreign countries

    629,809     548,843  

Consolidated total

  $ 2,514,319   $ 2,656,726  

Note 8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

        The change in the net carrying amount of Goodwill from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2014 was composed of the following items:

 
  LatAm   Europe   AMEA   GPS   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,548,481     112,945     24,028     615,684     2,301,138  

Acquisitions

            110,057     49,198     159,255  

Dispositions

            (13 )       (13 )

Impairments

                     

Currency translation adjustments

    (82,777 )   (141 )   (5,606 )   4,822     (83,702 )

Adjustments to prior acquisitions

                     

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,465,704     112,804     128,466     669,704     2,376,678  

Acquisitions

    398,587         25,197         423,784  

Dispositions

                     

Impairments

    (77,094 )               (77,094 )

Currency translation adjustments

    (212,472 )   (15,163 )   (12,051 )   (13,887 )   (253,573 )

Adjustments to prior acquisitions

                     

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 1,574,725   $ 97,641   $ 141,612   $ 655,817   $ 2,469,795  

        As of December 31, 2014, accumulated goodwill impairment losses were $136,430, with $77,094, $19,660 and $39,676 relating to our LatAm, GPS and AMEA segments, respectively. As of

F-62


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

December 31, 2013, accumulated goodwill impairment losses were $59,336, with $19,660 and $39,676 relating to our GPS and AMEA segments, respectively.

Other Intangible Assets

        Amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was $17,697, $6,527, and $15,985 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ending December 31, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, and beyond is $19,097, $13,906, $11,089, $9,490, $5,353, and $34,129, respectively.

        The following table summarizes our identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2014:

 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
  Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period (Yrs)
 

Subject to amortization:

                         

Student rosters

  $ 114,909   $ (89,612 ) $ 25,297     3.1  

Non-compete agreements

    6,935     (6,935 )        

Other

    89,016     (21,249 )   67,767     12.8  

Not subject to amortization:

                         

Tradenames and accreditations

    1,461,762         1,461,762      

Total

  $ 1,672,622   $ (117,796 ) $ 1,554,826        

        The following table summarizes our identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2013:

 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
  Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period (Yrs)
 

Subject to amortization:

                         

Student rosters

  $ 107,215   $ (91,891 ) $ 15,324     2.8  

Non-compete agreements

    7,843     (7,843 )        

Other

    30,857     (16,208 )   14,649     2.5  

Not subject to amortization:

                         

Tradenames and accreditations

    1,519,737         1,519,737      

Total

  $ 1,665,652   $ (115,942 ) $ 1,549,710        

F-63


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

Impairment Tests

        The following table summarizes the Loss on impairment of assets:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Impairments of Tradenames and accreditations, by segment:

                   

LatAm

  $ 47,650   $ 21,967   $ 52,395  

Europe

             

AMEA

             

GPS

        3,726     4,500  

Total Impairments of Tradenames and accreditations

    47,650     25,693     56,895  

Impairments of Goodwill—LatAm segment

    77,094          

Impairments of Deferred costs and Other intangible assets, net

    273     4,478     149  

Impairments of long-lived assets

    771     3,411     1,285  

Total

  $ 125,788   $ 33,582   $ 58,329  

        We perform annual impairment tests of our non-amortizable intangible assets, which consist of Goodwill and Tradenames and accreditations, in the fourth quarter of each year. The impairment charges discussed below were recorded to reduce the assets' carrying values to fair value. These fair value measurements were determined primarily using the income approach, based largely on inputs that are not observable to active markets, which would be deemed "Level 3" fair value measurements as defined in Note 21, Fair Value Measurement. These inputs include our expectations about future revenue growth and profitability, effective income tax rates by jurisdiction, and the rate at which the cash flows should be discounted in order to determine this fair value estimate. Where a market approach is used, the inputs also include publicly available data about our competitors' financial ratios and transactions.

2014 Loss on Impairment of Assets

        In 2014, we recorded a total impairment loss of $125,788. Tradenames and accreditations were impaired in the aggregate amount $47,650 related to two Chilean institutions in our LatAm segment. Also in our LatAm segment, Goodwill was impaired in the amount of $77,094, which related to our institutions in Costa Rica, Honduras, and Panama. Our Europe segment recorded impairments of deferred costs of $273. Our LatAm and GPS segments recorded impairments of long-lived assets of $705 and $66, respectively.

        Of the total impairment of Tradenames and accreditations in LatAm, approximately $16,400 related to UDLA Chile. This is an additional impairment to the charge taken in 2013. The primary driver for this additional charge was the secondary intake of enrollment that occurred during the third quarter of 2014, which provided us with additional information regarding the projected financial performance of UDLA Chile and that indicated that the financial impact of the loss of accreditation was larger than initially estimated. The Company also revised its estimates around the timing of enrollments following reaccreditation. As a result, management performed an impairment test and determined that the estimated fair value of the intangible asset was less than its carrying value. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment charge in order to adjust the carrying value of the intangible asset to its new estimated fair value of approximately $24,000.

F-64


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

        The remaining impairment of Tradenames and accreditations in LatAm of approximately $31,250 related to UNAB in Chile, in order to adjust the intangible asset to its new estimated fair value of approximately $76,000. The impairment at UNAB resulted from our expectation of reduced margins and lower pricing, as compared to the assumptions contained in the models previously used to value the intangible assets. The lower projections reflect weaker operating performance compared to the prior long-range plan, combined with reduced expectations as a result of a regulatory environment that favors public rather than private supply in higher education. In addition, due to the uncertainty that currently exists in Chile, the Company has decided to reduce its expected capital expenditures for growth in that market for the foreseeable future. As a result, the long-range plan used to calculate the fair value of the UNAB Tradename and accreditation asset contains lower growth and profitability assumptions than the plan used in prior years for such purposes.

        The Goodwill impairment of $77,094 in LatAm at our institutions in Costa Rica, Honduras, and Panama can be attributed to a weaker long-range outlook as compared to the assumptions contained in the models previously used to value the intangible assets. The primary driver of this weaker outlook is a shortfall in 2014 enrollments which has caused us to decrease our long-term enrollment projections. The softened enrollment outlook has also resulted in pricing pressure on revenue. Cost cutting measures have been taken by management to mitigate margin erosion. The softer long-term outlook resulted in a lower valuation for the reporting unit. As a result of the 2014 impairment test, the Goodwill balances at these institutions were entirely written off.

2013 Loss on Impairment of Assets

        In 2013, we recorded a total impairment loss of $33,582. Tradenames and accreditations were impaired in the aggregate amount of $25,693 related to institutions in our LatAm and GPS segments, which recorded impairments of $21,967 and $3,726, respectively. Our AMEA segment recorded impairments of long-lived assets of $1,987 for certain buildings that were impaired in 2013. Our GPS segment also recorded impairments of long-lived assets of $1,424 and impairments of Deferred costs and Other intangible assets, net of $4,478.

        The impairment of Tradenames and accreditations in LatAm related to UDLA Chile. The primary driver for this charge was a reduction in this institution's projected revenues and income following UDLA Chile's loss of accreditation, as discussed in Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies. The current impairment charge is based on management's best estimates using current available and knowable information about the short and long term implications to the UDLA Chile financial forecast. The current projections assume reaccreditation in 2016. We will continue to monitor the situation and additional impairment losses may result from greater than expected attrition and failure to obtain reaccreditation in 2016.

        The Tradenames and accreditations impairment of $3,726 in our GPS segment related to one institution in Italy, and two in the U.S. The impairment at the Italian institution of $1,094 resulted from our expectation of reduced margins, as compared to the assumptions contained in the models previously used to value the intangible assets. The reduced margin expectations result primarily from the ongoing weakness in the European economies, which has caused pricing decreases at certain of the institutions included in this segment, as well as enrollment declines as compared to the projections used to value the intangible assets.

F-65


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

        In the U.S., one of the institutions recorded a Tradenames and accreditations impairment of $1,300, which primarily resulted from our expectation of further reduced margins and cash flows at one institution as compared to our initial projections contained in the previous model used to value the intangible assets at this institution during our 2012 impairment testing. These expectations of further reduced margins and cash flows are largely due to the continuing poor economic conditions in the U.S., continued media focus on the cost of education as compared to earnings potential, as well as the regulatory environment, which are discussed in Note 20, Legal and Regulatory Matters. All of these factors have caused the Company to reduce its expectation of future performance for this institution. In the first quarter of 2014, one of our U.S. institutions, NHU LLC, decided to stop enrolling new students and teach out the existing cohort of students. This decision was driven in part by recent regulatory changes. As a result, the Company has written off the entire Tradenames and accreditations value of $1,332 related to this institution. In addition, NHU LLC, also wrote down capitalized curriculum, which is recorded in Deferred costs, net by $4,478 and software, which is recorded in Property and equipment, by $1,338, as it was determined that the curriculum and software cannot be redeployed. There was also an impairment of other long-lived assets in the GPS segment of $86.

2012 Loss on Impairment of Assets

        In 2012, we recorded an impairment loss of $58,329. In 2012, Tradenames and accreditations were impaired in the aggregate amount of $56,895 related to two institutions in our LatAm and GPS segments, which recorded impairments of $52,395 and $4,500, respectively. Additionally, Other intangible assets were impaired by $149 in our GPS segment, and long-lived assets in our AMEA segment were impaired by $1,285.

        The LatAm Tradenames and accreditations impairment of $52,395 related to Mexico. This impairment was attributable to various factors, which caused us to further reduce our revenues and profit expectations as compared to the assumptions contained in the previous model, which was used to value the intangible assets during 2011 impairment testing. Our reduced expectations resulted from a continuation of the impacts of the economic weakness in Mexico that we experienced in our business during 2011. This weakness has led to a continuation of the persistent high unemployment rate in the Mexican economy, which has impacted our businesses differently, specifically causing potential customers to be more price sensitive. These economic challenges in Mexico have caused the Company to further re-evaluate its growth and margin assumptions for a component of this business unit, thus triggering the impairment.

        The impairment of $4,500 in the GPS segment is caused by an impairment of Tradenames and accreditations, which primarily resulted from our expectation of reduced margins and cash flows at one institution as compared to our initial projections contained in the previous model used to value the intangible assets at this institution during our 2011 impairment testing. These expectations of reduced margins and cash flows are largely due to the continuing poor economic conditions in the U.S., continued media focus on the cost of education as compared to earnings potential, as well as the regulatory environment, which are discussed further in Note 20, Legal and Regulatory Matters. All of these factors have caused the Company to reduce its future performance expectations for this institution, because it operates in a niche market where its programs are offered at a comparatively high price point.

F-66


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

        In 2012, in the GPS segment, we also recorded an impairment of $149, related to the reduced profitability inherent in contract rights owned by one institution in that segment.

        The impairment of long-lived assets in our AMEA segment of $1,285 related to certain property and equipment at our institutions in China and Malaysia, where the Company determined that the property and equipment would be disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life.

Note 9. Land Use Rights

        The Company has acquired rights to use certain properties for periods ranging from 13 to 899 years. The land use rights at AMEA had a combined net carrying value of $50,290 and $57,496 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The land use rights recorded for Europe have a net carrying value of $1,572 and $2,137 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The land use rights recorded for the LatAm region have a net carrying value of $2,130 and $0 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        The land use rights recorded at net carrying value on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets are summarized as follows:

December 31,
  2014   2013  

Cost

  $ 54,904   $ 67,214  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (912 )   (7,581 )

Land use rights, net

  $ 53,992   $ 59,633  

        Amortization expense of land use rights was $1,547, $1,737 and $1,779 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As discussed in Note 18, Related Party Transactions, during the year ended December 31, 2014, HIEU wrote off land use rights with a net carrying value of approximately $4,350 related to several parcels of land for which it no longer has land use rights.

        As of December 31, 2014, amortization expense related to land use rights for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

2015

  $ 1,544  

2016

    1,575  

2017

    1,474  

2018

    1,474  

2019

    1,474  

Thereafter

    46,451  

Total

  $ 53,992  

F-67


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt

        Outstanding long-term debt was as follows:

December 31,
  2014   2013  

Senior long-term debt:

             

Senior Secured Credit Facility (stated maturity dates June 2016 and June 2018), net of discount

  $ 2,180,406   $ 2,061,437  

Senior Notes due 2019 (stated maturity date September 2019), net of discount          

    1,382,711     1,379,882  

Total senior long-term debt

    3,563,117     3,441,319  

Other debt:

             

Lines of credit

    106,046     91,906  

Notes payable and other debt

    593,605     525,979  

Total senior and other debt

    4,262,768     4,059,204  

Capital lease obligations and sale-leaseback financings

    304,099     280,237  

Total long-term debt

    4,566,867     4,339,441  

Less: current portion of long-term debt

    233,286     220,471  

Long-term debt, less current portion

  $ 4,333,581   $ 4,118,970  

        As of December 31, 2014, aggregate annual maturities of the senior and other debt, excluding capital lease obligations and sale-leaseback financings, were as follows:

December 31, 2014
  Senior and
Other Debt
 

2015

  $ 217,579  

2016

    459,100  

2017

    94,912  

2018

    1,874,458  

2019

    1,479,606  

Thereafter

    154,549  

Total

    4,280,204  

Less: discount, net

    (17,436 )

Total senior and other debt

  $ 4,262,768  

        The estimated fair value of our debt was determined using observable market prices, as the majority of our securities, including the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Senior Notes due 2019, are traded in a brokered market. The fair value of our remaining debt instruments approximates carrying value based on their terms. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, our long-term debt was

F-68


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy, based on the frequency and volume of trading in the brokered market. The estimated fair value of our debt was as follows:

 
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013  
 
  Carrying
amount
  Estimated
fair value
  Carrying
amount
  Estimated
fair value
 

Total senior and other debt

  $ 4,262,768   $ 4,222,334   $ 4,059,204   $ 4,185,165  

Senior Notes

Overview

        On May 13, 2008, Laureate incurred certain indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount of $1,005,822, consisting of:

    1.
    $260,000 of senior cash pay notes (the Senior Cash Pay Notes);

    2.
    $435,822 of senior toggle notes (the Senior Toggle Notes); and

    3.
    $310,000 of senior subordinated notes (the Senior Subordinated Notes).

        The proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes were used to repay the outstanding balances of certain loans, plus accrued interest and associated fees and expenses, originated as part of the 2007 LBO.

        On July 25, 2012, we completed an offering of $350,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (the Senior Notes due 2019). The net proceeds received from the debt offering were $343,000, after payment of underwriter fees of $7,000, and were used to repay a portion of our senior secured multi-currency revolving credit facility.

        On November 13, 2012, we completed an offering of $1,050,000 aggregate principal amount of additional 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019. The notes are treated as a single series with the $350,000 of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 that were issued in July 2012. The Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the additional Senior Notes due 2019 to purchase all of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Cash Pay Notes, and to fully repay certain debt instruments under the Company's senior secured term loan facility, including the Closing Date Term Loan, the Delayed Draw Term Loan, and the Series A New Term Loan.

        The Senior Notes due 2019 are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior basis, by each of Laureate's wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee Laureate's obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Senior Notes due 2019 rank junior to the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

Senior Notes due 2019

        The $1,400,000 Senior Notes due 2019 have a stated maturity of September 1, 2019. Laureate may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes due 2019 at any time prior to September 1, 2015, in each case at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus the applicable "make-whole" premium, and accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, as discussed in

F-69


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

'Registration of Senior Notes due 2019' below. The make-whole premium is defined as the greater of: (1) 1.00% of the notes' principal amount; and (2) any amount by which the present value of the redemption price of such redeemed notes, plus all required interest payments through September 1, 2015, computed using a discount rate equal to the United States Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, exceeds the principal amount of such redeemed notes. Prior to September 1, 2015, Laureate may redeem up to 40% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2019 at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings. From and after September 1, 2015, we may redeem all or part of the Senior Notes due 2019 at redemption prices starting at 106.938% of the principal amount thereof and decreasing from there each year thereafter until September 1, 2018, plus accrued and unpaid interest. From and after September 1, 2018, we may redeem all or part of the Senior Notes due 2019 at a redemption price of 100%, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

        The interest rate for the Senior Notes due 2019 is fixed at 9.25%, excluding the special interest discussed below, and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 each year, beginning March 1, 2013. Of the total $1,400,000 of Senior Notes due 2019, $350,000 were issued in July 2012 at par, while the remaining $1,050,000 were issued in November 2012 at a price of 97.750% of face amount, resulting in an original debt discount of $23,625, which will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Senior Notes due 2019 was $1,382,711, net of the remaining debt discount of $17,289. As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance on the Senior Notes due 2019 was $1,379,882, net of the remaining debt discount of $20,118.

        Registration of Senior Notes due 2019—Laureate and its guarantors agreed to (1) file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange the Senior Notes due 2019 for new notes having terms substantially identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes (except that the new notes will not contain transfer restrictions or provide for special interest); or (2) file a shelf registration for the resale of the notes. We were required to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective on or before July 25, 2014. Since the registration statement was not declared effective by July 25, 2014, we have incurred special interest at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period of the outstanding indenture indebtedness on the outstanding notes, 0.50% per annum for the next 90-day period, and 0.75% thereafter, as liquidated damages until the registration statement is declared effective and the exchange offer is completed.

        The requirement to register the Senior Notes due 2019 qualifies as a "registration payment arrangement" under ASC 825-20, "Financial Instruments—Registration Payment Arrangements." ASC 825-20 requires us to record a liability if we determine that it is probable that consideration, such as special interest, will be paid to the counterparty under the registration payment arrangement, and if that consideration can be reasonably estimated. Accordingly, we have recorded a liability for the amount of special interest on the Senior Notes due 2019 that we have determined to be probable and estimable based on our expected timing of registration as of each balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had a total contingent liability for special interest on the Senior Notes due 2019 of $12,200 and $7,200, respectively, recorded in Accrued expenses and Other long-term

F-70


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, through a corresponding adjustment to Interest expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes

        The $260,000 Senior Cash Pay Notes and the $435,822 Senior Toggle Notes had a stated maturity of August 15, 2015. The redemption prices of these notes started at 105% of the principal amount for the Senior Cash Pay Notes and 105.125% of the principal amount for the Senior Toggle Notes and decreased from there if redeemed after August 15, 2012, plus accrued and unpaid interest. As discussed above, the Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes were paid in full during the fourth quarter of 2012 with proceeds from the issuance of the additional Senior Notes due 2019.

        The interest rate for the Senior Cash Pay Notes was fixed at 10.00%, and was payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 each year. Cash interest on the Senior Toggle Notes accrued at a rate of 10.25% per annum.

Senior Subordinated Notes

        The $310,000 Senior Subordinated Notes had a stated maturity of August 15, 2017. From and after August 15, 2012, we could redeem all or part of the Senior Subordinated Notes at redemption prices starting at 105.875% of the principal amount thereof and decreasing from there each year thereafter, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The interest rate for the Senior Subordinated Notes was fixed at 11.75%, excluding the special interest discussed below, and was payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 each year.

        On April 9, 2013, we commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash any and all of our outstanding 11.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, which had an outstanding balance of $285,944 at that date. Senior Subordinated Notes with a principal amount of $67,328 were tendered on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 22, 2013 (the Early Tender Date), and the holders of those notes received the full tender offer consideration of $1.06375 for each $1 principal amount of notes accepted for purchase. Also in April 2013, Laureate called for redemption all remaining Senior Subordinated Notes not purchased in the tender offer. Accordingly, $218,616 principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes were repaid on May 23, 2013. Holders of all purchased notes also received any accrued and unpaid interest and special interest on the notes from the last interest payment date to, but not including, the date of payment for purchased notes. As described below, Laureate obtained the proceeds required to repay the notes by borrowing an additional $310,000 on the same terms as its existing 2018 Extended Term Loan in April 2013. We paid a total of $17,136 of tender premiums and fees and call premiums which were capitalized as debt issuance costs.

        Registration of Senior Cash Pay Notes, Senior Toggle Notes, and Senior Subordinated Notes Laureate and its guarantors agreed to (1) file a registration statement with the SEC for a registered offer to exchange the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the Senior Toggle Notes, and the Senior Subordinated Notes, for new notes having terms substantially identical in all material respects to these outstanding notes (except that the new notes will not contain transfer restrictions or provide for special interest); or (2) file a shelf registration for the resale of the notes. We were required to use all commercially

F-71


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective and to complete the exchange offer on or before January 1, 2011.

        We did not comply with this SEC filing requirement on or before January 1, 2011, and were therefore subject to a "Registration Default" until these notes were repaid. During the period in which the Registration Default existed, special interest accrued on the outstanding indebtedness under the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum during the first 90-day period, 0.50% for the second 90-day period, 0.75% for the third 90-day period, and 1.0% thereafter, beginning October 1, 2011. Accordingly, we incurred approximately $950 and $9,950 of special interest under this registration payment arrangement during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accrual and payment of special interest was the only remedy available for the Registration Default. Since we fully repaid the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Toggle Notes during the fourth quarter of 2012, and fully repaid the Senior Subordinated Notes during the second quarter of 2013, we no longer incur special interest on these notes.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

Overview

        On June 16, 2011, we amended and restated our Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 (as amended and restated, our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement), in order to, among other things, extend maturity dates. Pursuant to this amendment and restatement, certain lenders in the syndicate: (1) extended the maturity dates applicable to $155,000 of our then-existing $400,000 revolving line of credit facility from August 2013 to June 2016, (2) converted $245,000 of then-existing revolving loans and revolving credit commitments into term loans that will mature in June 2018, and (3) extended the maturity dates applicable to three series term loans, totaling $858,896 of aggregate principal, from August 2014 to June 2018. In addition, some existing lenders increased the amount of their revolver commitments and new lenders became lenders with respect to the revolving credit facility that matures in June 2016. As a result of this amendment and restatement, the credit facilities under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on June 16, 2011 were composed of:

    1.
    $300,000 revolving line of credit facility; and

    2.
    $1,269,703 senior secured term loan facility, consisting of the following series:

    (i)
    $1,103,896 extended term loan (the 2018 Extended Term Loan);

    (ii)
    $129,114 Closing Date Term Loan;

    (iii)
    $19,135 Delayed Draw Term Loan; and

    (iv)
    $17,558 Series A New Term Loan.

$25,000 Series A-2018 New Term Loan

        On December 22, 2011, we entered into a joinder agreement to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to borrow an additional $25,000 on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loan (the

F-72


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

Series A-2018 New Term Loan), including interest rates and quarterly principal payment dates. The borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit facility was also increased to $350,000.

$250,000 Series B New Term Loans

        On January 18, 2013, we entered into the Series B New Term Loan Joinder Agreement and the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to borrow an additional $250,000 on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loan (the Series B New Term Loans), including interest rates and quarterly principal payment dates. This additional loan was issued at an original debt discount of $1,250, and we paid debt issuance costs of $2,860 in connection with the borrowing, both of which will be amortized to Interest expense over the term of the loan.

$310,000 Series B Additional Term Loans

        On April 23, 2013, we entered into the Series B Additional Term Loan Joinder Agreement and the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to borrow an additional $310,000 on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loan (the Series B Additional Term Loans), including interest rates and quarterly principal payment dates. This additional loan was issued at an original debt premium of $1,550, and we paid debt issuance costs of $3,872 in connection with the borrowing, both of which will be amortized to Interest expense over the term of the loan. In addition, third-party costs of $374 were charged to General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013. The proceeds from this borrowing were used to repay all of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, as described above.

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

        On October 3, 2013, we entered into a Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the Third Amendment), pursuant to which we reduced the margin applicable to our 2018 Extended Term Loan, Series A-2018 New Term Loan, Series B New Term Loans and Series B Additional Term Loans from 4.00% to 3.75% for LIBOR loans and from 3.00% to 2.75% for ABR loans. In addition to lowering the margin on these term loans, the amendment provided additional flexibility for mortgage financings.

$200,000 Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans

        On December 16, 2013, we entered into the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans Joinder Agreement to borrow an additional $200,000 on the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loans as stated in the Third Amendment. This additional loan was issued at an original debt discount of $500, and we paid debt issuance costs of $2,242 in connection with the borrowing. The original debt discount and the debt issuance costs will be amortized to Interest expense over the term of the loan.

Revolving Line of Credit Facility

        Borrowings under our revolver bear interest at a rate per annum which, at our option, can be either a London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or an Alternate Base Rate (ABR) plus, in each case, a margin. LIBOR loans under our revolver accrue interest at the applicable LIBOR rate plus a

F-73


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

3.75% margin. The LIBOR rate with respect to our revolver is subject to a floor of 1.25%. Interest on ABR revolving borrowings accrues at the ABR (which is the higher of the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or the prime rate for the agent bank) plus a 2.75% margin. The ABR with respect to our revolver is subject to a floor of 2.25%. For LIBOR revolving borrowings, the interest period is set at our option for a period of one, two, three, six, nine or 12 months. ABR revolving borrowings have no interest period and the interest rate on any ABR revolving borrowing is subject to change when the underlying indices change. In addition, our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for the payment of a commitment fee based on the daily unused portion of our revolver. The commitment fee rate of 0.625% per annum is payable quarterly in arrears.

        At December 31, 2014, the total amount outstanding under our revolver was $346,727, which consisted of $301,385 in LIBOR loans at an interest rate of 5.00% and $45,342 in ABR loans at an interest rate of 6.00%. At December 31, 2013, the total amount outstanding under our revolver was $208,911, which consisted entirely of LIBOR loans at an interest rate of 5.00%. As of December 31, 2014, principal amounts outstanding under our revolver will be due and payable in full in June 2016. The maturity date of the revolving line of credit facility was extended to March 2018, as discussed in Note 26, Subsequent Events.

2018 Extended Term Loan, Series A-2018 New Term Loan, Series B New Term Loans, Series B Additional Term Loans, and Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans

        The portions of our term loans under the original Credit Agreement that did not remain outstanding as the Closing Date Term Loan, Delayed Draw Term Loan or Series A New Term Loan (see below) were extended to a maturity date of June 2018. In addition, some existing lenders increased the amount of term loans and new lenders became lenders with respect to the 2018 Extended Term Loan, which matures in June 2018. Following the amendment and restatement on June 16, 2011, the aggregate amount of the 2018 Extended Term Loan was $1,103,896. The interest rate for our 2018 Extended Term Loan is set at a rate per annum which, at our option, can be either the LIBOR rate or the ABR rate, plus in each case, a margin. As stated above, the Series A-2018 New Term Loan, Series B New Term Loans, Series B Additional Term Loans and Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans all have the same terms as the 2018 Extended Term Loan.

        Following the October 2013 amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement discussed above, the margin for LIBOR loans is 3.75% and the margin for ABR loans is 2.75%. Prior to the amendment, the margin for LIBOR loans was 4.00% and the margin for ABR loans was 3.00%. The LIBOR rate is subject to a floor equal to 1.25% and the ABR is subject to a floor equal to 2.25%. For LIBOR loans, the interest period is set at our option for a period of one, two, three, six, nine, or 12 months. Once the interest period is set, the interest rate is fixed until the selected interest period ends. ABR loans have no interest period and the interest rate on any ABR loan is subject to change when the underlying indices change.

        With respect to our 2018 Extended Term Loan, Series A-2018 New Term Loan, Series B New Term Loans, the Series B Additional Term Loans and the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, we are required to make fixed quarterly principal payments in an aggregate amount equal to $4,722 per quarter. All unpaid principal and interest on these loans shall be paid in full in June 2018. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, these loans had an aggregate outstanding balance and interest rate of

F-74


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

$1,833,679 (net of debt discount of $147) and $1,852,526 (net of debt discount of $188), respectively, and an interest rate of 5.00% at each date.

Closing Date Term Loan

        Of the $675,000 Closing Date Term Loan made to us upon the closing of the original Credit Agreement, $651,375 was outstanding immediately prior to the June 16, 2011 effective date of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Of that amount, $522,261 was converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loan, and $129,114 remained outstanding and was not converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loan. We were required to make fixed quarterly principal payments on the Closing Date Term Loan of approximately $334. The Closing Date Term Loan was paid in full on November 16, 2012 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes due 2019.

Delayed Draw Term Loan

        Of the $100,000 Delayed Draw Term Loan made to us under the terms of the original Credit Agreement, $97,528 was outstanding immediately prior to the June 16, 2011 effective date of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Of that amount, $78,393 was converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loan, and $19,135 remained outstanding and was not converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loan.We were required to make quarterly principal payments equal to 0.25% of the principal balance outstanding on the Delayed Draw Term Loan. The Delayed Draw Term Loan was paid in full on November 16, 2012 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes due 2019.

Series A New Term Loan

        Of the $280,000 Series A New Term Loan made pursuant to the terms of a joinder to the original Credit Agreement, $275,800 was outstanding immediately prior to the June 16, 2011 effective date of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Of that amount, $258,242 was converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loan, and $17,558 remained outstanding and was not converted into the 2018 Extended Term Loan.We were required to make fixed quarterly principal payments on the Series A New Term Loan of approximately $45. The Series A New Term Loan was paid in full on November 16, 2012 with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes due 2019.

Default Interest

        In the event that we fail to pay all or a portion of the principal and interest amounts when due, the interest rates under our Senior Secured Credit Facility will be increased by 2.00% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which the payment is paid in full.

Guarantee

        As of the effective date of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, all obligations under our Senior Secured Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the same subsidiaries that were guarantors under the original Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Supplement No. 2 to the Guarantee dated as of July 15, 2011, Exeter Street Holdings LLC, a Maryland limited liability company subsidiary, became an additional guarantor of the obligations under our Senior Secured Credit Facility.

F-75


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

Senior Secured Credit Facility Outstanding

        As of December 31, 2014, the $2,180,406 balance of the Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of $1,833,679 in the 2018 Extended Term Loan, the Series A-2018 New Term Loan, the Series B New Term Loans, and the Series B Additional Term Loans, and the revolver of $346,727. As of December 31, 2013, the $2,061,437 balance of the Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of $1,852,526 in the 2018 Extended Term Loan and the Series A-2018 New Term Loan, and the revolver of $208,911.

Senior Secured Credit Facility Borrowers and Guarantors

        The multi-currency revolving line of credit facility (the revolver), the 2018 Extended Term Loan, the Series A-2018 New Term Loan, the Series B New Term Loans, the Series B Additional New Term Loans, the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, the Closing Date Term Loan, the Delayed Draw Term Loan, and the Series A New Term Loan are collectively referred to as the "Senior Secured Credit Facility." Laureate Education, Inc. (the U.S. Borrower) is the borrower under our Senior Secured Credit Facility. Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. (the Foreign Borrower) is a borrower only under the revolver of our Senior Secured Credit Facility.

        All of Laureate's required United States legal entities, excluding Walden University, LLC (Walden), Kendall College (Kendall), NewSchool of Architecture and Design (NewSchool), NHU and St. Augustine, are guarantors of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, and all of the guarantors' assets, both real and intangible, are pledged as collateral. Certain Walden assets are also pledged as collateral, including all of Walden's United States receivables other than Title IV student loans, all of its copyrights, patents, and trademarks. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the carrying value of the Walden receivables and intangibles pledged as collateral was $390,827 and $394,470, respectively. Additionally, not more than 65% of the shares held by United States guarantors in non-domestic subsidiaries are pledged as collateral. There is also a separate guarantee and pledge agreement for the Foreign Borrower sub-facility of the revolver (the Spanish Tranche). The Spanish Tranche is secured by certain of the Foreign Borrower's assets, including intercompany loans and shares owned in other non-domestic subsidiaries, to secure the foreign obligations. Of the $350,000 revolving line of credit facility noted above, we can borrow up to $100,000 under the Spanish Tranche.

Certain Covenants

        Our senior long-term debt contains certain negative covenants including, among others: (1) limitations on additional indebtedness; (2) limitations on dividends; (3) limitations on asset sales, including the sale of ownership interests in subsidiaries and sale-leaseback transactions; and (4) limitations on liens, guarantees, loans or investments. Our senior long-term debt does not contain any financial maintenance covenants.

        On April 4, 2014, we notified our lenders of the occurrence of a default under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, due to our failure to deliver our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 within 95 days after the fiscal year end (the 2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery Default). The reason for the 2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery Default is the additional time needed to completely and accurately reflect several items in the 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements. We cured the 2013 Audited Financial Statement Delivery

F-76


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

Default by delivering the 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements to the administrative agent on April 14, 2014, the date that the 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements were issued, which was within the 30-day grace period provided for in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. There are no events causing noncompliance with these covenants as of the issuance date of this report.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, Laureate recorded a Loss on debt extinguishment of $(22,984) that was almost entirely related to the purchase of previously leased property in Brazil and settlement of the related lease obligation. In connection with the 2010 acquisition of Universidade Potiguar (UNP), Laureate entered into a lease agreement for certain property, which was accounted for as a failed sale-leaseback and recorded as a lease asset and liability. The sellers had a right to put the property to Laureate, which they exercised in December 2014. Laureate recorded the excess of the approximately $29,300 purchase price over the capital lease liability as Loss on debt extinguishment in accordance with ASC 470-50, "Modifications and Extinguishments."

        During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a Loss on debt extinguishment of $(1,361) in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations in connection with the Third Amendment discussed above. This loss relates to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with facilities that were deemed to be extinguished. We also paid third-party costs of $1,510 in connection with the amendment, which were recorded as General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013.

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a Loss on debt extinguishment of $(4,421) in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. This loss related to the write-off of $1,807 of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the old facilities that were repaid, related primarily to certain lenders who did not participate in the new Senior Notes due 2019, as well as $2,484 in tender offer costs and call pre-payment penalties on the Senior Cash Pay and Senior Toggle Notes, and $130 related to the extinguishment of a non-U.S. note payable. In addition, $1,562 was charged to General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012, which related to new third-party costs for the modification.

Debt Issuance Costs

        Amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discounts that are recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations totaled $24,400, $22,861 and $11,445 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we paid and capitalized a total of $3,282 in debt issuance costs. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid and capitalized a total of $30,618 of debt issuance costs. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid a total of $56,558 of debt issuance costs, of which $54,074 were capitalized, and $2,484 were expensed and included in the Loss on debt extinguishment as noted above. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, our unamortized debt issuance costs were $80,094 and $98,405, respectively.

F-77


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

Currency and Interest Rate Swaps

        The interest and principal payments for Laureate's senior long-term debt arrangements are to be paid primarily in USD. Our ability to make debt service payments is subject to fluctuations in the value of the USD relative to foreign currencies, because a majority of our operating cash used to make these payments is generated by subsidiaries with functional currencies other than USD. As part of our overall risk management policies, Laureate has entered into a foreign currency swap contract and floating-to-fixed interest rate swap contracts. See Note 15, Derivative Instruments, for further disclosures.

Other Debt

Lines of Credit

        Individual Laureate subsidiaries have the ability to borrow pursuant to unsecured lines of credit and similar short-term borrowing arrangements (collectively, lines of credit). The lines of credit are available for working capital purposes and enable us to borrow for and repay until those lines mature.

        Interest rates on our lines of credit ranged from 4.82% to 20.00% at December 31, 2014, and 5.06% to 20.00% at December 31, 2013. Our weighted-average short-term borrowing rate was 6.75% and 6.72% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        Laureate's aggregate lines of credit (outstanding balances plus available borrowing capacity) were $155,777 and $176,823 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate outstanding balances on our lines of credit were $106,046 and $91,906, respectively, which are included in the current portion of long-term debt. Accordingly, the available borrowing capacity under our lines of credit was $49,731 and $84,917 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Notes Payable

        Notes payable include mortgages payable that are secured by certain fixed assets. The notes payable have varying maturity dates and repayment terms through 2030. These loans contain certain financial maintenance covenants and as of December 31, 2014, Laureate is in compliance with these covenants. Interest rates on notes payable ranged from 2.23% to 22.16% and 1.99% to 18.15% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        On December 21, 2007, UVM Mexico entered into an agreement with a bank for a loan of MXN 2,750,000 (approximately US $250,000 at that time). Under the terms of the loan, UVM Mexico could borrow the total amount of the loan through one or more draws, provided that each draw of the loan was evidenced by a promissory note. On July 1, 2008, Laureate made a draw in the amount of MXN 2,575,600 (US $250,000 at July 1, 2008) to acquire Universidad Tecnológica de México (UNITEC Mexico). The loan was originally scheduled to mature on July 1, 2015. UVM Mexico began semi-annual repayments of MXN 257,560 (US $19,685) on July 15, 2010. In order to align the payments with the new loan described below, in May 2014 the loan maturity date was extended to May 15, 2021, and the repayments were suspended until May 16, 2016, when UVM Mexico will resume semi-annual repayments of MXN 120,418 (US $9,203). These payments will continue through maturity in 2021.

F-78


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

Interest is payable monthly and accrued at the 28-day Mexican Interbanking Offer Rate (TIIE), plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin for the interest calculation is established based on the ratio of debt to EBITDA, as defined in the agreement. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the interest rate on the loan was 5.30% and 6.17%, respectively, and the outstanding balance on the loan was $89,855 and $101,235, respectively.

        In May 2012, Laureate entered into an agreement with a bank for a loan of MXN 900,000 (approximately US $61,000 at December 31, 2014), in order to fund payment of the amounts owed to the former noncontrolling interest holders of Planeación de Sistemas, S.A. de C.V. (Plansi) under the terms of the agreement to purchase their remaining 10% interest in Plansi. The loan carries a variable interest rate (5.30% at December 31, 2014) and was originally scheduled to mature on May 15, 2019. In May 2014, the loan maturity date was extended to May 15, 2021, and the repayments were suspended until May 16, 2016. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, this loan had an outstanding balance of $61,052 and $68,784, respectively.

        In addition to the loans above, UVM Mexico has an additional loan with an outstanding balance of $34,131 and $38,454, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The loan carries a variable interest rate (approximately 5.05% at December 31, 2014) and matures in August 2015.

        The Company has also obtained financing to fund the construction of two new campuses at one of our institutions in Peru, Universidad Peruana de Ciencias Aplicadas (UPC Peru). During the year ended December 31, 2012, we made an initial borrowing of approximately $19,500 in order to begin the construction. Additional borrowings for this construction project of approximately $25,000 and $23,000 occurred during 2014 and 2013, respectively, and during 2014 Laureate made repayments of approximately $10,000. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding balance on the loans was $52,073 and $40,133, respectively, and had a weighted average interest rate of 7.25% and 7.36%, respectively. These loans have varying maturity dates with the final payment due in October 2022. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, $28,085 and $16,810, respectively, of the outstanding balances on the loans were payable to one of the institutional investors referred to in Note 14, Share-based Compensation and Note 15, Derivative Instruments.

        In May 2014, the Company obtained $7,500 of financing to fund the construction of a new campus at one of our institutions in Panama. In December 2014, we borrowed an additional $5,000. This loan is payable to one of the institutional investors referred to in Note 14, Share-based Compensation and Note 15, Derivative Instruments. It has a fixed interest rate of 8.12% and matures in 2024.

        Laureate has outstanding notes payable at HIEU in China. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding balance on the loans was $91,022 and $94,963, respectively. The interest rates on these loans range from 6.30% to 7.20% per annum as of December 31, 2014 and from 5.84% to 7.20% per annum as of December 31, 2013. These notes are repayable in installments with the final installment due in September 2019.

        Laureate has outstanding notes payable at a real estate subsidiary in Chile. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding balance on the loans was $65,839 and $81,073, respectively. The interest rates on these loans range from 4.79% to 8.31% per annum as of December 31, 2014 and from 3.75% to 5.20% per annum as of December 31, 2013. These notes are repayable in installments with the final installment due in August 2028.

F-79


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

        As discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, Laureate acquired THINK on December 20, 2013. Laureate financed a portion of the purchase price for THINK by borrowing AUD 45,000 (US $36,819 at December 31, 2014) under a syndicated facility agreement in the form of two term loans of AUD 22,500 each. The syndicated facility agreement also provides for additional borrowings of up to AUD 20,000 (US $16,364 at December 31, 2014) under a capital expenditure facility and a working capital facility. The first term loan (Facility A) has a term of five years and principal is payable in quarterly installments of AUD 1,125 (US $920 at December 31, 2014) beginning on March 31, 2014. The second term loan (Facility B) has a term of five years and the total principal balance of AUD 22,500 is payable at its maturity date of December 20, 2018. The two term loans bear interest at a variable rate plus a margin of up to 3.2% for Facility A and 3.5% for Facility B that is determined based on THINK's leverage ratio, and interest is payable periodically. As of December 31, 2014, the interest rates on Facility A and Facility B were 5.19% and 5.49%, respectively, and as of December 31, 2013, the interest rates on Facility A and Facility B were 5.83% and 6.13%, respectively. The terms of the syndicated facility agreement required THINK to enter into an interest rate swap within 45 days from the agreement's December 20, 2013 effective date, in order to convert at least 50% of the AUD 45,000 of term loan debt from a variable interest rate to a fixed interest rate. Accordingly, on January 31, 2014 THINK executed an interest rate swap agreement to satisfy this requirement and converted AUD 22,500 (US $18,410 at December 31, 2014) of the variable rate component of the term loan debt to a fixed interest rate of 3.86%. This interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, $33,137 and $40,199, respectively, was outstanding under these loan facilities.

        As discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, Laureate acquired FMU on September 12, 2014 and financed a portion of the purchase price by borrowing amounts under two loans that totaled BRL 259,139 (approximately US $110,310 at the borrowing date). The loans require semi-annual principal payments beginning at BRL 6,478 in October 2014 and increasing to a maximum of BRL 22,027 beginning in October 2017 and continuing through their maturity dates in April 2021. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of these loans was $95,071. Both loans mature on April 15, 2021 and bear interest at an annual variable rate of CDI plus 3.7% (approximately 15% at December 31, 2014).

Capital Lease Obligations and Sale-Leaseback Financings

        Capital leases and sale-leaseback financings, primarily relating to real estate obligations, are included in debt and have been recorded using interest rates ranging from 2.00% to 32.57%. During 2014 and 2013, we had additions to assets and liabilities recorded as sale-leaseback financings and build-to-suit arrangements of $67,846 and $100,675, respectively, including additions through acquisition. We had assets under capital leases and sale-leaseback financings of $271,878 and $277,593 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, net of accumulated amortization. The amortization expense for capital lease assets is recorded in Depreciation and amortization expense.

F-80


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Debt (Continued)

        The aggregate maturities of our total future value and present value of the minimum capital lease payments and payments related to sale-leaseback financings at December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 
  Future Value
of Payments
  Interest   Present Value
of Payments
 

2015

  $ 51,213   $ 35,506   $ 15,707  

2016

    46,764     35,696     11,068  

2017

    54,052     34,400     19,652  

2018

    57,220     33,171     24,049  

2019

    50,333     31,461     18,872  

Thereafter

    376,832     162,081     214,751  

Total

  $ 636,414   $ 332,315   $ 304,099  

Note 11. Leases

        Laureate conducts a significant portion of its operations from leased facilities. These facilities include our corporate headquarters, other office locations, and many of Laureate's higher education facilities. The terms of these operating leases vary and generally contain renewal options. Some of the operating leases provide for increasing rents over the terms of the leases. Laureate also leases certain equipment under noncancelable operating leases, which are typically for terms of 60 months or less. Total rent expense under these leases is recognized ratably over the initial term of each lease. Any difference between the rent payment and the straight-line expense is recorded as an adjustment to the liability or as a prepaid asset.

        Laureate has entered into sublease agreements for certain leased office space. These agreements allow us to annually adjust rental income to be received for increases in gross operating rent and related expenses. The sublease agreements have various expiration dates through 2026.

        Future minimum lease payments and sublease income at December 31, 2014, by year and in the aggregate, under all noncancelable operating leases and subleases are as follows:

 
  Lease
Payments
  Sublease
Income
 

2015

  $ 210,380   $ 1,331  

2016

    180,664     491  

2017

    166,991     506  

2018

    152,642     508  

2019

    137,303     328  

Thereafter

    849,844     1,210  

Total

  $ 1,697,824   $ 4,374  

        Rent expense, net of sublease income, for all cancelable and noncancelable leases was $230,941, $207,841 and $188,951 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-81


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncontrolling Interest Holder Put Arrangements and Company Call Arrangements

        The following section provides a summary table and description of the various noncontrolling interest holder put arrangements that Laureate had outstanding as of December 31, 2014. As further described in Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies, Laureate has elected to accrete changes in the arrangements' redemption values over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date. The redeemable noncontrolling interests are recorded at the greater of the accreted redemption value or the traditional noncontrolling interest. Until the first exercise date, the put instruments' reported values may be lower than the final amounts that will be required to settle the minority put arrangements. As of December 31, 2014, the carrying value of all noncontrolling interest holder put arrangements was $42,158, which includes accreted incremental value of $21,316 in excess of traditional noncontrolling interests.

        If the minority put arrangements were all exercisable at December 31, 2014, Laureate would be obligated to pay the noncontrolling interest holders an estimated amount of $46,041, as summarized in the following table:

December 31, 2014
  Nominal
Currency
  First
Exercisable
Date
  Estimated Value as
of December 31,
2014 redeemable
within 12-months:
  Reported
Value
 

Noncontrolling interest holder put arrangements

                       

M-Power—5%

    INR   6/30/2015   $ 2,780   $ 2,780  

INTI Education Holdings Sdn Bhd (INTI)—10%

    MYR   Current     10,719     10,719  

Pearl Retail Solutions Private Limited and Creative Arts Education Society (Pearl)—45%

    INR   6/30/2015     7,018     6,800  

University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, LLC (St. Augustine)—20%

    USD   11/21/15     25,463     21,798  

National Hispanic University (NHU LLC)—20%

    USD   Current          

Instituto Brasileiro de Medicina de Reabilitcação (Uni IBMR)—10%

    BRL   Current          

Stamford International University (STIU)—Puttable preferred stock of TEDCO

    THB   Current     61     61  

Total noncontrolling interest holder put arrangements

              46,041     42,158  

Puttable common stock—currently redeemable

    USD   Current     7     7  

Puttable common stock—not currently redeemable

    USD   *         1,711  

Total redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

            $ 46,048   $ 43,876  

*
Contingently redeemable upon death or disability

        Laureate's noncontrolling interest put arrangements are specified in agreements with each noncontrolling interest holder. The terms of these agreements determine the measurement of the redemption value of the put options based on a non-GAAP measure of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA, or recurring EBITDA), the definition of which varies for each particular contract.

F-82


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        Commitments and contingencies are generally denominated in foreign currencies.

M-Power

        Beginning on the date of completion of M-Power's statutory audit for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2015 (the M-Power Put/Call Exercise Date), which is estimated to be June 30, 2015, the noncontrolling interest holders have a put option to require Laureate to purchase all (but not less than all) of the remaining noncontrolling interest of approximately 5%. Also beginning on the M-Power Put/Call Exercise Date, Laureate has a call right to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining noncontrolling interest of approximately 5%.

        Both the put option purchase price and the call option purchase price are based on a formula for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2015 (calculated under Indian GAAP), less long-term liabilities as of March 31, 2015, plus net current assets as of March 31, 2015; multiplied by the approximately 5% noncontrolling interest being acquired. The put option price and the call option price are also subject to a floor based on the April 8, 2013 acquisition date purchase price, plus an 8% annual rate of return from the acquisition date; multiplied by the approximately 5% noncontrolling interest being acquired. As of December 31, 2014, we recorded $2,780 for the put right in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The call right had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2014.

INTI

        As part of the acquisition of INTI, formerly known as Future Perspective, Sdn Bhd, the noncontrolling interest holders of INTI had put options denominated in Malaysian Ringgit (MYR) to require the Company to purchase the remaining noncontrolling interest, which was approximately 22% at that time. There were two groups of minority holders; those controlling approximately 5% and a single holder controlling approximately 16.5%. The put option for the 5% group expired unexercised in May 2013. As discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, during the third quarter of 2014, Laureate acquired an additional 2.9% ownership interest, which reduced the 5% group to approximately 2%. Also as discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, during the fourth quarter of 2014 Laureate acquired an additional 6.4% ownership interest in INTI, which reduced the single holder of the approximately 16.5% interest to approximately 10%. As of December 31, 2014, only the single holder of the approximately 10% interest has a put option.

        The put option for the approximately 10% noncontrolling interest holder is exercisable for the 30-day period commencing after issuance of the audited financial statements for each of the years ending December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2025. The holder may exercise his option to sell all of his equity interest to the Company for a purchase price that is equal to defined multiples of recurring EBITDA. Purchase price multiples have been defined as eight times up to approximately the first $12,200 of EBITDA plus six times EBITDA above this amount. This Put option expires after the 30-day period related to delivery of the 2025 audited financial statements.

        As of December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $10,719 for these arrangements in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on its Consolidated Balance Sheet.

F-83


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        The Company has call options to purchase any or all of the remaining noncontrolling interest. The call option for the approximately 2% ownership interest can be exercised during the 30-day period commencing after issuance of the audited financial statements for each of the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2014. The call option for the approximately 10% ownership interest can be exercised during the 30-day period commencing after the issuance of the audited financial statements for each of the years ending December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2025. The call option price is eight times recurring EBITDA, as defined in the agreement. This call option had no impact on the Company's financial statements as of December 31, 2014.

Pearl

        As part of the acquisition of Pearl, the minority owners have a put option to require Laureate to purchase the remaining 45% noncontrolling interest. The put option is exercisable beginning fifteen days after Pearl's audited statutory financial statements for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2015 are presented to Pearl's board, which is estimated to be June 30, 2015, and expires fifteen days after Pearl's audited statutory financial statements for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 are presented to Pearl's board. During this period, the minority owners may exercise their option to sell any or all of their equity interest to Laureate for a purchase price equal to 6.0 times EBITDA for the immediately preceding fiscal year, less long-term liabilities and plus net current assets as of the immediately preceding March 31; multiplied by the noncontrolling interest percentage being acquired.

        The put option also contains a formulaic floor and ceiling. As of December 31, 2014, the amount recorded in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet is $6,800, reflecting the accreted value of the floor price of $7,018.

        Laureate has a call option to require the minority owners to sell to Laureate up to 35% of the total equity of Pearl that is still owned by the noncontrolling interest holders (i.e. approximately 78% of the remaining 45% noncontrolling interest). The call option is exercisable beginning fifteen days after Pearl's audited statutory financial statements for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2016 are presented to Pearl's board, and expires fifteen days after Pearl's audited statutory financial statements for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018 are presented to Pearl's board. The purchase price for the call option is defined as 6.5 times EBITDA for the immediately preceding fiscal year, less long-term liabilities and plus net current assets as of the immediately preceding March 31; multiplied by the noncontrolling interest percentage being acquired. The call option also contains a formulaic floor and ceiling. This call option had no impact on the Company's financial statements as of December 31, 2014.

St. Augustine

        Beginning on November 21, 2015 and continuing until November 21, 2018, the noncontrolling interest holders have a put option to require Laureate to purchase all, but not less than all, of the remaining noncontrolling interest of 20%. Beginning on November 21, 2017 and continuing until November 21, 2023, Laureate also has a call right to acquire the remaining noncontrolling interest. The put option purchase price and the call option purchase price are based on 7.0 times Adjusted EBITDA of St. Augustine, as defined in the agreement, for the twelve months ended as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the date on which notice of exercise is given; multiplied by the percentage interest being acquired. As of December 31, 2014, we recorded $21,798 for the put right

F-84


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The call right had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2014.

NHU LLC

        Effective April 16, 2014, NHU NFP, the noncontrolling interest holder of NHU LLC, has two put options to require Laureate to purchase all or a portion of its 20% ownership interest in NHU LLC. The first put option gives the noncontrolling interest holder the right to require us to purchase a minimum of 50% of the NHU LLC equity interest. The second put option gives the noncontrolling interest holder the right to require us to purchase all of its remaining equity interest in NHU LLC. There is no expiration date on either of these two put options. The purchase price of these put options would be equal to 6.5 times adjusted EBITDA for certain defined periods, multiplied by the percentage interest to be purchased. As of December 31, 2014, we recorded $0 for these arrangements in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, as the adjusted EBITDA measure specified in the agreement was negative.

        Effective April 16, 2020, we have a call option that will allow us to purchase any remaining noncontrolling interests in NHU LLC. The call price would be equal to 6.5 times adjusted EBITDA multiplied by the percentage interest that Laureate purchases, subject to a minimum call price. The minimum call price would be (a) $5,000 if the noncontrolling interest holder's percentage ownership is equal to or exceeds its initial 20% interest on the exercise date, or (b) if its ownership is less than its initial 20% interest, $5,000 times the quotient of the noncontrolling interest holder's percentage ownership on the exercise date divided by 20%. This call right had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2014.

Uni IBMR

        As a part of the acquisition of Uni IBMR in December 2009, effective December 18, 2014 and for a period of one month thereafter, the minority owners of Uni IBMR have a put option to require us to purchase their remaining 10% noncontrolling interests at a purchase price equal to 5.0 times EBITDA of the prior fiscal year, plus net working capital and minus debt as of the put option exercise date, multiplied by the percentage of noncontrolling interest being put to Laureate. As of December 31, 2014, we recorded $0 for these arrangements in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, as the adjusted EBITDA measure specified in the agreement was negative.

        There are two call options held by Laureate that will allow us to purchase half or all of the remaining 10% noncontrolling interests of Uni IBMR. The first call option was exercisable in December 2012 and is exercisable annually for two years thereafter. During this period, we may exercise the first call option for 50% of the remaining noncontrolling interest held by the noncontrolling interest holder of Uni IBMR. The second call option is exercisable in December 2014 and for one month thereafter we have the right to purchase the remaining outstanding noncontrolling interest held by Uni IBMR's noncontrolling interest holder. The price for the two call options is equal to 5.0 times the prior fiscal year's EBITDA, plus net working capital and minus debt as of the call option exercise date, multiplied by the percentage of noncontrolling interest being purchased by

F-85


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Laureate. These call arrangements had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2014.

        We entered into a commitment to purchase the remaining minority interest in Uni IBMR for a purchase price of BRL 2,500 (US $940 at December 31, 2014). Closing of the agreement is subject to certain conditions precedent and is expected to occur during 2015.

STIU—Puttable Preferred Stock of TEDCO

        On October 17, 2011 our Thai holding company, TEDCO, acquired STIU in Thailand. The preferred shareholders of TEDCO have a put right that may require Laureate to purchase all, but not less than all, of their preferred shares. The put option is exercisable beginning on the third anniversary of the closing date, and on each anniversary of the closing date thereafter. During this period, the preferred shareholders may exercise their option to sell their equity interest to Laureate for their original purchase price denominated in Thai Baht (THB) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends. The preferred shareholders have assigned their TEDCO dividend rights to Laureate in exchange for receiving consulting or director fees. As of December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $61 for these preferred shares in Redeemable noncontrolling interests on its Consolidated Balance Sheet.

        In conjunction with the acquisition of STIU in Thailand, Laureate has a call option to purchase the preferred shares from the preferred shareholders of TEDCO. This call option can be exercised beginning on the third anniversary of the closing date and on each anniversary of the closing date thereafter. During this period, Laureate may exercise its option to purchase the equity interest from the preferred shareholders for the original purchase price and any accumulated but unpaid dividends. These call right arrangements had no impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2014.

Contingently Redeemable Equity Instruments

Puttable Common Stock—Termination Agreement (Currently Redeemable)

        During 2008, in connection with a termination agreement, a Laureate employee who held shares of the Company's common stock was granted a contractual right to put shares back to Laureate at a price equal to the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise (the put right). This put right is exercisable annually during the 45-day period subsequent to the stockholder's receipt of Laureate's annual appraisal. The put right terminates at the earliest of a change in control of Laureate, an initial public offering of Laureate's common stock, or such time as Laureate repurchases the employee's shares. During 2013, the stockholder exercised the put option for 50 shares of common stock for a total of $432, which was paid in 2013. The stockholder exercised the put option for an additional 56 shares in 2014, for a total of $385. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, one and 57 shares of puttable common stock were outstanding, respectively.

        We account for the puttable common stock as contingently redeemable securities. Since the stock is currently redeemable, we recognize its fair value, the maximum redemption amount, as temporary equity at the end of each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recorded through Additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, $7 and $381, respectively, of puttable common

F-86


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

stock was included in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Puttable Common Stock—Director Stockholder Put (Not Currently Redeemable)

        Each of the individual director stockholders of Laureate has entered into a stockholder's agreement with Laureate and Wengen. The director stockholder's agreement makes all shares of common stock subject to a stockholder put option at the fair market value of the stock. The stockholder put option is only exercisable upon the loss of capacity to serve as a director due to death or disability (as defined in the stockholder's agreement). The director stockholder put option expires only upon a change in control of Laureate.

        Since the put option can only be exercised upon death or disability, we account for the common stock as contingently redeemable equity instruments that are not currently redeemable and for which redemption is not probable. Accordingly, the redeemable equity instruments are presented in temporary equity based on their initial measurement amount, as required by ASC 480-10-S99, "Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—SEC Materials." No subsequent adjustment of the initial measurement amounts for these contingently redeemable securities is necessary unless the redemption of these securities becomes probable. Accordingly, the amount presented as temporary equity for the contingently redeemable common stock outstanding is its issuance-date fair value.

        As of December 31, 2014, $1,711 of contingently redeemable common stock attributable to director stockholder puts was included in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2013, $968 was included in Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for director stockholder puts.

Other Loss Contingencies

        Laureate is subject to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business. In management's opinion, we have adequate legal defenses, insurance coverage, and/or accrued liabilities with respect to the eventuality of such actions. We do not believe that any settlement would have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Refer to Note 20, Legal and Regulatory Matters, for a discussion of certain matters.

Contingent Liabilities for Taxes

        In May 2012, a Brazilian state supreme court ruling declared that a law passed by one of its municipal governments was unconstitutional. The municipality's federal appeal of the state ruling is pending. This municipal law, passed in the third quarter of 2010, had nullified certain tax assessments against one of our institutions in Brazil. As a result of the May 2012 state supreme court ruling, we recorded a liability for these tax contingencies of approximately $20,100 in Other long-term liabilities on our December 31, 2012 Consolidated Balance Sheet. Since these assessments are for taxes other-than-income tax, the corresponding charge that was incurred in the second quarter of 2012 was recorded through Direct costs and Interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations, resulting in a decrease to Operating income of approximately $13,100, an increase in Interest expense of $7,000, and a decrease to Net income of approximately $13,300, net of tax benefits of approximately

F-87


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

$6,800. During 2013, the Company revised its estimate for this Brazil tax contingency and recorded an additional $3,800 of Direct costs. During the fourth quarter of 2013, we settled this tax assessment with the municipality and paid the entire liability. We initiated legal proceedings under the purchase agreement arbitration provisions against the former owners to recover the amounts paid for this tax contingency as the liability stems exclusively from the pre-acquisition period. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we reached a settlement with the former owners and recorded a gain of approximately $6,700 in Operating income.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Laureate has recorded cumulative liabilities totaling $121,867 and $53,714, respectively, for taxes other-than-income tax, principally payroll-tax-related uncertainties due to acquisitions of companies primarily in Latin America. The changes in this recorded liability are related to new acquisitions, interest and penalty accruals, changes in tax laws, expirations of statutes of limitations, settlements and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of the statutes of limitations on these contingencies vary but can be up to 10 years. This liability is included in Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We have also recorded current liabilities for taxes other-than-income tax of $2,362 and $6,303, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We estimate our liabilities for taxes other-than-income tax that have a reasonable possibility of loss to be in the range of $0 to approximately $5,000, as of December 31, 2014, and we have not accrued for such potential losses. The recorded value of contingent liabilities is reduced when they are extinguished or the related statutes of limitations expire. Changes in the recorded values of non-income tax contingencies and the related indemnification assets impact operating income. The increase to operating income for adjustments to non-income tax contingencies and indemnification assets were approximately $4,600, $7,200 and $10,700 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        In addition, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Laureate has recorded cumulative liabilities for income tax contingencies of $126,466 and $103,559, respectively.

        In most cases, Laureate has received indemnifications from the former owners and/or noncontrolling interest holders of the acquired businesses for contingencies, and therefore, we do not believe we will sustain an economic loss even if we are required to pay these additional amounts. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, indemnification assets primarily related to acquisition contingencies were $184,916 and $79,819, respectively. These indemnification assets covered contingencies for income taxes and taxes other-than-income taxes.

        Income tax contingencies are disclosed and discussed further in Note 16, Income Taxes.

Other Loss Contingencies

        Laureate has accrued liabilities for certain civil actions against our institutions that existed prior to our acquisition of these entities. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, approximately $13,000 and $23,800, respectively, of pre-acquisition loss contingencies were included in Other long-term liabilities and Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Laureate intends to vigorously defend against these lawsuits. The decrease in the accrued liabilities for pre-acquisition loss contingencies from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 is attributable to the settlement of a loss contingency at an institution in our LatAm segment during the second quarter of 2014, partially offset by other increases.

F-88


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

As a result of receiving a court ruling in our favor, the liability of approximately $11,300 that was recorded for this contingency was removed through a reduction of Direct costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

UNAB Chile Settlement

        The planned March 2013 opening of a new campus building at UNAB Chile in our LatAm segment was delayed, resulting in the need to relocate students to temporary facilities while the building was completed. This also caused a several week delay to the start of the 2013 academic calendar year for these students. As a concession for the inconvenience experienced by the students who were affected, Laureate agreed to a one-time settlement in the form of discounts on those students' tuition. This settlement was recognized in the first quarter of 2013 as a reduction of Revenues, in accordance with ASC 605-50-45-2, "Customer Payments and Incentives." For the year ended December 31, 2013, the total reduction of Revenues for this settlement was approximately $10,100.

Settlement of Insurance Claims

        In February 2010 and April 2010, earthquakes struck near Concepción, Chile and in the Baja California region of Mexico, respectively, resulting in damage to a number of our locations in those areas. All significant repair work has since been completed, and we filed claims with our insurance carriers for both property damage and business interruption losses. We negotiated in good faith with our insurance carriers regarding disputed amounts of deductibles applied and losses covered; however we were unable to resolve these matters through negotiations. As a result, on October 12, 2011, we filed suit against the relevant insurance carrier in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York ( Laureate Education, Inc. v. Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania, Case No. 11 CIV 7175), seeking money damages in excess of $11,000, a declaratory judgment that the carrier was obligated to indemnify us for our losses, and our costs, expenses and attorneys' fees. Discovery in this proceeding was completed and the parties both filed motions for summary judgment. On April 3, 2014, the court granted summary judgment for the carrier with respect to the $5,000 in property damage claims, granted summary judgment for us for approximately $900 with respect to one of the business interruption claims, and determined that a trial would be required for the remaining claims, which totaled approximately $4,800, including prejudgment interest. On June 24, 2014, Laureate settled these remaining claims with the insurance carrier for $3,350. The settlement proceeds were received by Laureate on June 30, 2014 and recorded as a reduction of General and administrative expenses during the second quarter of 2014. In December 2014, we reached a final settlement agreement with another party for one of the property damage claims discussed above. The settlement amount was $1,475, and was recorded as a reduction of General and administrative expenses during the fourth quarter of 2014.

Material Guarantees—Student Financing

Chile

        The accredited Chilean institutions in the Laureate network also participate in a government-sponsored student financing program known as Crédito con Aval del Estado (the CAE Program). The CAE Program was formally implemented by the Chilean government in 2006 to promote higher

F-89


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

education in Chile for lower socio-economic level students in good academic standing. The CAE Program involves tuition financing and guarantees that are provided by our institutions and the government. As part of the CAE Program, these institutions provide guarantees which result in contingent liabilities to third-party financing institutions, beginning at 90% of the tuition loans made directly to qualified students enrolled through the CAE Program and declining to 60% over time. The guarantees by these institutions are in effect during the period in which the student is enrolled, and the guarantees are assumed entirely by the government upon the student's graduation. When a student leaves one of Laureate's institutions and enrolls in another CAE-qualified institution, the Laureate institution will remain guarantor of the tuition loans that have been granted up to the date of transfer, and until the student's graduation from a CAE-qualified institution. The maximum potential amount of payments our institutions could be required to make under the CAE Program was approximately $432,000 and $414,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. This maximum potential amount assumes that all students in the CAE Program do not graduate, so that our guarantee would not be assigned to the government, and that all students default on the full amount of the CAE-qualified loan balances. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded $19,918 and $19,465, respectively, as estimated long-term guarantee liabilities for these obligations.

        On October 4, 2012, the Chilean Congress approved Law No. 20.634 which amended Law No. 20.027, introducing an interest rate reduction from 6% to 2% on CAE loans. Current students could benefit from the reduction starting in March 2013 if they were current on their payments. The Law also provides that CAE loans cannot exceed the reference price established by the government for the program in which the student is enrolled, that the student begins to make payments 18 months after graduation, and that monthly payments may not exceed 10% of the participant's income if requested by the student. The prior government in Chile had proposed other changes to the student loan program. However, in the second quarter of 2014 the new government that was inaugurated on March 11, 2014 announced the withdrawal of all of the prior administration's higher education proposals and its intent to submit new bills to the Chilean Congress during the second half of 2014. No such legislation has been introduced yet and, in September 2015, the Minister of Education announced that no legislation on higher education reform would be submitted to Congress before December 2015 at the earliest. We cannot predict the extent or outcome of any changes to the student loan system that may be implemented in Chile or whether any such changes may have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies.

        Prior to 2011, a Chilean institution entered into agreements to sell long-term tuition receivables to local financial institutions. These agreements allowed the financial institutions to withhold 15% to 25% of the sales proceeds in a guarantee fund (the Guarantee Fund). The financial institutions have conditional rights to this Guarantee Fund when any of the tuition accounts sold become delinquent, as set forth in each agreement. At the financial institutions' option, amounts may be withdrawn from the Guarantee Fund for the full outstanding receivable balance or for the payments in arrears. If the Guarantee Fund is depleted, the financial institutions have no further recourse against our institutions. Upon final collection of the receivables sold, the financial institutions remit any remaining balance in the Guarantee Funds to the institutions. Laureate accounts for these transfers as sales of receivables since we have effectively relinquished control of the transferred assets, without recourse, to the local financial institutions. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments we could be required to make for this guarantee was $947. Based on actual loan performance

F-90


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

and delinquency experience, we recorded long-term guarantee liabilities of $576 and $658 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for estimated expected losses through the Guarantee Fund in our accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Prior to 2010, a Chilean institution also had a tuition financing program that provided guarantees to financial institutions for 20% to 40% of loans made by the financial institution directly to qualified students. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments we could be required to make for these guarantees was $200. Based on actual loan performance and delinquency experience, we recorded long-term guarantee liabilities of $200 and $233 for these contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Mexico

        Laureate's institutions in Mexico have entered into various tuition financing arrangements with lenders. In general, these programs entail lenders making loans directly to qualified students for tuition and fees due to the institution. The lenders either: 1) withhold a percentage of the balances loaned to students and deposit them in a trust that can be used, under certain conditions, to cover bad debts or accounts that are more than 180 days past-due, and Laureate Mexico's responsibility is limited to the amount of the trust; or 2) require Laureate Mexico to deposit a portion of the funds in a guarantee fund held by the lenders. Laureate Mexico may also pay a fee to the lender, which is expensed when incurred. The lender ultimately is responsible for collecting the balances from the students. Upon final settlement of the students' loans, the lenders remit any unused withholding to the guarantee fund for any further contingencies. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments we could be required to make for these guarantees was $932. Based on Laureate Mexico's estimates of loan performance and delinquency experience, we recognized liabilities in excess of the escrowed deposits related to these financing programs of $932 and $2,864 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Material Guarantees—Other

        In conjunction with the purchase of UNP, Laureate pledged all of the acquired shares as a guarantee of our payments of rents as they become due. In the event that we default on any payment, the pledge agreement provides for a forfeiture of the relevant pledged shares. In the event of forfeiture, Laureate may be required to transfer the books and management of UNP to the former owners.

        As discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, Laureate acquired the remaining 49% ownership interest in UAM Brazil in April 2013. As part of the agreement to purchase the 49% ownership interest, Laureate pledged 49% of its total shares in UAM Brazil as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the purchase agreement. In the event that we default on any payment, the agreement provides for a forfeiture of the pledged shares.

        In connection with the purchase of FMU on September 12, 2014, as described in Note 5, Acquisitions, Laureate pledged 75% of the acquired shares to third-party lenders as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the loans that financed a portion of the purchase price. See Note 10, Debt, for further description of the loans. Laureate pledged the remaining 25% of the acquired shares to the sellers as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the purchase agreement for the seller notes

F-91


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

described in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies. In the event that we default on any payment of the loans or the seller notes, the purchase agreement provides for a forfeiture of the relevant pledged shares. Upon maturity and payment of the seller notes in September 2017, the shares pledged to the sellers will be pledged to the third-party lenders until full payment of the loans, which mature in April 2021.

Standby Letters of Credit

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Laureate had outstanding letters of credit (LOCs) of $107,377 and $103,917, respectively, as further discussed below.

        Laureate has third-party insurance for workers compensation and other insurable risks. We are contingently liable to insurance carriers under certain of these policies. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we provided LOCs in favor of the insurance carriers for $878 and $533, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had $89,322 and $86,175, respectively, posted as LOCs in favor of the DOE. Because we did not meet certain DOE standards of financial responsibility, primarily related to Laureate's composite score, these LOCs were required to allow Walden, Kendall, NewSchool, St. Augustine and NHU LLC to continue participating in the DOE Title IV program. These LOCs are fully collateralized with cash, which is classified as Restricted cash on our December 31, 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had $14,447 and $16,427, respectively, posted as a cash-collateralized LOC related to the Spain Tax Audit. See Note 16, Income Taxes, for further detail. The cash collateral for this LOC was classified as Restricted cash on our December 31, 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

        As of December 31, 2014, we had LOCs totaling $2,730 as collateral for a project at one of our institutions in India. The cash collateral for these LOCs was classified as Restricted cash on our December 31, 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

        As of December 31, 2013, we had $782 posted as an LOC in favor of Oriental Bank of Commerce as collateral to arrange bridge financing for a construction project at the M-Power Group. This LOC was no longer posted as of December 31, 2014.

Surety Bonds and Other Commitments

        As part of our normal operations, our insurers issue surety bonds on our behalf, as required by various state education authorities in the United States. We are obligated to reimburse our insurers for any payments made by the insurers under the surety bonds. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total face amount of these surety bonds was $7,314 and $5,934, respectively. These bonds are fully collateralized with cash, which is classified as Restricted cash on our December 31, 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

        As of December 31, 2014, the M-Power Group had $1,601 posted as cash collateral with the Indian Government in order to comply with statutory requirements. The M-Power Group was acquired in 2013, as discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions. The cash collateral was classified as Restricted cash on our December 31, 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

F-92


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

United States

        In the first quarter of 2014, Laureate announced that it would begin a teach-out process at NHU LLC's National Hispanic University (NHU) and would no longer enroll new students. NHU is also providing tuition assistance to students transferring from NHU to certain third-party institutions, whereby NHU pays a portion of the student's tuition cost at the non-Laureate institution. In addition, Laureate has committed to make donations to the NHU Foundation, and NHU has recorded severance costs related to one-time employee termination benefits. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has a total accrual of approximately $5,800 for the estimated costs of these items. The results of NHU's operations are reported within continuing operations for all periods presented.

        On July 3, 2013, we entered into a loan agreement with Thunderbird School of Global Management (Thunderbird), a third-party international business school in Arizona, under which Thunderbird borrowed $1,000 from Laureate. The loan was secured by certain real property of Thunderbird, carried an interest rate of 8%, and had an original maturity date of February 28, 2014.The maturity date of this loan was subsequently extended to October 31, 2014. On December 30, 2014, we received $1,116 from Thunderbird, representing payment in full of the principal and interest due.

Portugal

        In December 2014, Laureate signed an agreement which committed us to acquire a higher education institution in Portugal for a purchase price of EUR 10,050 (approximately US $12,200 at December 31, 2014). The transaction is subject to certain conditions precedent and is expected to close in the first half of 2015. Under the terms of the agreement, EUR 6,000 (approximately US $7,300) of the total purchase price will be paid at the closing and EUR 1,050 (approximately US $1,300) will be withheld by Laureate and paid subject to the finalization of a working capital settlement. The remaining EUR 3,000 (approximately US $3,600) of deferred purchase price will carry an annual interest rate of 3% and will be paid in three equal installments of EUR 1,000 (approximately US $1,200) at 18 months after the closing date, 36 months after the closing date and 60 months after the closing date.

Note 13. Financing Receivables

        Laureate's financing receivables consist primarily of trade receivables related to student tuition financing programs with an initial term in excess of one year. We have offered long-term financing through execution of note receivable agreements with students at some of our institutions. The repayment terms on these tuition financing programs vary and range from three to 15 years. Our disclosures include financing receivables that are classified in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as both current and long-term, reported in accordance with ASC 310, "Receivables."

F-93


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 13. Financing Receivables (Continued)

        Laureate's financing receivables balances were as follows:

December 31,
  2014   2013  

Financing receivables

  $ 41,404   $ 59,236  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (15,240 )   (22,284 )

Financing receivables, net of allowances

  $ 26,164   $ 36,952  

        We do not purchase financing receivables in the ordinary course of our business. We may sell certain receivables that are significantly past due. No material amounts of financing receivables were sold during the periods reported herein.

        Delinquency is the primary indicator of credit quality for our financing receivables. Receivable balances are considered delinquent when contractual payments on the loan become past due. Delinquent financing receivables are placed on non-accrual status for interest income. The accrual of interest is resumed when the financing receivable becomes contractually current and when collection of all remaining amounts due is reasonably assured. We record an Allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce our financing receivables to their net realizable value. The Allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the age of the receivables, the status of past-due amounts, historical collection trends, current economic conditions, and student enrollment status. Each of our institutions evaluates its balances for potential impairment. We consider impaired loans to be those that are past due one year or greater, and those that are modified as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). The aging of financing receivables grouped by country portfolio was as follows:

 
  Chile   Other   Total  

As of December 31, 2014

                   

Amounts past due less than one year

  $ 12,390   $ 2,217   $ 14,607  

Amounts past due one year or greater

    5,254     542     5,796  

Total past due (on non-accrual status)

    17,644     2,759     20,403  

Not past due

    13,520     7,481     21,001  

Total financing receivables

  $ 31,164   $ 10,240   $ 41,404  

As of December 31, 2013

                   

Amounts past due less than one year

  $ 17,060   $ 2,723   $ 19,783  

Amounts past due one year or greater

    9,484     874     10,358  

Total past due (on non-accrual status)

    26,544     3,597     30,141  

Not past due

    16,590     12,505     29,095  

Total financing receivables

  $ 43,134   $ 16,102   $ 59,236  

F-94


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 13. Financing Receivables (Continued)

        The following is a rollforward of the Allowance for doubtful accounts related to financing receivables from December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2014, grouped by country portfolio:

 
  Chile   Other   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ (31,175 ) $ (4,622 ) $ (35,797 )

Charge-offs

    10,278     2,558     12,836  

Recoveries

    (375 )   5     (370 )

Reclassifications

        (746 )   (746 )

Provision

    (4,537 )   (230 )   (4,767 )

Currency adjustments

    (2,576 )   58     (2,518 )

Balance at December 31, 2012

    (28,385 )   (2,977 )   (31,362 )

Charge-offs

    8,718     582     9,300  

Recoveries

    149     21     170  

Reclassifications

        (471 )   (471 )

Provision

    (407 )   (2,039 )   (2,446 )

Currency adjustments

    2,090     435     2,525  

Balance at December 31, 2013

    (17,835 )   (4,449 )   (22,284 )

Charge-offs

    6,800     782     7,582  

Recoveries

             

Reclassifications

        (274 )   (274 )

Provision

    (2,345 )   (586 )   (2,931 )

Currency adjustments

    2,317     350     2,667  

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ (11,063 ) $ (4,177 ) $ (15,240 )

Restructured Receivables

        A TDR is a financing receivable in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and Laureate has granted an economic concession to the student debtor that we would not otherwise consider. When we modify financing receivables in a TDR, Laureate typically offers the student debtor an extension of the loan maturity and/or a reduction in the accrued interest balance. In certain situations, we may offer to restructure a financing receivable in a manner that ultimately results in the forgiveness of contractually specified principal balances. Our only TDRs are in Chile.

        The number of financing receivable accounts and the pre- and post-modification account balances modified under the terms of a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 
  Number of Financing
Receivable Accounts
  Pre-Modification
Balance Outstanding
  Post-Modification
Balance Outstanding
 

2014

    1,070   $ 7,002   $ 6,452  

2013

    1,167   $ 9,604   $ 9,210  

2012

    1,104   $ 11,019   $ 10,410  

F-95


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 13. Financing Receivables (Continued)

        The preceding table represents accounts modified under the terms of a TDR during the year ended December 31, 2014, whereas the following table represents accounts modified as a TDR between January 1, 2013 and December 31, 2014 that subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2014:

 
  Number of Financing
Receivable Accounts
  Balance at Default  

Total

    726   $ 4,376  

        The following table represents accounts modified as a TDR between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2013 that subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2013:

 
  Number of Financing
Receivable Accounts
  Balance at Default  

Total

    533   $ 4,652  

        The following table represents accounts modified as a TDR between January 1, 2011 and December 31, 2012 that subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 
  Number of Financing
Receivable Accounts
  Balance at Default  

Total

    704   $ 4,762  

Note 14. Share-based Compensation

        Share-based compensation expense was as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Deferred compensation arrangement

  $ 7,653   $ 8,372   $ 7,714  

Stock options, net of estimated forfeitures

    25,772     36,284     6,870  

Stock options liability

    844         456  

Restricted stock awards

    13,981     3,821     792  

Stock issued for directors' fees

    825     300     300  

Executive profits interest plan

    115     735     1,157  

Total

  $ 49,190   $ 49,512   $ 17,289  

Share-based Deferred Compensation Arrangement

        Immediately prior to August 17, 2007 (the Merger Date), Laureate's Chief Executive Officer and another then-member of the Board of Directors held vested equity-based awards which they exchanged on the Merger Date for unfunded, nonqualified share-based deferred compensation arrangements having an aggregate fair value at that time of $126,739. Prior to the occurrence of an initial public offering, each deferred compensation arrangement allows the participant the potential to earn an amount (at any time, a Plan Balance) equal to the product of (A) the number of "phantom shares" credited to the participant's account, and (B) the lesser of (i) the fair market value per "phantom

F-96


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

share" on the Merger Date plus a 5% compounded annual return thereon, and (ii) the fair market value per "phantom share" on the earlier of September 17, 2014 (the Distribution Date) or a change of control. On and after the occurrence of an initial public offering, each deferred compensation arrangement allows the participant the potential to earn a Plan Balance equal to the product of (A) the number of "phantom shares" credited to the participant's account as of the initial public offering and (B) the fair market value per "phantom share" on the Distribution Date or a change of control, as applicable. Under these deferred compensation arrangements $81,000 was paid out on the Distribution Date. The Plan Balances remaining after the Distribution Date accrue interest at a compound annual interest rate of 5%. On the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, the next $81,000 plus accrued interest will be paid out. The remaining Plan Balance after the first anniversary distribution will be paid out on the second anniversary from the Distribution Date.

        If Laureate has not consummated an initial public offering prior to the first or second anniversary of the Distribution Date, as applicable, the scheduled distribution will be made in cash. Distributions made after Laureate has consummated an initial public offering would generally be made in shares of Laureate common stock, the number of which will depend on the value of the shares on the date of distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately upon a change of control, the arrangements will be terminated and liquidated and the Plan Balances will be distributed in a lump sum. A change of control would generally occur if all or substantially all of the assets of Laureate or more than 50% of our equity interests are sold. We recognize the deferred compensation arrangement expense ratably based on the 5% compounded annual rate of return, which can be reduced based on the estimated fair value of Laureate's common stock if the compounded annual rate of return of Laureate's common stock is less than a 5% compounded annual growth rate.

        For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Laureate recorded share-based compensation expense for this deferred compensation arrangement of $7,653, $8,372 and $7,714, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the total liability recorded for the deferred compensation arrangement was $99,679, of which $82,165 is payable on September 17, 2015, the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, and was therefore recorded as a current liability in Deferred compensation on the 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet. The participants have agreed to extend the payment due on September 17, 2015; see Note 26, Subsequent Events, for further discussion. The remaining noncurrent portion of the liability of $17,514 was recorded in Deferred compensation as a noncurrent liability. As of December 31, 2013, the total liability recorded for the deferred compensation arrangement was $173,027, of which $81,000 was payable on September 17, 2014 as required by the agreement and was therefore recorded as a current liability in Deferred compensation on the 2013 Consolidated Balance Sheet. The cash payment of $81,000 was made in September 2014 and is included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses within the operating activities section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014.

2007 Stock Incentive Plan

        In August 2007, the Board of Directors approved the Laureate Education, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (2007 Plan). The total shares authorized under the 2007 Plan were 36,931. Shares that are forfeited, terminated, canceled, allowed to expire unexercised, withheld to satisfy tax withholding, or repurchased are available for re-issuance. Any awards that have not vested upon termination of

F-97


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

employment for any reason are forfeited. Following the October 2, 2013 modification discussed further below, upon voluntary or involuntary termination without cause (including death or disability), the grantee (or the estate) has a period of time after termination to exercise options vested prior to termination. Prior to August 17, 2012, in the event of termination due to death or disability, the optionees had put rights to sell their vested stock options back to Laureate at their intrinsic value on that date. Laureate also had a call right to purchase stock and options of management stockholders upon termination of employment under certain circumstances. The management put right and our call right expired on August 17, 2012. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, only the director stockholder put right is outstanding; see Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies. In addition, the 2007 Plan's restricted stock awards have a claw-back feature whereby all vested shares, or the gross proceeds from the sale of those shares, must be returned to Laureate for no consideration if the employee does not abide by the agreed-upon restrictive covenants such as covenants not to compete and covenants not to solicit.

Stock Options Under 2007 Plan

        Stock option awards under the 2007 Plan have a contractual life of 10 years and were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of Laureate's stock at the date of grant. Our option agreements generally divide each option grant equally into options that are subject to time-based vesting (Time Options) and options that are eligible for vesting based on achieving pre-determined performance targets (Performance Options). Prior to the October 2013 modification, discussed below, under the 2007 Plan these performance targets were Pro-rata EBITDA earnings targets. The Time Options generally vest ratably on the first through fifth grant date anniversary. The Performance Options are divided into tranches. Each tranche is eligible to vest annually upon the Board of Directors' determination that Laureate has attained fiscal year earnings (Pro-rata EBITDA, as defined in the agreement) that equal the performance targets (Pro-rata EBITDA targets). These performance targets are set at the time of the award's issuance and, for options outstanding at the time, were amended in August 2010 and October 2013. Our option agreements provide that if our fiscal year earnings are at least 95%, at least 90%, or below 90%, of the applicable earnings target then 75%, 50%, or 0%, respectively, of the applicable Performance Option tranche will vest. The Plan includes a "catch-up" provision such that, in the event that we do not achieve 100% of the performance target in a particular fiscal year, the Performance Option Tranche may vest in any subsequent year, within eight years from the date of the grant, if and to the extent a greater percentage of a subsequent year's earnings target is achieved. Certain Performance Option awards granted prior to February 2, 2008 also include a separate tranche, equal to 30% of the total performance award, that vests upon the Board of Directors' determination that Laureate has attained a higher earnings target prior to August 17, 2017 (Special 30% Performance Vesting).

        Stock options and restricted stock awards granted under the 2007 Plan have provisions for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control of Laureate. As defined in the 2007 Plan, a change in control would occur if substantially all of the assets of Laureate or more than 50% of our equity interests are sold. If a change in control should occur, all of the outstanding Time Options and unvested restricted stock held by the employees would become fully vested and immediately exercisable. The Performance Options will become immediately exercisable in the event of a change in control only if, and to the extent, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, elects to vest them.

F-98


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

        Compensation expense is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is usually the vesting period. For Time Options, expense is recognized ratably over the five-year vesting period. For Performance Options, expense is recognized under a graded expense attribution method, to the extent that it is probable that the stated annual performance target will be achieved and options will vest for any year. We assess the probability of each option tranche vesting throughout the life of each grant.

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, our forecasted annual Pro-rata EBITDA was less than 90% of the applicable 2012 earnings target and, hence, no performance options expense was recognized. The 2012 Performance Options were subsequently modified as described below. In addition, during 2013, we believed it is probable that we would attain a predetermined higher earnings target for the Special 30% Performance Vesting tranche in 2014, accordingly, we accrued $4,499 additional performance option expense related to this special 30% tranche in 2013. This Special 30% Performance Vesting tranche was fully vested as of December 31, 2014.

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, we granted various employees stock options under the 2007 Plan for 2,470 shares that vest over the next five years. Half of these options are Time Options and the other half are Performance Options. Both Time Options and Performance Options have a contractual term of 10 years.

2007 Plan Stock Option Modifications

        On October 2, 2013, the Compensation Committee of Laureate's Board of Directors modified the 2007 Plan. The modification i) changed the performance metrics and targets for all unvested Performance Options to match the targets of the 2013 Plan beginning with the 2013 target; ii) modified the post termination exercise provisions for resignation, good leaving, death and disability, and retirement to match the termination provision under the 2013 Plan, which is a post termination exercise period of: 90 days for resignation, two years for termination due to death or disability or, after an initial public offering of our common stock, good leaving, and five years for retirement; iii) reallocated the outstanding unvested 2012 performance tranche to vest in the remaining performance years of the grant on a pro-rata basis for only those employees who received stock options awards for first time in 2012; and iv) forfeit all other outstanding unvested 2012 performance options, disallowing the ability to catch up on the vesting, as the performance target was not met. As a result of this modification, we recognized $5,547 of additional Performance Option expense in 2013.

        On March 14, 2012, the Compensation Committee of Laureate's Board of Directors exercised its discretion and modified the unvested portion of the 2011 performance-based stock option tranche, resulting in the vesting of these share-based awards. Accordingly, in 2012, we recognized $1,990 of additional compensation expense related to the unvested portion of the 2011 performance option tranche. This additional compensation expense represents the full amount of the incremental fair value that resulted from the modification.

        During 2012, we modified the stock option agreements of several executives in connection with the termination of their employment. The modifications accelerated the vesting of their stock options and extended their post-termination exercise period from 90 days to three years. As a result of these modifications, we recorded share-based compensation expense of $248 in 2012.

F-99


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

        On June 13, 2013, Laureate's Board of Directors approved the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (2013 Plan), as a successor plan to Laureate's 2007 Plan. The 2013 Plan became effective in June 2013, following approval by the stockholders of Laureate. No further awards will be made under the 2007 Plan now that the 2013 Plan is effective. Under the 2013 Plan, the Company may grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, unrestricted common stock or restricted stock (collectively, "stock awards"), unrestricted stock units or restricted stock units, and other stock-based awards, to eligible individuals on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the 2013 Plan. As of the effective date, the total number of shares of common stock issuable under the 2013 Plan were 30,087, which is equal to the sum of (i) 28,296 shares plus (ii) 1,791 shares of common stock that were still available for issuance under Laureate's 2007 Plan. Shares that are forfeited, terminated, canceled, allowed to expire unexercised, withheld to satisfy tax withholding, or repurchased are available for re-issuance. Any awards that have not vested upon termination of employment for any reason are forfeited. Holders of restricted stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of common stock including, without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends. However, dividends declared payable on performance based restricted stock shall be subjected to forfeiture at least until achievement of the applicable performance target related to such shares of restricted stock. Any accrued but unpaid dividends on unvested restricted stock shall be forfeited upon termination of employment. Holders of stock units do not have any rights of a stockholder of common stock and are not entitled to receive dividends. All awards outstanding under the 2013 Plan terminate upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Laureate. The 2013 Plan will remain in effect until the earlier of (a) the earliest date as of which all awards granted under the Plan have been satisfied in full or terminated and no shares of common stock are available to be granted or (b) June 12, 2023.

        Stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units granted under the 2013 Plan have provisions for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control of Laureate. As defined in the 2013 Plan, a change in control means the first of the following to occur: i) a change in ownership of Laureate or Wengen or ii) a change in the ownership of assets of Laureate. A change in ownership of Laureate or Wengen shall occur on the date that more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate is sold or more than 50% of the partnership interests of Wengen is sold in a single or a series of related transactions. A change in the ownership of assets of Laureate would occur if 80% or more of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of Laureate are sold during a 12-month period. The gross fair market value of Laureate is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. Upon consummation of the change in control: i) those time-based stock options and stock appreciation rights that would have vested and become exercisable on or prior to the third anniversary of the effective time of change in control would become fully vested and immediately exercisable; ii) those performance-based stock options and stock appreciation rights that would have vested and become exercisable had Laureate achieved the performance targets in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective time of such change in control, excluding the portion of awards that would have vested only pursuant to any catch-up provisions, would become fully vested and immediately exercisable; iii) those time-based restricted stock awards that would have become vested and free of forfeiture risk and lapse restriction on or prior to the third anniversary of the effective time of such change in control would become fully vested and immediately exercisable; iv) those performance-based restricted stock awards that would have vested

F-100


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

and become free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions had Laureate achieved the target performance in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective time of such change in control would become fully vested and immediately exercisable; v) those time-based restricted stock units that would have become vested or earned on or prior to the third anniversary of the effective time of such change in control would become vested and earned and be settled in cash or shares of common stock as promptly as practicable; and vi) those performance-based restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units that would have become vested or earned had Laureate achieved the target performance in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective time of such change in control would become vested and earned and be settled in cash or shares of common stock as promptly as practicable. After giving effect to the foregoing change in control acceleration, any remaining unvested time-based and performance-based stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance share units shall be forfeited for no consideration.

Stock Options Under 2013 Plan

        Stock option awards under the 2013 Plan have a contractual term of 10 years and are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of Laureate's stock at the date of grant. During 2014 and 2013, we granted various employees stock options for 1,544 and 17,379 shares respectively. These options vest over a period of five years. Of the options granted in 2014 and 2013, 1,415 and 13,478 are Time Options, respectively, and the remainder are Performance Options. The Performance Options granted under the 2013 Plan are eligible for vesting based on achieving annual pre-determined Equity Value performance targets, as defined in the plan, and the continued service of the employee. The performance based awards include a catch-up provision, allowing the grantee to vest in any year in which a target is missed if a following year's target is achieved as long as the following year is within eight years from the grant date.

        Compensation expense is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is usually the vesting period. For Time Options, expense is recognized ratably over the five-year vesting period. For Performance Options, expense is recognized under a graded expense attribution method, to the extent that it is probable that the stated annual earnings target will be achieved and options will vest for any year. We assess the probability of each option tranche vesting throughout the life of each grant.

Equity Award Modifications

Equity Restructuring Modification

        In December 2013, the combination of entities under common control caused an equity restructuring and therefore resulted in a modification of share-based awards granted to employees under ASC 718-10-35-6 "Stock Compensation." The amount of the stock compensation charge resulting from this modification was determined based on the estimated fair value of Laureate Asia at the date it was transferred to Laureate.

        In connection with the combination of Laureate Asia into Laureate, Wengen and another institutional investor group that is a minority shareholder of Laureate entered into a share transfer

F-101


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

agreement, pursuant to which the minority shareholder agreed to transfer to Wengen a portion of its Laureate shares based upon the outcome of certain events. Under the terms of the share transfer agreement, the minority shareholder will be required to transfer a portion of its Laureate shares to Wengen. This share transfer will have the effect of reducing the institutional investor group's ownership in Laureate, but will not reduce the Company's employee shareholders' ownership in Laureate. Therefore, Wengen's recapitalization of Laureate through a contribution of Laureate Asia resulted in a modification of all share-based awards granted to employees. As a result of this modification, we recognized $6,455 of additional expense in 2013 for vested Performance Options, vested Time Options and shares held by current and former employees.

Modification of a Former Executive's Award

        In 2014, the Company issued a note payable to a former executive for $3,771 in exchange for vested share-based compensation. We accounted for this as an equity-to-liability award modification. The note has an interest rate of 5% and is payable upon the earlier of: 1) the occurrence of certain contingent events or 2) July 31, 2019.

Stock Option Activity for 2007 and 2013 Plans

        The following tables summarize the stock option activity and the assumptions used to record the related share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 
  2014   2013   2012  
 
  Options   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Options   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Options   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1

    48,408   $ 6.35   $ 57,094     33,837   $ 5.10   $ 119,604     32,881   $ 4.93   $ 59,776  

Granted

    1,544     6.94           17,379     8.63           2,470     7.26        

Exercised

    (3,364 )   4.84     11,046     (907 )   4.77     3,503     (960 )   4.84     2,956  

Forfeited or expired

    (2,910 )   6.76           (1,901 )   5.59           (554 )   5.13        

Outstanding at December 31

    43,678   $ 6.46   $ 48,851     48,408   $ 6.35   $ 57,094     33,837   $ 5.10   $ 119,604  

Exercisable at December 31

    30,401   $ 5.72   $ 47,812     27,358   $ 5.33   $ 48,159     22,985   $ 4.77   $ 88,681  

Vested and expected to vest

    41,998   $ 6.39   $ 48,833     42,667   $ 6.15   $ 55,289     32,101   $ 5.06   $ 114,656  

F-102


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)


 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable    
   
   
 
   
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Terms (Years)
   
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Terms (Years)
  Assumption Range*
Exercise Prices   Number
of
Shares
  Number
of
Shares
  Risk-Free
Interest
Rate
  Expected
Terms
in Years
  Expected
Volatility
Year Ended
December 31, 2014
                                   
$4.59 - $4.89     17,235     2.8     17,235     2.8   0.32% - 4.20%   1.90 - 6.95   26.85% - 52.47%
$5.04 - $5.32     1,504     3.7     1,504     3.7   0.42% - 3.60%   2.11 - 6.52   33.24% - 52.47%
$5.37 - $5.38     2,201     5.8     1,883     5.8   0.68% - 2.63%   3.38 - 6.58   38.16% - 52.47%
$5.42 - $5.58     1,417     5.1     1,269     5.1   0.57% - 3.03%   2.18 - 6.52   36.78% - 52.47%
$5.72 - $7.98     5,289     7.7     2,362     7.2   0.73% - 2.86%   4.00 - 6.52   39.03% - 58.84%
$8.63     16,032     8.8     6,148     8.8   1.76% - 2.07%   6.02 - 7.12   51.51% - 53.51%
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
                                   
$4.59 - $4.89     20,715     3.7     17,836     3.7   0.32% - 4.20%   1.90 - 6.55   26.85% - 52.47%
$5.04 - $5.32     2,252     3.5     2,242     3.1   0.42% - 3.60%   2.11 - 6.52   33.24% - 52.47%
$5.37 - $5.38     2,435     6.8     1,599     6.8   0.68% - 2.63%   3.38 - 6.58   38.16% - 52.47%
$5.42 - $5.58     1,605     6.1     1,095     6.1   0.57% - 3.03%   2.18 - 6.52   36.78% - 52.47%
$5.72 - $7.98     4,023     8.0     1,300     7.8   0.73% - 2.86%   4.00 - 6.52   39.03% - 53.80%
$8.63     17,378     9.8     3,286     9.8   1.76% - 2.07%   6.02 - 7.12   51.51% - 53.51%
Year Ended
December 31, 2012
                                   
$4.59 - $4.89     21,884     4.7     18,517     4.7   0.32% - 4.20%   2.82 - 6.55   26.85% - 47.22%
$5.04 - $5.32     2,488     4.0     2,119     3.7   0.42% - 3.60%   3.00 - 6.52   33.24% - 47.22%
$5.37 - $5.38     2,930     7.7     1,114     7.6   0.68% - 2.63%   4.33 - 6.58   38.16% - 47.22%
$5.42 - $5.58     1,965     7.0     815     7.0   0.57% - 3.03%   3.84 - 6.52   36.78% - 47.22%
$5.72 - $7.98     4,570     9.0     420     8.4   0.73% - 2.86%   4.57 - 6.52   39.03% - 50.86%

*
The expected dividend yield is zero for all options in all years.

        The weighted-average estimated fair value of stock options granted was $3.92, $4.49 and $3.50 per share for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2014, Laureate had $52,108 of unrecognized share-based compensation costs related to stock options outstanding. Of the total unrecognized cost, $42,807 relates to Time Options and $9,301 relates to Performance Options. The unrecognized Time Options expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average expense period of 2.9 years.

F-103


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

Non-Vested Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

        The following table summarizes the non-vested restricted stock and restricted stock units activity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 
  2014   2013   2012  
 
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at January 1

    3,725   $ 8.44     595   $ 5.88     700   $ 5.52  

Granted

    636     7.00     3,474     8.63     60     8.63  

Vested

    (1,349 )   8.39     (264 )   6.13     (165 )   5.37  

Forfeited

    (236 )   8.56     (80 )   5.38          

Non-vested at December 31

    2,776   $ 8.12     3,725   $ 8.44     595   $ 5.88  

        Restricted stock units granted under the 2013 Plan consist of time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units with various vesting periods over the next five years. Performance-based restricted stock units are eligible to vest annually upon the Board of Directors' determination that the annual performance targets are met. The performance targets are the same as for Performance Options, as defined in the 2013 Plan. The performance-based restricted stock units include a catch-up provision, allowing the grantee to vest in any year in which a target is missed if a following year's target is obtained as long as the following year is within eight years from the grant date.

        Restricted stock granted under the 2007 Plan consists of time-based restricted stock with vesting periods of five years.

        The fair value of the non-vested restricted stock awards in the table above is measured using the fair value of Laureate's common stock on the date of grant or the most recent modification date whichever is later.

        As of December 31, 2014, unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock and restricted stock units awards was $16,483. Of the total unrecognized cost, $4,263 relates to time-based restricted stock and restricted stock units and $12,220 relates to performance-based restricted stock units. This unrecognized expense for time-based restricted stock and restricted stock units will be recognized over a weighted-average expense period of 2.4 years.

Common Shares Issued or Deferred for Directors' Fees

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, certain directors elected to receive their annual Board of Directors compensation in shares of common stock. For each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Board compensation paid in shares was $275, $300 and $300, and we issued 40, 34 and 45 shares of common stock at per share fair values of $6.87, $8.63 and $6.73, respectively. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized additional compensation expense of $550 for restricted stock granted to Board of Directors.

F-104


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 14. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

        Certain directors have elected to defer their annual compensation in accordance with the provisions of our directors' Deferred Compensation Plan. In May 2012, and again in February 2013 and 2014, a member of our Board of Directors elected to receive four shares that had been previously deferred. Accordingly, the shares were issued and distributed. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the number of shares of common stock that remained reserved for future issuance to directors was 29 and 33, respectively.

Executive Profits Interests

        On behalf of Laureate, Wengen granted to our CEO the Executive Profits Interests award (EPI). The EPI contains a time-based portion that vests over a five-year schedule and a performance-based portion that vests to the extent that the Company achieves predetermined earnings targets similar to performance options over a five-year period. The performance-based portion includes a separate tranche, equal to 30% of the total performance award, which becomes fully vested upon the Board of Directors' determination that Laureate has attained a higher earnings target. The EPI includes a "catch-up" provision whereby, in the event that we do not achieve the earnings target in a particular fiscal year, the performance-based tranche may vest in any subsequent year, within five years from the date of the grant, if and when the applicable earnings target is achieved in full.

        This award was valued using the Black-Scholes-Merton model. The time-based vesting expense is recognized over the service period from the Merger Date through July 11, 2012. The performance-based vesting expense is recognized when we consider it probable that Laureate will achieve the earnings targets. The performance-based EPI expense will be recognized each year to the extent that the annual earnings target is achieved and the award vests. The award was fully vested by December 31, 2014.

Note 15. Derivative Instruments

        In the normal course of business, our operations are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency values and interest rate changes. We may seek to control a portion of these risks through a risk management program that includes the use of derivative instruments.

        The interest and principal payments for Laureate's senior long-term debt arrangements are to be paid primarily in USD. Our ability to make debt payments is subject to fluctuations in the value of the USD against foreign currencies, since a majority of our operating cash used to make these payments is generated by subsidiaries with functional currencies other than USD. As part of our overall risk management policies, Laureate has entered into a foreign currency swap contract and floating-to-fixed interest rate swap contracts. In addition, we occasionally enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the earnings impact of other non-functional currency-denominated receivables and payables.

        We do not enter into speculative or leveraged transactions, nor do we hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes. We generally intend to hold our derivatives until maturity.

        Laureate reports all derivatives at fair value. These contracts are recognized as either assets or liabilities, depending upon the derivative's fair value. Gains or losses associated with the change in the fair value of these swaps are recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations on a current basis over the term of the contracts, unless designated and effective as a hedge. For swaps that are

F-105


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 15. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

designated and effective as cash flow hedges, gains or losses associated with the change in fair value of the swaps are recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) and amortized over the term of the related hedged items.

        The reported fair value of our derivatives, which are classified in Derivative instruments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, were as follows:

December 31,
  2014   2013  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

             

Long-term liabilities:

             

Interest rate swaps

  $ 18,879   $ 18,148  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

             

Current liabilities:

             

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

        28,402  

Interest rate swaps

        4,746  

Long-term liabilities:

             

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

    4,755     2,549  

Interest rate swaps

    621      

Total derivative instruments

  $ 24,255   $ 53,845  

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

Interest Rate Swaps

        In September 2011, Laureate entered into two forward interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $450,000 and $300,000, respectively. We have designated these derivatives as cash flow hedges. The swaps were associated with existing debt, and effectively fix interest rates on existing variable-rate borrowings in order to manage our exposure to future interest rate volatility. Both swaps have an effective date of June 30, 2014 and mature on June 30, 2017. The terms of the swaps require Laureate to pay interest on the basis of fixed rates of 2.61% on the $450,000 notional amount swap and 2.71% on the $300,000 notional amount swap, and receive interest for both swaps on the basis of three-month LIBOR, with a floor of 1.25%. The gain or loss on these swaps is deferred in AOCI and will be reclassified into earnings as a component of Interest expense in the same period during which the hedged forecasted transactions will affect earnings. Laureate determines the effectiveness of these swaps using the hypothetical derivative method. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the amount of gain or loss recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments was $0, as the swaps were 100% effective. During the next 12 months, approximately $10,600 is expected to be reclassified from AOCI into income.

        The table below shows the total recorded unrealized (loss) gain of these swaps in Comprehensive income. The impact of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments on Comprehensive

F-106


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 15. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

income (loss), Interest expense and AOCI for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 
  (Loss) Gain
Recognized
in Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
(Effective Portion)
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Loss Reclassified
from AOCI
to Income
(Effective Portion)
 
 
  Income
Statement
Location
 
 
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013   2012  

Interest rate swaps

  $ (733 ) $ 2,667   $ (14,168 ) Interest expense   $ (5,374 ) $   $  

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

USD to CLP Cross Currency and Interest Rate Swaps

        During 2007, Laureate entered into a $400,000 USD to CLP, cross currency, floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement (the USD to CLP cross currency and interest rate swap). This swap matured and was settled on August 18, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the swap was in a liability position and its estimated fair value of $20,903 was recorded in current liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. This swap converts $400,000 of our USD-denominated, floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate CLP-denominated debt. CLP was chosen because a significant amount of our earnings are generated in Chile. The cross currency and interest rate swap agreement is intended to provide a better correlation between our debt obligations and operating currencies. The cross currency and interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes.

        In November 2013, we entered into two new forward swaps (foreign currency forward trades) to buy CLP and sell USD on the same August 18, 2014 settlement date as the $400,000 USD to CLP cross currency and interest rate swap. This locked in the net amount that we paid on August 18, 2014 to settle the cross currency portion of the USD to CLP cross currency and interest rate swap. As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate estimated fair value of these swaps was $7,499 and was recorded in current liabilities. The two forward swaps executed in November 2013 were not designated as hedges for accounting purposes.

        The total payment made for these swaps on the August 18, 2014 settlement date was $14,689.

Interest Rate Swaps

        In December 2008, Laureate entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an original notional amount of $181,563, which decreases periodically based on the terms of the agreement. The notional amount was $142,563 as of December 31, 2013. This swap was not associated with any additional debt, but rather effectively fixed interest rates on existing variable-rate borrowings. The terms of this swap required Laureate to pay on the basis of a fixed rate of 2.48% and receive interest on the basis of three-month LIBOR. This swap, which matured on August 17, 2014 and was therefore recorded in current liabilities as of December 31, 2013. Laureate made a payment of $424 at the maturity date.

        In January 2009, Laureate entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $185,000. This swap was established to effectively fix interest rates on existing variable-rate borrowings,

F-107


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 15. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

and required Laureate to pay interest on the basis of a fixed rate of 2.30% and receive interest on the basis of three-month LIBOR. This swap was recorded in current liabilities as of December 31, 2013 since it matured on August 17, 2014. At the maturity date, Laureate made a payment of $970.

CLP to Unidad de Fomento (UF) Cross Currency and Interest Rate Swaps

        The cross currency and interest rate swap agreements are intended to provide a better correlation between our debt obligations and operating currencies. In 2010, one of our subsidiaries in Chile entered into four cross currency and interest rate swap agreements. One of the swaps matures on December 1, 2024, and the remaining three mature on July 1, 2025 (the CLP to UF cross currency and interest rate swaps). The UF is a Chilean inflation-adjusted unit of account. The four swaps have an aggregate notional amount of approximately $31,000, and convert CLP-denominated, floating-rate debt to fixed-rate UF-denominated debt. The CLP to UF cross currency and interest rate swaps were not designated as hedges for accounting purposes.

THINK Interest Rate Swaps

        Laureate acquired THINK on December 20, 2013, and financed a portion of the purchase price by borrowing AUD 45,000 (approximately US $36,819 at December 31, 2014) under a syndicated facility agreement in the form of two term loans of AUD 22,500 each. The terms of the syndicated facility agreement required THINK to enter into an interest rate swap within 45 days from the agreement's December 20, 2013 effective date, in order to convert at least 50% of the AUD 45,000 of term loan debt from a variable interest rate based on the BBSY bid rate, an Australia bank rate, to a fixed interest rate. Accordingly, on January 31, 2014, THINK executed an interest rate swap agreement with an original notional amount of AUD 22,500 to satisfy this requirement and converted AUD 22,500 (approximately US $18,410 at December 31, 2014) of the variable rate component of the term loan debt to a fixed interest rate of 3.86%. The notional amount of the swap decreases quarterly based on the terms of the agreement, and the swap matures on December 20, 2018. This interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, and had an estimated fair value of $621 at December 31, 2014, which is recorded in long-term liabilities.

F-108


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 15. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        Components of the reported (Loss) gain on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Unrealized Gain (Loss)

                   

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  $ 25,725   $ 38,008   $ (28,848 )

Interest rate swaps

    4,076     6,200     2,601  

    29,801     44,208     (26,247 )

Realized (Loss) Gain

                   

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

    (27,788 )   (30,519 )   (30,335 )

Interest rate swaps

    (5,114 )   (7,058 )   (6,652 )

    (32,902 )   (37,577 )   (36,987 )

Total (Loss) Gain

                   

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

    (2,063 )   7,489     (59,183 )

Interest rate swaps

    (1,038 )   (858 )   (4,051 )

(Loss) gain on derivatives, net

  $ (3,101 ) $ 6,631   $ (63,234 )

        Laureate was required to make periodic net cash payments for the interest rate swaps and the USD to CLP cross currency and interest swap of $33,119, $38,215 and $38,170 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, Laureate received net cash payments of $217, $638 and $1,183 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to the CLP to UF cross currency and interest rate swaps. The net cash payments are reported as a realized component of (Loss) gain on derivatives in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Price Protection Rights

        During the first quarter of 2013, the Company completed the sale of 23,163 shares of common stock to institutional investors for a total investment of $200,000, as shown in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the year ended December 31, 2013. In connection with this sale of permanent equity, Laureate incurred stock issuance costs of approximately $280 which have been charged against Additional paid-in capital. These new investors also received price protection rights for certain non-registered equity offerings by the Company until January 16, 2014. In connection with the combination of Laureate and Laureate Asia that is described in Note 1, Description of Business, the price protection rights for non-registered equity offerings were extended from January 16, 2014 to March 14, 2014, when they expired. Certain IPO price protection rights were in effect and could have been triggered if the closing of an IPO had occurred on or before January 16, 2015 at a public offering price less than the per share price in this offering. However, an IPO did not occur on or before January 16, 2015, and therefore we have estimated the fair value of the derivative related to the price protection rights to be zero.

Credit Risk and Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features

        Laureate's derivatives expose us to credit risk to the extent that the counterparty may possibly fail to perform its contractual obligation. The amount of our credit risk exposure is equal to the fair value

F-109


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 15. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

of the derivative when any of the derivatives are in a net gain position. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, none of our derivatives were in a net gain position.

        Laureate has limited its credit risk by only entering into derivative transactions with highly rated major financial institutions. We have not entered into collateral agreements with our derivatives' counterparties. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, two institutions, both of which were rated A2 by the global rating agency of Moody's Investors Service, and one institution which was rated Baa3, accounted for all of Laureate's derivative credit risk exposure. Also, at December 31, 2014 the counterparty to the THINK interest rate swap had a Moody's rating of Aa2. These institutions accounted for all of Laureate's derivative credit risk exposure.

        Laureate's agreements with its derivative counterparties contain a provision under which we could be declared in default on our derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to a default on the indebtedness. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had not breached any default provisions, and had not posted any collateral related to these agreements. If we had breached any of these provisions, we could have been required to settle the obligations under the derivative agreements for an amount that we believe would approximate their estimated fair value of $24,255 as of December 31, 2014 and $53,845 as of December 31, 2013.

Note 16. Income Taxes

        Significant components of the Income tax benefit (expense) on earnings from continuing operations were as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Current:

                   

United States

  $ (4,749 ) $ (6,328 ) $ (3,509 )

Foreign

    (119,190 )   (101,068 )   (100,365 )

State

    (258 )   (57 )   111  

Total current

    (124,197 )   (107,453 )   (103,763 )

Deferred:

                   

United States

    (99 )   8     (2,458 )

Foreign

    164,426     15,701     37,845  

State

    (1,070 )   498     315  

Total deferred

    163,257     16,207     35,702  

Total income tax benefit (expense)

  $ 39,060   $ (91,246 ) $ (68,061 )

        For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, foreign income from continuing operations before income taxes was $83,760, $154,391 and $104,346, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, domestic loss from continuing operations before income taxes was $285,431, $152,462 and $244,930, respectively.

F-110


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 16. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from continuing operations were as follows:

December 31,
  2014   2013  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 817,380   $ 659,353  

Depreciation

    31,097     16,622  

Deferred revenue

    46,259     41,385  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    30,016     24,291  

Deferred compensation

    95,562     102,992  

Unrealized loss

    54,581     32,439  

Nondeductible reserves

    33,085     37,207  

Interest

    13,678     11,424  

Other

    850      

Total deferred tax assets

    1,122,508     925,713  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Investment in subsidiaries

    112,457     115,434  

Amortization of intangible assets

    424,373     392,520  

Other

        2,919  

Total deferred tax liabilities

    536,830     510,873  

Net deferred tax assets

    585,678     414,840  

Valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets

    (994,434 )   (907,203 )

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (408,756 ) $ (492,363 )

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries totaled $1,152,824 and $1,023,373, respectively. We have not recognized deferred tax liabilities for these undistributed earnings because we believe that they will be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. These earnings could become subject to additional taxes if they are remitted as dividends, loaned to us or to one of our United States affiliates, or if we sold our interests in the subsidiaries. It is not practicable for us to determine the amount of additional taxes that might be payable on the unremitted earnings.

        Approximately 70% (60% federal and 10% states) of our worldwide net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) as of December 31, 2014 originated in the United States, derived from both federal and various state jurisdictions. The U.S. federal NOLs will begin to expire in 2025, with 46% of these expirations occurring between 2032 and 2034.

        The valuation allowance relates to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of tax benefits primarily attributable to NOLs of the parent company and of certain foreign subsidiaries, and future deductible temporary differences that are available only to offset future taxable income of subsidiaries in certain jurisdictions.

        The Company assesses the realizability of deferred tax assets by examining all available evidence, both positive and negative. A valuation allowance is recorded if negative evidence outweighs positive

F-111


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 16. Income Taxes (Continued)

evidence. A company's three-year cumulative loss position is significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable. Accounting guidance restricts the amount of reliance the Company can place on projected taxable income to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets. Valuation allowances were released at entities in Chile and Mexico of approximately $22,000 and $66,000, respectively, due to the change from a three-year cumulative loss position to a three-year cumulative income position, as well as other positive factors including projections of future profitability.

        During 2014, objective and verifiable negative evidence, such as continued U.S. operating losses, continued to outweigh positive evidence. The Company recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately $107,000 and a corresponding increase in the valuation allowance of the same amount, as a result of the negative evidence cited above. Recording the valuation allowance does not restrict the Company's ability to utilize the future deductions and net operating losses associated with the deferred tax assets if taxable income is generated in future periods. The most significant U.S. deferred tax assets are federal net operating losses, totaling $493,628, that begin to expire in 2025.

        The reconciliations of the reported Income tax expense to the amount that would result by applying the United States federal statutory tax rate of 35% to income from continuing operations before income taxes were as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Tax benefit at the United States statutory rate

  $ 70,585   $ (675 ) $ 49,204  

Permanent differences

    (16,560 )   (47,475 )   (20,576 )

State income tax (expense) benefit, net of federal tax effect

    (1,238 )   461     388  

Tax effect of foreign income taxed at lower rate

    37,370     73,534     66,456  

Change in valuation allowance

    (31,502 )   (55,908 )   (148,807 )

Settlements with taxing authorities

    (3,456 )   (319 )   1,068  

Investment in subsidiaries

    (538 )   (25,216 )   4,924  

Effect of tax contingencies

    (5,704 )   (9,048 )   (8,674 )

Tax credits

    25,968     16,000     12,810  

Withholding taxes

    (35,865 )   (42,600 )   (23,982 )

Other

            (872 )

Total income tax benefit (expense)

  $ 39,060   $ (91,246 ) $ (68,061 )

F-112


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 16. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The reconciliations of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Beginning of the period

  $ 57,404   $ 66,972   $ 54,333  

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

    28,613     126     12,927  

Decreases for tax positions related to prior years

    (17,131 )   (7,251 )   498  

Additions for tax positions related to current year

    4,732     6,073     5,232  

Decreases for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse in the statute of limitations

    (4,245 )   (8,049 )   (6,018 )

Settlements for tax positions related to prior years

    (1,569 )   (467 )    

End of the period

  $ 67,804   $ 57,404   $ 66,972  

        Laureate records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of Income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Laureate recognized interest and penalties related to income taxes of $14,691, $8,343 and $11,495, respectively. Laureate had $58,059 and $46,140 of accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Laureate derecognized $5,940, $8,827 and $6,164, respectively, of previously accrued interest and penalties. Approximately $64,000 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, will affect the effective income tax rate. It is reasonably possible that Laureate's unrecognized tax benefits may decrease within the next 12 months by up to approximately $20,000 as a result of the lapse of statutes of limitations and as a result of the final settlement and resolution of outstanding tax matters in various jurisdictions.

        Laureate and various subsidiaries file income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, and in various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, Laureate is no longer subject to United States federal, state and local, or foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. United States federal and state statutes are generally open back to 2010; however, the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) has the ability to challenge net operating loss carryforwards. Statutes of other major jurisdictions, such as Brazil, Chile, Spain, and Mexico, are open back to 2010, 2009, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

        During the third quarter of 2011, Laureate recorded an income tax receivable related to a pending refund. In February 2006, Laureate received a Notice of Deficiency from the IRS for Laureate's 1997 federal income tax return, with the IRS disagreeing with Laureate's excluding from income a break-up fee it received in its attempted acquisition of National Education Corporation. In May 2006, Laureate appealed the Notice of Deficiency and paid the $8,100 current amount of the assessment, plus $5,900 of related interest. These amounts had been previously accrued by Laureate. In March 2008, Laureate filed its complaint in the United States Court of Federal Claims. On September 19, 2011, a settlement with the Department of Justice was approved by the Joint Committee on Taxation, resulting in an anticipated tax refund of $4,071, including interest. During the third quarter of 2012, we received a refund of $5,139, which represented additional interest of $1,068.

        During 2010, Laureate was notified by the Spain Tax Authorities (STA) that an audit of our Spanish subsidiaries was being initiated for 2006 and 2007. On June 29, 2012, the STA issued a final

F-113


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 16. Income Taxes (Continued)

assessment to Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L. (ICE), our Spanish holding company, for EUR 11,936 (US $14,447 at December 31, 2014), including interest, for these two years. The STA has challenged the holding company structure in Spain. Laureate has appealed this assessment and therefore, in July 2012, we issued a cash-collateralized letter of credit for the assessment amount, in order to continue the appeal process. At December 31, 2014, this structure continued to be in place and the statute for the periods after 2007 remained open. Further, in July 2013, Laureate was notified by the STA that an audit of the Spanish subsidiaries was also being initiated for 2008 through 2010. On November 4, 2014, the STA proposed but did not yet issue an assessment to ICE for approximately EUR 17,000 (approximately US $20,600 at December 31, 2014), including interest, for these three years. Laureate plans to appeal this proposed assessment and will be required to issue a cash-collateralized letter of credit for the assessment amount, in order to continue the appeal process. We will continue to challenge the STA's position through the Spanish appeals and court system. Although the ultimate disposition of this issue is uncertain, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 we determined that our position was more likely than not to be sustained, and did not record a liability related to this matter. See also Note 26, Subsequent Events, for developments that occurred in 2015. We believe that the outcome of this issue will not have a material adverse effect on Laureate's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

        On September 29, 2014, Chile enacted major income tax law changes. The significant change impacting the Company is the increase in income tax rates, which are retroactive to January 2014. The tax rates are increasing from 20% to 21% in 2014, 22.5% in 2015, 24% in 2016, 25.5% in 2017 and 27% in 2018 and beyond. Deferred taxes were revalued and a benefit of approximately $6,100 was recorded in 2014. The law also includes two alternative methods for computing shareholder-level income taxation. The Company is still studying the impact of the shareholder-level tax regime.

Mexican Fiscal Reform

        In December 2013, Mexico enacted the 2014 Fiscal Reform (Fiscal Reform). The changes in the Fiscal Reform, which are generally effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, include the elimination of the flat tax regime that previously applied to most of Laureate's Mexico entities. These entities will now be subject to the corporate income tax. Other changes resulting from the Fiscal Reform include adjustments to the Value-Added Tax (VAT) rate in certain locations and limitations on the deductibility of certain tax-exempt payments made to employees. Since this law was enacted in 2013, we have recalculated our deferred tax assets and liabilities that are subject to the Tax Reform using the new tax rates in the Fiscal Reform. As described further in Note 19, Benefit Plans, because Laureate's Mexico entities are now subject to corporate income tax, the Company will be required to comply with profit-sharing legislation, whereby 10% of the taxable income at Laureate's Mexican operations will be set aside as employee compensation.

Spanish Tax Reform

        During 2014, Spain enacted major income tax law changes. One change decreased the corporate income tax rate from 30% to 28% in 2015 and to 25% beginning in 2016. The impact of the rate changes was a benefit to income tax expense of approximately $6,700 in 2014.

F-114


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 17. Earnings (Loss) Per Share

        Laureate computes basic earnings per share (EPS) by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that would occur if share-based compensation awards/arrangements or contingently issuable shares were exercised or converted into common stock. To calculate the diluted EPS, the basic weighted average number of shares is increased by the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock, and other share-based compensation arrangements determined using the treasury stock method.

        The following table summarizes the computations of basic and diluted earnings per share:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Numerator used in basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

                   

Loss from continuing operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (158,291 ) $ (74,824 ) $ (208,750 )

Accretion of redemption value of redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

    (9,187 )   (9,797 )   7,548  

Adjusted for: accretion related to noncontrolling interests and equity redeemable at fair value

    743     286     (9,890 )

Distributed and undistributed earnings to participating securities

    (3 )   (22 )   (17 )

Loss from continuing operations available to common stockholders

    (166,738 )   (84,357 )   (211,109 )

Income from discontinued operations

        5,146     7,692  

Allocation of discontinued operations to participating securities

        (5 )   (10 )

Net loss available to common stockholders

  $ (166,738 ) $ (79,216 ) $ (203,427 )

Denominator used in basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

    530,467     527,935     506,063  

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Loss from continuing operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (0.31 ) $ (0.16 ) $ (0.42 )

Income from discontinued operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

        0.01     0.02  

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.31 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.40 )

        The following table summarizes the number of stock options and shares of restricted stock outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, which were excluded from the

F-115


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 17. Earnings (Loss) Per Share (Continued)

diluted EPS calculations because the effect would have been antidilutive, due to net losses for the periods presented:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Stock options

    41,053     31,526     25,952  

Restricted stock

    1,856     565     612  

Note 18. Related Party Transactions

Corporate

Transactions between Laureate and Santa Fe University of Arts and Design (SFUAD)

        During 2009, Laureate entered into a shared services agreement with SFUAD. Laureate provides SFUAD with certain management consulting, legal, tax, finance, accounting, treasury, human resources, and network entry services. The shared services agreement has a term of five years and automatically renews for two year periods thereafter, unless terminated by either party. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, total costs and expenses charged to SFUAD were $13,477, $12,174 and $11,898, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Laureate recorded a Related party receivable from SFUAD of $4,186 and $3,328, respectively. The December 31, 2014 receivable balance was collected subsequent to year end.

        During the third quarter of 2013, fourteen Laureate institutions entered into partnership agreements with SFUAD (the Global Partnership agreements). These Global Partnership agreements have an initial term of five years and provide Laureate students with educational opportunities to study certain academic programs at SFUAD. Under the terms of these agreements, the partnering Laureate institutions commit to pay SFUAD an annual amount each calendar year, which SFUAD then bills to the Laureate institutions on a quarterly basis. The Global Partnership agreements can be unilaterally canceled by either SFUAD or the Laureate institutions with at least six months' prior written notice; however any remaining unpaid commitment amount for that calendar year is still contractually owed to SFUAD. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total amounts paid under the Global Partnership agreements were $4,571 and $2,974, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Laureate recorded a related party payable to SFUAD of $359 and $1,179, respectively.

Transactions between Laureate and HSM

        Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes a charge of $6,746 to write down our equity-method investment in HSM to a carrying value of zero. This charge was recorded during the third quarter of 2012, upon the Company's determination that there was a decline in the value of the investment that was other than temporary, based on the guidance in ASC 323-10-35, "Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures." This write-down of the HSM equity-method investment was recorded in Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

        During the fourth quarter of 2012, Laureate made loans to HSM with a total principal balance of $1,500 and an interest rate of 5% per annum. In January 2013, the interest was paid in cash, and the $1,500 principal balance of the loans was converted into shares of preferred stock in HSM, in

F-116


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

accordance with the new shareholders' agreement executed by the parties. At that time, Laureate also invested an additional $1,549 in HSM in return for preferred stock, for a total preferred stock investment of approximately $3,049. This additional 2013 investment of $1,549 was included in Investments in affiliates in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013. In April 2013, Laureate also provided a short-term working capital loan to HSM in the amount of $900 that carries a 5% interest rate and had an original maturity of December 15, 2013. During the third and fourth quarters of 2013, we made additional loans to HSM totaling $650 in the form of promissory notes that bear interest at 5% and have a maturity date for principal and interest of February 27, 2015. These additional loans brought the total HSM notes receivable balance to $1,550 as of December 31, 2013. Following these transactions, Laureate evaluated its investment in HSM under the relevant accounting guidance and determined that it should continue to account for its investment under the equity method.

        During the quarter ended September 30, 2013, in accordance with the guidance in ASC 323-10-35, "Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures," we wrote down the $3,049 investment in HSM to a carrying value of zero based upon the Company's determination that there was a decline in the value of the investment that was other than temporary. This write-down was recorded in Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the Company also determined that the loan balances outstanding of $1,550 were not collectible, as a result of HSM missing several scheduled principal payments, and therefore we recorded a full reserve on the notes receivable through a charge to General and administrative expenses. Interest on these loans is also in a non-accrual status. Additionally, the maturity date of the fully reserved $900 loan was extended to June 15, 2015, with monthly principal payments of $100 due on the 15th day of each month beginning on October 15, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the HSM investment and all loans receivable from HSM were recorded at a carrying value of $0.

        In January 2014, Laureate loaned an additional $600 to HSM in the form of a promissory note that bears interest at 5% annually with principal and interest due on February 27, 2015. This loan was fully reserved upon issuance and the interest was in a non-accrual status. As discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, on March 5, 2015, Laureate completed the sale of its interest in HSM. The total purchase price was approximately $9,500, less HSM's bank debt and other adjustments. Upon closing of the sale on March 5, 2015, Laureate received cash proceeds of approximately $5,000. As required by the agreement, Laureate's loans receivable from HSM, along with all unpaid interest, take first priority in the allocation of the sale proceeds. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014, the loans plus accrued interest are considered fully collectible and are recorded at their realizable value of approximately $2,300. As Laureate's investment in HSM is an equity-method investment, it continues to be recorded at a carrying value of $0 as of December 31, 2014.

Transactions between Laureate and Entities Affiliated with Executive Officers, Directors and Wengen

        For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred costs of $184, $409 and $374, respectively, for the business use of a private airplane that is owned in part by our CEO. For the year ended December 31, 2012, Laureate incurred costs of $296 for the business use of another private

F-117


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

airplane operated by a corporation owned by a person who served as one of our executive officers during that period, and his spouse.

        We have agreements in place with I/O Data Centers, LLC (I/O) pursuant to which I/O provides modular data center solutions to the Company. One of our directors is also a director of I/O. Additionally, this director, our CEO, and Sterling Partners (a private equity firm co-founded by the director, our CEO, and others) maintain an ownership interest in I/O. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred costs for these agreements of approximately $500, $400, and $100, respectively.

        During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we made payments of approximately $700 and $2,600, respectively, to an entity affiliated with one of the Wengen investors for services rendered in connection with the Company's refinancing of its debt and new debt issuances.

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, we made payments of approximately $400 to a consulting firm that works with one of the Wengen investors and its portfolio companies, for consulting services provided in connection with our EiP initiative.

LatAm

Transactions between Laureate and Entities Affiliated with a Former Executive

        For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Laureate made payments of $11, $120 and $50, respectively, for market research and $545, $820 and $833, respectively, for clinical studies to companies that are affiliated with an individual who served as one of our executives until the third quarter of 2014.

Brazil

Transactions between UAM Brazil and Noncontrolling Interest Holders

        In April 2013, Laureate closed a transaction to acquire the remaining 49% ownership interest in UAM Brazil, as discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions. Prior to this transaction, the former noncontrolling interest holders of UAM Brazil were related parties of Laureate and, therefore, the 2012 related party transactions between Laureate and the former noncontrolling interest holders are disclosed below.

        In 2005, we entered into lease agreements with UAM Brazil's former noncontrolling interest holders for the majority of UAM Brazil's campus facilities. The leases had an initial term of 20 years with two additional extensions of 20 years each, available at Laureate's option. Base annual payments under the lease agreements were adjusted annually for inflation. During the year ended December 31, 2012, Laureate made lease payments of $17,176.

        In January 2012, we borrowed BRL 6,000 (approximately US $3,405 at the date of borrowing) from UAM Brazil's former noncontrolling interest holders and entered into a short-term related party note payable. The note had an annual interest rate of 12%. In October 2012, we made a principal and interest payment of BRL 2,547. As of December 31, 2012, we recorded a total related party note payable of $1,982 for the remaining principal plus accrued interest. This balance was paid in full in February 2013.

F-118


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

Mexico

        In June 2012, Laureate reached a final agreement to acquire the remaining 10% ownership interest in Plansi, one of our holding companies in Mexico.

Dividends to Noncontrolling Interest Holders

        The bylaws of Plansi provided the owners the right to receive a minimum annual dividend, specified as the greater of: (a) 30% of Plansi's annual earnings, or (b) MXN 275,000. Plansi's noncontrolling interest holders were entitled to 10% of such dividends. During 2012, Laureate paid in full the remaining dividends of MXN 55,000 (approximately US $3,944) that were owed to the total noncontrolling interest holders, as part of the settlement of the put option.

Transactions between Laureate and Plansi's Noncontrolling Interest Holders

        In 2000, Laureate entered into lease agreements with Plansi's noncontrolling interest holders for several UVM Mexico campus facilities and equipment. The original leases had initial terms of 10 years with additional two-year extensions available. During 2002, these leases were amended to include additional five-year extensions subject to the mutual agreement of lessor and lessee. In 2010, we exercised our right to extend the lease term through 2015. The amended leases also provide us the option to purchase the real estate at the fair value of the property less the cost of leasehold improvements made by Laureate. Fixed monthly rents are based on investment units (UDIs) as published by the Bank of Mexico. The value of the contracts was determined using then-prevailing market rates, which were corroborated by an independent real estate appraisal. Laureate's rent expense for these leases was $11,520 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Europe

Morocco

Transactions between Laureate and Noncontrolling Interest Holder of Laureate Somed Education Holding SA (LSEH)

        As of December 31, 2012, we had a related party payable of $6,287 to the noncontrolling interest holder of LSEH, the entity that operates Université Internationale de Casablanca (UIC), related to two loans made by the noncontrolling interest holder to LSEH during 2012. The first loan was made in August 2012 for Moroccan Dirhams (MAD) 4,800 (US $566 at December 31, 2012) and had a maturity date in February 2014. The second loan was made in December 2012 for MAD 48,503 (US $5,721 at December 31, 2012) and had an original maturity date in June 2014. In June 2014, this loan was amended and the maturity date was extended to June 2016. Both loans bear interest at 4.5% annually. The proceeds from these loans, which have been included in the financing activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as Noncontrolling interest holder's loan to subsidiaries, were used to acquire land in Morocco for the construction of a new campus. As the 60% majority owner, during 2012 Laureate also made loans to LSEH for 60% of the total amount borrowed, which eliminate in consolidation.

F-119


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        During the year ended December 31, 2013, the noncontrolling interest holder converted a total of MAD 17,934 (approximately US $2,151 at conversion) of their loans and accrued interest to capital. Laureate also converted to capital a pro rata portion of the loans that it had made as the 60% majority owner of LSEH, resulting in no change in our ownership percentage. Also during the year ended December 31, 2013, the noncontrolling interest holder made two loans to LSEH. The first loan was made in July 2013 for MAD 8,000 (US $936 at the date of loan) and matured in January 2015. The second loan was made in December 2013 for MAD 12,000 (US $1,457 at the date of loan) and matures in June 2015. Both loans bears interest at 4.5% annually. As the 60% majority owner, Laureate also made a loan to LSEH for 60% of the total amount borrowed, which eliminates in consolidation.

        During 2014, the noncontrolling interest holder made two loans to LSEH for MAD 12,000 (US $1,470 at the loan date) and MAD 16,000 (US $1,930 at the loan date), respectively, which mature on October 25, 2015 and bear interest at 4.5% per annum. Additionally, in 2014, the noncontrolling interest holder made a loan to LSEH for MAD 12,000 (US $1,354 at the loan date) which matures on May 26, 2016 and bears interest at 4.5% per annum.The proceeds from these loans have been included in the financing activities section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as Noncontrolling interest holder's loan to subsidiaries. As the 60% majority owner, Laureate has also made loans to LSEH for 60% of the total amount borrowed, which eliminates in consolidation.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had total related party payables of $10,881 and $6,882, respectively, to the noncontrolling interest holder for the outstanding balance of the loans described above.

        In addition to the loans described above, during 2012 Laureate and the noncontrolling interest holder of LSEH also made capital contributions to LSEH totaling MAD 28,000 (approximately US $3,418) as part of a share capital increase. The noncontrolling interest holder's 40% share of the total capital contribution, which equaled $1,321, has been included within (Distributions to) and capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders of subsidiaries in the financing activities section of the 2012 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Switzerland

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we have recorded royalty receivables of $925 and $891, respectively, from Les Roches Jin Jiang, a 50% equity-method investee that operates a hospitality and culinary institution in China. During 2013, one of our institutions in Switzerland, Les Roches, billed $420 of royalty fees to Les Roches Jin Jiang and collected $419 of payments.

Turkey

Services Arrangement and Loan to Noncontrolling Interest Holder

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, Laureate paid a noncontrolling interest holder of CH Holding $1,100 for consulting and other services that were rendered in 2012. As discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, Laureate acquired the remaining 25% noncontrolling interest in CH Holding in January 2013. Following this transaction, no further consulting or other services are expected from the former noncontrolling interest holder.

F-120


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        In June 2010 Laureate made a non-interest bearing loan of $2,000 to a noncontrolling interest holder of CH Holding, which was recorded at its discounted present value. This loan was collateralized by the noncontrolling interest holder's shares in CH Holding and was due on April 30, 2015. In December 2012, Laureate forgave this related party receivable, which had a carrying value of $1,675.

AMEA

China

Transactions between China businesses and Noncontrolling Interest Holders

        HIEU has entered into various cost-sharing agreements and other related party transactions with entities owned by a noncontrolling interest holder of HIEU. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amounts payable to this related party were $2,113 and $1,219, respectively, and the amounts receivable from this related party were $1,428 and $1,988, respectively.

        In June 2010, HIEU entered into an entrustment loan agreement with Hunan New Lieying Education Technologies Ltd. (HNLET), which had a balance of $3,196 and $3,280 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Chairman of the Board of Directors of HIEU is an owner of HNLET. The loan had an interest rate of 7.5% and its original maturity date of June 2012 was extended several times until June 2014. The entrustment loan receivable was fully secured by the amount due to the noncontrolling interest holders of HIEU; however Laureate was contractually released from that seller note payable during 2014 and removed the liability, as discussed in Note 6, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies. During 2014, Laureate concluded that collection of the entrustment loan was not reasonably assured and placed a full allowance on this related party receivable. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014, the balance of this loan receivable from HNLET was fully offset by a reserve recorded in Allowance for doubtful accounts, resulting in a net carrying value of $0.

        A portion of HIEU's real property, including land and buildings, is pledged as collateral for personal loans that certain noncontrolling interest holders of HIEU have entered into with third-party banks. The balances owed by the noncontrolling interest holders on these personal loans total approximately $20,000. In December 2013, the noncontrolling interest holders of HIEU signed an agreement with Laureate and committed to: (1) remove all encumbrances on HIEU's real property no later than September 30, 2014 and (2) complete the transfer of title relating to the encumbered real property to HIEU no later than December 31, 2014. Under the terms of this agreement, the noncontrolling interest holders also agreed to pay any and all transfer taxes, fees and other costs that are required in connection with the removal of the encumbrances and the transfer of titles, which are estimated to be approximately $2,000. As collateral for their performance under the agreement, the noncontrolling interest holders pledged to Laureate their 30% equity interest in HIEU. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014, the noncontrolling interest holders of HIEU had not completed their commitment to remove the encumbrances on HIEU's real property or complete the transfer of the real property. Under the terms of the agreement, Laureate has the right to obtain the noncontrolling interest holders' 30% equity interest. Management is currently evaluating its options in this matter. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Laureate's net carrying value of the encumbered real property was approximately $14,300 and $16,000, respectively.

F-121


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        In addition to the performance obligations in the December 2013 agreement for the encumbered property as described above, the noncontrolling interest holders are required under the 2009 HIEU purchase agreement (PA) to obtain the titles of certain other buildings for HIEU. The noncontrolling interest holders are also obligated to pay any and all government fees and other costs, which are estimated to be approximately $4,200, required in connection with obtaining the titles for these buildings. These buildings are not encumbered and HIEU has title to the land. The noncontrolling interest holders also occupy and conduct other non-HIEU business in five buildings that we have title to, and do not pay rent to HIEU for the use of these facilities.

        Additionally, during 2014, HIEU recorded an approximately $4,350 loss to write off the carrying value of several parcels of land for which it no longer has land use rights. The loss of land use rights was a breach of the PA and we determined our claim to be uncollectible in 2014.

        Effective January 1, 2008, we entered into a consulting arrangement with an individual related to the Company's operations in China. Under the agreement, we committed to annual payments for the higher of $500 or 1% of annual pro rata revenue of the Company's entities in China, in return for business consulting services. We recognized total expense of $607 and $500 under this contract for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As permitted under the terms of the agreement, we terminated this agreement effective December 31, 2013.

Dubai

Transactions between Laureate and Laureate-Obeikan Ltd.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had recorded a related party receivables of $1,034 and $1,909, respectively, from the noncontrolling interest holder of Laureate-Obeikan Ltd., a joint venture in Dubai that is 50% owned by Laureate and consolidated. During 2014, the receivable amount outstanding as of December 31, 2013 was settled. The related party royalty receivable recorded at December 31, 2014 is fully reserved as collection is not reasonably assured.

        Also, during the year ended December 31, 2013, Laureate and the noncontrolling interest holder of Laureate-Obeikan Ltd. made capital contributions to Laureate-Obeikan Ltd. totaling $940 in connection with a share capital increase. The noncontrolling interest holder's 50% share of the total capital contribution, which equaled $470, has been included within (Distributions to) and capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders of subsidiaries in the financing activities section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Malaysia

Transactions between Malaysian Businesses and Noncontrolling Interest Holders

        Exeter Street Holdings Sdn Bhd (Exeter Malaysia), one of Laureate's subsidiaries, extended a loan to one of its noncontrolling interest holders to assist in the financing of their approximately 16.5% initial investment in INTI. The original maturity date of this loan was December 31, 2013, but it was not paid by December 31, 2013 and remains outstanding. The loan is collateralized by a pledge of the noncontrolling interest holder's INTI shares having a value of 150% of the outstanding amount of the loan, or at the Company's option, other forms of collateral acceptable to it, equal to 100% of the

F-122


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

outstanding amount of the loan. Dividends or option proceeds shall be applied first to any unpaid interest and then to reduce all principal amounts under the loan facility. The loan is denominated in MYR and accrues interest at a rate of 7% per annum. As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding principal balance was $3,966, and the outstanding interest receivable related to this loan was $1,190, respectively. As discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, in the fourth quarter of 2014 Laureate settled this note receivable and the accrued interest receivable in connection with the purchase of 6.4% of this minority owner's noncontrolling interest. As a result, the loan is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

Dividends to Noncontrolling Interest Holders

        During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, INTI made contractual dividend payments to its noncontrolling holders of $444, $132 and $145, respectively, which were included within Payments of dividends in the financing activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Singapore

Loan from Affiliate

        On February 8, 2013, Laureate's wholly owned subsidiary, LEI Singapore Holdings Private Limited, which is the Singapore-based parent entity of several of our AMEA subsidiaries, borrowed EUR 3,254 (US $4,478 at December 31, 2013) from LEI International Holdings B.V., a Wengen subsidiary that is an affiliate of Laureate. The loan has a maturity date of February 7, 2022, and carries an annual interest rate of 7%. As of December 31, 2013, the total principal and interest payable for the loan was $4,758, which was recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Long-term debt, less current portion. Effective March 31, 2014, the board of LIHBV forgave this loan to LEI Singapore Holdings Pte Ltd, which was recognized as a capital contribution of $4,821 during the year ended December 31, 2014.

South Africa

Transactions between Laureate and Noncontrolling Interest Holders of MSA

        At December 31, 2014, Laureate had a related party payable of $2,240 that was owed to the noncontrolling interest holder of MSA.

GPS

United States

Transactions between Laureate and Noncontrolling Interest Holder of St. Augustine

        In December 2013, subsequent to the acquisition of St. Augustine discussed in Note 5, Acquisitions, a $10,000 capital contribution was made to St. Augustine, 80% of which was contributed by Laureate and 20% by the noncontrolling interest holder. Laureate loaned $2,000 to the noncontrolling interest holder in the form of a non-interest bearing promissory note for its portion of the capital contribution, which was recorded at its discounted present value of $1,739 in Notes receivable, net on the December 31, 2013 Consolidated Balance Sheet. The note had a maturity date of November 21, 2018, and Laureate had the right to offset against this receivable the noncontrolling

F-123


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

interest holder's 20% share of any future distributions that are made by St. Augustine. During the fourth quarter of 2014, St. Augustine declared and paid a distribution to its owners of $10,000, of which $2,000 was paid to the 20% noncontrolling interest holder. The noncontrolling interest holder then repaid the related party promissory note to Laureate.

        In the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, Laureate's loan to the minority partner in 2013 and the loan repayment in 2014 were included in Payments from (to) related parties in the investing activities section, and the noncontrolling interest holder's $2,000 capital contribution in 2013 and distribution in 2014 were included in (Distributions to) and capital contributions from noncontrolling interest holders of subsidiaries in the financing activities section.

Transactions between Laureate and NHU NFP

        In connection with the acquisition of NHU LLC in 2010, Laureate entered into a lease for the San Jose campus owned by NHU NFP. Laureate also subleases a portion of the premises to NHU NFP for its charter school. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Laureate incurred rent expense of $1,702, $1,666 and $1,666, respectively, and received sublease income of $652, $374 and $400, respectively.

Note 19. Benefit Plans

Domestic Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

        Laureate sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan in the United States under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan offers employees a traditional "pre-tax" 401(k) option and an "after-tax" Roth 401(k) option, providing the employees with choices and flexibility for their retirement savings. All employees are eligible to participate in the plan after meeting certain service requirements. Participants may contribute up to a maximum of 80% of their annual compensation and 100% of their annual cash bonus, as defined and subject to certain annual limitations. Laureate may, at its discretion, make matching contributions that are allocated to eligible participants. The matching on the "after-tax" Roth contributions is the same as the matching on the traditional "pre-tax" contributions. Laureate made discretionary contributions in cash to this plan of $4,174, $3,823 and $3,358 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Non-United States Pension Benefit Plans

        Laureate has defined benefit pension (pension) plans at several non-United States institutions. The projected benefit obligation (PBO) is determined as the actuarial present value as of the measurement date of all benefits calculated by the pension benefit formula for employee service rendered. The amount of benefits to be paid depends on a number of future events incorporated into the pension benefit formula, including estimates of the average life expectancy of employees/survivors and average years of service rendered. The PBO is measured based on assumptions concerning future interest rates and future employee compensation levels. The expected net periodic benefit cost for Laureate in each year can vary from the subsequent year's actual net periodic benefit cost due to the acquisition of entities with plans, plan amendments, and the impacts of foreign currency translation. The combined unfunded status of these plans is reported as a component of Other long-term liabilities.

F-124


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 19. Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The fair value of plan assets relates to insurance contracts for our Switzerland institutions' plans. The fair value measurements were based on inputs that are not observable to active markets and, as such, would be deemed a "Level 3" fair value measurement as defined in Note 21, Fair Value Measurement.

        The net periodic benefit cost for those entities with pension plans was as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Service cost

  $ 5,229   $ 5,658   $ 4,084  

Interest

    1,805     1,585     1,496  

Expected return on assets

    (765 )   (546 )   (708 )

Amortization of prior service costs

    278     428     51  

Recognition of actuarial items

    173     239     135  

Curtailment gain

        (551 )   (836 )

Plan amendment

            6  

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 6,720   $ 6,813   $ 4,228  

        The estimated net periodic benefit cost for the year ending December 31, 2015 is approximately $7,907.

        The weighted average assumptions were as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012

Discount rate for obligations

  1.00 - 9.75%   2.25 - 10.50%   1.75 - 9.75%

Discount rate for net periodic benefit costs

  2.25 - 10.50%   1.75 - 9.75%   2.50 - 10.00%

Rate of compensation increases

  2.00 - 14.00%   2.25 - 11.75%   2.25 - 8.50%

Expected return in plan assets

  1.00%   2.25%   1.75%

F-125


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 19. Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The change in PBO, change in plan assets and funded (unfunded) status for those entities with pension plans were as follows:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013  

Change in PBO:

             

PBO at beginning of year

  $ 56,836   $ 51,333  

Service cost

    5,229     5,658  

Interest

    1,805     1,585  

Actuarial loss (gain)

    9,132     (3,251 )

Benefits paid by plan

    (1,648 )   (1,582 )

Participant contributions

    2,361     2,471  

Curtailment gain

        (555 )

Administrative expenses

    (806 )   (945 )

Acquisitions

        1,737  

Foreign exchange

    (5,760 )   385  

PBO at end of year

    67,149     56,836  

Change in plan assets:

             

Fair value of assets at beginning of year

    35,848     30,076  

Actual return on assets

    710     589  

Employer contributions

    2,995     3,247  

Participant contributions

    2,361     2,471  

Benefits paid by plan

    87     (560 )

Administrative expenses

    (806 )   (945 )

Foreign exchange

    (3,733 )   970  

Fair value of assets at end of year

    37,462     35,848  

Unfunded status

  $ 29,687   $ 20,988  

Actuarial loss

  $ 12,562   $ 4,369  

Prior service cost

    1,628     2,088  

Amount recognized in AOCI, pre-tax

  $ 14,190   $ 6,457  

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $ 57,385   $ 50,131  

        The Company estimates that employer contributions to plan assets during 2015 will be approximately the same as during the year ended December 31, 2014. The estimated future benefit payments for the next 10 fiscal years are as follows:

For the year ending December 31,
   
 

2015

  $ 3,085  

2016

    5,220  

2017

    3,494  

2018

    3,571  

2019

    3,690  

2020 through 2024

    20,317  

F-126


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 19. Benefit Plans (Continued)

Laureate Education, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan

        Laureate maintains a Deferred Compensation Plan (DCP) to provide certain executive employees and members of our Board of Directors with the opportunity to defer their salaries, bonuses, and Board of Directors retainers and fees in order to accumulate funds for retirement on a pre-tax basis. Participants are 100% vested in their respective deferrals and the earnings thereon. Laureate does not make contributions to the DCP or guarantee returns on the investments. Although DCP investments and participant deferrals are kept in a separate trust account, the assets remain Laureate's property and are subject to claims of general creditors.

        The DCP plan assets are recorded at fair value with the earnings (losses) on those assets recorded in Other income (expense). The deferred compensation liabilities are recorded at the contractual value, with the changes in value recorded in operating expenses. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, DCP assets included in Other assets were $10,561 and $10,227, respectively, and the deferred compensation liabilities reported in Other long-term liabilities were $15,316 and $14,316, respectively.

Supplemental Employment Retention Agreement

        In November 2007, Laureate established a Supplemental Employment Retention Agreement (SERA) for one of its executive officers. Since Laureate achieved certain Pro-rata EBITDA targets, as defined in the SERA, from 2007 to 2011 and this officer remained employed through December 31, 2012, this individual receives an annual SERA payment of $1,500. The SERA provides annuity payments to the executive over the course of his lifetime, and annuity payments would be made to his spouse for the course of her life in the event of the executive's death on or prior to December 31, 2026. The SERA is administered through a Rabbi Trust, and its assets are subject to the claims of creditors. Laureate purchases annuities to provide funds for our future SERA obligations.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total SERA assets were $12,010 and $13,645, respectively, which were recorded in Other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total SERA liability recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $17,396 and $16,868, respectively, of which $1,500 and $1,500, respectively, was recorded in Other current liabilities, and $15,896 and $15,368, respectively, was recorded in Deferred compensation.

Mexico Profit-Sharing

        As explained in Note 16, Income Taxes, the Fiscal Reform that was enacted in Mexico in December 2013 subjects Laureate's Mexico entities to corporate income tax and also requires them to comply with profit-sharing legislation, whereby 10% of the taxable income of Laureate's Mexican entities will be set aside as employee compensation. As a result of the Fiscal Reform, the Company recorded a net increase in operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $8,389. Also in 2013, the Company had established an asset for a deferred benefit related to this matter. During 2014, the Company revised its estimate regarding the realizability of this asset and, accordingly, recorded a net decrease in operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $22,755.

F-127


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 19. Benefit Plans (Continued)

Labor Unions

        Certain Laureate employees at Universidad Europea de Madrid, Spain (UEM), UVM Mexico, Institut Français de Gestion (IFG) and all of the Brazilian institutions are covered by labor agreements.

        The UEM agreement was negotiated between a national union and an employer association committee representing all of the private, for-profit institutions in the country. That agreement remained legally applicable until February 2010, when negotiations for the renewal of the UEM agreement were completed. We are currently operating under the February 2010 agreement.

        Substantially all of the faculty members at UVM Mexico are represented by a union. The labor agreement governs salaries, benefits and working conditions for all union members at UVM Mexico.

        The IFG agreement governs certain labor conditions, such as vacation and salary levels. The agreement has no defined expiration date, but can be nullified by either party.

        As required by Brazilian Labor Law, all of Brazil's employees are represented by a union and the institutions are part of an employers' union. These two groups negotiate standard city or regional contracts and it is the responsibility of our Brazil institutions to comply with these agreements. In some cases where, for example, there is no city-wide or regional labor union to conduct the negotiation, the institutions and labor union have agreed to permit the local institution to negotiate directly with the respective union. Such union agreements typically have a duration of one year.

        Laureate considers itself to be in good standing with these unions and with all of its employees.

Note 20. Legal and Regulatory Matters

        Laureate is subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In management's opinion, we have adequate legal defenses, insurance coverage, and/or accrued liabilities with respect to the eventuality of these actions. Management believes that any settlement would not have a material impact on Laureate's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

United States Postsecondary Education Regulation

        The Company, through its GPS segment, operates five postsecondary educational institutions in the United States (U.S. Institutions). The U.S. Institutions are subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental entities as well as accrediting bodies. The Higher Education Act (HEA), and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the DOE, subject the U.S. Institutions to ongoing regulatory review and scrutiny. The U.S. Institutions must also comply with a myriad of requirements in order to participate in Title IV federal financial aid programs under the HEA (Title IV programs).

        In particular, to participate in the Title IV programs under currently effective DOE regulations, an institution must be authorized to offer its educational programs by the relevant state agencies in the states in which it is located, accredited by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the DOE, and also certified by the DOE. In determining whether to certify an institution, the DOE closely examines an institution's administrative and financial capability to administer Title IV program funds.

        Pursuant to DOE requirements, the U.S. Institutions conduct periodic reviews and audits of their compliance with the Title IV program requirements. None of the U.S. Institutions have been notified

F-128


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 20. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

of any significant noncompliance that might result in loss of its certification to participate in the Title IV programs. Management believes that there are no matters of regulatory noncompliance that could have a material effect on the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

        Changes in or new interpretations of applicable laws, DOE rules, or regulations could have a material adverse effect on the U.S. Institutions' eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs. On October 29, 2010, the DOE published a Final Rule amending its regulations in a number of areas related to an institution's eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs. Most of these regulatory changes became effective July 1, 2011, with others becoming effective as of July 1, 2012. During a negotiated rulemaking committee process that occurred between September 2013 and December 2013, the DOE proposed draft regulatory language for discussion by the negotiators that would establish specific standards for purposes of the HEA requirement that, to be eligible for Title IV program funds, certain programs of study prepare students for "gainful employment in a recognized occupation." As the negotiated rulemaking committee did not reach consensus on the regulation, the DOE issued its own notice of proposed rulemaking on March 25, 2014. Laureate submitted comments regarding the proposed gainful employment rule to the DOE during the public comment period that ended May 27, 2014. On October 30, 2014, the DOE issued a final rule on gainful employment that became effective July 1, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating this rule and determining its impact on our operations. Between February and May 2014, the DOE convened a negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare proposed regulations to address program integrity and improvement issues for the Title IV programs ("Program Integrity Rulemaking") including but not limited to updating eligibility standards for student and parent borrowers under the federal Direct PLUS loan program, cash management of Title IV funds, state authorization for programs offered through distance education and state authorization for foreign locations of institutions. As this negotiated rulemaking committee did not reach consensus on all of the issues before it, the DOE may proceed to issue its own proposed regulations for notice and comment rulemaking, whether on some or all of the issues discussed during the negotiated rulemaking process. Accordingly, on August 8, 2014, the DOE published a proposed rule for public comment regarding federal Direct PLUS loan program eligibility, following which a final rule was issued on October 23, 2014 and that took effect July 1, 2015. On May 18, 2015, the DOE published proposed regulations for comment regarding cash management of Title IV funds, the eligibility of repeated coursework for purposes of a student's enrollment status and receipt of Title IV funds, and the measurement of programs in credit hours versus clock hours for Title IV purposes. Laureate submitted comments regarding the proposed regulations on cash management of Title IV funds to the DOE during the public comment period that ended July 2, 2015. As no proposed rules have yet been issued regarding state authorization for programs offered through distance education and state authorization for foreign locations of institutions, final regulations on those matters are not likely to be issued until sometime in late 2015, at the earliest, and must be issued in final form by November 1, 2015 to be effective July 1, 2016. During a separate negotiated rulemaking committee process that occurred between January and April 2014, the DOE proposed draft regulatory language to implement changes to the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act ("Clery Act") required by March 2013 amendments to the Violence Against Women Act. At the final meeting of the negotiated rulemaking committee on April 1, 2014, the committee reached consensus on the Department's proposed regulations, which were subsequently published for a 30-day public comment period on June 20, 2014. On October 20, 2014, the DOE published the final rule

F-129


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 20. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

amending its Clery Act regulations, which is effective July 1, 2015. Between February and April 2015, the DOE convened another negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare regulations to establish a new Pay as You Earn repayment plan for those not covered by the existing Pay as You Earn Repayment Plan in the Federal Direct Loan Program, and also to establish procedures for Federal Family Education Loan Program loan holders to use to identify U.S. military servicemembers who may be eligible for a lower interest rate on their federal student loans under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. The committee reached consensus during its final session on a set of proposed regulations. The DOE published proposed regulations for comment on July 9, 2015, with final regulations anticipated by November 1, 2015 that would be effective July 1, 2016. Also, on August 20, 2015, the DOE published notice of a new negotiated rulemaking process to clarify how direct loan borrowers who believe they were defrauded by their institutions can seek relief and to strengthen provisions to hold institutions accountable for their wrongdoing that results in loan discharges. We are unable to predict what additional actions the DOE may take, or the effect of its rulemaking processes on our business. Additionally, the United States Congress has initiated a series of hearings regarding its prospective reauthorization of the HEA and potential changes to the Title IV programs. Any new or changed regulations from the DOE, or changes to the HEA and Title IV programs, could reduce enrollments, impact tuition prices, increase the cost of doing business and otherwise have additional material adverse effects on the financial condition, cash flows and operations of some or all of the U.S. Institutions.

        The proprietary education industry is experiencing broad-based, intensifying scrutiny in the form of increased investigations and enforcement actions. In October 2014, the DOE announced that it will be leading an interagency task force composed of the DOE, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the FTC), the U.S. Departments of Justice, Treasury and Veterans Affairs, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and numerous state attorneys general. The FTC has also recently issued civil investigative demands to several other U.S. proprietary educational institutions, which require the institutions to provide documents and information related to the advertising, marketing, or sale of secondary or postsecondary educational products or services, or educational accreditation products or services. The CFPB has also initiated a series of investigations against other U.S. proprietary educational institutions alleging that certain institutions' lending practices violate various consumer finance laws. In addition, attorneys general in several states have become more active in enforcing consumer protection laws, especially related to recruiting practices and the financing of education at proprietary educational institutions. In addition, several state attorneys general have recently partnered with the CFPB to review industry practices. If our past or current business practices are found to violate applicable consumer protection laws, or if we are found to have made misrepresentations to our current or prospective students about our educational programs, we could be subject to monetary fines or penalties and possible limitations on the manner in which we conduct our business.

Brazilian Regulation

        Through our LatAm segment, we operate 13 post-secondary education institutions in Brazil. The responsibility of the federal government in regulating, monitoring and evaluating higher education institutions and undergraduate programs is exercised by the Brazilian Ministry of Education (the MEC), along with a number of related federal agencies and offices. The MEC is the highest authority

F-130


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 20. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

of the higher education system in Brazil and has the power to: regulate and monitor the federal system of higher education in terms of its quality and standards, confirm decisions regarding the accreditation and reaccreditation of institutions of higher education; confirm evaluation criteria; confirm regulatory proposals; and issue and implement rules that govern the delivery of higher education services, including aspects like adherence by higher education institutions to the rules for federal education subsidy programs like Pronatec, Prouni and Fundo de Financiamento ao Estudante do Ensino Superior (the FIES Program, or FIES), through one or more of which all of our institutions enroll students. Additionally, Brazilian law requires that almost all change-of-control transactions by Laureate receive the prior approval of the Brazilian antitrust authority, the CADE.

        As noted above, Laureate's institutions in Brazil participate in the FIES Program, which targets students from low socio-economic backgrounds enrolled at private post-secondary institutions. Eligible students receive loans with below-market interest rates that are required to be repaid after an 18-month grace period upon graduation. FIES pays participating educational institutions tax credits which can be used to pay certain federal taxes and social contributions. FIES also repurchases excess credits for cash. As part of the FIES Program, our institutions are obligated to pay up to 15% of any student default. The default obligation increases to up to 30% of any student default if the institution is not current with its federal taxes. FIES withholds between 1% and 3% of tuition paid to the institutions to cover any potential student defaults ("holdback"). If the student pays 100% of their loan, the withheld amounts will be paid to the participating education institutions.

        Since February 2014, all new students who participate in FIES must also enroll in the Fundo de Garantia de Operações de Crédito Educativo (FGEDUC). FGEDUC is a government-mandated, private guarantee fund administered by the Bank of Brazil that allows participating educational institutions to insure themselves for 90% (or 13.5% of 15%) of their losses related to student defaults under the FIES program. The cost of the program is 5.63% of a student's full tuition. Similar to FIES, the administrator withholds 5.63% of a student's full tuition to fund the guarantee by FGEDUC.

        In 2014, FIES accounted for approximately 25% of our revenues and 20% of our total students in Brazil.

        In December 2014, the MEC along with FNDE, the agency that directly administers FIES, announced several significant rule changes to the FIES program beginning in 2015. These changes limit the number of new participants and the annual budget of the program, and delay payments due to the participating post-secondary institution. The first change implements a minimum score on the high school achievement exam in order to enroll in the program. The second change alters the schedule for the payment and repurchase of credits as well as limits the opportunities for post-secondary institutions to sell any unused credits such that there is a significant delay between the time the post-secondary institution provides the educational services to the students and the time it receives payment from the government for 2015. In addition to these rule changes, FNDE implemented a policy for current students' loan renewals for 2015, which provides that returning students may not finance an amount that increases by more than 6.41% from the amount financed in the previous semester, regardless of any increases in tuition or in the number of courses in which the student is enrolled, a policy that we believe violates the applicable law. Moreover, the online enrollment and re-enrollment system that all post-secondary institutions and students must use to access the program has experienced numerous technical and programming faults that have also interfered with the enrollment and re-enrollment

F-131


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 20. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

process. Numerous challenges to these changes and requests for judicial relief from the system's faults have been filed in the Brazilian courts, most of which are pending.

        MEC released new FIES regulations in July 2015 (Normative Ordinances Nos. 08 and 10), which supplement and amend the rules that were previously released. Among other changes, these Normative Ordinances revised the rules for student eligibility and classification, higher education institution participation and selection of the vacancies that will be offered to the students.

        Regarding student eligibility under the new rules, applicants will have to meet all of the following requirements: (i) have a gross household income of not more than 2.5 times the minimum wage per capita (the previous criterion was gross household income of not more than 20 times the minimum wage for all family members); (ii) not have a higher education degree; and (iii) have taken the National High School Proficiency Exam (ENEM) at least once since 2010, with a minimum score of 450 points, and have a score greater than zero in the test of writing.

        In addition, the participating post-secondary institution must sign a participation agreement that contains its proposal of the number of vacancies offered and the following information per shift (morning, evening) and campus location: (i) tuition gross amount for the entire course, including all semesters; (ii) total tuition gross amount per course for the first semester, which must reflect at least a five percent discount to the course list price; and (iii) the number of vacancies that will be offered through the FIES selection process. Only courses with scores of 3, 4 or 5 in the National Higher Education Evaluation System (SINAES) evaluation are eligible to receive FIES students.

        The selection of vacancies by MEC to be offered to the students will be based on the following criteria: (i) FIES budget and the availability of resources; (ii) course score under SINAES's evaluation; (iii) priority courses, as defined by the government (pedagogy, engineering and health sector courses); and (iv) regionality—vacancies offered in the Northeast, North and Central-West regions will have priority over those offered in the South and Southeast regions.

        Finally, FNDE has presented a new payment proposal to the post-secondary institutions, coupled with their acceptance of limiting the tuition correction to 8.5%, in which the post-secondary institutions would agree not to charge any differences over the 8.5% increase imposed by the FNDE and would withdraw any lawsuit filed against the government with respect to this subject. The Brazilian government has officially delayed FIES payments to post-secondary education institutions for the first half of 2015 under the pretense of seeking to resolve whether it will make payments to institutions with tuition increases in excess of the imposed limits.

        We expect these program changes and systemic faults to have an adverse impact on us in 2015.

        All of our Brazil Higher Education Institutions (HEI) adhere to Prouni. Prouni is a federal program of tax benefits designed to increase higher education participation rates by making college more affordable.

        HEI may join Prouni by signing a term of membership valid for ten years and renewable for the same period. This term of membership shall include the number of scholarships to be offered in each program, unit and class, and a percentage of scholarships for degree programs to be given to indigenous and Afro-Brazilians. To join Prouni, an educational institution must maintain a certain relationship between the number of scholarships granted to regular paying students. The relationship

F-132


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 20. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

between the number of scholarships and regular paying students is tested annually. If this relationship is not observed during a given academic year due to the departure of students, the institution must adjust the number of scholarships in a proportional manner the following academic year.

        Prouni provides private HEI with an exemption from certain federal taxes in exchange for granting partial and full scholarships to low-income students enrolled in traditional and technology undergraduate programs. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, our HEI granted Prouni scholarships that resulted in tax credits of approximately $49,400, $34,300 and $28,400, respectively.

Note 21. Fair Value Measurement

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to settle a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accounting standards utilize a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels, which are described below:

    Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

    Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability; and

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

        These levels are not necessarily an indication of the risk of liquidity associated with the financial assets or liabilities disclosed. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement, as required under ASC 820-10.

        Laureate's deferred compensation plan assets, contingent consideration and derivative instruments are its only assets and liabilities that are adjusted to fair value each reporting period.

        Deferred compensation plan assets —Laureate has a DCP that is offered to certain executive employees and members of our Board of Directors. The plan assets under the DCP primarily consist of variable universal life insurance contracts. These insurance contracts are recorded at their estimated fair value based on the trust administrator's determination of the insurance contracts' total unit value, which is based on unadjusted third-party Net Asset Value (NAV) pricing information from the underlying funds in which the insurance premiums are invested. Laureate has concluded that the fair values of these assets are based on unobservable inputs, or Level 3 assumptions.

        Contingent consideration —Certain acquisitions require the payment of contingent purchase consideration depending on whether specified future events occur or conditions are met in periods subsequent to the acquisition date. Laureate records such contingent consideration at fair value on the acquisition date with subsequent adjustments recognized in operations. The contingent consideration liability recorded at December 31, 2013 is related to the 2010 acquisition of NHU LLC. As part of that acquisition, Laureate agreed that the noncontrolling interest holder's 20% interest in NHU LLC will not be diluted as a result of any additional equity capital we invest in NHU LLC, up to a limit of $5,000. We recorded a liability for this contingent arrangement as we deemed it probable that we would

F-133


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 21. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

make an additional capital contribution. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Laureate settled this liability as a capital contribution.

        Derivative instruments —Laureate uses derivative instruments as economic hedges for bank debt and interest rate risk. Their values are derived using valuation models commonly used for derivatives. These valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, forward-price yield curves, notional quantities, measures of volatility and correlations of such inputs. Our valuation models also reflect measurements for credit risk. Laureate concluded that the fair values of our derivatives are based on unobservable inputs, or Level 3 assumptions. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company's derivative instruments is our own credit risk. Holding other inputs constant, a significant increase (decrease) in our own credit risk would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement for the Company's derivative instruments.

        Laureate's financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Deferred compensation plan assets

  $ 10,561   $   $   $ 10,561  

Liabilities

                         

Contingent consideration

  $   $   $   $  

Derivative instruments

    24,255             24,255  

Total liabilities

  $ 24,255   $   $   $ 24,255  

        Laureate's financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Deferred compensation plan assets

  $ 10,227   $   $   $ 10,227  

Liabilities

                         

Contingent consideration

  $ 1,000   $   $   $ 1,000  

Derivative instruments

    53,845             53,845  

Total liabilities

  $ 54,845   $   $   $ 54,845  

F-134


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 21. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

        The changes in our Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 
  Deferred
Compensation
Plan Assets
  Contingent
Consideration
  Derivative
Instruments
  Total
Level 3
Assets
(Liabilities)
 

Balance December 31, 2013

  $ 10,227   $ (1,000 ) $ (53,845 ) $ (44,618 )

Gains (losses) included in earnings:

                         

Unrealized gains, net

    570         29,801     30,371  

Realized losses, net

            (32,902 )   (32,902 )

Included in other comprehensive income

            (733 )   (733 )

Purchases and settlements:

                         

Purchases

    170               170  

Settlements

    (406 )   1,000     32,902     33,496  

Currency Translation Adjustment

            522     522  

Balance December 31, 2014

  $ 10,561   $   $ (24,255 ) $ (13,694 )

Unrealized gains, net relating to assets and liabilities held at December 31, 2014

  $ 570   $   $ 29,801   $ 30,371  

        The changes in our Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 
  Deferred
Compensation
Plan Assets
  Contingent
Consideration
  Derivative
Instruments
  Total
Level 3
Assets
(Liabilities)
 

Balance December 31, 2012

  $ 8,712   $ (1,000 ) $ (101,173 ) $ (93,461 )

Gains (losses) included in earnings:

                         

Unrealized gains, net

    1,855         44,208     46,063  

Realized losses, net

            (37,577 )   (37,577 )

Included in other comprehensive income

            2,667     2,667  

Purchases and settlements:

                         

Purchases

    33             33  

Settlements

    (373 )       37,577     37,204  

Currency Translation Adjustment

            453     453  

Balance December 31, 2013

  $ 10,227   $ (1,000 ) $ (53,845 ) $ (44,618 )

Unrealized gains, net relating to assets and liabilities held at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,855   $   $ 44,208   $ 46,063  

F-135


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 21. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

        The changes in our Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 
  Deferred
Compensation
Plan Assets
  Contingent
Consideration
  Derivative
Instruments
  Total
Level 3
Assets
(Liabilities)
 

Balance December 31, 2011

  $ 7,102   $ (1,000 ) $ (60,767 ) $ (54,665 )

Gains (losses) included in earnings:

                         

Unrealized gains (losses), net

    992         (26,247 )   (25,255 )

Realized losses, net

            (36,987 )   (36,987 )

Included in other comprehensive income

            (14,168 )   (14,168 )

Purchases and settlements:

                         

Purchases

    998             998  

Settlements

    (380 )       36,996     36,616  

Currency Translation Adjustment

                 

Balance December 31, 2012

  $ 8,712   $ (1,000 ) $ (101,173 ) $ (93,461 )

Unrealized gains (losses), net relating to assets and liabilities held at December 31, 2012

  $ 992   $   $ (26,247 ) $ (25,255 )

        The following table presents quantitative information regarding the significant unobservable inputs utilized in the fair value measurements of the Company's assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2014
  Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range/Input
Value
 

Derivative instruments—cross currency and interest rate swaps

  $ 24,255   Discounted Cash Flow   Own credit risk     5.97 %

Note 22. Restructuring Costs

        During the fourth quarter of 2012, Laureate approved a plan of restructuring, which primarily included workforce reductions in order to reduce operating costs in response to challenging economic conditions and overcapacity at certain locations. The Company recorded the estimated cost of the restructuring of $20,741, which was predominately employee severance, in Direct costs in the 2012 Consolidated Statement of Operations. Of the total restructuring liability recorded during 2012, $5,542 represented one-time employee termination benefits recognized in accordance with ASC 420, "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations," $14,385 represented contractual employee termination costs recognized in accordance with ASC 712, "Compensation—Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits," and $814 represented Other costs, such as supplemental employment taxes that are triggered by involuntary terminations in certain countries where we operate.

F-136


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 22. Restructuring Costs (Continued)

        The following is a summary of the restructuring costs by reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 
  LatAm   Europe   GPS   Total  

Employee severance—one-time termination

  $ 1,280   $ 1,131   $ 3,131   $ 5,542  

Employee severance—contractual termination

    13,280     1,105         14,385  

Other costs

    814             814  

Total severance costs

  $ 15,374   $ 2,236   $ 3,131   $ 20,741  

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, there were no restructuring costs in the AMEA segment.

        The following is a rollforward of the restructuring liability from December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2012:

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2011
  Expense
Recognized
  Cash
Payments
  Currency
Adjustments
  Balance at
December 31,
2012
 

Employee severance—one-time termination

  $   $ 5,542   $ (1,205 ) $ 47   $ 4,384  

Employee severance—contractual termination

        14,385     (8,854 )   (137 )   5,394  

Other costs

        814     (275 )   26     565  

Total

  $   $ 20,741   $ (10,334 ) $ (64 ) $ 10,343  

        The following is a rollforward of the restructuring liability from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2013:

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2012
  Expense
Recognized
  Cash
Payments
  Currency
Adjustments
  Balance at
December 31,
2013
 

Employee severance—one-time termination

  $ 4,384   $ (282 ) $ (3,779 ) $ (8 ) $ 315  

Employee severance—contractual termination

    5,394     (412 )   (4,771 )   (98 )   113  

Other costs

    565     (22 )   (538 )   (5 )    

Total

  $ 10,343   $ (716 ) $ (9,088 ) $ (111 ) $ 428  

        The remaining liability at December 31, 2013 was paid during 2014.

Note 23. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

        The following quarterly financial information reflects all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods.

F-137


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 23. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Continued)

Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Per share amounts may not sum due to rounding. Summarized quarterly operating data were as follows:

 
  2014 Quarters Ended  
Per share amounts in whole dollars
  December 31   September 30   June 30   March 31  

Revenues

  $ 1,329,209   $ 968,859   $ 1,238,530   $ 878,084  

Operating costs and expenses

    1,208,313     1,004,490     1,001,014     901,365  

Operating income (loss)

    120,896     (35,631 )   237,516     (23,281 )

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   
47,632
   
(195,700

)
 
109,049
   
(123,434

)

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

   
(670

)
 
2,270
   
(840

)
 
3,402
 

Net income (loss) attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    46,962     (193,430 )   108,209     (120,032 )

Earnings (loss) per share:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ 0.09   $ (0.37 ) $ 0.20   $ (0.23 )

 

 
  2013 Quarters Ended  
Per share amounts in whole dollars
  December 31   September 30   June 30   March 31  

Revenues

  $ 1,148,452   $ 850,833   $ 1,130,641   $ 783,955  

Operating costs and expenses

    1,012,172     860,108     898,968     821,980  

Operating income (loss)

    136,280     (9,275 )   231,673     (38,025 )

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   
1,389
   
(85,774

)
 
134,828
   
(140,665

)

Income from, and gain on sale of, discontinued operations, net of tax

                5,146  

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   
3,118
   
4,258
   
(411

)
 
8,433
 

Net income (loss) attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

    4,507     (81,516 )   134,417     (127,086 )

Earnings (loss) per share:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $   $ (0.16 ) $ 0.25   $ (0.26 )

Income from discontinued operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

                0.01  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $   $ (0.16 ) $ 0.25   $ (0.25 )

F-138


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 24. Other Financial Information

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (AOCI) in our Consolidated Balance Sheets includes the accumulated translation adjustments arising from translation of foreign subsidiaries' financial statements, the unrealized losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, and the accumulated net gains or losses that are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost for our minimum pension liability. The components of these balances were as follows:

 
  2014   2013  
December 31,
  Laureate
Education, Inc.
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total   Laureate
Education, Inc.
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total  

Foreign currency translation (loss) gain

  $ (546,190 ) $ 1,659   $ (544,531 ) $ (243,686 ) $ 6,256   $ (237,430 )

Unrealized losses on derivatives

    (18,880 )       (18,880 )   (18,147 )       (18,147 )

Minimum pension liability adjustment

    (13,971 )       (13,971 )   (6,977 )       (6,977 )

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (579,041 ) $ 1,659   $ (577,382 ) $ (268,810 ) $ 6,256   $ (262,554 )

        Laureate reports changes in AOCI in our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity. See also Note 15, Derivative Instruments, and Note 19, Benefit Plans, for the effects of reclassifications out of AOCI into net income.

Foreign Currency Exchange of Certain Intercompany Loans

        Laureate periodically reviews its investment and cash repatriation strategies to ensure that we meet our liquidity requirements in the United States. In September 2009, we made a significant change to our cash repatriation strategy involving the use of certain intercompany loans to repatriate cash. As a result, we could no longer designate as indefinitely invested $1,562,111 and $1,746,369 of intercompany loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Following the change in designation, Laureate recognized currency exchange adjustments attributable to these intercompany loans as Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain, net, of $(96,617), $(8,417) and $10,778 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-139


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 24. Other Financial Information (Continued)

Supplemental Schedule for Transactions with Noncontrolling Interest Holders

        Transactions with noncontrolling interest holders had the following effects on the equity attributable to Laureate:

For the years ended December 31,
  2014   2013   2012  

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (158,291 ) $ (69,678 ) $ (201,058 )

(Decrease) increase in equity for purchases of noncontrolling interests

    (4,498 )   (87,970 )   1,065  

Change from net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. and net transfers to the noncontrolling interests

  $ (162,789 ) $ (157,648 ) $ (199,993 )

Write Off of Accounts and Notes Receivable

        During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Laureate wrote off approximately $94,000, $85,000 and $87,000, respectively, of fully reserved accounts and notes receivable that were deemed uncollectible.

Turkey—Donation

        During the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded an operating expense of $18,000 for a donation to a foundation for an initiative supported by the Turkish government. This donation was made by our network institution in Turkey to support our ongoing operations.

Note 25. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

        Cash interest payments were $321,015, $292,766 and $274,261 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cash paid for the settlement of cross currency and interest rate swaps were $33,119, $38,215 and $38,170 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net income tax cash payments were $68,676, $95,767 and $80,189 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        On December 12, 2014, Laureate's Board of Directors authorized the declaration and payment of a cash distribution totaling $5,271, which represented approximately $0.01 per share of common stock, subject to shareholder approval as required by our bylaws. The cash distribution was paid from capital in excess of par value on December 31, 2014, following shareholders' approval.

        Total cash dividends paid during the year ended December 31, 2013 were $22,872. In February 2013, Laureate's Board of Directors authorized the declaration and payment of a cash distribution totaling $12,133, which represented approximately $0.023 per share of common stock, subject to shareholder approval as required by our bylaws. The cash distribution was paid from capital in excess of par value on February 27, 2013, following shareholders' approval. In August 2013, Laureate's Board of Directors authorized the declaration and payment of a cash distribution totaling $5,265, which represented approximately $0.01 per share of common stock, subject to shareholder approval as

F-140


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 25. Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Continued)

required by our bylaws. The cash distribution was paid from capital in excess of par value on August 29, 2013, following shareholders' approval. In December 2013, Laureate's Board of Directors authorized the declaration and payment of a cash distribution totaling $5,474, which represented approximately $0.01 per share of common stock, subject to shareholder approval as required by our bylaws. The cash distribution was paid from capital in excess of par value on December 30, 2013, following shareholders' approval.

        On January 27, 2012, Laureate's Board of Directors declared a cash distribution totaling $12,063, which represents approximately $0.024 per share of common stock, to our stockholders of record as of January 27, 2012. The distribution represents a liquidating dividend paid from capital in excess of par value. Also in 2012, we paid dividends to the former noncontrolling interest holders of Plansi in the amount of $3,112.

        In November 2012, we received $29,138 of interest paid by the lenders on issuance of the Senior Notes due 2019, in order to match the timing of the semi-annual interest payment dates of the Senior Notes due 2019. This amount was disbursed to the lenders at the interest payment date of March 1, 2013.

Note 26. Subsequent Events

        We have evaluated events occurring subsequent to our balance sheet date through October 1, 2015, which is the date that these Consolidated Financial Statements were issued. Certain subsequent events are discussed elsewhere in the Consolidated Financial Statements where relevant.

Put Right on Share-Based Awards Granted to Executive

        During the first quarter of 2015, the Company and an executive entered into an agreement whereby this executive was granted certain put rights on his share-based awards once they become vested. The put right becomes exercisable in 2018 if certain events have not occurred by that time. As a result, we reclassified approximately $5,900 from permanent equity to temporary equity for equity awards relating to approximately 3,021 shares of common stock that are contingently redeemable.

STA Audit of ICE Holding Company Structure

        As discussed in Note 16, Income Taxes, we are currently appealing an assessment that was issued by the STA following their audits of ICE, our Spanish holding company. During the quarter ended June 30, 2015, the Company reassessed its position regarding the ICE tax audit matters as a result of recent adverse decisions from the Spanish Supreme Court and Spanish National Court on cases for taxpayers with similar facts, and determined that it could no longer support a more-likely-than-not position. As a result, during the second quarter of 2015, the Company recorded a provision totaling EUR 37,610 (approximately US $42,100) for the period from January 1, 2006 through June 30, 2015. The Company plans to continue the appeals process for the periods already audited and assessed.

F-141


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 26. Subsequent Events (Continued)

Acquisition of Australian Institution

        In July 2015, our AMEA segment acquired the assets and the business of an institution in Australia for a cash purchase price of AUD 600 (US $463 at June 30, 2015), plus debt assumed of AUD 1,000 (US $772 at June 30, 2015). We accounted for this as a business combination. Payment of the debt is expected to be made in two installments of AUD 500 each (US $385 at June 30, 2015), in January 2016 and January 2017.

Extension of Revolving Line of Credit Facility

        On July 7, 2015, we amended our Senior Secured Credit Facility, in order to extend the maturity date of our $350,000 revolving line of credit facility from June 2016 to March 2018. As a result of this amendment, during the third quarter of 2015 we wrote off approximately $300 of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the old revolver as Loss on debt extinguishment, related to several of the original creditors who did not participate in the new revolver. In addition, in July 2015 we paid approximately $11,300 in debt issuance costs related to the modification. The debt issuance costs that were paid in connection with the modification were capitalized and will be amortized through interest expense over the extended term of the revolver.

Deferred Compensation Arrangement Payment Extension

        The participants in the deferred compensation arrangement discussed in Note 14, Share-based Compensation, have agreed to extend the payment due on September 17, 2015, the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, for 30 days in order to agree with the Company on a form of payment that we believe more closely aligns with the long-term interests of the Company and our securityholders.

F-142


Table of Contents

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

IN THOUSANDS

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  
 
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Revenues

  $ 3,141,156   $ 3,085,473  

Costs and expenses:

             

Direct costs

    2,795,027     2,789,469  

General and administrative expenses

    134,103     100,946  

Loss on impairment of assets

        16,454  

Operating income

    212,026     178,604  

Interest income

    9,924     19,344  

Interest expense

    (300,145 )   (279,118 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (1,263 )    

Loss on derivatives

    (2,618 )   (2,020 )

Other income (expense), net

    1,268     (73 )

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    (139,416 )   (72,293 )

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

    (220,224 )   (155,556 )

Income tax expense

    (81,587 )   (54,402 )

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax

    2,106     (127 )

Net loss

    (299,705 )   (210,085 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    124     4,832  

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc .

  $ (299,581 ) $ (205,253 )

Basic and diluted loss per share:

  $ (0.57 ) $ (0.40 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-143


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

IN THOUSANDS

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  
 
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (299,705 ) $ (210,085 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

             

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0 for both periods

    (363,250 )   (152,779 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments, net of tax of $0 for both periods

    2,850     (1,212 )

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $0

    198     (760 )

Total other comprehensive loss

    (360,202 )   (154,751 )

Comprehensive loss

    (659,907 )   (364,836 )

Net comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    3,428     8,657  

Comprehensive loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc .

  $ (656,479 ) $ (356,179 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-144


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

IN THOUSANDS, except per share amounts

 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents (includes VIE amounts of $167,346 and $122,712, see Note 3)

  $ 618,390   $ 461,584  

Restricted cash

    147,690     149,438  

Receivables:

             

Accounts and notes receivable

    661,851     452,509  

Other receivables

    35,099     40,239  

Related party receivables

    9,783     13,743  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (161,696 )   (164,764 )

Receivables, net

    545,037     341,727  

Inventory

    1,370     1,828  

Deferred income taxes

    63,222     95,835  

Income tax receivable

    22,104     10,595  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    100,743     92,431  

Total current assets (includes VIE amounts of $429,510 and $315,579, see Note 3)

    1,498,556     1,153,438  

Notes receivable, net

    10,879     13,728  

Property and equipment:

             

Land

    421,296     470,993  

Buildings

    1,289,751     1,340,333  

Furniture, computer equipment and software

    1,110,790     1,161,892  

Leasehold improvements

    377,130     391,435  

Construction in-progress

    89,092     121,978  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (1,017,032 )   (972,312 )

Property and equipment, net

    2,271,027     2,514,319  

Land use rights, net

    51,450     53,992  

Goodwill

    2,125,846     2,469,795  

Other intangible assets:

             

Tradenames and accreditations

    1,363,515     1,461,762  

Other intangible assets, net

    57,593     93,064  

Deferred costs, net

    129,067     139,588  

Deferred income taxes

    103,095     87,741  

Other assets

    234,959     308,935  

Long-term assets held for sale

        141,856  

Total assets (includes VIE amounts of $1,476,293 and $1,451,352, see Note 3)

  $ 7,845,987   $ 8,438,218  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-145


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

IN THOUSANDS, except per share amounts

 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 104,959   $ 107,385  

Accrued expenses

    347,868     392,088  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    249,064     252,133  

Deferred revenue and student deposits

    813,071     471,755  

Current portion of long-term debt

    153,098     233,286  

Current portion of due to shareholders of acquired companies

    21,130     26,048  

Deferred compensation

    103,371     82,165  

Income taxes payable

    48,751     41,998  

Deferred income taxes

    28,374     21,968  

Other current liabilities

    42,184     40,489  

Total current liabilities (includes VIE amounts of $472,953 and $388,588, see Note 3)

    1,911,870     1,669,315  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    4,325,564     4,333,581  

Due to shareholders of acquired companies, less current portion

    163,132     222,013  

Deferred compensation

    14,701     33,410  

Income taxes payable

    175,864     155,728  

Deferred income taxes

    483,958     570,364  

Derivative instruments

    22,633     24,255  

Other long-term liabilities

    300,406     329,128  

Total liabilities (includes VIE amounts of $602,213 and $507,122, see Note 3)

    7,398,128     7,337,794  

Redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

    49,142     43,876  

Stockholders' equity:

             

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share—authorized 50,000 shares, no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

         

Common stock, par value $.001 per share—authorized 700,000 shares, issued and outstanding shares of 531,765 and 531,894 as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

    532     532  

Additional paid-in capital

    2,697,222     2,688,877  

Accumulated deficit

    (1,392,881 )   (1,093,300 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (935,497 )   (579,041 )

Total Laureate Education, Inc. stockholders' equity

    369,376     1,017,068  

Noncontrolling interests

    29,341     39,480  

Total stockholders' equity

    398,717     1,056,548  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 7,845,987   $ 8,438,218  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-146


Table of Contents


LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

IN THOUSANDS

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  
 
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (299,705 ) $ (210,085 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    209,390     210,956  

Loss on impairment of assets

        16,454  

(Gain) loss on sale of subsidiary and disposal of property and equipment

    (2,771 )   6,314  

Loss (gain) on derivative instruments

    2,125     (30,834 )

Non-cash loss on debt extinguishment

    331      

Non-cash interest expense

    45,427     36,922  

Non-cash share-based compensation expense

    27,222     36,801  

Bad debt expense

    78,552     75,019  

Deferred income taxes

    (45,198 )   20,220  

Unrealized foreign currency exchange loss

    120,991     68,252  

Non-cash gain from non-income tax contingencies

    (192 )   (3,690 )

Other, net

    (2,895 )   3,633  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Restricted cash

    (4,153 )   (4,023 )

Receivables

    (360,572 )   (337,162 )

Inventory, prepaid expenses and other assets

    (25,015 )   (35,443 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    7,205     (105,668 )

Income tax receivable/payable, net

    39,273     (7,466 )

Deferred revenue and other liabilities

    430,280     489,903  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    220,295     230,103  

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Purchase of property and equipment

    (216,813 )   (281,112 )

Purchase of land use rights

    (983 )    

Expenditures for deferred costs

    (14,530 )   (14,393 )

Receipts from sale of property and equipment

    188,944     1,089  

Property insurance recoveries

    2,198      

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (6,705 )   (277,614 )

Proceeds from investments in affiliates

    5,003      

Payments to related parties

    (1,139 )   (5,395 )

Change in restricted cash

    1,315     221,177  

Proceeds from sale or maturity of available-for-sale securities, net

    1,386     4,693  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (41,324 )   (351,555 )

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    336,431     458,419  

Payments on long-term debt

    (283,016 )   (298,680 )

Payments of deferred purchase price for acquisitions

    (20,439 )   (32,717 )

Payments to purchase noncontrolling interests

    (5,351 )   (3,357 )

Payments of dividends

    (450 )   (444 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    204     459  

Withholding of shares to satisfy minimum employee tax withholding for vested stock awards and exercised stock options

    (3,367 )   (2,117 )

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

    (2,016 )    

Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest

    469     406  

Payments of debt issuance costs and modification fees

    (12,139 )   (203 )

Noncontrolling interest holder's loan to subsidiaries

    1,730     3,400  

Net cash provided by financing activities

    12,056     125,166  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

    (34,221 )   (37,100 )

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    156,806     (33,386 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    461,584     559,900  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 618,390   $ 526,514  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-147


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 1. Description of Business

        Laureate Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (hereinafter Laureate, we, us, our, or the Company) provide higher education programs and services to students through an international network of licensed universities and higher education institutions (institutions). We are a subsidiary of Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership (Wengen), an Alberta limited partnership, which acquired Laureate on August 17, 2007 through a merger using leveraged buyout financing (the LBO). In December 2013, Laureate Asia, an entity that was formed by Wengen in 2008 to provide higher education programs and services to students through a network of licensed institutions in Asia, was combined into Laureate following approval by the boards of directors of Wengen and Laureate.

        Laureate's programs are provided through institutions that are campus-based and internet-based, or through electronically distributed educational programs (online). Our educational offerings are delivered through four operating segments: Latin America (LatAm), Europe (Europe), Asia, Middle East & Africa (AMEA), and Global Products and Services (GPS). LatAm has locations in Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Honduras, Mexico, Panama and Peru and has contractual relationships with a licensed institution in Ecuador. Europe has locations in Cyprus, France, Germany, Morocco, Portugal, Spain and Turkey. The AMEA segment consists of campus-based institutions with operations in Australia, China, India, Malaysia, South Africa and Thailand. AMEA also manages 11 licensed institutions in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and manages one additional institution in China through a joint venture arrangement. The GPS segment includes fully online degree programs in the United States offered through Walden University, LLC, which is a U.S.-based accredited institution, and through the University of Liverpool and the University of Roehampton in the United Kingdom. GPS also includes campus-based institutions located in Italy, New Zealand, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. The GPS segment also manages one hospitality and culinary institution in China and one hospitality and culinary institution in Jordan through joint venture and other contractual arrangements.

        The accompanying unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) for interim financial information. In our opinion, these financial statements include all adjustments considered necessary to present a fair statement of our consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows. Operating results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Preparation of the Company's financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and footnotes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with Laureate's audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

Note 2. Revisions to Historical Financial Statements

        The Company has revised the historical financial statements of Laureate to correct certain immaterial errors. These errors did not result in a material misstatement of our historical financial

F-148


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 2. Revisions to Historical Financial Statements (Continued)

statements. The following table summarizes the various adjustments, and the larger adjustments are described further below:

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014
  Previously
Reported
  Revisions   As Revised  

Revenues

  $ 3,078,525   $ 6,948   $ 3,085,473  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Direct costs

    2,792,629     (3,160 )   2,789,469  

General and administrative expenses

    100,946         100,946  

Loss on impairment of assets

    16,454         16,454  

Operating income

    168,496     10,108     178,604  

Interest income

    9,643     9,701     19,344  

Interest expense

    (278,664 )   (454 )   (279,118 )

Loss on derivatives

    (2,020 )       (2,020 )

Other income (expense), net

    405     (478 )   (73 )

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    (72,293 )       (72,293 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

    (174,433 )   18,877     (155,556 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (54,651 )   249     (54,402 )

Equity in net loss of affiliates, net of tax

    (127 )       (127 )

Net (loss) income

    (229,211 )   19,126     (210,085 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    4,832         4,832  

Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc .

  $ (224,379 ) $ 19,126   $ (205,253 )

        The only impacts of the revision to the historical Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Stockholders' Equity were the changes to net income shown above. The impacts of the revision to the historical Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows were inconsequential.

Revenue Recognition

        During prior periods, we erroneously recognized revenue at certain institutions due to the incorrect application of our revenue recognition accounting policy, primarily related to the release of student refund liabilities into revenue prior to fulfillment of the contractual obligation. We have corrected the amount of revenue reported each year, which increased previously reported Revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 by $6,948.

Research Grant Expenses

        We previously recognized expenses related to research grants during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 that should have been recorded in prior periods. Accordingly, as part of this revision, we have recorded this expense in the proper periods. Of the $3,160 reduction to Direct costs that is shown in the table above for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, approximately $1,200 relates to the correction of research grant expense.

F-149


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 2. Revisions to Historical Financial Statements (Continued)

Interest Income

        During the fourth quarter of 2014, we determined that one of our Brazilian entities had not recognized Interest income in the proper periods for the escrow deposit that was made in 2013, related to the acquisition of Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas Educacionais (FMU). Recording this in the correct periods resulted in an increase in previously reported Interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 of $9,701.

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies

The Variable Interest Entities (VIE) Arrangements

        Laureate consolidates in its financial statements certain internationally based educational organizations that do not have shares or other equity ownership interests. Although these educational organizations operate according to the not-for-profit legal regimes within their respective countries, we believe they do not meet the definition of a not-for-profit entity under GAAP, and we treat them as "for-profit" entities for accounting purposes. These entities generally cannot declare dividends or distribute their net assets to the entities that control them. We believe that we fully comply with all local laws and regulations.

        Under ASC Topic 810-10, "Consolidation," we have determined that these institutions are VIEs and that Laureate is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because we have: (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most significantly affect their educational and economic performance, and (2) the right to receive economic benefits from contractual and other arrangements with the VIEs that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. We account for the acquisition of the right to control a VIE in accordance with ASC 805, "Business Combinations."

        On March 24, 2015, Monash South Africa (MSA) converted from a not-for-profit entity to a for-profit entity. As a result, we have determined that MSA is no longer a VIE, and we now consolidate MSA under the voting control model rather than the variable interest model. Accordingly, MSA is included in the VIE information below only for the periods prior to its conversion to a for-profit entity.

F-150


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Selected Consolidated Statements of Operations information for these VIEs was as follows, net of the charges related to contractual arrangements with Laureate for-profit entities:

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Statements of Operations data:

             

Revenues, by segment:

             

LatAm

  $ 307,250   $ 322,466  

Europe

    81,064     80,663  

AMEA

    96,191     94,641  

Revenues

    484,505     497,770  

Depreciation and amortization

   
40,190
   
40,294
 

Operating income (loss), by segment:

   
 
   
 
 

LatAm

    (20,487 )   (22,264 )

Europe

    (2,270 )   (10,902 )

AMEA

    4,966     (4,321 )

Operating loss

    (17,791 )   (37,487 )

Net loss

   
(16,999

)
 
(33,091

)

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc.

    (16,611 )   (30,164 )

        The following table reconciles the Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. as presented in the table above, to the amounts in our Consolidated Statements of Operations:

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Variable interest entities

  $ (16,611 ) $ (30,164 )

Other operations

    24,140     113,428  

Corporate and eliminations

    (307,110 )   (288,517 )

Net loss attributable to Laureate Education, Inc.

  $ (299,581 ) $ (205,253 )

        The following table presents selected assets and liabilities of the consolidated VIEs. Except for Goodwill, the assets in the table below include the assets that can be used only to settle the obligations for the VIEs. The liabilities in the table are liabilities for which the creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of Laureate.

F-151


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet amounts for these VIEs were as follows:

 
  September 30, 2015   December 31, 2014  
 
  VIE   Consolidated   VIE   Consolidated  

Balance Sheets data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 167,346   $ 618,390   $ 122,712   $ 461,584  

Other current assets

    262,164     880,166     192,867     691,854  

Total current assets

    429,510     1,498,556     315,579     1,153,438  

Goodwill

   
207,957
   
2,125,846
   
256,668
   
2,469,795
 

Tradenames and accreditations

    104,598     1,363,515     118,652     1,461,762  

Other intangible assets, net

    62     57,593     284     93,064  

Other long-term assets

    734,166     2,800,477     760,169     3,260,159  

Total assets

    1,476,293     7,845,987     1,451,352     8,438,218  

Total current liabilities

   
472,953
   
1,911,870
   
388,588
   
1,669,315
 

Long-term debt and other long-term liabilities

   
129,260
   
5,486,258
   
118,534
   
5,668,479
 

Total liabilities

    602,213     7,398,128     507,122     7,337,794  

Total stockholders' equity

    874,080     398,717     944,230     1,056,548  

Total stockholders' equity attributable to Laureate Education, Inc.

    857,474     369,376     920,073     1,017,068  

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-16 (ASU 2015-16), Business Combinations (Topic 805)

        On September 25, 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2015-16 as a part of the Simplification Initiative and in response to concerns that the requirement to retrospectively apply adjustments made to provisional amounts recognized in a business combination adds costs and complexity to financial reporting, but does not significantly improve the usefulness of the information provided to users. The amendments in this ASU require that adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified by the acquirer during the measurement period be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are identified, rather than retrospectively.

        The amendments in this ASU also require that the acquirer record, in the same period's financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The acquirer must also present separately on the face of the income statement or disclosure in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date.

        The guidance is effective for Laureate beginning January 1, 2017, and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not yet been made

F-152


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-16 on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASU No. 2015-03 (ASU 2015-03), Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs

        On April 7, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, which simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability. This will make the presentation of debt issuance costs consistent with the presentation of debt discounts or premiums. It also addresses the long-standing conflict with the conceptual framework, since FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, requires that assets provide future economic benefit, which debt issuance costs do not. ASU 2015-03 will also align GAAP with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), which requires transaction costs, including third-party costs and creditor fees, to be deducted from the carrying value of the financial liability and not recorded as a separate asset.

        The new guidance is limited to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected. Therefore, these costs will continue to be amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method pursuant to ASC 835-30-35-2 through 35-3. The FASB decided not to address the presentation of debt issuance costs incurred before an associated debt liability is recognized (e.g., costs incurred before the proceeds are received or in connection with an undrawn line of credit). The FASB noted that entities typically defer these costs and apply them against the proceeds they eventually receive, consistent with the accounting treatment for issuance costs associated with equity offerings.

        The guidance is effective for Laureate beginning January 1, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect ASU 2015-03 to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Upon adoption, an entity must apply the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. An entity is also required in the year of adoption (and in interim periods within that year) to provide certain disclosures about the change in accounting principle, including the nature of and reason for the change, the transition method, a description of the prior-period information that has been retrospectively adjusted and the effect of the change on the financial statement line items (that is, debt issuance cost asset and the debt liability).

Note 4. Acquisitions and Assets Held for Sale

2015 Acquisitions

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, Laureate consummated the business acquisitions outlined below, which are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements commencing from the dates of acquisition.

Australia

        In July 2015, our AMEA segment acquired the assets and the business of Chifley Business School (CBS) in Australia for a cash purchase price of AUD 600 (US $464 at the acquisition date), plus debt assumed of AUD 1,000 (US $772 at the acquisition date). We accounted for this as a business

F-153


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 4. Acquisitions and Assets Held for Sale (Continued)

combination. Payment of the debt is expected to be made in two installments of AUD 500 (US $386 at the acquisition date), in January 2016 and January 2017. For this acquisition, Revenues, Operating income and Net income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. were immaterial for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Portugal

        On March 27, 2015, we acquired IADE-Instituto de Artes Visuais Design e Marketing, S.A. (IADE), Ensigest-Gestão de Estabelecimentos de Ensino, S.A. (Ensigest), Ensicorporate-Educação Corporativa, Lda. (Ensicorporate), and Gemeo-Gabinete de Estudos de Mercado e Opinião do IPAM, Lda. (Gemeo). IADE, Ensigest, and Ensicorporate operate a total of five higher education institutions in Portugal. Gemeo is a for-profit services company that conducts market research. In addition, IADE and Ensigest control Europeia ID, a not-for-profit association that we have determined is a VIE and that is consolidated by Laureate since we are the VIE's primary beneficiary. Hereafter, we collectively refer to all of the entities that were consolidated as a result of this acquisition as IADE Group.

        The total purchase price of IADE Group was $9,714, and is subject to a working capital adjustment. The purchase price includes an initial cash payment of $6,476 and a seller note of $3,238. The seller note is discussed further in Note 5, Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies. The purchase of IADE Group allows Laureate to expand its existing presence in Portugal. The goodwill recorded for IADE Group is related to the incremental value this acquisition brings to the Laureate International Universities network and Laureate's existing operations in Portugal by expanding our presence and adding synergies to Laureate's operations. For this acquisition, Revenues of $4,854, Operating income of $306 and Net income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. of $141 are included in the Consolidated Financial Statement of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

F-154


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 4. Acquisitions and Assets Held for Sale (Continued)

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of IADE Group and CBS from the dates of acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the dates of acquisition:

 
  IADE
Group
Portugal
  CBS
Australia
  Total  

Current assets

  $ 1,530   $   $ 1,530  

Property and equipment

    335     33     368  

Goodwill

    7,175     1,096     8,271  

Tradenames and accreditations

    3,816     342     4,158  

Other intangible assets

    1,369         1,369  

Long-term indemnification assets

    1,978         1,978  

Other long-term assets

    494         494  

Total assets acquired

    16,697     1,471     18,168  

Current portion of long-term debt

        386     386  

Other current liabilities

    3,124     132     3,256  

Long-term debt, less current portion

        386     386  

Other long-term liabilities

    3,859     103     3,962  

Total liabilities

    6,983     1,007     7,990  

Net assets acquired attributable to Laureate Education, Inc.

    9,714     464     10,178  

Debt assumed

        772     772  

Net assets acquired attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. plus debt assumed

  $ 9,714   $ 1,236   $ 10,950  

Net assets acquired

  $ 9,714   $ 464   $ 10,178  

Cash acquired

    (235 )       (235 )

Seller notes

    (3,238 )       (3,238 )

Net cash paid at acquisition

  $ 6,241   $ 464   $ 6,705  

2015 Summary

        The amounts recorded for the 2015 acquisitions are provisional as Laureate is in the process of finalizing the amounts recorded for the assets and liabilities primarily related to intangible assets, goodwill, deferred taxes and tax contingencies. None of the goodwill related to the 2015 acquisitions is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. As part of the purchase price allocations for the 2015 acquisitions, Laureate recorded liabilities for taxes other-than-income tax related contingencies of $516 and labor contingencies of $1,414. In addition, we recorded total long-term indemnification assets of $1,978.

F-155


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 4. Acquisitions and Assets Held for Sale (Continued)

Other 2015 Transactions

India

        In April 2015, the Company acquired the remaining 5% noncontrolling interest in M-Power for a purchase price of $2,852.

Malaysia

        During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, we acquired an additional 2.7% noncontrolling interest in INTI Malaysia for $2,499.

Assets Held for Sale

Les Roches and Glion

        During the fourth quarter of 2014, our GPS segment entered into a sale-leaseback agreement for a portion of the campuses of two of our institutions in Switzerland, Glion Institute of Higher Education (Glion) and Les Roches International School of Hotel Management (Les Roches). The asset group did not meet the conditions required in ASC 205-20 to be reported as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Financial Statements as it did not have discrete cash flow information; however the asset group did meet the criteria for classification as held for sale under ASC 360-10-45-9, "Long-Lived Assets Classified as Held for Sale." Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014, the assets were classified as held for sale and recorded at their carrying value, which was lower than 'fair value less cost to sell'. Of the total $141,856 of assets held for sale recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2014, $137,878 related to the Swiss sale-leaseback transaction, including Land of $33,695 and Buildings of $104,183.

        In the first quarter of 2015, the sale of the assets was completed and Laureate received net proceeds of approximately $182,000, resulting in a gain on sale of approximately $36,000 based on the carrying value of the assets using the exchange rate at the sale date. This gain will be deferred and recognized into income over the lease term of 20 years. A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay mortgage debt related to the asset group. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, Laureate recorded a Loss on debt extinguishment of $932 as a result of mortgage breakage fees that were paid in connection with the repayment of the mortgage debt.

INTI Education Holdings Sdn Bhd (INTI)

        As of December 31, 2014, INTI, in our AMEA segment, had recorded $3,978 of assets held for sale related to our Sarawak campus in Malaysia. During the first quarter of 2015 the conditions precedent for the transaction were met and the sale was completed, with title to the assets transferred to the buyer. The total purchase price was Malaysian Ringgit (MYR) 21,850 (approximately US $5,800). INTI recognized a gain on sale of the Sarawak assets of approximately $2,200 during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, which was recorded as a reduction of Direct costs.

F-156


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies

        The amounts due to shareholders of acquired companies generally arise in connection with Laureate's acquisition of a majority or all of the ownership interest of certain subsidiaries. Promissory notes payable to the sellers of acquired companies, referred to as "seller notes," are commonly used as a means of payment for business acquisitions. Seller note payments are classified as Payments of deferred purchase price for acquisitions within financing activities in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

        The amounts due to shareholders of acquired companies, currencies, and interest rates applied were as follows:

 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
  Nominal
Currency
  Interest
Rate %

Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas Educacionais (FMU)

  $ 67,410   $ 89,348   BRL   CDI

Universidade Anhembi Morumbi (UAM Brazil)

    44,961     70,894   BRL   CDI + 2%

Monash South Africa (MSA)

    25,995     28,828   AUD   n/a, 6.75%

University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, LLC (St. Augustine)

    14,000     14,000   USD   7%

CH Holding Netherlands B.V. (CH Holding)

    12,425     16,421   USD   n/a

Universidad Tecnologica Centroamericana (UNITEC Honduras)

    7,101     8,242   HNL   IIBC

IADE Group

    3,356       EUR   3%

Universidade Europeia (UE)

    3,157     3,316   EUR   3%

Universidad Autonoma de Veracruz, S.C. (Veracruz)

    2,266     2,607   MXN   CETES

Faculdade-Porto-Alegrense (FAPA)

    1,925     2,769   BRL   IGP-M

Universidad Privada del Norte S.A.C. (UPN)

    1,277     1,275   PEN   n/a

Centro de Desenvolvimento Pessoal e Empresarial Ltda. (CEDEPE)

    389     865   BRL   CDI

Instituto Brasileiro de Medicina de Reabilitação (Uni IBMR)

        4,428   BRL   IPCA

Think: Education Group Pty. Ltd. (THINK)

        3,273   AUD   n/a

M-Power Group

        1,212   INR   10%

INTI Education Holdings Sdn Bhd (INTI)

        583   USD   n/a

Total due to shareholders of acquired companies

    184,262     248,061        

Less: Current portion of due to shareholders of acquired companies

    21,130     26,048        

Due to shareholders of acquired companies, less current portion

  $ 163,132   $ 222,013        

F-157


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 5. Due to Shareholders of Acquired Companies (Continued)


AUD: Australian Dollar   CDI: Certificados de Depósitos Interbancários (Brazil)
BRL: Brazilian Real   CETES: 28 day Certificados de la Tesoreria de la Federación (Mexico)
EUR: European Euro   IIBC: Índice de Inflación del Banco Central (Honduras)
HNL: Honduran Lempira   IPCA: Índice Nacional de Preços ao Consumidor Amplo (Brazil)
INR: Indian Rupee   IGP-M: General Index of Market Prices (Brazil)
MXN: Mexican Peso    
PEN: Peruvian Nuevo Sol    
USD: United States Dollar    

IADE Group

        As discussed in Note 4, Acquisitions and Assets Held for Sale, the acquisition of IADE Group was partially financed with a seller note in the amount of EUR 3,000 (US $3,356 at September 30, 2015). The seller note carries an annual interest rate of 3% and is payable in three equal installments of EUR 1,000 (US $1,119 at September 30, 2015) at 18 months after the acquisition date, 36 months after the acquisition date, and 60 months after the acquisition date.

Uni IBMR

        During the second quarter of 2015, Uni IBMR settled its due to shareholder liability through the non-cash transfer of a certain building to the former owners of Uni IBMR, in accordance with the terms of the original purchase agreement.

THINK

        As of December 31, 2014, Laureate had recorded a current liability of $3,273 payable to the former owners of THINK, representing contingent consideration that was payable under the terms of the 2013 purchase agreement. This liability was paid in full in January 2015.

M-Power Group

        On April 8, 2015, we paid the fourth and final installment of INR 76,000 (US $1,326 at date of payment) to the former owners and this payment was included within the total Payments of deferred purchase price for acquisitions within financing activities in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

INTI

        The INTI due to shareholder liability was paid during the quarter ended September 30, 2015 and is included within the total Payments of deferred purchase price for acquisitions within financing activities in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Note 6. Business and Geographic Segment Information

        Laureate's educational services are offered through four operating segments: LatAm, Europe, AMEA and GPS. Laureate determines its operating segments based on information utilized by the chief operating decision maker to allocate resources and assess performance.

F-158


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Business and Geographic Segment Information (Continued)

        The LatAm segment consists of campus-based institutions and has operations in Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Honduras, Mexico, Panama and Peru and has contractual relationships with a licensed institution in Ecuador. The institutions offer an education that emphasizes professional-oriented fields of study with undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The programs at these institutions are mainly campus-based and are primarily focused on local students. In addition, the institutions in our LatAm segment have begun introducing online and hybrid (a combination of online and in-classroom) courses and programs to their curriculum. Brazil and Chile have government-supported financing programs for higher education that support lower income students, while in other countries students generally finance their own education without any specific government subsidy.

        The Europe segment consists of campus-based institutions with operations in Cyprus, France, Germany, Morocco, Portugal, Spain and Turkey. The institutions generate revenues by providing professional-oriented undergraduate and graduate degree programs. Several institutions have begun to introduce online and hybrid programs. Students in the Europe segment generally finance their own education.

        The AMEA segment consists of campus-based institutions with operations in Australia, China, India, Malaysia, South Africa and Thailand. AMEA also manages 11 licensed institutions in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and manages one additional institution in China through a joint venture arrangement. The institutions generate revenues by providing professional-oriented undergraduate and graduate degree programs. Students in the AMEA segment generally finance their own education.

        The GPS segment consists of accredited online institutions, which serve students across geographic boundaries, and campus-based institutions serving students in Italy, New Zealand, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. The GPS segment also manages one hospitality and culinary institution in China and one hospitality and culinary institution in Jordan through joint venture and other contractual arrangements. The online institutions primarily serve working adults with undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The campus-based institutions primarily serve traditional students seeking undergraduate and graduate degrees, particularly in the fields of hospitality, art and design, culinary, and health sciences. In the United States, students have access to government-supported financing programs.

        Intersegment transactions are accounted for in a similar manner as third party transactions and are eliminated in consolidation. The "Corporate" rows presented in the following tables include corporate charges that were not allocated to our reportable segments and adjustments to eliminate intersegment items.

        We evaluate segment performance based on Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP profit measure defined as Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, adding back the following items: Foreign currency exchange loss, net, Other income (expense), net, Loss on derivatives, Loss on debt extinguishment, Interest expense, Interest income, Depreciation and amortization, Loss on impairment of assets, Share-based compensation expense, and expenses related to implementation of our Excellence in Process (EiP) initiative. EiP is an enterprise-wide initiative to optimize and standardize Laureate's processes, creating vertical integration of procurement, information technology, financing, accounting and human resources. It includes the

F-159


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Business and Geographic Segment Information (Continued)

establishment of regional shared services organizations around the world, as well as improvements to the Company's system of internal controls over financial reporting.

        When we review Adjusted EBITDA on a segment basis, we exclude intercompany revenues and expenses, related to network fees and royalties between our segments, that eliminate in consolidation. We use total assets as the measure of assets for reportable segments.

        The following tables provide financial information for our reportable segments, including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates, as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Revenues

             

LatAm

  $ 1,775,287   $ 1,750,809  

Europe

    297,482     330,929  

AMEA

    305,949     278,346  

GPS

    767,943     727,267  

Corporate

    (5,505 )   (1,878 )

Revenues

  $ 3,141,156   $ 3,085,473  

 

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Adjusted EBITDA of reportable segments

             

LatAm

  $ 323,143   $ 318,165  

Europe

    23,128     23,502  

AMEA

    36,627     16,173  

GPS

    176,848     154,010  

Total Adjusted EBITDA of reportable segments

    559,746     511,850  

Reconciling items:

             

Corporate

    (83,881 )   (66,371 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (209,390 )   (210,956 )

Loss on impairment of assets

        (16,454 )

Share-based compensation expense

    (27,222 )   (36,801 )

EiP implementation expenses

    (27,227 )   (2,664 )

Operating income

    212,026     178,604  

Interest income

    9,924     19,344  

Interest expense

    (300,145 )   (279,118 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    (1,263 )    

Loss on derivatives

    (2,618 )   (2,020 )

Other income (expense), net

    1,268     (73 )

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    (139,416 )   (72,293 )

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

  $ (220,224 ) $ (155,556 )

F-160


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 6. Business and Geographic Segment Information (Continued)


 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Assets

             

LatAm

  $ 4,041,555   $ 4,509,719  

Europe

    704,492     693,559  

AMEA

    818,159     833,451  

GPS

    1,803,513     1,945,882  

Corporate

    478,268     455,607  

Total assets

  $ 7,845,987   $ 8,438,218  

Note 7. Goodwill

        The change in the net carrying amount of Goodwill from December 31, 2014 through September 30, 2015 was composed of the following items:

 
  LatAm   Europe   AMEA   GPS   Total  

Goodwill

  $ 1,651,819   $ 97,641   $ 181,288   $ 675,477   $ 2,606,225  

Accumulated impairment loss

    (77,094 )       (39,676 )   (19,660 )   (136,430 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    1,574,725     97,641     141,612     655,817     2,469,795  

Acquisitions

        7,175     1,096         8,271  

Impairments

                     

Currency translation adjustments

    (325,505 )   (8,499 )   (18,079 )   (137 )   (352,220 )

Adjustments to prior acquisitions

                     

Balance at September 30, 2015

  $ 1,249,220   $ 96,317   $ 124,629   $ 655,680   $ 2,125,846  

Note 8. Debt

        Outstanding long-term debt was as follows:

 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Senior long-term debt:

             

Senior Secured Credit Facility (stated maturity dates March 2018 and June 2018), net of discount

  $ 2,169,398   $ 2,180,406  

Senior Notes due 2019 (stated maturity date September 2019), net of discount

    1,385,304     1,382,711  

Total senior long-term debt

    3,554,702     3,563,117  

Other debt:

             

Lines of credit

    144,021     106,046  

Notes payable and other debt

    530,238     593,605  

Total senior and other debt

    4,228,961     4,262,768  

Capital lease obligations and sale-leaseback financings

    249,701     304,099  

Total long-term debt

    4,478,662     4,566,867  

Less: current portion of long-term debt

    153,098     233,286  

Long-term debt, less current portion

  $ 4,325,564   $ 4,333,581  

F-161


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 8. Debt (Continued)

Extension of Revolving Line of Credit Facility

        On July 7, 2015, we amended our Senior Secured Credit Facility, in order to extend the maturity date of our $350,000 revolving line of credit facility from June 2016 to March 2018. As a result of this amendment, during the third quarter of 2015 we wrote off $331 of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the old revolver as Loss on debt extinguishment, as several of the original creditors did not participate in the new revolver. In addition, in July 2015 we paid approximately $11,300 in debt issuance costs related to the modification. The debt issuance costs that were paid in connection with the modification were capitalized and will be amortized through interest expense over the extended term of the revolver. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the total amount outstanding under our revolver was $349,854 and $346,727, respectively.

Estimated Fair Value of Debt

        The estimated fair value of our debt was determined using observable market prices, as the majority of our securities, including the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Senior Notes due 2019, are traded in a brokered market. The fair value of our remaining debt instruments approximates carrying value based on their terms. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our long-term debt was classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy, based on the frequency and volume of trading in the brokered market. The estimated fair value of our debt was as follows:

 
  September 30, 2015   December 31, 2014  
 
  Carrying
amount
  Estimated
fair value
  Carrying
amount
  Estimated
fair value
 

Total senior and other debt

  $ 4,228,961   $ 3,731,893   $ 4,262,768   $ 4,222,334  

Registration of Senior Notes due 2019

        Laureate and its guarantors agreed to (1) file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange the Senior Notes due 2019 for new notes having terms substantially identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes (except that the new notes will not contain transfer restrictions or provide for special interest); or (2) file a shelf registration for the resale of the notes. We were required to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective on or before July 25, 2014. Since the registration statement was not declared effective by July 25, 2014, we have incurred special interest at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period of the outstanding indenture indebtedness on the outstanding notes, 0.50% per annum for the next 90-day period, and 0.75% thereafter, as liquidated damages until the registration statement is declared effective and the exchange offer is completed.

        The requirement to register the Senior Notes due 2019 qualifies as a "registration payment arrangement" under ASC 825-20, "Financial Instruments—Registration Payment Arrangements." ASC 825-20 requires us to record a liability if we determine that it is probable that consideration, such as special interest, will be paid to the counterparty under the registration payment arrangement, and if that consideration can be reasonably estimated. Accordingly, we have recorded a liability for the amount of special interest on the Senior Notes due 2019 that we have determined to be probable and estimable based on our expected timing of registration as of each balance sheet date. As of

F-162


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 8. Debt (Continued)

September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had a total contingent liability for special interest on the Senior Notes due 2019 of approximately $6,300 and $12,200, respectively, recorded in Accrued expenses in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, through a corresponding adjustment to Interest expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Certain Covenants

        Our senior long-term debt contains certain negative covenants including, among others: (1) limitations on additional indebtedness; (2) limitations on dividends; (3) limitations on asset sales, including the sale of ownership interests in subsidiaries and sale-leaseback transactions; and (4) limitations on liens, guarantees, loans or investments. In connection with the extension of our revolving line of credit facility in July 2015, we are now subject to a consolidated senior secured debt to consolidated EBITDA financial covenant beginning in the third quarter of 2015. In addition, notes payable at some of our locations contain financial maintenance covenants. As of September 30, 2015, we are in compliance with our debt covenants.

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncontrolling Interest Holder Put Arrangements and Company Call Arrangements

        The following section provides a summary table and description of the various noncontrolling interest holder put arrangements that Laureate had outstanding as of September 30, 2015. Laureate has elected to accrete changes in the arrangements' redemption values over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date. The redeemable noncontrolling interests are recorded at the greater of the accreted redemption value or the traditional noncontrolling interest. Until the first exercise date, the put instruments' reported values may be lower than the final amounts that will be required to settle the minority put arrangements. As of September 30, 2015, the carrying value of all noncontrolling interest holder put arrangements was $40,787, which includes accreted incremental value of $22,748 in excess of traditional noncontrolling interests.

F-163


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        If the minority put arrangements were all exercisable at September 30, 2015, Laureate would be obligated to pay the noncontrolling interest holders an estimated amount of $41,595, as summarized in the following table:

 
  Nominal
Currency
  First
Exercisable
Date
  Estimated Value as
of September 30,
2015 redeemable
within 12-months
  Reported
Value
 

Noncontrolling interest holder put arrangements

                     

INTI Education Holdings Sdn Bhd (INTI)—10%

  MYR   Current   $ 8,836   $ 8,836  

Pearl Retail Solutions Private Limited and Creative Arts Education Society (Pearl)—45%

  INR   Current     6,697     6,697  

University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, LLC (St. Augustine)—20%

  USD   11/21/15     26,007     25,199  

National Hispanic University (NHU LLC)—20%

  USD   Current          

Stamford International University (STIU)—Puttable preferred stock of TEDCO

  THB   Current     55     55  

Total noncontrolling interest holder put arrangements

            41,595     40,787  

Puttable common stock—currently redeemable

  USD   Current     7     7  

Puttable common stock—not currently redeemable

  USD   *         8,348  

Total redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

          $ 41,602   $ 49,142  

*
Contingently redeemable

THB: Thai Baht

        Laureate's noncontrolling interest put arrangements are specified in agreements with each noncontrolling interest holder. The terms of these agreements determine the measurement of the redemption value of the put options based on a non-GAAP measure of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA, or recurring EBITDA), the definition of which varies for each particular contract.

        Commitments and contingencies are generally denominated in foreign currencies.

Uni IBMR

        During the first quarter of 2015, the put and call options for Uni IBMR expired unexercised. In addition, we have entered into a commitment to purchase the remaining minority interest in Uni IBMR for a purchase price of BRL 2,500 (US $629 at September 30, 2015), which could increase post closing in the event that Laureate disposes of the business under certain conditions. Closing of the agreement is subject to certain conditions precedent and is expected to occur during 2015.

F-164


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

M-Power

        As stated in Note 4, Acquisitions and Assets Held for Sale, the Company acquired the remaining 5% noncontrolling interest in M-Power in April 2015. As a result, the M-Power put and call arrangements are no longer outstanding as of September 30, 2015.

Other Loss Contingencies

        Laureate is subject to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business. In management's opinion, we have adequate legal defenses, insurance coverage, and/or accrued liabilities with respect to the eventuality of such actions. We do not believe that any settlement would have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Contingent Liabilities for Taxes

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Laureate has recorded cumulative liabilities totaling $79,468 and $121,867, respectively, for taxes other-than-income tax, principally payroll-tax-related uncertainties due to acquisitions of companies primarily in our LatAm segment. The changes in this recorded liability are related to new acquisitions, interest and penalty accruals, changes in tax laws, expirations of statutes of limitations, settlements and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of the statutes of limitations on these contingencies vary but can be up to 10 years. This liability is included in Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We have also recorded current liabilities for taxes other-than-income tax of $6,232 and $2,362, respectively, as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We estimate our liabilities for pre-acquisition taxes other-than-income tax that have a reasonable possibility of loss to be in the range of $0 to approximately $2,000, as of September 30, 2015, and we have not accrued for such potential losses. The recorded value of contingent liabilities is reduced when they are extinguished or the related statutes of limitations expire.

Other Loss Contingencies

        Laureate has accrued liabilities for certain civil actions against our institutions that existed prior to our acquisition of these entities. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately $11,000 and $13,000, respectively, of pre-acquisition loss contingencies were included in Other long-term liabilities and Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Laureate intends to vigorously defend against these lawsuits.

Material Guarantees—Student Financing

Chile

        The accredited Chilean institutions in the Laureate network also participate in a government-sponsored student financing program known as Crédito con Aval del Estado (the CAE Program). The CAE Program was formally implemented by the Chilean government in 2006 to promote higher education in Chile for lower socio-economic level students in good academic standing. The CAE Program involves tuition financing and guarantees that are provided by our institutions and the government. As part of the CAE Program, these institutions provide guarantees which result in

F-165


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

contingent liabilities to third-party financing institutions, beginning at 90% of the tuition loans made directly to qualified students enrolled through the CAE Program and declining to 60% over time. The guarantees by these institutions are in effect during the period in which the student is enrolled, and the guarantees are assumed entirely by the government upon the student's graduation. When a student leaves one of Laureate's institutions and enrolls in another CAE-qualified institution, the Laureate institution will remain guarantor of the tuition loans that have been granted up to the date of transfer, and until the student's graduation from a CAE-qualified institution. The maximum potential amount of payments our institutions could be required to make under the CAE Program was approximately $420,000 and $432,000 at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. This maximum potential amount assumes that all students in the CAE Program do not graduate, so that our guarantee would not be assigned to the government, and that all students default on the full amount of the CAE-qualified loan balances. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we recorded $20,962 and $19,918, respectively, as estimated guarantee liabilities for these obligations, which are included in Other long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        On October 4, 2012, the Chilean Congress approved Law No. 20.634 (the Law) which amended Law No. 20.027, introducing an interest rate reduction from 6% to 2% on CAE loans. Current students could benefit from the reduction starting in March 2013 if they were current on their payments. The Law also provides that CAE loans cannot exceed the reference price established by the government for the program in which the student is enrolled, that the student begins to make payments 18 months after graduation, and that monthly payments may not exceed 10% of the participant's income if requested by the student. The prior government in Chile had proposed other changes to the student loan program. However, in the second quarter of 2014 the new government that was inaugurated on March 11, 2014 announced the withdrawal of all of the prior administration's higher education proposals and its intent to submit new bills to the Chilean Congress during the second half of 2014. No such legislation has been introduced yet and, in September 2015, the Chilean Minister of Education announced that no legislation on higher education reform would be submitted to the Chilean Congress before December 2015 at the earliest. We cannot predict the extent or outcome of any changes to the student loan system that may be implemented in Chile or whether any such changes may have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Material Guarantees—Other

        In conjunction with the purchase of UNP, Laureate pledged all of the acquired shares as a guarantee of our payments of rents as they become due. In the event that we default on any payment, the pledge agreement provides for a forfeiture of the relevant pledged shares. In the event of forfeiture, Laureate may be required to transfer the books and management of UNP to the former owners.

        Laureate acquired the remaining 49% ownership interest in UAM Brazil in April 2013. As part of the agreement to purchase the 49% ownership interest, Laureate pledged 49% of its total shares in UAM Brazil as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the purchase agreement, including the seller notes. In the event that we default on any payment, the agreement provides for a forfeiture of the pledged shares.

F-166


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        In connection with the purchase of FMU on September 12, 2014, Laureate pledged 75% of the acquired shares to third-party lenders as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the loans that financed a portion of the purchase price. Laureate pledged the remaining 25% of the acquired shares to the sellers as a guarantee of our payment obligations under the purchase agreement for the seller notes. In the event that we default on any payment of the loans or the seller notes, the purchase agreement provides for a forfeiture of the relevant pledged shares. Upon maturity and payment of the seller notes in September 2017, the shares pledged to the sellers will be pledged to the third-party lenders until payment of the loans, which mature in April 2021.

Standby Letters of Credit

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Laureate had outstanding letters of credit (LOCs) of $104,076 and $107,377, respectively, as further discussed below.

        Laureate has third-party insurance for workers compensation and other insurable risks. We are contingently liable to insurance carriers under certain of these policies. As of both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we provided LOCs in favor of the insurance carriers for $878.

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $87,118 and $89,322, respectively, posted as LOCs in favor of the Department of Education (DOE). Because we did not meet certain DOE standards of financial responsibility, primarily related to Laureate's composite score, these LOCs were required to allow Walden, Kendall, NewSchool, St. Augustine and NHU LLC to continue participating in the DOE Title IV program. These LOCs are fully collateralized with cash, which is classified as Restricted cash on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $13,351 and $14,447, respectively, posted as a cash-collateralized LOC related to the Spain Tax Audit. See Note 14, Income Taxes, for further detail. The cash collateral for this LOC was classified as Restricted cash on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had LOCs totaling $1,979 and $2,730, respectively, posted as collateral for a project at one of our institutions in India. The cash collateral for these LOCs was classified as Restricted cash on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        As of September 30, 2015, we had LOCs totaling $750 as collateral for overdraft protection for payments made at our institutions in Switzerland. The cash collateral for these LOCs was classified as Restricted cash on our September 30, 2015 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Surety Bonds, and Other Commitments

        As part of our normal operations, our insurers issue surety bonds on our behalf, as required by various state education authorities in the United States. We are obligated to reimburse our insurers for any payments made by the insurers under the surety bonds. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the total face amount of these surety bonds was $7,906 and $7,314, respectively. These bonds are fully collateralized with cash, which is classified as Restricted cash on our September 30, 2015 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

F-167


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the M-Power Group posted $842 and $1,601, respectively, as cash collateral with the Indian Government in order to comply with statutory requirements. The cash collateral was classified as Restricted cash on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note 10. Financing Receivables

        Laureate's financing receivables consist primarily of trade receivables related to student tuition financing programs with an initial term in excess of one year. We have offered long-term financing through execution of note receivable agreements with students at some of our institutions. The repayment terms on these tuition financing programs vary and range from three to 13 years. Our disclosures include financing receivables that are classified in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as both current and long-term, reported in accordance with ASC 310, "Receivables."

        Laureate's financing receivables balances were as follows:

 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Financing receivables

  $ 37,180   $ 41,404  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (10,919 )   (15,240 )

Financing receivables, net of allowances

  $ 26,261   $ 26,164  

        We do not purchase financing receivables in the ordinary course of our business. We may sell certain receivables that are significantly past due. No material amounts of financing receivables were sold during the periods reported herein.

        Delinquency is the primary indicator of credit quality for our financing receivables. Receivable balances are considered delinquent when contractual payments on the loan become past due. Delinquent financing receivables are placed on non-accrual status for interest income. The accrual of interest is resumed when the financing receivable becomes contractually current and when collection of all remaining amounts due is reasonably assured. We record an Allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce our financing receivables to their net realizable value. The Allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the age of the receivables, the status of past-due amounts, historical collection trends, current economic conditions, and student enrollment status. Each of our institutions evaluates its balances for potential impairment. We consider impaired loans to be those that are past due one year or greater,

F-168


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Financing Receivables (Continued)

and those that are modified as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). The aging of financing receivables grouped by country portfolio was as follows:

 
  Chile   Other   Total  

As of September 30, 2015

                   

Amounts past due less than one year

  $ 11,801   $ 1,166   $ 12,967  

Amounts past due one year or greater

    4,358     665     5,023  

Total past due (on non-accrual status)

    16,159     1,831     17,990  

Not past due

    12,795     6,395     19,190  

Total financing receivables

  $ 28,954   $ 8,226   $ 37,180  

As of December 31, 2014

                   

Amounts past due less than one year

  $ 12,390   $ 2,217   $ 14,607  

Amounts past due one year or greater

    5,254     542     5,796  

Total past due (on non-accrual status)

    17,644     2,759     20,403  

Not past due

    13,520     7,481     21,001  

Total financing receivables

  $ 31,164   $ 10,240   $ 41,404  

        The following is a rollforward of the Allowance for doubtful accounts related to financing receivables for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, grouped by country portfolio:

 
  Chile   Other   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ (11,063 ) $ (4,177 ) $ (15,240 )

Charge-offs

    2,977     333     3,310  

Recoveries

    (21 )   (25 )   (46 )

Reclassifications

             

Provision

    (714 )   228     (486 )

Currency adjustments

    1,309     234     1,543  

Balance at September 30, 2015

  $ (7,512 ) $ (3,407 ) $ (10,919 )

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ (17,835 ) $ (4,449 ) $ (22,284 )

Charge-offs

    5,607     683     6,290  

Recoveries

             

Reclassifications

        (184 )   (184 )

Provision

    (475 )   (312 )   (787 )

Currency adjustments

    2,119     158     2,277  

Balance at September 30, 2014

  $ (10,584 ) $ (4,104 ) $ (14,688 )

Restructured Receivables

        A TDR is a financing receivable in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and Laureate has granted an economic concession to the student debtor that we would not otherwise

F-169


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 10. Financing Receivables (Continued)

consider. When we modify financing receivables in a TDR, Laureate typically offers the student debtor an extension of the loan maturity and/or a reduction in the accrued interest balance. In certain situations, we may offer to restructure a financing receivable in a manner that ultimately results in the forgiveness of contractually specified principal balances. Our only TDRs are in Chile.

        The number of financing receivable accounts and the pre- and post-modification account balances modified under the terms of a TDR during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 
  Number of Financing
Receivable Accounts
  Pre-Modification
Balance Outstanding
  Post-Modification
Balance Outstanding
 

2015

    880   $ 3,943   $ 3,625  

2014

    873   $ 5,929   $ 5,241  

        The preceding table represents accounts modified under the terms of a TDR during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, whereas the following table represents accounts modified as a TDR between January 1, 2014 and September 30, 2015 that subsequently defaulted during the nine months ended September 30, 2015:

 
  Number of Financing
Receivable Accounts
  Balance at Default  

Total

    535   $ 2,346  

        The following table represents accounts modified as a TDR between January 1, 2013 and September 30, 2014 that subsequently defaulted during the nine months ended September 30, 2014:

 
  Number of Financing
Receivable Accounts
  Balance at Default  

Total

    606   $ 3,637  

Note 11. Share-Based Compensation

        Share-based compensation expense was as follows:

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Deferred compensation arrangement

  $ 3,692   $ 6,422  

Stock compensation for directors' fees

    621     69  

Stock options, net of estimated forfeitures

    16,098     18,606  

Restricted stock awards

    6,811     10,833  

Stock options liability

        784  

Executive profits interest plan

        87  

Total

  $ 27,222   $ 36,801  

        Laureate recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for all awards in which service is the only vesting condition. Laureate has also granted stock options, restricted stock awards, and profits interest awards in which the vesting is based on our

F-170


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 11. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

performance metrics. The compensation expense for performance-based awards is recognized when the achievement of our performance metrics is considered probable on a graded expense attribution method.

        For both the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we deemed it probable that we would achieve the 2015 and 2014 Equity Value performance targets, respectively, as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), and that the performance awards would vest. Accordingly, we recognized expense for these performance options during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014.

Share-based Deferred Compensation Arrangement

        We recognize expense for the share-based deferred compensation arrangement ratably based on the maximum 5% compound annual rate of return, which can be reduced based on the estimated fair value of Laureate's common stock if the compound annual rate of return is less than a 5% compound annual growth rate, subject to catch-up adjustments. As of September 30, 2015, the total liability recorded for the deferred compensation arrangement was $103,371, which is recorded as a current liability in Deferred compensation on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Under the terms of the arrangement, $85,050 was payable on September 17, 2015, and the remainder is payable on September 17, 2016. However, the participants agreed to extend the payment that was due on September 17, 2015; see Note 19, Subsequent Events, for further discussion. As of December 31, 2014, the total liability recorded for the deferred compensation arrangement was $99,679, of which $82,165 was a current liability and the remaining $17,514 was noncurrent.

F-171


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Stockholders' Equity

        The components of net changes in stockholders' equity were as follows:

 
  Laureate Education, Inc. Stockholders    
   
 
 
  Shares of
common
stock
outstanding
  Common
stock
  Additional
paid-in
capital
  (Accumulated
deficit)
retained
earnings
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
  Noncontrolling
interests
  Total
stockholders'
equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    531,894   $ 532   $ 2,688,877   $ (1,093,300 ) $ (579,041 ) $ 39,480   $ 1,056,548  

Non-cash stock compensation to directors

    16         621                 621  

Non-cash stock compensation stock options—employees

            16,098                 16,098  

Non-cash stock compensation restricted stock

            6,811                 6,811  

Exercise of stock options

    44         204                 204  

Shares withheld for minimum employee tax withholding on vested awards, vesting of restricted stock and stock option exercises

    (189 )       (3,367 )               (3,367 )

Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest

                        469     469  

Mandatory dividend to noncontrolling interest

            (866 )               (866 )

Dividend to noncontrolling interest

                        (95 )   (95 )

Accretion of redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

            (9,602 )               (9,602 )

Reclassification of comprehensive income to redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

                        (4,831 )   (4,831 )

Changes in noncontrolling interests

            (1,554 )       442     (2,254 )   (3,366 )

Net loss

                (299,581 )       (124 )   (299,705 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0

                    (359,946 )   (3,304 )   (363,250 )

Unrealized gain on derivatives, net of tax of $0

                    2,850         2,850  

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $0

                    198         198  

Balance at September 30, 2015

    531,765   $ 532   $ 2,697,222   $ (1,392,881 ) $ (935,497 ) $ 29,341   $ 398,717  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) in our Consolidated Balance Sheets includes the accumulated translation adjustments arising from translation of foreign subsidiaries' financial statements, the unrealized losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, and the accumulated

F-172


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 12. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

net gains or losses that are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost for our minimum pension liability. The components of these balances were as follows:

 
  September 30, 2015   December 31, 2014  
 
  Laureate
Education, Inc.
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total   Laureate
Education, Inc.
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total  

Foreign currency translation (loss) gain

  $ (905,694 ) $ (2,087 ) $ (907,781 ) $ (546,190 ) $ 1,659   $ (544,531 )

Unrealized losses on derivatives

    (16,030 )       (16,030 )   (18,880 )       (18,880 )

Minimum pension liability adjustment

    (13,773 )       (13,773 )   (13,971 )       (13,971 )

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (935,497 ) $ (2,087 ) $ (937,584 ) $ (579,041 ) $ 1,659   $ (577,382 )

Note 13. Derivative Instruments

        In the normal course of business, our operations are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency values and interest rate changes. We may seek to control a portion of these risks through a risk management program that includes the use of derivative instruments.

        The interest and principal payments for Laureate's senior long-term debt arrangements are to be paid primarily in USD. Our ability to make debt payments is subject to fluctuations in the value of the USD against foreign currencies, since a majority of our operating cash used to make these payments is generated by subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the USD. As part of our overall risk management policies, Laureate has entered into foreign currency swap contracts and floating-to-fixed interest rate swap contracts. In addition, we occasionally enter into foreign exchange forward swap agreements to reduce the earnings impact of other non-functional currency-denominated receivables and payables.

        We do not enter into speculative or leveraged transactions, nor do we hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes. We generally intend to hold our derivatives until maturity.

        Laureate reports all derivatives at fair value. These contracts are recognized as either assets or liabilities, depending upon the derivative's fair value. Gains or losses associated with the change in the fair value of these swaps are recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations on a current basis over the term of the contracts, unless designated and effective as a hedge. For swaps that are designated and effective as cash flow hedges, gains or losses associated with the change in fair value of the swaps are recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI and amortized into earnings as a component of Interest expense over the term of the related hedged items.

F-173


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 13. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The reported fair value of our derivatives, which are primarily classified in Derivative instruments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, were as follows:

 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

             

Long-term liabilities:

             

Interest rate swaps

  $ 16,030   $ 18,879  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

             

Long-term liabilities:

             

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

    6,012     4,755  

Interest rate swaps

    591     621  

Total derivative instrument liabilities

  $ 22,633   $ 24,255  

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

Interest Rate Swaps

        In September 2011, Laureate entered into two forward interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $450,000 and $300,000, respectively. We have designated these derivatives as cash flow hedges. The swaps were associated with existing debt, and effectively fix interest rates on existing variable-rate borrowings in order to manage our exposure to future interest rate volatility. Both swaps have an effective date of June 30, 2014 and mature on June 30, 2017. The terms of the swaps require Laureate to pay interest on the basis of fixed rates of 2.61% on the $450,000 notional amount swap and 2.71% on the $300,000 notional amount swap, and receive interest for both swaps on the basis of three-month LIBOR, with a floor of 1.25%. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, we reclassified $2,687 and $7,973, respectively, from AOCI into income. During the next 12 months, approximately $11,300 is expected to be reclassified from AOCI into income. Laureate determines the effectiveness of these swaps using the hypothetical derivative method. During both the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, the amount of gain or loss recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments was $0, as the swaps were 100% effective. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, these interest rate swaps had an estimated fair value of $16,030 and $18,879, respectively.

        The tables below show the total recorded unrealized gain (loss) of these swaps in Comprehensive income (loss). The impact of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments on Comprehensive income (loss), Interest expense and AOCI for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 were as follows:

 
  Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
(Effective Portion)
   
  Loss
Reclassified
from AOCI
to Income
(Effective Portion)
 
 
  Income Statement
Location
 
 
  2015   2014   2015   2014  

Interest rate swaps

  $ 2,850   $ (1,212 ) Interest expense   $ (7,973 ) $ (2,687 )

F-174


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 13. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

USD to Swiss Franc (CHF) Foreign Currency Forward Swaps

        On May 28, 2015, Laureate entered into two USD to CHF foreign exchange forward swap agreements. These swaps are intended to hedge the currency effects of the strengthening USD for anticipated cash outlays in CHF over the next seven months for a tax payment, along with expected working capital requirements. We executed an initial conversion of CHF 18,700 to US $19,840, using two swaps. The first swap had a notional amount of CHF 9,000 and matured on September 1, 2015 at a fixed exchange rate of $0.9459 resulting in a realized loss of $155. The second swap has a notional amount of CHF 9,700 and matures on January 5, 2016 at a fixed exchange rate of $0.9394. For accounting purposes, the swaps were not designated as hedging instruments. As of September 30, 2015, the remaining swap has an estimated fair value of $327, and is included in Derivative instruments as a component of Long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

USD to CLP Cross Currency and Interest Rate Swaps

        During 2007, Laureate entered into a $400,000 USD to CLP, cross currency, floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement (the USD to CLP cross currency and interest rate swap). This swap matured and was settled on August 18, 2014. This swap converted $400,000 of our USD-denominated, floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate CLP-denominated debt. CLP was chosen because a significant amount of our earnings are generated in Chile. The cross currency and interest rate swap agreement was intended to provide a better correlation between our debt obligations and operating currencies. The cross currency and interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes.

        In November 2013, we entered into two foreign exchange forward swap agreements to buy CLP and sell USD on the same August 18, 2014 settlement date as the $400,000 USD to CLP cross currency and interest rate swap. This locked in the net amount that we paid on August 18, 2014 to settle the cross currency portion of the USD to CLP cross currency and interest rate swap. The two forward swaps executed in November 2013 were not designated as hedges for accounting purposes.

        The total payment made for these swaps on the August 18, 2014 settlement date was $14,689.

Interest Rate Swaps

        In December 2008, Laureate entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an original notional amount of $181,563, which decreases periodically based on the terms of the agreement. The notional amount was $142,563 as of December 31, 2013. This swap was not associated with any additional debt, but rather effectively fixed interest rates on existing variable-rate borrowings. The terms of this swap required Laureate to pay on the basis of a fixed rate of 2.48% and receive interest on the basis of three-month LIBOR. This swap matured on August 17, 2014, at which time Laureate made a payment of $424.

        In January 2009, Laureate entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $185,000. This swap was established to effectively fix interest rates on existing variable-rate borrowings, and required Laureate to pay interest on the basis of a fixed rate of 2.30% and receive interest on the

F-175


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 13. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

basis of three-month LIBOR. This swap matured on August 17, 2014, at which time Laureate made a payment of $970.

CLP to Unidad de Fomento (UF) Cross Currency and Interest Rate Swaps

        The cross currency and interest rate swap agreements are intended to provide a better correlation between our debt obligations and operating currencies. In 2010, one of our subsidiaries in Chile entered into four cross currency and interest rate swap agreements. One of the swaps matures on December 1, 2024, and the remaining three mature on July 1, 2025 (the CLP to UF cross currency and interest rate swaps). The UF is a Chilean inflation-adjusted unit of account. The four swaps have an aggregate notional amount of approximately $31,000, and convert CLP-denominated, floating-rate debt to fixed-rate UF-denominated debt. The CLP to UF cross currency and interest rate swaps were not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, these swaps had an estimated fair value of $5,685 and $4,755, respectively.

THINK Interest Rate Swaps

        Laureate acquired THINK on December 20, 2013, and financed a portion of the purchase price by borrowing AUD 45,000 (approximately US $31,599 at September 30, 2015) under a syndicated facility agreement in the form of two term loans of AUD 22,500 each. The terms of the syndicated facility agreement required THINK to enter into an interest rate swap within 45 days from the agreement's December 20, 2013 effective date, in order to convert at least 50% of the AUD 45,000 of term loan debt from a variable interest rate based on the BBSY bid rate, an Australia bank rate, to a fixed interest rate. Accordingly, on January 31, 2014, THINK executed an interest rate swap agreement with an original notional amount of AUD 22,500 to satisfy this requirement and converted AUD 22,500 (US $15,800 at September 30, 2015) of the variable rate component of the term loan debt to a fixed interest rate of 3.86%. The notional amount of the swap decreases quarterly based on the terms of the agreement, and the swap matures on December 20, 2018. This interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, and had an estimated fair value of $591 and $621 at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

F-176


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 13. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        Components of the reported Loss on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Unrealized (Loss) Gain

             

Cross currency, interest rate, and forward swaps

  $ (2,072 ) $ 26,527  

Interest rate swaps

    (53 )   4,307  

    (2,125 )   30,834  

Realized Loss

   
 
   
 
 

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

    (336 )   (27,787 )

Interest rate swaps

    (157 )   (5,067 )

    (493 )   (32,854 )

Total (Loss) Gain

   
 
   
 
 

Cross currency, interest rate, and forward swaps

    (2,408 )   (1,260 )

Interest rate swaps

    (210 )   (760 )

(Loss) gain on derivative instruments, net

  $ (2,618 ) $ (2,020 )

Cash Payments for Derivatives

        Laureate was required to make periodic net cash payments for the interest rate swaps and the USD to CLP cross currency and interest swap of $492 and $33,073 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In addition, Laureate received net cash payments of $0 and $219 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to the CLP to UF cross currency and interest rate swaps. The net cash payments are recorded as a realized component of (Loss) gain on derivatives in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, Laureate was required to make net cash payments of $7,973 for the interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments. These cash payments are recorded in Interest expense.

Credit Risk and Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features

        Laureate's derivatives expose us to credit risk to the extent that the counterparty may possibly fail to perform its contractual obligation. The amount of our credit risk exposure is equal to the fair value of the derivative when any of the derivatives are in a net gain position. As of September 30, 2015, none of our derivatives were in a net gain position.

        Laureate has limited its credit risk by only entering into derivative transactions with highly rated major financial institutions. We have not entered into collateral agreements with our derivatives' counterparties. Based on the global rating agency of Moody's Investor Service at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, one institution was rated A1, one institution was rated A2, two institutions were rated Aa2, and one institution was rated Baa3. These institutions accounted for all of Laureate's derivative credit risk exposure.

F-177


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 13. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        Laureate's agreements with its derivative counterparties contain a provision under which we could be declared in default on our derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to a default on the indebtedness. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had not breached any default provisions, and had not posted any collateral related to these agreements. If we had breached any of these provisions, we could have been required to settle the obligations under the derivative agreements for an amount that we believe would approximate their net estimated fair value of $22,633 as of September 30, 2015 and $24,255 as of December 31, 2014.

Note 14. Income Taxes

        Laureate uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. For interim purposes, we also apply ASC 740-270, "Income Taxes—Interim Reporting."

        Laureate's income tax provisions for all periods consist of federal, state, and foreign income taxes. The tax provisions for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 were based on estimated full-year effective tax rates, after giving effect to significant items related specifically to the interim periods, including the mix of income for the period between higher-taxed and lower-taxed jurisdictions. Laureate has operations in multiple countries, many of which have statutory tax rates lower than the United States. Generally, lower tax rates in these foreign jurisdictions along with Laureate's intent and ability to indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings outside of the United States results in an effective tax rate significantly lower than the statutory rate in the United States.

        During 2010 and 2013, the Group was notified by the Spanish Tax Authorities (STA) that two tax audits of our Spanish subsidiaries were being initiated for 2006 through 2007, and for 2008 through 2010, respectively. On June 29, 2012, the STA issued a final assessment to Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L. (ICE), our Spanish holding company, for EUR 11,936 (US $13,351 at September 30, 2015), including interest, for the 2006 through 2007 period. Laureate has appealed this final assessment related to the 2006 through 2007 period, and issued a cash-collateralized letter of credit in July 2012 for the assessment amount, in order to continue the appeal process. In October 2015, the STA issued a final assessment to ICE for the 2008 through 2010 period for approximately EUR 17,200 (approximately US $19,200 at September 30, 2015). In order to continue the appeals process, we will be required by December 5, 2015 to either issue a cash-collateralized letter of credit for the assessment amount plus interest, or pay the assessment amount.

        During the quarter ended June 30, 2015, the Company reassessed its position regarding the ICE tax audit matters as a result of recent adverse decisions from the Spanish Supreme Court and Spanish National Court on cases for taxpayers with similar facts, and determined that it could no longer support a more-likely-than-not position. As a result, during 2015, the Company has recorded a provision totaling EUR 37,610 (approximately US $42,100) for the period January 1, 2006 through September 30, 2015. The Company plans to continue the appeals process for the periods already audited and assessed.

F-178


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 15. Earnings (Loss) Per Share

        Laureate computes basic earnings per share (EPS) by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that would occur if share-based compensation awards/arrangements or contingently issuable shares were exercised or converted into common stock. To calculate the diluted EPS, the basic weighted average number of shares is increased by the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock and other share-based compensation arrangements determined using the treasury stock method.

        The following table summarizes the computations of basic and diluted earnings per share:

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Numerator used in basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

             

Loss from continuing operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc.

  $ (299,581 ) $ (205,253 )

Accretion of redemption value of redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

    (9,602 )   (8,086 )

Adjusted for: accretion related to noncontrolling interests and equity redeemable at fair value

    6,637     415  

Net loss available to common stockholders

  $ (302,546 ) $ (212,924 )

Denominator used in basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

             

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

    531,765     530,401  

Basic and diluted loss per share:

 
$

(0.57

)

$

(0.40

)

        The following table summarizes the number of outstanding stock options and shares of restricted stock that were excluded from the diluted EPS calculations because the effect would have been antidilutive, due to net losses for the periods presented:

For the nine months ended September 30,
  2015   2014  

Stock options

    41,292     38,795  

Restricted stock and restricted stock units

    917     682  

Note 16. Related Party Transactions

Corporate

Transactions between Laureate and Santa Fe University of Arts and Design (SFUAD)

        During 2014, Laureate entered into a new shared services agreement with SFUAD that replaced the shared services agreement previously entered into in 2009. Laureate provides SFUAD with certain management consulting, legal, tax, finance, accounting, treasury, human resources, and network entry services. The new shared services agreement has a term of five years and automatically renews for two year periods thereafter, unless terminated by either party. As of September 30, 2015, Laureate recorded a Related party receivable from SFUAD of $3,309 pursuant to the shared services agreement, which was collected during the fourth quarter of 2015. As of December 31, 2014, Laureate had recorded a receivable from SFUAD of $4,186 related to the shared services agreement, which was collected during the first quarter of 2015.

F-179


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 16. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        During 2013, 14 Laureate institutions entered into partnership agreements with SFUAD (the Global Partnership agreements). These Global Partnership agreements have an initial term of five years and provide Laureate students with educational opportunities to study certain academic programs at SFUAD. Under the terms of these agreements, the partnering Laureate institutions commit to pay SFUAD an annual amount each calendar year, which SFUAD then bills to the Laureate institutions on a quarterly basis. The Global Partnership agreements can be unilaterally canceled by either SFUAD or the Laureate institutions with at least six months' prior written notice; however any remaining unpaid commitment amount for that calendar year is still contractually owed to SFUAD. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Laureate recorded a related party payable to SFUAD of $447 and $359, respectively, for unpaid commitments that we are obligated to pay to SFUAD under the Global Partnership agreements.

Transactions between Laureate and HSM Group Management Focus Europe Global S. L. (HSM)

        On March 5, 2015, Laureate completed the sale of its interest in HSM. The total purchase price was approximately $9,500, less HSM's bank debt and other adjustments. Upon closing of the sale on March 5, 2015, Laureate received cash proceeds of approximately $5,000, which are included in Proceeds from investments in affiliates on the 2015 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. As required by the agreement, Laureate's loans receivable from HSM, along with all unpaid interest, took first priority in the allocation of the sale proceeds. After collection of the loans receivable and accrued interest, which totaled approximately $2,300, and payment of certain costs related to the sale, Laureate recognized a net gain of approximately $2,000 in Equity in net loss of affiliates, net of tax, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Europe

Morocco

Transactions between Laureate and Noncontrolling Interest Holder of Laureate Somed Education Holding SA (LSEH)

        LSEH is 60% owned and consolidated by Laureate and is the entity that operates Université Internationale de Casablanca, our institution in Morocco. The 40% noncontrolling interest holder of LSEH has made loans to LSEH, and as of December 31, 2014 we had a related party payable of $10,881 to the noncontrolling interest holder for the loans' outstanding balance.

        During the first quarter of 2015, the noncontrolling interest holder made an additional loan to LSEH for Moroccan Dirhams (MAD) 3,600 (US $364), which matures in September 2016 and bears interest at 4.5% per annum. During the second quarter of 2015, the noncontrolling interest holder made two loans in the amounts of MAD 2,800 (US $281), and MAD 2,600 (US $267), both of which bear interest at 4.5% per annum and mature in September 2016. Also during the second quarter of 2015, the noncontrolling interest holder made an additional loan in the amount of MAD 3,200 (US $329) which bears interest at 4.5% per annum and matures in December 2016. During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, the noncontrolling interest holder made two additional loans in the amounts of MAD 3,200 (US $325) and MAD 1,600 (US $164), both of which bear interest at 4.5% per annum and mature in December 2016.The proceeds from these loans have been included in the

F-180


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 16. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

financing activities section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as Noncontrolling interest holder's loan to subsidiaries. As the 60% majority owner, Laureate has also made loans to LSEH for 60% of the total amount borrowed, which eliminate in consolidation. As of September 30, 2015, we had total related party payables of $11,665 to the noncontrolling interest holder of LSEH for the outstanding balance of these loans.

AMEA

China

Transactions between Laureate and Noncontrolling Interest Holders of Hunan International Economics University (HIEU)

        A portion of HIEU's real property, including land and buildings, is pledged as collateral for personal loans that certain noncontrolling interest holders of HIEU have entered into with third-party banks. The balances owed by the noncontrolling interest holders on these personal loans total approximately $15,000. In December 2013, the noncontrolling interest holders of HIEU signed an agreement with Laureate and committed to: (1) remove all encumbrances on HIEU's real property no later than September 30, 2014 and (2) complete the transfer of title relating to the encumbered real property to HIEU no later than December 31, 2014. Under the terms of this agreement, the noncontrolling interest holders also agreed to pay any and all transfer taxes, fees and other costs that are required in connection with the removal of the encumbrances and the transfer of titles, which are estimated to be approximately $2,000. As collateral for their performance under the agreement, the noncontrolling interest holders pledged to Laureate their 30% equity interest in HIEU. The noncontrolling interest holders of HIEU did not complete their commitment to remove the encumbrances on HIEU's real property by September 30, 2014, or complete the transfer of the real property by December 31, 2014. Under the terms of the agreement, Laureate has the right to obtain the noncontrolling interest holders' 30% equity interest. Management is currently evaluating its options in this matter. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Laureate's net carrying value of the encumbered real property was approximately $13,700 and $14,300, respectively.

        In addition to the performance obligations in the December 2013 agreement for the encumbered property as described above, the noncontrolling interest holders are required under the 2009 HIEU purchase agreement to obtain the titles of certain other buildings for HIEU. The noncontrolling interest holders are also obligated to pay any and all government fees and other costs, which are estimated to be approximately $4,200, required in connection with obtaining the titles for these buildings. These buildings are not encumbered and HIEU has title to the land. The noncontrolling interest holders also occupy and conduct other non-HIEU business in five buildings that we have title to, and do not pay rent to HIEU for the use of these facilities.

F-181


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 16. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

GPS

United States

Transactions between Laureate and Noncontrolling Interest Holder of St. Augustine

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, St. Augustine made tax distributions to its 20% noncontrolling interest holder of $2,016, as provided for in St. Augustine's operating agreement.

Note 17. Legal and Regulatory Matters

        Laureate is subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In management's opinion, we have adequate legal defenses, insurance coverage, and/or accrued liabilities with respect to the eventuality of these actions. Management believes that any settlement would not have a material impact on Laureate's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

United States Postsecondary Education Regulation

        The Company, through its GPS segment, operates five postsecondary educational institutions in the United States (U.S. Institutions). The U.S. Institutions are subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental entities as well as accrediting bodies. The Higher Education Act (HEA), and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the DOE, subject the U.S. Institutions to ongoing regulatory review and scrutiny. The U.S. Institutions must also comply with a myriad of requirements in order to participate in Title IV federal financial aid programs under the HEA (Title IV programs).

        In particular, to participate in the Title IV programs under currently effective DOE regulations, an institution must be authorized to offer its educational programs by the relevant state agencies in the states in which it is located, accredited by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the DOE, and also certified by the DOE. In determining whether to certify an institution, the DOE closely examines an institution's administrative and financial capability to administer Title IV program funds.

        Pursuant to DOE requirements, the U.S. Institutions conduct periodic reviews and audits of their compliance with the Title IV program requirements. None of the U.S. Institutions have been notified of any significant noncompliance that might result in loss of its certification to participate in the Title IV programs. Management believes that there are no matters of regulatory noncompliance that could have a material effect on the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

        Changes in or new interpretations of applicable laws, DOE rules, or regulations could have a material adverse effect on the U.S. Institutions' eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs. On October 29, 2010, the DOE published a Final Rule amending its regulations in a number of areas related to an institution's eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs. Most of these regulatory changes became effective July 1, 2011, with others becoming effective as of July 1, 2012. During a negotiated rulemaking committee process that occurred between September 2013 and December 2013, the DOE proposed draft regulatory language for discussion by the negotiators that would establish specific standards for purposes of the HEA requirement that, to be eligible for Title IV program funds, certain programs of study prepare students for "gainful employment in a recognized occupation." As the negotiated rulemaking committee did not reach consensus on the regulation, the DOE issued its own notice of proposed rulemaking on March 25, 2014. On October 30, 2014, the DOE issued a final

F-182


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 17. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

rule on gainful employment that became effective July 1, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating this rule and determining its impact on our operations.

        Between February and May 2014, the DOE convened a negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare proposed regulations to address program integrity and improvement issues for the Title IV programs ("Program Integrity Rulemaking") including but not limited to updating eligibility standards for student and parent borrowers under the federal Direct PLUS loan program, cash management of Title IV funds, state authorization for programs offered through distance education and state authorization for foreign locations of institutions. As this negotiated rulemaking committee did not reach consensus on all of the issues before it, on August 8, 2014, the DOE published a proposed rule for public comment regarding federal Direct PLUS loan program eligibility, following which a final rule was issued on October 23, 2014 and that took effect July 1, 2015. On May 18, 2015, the DOE published proposed regulations for comment regarding cash management of Title IV funds, the eligibility of repeated coursework for purposes of a student's enrollment status and receipt of Title IV funds, and the measurement of programs in credit hours versus clock hours for Title IV purposes. On October 30, 2015, the DOE published final program integrity regulations. A majority of the provisions of the regulations will take effect on July 1, 2016, and others will take effect on later dates in 2016 and 2017. The final regulations concerning cash management require, among other things, that institutions subject to heightened cash monitoring procedures for disbursements of Title IV funds must, effective July 1, 2016, pay to students any applicable Title IV credit balances before requesting such funds from the DOE.

        During a separate negotiated rulemaking committee process that occurred between January and April 2014, the DOE proposed draft regulatory language to implement changes to the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act ("Clery Act") required by March 2013 amendments to the Violence Against Women Act. At the final meeting of the negotiated rulemaking committee on April 1, 2014, the committee reached consensus on the Department's proposed regulations, which were subsequently published for a 30-day public comment period on June 20, 2014. On October 20, 2014, the DOE published the final rule amending its Clery Act regulations, which is effective July 1, 2015. Between February and April 2015, the DOE convened another negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare regulations to establish a new Pay as You Earn repayment plan for those not covered by the existing Pay as You Earn Repayment Plan in the Federal Direct Loan Program, and also to establish procedures for Federal Family Education Loan Program loan holders to use to identify U.S. military servicemembers who may be eligible for a lower interest rate on their federal student loans under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. The committee reached consensus during its final session on a set of proposed regulations. The DOE published proposed regulations for comment on July 9, 2015, and on October 30, 2015, issued final regulations. The Pay as You Earn Repayment Plan provisions will take effect in December 2015 and a majority of the remaining provisions of the regulations will take effect on July 1, 2016. Also, on August 20, 2015, the DOE published notice of a new negotiated rulemaking process to clarify how direct loan borrowers who believe they were defrauded by their institutions can seek relief and to strengthen provisions to hold institutions accountable for their wrongdoing that results in loan discharges. In September 2015, President Obama announced the DOE's launch of a revised "College Scorecard" website that provides access to national data on college costs, graduation rates, debt and post-college earnings, including data regarding our U.S. Institutions. In addition, in November 2015, the DOE issued comparative data

F-183


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 17. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

regarding DOE-recognized accreditation agencies and the institutions they accredit, which include median debt, repayment rates, completion rates and median earnings. To the extent such data gives rise to negative perceptions of our U.S. Institutions or of proprietary educational institutions generally, our reputation and business could be materially adversely affected.

        We are unable to predict what additional actions the DOE may take, or the effect of its rulemaking processes on our business. Additionally, the United States Congress has initiated a series of hearings regarding its prospective reauthorization of the HEA and potential changes to the Title IV programs. Any new or changed regulations from the DOE, or changes to the HEA and Title IV programs, could reduce enrollments, impact tuition prices, increase the cost of doing business and otherwise have additional material adverse effects on the financial condition, cash flows and operations of some or all of the U.S. Institutions.

        The proprietary education industry is experiencing broad-based, intensifying scrutiny in the form of increased investigations and enforcement actions. In October 2014, the DOE announced that it will be leading an interagency task force composed of the DOE, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the FTC), the U.S. Departments of Justice, Treasury and Veterans Affairs, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and numerous state attorneys general. The FTC has also recently issued civil investigative demands to several other U.S. proprietary educational institutions, which require the institutions to provide documents and information related to the advertising, marketing, or sale of secondary or postsecondary educational products or services, or educational accreditation products or services. The CFPB has also initiated a series of investigations against other U.S. proprietary educational institutions alleging that certain institutions' lending practices violate various consumer finance laws. In addition, attorneys general in several states have become more active in enforcing consumer protection laws, especially related to recruiting practices and the financing of education at proprietary educational institutions. In addition, several state attorneys general have recently partnered with the CFPB to review industry practices. If our past or current business practices are found to violate applicable consumer protection laws, or if we are found to have made misrepresentations to our current or prospective students about our educational programs, we could be subject to monetary fines or penalties and possible limitations on the manner in which we conduct our business.

Brazilian Regulation

        Through our LatAm segment, we operate 13 post-secondary education institutions in Brazil. The responsibility of the federal government in regulating, monitoring and evaluating higher education institutions and undergraduate programs is exercised by the Brazilian Ministry of Education (the MEC), along with a number of related federal agencies and offices. The MEC is the highest authority of the higher education system in Brazil and has the power to: regulate and monitor the federal system of higher education in terms of its quality and standards, confirm decisions regarding the accreditation and reaccreditation of institutions of higher education; confirm evaluation criteria; confirm regulatory proposals; and issue and implement rules that govern the delivery of higher education services, including aspects like adherence by higher education institutions to the rules for federal education subsidy programs like Pronatec, Prouni and Fundo de Financiamento ao Estudante do Ensino Superior (the FIES Program, or FIES), through one or more of which all of our institutions enroll students. Additionally, Brazilian law requires that almost all change-of-control transactions by

F-184


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 17. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

Laureate receive the prior approval of the Brazilian antitrust authority, the Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Econômica (CADE).

        As noted above, Laureate's institutions in Brazil participate in the FIES Program, which targets students from low socio-economic backgrounds enrolled at private post-secondary institutions. Eligible students receive loans with below-market interest rates that are required to be repaid after an 18-month grace period upon graduation. FIES pays participating educational institutions tax credits which can be used to pay certain federal taxes and social contributions. FIES also repurchases excess credits for cash. As part of the FIES Program, our institutions are obligated to pay up to 15% of any student default. The default obligation increases to up to 30% of any student default if the institution is not current with its federal taxes. FIES withholds between 1% and 3% of tuition paid to the institutions to cover any potential student defaults ("holdback"). If the student pays 100% of their loan, the withheld amounts will be paid to the participating education institutions.

        Since February 2014, all new students who participate in FIES must also enroll in the Fundo de Garantia de Operações de Crédito Educativo (FGEDUC). FGEDUC is a government-mandated, private guarantee fund administered by the Bank of Brazil that allows participating educational institutions to insure themselves for 90% (or 13.5% of 15%) of their losses related to student defaults under the FIES program. The cost of the program is 5.63% of a student's full tuition. Similar to FIES, the administrator withholds 5.63% of a student's full tuition to fund the guarantee by FGEDUC.

        As of September 30, 2015, approximately 21% of our total students in Brazil participate in FIES, representing approximately 26% of our 2015 revenues.

        In December 2014, the MEC along with FNDE, the agency that directly administers FIES, announced several significant rule changes to the FIES program beginning in 2015. These changes limit the number of new participants and the annual budget of the program, and delay payments due to the participating post-secondary institution. The first change implements a minimum score on the high school achievement exam in order to enroll in the program. The second change alters the schedule for the payment and repurchase of credits as well as limits the opportunities for post-secondary institutions to sell any unused credits such that there is a significant delay between the time the post-secondary institution provides the educational services to the students and the time it receives payment from the government for 2015. In addition to these rule changes, FNDE implemented a policy for current students' loan renewals for 2015, which provides that returning students may not finance an amount that increases by more than 6.41% from the amount financed in the previous semester, regardless of any increases in tuition or in the number of courses in which the student is enrolled, a policy that we believe violates the applicable law. Moreover, the online enrollment and re-enrollment system that all post-secondary institutions and students must use to access the program has experienced numerous technical and programming faults that have also interfered with the enrollment and re-enrollment process. Numerous challenges to these changes and requests for judicial relief from the system's faults have been filed in the Brazilian courts, most of which are pending.

        MEC released new FIES regulations in July 2015 (Normative Ordinances Nos. 08 and 10), which supplement and amend the rules that were previously released. Among other changes, these Normative Ordinances revised the rules for student eligibility and classification, higher education institution participation and selection of the vacancies that will be offered to the students.

F-185


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 17. Legal and Regulatory Matters (Continued)

        Regarding student eligibility under the new rules, applicants will have to meet all of the following requirements: (i) have a gross household income of not more than 2.5 times the minimum wage per capita (the previous criterion was gross household income of not more than 20 times the minimum wage for all family members); (ii) not have a higher education degree; and (iii) have taken the National High School Proficiency Exam (ENEM) at least once since 2010, with a minimum score of 450 points, and have a score greater than zero in the test of writing.

        In addition, the participating post-secondary institution must sign a participation agreement that contains its proposal of the number of vacancies offered and the following information per shift (morning, evening) and campus location: (i) tuition gross amount for the entire course, including all semesters; (ii) total tuition gross amount per course for the first semester, which must reflect at least a five percent discount to the course list price; and (iii) the number of vacancies that will be offered through the FIES selection process. Only courses with scores of 3, 4 or 5 in the National Higher Education Evaluation System (SINAES) evaluation are eligible to receive FIES students.

        The selection of vacancies by MEC to be offered to the students will be based on the following criteria: (i) FIES budget and the availability of resources; (ii) course score under SINAES's evaluation; (iii) priority courses, as defined by the government (pedagogy, engineering and health sector courses); and (iv) regionality—vacancies offered in the Northeast, North and Central-West regions will have priority over those offered in the South and Southeast regions.

        In 2015, FNDE presented a new payment proposal to the post-secondary institutions, in which FNDE would permit FIES students to borrow money to cover annual tuition increases up to 8.5%, and the post-secondary institutions would not attempt to collect from the FIES students any differences above 8.5% and the actual tuition increase. Moreover, the institutions would withdraw any lawsuit filed against the government with respect to this subject.

        These program changes and systemic faults had an adverse impact on us in 2015.

Note 18. Fair Value Measurement

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to settle a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accounting standards utilize a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels, which are described below:

    Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

    Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability; and

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

        These levels are not necessarily an indication of the risk of liquidity associated with the financial assets or liabilities disclosed. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement, as required under ASC 820-10.

        Laureate's deferred compensation plan assets and derivative instruments are its only assets and liabilities that are adjusted to fair value each reporting period.

F-186


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

        Deferred compensation plan assets —Laureate has a DCP that is offered to certain executive employees and members of our Board of Directors. The plan assets under the DCP primarily consist of variable universal life insurance contracts. These insurance contracts are recorded at their estimated fair value based on the trust administrator's determination of the insurance contracts' total unit value, which is based on unadjusted third-party Net Asset Value (NAV) pricing information from the underlying funds in which the insurance premiums are invested. Laureate has concluded that the fair values of these assets are based on unobservable inputs, or Level 3 assumptions.

        Derivative instruments —Laureate uses derivative instruments as economic hedges for bank debt and interest rate risk. Their values are derived using valuation models commonly used for derivatives. These valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, forward-price yield curves, notional quantities, measures of volatility and correlations of such inputs. Our valuation models also reflect measurements for credit risk. Laureate concluded that the fair values of our derivatives are based on unobservable inputs, or Level 3 assumptions. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company's derivative instruments is our own credit risk. Holding other inputs constant, a significant increase (decrease) in our own credit risk would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement for the Company's derivative instruments.

        Laureate's financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2015 were as follows:

 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Deferred compensation plan assets

  $ 9,968   $   $   $ 9,968  

Liabilities

                         

Derivative instruments

  $ 22,633   $   $   $ 22,633  

        Laureate's financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Deferred compensation plan assets

  $ 10,561   $   $   $ 10,561  

Liabilities

                         

Derivative instruments

  $ 24,255   $   $   $ 24,255  

F-187


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 18. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

        The changes in our Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 were as follows:

 
  Deferred
Compensation
Plan Assets
  Derivative
Instruments,
net
  Total Level 3
Assets
(Liabilities)
 

Balance December 31, 2014

  $ 10,561   $ (24,255 ) $ (13,694 )

Losses included in earnings:

                   

Unrealized losses, net

    (483 )   (2,125 )   (2,608 )

Realized losses, net

        (493 )   (493 )

Included in other comprehensive income

        2,850     2,850  

Purchases and settlements:

                   

Purchases

    101         101  

Settlements

    (211 )   493     282  

Currency translation adjustment

        897     897  

Balance September 30, 2015

  $ 9,968   $ (22,633 ) $ (12,665 )

Unrealized losses, net relating to assets and liabilities held at September 30, 2015

  $ (483 ) $ (2,125 ) $ (2,608 )

        The following table presents quantitative information regarding the significant unobservable inputs utilized in the fair value measurements of the Company's assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015:

 
  Fair Value at
September 30,
2015
  Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range/Input
Value
 

Derivative instruments, net

  $ 22,633   Discounted Cash Flow   Own credit risk     9.76 %

Note 19. Subsequent Events

        We have evaluated events occurring subsequent to our balance sheet date through November 19, 2015, which is the date that these Consolidated Financial Statements were issued. Certain subsequent events are discussed elsewhere in the Consolidated Financial Statements where relevant.

Deferred Compensation Arrangement Payment Extension

        The participants in the deferred compensation arrangement discussed in Note 11, Share-Based Compensation, have agreed to extend the payment due on September 17, 2015, the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, until December 16, 2015, in order to agree with the Company on a form of payment that we believe more closely aligns with the long-term interests of the Company and our securityholders.

Conversion to Public Benefit Corporation and Filing of S-1 Registration Statement

        On October 1, 2015, we redomiciled in Delaware as a public benefit corporation as a demonstration of our long-term commitment to our mission to benefit our students and society. Public

F-188


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

Note 19. Subsequent Events (Continued)

benefit corporations are a relatively new class of corporations that are required by law to create a general public benefit through a material, positive impact on society. Public benefit corporations are required to identify in their certificate of incorporation the public benefit or benefits they will promote. They are also required to publicly disclose at least biennially a report that assesses their public benefit performance, and may elect to measure that performance against an objective third-party standard. We have elected to have our public benefit performance assessed by B Lab, an independent non-profit organization.

        On October 2, 2015, we filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, relating to an initial public offering of our common stock.

Declaration of Cash Dividend

        On November 6, 2015, the Company declared a cash dividend on its common stock in an aggregate amount of $18,975, which was paid or reserved for payment on November 16, 2015.

Loan Agreement

        On November 18, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with two banks to borrow a total of EUR 100,000 (approximately US $106,500 at the agreement date) for a term of 10 years at a fixed annual interest rate of 3%. The loan is collateralized by real estate at one of our campuses in Spain and requires 40 quarterly principal payments of EUR 1,875 beginning in February 2016, and a final principal payment of EUR 25,000 upon maturity of the loan, in November 2025.

F-189


Table of Contents


FMU GROUP

Combined Financial Statements

for the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended
December 31, 2013

F-190


Table of Contents


Independent auditor's report

To the Management of
FMU Group

        We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of FMU Group, which comprise the combined balance sheets as of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the related combined statements of comprehensive income, invested equity and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Management's responsibility for the combined financial statements

        Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's responsibility

        Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free from material misstatement.

        An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

        In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FMU Group as of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

PricewaterhouseCoopers
Auditores Independentes

São Paulo, Brazil
September 23, 2015

F-191


Table of Contents


FMU GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31,
2013

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2014
through
September 12,2014
  Year ended
December 31,
2013
 

Revenues

  $ 308,455,312   $ 437,191,878  

Costs and expenses:

             

Direct costs

    (196,994,038 )   (285,102,056 )

General & administrative expenses

    (138,401,922 )   (140,004,633 )

Operating (loss) income

    (26,940,648 )   12,085,189  

Interest income

    865,429     999,152  

Interest expense

    (37,387,431 )   (29,432,132 )

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

    (63,462,650 )   (16,347,791 )

Income tax benefit

    27,183,462     544,644  

Net loss

  $ (36,279,188 ) $ (15,803,147 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income

         

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

         

Comprehensive loss

  $ (36,279,188 ) $ (15,803,147 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-192


Table of Contents


FMU GROUP

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

As of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  September 12,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Assets

             

Current Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,235,833   $ 10,372,393  

Receivables:

             

Accounts and notes receivable

    85,736,019     66,141,767  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (30,634,297 )   (29,060,198 )

Receivables, net

    55,101,722     37,081,569  

Income tax receivable

    2,955,034      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    2,915,189     777,159  

Deferred income taxes

    25,631,355      

Total current assets

    98,839,133     48,231,121  

Property and equipment:

   
 
   
 
 

Furniture, computer equipment and software

    148,346,451     138,476,321  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (115,117,982 )   (111,246,747 )

Property and equipment, net

    33,228,469     27,229,574  

Other assets

    2,725,854     2,714,255  

Deferred income taxes

    11,892,718      

Long-term assets held for sale

    5,366,410     5,366,410  

Total Assets

  $ 152,052,584   $ 83,541,360  

Liabilities and Invested Equity

             

Current Liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 43,416,718   $ 14,087,692  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    46,710,501     30,605,974  

Short-term debt

    48,192,517     39,726,331  

Income taxes payable

    2,388,712      

Taxes payable, other than income

    42,010,584     37,436,763  

Other current liabilities

    321,015     12,673,495  

Rent due to owners

    34,316,106     36,600,216  

Deferred revenue

    31,739,278      

Total current liabilities

    249,095,431     171,130,471  

Long-term debt

   
1,224,000
   
 

Income taxes payable

    79,653,000     72,036,095  

Taxes payable, other than income

    112,973,050     121,288,199  

Other non-current liabilities

    198,720,913     175,850,217  

Total Liabilities

    641,666,394     540,304,982  

Invested equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Owner's net investment

    (489,613,810 )   (456,763,622 )

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

         

Total Invested equity

    (489,613,810 )   (456,763,622 )

Total Liabilities and Invested Equity

  $ 152,052,584   $ 83,541,360  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-193


Table of Contents


FMU GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INVESTED EQUITY

For the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended
December 31, 2013

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  Owner's net
investment
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
  Total invested
Equity
 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ (440,960,475 ) $   $ (440,960,475 )

Net loss for the year

    (15,803,147 )       (15,803,147 )

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ (456,763,622 )     $ (456,763,622 )

Capital contribution

    3,429,000         3,429,000  

Net loss for the period

    (36,279,188 )       (36,279,188 )

Balance as of September 12, 2014

  $ (489,613,810 ) $   $ (489,613,810 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-194


Table of Contents


FMU GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the period from January 1, 2014 through September 12, 2014 and for the year ended
December 31, 2013

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2014
through
September 12,
2014
  Year ended
December 31, 2013
 

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net loss for the period

  $ (36,279,188 ) $ (15,803,147 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    3,871,234     5,487,035  

Non-cash interest expense

    19,004,438     22,635,877  

Bad debt expense

    17,587,839     9,993,305  

Deferred income taxes

    (37,524,073 )    

Non-cash loss from non-income tax contingencies (other non current liabilities)

    23,432,696     40,217,520  

Non-cash loss from income taxes payables, non current

    7,616,905     (544,644 )

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Increase in receivables

    (35,607,992 )   (20,763,261 )

Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets

    (2,138,030 )   (43,021 )

(Increase)/Decrease in non-current other assets and long-term assets held for sale

    (11,599 )   (2,090,836 )

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable and accrued compensation and benefit

    45,433,553     (6,011,563 )

Increase/(Decrease) in other non current liabilities

    (562,000 )    

Increase/(Decrease) in income tax receivable/payable, net

    (566,322 )    

Decrease in taxes payable, other than income

    (12,359,501 )   (26,941,655 )

Increase in deferred revenue and other liabilities

    17,102,688     10,513,678  

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

    9,000,648     16,649,288  

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Purchase of property and equipment

    (9,872,129 )   (9,872,892 )

Sale of property and equipment

    2,000     15,134  

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

    (9,870,129 )   (9,857,758 )

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Proceeds from debt

    153,168,341     189,398,909  

Payments of debt

    (153,864,420 )   (200,667,961 )

Capital contribution from shareholders

    3,429,000      

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations

    2,732,921     (11,269,052 )

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    1,863,440     (4,477,522 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    10,372,393     14,849,915  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 12,235,833   $ 10,372,393  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-195


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 1. Description of Business

        The FMU Group is the combination of the following entities: Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas Educacionais Ltda. ("FMU"), Sociedade de Cultura e Ensino Ltda. ("ACE"), and União Educacional de São Paulo Ltda. ("UESP"), (collectively, "FMU Group"). The entities are under common control, operate in an integrated manner, and are managed under the same operational and strategic approach.

        FMU Group was founded in 1968 as non-profit educational associations to provide higher education courses, graduate and post graduate programs to students in São Paulo, Brazil. The entities have the following primary activities:

    FMU—the creation and maintenance of schools at all levels of learning, the training of professional experts, technical, scientific and cultural improvements, and research and development.

    ACE—contributes to the development of culture, scientific research and teaching, organizes, maintains and develops education at all levels of learning including post graduate courses, enters into agreements with similar institutions, either national or foreign, in the interest of education, and research and development.

    UESP—develops teaching, research and development in the sciences, philosophy, literature, arts and technology through educational institutions, creates and manages media vehicles, edits and distributes educational, scientific and cultural publications.

        FMU, ACE and UESP were not-for-profit entities until 2014 when they were transformed into for-profit entities based on the following events and in the following dates:

    FMU—contractual changes made on February 22, 2014;

    ACE—contractual changes made on April 28, 2014; and

    UESP—contractual changes made on May 27, 2014

        The transformation of FMU Group from non-for profit to for-profit entities was agreed to under article 221 of Brazilian Law No. 6.404/76 and was approved unanimously in the listed contract amendments above.

        According to Brazilian Law No. 9,532/97 and as amended by Law 9,718/98, the FMU Group was subject to special tax treatments and was required to pay only certain taxes during its not-for-profit period. After the transformation to for-profit entities, the FMU Group was subject to all applicable tax requirements. These combined financial statements are prepared based on standards applicable to for-profit companies.

        On May 10, 2013 the Rede International de Universidades Laureate Ltda. and the Business School São Paulo (collectively "Laureate Group") entered into a purchase agreement of all the shares of FMU, ACE and UESP. The completion of the purchase was conditional on:

               i)  approval of the transaction by the Administrative Council for Economic Defense of Brazil ("CADE");

              ii)  transformation of the entities to for-profit companies; and

             iii)  the operational reorganization and the transition of management to the Laureate Group. The acquisition became effective on September 12, 2014.

F-196


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 1. Description of Business (Continued)

        The combined financial statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The combined financial statements may not be indicative of FMU Group's future performance and do not necessarily reflect what its combined balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows would have been had FMU Group operated as independent entities during the periods presented.

        The combined financial statements are prepared under the presumption that the FMU Group will continue as a going concern. As of September 12, 2014, the FMU Group presents a negative working capital balance of $150,256,298 which is primarily due to the impact of financial obligations (refer to Note 8—Debt and Note 9—Taxes payable, other than income). The funds generated by normal operations are expected to be sufficient to meet its financial commitments and FMU Group also has the ability to access lines of credits available, if necessary. In addition, as explained in note 15, FMU Group became a subsidiary of Laureate Educations, Inc. on September 12, 2014 which intends to support FMU Group to continue as going concern.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (US GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and to disclose contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the allowance for doubtful accounts, useful lives of fixed assets, provisions for civil and labor risks, and tax contingencies.

2.1   Basis of Preparation

    (a) Combined Financial Statements

        FMU Group's combined financial statements comprise the combined financial statements of FMU, ACE, and UESP. These financial statements are presented on a combined basis as the three entities are under common control, and management decisions are taken together as a whole. The net assets of the owners have been presented as Owner's net investment. The combined financial statements have been prepared in order to present the financial information for FMU, ACE, and UESP as a single entity. FMU Group has no involvement with any variable interest entities.

        The total net investment of the combined entities as on September 12, 2014 are as follows:

 
  Assets   Liabilities   Net
investment
  Results of
Period
 

FMU

  $ 127,635,201   $ 623,097,959   $ (495,461,937 ) $ (39,730,645 )

ACE

    36,217,770     26,451,439     9,766,331     7,546,147  

UESP

    1,477,613     5,394,996     (3,918,204 )   (4,094,690 )

    165,330,584     654,944,394     (489,613,810 )   (36,279,188 )

Total Eliminations

    (13,278,000 )   (13,278,000 )        

Adjusted balance

  $ 152,052,584   $ 641,666,394   $ (489,613,810 ) $ (36,279,188 )

F-197


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The total net investment of the combined entities as on December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 
  Assets   Liabilities   Net
investment
  Results of
Period
 

FMU

  $ 70,071,774   $ 533,051,813   $ (455,162,089 ) $ (26,736,561 )

ACE

    20,330,818     10,737,575     1,755,293     11,525,948  

UESP

    956,718     4,355,544     (3,376,826 )   (592,534 )

    91,369,310     548,122,932     (456,763,622 )   (15,803,147 )

Total Eliminations

    (7,817,950 )   (7,817,950 )            

Adjusted balance

  $ 83,541,360   $ 540,304,982   $ (456,763,622 ) $ (15,803,147 )

    (b) Eliminations in the Combined Financial Statements

        Balances and intra-group transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in preparing the combined financial statements.

2.2   Basis of Presentation

    (a) Functional Currency

        The functional currency is the currency of the economic environment in which a company primarily does business. The Brazilian Real is the functional currency of the combined financial statements are presented in its functional currency.

        FMU Group does not have any transactions in currencies different from its functional currency.

Unaudited  
Fiscal Year Ended
or Ending Dec 31,
  At End of Period
(R$ per US$1.00)
  Average
(of month-end rates)
  High   Low  
2009     0.57     0.57     0.59     0.41  
2010     0.60     0.59     0.60     0.53  
2011     0.54     0.54     0.65     0.53  
2012     0.49     0.48     0.59     0.47  
2013     0.42     0.43     0.51     0.41  

    (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents

        FMU Group considers all highly liquid investments that are purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

    (c) Financial Instruments

        FMU Group's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts payables, debt, and capital lease obligations. The fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying amounts reported in the Combined Balance Sheet.

        FMU Group's cash accounts are maintained with high-quality financial institutions with a significant concentration in two institutions: Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and Banco Safra S.A.

F-198


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    (d) Accounts and Notes Receivable

        FMU Group recognizes receivables when an academic session begins, although students generally enroll in courses prior to the start of the academic session. Receivables are recognized only to the extent that amounts are due and collection is reasonably assured.

    (e) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        FMU Group records an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce its receivables to their net realizable value. FMU Group's allowance methodology is based on the age of the receivables. Receivables deemed to be uncollectible are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts.

    (f) Judicial Deposits

        FMU Group is subject to legal actions or lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business related to civil, labor and tax resulting from potential acts and operations that could be subject to assessment from Authorities. Because of these legal actions, by court order or decision of the Administration itself, cash is deposited into a bank account and we have no access until resolution of the legal proceeding.

        Judicial deposits meet the definition of financial asset and are recorded in non-current Other assets. They are measured at amortized cost. Interests are recorded in the Combined Statement of Operations as interest income.

    (g) Property and Equipment, and Leased Assets

        Property and equipment includes leasehold improvements, furniture, vehicles, computer equipment and software. FMU Group records property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

        FMU Group conducts a significant portion of its operations at leased facilities. FMU Group analyzes each lease agreement entered to determine whether it should be classified as a capital or an operating lease. FMU Group recognize operating lease rent expense on a straight-line basis over the expected term, of each lease and is recorded in general and administrative expenses. For capital leases, FMU Group initially records the assets at the lower of fair value or the present value of the future minimum lease payments, excluding executory costs. If the lease agreement includes a legal obligation that requires the leased premises to be returned in a predetermined condition, FMU Group recognizes an asset retirement obligation and a corresponding depreciating asset when such an asset exists.

        Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements, including structural improvements, are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term. Total depreciation and amortization for the period ended September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $3,871,234 and $5,487,035, respectively, which was entirely recorded in general and administrative expenses.

F-199


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Depreciation and amortization periods are as follows:

Installations

  10 years

Telecommunications equipment

  10 years

Machinery, appliances and equipment

  10 years

Library books

  10 years

Furniture and computer equipment

  10 years

Software

  7 years

Vehicles

  5 years

    (h) Assets held for sale

        Long-term assets that are expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use, are classified as held for sale. Those assets are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell.

    (i) Direct Costs

        Direct costs reported on the Combined Statement of Operations represent the cost of operations, including labor cost, rent expenses and outsourcing services.

    (j) Long-lived Assets

        Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration of operating results, a change in regulatory environment, changes in business plans, or adverse changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, FMU Group evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by the discount cash flows method. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows is the rate commensurate with a similar investment of similar risk.

    (k) Revenue Recognition

        Revenue is recognized when the amount can be reliably measured and the economic benefits will flow to FMU Group. FMU Group's revenues primarily consist of tuition and educational service revenues. Revenues are reported net of discounts, waivers, grants or scholarships awarded, returns, and related taxes. Revenues will not be recognized if there are significant uncertainties regarding realization. Tuition revenues are recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over each academic session.

        Deferred revenue and student deposits on the Combined Balance Sheet consist of tuition paid prior to the start of academic sessions and unearned tuition amounts recorded as accounts receivable after an academic session begins. If a student withdraws from an institution, FMU Group's obligation to issue a refund depends on the refund policy at that institution and the timing of the student's

F-200


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

withdrawal. Generally, our refund obligations are reduced over the course of the academic term. FMU Group records refunds as a reduction of deferred revenue and student deposits, as applicable.

        The following table shows the components of revenue for the period presented:

 
  From January 1 to
September 12, 2014
  For the year ended
December 31, 2013
 

Tuition and educational services

  $ 365,561,704   $ 506,536,068  

Other

    659,345     741,445  

Gross revenue

    366,221,049     507,277,513  

Less: Scholarships

    (41,334,934 )   (69,553,281 )

Less: Discounts

    (11,159,689 )   (532,354 )

Less: Taxes on services

    (5,271,114 )    

Total

  $ 308,455,312   $ 437,191,878  

    (l) Fair Value Measurements

        FMU Group utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. FMU Group determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

    Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

    Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

    Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

        These levels are not necessarily an indication of the risk of liquidity associated with the financial assets or liabilities disclosed. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement, as required under ASC 820-10.

        The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable, debt, and capital leases are a reasonable estimate of their fair values as per the Level 1 and 2 hierarchy due to either their short term nature or the variable interest rate applies to the debt. There are no other fair value levels in the FMU Group's combined financial statements.

F-201


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    (m) Advertising

        FMU Group expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were $2,922,022 and $11,557,154 for the period ended September 12, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 respectively, and are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the Statements of Operations.

    (n) Employee Benefits

        FMU Group offers short-term employee benefits that are recognized as an expense as the related service is provided. FMU Group does not have pension plans or other post-retirement obligations and recognizes the cost of termination as an expense.

    (o) Income Taxes

        As noted above, FMU Group was a not-for-profit entity until 2014, and consequently was subject to special tax treatments and was required to pay only certain taxes during its not-for-profit period. After the transformation to for-profit, FMU Group was subject to all applicable tax requirements as described below.

        FMU Group records the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. Income tax is prepared on a separate return basis. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded with respect to temporary differences in the accounting treatment of items for GAAP financial reporting purposes and for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period in which the new rate is enacted. Where, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established for the amount that, in management's judgment, is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        A tax position must meet a minimum probability threshold before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position and having full knowledge of all relevant information.

        For additional information regarding income taxes and tax assets and liabilities, see Note 12—Income Taxes.

    (p) Contingencies

        Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

F-202


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 3. Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations

        FMU Group activities expose it to market, credit, and liquidity risks.

Market Risk

        Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as interest rates, will affect FMU Group Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income. FMU Group incurs expenses due to fluctuations in interest rates that increase financial expenses related to loans and financing obtained in the market. FMU Group continues to monitor interest rates in order to assess the need to protect against the risk of volatility of these rates.

Credit Risk

        Credit risk is the possibility that a loss may occur from the failure of another party to perform according to the terms of a contract. FMU Group is legally prevented from performing a credit analysis of their students. The financial statements at September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013 include a provision to cover possible losses on the realization of accounts receivable from students.

        FMU Group limits its exposure to credit risk associated with banks and financial investments by investing in financial institutions highly recognized solvency.

Liquidity Risk

        Liquidity risk is the risk that FMU Group does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its financial commitments due to the mismatch of terms or volume between receipts and payments of net proceeds.

        On September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, FMU Group had cash and cash equivalents of $12,235,833 and $10,372,393, respectively, which, in conjunction with the funds generated by normal operations of FMU Group, are expected to be sufficient to meet its financial commitments.

Note 4. Accounts and Notes Receivable

        For the period ended September 12, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 there were no sales of accounts receivable or notes receivable.

        FMU Group's accounts receivables consist of receivables related to student tuition program and receivables related to the "Financing for Higher Education Studies" ("FIES"). The FIES is a program of the Ministry of Education in Brazil whose purpose is to finance the postsecondary education of students enrolled in private institutions. In accordance with current legislation, FMU Group receives from the Brazilian Fund for Education Development ("FNDE") the amounts financed by the FIES to the students.

        The FIES Program targets students from low socio-economic backgrounds enrolled at private post-secondary institutions. Eligible students receive loans with below market interest rates that are required to be repaid after an 18-month grace period upon graduation. FIES pays the Company tax credits which can be used to pay certain federal taxes and social contributions. FIES repurchases excess credits for cash. As part of the FIES Program, the Company is obligated to pay 15% of any student default. The default obligation increases to 30% of any student default if the Company is not current with its federal taxes. FIES withholds between 1% and 3% of tuition paid to the Company to cover any potential student defaults ("holdback"). If the student pays 100% of their loan, the withheld amounts

F-203


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 4. Accounts and Notes Receivable (Continued)

will be paid to the Company. The Company recognizes revenues net of the amounts withheld by FIES. FIES is 12% and 5% of revenues for the period ended September 12, 2014, and the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

        Beginning in February 2014, all new students that participate in FIES must also enroll in Fundo de Garantia de Operações de Crédito Educativo ("FGEDUC"). FGEDUC is a government fund that allows the Company to insure themselves for 90% (or 13.5% of 15%) of their losses related to student defaults under the FIES program. The cost of the program is 5.63% of a student's full tuition. Similar to FIES, the administrator withholds 5.63% of a student's full tuition as a guarantee by FGEDUC.

        In December 2014, the Brazilian Ministry of Education ("MEC") along with FNDE, the agency that directly administers FIES in Brazil, announced several significant rule changes to the FIES program beginning in 2015. These changes limit the number of new participants and the amount spent on the program, and delay payments due to the post-secondary institutions. The first change implements a minimum score on the high school achievement exam in order to enroll in the program. The second change alters the schedule for the payment and repurchase of credits as well as limits the opportunities for post-secondary institutions to sell any unused credits such that there is a significant delay between the time the post-secondary institution provides the educational services to the students and the time it receives payment from the government for 2015. In addition to these new permanent rule changes, FNDE has implemented a policy for students' loan renewals for 2015, that provides that students may not finance an amount that is greater than 6.41% of the amount financed in the previous semester, regardless of any increases in tuition or in the number of courses in which the student is enrolled. Moreover, the online enrollment and re-enrollment system that all post-secondary institutions and students must use to access the program has experienced numerous technical and programming faults that have also interfered with the enrollment and re-enrollment process. Numerous challenges to these changes and requests for judicial relief from the system faults have been filed in the Brazilian courts. Although there are reasonable grounds for them to be overturned in whole or in part, the program changes and systemic faults are expected to have an impact in 2015.

        Delinquency is the primary indicator of credit quality for FMU Group's receivables. For receivables related to tuition programs, FMU Group records an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the receivable.

        The activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the period ended September 12, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 
  September 12,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

             

Beginning balance

  $ (29,060,198 ) $ (22,699,666 )

Reversals

    2,007,000      

Write Offs

    16,013,740     3,632,773  

Provisions

    (19,594,839 )   (9,993,305 )

Ending balance

  $ (30,634,297 ) $ (29,060,198 )

        The combined financial statements for the period ended September 12, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 include a provision to cover expected losses on accounts receivable from students.

F-204


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 4. Accounts and Notes Receivable (Continued)

No individual customer accounted for more than 5% of FMU Group's revenues or accounts receivable for the period ended September 12, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Note 5. Property and Equipment

        As of September 12, 2014, the composition of property and equipment is shown below:

 
  September 12, 2014  
 
  Cost   Accumulated
Depreciation
  Net Value  

Leasehold improvements

  $ 657,600   $   $ 657,600  

Computer equipment

    14,185,165     (11,585,940 )   2,599,225  

Vehicles

    656,800     (496,215 )   160,585  

Furniture and equipment

    22,382,693     (14,037,044 )   8,345,649  

Telecommunications equipment

    1,021,174     (793,864 )   227,310  

Machinery, appliances and equipment

    15,199,597     (11,390,622 )   3,808,975  

Installations

    65,698,894     (53,063,125 )   12,635,769  

Library books

    7,885,550     (5,968,534 )   1,917,016  

Software, brands and patents

    20,658,978     (17,782,638 )   2,876,340  

Total

  $ 148,346,451   $ (115,117,982 ) $ 33,228,469  

        The movement in property and equipment during the period ended September 12, 2014 is shown below:

Cost
  December 31,
2013
  Additions   Disposals   September 12,
2014
 

Leasehold improvements

  $ 657,600   $   $   $ 657,600  

Computer equipment

    12,572,165     1,613,000         14,185,165  

Vehicles

    656,800             656,800  

Furniture and equipment

    18,774,693     3,608,000         22,382,693  

Telecommunications equipment

    1,021,174             1,021,174  

Machinery, appliances and equipment

    15,199,597             15,199,597  

Installations

    62,428,894     3,272,000     (2,000 )   65,698,894  

Library books

    7,327,550     558,000         7,885,550  

Software, brands and patents

    19,837,848     821,130         20,658,978  

Total

  $ 138,476,321   $ 9,872,130   $ (2,000 ) $ 148,346,451  

F-205


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 5. Property and Equipment (Continued)


Accumulated Depreciation
  December 31,
2013
  Additions   Disposals   September 12,
2014
 

Computer equipment

  $ (11,413,617 ) $ (172,323 ) $   $ (11,585,940 )

Vehicles

    (427,761 )   (68,454 )       (496,215 )

Furniture and equipment

    (13,444,667 )   (592,377 )       (14,037,044 )

Telecommunications equipment

    (759,864 )   (34,000 )       (793,864 )

Machinery, appliances and equipment

    (10,566,364 )   (824,258 )       (11,390,622 )

Installations

    (51,723,958 )   (1,339,167 )       (53,063,125 )

Library books

    (5,751,924 )   (216,610 )       (5,968,534 )

Software, brands and patents

    (17,158,592 )   (624,046 )       (17,782,638 )

Total

  $ (111,246,747 ) $ (3,871,235 ) $   $ (115,117,982 )

        As of December 31, 2013, the composition of property and equipment is shown below:

 
  December 31, 2013  
 
  Cost   Accumulated
Depreciation
  Net Value  

Leasehold improvements

  $ 657,600   $   $ 657,600  

Computer equipment

    12,572,165     (11,413,617 )   1,158,548  

Vehicles

    656,800     (427,761 )   229,039  

Furniture and equipment

    18,774,693     (13,408,303 )   5,366,390  

Telecommunications equipment

    1,021,174     (796,228 )   224,946  

Machinery, appliances and equipment

    15,199,597     (10,566,364 )   4,633,233  

Installations

    62,428,894     (51,723,958 )   10,704,936  

Library books

    7,327,550     (5,751,924 )   1,575,626  

Software, brands and patents

    19,837,848     (17,158,592 )   2,679,256  

Total

  $ 138,476,321   $ (111,246,747 ) $ 27,229,574  

        The movement in property and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2013 is shown below:

Cost
  December 31,
2012
  Additions   Disposals   Transfers   December 31,
2013
 

Land

  $ 5,366,410   $   $   $ (5,366,410 ) $  

Leasehold improvements

    657,600                 657,600  

Computer equipment

    11,425,886     1,146,279             12,572,165  

Vehicles

    711,321         (54,521 )       656,800  

Furniture and equipment

    16,438,056     2,343,318     (6,681 )       18,774,693  

Telecommunications equipment

    1,021,174                 1,021,174  

Machinery, appliances and equipment

    14,860,987     338,610             15,199,597  

Installations

    58,253,879     4,281,084     (106,069 )         62,428,894  

Library books

    6,813,064     514,486             7,327,550  

Software, brand and patents

    18,588,733     1,249,115             19,837,848  

Total

  $ 134,137,110   $ 9,872,892   $ (167,271 ) $ (5,366,410 ) $ 138,476,321  

F-206


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 5. Property and Equipment (Continued)


Accumulated Depreciation
  December 31,
2012
  Additions   Disposals   Transfers   December 31,
2013
 

Computer equipment

  $ (11,309,988 ) $ (103,629 ) $   $   $ (11,413,617 )

Vehicles

    (357,777 )   (108,055 )   38,071         (427,761 )

Furniture and equipment

    (12,577,682 )   (838,618 )   7,997         (13,408,303 )

Telecommunications equipment

    (708,894 )   (87,334 )           (796,228 )

Machinery, appliances and equipment

    (9,530,183 )   (1,036,181 )           (10,566,364 )

Installations

    (49,870,018 )   (1,960,009 )   106,069           (51,723,958 )

Library books

    (5,445,574 )   (306,350 )           (5,751,924 )

Software, brands and patents

    (16,111,733 )   (1,046,859 )           (17,158,592 )

Total

  $ (105,911,849 ) $ (5,487,035 ) $ 152,137   $   $ (111,246,747 )

        As of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there was no need to record any provision for impairment of fixed assets.

Note 6. Assets Held for Sale

        In November 2013 with the approval of owners, FMU Group pledged to sell some buildings located in Sao Paulo. Management expects these buildings will be sold by the end of the 2015 fiscal year. The delay in sale was due to the required legal documentation not having been submitted to the public register. Assets classified as held for sale amount to $5,366,410.

Note 7. Accrued Compensation and Benefits

        Accrued compensation and payroll benefits consisted of the following:

 
  September 12,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Salaries payable

  $ 18,088,960   $ 8,560,975  

Accrued vacation

    15,999,347     12,366,266  

Withholding taxes

    9,965,158     9,645,083  

Bonus

    2,427,000      

Other

    230,036     33,650  

Total

  $ 46,710,501   $ 30,605,974  

        The balance at December 31, 2013, was lower than September 12, 2014, as the payment of the provision for thirteeth salary was made on December 20, 2013.

F-207


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 8. Debt

        Debt consisted of the following:

 
  September 12, 2014   December 31,
2013
 
Local currency
  Interest
Rate
  Outstanding
Balance
  Outstanding
Balance
 

Current liabilities

                 

Revolving line of credit(a)

  22.53%p.a.   $ 28,357,007   $ 23,315,702  

Working capital line of credit(b)

  14.30%p.a.     16,573,203     13,485,115  

Credit Agreement(c)

  3.5% to 5%     2,184,448     857,408  

Bank credit note

  14.72%p.a.     227,969     995,765  

Capital lease obligations(d)

  17.18%p.a.     612,000      

Others

        237,890     1,072,341  

Total Current liabilities

      $ 48,192,517   $ 39,726,331  

Non-current liabilities

                 

Capital lease obligations(d)

  17.18%p.a.     1,224,000      

Total

      $ 49,416,517   $ 39,726,331  

(a)
FMU Group entered into four revolving lines of credit agreements with Banco Safra S.A. for working capital purposes. Two lines of credit allow FMU Group to borrow up to $8,000,000 respectively, the remaining two lines of credit do not have a maximum principal amount. Principal amounts under the revolving lines of credit of $8,000,000 will be due and payable between November 2015 and January 2016, and the two lines of credit with no maximum principal amount in September and October, 2014. The lines of credit carry interest rates of 22.53%p.a.. FMU Group does not pay an annual commitment fee on the unused portion of the facility. The lines of credit are secured by the assets of FMU Group.

(b)
FMU Group also has short-term working capital lines of credit with Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. which have been guaranteed by the directors and all mature within one year. Interest rates on the lines of credit are 14.30% p.a.

(c)
Refers to a short-term credit agreement with Banco Safra S.A. The terms of the agreement indicate FMU Group is advanced cash based on the level of its monthly receivables, subjected to interest rates varying from 3.5% to 5%.

(d)
Capital leases, primarily relating to real estate obligations, are included in debt and have been recorded using an interest rate of 17.18% p.a.. FMU Group has assets under capital leases of $183,445 at September 12, 2014, net of accumulated depreciation. There were no assets under capital leases at December 31, 2013. The depreciation expense for capital leases is recorded in general and administrative expenses.

        Debt is accounted for at amortized cost which approximates its fair value.

        The variation is interest expense between the period ending September 12, 2013 and the year ending December 31, 2013, is due to the increase in the balance of long term debt.

F-208


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 8. Debt (Continued)

        The movement in the balance of debt is shown below:

 
  September 12,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Beginning balance

  $ 39,726,331   $ 43,737,491  

Funding

    153,168,341     189,398,909  

Accrued interest

    10,386,265     7,257,891  

Amortization

    (153,864,420 )   (200,667,960 )

Total

  $ 49,416,517   $ 39,726,331  

Note 9. Taxes Payable, other than income

        Taxes Payable, other than income includes amounts due from FMU Group to the Brazilian government which includes social security taxes, property taxes and withholding taxes and consist of the following:

 
  September 12,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Tax installments—Federal tax(a)

  $ 95,857,973   $ 99,228,479  

Tax installments—Municipality tax (IPTU)(b)

    30,333,546     26,720,305  

Tax installments—Social contribution (INSS)(c)

    10,169,561     23,409,298  

Withholding taxes

    10,537,072     4,097,582  

Municipality tax (IPTU)

    5,429,104     4,135,044  

Other

    2,656,378     1,134,254  

Total

  $ 154,983,634   $ 158,724,962  

Current portion

 
$

42,010,584
 
$

37,436,763
 

Long-term portion

    112,973,050     121,288,199  

Total

  $ 154,983,634   $ 158,724,962  

(a)
Installment payments related to taxes withheld from third parties. These obligations were entered into the REFIS- IV, established by Law 11,941 / 11. Installment payments can be made in up to 160 monthly installments. As of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were 121 and 129 installments to be paid, respectively. The balance of installments payable is adjusted monthly by the Brazilian Central Bank's overnight interest rate.

(b)
The installment of property tax not collected is made up to 120 monthly installments, and as of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there are 84 and 92 installments to be paid, respectively. The balance of installments payable is adjusted monthly by the Brazilian Central Bank's overnight interest rate.

(c)
Refers to installments of social security debts from the National lnstitute of Social Security, for the nonpayment of INSS incidents values on payroll. The installment payment is made in up to 60 monthly installments, remaining at September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, 40 and 48 installments to be paid, respectively. The balance of installments payable is adjusted monthly by the Brazilian Central Bank's overnight interest rate.

F-209


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 10. Leases

        FMU Group conducts a significant portion of its operations from leased facilities. These facilities include our corporate headquarters, other office locations, and many of FMU Group's higher education facilities. The terms of these operating leases vary and generally contain several renewal options. Some of the operating leases provide for increasing rents over the terms of the leases. FMU Group also leases certain equipment under noncancelable operating leases which are typically for terms of 60 months or less. Total rent expense under these leases is recognized ratably over the initial term of each lease. Any difference between the rent payment and the straight-line expense is recorded as an adjustment to the liability or as a prepaid asset.

        Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are recognized in the Combined Statement of Operations on a straight line basis over the lease term.

        The fixed asset leases in which FMU Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as capital leases. Capital leases are recorded as a financed purchase, recognizing at the beginning, a fixed asset and a financing liability (lease). Fixed assets acquired under capital leases are depreciated at the rates defined in Note 2(g).

        At September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the gross amount of equipment and related accumulated depreciation recorded under capital leases were as follows:

 
  At
September 12,
2014
  At
December 31,
2013
 

Equipment

  $ 440,267   $  

Less Accumulated Depreciation

    (256,822 )    

Total

  $ 183,445   $  

        FMU Group has several operating leases for facilities in which it operates its business. The lease term of operating leases held with third parties range from one to ten years. Minimum rent payments under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease including any periods of free rent. Rental expense for operating leases (except those with lease terms of a month or less that were not renewed) as of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013 consisted of the following:

 
  At
September 12,
2014
  At
December 31,
2013
 

Minimum Lease Payments

  $ 45,297,676   $ 66,287,893  

F-210


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 10. Leases (Continued)

        Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) as of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are:

 
  September 12,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 
 
  Operating
Leases
  Operating
Leases
 

Year ending December 31:

             

2014

  $ 23,887,931   $ 77,747,435  

2015

    76,776,000     76,776,000  

2016

    76,548,000     76,548,000  

2017

    64,748,000     64,748,000  

2018

    54,883,000     54,883,000  

2019

    52,548,000     52,548,000  

Later years, through 2025

    188,116,000     187,892,000  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 537,506,931   $ 591,142,435  

        As part of the acquisition of FMU Group (Note 15), existing operating leases with related parties were renegotiated and new lease arrangements were executed. The lease terms commenced on September 12, 2014, with terms of 13 years and renewal options of four years. As a result, $466,176,400 (the portion of lease agreements with related parties) of the above future minimum lease payments will not be made as the lease agreements will be terminated upon acquisition, and the revised future minimum lease payments related to the new lease agreements will be $455,506,332 as of December 31, 2014.

Note 11. Contingencies

        FMU Group is subject to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, and has recognized contingencies related to civil, labor and tax resulting from potential acts and operations that could be subject to assessment from Authorities.

        As of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, FMU Group had the following liabilities related to contingencies:

 
  Tax   Labor and
Civil
  Total  

December 31, 2012

  $ 206,268,378   $ 1,945,058   $ 208,213,436  

Additions

    29,914,870     1,039,246     30,954,116  

Updates

    8,718,760           8,718,760  

December 31, 2013

    244,902,008     2,984,304     247,886,312  

Additions

    19,805,000     290,000     20,095,000  

Updates

    12,520,342         12,520,342  

Reversals

        (1,565,741 )   (1,565,741 )

Payments

        (562,000 )   (562,000 )

September 12, 2014

  $ 277,227,350   $ 1,146,563   $ 278,373,913  

F-211


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 11. Contingencies (Continued)

        As of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, tax contingencies related to uncertain income tax positions in the amount of $79,653,000 and $72,036,095 respectively, are presented in the balance sheet as non-current Income taxes payable. Tax contingencies related to taxes other-than-income tax, and labor and civil claims in the amount of $197,574,350, $757,000 and $389,563 respectively, are presented as Other non-current liabilities for September 12, 2014, and in the amount of $172,865,913, $2,357,774 and $626,530, respectively, for December 31, 2013.

        FMU Group is party to legal proceedings and is exposed to risks of contingencies in tax, labor and civil categories. The ongoing lawsuits are being discussed at the administrative and judicial levels, which, when applicable, are supported by judicial deposits. The provisions for probable losses arising from these lawsuits and contingencies risks are estimated and updated by management, based on the support of external legal consultants.

        Labor contingencies include the questioning of former employees linked to disputes over compensation amounts paid by FMU Group. Civil contingencies are related to lawsuits filed against FMU Group relating to claims for compensation for material and moral damages arising from undue collections, late issuance of diplomas, failure to return registration fees of holiday courses, etc. character problems operational and / or academic.

        As of September 12, 2014 and as of December 31, 2014, FMU Group has lawsuits involving risks of loss classified by management as possible, based on the opinion of its legal advisors, for which no reserve was recorded at the estimated total amount of $12,101,991 and $13,338,989 respectively.

        The figures for the corresponding judicial deposits to ongoing claims are recognized as other assets in non-current assets.

Note 12. Income Taxes

        FMU Group's statutory tax rate is 34%. Significant components of the income tax (expense) benefit on earnings from continuing operations were as follows:

 
  September 12,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Current

  $ (2,723,707 ) $  

Contingencies

    (7,616,904 )   544,644  

Deferred

    37,524,073      

Total income tax expense

  $ 27,183,462   $ 544,644  

F-212


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 12. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Income tax benefit was $27,183,462 for the period ended September 12, 2014, and differed from the amount computed by applying the Brazilian federal income tax and social contribution combined rate of 34% to pretax income (deemed income tax) as a result of the following:

 
  September 12, 2014  

Computed "expected" tax benefit

  $ 21,577,301     34 %

Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:

             

Permanent differences

    970,220     1 %

Tax on not-for-profit period income/loss

    2,133,626     3 %

Tax incentive PROUNI

    8,649,605     14 %

Others

    1,187     0 %

Effect of uncertain income tax contingencies—Principal

    (3,298,000 )   (5 %)

Effect of uncertain income tax contingencies—Interest and penalties

    (2,850,477 )   (4 %)

Total

  $ 27,183,462     43 %

        FMU Group records interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions as a component of income tax expense. During the period ended September 12, 2014, and the year ended December 31, 2013, FMU Group recognized interest and penalties related to income taxes of $4,318,905 and $333,387, respectively. Income tax expense for the period ended December 31, 2013, relates solely to income tax contingencies due to FMU Group's not-for-profit tax status.

        PROUNI ("Programa Universidade para Todos" or "University for All" Program) is a government tax program, which encourages institutions to provide students financial assistance in the form of discounts in return for federal tax incentives. Eligibility for PROUNI is based on each student's family monthly earnings. PROUNI is based on tuition discounts, and no funds are received by FMU Group nor the student from the federal government for the tuition discounts granted.

        Significant components of deferred tax assets arising from continuing operations were as follows:

 
  September 12,
2014
 

Deferred tax assets:

       

Accounts and notes receivable principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 6,898,190  

Deferred revenue

    10,791,355  

Contingencies

    9,868,701  

Tax provision and expenses

    9,062,700  

Others

    937,367  

Total deferred tax assets

    37,558,313  

Deferred tax liabilities:

   
 
 

Others

    (34,240 )

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (34,240 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 37,524,073  

F-213


Table of Contents


Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 12. Income Taxes (Continued)

        As of September 12, 2014, FMU Group's federal and municipal statutes are generally open back to 2009.

Note 13. Related Party Transactions

Transactions between FMU Group and Owners

        Transactions with related parties are as follows:

 
  September 12, 2014   December 31, 2013  
 
  FMU   ACE   UESP   Total   FMU   ACE   UESP   Total  

Non-current assets

  $ 2,950   $   $   $ 2,950   $ 2,950   $   $   $ 2,950  

Current liabilities

                                                 

Rent Payable

    26,044,274     7,096,832     1,175,000     34,316,106     26,856,129     5,986,610     3,757,477     36,600,216  

Capital contribution

    100,000     129,000     3,200,000     3,429,000                  

Rent Payable

        FMU Group leases from its owners 18 facilities which are used for administrative and academic purposes. The total rent expense for these facilities for the period ended September 12, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, was $31,440,000 and $52,840,000 respectively. As of September 12, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the balance payable for the leases totaled $34,316,106 and $36,600,216 respectively. The amount of the rent payable is lower than the amount that would be offered to third-parties during a normal arm's-length-transaction.\

Remuneration to Owners

        For the period ended September 12, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, the Combined Statement of Operations includes salaries and in kind remunerations paid to owners in the amounts of $6,222,000 and $9,836,230 respectively.

Note 14. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

        Cash interest payments were $14,171,395 and $10,802,739 for the period ended September 12, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Net income tax cash payments were $852,962 for the period ended September 12, 2014. There were no net income tax cash payments for the period ended December 31, 2013, due to FMU Group's not-for-profit status.

Note 15. Subsequent Events

        FMU Group has evaluated subsequent events from the combined balance sheet date through September 23, 2015, the date at which the combined financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there are no other items to disclose.

        A previously noted, on September 12, 2014 through the purchase of 100% of its capital stock from Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda. ("Rede") and Business School Sao Paulo Ltda., FMU Group became a subsidiary of Laureate Educations, Inc.

        In relation with the sale of FMU Group, and as of September 12, 2014, accounts payable included $25 millions of accrued expenses related to consultancy expenses incurred in relation with the transaction.

F-214


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Financial Statements

December 31, 2013 and 2012

F-215


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors' Report

To the board of directors and quotaholders
Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda.

        We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda., which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of income, quotaholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2013.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

        Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

        Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

        An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2013 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes

Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil
September 28, 2015

F-216


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Revenues

  $ 22,946,271   $ 25,146,552  

Costs and expenses:

             

Direct costs

    (15,427,519 )   (16,851,291 )

General & administrative expenses

    (3,361,846 )   (3,552,377 )

Gain from distribution of assets

    90,357,900      

Operating income

    94,514,806     4,742,884  

Interest income

    7,545,011     13,073,465  

Interest Expense

    (404,319 )   (103,499 )

Income from before income taxes

    101,655,498     17,712,850  

Income tax expense

    (4,689,900 )   (7,877,165 )

Net income

  $ 96,965,598   $ 9,835,685  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-217


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Assets

             

Current Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 56,385,598   $ 131,033,482  

Receivables:

   
 
   
 
 

Accounts and notes receivable

    6,291,730     6,607,190  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (4,652,016 )   (4,893,407 )

Receivables, net

    1,639,714     1,713,783  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    249,555     15,963  

Total current assets

    58,274,867     132,763,228  

Property and equipment:

   
 
   
 
 

Land

        4,917,222  

Buildings

        27,303,717  

Furniture, computer equipment and software

    8,553,520     8,337,113  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (6,035,619 )   (13,694,802 )

Property and equipment, net

    2,517,901     26,863,250  

Deferred income Taxes

    5,990,188     5,165,377  

Total Assets

  $ 66,782,956   $ 164,791,855  

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

             

Current Liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 117,809   $ 74,143  

Accounts payable to quotaholders

    52,244,000      

Accrued expenses

    367,886     8,685,884  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    1,081,186     1,069,051  

Deferred revenue and student deposits

    157,132     127,499  

Income taxes payable

    19,931,616     18,790,375  

Other current liabilities

    1,990,552     1,877,238  

Total current liabilities

    75,890,181     30,624,190  

Other long-term liabilities

   
8,609,835
   
7,852,793
 

Total Liabilities

    84,500,016     38,476,983  

Quotaholders' equity:

             

Common stock (par value $1.00 per share; authorized—100,000 quotas; issued and outstanding quotas of 100,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 100,000 as of December 31, 2012)

    100,000     100,000  

Retained Earnings/(Accumulated deficit)

    (17,817,060 )   126,214,872  

Total quotaholders' equity

    (17,717,060 )   126,314,872  

Total liabilities and Quotaholders' Equity

  $ 66,782,956   $ 164,791,855  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-218


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

STATEMENTS OF QUOTAHOLDER'S EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  Common
Stock
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
quotaholders'
equity
 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $   $ 116,379,187   $ 116,379,187  

Capital Contribution

    100,000         100,000  

Net income

        9,835,685     9,835,685  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    100,000     126,214,872     126,314,872  

Dividends distribution

        (75,476,171 )   (75,476,171 )

Distribution of assets (spin-off)

        (165,988,000 )   (165,988,000 )

Others

        466,641     466,641  

Net income

        96,965,598     96,965,598  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 100,000   $ (17,817,060 ) $ (17,717,060 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-219


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012  

Net income

  $ 96,965,598   $ 9,835,685  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

         

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

         

Comprehensive income attributable to Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense LTDA

  $ 96,965,598   $ 9,835,685  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-220


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(amounts in Brazilian Reais)

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net income

  $ 96,965,598   $ 9,835,685  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    1,577,545     1,734,681  

Rent expense

    466,641      

Gain from distribution of assets

    (90,357,900 )    

Bad debt expense

    (241,391 )   1,081,491  

Deferred income taxes

    (824,811 )   (1,862,378 )

Non-cash loss from income tax contingencies

        8,220,466  

Non-cash loss from non-income tax contingencies

    870,356     2,128,217  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Receivables

    315,460     429,903  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (233,593 )   57,745  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (8,262,197 )   8,389,986  

Increase in income tax payable

    1,141,241     (53,518,709 )

Deferred revenue and student deposits

    29,633     92,995  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations

    1,446,582     (23,409,918 )

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Purchase of property and equipment

    (618,295 )    

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

        (591,328 )

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

    (618,295 )   (591,328 )

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Dividends paid

    (75,476,171 )    

Capital contribution

        100,000  

Net cash provided used in (provide by) financing activities of continuing operations

    (75,476,171 )   100,000  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (74,647,884 )   23,901,246  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    131,033,482     154,934,728  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 56,385,598   $ 131,033,482  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-221


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 1. Description of Business

        The SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA. ("FAPA" or "the Company"), a limited company, provides higher education programs and services to students in Porto Alegre, Brazil.

        On November 22, 2013, the Company made an asset distribution to two new entities owned by FAPA's quotaholders. The land and buildings in which FAPA provides services were the spun off its balance sheet as of this date (refer to Note 5 Spin-off).

        On October 1, 2012, the Secretaria da Receita Federal do Brazil, Brazilian internal revenue services, revoked the Company's "tax immunity" status due to the violation of federal law 9,532/97 requirements. Therefore, from October 2012, the Company was required to pay all taxes. As a result, in October 2012, the Company changed its judicial nature from a non-profit to a for-profit entity. The for-profit entity was formed with capital stock of $100,000. These Financial Statements are prepared based on standards applicable to for-profit companies.These financial statements are prepared under the presumption that the Company will be able to continue as a going concern. As of December 31, 2013 the Company presents an equity deficit amounting to $17,717,060 mainly due to the impact of the accounting of the spin-off of assets (refer to Note 5 Spin-off) at fair value as well as the dividend distribution. As of December 31, 2013, the Company presents a negative working capital balance of $17,615,314 which is primarily due to the impact of accounts payable to quotaholders (refer to Note 5 Spin-off). The Company has a positive operating cash flow, and the negative working capital and equity deficit does not impact the ability of the Company to realize its assets and to meet its obligations in the ordinary course of business.

        The financial statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (US GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the allowance for doubtful accounts, useful lives of fixed assets, and provisions for civil and labor risks and tax contingencies.

(a)   Functional Currency

        The functional currency is the currency of the economic environment in which a company primarily does business. The Brazilian Real is the functional currency of the Company and its financial statements are presented in its functional currency.

F-222


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company does not have any transactions in currencies different from its functional currency.

(Unaudited)  
Fiscal Year Ended or
Ending Dec 31,
  At End of Period   Average
(of month-
end rates)
  High   Low  
 
  (R$ per $1.00)
   
   
   
 
2009     0.57     0.57     0.59     0.41  
2010     0.60     0.59     0.60     0.53  
2011     0.54     0.54     0.65     0.53  
2012     0.49     0.48     0.59     0.47  
2013     0.42     0.43     0.51     0.41  

(b)   Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments that are purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

(c)   Financial Instruments

        FAPA's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, other receivables and accounts payables. The fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying amounts reported in the Balance Sheet.

        The Company's cash accounts are maintained with high-quality financial institutions with a significant concentration in two institutions: Banco Santander and Banco Safra.

        The Company accounts receivable are not concentrated with any one significant customer.

(d)   Accounts and Notes Receivable

        The Company recognizes receivables when an academic session begins, although students generally enroll in courses prior to the start of the academic session. Receivables are recognized only to the extent that amounts are due and collection is reasonably assured.

(e)   Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        FAPA records an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce its receivables to their net realizable value. The Company's allowance estimation methodology is based on the age of the receivables, the status of past-due amounts, historical collection trends, current economic conditions, and student enrollment status. Receivables deemed to be uncollectible are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. In the event that current collection trends differ from historical trends, an adjustment is made to the allowance account and bad debt expense.

F-223


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(f)    Property and Equipment, and Leased Assets

        Property and equipment includes land, buildings, furniture, computer equipment and software. FAPA records property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

        FAPA analyzes each lease agreement entered to determine whether it should be classified as a capital or an operating lease. The Company recognize operating lease rent expense on a straight-line basis over the expected term of each lease.

        Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Total depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1,577,545 and $1,734,681, respectively, which was entirely recorded as direct costs in each year.

        Depreciation and amortization periods are as follows:

Buildings

    25  

Furniture, computer equipment and software

    5 - 10  

(g)   Direct Costs

        Direct costs reported on the Statement of Operations represent the cost of operations, including labor costs, and depreciation and amortization expense.

(h)   Long-lived Assets

        Long-lived assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration of operating results, a change in regulatory environment, changes in business plans, or adverse changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, the Company evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by the discounted cash flow method. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows is the rate commensurate with a similar investment of similar risk.

(i)    Revenue Recognition

        Revenues are recognized when the amount can be reliably measured and the economic benefits will flow to the Company. The Company's revenues primarily consist of tuition and educational service revenues. Revenues are reported net of discounts, rebates, taxes, grants or scholarships awarded.

        Revenues are not recognized if there are significant uncertainties regarding realization. Revenues from tuition are recognized on a straight-line basis over the academic session.

F-224


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Deferred revenue and student deposits on the Balance Sheet consist of tuition paid prior to the start of academic sessions and unearned tuition amounts recorded as accounts receivable after an academic session begins. If a student withdraws from an institution, the Company's obligation to issue a refund depends on the refund policy and the timing of the student's withdrawal. Generally, the Company's refund obligations are reduced over the course of the academic term. FAPA records refunds as a reduction of deferred revenue and student deposits, as applicable.

        The following table shows the components of Revenues of total net revenue for the periods presented:

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012  

Tuition and educational services

  $ 24,184,262   $ 25,321,223  

Other

    897,892     443,350  

Gross revenue

    25,082,154     25,764,573  

Less: Discounts / waivers / scholarships

    (73,046 )   (123,351 )

Less: Taxes on sales

    (2,062,837 )   (494,670 )

Total

  $ 22,946,271   $ 25,146,552  

(j)    Fair Value Measurements

        The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Company determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

    Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

    Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

    Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

        These levels are not necessarily an indication of the risk of liquidity associated with the financial assets or liabilities disclosed. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement, as required under ASC 820-10.

F-225


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, other assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses are a reasonable estimate of their fair values, as per the level 1 hierarchy, due to their short-term nature. There are no other fair value levels in FAPA's Financial Statements.

(k)   Advertising

        The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were $228,043 and $249,339 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are recorded in direct costs in the Statements of Operations.

(l)    Income Taxes

        The Company records the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded with respect to temporary differences in the accounting treatment of items for GAAP financial reporting purposes and for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period in which the new rate is enacted. Where, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established for the amount that, in management's judgment, is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        A tax position must meet a minimum probability threshold before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position and having full knowledge of all relevant information.

(m)  Contingencies

        Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Note 3. Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations

        The Company's activities expose it to credit and liquidity risks.

Credit Risk

        The financial statements at December 31, 2013 and 2012 include a provision to cover possible losses on accounts receivable from students. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of the Company's revenues in 2013 or 2012, or accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

F-226


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 3. Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations (Continued)

        The Company limits its exposure to credit risk associated with banks and financial investments by investing in financial institutions highly recognized solvency and prestige.

Liquidity Risk

        Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its financial commitments, due to the mismatch of terms or volume between receipts and payments net proceeds.

        To manage liquidity of cash, assumptions of future disbursements and receipts, which are monitored daily by the Finance Department are established.

        On December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Group had cash and cash equivalents of $51,901 and $56,333,697, and $155,463 and $130,878,019, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents along with funds generated by normal operations of the Company are expected to be sufficient to manage liquidity risk.

Note 4. Accounts and Notes Receivable

        The recorded amount in notes receivable for which an impairment has been recognized and the related allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $4,652,016 and $4,893,407 respectively. There was no interest income recognized on the impaired notes receivable during 2013 and 2012. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no sales of notes receivable.

        The Company's accounts receivables consist of receivables related to student tuition and receivables related to the "Financing for Higher Education Studies" ("FIES"). FIES is a program whose purpose is to finance the postsecondary education of students enrolled in private institutions. In accordance with current legislation, the Company receives from the Brazilian Fund for Education Development ("FNDE") the amounts financed by the students in FIES.

        The FIES Program targets students from low socio-economic backgrounds enrolled at private post-secondary institutions. Eligible students receive loans with below market interest rates that are required to be repaid after an 18-month grace period upon graduation. FIES pays the Company tax credits which can be used to pay certain federal taxes and social contributions. FIES repurchases excess credits for cash. As part of the FIES Program, the Company is obligated to pay 15% of any student default. The default obligation increases to 30% of any student default if the Company is not current with its federal taxes. FIES withholds between 1% and 3% of tuition paid to the Company to cover any potential student defaults ("holdback"). If the student pays 100% of their loan, the withheld amounts will be paid to the Company. The Company recognizes revenues net of the amounts withheld by FIES. FIES is 8% and 9% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 respectively.

        Delinquency is the primary indicator of credit quality for the Company's receivables. For receivables related to tuition programs, the Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the receivable .

F-227


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 4. Accounts and Notes Receivable (Continued)

        The activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

             

Beginning balance

  $ (4,893,407 ) $ (3,811,916 )

Write-offs

         

Recoveries

    655,710      

Provision

    (414,319 )   (1,081,491 )

Ending balance

  $ (4,652,016 ) $ (4,893,407 )

Note 5. Spin-off

        On November 22, 2013, the Company made distributions to various quotaholders in the form of cash and assets in the amount of $75,630,100. The company made an asset distribution to two new entities owned by FAPA's quotaholders, SFS Assesoria e Consultoria S/S LTDA. and Sociedade Porto-alegrense de Pesquina Educacional LTDA. The assets distributed included (1) land and buildings in which FAPA provides services and with a net book value of $23,386,100 as of the spinoff date and (2) cash in the amount of $52,244,000 (refer to Note 9 Related Parties).

        In accordance with GAAP, the spinoff represents a non-reciprocal transfer which is required to be accounted at fair value. FAPA recognized a gain in the amount of $90,357,900 for the difference between the fair value and the historical cost as disclosed below:

Historical net book value of lands and buildings distributed

  $ 23,386,100  

Gain recognized in the income statement

    90,357,900  

Fair Value of lands and buildings distributed

  $ 113,744,000  

Accounts payable to quotaholders

    52,244,000  

Total assets distributed (spin-off)

  $ 165,988,000  

        From November 22, 2013 to December 31, 2013, without entering into a lease agreement or transferring any consideration to the owners, FAPA continued utilizing the spinoff assets without transferring any consideration to the new owners. This was considered expenses paid by the quotaholders on behalf of the Company. FAPA recognized rent expense of $466,641 and a related capital contribution (included as "Others" in the Statement of Quotaholder's Equity).

Note 6. Commitments

        On July 2014, the Company signed a lease agreement related to the distributed assets with a prospective date (refer to Note 5), as such, the Company has no significant commitments as of year-end December 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-228


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 7. Contingencies

        The Company is subject to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business. In management's opinion, they have adequate legal defenses and/or accrued liabilities with respect to the eventuality of such actions. FAPA does not believe that any settlement would have a material impact on its Financial Statements.

Other Current and Long-Term Liabilities

        Included in Other Current and Long-Term Liabilities there are provisions for tax contingencies related to federal and municipal taxes, and are mainly tax risks related to taxes on income and financial transactions from tax positions and which are subject to the assessment of tax authorities. These provisions amounted to $10,600,387 and $9,730,031, respectively.

Note 8. Income Taxes

        As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, FAPA has accounted for income tax payable amounting to $19,931,616 and $18,790,375, respectively, related to the loss of its "tax immunity". In August 22, 2014, FAPA entered the REFIS program, a government tax amnesty program and paid $17,825,044 to settle these payables.

        The significant components of the income tax expense are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Current

  $ (4,373,469 ) $ (1,519,077 )

Contingencies

    (1,141,242 )   (8,220,466 )

Deferred

    824,811     1,862,378  

Total income tax expense

  $ (4,689,900 ) $ (7,877,165 )

        Income tax expense was $4,689,900 for the year ended December 31, 2013, and differed from the amount computed by applying the Brazilian federal income tax and social contribution combined rate of 34% to pretax income (deemed income tax) as a result of the following:

 
  December 31,
2013
 

Computed "expected" tax expense

  $ (34,562,869 )

Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:

       

Permanent differences

       

Non-taxable gain on revaluation of assets to fair value

    30,721,686  

Interest and penalities

    (1,141,242 )

Other

    292,525  

Total income tax expense

  $ (4,689,900 )

        Income tax expense was $7,877,165 for the year ended December 31, 2012, and it differs from the amount computed by applying the Brazilian federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax income as a

F-229


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

result of the adherence of the Company to the "Lucro Presumido Program" by which the income tax expense is calculated by applying a rate of 32% on revenues (deemed income tax). In addition, as mentioned above, FAPA was a not for profit entity from January 1 to October 1, 2012 which led to additional variances.

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Accounts and notes receivable principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 508,575   $ 367,707  

Contingencies

    5,481,613     4,797,670  

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 5,990,188   $ 5,165,377  

        The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of Income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized interest and penalties related to income taxes of $1,141,242 and $2,267,875, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2013, FAPA's federal and municipal statutes are generally open back to 2009.

Note 9. Employer Benefit Plans

        The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan for all of its employees. FAPA makes annual contributions to the plan between 50% to 95% of the participant's contribution in accordance with the years of work.

        The following table summarizes employer contributions during 2013 and 2012:

 
  Pension Plan  
 
  2013   2012  

Employer contribution

  $ 32,877   $ 35,374  

Note 10. Related Party Transactions

Transactions between FAPA and Quotaholders

        On November 22, 2013, the Company's quotaholders approved a distribution by which land and buildings with a net book value of $23,386,100 were distributed to SFS Assesoria and Sociedade P. Pesquisa and cash for $52,244,000 approved to be distributed. As of December 31, 2013, FAPA has not settled this obligation and $52,244,000 is included in the line item of Accounts Payable to Quotaholders in the Balance Sheet (refer to Note 5 Spinoff).

F-230


Table of Contents


SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE LTDA.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and 2012

Amounts in Brazilian Reais

Note 10. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Income Statement includes salaries paid to quotaholders in the amounts of $553,785 and $118,509, respectively.

        Also, during 2013 and 2012, the Company received services related to the collection of outstanding receivables from students from Educredito Gestao e Recuperacao de Ativos Educacionais LTDA., an entity partially owned by a quotaholder's relative. Educredito retains the interest on the payments collected from students as service fees.

Note 11. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

        Net income tax cash payments were $4,039,307 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        The distribution of assets (refer to Note 5) represents a non-cash flow transactions as of December 31, 2013 for the land and buildings transferred.

        The cash obligation of $52,244,000 (refer to Note 9) represents a non-cash flow transaction as of December 31, 2013. It is a transaction that affected Equity and Accounts Payable and because of this is not presented in the Cash Flow Statement.

Note 12. Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through                , 2015, the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there are no other items to disclose.

        On January 30, 2014 and July 4 th , 2014, the Company settled the account payable to the Sellers amounting to 52,244,000 (refer to notes 5 and 9) by paying in cash $13 million and $39,244,000, respectively in each date.

        On August 12, 2014, Laureate Educations, Inc. acquired FAPA. The total purchase price was $9,361,556, and was paid in form of two seller notes with a total discounted present value of approximately $6,250,802, plus an additional deferred payment of approximately $3,110,754.

F-231


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared to reflect adjustments to the historical audited financial statements of Laureate Education Inc. (the "Company" or "Laureate") to give effect to the acquisition on September 12, 2014 of Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas—Associacão Educacional, Associacão de Cultura e Ensino, and União Educacional de São Paulo, (collectively, the "FMU Group") and the acquisition on August 12, 2014 of Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda ("FAPA").

        The unaudited pro forma combined financial information gives effect to the historical results of operations of the FMU Group and FAPA prior to the respective dates of acquisition. Assumptions underlying the unaudited pro forma combined financial information are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this unaudited pro forma combined financial information. The following unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 is based on and derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the historical audited financial statements of Laureate and the notes thereto, the discussion under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the historical audited financial statements of the FMU Group and FAPA included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 assumes that each of the acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared by management for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been realized had the acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2014, nor is it meant to be indicative of any future results of operations that the combined company will experience. In addition, the accompanying unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations does not include any expected cost savings which may be achievable or which may occur subsequent to the acquisitions or the impact of certain non-recurring activity and one-time transaction related costs. The Company's historical audited statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 has been adjusted in the accompanying unaudited pro forma combined financial statement to give effect to pro forma events that are (1) directly attributable to the acquisitions and financings related thereto, (2) factually supportable and (3) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results, as well as any nonrecurring charges directly attributable to the transactions. No pro forma combined balance sheet is required because the Company's consolidated June 30, 2015 balance sheet includes the balance sheets of the FMU Group and FAPA.

        The acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting under the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification No. 805, "Business Combinations" ("ASC 805"), and applying the pro forma assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial information. Under ASC 805, the Company values assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Fair value measurements can be highly subjective and the reasonable application of measurement principles may result in a range of alternative estimates using the same facts and circumstances. The process for estimating the fair values of identifiable intangible assets and certain tangible assets requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including estimating future cash flows, developing appropriate discount rates, estimating the costs and timing. Under ASC 805, transaction costs are not included as a component of consideration transferred, and are expensed as incurred. The excess of the purchase price (consideration transferred) over the estimated fair values assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities as of the effective dates of the acquisitions is allocated to goodwill in accordance with ASC 805. Prior to the respective one-year anniversaries of each acquisition, the final valuation was completed. The Company believes the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on reasonable estimates and assumptions using currently available data.

F-232


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

 
  Historical   Pro Forma  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
  Historical
Laureate
  Historical
FMU Group(1)(2)
  Historical
FAPA(1)(2)
  Pro forma
Adjustments
  Footnote
Reference
  Pro Forma
Combined
Laureate
 

Revenues

  $ 4,414,682   $ 134,960   $ 5,089   $       $ 4,554,731  

Costs and expenses

                                   

Direct costs

    3,838,179     146,748     3,526     (6,119 ) 3(a), 3(b)     3,982,334  

General and administrative expenses

    151,215                     151,215  

Loss on impairment of assets

    125,788                     125,788  

Operating income (loss)

    299,500     (11,788 )   1,563     6,119         295,394  

Interest income

    21,822     379     1,039             23,240  

Interest expense

    (385,754 )   (16,358 )   (27 )   (1,674 ) 3(c)     (403,813 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (22,984 )                   (22,984 )

Loss on derivatives

    (3,101 )                   (3,101 )

Other expense, net

    (1,184 )                   (1,184 )

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    (109,970 )                   (109,970 )

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

    (201,671 )   (27,767 )   2,575     4,445         (222,418 )

Income tax benefit

    39,060     11,894     569     (1,511 ) 3(d)     50,012  

Equity in the net income of affiliates, net of tax

    158                     158  

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (162,453 )   (15,873 )   3,144     2,934         (172,248 )

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    4,162                     4,162  

Net (loss) income attributable to Laureate Education, Inc

  $ (158,291 ) $ (15,873 ) $ 3,144   $ 2,934       $ (168,086 )

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

                                   

Loss from continuing operations attributable to Laureate Education, Inc. 

  $ (0.31 )                       $ (0.33 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                                   

Basic and diluted

    530,467                           530,467  

F-233


Table of Contents


NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. Description of the Transactions

        On September 12, 2014, Laureate acquired the FMU Group, a group of higher educational institutions in São Paulo, Brazil. The total purchase price was $387.6 million, which was paid with seller notes totaling $96.8 million and cash paid at closing of $290.8 million. The maturity date of the notes is September 12, 2017, the third anniversary of the acquisition closing date, and the aggregate principal balance will be adjusted from the closing date until the date of payment based on 100% of the Certificado de Depósito Interbancário rate. These notes were recorded on the acquisition date at their discounted present values, which is accreted over the maturity of the notes. The cash paid at acquisition included approximately $231 million of cash, including accrued interest, that was held by Laureate in an escrow bank account prior to the acquisition date and was recorded as restricted cash on Laureate's consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. The remainder of the cash paid at closing was from borrowings from third-party lenders. The goodwill recorded for the FMU Group acquisition relates to the incremental value that it provides to the Laureate International Universities network by significantly expanding its presence into the value-priced market in São Paulo, Brazil.

        On August 12, 2014, Laureate acquired FAPA, an institution in Porto Alegre, Brazil. The total purchase price was $4.1 million and was paid in the form of two seller notes with a total discounted present value of approximately $3.0 million, plus an additional deferred payment of approximately $1.1 million. The deferred payment of $1.1 million was paid in September 2014. The first seller note is due on August 12, 2018, the fourth anniversary of the acquisition closing date, and the second seller note is due on August 12, 2019, the fifth anniversary of the acquisition closing date. The principal balance of both notes will be adjusted from the closing date until the dates of their respective payments by Brazil's General Index of Market Prices. The goodwill recorded for this acquisition relates to the incremental value that FAPA brings to the Laureate International Universities network and the existing Laureate operations in the State of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

        The following table summarizes the estimated sources of the purchase price in connection with the acquisitions.

 
  (in thousands)  
 
  FMU
Group
  FAPA  

Sources:

             

Balance sheet cash

  $ 231,000   $  

Borrowings from lenders

    59,774      

Seller notes

    96,829     4,148  

  $ 387,603   $ 4,148  

        The purchase price allocation in included in Note 4 of Laureate's audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

2. Translation from BRL to U.S. Dollars

        Historical audited financial statements of the FMU Group as of September 12, 2014 and unaudited financial statements of FAPA as of August 12, 2014 were prepared in accordance with U.S GAAP, using the BRL as the reporting currency. For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed financial information, the Brazilian Real denominated financial statements of FMU Group and FAPA have been converted to the U.S. dollar, using the average exchange rate of 0.43754 and 0.43708, respectively, for the periods presented.

F-234


Table of Contents


NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

3. Pro Forma Adjustments to Combined Statement of Operations

(a)
Reflects the incremental depreciation and amortization expense resulting from using the acquisition method of accounting as follows:

(in thousands)
  Weighted
Average
Useful Life
(months)
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Incremental
Expense
 

Property plant and equipment

    61   $ 5,625   $ 959  

Student roster

    48     22,610     3,707  

Favorable lease contracts FAPA Group

    120     2,694     153  

Trademarks

    N/A     99,186     N/A  

Total pro forma depreciation and amortization expense

        $ 130,115   $ 4,819  
(b)
Reflects the elimination of transaction costs incurred by the FMU Group of $10.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014.

(c)
Reflects the net incremental interest expense of $1.7 million related to the debt structure of the FMU Group that was contemplated by the acquisition agreements to be in place as of the closing date of the acquisition as well as the terms of the financing agreements related to the acquisitions. A one eighth percent change in the weighted average interest rate would increase or decrease the pro forma annual cash interest expense of the Company's aggregate indebtedness incurred at the closings of the acquisitions by approximately $0.3 million.

(d)
Represents the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments using a combined federal and state statutory income tax rate of 34.0%.

F-235


Table of Contents


                Shares

Laureate Education, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

LOGO



Credit Suisse

Morgan Stanley

Barclays



J.P. Morgan

BMO Capital Markets

Citigroup

KKR

Goldman, Sachs & Co.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with this offering. All such amounts (except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee) are estimated.

SEC registration fee

  $ 10,070  

FINRA filing fee

    15,500  

listing fee

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Accounting fees and expenses

      *

Blue Sky fees and expenses

      *

Transfer Agent and Registrar fees

      *

Miscellaneous

      *

Total

  $   *

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL") permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

II-1


Table of Contents

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. We will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for the reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

        We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

        In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of Class A common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), against certain liabilities.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        During the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, Registrant sold the following securities which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

        On January 16, 2013, pursuant to a subscription agreement, dated December 21, 2012, Registrant sold an aggregate of 11,581,446 shares of its Class B common stock to the International Finance Corporation ("IFC") in consideration of an aggregate investment of $100.0 million by IFC and 5,790,723 shares of its Class B common stock to IFC African, Latin American and Caribbean Fund, LP ("ALAC Fund") in consideration of an aggregate investment of $50.0 million by ALAC Fund. On March 12, 2013, pursuant to a co-investment commitment notice, dated February 28, 2013, Registrant sold an aggregate of 5,790,723 shares of its Class B common stock to Korean Investment Corporation ("KIC") in consideration of an aggregate investment of $50.0 million by KIC. All of the proceeds of the sales to IFC, ALAC Fund and KIC were used for general corporate purposes. The shares of Class B common stock sold to IFC, ALAC Fund and KIC were sold in private placements pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. IFC, ALAC Fund and KIC each have represented to Registrant that it is an accredited investor and that the shares of Registrant's Class B common stock were acquired for its own account and not with a view to any distribution thereof to the public.

        On November 13, 2012, Registrant sold $1,050.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 9.250% senior notes due 2019 at a price of 97.75% of their face value resulting in approximately $1,004.4 million of net proceeds, which were used to repurchase or redeem outstanding senior notes of the Company. The initial purchasers for the senior notes were Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., KKR Capital Markets LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. The senior notes were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or to non-U.S. investors outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S of the Securities Act.

        On October 2, 2013, Registrant granted to 226 of its employees or other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 17,379,360 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan at an exercise price of $8.63. The options were issued pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On June 17, 2014, Registrant granted to six of its employees or other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 466,420 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan at an exercise price of $6.94. The options were issued pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On July 10, 2014, Registrant granted to 99 of its employees or other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 1,077,230 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan at an exercise price of $6.94. The options were issued pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On March 4, 2015, Registrant granted to 154 of its employees or other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 1,697,230 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan at an exercise price of $6.93. The options were issued pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

II-3


Table of Contents

        On May 14, 2015, Registrant granted to five of its employees or other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 81,551 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan at an exercise price of $6.44. The options were issued pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On September 29, 2015, Registrant granted to 13 of its officers, employees or other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 4,009,629 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan at an exercise price of $6.58. The options were issued pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        Since October 1, 2012, 35 of Registrant's former employees or other service providers have exercised options to purchase an aggregate of 1,546,758 shares of common stock under its equity compensation plans with exercise prices ranging from $4.59 to $7.98. The options were sold pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On October 2, 2013, Registrant granted 3,053,650 Performance Stock Units to 126 of its officers, directors, employees or other service providers. The Performance Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On June 17, 2014, Registrant granted 60,935 Performance Stock Units to five of its officers, directors, employees or other service providers. The Performance Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On July 10, 2014, Registrant granted 237,290 Performance Stock Units to 86 of its officers, directors, employees or other service providers. The Performance Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On March 4, 2015, Registrant granted 242,910 Performance Stock Units to 84 of its officers, directors, employees or other service providers. The Performance Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On September 29, 2015, Registrant granted to two of its officers, employees or other service providers an aggregate of 698,923 Performance Share Units. The Performance Share Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On December 24, 2012, Registrant granted 60,000 Restricted Shares to one of its officers. The Restricted Shares were granted under the 2007 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

II-4


Table of Contents

        On June 28, 2013, Registrant granted an aggregate of 110,657 shares of common stock to six of its directors and board observers, of which 94,723 were Restricted Shares. The common stock was granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On August 6, 2013, Registrant granted 78,795 Restricted Shares to one of its directors. The Restricted Shares were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On August 19, 2013, Registrant granted 2,896 Restricted Shares to one of its directors. The Restricted Shares were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On May 2, 2014, Registrant granted an aggregate of 40,029 shares of common stock to six of its directors and board observers, of which 30,017 were Restricted Shares. The common stock was granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On September 30, 2014, Registrant granted an aggregate of 74,235 Restricted Shares to one of its directors. The Restricted Shares were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On June 1, 2015, Registrant granted an aggregate of 32,468 shares of common stock to five of its directors and board observers, of which 24,350 were Restricted Shares. The common stock was granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On October 2, 2013, Registrant granted 244,435 Restricted Stock Units to 88 of its officers or employees. The Restricted Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On June 17, 2014, Registrant granted 7,410 Restricted Stock Units to two of its officers or employees. The Restricted Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On July 10, 2014, Registrant granted 226,290 Restricted Stock Units to 86 of its officers or employees. The Restricted Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On March 4, 2015, Registrant granted 249,890 Restricted Stock Units to 94 of its officers or employees. The Restricted Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any

II-5


Table of Contents

public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On May 14, 2015, Registrant granted 81,520 Restricted Stock Units to one of its officers. The Restricted Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

        On September 29, 2015, Registrant granted to five of its officers, employees or other service providers an aggregate of 326,553 Restricted Stock Units. The Restricted Stock Units were granted under the 2013 Plan pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule.

    (a)
    Exhibits

        The following Exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  *1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

#

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, by and between Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., and Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva, Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva, Dra. Aidéa Alves da Silva, and Dr. Arnold Fioravante, and Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas—Associação Educacional in the capacity of intervening and consenting party

 

2.2

#

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, by and between Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., and Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva, Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva and Dr. Arnold Fioravante, and Associação de Cultura e Ensino, in the capacity of intervening and consenting party

 

2.3

#

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, by and between Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., and Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva, and Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva, Dr. Edson Alves da Silva, and União Educacional de São Paulo, in the capacity of intervening and consenting party

 

2.4

#

Quota Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2014, by and between Sociedade de Educacao Ritter dos Reis Ltda. and Solon Flores Sant'anna, Darci Sanfelici, Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello, Iron Augusto Muller and, as intervening consenting parties, Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense S/S Ltda., Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa Educacional S/S Ltda., and SFS Assessoria e Consultoria S/S Ltda.

 

*3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

*3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

4.1

 

Senior Indenture, dated July 25, 2012, among Laureate Education, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee

 

4.2

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated November 13, 2012, among Laureate Education, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  4.3   Form of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.1)

 

*5.1

 

Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US)

 

10.1

 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, among Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 and amended and restated as of June 16, 2011, among Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A. (as successor to Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.), as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

10.3

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2013, entered into by Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto

 

10.4

 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013, entered into by Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto

 

10.5

 

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013, entered into by Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto

 

10.6

 

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2015, entered into by Laureate Education,  Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the other parties thereto and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto

 

10.7

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and among Bank of Montreal, Chicago Branch, Laureate Education, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

10.8

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and among Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Laureate Education, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

10.9

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2013, by and among the lenders party thereto, Laureate Education, Inc., as borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

10.10

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013, by and among the lenders party thereto, Laureate Education, Inc., as borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

10.11

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2013, by and among lenders party thereto, Laureate Education, Inc., as borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.12   Guarantee dated as of August 17, 2007, by certain domestic subsidiaries of Laureate Education, Inc., as Guarantors in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 between LEI Administration, LLC, as the New Guarantor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011, between Exeter Street Holdings LLC, as the New Guarantor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

10.13

 

Security Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007, among Laureate Education, Inc., and certain domestic subsidiaries of Laureate Education, Inc., as Grantors, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 between LEI Administration, LLC, as the New Grantor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011 between Exeter Street Holdings LLC, as the New Grantor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as amended by the Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2015

 

10.14

 

Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007, among Laureate Education, Inc., and certain domestic subsidiaries of Laureate Education, Inc., as Pledgors, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 between LEI Administration, LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011 between Exeter Street Holdings LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as amended by the Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2015

 

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, among Walden University, LLC, each other subsidiary of Laureate Education, Inc. that becomes a party thereto from time to time, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

10.16

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2012, among Laureate Education, Inc., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., KKR Capital Markets LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

10.17

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012, among Laureate Education, Inc., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Corp., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., KKR Capital Markets LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

10.18

 

Foreign Obligations Guarantee, dated as of January 23, 2008, by Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate, Ltda., as Foreign Obligations Guarantor, in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.19   Foreign Obligations Guarantee, dated as of January 23, 2008, by Laureate Education, Inc., ICE Inversiones Brazil, SL, Inversiones en Educacion Limitada, Laureate Education Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., Laureate Education Peru, S.R.L., Laureate Honduras S. de R.L. de C.V., Laureate I B.V., Laureate International B.V., Laureate International Costa Rica S.R.L., LIUF, SAS, Online Higher Education, B.V., Laureate Panama, S.A., Laureate Chile Limitada, and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Foreign Obligations Guarantors, in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties

 

10.20

 

Deed of Pledge of Receivables, dated August 17, 2007, between Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Laureate Education, Inc. with respect to interests in Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

10.21

 

Deed of Pledge of Receivables, dated September 2011, between Laureate Education, Inc., as Pledgor, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent, as Pledgee, with respect to interests in Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

10.22

 

Deed of Pledge of Receivables dated August 17, 2007, between Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Laureate Education International Limited, with respect to interests in Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

10.23

 

Deed of Pledge of Receivables, dated September 30, 2011, between Laureate Education International Limited, as Pledgor, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent, as Pledgee, with respect to interests in Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

10.24

 

Deed of Pledge (Laureate I B.V.), dated January 29, 2008, by Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties

 

10.25

 

Deed of Pledge (Laureate I B.V.), dated September 30, 2011, between Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Pledgor, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, as Pledgee, and Laureate I B.V., as the Company

 

10.26

 

Deed of Pledge (Laureate International B.V.), dated January 29, 2008, by Laureate I B.V. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties

 

10.27

 

Deed of Pledge (Laureate International B.V.), dated September 30, 2011, between Laureate I B.V., as Pledgor, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, as Pledgee, and Laureate International B.V., as the Company

 

10.28

 

Deed of Pledge Over Credit Rights Derived from Bank Account, dated March 14, 2008, by Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended by that Amendment Agreement in Respect of Pledge Over Credit Rights Derived from Bank Account, dated October 5, 2011, by and between Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Pledgor, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Prior Pledgee, and Citibank, N.A., acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as Pledgee

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.29   Deed of First Priority Pledge Over Credit Rights, dated March 14, 2008, by Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended by that Amendment Agreement in Respect of Pledge Over Credit Rights, dated October 5, 2011, by and between Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Pledgor, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Prior Pledgee, and Citibank, N.A., acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as Pledgee

 

10.30

 

Deed of Pledge of Participations, dated March 14, 2008, by Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended by that Amendment Agreement in Respect of Pledge of Shares, dated October 5, 2011, by and between Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Pledgor, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Prior Pledgee, and Citibank, N.A., acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as Pledgee

 

10.31


2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries

 

10.32


2007 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Agreement, as amended on August 31, 2010

 

10.33


2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, dated June 13, 2013, as amended by the First Amendment to the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan effective as of September 17, 2015

 

10.34


2013 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Agreement effective as of September 11, 2013

 

10.35


Laureate Education, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009

 

10.36


Form of Management Stockholder's Agreement for equityholders

 

10.37

†*

Employment Offer Letter, dated July 6, 2015, between Laureate Education, Inc. and Enderson Guimarães

 

10.38


Deferred Compensation Letter Agreement, dated August 16, 2007, by and among L Curve Sub Inc., Laureate Education, Inc. and Douglas L. Becker

 

10.39


2nd Amended and Restated Executive Interest Subscription Agreement, dated August 31, 2010, between Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership and Douglas L. Becker

 

10.40


Employment Offer Letter, dated July 21, 2008, between Laureate Education, Inc. and Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

10.41


Amendment to Employment Offer Letter, dated December 9, 2010, between Laureate Education, Inc. and Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

10.42


Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement, dated August 5, 2008, between Laureate Education, Inc. and Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

10.43


Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Units Agreement, for grants from and after September 11, 2013

 

10.44

 

Support Services Agreement between Santa Fe University of Art and Design, LLC and Laureate Education, Inc. dated October 1, 2014

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.45   Master Service and Confidentiality Agreement, dated April 28, 2014, by and between Laureate Education, Inc. and Accenture LLP

 

10.46


System Wide Master Agreement, dated April 10, 2015, between Blackboard Inc. and Laureate Education, Inc.

 

10.47


Form of Stockholders' Agreement for Entity-Appointed Directors

 

10.48


Form of Stockholders' Agreement for Individual Directors

 

10.49


2013 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement

 

10.50


2013 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Performance Share Units Agreement

 

21.1

*

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

23.2

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes, São Paulo, Brazil

 

23.3

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil

 

24.1

**

Powers of Attorney

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

#
Laureate Education, Inc. hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules

        The following Financial Statement Schedule is included herein:

        Supplemental Financial Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-11


Table of Contents

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        We hereby undertake that:

              (i)  for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

             (ii)  for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

              (i)  any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

             (ii)  any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

            (iii)  the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

            (iv)  any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-12


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Baltimore, State of Maryland on November 19, 2015.

    LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DOUGLAS L. BECKER

        Name:   Douglas L. Becker
        Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on November 19, 2015.

SIGNATURE
 
TITLE
 
DATE

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ DOUGLAS L. BECKER

Douglas L. Becker
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 19, 2015

/s/ EILIF SERCK-HANSSEN

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

November 19, 2015

*

Brian F. Carroll

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

*

Andrew B. Cohen

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

*

Darren M. Friedman

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

*

John A. Miller

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

*

George Muñoz

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE
 
TITLE
 
DATE

 

 

 

 

 
*

Judith Rodin
  Director   November 19, 2015

*

Jonathan D. Smidt

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

*

Ian K. Snow

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

*

Steven M. Taslitz

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

*

Quentin Van Doosselaere

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

*

Robert B. Zoellick

 

Director

 

November 19, 2015

 

*By:   /s/ DOUGLAS L. BECKER

Douglas L. Becker, as attorney-in-fact
       

II-14


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  *1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

#

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, by and between Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., and Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva, Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva, Dra. Aidéa Alves da Silva, and Dr. Arnold Fioravante, and Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas—Associação Educacional in the capacity of intervening and consenting party

 

2.2

#

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, by and between Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., and Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva, Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva and Dr. Arnold Fioravante, and Associação de Cultura e Ensino, in the capacity of intervening and consenting party

 

2.3

#

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, by and between Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., and Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva, and Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva, Dr. Edson Alves da Silva, and União Educacional de São Paulo, in the capacity of intervening and consenting party

 

2.4

#

Quota Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2014, by and between Sociedade de Educacao Ritter dos Reis Ltda. and Solon Flores Sant'anna, Darci Sanfelici, Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello, Iron Augusto Muller and, as intervening consenting parties, Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense S/S Ltda., Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa Educacional S/S Ltda., and SFS Assessoria e Consultoria S/S Ltda.

 

*3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

*3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

4.1

 

Senior Indenture, dated July 25, 2012, among Laureate Education, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee

 

4.2

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated November 13, 2012, among Laureate Education, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee

 

4.3

 

Form of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.1)

 

*5.1

 

Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US)

 

10.1

 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, among Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 and amended and restated as of June 16, 2011, among Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A. (as successor to Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.), as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

10.3

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2013, entered into by Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto

II-15


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.4   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013, entered into by Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto

 

10.5

 

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013, entered into by Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto

 

10.6

 

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2015, entered into by Laureate Education,  Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the other parties thereto and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto

 

10.7

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and among Bank of Montreal, Chicago Branch, Laureate Education, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

10.8

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and among Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Laureate Education, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

10.9

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2013, by and among the lenders party thereto, Laureate Education, Inc., as borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

10.10

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013, by and among the lenders party thereto, Laureate Education, Inc., as borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

10.11

 

Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2013, by and among lenders party thereto, Laureate Education, Inc., as borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

10.12

 

Guarantee dated as of August 17, 2007, by certain domestic subsidiaries of Laureate Education, Inc., as Guarantors in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 between LEI Administration, LLC, as the New Guarantor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011, between Exeter Street Holdings LLC, as the New Guarantor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

10.13

 

Security Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007, among Laureate Education, Inc., and certain domestic subsidiaries of Laureate Education, Inc., as Grantors, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 between LEI Administration, LLC, as the New Grantor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011 between Exeter Street Holdings LLC, as the New Grantor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as amended by the Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2015

II-16


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.14   Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007, among Laureate Education, Inc., and certain domestic subsidiaries of Laureate Education, Inc., as Pledgors, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 between LEI Administration, LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011 between Exeter Street Holdings LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent, as amended by the Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2015

 

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, among Walden University, LLC, each other subsidiary of Laureate Education, Inc. that becomes a party thereto from time to time, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

10.16

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2012, among Laureate Education, Inc., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., KKR Capital Markets LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

10.17

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012, among Laureate Education, Inc., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Corp., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., KKR Capital Markets LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

10.18

 

Foreign Obligations Guarantee, dated as of January 23, 2008, by Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate, Ltda., as Foreign Obligations Guarantor, in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties

 

10.19

 

Foreign Obligations Guarantee, dated as of January 23, 2008, by Laureate Education, Inc., ICE Inversiones Brazil, SL, Inversiones en Educacion Limitada, Laureate Education Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., Laureate Education Peru, S.R.L., Laureate Honduras S. de R.L. de C.V., Laureate I B.V., Laureate International B.V., Laureate International Costa Rica S.R.L., LIUF, SAS, Online Higher Education, B.V., Laureate Panama, S.A., Laureate Chile Limitada, and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Foreign Obligations Guarantors, in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties

 

10.20

 

Deed of Pledge of Receivables, dated August 17, 2007, between Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Laureate Education, Inc. with respect to interests in Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

10.21

 

Deed of Pledge of Receivables, dated September 2011, between Laureate Education, Inc., as Pledgor, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent, as Pledgee, with respect to interests in Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

10.22

 

Deed of Pledge of Receivables dated August 17, 2007, between Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Laureate Education International Limited, with respect to interests in Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

II-17


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.23   Deed of Pledge of Receivables, dated September 30, 2011, between Laureate Education International Limited, as Pledgor, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent, as Pledgee, with respect to interests in Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

10.24

 

Deed of Pledge (Laureate I B.V.), dated January 29, 2008, by Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties

 

10.25

 

Deed of Pledge (Laureate I B.V.), dated September 30, 2011, between Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Pledgor, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, as Pledgee, and Laureate I B.V., as the Company

 

10.26

 

Deed of Pledge (Laureate International B.V.), dated January 29, 2008, by Laureate I B.V. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties

 

10.27

 

Deed of Pledge (Laureate International B.V.), dated September 30, 2011, between Laureate I B.V., as Pledgor, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, as Pledgee, and Laureate International B.V., as the Company

 

10.28

 

Deed of Pledge Over Credit Rights Derived from Bank Account, dated March 14, 2008, by Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended by that Amendment Agreement in Respect of Pledge Over Credit Rights Derived from Bank Account, dated October 5, 2011, by and between Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Pledgor, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Prior Pledgee, and Citibank, N.A., acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as Pledgee

 

10.29

 

Deed of First Priority Pledge Over Credit Rights, dated March 14, 2008, by Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended by that Amendment Agreement in Respect of Pledge Over Credit Rights, dated October 5, 2011, by and between Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Pledgor, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Prior Pledgee, and Citibank, N.A., acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as Pledgee

 

10.30

 

Deed of Pledge of Participations, dated March 14, 2008, by Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended by that Amendment Agreement in Respect of Pledge of Shares, dated October 5, 2011, by and between Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., as Pledgor, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Prior Pledgee, and Citibank, N.A., acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as Pledgee

 

10.31


2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries

 

10.32


2007 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Agreement, as amended on August 31, 2010

 

10.33


2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, dated June 13, 2013, as amended by the First Amendment to the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan effective as of September 17, 2015

II-18


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.34 2013 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Agreement effective as of September 11, 2013

 

10.35


Laureate Education, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009

 

10.36


Form of Management Stockholder's Agreement for equityholders

 

10.37

†*

Employment Offer Letter, dated July 6, 2015, between Laureate Education, Inc. and Enderson Guimarães

 

10.38


Deferred Compensation Letter Agreement, dated August 16, 2007, by and among L Curve Sub Inc., Laureate Education, Inc. and Douglas L. Becker

 

10.39


2nd Amended and Restated Executive Interest Subscription Agreement, dated August 31, 2010, between Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership and Douglas L. Becker

 

10.40


Employment Offer Letter, dated July 21, 2008, between Laureate Education, Inc. and Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

10.41


Amendment to Employment Offer Letter, dated December 9, 2010, between Laureate Education, Inc. and Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

10.42


Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement, dated August 5, 2008, between Laureate Education, Inc. and Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

10.43


Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Units Agreement, for grants from and after September 11, 2013

 

10.44

 

Support Services Agreement between Santa Fe University of Art and Design, LLC and Laureate Education, Inc. dated October 1, 2014

 

10.45

 

Master Service and Confidentiality Agreement, dated April 28, 2014, by and between Laureate Education, Inc. and Accenture LLP

 

10.46


System Wide Master Agreement, dated April 10, 2015, between Blackboard Inc. and Laureate Education, Inc.

 

10.47


Form of Stockholders' Agreement for Entity-Appointed Directors

 

10.48


Form of Stockholders' Agreement for Individual Directors

 

10.49


2013 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement

 

10.50


2013 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Performance Share Units Agreement

 

21.1

*

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

23.2

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes, São Paulo, Brazil

 

23.3

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil

 

24.1

**

Powers of Attorney

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

II-19


Table of Contents

#
Laureate Education, Inc. hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

II-20


Table of Contents


Laureate Education, Inc.

Supplemental Financial Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In Thousands)

 
   
  Additions    
   
 
Description
  Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  Charges to
Costs and
Expenses
  Charges to
Other
Accounts
  Deductions   Balance at
End of
Period
 

Deducted from asset accounts:

                               

Year ended December 31, 2014:

                               

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable(1)(2)

  $ 167,521   $ 110,302   $ 4,736   $ (112,419 ) $ 170,140  

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets(3)

    907,203     94,791         (7,560 )   994,434  

Total deducted from asset accounts

  $ 1,074,724   $ 205,093   $ 4,736   $ (119,979 ) $ 1,164,574  

Deducted from asset accounts:

                               

Year ended December 31, 2013:

                               

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable(2)

  $ 164,910   $ 102,662   $   $ (100,051 ) $ 167,521  

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets(3)

    747,148     171,644         (11,589 )   907,203  

Total deducted from asset accounts

  $ 912,058   $ 274,306   $   $ (111,640 ) $ 1,074,724  

Deducted from asset accounts:

                               

Year ended December 31, 2012:

                               

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable(2)

  $ 159,995   $ 94,514   $   $ (89,599 ) $ 164,910  

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets(3)

    607,833     195,185         (55,870 )   747,148  

Total deducted from asset accounts

  $ 767,828   $ 289,699   $   $ (145,469 ) $ 912,058  

Notes:

(1)
Charges to Other Accounts in 2014 includes reclassifications.

(2)
Deductions includes accounts receivable written off against the allowance (net of recoveries), reclassifications, and foreign currency translation.

(3)
Deductions includes reclassifications.

S-1




Exhibit 2.1

 

Free Translation in Portuguese – not for execution

 

CONTRATO IRREVOGÁVEL E IRRETRATÁVEL DE COMPRA E VENDA DE PARTICIPAÇÃO SOCIETÁRIA

 

IRREVOCABLE AND IRREVERSIBLE EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

Este contrato de compra e venda de participação societária (este “ Contrato ”) é celebrado em 10 de Maio de 2013, entre as seguintes Partes:

 

This equity purchase agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is executed as of the May 10, 2013, by and between the following Parties:

 

 

 

Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., sociedade com sede na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, inscrita no Cadastro Nacional da Pessoa Jurídica do Ministério da Fazenda (“ CNPJ/MF ”) sob o nº [ ] , incluindo suas afiliadas, as quais poderão, na qualidade de cessionárias, assumir e cumprir os direitos e obrigações previstos abaixo, desde que a Compradora permaneça como devedora solidária e garantidora de todas as obrigações descritas neste instrumento, a qual é neste ato representada por seu(s) representante(s) legal(is), Srs. Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho e Richard Harvey Sinkfield III , doravante denominada “ Laureate ” ou “ Compradora ”; e

 

Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., a company with its headquarters in the city of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, enrolled with the Corporate Taxpayers’ Registry of the Ministry of Finance (“ CNPJ/MF ”) under No. [ ], including its affiliates, which may, as assignees, undertake and perform the rights and obligations provided below, provided that the Purchaser remains as joint debtor and guarantor of all obligations described in this instrument, which is herein represented by its legal representative(s), Messrs. Srs. Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho and Richard Harvey Sinkfield III, hereinafter simply referred to as “ Laureate ” or “ Purchaser ”; and

 

 

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva , brasileira, casada, advogada, portadora da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [ ], inscrita no Cadastro de Pessoas Físicas do Ministério da Fazenda (“ CPF/MF ”) sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliada na [ ] (“ Dra. Labibi ”);

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva , Brazilian citizen, married, attorney-at-law, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ], enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers’ Registry of the Ministry of Finance (“ CPF/MF ”) under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ] (“ Dra. Labibi ”);

 

 

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva , brasileiro, casado, advogado, portador da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [ ], inscrito no CPF/MF sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliado na [ ] (“ Prof. Edevaldo ”);

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva , Brazilian citizen, married, attorney-at-law, bearer of the Identity Card RG No.  [ ], enrolled with CPF/MF under No.  [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ] (“ Prof. Edevaldo ”);

 

 

 

Dra. Aidéa Alves da Silva, brasileira, solteira, dentista, portadora da Cédula de Identidade de RG

 

Dra. Aidéa Alves da Silva, Brazilian citizen, single, dentist, bearer of the Identity Card RG No.

 

1



 

nº [ ], inscrita no CPF/MF sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliada na [ ] (“ Dra. Aidéa ”); e

 

[ ], enrolled with CPF/MF under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ] (“ Dra. Aidéa ”); and

 

 

 

Dr. Arnold Fioravante , brasileiro, divorciado, advogado, portador da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [ ], inscrito no CPF/MF sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliado na [ ] (“ Dr. Arnold ”);

 

Dr. Arnold Fioravante , Brazilian citizen, divorced, attorney-at-law, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ], enrolled with CPF/MF under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ] (“ Dr. Arnold ”);

 

 

 

Dra. Labibi, Prof. Edevaldo, Dra. Aidéa e Dr. Arnold doravante serão denominados, em conjunto, como os “ Vendedores ”.

 

Dra. Labibi, Prof. Edevaldo, Dra. Aidéa and Dr. Arnold are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Sellers ”.

 

 

 

A Compradora e os Vendedores serão individualmente denominados “ Parte ” e, conjuntamente, “ Partes ”.

 

Each of the Purchaser and Sellers are individually referred to as the “ Party ”, and collectively to as the “ Parties ”.

 

 

 

E, na qualidade de Interveniente Anuente:

 

And, in the capacity of Intervening and Consenting Party:

 

 

 

Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas — Associação Educacional, uma instituição sem fins lucrativos, com sede na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, na Rua Taguá, 150, Liberdade, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ], neste ato representada por seu(s) representante(s) legal(is), Dra. Labibi, Prof. Edevaldo, Dra. Aidéa e Dr. Arnold, doravante denominada “ FMU ” ou “ Sociedade ”, a qual é mantenedora do Centro Universitário das Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas (o “ Centro Universitário FMU ”). As Partes esclarecem que a definição “ Sociedade ” refere-se a ambos os tipos jurídicos da FMU, ou seja, como uma associação sem fins lucrativos (antes da sua transformação em sociedade com fins lucrativos) e como uma sociedade (após referida transformação).

 

Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas — Associação Educacional, a non-profit organization, with head offices in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, at Rua Taguá, No. 150, Liberdade, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No. [ ], herein represented by its legal representative(s) Dra. Labibi, Prof. Edevaldo, Dra. Aidéa e Dr. Arnold, hereinafter simply referred to as “ FMU ” or the “ Company ”, which is the mantenedora of Centro Universitário das Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas (the “ FMU University Center ”). The Parties clarify that the definition “ Company ” refers to both legal structures of FMU, i.e., as a non-profit entity (before its transformation into a for profit company) and as a for-profit company (after such transformation).

 

2



 

Tem entre si justo e contratado o quanto segue:

 

Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

 

 

1. Objeto do Presente Contrato. Na Data de Fechamento, a Compradora comprará dos Vendedores e os Vendedores venderão à Compradora 100% (cem por cento) do capital social da Sociedade, após a sua transformação em sociedade com fins lucrativos, sendo suas participações societárias livres e desembaraçadas de todos e quaisquer gravames, sujeito aos termos e condições abaixo, com tudo que elas representam, incluindo a propriedade de todos os seus ativos, tangíveis e intangíveis detidos nesta data e quaisquer outros adquiridos pela Sociedade após esta data até a Data de Fechamento, que sejam necessários para as atividades da Sociedade (as “ Participações Societárias ”) (referida compra e venda doravante denominada a “ Transação ”), sendo que referidos ativos e passivos foram devidamente registrados na contabilidade da Sociedade e analisados pela PricewaterhouseCoopers, Financial and Recovery Ltda. (“ PWCF ”), contratada que foi pela Compradora para realizar uma auditoria durante um período de investigação ( due diligence ), já terminada. Os Vendedores à mercê dos termos deste instrumento contrataram a empresa Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Auditores Independentes (“ DTTL ”), aceita pela Compradora, para auditar as demonstrações financeiras da Sociedade referentes ao exercício financeiro de 2012, cuja versão original sem ressalvas, assinada e consolidada da FMU, Associação de Cultura e Ensino, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (a “ ACE ”) e União Educacional de São Paulo, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (a “ UESP ”) é, nesta data, entregue à Compradora.

 

1. Purpose. On the Closing Date, Purchaser shall purchase from Sellers, and Sellers shall sell to Purchaser 100% (one hundred percent) of the Company’s capital stock, after it is converted into a for-profit company, being its equities free and clear of any and all liens, and subject to the terms and conditions below, with everything it represents including the ownership of all its tangible and intangible assets, owned in this date and any other acquired by the Company after that date until the Closing Date, which are necessary for the activities of the Company (the “ Equities ”) (referred purchase and sale herein denominated the “ Transaction ”), and such assets and liabilities have been duly registered in the accounting of the Company and analyzed by PricewaterhouseCoopers, Financial and Recovery Ltda. (“ PWCF ”), engaged by Purchaser to perform a due diligence, during the period of investigation (due diligence), already finished. The Sellers under the terms of this instrument, engaged the company Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Auditores Independentes (“ DTTL ”), accepted by the Purchaser, to audit the financial statements of the Company, Associação de Cultura e Ensino, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. [ ] (“ ACE ”) and União Educacional de São Paulo, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. [ ] (“ UESP ”) on a combined basis regarding the fiscal year of 2012, such original and executed version, without qualifications, is provided to the Purchaser on the date hereof.

 

3



 

2. “ Preço de Aquisição ”. O valor do Preço de Aquisição acordado entre os Vendedores e a Compradora para a compra e venda das Participações Societárias é de R$500.000.000,00 (Quinhentos Milhões de Reais), a serem pagos pela Compradora em uma só parcela, à vista, observadas as seguintes condições:

 

2. “ Purchase Price ”. The amount of the Purchase Price agreed between the Sellers and the Purchaser for the purchase and sale of the Equities is of R$500,000,000.00 (Five Hundred Million Reais ) to be paid by the Purchaser in only one installment, at immediate payment, in accordance with the following conditions:

 

 

 

a) No ato da assinatura do presente instrumento, a Compradora já deverá ter efetuado um depósito em garantia, no valor de R$500.000.000,00 (Quinhentos Milhões de Reais), em uma conta bancária com o Banco J.P. Morgan S.A., instituição financeira, com sede na Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3729,13º, 14º e 15º andares, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, CEP 04538-905, inscrito no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (“ J.P. Morgan ”) que foi escolhido e aceito por ambas as Partes, depósito esse em favor dos Vendedores, segundo os termos do contrato de garantia e custódia que deverá ser anexado a este Contrato e que também deverá ser aceito e assinado pelas Partes (o “ Contrato de Garantia e Custódia ”). Os respectivos custos para a abertura e manutenção da conta de garantia e custódia deverão ser arcados e divididos igualmente pelas Partes, excluindo os custos de eventual financiamento ou conversão de moeda solicitado pela Compradora, ou seja, 50% (cinquenta por cento) dos custos de abertura da conta de garantia custódia e de manutenção do Contrato de Garantia e Custódia serão pagos pela Compradora e 50% (cinquenta por cento) dos mesmos serão pagos pelos Vendedores. O J.P. Morgan, que terá o depósito em garantia, deverá liberar impreterivelmente o valor principal deste depósito juntamente com os respectivos rendimentos que houver: aos Vendedores, na Data de Fechamento,

 

a) In the act of the signing of the present instrument, Purchaser shall already have made an escrow deposit in the amount of R$500,000,000.00 (Five Hundred Million Reais ) in a bank account with Bank J.P. Morgan S.A. , financial institution, with its headquarters at Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3729, 13 th , 14 th  and 15 th  floors, in the city of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Zip Code 04538-905, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No.  [ ] (“ J.P. Morgan ”), in favor of the Sellers, under the terms of the escrow and guarantee agreement that shall be attached to this Agreement and shall also be accepted and executed by the Parties (the “ Guarantee and Escrow Agreement ”). The respective costs for the opening and maintaining of the guarantee and escrow account shall be borne and shared equally by the Parties, excluding the costs of eventual financing or currency conversion requested by Purchaser, i.e., 50% (fifty percent) of the opening costs of the guarantee and escrow account and the maintenance of the Guarantee and Escrow Agreement shall be paid by Purchaser and 50% (fifty percent) of such costs shall be paid by Sellers. J.P. Morgan, which will have the escrow deposit, shall release, without any further delay, the principal amount of this deposit together with any yield (income) that exists to the Sellers, on the Closing Date, by a written request of release executed jointly by the Parties, confirming that the Administrative Counsel of Economic Defense

 

4



 

mediante um pedido por escrito de liberação assinado em conjunto pelas Partes, confirmando que o Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Econômica (“ CADE ”) aprovou a Transação, que os documentos societários referentes ao processo de transformação da FMU em sociedade com fins lucrativos foram devidamente registrados e arquivados no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e pela Junta Comercial do Estado de São Paulo (“ JUCESP ”) se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, ou em ambos se for necessário. A partir de então, a Compradora, sob pretexto algum, poderá objetar o levantamento dos fundos e dos rendimentos referentes aos mesmos, aos quais os Vendedores têm direito, sob pena de a Compradora incorrer e tornar-se sujeita à Multa a seguir indicada (4. Cláusula Penal). No caso de não haver aprovação da Transação pelo CADE dentro do prazo de 165 (cento e sessenta e cinco) dias a contar da data do depósito efetuado pela Compradora dos fundos acima na conta de garantia e custódia, caberá então à Compradora o direito de pedir isoladamente e por escrito ao J.P. Morgan, após ter comunicado aos Vendedores, a liberação dos fundos e da remuneração que forem devidos, hipótese essa a que os Vendedores não poderão se opor, sob pena de incorrerem e tornarem-se também sujeitos e devedores da mesma Multa indicada (4. Cláusula Penal).

 

 (“ CADE ”) approved the Transaction, that the corporate documents related to the transformation process of FMU into a for-profit company were duly registered and filed with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with the Board of Trade of the State of São Paulo (“ JUCESP ”), if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company, that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP. Thereafter, the Purchaser, under any excuse, may not object to the release of the funds and yield relative to such funds, to which the Sellers have the right, being the Purchaser subject to the Penalty indicated below (4. Penalty Clause). In case of non-approval of the Transaction by CADE within the period of 165 (one hundred and sixty five) days as of the date of the deposit made by the Purchaser of the funds mentioned above in the guarantee and escrow account, then the Purchaser shall have the right to request individually and in writing to J.P. Morgan, after having communicated to the Sellers, the release of the funds and the yield that are due, hypothesis that the Sellers shall not oppose, under penalty of incurring and becoming also subject to, and debtors of, the same Penalty indicated (4. Penalty Clause).

 

 

 

b) O Contrato de Garantia e Custódia, acima mencionado deverá ser assinado pelas Partes simultaneamente com a assinatura do presente Contrato.

 

b) The Guarantee and Escrow Agreement mentioned above shall be executed by the Parties simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.

 

5



 

c) Os Vendedores deverão ter recebido da Compradora, evidência suficiente (recibo, carta do J.P. Morgan etc.) que o depósito acima (cláusula 2 a) foi efetuado antes de assinarem o presente instrumento.

 

c) The Sellers shall have received from the Purchaser, sufficient evidence (receipt, letter from J.P. Morgan etc.) that the deposit above (section 2 a) was made before the execution of this instrument.

 

 

 

2.1. Forma de Pagamento . Após o processo de transformação da FMU em sociedade com fins lucrativos estar devidamente registrado no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e na JUCESP, se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, as Partes deverão comunicar o J.P. Morgan, dentro de 24 (vinte e quatro) horas após a confirmação do cumprimento das premissas mencionadas abaixo, para que este torne os fundos disponíveis e prontos para serem liberados aos Vendedores na Data de Fechamento:

 

2.1. Payment Terms . A After the transformation process of FMU into a for-profit company is duly registered with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, the Parties shall inform J.P. Morgan, within 24 (twenty-four) hours after the compliance with the premises mentioned below, in order to have the funds available and ready to be released to Sellers on the Closing Date:

 

 

 

(i) aprovação definitiva do CADE referente à presente Transação, evidenciada por meio de decisão do referido órgão aprovando o respectivo ato de concentração, devidamente publicada nos termos da lei e não mais sujeita a recurso ou pedido de avocação; e

 

(i) final approval of CADE regarding this Transaction, confirmed by means of a decision of such authority approving the relevant concentration act, duly published according to the law and not subject to recourse or certiorari request; and

 

 

 

(ii) registro no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e na JUCESP se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, da transformação da Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos.

 

(ii) registration with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, of the transformation of the Company into for-profit company.

 

 

 

2.1.2. No Fechamento, as Partes assinarão uma comunicação autorizando o J.P. Morgan a realizar

 

2.1.2. At the Closing, the Parties shall sign a communication authorizing J.P. Morgan to effect

 

6



 

a liberação imediata do valor total então depositado na conta garantia e custódia, referente ao Preço de Aquisição (cláusula 2). Os fundos e seus respectivos rendimentos estarão imediatamente disponíveis, em Reais, e serão transferidos pelo J.P. Morgan em nome dos Vendedores por meio de uma TED (Transferência Eletrônica de Dados) em favor deles para a conta bancária cujos dados e nome do banco serão fornecidos antecipadamente, por escrito, pelos mesmos Vendedores ao J.P. Morgan tendo dado ciência por escrito à Compradora, com pelo menos 5 (cinco) dias de antecedência à Data de Fechamento.

 

the immediate release of the total amount then deposited in the guarantee and escrow account, regarding the Purchase Price (section 2). The funds and the yield related to the funds shall be immediately available, in Brazilian currency, Reais , and shall be transferred by J.P. Morgan on behalf of Sellers through TED ( Transferência Eletrônica de Dados ) in favor of them to the bank account which data and name of the bank will be provided in advance in writing by the same Sellers to J.P. Morgan having given notification in writing to the Purchaser, with at least 5 (five) days before the Closing Date.

 

 

 

2.1.3. Simultaneamente ao pagamento do Preço de Aquisição pela Compradora aos Vendedores estes deverão assinar todos os documentos necessários à cessão e transferência das suas correspondentes Participações Societárias à Compradora.

 

2.1.3. Simultaneously with the payment of the Purchase Price by the Purchaser to the Sellers, the Sellers shall sign all documents required for the assignment and transfer of their corresponding Equities to the Purchaser.

 

 

 

2.1.4. A Compradora deverá apresentar aos Vendedores, antes da assinatura deste Contrato, o Contrato de Garantia e Custódia que foi por ela negociado com o J.P. Morgan e por este aceito, que deverá conter linguagem suficiente, clara e indicativa dos termos acima (cláusulas 2 e 2.1), garantindo aos Vendedores o pagamento e a liberação dos recursos, segundo o que está indicado acima e que foi aqui convencionado e aceito pelas Partes.

 

2.1.4. Purchaser shall provide to the Sellers, prior to the signing of this Agreement, the Guarantee and Escrow Agreement which was negotiated by the Purchaser with J.P. Morgan and accepted by J.P. Morgan, that shall contain language sufficient, clear and indicative of the terms above (sections 2 and 2.1), guaranteeing to the Sellers the payment and the release of the funds, according to what is indicated above and that was herein agreed and accepted by the Parties.

2.2. Relação de Dívidas existentes que não modificam o Preço de Aquisição.

 

2.2. List of Existing Debts that do not modify the Purchase Price.

 

 

 

2.2.1. A Compradora está de acordo que as dívidas que são abaixo relacionadas e são por ela

 

2.2.1. Purchaser agrees that the debts that are listed below and are known by the Purchaser, shall not be

 

7



 

conhecidas, não serão objeto de quaisquer deduções do Preço de Aquisição e nem são discutíveis quanto à sua origem, necessidade, termos ou condições, a saber:

 

object of any deductions from the Purchase Price and nor are questionable as to its origin, necessity, terms or conditions, namely:

 

 

 

(a) (i) dívida junto ao INSS, estando ela sujeita a um processo de parcelamento em até 180 (cento e oitenta) meses, cujos pagamentos mensais vem sendo feitos pela Sociedade; e (ii) quaisquer outras dívidas com quaisquer outras autoridades fiscais, municipais, estaduais ou federais, incluídas em programas de parcelamento, ou sujeitas a outros acordos para pagamento dos respectivos valores em parcelas, todas estas dívidas mencionadas nos itens (i) e (ii) acima sendo pagas nas respectivas datas de pagamento de acordo com os termos do programa de parcelamento, segundo comprovado pelas últimas guias de pagamento recolhidas, correspondente ao mês anterior à Data de Fechamento, cujas cópias serão entregues à Compradora na Data de Fechamento (“ Dívidas Fiscais ”); e

 

(a) (i) debt with the INSS, which is subjected to an installment program up to 180 (one hundred eighty) months, which monthly payments are being made by the Company; and (ii) any other debts with any other tax authorities, Municipal, State or Federal, included in installment programs, or subjected to other agreements for payment of the respective amounts in installments, all these debts mentioned in items (i) and (ii) above being paid on the respective dates of payment in accordance with the terms of the installment program, as proven by the latest guides payment collected, corresponding to the previous month to the Closing Date, which copies shall be provided to Purchaser on the Closing Date (“ Tax Debts ”); and

 

 

 

(b) o saldo atual da dívida devida pela Sociedade nos termos do contrato de empréstimo [ ] que foi celebrado pela Sociedade com o Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., São Paulo, em 22 de novembro de 2012; (o “ Empréstimo Santander ”). No valor total, na Data de Fechamento, das Dívidas Fiscais e do Empréstimo Santander, incluem-se também as dívidas relacionadas na cláusula 2.2.1 do Contrato Irrevogável e Irretratável de Compra e Venda de Participação Societária referente à aquisição da ACE (“ Contrato da ACE ”), sendo de comum acordo, por este instrumento, limitado pelas Partes a um total máximo de R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais).

 

(b) current balance of the debt due by the Company under the terms of the loan contract [ ] that was executed by the Company with Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., São Paulo, on November 22, 2012 (the “ Santander Loan ”). In the total amount, on the Closing Date, of the Tax Debts and Santander Loan, are also included the debts related in the section 2.2.1 of the Irrevocable and Irreversible Equity Purchase Agreement regarding the acquisition of ACE (“ ACE Agreement ”), being of mutual agreement by this instrument, limited by the Parties to a total maximum of R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ).

 

8


 

2.2.1.1. Qualquer redução no valor antes mencionado de R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais), decorrente de uma eventual antecipação de pagamento realizado pela Sociedade, negociação dessas mesmas dívidas por ela, modificação na lei, portaria ou resolução de qualquer natureza, será sempre de único e exclusivo benefício da Sociedade, não podendo, então, os Vendedores invocarem ou virem a se beneficiar dessa redução e nem alterar o Preço de Aquisição (cláusula 2 acima), o qual não sofrerá modificação alguma. Tampouco o teto que foi aqui de comum acordo estabelecido, no valor de R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais) sofrerá alteração alguma em razão da eventual antecipação; negociação; modificação na lei; portaria ou resolução, etc. Assim, caso o valor total das Dívidas Fiscais e do Empréstimo do Santander, incluindo-se neste total as dívidas relacionadas na cláusula 2.2.1 do Contrato da ACE, venha a ultrapassar os R$ 137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais) e desde que sejam elas anteriores à Data de Fechamento, serão os Vendedores inteira e solidariamente responsáveis pelo pagamento do valor que venha a exceder esse mesmo limite, obrigando-se eles, desde sempre, ao ressarcimento à Compradora de qualquer excesso verificado, nos mesmos termos e condições estipulados neste Contrato. Para o controle e informação permanente das Partes deste instrumento, deverá a Compradora manter, a partir da Data de Fechamento, um relatório que deverá ser submetido aos Vendedores, a cada 90 (noventa) dias a partir da Data de Fechamento, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos consecutivos, indicando e demonstrando aos Vendedores, todos

 

2.2.1.1. Any reduction in the amount previously mentioned of R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ), arising from an eventual advance payment performed by the Company, negotiation of these same debts by the Company, change in law, ordinance or resolution of any nature, shall be always of the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, and the Sellers may not, then, invoke or come to benefit from this reduction nor change the Purchase Price (section 2 above), which shall not suffer any modification. Neither the cap amount that was by mutual agreement herein established, in the amount of R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ), shall not suffer any change in reason of eventual advance; negotiation; change in law; ordinance or resolution, etc. Thus, in case the total amount of the Tax Debts and Santander Loan, including in this amount the debts related in section 2.2.1 of the ACE Agreement, exceed R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ), and since such debts are prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall be fully and severally liable for the payment of the amount that exceed this same limit, binding themselves, since always, to reimburse to the Purchaser of any excess verified, in the same terms and conditions stipulated in this Agreement. For the permanent control and information of the Parties of this instrument, the Purchaser shall maintain, as of the Closing Date, a report that shall be submitted to the Sellers, each 90 (ninety) days from the Closing Date, for a period of 5 (five) consecutive years, indicating and showing to the Sellers, all payments made by the Company in respect of the Tax Debts and Santander Loan and, if is the case, the

 

9



 

os pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade em relação às Dívidas Fiscais e do Empréstimo do Santander e, se for o caso, os pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade em relação às eventuais dívidas que possam ultrapassar o limite acima mencionado de R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais), as quais estarão elas sujeitas à compensação com os valores que forem devidos pela Sociedade nos termos dos Contratos de Locação definidos abaixo.

 

payments made by the Company in relation to eventual debts that may exceed the limit mentioned above of R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ), which shall be subject to offset against the amounts that are due by the Company under the Lease Agreements defined below.

 

 

 

2.2.2. As Partes reconhecem que os cálculos do Preço de Aquisição foram baseados no fato de que:

 

2.2.2. The Parties acknowledge that the calculations of the Purchase Price were based on the fact that:

 

 

 

(i) a Sociedade pagou ou vai pagar, antes da Data de Fechamento, toda e qualquer outra dívida da Sociedade com instituições financeiras ou empréstimos com terceiros e que, após a Data de Fechamento, a Sociedade não será responsável pelo pagamento de quaisquer dívidas com autoridades fiscais ou terceiros, que sejam oriundas de um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, exceção feita às dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos antes do período de 5 (cinco) anos anteriores à mesma Data de Fechamento e àquelas mencionadas na cláusula 2.2.1 (a) e (b) acima;

 

(i) the Company has paid off or will pay off, prior to the Closing Date, all and any other indebtedness of the Company with financial institutions or loans with third parties and that, after the Closing Date, the Company shall be not liable for the payment of any debts with tax authorities or third parties, which are arising from a period prior to the Closing Date, exception made to the third party debts (not to be confused with tax debts) arising from acts, facts or omissions occurred before the period of 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date and those mentioned in section 2.2.1 (a) and (b) above;

 

 

 

(ii) com base nos documentos contábeis e financeiros e da Projeção de Caixa ( Cash-Flow ) fornecidos pelos Vendedores, a Sociedade deverá ter até a data em que vier a completar 90 (noventa) dias contados esses desde a Data de Fechamento, recursos financeiros suficientes para o seu normal desempenho de suas atividades educacional e empresarial, baseados no número de alunos

 

(ii) based on the accounting and financial documents and the Cash-Flow provided by Sellers, the Company shall have, for the period of 90 (ninety) days after the Closing Date, sufficient financial resources for its ordinary performance of its educational and business activities, based on the number of students enrolled in the FMU-FIAM/FAAM and FISP University Complex, at the

 

10



 

matriculados no Complexo Universitário da FMU-FIAM/FAAM e FISP, na Data de Fechamento, sem a necessidade de aporte de fundos externos, bem como deverá ter, conforme as cópias dos extratos das contas financeiras em nome da Sociedade, na Data de Fechamento, um saldo mínimo em caixa no valor de R$12.000.000,00 (Doze Milhões de Reais), livres de quaisquer encargos ou ônus;

 

Closing Date, without the need for the contribution of external funds. As reflected in the copies of the Company’s statements of its financial accounts, as of the Closing Date, a minimum cash balance in the amount of R$12,000,000.00 (Twelve Million Reais ) free of any liens;

 

 

 

(iii) Apesar do número de alunos matriculados no Complexo Universitário da FMU-FIAM/FAAM e FISP, na Data de Fechamento, estar sujeito a alterações decorrentes do curso ordinário dos negócios, os Vendedores representam que referido número será, na Data de Fechamento de no mínimo 60.000 (sessenta mil) alunos, gerando uma receita/faturamento líquidos de no mínimo R$32.000.000,00 (trinta e dois milhões de Reais) por mês, baseando-se na média acumulada desde o início do ano letivo corrente até a Data de Fechamento, os quais serão confirmados pelos Vendedores por meio de apresentação de documentação na Data de Fechamento.

 

(iii) Notwithstanding the fact that the number of students enrolled in the FMU-FIAM/FAAM and FISP University Complex, at the Closing Date, is subject to changes in the ordinary course of business, the Sellers represent that such number shall be, on the Closing Date at least 60,000 (sixty thousand) students, generating a net revenue/billing of at least R$32,000,000.00 (thirty two million Reais ) per month based on the cumulative average since the beginning of the current school year until the Closing Date, which will be confirmed by the Sellers by means of the presentation of documentation on the Closing Date.

 

 

 

(iv) os Vendedores continuarão a administrar a Sociedade, a partir da data da assinatura deste instrumento e até a Data de Fechamento, de acordo com o curso normal e ordinário do negócio, incluindo a realização dos pagamentos, tempestivamente, de fornecedores, sem a realização, ou o compromisso de realização, de quaisquer pagamentos ou transferências que fujam à rotina e ao curso ordinário do negócio educacional e que possam vir a ser considerados como extraordinários e/ou injustificados, tais como: a venda ou a oneração dos recebíveis, a distribuição de dividendos, juros sobre capital

 

(iv) the Sellers shall continue to manage the Company, from the signature date of this instrument and until the Closing Date, according to the normal and ordinary course of the business, including making the payments, timely, of suppliers, without the realization of, or the commitment to perform, any payments or transfers that are outside of the routine and the ordinary course of the educational business and that may be considered as extraordinary and/or unjustified, such as: the sale or encumbrance of receivables, the distribution of dividends, interests on the Company’s capital and the payments of severance

 

11



 

próprio e os pagamentos de verbas rescisórias com valores acima daqueles estabelecidos em lei ou em contrato celebrado antes da presente data, conforme seja o caso; e

 

pay with amounts above those established in law or in agreement executed prior to the date hereof, as the case may be; and

 

 

 

(v) ficando claro que quaisquer obrigações ou compromissos de pagamento da Sociedade com os Vendedores ou quaisquer outras partes relacionadas aos Vendedores, se estas acaso existirem, deverão ser totalmente liquidadas antes da Data de Fechamento, excluindo-se, obviamente, os pagamentos dos aluguéis que obedecem a contratos de locação próprios.

 

(v) being clear that any payment obligations or commitments to perform payments of the Company with the Sellers or any other related parties to the Sellers, if any, shall be fully paid off prior to the Closing Date, excluding, obviously, the payments of the rents according to appropriate lease agreements.

 

 

 

2.2.3. Quaisquer outras dívidas da FMU que não tenham sido mencionadas na cláusula 2.2.1 letras (a) e (b) acima e que se refiram a um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, serão de exclusiva responsabilidade dos Vendedores, exceto as dívidas fiscais prescritas e as dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos há mais de 5 (cinco) anos antes da Data de Fechamento. Se a Sociedade vier a, ou tiver que pagar quaisquer das dívidas de responsabilidade dos Vendedores conforme acima mencionado, e sendo esses pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade, após a Data de Fechamento e não tendo sido eles reembolsados pelos Vendedores, serão os mesmos então deduzidos dos alugueres que forem devidos pela FMU aos Vendedores, ou às sociedades controladas por estes, nos termos dos contratos de locação firmados na Data de Fechamento, ou mesmo depois de referida data, entre a Sociedade como locatária e os Vendedores, ou sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores, como locadores, segundo o “ Anexo Contratos de Locação ” e os termos das cláusulas 7.1 e 7.2

 

2.2.3. Any other debts of FMU that have not been mentioned in section 2.2.1 letters (a) and (b) above and refer to a period prior to the Closing Date, shall be the sole liability of the Sellers, except the elapsed tax debts and third parties debts (that not confused with tax debts) arising from acts, facts or omissions that occurred more than 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date. If the Company pays, or has to pay, any of the debts of liability of the Sellers, as mentioned above, and being these payments made by the Company, after the Closing Date and have not been reimbursed by the Sellers, then such payment shall be deducted from the rents due from FMU to the Sellers or the companies controlled by the Sellers, pursuant to the lease agreements executed on the Closing Date, or even after of referred date, between the Company as lessee and the Sellers, or companies controlled by the Sellers, as lessors as per the “ Lease Agreements Exhibit ” and the terms of sections 7.1 and 7.2 below. Similarly, the Company may also deduct from the rents due from the Company to the Sellers, or to the companies controlled by the Sellers, the eventual missing amount pursuant to

 

12



 

abaixo. Da mesma forma, a Sociedade também poderá deduzir dos alugueres devidos por ela aos Vendedores, ou a sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores, o valor eventualmente faltante nos termos da cláusula 2.2.2 acima.

 

the terms of section 2.2.2 above.

 

 

 

3. Condições Precedentes. As Partes concordam que, antes ou na Data de Fechamento, os Vendedores e a Compradora deverão cumprir com suas respectivas condições precedentes ao Fechamento da Transação conforme previstas abaixo (conjuntamente denominadas “ Condições Precedentes ”):

 

3. Conditions Precedent. The Parties agree that, on or before the Closing Date, Sellers and Purchaser shall have met their respective conditions precedent to the Closing of the Transaction as described below (collectively referred to as the “ Conditions Precedent ”):

 

 

 

3.1. Aprovação pela Autoridade de Defesa da Concorrência. Somente após o depósito ter sido efetuado pela Compradora na conta de garantia e custódia como indicado na cláusula 2 (a) acima, é que as Partes deverão submeter a Transação para aprovação do CADE. Ambas as Partes deverão cooperar para ter a Transação o mais rapidamente possível aprovada pelo CADE, de acordo com os termos e condições deste Contrato, incluindo a última instância recursal administrativa, se e quando necessário. As Partes se comprometem a fornecer todos os documentos solicitados e a praticar todos os atos necessários para a aprovação da operação em todos os níveis, até a última instância recursal administrativa. Cada Parte deverá ser responsável por quaisquer eventuais penalidades, multas, responsabilidades e custos resultantes de violações referentes a suas omissões ou atos. A Compradora deverá ser a única responsável pelos custos referentes ao processo perante o CADE, exceto pelos custos relacionados à representação legal dos Vendedores, os quais serão de responsabilidade deles. Caso, após a última instância recursal administrativa, o CADE

 

3.2. Antitrust Approval. Only after the deposit has been made by the Purchaser in the guarantee and escrow account as indicated in the section 2 (a) above, is that the Parties shall submit the Transaction for the approval of the CADE. Both Parties shall cooperate to have the Transaction approved by CADE as soon as possible, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the last administrative level of appeal, if and whenever necessary. The Parties undertake to provide all the requested documents and to practice all the necessary acts for the approval of the Transaction in all levels, until the last administrative level of appeal. Each Party shall be responsible for any possible fines, penalties, liabilities and costs resulting from violations related to its omission or act. The Purchaser shall be solely responsible for all the costs related to the process before CADE, except for those related to the legal representation of the Sellers, which shall be their responsibility. In the event that after the last administrative level of appeal, CADE does not approve the Transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and either

 

13



 

não aprove a Transação de acordo com os termos e condições deste Contrato e qualquer uma das Partes venha a decidir que a Transação já não é mais de seu interesse, referida Parte poderá se retirar da Transação comunicando por escrito a outra Parte e, assim, rescindir este Contrato sem que seja devido o pagamento pela retirante de qualquer penalidade e/ou Multa.

 

of the Parties decide that the altered Transaction is no longer in its interest, then such Party may withdraw from the Transaction communicating in writing the other Party and thereby terminate this Agreement without being owed the payment by the withdrawn Party of any fine and/or Penalty.

 

 

 

3.2. (a) Transformação. As Partes acordam que os Vendedores somente deverão iniciar o processo de transformação da Sociedade, após a aprovação desta Transação pelo CADE e do depósito ter sido efetuado pela Compradora, na conta de garantia e custódia como indicado na cláusula 2 (a). Os Vendedores deverão ter concluído o processo de transformação da Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos, sob a forma de uma sociedade empresária limitada, denominada “Sociedade Limitada”, ou em uma Sociedade Anônima, conforme venha a ser indicado pela Compradora, por escrito aos Vendedores, estando o processo devidamente registrado e arquivado pelo Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e pela JUCESP, se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, e também pela Secretaria da Receita Federal em São Paulo (obtendo/atualizando o CNPJ/MF), segundo legislação brasileira pertinente.

 

3.2. (a) Transformation. The Parties agree that the Sellers shall only begin the transformation process of the Company, after the approval of this Transaction by CADE and of the deposit has been made by the Purchaser, in the guarantee and escrow account as indicated in the section 2 (a). Sellers shall have completed the process of transformation of the Company into a for-profit company, under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ), namely “Sociedade Limitada” or a corporation, as may be indicated by Purchaser, in writing, to the Sellers, being the process duly registered and filed with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company, that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, and also with Brazilian Federal Revenue in São Paulo (obtaining/updating the CNPJ/MF), according to the relevant Brazilian law.

 

 

 

3.2 (b) Reorganização . Os Vendedores deverão ter finalizado a restruturação interna para a redução de funcionários e prestadores de serviços associada à transição da administração da Sociedade pelos Vendedores para a administração

 

3.2 (b)  Reorganization. The Sellers shall have completed the internal restructuring to reduce staff and service providers associated with the transition of the management of the Company by the Sellers to the management of the Company by the

 

14



 

pela Compradora, de acordo com os planos de reestruturação apresentados pelos Vendedores à Compradora e à PWCF durante o processo de auditoria ( due diligence ). Consequentemente, todos os custos de rescisão que vierem a ocorrer para esta reestruturação interna, deverão ter sido pagos pela Sociedade antes da Data de Fechamento.

 

Purchaser, in accordance with the restructuring plans submitted by the Sellers to the Purchaser and PWCF during the audit procedure (due diligence). Consequently, all costs of termination that may occur for this internal restructuring must have been paid by the Company prior to the Closing Date.

 

 

 

3.3. Depósito de Garantia. A Compradora deverá ter efetuado o depósito no ato da assinatura do presente instrumento no valor de R$500.000.000,00 (Quinhentos Milhões de Reais) na conta de garantia e custódia, nos termos da cláusula 2 (a) acima e ter submetido aos Vendedores o Contrato de Garantia e Custódia para ser firmado com o J.P. Morgan para a aprovação e eventual aceitação dos Vendedores.

 

3.3. Escrow Deposit. Purchaser shall have made the deposit in the act of signature of the present instrument in the amount of R$500,000,000.00 (Five Hundred Million Reais ) in the guarantee and escrow account, under the terms of section 2 (a) above, and have submitted to the Sellers the Guarantee and Escrow Agreement to be executed with J.P. Morgan, for approval and eventual acceptance of the Sellers.

 

 

 

4. Cláusula Penal. Caso este Contrato seja rescindido pela Compradora ou pelos Vendedores, as Partes estabelecem uma penalidade pecuniária, que é aqui livremente estipulada e acordada entre as Partes no valor de R$50.000.000,00 (Cinquenta Milhões de Reais) (a “ Multa ”), que será aplicada conforme os termos e condições abaixo:

 

4. Penalty Clause. In case this Agreement is terminated by either the Purchaser or the Sellers, the Parties establish a financial penalty, which is here freely stipulated and agreed between the Parties in the amount of R$50,000,000.00 (Fifty Millions Reais ) (the “ Penalty ”), which shall be applied in accordance with the terms and conditions below:

 

 

 

(a) os Vendedores pagarão a Multa à Compradora caso o CADE aprove a Transação originada por este instrumento e os Vendedores não transformem a Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos (sob a forma de limitada ou sociedade anônima) ou, caso a Compradora se encontre pronta para o Fechamento da Transação (desde que cumpridos por ela todos os termos deste Contrato) e os Vendedores se recusem a

 

(a) Sellers shall pay the Penalty to the Purchaser in case of CADE approves the Transaction originated by this instrument and the Sellers do not transform the Company into a for-profit company (under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada or a corporation) or, in case the Purchaser is ready for the Closing of the Transaction (provided that the Purchaser has complied with all terms of this

 

15


 

fazer o Fechamento; e

 

Agreement) and the Sellers refuse to make the Closing; and

 

 

 

(b) a Compradora pagará a Multa aos Vendedores, caso o CADE tenha aprovado a Transação originada por este instrumento e os Vendedores tenham transformado a Sociedade em uma sociedade com fins lucrativos (sob a forma de limitada ou sociedade anônima) encontrando-se, portanto, prontos para o Fechamento (segundo os termos deste Contrato) e a Compradora se recuse a fazê-lo.

 

(b) Purchaser shall pay the Penalty to the Sellers in case CADE has approved the Transaction originated by this instrument and Sellers have transformed the Company into a for-profit company (under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ) or a corporation), therefore, the Sellers are ready to the Closing (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) and the Purchaser refuses to close.

 

 

 

4.1.1. Se a Multa for devida pela Compradora aos Vendedores nos termos da cláusula 4 (b) acima, o valor da Multa poderá ser deduzido do valor que foi depositado pela Compradora na conta de garantia e custódia sendo transferido pelo J.P. Morgan junto com os respectivos rendimentos aos Vendedores, mediante comunicado escrito assinado pela Compradora. Caso a Compradora se recuse a assinar em favor dos Vendedores a autorização da liberação da parcela a eles devida correspondente à Multa, esta será acrescida de um valor adicional de R$10.000,00 (Dez Mil Reais) por dia de atraso, decorrente da recusa pela Compradora para liberar o valor devido aos Vendedores, somando-se à Multa o valor correspondente ao número de dias que tiverem se passado até que os Vendedores recebam da Compradora o valor total da Multa e do acréscimo correspondente ao número de dias transcorridos até sua efetiva liberação.

 

4.1.1. If the Penalty is due by the Purchaser to the Sellers under the terms of section 4 (b) above, the amount of the Penalty shall be deducted from the amount that was deposited by the Purchaser in the guarantee and escrow account and, therefore, transferred by J.P. Morgan with its related yield to the Sellers by means of a written communication executed by the Purchaser. In case the Purchaser refuses to sign in favor of the Sellers the release authorization of the installment due to the Sellers corresponding to the Penalty, it shall be increased of an additional amount of R$10,000.00 (Ten Thousand Reais ) per day of delay, arising from the refusal by the Purchaser to release the amount due to the Sellers, adding to the Penalty the amount corresponding to the number of days that have passed until the Sellers receive from the Purchaser the total amount of the Penalty and the addition corresponding to the number of days elapsed until its effective release.

 

 

 

4.1.2. Se a Multa for devida pelos Vendedores à Compradora nos termos da cláusula 4 (a) acima e os Vendedores se recusarem a realizar tal pagamento, ao valor da Multa será acrescido um

 

4.1.2. If the Penalty is due by the Sellers to the Purchaser pursuant to the section 4 (a) above and the Sellers refuse to make such payment, shall be increased to the Penalty amount an additional

 

16



 

valor adicional de R$10.000,00 (Dez Mil Reais) por dia de atraso até a data do efetivo pagamento da Multa pelos Vendedores à Compradora.

 

amount of R$10,000.00 (Ten Thousand Reais ) per day of delay until the date of the effective payment of the Penalty by the Sellers to the Purchaser.

 

 

 

4.2. A Compradora poderá rescindir o presente Contrato, sem o pagamento da Multa (cláusula 4. acima) ou de qualquer outro valor devido aos Vendedores, caso ocorra, entre a data da assinatura do presente instrumento e a Data de Fechamento, um evento que, por ser absolutamente imprevisível, venha a causar um dano a qualquer aspecto da Sociedade e/ou da ACE, trazendo consequências substanciais ou até mesmo prejudicando a continuação dos negócios, ambas da maneira rotineira e habitual. Para que esse evento possa ser assim considerado, é necessário que as consequências dele venham a causar, dentro do prazo de até 365 (trezentos e sessenta e cinco) dias a contar da data desse evento, um prejuízo à Sociedade e/ou à ACE de valor superior a R$60.000.000,00 (Sessenta Milhões de Reais) (“ Efeito Prejudicial Substancial ”). Apenas para esclarecer: os seguintes eventos são exemplos dos tipos de evento que poderiam causar um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial, mas, de forma alguma, tem o propósito de limitar o que poderia ser considerado como tal: um incêndio em um ou em mais de um dos edifícios atualmente ocupados pela Sociedade com ou sem vítimas, desde que isso impeça o funcionamento normal ou a continuação das atividades escolares, ou mesmo colapso e desabamento de um ou mais dos edifícios ocupados pela Sociedade, com ou sem vítimas, ou a interdição do funcionamento da Sociedade por qualquer órgão seja ele da administração federal, estadual ou municipal etc. Os Vendedores concordam que eles deverão notificar por escrito a Compradora, dentro do

 

4.2. Purchaser may terminate this Agreement, without the payment of the Penalty (section 4 above) or of any other amount due to the Sellers, in case of occurrence, between the signature date of this instrument and the Closing Date, an event that, by be absolutely unpredictable, may cause a damage to any aspect of the Company and/or ACE, bringing material consequences or even damaging the continuation of the business, both in a routine and habitual manner. In order to consider this event as such, it is required that the consequences of the event cause, within the term of 365 (three hundred and sixty-five) days as of the date of the event, a damage to the Company and/or to ACE of an amount higher than R$60,000,000.00 (Sixty Million Reais ) (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). For clarification purposes only, the following events are examples of the types of event that could cause a Material Adverse Effect, but in no way is this list intended to limit what could be considered as such: a fire in one or more of the buildings currently occupied by the Company with or without victims, provided that it prevents normal operation or continuation of the school activities, or even collapse and landslide of one or more of the buildings occupied by the Company, with or without victims, or interdiction of the operation of the Company by any government entity be it Federal, State or Municipal, etc. Sellers agree that they shall notify in writing the Purchaser within 48 (forty-eight) hours as of their knowledge of any event that could reasonably be considered to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Similarly, the Purchaser shall notify in writing the Sellers also within 48

 

17



 

prazo improrrogável de 48 (quarenta e oito) horas do seu conhecimento sobre qualquer evento que possa razoavelmente vir a ser assim considerado como o causador de um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial. Da mesma forma, a Compradora deverá notificar os Vendedores, também no prazo de 48 (quarenta e oito) horas a partir de seu conhecimento, por escrito, caso venha ela a tomar conhecimento de um evento ocorrido e que se caracterize como indicado acima.

 

(forty-eight) hours as of its knowledge of any event that is characterized as indicated above.

 

 

 

5. Cooperação. Entre a data da assinatura deste instrumento e a Data de Fechamento, caso a Compradora necessite de qualquer tipo de informações sobre as atividades e finanças da Sociedade, ou necessite entrar em contato com qualquer pessoa responsável pela gestão da Sociedade, exceção feita aos coordenadores pedagógicos e professores, deverá solicitar tais informações ou contato através do Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva e Dr. Edson Alves da Silva que, prazerosamente, prestarão todas as informações ou viabilizarão os contatos solicitadas dentro do menor tempo possível. As Partes reconhecem que a cooperação descrita acima é um elemento importante da Transação.

 

5. Cooperation. Between the date of execution of this instrument and the Closing Date, if the Purchaser requires any kind of information regarding the operations and finances of the Company, as well as any contact with any person responsible for the Company’s management, except for academic coordinators and teachers, the Purchaser shall request such information or contact through Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva and Dr. Edson Alves da Silva, that, pleasurably, shall provide all the information requested or enable the contacts requested within the shortest possible time. The Parties recognize that the cooperation described above is an important element of the Transaction.

 

 

 

6. Fechamento. As Partes acordam que a Transação será consumada no Fechamento (o “ Fechamento ”), no escritório do Prof. Edevaldo na Avenida Nove de Julho, 4129, na cidade e Estado de São Paulo, ou em qualquer outro lugar acordado mutuamente por ambas as Partes, o qual deverá ocorrer no 5º dia útil após (i) a aprovação final do CADE referente à presente Transação, evidenciada por meio de decisão do referido órgão aprovando o respectivo ato de concentração,

 

6. Closing. The Parties hereby agree that the Transaction shall be consummated at the closing (the “ Closing ”) in the office of Prof. Edevaldo at Avenida Nove de Julho, 4129, in the city and State of São Paulo, or in any other place mutually agreed by both of the Parties, which shall occur on the 5 th  business day after (i) the final approval of CADE regarding this Transaction, confirmed by means of a decision of such authority approving the relevant concentration act, duly published according to the

 

18



 

devidamente publicada nos termos da lei e não mais sujeita a recurso ou pedido de avocação; e (ii) o registro no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e na JUCESP, se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, da transformação da Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos (a “ Data de Fechamento ”).

 

law and not subject to recourse or certiorari request; and (ii) the registration with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, of the transformation of the Company into for-profit company (the “ Closing Date ”) .

 

 

 

6.1. Documentos da Transação e Documentos a ela Relacionados. Os seguintes documentos deverão ser assinados ou apresentados pelas Partes na Data de Fechamento:

 

6.1. Transaction Documents and Related Documents. The following documents shall be executed or provided by the Parties on the Closing Date:

 

 

 

(i) procuração a ser assinada pelos administradores da Sociedade antes da transferência das Participações Societárias à Compradora, desde que o pagamento do Preço de Aquisição tenha sido feito e liberado aos Vendedores, outorgando poderes de administração da Sociedade para os indivíduos a serem indicados por escrito pela Compradora, que será e permanecerá como única responsável pelos atos que vierem a ser praticados por eles, isentando, desde agora, toda e qualquer responsabilidade dos Vendedores quanto aos atos praticados pelos mesmos procuradores. A procuração servirá para o período a partir da data de assinatura do documento societário que indicá-los ou, mesmo a outros, como novos administradores da Sociedade. A procuração dará poderes aos que nela forem indicados pela Compradora e será válida entre a Data de Fechamento e a data em que referido documento societário for devidamente registrado no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e na JUCESP, se não

 

(i) power-of-attorney to be signed by the administrators of the Company before the transfer of the Equities to the Purchaser, provided that the payment of the Purchase Price has already been made and released to the Sellers, granting management powers to individuals to be indicated in writing by the Purchaser, which shall be and remain as the sole responsible for the acts that may be performed by them, exempting, from now, any and all liability of the Sellers regarding the acts performed by the same attorneys. The power-of-attorney shall serve for the period as of the signature date of the corporate document that appoints the referred individuals, or even others, as new managers of the Company. The power-of-attorney shall grant powers to the ones indicated in the power-of-attorney by the Purchaser and shall be valid between the Closing Date and the date that such corporate document is duly registered with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of

 

19



 

houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, gerando, assim, efeito legal perante terceiros, nos termos do “ Anexo Procuração ”;

 

association of the transformed Company that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, thus generating legal effect with third parties, in the form of the “ Power of Attorney Exhibit ”;

 

 

 

(ii) senhas, certificados digitais ou quaisquer outras informações da Sociedade necessárias para o funcionamento das atividades da Sociedade, para serem entregues na Data de Fechamento à Compradora para uso dela, perante qualquer instituição pública ou privada, incluindo, mas não limitada a, Receita Federal, Prefeitura Municipal e Ministério da Educação - MEC;

 

(ii) passwords, digital certificates or any other information of the Company required for the operation of its activities of the Company, to be provided on the Closing Date to the Purchaser for use by the Purchaser, before any public or private institution, including, but not limited to, Brazilian Federal Revenue, Municipality and Ministry of Education - MEC;

 

 

 

(iii) Contratos de Locação entre a Sociedade como locatária e os Vendedores, ou as sociedades controladas pelos mesmos, como locadores, a serem assinados na Data de Fechamento, nos termos da minuta do contrato de locação aqui anexada, bem como, da tabela de valores de aluguel acordados entre as Partes (“ Anexo Contratos de Locação ”), para todas as propriedades atualmente em uso pela Sociedade e de titularidade dos Vendedores ou de sociedades controladas pelos mesmos (excluídos os imóveis do Morumbi e do Campus da Iguatemi, localizados à Rua Engenheiro Isaac Milder, 355, Real Parque Morumbi, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, CEP 05688-010 e à Rua Iguatemi, 306, Itaim Bibi, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, CEP 01451-010, respectivamente (os “ Contratos de Locação ”).

 

(iii) Lease Agreements between the Company as lessee and the Sellers, or the companies controlled by the Sellers, as lessors, to be executed on the Closing Date, in accordance with the draft of the lease agreement attached hereto, as well as the table of rental amounts agreed between the Parties (the “ Lease Agreements Exhibit ”) for all properties currently in use by the Company and of ownership of the Sellers or companies controlled by the Sellers (excluded the real estate properties of Morumbi and the Iguatemi Campus, located at Rua Engenheiro Isaac Milder, 355, Real Parque Morumbi, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Zip Code 05688-010 and Rua Iguatemi, 306, Itaim Bibi, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Zip Code 01451-010 respectively (the “ Lease Agreements ”).

 

 

 

Os Contratos de Locação terão as seguintes características:

 

The Lease Agreements shall have the following characteristics:

 

 

 

(1) O prazo de vigência inicial dos Contratos de

 

(1) The initial term of the Lease Agreements of the

 

20



 

Locação dos imóveis dos Vendedores e de suas empresas coligadas será de 13 (treze) anos, sendo que a locatária terá o direito de poder renovar caso lhe convenha desde que observadas as mesmas condições e cláusulas dos Contratos de Locação dos imóveis dos Vendedores e/ou de suas empresas coligadas, por um prazo adicional de 4 (quatro) anos;

 

real estate properties of the Sellers and of their affiliated companies shall be of 13 (thirteen) years, with a right of the lessee to be able to renew, if it suits to the lessee, provided that observed the same conditions and sections of the Lease Agreements of the real estate properties of the Sellers and/or of its affiliated companies for an additional term of 4 (four) years;

 

 

 

(2) O valor total para o primeiro ano de aluguel dos imóveis dos Vendedores e de suas empresas coligadas, objeto dos Contratos de Locação, a partir da Data de Fechamento, será de R$22.929.600,00 (Vinte E Dois Milhões, Novecentos E Vinte E Nove Mil E Seiscentos Reais); e

 

(2) The aggregate amount for the first year of rent of the real estate properties of the Sellers and of their affiliated companies, object of the Lease Agreements, as of the Closing Date, shall be of R$22,929,600.00 (Twenty-Two Million, Nine-Hundred And Twenty-Nine Thousand And Six Hundred Reais); and

 

 

 

(3) Os alugueres dos imóveis em nome dos Vendedores e/ou de suas empresas coligadas, nos termos dos Contratos de Locação a serem firmados na Data de Fechamento, serão reajustados, anualmente, a partir do primeiro ano de locação, ou seja, a partir de 2014, segundo a variação anual do IGP-M/FGV ou, por outro índice oficial que venha a substituir o mesmo, mantidas todas as demais cláusulas e condições, constantes dos aludidos Contratos de Locação.

 

(3) The rents of the real estate properties of the Sellers and/or of its affiliated companies, under the terms of the Lease Agreements to be executed on the Closing Date, shall be readjusted, annually, from the first year of rental, i.e., as of 2014, according to the annual variation of the IGP-M/FGV (General Market Prices Index calculated by Fundação Getúlio Vargas) or, other official index that replaces the same, maintained all other terms and conditions, contained in the mentioned Lease Agreements.

 

 

 

6.1.1. Os Vendedores entregarão à Compradora, na Data de Fechamento, os originais de todos os contratos de locação vigentes e firmados com terceiros, referentes aos imóveis atualmente usados/ocupados pela Sociedade de propriedade de terceiros, conforme descrito no “ Anexo Locação de Terceiros ”. As bases, termos e condições dos atuais contratos de locação com

 

6.1.1. The Sellers shall provide to the Purchaser, on the Closing Date, the original of all lease agreement in force and entered into with third parties, related to the real estate properties currently used/occupied by the Company and including the real estate properties of ownership of independent third parties as described in “ Exhibit of Third Parties Lease ”. The bases, terms and

 

21



 

terceiros, foram devidamente examinados e aceitos pela Compradora antes da assinatura do presente instrumento, e deverão ser objeto de eventual entendimento futuro diretamente entre a Sociedade e esses mesmos terceiros, não dependendo e nem participando os Vendedores de referidas negociações.

 

conditions of the current lease agreements with third parties have been duly examined and accepted by the Purchaser before the signing of the present instrument, and shall be subject of eventual future understanding directly between the Company and such third parties, not depending nor participating the Sellers of referred negotiations.

 

 

 

6.1.2. Os Vendedores entregarão à Compradora, na Data de Fechamento, cópias dos Instrumentos Particulares de Venda e Compra referentes aos imóveis atualmente matriculados em nome da Sociedade, demonstrando, assim, estarem os mesmos em processo de terem os registros dessas alienações devidamente transcritas nas respectivas matrículas, sejam para os nomes dos próprios Vendedores ou para sociedades por eles controladas, ou mesmo a terceiros independentes. Os Vendedores serão os únicos responsáveis pelo aperfeiçoamento dessas transferências de imóveis após a Data de Fechamento, incluindo o pagamento das respectivas taxas e tributos, se ainda não estiverem concluídas, buscando fazê-las no menor tempo possível. Os Vendedores também serão responsáveis pelo pagamento de qualquer tributo ou taxa devidos em virtude da referida titularidade, com exceção daqueles tributos ou taxas em atraso, já conhecidos da Compradora, que a Sociedade vem pagando e definidas na cláusula 2.2.1(a)(ii) como Dívidas Fiscais, e dos tributos e taxas definidos nos Contratos de Locação que serão de responsabilidade da Sociedade como locatária a partir da Data de Fechamento.

 

6.1.2. The Sellers shall provide to Purchaser, on the Closing Date, the copies of the Private Instrument of Purchase and Sale regarding the real estate properties currently registered on behalf of the Company, thereby, demonstrating, therefore, that such real estate properties are in process of having the records of these disposals duly transcribed in the respective registrations ( matriculas ), on behalf of the Sellers, or the companies controlled by Sellers or even independent third parties. The Sellers shall be the only ones liable for the perfectioning of such transfers of the real estate properties after the Closing Date, including the payment of related fees and taxes, if the transfers are not already completed, trying to do the transfers in the shortest possible time. The Sellers shall also be liable for the payment of any tax or fee due by reason of that ownership, with exception of those taxes or fees overdue, already known by the Purchaser, that the Company is paying and defined in section 2.2.1(a)(ii) as Fiscal Debts, and of taxes and fees defined in the Lease Agreements that shall be liability of the Company as lessee from the Closing Date.

 

 

 

6.2. Registro após o Fechamento. As Partes deverão trabalhar em conjunto e colaborando entre si, para que o registro dos documentos societários

 

6.2. Post-Closing Registrations . The Parties shall work jointly and collaborating with each other in order to register the corporate documents

 

22


 

referentes à cessão das Participações Societárias à Compradora e/ou à nomeação dos administradores da Sociedade que forem indicados pela Compradora seja feito no menor tempo possível.

 

regarding the assignment of the Equities to the Purchaser and/or appointment of the administrators of the Company that are indicated by the Purchaser in the shortest period of time possible.

 

 

 

7. Disposições Diversas. Quaisquer dívidas em nome da FMU, incluindo dívidas oriundas de reclamações de terceiros, que não tenham sido mencionadas de forma específica no presente instrumento e que se refiram a fatos, atos ou omissões ocorridos em um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, incluindo esta, obviamente, serão de exclusiva responsabilidade dos Vendedores de forma solidária, exceto as dívidas fiscais prescritas e as dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos há mais de 5 (cinco) anos antes da Data de Fechamento (as “ Dívidas Compensáveis ”). As Partes reconhecem que esta limitação não se aplica a reclamações de terceiros já demandadas da Sociedade até a Data de Fechamento. A Sociedade deverá apresentar as Dívidas Compensáveis aos Vendedores para sua devida verificação, sendo que os Vendedores deverão examiná-las e apresentar as defesas cabíveis, se for o caso.

 

7. Miscellaneous. Any debts on behalf of FMU, including the debts arising from third party claims, that have not been specifically mentioned in the present instrument and which refers to facts, acts or omissions occurred at a period prior to the Closing Date, including this, obviously, shall be of sole liability of the Sellers, jointly, except the elapsed tax debts and the third parties debts (that not confused with tax debts) arising from of acts, facts or omissions that occurred more than 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date (the “ Debts Subject to Offset ). The Parties acknowledge that this limitation not apply to third parties claims already demanded of the Company until the Closing Date. The Company shall submit the Debts Subject to Offset to the Sellers for its due verification, and the Sellers shall examine the Debts Subject to Offset and submit the applicable defenses, if the case.

 

 

 

7.1. Os Vendedores deverão efetuar o pagamento a quaisquer credores dentro das condições que tiverem sido anteriormente estipuladas entre eles e esses mesmos credores, não sendo os Vendedores obrigados a antecipar quaisquer pagamentos que venham a ser prematuramente solicitados pela Sociedade que pudesse mudar os termos anteriormente avençados entre os Vendedores e seus eventuais credores. Caso os Vendedores não liquidem as Dívidas

 

7.1. The Sellers shall make the payment to any creditor within the conditions that have been previously stipulated between the Sellers and those same creditors, and the Sellers will not be required to anticipate any payments that may be prematurely requested by the Company, that may change the previously agreed terms between the Sellers and their eventual creditors. In case of the Sellers not settle the Debts Subject to Offset after the Sellers have exhausted all the applicable

 

23



 

Compensáveis depois de terem eles exaurido todas as defesas que forem aplicáveis, serão elas então objeto da dedução dos valores mensais dos alugueres vincendos e devidos nos termos dos Contratos de Locação firmados na Data de Fechamento, ou daqueles firmados depois de referida data, entre a Sociedade como locatária e os Vendedores ou sociedades por eles controladas como locadores.

 

defenses, then such debts shall be object of deduction of the monthly amounts of the rents falling due and due, under the terms of the Lease Agreements executed on the Closing Date, or the ones executed after such date, between the Company as lessee and the Sellers or the companies controlled by the Sellers as lessors.

 

 

 

7.1.1. Para o controle e informação permanente das Partes deste instrumento, deverá a Compradora manter, a partir da Data de Fechamento, um relatório de conta-corrente a ser enviado aos Vendedores a cada 90 (noventa) dias a partir da Data de Fechamento, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos consecutivos, indicando e demonstrando todos os pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade com relação às Dívidas Compensáveis, bem como todos os pagamentos recebidos pela Sociedade oriundos de reclamações de terceiros e das cobranças de atrasados que se refiram a fatos, atos ou omissões ocorridos em um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, incluindo esta, obviamente. Os Vendedores serão responsáveis pelo pagamento, nos termos da cláusula 7 acima, dos valores negativos do saldo demonstrado pelo aludido relatório.

 

7.1.1. For the permanent control and information to the Parties hereto, Purchaser shall maintain, as of the Closing Date, a report of the current account to be submitted to the Sellers, each 90 (ninety) days from the Closing Date, for a period of 5 (five) consecutive years, indicating and showing all payments made by the Company with respect to Debts Subject to Offset, as well as all payments received by the Company arising from third parties claims and from the charges of overdue payments that refer to facts, acts or omissions occurred in a period prior to the Closing Date, including this such date, obviously. Sellers shall be responsible for the payment, under section 7 above, of the negative amounts of the balance demonstrated by the referred report.

 

 

 

7.2. Caso os valores dos aluguéis mensais não sejam suficientes para a compensação (pagamento) dos valores das Dívidas Compensáveis, a Sociedade poderá adicionar aos valores por ela pagos juros de 1% (um por cento) ao mês e atualização monetária de acordo com a variação positiva do IGP-M/FGV, no período entre a data do pagamento feito pela Sociedade e a data de sua efetiva compensação ou de seu

 

7.2. In case of the amounts of the monthly rents are not sufficient to offset (payment) the amounts of the Debts Subject to Offset, the Company may add to the amounts paid by the Purchaser interest of 1% (one percent) per month and monetary adjustment according to the IGP-M/FGV, in the period between the date of the payment made by the Company and the date of effective offset or payment by the Sellers..

 

24



 

pagamento pelos Vendedores.

 

 

 

 

 

7.3. Com relação às reclamações de terceiros contra a Sociedade que forem de responsabilidade dos Vendedores nos termos da cláusula 7 acima, as Partes concordam que os Vendedores deverão conduzir a defesa de tais reclamações e serão responsáveis pelo pagamento de todos os custos referentes à referida defesa, incluindo honorários advocatícios, perícias, taxas, depósitos, entre outros, os quais deverão ser feitos pelos Vendedores diretamente aos respectivos credores ou entidades arrecadadoras. Os Vendedores manterão a Sociedade e a Compradora informada de todas as ocorrências e eventos substanciais referentes a essas reclamações de terceiros (inclusive enviando prontamente cópias de qualquer correspondência correlata à Sociedade e à Compradora, se e quando recebida pelos Vendedores). Ainda, os Vendedores deverão conduzir as defesas de quaisquer reclamações de autoridades fiscais para minimizar a eventual impossibilidade da Sociedade de obter todas as certidões negativas, ou positivas com efeitos de negativa, de débitos fiscais referentes á gestão dos Vendedores. Caso a Sociedade não consiga obter qualquer uma das referidas certidões após ter ela devidamente notificado os Vendedores sobre a necessidade de obter a certidão, a Sociedade poderá realizar os pagamentos devidos a fim de obter a certidão necessária e poderá deduzir os respectivos valores dos alugueres devidos nos termos dos Contratos de Locação existentes e ou de qualquer outro contrato de locação a ser posteriormente celebrado entre a Sociedade e os Vendedores ou a Sociedade e as sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores. A Compradora poderá informar os Vendedores por escrito caso

 

7.3. With respect to the third party claims against the Company that are of liability of the Sellers pursuant to the section 7 above, the Parties agree that the Sellers shall conduct the defense of such claims and shall be liable for the payment of all costs related to such defense, including attorney’s fees, experts fees, deposits, among others, which shall be made by the Sellers directly to relevant creditors or collecting entities. The Sellers shall keep the Company and the Purchaser informed of all material developments and events relating to such third party claims (including promptly forwarding copies to the Company and the Purchaser of any related correspondence, if and when received by the Sellers). Still, the Sellers shall conduct the defense of any claims of tax authorities to minimize the eventual impossibility of the Company to obtain all clearance certificates, or positive certificates with negative effects, of tax debts regarding the management of the Sellers. If the Company cannot obtain any of these certificates after having duly notified the Sellers on the need to obtain the certificate, the Company can make the due payments in order to obtain the necessary certificate and may deduct the relevant amounts from the rents due pursuant to the existing Lease Agreements and/or of any other lease agreement to be executed later between the Company and the Sellers or the Company and the companies controlled by the Sellers. Purchaser may inform the Sellers in writing if any advance payment or settlement of claims by third parties, may come to prejudice the Company’s operations and, in this case, the Parties shall jointly decide how to conduct the defense in order to avoid prejudice to the Company.

 

25



 

qualquer pagamento antecipado ou acordo de reclamações de terceiros, possam vir a prejudicar as operações da Sociedade e, neste caso, as Partes devem decidir em conjunto como conduzir a respectiva defesa com o objetivo de evitar prejuízos à Sociedade.

 

 

 

 

 

8. Acordo Integral . Cada Parte reconhece que seu advogado de escolha participou da preparação deste Contrato (inclusive dos anexos ao presente), o qual, juntamente com os outros documentos e instrumentos referidos no presente, contêm o entendimento integral entre todas as Partes com respeito às questões abrangidas neste instrumento, substituindo todos e quaisquer outros acordos e entendimentos anteriores, tanto os escritos, se houver, como também os verbais, entre as Partes ou com qualquer uma delas, com respeito aos assuntos correspondentes ao presente Contrato.

 

8. Entire Agreement . Each Party acknowledges that its legal counsel of choice has participated in the preparation of this Agreement (including the exhibits hereto), which jointly with the other documents and instruments referred to herein contain the entire understanding among all the Parties with respect to the matters covered hereby, replacing any and all other prior agreements and understandings, both written, if any, as also the oral, among the Parties or with any of them, with respect to the subject corresponding to the present Agreement.

 

 

 

9. Alterações . Este Contrato somente poderá ser alterado por meio de um instrumento por escrito, e desde que devidamente assinado por todas as Partes dele constantes.

 

9. Amendments . This Agreement may only be amended by an instrument in writing, and provided that duly executed by all the Parties of such Agreement.

 

 

 

10. Notificações . Quaisquer notificações, reivindicações, demandas e outras comunicações exigidas ou permitidas segundo o exposto no presente deverão ser feitas em português e por escrito, devendo elas ser entregues em mãos, por courier internacional, e-mail e/ou fax, se e quando disponível (confirmada por courier internacional), endereçadas como segue:

 

10. Notices . Any notices, claims, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in Portuguese and in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by international courier, e-mail and/or facsimile, if and when available (confirmed by international courier), addressed as follows:

 

 

 

Se para a Compradora:

 

If to Purchaser:

 

 

 

650 S. Exeter Street

 

650 S. Exeter Street

 

26



 

Baltimore, MD 21202
E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
Fax: [ ]
At.: Robert W. Zentz / Rafael Sia

 

Baltimore, MD 21202
E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
Fax: [ ]
Attn.: Robert W. Zentz / Rafael Sia

 

 

 

Cc: Veirano Advogados
Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3477, 16º andar
04538-133, São Paulo, SP
E-mail: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
At.: Roberto Rudzit Neto

 

Cc: Veirano Advogados
Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3477, 16th floor
04538-133, São Paulo, SP
E-mail: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
Attn.: Roberto Rudzit Neto

 

 

 

Se para os Vendedores: ao seguinte representante autorizado e escolhido pelos Vendedores:

 

If to Sellers: to the following representative authorized and chosen by the Sellers:

 

 

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva
[ ]
Telefone: [ ]

C.c: The International Law Offices of Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
At. Dr. Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
1900 SW 3
rd  Avenue,
Miami, Florida, 33129, USA
Telefone: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva
[ ]
Telephone: [ ]

Cc: The International Law Offices of Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
Attn: Dr. Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
1900 SW 3
rd  Avenue
Miami, Florida, 33129, USA
Telephone: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

27



 

11. Sucessores e Cessionários . Este Contrato deverá vincular e viger em benefício das Partes e de seus sucessores e cessionários, estes últimos se e desde que autorizados. Nem este Contrato, nem quaisquer dos direitos ou obrigações segundo o exposto no presente, poderão ser cedidos ou transferidos, no total ou parcialmente, por qualquer das Partes, sem o consentimento prévio, por escrito, da outra Parte, o qual não poderá ser negado sem uma justa causa. No caso de cessão ou transferência deste Contrato ou qualquer dos direitos e obrigações derivados deste, pela Compradora a qualquer de suas afiliadas, a qual estará sujeita aos termos previstos no preâmbulo deste instrumento, referida cessão ou transferência deverá ser considerada válida, a não ser que os Vendedores possam provar a existência de dano efetivo decorrente da cessão e transferência pleiteadas.

 

11. Successors and Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and of their successors and assigns, this last if permitted. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, by any of the Parties without the prior written consent of the other Party, which may not be unreasonably withheld. In the case of assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any of the rights or obligations hereunder, by the Purchaser to any of its affiliates, which shall be subject to the terms provided for in the preamble of this instrument, such assignment or transfer shall be presumed valid, unless Sellers can prove the existence of an actual harm arising from the assignment and requested transfer.

 

 

 

12. Confidencialidade .

 

12. Confidentiality .

 

 

 

12.1. Cada Parte, por si e suas afiliadas, diretores, conselheiros, administradores, empregados, agentes e contratadas, compromete-se a manter todas e quaisquer informações como confidenciais, não as divulgando a qualquer pessoa, em qualquer tempo ou de qualquer maneira, direta ou indiretamente, exceto se:

 

12.1. Each Party, for itself and its affiliates, officers, directors, administrators, employees, agents and contractors, undertakes to keep any and all information as confidential, not disclosing such Information, to any person, at any time or in any manner, directly or indirectly, except if:

 

 

 

(a) houver um consentimento prévio, obtido da outra Parte, por escrito, com relação à divulgação;

 

(a) there is a prior written consent, obtained from the other Party, in writing, to the disclosure;

 

 

 

(b) as informações pertinentes forem ou se tornarem disponíveis ao público em geral, de outra forma que não seja resultante de uma violação dessas disposições de confidencialidade;

 

(b) the relevant information is or becomes available to the public in general, otherwise than as a result of a breach of these confidentiality provisions;

 

28


 

(c) as informações forem ou se tornarem conhecidas ou disponibilizadas à Parte divulgadora, em base não confidencial, obtidas de uma fonte (outra que não a Parte detentora das informações) que, segundo o melhor entendimento da Parte divulgadora, após a devida consulta, não estaria proibida de divulga-las em consequência das obrigações de confidencialidade aqui assumidas;

 

(c) the information is or becomes known or available to the disclosing Party on a non-confidential basis, obtained from a source (other than the Party owning the information) that, to the best of the disclosing Party’s understanding, after due inquiry, would not be prohibited from disclosing such information as a consequence of the confidentiality obligations herein assumed;

 

 

 

(d) as informações forem adquiridas ou desenvolvidas independentemente pela Parte divulgadora, sem ter violado quaisquer das obrigações aqui mencionadas e de acordo com os termos do presente; ou

 

(d) the information was independently acquired or developed by the disclosing Party, without have violated any of its obligations herein mentioned and in accordance with the terms of the present; or

 

 

 

(e) as informações forem divulgadas por determinação de lei ou por decisão judicial aplicável (incluindo as regras do Ministério da Educação - MEC ou, aquelas emanadas pelas autoridades antitruste no Brasil), que obriguem a Parte divulgadora, desde que sempre que razoavelmente possível e legal, essa mesma Parte consulte as outras Partes antes que a divulgação seja feita.

 

(e) the information is disclosed by determination of law or by judicial order applicable (including rules of Ministry of Education - MEC or, the ones issued by antitrust authorities in Brazil), which force the disclosing Party, provided that whenever reasonably practicable and lawful, such Party consults with the other Party before the disclosure is made.

 

 

 

12.2. Para fins deste Contrato, “ Informações Confidenciais ” significará a Transação segundo o exposto no presente instrumento e todas as informações, materiais e documentos a ela relacionados (inclusive este Contrato e quaisquer outros documentos da Transação), sejam eles escritos, verbais, eletrônicos ou de algum modo obtidos ou recebidos pelas Partes durante a negociação, o transcorrer dela e a execução da Transação que por este instrumento se aperfeiçoa.

 

12.2. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean the Transaction hereunder and all its information, materials and documents related thereto (including this Agreement and any other Transaction documents), whether written, oral, electronic or otherwise, obtained or received by the Parties during the negotiation, the development of the negotiation and the performance of the Transaction that by this instrument is perfected.

 

 

 

13. Anúncios Públicos . Em vista da cláusula

 

13. Public Announcements . In view of section

 

29



 

12 acima, as Partes concordam que não emitirão qualquer nota à imprensa ou, de outro modo, farão qualquer declaração pública ou responderão a qualquer consulta da imprensa, com respeito a este Contrato ou às operações previstas no presente, sem a aprovação prévia e por escrito do Presidente atual da Sociedade e do Presidente da Laureate, Região do Brasil (aprovação que se espera não seja injustamente negada), exceto para informar potenciais e atuais investidores, acionistas ou credores da Compradora, ou conforme exigido pela legislação aplicável, leis de valores mobiliários dos Estados Unidos da América e regras e regulamentos aplicáveis de qualquer bolsa de valores. Não obstante, as Partes concordam que, após a Data de Fechamento, as Partes emitirão uma nota à imprensa em conjunto, mutuamente revisada e ajustada, comunicando a conclusão desta Transação.

 

12 above, the Parties agree that they will not issue any press release or otherwise make any public statement or respond to any press inquiry with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, without prior written approval of the current President of the Company and the President of Laureate, Brazil region, (approval that is expected not to be unfairly denied), except to inform potential and current investors, shareholders, or creditors of the Purchaser or as required by applicable law, applicable securities Laws of the United States of America and applicable rules and regulations of any security exchange. Nevertheless, the Parties agree that, after the Closing Date, the Parties shall issue a jointly, mutually reviewed and adjusted press release, communicating the conclusion of this Transaction.

 

 

 

14. Não Concorrência; Não Solicitação. Os Vendedores estão sujeitos às seguintes obrigações de não concorrência, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos a contar da Data de Fechamento (o “ Período de Não Concorrência ”) e se comprometem, por esta e pela melhor forma de direito, a não participar nem efetuar qualquer atividade pessoal que possa estar relacionada com o ensino superior, em qualquer Estado da República Federativa do Brasil, excetuando-se, porém, sua Capital Federal (Brasília) e suas respectivas cidades satélites. Os Vendedores poderão, entretanto lecionar, se assim decidirem, em ambientes universitários em qualquer Estado do país;

 

14. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation. Sellers shall be subject to the following non-compete obligations, for a period of 5 (five) years as of the Closing Date (the “ Non-Competition Period ”) and the Sellers commit by this and in the best terms of the law to not participate and not make any personal activity that may be related to the higher education, in any State of Federative Republic of Brazil, except, however, its Federal Capital (Brasília) and its satellite cities. Sellers can, however, teach, if they so decide, in local universities in any State of the country.

 

 

 

(a) No tocante a futuros investimentos que possam ser eventualmente feitos por qualquer dos Vendedores, em negócios ou empreendimentos de

 

(a) With respect to the future investments that may eventually be made by any of the Sellers in higher education businesses or enterprises in

 

30



 

ensino superior no Brasil, após a Data de Fechamento, os seguintes termos serão aplicados:

 

Brazil, after the Closing Date, the following terms and conditions shall apply:

 

 

 

(i) Qualquer investimento, incluindo os financiamentos que possam ser dados, por qualquer dos Vendedores, para negócios ou empreendimentos de ensino superior, nos Estados de São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul e Amazonas, ou em qualquer outro Estado do país onde a Laureate ou suas afiliadas, (desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento) tiverem um investimento de capital na data do pretenso investimento a ser feito pelos Vendedores, exigirá o prévio consentimento por escrito da Laureate/ou de suas cessionárias como descrito acima, excetuando-se, entretanto, o Distrito Federal (Brasília) e suas respectivas cidades satélites. De igual sorte, excetuam-se eventuais investimentos em bens imobiliários que possam ser feitos pelos Vendedores, cujo objetivo seja a simples locação comercial a quaisquer entidades escolares, de ensino superior ou não.

 

(i) Any investment, including the financing that can be made by any of the Sellers to higher education business or enterprises in the States of São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul and Amazonas, or in any other State of this country where Laureate or its affiliates (provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument), have a capital investment on the date of the pretended investment to be made by the Sellers, shall require prior written consent from Laureate, or its assignees, as described above, excepting, however, the Federal District (Brasília) and its relevant satellite cities. Likewise, are not included eventual investment in real estate that may be made by the Sellers, which purpose is the simple commercial lease to any school entities, of higher education or not.

 

 

 

(ii) A Laureate, ou suas afiliadas, desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento, terão o direito de preferência, em uma venda para qualquer parte, incluídas aquelas a terceiros independentes, de quaisquer investimentos em educação superior já feitos por qualquer dos Vendedores no Brasil, excetuando-se, quaisquer investimentos na Capital Federal (Brasília) e nas suas respectivas cidades satélites, antes ou até a Data de Fechamento. As Partes entendem que este direito de preferência será também válido para o caso em que qualquer um dos Vendedores prometer alienar dentro do prazo de 1 (um) ano, após recusa ou desinteresse da Laureate e ou de

 

(ii) Laureate or its affiliates, provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument, shall have a right of first refusal in a sale to any party, including those to independent third parties of any investments in higher education already made by any of the Sellers in Brazil, except for any investment in the Federal Capital (Brasília) and its relevant satellite cities, before or until the Closing Date. The Parties understand that this right of first refusal shall be also valid for the case of any one of the Sellers promise to sell, within 1 (one) year after the refusal or disinterest of Laureate and/or of its assignees of this instrument, in any investment already owned by the Sellers, observed the

 

31



 

suas cessionárias do presente instrumento em qualquer investimento já possuído pelos Vendedores, observada a exceção acima, quando este for direcionado a terceiros por um preço inferior ou em condições de pagamento mais favoráveis a esse terceiro do que as da oferta recusada pela Laureate ou suas afiliadas desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento.

 

exception above, when such investment is directed to third parties for a lower price or under a more favorable payment conditions to this third party than the terms of the offer that have been refused by Laureate or its affiliates, provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument.

 

 

 

(b) Durante 5 (cinco) anos a partir da Data de Fechamento, qualquer participação na administração, ou assessoria de administração, por qualquer dos Vendedores, em um negócio de ensino superior localizado nos Estados de São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul e Amazonas ou em qualquer outro Estado do Brasil em que a Laureate tiver um investimento de capital na data da pretendida participação ou assessoria de administração a ser feita pelos Vendedores, (exceção feita ao Distrito Federal, Brasília e suas respectivas cidades satélites), exigirá o prévio consentimento por escrito da Laureate e será de outro modo proibido. As obrigações de não concorrência contidas nesta cláusula não impedem a qualquer dos Vendedores de lecionar em uma instituição de ensino superior que não a Sociedade ou, de outro modo, fora do grupo da Rede da Laureate International Universities e suas afiliadas.

 

(b) During 5 (five) years from the Closing Date, any participation in the management or in the management consulting by any of the Sellers in a business of higher education located in the States of São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul and Amazonas or in any other State of Brazil that Laureate have a capital investment on the date of the intended participation or management advisory to be made by Sellers (except to the Federal District in Brazil, Brasilia and its relevant satellite cities), shall require the prior written consent of Laureate and shall be otherwise prohibited. The non-compete obligations contained in this section shall not prevent any Seller from teaching at a higher education institution other than the Company or that is otherwise out of the Laureate International Universities’ network and its affiliates.

 

 

 

(c) Na hipótese de violação de quaisquer avenças de não concorrência contidas nesta cláusula por qualquer dos Vendedores, desde que devida e judicialmente provada, o Vendedor infrator estará sujeito ao pagamento à Laureate de uma multa no valor de 10% (dez por cento) do Preço da Aquisição, sendo que à Laureate caberá o

 

(c) In case of breach of any of the non-compete obligations contained in this section by any of the Sellers, provided that due and proved in court, the breaching Seller shall subject to the payment to Laureate of a fine in the amount of 10% (ten percent) of the Purchase Price, and Laureate shall have the right to offset the amount of such fine, or

 

32



 

direito de compensar o valor de referida multa, ou se valer de todos os meios extrajudiciais e judiciais permitidos pela legislação brasileira em vigor para o recebimento da mesma.

 

use of all the judicial and out-of-court measures allowed by the Brazilian laws currently in force to receive the amount of such fine.

 

 

 

(d) Durante o Período de Não Concorrência, cada um dos Vendedores não deverá e nem poderá, mesmo que através de qualquer entidade controlada ou não por eles, incorrer nos seguintes atos, direta ou indiretamente por meio de outra pessoa: (i) induzir, ou tentar induzir qualquer empregado, professor, vendedor ou outro representante da Sociedade a deixar o emprego ou terminar eventual atividade de prestação de serviço, ou de fato contratar ou manter qualquer empregado como professor, vendedor ou representante da Sociedade, ou de qualquer outra forma interferir na relação entre a Sociedade, por um lado, e tal empregado, professor, vendedor ou representante da empresa, por outro lado, ou (ii) induzir ou tentar induzir para remover intencionalmente qualquer cliente, fornecedor, licenciado ou outro negócio relacionado à Sociedade visando reduzir ou impedir negócios com a Sociedade, ou de alguma maneira interferir na relação entre quaisquer dos clientes, fornecedores, licenciados ou negócio relacionado de um lado, e a Sociedade, de outro lado.

 

(d) During the Non-Competition Period, each of the Sellers shall not and may not, even by any entity controlled or not by them, directly or indirectly through another person: (i) induce or, attempt to induce any employee, professor, salesperson or other representative of the Company to leave the employment or other eventual activity of rendering of service, or actually hire or retain any such employee, professor, salesperson or representative of the Company, or in any other way interfere in the relationship between the Company on the one hand and such employee, professor, salesperson or representative of the Company on the other hand, or (ii) induce or attempt to induce in order to remove intentionally any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company in order to reduce or prevent business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any of such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand.

 

 

 

(e) Se no momento da execução da presente cláusula, uma autoridade judicial ou qualquer outra autoridade vier a determinar que as restrições aqui descritas não são razoáveis nas circunstâncias em que elas aqui se descrevem, as Partes concordam que o período, escopo e/ou área geográfica máxima permitidos e impostas pela autoridade judicial, ou mesmo por qualquer outra autoridade pertinente, deverão ser aplicados, ao

 

(e) If at the time of enforcement of this section, a court or other authority comes to determine that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under the circumstances as they are described herein, the Parties agree that the maximum allowed period, scope, and/or geographical area enforced by the court, or by any other relevant authority, shall apply instead of the ones listed and determined herein as the period, scope and/or geographical

 

33



 

invés dos aqui elencados e determinados como período, escopo e/ou área geográfica. As Partes também aceitam que em hipótese alguma não poderão os termos, o escopo, os detalhes e/ou as obrigações aqui estabelecidas, com relação aos Vendedores, serem aplicadas de forma a se estenderem além dos limites que foram aqui estabelecidos.

 

area. The Parties further accept that under no circumstance shall be applied the terms, scope, details, and/or obligations stated herein, with respect to the Sellers, in a manner that extends beyond the limits that were established herein.

 

 

 

15. Lei Aplicável . Este Contrato deverá ser regido e interpretado e executado de acordo com as Leis da República Federativa do Brasil.

 

15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the Federative Republic of Brazil.

 

 

 

16. Solução de Controvérsias . Na eventualidade de qualquer disputa ou divergência sobre os termos do presente instrumento relativamente à sua validade, execução, interpretação ou aplicação de suas cláusulas e condições, a Parte ofendida deverá notificar, por escrito, à outra Parte dentro do prazo de 15 (quinze) dias a contar da data de tal disputa ou divergência. Caso não tenham sido as controvérsias satisfeitas ou acordadas amigavelmente entre as Partes, as Partes poderão submeter em qualquer momento, a eventual disputa ou divergência, ao Centro de Mediação e Arbitragem da Câmara de Comércio Brasil Canadá (“ CCBC ”), sujeita esta à legislação brasileira vigente à época. A arbitragem deverá ser conduzida por um painel de 3 (três) árbitros a serem indicados de acordo com os parâmetros e diretrizes da CCBC. Mesmo que haja mais que um reclamante ou reclamado, os demais reclamantes ou reclamados deverão em conjunto indicar somente um árbitro.

 

16. Dispute Resolution . In the event of any dispute or controversy over the terms of this instrument regarding its validity, execution, interpretation or application of its terms and conditions, the offended Party shall notify, in written, the other Party within the period of 15 (fifteen) days from the date of such dispute or controversy. In case the controversies are not satisfied or agreed amicably between the Parties, the Parties may submit, at any time, the eventual dispute or controversy to the Mediation and Arbitration Center of the Brazil-Canada Chamber of Commerce (“ CCBC ), subject to the Brazilian Law in force at that time. The arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of 3 (three) arbitrators to be appointed according to CCBC standards. In case there is more than one claimant or defendant, the other claimants or defendants shall jointly indicate only one arbitrator.

 

 

 

16.1. A arbitragem deverá ser conduzida em

 

16.1. The arbitration shall be conducted in

 

34



 

português, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, Brasil, com o resultado final e decisão emitidos em português e também em inglês, se assim solicitado. Cada uma das Partes pagará os custos do procedimento de arbitragem e os honorários advocatícios serão devidos pela Parte perdedora.

 

Portuguese, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Brazil, with the final result and decision issued in Portuguese and also in English, if requested. Each Party shall pay the costs of the arbitration procedure and the attorney’s fees shall be due by the losing party.

 

 

 

16.2. A decisão proferida na arbitragem pelo CCBC será final, definitiva e obrigará as Partes que desde já se declaram satisfeitas.

 

16.2. The decision rendered by CCBC shall be final, definitive and binding the Parties, that already declares satisfied.

 

 

 

16.3. O laudo prolatado pelo Tribunal Arbitral será considerado como final, definitivo e obrigatório. Portanto, as Partes, renunciam por esta e pela melhor forma, desde já e expressamente, o direito a qualquer recurso. Não obstante, as Partes se reservam o direito de recorrer ao Poder Judiciário com o objetivo de:

(i) assegurar a instituição da arbitragem;

(ii) obter tutelas cautelares ou antecipadas previamente à instituição da aludida arbitragem, desde que qualquer procedimento nesse sentido não seja considerado como ato de renúncia à arbitragem que é aqui eleita pelas Partes como único meio de solução de eventuais conflitos; e

(iii) executar qualquer decisão do Tribunal Arbitral, inclusive o laudo arbitral.

 

16.3. The award rendered by the Arbitration Court shall be considered as final, definitive and binding. Therefore, the Parties expressly waive by this and by the best form, from now and expressly, their right to any appeal. Notwithstanding, the Parties shall have the right to appeal to the judiciary branch with the purpose of:

(i) to ensure arbitration;

(ii) to obtain writs of prevention to protect rights prior to the referred arbitration, provided that any procedure in this regard shall not be considered a waiver to arbitration that is herein elected by the Parties as the only way to solve conflicts; and


(iii) to execute any decision of the Arbitral Court, including the arbitration award.

 

 

 

16.3.1. Para esses casos, as Partes elegem o Foro da Capital do Estado de São Paulo, como sendo o único competente para resolver qualquer processo judicial decorrente deste instrumento.

 

16.3.1. For these cases, the Parties elect the Courts of the Capital of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, as being the only one competent to settle any judicial procedure arising from this instrument.

 

 

 

17. Documentos Vigentes . Na eventualidade

 

17. Prevailing Documents . In the event of

 

35


 

de conflitos entre os termos deste Contrato e qualquer dos documentos da Transação e de seus anexos referidos aqui juntados e vistados, este Contrato é o que deverá sempre prevalecer.

 

conflicts between the terms of this Agreement and any of the Transaction documents and of its exhibits hereunder and thereunder attached and initialed, this Agreement is the one that shall always prevail.

 

 

 

E, ESTANDO JUSTAS E CONTRATADAS, as Partes firmam o presente Contrato na data que está indicada no preâmbulo deste instrumento.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto execute this Agreement in the date that is indicated in the preamble of this instrument.

 

 

VENDEDORES/SELLERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva

 

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dra. Aidéa Alves da Silva

 

 

Dra. Aidéa Alves da Silva

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dr. Arnold Fioravante

 

 

Dr. Arnold Fioravante

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPRADORA/PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REDE INTERNACIONAL DE UNIVERSIDADES LAUREATE LTDA.

 

 

 

 

Por/By:

/s/ Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho

 

 

Nome/ Name: Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho

 

 

36



 

REDE INTERNACIONAL DE UNIVERSIDADES LAUREATE LTDA .

 

 

 

 

Por/By:

/s/ Richard Harvey Sinkfield III

 

 

Nome/Name: Richard Harvey Sinkfield III

 

 

 

INTERVENIENTE ANUENTE/INTERVENING-CONSENTING PARTY:

 

 

FACULDADES METROPOLITANAS UNIDAS — ASSOCIAÇÃO EDUCACIONAL

 

 

 

 

Por/By:

/s/ Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

Nome/Name: Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

/s/ Rafael Barbosa Sia

 

2

 

 

Nome/Name:Rafael Barbosa Sia

 

 

Nome/Name:

 

RG/ID: [  ]

 

RG/ID:

 

 

CPF/MF: [  ]

 

CPF/MF:

 

 

37




Exhibit 2.2

 

Free Translation in Portuguese – not for execution

 

CONTRATO IRREVOGÁVEL E IRRETRATÁVEL DE COMPRA E VENDA DE PARTICIPAÇÃO SOCIETÁRIA

 

IRREVOCABLE AND IRREVERSIBLE EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

Este contrato de compra e venda de participação societária (este “ Contrato ”) é celebrado em 10 de maio de 2013, entre as seguintes Partes:

 

This equity purchase agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is executed as of the May 10, 2013, by and between the following Parties:

 

 

 

Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., sociedade com sede na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, inscrita no Cadastro Nacional da Pessoa Jurídica do Ministério da Fazenda (“ CNPJ/MF ”) sob o nº [ ], incluindo suas afiliadas, as quais poderão, na qualidade de cessionárias, assumir e cumprir os direitos e obrigações previstos abaixo, desde que a Compradora permaneça como devedora solidária e garantidora de todas as obrigações descritas neste instrumento, a qual é neste ato representada por seu(s) representante(s) legal(is), Srs. Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho e Richard Harvey Sinkfield III , doravante denominada “ Laureate ” ou “ Compradora ”; e

 

Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., a company with its headquarters in the city of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, enrolled with the Corporate Taxpayers’ Registry of the Ministry of Finance (“ CNPJ/MF ”) under No.  [ ], including its affiliates, which may, as assignees, undertake and perform the rights and obligations provided below, provided that the Purchaser remains as joint debtor and guarantor of all obligations described in this instrument, which is herein represented by its legal representative(s), Messrs. Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho and Richard Harvey Sinkfield III hereinafter simply referred to as “ Laureate ” or “ Purchaser ”; and

 

 

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva , brasileira, casada, advogada, portadora da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [ ], inscrita no Cadastro de Pessoas Físicas do Ministério da Fazenda (“ CPF/MF ”) sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliada [ ] (“ Dra. Labibi ”);

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva , Brazilian citizen, married, attorney-at-law, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ], enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers’ Registry of the Ministry of Finance (“ CPF/MF ”) under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ] (“ Dra. Labibi ”);

 

 

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva , brasileiro, casado, advogado, portador da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [ ], inscrito no CPF/MF sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliado [ ] (“ Prof. Edevaldo ”); e

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva , Brazilian citizen, married, attorney-at-law, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ], enrolled with CPF/MF under No. [ ], resident and [ ] (“ Prof. Edevaldo ”); and

 

 

 

Dr. Arnold Fioravante , brasileiro, divorciado,

 

Dr. Arnold Fioravante , Brazilian citizen,

 

1



 

advogado, portador da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [ ], inscrito no CPF/MF sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliado [ ] (“ Dr. Arnold ”);

 

divorced, attorney-at-law, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ], enrolled with CPF/MF under No.  [ ], resident and domiciled [ ] (“ Dr. Arnold ”);

 

 

 

Dra. Labibi, Prof. Edevaldo e Dr. Arnold doravante serão denominados, em conjunto, como os “ Vendedores ”.

 

Dra. Labibi, Prof. Edevaldo and Dr. Arnold are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Sellers ”.

 

 

 

A Compradora e os Vendedores serão individualmente denominados “ Parte ” e, conjuntamente, “ Partes ”.

 

Each of the Purchaser and Sellers are individually referred to as the “ Party ”, and collectively to as the “ Parties ”.

 

 

 

E, na qualidade de Interveniente Anuente:

 

And, in the capacity of Intervening and Consenting Party:

 

 

 

Associação de Cultura e Ensino, uma instituição sem fins lucrativos, com sede na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, na Rua Taguá, 150, Liberdade, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ], neste ato representada por seu(s) representante(s) legal(is), Dra. Labibi, Prof. Edevaldo e Dr. Arnold, doravante denominada “ ACE ” ou “ Sociedade ”, a qual é mantenedora do Faculdades Integradas Alcântara Machado — Faculdade de Artes Alcântara Machado - Centro Universitário (a “ FIAM-FAAM ”). As Partes esclarecem que a definição “ Sociedade ” refere-se a ambos os tipos jurídicos da ACE, ou seja, como uma associação sem fins lucrativos (antes da sua transformação em sociedade com fins lucrativos) e como uma sociedade (após referida transformação).

 

Associação de Cultura e Ensino, a non-profit organization, with head offices in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, at Rua Taguá, No. 150, Liberdade, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No. [ ], herein represented by its legal representative(s) Dra. Labibi, Prof. Edevaldo and Dr. Arnold, hereinafter simply referred to as “ ACE ” or the “ Company ”, which is the mantenedora of Faculdades Integradas Alcântara Machado — Faculdade de Artes Alcântara Machado - Centro Universitário (the “ FIAM-FAAM ”). The Parties clarify that the definition “ Company ” refers to both legal structures of ACE, i.e., as a non-profit entity (before its transformation into a for profit company) and as a for-profit company (after such transformation).

 

 

 

Tem entre si justo e contratado o quanto segue:

 

Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

 

 

1. Objeto do Presente Contrato. Na Data de Fechamento, a Compradora comprará dos Vendedores e os Vendedores venderão à

 

1. Purpose. On the Closing Date, Purchaser shall purchase from Sellers, and Sellers shall sell to Purchaser 100% (one hundred percent) of the

 

2



 

Compradora 100% (cem por cento) do capital social da Sociedade, após a sua transformação em sociedade com fins lucrativos, sendo suas participações societárias livres e desembaraçadas de todos e quaisquer gravames, sujeito aos termos e condições abaixo, com tudo que elas representam, incluindo a propriedade de todos os seus ativos, tangíveis e intangíveis detidos nesta data e quaisquer outros adquiridos pela Sociedade após esta data até a Data de Fechamento, que sejam necessários para as atividades da Sociedade (as “ Participações Societárias ”) (referida compra e venda doravante denominada a “ Transação ”), sendo que referidos ativos e passivos foram devidamente registrados na contabilidade da Sociedade e analisados pela PricewaterhouseCoopers, Financial and Recovery Ltda. (“ PWCF ”), contratada que foi pela Compradora para realizar uma auditoria durante um período de investigação ( due diligence ), já terminada. Os Vendedores à mercê dos termos deste instrumento contrataram a empresa Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Auditores Independentes (“ DTTL ”), aceita pela Compradora, para auditar as demonstrações financeiras da Sociedade referentes ao exercício financeiro de 2012, cuja versão original sem ressalvas, assinada e consolidada das Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas — Associação Educacional, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (a FMU ”), ACE e União Educacional de São Paulo, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (a “ UESP ”) é, nesta data, entregue à Compradora.

 

Company’s capital stock, after it is converted into a for-profit company, being its equities free and clear of any and all liens, and subject to the terms and conditions below, with everything it represents including the ownership of all its tangible and intangible assets, owned in this date and any other acquired by the Company after that date until the Closing Date, which are necessary for the activities of the Company (the “ Equities ”) (referred purchase and sale herein denominated the “ Transaction ”), and such assets and liabilities have been duly registered in the accounting of the Company and analyzed by PricewaterhouseCoopers, Financial and Recovery Ltda. (“ PWCF ”), engaged by Purchaser to perform a due diligence, during the period of investigation (due diligence), already finished. The Sellers under the terms of this instrument, engaged the company Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Auditores Independentes (“ DTTL ”), accepted by the Purchaser, to audit the financial statements of the Company, Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas — Associação Educacional, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. [ ] ( FMU ”), ACE and União Educacional de São Paulo, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. [ ] (“ UESP ”) on a combined basis regarding the fiscal year of 2012, such original and executed version, without qualifications, is provided to the Purchaser on the date hereof.

 

 

 

2. “ Preço de Aquisição ”. O valor do Preço de Aquisição acordado entre os Vendedores e a Compradora para a compra e venda das Participações Societárias é de R$200.000.000,00

 

2. “ Purchase Price ”. The amount of the Purchase Price agreed between the Sellers and the Purchaser for the purchase and sale of the Equities is of R$200,000,000.00 (Two Hundred Million

 

3



 

(Duzentos Milhões de Reais), a serem pagos pela Compradora em uma só parcela, à vista, observadas as seguintes condições:

 

Reais ), to be paid by the Purchaser in only one installment, at immediate payment, in accordance with the following conditions:

 

 

 

2.1. Forma de Pagamento . Na Data de Fechamento, a Compradora deverá pagar aos Vendedores o valor total de R$200.000.000,00 (Duzentos Milhões de Reais) (o “ Pagamento ”). Referido valor será transferido pela Compradora em nome dos Vendedores por meio de uma TED (Transferência Eletrônica de Dados) em favor deles para a conta bancária cujos dados e nome do banco serão fornecidos antecipadamente, por escrito, pelos mesmos Vendedores à Compradora, com pelo menos 5 (cinco) dias de antecedência à Data de Fechamento. Simultaneamente à realização do Pagamento pela Compradora aos respectivos Vendedores, estes deverão assinar todos os documentos necessários à cessão e transferência das suas correspondentes Participações Societárias à Compradora.

 

2.1. Payment Terms . On the Closing Date, Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers the total amount of R$200,000,000.00 (Two Hundred Million Reais ) (the “ Payment ”). Referred amount shall be transferred by the Purchaser on behalf of the Sellers through TED ( Transferência Eletrônica de Dados ) in favor of them to a bank account which data and name of the bank will be provided in advance in writing by Sellers to the Purchaser, with at least 5 (five) days before the Closing Date. Simultaneously with the payment of the Purchase Price by the Purchaser to the relevant Sellers, the Sellers shall sign all documents required for the assignment and transfer of their corresponding Equities to the Purchaser.

 

 

 

2.2. Relação de Dívidas existentes que não modificam o Preço de Aquisição.

 

2.2. List of Existing Debts that do not modify the Purchase Price.

 

 

 

2.2.1. A Compradora está de acordo que as dívidas que são abaixo relacionadas e são por ela conhecidas, não serão objeto de quaisquer deduções do Preço de Aquisição e nem são discutíveis quanto à sua origem, necessidade, termos ou condições, a saber:

 

2.2.1. Purchaser agrees that the debts that are listed below and are known by the Purchaser, shall not be object of any deductions from the Purchase Price and nor are questionable as to its origin, necessity, terms or conditions, namely:

 

 

 

(i) dívida junto ao INSS, estando ela sujeita a um processo de parcelamento em até 180 (cento e oitenta) meses, cujos pagamentos mensais vem sendo feitos pela Sociedade; e (ii) quaisquer outras dívidas com quaisquer outras autoridades fiscais, municipais, estaduais ou federais, incluídas em

 

(i) debt with the INSS, which is subjected to an installment program up to 180 (one hundred eighty) months, which monthly payments are being made by the Company; and (ii) any other debts with any other tax authorities, Municipal, State or Federal, included in installment programs or

 

4



 

programas de parcelamento ou sujeitas a outros acordos para pagamento dos respectivos valores em parcelas, todas estas dívidas mencionadas nos itens (i) e (ii) acima sendo pagas nas respectivas datas de pagamento de acordo com os termos do programa de parcelamento, segundo comprovado pelas últimas guias de pagamento recolhidas, correspondente ao mês anterior à Data de Fechamento, cujas cópias serão entregues à Compradora na Data de Fechamento (“ Dívidas Fiscais ”). No valor total, na Data de Fechamento, das Dívidas Fiscais, incluem-se também as dívidas relacionadas na cláusula 2.2.1 do Contrato Irrevogável e Irretratável de Compra e Venda de Participação Societária referente à aquisição da FMU (“ Contrato da FMU ”) sendo de comum acordo, por este instrumento, limitado pelas Partes a um total máximo de R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais).

 

subjected to other agreements for payment of the respective amounts in installments, all these debts mentioned in items (i) and (ii) above being paid on the respective dates of payment in accordance with the terms of the installment program, as proven by the latest guides payment collected, corresponding to the previous month to the Closing Date, which copies shall be provided to the Purchaser on the Closing Date (“ Tax Debts ”). In the aggregate amount, on the Closing Date, of the Tax Debts, are also included the debts related in the section 2.2.1 of the Irrevocable and Irreversible Equity Purchase Agreement regarding the acquisition of the quotas representing the entire corporate capital registered of FMU (the “ FMU Agreement ”), being of mutual agreement by this instrument, limited by the Parties to a total maximum of R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ).

 

 

 

2.2.1.1. Qualquer redução no valor antes mencionado de R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais), decorrente de uma eventual antecipação de pagamento realizado pela Sociedade, negociação dessas mesmas dívidas por ela, modificação na lei, portaria ou resolução de qualquer natureza, será sempre de único e exclusivo benefício da Sociedade, não podendo, então, os Vendedores invocarem ou virem a se beneficiar dessa redução e nem alterar o Preço de Aquisição (cláusula 2 acima), o qual não sofrerá modificação alguma. Tampouco o teto que foi aqui de comum acordo estabelecido, no valor de R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais) sofrerá alteração alguma em razão da eventual antecipação; negociação; modificação na lei; portaria ou resolução, etc. Assim, caso o valor total das Dívidas Fiscais, incluindo-se neste total

 

2.2.1.1. Any reduction in the amount previously mentioned of R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ), arising from an eventual advance payment performed by the Company, negotiation of these same debts by the Company, change in law, ordinance or resolution of any nature, shall be always of the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, and the Sellers may not, then, invoke or come to benefit from this reduction nor change the Purchase Price (section 2 above), which shall not suffer any modification. Neither the cap amount that was by mutual agreement herein established, in the amount of R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ), shall not suffer any change in reason of eventual advance; negotiation; change in law; ordinance or resolution, etc. Thus, in case the total amount of the Tax Debts, including in this

 

5



 

as dívidas relacionadas na cláusula 2.2.1 do Contrato da FMU, venha a ultrapassar os R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais) e desde que sejam elas anteriores à Data de Fechamento, serão os Vendedores inteira e solidariamente responsáveis pelo pagamento do valor que venha a exceder esse mesmo limite, obrigando-se eles, desde sempre, ao ressarcimento à Compradora de qualquer excesso verificado, nos mesmos termos e condições estipulados neste Contrato. Para o controle e informação permanente das Partes deste instrumento, deverá a Compradora manter, a partir da Data de Fechamento, um relatório que deverá ser submetido aos Vendedores, a cada 90 (noventa) dias a partir da Data de Fechamento, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos consecutivos, indicando e demonstrando aos Vendedores todos os pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade em relação às Dívidas Fiscais e, se for o caso, os pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade em relação às eventuais dívidas que possam ultrapassar o limite acima mencionado de R$137.000.000,00 (Cento e Trinta e Sete Milhões de Reais), as quais estarão elas sujeitas à compensação com os valores que forem devidos pela FMU nos termos dos contratos de locação mencionados e definidos na cláusula 6.1(iii) do Contrato da FMU (os “ Contratos de Locação da FMU ”).

 

amount the debts related in section 2.2.1 of the FMU Agreement, exceed R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ), and since such debts are prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall be fully and severally liable for the payment of the amount that exceed this same limit, binding themselves, since always, to reimburse to the Purchaser of any excess verified, in the same terms and conditions stipulated in this Agreement. For the permanent control and information of the Parties of this instrument, the Purchaser shall maintain, as of the Closing Date, a report that shall be submitted to the Sellers, each 90 (ninety) days from the Closing Date, for a period of 5 (five) consecutive years, indicating and showing to the Sellers all payments made by the Company in respect of the Tax Debts and, if is the case, the payments made by the Company in relation to eventual debts that may exceed the limit mentioned above of R$137,000,000.00 (One Hundred and Thirty Seven Million Reais ), which shall be subject to offset against the amounts that are due by FMU under the lease agreements set forth and defined in section 6.1(iii) of FMU Agreement (“ FMU Lease Agreements ”).

 

 

 

2.2.2. As Partes reconhecem que os cálculos do Preço de Aquisição foram baseados no fato de que:

 

2.2.2. The Parties acknowledge that the calculations of the Purchase Price were based on the fact that:

 

 

 

(i) a Sociedade pagou ou vai pagar, antes da Data de Fechamento, toda e qualquer outra dívida da Sociedade com instituições financeiras ou empréstimos com terceiros e que, após a Data de

 

(i) the Company has paid off or will pay off, prior to the Closing Date, all and any other indebtedness of the Company with financial institutions or loans with third parties and that, after the Closing Date,

 

6



 

Fechamento, a Sociedade não será responsável pelo pagamento de quaisquer dívidas com autoridades fiscais ou terceiros, que sejam oriundas de um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, exceção feita às dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos antes do período de 5 (cinco) anos anteriores à mesma Data de Fechamento e àquelas mencionadas na cláusula 2.2.1 acima;

 

the Company shall be not liable for the payment of any debts with tax authorities or third parties, which are arising from a period prior to the Closing Date, exception made to the third party debts (not to be confused with tax debts) arising from acts, facts or omissions occurred before the period of 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date and those mentioned in section 2.2.1 above;

 

 

 

(ii) Apesar do número de alunos matriculados no Complexo Universitário da FMU-FIAM/FAAM e FISP, na Data de Fechamento, estar sujeito a alterações decorrentes do curso ordinário dos negócios, os Vendedores representam que referido número será, na Data de Fechamento de no mínimo 60.000 (sessenta mil) alunos, gerando uma receita/faturamento líquidos de no mínimo R$32.000.000,00 (trinta e dois milhões de Reais) por mês baseando-se na média acumulada desde o início do ano letivo corrente até a Data de Fechamento , os quais serão confirmados pelos Vendedores por meio de apresentação de documentação na Data de Fechamento.

 

(ii) Notwithstanding the fact that the number of students enrolled in the FMU-FIAM/FAAM and FISP University Complex, at the Closing Date, is subject to changes in the ordinary course of business, the Sellers represent that such number shall be, on the Closing Date at least 60,000 (sixty thousand) students, generating a net revenue/billing of at least R$32,000,000.00 (thirty two million Reais ) per month based on the cumulative average since the beginning of the current school year until the Closing Date, which will be confirmed by the Sellers by means of the presentation of documentation on the Closing Date.

 

 

 

(iii) os Vendedores continuarão a administrar a Sociedade, a partir da data da assinatura deste instrumento e até a Data de Fechamento, de acordo com o curso normal e ordinário do negócio, incluindo a realização dos pagamentos, tempestivamente, de fornecedores, sem a realização, ou o compromisso de realização, de quaisquer pagamentos ou transferências que fujam à rotina e ao curso ordinário do negócio educacional e que possam vir a ser considerados como extraordinários e/ou injustificados, tais como: a venda ou a oneração dos recebíveis, a

 

(iii) the Sellers shall continue to manage the Company, from the signature date of this instrument and until the Closing Date, according to the normal and ordinary course of the business, including making the payments, timely, of suppliers, without the realization of, or the commitment to perform, any payments or transfers that are outside of the routine and the ordinary course of the educational business and that may be considered as extraordinary and/or unjustified, such as: the sale or encumbrance of receivables, the distribution of dividends, interests on the

 

7



 

distribuição de dividendos, juros sobre capital próprio e os pagamentos de verbas rescisórias com valores acima daqueles estabelecidos em lei ou em contrato celebrado antes da presente data, conforme seja o caso; e

 

Company’s capital and the payments of severance pay with amounts above those established in law or in agreement executed prior to the date hereof, as the case may be; and

 

 

 

(iv) ficando claro que quaisquer obrigações ou compromissos de pagamento da Sociedade com os Vendedores ou quaisquer outras partes relacionadas aos Vendedores, se estas acaso existirem, deverão ser totalmente liquidadas antes da Data de Fechamento, excluindo-se, obviamente, os pagamentos dos aluguéis que obedecem a contratos de locação próprios.

 

(iv) being clear that any payment obligations or commitments to perform payments of the Company with the Sellers or any other related parties to the Sellers, if any, shall be fully paid off prior to the Closing Date, excluding, obviously, the payments of the rents according to appropriate lease agreements.

 

 

 

2.2.3. Quaisquer outras dívidas da ACE que não tenham sido mencionadas na cláusula 2.2.1 acima e que se refiram a um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, serão de exclusiva responsabilidade dos Vendedores, exceto as dívidas fiscais prescritas e as dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos há mais de 5 (cinco) anos antes da Data de Fechamento. Se a Sociedade vier a, ou tiver que pagar quaisquer das dívidas de responsabilidade dos Vendedores conforme acima mencionado, e sendo esses pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade, após a Data de Fechamento e não tendo sido eles reembolsados pelos Vendedores, serão os mesmos então deduzidos dos alugueres que forem devidos pela FMU aos Vendedores, ou às sociedades controladas por estes, nos termos dos Contratos de Locação da FMU firmados na Data de Fechamento, ou mesmo depois de referida data, entre a Sociedade ou a FMU como locatária e os Vendedores, ou sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores, como locadores segundo os termos das cláusulas 7.1 e 7.2 abaixo. Da mesma forma, a

 

2.2.3. Any other debts of ACE that have not been mentioned in section 2.2.1 above and refer to a period prior to the Closing Date, shall be the sole liability of the Sellers, except the elapsed tax debts and third parties debts (that not confused with tax debts) arising from acts, facts or omissions that occurred more than 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date. If the Company pays, or has to pay, any of the debts of liability of the Sellers, as mentioned above, and being these payments made by the Company, after the Closing Date and have not been reimbursed by the Sellers, then such payment shall be deducted from the rents due from FMU to the Sellers or the companies controlled by the Sellers, pursuant to the FMU Lease Agreements executed on the Closing Date, or even after of referred date, between the Company or FMU as lessee and the Sellers, or companies controlled by the Sellers, as lessors pursuant to the terms of sections 7.1 and 7.2 below. Similarly, FMU may also deduct from the rents due from it to the Sellers, or to the companies controlled by the Sellers, the eventual missing amount pursuant to

 

8


 

FMU também poderá deduzir dos alugueres devidos por ela aos Vendedores, ou a sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores, o valor eventualmente faltante nos termos da cláusula 2.2.2 acima.

 

the terms of section 2.2.2 above.

 

 

 

3. Condições Precedentes. As Partes concordam que, antes ou na Data de Fechamento, os Vendedores e a Compradora deverão cumprir com suas respectivas condições precedentes ao Fechamento da Transação conforme previstas abaixo e a Compradora deverá ter cumprido com a sua condição precedente prevista na cláusula 3.3 do Contrato da FMU, com relação ao depósito de garantia na conta de garantia e custódia perante o Banco J.P. Morgan S.A. , instituição financeira, com sede na Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3729, 13º, 14º e 15º andares, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, CEP 04538-905, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (“ J.P. Morgan ”) (conjuntamente denominadas “ Condições Precedentes ”):

 

3. Conditions Precedent. The Parties agree that, on or before the Closing Date, Sellers and Purchaser shall have met their respective conditions precedent to the Closing of the Transaction as described below and Purchaser shall have met its condition precedent set forth in section 3.3 of the FMU Agreement with regard to the escrow deposit in the guarantee and escrow account in Bank J.P. Morgan S.A. , financial institution, with its headquarters at Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3729, 13 th , 14 th  and 15 th  floors, in the city of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, CEP 04538-905, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No. [ ] (“ J.P. Morgan ”) (collectively referred to as the “ Conditions Precedent ”):

 

 

 

3.1. Aprovação pela Autoridade de Defesa da Concorrência. Somente após o depósito ter sido efetuado pela Compradora na conta de garantia e custódia, nos termos da cláusula 2 (a) do Contrato da FMU, é que as Partes deverão submeter a Transação para aprovação do Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Econômica (“ CADE ”). Ambas as Partes deverão cooperar para ter a Transação o mais rapidamente possível aprovada pelo CADE, de acordo com os termos e condições deste Contrato, incluindo a última instância recursal administrativa, se e quando necessário. As Partes se comprometem a fornecer todos os documentos solicitados e a praticar todos os atos necessários para a aprovação da operação em

 

3.1. Antitrust Approval. Only after the deposit has been made by the Purchaser in the guarantee and escrow account, in accordance with the section 2 (a) of the FMU Agreement, is that the Parties shall submit the Transaction for the approval of CADE. Both Parties shall cooperate to have the Transaction approved by Administrative Counsil of Economic Defensa (“ CADE ”) as soon as possible, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the last administrative level of appeal, if and whenever necessary. The Parties undertake to provide all the requested documents and to practice all the necessary acts for the approval of the Transaction in all levels, until the last administrative level of appeal. Each Party shall

 

9



 

todos os níveis, até a última instância recursal administrativa. Cada Parte deverá ser responsável por quaisquer eventuais penalidades, multas, responsabilidades e custos resultantes de violações referentes a suas omissões ou atos. A Compradora deverá ser a única responsável pelos custos referentes ao processo perante o CADE, exceto pelos custos relacionados à representação legal dos Vendedores, os quais serão de responsabilidade deles. Caso, após a última instância recursal administrativa, o CADE não aprove a Transação de acordo com os termos e condições deste Contrato e qualquer uma das Partes venha a decidir que a Transação já não é mais de seu interesse, referida Parte poderá se retirar da Transação comunicando por escrito a outra Parte e, assim, rescindir este Contrato sem que seja devido o pagamento pela retirante de qualquer penalidade e/ou Multa.

 

be responsible for any possible fines, penalties, liabilities and costs resulting from violations related to its omission or act. The Purchaser shall be solely responsible for all the costs related to the process before CADE, except for those related to the legal representation of the Sellers, which shall be their responsibility. In the event that after the last administrative level of appeal, CADE does not approve the Transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and either of the Parties decide that the altered Transaction is no longer in its interest, then such Party may withdraw from the Transaction communicating in writing the other Party and thereby terminate this Agreement without being owed the payment by the withdrawn Party of any fine and/or Penalty.

 

 

 

3.2. (a) Transformação. As Partes acordam que os Vendedores somente deverão iniciar o processo de transformação da Sociedade após a aprovação desta Transação pelo CADE e do depósito ter sido efetuado pela Compradora, na conta de garantia e custódia, nos termos da cláusula 2 (a) do Contrato da FMU. Os Vendedores deverão ter concluído o processo de transformação da Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos, sob a forma de uma sociedade empresária limitada, denominada “Sociedade Limitada”, ou em uma Sociedade Anônima, conforme venha a ser indicado pela Compradora, por escrito aos Vendedores, estando o processo devidamente registrado e arquivado pelo Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e pela Junta Comercial do Estado de São Paulo (“ JUCESP ), se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social

 

3.2. (a) Transformation. The Parties agree that the Sellers shall only begin the transformation process of the Company after the approval of this Transaction by CADE and of the deposit has been made by the Purchaser, in the guarantee and escrow account, in accordance with the section 2 (a) of the FMU Agreement. Sellers shall have completed the process of transformation of the Company into a for-profit company, under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ), namely “Sociedade Limitada” or a corporation, as may be indicated by Purchaser, in writing, to the Sellers, being the process duly registered and filed with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with the Board of Trade of the State of São Paulo (“ JUCESP ”), if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of

 

10



 

da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, e também pela Secretaria da Receita Federal em São Paulo (obtendo/atualizando o CNPJ/MF), segundo legislação brasileira pertinente.

 

the transformed Company that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, and also with Brazilian Federal Revenue in São Paulo (obtaining/updating the CNPJ/MF), according to the relevant Brazilian law.

 

 

 

3.2(b) Reorganização . Os Vendedores deverão ter finalizado a restruturação interna para a redução de funcionários e prestadores de serviços associada à transição da administração da Sociedade pelos Vendedores para a administração pela Compradora, de acordo com os planos de reestruturação apresentados pelos Vendedores à Compradora e à PWCF durante o processo de auditoria ( due diligence ). Consequentemente, todos os custos de rescisão que vierem a ocorrer para esta reestruturação interna, deverão ter sido pagos pela Sociedade antes da Data de Fechamento.

 

3.2 (b) Reorganization. The Sellers shall have completed the internal restructuring to reduce staff and service providers associated with the transition of the management of the Company by the Sellers to the management of the Company by the Purchaser, in accordance with the restructuring plans submitted by the Sellers to the Purchaser and PWCF during the audit procedure (due diligence). Consequently, all costs of termination that may occur for this internal restructuring must have been paid by the Company prior to the Closing Date.

 

 

 

4. Cláusula Penal. Caso este Contrato seja rescindido pela Compradora ou pelos Vendedores, as Partes estabelecem uma penalidade pecuniária que é aqui livremente estipulada e acordada entre as Partes no valor de R$20.000.000,00 (Vinte Milhões de Reais) (a “ Multa ”), que será aplicada conforme os termos e condições abaixo:

 

4. Penalty Clause. In case this Agreement is terminated by either the Purchaser or the Sellers, the Parties establish a financial penalty that is here freely stipulated and agreed between the Parties, in the amount of R$20,000,000.00 (Twenty Millions Reais ) (the “ Penalty ”), that shall be applied in accordance with the terms and conditions below.

 

 

 

(a) os Vendedores pagarão a Multa à Compradora caso o CADE aprove a Transação originada por este instrumento e os Vendedores não transformem a Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos (sob a forma de limitada ou sociedade anônima) ou, caso a Compradora se encontre pronta para o Fechamento da Transação (desde que cumpridos por ela todos os termos deste Contrato) e os Vendedores se recusem a

 

(a) Sellers shall pay the Penalty to the Purchaser in case of CADE approves the Transaction originated by this instrument and the Sellers do not transform the Company into a for-profit company (under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ) or a corporation or, in case the Purchaser is ready for the Closing of the Transaction (provided that the Purchaser has complied with all terms of this

 

11



 

fazer o Fechamento; e

 

Agreement) and the Sellers refuse to make the Closing; and

 

 

 

(b) a Compradora pagará a Multa aos Vendedores, caso o CADE tenha aprovado a Transação originada por este instrumento e os Vendedores tenham transformado a Sociedade em uma sociedade com fins lucrativos (sob a forma de limitada ou sociedade anônima) encontrando-se, portanto, prontos para o Fechamento (segundo os termos deste Contrato) e a Compradora se recuse a fazê-lo.

 

(b) Purchaser shall pay the Penalty to the Sellers in case CADE has approved the Transaction originated by this instrument and Sellers have transformed the Company into a for-profit company (under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ) or a corporation), therefore, the Sellers are ready to the Closing (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) and the Purchaser refuses to close.

 

 

 

4.1.1. Se a Multa for devida pela Compradora aos Vendedores nos termos da cláusula 4(b) acima, o valor da Multa poderá ser deduzido do valor que foi depositado pela Compradora na conta de garantia e custódia, nos termos da cláusula 2 (a) do Contrato da FMU, sendo transferido pelo J.P. Morgan junto com os respectivos rendimentos, aos Vendedores, mediante comunicado escrito assinado pela Compradora. Caso a Compradora se recuse a assinar em favor dos Vendedores a autorização da liberação da parcela a eles devida correspondente à Multa, esta será acrescida de um valor adicional de R$5.000,00 (Cinco Mil Reais) por dia de atraso, decorrente da recusa pela Compradora para liberar o valor devido aos Vendedores, somando-se à Multa o valor correspondente ao número de dias que tiverem se passado até que os Vendedores recebam da Compradora o valor total da Multa e do acréscimo correspondente ao número de dias transcorridos até sua efetiva liberação.

 

4.1.1. If the Penalty is due by the Purchaser to the Sellers under the terms of section 4 (b) above, the amount of the Penalty shall be deducted from the amount that was deposited by the Purchaser in the guarantee and escrow account, in accordance with the section 2 (a) of the FMU Agreement, and, therefore, transferred by J.P. Morgan with its related yield to the Sellers by means of a written communication executed by Purchaser. In case the Purchaser refuses to sign in favor of the Sellers the release authorization of the installment due to the Sellers corresponding to the Penalty, it shall be increased of an additional amount of R$5,000.00 (Five Thousand Reais ) per day of delay, arising from the refusal by the Purchaser to release the amount due to the Sellers, adding to the Penalty the amount corresponding to the number of days that have passed until the Sellers receive from the Purchaser the total amount of the Penalty and the addition corresponding to the number of days elapsed until its effective release.

4.1.2. Se a Multa for devida pelos Vendedores à Compradora nos termos da cláusula 4 (a) acima e os Vendedores se recusarem a realizar tal

 

4.1.2. If the Penalty is due by the Sellers to the Purchaser pursuant to the section 4 (a) above and the Sellers refuse to make such payment, shall be

 

12



 

pagamento, ao valor da Multa será acrescido um valor adicional de R$5.000,00 (Cinco Mil Reais) por dia de atraso até a data do efetivo pagamento da Multa pelos Vendedores à Compradora.

 

increased to the Penalty amount an additional amount of R$5,000.00 (Five Thousand Reais ) per day of delay until the date of the effective payment of the Penalty by the Sellers to the Purchaser.

 

 

 

4.2. A Compradora poderá rescindir o presente Contrato, sem o pagamento da Multa (cláusula 4 acima) ou de qualquer outro valor devido aos Vendedores, caso ocorra, entre a data da assinatura do presente instrumento e a Data de Fechamento, um evento que, por ser absolutamente imprevisível, venha a causar um dano a qualquer aspecto da Sociedade e/ou da FMU, trazendo consequências substanciais ou até mesmo prejudicando a continuação dos negócios, ambas da maneira rotineira e habitual. Para que esse evento possa ser assim considerado, é necessário que as consequências dele venham a causar dentro do prazo de 365 (trezentos e sessenta e cinco) dias a contar da data desse evento, um prejuízo à Sociedade e/ou à FMU de valor superior a R$60.000.000,00 (Sessenta Milhões de Reais) (“ Efeito Prejudicial Substancial ”). Apenas para esclarecer, os seguintes eventos são exemplos dos tipos de evento que poderiam causar um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial, mas, de forma alguma, tem o propósito de limitar o que poderia ser considerado como tal: um incêndio em um ou em mais de um dos edifícios atualmente ocupados pela Sociedade com ou sem vítimas, desde que isso impeça o funcionamento normal ou a continuação das atividades escolares, ou mesmo colapso e desabamento de um ou mais dos edifícios ocupados pela Sociedade, com ou sem vítimas, ou a interdição do funcionamento da Sociedade por qualquer órgão seja ele da administração federal, estadual ou municipal etc. Os Vendedores concordam que eles deverão

 

4.2. Purchaser may terminate this Agreement, without the payment of the Penalty (section 4 above) or of any other amount due to the Sellers, in case of occurrence, between the signature date of this instrument and the Closing Date, an event that, by be absolutely unpredictable, may cause a damage to any aspect of the Company and/or FMU, bringing material consequences or even damaging the continuation of the business, both in a routine and habitual manner. In order to consider this event as such, it is required that the consequences of the event cause, within the term of 365 ( three hundred and sixty-five) days as of the date of the event, a damage to the Company and/or to FMU of amount higher than R$60,000,000.00 (Sixty Million Reais ) (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). For clarification purposes only, the following events are examples of the types of event that could cause a Material Adverse Effect, but in no way is this list intended to limit what could be considered as such: a fire in one or more of the buildings currently occupied by the Company with or without victims, provided that it prevents normal operation or continuation of the school activities, or even collapse and landslide of one or more of the buildings occupied by the Company, with or without victims, or interdiction of the operation of the Company by any government entity be it Federal, State or Municipal, etc. Sellers agree that they shall notify in writing the Purchaser within 48 (forty-eight) hours as of their knowledge of any event that could reasonably be considered to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Similarly, the

 

13



 

notificar por escrito a Compradora, dentro do prazo improrrogável de 48 (quarenta e oito) horas do seu conhecimento sobre qualquer evento que possa razoavelmente vir a ser assim considerado como o causador de um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial. Da mesma forma, a Compradora deverá notificar os Vendedores, também no prazo de 48 (quarenta e oito) horas a partir de seu conhecimento, por escrito, caso venha ela a tomar conhecimento de um evento ocorrido e que se caracterize como indicado acima.

 

Purchaser shall notify in writing the Sellers also within 48 (forty-eight) hours as of its knowledge of any event that is characterized as indicated above.

 

 

 

5. Cooperação. Entre a data da assinatura deste instrumento e a Data de Fechamento, caso a Compradora necessite de qualquer tipo de informações sobre as atividades e finanças da Sociedade, ou necessite entrar em contato com qualquer pessoa responsável pela gestão da Sociedade, exceção feita aos coordenadores pedagógicos e professores, deverá solicitar tais informações ou contato através do Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva e Dr. Edson Alves da Silva que, prazerosamente, prestarão todas as informações ou viabilizarão os contatos solicitadas dentro do menor tempo possível. As Partes reconhecem que a cooperação descrita acima é um elemento importante da Transação.

 

5. Cooperation. Between the date of execution of this instrument and the Closing Date, if the Purchaser requires any kind of information regarding the operations and finances of the Company, as well as any contact with any person responsible for the Company’s management, except for academic coordinators and teachers, the Purchaser shall request such information or contact through Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva and Dr. Edson Alves da Silva, that, pleasurably, shall provide all the information requested or enable the contacts requested within the shortest possible time. The Parties recognize that the cooperation described above is an important element of the Transaction.

 

 

 

6. Fechamento. As Partes acordam que a Transação será consumada no Fechamento (o “ Fechamento ”), no escritório do Prof. Edevaldo na Avenida Nove de Julho, 4129, na cidade e Estado de São Paulo, ou em qualquer outro lugar acordado mutuamente por ambas as Partes, o qual deverá ocorrer no 5º dia útil após (i) a aprovação final do CADE referente à presente Transação, evidenciada por meio de decisão do referido órgão

 

6. Closing. The Parties hereby agree that the Transaction shall be consummated at the closing (the “ Closing ”) in the office of Prof. Edevaldo at Avenida Nove de Julho, 4129, in the city and State of São Paulo, or in any other place mutually agreed by both of the Parties, which shall occur on the 5 th  business day after (i) the final approval of CADE regarding this Transaction, confirmed by means of a decision of such authority approving

 

14



 

aprovando o respectivo ato de concentração, devidamente publicada nos termos da lei e não mais sujeita a recurso ou pedido de avocação; e (ii) o registro no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e na JUCESP, se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, da transformação da Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos (a “ Data de Fechamento ”).

 

the relevant concentration act, duly published according to the law and not subject to recourse or certiorari request; and (ii) the registration with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, of the transformation of the Company into for-profit company (the “ Closing Date ”) .

 

 

 

6.1. Documentos da Transação e Documentos a ela Relacionados. Os seguintes documentos deverão ser assinados ou apresentados pelas Partes na Data de Fechamento:

 

6.1. Transaction Documents and Related Documents . The following documents shall be executed or provided by the Parties on the Closing Date:

 

 

 

(i) procuração a ser assinada pelos administradores da Sociedade antes da transferência das Participações Societárias à Compradora, desde que o pagamento do Preço de Aquisição tenha sido feito e liberado aos Vendedores, outorgando poderes de administração da Sociedade para os indivíduos a serem indicados por escrito pela Compradora, que será e permanecerá como única responsável pelos atos que vierem a ser praticados por eles, isentando, desde agora, toda e qualquer responsabilidade dos Vendedores quanto aos atos praticados pelos mesmos procuradores. A procuração servirá para o período a partir da data de assinatura do documento societário que indicá-los ou, mesmo a outros, como novos administradores da Sociedade. A procuração dará poderes aos que nela forem indicados pela Compradora e será válida entre a Data de Fechamento e a data em que referido documento societário for devidamente registrado no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e

 

(i) power-of-attorney to be signed by the administrators of the Company before the transfer of the Equities to the Purchaser, provided that the payment of the Purchase Price has already been made and released to the Sellers, granting management powers to individuals to be indicated in writing by the Purchaser, which shall be and remain as the sole responsible for the acts that may be performed by them, exempting, from now, any and all liability of the Sellers regarding the acts performed by the same attorneys. The power-of-attorney shall serve for the period as of the signature date of the corporate document that appoints the referred individuals, or even others, as new managers of the Company. The power-of-attorney shall grant powers to the ones indicated in the power-of-attorney by the Purchaser and shall be valid between the Closing Date and the date that such corporate document is duly registered with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no

 

15



 

Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e na JUCESP, se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, gerando, assim, efeito legal perante terceiros, nos termos do “ Anexo Procuração ”; e

 

rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, thus generating legal effect with third parties, in the form of the “ Power of Attorney Exhibit ”; and

 

 

 

(ii) senhas, certificados digitais ou quaisquer outras informações da Sociedade necessárias para o funcionamento das atividades da Sociedade, para serem entregues na Data de Fechamento à Compradora para uso dela, perante qualquer instituição pública ou privada, incluindo, mas não limitada a, Receita Federal, Prefeitura Municipal e Ministério da Educação — MEC.

 

(ii) passwords, digital certificates or any other information of the Company required for the operation of its activities of the Company, to be provided on the Closing Date to the Purchaser for use by the Purchaser, before any public or private institution, including, but not limited to, Brazilian Federal Revenue, Municipality and Ministry of Education — MEC.

 

 

 

6.2. Registro após o Fechamento. As Partes deverão trabalhar em conjunto e colaborando entre si, para que o registro dos documentos societários referentes à cessão das Participações Societárias à Compradora e/ou à nomeação dos administradores da Sociedade que forem indicados pela Compradora seja feito no menor tempo possível.

 

6.2. Post-Closing Registrations . The Parties shall work jointly and collaborating with each other in order to register the corporate documents regarding the assignment of the Equities to the Purchaser and/or appointment of the administrators of the Company that are indicated by the Purchaser in the shortest period of time possible.

 

 

 

7. Disposições Diversas. Quaisquer dívidas em nome da ACE, incluindo dívidas oriundas de reclamações de terceiros, que não tenham sido mencionadas de forma específica no presente instrumento e que se refiram a fatos, atos ou omissões ocorridos em um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, incluindo esta, obviamente, serão de exclusiva responsabilidade dos Vendedores, de forma solidária, exceto as dívidas fiscais prescritas e as dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos há mais de 5 (cinco) anos antes da Data de Fechamento (as “ Dívidas

 

7. Miscellaneous. Any debts on behalf of ACE, including the debts arising from third party claims, that have not been specifically mentioned in the present instrument and which refers to facts, acts or omissions occurred at a period prior to the Closing Date, including this, obviously, shall be of sole liability of the Sellers, jointly, except the elapsed tax debts and the third parties debts (that not confused with tax debts) arising from of acts, facts or omissions that occurred more than 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date (the “ Debts Subject to Offset ). The Parties acknowledge that this limitation not apply to third parties claims already

 

16


 

Compensáveis ”). As Partes reconhecem que esta limitação não se aplica a reclamações de terceiros já demandadas da Sociedade até a Data de Fechamento. A Sociedade deverá apresentar as Dívidas Compensáveis aos Vendedores para sua devida verificação, sendo que os Vendedores deverão examiná-las e apresentar as defesas cabíveis, se for o caso.

 

demanded of the Company until the Closing Date. The Company shall submit the Debts Subject to Offset to the Sellers for its due verification, and the Sellers shall examine the Debts Subject to Offset and submit the applicable defenses, if the case.

7.1. Os Vendedores deverão efetuar o pagamento a quaisquer credores dentro das condições que tiverem sido anteriormente estipuladas entre eles e esses mesmos credores, não sendo os Vendedores obrigados a antecipar quaisquer pagamentos que venham a ser prematuramente solicitados pela Sociedade que pudesse mudar os termos anteriormente avençados entre os Vendedores e seus eventuais credores. Caso os Vendedores não liquidem as Dívidas Compensáveis depois de terem eles exaurido todas as defesas que forem aplicáveis, serão elas então objeto da dedução dos valores mensais dos alugueres vincendos e devidos nos termos dos Contratos de Locação da FMU firmados na Data de Fechamento, ou daqueles firmados depois de referida data, entre a Sociedade ou a FMU como locatária e os Vendedores ou sociedades por eles controladas como locadores.

 

7.1. The Sellers shall make the payment to any creditor within the conditions that have been previously stipulated between the Sellers and those same creditors, and the Sellers will not be required to anticipate any payments that may be prematurely requested by the Company, that may change the previously agreed terms between the Sellers and their eventual creditors. In case of the Sellers not settle the Debts Subject to Offset after the Sellers have exhausted all the applicable defenses, then such debts shall be object of deduction of the monthly amounts of the rents falling due and due, under the terms of FMU Lease Agreements executed on the Closing Date, or the ones executed after such date, between the Company or FMU as lessee and the Sellers or the companies controlled by the Sellers as lessors.

 

 

 

7.1.1. Para o controle e informação permanente das Partes deste instrumento, deverá a Compradora manter, a partir da Data de Fechamento, um relatório de conta-corrente a ser enviado aos Vendedores a cada 90 (noventa) dias a partir da Data de Fechamento, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos consecutivos, indicando e demonstrando todos os pagamentos

 

7.1.1. For the permanent control and information to the Parties hereto, Purchaser shall maintain, as of the Closing Date, a report of the current account to be submitted to the Sellers, each 90 (ninety) days from the Closing Date, for a period of 5 (five) consecutive years, indicating and showing all payments made by the Company with respect to Debts Subject to Offset, as well as all payments received by the Company arising from third parties claims and from the charges of overdue payments

 

17



 

realizados pela Sociedade com relação às Dívidas Compensáveis, bem como todos os pagamentos recebidos pela Sociedade oriundos de reclamações de terceiros e das cobranças de atrasados que se refiram a fatos, atos ou omissões ocorridos em um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, incluindo esta, obviamente. Os Vendedores serão responsáveis pelo pagamento, nos termos da cláusula 7 acima, dos valores negativos do saldo demonstrado pelo aludido relatório.

 

that refer to facts, acts or omissions occurred in a period prior to the Closing Date, including this such date, obviously. Sellers shall be responsible for the payment, under section 7 above, of the negative amounts of the balance demonstrated by the referred report.

 

 

 

7.2. Caso os valores dos aluguéis mensais não sejam suficientes para a compensação (pagamento) dos valores das Dívidas Compensáveis, a Sociedade poderá adicionar aos valores por ela pagos juros de 1% (um por cento) ao mês e atualização monetária de acordo com a variação positiva do IGP-M/FGV, no período entre a data do pagamento feito pela Sociedade e a data de sua efetiva compensação ou de seu pagamento pelos Vendedores.

 

7.2. In case of the amounts of the monthly rents are not sufficient to offset (payment) the amounts of the Debts Subject to Offset, the Company may add to the amounts paid by the Purchaser interest of 1% (one percent) per month, and monetary adjustment according to the IGP-M/FGV, in the period between the date of the payment made by the Company and the date of effective offset or payment by the Sellers.

 

 

 

7.3. Com relação às reclamações de terceiros contra a Sociedade que forem de responsabilidade dos Vendedores nos termos da cláusula 7 acima, as Partes concordam que os Vendedores deverão conduzir a defesa de tais reclamações e serão responsáveis pelo pagamento de todos os custos referentes à referida defesa, incluindo honorários advocatícios, perícias, taxas, depósitos, entre outros, os quais deverão ser feitos pelos Vendedores diretamente aos respectivos credores ou entidades arrecadadoras. Os Vendedores manterão a Sociedade e a Compradora informada de todas as ocorrências e eventos substanciais referentes a essas reclamações de terceiros (inclusive enviando prontamente cópias de qualquer correspondência correlata à Sociedade e à Compradora, se e quando recebida pelos Vendedores). Ainda, os Vendedores deverão

 

7.3. With respect to the third party claims against the Company that are of liability of the Sellers pursuant to the section 7 above, the Parties agree that the Sellers shall conduct the defense of such claims and shall be liable for the payment of all costs related to such defense, including attorney’s fees, experts fees, deposits, among others, which shall be made by the Sellers directly to relevant creditors or collecting entities. The Sellers shall keep the Company and the Purchaser informed of all material developments and events relating to such third party claims (including promptly forwarding copies to the Company and the Purchaser of any related correspondence, if and when received by the Sellers). Still, the Sellers shall conduct the defense of any claims of tax authorities to minimize the eventual impossibility of the Company to obtain all clearance certificates,

 

18



 

conduzir as defesas de quaisquer reclamações de autoridades fiscais para minimizar a eventual impossibilidade da Sociedade de obter todas as certidões negativas, ou positivas com efeitos de negativa, de débitos fiscais referentes à gestão dos Vendedores. Caso a Sociedade não consiga obter qualquer uma das referidas certidões após ter ela devidamente notificado os Vendedores sobre a necessidade de obter a certidão, a Sociedade poderá realizar os pagamentos devidos a fim de obter a certidão necessária e poderá deduzir os respectivos valores dos alugueres devidos nos termos dos Contratos de Locação da FMU existentes e/ou de qualquer outro contrato de locação a ser posteriormente celebrado entre a Sociedade ou a FMU e os Vendedores ou sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores. A Compradora poderá informar os Vendedores por escrito caso qualquer pagamento antecipado ou acordo de reclamações de terceiros, possam vir a prejudicar as operações da Sociedade e, neste caso, as Partes devem decidir em conjunto como conduzir a respectiva defesa com o objetivo de evitar prejuízos à Sociedade.

 

or positive certificates with negative effects, of tax debts regarding the management of the Sellers. If the Company cannot obtain any of these certificates after having duly notified the Sellers on the need to obtain the certificate, the Company can make the due payments in order to obtain the necessary certificate and may deduct the relevant amounts from the rents due pursuant to the existing FMU Lease Agreements and/or of any other lease agreement to be executed later between the Company or FMU and the Sellers or companies controlled by the Sellers. Purchaser may inform the Sellers in writing if any advance payment or settlement of claims by third parties, may come to prejudice the Company’s operations and, in this case, the Parties shall jointly decide how to conduct the defense in order to avoid prejudice to the Company.

 

 

 

8. Acordo Integral . Cada Parte reconhece que seu advogado de escolha participou da preparação deste Contrato (inclusive dos anexos ao presente), o qual, juntamente com os outros documentos e instrumentos referidos no presente, contêm o entendimento integral entre todas as Partes com respeito às questões abrangidas neste instrumento, substituindo todos e quaisquer outros acordos e entendimentos anteriores, tanto os escritos, se houver, como também os verbais, entre as Partes ou com qualquer uma delas, com respeito aos assuntos correspondentes ao presente Contrato.

 

8. Entire Agreement . Each Party acknowledges that its legal counsel of choice has participated in the preparation of this Agreement (including the exhibits hereto), which jointly with the other documents and instruments referred to herein contain the entire understanding among all the Parties with respect to the matters covered hereby, replacing any and all other prior agreements and understandings, both written, if any, as also the oral, among the Parties or with any of them, with respect to the subject corresponding to the present Agreement.

 

19



 

9. Alterações . Este Contrato somente poderá ser alterado por meio de um instrumento, por escrito, e desde que devidamente assinado por todas as Partes dele constantes.

 

9. Amendments . This Agreement may only be amended by an instrument in writing, and provided that duly executed by all the Parties of such Agreement.

 

 

 

10. Notificações . Quaisquer notificações, reivindicações, demandas e outras comunicações exigidas ou permitidas segundo o exposto no presente deverão ser feitas em português e por escrito, devendo elas ser entregues em mãos, por courier internacional, e-mail e/ou fax, se e quando disponível (confirmada por courier internacional), endereçadas como segue:

 

10. Notices . Any notices, claims, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in Portuguese and in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by international courier, e-mail and/or facsimile, if and when available (confirmed by international courier), addressed as follows:

 

 

 

Se para a Compradora:

 

If to Purchaser:

 

 

 

650 S. Exeter Street
Baltimore, MD 21202
E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
Fax: [ ]
At.: Robert W. Zentz / Rafael Sia

 

650 S. Exeter Street
Baltimore, MD 21202
E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
Fax: [ ]
Attn.: Robert W. Zentz / Rafael Sia

 

 

 

Cc: Veirano Advogados
Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3477, 16º andar
04538-133, São Paulo, SP
E-mail: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
At.: Roberto Rudzit Neto

 

Cc: Veirano Advogados
Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3477, 16th floor
04538-133, São Paulo, SP
E-mail: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
Attn.: Roberto Rudzit Neto

 

 

 

Se para os Vendedores: ao seguinte representante autorizado e escolhido pelos Vendedores:

 

If to Sellers: to the following representative authorized and chosen by the Sellers:

 

 

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva
[ ]
Telefone: [ ]

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva
[ ]
Telephone: [ ]

 

20



 

C.c: The International Law Offices of Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
At. Dr. Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
1900 SW 3
rd  Avenue
Miami, Florida, 33129, USA
Telefone: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

Cc: The International Law Offices of Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
Att: Dr. Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
1900 SW 3
rd  Avenue
Miami, Florida, 33129, USA
Telephone: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

 

 

11. Sucessores e Cessionários . Este Contrato deverá vincular e viger em benefício das Partes e de seus sucessores e cessionários, estes últimos se e desde que autorizados. Nem este Contrato, nem quaisquer dos direitos ou obrigações segundo o exposto no presente, poderão ser cedidos ou transferidos, no total ou parcialmente, por qualquer das Partes, sem o consentimento prévio, por escrito, da outra Parte, o qual não poderá ser negado sem uma justa causa. No caso de cessão ou transferência deste Contrato ou qualquer dos direitos e obrigações derivados deste, pela Compradora a qualquer de suas afiliadas, a qual estará sujeita aos termos previstos no preâmbulo deste instrumento, referida cessão ou transferência deverá ser considerada válida, a não ser que os Vendedores possam provar a existência de dano efetivo decorrente da cessão e transferência pleiteadas.

 

11. Successors and Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and of their successors and assigns, this last if permitted. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, by any of the Parties without the prior written consent of the other Party, which may not be unreasonably withheld. In the case of assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any of the rights or obligations hereunder, by the Purchaser to any of its affiliates, which shall be subject to the terms provided for in the preamble of this instrument, such assignment or transfer shall be presumed valid, unless Sellers can prove the existence of an actual harm arising from the assignment and requested transfer.

 

 

 

12. Confidencialidade .

 

12. Confidentiality .

 

 

 

12.1. Cada Parte, por si e suas afiliadas, diretores, conselheiros, administradores, empregados, agentes e contratadas, compromete-se a manter todas e quaisquer informações como confidenciais, não as divulgando a qualquer

 

12.1. Each Party, for itself and its affiliates, officers, directors, administrators, employees, agents and contractors, undertakes to keep any and all information as confidential, not disclosing such Information, to any person, at any time or in any

 

21



 

pessoa, em qualquer tempo ou de qualquer maneira, direta ou indiretamente, exceto se:

 

manner, directly or indirectly, except if:

 

 

 

(a) houver um consentimento prévio, obtido da outra Parte, por escrito, com relação à divulgação;

 

(a) there is a prior written consent, obtained from the other Party, in writing, to the disclosure;

 

 

 

(b) as informações pertinentes forem ou se tornarem disponíveis ao público em geral, de outra forma que não seja resultante de uma violação dessas disposições de confidencialidade;

 

(b) the relevant information is or becomes available to the public in general, otherwise than as a result of a breach of these confidentiality provisions;

 

 

 

(c) as informações forem ou se tornarem conhecidas ou disponibilizadas à Parte divulgadora, em base não confidencial, obtidas de uma fonte (outra que não a Parte detentora das informações) que, segundo o melhor entendimento da Parte divulgadora, após a devida consulta, não estaria proibida de divulga-las em consequência das obrigações de confidencialidade aqui assumidas;

 

(c) the information is or becomes known or available to the disclosing Party on a non-confidential basis, obtained from a source (other than the Party owning the information) that, to the best of the disclosing Party’s understanding, after due inquiry, would not be prohibited from disclosing such information as a consequence of the confidentiality obligations herein assumed;

 

 

 

(d) as informações forem adquiridas ou desenvolvidas independentemente pela Parte divulgadora, sem ter violado quaisquer das obrigações aqui mencionadas e de acordo com os termos do presente; ou

 

(d) the information was independently acquired or developed by the disclosing Party, without havingviolated any of its obligations herein mentioned and in accordance with the terms of the present; or

 

 

 

(e) as informações forem divulgadas por determinação de lei ou por decisão judicial aplicável (incluindo as regras do Ministério da Educação - MEC ou, aquelas emanadas pelas autoridades antitruste no Brasil), que obriguem a Parte divulgadora, desde que sempre que razoavelmente possível e legal, essa mesma Parte consulte as outras Partes antes que a divulgação seja feita.

 

(e) the information is disclosed by determination of law or by judicial order applicable (including rules of Ministry of Education - MEC or, the ones issued by antitrust authorities in Brazil), which force the disclosing Party, provided that whenever reasonably practicable and lawful, such Party consults with the other Party before the disclosure is made.

 

 

 

12.2. Para fins deste Contrato, “ Informações

 

12.2. For purposes of this Agreement,

 

22



 

Confidenciais ” significará a Transação segundo o exposto no presente instrumento e todas as informações, materiais e documentos a ela relacionados (inclusive este Contrato e quaisquer outros documentos da Transação), sejam eles escritos, verbais, eletrônicos ou de algum modo obtidos ou recebidos pelas Partes durante a negociação, o transcorrer dela e a execução da Transação que por este instrumento se aperfeiçoa.

 

Confidential Information ” shall mean the Transaction hereunder and all its information, materials and documents related thereto (including this Agreement and any other Transaction documents), whether written, oral, electronic or otherwise, obtained or received by the Parties during the negotiation, the development of the negotiation and the performance of the Transaction that by this instrument is perfected.

 

 

 

13. Anúncios Públicos . Em vista da cláusula 12 acima, as Partes concordam que não emitirão qualquer nota à imprensa ou, de outro modo, farão qualquer declaração pública ou responderão a qualquer consulta da imprensa, com respeito a este Contrato ou às operações previstas no presente, sem a aprovação prévia e por escrito do Presidente atual da Sociedade e do Presidente da Laureate, Região do Brasil (aprovação que se espera não seja injustamente negada), exceto para informar potenciais e atuais investidores, acionistas ou credores da Compradora, ou conforme exigido pela legislação aplicável, leis de valores mobiliários dos Estados Unidos da América e regras e regulamentos aplicáveis de qualquer bolsa de valores. Não obstante, as Partes concordam que, após a Data de Fechamento, as Partes emitirão uma nota à imprensa em conjunto, mutuamente revisada e ajustada, comunicando a conclusão desta Transação.

 

13. Public Announcements . In view of section 12 above, the Parties agree that they will not issue any press release or otherwise make any public statement or respond to any press inquiry with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, without prior written approval of the current President of the Company and the President of Laureate, Brazil region, (approval that is expected not to be unfairly denied), except to inform potential and current investors, shareholders, or creditors of the Purchaser or as required by applicable law, applicable securities Laws of the United States of America and applicable rules and regulations of any security exchange. Nevertheless, the Parties agree that, after the Closing Date, the Parties shall issue a jointly, mutually reviewed and adjusted press release, communicating the conclusion of this Transaction.

 

 

 

14. Não Concorrência; Não Solicitação. Os Vendedores estão sujeitos às seguintes obrigações de não concorrência, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos a contar da Data de Fechamento (o “ Período de Não Concorrência ”) e se comprometem, por esta e pela melhor forma de direito, a não participar nem efetuar qualquer atividade pessoal

 

14. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation. Sellers shall be subject to the following non-compete obligations, for a period of 5 (five) years as of the Closing Date (the “ Non-Competition Period ”) and the Sellers commit by this and in the best terms of the law to not participate and not make any personal activity that may be related to

 

23



 

que possa estar relacionada com o ensino superior, em qualquer Estado da República Federativa do Brasil, excetuando-se, porém, sua Capital Federal (Brasília) e suas respectivas cidades satélites. Os Vendedores poderão, entretanto lecionar, se assim decidirem, em ambientes universitários em qualquer Estado do país;

 

the higher education, in any State of Federative Republic of Brazil, except, however, its Federal Capital (Brasília) and its satellite cities. Sellers can, however, teach, if they so decide, in local universities in any State of the country;

 

 

 

(a) No tocante a futuros investimentos que possam ser eventualmente feitos por qualquer dos Vendedores, em negócios ou empreendimentos de ensino superior no Brasil, após a Data de Fechamento, os seguintes termos serão aplicados:

 

(a) With respect to the future investments that may eventually be made by any of the Sellers in higher education businesses or enterprises in Brazil, after the Closing Date, the following terms and conditions shall apply:

 

 

 

(i) Qualquer investimento, incluindo os financiamentos que possam ser dados, por qualquer dos Vendedores, para negócios ou empreendimentos de ensino superior, nos Estados de São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul e Amazonas, ou em qualquer outro Estado do país onde a Laureate ou suas afiliadas, (desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento) tiverem um investimento de capital na data do pretenso investimento a ser feito pelos Vendedores, exigirá o prévio consentimento por escrito da Laureate ou de suas cessionárias como descrito acima, excetuando-se, entretanto, o Distrito Federal (Brasília) e suas respectivas cidades satélites. De igual sorte, excetuam-se eventuais investimentos em bens imobiliários que possam ser feitos pelos Vendedores, cujo objetivo seja a simples locação comercial a quaisquer entidades escolares, de ensino superior ou não.

 

(i) Any investment, including the financing that can be made by any of the Sellers to higher education business or enterprises in the States of São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul and Amazonas, or in any other State of this country where Laureate or its affiliates (provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument), have a capital investment on the date of the pretended investment to be made by the Sellers, shall require prior written consent from Laureate, or its assignees, as described above, excepting, however, the Federal District (Brasília) and its relevant satellite cities. Likewise, are not included eventual investment in real estate that may be made by the Sellers, which purpose is the simple commercial lease to any school entities, of higher education or not.

 

 

 

(ii) A Laureate, ou suas afiliadas, desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento, terão o direito de preferência, em uma venda para

 

(ii) Laureate or its affiliates, provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument, shall have a right of first refusal in a sale to any party,

 

24


 

qualquer parte, incluídas aquelas a terceiros independentes, de quaisquer investimentos em educação superior já feitos por qualquer dos Vendedores no Brasil, excetuando-se, quaisquer investimentos na Capital Federal (Brasília) e nas suas respectivas cidades satélites, antes ou até a Data de Fechamento. As Partes entendem que este direito de preferência será também válido para o caso em que qualquer um dos Vendedores prometer alienar dentro do prazo de 1 (um) ano, após recusa ou desinteresse da Laureate e/ou de suas cessionárias do presente instrumento em qualquer investimento já possuído pelos Vendedores, observada a exceção acima, quando este for direcionado a terceiros por um preço inferior ou em condições de pagamento mais favoráveis a esse terceiro do que as da oferta recusada pela Laureate ou suas afiliadas desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento.

 

including those to independent third parties of any investments in higher education already made by any of the Sellers in Brazil, except for any investment in the Federal Capital (Brasília) and its relevant satellite cities, before or until the Closing Date. The Parties understand that this right of first refusal shall be also valid for the case of any one of the Sellers promise to sell, within 1 (one) year after the refusal or disinterest of Laureate and/or of its assignees of this instrument, in any investment already owned by the Sellers, observed the exception above, when such investment is directed to third parties for a lower price or under a more favorable payment conditions to this third party than the terms of the offer that have been refused by Laureate or its affiliates, provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument.

 

 

 

(b) Durante 5 (cinco) anos a partir da Data de Fechamento, qualquer participação na administração, ou assessoria de administração, por qualquer dos Vendedores, em um negócio de ensino superior localizado nos Estados de São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul e Amazonas ou em qualquer outro Estado do Brasil em que a Laureate tiver um investimento de capital na data da pretendida participação ou assessoria de administração a ser feita pelos Vendedores, (exceção feita ao Distrito Federal, Brasília e suas respectivas cidades satélites), exigirá o prévio consentimento por escrito da Laureate e será de outro modo proibido. As obrigações de não concorrência contidas nesta cláusula não impedem a qualquer dos Vendedores de lecionar em uma instituição de ensino superior

 

(b) During 5 (five) years from the Closing Date, any participation in the management or in the management consulting by any of the Sellers in a business of higher education located in the States of São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul and Amazonas or in any other State of Brazil that Laureate have a capital investment on the date of the intended participation or management advisory to be made by Sellers (except to the Federal District in Brazil, Brasilia and its relevant satellite cities), shall require the prior written consent of Laureate and shall be otherwise prohibited. The non-compete obligations contained in this section shall not prevent any Seller from teaching at a higher education institution other than the Company or that is otherwise out of the Laureate International Universities’ network and its

 

25



 

que não a Sociedade ou, de outro modo, fora do grupo da Rede da Laureate International Universities e suas afiliadas.

 

affiliates.

 

 

 

(c) Na hipótese de violação de quaisquer avenças de não concorrência contidas nesta cláusula por qualquer dos Vendedores, desde que devida e judicialmente provada, o Vendedor infrator estará sujeito ao pagamento à Laureate de uma multa no valor de 10% (dez por cento) do Preço da Aquisição, sendo que à Laureate caberá o direito de compensar o valor de referida multa, ou se valer de todos os meios extrajudiciais e judiciais permitidos pela legislação brasileira em vigor para o recebimento da mesma.

 

(c) In case of breach of any of the non-compete obligations contained in this section by any of the Sellers, provided that due and proved in court, the breaching Seller shall subject to the payment to Laureate of a fine in the amount of 10% (ten percent) of the Purchase Price, and Laureate shall have the right to offset the amount of such fine, or use of all the judicial and out-of-court measures allowed by the Brazilian laws currently in force to receive the amount of such fine.

 

 

 

(d) Durante o Período de Não Concorrência, cada um dos Vendedores não deverá e nem poderá, mesmo que através de qualquer entidade controlada ou não por eles, incorrer nos seguintes atos, direta ou indiretamente por meio de outra pessoa: (i) induzir, ou tentar induzir qualquer empregado, professor, vendedor ou outro representante da Sociedade a deixar o emprego ou terminar eventual atividade de prestação de serviço, ou de fato contratar ou manter qualquer empregado como professor, vendedor ou representante da Sociedade, ou de qualquer outra forma interferir na relação entre a Sociedade, por um lado, e tal empregado, professor, vendedor ou representante da empresa, por outro lado, ou (ii) induzir ou tentar induzir para remover intencionalmente qualquer cliente, fornecedor, licenciado ou outro negócio relacionado à Sociedade visando reduzir ou impedir negócios com a Sociedade, ou de alguma maneira interferir na relação entre quaisquer dos clientes, fornecedores, licenciados ou negócio relacionado

 

(d) During the Non-Competition Period, each of the Sellers shall not and may not, even by any entity controlled or not by them, directly or indirectly through another person: (i) induce or, attempt to induce any employee, professor, salesperson or other representative of the Company to leave the employment or other eventual activity of rendering of service, or actually hire or retain any such employee, professor, salesperson or representative of the Company, or in any other way interfere in the relationship between the Company on the one hand and such employee, professor, salesperson or representative of the Company on the other hand, or (ii) induce or attempt to induce in order to remove intentionally any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company in order to reduce or prevent business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any of such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand.

 

26



 

de um lado, e a Sociedade, de outro lado.

 

 

 

 

 

(e) Se no momento da execução da presente cláusula, uma autoridade judicial ou qualquer outra autoridade vier a determinar que as restrições aqui descritas não são razoáveis nas circunstâncias em que elas aqui se descrevem, as Partes concordam que o período, escopo e/ou área geográfica máxima permitidos e impostas pela autoridade judicial, ou mesmo por qualquer outra autoridade pertinente, deverão ser aplicados, ao invés dos aqui elencados e determinados como período, escopo e/ou área geográfica. As Partes também aceitam que em hipótese alguma não poderão os termos, o escopo, os detalhes e/ou as obrigações aqui estabelecidas, com relação aos Vendedores, serem aplicadas de forma a se estenderem além dos limites que foram aqui estabelecidos.

 

(e) If at the time of enforcement of this section, a court or other authority comes to determine that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under the circumstances as they are described herein, the Parties agree that the maximum allowed period, scope, and/or geographical area enforced by the court, or by any other relevant authority, shall apply instead of the ones listed and determined herein as the period, scope and/or geographical area. The Parties further accept that under no circumstance shall be applied the terms, scope, details, and/or obligations stated herein, with respect to the Sellers, in a manner that extends beyond the limits that were established herein.

 

 

 

15. Lei Aplicável . Este Contrato deverá ser regido e interpretado e executado de acordo com as Leis da República Federativa do Brasil.

 

15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the Federative Republic of Brazil.

 

 

 

16. Solução de Controvérsias . Na eventualidade de qualquer disputa ou divergência sobre os termos do presente instrumento relativamente à sua validade, execução, interpretação ou aplicação de suas cláusulas e condições, a Parte ofendida deverá notificar, por escrito, à outra Parte dentro do prazo de 15 (quinze) dias a contar da data de tal disputa ou divergência. Caso não tenham sido as controvérsias satisfeitas ou acordadas amigavelmente entre as Partes, as Partes poderão submeter em qualquer momento, a eventual disputa ou divergência, ao Centro de Mediação e

 

16. Dispute Resolution . In the event of any dispute or controversy over the terms of this instrument regarding its validity, execution, interpretation or application of its terms and conditions, the offended Party shall notify, in writing, the other Party within the period of 15 (fifteen) days from the date of such dispute or controversy. In case the controversies are not satisfied or agreed amicably between the Parties, the Parties may submit, at any time, the eventual dispute or controversy to the Mediation and Arbitration Center of the Brazil-Canada Chamber of Commerce (“ CCBC ), subject to the Brazilian

 

27



 

Arbitragem da Câmara de Comércio Brasil Canadá (“ CCBC ”), sujeita esta à legislação brasileira vigente à época. A arbitragem deverá ser conduzida por um painel de 3 (três) árbitros a serem indicados de acordo com os parâmetros e diretrizes da CCBC. Mesmo que haja mais que um reclamante ou reclamado, os demais reclamantes ou reclamados deverão em conjunto indicar somente um árbitro.

 

Law in force at that time. The arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of 3 (three) arbitrators to be appointed according to CCBC standards. In case there is more than one claimant or defendant, the other claimants or defendants shall jointly indicate only one arbitrator.

 

 

 

16.1. A arbitragem deverá ser conduzida em português, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, Brasil, com o resultado final e decisão emitidos em português e também em inglês, se assim solicitado. Cada uma das Partes pagará os custos do procedimento de arbitragem e os honorários advocatícios serão devidos pela Parte perdedora.

 

16.1. The arbitration shall be conducted in Portuguese, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Brazil, with the final result and decision issued in Portuguese and also in English, if requested. Each Party shall pay the costs of the arbitration procedure and the attorney’s fees shall be due by the losing party.

 

 

 

16.2. A decisão proferida na arbitragem pelo CCBC será final, definitiva e obrigará as Partes que desde já se declaram satisfeitas.

 

16.2. The decision rendered by CCBC shall be final, definitive and binding the Parties, that already declares satisfied.

 

 

 

16.3. O laudo prolatado pelo Tribunal Arbitral será considerado como final, definitivo e obrigatório. Portanto, as Partes, renunciam por esta e pela melhor forma, desde já e expressamente, o direito a qualquer recurso. Não obstante, as Partes se reservam o direito de recorrer ao Poder Judiciário com o objetivo de:

(i) assegurar a instituição da arbitragem;

(ii) obter tutelas cautelares ou antecipadas previamente à instituição da aludida arbitragem, desde que qualquer procedimento nesse sentido não seja considerado como ato de renúncia à arbitragem que é aqui eleita pelas Partes como

 

16.3. The award rendered by the Arbitration Court shall be considered as final, definitive and binding. Therefore, the Parties expressly waive by this and by the best form, from now and expressly, their right to any appeal. Notwithstanding, the Parties shall have the right to appeal to the judiciary branch with the purpose of:

(i) to ensure arbitration;

(ii) to obtain writs of prevention to protect rights prior to the referred arbitration, provided that any procedure in this regard shall not be considered a waiver to arbitration that is herein elected by the Parties as the only way to solve conflicts; and

 

28



 

único meio de solução de eventuais conflitos; e

(iii) executar qualquer decisão do Tribunal Arbitral, inclusive o laudo arbitral.

 

 

 

(iii) to execute any decision of the Arbitral Court, including the arbitration award.

 

 

 

16.3.1. Para esses casos, as Partes elegem o Foro da Capital do Estado de São Paulo, como sendo o único competente para resolver qualquer processo judicial decorrente deste instrumento.

 

16.3.1. For these cases, the Parties elect the Courts of the Capital of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, as being the only one competent to settle any judicial procedure arising from this instrument.

 

 

 

17. Documentos Vigentes . Na eventualidade de conflitos entre os termos deste Contrato e qualquer dos documentos da Transação e de seus anexos referidos aqui juntados e vistados, este Contrato é o que deverá sempre prevalecer.

 

17. Prevailing Documents . In the event of conflicts between the terms of this Agreement and any of the Transaction documents and of its exhibits hereunder and thereunder attached and initialed, this Agreement is the one that shall always prevail.

 

 

 

E, ESTANDO JUSTAS E CONTRATADAS, as Partes firmam o presente Contrato na data que está indicada no preâmbulo deste instrumento.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto execute this Agreement in the date that is indicated in the preamble of this instrument.

 

 

 

VENDEDORES/SELLERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva

 

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dr. Arnold Fiorovante

 

 

Dr. Arnold Fiorovante

 

 

29



 

 

COMPRADORA/PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

 

REDE INTERNACIONAL DE UNIVERSIDADES LAUREATE LTDA.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Por/By:

/s/ Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho

 

 

Nome/Name: Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho

 

 

 

 

 

REDE INTERNACIONAL DE UNIVERSIDADES LAUREATE LTDA.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Por/By:

/s/ Richard Harvey Sinkfield III

 

 

Nome/Name: Richard Harvey Sinkfield III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVENIENTE-ANUENTE/INTERVENING-CONSENTING PARTY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSOCIAÇÃO DE CULTURA E ENSINO

 

 

 

 

 

 

Por/By:

/s/ Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

Nome/Name: Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

 

TESTEMUNHAS/WITNESSES:

 

1

/s/ Rafael Barbosa Sia

 

2

 

 

Nome/Name: Rafael Barbosa Sia

 

Nome/Name:

 

RG/ID: [    ]

 

RG/ID:

 

CPF/MF: [    ]

 

CPF/MF:

 

30




Exhibit 2.3

 

Free Translation in Portuguese – not for execution

 

CONTRATO IRREVOGÁVEL E
IRRETRATÁVEL DE COMPRA E VENDA
DE PARTICIPAÇÃO SOCIETÁRIA

 

IRREVOCABLE AND IRREVERSIBLE
EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

Este contrato de compra e venda de participação societária (este “ Contrato ”) é celebrado em 10 de maio de 2013, entre as seguintes Partes:

 

This equity purchase agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is executed as of the May 10, 2013, by and between the following Parties:

 

 

 

Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., sociedade com sede na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, inscrita no Cadastro Nacional da Pessoa Jurídica do Ministério da Fazenda (“ CNPJ/MF ”) sob o nº [ ], incluindo suas afiliadas, as quais poderão, na qualidade de cessionárias, assumir e cumprir os direitos e obrigações previstos abaixo, desde que a Compradora permaneça como devedora solidária e garantidora de todas as obrigações descritas neste instrumento, a qual é neste ato representada por seu(s) representante(s) legal(is), Srs. Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho e Richard Harvey Sinkfield III , doravante denominada “ Laureate ” ou “ Compradora ”; e

 

Rede Internacional de Universidades Laureate Ltda., a company with its headquarters in the city of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, enrolled with the Corporate Taxpayers’ Registry of the Ministry of Finance (“ CNPJ/MF ”) under No. [ ], including its affiliates, which may, as assignees, undertake and perform the rights and obligations provided below, provided that the Purchaser remains as joint debtor and guarantor of all obligations described in this instrument, which is herein represented by its legal representative(s), Messrs. Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho and Richard Harvey Sinkfield III hereinafter simply referred to as “ Laureate ” or “ Purchaser ”; and

 

 

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva , brasileira, casada, advogada, portadora da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [ ], inscrita no Cadastro de Pessoas Físicas do Ministério da Fazenda (“ CPF/MF ”) sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliada na [ ],” Dra. Labibi ”);

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva , Brazilian citizen, married, attorney-at-law, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ], enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers’ Registry of the Ministry of Finance (“ CPF/MF ”) under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ],” Dra. Labibi ”);

 

 

 

Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva , brasileiro, divorciado, advogado, portador da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [  ], inscrito no CPF/MF sob o nº [  ], residente e domiciliado na [ ],” Dr. Eduardo ”); e

 

Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva, Brazilian citizen, divorced, lawyer, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [  ], enrolled with CPF/MF under No. [  ], resident and domiciled at [ ],” Dr. Eduardo ”); and

 

 

 

Dr. Edson Alves da Silva , brasileiro, casado,

 

Dr. Edson Alves da Silva , Brazilian citizen,

 

1



 

advogado, portador da Cédula de Identidade de RG nº [  ], inscrito no CPF/MF sob o nº [  ], residente e domiciliado na Rua Padre João Manoel, 439, apartamento 20, Cerqueira César, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo (“ Dr. Edson ”).

 

married, attorney-at-law, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [  ], enrolled with CPF/MF under No. [  ], resident and domiciled at Rua Padre João Manoel, 439, apartment 20, Cerqueira César, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo (“ Dr. Edson ”).

 

 

 

Dra. Labibi, Dr. Eduardo e Dr. Edson doravante serão denominados, em conjunto, como os “ Vendedores ”.

 

Dra. Labibi, Dr. Eduardo and Dr. Edson are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Sellers ”.

 

 

 

A Compradora e os Vendedores serão individualmente denominados “ Parte ” e, conjuntamente, “ Partes ”.

 

Each of the Purchaser and Sellers are individually referred to as the “ Party ”, and collectively to as the “ Parties ”.

 

 

 

E, na qualidade de Interveniente Anuente:

 

And, in the capacity of Intervening and Consenting Party:

 

 

 

União Educacional de São Paulo, uma instituição sem fins lucrativos, com sede na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, na Rua Taguá, 150, Liberdade, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ], neste ato representada por seu(s) representante(s) legal(is), Dra. Labibi, Dr. Eduardo e Dr. Edson, doravante denominada “ UESP ” ou “ Sociedade ”, a qual é mantenedora das Faculdades Integradas de São Paulo (a “ FISP ”). As Partes esclarecem que a definição “ Sociedade ” refere-se a ambos os tipos jurídicos da UESP, ou seja, como uma associação sem fins lucrativos (antes da sua transformação em sociedade com fins lucrativos) e como uma sociedade (após referida transformação).

 

União Educacional de São Paulo, a non-profit organization, with head offices in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, at Rua Taguá, No. 150, Liberdade, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No. [ ], herein represented by its legal representative(s) Dra. Labibi, Dr. Eduardo and Dr. Edson, hereinafter simply referred to as “ UESP ” or the “ Company ”, which is the mantenedora of Faculdades Integradas de São Paulo (the “ FISP ”). The Parties clarify that the definition “ Company ” refers to both legal structures of UESP, i.e., as a non-profit entity (before its transformation into a for profit company) and as a for-profit company (after such transformation).

 

 

 

Tem entre si justo e contratado o quanto segue:

 

Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

 

 

1. Objeto do Presente Contrato. Na Data de Fechamento, a Compradora comprará dos

 

1. Purpose. On the Closing Date, Purchaser shall purchase from Sellers, and Sellers shall sell to

 

2



 

Vendedores e os Vendedores venderão à Compradora 100% (cem por cento) do capital social da Sociedade, após a sua transformação em sociedade com fins lucrativos, sendo suas participações societárias livres e desembaraçadas de todos e quaisquer gravames, sujeito aos termos e condições abaixo, com tudo que elas representam, incluindo a propriedade de todos os seus ativos, tangíveis e intangíveis detidos nesta data e quaisquer outros adquiridos pela Sociedade após esta data até a Data de Fechamento, que sejam necessários para as atividades da Sociedade (as “ Participações Societárias ”) (referida compra e venda doravante denominada a “ Transação ”), sendo que referidos ativos e passivos foram devidamente registrados na contabilidade da Sociedade e analisados pela PricewaterhouseCoopers, Financial and Recovery Ltda. (“ PWCF ”), contratada que foi pela Compradora para realizar uma auditoria durante um período de investigação ( due diligence ), já terminada. Os Vendedores à mercê dos termos deste instrumento contrataram a empresa Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Auditores Independentes (“ DTTL ”), aceita pela Compradora, para auditar as demonstrações financeiras da Sociedade referentes ao exercício financeiro de 2012, cuja versão original sem ressalvas, assinada e consolidada das Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas — Associação Educacional, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (a “ FMU ”), Associação de Cultura e Ensino, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (a “ ACE ”) e UESP é, nesta data, entregue à Compradora.

 

Purchaser 100% (one hundred percent) of the Company’s capital stock, after it is converted into a for-profit company, being its equities free and clear of any and all liens, and subject to the terms and conditions below, with everything it represents including the ownership of all its tangible and intangible assets, owned in this date and any other acquired by the Company after that date until the Closing Date, which are necessary for the activities of the Company (the “ Equities ”) (referred purchase and sale herein denominated the “ Transaction ”), and such assets and liabilities have been duly registered in the accounting of the Company and analyzed by PricewaterhouseCoopers, Financial and Recovery Ltda. (“ PWCF ”), engaged by Purchaser to perform a due diligence, during the period of investigation (due diligence), already finished. The Sellers under the terms of this instrument, engaged the company Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Auditores Independentes (“ DTTL ”), accepted by the Purchaser, to audit the financial statements of the Company, Faculdades Metropolitanas Unidas — Associação Educacional, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. [ ] (“ FMU ”) and Associação de Cultura e Ensino, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. [ ] (“ ACE ”) on a combined basis regarding the fiscal year of 2012, such original and executed version, without qualifications, is provided to the Purchaser on the date hereof.

 

 

 

2. “ Preço de Aquisição ”. O valor do Preço de Aquisição acordado entre os Vendedores e a Compradora para a compra e venda das

 

2. “ Purchase Price ”. The amount of the Purchase Price agreed between the Sellers and the Purchaser for the purchase and sale of the Equities

 

3



 

Participações Societárias é de R$300.000.000,00 (Trezentos Milhões de Reais), a ser pago por meio do Pagamento Inicial e da Nota Promissória, de acordo com os termos e condições deste Contrato.

 

is of R$300,000,000.00 (Three Hundred Million Reais ), to be paid by means of the Down Payment and the Promissory Note, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

2.1. Forma de Pagamento . Na Data de Fechamento, a Compradora deverá: (a) pagar aos Vendedores, o valor de R$50.000.000,00 (Cinquenta Milhões de Reais) (o “ Pagamento Inicial ”). Referido valor será transferido pela Compradora em nome dos Vendedores por meio de uma TED (Transferência Eletrônica de Dados) em favor deles para a conta bancária cujos dados e nome do banco serão fornecidos antecipadamente, por escrito, pelos mesmos Vendedores à Compradora, com pelo menos 5 (cinco) dias de antecedência à Data de Fechamento; e (b) entregar aos Vendedores 10 (dez) notas promissórias, no valor de R$25.000.000,00 (Vinte e Cinco Milhões de Reais) cada uma, no valor total de R$250.000.000,00 (Duzentos e Cinquenta Milhões de Reais), na forma do “ Anexo Nota Promissória ” (as “ Notas Promissórias ”), todas elas com vencimento fixo e imutável no terceiro aniversário da Data de Fechamento, cujos valores do principal delas serão ajustados de acordo com a variação de 100% (cem por cento) da taxa do CDI, a contar da Data de Fechamento até a data de seus efetivos pagamentos. As Notas Promissórias serão emitidas todas elas na forma e em caráter pro soluto , sendo independentes e desvinculadas deste Contrato, representando parte de pagamento do Preço de Aquisição.

 

2.1. Payment Terms . On the Closing Date, Purchaser shall: (a) pay to the Sellers, the amount of R$50,000,000.00 (Fifty Million Reais ) (“the Down Payment ”). Referred amount shall be transferred by the Purchaser on behalf of Sellers through TED ( Transferência Eletrônica de Dados ) in favor of them to a bank account which data and name of the bank will be provided in advance in writing by the same Sellers to the Purchaser, with at least 5 (five) days before the Closing Date; and (b) deliver to the Sellers 10 (ten) promissory notes, in the amount of R$25,000,000.00 (Twenty Five Million Reais ) each one, in the aggregate amount of R$250,000,000.00 (Two Hundred and Fifty Million Reais ), in the form of the “ Promissory Note Exhibit ” (the “ Promissory Notes ”), all with fixed and immutable maturity date on the third anniversary of the Closing Date, which principal amounts of the Promissory Notes shall be adjusted according to the variation of 100% (one hundred percent) of the CDI rate, beginning on the Closing Date until the date of its effective payments. The Promissory Notes shall be issued all in the form and character “ pro soluto ”, being independent and unlinked from this Agreement, representing part of the payment of the Purchase Price.

 

 

 

2.1.1. O pagamento das Notas Promissórias será garantido pela Compradora por meio de um instrumento de penhor de 25% (vinte e cinco por cento) das Participações Societárias e também das

 

2.1.1. The payment of the Promissory Notes shall be secured by Purchaser by means of an instrument of pledge of 25% (twenty-five percent) of the Equities and also of the other equities to be

 

4



 

outras participações societárias a serem adquiridas pela Compradora nos termos dos Contratos Irrevogáveis e Irretratáveis de Compra e Venda de Participação Societária referentes à aquisição da FMU (“ Contrato da FMU ”) e da ACE (“ Contrato da ACE ”) e nos termos do contrato de penhor de participações societárias anexo ao presente instrumento. O inadimplemento no pagamento de qualquer das Notas Promissórias na respectiva data de vencimento constituirá uma perda total de todas as participações societárias empenhadas pelo instrumento de penhor acima mencionado, caso o inadimplemento não seja sanado dentro do período de 30 (trinta) dias a contar do recebimento pela Compradora da notificação enviada pelos Vendedores sobre tal inadimplência.

 

acquired by the Purchaser under the Irrevocable and Irreversible Equity Purchase Agreements regarding the acquisition of FMU (“ FMU Agreement ”) and of ACE (“ ACE Agreement ”) and pursuant to the equities pledge agreement attached to the present instrument. The default on the payment of any of the Promissory Notes on its respective due date will provide for a total forfeiture of the pledged equities according to the instrument of pledge mentioned above, in case the default is not cured within 30 (thirty) days as of the receipt by the Purchaser of the notice sent by the Sellers regarding such default.

 

 

 

2.1.2. As Partes reconhecem que os cálculos do Preço de Aquisição foram baseados no fato de que:

 

2.1.2. The Parties acknowledge that the calculations of the Purchase Price were based on the fact that:

 

 

 

(i) a Sociedade pagou ou vai pagar, antes da Data de Fechamento, toda e qualquer outra dívida da Sociedade com instituições financeiras ou empréstimos com terceiros e que, após a Data de Fechamento, a Sociedade não será responsável pelo pagamento de quaisquer dívidas com autoridades fiscais ou terceiros, que sejam oriundas de um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, exceção feita às dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos antes do período de 5 (cinco) anos anteriores à mesma Data de Fechamento.

 

(i) the Company has paid off or will pay off, prior to the Closing Date, all and any other indebtedness of the Company with financial institutions or loans with third parties and that, after the Closing Date, the Company shall be not liable for the payment of any debts with tax authorities or third parties, which are arising from a period prior to the Closing Date, exception made to the third party debts (not to be confused with tax debts) arising from acts, facts or omissions occurred before the period of 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date.

 

 

 

(ii) Apesar do número de alunos matriculados no

 

(ii) Notwithstanding the fact that the number of

 

5



 

Complexo Universitário da FMU-FIAM/FAAM e FISP, na Data de Fechamento, estar sujeito a alterações decorrentes do curso ordinário dos negócios, os Vendedores representam que referido número será, na Data de Fechamento de no mínimo 60.000 (sessenta mil) alunos, gerando uma receita/faturamento líquidos de no mínimo R$32.000.000,00 (trinta e dois milhões de Reais) por mês baseando-se na média acumulada desde o início do ano letivo corrente até a Data de Fechamento , os quais serão confirmados pelos Vendedores por meio de apresentação de documentação na Data de Fechamento.

 

students enrolled in the FMU-FIAM/FAAM and FISP University Complex, at the Closing Date, is subject to changes in the ordinary course of business, the Sellers represent that such number shall be, on the Closing Date at least 60,000 (sixty thousand) students, generating a net revenue/billing of at least R$32,000,000.00 (thirty two million Reais ) per month based on the cumulative average since the beginning of the current school year until the Closing Date, which will be confirmed by the Sellers by means of the presentation of documentation on the Closing Date.

 

 

 

(iii) os Vendedores continuarão a administrar a Sociedade, a partir da data da assinatura deste instrumento e até a Data de Fechamento, de acordo com o curso normal e ordinário do negócio, incluindo a realização dos pagamentos, tempestivamente, de fornecedores, sem a realização, ou o compromisso de realização, de quaisquer pagamentos ou transferências que fujam à rotina e ao curso ordinário do negócio educacional e que possam vir a ser considerados como extraordinários e/ou injustificados, tais como: a venda ou a oneração dos recebíveis, a distribuição de dividendos, juros sobre capital próprio e os pagamentos de verbas rescisórias com valores acima daqueles estabelecidos em lei ou em contrato celebrado antes da presente data, conforme seja o caso; e

 

(iii) the Sellers shall continue to manage the Company, from the signature date of this instrument and until the Closing Date, according to the normal and ordinary course of the business, including making the payments, timely, of suppliers, without the realization of, or the commitment to perform, any payments or transfers that are outside of the routine and the ordinary course of the educational business and that may be considered as extraordinary and/or unjustified, such as: the sale or encumbrance of receivables, the distribution of dividends, interests on the Company’s capital and the payments of severance pay with amounts above those established in law or in agreement executed prior to the date hereof, as the case may be; and

 

 

 

(iv) ficando claro que, quaisquer obrigações ou compromissos de pagamento da Sociedade com os Vendedores ou quaisquer outras partes relacionadas aos Vendedores, se estas acaso existirem, deverão ser totalmente liquidadas antes da Data de Fechamento, excluindo-se, obviamente,

 

(iv) being clear that any payment obligations or commitments to perform payments of the Company with the Sellers or any other related parties to the Sellers, if any, shall be fully paid off prior to the Closing Date, excluding, obviously, the payments of the rents according to appropriate

 

6



 

os pagamentos dos aluguéis que obedecem a contratos de locação próprios.

 

lease agreements.

 

 

 

2.1.3. Quaisquer outras dívidas da UESP que se refiram a um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, serão de exclusiva responsabilidade dos Vendedores, exceto as dívidas fiscais prescritas e as dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos há mais de 5 (cinco) anos antes da Data de Fechamento. Se a Sociedade vier a, ou tiver que pagar quaisquer das dívidas de responsabilidade dos Vendedores, conforme acima mencionado, e sendo esses pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade, após a Data de Fechamento e não tendo sido eles reembolsados pelos Vendedores, serão os mesmos então deduzidos dos alugueres que forem devidos pela FMU aos Vendedores, ou às sociedades controladas por estes, nos termos dos contratos de locação firmados na Data de Fechamento, conforme mencionados e definidos na cláusula 6.1(iii) do Contrato da FMU (os “ Contratos de Locação da FMU ”), ou nos termos dos contratos de locação firmados depois de referida data, entre a Sociedade ou a FMU como locatária e os Vendedores, ou sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores, como locadores, segundo os termos das cláusulas 7.1 e 7.2 abaixo. Da mesma forma, a FMU também poderá deduzir dos alugueres devidos por ela aos Vendedores, ou a sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores, o valor eventualmente faltante nos termos da cláusula 2.1.2 acima.

 

2.1.3. Any other debts of UESP that refer to a period prior to the Closing Date, shall be the sole liability of the Sellers except the elapsed tax debts and third parties debts (that not confused with tax debts) arising from acts, facts or omissions that occurred more than 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date. If the Company pays, or has to pay, any of the debts of liability of the Sellers, as mentioned above, and being these payments made by the Company, after the Closing Date and have not been reimbursed by the Sellers, then such payment shall be deducted from the rents due from FMU to the Sellers or the companies controlled by the Sellers, pursuant to the lease agreements executed on the Closing Date, as set forth and mentioned in section 6.1(iii) of FMU Agreement (“ FMU Lease Agreements ”), or pursuant to the lease agreements executed after of referred date, between the Company or FMU as lessee and the Sellers, or companies controlled by the Sellers, as lessors pursuant to the terms of sections 7.1 and 7.2 below. Similarly, FMU may also deduct from the rents due from the Company to the Sellers, or to the companies controlled by the Sellers, the eventual missing amount pursuant to the terms of section 2.1.2 above.

 

 

 

3. Condições Precedentes. As Partes concordam que, antes ou na Data de Fechamento, os Vendedores e a Compradora deverão cumprir com suas respectivas condições precedentes ao

 

3. Conditions Precedent. The Parties agree that, on or before the Closing Date, Sellers and Purchaser shall have met their respective conditions precedent to the Closing of the

 

7



 

Fechamento da Transação conforme previstas abaixo e a Compradora deverá ter cumprido com a sua condição precedente prevista na cláusula 3.3 do Contrato da FMU, com relação ao depósito de garantia na conta de garantia e custódia perante o Banco J.P. Morgan S.A. , localizado na Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3729, 13º, 14º e 15º andares, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, CEP 04538-905, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ] (“ J.P. Morgan ”) (conjuntamente denominadas “ Condições Precedentes ”):

 

Transaction as described below and Purchaser shall have met its condition precedent set forth in section 3.3 of the FMU Agreement, with regard to the escrow deposit in the guarantee and escrow account before the Bank J.P. Morgan S.A. , located at Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3729, 13 th , 14 th  and 15 th  floors, in the city of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Zip Code 04538-905, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No. [ ] (“ J.P. Morgan ”) (collectively referred to as the “ Conditions Precedent ”):

 

 

 

3.1. Aprovação pela Autoridade de Defesa da Concorrência. Somente após o depósito ter sido efetuado pela Compradora na conta de garantia e custódia nos termos da cláusula 2 (a) do Contrato da FMU, é que as Partes deverão submeter a Transação para aprovação do Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Econômica (“ CADE ”). Ambas as Partes deverão cooperar para ter a Transação o mais rapidamente possível aprovada pelo CADE, de acordo com os termos e condições deste Contrato, incluindo a última instância recursal administrativa, se e quando necessário. As Partes se comprometem a fornecer todos os documentos solicitados e a praticar todos os atos necessários para a aprovação da operação em todos os níveis, até a última instância recursal administrativa. Cada Parte deverá ser responsável por quaisquer eventuais penalidades, multas, responsabilidades e custos resultantes de violações referentes a suas omissões ou atos. A Compradora deverá ser a única responsável pelos custos referentes ao processo perante o CADE, exceto pelos custos relacionados à representação legal dos Vendedores, os quais serão de responsabilidade deles. Caso, após a última instância recursal administrativa, o CADE não aprove a Transação

 

3.1. Antitrust Approval. Only after the deposit has been made by the Purchaser in the guarantee and escrow account under the terms of section 2 (a) of the FMU Agreement, is that the Parties shall submit the Transaction for the approval of CADE. Both Parties shall cooperate to have the Transaction approved by Administrative Counsel of Economic Defense (“ CADE ”) as soon as possible, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the last administrative level of appeal, if and whenever necessary. The Parties undertake to provide all the requested documents and to practice all the necessary acts for the approval of the Transaction in all levels, until the last administrative level of appeal. Each Party shall be responsible for any possible fines, penalties, liabilities and costs resulting from violations related to its omission or act. The Purchaser shall be solely responsible for all the costs related to the process before CADE, except for those related to the legal representation of the Sellers, which shall be their responsibility. In the event that after the last administrative level of appeal, CADE does not approve the Transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and either of the Parties decide that the

 

8


 

de acordo com os termos e condições deste Contrato e qualquer uma das Partes venha a decidir que a Transação já não é mais de seu interesse, referida Parte poderá se retirar da Transação comunicando por escrito a outra Parte e, assim, rescindir este Contrato sem que seja devido o pagamento pela retirante de qualquer penalidade e/ou Multa.

 

altered Transaction is no longer in its interest, then such Party may withdraw from the Transaction communicating in writing the other Party and thereby terminate this Agreement without being owed the payment by the withdrawn Party of any fine and/or Penalty.

 

 

 

3.2. (a) Transformação. As Partes acordam que os Vendedores somente deverão iniciar o processo de transformação da Sociedade, após a aprovação desta Transação pelo CADE e do depósito ter sido efetuado pela Compradora, na conta de garantia e custódia nos termos da cláusula 2 (a) do Contrato da FMU. Os Vendedores deverão ter concluído o processo de transformação da Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos, sob a forma de uma sociedade empresária limitada, denominada “Sociedade Limitada”, ou em uma Sociedade Anônima, conforme venha a ser indicado pela Compradora, por escrito aos Vendedores, estando o processo devidamente registrado e arquivado pelo Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e pela Junta Comercial do Estado de São Paulo (“JUCESP”), se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, e também pela Secretaria da Receita Federal em São Paulo (obtendo/atualizando o CNPJ/MF), segundo legislação brasileira pertinente.

 

3.2. (a) Transformation. The Parties agree that the Sellers shall only begin the transformation process of the Company, after the approval of this Transaction by CADE and of the deposit has been made by the Purchaser, in the guarantee and escrow account under the terms of section 2 (a) of the FMU Agreement. Sellers shall have completed the process of transformation of the Company into a for-profit company, under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ), namely “Sociedade Limitada” or a corporation, as may be indicated by Purchaser, in writing, to the Sellers, being the process duly registered and filed with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with the Board of Trade of the State of São Paulo (“JUCESP”), if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company, that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, and also with Brazilian Federal Revenue in São Paulo (obtaining/updating the CNPJ/MF), according to the relevant Brazilian law.

 

 

 

3.2(b) Reorganização . Os Vendedores deverão ter finalizado a restruturação interna para a redução de funcionários e prestadores de serviços associada à transição da administração da

 

3.2 (b) Reorganization. The Sellers shall have completed the internal restructuring to reduce staff and service providers associated with the transition of the management of the Company by the Sellers

 

9



 

Sociedade pelos Vendedores para a administração pela Compradora, de acordo com os planos de reestruturação apresentados pelos Vendedores à Compradora e à PWCF durante o processo de auditoria ( due diligence ). Consequentemente, todos os custos de rescisão que vierem a ocorrer para esta reestruturação interna, deverão ter sido pagos pela Sociedade antes da Data de Fechamento.

 

to the management of the Company by the Purchaser, in accordance with the restructuring plans submitted by the Sellers to the Purchaser and PWCF during the audit procedure (due diligence). Consequently, all costs of termination that may occur for this internal restructuring must have been paid by the Company prior to the Closing

 

 

 

4. Cláusula Penal. Caso este Contrato seja rescindido pela Compradora ou pelos Vendedores, as Partes estabelecem uma penalidade pecuniária que é aqui livremente estipulada e acordada entre as Partes no valor de R$30.000.000,00 (Trinta Milhões de Reais) (a “ Multa ”), que será aplicada conforme os termos e condições abaixo:

 

4. Penalty Clause. In case this Agreement is terminated by either the Purchaser or the Sellers, the Parties establish a financial penalty that is here freely stipulated and agreed between the Parties, in the amount of R$30,000,000.00 (Thirty Millions Reais ) (the “ Penalty ”), that shall be applied in accordance with the terms and conditions below:

 

 

 

(a) os Vendedores pagarão a Multa à Compradora caso o CADE aprove a Transação originada por este instrumento e os Vendedores não transformem a Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos (sob a forma de limitada ou sociedade anônima) ou, caso a Compradora se encontre pronta para o Fechamento da Transação (desde que cumpridos por ela todos os termos deste Contrato) e os Vendedores se recusem a fazer o Fechamento; e

 

(a) Sellers shall pay the Penalty to the Purchaser in case of CADE approves the Transaction originated by this instrument and the Sellers do not transform the Company into a for-profit company (under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ) or a corporation or, in case the Purchaser is ready for the Closing of the Transaction (provided that the Purchaser has complied with all terms of this Agreement) and the Sellers refuse to make the Closing; and

 

 

 

(b) a Compradora pagará a Multa aos Vendedores, caso o CADE tenha aprovado a Transação originada por este instrumento e os Vendedores tenham transformado a Sociedade em uma sociedade com fins lucrativos (sob a forma de limitada ou sociedade anônima) encontrando-se, portanto, prontos para o Fechamento (segundo os termos deste Contrato) e a Compradora se recuse a

 

(b) Purchaser shall pay the Penalty to the Sellers in case CADE has approved the Transaction originated by this instrument and Sellers have transformed the Company into a for-profit company (under the form of a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ) or a corporation, therefore, the Sellers are ready to the Closing (in accordance with the terms of this

 

10



 

fazê-lo.

 

Agreement) and the Purchaser refuses to close.

 

 

 

4.1.1. Se a Multa for devida pela Compradora aos Vendedores nos termos da cláusula 4 (b) acima, o valor da Multa poderá ser deduzido do valor que foi depositado pela Compradora na conta de garantia e custódia, nos termos da cláusula 2 (a) do Contrato da FMU, sendo transferido pelo J.P. Morgan junto com os respectivos rendimentos aos Vendedores, mediante comunicado escrito assinado pela Compradora. Caso a Compradora se recuse a assinar em favor dos Vendedores a autorização da liberação da parcela a eles devida correspondente à Multa, esta será acrescida de um valor adicional de R$5.000,00 (Cinco Mil Reais) por dia de atraso, decorrente da recusa pela Compradora para liberar o valor devido aos Vendedores, somando-se à Multa o valor correspondente ao número de dias que tiverem se passado até que os Vendedores recebam da Compradora o valor total da Multa e do acréscimo correspondente ao número de dias transcorridos até sua efetiva liberação.

 

4.1.1. If the Penalty is due by the Purchaser to the Sellers under the terms of section 4 (b) above, the amount of the Penalty shall be deducted from the amount that was deposited by the Purchaser in the guarantee and escrow account, under the terms of section 2 (a) of the FMU Agreement, and, therefore, transferred by J.P. Morgan with its related yield to the Sellers by means of a written communication executed by Purchaser . In case the Purchaser refuses to sign in favor of the Sellers the release authorization of the installment due to the Sellers corresponding to the Penalty, it shall be increased of an additional amount of R$5,000.00 (Five Thousand Reais ) per day of delay, arising from the refusal by the Purchaser to release the amount due to the Sellers, adding to the Penalty the amount corresponding to the number of days that have passed until the Sellers receive from the Purchaser the total amount of the Penalty and the addition corresponding to the number of days elapsed until its effective release.

 

 

 

4.1.2. Se a Multa for devida pelos Vendedores à Compradora nos termos da cláusula 4 (a) acima e os Vendedores se recusarem a realizar tal pagamento, ao valor da Multa será acrescido um valor adicional de R$5.000,00 (Cinco Mil Reais) por dia de atraso até a data do efetivo pagamento da Multa pelos Vendedores à Compradora.

 

4.1.2. If the Penalty is due by the Sellers to the Purchaser pursuant to the section 4 (a) above and the Sellers refuse to make such payment, shall be increased to the Penalty amount an additional amount of R$5,000.00 (Five Thousand Reais ) per day of delay until the date of the effective payment of the Penalty by the Sellers to the Purchaser.

 

 

 

4.2. A Compradora poderá rescindir o presente Contrato, sem o pagamento da Multa (cláusula 4 acima) ou de qualquer outro valor devido aos Vendedores, caso ocorra, entre a data da assinatura do presente instrumento e a Data de Fechamento, um evento que, por ser absolutamente

 

4.2. Purchaser may terminate this Agreement, without the payment of the Penalty (section 4 above) or of any other amount due to the Sellers, in case of occurrence, between the signature date of this instrument and the Closing Date, an event that, by be absolutely unpredictable, may cause a

 

11



 

imprevisível, venha a causar um dano a qualquer aspecto da Sociedade, trazendo consequências substanciais ou até mesmo prejudicando a continuação dos negócios, ambas da maneira rotineira e habitual. Para que esse evento possa ser assim considerado, é necessário que as consequências dele venham a causar, dentro do prazo de até 365 (trezentos e sessenta e cinco ) dias a contar da data desse evento, um prejuízo à Sociedade de valor superior a R$10.000.000,00 (Dez Milhões de Reais) (“ Efeito Prejudicial Substancial ”). Apenas para esclarecer: os seguintes eventos são exemplos dos tipos de evento que poderiam causar um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial, mas, de forma alguma, tem o propósito de limitar o que poderia ser considerado como tal: um incêndio em um ou em mais de um dos edifícios atualmente ocupados pela Sociedade com ou sem vítimas, desde que isso impeça o funcionamento normal ou a continuação das atividades escolares, ou mesmo colapso e desabamento de um ou mais dos edifícios ocupados pela Sociedade, com ou sem vítimas, ou a interdição do funcionamento da Sociedade por qualquer órgão seja ele da administração federal, estadual ou municipal etc. Os Vendedores concordam que eles deverão notificar por escrito a Compradora, dentro do prazo improrrogável de 48 (quarenta e oito) horas do seu conhecimento sobre qualquer evento que possa razoavelmente vir a ser assim considerado como o causador de um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial. Da mesma forma, a Compradora deverá notificar os Vendedores, também no prazo de 48 (quarenta e oito) horas a partir de seu conhecimento, por escrito, caso venha ela a tomar conhecimento de um evento ocorrido e que se caracterize como indicado acima.

 

damage to any aspect of the Company, bringing material consequences or even damaging the continuation of the business, both in a routine and habitual manner. In order to consider this event as such, it is required that the consequences of the event cause, within the term of 365 (three hundred and sixty-five) days as of the date of the event, a damage to the Company of an amount higher than R$10,000,000.00 (Ten Million Reais ) (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). For clarification purposes only, the following events are examples of the types of event that could cause a Material Adverse Effect, but in no way is this list intended to limit what could be considered as such: a fire in one or more of the buildings currently occupied by the Company with or without victims, provided that it prevents normal operation or continuation of the school activities, or even collapse and landslide of one or more of the buildings occupied by the Company, with or without victims, or interdiction of the operation of the Company by any government entity be it Federal, State or Municipal, etc. Sellers agree that they shall notify in writing the Purchaser within 48 (forty-eight) hours as of their knowledge of any event that could reasonably be considered to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Similarly, the Purchaser shall notify in writing the Sellers also within 48 (forty-eight) hours as of its knowledge of any event that is characterized as indicated above.

 

12



 

5. Cooperação. Entre a data da assinatura deste instrumento e a Data de Fechamento, caso a Compradora necessite de qualquer tipo de informações sobre as atividades e finanças da Sociedade, ou necessite entrar em contato com qualquer pessoa responsável pela gestão da Sociedade, exceção feita aos coordenadores pedagógicos e professores, deverá solicitar tais informações ou contato através do Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva e Dr. Edson Alves da Silva que, prazerosamente, prestarão todas as informações ou viabilizarão os contatos solicitadas dentro do menor tempo possível. As Partes reconhecem que a cooperação descrita acima é um elemento importante da Transação.

 

5. Cooperation. Between the date of execution of this instrument and the Closing Date, if the Purchaser requires any kind of information regarding the operations and finances of the Company, as well as any contacts with any person responsible for the Company’s management, except for academic coordinators and teachers, the Purchaser shall request such information or contacts through Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva and Dr. Edson Alves da Silva, that, pleasurably, shall provide all the information requested or enable the contacts requested within the shortest possible time. The Parties recognize that the cooperation described above is an important element of the Transaction.

 

 

 

6. Fechamento. As Partes acordam que a Transação será consumada no Fechamento (o “ Fechamento ”), no escritório do Prof. Edevaldo na Avenida Nove de Julho, 4129, na cidade e Estado de São Paulo, ou em qualquer outro lugar acordado mutuamente por ambas as Partes, o qual deverá ocorrer no 5º dia útil após (i) a aprovação final do CADE referente à presente Transação, evidenciada por meio de decisão do referido órgão aprovando o respectivo ato de concentração, devidamente publicada nos termos da lei e não mais sujeita a recurso ou pedido de avocação; e (ii) o registro no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e na JUCESP, se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, da transformação da Sociedade em sociedade com fins lucrativos (a “ Data de Fechamento ”).

 

6. Closing. The Parties hereby agree that the Transaction shall be consummated at the closing (the “ Closing ”) in the office of Prof. Edevaldo at Avenida Nove de Julho, 4129, in the city and State of São Paulo, or in any other place mutually agreed by both of the Parties, which shall occur on the 5 th  business day after (i) the final approval of CADE regarding this Transaction, confirmed by means of a decision of such authority approving the relevant concentration act, duly published according to the law and not subject to recourse or certiorari request; and (ii) the registration with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company, that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, of the transformation of the Company into for-profit company (the “ Closing Date ”) .

 

13



 

6.1. Documentos da Transação e Documentos a ela Relacionados. Os seguintes documentos deverão ser assinados ou apresentados pelas Partes na Data de Fechamento:

 

6.1. Transaction Documents and Related Documents . The following documents shall be executed or provided by the Parties on the Closing Date:

 

 

 

(i) procuração a ser assinada pelos administradores da Sociedade antes da transferência das Participações Societárias à Compradora, desde que a Compradora tenha realizado o Pagamento Inicial e entregue as Notas Promissórias aos Vendedores, outorgando poderes de administração da Sociedade para os indivíduos a serem indicados por escrito pela Compradora, que será e permanecerá como única responsável pelos atos que vierem a ser praticados por eles, isentando, desde agora, toda e qualquer responsabilidade dos Vendedores quanto aos atos praticados pelos mesmos procuradores. A procuração servirá para o período a partir da data de assinatura do documento societário que indicá-los ou, mesmo a outros, como novos administradores da Sociedade. A procuração dará poderes aos que nela forem indicados pela Compradora e será válida entre a Data de Fechamento e a data em que referido documento societário for devidamente registrado no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica e na JUCESP, se não houver rejeição desta em registrar o contrato social da Sociedade transformada que foi devidamente protocolado pelos Vendedores junto a ela, gerando, assim, efeito legal perante terceiros, nos termos do “ Anexo Procuração ”;

 

(i) power-of-attorney to be signed by the administrators of the Company before the transfer of the Equities to the Purchaser, provided that the Purchaser have made the Initial Payment and delivered the Promissory Notes to the Sellers, granting management powers to individuals to be indicated in writing by the Purchaser, which shall be and remain as the sole responsible for the acts that may be performed by them, exempting, from now, any and all liability of the Sellers regarding the acts performed by the same attorneys. The power-of-attorney shall serve for the period as of the signature date of the corporate document that appoints the referred individuals, or even others, as new managers of the Company. The power-of-attorney shall grant powers to the ones indicated in the power-of-attorney by the Purchaser and shall be valid between the Closing Date and the date that such corporate document is duly registered with the Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of Legal Entity and with JUCESP, if there is no rejection from JUCESP to register the articles of association of the transformed Company that was duly filed by the Sellers before JUCESP, thus generating legal effect with third parties, in the form of the “ Power of Attorney Exhibit ”;

 

 

 

(ii) senhas, certificados digitais ou quaisquer outras informações da Sociedade necessárias para o funcionamento das atividades da Sociedade, para serem entregues na Data de Fechamento à

 

(ii) passwords, digital certificates or any other information of the Company required for the operation of its activities of the Company, to be provided on the Closing Date to the Purchaser for

 

14



 

Compradora para uso dela, perante qualquer instituição pública ou privada, incluindo, mas não limitada a, Receita Federal, Prefeitura Municipal e Ministério da Educação — MEC;

 

use by the Purchaser, before any public or private institution, including, but not limited to, Brazilian Federal Revenue, Municipality and Ministry of Education — MEC;

 

 

 

(iii) Notas Promissórias; e

 

(iii) the Promissory Notes; and

 

 

 

(iv) Contrato de Penhor de Participação Societária.

 

(iv) the Equity Pledge Agreement.

 

 

 

6.2. Registro após o Fechamento. As Partes deverão trabalhar em conjunto e colaborando entre si, para que o registro dos documentos societários referentes à cessão das Participações Societárias à Compradora e/ou à nomeação dos administradores da Sociedade que forem indicados pela Compradora seja feito no menor tempo possível.

 

6.2. Post-Closing Registrations. The Parties shall work jointly and collaborating with each other in order to register the corporate documents regarding the assignment of the Equities to the Purchaser and/or appointment of the administrators of the Company that are indicated by the Purchaser in the shortest period of time possible.

 

 

 

7. Disposições Diversas. Quaisquer dívidas em nome da UESP, incluindo dívidas oriundas de reclamações de terceiros, que não tenham sido mencionadas de forma específica no presente instrumento e que se refiram a fatos, atos ou omissões ocorridos em um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, incluindo esta, obviamente, serão de exclusiva responsabilidade dos Vendedores de forma solidária, exceto as dívidas fiscais prescritas e as dívidas de terceiros (que não se confundem com dívidas fiscais) oriundas de atos, fatos ou omissões ocorridos há mais de 5 (cinco) anos antes da Data de Fechamento (as “ Dívidas Compensáveis ”). As Partes reconhecem que esta limitação não se aplica a reclamações de terceiros já demandadas da Sociedade até a Data de Fechamento. A Sociedade deverá apresentar as Dívidas Compensáveis aos Vendedores para sua devida verificação, sendo que os Vendedores deverão examiná-las e apresentar as defesas

 

7. Miscellaneous. Any debts on behalf of UESP, including the debts arising from third party claims, that have not been specifically mentioned in the present instrument and which refers to facts, acts or omissions occurred at a period prior to the Closing Date, including this, obviously, shall be of sole liability of the Sellers, jointly, except the elapsed tax debts and the third parties debts (that not confused with tax debts) arising from of acts, facts or omissions that occurred more than 5 (five) years prior to the Closing Date (the “ Debts Subject to Offset ”). The Parties acknowledge that this limitation not apply to third parties claims already demanded of the Company until the Closing Date. The Company shall submit the Debts Subject to Offset to the Sellers for its due verification, and the Sellers shall examine the Debts Subject to Offset and submit the applicable defenses, if the case.

 

15


 

cabíveis, se for o caso.

 

 

 

 

 

7.1  Os Vendedores deverão efetuar o pagamento a quaisquer credores dentro das condições que tiverem sido anteriormente estipuladas entre eles e esses mesmos credores, não sendo os Vendedores obrigados a antecipar quaisquer pagamentos que venham a ser prematuramente solicitados pela Sociedade que pudesse mudar os termos anteriormente avençados entre os Vendedores e seus eventuais credores. Caso os Vendedores não liquidem as Dívidas Compensáveis depois de terem eles exaurido todas as defesas que forem aplicáveis, serão elas então objeto da dedução dos valores mensais dos alugueres vincendos e devidos nos termos dos Contratos de Locação da FMU firmados na Data de Fechamento, ou daqueles firmados depois de referida data, entre a Sociedade ou a FMU como locatária e os Vendedores ou sociedades por eles controladas como locadores.

 

7.1 The Sellers shall make the payment to any creditor within the conditions that have been previously stipulated between the Sellers and those same creditors, and the Sellers will not be required to anticipate any payments that may be prematurely requested by the Company, that may change the previously agreed terms between the Sellers and their eventual creditors. In case of the Sellers not settle the Debts Subject to Offset after the Sellers have exhausted all the applicable defenses, then such debts shall be object of deduction of the monthly amounts of the rents falling due and due, under the terms of FMU Lease Agreements executed on the Closing Date, or the ones executed after such date, between the Company or FMU as lessee and the Sellers or the companies controlled by the Sellers as lessors.

 

 

 

7.1.1.  Para o controle e informação permanente das Partes deste instrumento, deverá a Compradora manter, a partir da Data de Fechamento, um relatório de conta-corrente a ser enviado aos Vendedores a cada 90 (noventa) dias a partir da Data de Fechamento, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos consecutivos, indicando e demonstrando todos os pagamentos realizados pela Sociedade com relação às Dívidas Compensáveis, bem como todos os pagamentos recebidos pela Sociedade oriundos de reclamações de terceiros e das cobranças de atrasados que se refiram a fatos, atos ou omissões ocorridos em um período anterior à Data de Fechamento, incluindo esta, obviamente. Os Vendedores serão responsáveis pelo pagamento, nos termos da cláusula 7 acima, dos valores negativos do saldo

 

7.1.1. For the permanent control and information to the Parties hereto, Purchaser shall maintain, as of the Closing Date, a report of the current account to be submitted to the Sellers, each 90 (ninety) days from the Closing Date, for a period of 5 (five) consecutive years, indicating and showing all payments made by the Company with respect to Debts Subject to Offset, as well as all payments received by the Company arising from third parties claims and from the charges of overdue payments that refer to facts, acts or omissions occurred in a period prior to the Closing Date, including this such date, obviously. Sellers shall be responsible for the payment, under section 7 above, of the negative amounts of the balance demonstrated by the referred report.

 

16



 

demonstrado pelo aludido relatório.

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.   Caso os valores dos aluguéis mensais não sejam suficientes para a compensação (pagamento) dos valores das Dívidas Compensáveis, a Sociedade poderá adicionar aos valores por ela pagos juros de 1% (um por cento) ao mês e atualização monetária de acordo com a variação positiva do IGP-M/FGV, no período entre a data do pagamento feito pela Sociedade e a data de sua efetiva compensação ou de seu pagamento pelos Vendedores.

 

7.2. In case of the amounts of the monthly rents are not sufficient to offset (payment) the amounts of the Debts Subject to Offset, the Company may add to the amounts paid by the Purchaser interest of 1% (one percent) per month, and monetary adjustment according to the IGP-M/FGV, in the period between the date of the payment made by the Company and the date of effective offset or payment by the Sellers.

 

 

 

7.3.    Com relação às reclamações de terceiros contra a Sociedade que forem de responsabilidade dos Vendedores nos termos da cláusula 7 acima, as Partes concordam que os Vendedores deverão conduzir a defesa de tais reclamações e serão responsáveis pelo pagamento de todos os custos referentes à referida defesa, incluindo honorários advocatícios, perícias, taxas, depósitos, entre outros, os quais deverão ser feitos pelos Vendedores diretamente aos respectivos credores ou entidades arrecadadoras. Os Vendedores manterão a Sociedade e a Compradora informada de todas as ocorrências e eventos substanciais referentes a essas reclamações de terceiros (inclusive enviando prontamente cópias de qualquer correspondência correlata à Sociedade e à Compradora, se e quando recebida pelos Vendedores). Ainda, os Vendedores deverão conduzir as defesas de quaisquer reclamações de autoridades fiscais para minimizar a eventual impossibilidade da Sociedade de obter todas as certidões negativas, ou positivas com efeitos de negativa, de débitos fiscais referentes á gestão dos Vendedores. Caso a Sociedade não consiga obter qualquer uma das referidas certidões após ter ela

 

7.3. With respect to the third party claims against the Company that are of liability of the Sellers pursuant to the section 7 above, the Parties agree that the Sellers shall conduct the defense of such claims and shall be liable for the payment of all costs related to such defense, including attorney’s fees, experts fees, deposits, among others, which shall be made by the Sellers directly to relevant creditors or collecting entities. The Sellers shall keep the Company and the Purchaser informed of all material developments and events relating to such third party claims (including promptly forwarding copies to the Company and the Purchaser of any related correspondence, if and when received by the Sellers). Still, the Sellers shall conduct the defense of any claims of tax authorities to minimize the eventual impossibility of the Company to obtain all clearance certificates, or positive certificates with negative effects, of tax debts regarding the management of the Sellers. If the Company cannot obtain any of these certificates after having duly notified the Sellers on the need to obtain the certificate, the Company can make the due payments in order to obtain the necessary certificate and may deduct the relevant

 

17



 

devidamente notificado os Vendedores sobre a necessidade de obter a certidão, a Sociedade poderá realizar os pagamentos devidos a fim de obter a certidão necessária e poderá deduzir os respectivos valores dos alugueres devidos nos termos dos Contratos de Locação da FMU existentes e/ou de qualquer outro contrato de locação a ser posteriormente celebrado entre a Sociedade ou a FMU e os Vendedores ou sociedades controladas pelos Vendedores. A Compradora poderá informar os Vendedores por escrito caso qualquer pagamento antecipado ou acordo de reclamações de terceiros, possam vir a prejudicar as operações da Sociedade e, neste caso, as Partes devem decidir em conjunto como conduzir a respectiva defesa com o objetivo de evitar prejuízos à Sociedade.

 

amounts from the rents due pursuant to the existing FMU Lease Agreements and/or of any other lease agreement to be executed later between the Company or FMU and the Sellers or companies controlled by the Sellers. Purchaser may inform the Sellers in writing if any advance payment or settlement of claims by third parties may come to prejudice the Company’s operations and, in this case, the Parties shall jointly decide how to conduct the defense in order to avoid prejudice to the Company.

 

 

 

8.    Acordo Integral . Cada Parte reconhece que seu advogado de escolha participou da preparação deste Contrato (inclusive dos anexos ao presente), o qual, juntamente com os outros documentos e instrumentos referidos no presente, contêm o entendimento integral entre todas as Partes com respeito às questões abrangidas neste instrumento, substituindo todos e quaisquer outros acordos e entendimentos anteriores, tanto os escritos, se houver, como também os verbais, entre as Partes ou com qualquer uma delas, com respeito aos assuntos correspondentes ao presente Contrato.

 

8.    Entire Agreement . Each Party acknowledges that its legal counsel of choice has participated in the preparation of this Agreement (including the exhibits hereto), which jointly with the other documents and instruments referred to herein contain the entire understanding among all the Parties with respect to the matters covered hereby, replacing any and all other prior agreements and understandings, both written, if any, as also the oral, among the Parties or with any of them, with respect to the subject corresponding to the present Agreement.

 

 

 

9.    Alterações . Este Contrato somente poderá ser alterado por meio de um instrumento, por escrito, e desde que devidamente assinado por todas as Partes dele constantes.

 

9.  Amendments . This Agreement may only be amended by an instrument in writing, and provided that duly executed by all the Parties of such Agreement.

 

 

 

10.   Notificações . Quaisquer notificações,

 

10.    Notices . Any notices, claims, demands and

 

18



 

reivindicações, demandas e outras comunicações exigidas ou permitidas segundo o exposto no presente deverão ser feitas em português e por escrito, devendo elas ser entregues em mãos, por courier internacional, e-mail e/ou fax, se e quando disponível (confirmada por courier internacional), endereçadas como segue:

 

other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in Portuguese and in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by international courier, e-mail and/or facsimile, if and when available (confirmed by international courier), addressed as follows:

 

 

 

Se para a Compradora:

 

If to Purchaser:

 

 

 

650 S. Exeter Street
Baltimore, MD 21202
E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
Fax: [ ]
At.: Robert W. Zentz / Rafael Sia

 

650 S. Exeter Street
Baltimore, MD 21202
E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
Fax: [ ]
Attn.: Robert W. Zentz / Rafael Sia

 

 

 

Cc: Veirano Advogados
Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3477, 16º andar
04538-133, São Paulo, SP
E-mail: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
At.: Roberto Rudzit Neto

 

Cc: Veirano Advogados
Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3477, 16th floor
04538-133, São Paulo, SP
E-mail: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
Attn.: Roberto Rudzit Neto

 

 

 

Se para os Vendedores: ao seguinte representante autorizado e escolhido pelos Vendedores:

 

If to Sellers: to the following representative authorized and chosen by the Sellers:

 

 

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva
[ ]
Telephone: [ ]

C.c: The International Law Offices of Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
At. Dr. Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
1900 SW 3
rd  Avenue
Miami, Florida, 33129, USA
Telefone: [ ]

 

Prof. Dr. Edevaldo Alves da Silva
[ ]
Telephone: [ ]

Cc: The International Law Offices of Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
Att: Dr. Jose Maria Carneiro da Cunha
1900 SW 3
rd  Avenue
Miami, Florida, 33129, USA
Telephone: [ ]

 

19



 

Fax: [ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

Fax: [ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

 

 

11.   Sucessores e Cessionários . Este Contrato deverá vincular e viger em benefício das Partes e de seus sucessores e cessionários, estes últimos se e desde que autorizados. Nem este Contrato, nem quaisquer dos direitos ou obrigações segundo o exposto no presente, poderão ser cedidos ou transferidos, no total ou parcialmente, por qualquer das Partes, sem o consentimento prévio, por escrito, da outra Parte, o qual não poderá ser negado sem uma justa causa. No caso de cessão ou transferência deste Contrato ou qualquer dos direitos e obrigações derivados deste, pela Compradora a qualquer de suas afiliadas, a qual estará sujeita aos termos previstos no preâmbulo deste instrumento, referida cessão ou transferência deverá ser considerada válida, a não ser que os Vendedores possam provar a existência de dano efetivo decorrente da cessão e transferência pleiteadas.

 

11.   Successors and Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and of their successors and assigns, this last if permitted. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, by any of the Parties without the prior written consent of the other Party, which may not be unreasonably withheld. In the case of assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any of the rights or obligations hereunder, by the Purchaser to any of its affiliates, which shall be subject to the terms provided for in the preamble of this instrument, such assignment or transfer shall be presumed valid, unless Sellers can prove the existence of an actual harm arising from the assignment and requested transfer.

 

 

 

12.    Confidencialidade .

 

12.    Confidentiality .

 

 

 

12.1.  Cada Parte, por si e suas afiliadas, diretores, conselheiros, administradores, empregados, agentes e contratadas, compromete-se a manter todas e quaisquer informações como confidenciais, não as divulgando a qualquer pessoa, em qualquer tempo ou de qualquer maneira, direta ou indiretamente, exceto se:

 

12.1.   Each Party, for itself and its affiliates, officers, directors, administrators, employees, agents and contractors, undertakes to keep any and all information as confidential, not disclosing such Information, to any person, at any time or in any manner, directly or indirectly, except if:

 

 

 

(a) houver um consentimento prévio, obtido da outra Parte, por escrito, com relação à divulgação;

 

(a) there is a prior written consent, obtained from the other Party, in writing, to the disclosure;

 

 

 

(b) as informações pertinentes forem ou se tornarem disponíveis ao público em geral, de outra

 

(b) the relevant information is or becomes available to the public in general, otherwise than as

 

20



 

forma que não seja resultante de uma violação dessas disposições de confidencialidade;

 

a result of a breach of these confidentiality provisions;

 

 

 

(c) as informações forem ou se tornarem conhecidas ou disponibilizadas à Parte divulgadora, em base não confidencial, obtidas de uma fonte (outra que não a Parte detentora das informações) que, segundo o melhor entendimento da Parte divulgadora, após a devida consulta, não estaria proibida de divulga-las em consequência das obrigações de confidencialidade aqui assumidas;

 

(c) the information is or becomes known or available to the disclosing Party on a non-confidential basis, obtained from a source (other than the Party owning the information) that, to the best of the disclosing Party’s understanding, after due inquiry, would not be prohibited from disclosing such information as a consequence of the confidentiality obligations herein assumed;

 

 

 

(d) as informações forem adquiridas ou desenvolvidas independentemente pela Parte divulgadora, sem ter violado quaisquer das obrigações aqui mencionadas e de acordo com os termos do presente; ou

 

(d) the information was independently acquired or developed by the disclosing Party, without have violated any of its obligations herein mentioned and in accordance with the terms of the present; or

 

 

 

(e) as informações forem divulgadas por determinação de lei ou por decisão judicial aplicável (incluindo as regras do Ministério da Educação - MEC ou, aquelas emanadas pelas autoridades antitruste no Brasil), que obriguem a Parte divulgadora, desde que sempre que razoavelmente possível e legal, essa mesma Parte consulte as outras Partes antes que a divulgação seja feita.

 

(e) the information is disclosed by determination of law or by judicial order applicable (including rules of Ministry of Education - MEC or, the ones issued by antitrust authorities in Brazil), which force the disclosing Party, provided that whenever reasonably practicable and lawful, such Party consults with the other Party before the disclosure is made.

 

 

 

12.2.    Para fins deste Contrato, “ Informações Confidenciais ” significará a Transação segundo o exposto no presente instrumento e todas as informações, materiais e documentos a ela relacionados (inclusive este Contrato e quaisquer outros documentos da Transação), sejam eles escritos, verbais, eletrônicos ou de algum modo obtidos ou recebidos pelas Partes durante a negociação, o transcorrer dela e a execução da

 

12.2.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean the Transaction hereunder and all its information, materials and documents related thereto (including this Agreement and any other Transaction documents), whether written, oral, electronic or otherwise, obtained or received by the Parties during the negotiation, the development of the negotiation and the performance of the Transaction

 

21



 

Transação que por este instrumento se aperfeiçoa.

 

that by this instrument is perfected.

 

 

 

13.    Anúncios Públicos . Em vista da cláusula 12 acima, as Partes concordam que não emitirão qualquer nota à imprensa ou, de outro modo, farão qualquer declaração pública ou responderão a qualquer consulta da imprensa, com respeito a este Contrato ou às operações previstas no presente, sem a aprovação prévia e por escrito do Presidente atual da Sociedade e do Presidente da Laureate, Região do Brasil (aprovação que se espera não seja injustamente negada), exceto para informar potenciais e atuais investidores, acionistas ou credores da Compradora, ou conforme exigido pela legislação aplicável, leis de valores mobiliários dos Estados Unidos da América e regras e regulamentos aplicáveis de qualquer bolsa de valores. Não obstante, as Partes concordam que, após a Data de Fechamento, as Partes emitirão uma nota à imprensa em conjunto, mutuamente revisada e ajustada, comunicando a conclusão desta Transação.

 

13.    Public Announcements . In view of section 12 above, the Parties agree that they will not issue any press release or otherwise make any public statement or respond to any press inquiry with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, without prior written approval of the current President of the Company and the President of Laureate, Brazil region, (approval that is expected not to be unfairly denied), except to inform potential and current investors, shareholders, or creditors of the Purchaser or as required by applicable law, applicable securities Laws of the United States of America and applicable rules and regulations of any security exchange. Nevertheless, the Parties agree that, after the Closing Date, the Parties shall issue a jointly, mutually reviewed and adjusted press release, communicating the conclusion of this Transaction.

 

 

 

14.    Não Concorrência; Não Solicitação. Os Vendedores estão sujeitos às seguintes obrigações de não concorrência, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos a contar da Data de Fechamento (o “ Período de Não Concorrência ”) e se comprometem, por esta e pela melhor forma de direito, a não participar nem efetuar qualquer atividade pessoal que possa estar relacionada com o ensino superior, em qualquer Estado da República Federativa do Brasil, excetuando-se, porém, sua Capital Federal (Brasília) e suas cidades satélites. Os Vendedores poderão, entretanto lecionar, se assim decidirem, em ambientes universitários em qualquer Estado do país.

 

14.    Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation. Sellers shall be subject to the following non-compete obligations, for a period of 5 (five) years as of the Closing Date (the “ Non-Competition Period ”) and the Sellers commit by this and in the best terms of the law to not participate and not make any personal activity that may be related to the higher education, in any State of Federative Republic of Brazil, except, however, its Federal Capital (Brasília) and its satellite cities. Sellers can, however, teach, if they so decide, in local universities in any State of the country.

 

22


 

(a)   No tocante a futuros investimentos que possam ser eventualmente feitos por qualquer dos Vendedores, em negócios ou empreendimentos de ensino superior no Brasil, após a Data de Fechamento, os seguintes termos serão aplicados:

 

(a)   With respect to the future investments that may eventually be made by any of the Sellers in higher education businesses or enterprises in Brazil, after the Closing Date, the following terms and conditions shall apply:

 

 

 

(i)   Qualquer investimento, incluindo os financiamentos que possam ser dados, por qualquer dos Vendedores, para negócios ou empreendimentos de ensino superior, nos Estados de São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul e Amazonas, ou em qualquer outro Estado do país onde a Laureate ou suas afiliadas, (desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento) tiverem um investimento de capital na data do pretenso investimento a ser feito pelos Vendedores, exigirá o prévio consentimento por escrito da Laureate ou de suas cessionárias como descrito acima, excetuando-se, entretanto, o Distrito Federal (Brasília) e suas respectivas cidades satélites. De igual sorte, excetuam-se eventuais investimentos em bens imobiliários que possam ser feitos pelos Vendedores, cujo objetivo seja a simples locação comercial a quaisquer entidades escolares, de ensino superior ou não;

 

(i)   Any investment, including the financing that can be made by any of the Sellers to higher education business or enterprises in the States of São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul and Amazonas, or in any other State of this country where Laureate or its affiliates (provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument), have a capital investment on the date of the pretended investment to be made by the Sellers, shall require prior written consent from Laureate, or its assignees, as described above, excepting, however, the Federal District (Brasília) and its relevant satellite cities. Likewise, are not included eventual investment in real estate that may be made by the Sellers, which purpose is the simple commercial lease to any school entities, of higher education or not;

 

 

 

(ii)   A Laureate, ou suas afiliadas, desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento, terão o direito de preferência, em uma venda para qualquer parte, incluídas aquelas a terceiros independentes, de quaisquer investimentos em educação superior já feitos por qualquer dos Vendedores no Brasil, excetuando-se quaisquer investimentos na Capital Federal (Brasília) e nas suas respectivas cidades satélites, antes ou até a Data de Fechamento. As Partes entendem que este direito de preferência será também válido para o

 

(ii)   Laureate or its affiliates, provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument, shall have a right of first refusal in a sale to any party , including those to independent third parties of any investments in higher education already made by any of the Sellers in Brazil, except for any investment in the Federal Capital (Brasília) and its relevant satellite cities, before or until the Closing Date. The Parties understand that this right of first refusal shall be also valid for the case of any one of the Sellers promise to sell, within one 1 (one) year

 

23



 

caso em que qualquer um dos Vendedores prometer alienar dentro do prazo de 1 (um) ano, após recusa ou desinteresse da Laureate e/ou de suas cessionárias do presente instrumento em qualquer investimento já possuído pelos Vendedores, observada a exceção acima, quando este for direcionado a terceiros por um preço inferior ou em condições de pagamento mais favoráveis a esse terceiro do que as da oferta recusada pela Laureate ou suas afiliadas desde que cessionárias legítimas do presente instrumento.

 

after the refusal or disinterest of Laureate and/or of its assignees of this instrument, in any investment already owned by the Sellers, observed the exception above, when such investment is directed to third parties for a lower price or under a more favorable payment conditions to this third party than the terms of the offer that have been refused by Laureate or its affiliates, provided that legitimate assignees of the present instrument.

 

 

 

(b)   Durante 5 (cinco) anos a partir da Data de Fechamento, qualquer participação na administração, ou assessoria de administração, por qualquer dos Vendedores, em um negócio de ensino superior localizado nos Estados de São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul e Amazonas ou em qualquer outro Estado do Brasil em que a Laureate tiver um investimento de capital na data da pretendida participação ou assessoria de administração a ser feita pelos Vendedores, (exceção feita ao Distrito Federal, Brasília e suas respectivas cidades satélites), exigirá o prévio consentimento por escrito da Laureate e será de outro modo proibido. As obrigações de não concorrência contidas nesta cláusula não impedem a qualquer dos Vendedores de lecionar em uma instituição de ensino superior que não a Sociedade ou, de outro modo, fora do grupo da Rede da Laureate International Universities e suas afiliadas.

 

(b)   During 5 (five) years from the Closing Date, any participation in the management or in the management consulting by any of the Sellers in a business of higher education located in the States of São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte, Pernambuco, Paraíba, Rio Grande do Sul and Amazonas or in any other State of Brazil that Laureate have a capital investment on the date of the intended participation or management advisory to be made by Sellers (except to the Federal District in Brazil, Brasilia and its relevant satellites cities), shall require the prior written consent of Laureate and shall be otherwise prohibited. The non-compete obligations contained in this section shall not prevent any Seller from teaching at a higher education institution other than the Company or that is otherwise out of the Laureate International Universities’ network and its affiliates.

 

 

 

(c)   Na hipótese de violação de quaisquer avenças de não concorrência contidas nesta cláusula por qualquer dos Vendedores, desde que devida e judicialmente provada, o Vendedor

 

(c)   In case of breach of any of the non-compete obligations contained in this section by any of the Sellers, provided that due and proved in court, the breaching Seller shall subject to the payment to

 

24



 

infrator estará sujeito ao pagamento à Laureate de uma multa no valor de 10% (dez por cento) do Preço da Aquisição, sendo que à Laureate caberá o direito de compensar o valor de referida multa, ou se valer de todos os meios extrajudiciais e judiciais permitidos pela legislação brasileira em vigor para o recebimento da mesma.

 

Laureate of a fine in the amount of 10% (ten percent) of the Purchase Price, and Laureate shall have the right to offset the amount of such fine, or use of all the judicial and out-of-court measures allowed by the Brazilian laws currently in force to receive the amount of such fine.

 

 

 

(d)   Durante o Período de Não Concorrência, cada um dos Vendedores não deverá e nem poderá, mesmo que através de qualquer entidade controlada ou não por eles, incorrer nos seguintes atos, direta ou indiretamente por meio de outra pessoa: (i) induzir, ou tentar induzir qualquer empregado, professor, vendedor ou outro representante da Sociedade a deixar o emprego ou terminar eventual atividade de prestação de serviço, ou de fato contratar ou manter qualquer empregado como professor, vendedor ou representante da Sociedade, ou de qualquer outra forma interferir na relação entre a Sociedade, por um lado, e tal empregado, professor, vendedor ou representante da empresa, por outro lado, ou (ii) induzir ou tentar induzir para remover intencionalmente qualquer cliente, fornecedor, licenciado ou outro negócio relacionado à Sociedade visando reduzir ou impedir negócios com a Sociedade, ou de alguma maneira interferir na relação entre quaisquer dos clientes, fornecedores, licenciados ou negócio relacionado de um lado, e a Sociedade, de outro lado.

 

(d)   During the Non-Competition Period, each of the Sellers shall not and may not, even by any entity controlled or not by them, directly or indirectly through another person: (i) induce or, attempt to induce any employee, professor, salesperson or other representative of the Company to leave the employment or other eventual activity of rendering of service, or actually hire or retain any such employee, professor, salesperson or representative of the Company, or in any other way interfere in the relationship between the Company on the one hand and such employee, professor, salesperson or representative of the Company on the other hand, or (ii) induce or attempt to induce in order to remove intentionally any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company in order to reduce or prevent business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any of such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand.

 

25



 

(e)   Se no momento da execução da presente cláusula, uma autoridade judicial ou qualquer outra autoridade vier a determinar que as restrições aqui descritas não são razoáveis nas circunstâncias em que elas aqui se descrevem, as Partes concordam que o período, escopo e/ou área geográfica máxima permitidos e impostas pela autoridade judicial, ou mesmo por qualquer outra autoridade pertinente, deverão ser aplicados, ao invés dos aqui elencados e determinados como período, escopo e/ou área geográfica. As Partes também aceitam que em hipótese alguma não poderão os termos, o escopo, os detalhes e/ou as obrigações aqui estabelecidas, com relação aos Vendedores, serem aplicadas de forma a se estenderem além dos limites que foram aqui estabelecidos.

 

(e)    If at the time of enforcement of this section, a court or other authority comes to determine that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under the circumstances as they are described herein, the Parties agree that the maximum allowed period, scope, and/or geographical area enforced by the court, or by any other relevant authority, shall apply instead of the ones listed and determined herein as the period, scope and/or geographical area. The Parties further accept that under no circumstance shall be applied the terms, scope, details, and/or obligations stated herein, with respect to the Sellers, in a manner that extends beyond the limits that were established herein.

 

 

 

15.    Lei Aplicável . Este Contrato deverá ser regido e interpretado e executado de acordo com as Leis da República Federativa do Brasil.

 

15.    Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the Federative Republic of Brazil.

 

 

 

16.    Solução de Controvérsias . Na eventualidade de qualquer disputa ou divergência sobre os termos do presente instrumento relativamente à sua validade, execução, interpretação ou aplicação de suas cláusulas e condições, a Parte ofendida deverá notificar, por escrito, à outra Parte dentro do prazo de 15 (quinze) dias a contar da data de tal disputa ou divergência. Caso não tenham sido as controvérsias satisfeitas ou acordadas amigavelmente entre as Partes, as Partes poderão submeter em qualquer momento, a eventual disputa ou divergência, ao Centro de Mediação e Arbitragem da Câmara de Comércio Brasil Canadá

 

16.    Dispute Resolution . In the event of any dispute or controversy over the terms of this instrument regarding its validity, execution, interpretation or application of its terms and conditions, the offended Party shall notify, in writing, the other Party within the period of 15 (fifteen) days from the date of such dispute or controversy. In case the controversies are not satisfied or agreed amicably between the Parties, the Parties may submit, at any time, the eventual dispute or controversy to the Mediation and Arbitration Center of the Brazil-Canada Chamber of Commerce (“ CCBC ), subject to the Brazilian Law in force at that time. The arbitration shall be

 

26



 

(“ CCBC ”), sujeita esta à legislação brasileira vigente à época. A arbitragem deverá ser conduzida por um painel de 3 (três) árbitros a serem indicados de acordo com os parâmetros e diretrizes da CCBC. Mesmo que haja mais que um reclamante ou reclamado, os demais reclamantes ou reclamados deverão em conjunto indicar somente um árbitro.

 

conducted by a panel of 3 (three) arbitrators to be appointed according to CCBC standards. In case there is more than one claimant or defendant, the other claimants or defendants shall jointly indicate only one arbitrator.

 

 

 

16.1.   A arbitragem deverá ser conduzida em português, na cidade de São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, Brasil, com o resultado final e decisão emitidos em português e também em inglês, se assim solicitado. Cada uma das Partes pagará os custos do procedimento de arbitragem e os honorários advocatícios serão devidos pela Parte perdedora.

 

16.1.   The arbitration shall be conducted in Portuguese, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Brazil, with the final result and decision issued in Portuguese and also in English, if requested. Each Party shall pay the costs of the arbitration procedure and the attorney’s fees shall be due by the losing party.

 

 

 

16.2.   A decisão proferida na arbitragem pelo CCBC será final, definitiva e obrigará as Partes que desde já se declaram satisfeitas.

 

16.2.   The decision rendered by CCBC shall be final, definitive and binding the Parties, that already declares satisfied.

 

 

 

16.3.   O laudo prolatado pelo Tribunal Arbitral será considerado como final, definitivo e obrigatório. Portanto, as Partes, renunciam por esta e pela melhor forma, desde já e expressamente, o direito a qualquer recurso. Não obstante, as Partes se reservam o direito de recorrer ao Poder Judiciário com o objetivo de:

(i) assegurar a instituição da arbitragem;

(ii) obter tutelas cautelares ou antecipadas previamente à instituição da aludida arbitragem, desde que qualquer procedimento nesse sentido não seja considerado como ato de renúncia à arbitragem que é aqui eleita pelas Partes como único meio de solução de eventuais conflitos; e

 

16.3.  The award rendered by the Arbitration Court shall be considered as final, definitive and binding. Therefore, the Parties expressly waive by this and by the best form, from now and expressly, their right to any appeal. Notwithstanding, the Parties shall have the right to appeal to the judiciary branch with the purpose of:

(i) to ensure arbitration;

(ii) to obtain writs of prevention to protect rights prior to the referred arbitration, provided that any procedure in this regard shall not be considered a waiver to arbitration that is herein elected by the Parties as the only way to solve conflicts; and

 

27



 

(iii)   executar qualquer decisão do Tribunal Arbitral, inclusive o laudo arbitral.

 

(iii)   to execute any decision of the Arbitral Court, including the arbitration award.

 

 

 

16.3.1. Para esses casos, as Partes elegem o Foro da Capital do Estado de São Paulo, como sendo o único competente para resolver qualquer processo judicial decorrente deste instrumento.

 

16.3.1. For these cases, the Parties elect the Courts of the Capital of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, as being the only one competent to settle any judicial procedure arising from this instrument.

 

 

 

17.    Documentos Vigentes . Na eventualidade de conflitos entre os termos deste Contrato e qualquer dos documentos da Transação e de seus anexos referidos aqui juntados e vistados, este Contrato é o que deverá sempre prevalecer.

 

17.    Prevailing Documents . In the event of conflicts between the terms of this Agreement and any of the Transaction documents and of its exhibits hereunder and thereunder attached and initialed, this Agreement is the one that shall always prevail.

 

 

 

E, ESTANDO JUSTAS E CONTRATADAS, as Partes firmam o presente Contrato na data que está indicada no preâmbulo deste instrumento.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto execute this Agreement in the that date is indicated in the preamble of this instrument.

 

 

VENDEDORES/SELLERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva

 

 

Dra. Labibi Elias Alves da Silva

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva

 

 

Dr. Eduardo Alves da Silva

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dr. Edson Alves da Silva

 

 

Dr. Edson Alves da Silva

 

 

 

 

 

COMPRADORA/PURCHASER:

 

 

28



 

REDE INTERNACIONAL DE UNIVERSIDADES LAUREATE LTDA.

 

 

Por/By:

/s/ Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho

 

 

 

Nome/Name: Carlos Alberto Rodrigues de Carvalho

 

 

REDE INTERNACIONAL DE UNIVERSIDADES LAUREATE LTDA .

 

 

 

Por/By:

/s/ Richard Harvey Sinkfield III

 

 

 

Nome/Name: Richard Harvey Sinkfield III

 

 

INTERVENIENTE ANUENTE/INTERVENING-CONSENTING PARTY:

 

 

Por/By:

 

 

 

 

Nome/Name: Prof. Edevaldo Alves da Silva

 

 

TESTEMUNHAS/WITNESSES:

 

 

 

 

 

1

/s/ Rafael Barbosa Sia

 

2

 

 

Nome/Name: Rafael Barbosa Sia

 

Nome/Name:

 

RG/ID: [ ]

 

RG/ID:

 

CPF/MF: [ ]

 

CPF/MF:

 

29




EXHIBIT 2.4

 

CONTRATO DE COMPRA E VENDA DE QUOTAS

 

QUOTA PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

entre

 

by and between

 

 

 

Sociedade de Educação Ritter dos Reis Ltda.

 

Sociedade de Educação Ritter dos Reis Ltda.

 

 

 

e

 

and

 

 

 

Solon Flores Sant’anna

 

Solon Flores Sant’anna

 

 

 

Darci Sanfelici

 

Darci Sanfelici

 

 

 

Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello

 

Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello

 

 

 

Iron Augusto Muller

 

Iron Augusto Muller

 

 

 

e, na qualidade de intervenientes,

 

and, as intervening consenting parties,

 

 

 

Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense S/S Ltda.

 

Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense S/S Ltda.

 

 

 

Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa Educacional S/S Ltda.

 

Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa Educacional S/S Ltda.

 

 

 

SFS Assessoria e Consultoria S/S Ltda.

 

SFS Assessoria e Consultoria S/S Ltda.

 

 

 

Datado de 11 de julho de 2014

 

Dated as of July 11, 2014

 

1



 

CONTRATO DE COMPRA E VENDA DE QUOTAS

 

QUOTA PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

Este contrato de compra e venda de quotas (o “ Contrato ”) é celebrado em 11 de julho de 2014 (a “ Data de Assinatura ”), entre as seguintes Partes:

 

This quota purchase agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is executed as of the July 11, 2014 (the “ Signing Date ”), by and between the following Parties:

 

 

 

Sociedade de Educação Ritter dos Reis Ltda. , sociedade empresária de responsabilidade limitada, com sede na Praça XV de Novembro, nº 66, Centro, CEP [ ], na cidade de Porto Alegre, Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, inscrita no Cadastro Nacional da Pessoa Jurídica do Ministério da Fazenda (“ CNPJ/MF ”) sob o nº [ ], inclusive suas Afiliadas, que poderão, na qualidade de cessionárias, assumir e cumprir os direitos e obrigações descritos abaixo, neste ato representada por seu(s) representante(s) legal(is), doravante simplesmente designada “ Ritter ” ou “ Compradora ”; e

 

Sociedade de Educação Ritter dos Reis Ltda. , a limited liability company, with its headquarters at Praça XV de Novembro, No. 66, Downtown, Zip Code [ ], in the city of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, registered with the Corporate Taxpayers’ Register of the Ministry of Finance (“ CNPJ/MF ”) under No. [ ], including its Affiliates, which may, as assignees, undertake and perform the rights and obligations described below, herein represented by its legal representative(s), hereinafter simply referred to as “ Ritter ” or “ Purchaser ”; and

 

 

 

Solon Flores Sant’anna , brasileiro, casado, professor, portador da Cédula de Identidade RG nº. [ ] (SSP/RS), inscrito no Cadastro de Pessoas Físicas do Ministério da Fazenda (“ CPF/MF” ) sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliado na [ ] (“ Sr. Solon ”);

 

Solon Flores Sant’anna , Brazilian citizen, married, teacher, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ] (SSP/RS), enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers’ Registry of the Ministry of Finance (“ CPF/MF” ) under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ] (“ Mr. Solon ”);

 

 

 

Darci Sanfelici , brasileiro, casado, professor, portador da Cédula de Identidade RG nº [ ] (SSP/RS), inscrito no CPF/MF sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliado na [ ] (“ Sr. Darci ”);

 

Darci Sanfelici , Brazilian citizen, married, teacher, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ] (SSP/RS), enrolled with CPF/MF under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ]l (“ Ms. Darci ”);

 

 

 

Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello , brasileira, casada, professora, portadora da Cédula de Identidade RG nº [ ] (SSP/RS), inscrita no CPF/MF sob o nº [ ], residente e domiciliada na [ ] (“ Sra. Ana Maria ”); e

 

Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello , Brazilian citizen, married, teacher, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ] (SSP/RS), enrolled with CPF/MF under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ] (“ Ms. Ana Maria ”); and

 

 

 

Iron Augusto Müller , brasileiro, casado,

 

Iron Augusto Müller , Brazilian citizen,

 

2



 

professor, portador da Cédula de Identidade RG nº[ ] (SSP/RS), inscrito no CPF/MF sob o nº[ ], residente e domiciliado na [ ] (“ Sr. Iron ”).

 

married, teacher, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. [ ] (SSP/RS), enrolled with CPF/MF under No. [ ], resident and domiciled at [ ] (“ Mr. Iron ”).

 

 

 

O Sr. Solon, o Sr. Darci, a Sra. Ana Maria e o Sr. Iron doravante serão denominados em conjunto como “ Vendedores e, individualmente, como “ Vendedor ”;

 

Mr. Solon, Mr. Darci, Ms. Ana Maria and Mr. Iron are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Sellers ” and, individually, as “ Seller ”;

 

 

 

O Sr. Darci e a Sra. Ana Maria doravante serão denominados em conjunto como “ Vendedores Locadores ”.

 

Mr. Darci and Ms. Ana Maria are hereinafter collectively referred to “ Lessors Sellers ”.

 

 

 

E, na qualidade de Intervenientes Anuentes,

 

And, in the capacity of Intervening and Consenting Parties,

 

 

 

Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense S/S Ltda. , uma sociedade simples limitada, com sede na Avenida Manoel Elias, 2001, CEP 91.240-261, na cidade de Porto Alegre, Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ], mantenedora da FAPA — Faculdade Porto-Alegrense, doravante denominada “ FAPA ” ou “ Sociedade ”;

 

Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense S/S Ltda., a for-profit company in the form of a “sociedade simples limitada”, with its headquarters at Avenida Manoel Elias, 2001, Zip Code 91.240-261, in the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No. [ ], mantenedora of FAPA — Faculdade Porto-Alegrense, hereinafter referred to as “ FAPA ” or the “ Company ”;

 

 

 

Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa Educacional S/S Ltda. , uma sociedade simples limitada, com sede na Rua Professor Ulisses Cabral, 405, Chácara das Pedras, CEP 91.330-520, na cidade de Porto Alegre, Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ], doravante denominada “ Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa ”; e

 

Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa Educacional S/S Ltda. , a for-profit company in the form of a “sociedade simples limitada”, with its headquarters at Rua Professor Ulisses Cabral, 405, Chácara das Pedras, Zip Code 91.330-520, in the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No. [ ], hereinafter referred to as “ Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa ”; and

 

 

 

SFS Assessoria e Consultoria S/S Ltda. , uma sociedade simples limitada, com sede na Rua General Francisco de Paula, 200, fundos, Chácara das Pedras, CEP 91.330-440, na cidade de Porto Alegre, Estado do Rio Grande do Sul,

 

SFS Assessoria e Consultoria S/S Ltda. , a for-profit company in the form of a “sociedade simples limitada”, with its headquarters at Rua General Francisco de Paula, 200, fundos, Chácara das Pedras, Zip Code 91.330-440, in the

 

3



 

inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ], doravante denominada “ SFS Assessoria ”.

 

City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, enrolled with CNPJ/MF under No. [ ], hereinafter referred to as “ SFS Assessoria ”.

 

 

 

A Compradora e os Vendedores serão doravante denominados em conjunto como as “ Partes ” e, individualmente, a “ Parte ”.

 

The Purchaser and the Sellers are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Parties ” and, individually, as “ Party ”;

 

 

 

CONSIDERANDO QUE:

 

WHEREAS:

 

 

 

(i) Os Vendedores são os únicos proprietários e controladores da Sociedade, na qualidade de sócios desta;

 

(i) The Sellers are the sole owners and controllers of the Company, as its quotaholders;

 

 

 

(ii) Os Vendedores promoverão a transformação da Sociedade em uma sociedade empresária sob a forma de sociedade limitada;

 

(ii) The Sellers will transform the Company into a business company ( sociedade empresária ), under the form of a Brazilian limited liability company ( sociedade limitada );

 

 

 

(iii) A Compradora pretende comprar dos Vendedores e os Vendedores estão interessados em vender à Compradora 100% (cem por cento) das quotas do capital social da Sociedade após sua transformação em sociedade empresária limitada (doravante designadas “ Quotas ”), com tudo que elas representam e a propriedade de todos os ativos tangíveis e intangíveis relacionados à operação da Sociedade em educação superior, inclusive, entre outros: (i) os direitos e obrigações com relação à operação da Sociedade e de suas instalações; (ii) os direitos e obrigações com relação a todos os alunos e corpo docente da Sociedade; (iii) os registros e arquivos físicos e eletrônicos relacionados à operação da Sociedade; (iv) todas as contas a pagar e a receber com relação à operação da Sociedade; (v) o mobiliário, telefones, maquinário, equipamentos e outros ativos fixos relacionados à operação da Sociedade e a suas instalações; (vi) todas as marcas, slogans e sinais de propaganda, nomes comerciais, logotipos e outros direitos de propriedade

 

(iii) The Purchaser intends to purchase from the Sellers, and the Sellers are interested in selling to the Purchaser one hundred percent (100%) of the quotas in which the Company’s capital stock will be divided after its transformation into a sociedade empresária limitada (hereinafter referred to as the “ Quotas ”), with everything they represent and ownership of all tangible and intangible assets relating to the operation of the Company in higher education, including, but not limited to: (i) the rights and obligations concerning the Company operation and its facilities; (ii) the rights and obligations concerning all students and teaching faculty of the Company; (iii) physical and electronic records and files related to the operation of the Company; (iv) all receivables and payables in respect to the Company operation; (v) the furniture, telephones, machinery, equipment and other fixed assets concerning the Company operation and its facilities; (vi) all trademarks, slogans and advertising signs, trade names, logos and other

 

4



 

intelectual e industrial com relação à operação da Sociedade; (vii) computadores, software, sistemas de informação corporativos e suas respectivas licenças e websites com relação à operação da Sociedade e a suas instalações; (viii) outros contratos relacionados ou necessários para a operação da Sociedade e de suas instalações; (ix) capital de giro da Sociedade; e (x) todos os cursos, autorizações, registros e licenças relacionados à operação da Sociedade emitidos pelo MEC ou outro órgão ou ministério competente, seja aprovados ou simplesmente concedidos ou solicitados; e

 

rights of intellectual and industrial property regarding the Company operation; (vii) computers, software, corporate information systems and their respective licenses and websites in respect of the Company operation and its facilities; (viii) other agreements relating or necessary for the operation of the Company and its facilities; (ix) the Company’s working capital; and (x) all courses, authorizations, registrations and licenses relating to the Company operation issued by MEC or other competent agency or ministry, whether approved or merely granted or requested; and

 

 

 

(iv) As Partes têm a intenção de prosseguir com a Operação, conforme definido neste Contrato.

 

(iv) The Parties intend to carry out the Transaction, as defined in this Agreement.

 

 

 

ISSO POSTO , em contraprestação pelas respectivas avenças e acordos contidos neste instrumento, as Partes têm entre si justo e contratado o quanto segue:

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

 

 

Artigo I — DEFINIÇÕES

 

Article I — DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

1.1 Definições. Os termos em letra maiúscula e outros termos utilizados neste Contrato, porém não definidos no corpo deste instrumento, serão definidos no Anexo 1.1 e serão utilizados neste instrumento dentro dos significados que lhe forem atribuídos no referido Anexo.

 

1.1 Definitions. Capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement but not defined in the body hereof are defined in Exhibit 1.1 hereto and are used herein with the meanings ascribed to them therein.

 

 

 

1.2 Normas de Interpretação.

 

1.2 Rules of Construction.

 

 

 

1.2.1 Conforme utilizado neste Contrato: (i) um termo contábil não definido de outra forma neste instrumento terá o significado a ele atribuído de acordo com os GAAP dos EUA; (ii) “ou” não será excludente (a menos que o contexto sugira de outra forma); (iii) “inclusive” significa “inclusive, entre outros”; (iv) palavras

 

1.2.1 As used in this Agreement: (i) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning ascribed to it in accordance with U.S.GAAP; (ii) “or” is not exclusive (unless the context implies otherwise); (iii) “including” means “including without limitation”; (iv) words in the singular include the

 

5



 

no singular incluirão o plural e vice-versa; (v) palavras aplicáveis a um gênero serão aplicadas a cada gênero; (vi) os termos “deste instrumento”, “neste instrumento”, “por este instrumento”, “a este instrumento” e palavras derivadas ou semelhantes referem-se integralmente a este Contrato, inclusive seus Anexos e Apensos; (vii) os termos “Artigo”, “Cláusula”, “Anexo” e “Apenso” referem-se ao Artigo, à Cláusula, ao Anexo ou ao Apenso especificado deste Contrato; e (viii) as frases “de acordo com”, “conforme descrito em”, “sujeito aos termos de” uma Cláusula em especial deste Contrato ou palavras de importância equivalente se referirão a essa Cláusula, conforme qualquer questão nela contida esteja sujeita, limitada ou explicada por qualquer Apenso deste Contrato.

 

plural and vice versa; (v) words applicable to one gender apply to each gender; (vi) the terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereby”, “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto; (vii) the terms “Article”, “Section”, “Exhibit” and “Schedule” refer to the specified Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule of or to this Agreement; and (viii) the phrases “pursuant to”, “as described in”, “subject to the terms of” a particular Section of this Agreement, or words of similar import, shall refer to such Section as any such matter contained therein shall be further subject to, or limited or explained by, any Schedule to this Agreement.

 

 

 

1.2.2 Os títulos das cláusulas deste instrumento são para fins de conveniência somente, não constituem parte deste Contrato e não serão considerados de forma a limitar ou afetar qualquer das disposições deste instrumento.

 

1.2.2 The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

 

 

1.2.3 A referência a qualquer Pessoa (conforme definido no Anexo 1.1) inclui os sucessores e os cessionários autorizados daquela Pessoa.

 

1.2.3 A reference to any Person (as defined in Exhibit 1.1) includes such Person’s successors and permitted assignees.

 

 

 

1.2.4 Qualquer referência a “dias” significa dias civis, a menos que Dias Úteis (conforme definido no Anexo 1.1) estejam expressamente especificados; as referências a “civis” significam o calendário gregoriano.

 

1.2.4 Any reference to “days” means calendar days unless Business Days (as defined in Exhibit 1.1) are expressly specified; references to “calendar” means the Gregorian calendar.

 

 

 

1.2.5 Os Anexos e os Apensos identificados neste Contrato são incorporados neste instrumento por referência e fazem parte dele para todos os fins.

 

1.2.5 The Exhibits and Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and make a part hereof for all purposes.

 

 

 

 

6



 

1.2.6 Cópias de documentos fornecidas a uma Parte eletronicamente serão consideradas como tendo sido entregues ou disponibilizadas a essa Parte.

 

1.2.6 Copies of documents provided to a Party electronically shall be deemed to have been delivered to, or made available to, such Party.

 

 

 

1.2.7 Qualquer referência à Sociedade também deverá incluir a sua mantida, a FAPA — Faculdade Porto-Alegrense.

 

1.2.7 Any reference to the Company shall also include its “mantida”, FAPA — Faculdade Porto-Alegrense.

 

 

 

1.3 Negociação . As Partes, cada qual representada por advogado, participaram da negociação e da elaboração deste Contrato. No caso de surgir ambiguidade ou dúvida sobre a intenção ou interpretação, este Contrato será interpretado como se tivesse sido elaborado conjuntamente pelas Partes, e nenhuma presunção ou ônus da prova surgirá a favor ou contra qualquer Parte em virtude da autoria de quaisquer disposições deste Contrato.

 

1.3 Negotiation. The Parties hereto, each represented by legal counsel, have each participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation should arise, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by such Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening any Party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

1.4. Todas as obrigações deste instrumento e de outros Documentos da Operação são assumidas solidariamente pelos Vendedores.

 

1.4 All obligations from this instrument and other Transaction Documents are jointly assumed by the Sellers.

 

 

 

Artigo II — VENDA E COMPRA

 

Article II — SALE AND PURCHASE

 

 

 

2.1 De acordo com os termos deste Contrato, na Data de Fechamento, cada Vendedor deverá vender, transmitir, ceder, transferir e entregar à Compradora 100% (cem por cento) das suas Quotas, livres e desembaraçadas de todos os Gravames e, sujeito às condições e ao cumprimento das Condições Precedentes pelos Vendedores, a Compradora deverá comprar, adquirir e aceitar tais Quotas.

 

2.1 Pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, each Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to the Purchaser one hundred percent (100%) of their Quotas, free and clear of all Liens, and, subject to the conditions and the fulfillment of the Conditions Precedent by the Sellers, the Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and accept such Quotas.

 

 

 

2.2 Preço de Aquisição. Com a devida observância dos termos e condições deste Contrato e de outros Documentos da Operação, a Compradora pagará aos Vendedores, por 100% (cem por cento) das Quotas, o valor equivalente ao resultado da seguinte fórmula:

 

2.2 Purchase Price. With due regard to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and other Transaction Documents, the Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers, for one hundred percent (100%) of the Quotas, the amount equivalent to the result of the following formula: nine million

 

7


 

R$9.000.000,00 (nove milhões de Reais), reajustado de acordo com a variação do Índice IGP-M/FGV, com base no último índice publicado antes da Data de Fechamento, a contar de 1º de janeiro de 2014 até o Dia Útil imediatamente anterior à Data de Fechamento (“ Preço Base Reajustado ”), menos 100% (cem por cento) da Dívida (conforme definido abaixo), diminuído ou acrescido do Ajuste de Capital de Giro (conforme definido abaixo), acrescido do Pagamento Condicional (conforme definido abaixo) se houver (o “ Preço de Aquisição ”), na seguinte proporção: 48,5% (quarenta e oito vírgula cinco por cento) ao Sr. Solon; 29,10% (vinte e nove vírgula dez por cento) ao Sr. Darci; 19,4% (dezenove vírgula quatro por cento) a Sra. Ana Maria; e 3% (três por cento) ao Sr. Iron.

 

Reais (R$9,000,000.00), in accordance with the variation of the IGP-M/FGV Index, based on the last index published prior to the Closing Date, as of January 1, 2014 until the Business Day immediately before the Closing Date (“ Adjusted Base Price ”), minus one hundred percent (100%) of Debt (as defined below), plus or minus the Working Capital Adjustment (as defined below), increased with the Conditional Payment (as defined below) if any (the “ Purchase Price ”), in the following proportion: forty-eight point five percent (48.5%) to Mr. Solon; twenty-nine point ten percent (29.10%) to Mr. Darci; nineteen point four percent (19.4%) to Ms. Ana Maria; e three percent (3%) to Mr. Iron.

.

 

.

2.3. O Preço de Aquisição deverá ser pago pela Compradora aos Vendedores, por meio do (i) Pagamento Diferido; (ii) Pagamento Condicional; e (iii) pagamento do Ajuste do Capital de Giro, nos termos da Cláusula 2.4(ii), se houver, de acordo com os seguintes termos:

 

2.3 The Purchase Price shall be paid by the Purchaser to the Sellers, by means of the (i) Deferred Payment; (ii) Conditional Payment; and (iii) the payment of the Working Capital Adjustment, pursuant to Section 2.4(ii), if any, in accordance with the following terms:

 

 

 

(i) A Compradora deverá pagar aos Vendedores, nas proporções indicadas na Cláusula 2.2 acima, o valor total do Preço Base Reajustado (o “ Pagamento Diferido ”), em moeda corrente nacional, por meio de transferência de fundos imediatamente disponíveis em nome de cada um dos Vendedores. O Pagamento Diferido será representado por meio de 2 (duas) notas promissórias pagáveis no quarto e quinto aniversários da Data de Fechamento, sendo a primeira no valor de 1/3 (um terço) do valor

 

(i) The Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers, in the proportion indicated in Section 2.2 above, the total amount of the Adjusted Base Price (the “ Deferred Payment ”), in Brazilian currency, by means of transfer of immediately available funds in the name of each one of the Sellers. The Deferred Payment shall be represented by means of two (2) promissory notes, due, respectively, on the fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Closing Date, being the first in the amount of 1/3 (one third) of the total amount of the Adjusted Base Price and the second in the

 

8



 

total do Preço Base Reajustado e a segunda no valor de 2/3 (dois terços) do valor total do Preço Base Reajustado, cujo valor do principal será corrigido de acordo com a variação positiva do Índice IGP-M/FGV, com base no último índice publicado antes da data do pagamento, a contar da Data de Fechamento até a data do efetivo pagamento de cada nota promissória (as “ Notas Promissórias ”), as quais serão entregues pela Compradora aos Vendedores na Data de Fechamento. Na data de pagamento, o valor de cada Nota Promissória ficará sujeito a eventuais ajustes negativos de valores em razão da verificação, pelo Auditor Independente (conforme definido abaixo), de Dívidas e do Ajuste do Capital de Giro, e/ou da ocorrência de Danos a serem indenizados pelos Vendedores, nos termos do Artigo IX deste Contrato.

 

amount of 2/3 (two thirds) of the total amount of the Adjusted Base Price, which principal amount shall be adjusted in accordance with the positive variation of the IGP-M/FGV Index, based on the last index published prior the payment date, from the Closing Date until the date of the effective payment of each promissory note (the “ Promissory Notes ”), which shall be delivered by the Purchaser to the Sellers on the Closing Date. On the payment date, the amount of each Promissory Note shall be subject to possible negative adjustments due to the assessment, by the Independent Auditor (as defined below), of Debts and Working Capital Adjustment, and/or to the occurrence of Damages to be indemnified by the Sellers, in accordance with Article IX of this Agreement.

 

 

 

(ii) Dentro de 30 (trinta) dias a contar da data do pagamento das Contingências Fiscais, conforme definido abaixo, a Compradora deverá pagar aos Vendedores o Pagamento Condicional, caso positivo, nos termos da Cláusula 2.6.4 abaixo, em moeda corrente nacional, por meio de transferência de fundos imediatamente disponíveis em nome de cada um dos Vendedores e nas proporções indicadas na Cláusula 2.2 acima. Na data de pagamento, o valor do Pagamento Condicional ficará sujeito a eventuais ajustes positivos ou negativos de valores em razão da verificação, pelo Auditor Independente (conforme definido abaixo), de Dívidas e do Ajuste do Capital de Giro, e/ou da ocorrência de Danos a serem indenizados pelos Vendedores, nos termos do Artigo IX deste Contrato.

 

(ii) Within thirty (30) days as of the date of the payment of the Tax Contingencies, as defined below, the Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers the Conditional Payment, if positive, in accordance with Section 2.6.4 below, in Brazilian currency, by means of transfer of immediately available funds in the name of each of the Sellers and in the proportions indicated in Section 2.2 above. On the payment date, the amount of the Conditional Payment shall be subject to positive or negative adjustments due to the assessment, by the Independent Auditor (as defined below), of Debts and Working Capital Adjustment, and/or to the occurrence of Damages to be indemnified by the Sellers, in accordance with Article IX of this Agreement.

 

 

 

2.4 Ajustes . As seguintes definições e ajustes deverão ser aplicados ao cálculo do Preço de Aquisição.

 

2.4 Adjustments. The following definitions and adjustments shall apply to the calculation of the Purchase Price.

 

 

 

 

9



 

(i) “ Dívida(s) ” significará qualquer dívida da Sociedade, de curto ou longo prazo, constituídas até e/ou na Data de Fechamento, incluindo, sem se limitar a, qualquer dívida vencida, parcelada ou não, com: (a) instituições financeiras; (b) autoridades fiscais; (c) partes relacionadas; (d) empregados; (e) fornecedores; ou (f) quaisquer terceiros em geral. A fim de comprovar referidas Dívidas, os Vendedores deverão entregar à Compradora, na Data de Fechamento, demonstrações financeiras da Sociedade elaboradas dentro de até 48 (quarenta e oito) horas antes da Data do Fechamento, com data base na Data de Fechamento (as “ Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento ”), as quais serão anexas ao presente como Anexo 2.4(i) . O valor das Dívidas, refletidas ou não nas Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento, deverá ser totalmente deduzido do valor do Pagamento Condicional e, caso este não seja suficiente ou já tenha sido realizado ou não for aplicável, o valor devido será deduzido da primeira e da segunda Notas Promissórias, nesta ordem, ou de qualquer outro valor devido pela Compradora ou pela Sociedade aos Vendedores ou do Aluguel nos termos da Cláusula 7.1.2 abaixo (o “ Ajuste da Dívida ”).

 

(i) Debt(s) shall mean any indebtedness owed by the Company, short or long term, undertaken until and/or on the Closing Date, including, but not limited to, any overdue debt, divided in installments or not, with: (a) financial institutions; (b) tax authorities; (c) related parties; (d) employees; (e) suppliers; or (f) third parties in general. In order to prove such Debts, the Sellers shall deliver to the Purchaser, in the Closing Date, the Company’s financial statements prepared on a date not later than 48 (forty-eight) hours before the Closing Date, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Financial Statements ”), which shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 2.4(i) . The amount of the Debts, reflected or not in the Closing Financial Statements, shall be totally deducted from the Conditional Payment and, in case it is not sufficient or it has already been made or its not applicable, then the due amount shall be deducted from the first and second Promissory Notes, respectively, or from any other amount due by the Purchaser or by the Company to the Sellers or from the Rent in accordance with Section 7.1.2 below (the “ Debt Adjustment ”).

 

 

 

(ii) Ajuste de Capital de Giro : As Partes convencionam que, na Data de Fechamento, a Sociedade deverá cumprir com a seguinte condição: a razão entre o ativo circulante e o passivo circulante (incluindo receita diferida) da Sociedade, de acordo com os GAAP do Brasil, deverá ser igual a 1:1. Referido cálculo não deverá considerar o Valor em Caixa, conforme definido abaixo. O cumprimento da referida condição deverá ser confirmado pela Compradora nas Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento, anexadas ao apresente como Anexo 2.4(i). Se esta condição não for

 

(ii) Working Capital Adjustment . The Parties agree that, on the Closing Date, the Company shall comply with the following condition: the ratio between the current assets and the current liabilities (including deferred revenue) of the Company, in accordance with Brazilian GAAP, shall be equal 1:1. Referred calculation shall not consider the Amount in Cash, as defined below. The compliance with such condition shall be confirmed by the Purchaser in the Closing Financial Statements, attached hereto as Exhibit 2.4(i). If this condition is not fulfilled, the increase in the

 

10



 

cumprida, o acréscimo no ativo circulante da Sociedade, na Data de Fechamento, para cumprir com a condição acima, será totalmente deduzido do valor do Pagamento Condicional ou, caso este não seja suficiente, já tenha sido realizado ou não for aplicável, o valor devido será deduzido da primeira e da segunda Nota Promissória, nesta ordem, ou de qualquer outro valor devido pela Compradora ou pela Sociedade aos Vendedores ou do Aluguel nos termos da Cláusula 7.1.2 abaixo, na base de R$1,00:R$1,00 (um real por um real). Se esta condição for cumprida e o ativo circulante da Sociedade, na Data de Fechamento, for maior que o passivo circulante da Sociedade, então o excedente será acrescido ao Pagamento Condicional ou, caso este já tenha sido realizado ou não seja aplicável, o excedente será pago aos Vendedores, na proporção da Cláusula 2.2 acima, dentro de 60 (sessenta) dias a contar da data de recebimento, pela Compradora, do relatório de validação das Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento a ser elaborado pelo Auditor Independente nos termos da Cláusula 2.4.1., com base em R$1,00:R$1,00 (um real por um real) (no caso de excedente ou déficit, o “ Ajuste de Capital de Giro ”).

 

current assets of the Company, on the Closing Date, to fulfill the condition above, shall be totally deducted from the Conditional Payment or, in case it is not sufficient or it has already been made or it not applicable, then the due amount shall be deducted from the first and second Promissory Notes, respectively, or from any other amount due by the Purchaser or by the Company to the Sellers or from the Rent in accordance with Section 7.1.2 below, on a one Real to one Real (R$1.00:R$1.00) basis. If this condition is fulfilled and the current assets is, on the Closing Date, higher than the current liabilities of the Company, than the exceeding amount shall be added to the Conditional Payment or, in case it has already been done or it is not applicable, the exceeding amount shall be paid to the Sellers, in the proportion of Section 2.2 above, within sixty (60) days as of the receipt, by the Purchaser, of the report of validation of the Closing Financial Statements to be prepared by the Independent Auditor in accordance with Section 2.4.1. on a one Real to one Real (R$1,00:R$1,00) basis (in the case of surplus or deficit, the “ Working Capital Adjustment ”).

 

 

 

2.4.1 Validação das Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento . Dentro do prazo de 90 (noventa) dias a contar da Data de Fechamento, as Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento deverão ser revisadas e validadas pela PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes (o “ Auditor Independente ”), de acordo com as regras dos GAAP do Brasil. O relatório escrito a ser entregue à Compradora pelo Auditor Independente deverá ser final e vinculará as Partes para todos os fins deste Contrato. Caso o Auditor Independente identifique qualquer inexatidão ou

 

2.4.1 Validation of the Closing Financial Statements. Within ninety (90) days as of the Closing Date, the Closing Financial Statements shall be revised and validated by PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores Independentes (the “ Independent Auditor ”), in accordance with the Brazilian GAAP. The written report to be delivered to the Purchaser by the Independent Auditor shall be final and bind the Parties for the purposes of this Agreement. In case the Independent Auditor assess any inaccuracy or inconsistency in the Closing Financial Statements with regard to the Debt and

 

11



 

inconsistência nas Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento com relação às Dívidas e o Ajuste de Capital de Giro, os Ajustes do Preço de Aquisição nos termos das Cláusulas 2.4(i) e 2.4.(ii) acima deverão ser realizados nos termos deste Contrato.

 

the Working Capital Adjustment, the Purchase Price Adjustments as set forth in Sections 2.4(i) e 2.4.(ii) above shall be totally made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

2.4.1.1 O custo de contratação do Auditor Independente será arcado somente pela Compradora.

 

2.4.1.1 The cost of hiring the Independent Auditor shall be borne only by the Purchaser.

 

 

 

2.5. Contingências Fiscais Federais. As Partes reconhecem que (i) a Sociedade possui determinadas contingências fiscais federais na presente data nos termos do Anexo 2.5 (as “ Contingências Fiscais ”); e (ii) o Preço de Aquisição foi calculado considerando que o valor das Contingências Fiscais a ser pago às autoridades fiscais federais após a Data de Fechamento será de, no máximo, R$20.000.000,00 (vinte milhões de reais) (o “ Valor Total das Contingências Fiscais ”) e que os Vendedores farão com que a Sociedade tenha, na Data de Fechamento, o valor de R$7.000.000,00 (sete milhões de reais) em caixa (o “ Valor em Caixa ”). As Partes esclarecem que a definição de Dívidas, nos termos da Cláusula 2.4(i), não inclui as Contingências Fiscais

 

2.5. Federal Tax Contingencies. The Parties acknowledge that (i) the Company has certain federal tax contingencies on the date hereof pursuant to Exhibit 2.5 (the “ Tax Contingencies ”); and (ii) the Purchase Price has been calculated assuming that the amount of the Tax Contingencies to be paid to the federal tax authorities after the Closing Date shall be in the maximum amount of twenty million Reais (R$20,000,000.00) (the “ Total Amount of Tax Contingencies ”) and that the Sellers shall cause the Company to have, on the Closing Date, the amount of seven million Reais (R$7,000,000.00) in cash (the “ Amount in Cash ”). The Parties clarify that the definition of Debts, in accordance with Section 2.4(i), does not include the Tax Contingencies.

 

 

 

2.5.1 Fica acordado que o valor de R$13.000.000,00 (treze milhões de reais), o qual representa a diferença entre o Valor Total das Contingências Fiscais e o Valor em Caixa, deverá ser de responsabilidade da Sociedade, após a celebração do presente instrumento, (o “ Valor Assumido das Contingências Fiscais ”) e deverá ser reajustado de acordo com a variação do Índice IGP-M/FGV, com base no último índice publicado antes da Data de Fechamento, a contar de 1º de janeiro de 2014

 

2.5.1 It is hereby agreed that the amount of thirteen million Reais (R$13,000,000.00), which represents the difference between the Total Amount of Tax Contingencies and the Amount in Cash, shall be of the responsibility of the Company, after the signature of this Agreement, (the “ Assumed Amount of the Tax Contingencies ”) and it shall be adjusted in accordance with the IGP-M/FGV Index, based on the last index published prior to the Closing Date, as of January 1, 2014 until the Business

 

12



 

até o Dia Útil imediatamente anterior à Data de Fechamento.

 

Day immediately preceding the Closing Date.

 

 

 

2.5.2 As Partes acordam ainda que qualquer diferença entre o Valor Assumido das Contingências Fiscais e o valor efetivamente pago pela Sociedade após a Data de Fechamento às autoridades fiscais federais para a quitação total das Contingências Fiscais (o “ Valor do Efetivo Pagamento das Contingências Fiscais ”) estará sujeita aos termos desta Cláusula e da Cláusula 2.6 abaixo.

 

2.5.2 The Parties further agree that any difference between the Assumed Amount of the Tax Contingencies and the amount actually paid by the Company after the Closing Date to the federal tax authorities for complete settlement of the Tax Contingencies (the “ Amount of the Effective Payment of the Tax Contingencies ”) shall be subject to the terms of this Section and Section 2.6 below.

 

 

 

2.6. Pagamento das Contingências Fiscais . As Partes acordam que a Compradora deverá fazer com que a Sociedade pague as Contingências Fiscais dentro de 10 (dez) Dias Úteis a contar da Data de Fechamento, por meio da adesão ao Programa de Recuperação Fiscal - REFIS (o “ REFIS ”), instituído pela lei 12.996 de 18 de junho de 2014. Para esse fim, os Vendedores deverão preparar a retificação de todos os documentos contábeis e fiscais correlatos às Contingências Fiscais e entregar para a revisão e aprovação da Compradora até a Data de Fechamento (os “ Documentos de Retificação ”).

 

2.6. Payment of the Tax Contingencies . The Parties agree that the Purchaser shall cause the Company to pay the Tax Contingencies within ten (10) Business Days as of the Closing Date, by adhering to the Tax Recovery Program - REFIS (the “ REFIS ”), set forth by Law No. 12,996 of June 18, 2014. For this purpose, the Sellers shall prepare the rectification of all accounting and tax documents related to Tax Contingencies and deliver such documents to the review and approval of the Purchaser until the Closing Date (the “ Rectification Documents ”).

 

 

 

2.6.1 . Caso a adesão da Sociedade ao REFIS não seja possível por qualquer razão não imputável à Compradora, a Compradora deverá fazer com que a Sociedade pague as Contingências Fiscais por meio de denúncia espontânea.

 

2.6.1 . In case the adhesion of the Company to REFIS is not possible for any reason not attributable to the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall cause the Company to pay the Tax Contingencies by means of a self-assessment ( denúncia espontânea ).

2.6.2 Fica acordado que os Vendedores permanecerão responsáveis por toda e qualquer despesa ou prejuízo oriundos da adesão ao REFIS ou da denúncia espontânea previstas nas Cláusulas 2.6 e 2.6.1, incluindo as retificações contábeis e fiscais necessárias, sendo que referidas eventuais despesas ou prejuízos

 

2.6.2 It is hereby agreed that the Sellers shall remain liable for any expenses or damages arising from the adhesion to REFIS or the self-assessment set forth in Sections 2.6 and 2.6.1, including the necessary accounting and tax rectifications, and such expenses and damages may be offset by the Purchaser or the Company

 

13



 

poderão ser compensadas pela Compradora ou pela Sociedade contra todo e qualquer valor devido pela Sociedade, pela Compradora ou suas Afiliadas aos Vendedores ou contra o Aluguel nos termos da Cláusula 7.1.2 abaixo.

 

against any amount owed by the Company, by the Purchaser or its Affiliates to the Sellers or against the Rent in accordance with Section 7.1.2 below.

 

 

 

2.6.3. Caso (i) os Vendedores não cumpram com a obrigação de manter o Valor em Caixa na Data de Fechamento; ou (ii) o Valor do Efetivo Pagamento das Contingências Fiscais seja superior ao Valor Total das Contingências Fiscais em virtude de qualquer fato, ato ou omissão da Sociedade anterior à Data de Fechamento, incluindo, mas não se limitando a uma eventual autuação da Sociedade, após a Data de Fechamento, por parte das autoridades fiscais federais antes da adesão da Sociedade ao REFIS ou da denúncia espontânea referidas nas Cláusulas 2.6 e 2.6.1 acima, o valor resultante da seguinte fórmula será de responsabilidade dos Vendedores e poderá ser compensado pela Compradora contra o pagamento do Ajuste do Capital de Giro ou, caso este não seja suficiente, deverá ser pago à Sociedade igualmente pelo Sr. Solon e pelo Sr. Darci, juntamente com os Tributos devidos pela Sociedade para o recebimento destes valores, dentro de 60 (sessenta) dias a contar da data de recebimento, pela Compradora, do relatório de validação das Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento a ser elaborado pelo Auditor Independente nos termos da Cláusula 2.4.1. Caso referida obrigação de pagamento não seja cumprida pelo Sr. Solon e/ou pelo Sr. Darci, o valor devido poderá ser compensado pela Compradora ou pela Sociedade contra todo e qualquer valor devido pela Sociedade, pela Compradora ou suas Afiliadas ao Sr. Solon e/ou ao Sr. Darci, conforme o caso ou contra o Aluguel nos termos da Cláusula 7.1.2 abaixo: [(o Valor do Efetivo Pagamento das Contingências Fiscais menos o Valor Assumido das Contingências

 

2.6.3. In case (i) the Sellers fail to comply with the obligation to maintain the Amount in Cash on the Closing Date; or (ii) the Amount of the Effective Payment of the Tax Contingencies is higher than the Total Amount of the Tax Contingencies due to any fact, act or omission of the Company prior to the Closing Date, including, but not limited to an occasional assessment of the Company, after the Closing Date, by federal tax authorities before the adhesion of the Company to REFIS or the self-assessment set forth in Sections 2.6 and 2.6.1 above, the amount resulting from the following formula shall be of the responsibility of the Sellers and may be offset by the Purchaser against the payment of the Working Capital Adjustment or, in case it is not sufficient, it shall be equally paid to the Company by Mr. Solon and Mr. Darci, along with the Taxes due by the Company for the receipt of such amounts, within sixty (60) days as of the receipt, by the Purchaser, of the report of validation of the Closing Financial Statements to be prepared by the Independent Auditor in accordance with Section 2.4.1. In case such payment obligation is not complied by Mr. Solon and/or Mr. Darci, the due amount may be offset by the Purchaser or the Company against all and any amount owed by the Company, by the Purchaser or its Affiliates to Mr. Solon or Mr. Darci, as the case may be, or against the Rent in accordance with Section 7.1.2 below: [(the Amount of the Effective Payment of the Tax Contingencies minus the Assumed Amount of the Tax Contingencies) minus the Amount in Cash].

 

14


 

Fiscais) menos o Valor em Caixa].

 

 

 

 

 

2.6.4. Caso, por qualquer razão, o valor resultante da seguinte fórmula seja positivo, este deverá ser pago aos Vendedores pela Compradora, nos termos da Cláusula 2.3(ii) acima: [o Valor Assumido das Contingências Fiscais menos (o Valor do Efetivo Pagamento das Contingências Fiscais menos o Valor em Caixa)] (o “ Pagamento Condicional ”).

 

2.6.4. In case, for any reason, the amount resulting from the following formula is positive, such amount shall be paid to the Sellers by the Purchaser, pursuant to Section 2.3(ii) above: [the Assumed Amount of the Tax Contingencies minus (the Amount of the Effective Payment of the Tax Contingencies minus the Amount in Cash)] (the “ Conditional Payment ”).

 

 

 

2.7. Créditos Tributários. Os Vendedores terão o direito de escolher advogado para, através de processo administrativo ou ajuizamento de ação judicial, buscar a restituição dos tributos pagos à Receita Federal exclusivamente de competências em data anterior à Data de Fechamento, a seu exclusivo custo e responsabilidade, e fazendo qualquer depósito judicial que possa ser necessário. A Compradora obriga-se a fornecer procuração para o advogado indicado e a restituir aos Vendedores, na proporção indicada na Cláusula 2.2 acima, os valores recebidos como resultado deste processo administrativo ou da ação judicial, através de decisão judicial transitada em julgado, após o pagamento ou compensação fiscal pelo órgão público requerido. As Partes esclarecem que referida restituição aos Vendedores ocorrerá na proporção da utilização do respectivo crédito tributário pela Sociedade e somente após a efetiva utilização, a qual deverá ocorrer dentro do menor período possível de acordo com o planejamento tributário da Sociedade no momento, mediante dedução, pela Sociedade, de toda e qualquer despesa ou tributo incidente sobre a transferência dos valores devidos aos Vendedores. Fica acordado que a Sociedade poderá compensar os valores

 

2.7. Tax Credits. The Sellers shall have the right to choose the lawyer to, by means of an administrative proceeding or the filing of a judicial lawsuit, obtain the refund of the taxes paid to the Federal Revenue exclusively regarding the period before the Closing Date, at their owns costs and responsibility, and making any necessary judicial deposit that may be necessary. The Purchaser undertakes to provide a power-of-attorney to the attorney appointed and refund to the Sellers, in the proportion indicated in Section 2.2 above, the amounts received as a result of such administrative proceeding or judicial lawsuit, by means of an unappealable court decision, after the tax payment or offsetting by the competent public entity. The Parties clarify that such refund to the Sellers shall occur in proportion to of the relevant tax credit by the Company, and only after the effective use, which shall occur within the shortest period possible based on the tax planning of the Company at that time, upon deduction, by the Company, of all and any expenses or tax levied on the transfer of the due amounts to the Sellers. The Parties agree that the Company may offset the amounts due to the Sellers under this Section against any other amount due to the Purchaser, to the Company or any of its Affiliates by the Sellers.

 

15



 

devidos aos Vendedores nos termos desta Cláusula contra todo e qualquer valor devido à Sociedade, à Compradora ou a suas Afiliadas pelos Vendedores.

 

 

 

 

 

2.8. Créditos Educacionais. Os Vendedores terão o direito de escolher empresa de cobrança a fim de cobrar e renegociar os créditos da Sociedade relativos a alunos inadimplentes há mais de 1 (um) ano a contar da Data de Fechamento, desde que estes não estejam matriculados e frequentando cursos da FAPA, a seu exclusivo custo e responsabilidade (os “ Créditos Educacionais ”). A Compradora obriga-se a fornecer os documentos necessários para a cobrança e renegociação dos Créditos Educacionais e se compromete a fazer com que a Sociedade não perdoe as dívidas relativas aos Créditos Educacionais vencidas no período entre 12 (doze) e 24 (vinte e quatro) meses anteriores à Data de Fechamento. Todos os valores recebidos pela Sociedade em virtude do pagamento dos Créditos Educacionais deverão ser pagos aos Vendedores, na proporção indicada na Cláusula 2.2 acima, a cada 6 (seis) meses ou sempre que os valores dos referidos pagamentos somem R$200.000,00 (duzentos mil reais), o que ocorrer primeiro. As Partes esclarecem que referidos pagamentos aos Vendedores ocorrerá mediante dedução, pela Sociedade, de toda e qualquer despesa ou tributo incidente sobre a transferência dos valores devidos aos Vendedores. Fica acordado que a Sociedade poderá compensar os valores devidos aos Vendedores nos termos desta Cláusula contra todo e qualquer valor devido à Sociedade, à Compradora ou a suas Afiliadas pelos Vendedores.

 

2.8. Educational Credits. The Sellers shall have the right to choose collecting company to collect and renegotiate the credits of the Company related to the defaulting students which debt was due over one (1) year before the Closing Date, provided that such students are no longer enrolled and attending classes at FAPA, at their owns costs and responsibility (the “ Educational Credits ”). The Purchaser undertakes to provide all necessary documents for the collecting and renegotiation of the Educational Credits and undertakes to cause the Company to not forgive the debts related to the Educational Credits matured in the period between twelve (12) and twenty-four (24) months before the Closing Date. All the amounts received by the Company by virtue of the payment of the Educational Credits shall be paid to the Sellers, in the proportion indicated in Section 2.2 above, every six (6) months or whenever the amounts of such payments equal two hundred thousand Reais (R$200,000.00), whichever occurs first. The Parties clarify that such payments to the Sellers shall occur upon the deduction, by the Company, of all and any expenses or tax levied on the transfer of the due amounts to the Sellers. The Parties agree that the Company may offset the amounts due to the Sellers under this Section against any other amount due to the Purchaser, to the Company or any of its Affiliates by the Sellers

 

16



 

Artigo III — CONDIÇÕES PRECEDENTES E DECLARAÇÕES DE CUMPRIMENTO

 

Article III — CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND REPRESENTATIONS OF COMPLIANCE

 

 

 

3.1. Condições Precedentes. As Partes concordam que, na Data de Fechamento, os Vendedores deverão ter cumprido as seguintes condições suspensivas do fechamento da Operação, cuja comprovação será razoavelmente fornecida à Compradora, à satisfação da Compradora (“ Condições Precedentes ”).

 

3.1. Conditions Precedent. The Parties agree that, on the Closing Date, the Sellers shall have met the following conditions precedent to the closing of the Transaction, proof of which shall be reasonably provided to the Purchaser, at Purchaser’s satisfaction (“ Conditions Precedent ”):

 

 

 

3.1.1 Transformação da Sociedade . Os Vendedores deverão ter completado a transformação da Sociedade em sociedade empresária limitada, de acordo com a legislação aplicável, devidamente registrada no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica competente e na JUCERGS, ou, pelo menos, ter apresentado o respectivo ato societário de transformação para registro na JUCERGS, cujas evidências serão anexadas ao presente como Anexo 3.1.1. Caso, na Data de Fechamento, os Vendedores apresentem à Compradora somente o protocolo de registro na JUCERGS do ato societário de transformação da Sociedade em sociedade empresária limitada e referido pedido de registro seja indeferido após da Data de Fechamento, os Vendedores serão os únicos responsáveis pelo cumprimento de toda e qualquer exigência feita pela JUCERGS para o registro do referido ato societário de transformação da Sociedade, bem como deverão arcar com todos os custos e despesas necessários para este fim, incluindo honorários advocatícios. Todo e qualquer prejuízo causado à Sociedade ou à Compradora em virtude do indeferimento do registro do ato societário de transformação pela JUCERGS poderá ser compensado pela Compradora ou pela Sociedade contra todo e qualquer valor

 

3.1.1 Transformation of the Company. The Sellers shall have completed the transformation of the Company into a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ), in accordance with the applicable laws, duly registered with the competent Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of the Legal Entity and with JUCERGS, or, at least, have filed the relevant corporate document of transformation at JUCERGS, which proof shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1.1 . In case, on the Closing Date, the Sellers provide to the Purchaser only the receipt of the presentation for filing, with JUCERGS, of the corporate document to transform the Company into a limited liability company ( sociedade empresária limitada ) and such registration is denied by JUCERGS after the Closing Date, the Sellers shall be the only ones responsible for the compliance with all and any requirement made by JUCERGS for the registration of such corporate document for the transformation of the Company, as well as shall bear with all related necessary costs and expenses, including lawyers’ fees. All and any damage caused to the Company or to the Purchaser due to the denial of the registration of the transformation corporate document by JUCERGS may be offset by the Purchaser or the Company against all and any amount owed by

 

17



 

devido pela Sociedade, pela Compradora ou suas Afiliadas aos Vendedores ou contra o Aluguel nos termos da Cláusula 7.1.2 abaixo.

 

the Company, by the Purchaser or its Affiliates to the Sellers or against the Rent in accordance with Section 7.1.2 below.

 

 

 

3.1.2. Anexos e Apensos do Contrato . Os Vendedores deverão elaborar e entregar à Compradora todos os Anexos e Apensos mencionados neste Contrato relativos à Sociedade.

 

3.1.2 Exhibits and Schedules. The Sellers shall have prepared and delivered to the Purchaser all Exhibits and Schedules referred to in this Agreement regarding the Company.

 

 

 

3.1.3. As Partes declaram está Cláusula sem efeito.

 

3.1.3 The Parties declare that this Section does not have effects.

 

 

 

3.1.4. Quitação do Acordo de Sócios da Sociedade e Declaração de Ineficácia da sua cláusula 8ª . Com relação ao Acordo de Sócios celebrado pelos Vendedores em 13 de agosto de 2013 e aditado em 21 de novembro de 2013 (o “ Acordo de Sócios ”), os Vendedores deverão ter: (i) declarado a ineficácia da cláusula 8ª do Acordo de Sócios, que deverá ser considerada sem efeitos perante os Vendedores, a Sociedade e terceiros em geral; e (ii) conferido uns aos outros a mais ampla, rasa, plena, geral, irrestrita, irrevogável e irretratável quitação com relação a toda e qualquer obrigação prevista no Acordo de Sócios, cuja evidência será anexada ao presente como Anexo 3.1.4.

 

3.1.4. Release of the Quotaholders Agreement and Statement of Ineffectiveness of its section 8. With regard to the Quotaholders’ Agreement entered into by them on August 13, 2013 and amended on November 21, 2013 (the “ Quotaholders Agreement ”), the Sellers shall have: (i) stated the ineffectiveness of section 8 of the Quotaholders Agreement, which shall be deemed without effect before the Sellers, the Company and third parties; and (ii) granted each other full, complete, general, unrestrictive, irrevocable and irreversible release in relation to any obligation under the Quotaholders Agreement, proof of which shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1.4 .

 

 

 

3.1.5. Retificação dos Documentos da Cisão Parcial da Sociedade. Os Vendedores deverão: (i) retificar o protocolo e justificação da cisão parcial da Sociedade, a qual foi iniciada a fim de reestruturar a relação dos Vendedores com relação à Sociedade, independentemente da presente Operação (o “ Protocolo ”), celebrado pelos Vendedores em 22 de novembro de 2013 e registrado no 1º Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica da cidade de Porto Alegre, Estado do Rio Grande do Sul sob o nº 1669131 (a “ Cisão Parcial ”),

 

3.1.5. Rectification of the Partial Spin Off Documents. The Seller shall: (i) rectify the protocol and justification of the Company’s partial spin off, which was initiated with the purpose to restructures the Company, independently of this Transaction (the “ Protocol ”), entered into by the Sellers on November 22, 2013 and registered with the 1 st  Registry of Deeds and Documents and Civil of the Legal Entity of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul under No. 1669131 (the “ Partial Spin Off ”), in accordance with Exhibit 3.1.5(i) ;

 

18



 

nos termos do Anexo 3.1.5(i) ; (ii) realizar uma reunião de sócios da Sociedade aprovando a referida retificação do Protocolo (a “ Ata de Reunião de Sócios ”); e (iii) registrar e publicar a Ata de Reunião de Sócios nos termos da lei societária vigente, cujas evidências serão anexadas ao presente como Anexo 3.1.5(ii).

 

(ii) hold a quotaholders’ meeting of the Company approving referred rectification of the Protocol (the “ Minutes of the Quotaholders’ Meeting ”); and (iii) register and publish the Minutes of the Quotaholders’ Meeting under the terms of the law in force, proof of which shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1.5(ii) .

 

 

 

3.1.6 Pagamento das verbas rescisórias da funcionária desligada. Os Vendedores deverão ter pago todas as verbas rescisórias devidas à Sra. Marília Martins Sant’Anna, CTPS 85530 Série 00018RS, em razão do seu desligamento da Sociedade, nos termos da Cláusula 3.2(i) abaixo, cuja evidência será anexada como Anexo 3.1.6.

 

3.1.6 Payment of termination charges of the dismissed employee. Sellers shall have paid all termination charges of Ms. Marília Martins Sant’Anna, CTPS 85530 Série 00018RS, due to her dismissal of the Company, in accordance with Section 3.1(i) below, proof of which shall be attached as Exhibit 3.1.6.

 

 

 

3. 2. Declarações de Cumprimento . Os Vendedores, neste ato, declaram e garantem ter cumprido com as seguintes obrigações:

 

3.2. Representations of Compliance. The Sellers hereby represent and warrant to have complied with the following obligations:

 

 

 

(i) Desligamento da Sra. Marília Martins Sant’Anna, CTPS 85530 Série 00018RS,da Sociedade, cuja evidência será anexada ao presente como Anexo 3.2(i) ;

 

(i) Dismissal of Ms. Marília Martins Sant’Anna, CTPS 85530 Série 00018RS of the Company, proof of which shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 3.2.(i); .

 

 

 

(ii) Pagamento do valor de R$52.244.000,00 (cinquenta e dois milhões, duzentos e quarenta e quatro mil Reais) referente ao passivo gerado para a Sociedade decorrente da transferência de ativos ocorrida em razão da Cisão Parcial da Sociedade, pagamento este que deverá ser evidenciado nas Demonstrações Financeiras de Fechamento, anexadas ao presente Contrato como Anexo 3.2(ii) ;

 

(ii) Payment of the amount of fifty-two million, two hundred forty-four Thousand Reais (R$52.244.000,00) regarding the liability created as a consequence of the transfer of assets occurred due to the Company’s Partial Spin Off, which shall be reflected in the Closing Financial Statements, attached hereto as Exhibit 3.2(ii) ;

 

 

 

(iii) Cancelamento da inscrição municipal da filial da Sociedade inscrita no CNPJ/MF sob o nº [ ]perante a Prefeitura do município de Porto Alegre, cuja evidência será anexada ao presente como Anexo 3.2(iii) ; e

 

(iii) Cancelation of the municipal tax enrollment of the Company’s branch enrolled under No. [ ] before the municipality of Porto Alegre, proof of which shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 3.2(iii) ; and

 

19



 

(iv) Celebração da escritura pública de servidão de passagem para acesso ao imóvel registrado sob o número de matrícula nº 37.823 do Ofício de Registro de Imóveis da 4ª Zona de Porto Alegre/RS por meio do imóvel registrado sob o número de matrícula nº 2.512 do Ofício de Registo de Imóveis da 6º Zona de Porto Alegre/RS (a “ Servidão de Passagem ”), cuja evidência será anexada ao presente como Anexo 3.2(iv) . O registro da Servidão de Passagem nas matrículas dos referidos imóveis deverá ser concluído pelos Vendedores após o Fechamento, nos termos da Cláusula 7.2(iii) abaixo.

 

(iv) Entering into the public deed of right-of-ways for the access of the real estate property registered under registration number ( matrícula ) 37.823, with the 4 th  Real Estate Registry of the City of Porto Alegre by means of the real estate property registered under registration number ( matrícula ) 2.512, with the 6 th  Real Estate Registry of the City of Porto Alegre (the “ Right-of-Ways ”), proof of which shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 3.2(iv) . The registration of the Right-of-Ways with the real estate registrations ( matrículas ) of the referred real estate properties shall be concluded by the Sellers after the Closing, in accordance with Section 7.2(iii) below.

 

 

 

3.3 Retirada . Os Vendedores concordam que a Compradora terá direito de se retirar deste Contrato e considerá-lo sem efeito, antes da Data do Fechamento, sem qualquer multa ou responsabilidade se (i) houver qualquer violação de qualquer das disposições deste Contrato pelos Vendedores entre a data deste instrumento e a Data de Fechamento; (ii) as Condições Precedentes não forem cumpridas pelos Vendedores dentro de 120 (cento e vinte) dias após a Data de Assinatura, sujeita às demais disposições estabelecidas neste Contrato; ou (iii) caso ocorra algum Efeito Prejudicial Substancial (conforme definido abaixo) no negócio em virtude de ato, omissão ou circunstância, incluindo, mas não se limitando a, mudanças regulatórias, decisões administrativas ou judiciais, e mudanças na reputação da Sociedade, com ou sem a culpa dos Vendedores. No caso de retirada nos termos dos itens (i) ou (ii) acima, a Compradora terá direito a receber dos Vendedores, no prazo de 30 (trinta) dias a contar da retirada da Compradora deste Contrato, em caráter solidário, uma multa no valor de R$500.000,00 (quinhentos mil Reais)

 

3.3. Withdrawal. The Sellers agree that the Purchaser shall be entitled to withdraw from this Agreement and deem it ineffective prior to the Closing Date without any penalty or liability if (i) there is any breach of any of provisions of this Agreement by the Sellers between the date hereof and the Closing Date; (ii) the Conditions Precedent are not fulfilled by the Sellers within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Signing Date, subject to the other provisions set forth in this Agreement; or (iii) if any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below) is observed in the business by virtue of any act, omission, or circumstance, including but not limited to regulatory changes, administrative or court decisions, and changes in the reputation of the Company, with or without the fault of the Sellers. In case of withdrawal under the terms of items (i) and (ii) above, the Purchaser shall have the right to receive from the Sellers, joint and severally, within 30 (thirty) days as of the withdrawal of the Purchaser of this Agreement, a penalty in the amount of five hundred thousand Reais (R$500,000.00) (the “ Penalty ”). Notwithstanding, the Parties clarify that the

 

20



 

(a “ Multa ”). Não obstante, as Partes esclarecem que os Vendedores não estarão sujeitos ao pagamento da Multa caso o cumprimento de qualquer Condição Precedente for impossibilitado em virtude do indeferimento injustificado pela autoridade competente do registro dos documentos previstos neste Artigo III na JUCERGS e no Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos e Civil de Pessoa Jurídica, indeferimento este não sanado por meio de recursos e ações judiciais cabíveis, incluindo, exemplificativamente, o mandado de segurança com pedido de concessão de medida liminar impetrado para este fim, bem como da ocorrência de eventos cujos efeitos não eram possíveis evitar ou impedir, incluindo os eventos de caso fortuito e de força maior.

 

Sellers shall not be subject to the payment of the Penalty in case the fulfilling of any Condition Precedent is prevented as a result of the unreasonable refusal by the competent authority of the registration of documents under this Article III with JUCERGS and with the Registry of Deeds and Documents of Legal Entities, and this refusal is not cured by means of remedies and appropriate legal action, including, for example, a writ of mandamus with a motion for preliminary injunction filed for this purpose, as well as the occurrence of events whose effects were not possible to avoid or prevent, including the event of unforeseeable circumstances or force majeure.

 

 

 

3.3.1. Efeito Prejudicial Substancial. A Compradora poderá rescindir o presente Contrato nos termos da Cláusula 3.3(iii) acima, caso ocorra, entre a data da assinatura do presente instrumento e a Data de Fechamento, um evento que venha a causar um dano a qualquer aspecto da Sociedade, trazendo consequências substanciais ou prejudicando a continuação dos negócios da maneira rotineira e habitual (o “ Efeito Prejudicial Substancial ”). Os Vendedores concordam que eles deverão notificar por escrito a Compradora, dentro do prazo improrrogável de 48 (quarenta e oito) horas do seu conhecimento, sobre qualquer evento que possa razoavelmente vir a ser assim considerado como o causador de um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial. Da mesma forma, a Compradora deverá notificar os Vendedores, também no prazo de 48 (quarenta e oito) horas a partir de seu conhecimento, por escrito, caso venha ela a tomar conhecimento de um evento ocorrido e que se caracterize como indicado acima.

 

3.3.1. Material Adverse Effect. The Purchaser may terminate this Agreement under the terms of Section 3.3(iii) above, in case occurs, between the signature date of this instrument and the Closing Date, an event that causes a damage to any aspect of the Company, bringing material consequences or even damaging the continuation of the Company’s business in a routine and habitual manner (the “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The Sellers agree that they shall notify in written the Purchaser, within the non-renewable term of forty-eight (48) hours as of their knowledge, about any event that could reasonably be considered to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Similarly, the Purchaser shall notify in written the Sellers, also within forty-eight (48) hours as of its knowledge, about any event that is characterized as indicated above.

 

21


 

 

 

 

3.4. Condução da Sociedade antes do Fechamento. Exceto com relação às questões especificamente previstas neste Contrato (e/ou em quaisquer dos Documentos da Operação), ou autorizadas por escrito pela Compradora, a partir da data deste instrumento e até a Data de Fechamento os Vendedores conduzirão e farão com que a Sociedade conduza seus negócios no curso normal e usual consistente com a prática passada. Sem limitar o caráter geral do acima exposto, e exceto conforme de outra maneira considerado ou especificamente previsto neste Contrato (e/ou qualquer Documento da Operação), sem o consentimento prévio por escrito da Compradora, os Vendedores não permitirão que a Sociedade:

 

3.4. Conduct of Company before Closing. Except for matters specifically provided for in this Agreement (and/or in any of the Transaction Documents), or consented to in writing by the Purchaser, from the date hereof and until the Closing Date, the Sellers shall, and shall cause the Company to conduct its business in the ordinary and usual course consistent with past practice. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and except as otherwise contemplated by or specifically provided for in this Agreement (and/or in any Transaction Document), without prior written consent of the Purchaser, the Sellers shall not permit the Company to:

 

 

 

(a) proponha ou adote qualquer alteração substancial em seus documentos constitutivos ou vigentes, exceto para cumprir uma Condição Precedente;

 

(a) propose or adopt any material change in its organizational or governing documents, except in order to fulfill a Condition Precedent;

 

 

 

(b) incorpore ou efetue a fusão da Sociedade com qualquer Pessoa ou efetue qualquer cisão da Sociedade;

 

(b) merge or consolidate the Company with any Person or perform any spin off of the Company;

 

 

 

(c) venda, arrende ou de outra maneira aliene os ativos ou valores mobiliários da Sociedade que exceda R$50.000,00 (cinquenta mil Reais), individualmente ou em uma série de operações, inclusive por incorporação, fusão, cisão, venda de ativos ou outra combinação comercial (inclusive constituição de uma joint venture);

 

(c) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of assets or securities of the Company in an amount exceeding fifty thousand Reais (R$50,000.00) individually or in a series of transactions, including by merger, consolidation, asset sale or other business combination (including formation of a joint venture);

 

 

 

(d) faça empréstimos, adiantamentos ou contribuições de capital, aquisições ou licenças, ou investimentos em qualquer outra Pessoa;

 

(d) make loans, advances or capital contributions to, acquisitions or licenses of, or investments in, any other Person;

 

 

 

(e) autorize quaisquer investimentos em bens

 

(e) authorize any capital expenditures in

 

22



 

de capital excedente a R$50.000,00 (cinquenta mil Reais) por projeto, ou série correlata de projetos excedente a R$100.000,00 (cem mil Reais) no total, que não as despesas necessárias para manter os ativos existentes em boas condições de reparo e despesas previstas no orçamento de 2014 da Sociedade e planos de desenvolvimento aprovados, conforme entregues à Compradora anteriormente à data deste instrumento;

 

excess of fifty thousand Reais (R$50,000.00) per project, or related series of projects in excess of one hundred thousand Reais (R$100,000.00) in the aggregate, excluding the expenditures necessary to maintain existing assets in good repair conditions and expenditures set forth by the Company budget for 2014 and approved development plans, as delivered to the Purchaser prior to the date hereof;

 

 

 

(f) divida, agrupe ou reclassifique quaisquer Quotas ou valores mobiliários da Sociedade ou altere os termos de quaisquer Quotas ou valores mobiliários da Sociedade; declare, destaque ou pague qualquer dividendo ou outra distribuição (seja em dinheiro, quotas ou bens ou qualquer combinação deles) com relação aos valores mobiliários da Sociedade, que não um dividendo ou capitalização de juros sobre o capital próprio prevista contratualmente antes da Data de Assinatura, ou conceda, emita ou ofereça para conceder ou emitir quaisquer Quotas ou valores mobiliários da Sociedade;

 

(f) divide, consolidate or reclassify any Quotas or securities of the Company or change the terms of any Quotas or securities of the Company; state, detach or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash, quotas or assets or any combination of them) with regard to the Company’s securities, that is not a dividend or capitalization of interest on the Company’s capital set forth in an agreement before the Signing Date, issue or offer to grant or issue any Quotas or securities of the Company;

 

 

 

(g) exceto conforme efetuado no curso normal dos negócios e/ou conforme exigido segundo os contratos por escrito existentes ou o plano de benefícios da Sociedade, contrato de trabalho ou acordo coletivo em vigor na data deste instrumento:

 

(g) except as affected in the ordinary course of business and/or as required pursuant to existing written agreements or the Company benefit plan, employment agreement or collective bargaining agreement in effect on the date hereof;

 

 

 

(i) adote, altere ou rescinda qualquer plano de benefício da Sociedade ou celebre, altere ou rescinda qualquer acordo coletivo ou qualquer contrato de trabalho com qualquer funcionário da Sociedade, exceto com relação a contratos de trabalho no curso normal dos negócios, consistentes com as práticas anteriores, com pessoas que não sejam diretores executivos ou conselheiros, na medida necessária para substituir um

 

(i) adopt, change or terminate any benefit plan of the Company or enter into, change or terminate any collective agreement or any employment agreement with any of the Company’s employees, except with regard to employment agreements in the normal course of business, consistent with previous practices, with people that are not executive officers or directors, to the extent to replace a dismissed employee or fulfill an existent job

 

23



 

funcionário afastado ou preencher uma vaga existente;

 

position;

 

 

 

(ii) pratique qualquer ato para antecipar a aquisição ou o pagamento, ou financie ou de qualquer outra maneira garanta o pagamento de remuneração ou benefícios segundo qualquer plano de benefícios da Sociedade;

 

(ii) conduct any actions to prepay the acquisition or payment, or fund or in any other way guarantee the payment of remuneration or benefits under any benefit plan of the Company;

 

 

 

(iii) aumente de qualquer maneira a remuneração ou benefícios indiretos de qualquer funcionário da Sociedade por um valor excedente a R$10.000,00 (dez mil Reais) no total, fora do curso normal dos negócios; ou

 

(iii) increase in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any Company employee by an amount in excess of ten thousand Reais (R$10,000.00) in the aggregate, outside of the ordinary course of business; or

 

 

 

(iv) efetue qualquer pagamento de indenização ou rescisão a qualquer funcionário ou a qualquer contratado da Sociedade, exceto conforme exigido pela Lei brasileira.

 

(iv) grant any severance or termination pay to any Company employee, or contractor not otherwise required under Brazilian law.

 

 

 

(h) faça acordo ou transija quaisquer ações judiciais, ou arbitragem, ou libere, extinga ou de outra maneira disponha de quaisquer reivindicações ou arbitragens, que não (i) acordos ou transigência de ações judiciais, reivindicações ou arbitragens não excedentes a R$100.000,00 (cem mil Reais) no total, e que não envolvam qualquer medida cautelar substancial ou outra medida não monetária, ou imponham restrições substanciais nos negócios ou operações da Sociedade; e (ii) qualquer ação judicial referente à Operação prevista no presente Contrato;

 

(h) settle or compromise any litigation, or release, dismiss or otherwise dispose of any claim or arbitration, other than (i) settlements or compromises of litigation, claims or arbitration that do not exceed one hundred thousand Reais (R$100,000.00) and do not involve any material injunctive or other non-monetary relief or impose material restrictions on the business or operations of the Company; e (ii) any judicial claim regarding the Transaction set forth in this Agreement;

 

 

 

(i) que não no curso normal dos negócios, consistente com as práticas anteriores ou, exceto na medida exigida por Lei, faça ou altere qualquer opção fiscal substancial, ou faça acordo ou transija qualquer obrigação fiscal substancial da Sociedade excedente a

 

(i) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or except to the extent required by Law, make or change any material Tax election, or settle or compromise any material Tax liability of the Company in excess of one hundred thousand

 

24



 

R$100.000,00 (cem mil Reais), apresente qualquer Declaração de Tributo aditado com relação a qualquer Tributo ou entregue qualquer direito de reivindicação de restituição fiscal;

 

Reais (R$100,000.00), file any amended Tax Return with respect to any Tax or surrender any right to claim a Tax refund;

 

 

 

(j) faça qualquer alteração nos métodos de contabilidade financeira ou no método de contabilidade, princípios ou práticas fiscais que prejudiquem substancialmente os ativos, passivos ou resultados operacionais consolidados relatados da Sociedade, exceto na medida em que possam ter sido exigidos por uma alteração na Lei;

 

(j) make any change to the financial accounting methods or the accounting methods, principles or Tax practices that materially damage the assets, liabilities and consolidated operational results of the Company, except to the extent that can be demanded by a change in the Law;

 

 

 

(k) adote um plano de liquidação, dissolução, incorporação, fusão, reestruturação, recapitalização, ou outra reorganização da Sociedade, ou um contrato em princípio correspondente;

 

(k) adopt an liquidation, winding up, merger, amalgamation, restructuration, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company, or an agreement correspondent in principle;

 

 

 

(l) pratique qualquer ato ou deixe de praticar qualquer ato que, como resultado, impeça, atrase substancialmente ou impeça substancialmente a capacidade da Sociedade de realizar a Operação;

 

(l) take any action or refrain from taking any action that, as a result, prevent, delay materially or substantially impede the ability of the Company to perform the Transaction;

 

 

 

(m) aumente ou reduza o capital social da Sociedade;

 

(m) increases or reduces the Company’s corporate capital;

 

 

 

(n) criar, incorrer ou assumir qualquer dívida direta ou indiretamente em nome da Sociedade, com um terceiro ou uma parte relacionada, que não esteja no curso normal dos negócios e, em qualquer hipótese, referido endividamento não poderá exceder R$100.000,00 (cem mil Reais) em uma única operação ou uma série de operações relacionadas ao mesmo fim; ou

 

(n) create, incur, assume any indebtedness directly or indirectly on behalf of the Company, whether to a third party or a related party, that is not in the ordinary course of business and, in any case, refereed indebtedness cannot exceed one hundred thousand Reais (R$100,000.00) in a sole transaction or in a series of transactions related to the same purpose; or

 

 

 

(o) autorize, concorde ou comprometa-se a praticar o acima exposto.

 

(o) authorize, agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

25



 

 

 

 

Artigo IV — O FECHAMENTO

 

Article IV — THE CLOSING

 

 

 

4.1. Fechamento . As Partes concordam que a Operação será consumada no fechamento (o “ Fechamento ”), que ocorrerá dentro de no máximo 120 (cento e vinte) dias a contar da Data de Assinatura deste instrumento, mediante a verificação, pela Compradora, de que os Vendedores cumpriram todas as Condições Precedentes e/ou mediante a renúncia expressa às Condições Precedentes não cumpridas (a “ Data de Fechamento ”). A Compradora poderá renunciar ao cumprimento de todas ou quaisquer Condições Precedentes, a qualquer momento, mediante o envio de notificação escrita aos Vendedores e, nesse caso, os Vendedores concordam em realizar o Fechamento dentro de 5 (cinco) dias a contar da data de recebimento da referida notificação.

 

4.1 Closing. The Parties hereby agree that the Transaction shall be consummated at the closing (the “ Closing ”), which shall occur not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Signing Date, upon the Purchaser’s verification of the Sellers’ fulfillment of the Conditions Precedent and/or the written waiver of the unfulfilled Conditions Precedent (the “ Closing Date ”). The Purchaser may waive the compliance with any or all Conditions Precedent at any time by sending written notice to the Sellers, in which case, the Sellers agree to conduct the Closing within five (5) days as of the receipt date of such notice.

 

 

 

4.1.1 O Fechamento será realizado no escritório de Veirano Advogados, na Cidade de Porto Alegre, Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, Brasil, na Rua Dona Laura, 320, 13º andar, CEP 90430-090, na Data de Fechamento.

 

4.1.1 The Closing shall occur at the offices of Veirano Advogados, located in the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, at Rua Dona Laura, 320, 13th floor, Zip Code 90430-090, on the Closing Date.

 

 

 

4.2. Documentos da Operação e Documentação Correlata. Os seguintes documentos compreendem os Documentos da Operação a serem assinados ou apresentados pelas Partes na Data de Fechamento:

 

4.2 Transaction Documents and Related Documentation. The following documents comprise the Transaction Documents to be executed or presented by the Parties on the Closing Date:

 

 

 

(i) Alteração do contrato social da Sociedade deliberando sobre a transferência das Quotas pelos Vendedores para a Compradora, na forma do Anexo 4.2(i)  deste instrumento;

 

(i) Amendment to the articles of association of the Company deciding on the transfer of the Quotas by the Sellers to the Purchaser, in the form of Exhibit 4.2 (i)  hereto;

 

 

 

(ii) Plano de comunicação conjunto;

 

(ii) Joint communication plan;

 

 

 

(iii) Procuração outorgando poderes de administração da Sociedade para os indivíduos a serem indicados por escrito pela Compradora,

 

(iii) Power-of-attorney granting management powers to individuals to be indicated in writing by the Purchaser, in the form of Exhibit 4.2 (iii)

 

26



 

na forma do Anexo 4.2(iii) ;

 

hereto;

 

 

 

(iv) Senhas, certificados digitais ou quaisquer outras informações da Sociedade necessárias para o funcionamento das atividades da Sociedade, para serem entregues na Data de Fechamento à Compradora para uso dela, perante qualquer instituição pública ou privada, incluindo, mas não limitada a, Receita Federal, Prefeitura Municipal e Ministério da Educação - MEC; e

 

(iv) Passwords, digital certificates or any other information of the Company required for the operation of the activities of the Company, to be provided on the Closing Date to the Purchaser for use by the Purchaser, before any public or private institution, including, but not limited to, Brazilian Federal Revenue, Municipality and Ministry of Education - MEC; and

 

 

 

(v) Contrato de Locação, na forma do Anexo 7.1 .

 

(v) Lease agreement, in the form of the Exhibit 7.1.

 

 

 

4.3 Entregas no Fechamento. Na Data de Fechamento, (i) a Compradora deverá entregar as Notas Promissórias aos Vendedores; e (ii) os Vendedores deverão entregar os Documentos de Retificação à Compradora, de acordo com os termos deste instrumento.

 

4.3 Closing Deliveries. On the Closing Date, the (i) Purchaser shall deliver the Promissory Notes to the Sellers; and (ii) the Sellers shall deliver the Rectification Documents to the Purchaser, as set forth in this instrument.

 

 

 

4.4. Registros Após o Fechamento . Levando-se em consideração que a aquisição das Quotas pela Compradora será válida perante terceiros somente mediante o registro da alteração de contrato social descrita na Cláusula 4.2(i) acima perante a JUCERGS, as Partes acordam que referido registro posterior ao Fechamento representa condição precedente ao pagamento das Notas Promissórias.

 

4.4. Post-Closing Registrations. Taking into consideration that the acquisition of the Quotas by the Purchaser shall only be valid before third parties upon the registration of the amendment to the articles of association set forth in Section 4.2(i) above with JUCERGS, the Parties agree that such post-closing registration is a condition precedent for the payment of the Promissory Notes.

 

 

 

Artigo V - DECLARAÇÕES E GARANTIAS DOS VENDEDORES

 

Article V - SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

5. Os Vendedores neste ato declaram e garantem de boa-fé à Compradora, em sua capacidade de pessoas físicas, na Data de Fechamento, exceto se de outro modo previsto neste instrumento ou em qualquer outro Documento da Operação, conforme segue:

 

5. The Sellers hereby represent and warrant in good faith to the Purchaser in their individual capacity, as of the Closing Date, except if otherwise set forth herein or in any other Transaction Document, as follows:

 

27



 

 

 

 

5.1. Constituição. A Sociedade, após a transformação ocorrida nos termos da Cláusula 3.1.1 acima, tem fins lucrativos, é devidamente constituída, validamente existente e está em situação regular segundo as leis do Brasil, com seus atos societários devidamente arquivados na JUCERGS.

 

5.1. Organization. The Company, after the transformation carried out in accordance with Section 3.1.1 above, is a for-profit, duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of Brazil, with its corporate documents duly filed with JUCERGS.

 

 

 

5.1.1 O Anexo 5.1.1 contém todos os ramos de atividade nos quais a Sociedade participa ou conduz atividades atualmente.

 

5.1.1 Exhibit 5.1.1 contains all lines of business in which the Company is currently participating or is currently engaged.

 

 

 

5.1.2. O Anexo 5.1.2(i)  contém o ato de credenciamento vigente da FAPA — Faculdade Porto-Alegrense, mantida pela Sociedade e, exceto conforme descrito no Anexo 5.1.2(ii) , todos os requisitos necessários para a manutenção deste credenciamento estão sendo devidamente cumpridos pela Sociedade e pela FAPA — Faculdade Porto-Alegrense.

 

5.1.2. Exhibit 5.1.2(i)  has the accreditation act in force of FAPA — Faculdade Porto Alegrense, maintained by the Company and, except as described in the Exhibit 5.1.2(ii) , all requirements for the maintenance of such accreditation are being duly observed by the Company and by FAPA — Faculdade Porto-Alegrense.

 

 

 

5.1.3 O Anexo 5.1.3 contém todos os cursos atualmente oferecidos pela Sociedade, os quais (i) estão devidamente autorizados pelo MEC; ou (ii) são cursos lato sensu ou de extensão que não dependem de autorização nem reconhecimento pelo MEC.

 

5.1.3 Exhibit 5.1.3 contains all courses currently offered by the Company, all of which (i) are duly authorized by MEC; or (ii) are lato sensu or extension courses that neither depend on authorization nor recognition by MEC.

 

 

 

5.2 Atos Societários . A Sociedade está devidamente qualificada ou autorizada a exercer atividade e está em situação regular no Brasil, a única jurisdição na qual a propriedade, o uso ou o arrendamento de seus Ativos, ou a condução ou natureza de seus negócios, torna essa qualificação ou admissão necessária.

 

5.2 Corporate Actions. The Company is duly qualified or admitted to do business and is in good standing in Brazil, the only jurisdiction in which the ownership, use or leasing of its Assets, or the conduct or nature of its business, makes such qualification or admission necessary.

 

 

 

5.2.1 A Sociedade (i) possui os poderes e autorização necessários para possuir, arrendar e operar seus bens e conduzir seus negócios conforme atualmente conduzidos; (ii) possui os poderes necessários para possuir e deter os Ativos; e (iii) obteve e manteve ou requisitou a

 

5.2.1 The Company (i) has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted; (ii) has the power to own and hold the Assets; and (iii) has obtained and kept or has requested the novation of Licenses

 

28


 

renovação das Licenças necessárias para a condução dos negócios como atualmente conduzidos, exceto pelo indicado no Anexo 5.2.1 .

 

necessary for the conduct of the business as currently conducted, except as established by Exhibit 5.2.1.

 

 

 

5.3 Validade e Assinatura. Cada Vendedor tem o direito, a capacidade e os poderes legais plenos necessários para celebrar, assinar e garantir a validade do presente Contrato e os Documentos da Operação, e para cumprir integralmente suas obrigações segundo este e aqueles instrumentos.

 

5.3 Validity and Execution. Each Seller has full legal right, capacity and power required to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and to perform fully his/her obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

 

 

5.3.1 O presente Contrato, os demais Documentos da Operação, cessões e outros instrumentos a serem assinados tendo em vista a Operação são obrigações válidas e vinculativas de cada Vendedor, conforme aplicável, exequíveis contra os Vendedores de acordo com seus respectivos termos, e, sujeito aos termos deste Contrato e dos demais Documentos da Operação, efetiva e diretamente concedem à Compradora a titularidade firme, válida e negociável das Quotas, livres e desembaraçadas de todos e quaisquer Gravames.

 

5.3.1 This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, assignments and other instruments to be executed in view of the Transaction are valid and binding obligations of each Seller, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms against the Sellers, and subject to the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and effectively and directly vest in the Purchaser good, valid and marketable title to the Quotas, free and clear of all Liens.

 

 

 

5.4 Aprovações Governamentais e Notificações. Nenhuma notificação, autorização, consentimento, licença ou isenção de qualquer Ente Público no Brasil é ou será necessária com relação a este Contrato, para o cumprimento pelos Vendedores, pela Sociedade, ou por qualquer outra Parte (que não a Compradora) de suas obrigações segundo o presente Contrato ou qualquer outro Documento da Operação, exceto: (i) a comunicação da presente Operação ao Ministério da Educação — MEC; e (ii) o registro dos documentos societários relevantes perante as autoridades competentes.

 

5.4 Governmental Approvals and Notifications. No notification, authorization, consent, license or exemption of with any Government Entity in Brazil is or will be necessary regarding this Agreement, for the performance by the Sellers, the Company or any other party (other than the Purchaser) of their obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, except for (i) the communication of this Transaction to the Ministry of Education - MEC; and (ii) the registration of the relevant corporate documents with the competent authorities.

 

 

 

5.5 Inexistência de Conflito ou Violação.

 

5.5 No Conflict or Violation. The

 

29



 

A assinatura, validação e/ou cumprimento do presente Contrato e dos outros Documentos da Operação dos quais os Vendedores são parte, a conclusão da Operação, o cumprimento dos termos dos referidos instrumentos e o cumprimento de quaisquer de suas disposições não:

 

execution, delivery and/or performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Sellers are party, the consummation of the Transaction, the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof, and the compliance with any of the provisions hereof and thereof do not:

 

 

 

(a) conflitarão com ou resultarão em infração ou violação dos Documentos Constitutivos da Sociedade;

 

(a) conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of the Organizational Documents of the Company;

 

 

 

(b) conflitarão ou resultarão em infração ou violação ou constituirão (com ou sem a notificação devida ou decurso de prazo ou ambos) inadimplemento ou suscitarão qualquer direito de rescisão, cancelamento, concessão, pagamento, exercício, antecipação, suspensão, revogação ou modificação segundo quaisquer dos termos, condições ou disposições de qualquer instrumento ou obrigação da qual os Vendedores ou a Sociedade sejam parte ou pela qual qualquer dos Vendedores ou a Sociedade ou qualquer de seus Ativos possam ser vinculados ou afetados, cujo conflito ou violação, infração ou inadimplemento causaria um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial, ou resultariam na criação ou imposição de qualquer Gravame sobre qualquer dos Ativos, as Quotas ou sobre a Sociedade segundo (i) qualquer Lei à qual os Vendedores ou a Sociedade, as Quotas ou qualquer dos Ativos estejam sujeitos ou (ii) qualquer Decisão à qual qualquer Ativo ou as Quotas esteja sujeito ou a qual qualquer dos Vendedores ou a Sociedade estejam obrigados, exceto conforme estabelecido no Anexo 5.5(b) ; e

 

(b) conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time, or both) a default or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation, vesting, payment, exercise, acceleration, suspension, revocation or modification under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any instrument or obligation to which the Sellers or the Company are party or by which any of the Sellers, the Company or any of its Assets, may be bound or affected, which conflict or violation, breach or default would result in a Material Adverse Effect, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the Assets or Quotas or on the Company pursuant to (i) any Law to which the Sellers, the Company, its Quotas, or any of its Assets are subject, or (ii) any Order to which any Asset or Quota is subject or to which any of the Sellers, or the Company are bound, except as set forth in Exhibit 5.5(b) ; and

 

 

 

(c) violarão qualquer Decisão ou Lei aplicável aos Vendedores, à Sociedade, ou a qualquer dos Ativos ou as Quotas.

 

(c) violate any Order or Law applicable to the Sellers, the Company or any of the Assets or Quotas.

 

30



 

5.6 Capital Social. O Anexo 5.6 estabelece a participação societária dos Vendedores na Sociedade na Data de Fechamento, antes da venda à Compradora. Todas as Quotas ou o capital social emitido ou outra participação societária da Sociedade é de propriedade direta dos Vendedores, livre e desembaraçado de todos os Gravames.

 

5.6 Corporate Capital. Exhibit 5.6 sets forth the equity participation of the Sellers in the Company on the Closing Date prior to the sale to the Purchaser. All of the Quotas or the corporate capital or other equity interest of the Company are directly owned by the Sellers, free and clear of all Liens.

 

 

 

5.7 Opções ou Outros Direitos. Não há subscrições, opções, direitos (de preferência ou outros) pendentes, compromissos de chamada ou outros direitos de adquirir, vender ou emitir ações/quotas do capital social ou outras participações societárias da Sociedade e não há contrato ou entendimento com relação à votação do referido capital social ou outras participações societárias.

 

5.7 Options or Other Rights. There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, rights (preemptive or otherwise), call commitments or other rights to acquire, sell or issue shares/quotas of corporate capital or other equity interests of the Company, and there is no agreement or understanding with respect to the voting of such corporate capital or other equity interests.

 

 

 

5.8 Subsidiárias e Afiliadas . Exceto conforme disposto de outra forma no Anexo 5.8 , a Sociedade não tem quaisquer Subsidiárias e não detém, direta ou indiretamente, qualquer capital social ou qualquer outra participação em qualquer outra Pessoa.

 

5.8 Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Except as otherwise set forth on Exhibit 5.8 , the Company does not have any Subsidiaries and does not own, directly or indirectly, any corporate capital of, or any other interest in, any other Person.

 

 

 

5.9 Administração . A Sociedade é administrada por seus administradores, os quais estão indicados no Anexo 5.9 .

 

5.9 Management. The Company is managed by their officers whose members are set forth on Exhibit 5.9 .

 

 

 

5.10 Livros e registros; Contas bancárias . Na Data de Fechamento, os livros de ata e outros registros semelhantes da Sociedade conterão o registro de todos os atos substanciais praticados em assembleias/reunião de sócios e em reuniões de órgãos administrativos da Sociedade. Contas bancárias . No Anexo 5.10 encontra-se uma lista integral e precisa de todas as contas bancárias da Sociedade, com a denominação e endereço local da instituição financeira onde essas contas são mantidas, os números das contas e os nomes dos signatários

 

5.10 Books and Records; Bank Accounts. On the Closing Date, the minute books and other similar records of the Company will contain a record of all material actions taken at quotaholders’ meetings and at the meetings of the governing bodies of the Company. Bank Accounts. Exhibit 5.10 sets forth a full and accurate listing of all the bank accounts maintained by the Company, indicating the name and local address of the financial institution where such accounts are held, the accounts numbers and the names of the authorized

 

31



 

autorizados dessas contas. As senhas necessárias para a movimentação de tais contas serão informadas na Data do Fechamento.

 

signatories for such accounts. The passwords necessary to manage said bank accounts will be informed on the Closing Date.

 

 

 

5.11 Cumprimento legal; Contribuição para Campanhas Eleitorais. Nenhum dos Vendedores nem a Sociedade (ou qualquer administrador da Sociedade) recebeu qualquer notificação escrita de qualquer Ente Público alegando que a Sociedade violou qualquer Decisão ou Lei, cuja violação não tenha sido sanada ou não esteja sendo analisada na instância adequada, e que causaria um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial para a Sociedade. A Sociedade não realizou nenhuma contribuição ou doação a partidos políticos ou campanhas eleitorais que poderiam, de alguma forma, ser consideradas uma infração às condições e limites disciplinados na Lei 9.504/1997 (Lei das Eleições).

 

5.11 Legal Compliance; Contribution to Election Campaigns. Neither any of the Sellers nor the Company (or any manager of the Company) has received any written notice from any Government Entity alleging that the Company has violated any Order or Law, which violation has not been cured or is not being discussed in the proper instance, and will cause a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The Company has not made any contributions or donations to political parties or election campaigns that would in any manner be considered in breach or violation of the conditions and limits set forth by Law 9,504/1997 (Election Law).

 

 

 

5.12 Demonstrações Financeiras e Dados de Matrícula . Anexas a este instrumento como Anexo 5.12(a) encontram-se cópias do balanço patrimonial da Sociedade referentes ao exercício encerrado em 31 de dezembro de 2013, e os demonstrativos de receita, mutações de patrimônio líquido e fluxos de caixa correspondentes atestados pelo diretor financeiro e contadores como sendo confiáveis, corretos e completos, juntamente com todos os anexos e notas, incluindo demonstrativos consolidados (coletivamente, as “ Demonstrações Financeiras de 2013 ”), bem como balancete não auditado levantado no mês anterior à Data de Fechamento (coletivamente, as “ Demonstrações Financeiras Pré-Fechamento ”). As Demonstrações Financeiras de 2013 e as Demonstrações Financeiras Pré-Fechamento apresentam corretamente, em conformidade com os GAAP do Brasil aplicados de forma consistente e em

 

5.12 Financial Statements and Enrollment Data. Attached hereto as Exhibit 5.12(a) are copies of the balance sheets of the Company regarding the fiscal year ended in December 31, 2013, and the related statements of income, changes in quotaholders’ equity and cash flows, attested by the relevant financial officer(s) and accountants as being faithful, correct and complete, together with all of its attachments and notes, including consolidated demonstratives (collectively, the “ Financial Statements of 2013 ”), as well as the non-audited interim balance sheet regarding the month prior to the Closing Date (collectively, the “ Pre-Closing Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements of 2013 and the Pre-Closing Financial Statements fairly present, in conformity with Brazilian GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance with past practice (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) the financial position of the Company as of the

 

32



 

conformidade com a prática passada (exceto conforme possa estar indicado nas respectivas notas), a situação financeira da Sociedade nas suas respectivas datas, e os resultados operacionais e fluxos de caixa referentes ao período então encerrado. As Partes entendem que essa referência a datas anteriores ao Fechamento, indicada nas Demonstrações Financeiras Pré-Fechamento, não liberarão os Vendedores de qualquer multa que ocorra se essas Demonstrações Financeiras Pré-Fechamento não forem determinadas corretamente e não refletirem com precisão a posição da Sociedade na Data de Fechamento respeitados os princípios e normas contábeis vigentes no Brasil.

 

respective dates thereof, and the results of its operation and cash flows for the periods then ended. The Parties understand that such pre-Closing date reference in the Pre-Closing Financial Statements shall not relieve the Sellers from any applicable penalty or liability if such Pre-Closing Financial Statements are determined no tot fairly and accurately represent the position of the Company as of the Closing Date, observed the principles and accounting standards applicable in Brazil.

 

 

 

5.12.1 Anexo a este instrumento como Anexo 5.12.1 encontra-se um relatório do total de matrículas de alunos da Sociedade até 45 (quarenta e cinco) dias anteriores à Data de Fechamento indicando o nome do aluno, número de matrícula, nome do curso e semestre da matrícula. As matrículas não envolveram qualquer prática fora do curso normal de negócios ou vedada por lei aplicável.

 

5.12.1 Attached hereto as Exhibit 5.12.1 is a report of the total student enrollments of the Company within forty-five (45) days prior to the Closing Date, including student name, enrollment number, name of course and semester enrolled in. Such enrollment did not involve any practice out of the ordinary course of business or prohibited by the applicable laws.

 

 

 

5.13 Operações com Partes Relacionadas . Exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.13 :

 

5.13 Transactions with Related Parties . Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.13 :

 

 

 

5.13.1 Não há obrigações pendentes ou dívidas em aberto relacionadas a valores tomados em empréstimo entre a Sociedade, de um lado, e (i) qualquer dos Vendedores ou qualquer Afiliada de qualquer dos Vendedores; (ii) qualquer diretor, administrador, sócio ou acionista de qualquer Afiliada de qualquer dos Vendedores; ou (iii) qualquer Afiliada ou membro da família das Pessoas relacionadas nos itens (i) ou (ii).

 

5.13.1 There are no outstanding liabilities or indebtedness for money borrowed between the Company, on one side, and (i) any of the Sellers or any Affiliate of any of the Sellers; (ii) any officer, administrator or quotaholder or shareholder of any Affiliate of any of the Sellers; or (iii) any Affiliate or family member of the Persons listed in item (i) or (ii).

 

 

 

5.13.2 Nenhuma das Pessoas relacionadas nos

 

5.13.2 None of the Persons listed in item (i) to

 

33



 

itens (i) a (iii) da Cláusula 5.13.1 fornece ou providencia o fornecimento de quaisquer ativos, serviços ou instalações para a Sociedade.

 

(iii) of Section 5.13.1 provides or causes to be provided any assets, services or facilities to the Company.

 

 

 

5.13.3 Nenhuma das Afiliadas dos Vendedores ou qualquer diretor da Sociedade, ou os respectivos membros de suas famílias, detém beneficiariamente, direta ou indiretamente, Ativos da Sociedade.

 

5.13.3. No Affiliates of the Sellers or any officer of the Company, or their respective family members, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, Assets of the Company.

 

 

 

5.14 Empréstimos e Adiantamentos a outras Pessoas . Exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.14 , a Sociedade não concedeu qualquer empréstimo ou adiantamento (exceto adiantamentos de crédito comerciais, no curso normal do negócio e de forma compatível com as práticas passadas) a qualquer Pessoa, e que esteja em aberto na data deste Contrato e na Data de Fechamento, e a Sociedade não se obrigou nem se comprometeu a realizar qualquer de tais empréstimos ou adiantamentos.

 

5.14 Loans and Advances to other Persons. Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.14 , the Company has not made any loan or advance (other than trade credit advanced in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices) to any Person which is outstanding on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date, and the Company is not obligated or committed to make any such loan or advance.

 

 

 

5.15 Assunções ou Garantias de Dívida de outras Pessoas . Exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.15 , e com exceção de endossos realizados no curso normal do negócio, a Sociedade não assumiu, garantiu, endossou ou se tornou de outra forma responsável, diretamente ou por contingência (inclusive obrigação, por meio de contrato, contingência ou de outra forma, de adquirir, conceder recursos para pagamento, financiar ou de outra forma investir no devedor, ou assegurar o credor contra perdas), por qualquer dívida de qualquer Pessoa exceto as dela mesma.

 

5.15 Assumptions or Guarantees of Debt of other Persons. Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.15 , and except for endorsements made in the ordinary course of business, the Company has not assumed, guaranteed, endorsed or otherwise become directly or contingently liable on (including liability by way of agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise invest in the debtor or otherwise to assure the creditor against loss) any debt of any Person other than itself.

 

 

 

5.16 Contas a Receber . As contas e os títulos a receber da Sociedade, refletidas nas Demonstrações Financeiras de 2013 pertinentes, e todas as contas e títulos a receber com vencimento após a data das Demonstrações Financeiras de 2013 e até a Data de

 

5.16 Accounts Receivable. The accounts and notes receivable of the Company, reflected in the relevant Financial Statements of 2013, and all accounts and notes receivable arising subsequent to the date of the Financial Statements of 2013 and until the Closing Date, (i) arose from bona

 

34



 

Fechamento, (i) decorreram de operações de boa-fé, no curso normal de negócios e (ii) são obrigações exigíveis dos respectivos devedores em conformidade com seus termos.

 

fide transactions in the ordinary course of business and (ii) are legal, valid and binding obligations to be paid by the respective debtors, in accordance with their terms.

 

 

 

5.17 Tributos . Exceto por Tributos sujeitos a (i) parcelamentos previstos no Anexo 5.17.1 ; (ii) demandas administrativas ou judiciais descritas no Anexo 5.17.2 ; (iii) a qualquer litígio de boa fé de que a Sociedade participe; e (iv) pagamentos em aberto, tal como previsto no Anexo 5.17.1 , a Sociedade tem apresentado devidamente (ou têm sido apresentadas em nome da Sociedade) perante os competentes Entes Públicos, todas as Declarações de Tributos exigidas que devam ser apresentadas pela Sociedade e pagou e/ou compensou devida, tempestiva e integralmente todos os Tributos (mesmo que avaliados/ apurados em conjunto) devidos por ela.

 

5.17 Taxes. Except for Taxes subject to (i) the repayments in installments ( parcelamentos ) set forth in Exhibit 5.17.1 ; (ii) the administrative or court claims described in Exhibit 5.17.2 ; (iii) any bona fide dispute entered into by the Company; and (iv) outstanding payment, as indicated in Exhibit 5.17.1 , the Company has duly filed (or there have been filed on its behalf) with the appropriate Government Entities all Tax Returns required to have been filed by the Company, and duly and timely paid and/or offset in full all of the Taxes (even if jointly appraised/assessed) owed by the Company.

 

 

 

5.17.1 Nenhuma auditoria, ações ou processos, ou outros processos administrativos ou judiciais (exceto conforme descrito no Anexo 5.17.1 ) estão atualmente pendentes, com relação a quaisquer Tributos ou Declarações de Tributos da Sociedade.

 

5.17.1 No audits, actions or proceedings, or other administrative or court claims (except as described in Exhibit 5.17.1 ) are presently pending with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of the Company.

 

 

 

5.17.2 Exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.17.2 , nenhum dos Vendedores, nem a Sociedade é parte de qualquer contrato ou acordo de compartilhamento de Tributos, indenização de Tributos ou outros, relativos a Tributos, com qualquer Pessoa.

 

5.17.2 Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.17.2 , none of the Sellers or the Company is a party to any Tax sharing, Tax indemnity or other agreement or arrangement relating to Taxes with any Person.

 

 

 

5.18 Contencioso . Exceto conforme descrito no Anexo 5.18 , não há ação ou processo (perante ou por qualquer Ente Público ou perante qualquer árbitro) em andamento contra a Sociedade. Não há ordens, acordos processuais ou sentenças (emitidas por Ente Público ou em arbitragem) contrárias aos

 

5.18 Litigation. Except as described in Exhibit 5.18 , there is no ongoing action or proceeding (before or by any Government Entity or before any arbitrator) against the Company. There are no Orders, stipulations or awards (whether rendered by a Government Entity or by arbitration) against the Sellers or the Company

 

35


 

Vendedores ou à Sociedade que poderiam prejudicar a capacidade dos Vendedores e/ou da Sociedade de cumprir suas obrigações segundo os Documentos da Operação.

 

that could impair the ability of the Sellers and/or of the Company to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents.

 

 

 

5.18.1. Nenhum dos Vendedores ou a Sociedade estão sujeitos a qualquer tribunal permanente ou ordem administrativa aplicáveis a qualquer um deles ou de qualquer de seus bens ou ao negócio que poderia ter um Efeito Prejudicial Substancial sobre a Sociedade.

 

5.18.1 None of the Sellers or the Company is subject to any continuing court or administrative Order applicable to any of them or any of their assets or to the business that could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company

 

 

 

5.19 Funcionários.

 

5.19 Employment.

 

 

 

5.19.1 No Anexo 5.19.1 encontra-se uma lista dos nomes e cargos de todos os funcionários da Sociedade. Exceto conforme indicado no Anexo 5.19.1 , nem os Vendedores, nem a Sociedade comprometeram-se ou formalizaram contrato de aumento de remuneração ou de alteração das condições ou termos de trabalho de qualquer Pessoa indicada no Anexo 5.19.1 .

 

5.19.1 Exhibit 5.19.1 lists the names and positions of all employees of the Company. Except as indicated in Exhibit 5.19.1 , none of the Sellers or the Company has made a commitment or agreement to increase the compensation or to modify the conditions or terms of employment of any Person listed in Exhibit 5.19.1 .

 

 

 

5.19.2 No Anexo 5.19.2 encontra-se a lista de funcionários temporários da Sociedade.

 

5.19.2 Exhibit 5.19.2 lists all temporary employees of the Company.

 

 

 

5.19.3 Exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.19.3 , a Sociedade não mantém e não manteve quaisquer planos de benefício de funcionários que ofereçam ou que se destinem a fornecer quaisquer benefícios de saúde, pensão, aposentadoria, seguro desemprego ou outros, a funcionários da Sociedade.

 

5.19.3 Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.19.3 , the Company does not maintain and has not maintained any employee benefit plans that provide or are intended to provide any health, pension, retirement, severance or other benefits to employees of the Company.

 

 

 

5.20 Questões Trabalhistas . Exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.20 , nenhuma demanda instaurada por qualquer funcionário está pendente contra qualquer dentre os Vendedores ou a Sociedade.

 

5.20 Labor Matters. Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.20 , no complaint brought by any employee is pending against any of the Sellers or the Company.

 

 

 

5.20.1 Não há greve, lockout , operação padrão, arbitragem relacionada a questões trabalhistas,

 

5.20.1 There is no labor strike, lockout, slow-down, employment related arbitration, or work

 

36



 

ou paralisação de trabalho contra a Sociedade.

 

stoppage against the Company.

 

 

 

5.20.2 Exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.20.2 , não há acordos de dissídio coletivo ou quaisquer outros tipos de acordos com sindicatos, de outro modo vigentes, que rejam os termos substanciais de vínculo empregatício relativamente aos funcionários da Sociedade.

 

5.20.2 Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.20.2 , there are no collective bargaining agreements or any other types of agreements with labor unions otherwise in effect, which govern the material terms of employment with respect to employees of the Company.

 

 

 

5.20.3 Exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.20.3 , todas as Pessoas classificadas pela Sociedade como contratadas independentes satisfazem e têm satisfeito, em todos os aspectos substanciais, as exigências da Lei para serem assim classificadas.

 

5.20.3 Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.20.3 , all Persons classified by the Company as independent contractors do satisfy and have satisfied, in all material respect, the requirements of Law to be so classified.

 

 

 

5.20.4 Exceto conforme estabelecido no Anexo 5.20.4 , não há nenhuma acusação ou procedimento regulamentar contra os Vendedores ou a Sociedade perante qualquer Ente Público que seja responsável pela prevenção de práticas ilegais de emprego.

 

5.20.4 Except as set forth in Annex 5.20.4 , there is no charge or compliance proceeding against the Sellers or the Company before any Government Entity responsible for the prevention of unlawful employment practices.

 

 

 

5.20.5 Exceto conforme estabelecido no Anexo 5.20.5 , não há quaisquer diferenças de salário entre os empregados da Sociedade que possuem as mesmas qualificações e cargos semelhantes.

 

5.20.5 Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.20.5 , there are no salary differences among the employees of the Company who have the same qualification and hold similar positions.

 

 

 

5.20.6 Exceto conforme estabelecido no Anexo 5.20.6 , nenhum benefício adicional é concedido pela Sociedade aos seus empregados.

 

5.20.6 Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.20.6 , no fringe benefits are given by the Company to their employees.

 

 

 

5.20.7 Ressalvados os empregados que gozam de estabilidade de acordo com a Lei brasileira ou acordos coletivos de trabalho, e ressalvado o previsto no Anexo 5.20.7 , o vínculo empregatício dos funcionários da Sociedade poderá ser rescindido pela Sociedade a qualquer momento por meio de aviso prévio de 30 (trinta) dias e pagamento de todas as verbas rescisórias de acordo com as Leis do Brasil.

 

5.20.7 Except for those employees who have a legal tenure in accordance with Brazilian Law or collective bargaining agreements, and except as set forth in Exhibit 5.20.7 , the employment of the Company’s employees may be legally terminated by the Company at any time upon the granting of a thirty (30)-day prior notice ( aviso prévio ) and payment of all relevant severance fees in accordance with Brazilian Law.

 

37



 

5.20.8 A Sociedade não tem qualquer acordo em participação dos lucros com os funcionários ou tratativas semelhantes com os empregadores ou prestadores de serviços, exceto conforme estabelecido no Anexo 5.20.8 .

 

5.20.8 The Company does not have any employee profit sharing agreements or similar arrangements currently in place with its employees or service renderers, except for those indicated in Exhibit 5.20.8 .

 

 

 

5.21 Questões Ambientais.

 

5.21 Environmental Matters.

 

 

 

5.21.1 Cumprimento. Nem os Vendedores nem a Sociedade receberam qualquer comunicação por escrito de qualquer Ente Público na qual se alegue que a Sociedade não está cumprindo as Leis Ambientais ou Licenças Ambientais aplicáveis, descumprimento esse que ainda não tenha sido sanado ou não esteja em discussão na instância competente.

 

5.21.1 Compliance. None of the Sellers or the Company has received any written communication from any Government Entity that alleges that the Company is not in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits and that has not yet been cured or is not being discussed in the proper instance.

 

 

 

5.21.2 Licenças Ambientais. O Anexo 5.21.2 contém uma lista de todas as Licenças Ambientais necessárias para a Sociedade conduzir seus negócios como atualmente conduzidos, estando tais Licenças Ambientais em situação regular ou, quando aplicável, com pedido de prorrogação devidamente apresentado e aguardando aprovação. A Sociedade está em conformidade, em todos os termos e condições substanciais, com todas as Leis Ambientais e/ou Licenças Ambientais, não sendo obrigada a incorrer com qualquer despesa relevante para obter ou prorrogar quaisquer das Licenças Ambientais, exceto como previsto pela 5.21.2 (a).

 

5.21.2 Environmental Permits. Exhibit 5.21.2 contains a list of all Environmental Permits required for the Company to conduct its business as currently conducted, with all such Environmental Permits in reasonable regular status or, when applicable, with request for extension been duly presented and waiting for approval. The Company is compliant in all substantial terms and conditions with all Environmental Laws and/or Environmental Permits, not being obliged to incur any substantial expenditure for the obtainment or extension of any Environmental Permits, except as set forth in 5.21.2(a).

 

 

 

5.21.3 Reivindicações Ambientais. Não há reivindicações ambientais substanciais pendentes contra a Sociedade ou contra qualquer imóvel, Ativos ou operação que a Sociedade detenha, alugue ou administre, total ou parcialmente. Além disto, nem os Vendedores nem a Sociedade foram notificados de que qualquer deles é responsável por

 

5.21.3 Environmental Claims. There are no material environmental claims pending against the Company against any real estate property or Assets or operation that the Company owns, leases or manages, in whole or in part. In addition, none of Sellers or the Company has received notice that any of them is liable for any removal or remedial costs under any applicable

 

38



 

quaisquer custos de remoção ou de saneamento segundo qualquer Lei aplicável.

 

Law.

 

 

 

5.21.4 Descarte de Materiais Perigosos. Todos os Materiais Perigosos que a Sociedade possa ter gerado foram devidamente transportados, armazenados, tratados ou descartados por transportadoras ou transportadoras apropriadas para tratamento, armazenagem ou descarte autorizados ou permitidos por todas as Leis Ambientais e Licenças Ambientais aplicáveis.

 

5.21.4 Release of Hazardous Materials. All Hazardous Materials that the Company may have generated have been duly transported, stored, treated or disposed by carriers or appropriate treatment, storage, or disposal carriers authorized or permitted by all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits.

 

 

 

5.22 Seguros . O Anexo 5.22 contém uma descrição de todas as apólices de seguro mantidas pela Sociedade sobre seus Ativos, suas operações e pessoal. Todas as apólices de seguro da Sociedade são apólices válidas e exequíveis e seus prêmios foram integral e tempestivamente pagos. Nem os Vendedores, nem a Sociedade foram notificados de qualquer cancelamento ou rescisão referente a qualquer apólice de seguro da Sociedade, nem têm conhecimento de qualquer evento causado por negligência da Sociedade que poderia dar origem a tal cancelamento ou rescisão.

 

5.22 Insurance. Exhibit 5.22 contains a description of all insurance policies maintained by the Company on its Assets and on its operation and personnel. All insurance policies of the Company are valid and enforceable policies and their premiums have been timely paid in full. None of the Sellers or the Company has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any insurance policy of the Company, nor is aware of any event caused by negligence of the Company that could give rise to such cancellation or termination.

 

 

 

5.23 Contratos . No Anexo 5.23 estão listados os principais contratos escritos em vigor nos quais a Sociedade é parte, ou pelos quais ou aos quais a Sociedade, ou seus Ativos ou negócios se obrigam ou a que estão sujeitos (coletivamente, os “ Contratos Substanciais ”):

 

5.23 Contracts . Exhibit 5.23 sets forth the most relevant written contracts and other written agreements currently in force to which the Company is a party, or by or to which the Company, or its Assets or business are bound or subject (collectively, the “ Material Contracts ”):

 

 

 

(a) contratos e outros acordos com qualquer sócio ou qualquer atual ou antigo diretor, conselheiro, funcionário, consultor, agente ou outros representantes da Sociedade, de um lado, e/ou com qualquer de suas Afiliadas, de outro;

 

(a) contracts and other agreements with any quotaholder or any current or former officer, director, employee, consultant, agent, other representatives of the Company, on the one side, and/or with any Affiliate of them on the other side;

 

39



 

(b) contratos e outros acordos com qualquer sindicato ou associação que represente qualquer funcionário;

 

(b) contracts and other agreements, with any labor union or association representing any employee;

 

 

 

(c) contratos e outros acordos de venda de qualquer de seus Ativos ou bens, ou de concessão, a qualquer Pessoa, de quaisquer direitos de preferência de compra de qualquer de seus Ativos ou bens, em cada caso cujo valor exceda a R$50.000,00 (cinquenta mil Reais);

 

(c) contracts and other agreements for the sale of any of its Assets or properties or for the grant to any Person of any preferential rights to purchase any of its Assets or properties, in each case in an amount exceeding fifty thousand Reais (R$50,000.00);

 

 

 

(d) contratos de joint venture e de parceria;

 

(d) joint venture and partnership agreements;

 

 

 

(e) contratos substanciais segundo os quais a Sociedade obriga-se a indenizar qualquer Pessoa em valor superior a R$50.000,00 (cinquenta mil Reais);

 

(e) material contracts under which the Company agrees to indemnify any Person in an amount exceeding fifty thousand Reais (R$50.000,00);

 

 

 

(f) quaisquer contratos ou acordos de aquisição de quantidade mínima independentemente do uso efetivo ou de exigências, ou quaisquer outros contratos ou acordos que exijam que a Sociedade pague um valor superior a R$50.000,00 (cinquenta mil Reais), independentemente de se produtos ou serviços forem recebidos;

 

(f) any take or pay or requirements contracts or agreements or any other contracts or agreements requiring the Company to pay an amount exceeding fifty thousand Reais (R$50.000,00), regardless of whether products or services are received;

 

 

 

(g) contratos e outros acordos não passíveis de cancelamento sem multa pela Sociedade, mediante notificação com 60 (sessenta) ou menos dias de antecedência, que estipulem um preço de compra total, ou pagamentos para ou da Sociedade, em qualquer exercício, de mais de R$50.000,00 (cinquenta mil Reais) em qualquer caso específico (ou no total, no caso de qualquer série de contratos e outros acordos relacionados);

 

(g) contracts and other agreements not cancelable without penalty by the Company on sixty (60) or fewer days’ notice calling for an aggregate purchase price or payments to or from the Company in any one year of more than fifty thousand Reais (R$50.000,00) in any one case (or in the aggregate, in the case of any related series of contracts and other agreements);

 

 

 

(h) contratos e outros acordos com clientes, consumidores ou qualquer outra Pessoa relacionados ao compartilhamento de taxas,

 

(h) contracts and other agreements with clients, customers or any other Person for the sharing of fees, the rebating of charges or purchase price or

 

40



 

descontos de encargos ou de preço de compra, ou outros acordos semelhantes;

 

other similar arrangements;

 

 

 

(i) contratos e outros acordos que contenham avenças da Sociedade ou de qualquer diretor ou funcionário e que abranjam o direito de concorrer ou de não concorrer em quaisquer negócios ou que restrinjam, de maneira semelhante, sua capacidade de realizar negócios com qualquer Pessoa ou em qualquer área geográfica, ou avenças de qualquer outra Pessoa de não concorrer com a Sociedade em quaisquer negócios ou que restrinja sua capacidade de conduzir negócios em qualquer área geográfica;

 

(i) contracts and other agreements containing covenants of the Company or any officer or employee pertaining to the right to compete or not compete in any business or similarly restricting their ability to conduct business with any Person or in any geographical area or covenants of any other Person not to compete with the Company in any business or restricting their ability to conduct business in any geographical area;

 

 

 

(j) contratos e outros acordos relativos à aquisição, pela Sociedade, de qualquer empresa em funcionamento ou do capital acionário de qualquer outra Pessoa;

 

(j) contracts and other agreements relating to the acquisition by the Company of any operating business or the corporate capital of any other Person;

 

 

 

(k) contratos e outros acordos não passíveis de cancelamento sem multa pela Sociedade mediante notificação com 60 (sessenta) ou menos dias de antecedência, que exijam o pagamento de mais de R$50.000,00 (cinquenta mil Reais) ao ano, por ou para a Sociedade, referente a um royalty , comissão ou comissão sobre vendas ou taxa semelhantes;

 

(k) contracts and other agreements not cancelable without penalty by the Company on sixty (60) or fewer days’ notice requiring the payment by or to the Company of a royalty, override or similar commission or fee of more than fifty thousand Reais (R$50.000,00) per annum;

 

 

 

(l) contratos e outros acordos relativos a processamento de dados ou prestação de outros serviços não passíveis de cancelamento sem multa mediante notificação com 60 (sessenta) ou menos dias de antecedência; e

 

(l) contracts and other agreements relating to data processing or the provision of other services which are not cancelable without penalty in sixty (60) or fewer days’ notice; and

 

 

 

(m) qualquer outro contrato e outro acordo formalizado fora do curso normal de negócios, relacionado à Sociedade e que envolva um valor superior a R$50.000,00 (cinquenta mil Reais).

 

(m) any other contract and other agreement made outside the ordinary course of business relating to the Company and involving an amount in excess of fifty thousand Reais (R$50.000,00).

 

 

 

5.23.1 Cada Contrato Substancial relacionado

 

5.23.1 Each Material Contract listed in

 

41



 

no Anexo 5.23 constitui uma obrigação válida e vinculativa da Sociedade, e cada um desses Contratos Substanciais é exequível em conformidade com seus termos. Nem a Sociedade, nem qualquer outra Parte em qualquer de tais Contratos Substanciais (com ou sem decurso de prazo, ou envio de notificação, ou ambos), está em violação substancial de seus termos ou em inadimplemento substancial deles.

 

Exhibit 5.23 is a valid and binding obligation of the Company and each such Material Contract is enforceable in accordance with its terms. Neither the Company nor any other party to any of such Material Contracts (with or without the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both) is in material violation thereof or in material default thereunder.

 

 

 

5.23.2. A Sociedade não é parte de contratos que estabeleçam restrições em caso de mudança no controle da Sociedade.

 

5.23.2. The Company is not a party in agreements that set forth restrictions in case of change of control of the Company.

 

 

 

5.24 Ativos . A Sociedade detém a titularidade plena, válida e negociável sobre seus respectivos Ativos (conforme definido no Anexo 1.1), livre e isenta de qualquer Gravame (exceto conforme disposto no Anexo 5.24 ), incluindo o seguinte:

 

5.24 Assets. The Company owns outright and has good and marketable title to its relevant Assets (as defined in Exhibit 1.1), free and clear of any Lien (except as set forth in Exhibit 5.24 ), including the following:

 

 

 

(a) direitos e obrigações concernentes à Sociedade;

 

(a) rights and obligations concerning the Company;

 

 

 

(b) contas a receber e a pagar da Sociedade, exceto os valores indicados no Anexo 5.24(b) , os quais são valores devidos pela Sociedade em decorrência da prestação de serviços efetuada por pessoas físicas e jurídicas lá indicadas, as quais não retiraram tais valores junto à Sociedade até esta data e a Data de Fechamento;

 

(b) receivables and payables in respect of the Company, except for the amounts indicated in Exhibit 5.24(b) , which are amounts owed by the Company in connection with services rendered by the individuals and companies therein that have not retrieved such amounts from the Company up until this date and the Closing Date;

 

 

 

(c) mobiliário, telefonia, maquinário e equipamentos da Sociedade;

 

(c) furniture, telephones, machinery and equipment of the Company;

 

 

 

(d) marcas, expressões e sinais de propaganda, denominações comerciais, logotipos, domínios de internet e outros direitos de propriedade intelectual e industrial da Sociedade;

 

(d) trademarks, expressions and advertising signs, trade names, logos, internet domains and other rights of intellectual and industrial property regarding the Company;

 

 

 

(e) computadores, software e websites da

 

(e) computers, software and websites in respect

 

42


 

Sociedade, conforme listados no Anexo 5.24 (e) ;

 

of the Company, as set forth in Exhibit 5.24 (e) ;

 

 

 

(f) contratos relativos ou necessários para a operação da Sociedade e suas instalações; e

 

(f) agreements relating to or necessary for the operation of the Company and its facilities; and

 

 

 

(g) cursos e autorizações emitidos pelo MEC, conforme disposto no Anexo 5.24(g) .

 

(g) courses and authorizations issued by the MEC , as set forth in Exhibit 5.24(g) .

 

 

 

5.25 Propriedade Intelectual . Exceto conforme estabelecido no Anexo 5.25 , a Sociedade detém a propriedade ou é detentora, e praticou todos os atos necessários para registrar, preservar e proteger licenças de longo prazo ou outros direitos de uso, adequadas e exequíveis, de Propriedade Intelectual que é utilizada na condução ou operação dos negócios, conforme relacionado no Anexo 5.25 .

 

5.25 Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.25 , the Company owns or possesses, and has taken all actions necessary to record, preserve and protect adequate and enforceable long-term licenses or other rights to use, the Intellectual Property that is used in the conduct or operation of the business, as listed in Exhibit 5.25 .

 

 

 

5.25.1 Nem os Vendedores nem a Sociedade (i) infringe qualquer Propriedade Intelectual de qualquer outra Pessoa; ou (ii) recebeu notificação de que estava infringindo qualquer Propriedade Intelectual de qualquer outra Pessoa. Nenhuma reivindicação, ação ou processo nesse sentido está pendente ou foi instaurado para esse fim que não tenha sido solucionado ou que não esteja sendo discutido na instância adequada.

 

5.25.1 None of the Sellers or the Company (i) infringes any Intellectual Property of any other Person; or (ii) has received notice that it is infringing any Intellectual Property of any other Person. No claim, action or proceeding in this sense is pending or ongoing for that matter that has not been solved or that is not being challenged in the appropriate court.

 

 

 

5.26 Programas de Computador e Software . No Anexo 5.26 encontra-se uma lista dos programas e softwares de computador utilizados pela Sociedade (o “ Software ”) que (i) são licenciados pela Sociedade segundo contratos de licenciamento válidos (ou estão em processo de serem licenciados), na medida em que as licenças sejam necessárias, (ii) conforme possa ser o caso, constituem trabalhos por encomenda originais, compilados ou preparados por funcionários da Sociedade dentro do âmbito de seu trabalho, cujo direito, titularidade e

 

5.26 Computer Programs and Software. Exhibit 5.26 lists the computer programs and software used by the Company (the “ Software ”) which (i) are licensed by the Company under valid license agreements (or are in the process of being licensed), to the extent licenses are necessary, (ii) as the case may be, constitute original works for hire compiled or prepared by employees of the Company within the scope of their employment, the right, title and interest (including copyright to such Software) being vested in the Company, as the case may be; or

 

43



 

participação (inclusive o direito autoral sobre esse Software ) são de propriedade da Sociedade, conforme possa ser o caso; ou (iii) conforme possa ser o caso, são trabalhos preparados ou executados por consultores para a Sociedade, sobre os quais todo direito, titularidade e participação em e para esse Software foram transferidos para a Sociedade, conforme o caso.

 

(iii) as the case may be, are works prepared or performed by consultants to the Company, all right, title and interest in and to such Software having been transferred to the Company, as the case may be.

 

 

 

5.27. Procurações . Com exceção das procurações ad judicia atualmente em vigor, a Sociedade não tem quaisquer procurações em vigor, exceto aquelas indicados no Anexo 5.27 .

 

5.27. Powers of Attorney. Except for the powers of attorney ad judicia currently in force, the Company does not have any powers of attorney currently in force other than the ones described in Exhibit 5.27 .

 

 

 

5.28. Imóveis . Exceto conforme estabelecido no Anexo 5.28 , os Vendedores declaram e garantem que:

 

5.28. Real Estate Properties. Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.28 , the Sellers represent and warrant that:

 

 

 

(a) os Imóveis (conforme definido abaixo) estão livres e desembaraçados de quaisquer ônus, dívidas, servidão em favor de terceiros ou gravames de qualquer natureza, com exceção da existência de um pacto comissório registrado na matrícula n° 37.823 do Registro de Imóveis da 6ª Zona da Comarca de Porto Alegre/RS, sendo que os Vendedores Locadores assumem a obrigação de cancelar o referido pacto após o Fechamento, nos termos da Cláusula 7.2.2 abaixo;

 

(a) the Real Estate Properties (as defined below) are free and clear of any liens, debts, right-of-ways for the benefit of third parties or encumbrances of any nature, except for the existence of a pacto comissório registered with the real estate registration (matrícula) No. 37.823 of the Real Estate Registry of the 4th Zone of Porto Alegre/RS, and the Lessors Sellers undertake to cancel such registration after the Closing, pursuant to Section 7.2.2 below;

 

 

 

(b) os Imóveis possuem todas as licenças e autorizações concedidas pelo poder público que são necessárias para a atividade da Sociedade;

 

(b) the Real Estate Properties hold all licenses and permits granted by the Public Authorities which are necessary for the activities of Lessee;

 

 

 

(c) os Imóveis se encontram em perfeitas condições de uso, funcionamento, higiene, limpeza e segurança, bem como em perfeito estado de conservação, e são perfeitamente adequados para a atividade da Sociedade;

 

(c) the Real Estate Properties are currently in perfect use, operation, hygiene, cleaning and safety conditions, as well as in perfect preservation condition, and are perfectly suitable for Lessee’s activities;

 

44



 

(d) os Imóveis não são objeto de ações reais e pessoais reipersecutórias e não há ônus reais incidindo sobre eles;

 

(d) the Real Estate Properties are not subject to any real and personal reipersecutórias lawsuits and there are no encumbrances levied on them;

 

 

 

(e) não há qualquer projeto de desapropriação ou declaração de utilidade pública para fins de desapropriação ou ocupação temporária objetivando, total ou parcialmente, os Imóveis; e

 

(e) is unaware of any project of expropriation or declaration of public utility for purposes of expropriation or temporary occupation of the Real Estate Properties, totally or partially;

 

 

 

(f) todas as construções existentes nos Imóveis encontram-se devidamente regularizadas perante a Prefeitura local, o Corpo de Bombeiros e os cartórios de Registro de Imóveis competentes, com exceção do Certificado do Corpo de Bombeiros (PPCI), cuja renovação deverá ser providenciada pelos Vendedores após o Fechamento, nos termos da Cláusula 7.2(i) abaixo.

 

(f) all existing buildings on the Real Estate Properties are duly legalized before the local Municipality, the Fire Brigade and the competent Real Estate Registry Offices, with exception of the Fire Brigade Certificate (PPCI), which shall be obtained by the Sellers after the Closing, pursuant to Section 7.2(i) below.

 

 

 

5.29. Submissão da Operação ao CADE. Conforme as informações e os documentos integrantes do Anexo 5.29 , os Vendedores declaram e garantem que o faturamento bruto anual ou o volume de negócios registrados pelo grupo econômico ao qual a Sociedade pertence nesta data não atingiu o valor total de R$75.000.000,00 (setenta e cinco milhões de Reais) no exercício encerrado em 31 de dezembro de 2013. Com base nas referidas informações e documentos e nas declarações e garantias fornecidas pelos Vendedores, a Compradora entende que, nos termos da legislação vigente, a presente Operação não precisará ser submetida ao CADE para aprovação prévia. Qualquer reinvindicação do CADE ou qualquer outro Ente Público, ou penalidade imposta em razão da não submissão da Operação ao CADE em virtude de má interpretação da lei, mas desde que baseada em informações precisas e corretas fornecidas pelos Vendedores, será de responsabilidade da

 

5.29. Submission of the Transaction to CADE. According to the information and documents of Exhibit 5.29 , the Sellers represent and warrant that the annual gross profit of the Company or the business volume registered by the economic group of which the Company belongs on the date hereof has not reached the amount of seventy-five million Reais (R$75,000,000.00) on the fiscal year terminated on December 31, 2013. Based on referred information and documents and on the representations and warranties granted by the Sellers, the Purchaser understands that, under the legislation in force, it is not necessary to submit this Transaction to CADE’s prior approval. Any claim from CADE or any other Government Entity, or penalty imposed due to the non-submission of the transaction to CADE by virtue of misinterpretation of the law, but provided that based on accurate and correct information provided by the Sellers shall be borne by the Purchaser. Any claim from CADE or any other

 

45



 

Compradora. Qualquer reinvindicação do CADE ou qualquer outro Ente Público, ou penalidade imposta em razão da não submissão da Operação ao CADE em virtude de informações incorretas ou imprecisas fornecidas pelos Vendedores para a análise da exigibilidade de apresentação da Operação ao CADE, deverá ser de exclusiva responsabilidade dos Vendedores e estará sujeita aos termos do Artigo IX deste Contrato.

 

Government Entity, or penalty imposed due to the non-submission of the transaction to CADE by virtue of inaccurate and incorrect information provided by the Sellers to the analysis of the requirement of the submission of the Transaction to CADE, shall be exclusively borne by the Sellers and shall be subject to the terms of Article IX of this Agreement.

Artigo VI — DECLARAÇÕES E
GARANTIAS DA COMPRADORA

 

Article VI — PURCHASER’S
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

A Compradora, neste ato, declara e garante para os Vendedores, na data deste instrumento, o quanto segue:

 

The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

 

 

6.1 Constituição . A Compradora é uma sociedade devidamente constituída, validamente existente e em situação regular segundo as Leis do Brasil.

 

6.1 Organization. The Purchaser is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Brazil.

 

 

 

6.2 Atos Societários . A Compradora detém pleno direito, bem como toda competência e autorização necessária na qualidade de pessoa jurídica, praticou todos os atos, e recebeu todas as aprovações exigidas para celebrar, assinar e formalizar este Contrato e os Documentos da Operação, bem como para cumprir integralmente suas obrigações segundo este e aqueles instrumentos.

 

6.2 Corporate Actions. The Purchaser has the full right, as well as all necessary capacity and power as a legal entity, and has taken all actions and approvals required to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, as well as to fully perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

 

 

6.2.1 A Operação foi devidamente aprovada pelos sócios da Compradora, conforme aplicável, e não há outro ato ou autorização societária exigida para a celebração e cumprimento da Operação e das obrigações segundo este instrumento. A Compradora detém todos os poderes exigidos para deter a propriedade e posse de ativos, bem como para conduzir suas atividades conforme estas são

 

6.2.1 The Transaction has been duly approved by the quotaholders of the Purchaser, as applicable, and there is no other corporate action or authorization required to enter into and to perform the Transaction and the obligations hereunder. The Purchaser has all requisite power to own and hold assets, as well as to carry out its activities as they are currently carried out.

 

46



 

conduzidas atualmente.

 

 

 

 

 

6.2.2 O(s) representante(s) legal(ais) da Compradora que assina(m) este Contrato detém(êm) todas as autorizações exigidas para esse fim e, consequentemente, este Contrato, os outros Documentos da Operação, e cada um dos outros contratos e instrumentos assinados pela Compradora com relação a este Contrato, e aos demais Documentos da Operação, são obrigações válidas e vinculativas da Compradora, exequíveis contra ela em conformidade com seus termos.

 

6.2.2. The legal representative(s) of the Purchaser executing this Agreement has (have) all required powers for that purpose and, therefore, this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and each one of the other agreements and instruments executed by the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, are valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms.

 

 

 

6.3 Aprovações e Notificações Governamentais . Nenhuma notificação, autorização, consentimento, aprovação, licença, isenção, ou protocolo ou registro perante qualquer vara, tribunal ou órgão, agência, comissão, divisão, departamento, órgão público ou outra autoridade governamental, administrativa ou reguladora, no Brasil ou em outro país, é ou será necessária para a assinatura deste Contrato, os outros Documentos da Operação e para o cumprimento, pela Compradora ou por qualquer outra Parte (exceto os Vendedores ou a Sociedade) de suas obrigações segundo este Contrato ou qualquer outro Documento da Operação, exceto: (i) a comunicação da presente Operação ao MEC; e (ii) o registro de documentos societários relevantes perante as autoridades competentes.

 

6.3 Governmental Approvals and Notifications. No notification, authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of, or filing or registration with, any court, tribunal or administrative, governmental or regulatory body, agency, commission, division, department, public body or other governmental authority in Brazil or in another country is or will be necessary for the signature of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, and for the performance by the Purchaser or any other party (other than the Sellers or the Company) of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, except for (i) the communication of this Transaction to MEC; and (ii) the registration of the relevant corporate documents with the competent authorities.

 

 

 

6.4 Inexistência de Conflito ou Violação . A assinatura, formalização e cumprimento deste Contrato e dos outros Documentos da Operação dos quais a Compradora é parte, a conclusão da Operação, o atendimento aos termos destes e daqueles instrumentos, e o cumprimento de qualquer das disposições não:

 

6.4 No Conflict or Violation. The execution, formalization and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Purchaser is a party, the consummation of the Transaction, the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof, and the compliance with any of the provisions do not:

 

 

 

(a) conflitam ou conflitarão, nem resultam ou

 

(a) conflict with or will conflict with or result or

 

47



 

resultarão em quebra ou violação dos Documentos Constitutivos da Compradora;

 

will result in a breach or violation of the Purchaser Organizational Documents;

 

 

 

(b) conflitam ou conflitarão, nem resultam ou resultarão em quebra ou violação, nem criam ou criarão (com ou sem a devida notificação, ou decurso de prazo, ou ambos) inadimplemento ou darão origem a qualquer direito de rescisão, cancelamento, investidura de direitos, pagamento, exercício, antecipação, suspensão, revogação ou modificação segundo qualquer dos termos, condições ou disposições de qualquer instrumento ou obrigação da qual a Compradora é Parte ou segundo os quais a Compradora ou qualquer de seus bens ou ativos possa ser vinculada ou afetada; e

 

(b) conflict with or will conflict, nor result or will result in breach or violation, nor create or will create (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation, vesting of rights, payment, exercise, acceleration, suspension, revocation or modification under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any instrument or obligation of which the Purchaser is a party or under which the Purchaser or any of its goods or assets may be linked or affected; and

 

 

 

(c) conflitam ou conflitarão, nem violam ou violarão qualquer Decisão ou Lei aplicável à Compradora ou a qualquer de seus bens ou ativos.

 

(c) conflict with or will conflict with or violate or will violate any Order or Law applicable to the Purchaser or any of its properties or assets.

 

 

 

6.5 Ações judiciais . Não há reivindicação, ação ou processo (perante ou por qualquer vara, tribunal ou órgão, agência, comissão, divisão, departamento, órgão público ou outra autoridade governamental, administrativa ou reguladora) em andamento iminente contra ou que afete a Compradora, cujo resultado, de qualquer maneira, poderia prejudicar a capacidade da Compradora cumprir suas obrigações segundo este instrumento e os outros Documentos da Operação.

 

6.5 Litigation . There is no claim or action or proceeding (before or by any court, tribunal or administrative, governmental or regulatory body, agency, commission, division, department, public body or other governmental authority) pending or threatened against or affecting the Purchaser, the outcome of which would in any manner impair the ability of the Purchaser to perform its obligations hereunder and the other Transaction Documents.

 

 

 

6.6 A Compradora é uma empresa brasileira da Rede Laureate Education Universities, uma rede global de instituições acadêmicas privadas, a qual reúne instituições de educação, dentre universidades, faculdades, centros universitários, institutos, academias e escolas, localizadas em países na América do Norte, América Latina, Europa e Ásia. A Rede

 

6.6. The Purchaser is a Brazilian company of the network Laureate Education Universities, a global network of private academic institutions, which combine educational institutions, including universities, university centers, colleges, institutes, academies and schools, located in countries in North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia. The network

 

48



 

Laureate Education Universities procura sempre investir em suas instituições de educação a fim de proporcionar a seus alunos um alto padrão de qualidade de ensino e contribuir para a cultura local. Não obstante, as Partes reconhecem que nada neste Contrato deverá (i) limitar a Compradora de conduzir as atividades da Sociedade, após a Data de Fechamento, de acordo com o seu exclusivo critério; ou (ii) conceder qualquer direito aos Vendedores de interferir na condução das atividades da Sociedade ou pleitear indenização da Compradora em virtude da referida condução de atividades.

 

Laureate Education Universities endeavors to invest in their educational institutions to provide a high standard of quality education to their students and contribute to the local culture. Notwithstanding, the Parties acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement shall (i) limit the Purchaser to conduct the activities of the Company after the Closing Date, in accordance with its sole discretion; or (ii) grant any right to the Sellers to interfere in the conduct of the Company’s activities or claim indemnification from the Purchaser due to the conduct of such activities.

VII — IMÓVEIS

 

VII — REAL ESTATE PROPERTIES

 

 

 

7.1 Contrato de Locação. Como parte da Operação, a Sociedade e a Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa deverão celebrar, na Data de Fechamento, um contrato de locação tendo por objeto os imóveis registrados no 4º e no 6º Cartórios de Registro de Imóveis da Comarca de Porto Alegre sob nº de matrícula 37.823 e 22.015, respectivamente (os “ Imóveis ”), na forma do Anexo 7.1 . (o “ Contrato de Locação ”).

 

7.1. Lease Agreement. As part of the Transaction, the Company and Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa shall enter into, on the Closing Date, a lease agreement regarding real estate properties registered with the 4 th  and 6 th  Real Estate Registries of the City of Porto Alegre under registration numbers 37.823 and 22.015, respectively (the “ Real Estate Properties ”), in the form of Exhibit 7.1. (the “ Lease Agreement ”).

 

 

 

7.1.1 O Contrato de Locação terá as seguintes características:

 

7.1.1 The Lease Agreement shall have the following characteristics:

 

 

 

(i) O prazo de vigência inicial do Contrato de Locação dos Imóveis será de 10 (dez) anos, a contar da Data de Fechamento, e poderá ser automaticamente renovado por 2 (dois) períodos adicionais de 10 (dez) anos cada, a menos que a Sociedade notifique a Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa com 2 (dois) anos de antecedência do término de cada período de 10 (dez) anos sobre a sua intenção de desocupar os Imóveis.

 

(i) The initial term of the Lease Agreement of the Real Estate Properties shall be of ten (10) as of the Closing Date, and can be automatically renewed for two (2) periods of ten (10) years each, unless the Company notifies Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa with two (2) years prior to the completion of each period of ten (10) years about its intention to vacate the Real Estate Properties.

 

49


 

(ii) O valor inicial de aluguel dos Imóveis objeto do Contrato de Locação será de R$350.000,00 (trezentos e cinquenta mil Reais), reajustado segundo a variação do Índice IGP-M/FGV, com base no último índice publicado antes da Data de Fechamento, a partir de 1º de janeiro de 2014 até a Data do Fechamento (“ Aluguel ”) e deverá ser anualmente reajustado, a contar da Data de Fechamento, segundo a variação do Índice IGP-M/FGV.

 

(ii) The initial amount of the rent of the Real Estate Properties object of the Lease Agreement shall be of three hundred and fifty thousand Reais (R$350,000.00), adjusted in accordance with the variation of the IGP-M/FGV Index, based on the last index published before the Closing Date, as of January 1, 2014 until the Closing Date (“ Rent ”), and shall be annually adjusted, as of the Closing Date, in accordance with the variation of the IGPM-FGV Index.

 

 

 

(iii) As Partes renunciam, neste ato, ao direito de ajuizar, durante a vigência do Contrato de Locação, ação revisional de aluguel nos termos da lei do inquilinato vigente. Não obstante, no 11º (décimo primeiro) aniversário e no 21º (vigésimo primeiro) aniversário da data de assinatura do Contrato de Locação, se houver, as Partes deverão contratar uma das seguintes empresas de avaliação independente NAI Dworking Consultoria Imobiliária, Colliers International, Jones Lang LaSalle e Richard Ellis (“ Empresa de Avaliação ”), a fim de realizar uma avaliação do valor de mercado dos Imóveis, cujo resultado deverá vincular as Partes para fim de determinação do novo valor de aluguel dos Imóveis, o qual será vigente no mês imediatamente posterior à data de entrega do relatório de avaliação. Todos os custos da referida avaliação deverão ser arcados igualmente pelas partes do Contrato de Locação.

 

(iii) The Parties waive, hereby, the right to file, during the term of the Lease Agreement, a lawsuit for the review of the rent in accordance with the lease law in force. Notwithstanding, on the eleventh (11 th ) and on the twenty-first (21 st ) anniversary of the signing date of the Lease Agreement, if the case may be, the Parties shall contract one of the following independent valuation companies NAI Dworking Consultoria Imobiliária, Colliers International, Jones Lang LaSalle and Richard Ellis (“ Appraisal Company ”) in order to appraise the market value of the Real Estate Properties, which result shall be binding upon the Parties, in order to determine the new rent amount of the Real Estate Properties, which shall be effective in the month immediately after the delivery date of the appraisal report. All costs of such appraisal shall be borne equally by the parties of the Lease Agreement.

 

 

 

7.1.2 Compensação contra o Aluguel . Não obstante a solidariedade dos Vendedores nos termos deste Contrato com relação a qualquer valor devido por estes à Sociedade ou à Compradora ou suas Afiliadas, a compensação dos referidos valores contra o Aluguel somente poderá ser feita na proporção da participação dos Vendedores Locadores no capital social da Sociedade na Data de Fechamento, ou seja, 48,5% (quarenta e oito vírgula cinco por cento).

 

7.1.2 Offset against the Rent. Notwithstanding the joint and several liability of the Sellers under this Agreement with regard to any amount due by them to the Company or to the Purchaser or its Affiliates, the offset of such amounts against the Rent can only be made in the proportion of the equity of the Lessors Sellers in the Company’s corporate capital on the Closing Date, i.e., forty-eight and a half per cent (48.5%). The Parties clarify that such

 

50



 

As Partes esclarecem que referida limitação trata-se de uma exceção à responsabilidade solidária dos Vendedores e, portanto, todos os outros valores devidos pela Sociedade, pela Compradora ou por suas Afiliadas aos Vendedores poderão ser totalmente compensados independentemente das proporções da participação dos Vendedores no capital social da Sociedade na Data de Fechamento.

 

limitation is an exception to the joint and several liability of the Sellers and, therefore, all other amounts due by the Company, the Purchaser or its Affiliates to the Sellers can be totally offset independently of the equity proportions of the Sellers in the corporate capital of the Company on the Closing Date.

 

 

 

7.2. Regularização dos Imóveis após o Fechamento. Fica acordado que os Vendedores serão responsáveis pelas seguintes regularizações dos Imóveis:

 

7.2. Regularization of the Real Estate Properties after the Closing. The Sellers shall be responsible for the following regularization of the Real Estate Properties:

 

 

 

(i) renovação atualmente pendente do Certificado do Corpo de Bombeiros referente aos Imóveis, cuja evidência deverá ser apresentada à Sociedade em até 180 (cento e oitenta) dias a contar da Data de Fechamento;

 

(i) renewal of the Fire Department Certificate regarding the Real Estate Properties, which is currently pending, proof of which shall be provided to the Company within one hundred and eighty (180) days as of the Closing Date;

 

 

 

(ii) registro da Servidão de Passagem nas matrículas de nº 2.512, no Cartório de Registro de Imóveis da 6ª Zona da Comarca de Porto Alegre e nº 37.823, no Cartório de Registro de Imóveis da 4ª Zona da Comarca de Porto Alegre, ou apresentação dos documentos que comprovem as medidas judiciais ajuizadas para tanto, cujas evidências deverão ser apresentadas à Sociedade em até 90 (noventa) dias a contar da data da regularização das matrículas dos imóveis em razão da Cisão Parcial da Sociedade, nos termos da Cláusula 7.3abaixo.

 

(ii) registration of the Right-of-Ways with the real estate registrations ( matrículas ) of No. 2.512 with the 6 th  Real Estate Registry of the City of Porto Alegre and No. 37.823, with the 4 th  Real Estate Registry of the City of Porto Alegre, or the presentation of the documents that prove the judicial measures filed for such purpose, proof of which shall be provided to the Company within ninety (90) days as of the date of regularization of the real estate properties due to the Partial Spin Off of the Company, under Section 7.3below.

 

 

 

7.2.1. Os Vendedores serão os únicos responsáveis por todo e qualquer prejuízo causado à Sociedade em virtude da falta das regularizações mencionadas nos itens (i) e (ii) da Cláusula 7.2, antes ou após a Data de Fechamento, sendo que referido prejuízo poderá ser compensado pela Compradora ou pela

 

7.2.1. The Sellers shall be the only ones responsible for any damage caused to the Company by reason of the absence of such regularizations mentioned in items (i) and (ii) of Section 7.2, before or after the Closing Date, and such damage may be offset by Purchaser or the Company against any amount owed by the

 

51



 

Sociedade contra todo e qualquer valor devido pela Sociedade, pela Compradora ou suas Afiliadas aos Vendedores ou contra o Aluguel nos termos da Cláusula 7.1.2 acima.

 

Company, by the Purchaser or its Affiliates to the Sellers or against the Rent in accordance with Section 7.1.2 above.

 

 

 

7.2.2. Os Vendedores Locadores serão responsáveis pelo cancelamento do pacto comissório registrado na matrícula n° 37.823 do Registro de Imóveis da 4ª Zona de Comarca de Porto Alegre, ou pela apresentação dos documentos que comprovem as medidas judiciais ajuizadas para tanto, cujas evidências deverão ser apresentadas à Sociedade em até 9 (nove) meses a contar da Data de Fechamento.

 

7.2.2 The Lessors Sellers are responsible for the cancellation of the pacto comissório registered with the real estate registration ( matrícula ) No. 37.823 of the Real Estate Registry of the 4 th  Zone of Porto Alegre/RS, or for the presentation of the documents that prove the judicial measures filed for such purpose, proof of which shall be provided to the Company within 9 (nine) months as of the Closing Date.

 

 

 

7.2.3. Os Vendedores Locadores serão os únicos responsáveis por todo e qualquer prejuízo causado à Sociedade em virtude da falta do cancelamento do pacto comissório, nos termos da Cláusula 7.2.2 acima, antes ou após a Data de Fechamento, sendo que referido prejuízo poderá ser compensado pela Compradora ou pela Sociedade contra o Aluguel, nos termos do Contrato de Locação.

 

7.2.3. The Lessors Sellers shall be the only ones responsible for any damage caused to the Company by reason of the lack of the cancellation of the pacto comissório , in accordance with Section 7.2.2 above, before or after the Closing Date, and such damage may be offset by the Purchaser or the Company against the Rent in accordance with the Lease Agreement.

 

 

 

7.2.4 Caso os prazos ora ajustados não sejam cumprido pelos Vendedores, a Compradora e a Sociedade poderão optar por tomar todas as providências necessárias para a realização das regularizações mencionadas nesta Cláusula 7.2, bem como quaisquer outras regularizações necessárias para a operação das atividades da Sociedade nos Imóveis e de compensar as despesas incorridas para tanto contra todo e qualquer valor devido pela Sociedade, pela Compradora ou suas Afiliadas aos Vendedores ou contra o Aluguel nos termos do Contrato de Locação, de acordo com o seu exclusivo critério. Na hipótese avençada acima, de a Compradora e a Sociedade tomarem todas as providências necessárias para a regularização

 

7.2.4 If the terms agreed hereby are not be met by the Sellers, the Purchaser and the Company may choose to take all necessary measures to make the regularizations mentioned in this Section 7.2, as well as any other regularizations necessary for the operation of the Company’s activities in the Real Estate Properties and offset the amounts incurred for this purpose against any amount owed by the Company, by the Purchaser or its Affiliates to the Sellers or against the Rent pursuant to terms of the Lease Agreement, in accordance with its sole discretion. In the hypothesis set forth above, of the Purchaser and the Company taking all necessary measures to regularize the Real Estate Properties in case of non-compliance with the

 

52



 

dos Imóveis em caso de não cumprimento dos prazos aqui estabelecidos, incluindo as obrigações previstas nos itens (i) e (ii) da Cláusula 7.2 e na Cláusula 7.2.2 acima, os Vendedores se obrigam a fornecer e assinar todos os documentos necessários para que a Compradora e a Sociedade possam concluir tais regularizações sob pena de infração deste Contrato.

 

agreed term, including the obligations set forth in items (i) and (ii) of Section 7.2 and Section 7.2.2 above, the Sellers agree to provide and sign all necessary documents for the Purchaser and the Company to finalize these regularizations under penalty of breach of this Agreement.

 

 

 

7.3 Cisão Parcial da Sociedade. Os Vendedores neste ato se responsabilizam por todo e qualquer prejuízo causado à Sociedade, à Compradora ou a qualquer terceiro em virtude da Cisão Parcial da Sociedade. Os Vendedores deverão concluir a transferência de todos os imóveis cindidos da Sociedade à Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa e à SFS Assessoria e Consultoria, mediante o registro da respectiva escritura pública na matrícula dos referidos imóveis, ou tomar as medidas judiciais cabíveis para tanto, em até 180 (cento e oitenta) dias a contar da Data de Fechamento. Caso os Vendedores não cumpram esta obrigação de forma tempestiva, a Sociedade e a Compradora terão o direito de concluir a referida transferência dos imóveis cindidos e de compensar todos os respectivos gastos com qualquer valor devido pela Sociedade ou pela Compradora aos Vendedores.

 

7.3. Partial Spin Off of the Company. The Sellers are responsible for any and all damage caused to the Company, the Purchaser or any third party by reason of the Partial Spin Off of the Company. The Sellers shall conclude the transfer of all the real estate properties that were split off from the Company to Sociedade Porto-Alegrense de Pesquisa and to SFS Assessoria e Consultoria, upon registration of the relevant public deed in the real estate registrations ( matrículas ) of referred real estate properties, or take the necessary judicial measures for such purpose, within one hundred and eighty (180) days as of the Closing Date. In case the Sellers do not timely comply with such obligation, the Company and the Purchaser shall have the right to finalize such transfer of the real estate properties split off and offset all relevant expenses against any amount due by the Company or the Purchaser to the Sellers.

 

 

 

Artigo VIII — PERÍODO DE
SANEAMENTO

 

Article VIII — CURE PERIOD

 

 

 

8.1 Período de Saneamento. Mediante violação ou não cumprimento de qualquer avença ou obrigação segundo este Contrato ou qualquer outro Documento da Operação, a Parte adimplente deverá notificar por escrito a Parte inadimplente, exigindo que a última sane o inadimplemento dentro de 30 (trinta) dias após o recebimento da notificação pertinente, sem

 

8.1 Cure Period. Upon a breach of or failure to perform any covenant or obligation under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the non-defaulting Party may notify in writing the defaulting Party, requiring the latter to remedy the default within thirty (30) days after receipt of the relevant notice, without prejudice to any other specific cure period set

 

53



 

prejuízo de qualquer outro período especifico de remediação estabelecido neste Contrato ou no Documento da Operação pertinente.

 

forth in this Agreement or in the relevant Transaction Document.

Artigo IX — INDENIZAÇÃO

 

Article IX — INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

9.1 Indenização. Observadas as outras disposições deste Artigo IX, os Vendedores, (conjuntamente, as “ Partes Indenizadoras ”) solidariamente, indenizarão a Compradora, suas Afiliadas e a Sociedade, conforme o caso e a critério da Compradora, e seus respectivos sucessores e cessionários (conjuntamente, a “ Parte Indenizada ”) e isentará cada um deles e os reembolsará, acrescido do valor de qualquer Tributo (a) que incida na fonte sobre o pagamento da indenização aqui prevista; e (b) que a Parte Indenizada tenha que pagar ou arcar sobre o montante da indenização para que a Parte Indenizada usufrua do valor da indenização como se não houvesse tributação, de e com relação a todos e quaisquer danos, perdas, custos, multas, penalidades, reivindicações, obrigações, despesas, sentenças e acordos, inclusive despesas razoáveis de investigação, defesa ou remediação, taxas de consultoria e engenharia razoáveis com relação a qualquer investigação, defesa ou remediação, despesas e honorários advocatícios razoáveis e honorários de contadores razoáveis incorridos ou sofridos por qualquer Parte Indenizada (“ Danos ”) com relação a atos, fatos ou omissões que ocorrerem antes da Data de Fechamento, independentemente do fato de que seus efeitos sejam observados somente após a Data de Fechamento, inclusive, entre outros:

 

9.1 Indemnification. Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, the Sellers (collectively, the “ Indemnifying Party ”), jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Purchaser, its Affiliates, the Company, as the case may be and at Purchaser’s discretion, and their respective successors and assigns, (collectively, the “ Indemnified Party ”), and shall hold each of them harmless from and reimburse them, plus the amount of any (a) withholding income Tax levied on the payment of the compensation set forth herein; and (b) Tax that the Indemnified Party has to pay over the compensation amount in order to the Indemnified Party can use the amount as if there were no taxes, for and in respect of, any and all damages, losses, costs, fines, penalties, claims, liabilities, expenses, judgments and settlements, including reasonable expenses of investigation, defense or remediation, reasonable consulting or engineering fees in connection with any investigation, defense or remediation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and reasonable accountants’ fees, incurred or suffered by any Indemnified Party (“ Damages ”) relating to acts and facts occurring prior to the Closing Date, regardless of the fact that their effects are observed only after the Closing Date, including but not limited to:

 

 

 

(i) inexatidão ou incorreção de qualquer declaração ou garantia fornecida pelos Vendedores nos Documentos da Operação (as “ Reivindicações Diretas ”); e

 

(i) inaccuracy or errors of any statement or warranty by the Sellers in the Transaction Documents (the “ Direct Claims ”);

 

54



 

(ii) procedimentos contenciosos e pré-contenciosos, decisão administrativa, arbitral ou judicial final, da qual não caibam quaisquer recursos em instância superior, oriundos de qualquer reclamação de terceiros cujo fato gerador seja resultante de atos, fatos ou omissões anteriores à Data de Fechamento e/ou de inexatidão ou incorreção de qualquer declaração e garantia dos Vendedores constante dos Documentos da Operação, ainda que seus efeitos sejam observados apenas após a Data de Fechamento (as “ Reivindicações de Terceiros ”);

 

(ii) litigation and pre-litigation proceedings, final administrative decisions, final arbitral awards or final judicial decisions which cannot be appealed at a higher court, arising out of any claims from third parties which generating fact is the result of facts, acts or omissions prior to the Closing Date and/or inaccuracy or errors in any representation or warranties by the Sellers in the Transaction Documents, even if its effects are only observed after the Closing Date (the “ Third Party Claims ”).

 

 

 

9.2 Notificação de Reivindicação. Defesa. Os procedimentos seguintes deverão ser aplicáveis a todas as Reivindicações de Terceiros:

 

9.2 Notice of Claim; Defense. The following procedures shall be applicable to all Third Party Claims:

 

 

 

(a) Qualquer Parte Indenizada entregará a qualquer Parte Indenizadora notificação escrita (a “ Notificação de Reivindicação ”) dentro de 7 (sete) Dias Úteis da data em que se tornar ciente da instauração ou início de uma Reivindicação de Terceiros, ou a qualquer tempo, quando se tratar de Reivindicação Direta. A Parte Indenizada sempre concederá acesso à Parte Indenizadora, a qualquer momento durante o expediente comercial normal, a todos os registros, documentos e informações referentes a qualquer Reivindicação de Terceiro e colocará à disposição os funcionários da Sociedade em bases mutuamente convenientes para essa finalidade. A Parte Indenizadora terá o direito de assumir a defesa, a suas próprias custas, de qualquer Reivindicação por meio de advogado de sua própria escolha, mediante notificação dentro de 5 (cinco) dias do recebimento da Notificação de Reivindicação (a “ Notificação de Defesa ”). Neste caso, a Parte Indenizada outorgará uma procuração ao advogado escolhido pela Parte Indenizadora dentro de 48

 

(a) Any Indemnified Party shall give any Indemnifying Party written notice (the “ Claim Notice ”) within seven (7) days after it becomes aware of the assertion or commencement of a Third Party Claim or at any time regarding a Direct Claim. The Indemnified Party shall always allow access to the Indemnifying Party at all times during normal business hours to all records, documents and information related to any Third Party Claim and shall make employees of the Company available on a mutually convenient basis for such purpose. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume the defense, at his/her own expense, of any such claim by means of his/her counsel of own choosing by so notifying the Indemnified Party within five (5) days of the receipt of the Claim Notice (the “ Defense Notice ”). In this case, the Indemnified Party shall cause the Company to grant a power of attorney to the counsel chosen by the Indemnifying Party within forty-eight (48) hours as of the receipt by the Indemnified Party of the Defense Notice. If

 

55



 

(quarenta e oito) horas do recebimento da Notificação de Defesa pela Parte Indenizada. Se a Parte Indenizadora assumir essa defesa, a Parte Indenizada terá o direito de participar de sua defesa e contratar advogado, a suas próprias expensas, independente do advogado contratado pela Parte Indenizadora, ficando entendido que a Parte Indenizadora controlará essa defesa. A Parte Indenizadora poderá obrigar-se a qualquer acordo, concessão ou quitação de qualquer reivindicação de acordo com esta Cláusula; ficando claro que a Parte Indenizadora deverá expressamente informar a Parte Indenizada, por escrito, antes da realização do acordo, se qualquer reivindicação poderá causar qualquer efeito prejudicial aos negócios da Sociedade e, portanto, necessitará de consentimento prévio da Parte Indenizada referente ao acordo. A defesa assumida pela Parte Indenizadora será conduzida conforme segue: (i) a Parte Indenizadora conduzirá a Reivindicação de Terceiro de boa-fé; (ii) a Parte Indenizadora manterá a Parte Indenizada informada de todas as ocorrências e eventos substanciais referentes a essa Reivindicação de Terceiro (inclusive enviando prontamente cópias de qualquer correspondência correlata à Parte Indenizada). As Partes reconhecem e concordam que as obrigações da Parte Indenizadora estabelecidas nesta Cláusula 9.2 serão aplicáveis a qualquer reivindicação, ação, demanda ou processo com relação ao qual uma indenização é pleiteada de acordo com este Artigo IX, independentemente de essa reivindicação, ação, demanda ou processo estar descrito nos Anexos deste Contrato. Reivindicação de Terceiro e Reivindicação Direta são coletivamente designadas como “ Reivindicação ”.

 

the Indemnifying Party assumes such defense, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party, it being understood that the Indemnifying Party shall control such defense. The Indemnifying Party will be able to agree to any settlement, compromise or discharge of any such claim pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall expressly inform the Indemnifying Party, in written, if any claim shall cause any adverse effect on the Company’s business and therefore will need the Indemnified Party’s prior consent for settlement. The defense assumed by the Indemnifying Party shall be conducted as follows: (i) the Indemnifying Party shall pursue such Third Party Claim in good faith; (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party informed of all material developments and events relating to such Third Party Claim (including promptly forwarding copies to the Indemnified Party of any related correspondence). The Parties acknowledge and agree that the obligations of the Indemnifying Party set forth in this Section 9.2 shall apply to any claim, action, suit or proceeding as to which indemnification is sought pursuant to Article IX regardless of whether such claim, action, suit or proceeding is described in the disclosure exhibits to this Agreement. Third Party Claim and Direct Claim hereinafter collectively designated as “ Claim ”.

 

 

 

(b) Todos os valores devidos ou a serem pagos segundo este Artigo IX com relação a Danos serão pagos em fundos imediatamente

 

(b) All amounts payable or to be paid under this Article VIII in respect of Damages shall be paid in immediately available funds within thirty

 

56



 

disponíveis dentro de 30 (trinta) dias após o que ocorrer antes entre (i) a data em que a Parte Indenizada e a Parte Indenizadora assinarem um contrato, transigência, acordo ou outro instrumento por escrito em que elas acordem quanto ao valor a ser pago, ou (ii) a data em que a arbitragem final ou a sentença judicial definitiva for proferida que estabeleça o valor dos Danos a serem pagos pela Parte Indenizadora à Parte Indenizada. A Compradora poderá compensar quaisquer Danos contra o valor de qualquer das Notas Promissórias ou qualquer outro valor devido pela Compradora e/ou pela Sociedade aos Vendedores ou o Aluguel nos termos da Cláusula 7.1.2 acima. Caso o valor das Notas Promissórias não seja suficiente para ressarcir os Danos, e/ou caso as Notas Promissórias já tenham sido pagas aos Vendedores e a compensação não seja mais possível, os Vendedores permanecerão responsáveis, individual e solidariamente, perante a Parte Indenizada, por todos e quaisquer Danos relacionados às Reivindicações.

 

(30) days after the earlier of (i) the date that the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party execute a written agreement, compromise, settlement or other instrument in which they agree on the amount payable or (ii) the date that a final arbitration or court award is issued that sets forth the amount of the Damages payable by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party. Purchaser may set off any Damages amount against the payment of one of the Promissory Notes or of any other amount due by the Purchaser and/or the Company to the Sellers or against the Rent, as set forth in Section 7.1.2 above. In case the amount of the Promissory Notes is not enough to cover the Damages and/or in case the Promissory Notes have already been paid to the Sellers and the offset is no longer possible, Sellers shall remain individually and severally liable, before the Indemnified Party for any Damages related to the Claims.

 

 

 

(c) Na ocorrência de uma Reivindicação de Terceiro antes do pagamento da Nota Promissória devida no 5º (quinto) aniversário da Data de Fechamento, o valor da contingência em discussão na Reivindicação de Terceiro (o “ Valor da Contingência ”) será deduzido do valor da referida Nota Promissória e retido pela Compradora até a prolação de uma Decisão final, da qual não caiba qualquer recurso em instância superior. Na hipótese de a Decisão final prolatada na Reivindicação de Terceiro ser favorável à Sociedade, a Compradora pagará aos Vendedores, nas proporções indicadas na Cláusula 2.2 acima, o Valor da Contingência corrigido de acordo com a variação positiva do Índice IGP-M/FGV, a contar da data de pagamento da segunda Nota Promissória até a

 

(c) In case a Third Party Claim occurs before the payment of the Promissory Note due on the 5 th  (fifth) anniversary of the Closing Date, the contingency amount under discussion in the Third Party Claim (the “ Contingency Amount ”) shall be deducted from the amount of referred Promissory Note and retained by the Purchaser until the issuance of a final Decision, which cannot be appealed in a superior instance. In the event that final decision issued in the Third Party Claim is favorable to the Company, the Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers, in the proportions indicated in Section 2.2 above, the Contingency Amount adjusted in accordance with the positive variation of the IGP-M/FGV Index, as of the payment date of the second Promissory Note until the effective date of

 

57


 

data do efetivo pagamento aos Vendedores. Na hipótese de a decisão final prolatada na Reivindicação de Terceiro ser desfavorável à Sociedade, a Compradora compensará o Valor da Contingência retido contra o valor do Dano oriundo da Reivindicação de Terceiro, até o limite necessário para o ressarcimento total da Sociedade.

 

payment to the Sellers. In the event that final decision issued in the Third Party Claim is not favorable to the Company, the Purchaser shall offset the held Contingency Amount against the amount of the Damage arising from the Third Party Claim, to the extent necessary for the total repayment of the Company.

 

 

 

(d) Com relação a este Artigo IX, os Vendedores neste ato (i) renunciam a qualquer direito de compensação ou indenização ou direito similar que cada um possa ter contra a Sociedade por quaisquer valores pagos pelos Vendedores segundo este instrumento, e (ii) renunciam a qualquer defesa com base em culpa da Sociedade.

 

(d) In connection with this Article IX, the Sellers hereby (i) waive any right of contribution or indemnification or similar right each may have against the Company for any amounts paid by the Sellers hereunder, and (ii) waive any defense based on fault of the Company.

 

 

 

(e) Caso uma responsabilidade determinada em uma reivindicação em particular origine-se em um período com início antes da Data de Fechamento e encerramento após a Data de Fechamento, a defesa caberá à Parte (os Vendedores ou a Sociedade) que possuir como resultado dessa reivindicação a maior exposição financeira direta. Esta Parte escolherá o advogado de sua preferência e quaisquer Danos resultantes serão divididos entre as Partes de acordo com sua responsabilidade pro rata nos termos desta Cláusula.

 

(e) In case a liability ascertained in a particular claim originates from a period initiating before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date, the defense will rest with the party (Sellers or the Company) that has as a result of such claim the bigger direct financial exposure. Such party will choose counsel of its choice and any Damages resulting therefrom shall be divided between the Parties in accordance with their pro rata liability on the terms of this Section.

 

 

 

(f) Se a Compradora não puder, por qualquer motivo, entregar a Notificação de Reivindicação dentro do prazo de 7 (sete) dias determinado neste instrumento, essa omissão não será, por si só, considerada como causa de prejuízo aos Vendedores, desde que essa omissão não prejudique a defesa ou a linha de defesa dos Vendedores com relação a essa Reivindicação, sendo que os Vendedores continuarão obrigados a indenizar a Parte Indenizada.

 

(f) In the event that the Purchaser is unable for any reason to deliver the Claim Notice within the seven-day (7) term prescribed herein, such failure shall not, per se, be deemed to constitute prejudice to the Sellers, provided that such failure does not in any manner jeopardize the defense or line of defense of the Sellers for such Claim, and the Sellers shall remain liable to indemnify the Indemnified Party.

 

58



 

9.3 Efeito da Investigação. Exceto conforme descrito na Cláusula 9.1 acima, o direito de indenização ou pagamento de Danos de acordo com este Contrato ou com quaisquer Documentos da Operação não será prejudicado por qualquer investigação conduzida ou qualquer conhecimento adquirido por qualquer das Partes (ou capaz de ser adquirido) a qualquer momento, antes ou após a assinatura e entrega deste Contrato ou na data em que o Fechamento ocorrer, com relação à exatidão ou inexatidão ou cumprimento de qualquer avença ou obrigação. A renúncia a qualquer condição à obrigação de qualquer Parte de realizar a Operação, se essa condição for com base na exatidão de uma declaração ou garantia, ou no cumprimento com qualquer avença ou obrigação, não prejudicará o direito de indenização e pagamento de Danos. Além disso, os Vendedores permanecerão responsáveis pela defesa, a suas próprias custas, de qualquer Reivindicação existente antes da Data de Fechamento, o que não exige qualquer Notificação de Reivindicação de acordo com esta Cláusula.

 

9.3 Effect of Investigation. Except as described in Section 9.1 above, the right to indemnification or payment of Damages pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents shall not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) by any Party at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the date the Closing occurs, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such covenant or obligation. The waiver of any condition to the obligation of any Party to consummate the Transactions, where such condition is based on the accuracy of a representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any such covenant or obligation, shall not affect the right to indemnification and payment of Damages. In addition, the Sellers shall remain responsible for the defense, at their own costs, of any Claim existing before the Closing Date, which does not require any Claim Notice pursuant to this Section.

 

 

 

9.4 Juros. Qualquer valor de indenização a ser pago pelos Vendedores, de acordo com este Artigo IX e que os Vendedores não pagarem dentro de 30 (trinta) dias da data em que se tornar devido e pagável, auferirá juros a uma taxa igual a 1% (um por cento) ao mês e correção monetária com base na variação do Índice IGP-M/FGV entre a data de vencimento e a data do pagamento efetivo, mais uma multa de 2% (dois por cento) sobre o valor ajustado.

 

9.4 Interest. Any indemnification amount to be paid by any of the Sellers pursuant to this Article IX and which any of the Sellers fails to pay within thirty (30) days of the date when it becomes due and payable, shall accrue interest at a rate equal to one percent (1%) per month and monetary adjustment based on the variation of the IGP-M/FGV Index between the due date and the date of actual payment, plus a fine of two percent (2%) on the adjusted amount.

 

 

 

9.5 Pagamento de Indenização e Outros Pagamentos aos Vendedores. As declarações e garantias neste instrumento prestadas pela Compradora são verdadeiras e corretas. A

 

9.5 Indemnification and other Payments to the Sellers. The representations and warranties herein made by the Purchaser are true and correct. The Purchaser and/or the

 

59



 

Compradora e/ou a Sociedade indenizará os Vendedores por todos os danos, perdas, custos, multas, penalidades, reivindicações, obrigações, despesas, sentenças e acordos decorrentes de uma sentença transitada em julgado, incorridos ou sofridos pelos Vendedores resultantes de, relativos a ou com base em qualquer inexatidão dessas declarações e garantias ou qualquer ação ou omissão por parte da Compradora ou da Sociedade que ocorrer após a Data do Fechamento relacionada a fatos, atos, omissões ou circunstâncias após a Data do Fechamento. Qualquer valor de indenização a ser pago pela Compradora, de acordo com este Artigo IX e que a Compradora não pague dentro de 30 (trinta) dias da data em que se tornar devido e pagável, auferirá juros a uma taxa igual a 1% (um por cento) ao mês e correção monetária com base na variação do Índice IGP-M/FGV entre a data de vencimento e a data do pagamento efetivo, mais uma multa de 2% (dois por cento) sobre o valor ajustado.

 

Company shall indemnify the Sellers for all damages, losses, costs, fines, penalties, claims, liabilities, expenses, judgments and settlements, deriving from a definitive court award, incurred or suffered by the Sellers arising out of, relating to or based upon any inaccuracy of such representations or warranties or any action or omission by the Purchaser or the Company that occurs after the Closing Date relating to facts, acts, omissions or circumstances after the Closing Date. Any amount of compensation to be paid by Purchaser in accordance with this Article IX and that Purchaser fails to pay within thirty (30) days as of the date they become due and payable, will earn interest at a rate equal to one percent (1%) per month and monetary adjustment based on the variation of the IGP-M/FGV Index between the due date and the date of effective payment, plus a penalty of two percent (2%) of the adjusted value.

 

 

 

Artigo X — DISPOSIÇÕES DIVERSAS

 

Article X — MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

10.1 Acordo Integral . Cada Parte reconhece que seu advogado participou da preparação deste Contrato (inclusive dos Apensos e Anexos ao presente), o qual juntamente com os outros documentos e instrumentos referidos no presente contêm o entendimento integral entre as Partes com respeito às questões abrangidas neste instrumento e substitui todos os outros acordos e entendimentos anteriores, tanto escritos como verbais, entre as Partes ou qualquer uma delas, com respeito aos assuntos em questão no presente.

 

10.1 Entire Agreement. Each Party acknowledges that its legal counsel participated in the preparation of this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto), which jointly with the other documents and instruments referred to herein contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties or any of them, with respect to the subject matters hereof.

 

 

 

10.2 Alterações . Este Contrato poderá ser alterado somente por meio de um instrumento, por escrito, assinado pelas Partes.

 

10.2 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Parties.

 

60



 

10.3 Notificações . Quaisquer notificações, reivindicações, demandas e outras comunicações exigidas ou permitidas segundo o exposto no presente deverão ser feitas em português e por escrito, devendo ser entregues em mãos, por courier internacional, e-mail ou fax (confirmado por courier internacional) endereçados como segue:

 

10.3 Notices. Any notices, claims, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in Portuguese and in writing and shall be delivered by hand, international courier, e-mail or facsimile (confirmed by international courier) addressed as follows:

 

 

 

Se para a Compradora:

 

If to Purchaser:

 

 

 

Avenida das Nações Unidas, 12.901, 25º andar
Torre Oeste, São Paulo, SP, 04578-000
E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
At.: Richard Harvey Sinkfield III / Luiz Trivelato

 

Avenida das Nações Unidas, 12.901, 25 th  floor
Torre Oeste, São Paulo, SP, 04578-000
E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
At.: Richard Harvey Sinkfield III / Luiz Trivelato

 

 

 

Cc: Veirano Advogados
Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3477, 16º andar
04538-133, São Paulo, SP
E-mail: E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
At.: Roberto Rudzit Neto

 

Cc: Veirano Advogados
Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 3477, 16º floor
04538-133, São Paulo, SP
E-mail: E-mail: [ ]
[ ]
At.: Roberto Rudzit Neto

 

 

 

Se para os Vendedores:

 

If to Sellers:

 

 

 

Solon Flores Sant’anna
Rua General Francisco de Paula Cidade, 200, Chácara das Pedras, 91.330-440, Porto Alegre, RS

Darci Sanfelici
[ ]
E-mail: [ ]


Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello
[ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

Solon Flores Sant’anna
Rua General Francisco de Paula Cidade, 200, Chácara das Pedras, 91.330-440, Porto Alegre, RS

Darci Sanfelici
[ ]
E-mail: [ ]


Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello
[ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

61



 

Iron Augusto Müller
[ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

Iron Augusto Müller
[ ]
E-mail: [ ]

 

 

 

10.3.1 Todas as comunicações segundo o exposto no presente deverão ser consideradas realizadas, se entregues: (i) em mãos, quando entregue pessoalmente; (ii) por correio de primeira classe (registrado ou certificado), por ocasião do recebimento (franquia paga com aviso de recebimento), endereçadas às respectivas Partes no endereço acima; ou (iii) por transmissão de fax ou e-mail, quando recebidas pelo destinatário em forma legível, o remetente tiver recebido uma confirmação eletrônica do recebimento da transmissão e for seguida de notificação concomitante nos termos do item (ii) acima.

 

10.3.1 All communications hereunder shall be deemed given, if delivered: (i) by hand, when delivered by hand; (ii) by first class (registered or certified) mail, upon receipt (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), addressed to the respective Parties at the above address; or (iii) by a facsimile or e-mail transmission, when received by recipient in legible form, sender has received an electronic confirmation of receipt of the transmission, and is followed by an immediate notification as per item (ii) above.

 

 

 

10.3.2 Caso qualquer comunicação entregue na forma dos itens (i) a (iii) acima seja recebida fora do horário de expediente normal, esta será considerada como tendo sido recebida no Dia Útil imediatamente subsequente.

 

10.3.2 In case any communication delivered in the form of items (i) to (iii) above is received outside of normal business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the immediately subsequent Business Day.

 

 

 

10.3.3 Qualquer Parte poderá, no prazo de 5 (cinco) dias após notificação dada de acordo com esta Cláusula às outras Partes, designar outro endereço ou Pessoa para recebimento de notificações segundo o exposto no presente.

 

10.3.3 Any Party may, on five (5) days’ notice given in accordance with this Section to the other Parties, designate another address or Person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

 

 

10.4 Sucessores e Cessionários . Este Contrato deverá vincular e viger em beneficio das Partes e seus sucessores e cessionários autorizados. Nem este Contrato, nem quaisquer dos direitos ou obrigações segundo o exposto no presente poderão ser cedidos ou transferidos, total ou parcialmente, por qualquer Parte, sem o consentimento prévio, por escrito, das outras Partes, exceto para a cessão ou transferência pela Compradora a qualquer de suas Afiliadas

 

10.4 Successors and Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties, except for the assignment or transfer by the Purchaser, to any of its Affiliates provided that (i) the transferee

 

62



 

desde que (i) a cessionária explicitamente concorde, por escrito, em estar obrigada pelos termos e condições da Operação; (ii) a Compradora notifique previamente as outras Partes por escrito, informando sobre a cessão ou transferência.

 

explicitly agrees in writing to be bound to the terms and conditions of the Transaction; (ii) the Purchaser previously notifies the other Parties in writing, informing about the assignment or transfer.

 

 

 

10.5 Inexistência de Terceiros Beneficiários . Este Contrato é em benefício das suas Partes e seus respectivos sucessores e cessionários autorizados e não é para o benefício de, nem poderá qualquer disposição do presente ser obrigada por, qualquer outra Pessoa. Nenhum termo, cláusula ou restrição deste Contrato deverá conferir a qualquer outra Pessoa ou empresa qualquer reivindicação, causa de pedir, recurso jurídico ou quaisquer outros direitos.

 

10.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the Parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person. No term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement shall confer upon any other Person or entity any claim, cause of action, remedy or other right whatsoever.

 

 

 

10.6 Execução Específica . As Partes reconhecem e concordam que a elas assistirá o direito a medida cautelar para execução específica dos termos e disposições deste Contrato, em complementação ao reembolso de prejuízos, danos, obrigações, encargos, custos e despesas, juntamente com todos os juros, Tributos, penalidades e, para se evitar dúvidas, custos e despesas judiciais e outros, na medida em que esses custos e despesas sejam razoável e devidamente incorridos ou qualquer outro recurso jurídico ao qual elas possam ter direito por Lei. Essa execução específica na forma de medida cautelar ou para sanar violações, entretanto, não deverá ser em lugar da exigência de que uma determinação final de qualquer controvérsia seja efetuada de acordo com a Cláusula 10.13 abaixo.

 

10.6 Specific Enforcement. The Parties each acknowledge and agree that the Parties shall be entitled to preliminary relief to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to the reimbursement of losses, damages, liabilities, charges, costs and expenses together with all interest, Taxes, penalties and, for the avoidance of doubt, legal and other professional costs and expenses to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably and properly incurred or any other remedy to which they may be entitled by Law. Such specific enforcement in the form of preliminary relief or to cure breaches, however, shall not be in lieu of the requirement that a final determination of any dispute can only be made in accordance with Section 10.13 below.

 

 

 

10.7 Independência de Disposições . Se qualquer termo, disposição, cláusula ou restrição deste Contrato for considerado ilegal, inválido, nulo ou inexequível em qualquer

 

10.7 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, void or unenforceable in any aspect, such term, provision, covenant or

 

63



 

aspecto, esse termo, disposição, cláusula ou restrição deverá ser negociado de boa-fé pelas Partes e alterado somente na medida em que seja necessário para ser executado de acordo com a intenção das Partes. O restante dos termos, disposições, cláusulas e restrições deste Contrato deverá permanecer em pleno vigor e eficácia.

 

restriction shall be negotiated in bona fide by the Parties and amended only to the extent necessary to be enforceable consistent with the Parties’ intent. The remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

 

10.8 Renúncias, Atrasos, Omissões e Falhas . Nenhuma renúncia por qualquer Parte a qualquer inadimplemento com respeito a qualquer disposição, condição ou exigência do presente Contrato deverá ser considerada como sendo uma renúncia contínua no seu futuro ou uma renúncia a qualquer outra disposição, condição ou exigência do presente; nem deverá qualquer atraso, omissão ou falha de qualquer Parte no exercício de qualquer direito segundo o exposto no presente Contrato prejudicar de qualquer maneira o exercício de quaisquer desses direitos que se acumularem em relação a ela subsequentemente.

 

10.8 Waivers, Delays, Omissions and Failures .
No waiver by any Party of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future thereof or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof; nor shall any delay, omission or failure of any Party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such rights accruing to it thereafter.

 

 

 

10.9 Confidencialidade . Cada Parte, por si e suas Afiliadas, diretores, conselheiros, empregados, agentes e contratadas (as “ Partes Relacionadas ”), compromete-se a manter todas e quaisquer Informações Confidenciais estritamente em sigilo e não divulgar a qualquer Pessoa, a qualquer tempo ou de qualquer maneira, direta ou indiretamente, todas e quaisquer dessas Informações Confidenciais, exceto se:

 

10.9 Confidentiality. Each Party, for itself and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and contractors (the “ Related Parties ”), undertakes to keep any and all Confidential Information strictly confidential and not to disclose to any Person, at any time or in any manner, directly or indirectly, any or all of such Confidential Information, except if:

 

 

 

(a) um consentimento prévio, por escrito, com relação à divulgação for obtido da outra Parte;

 

(a) a prior written consent to the disclosure is obtained from the other Party;

 

 

 

(b) as informações pertinentes forem ou se tornarem disponíveis ao público em geral, de outra forma que não como resultado de uma violação dessas disposições de

 

(b) the relevant information is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of these confidentiality provisions through any disclosure or other action

 

64



 

confidencialidade através de qualquer divulgação ou outro ato ou omissão pela Parte ou qualquer de suas Partes Relacionadas;

 

or omission by the Party or any of its Related Parties;

 

 

 

(c) as informações forem ou se tornarem conhecidas ou disponibilizadas à Parte ou qualquer de suas Partes Relacionadas em base não confidencial por uma fonte (outra que não a Parte detentora das informações ou qualquer de suas Partes Relacionadas) que, segundo o melhor do conhecimento da Parte receptora, após a devida consulta, não está proibida de divulgar essas informações em consequência de uma obrigação de confidencialidade;

 

(c) the information is or becomes known or available to the Party or any of its Related Parties on a non-confidential basis from a source (other than the Party owning the information or any of its Related Parties) that, to the best of the receiving Party’s knowledge, after due inquiry, is not prohibited from disclosing such information as a consequence of a confidentiality obligation;

 

 

 

(d) as informações forem adquiridas ou desenvolvidas independentemente pela Parte ou qualquer de suas Partes Relacionadas sem violar qualquer de suas obrigações segundo o exposto no presente; ou

 

(d) the information was independently acquired or developed by the Party or any of its Related Parties without violating any of its obligations hereunder; or

 

 

 

(e) as informações forem obrigadas a ser divulgadas segundo Leis ou Decisão aplicáveis (inclusive regras do MEC e das autoridades antitruste brasileiras) que obriguem a Parte pertinente, desde que, sempre que razoavelmente possível e legal, essa Parte consulte as outras Partes antes da divulgação.

 

(e) the information is required to be disclosed under applicable Laws or Order (including rules of MEC and of the Brazilian antitrust authorities) binding upon the relevant Party, provided that, whenever reasonably practicable and lawful, such Party consults with the other Parties before the disclosure.

 

 

 

10.9.1 Para fins deste Contrato, “ Informações Confidenciais ” significará a Operação segundo o exposto no presente e todas as informações, materiais e documentos a ela relacionados (inclusive este Contrato e os outros Documentos da Operação), seja escritos, verbais, eletrônicos ou de outro modo, obtidos ou recebidos pelas Partes durante a negociação e execução da Operação.

 

10.9.1 For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean the Transaction hereunder and all information, materials and documents related thereto (including this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents), whether written, oral, electronic or otherwise, obtained or received by the Parties during the negotiation and performance of the Transaction.

 

 

 

10.10 Anúncios Públicos . Em vista da Cláusula 10.9 acima, as Partes concordam que não emitirão qualquer nota à imprensa ou, de

 

10.10 Public Announcements. In view of Section 10.9 above, the Parties agree that they will not issue any press release or otherwise

 

65


 

outro modo, farão qualquer declaração pública ou responderão a qualquer consulta da imprensa com respeito a este Contrato ou às operações previstas no presente, sem a aprovação prévia, por escrito das outras Partes (aprovação essa que não deverá ser injustamente negada), exceto conforme exigido pela Lei aplicável, Leis de valores mobiliários nos Estados Unidos da América e as regras e regulamentos aplicáveis de qualquer bolsa de valores. Não obstante, as Partes concordam que, após a assinatura deste Contrato, as Partes emitirão uma nota à imprensa em conjunto e mutuamente ajustado, comunicando a Operação entre a Sociedade e a Compradora e a aliança estratégica entre a Sociedade e a Compradora.

 

make any public statement or respond to any press inquiry with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without prior written approval of the other Parties (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), except as required by applicable Law, applicable securities Laws in the United States of America and the applicable rules and regulations of any security exchange. Notwithstanding, the Parties agree that, after the execution of this Agreement, the Parties issue a jointly agreed press release communicating the Transaction between the Company and Purchaser and the strategic alliance between the Company and Purchaser.

 

 

 

10.11 Não Concorrência. Os Vendedores estão sujeitos às seguintes obrigações de não concorrência, por um período de 5 (cinco) anos a partir da Data de Fechamento (“ Período de Não Concorrência ”):

 

10.11 Non-Competition. The Sellers will be subject to the following non-compete obligations for a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date (the “ Non Competition Period ”):

 

 

 

(a) Qualquer investimento, por qualquer dos Vendedores, para negócios ou empreendimentos de ensino superior, no Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, ou qualquer participação na sua gestão exigirá o prévio consentimento por escrito da Laureate e/ou de suas Afiliadas e será de outro modo proibido.

 

(a) Any investiment by any of the Sellers in higher education businesses or enterprises in the State of Rio Grande do Sul or any participation in its management shall require previous consent in writing from Laureate and/or its Affiliates and will be otherwise prohibited.

 

 

 

(b) As avenças de não concorrência contidas nesta Cláusula não impedem qualquer dos Vendedores de lecionarem em uma instituição de ensino superior que não a Sociedade ou de outro modo fora da rede Laureate Education Inc.

 

(b) The non compete obligations contained in this Section shall not prevent any Seller from teaching at a higher education institution that is not the Company or that is otherwise out of the Laureate Education Inc. group.

 

 

 

(c) Na hipótese de violação de quaisquer avenças de não concorrência contidas acima por qualquer dos Vendedores (o “ Vendedor Infrator ”), o Vendedor Infrator deverá pagar

 

(c) In case of breach of any of the non-compete obligations contained above by any of the Sellers (the “ Breaching Seller ”), the Breaching Seller shall pay to Laureate a fine in

 

66



 

à Laureate uma multa no valor de 10% (dez por cento) do Preço da Aquisição, sendo que a Laureate ou qualquer Afiliada terá o direito de (a) compensar o valor da referida multa contra qualquer valor devido por elas ao Vendedor Infrator; e (b) utilizar todos os meios extrajudiciais e judiciais permitidos pela legislação em vigor para o recebimento da referida multa.

 

the amount of ten percent (10%) of the Purchase Price. Laureate or any affiliate shall have the right to (a) offset the amount of such fine against any amount owed by Laureate or its affiliates to the Breaching Seller; and (b) take all the judicial and out-of-court measures allowed by the laws currently in force to receive the amount of such fine.

 

 

 

10.11.1 Não obstante, as Partes esclarecem que as disposições desta Cláusula 10.11 deverão ser aplicáveis ao Sr. Iron somente pelo período de 2 (dois) anos a contar da Data de Fechamento. Ainda, após o período de 1 (um) ano a contar da Data de Fechamento, caso o Sr. Iron receba uma oferta escrita de emprego, de boa-fé, por parte de qualquer empresa ou instituição que atue no setor de ensino superior, para participação na gestão de negócios ou empreendimentos de ensino superior, no Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, o Sr. Iron deverá notificar a Compradora, por escrito, sobre os termos e condições desta oferta de emprego e a Compradora poderá, a seu exclusivo critério, notificá-lo e pagar ao Sr. Iron, dentro do prazo de 30 (trinta ) dias a contar do envio da referida notificação escrita ao Sr. Iron, o valor de R$260.000,00 (duzentos e sessenta mil reais) para que este recuse a referida oferta, bem como qualquer outra oferta para participação na gestão de negócios ou empreendimentos de ensino superior, no Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, pelo prazo remanescente do período de 2 (dois) anos a contar de Data de Fechamento.

 

10.11.1. Notwithstanding, the Parties clarify that the provisions of this Section 10.11 shall be applicable to Mr. Iron only for a period of two (2) years as of the Closing Date. Additionally, after a period of one (1) year as of the Closing Date, if Mr. Iron receives a written job offer, in good faith, by any company or institution acting in the higher education sector, for the participation in the business management or business of higher education in the state of Rio Grande do Sul, Mr. Iron shall notify the Purchaser in written, about the terms and conditions of this job offer and the Purchaser may, at its sole discretion, notify and pay to Mr. Iron, within thirty (30) days as of the sending of such written notice to Mr. Iron, the amount of two hundred and sixty thousand Reais (R$260,000.00) for him to decline such offer, as well as any other offer to participate in the management of business or enterprises in higher education in the State of Rio Grande do Sul, for the remaining term of the period of two (2) years as of the Closing Date.

 

 

 

10.12 Lei Aplicável. Este Contrato deverá ser regido e interpretado e executado de acordo com as Leis do Brasil.

 

10.12 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of Brazil.

 

 

 

10.13 Solução de Controvérsias . Na hipótese de qualquer controvérsia ou litígio a respeito da

 

10.13 Dispute Resolution . In the event of any controversy or dispute regarding the validity,

 

67



 

validade, execução, interpretação ou aplicação do presente Contrato ou de qualquer disposição aqui contida, não solucionado amigavelmente pelas Partes no prazo de 45 (quarenta e cinco) dias (ou outro prazo mutuamente acordado), as Partes submeterão o litígio em questão a arbitragem vinculante do Centro de Arbitragem e Mediação da Câmara de Comércio Brasil-Canadá (“ CCBC ”), sendo aplicáveis as leis brasileiras.

 

execution, interpretation or application of this Agreement or of any provision herein, which is not amicably settled by the Parties within forty-five (45) days (or other term mutually agreed upon), the Parties shall submit the dispute to arbitration of the Mediation and Arbitration Center of the Brazil-Canada Chamber of Commerce (“ CCBC ”), subject to the Brazilian laws.

 

 

 

10.13.1 A arbitragem será conduzida por um painel de 3 (três) árbitros (a serem nomeados em conformidade com as normas da CCBC) e será conduzida de acordo com as normas procedimentais estipuladas pela CCBC. Se houver mais de um requerente ou mais de um requerido, os requerentes ou requeridos devem indicar em conjunto um árbitro. Na falta de designação conjunta, o presidente do Centro de Arbitragem nomeará o árbitro que seria indicado pelos requerentes ou pelos requeridos.

 

10.13.1 The arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three (3) arbitrators (appointed in accordance with CCBC standards) and shall be conducted in accordance with the procedural standards established by CCBC. In case there is more then one claimant or defendant, the claimants or defendants shall jointly indicate one arbitrator. If such joint appointment fails, the president of the Mediation and Arbitration Center shall appoint the arbitrator that would be appointed by the defendants or by the claimants.

 

 

 

10.13.2 A arbitragem será conduzida em idioma português, na Cidade de Porto Alegre, Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, Brasil, sendo a sentença arbitral definitiva prolatada nos idiomas português e inglês.

 

10.13.2 The arbitration shall be conducted in Portuguese, in the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, with the final arbitration award issued in Portuguese and in English.

 

 

 

10.13.3 Cada Parte arcará com os custos e as despesas a que der causa no decorrer da arbitragem, e as Partes ratearão em partes iguais os custos e as despesas cuja causa não puder ser atribuída a uma delas. O laudo arbitral atribuirá à Parte vencida a responsabilidade final pelo custo do processo, inclusive honorários advocatícios.

 

10.13.3 Each Party shall bear the costs and the expenses that it causes during the arbitration procedure and the Parties shall apportion in equal quotas the costs and expenses which cause cannot be attributed to any of them. The arbitration decision shall attribute to the defeated party the final responsibility for the costs of the procedure, including attorney’s fees.

 

 

 

10.13.4 O Tribunal Arbitral poderá conceder as tutelas urgentes e definitivas que entender apropriadas, inclusive voltadas ao cumprimento específico das obrigações previstas neste

 

10.13.4 The arbitration court may grant the urgent and definitive court protection that it deem appropriate, including those aiming the specific performance of the provisions set forth

 

68



 

Contrato.

 

herein.

 

 

 

10.13.5 O laudo prolatado pelo Tribunal Arbitral será considerado final e definitivo, e obrigará as Partes, que renunciam expressamente a qualquer recurso. Não obstante, as Partes se reservam o direito de recorrer ao Poder Judiciário com o objetivo de: (i) assegurar a instituição da arbitragem; (ii) obter tutelas cautelares ou antecipadas previamente à instituição da arbitragem, sendo que qualquer procedimento nesse sentido não será considerado como ato de renúncia à arbitragem como único meio de solução de conflitos escolhido pelas Partes; e (iii) executar qualquer decisão do Tribunal Arbitral, inclusive o laudo arbitral. Para esses fins, as Partes elegem o Foro de Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul, com exclusão de qualquer outro, por mais privilegiado que seja.

 

10.13.5 The award rendered by the arbitration court shall be considered final, definitive and binding. Therefore, the Parties expressly waive their right to any appeal. Notwithstanding, the Parties shall have the right to appeal to the judiciary branch: (i) to ensure arbitration; (ii) to obtain writs of prevention to protect rights prior to the arbitration, provided that any procedure in this regard shall not be considered a waiver to arbitration as the only way to solve conflicts chosen by the Parties; and (iii) to execute any decision of the Arbitral Tribunal, including the arbitration award. In these cases, the Parties elect the courts of Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul, shall be competent to settle any judicial procedure.

 

 

 

10.13.6 Para fins e efeitos desta cláusula compromissória, considerar-se-ão partes as Partes e a Sociedade, pelo que concordam, desde já, a ela se submeterem e a cumpri-la em todos os seus termos e condições.

 

10.13.6 For purposes of this arbitration clause, the Parties and the Company shall be considered as parties, and therefore, all of them agree to submit to such clause in all its terms and conditions.

 

 

 

10.13.7 As Partes reconhecem que a Sociedade e as próprias Partes poderiam ser prejudicadas de forma irreparável se as informações acerca de procedimento arbitral instaurado para dirimir quaisquer questões relativas a este Contrato fossem divulgadas. Portanto, as Partes comprometem-se a não divulgar (ou permitir que sejam divulgadas) quaisquer informações a respeito de tal procedimento arbitral (incluindo acerca de sua existência), até que seja prolatado o laudo arbitral, a menos que ( i ) a divulgação de tal informação seja requerida por lei; ou ( ii ) a divulgação de tal informação seja exigida por Ente Público ou tribunal arbitral.

 

10.13.7 The Parties acknowledge that the Company and the Parties would suffer an irrecoverable loss if the information regarding the arbitration procedure installed to solve any question related to this Agreement were released. Therefore the Parties hereby agree not to release (nor to permit the release) of any information regarding such arbitration procedure (including its existence), until a final award is issued, unless (i) the release of such information is required by law; or (ii) the release of such information is required by a Government Entity or arbitration court.

 

69



 

 

 

 

10.14 Custos, Despesas e Tributos . Exceto conforme de outro modo disposto neste Contrato, cada uma das Partes deverá ser exclusivamente responsável pelo pagamento de quaisquer Tributos ou de quaisquer taxas de depósito ou registro relacionados com a consumação das operações previstas neste Contrato e nos outros Documentos da Operação. Não obstante a sentença anterior, as Partes concordam que a Sociedade deverá arcar com os custos das comunicações ao MEC com referência às operações previstas neste Contrato. Cada uma das Partes do presente deverá arcar com seus próprios honorários e despesas (inclusive honorários e despesas de seus advogados, assessores financeiros, auditores e outros consultores) com relação à negociação, preparação, assinatura e vigência deste Contrato, dos outros Documentos da Operação e das operações contempladas no presente e naqueles documentos.

 

10.14 Costs, Expenses and Taxes. Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall be exclusively liable for the payment of any Taxes or of any filing and registration fees in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, Notwithstanding, the Parties agree that the Company shall bear with the costs for the communications to MEC pertaining to the transactions provided for in this Agreement. Each of the Parties hereto shall bear its own fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of their attorneys, financial advisers, auditors and other consultants) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated herein and therein.

 

 

 

10.15 Documentos Vigentes . Na eventualidade de controvérsias entre os termos deste Contrato de Compra e Venda de Quotas e qualquer dos Documentos da Operação, Anexos e Apensos referidos neste e naqueles documentos, este Contrato deverá sempre prevalecer.

 

10.15 Prevailing Documents. In the event of controversies between the terms of this Agreement and any of the Transaction Documents, Exhibits and Schedules hereunder and thereunder, this Agreement shall always prevail.

 

 

 

10.16 Vias . Este Contrato deverá ser assinado em 4 (quatro) vias, todas elas devendo ser consideradas um único e mesmo contrato.

 

10.16. Counterparts. This Agreement shall be executed in 4 (four) counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

 

 

E, ESTANDO JUSTAS E CONTRATADAS, as Partes firmaram este Contrato na data indicada no preâmbulo deste Contrato.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

70



 

 

VENDEDORES/SELLERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Solon Flores Sant’anna

 

 

SOLON FLORES SANT’ANNA

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Darci Sanfelici

 

 

DARCI SANFELICI

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello

 

 

ANA MARIA LISBOA DE MELLO

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Iron Augusto Muller

 

 

IRON AUGUSTO MULLER

 

 

 

 

COMPRADORA/PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roberto Muniz GL I

 

SOCIEDADE DE EDUCAÇÃO RITTER DOS REIS LTDA.

 

Por/By:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eduardo Mendonça

 

SOCIEDADE DE EDUCAÇÃO RITTER DOS REIS LTDA.

 

Por/By: Eduardo Mendonça

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PARTES INTERVENIENTES ANUENTES/INTERVENING CONSENTING PARTIES :

 

 

 

 

/s/ Darci Sanfelici

 

 

/s/ Iron Augusto Muller

 

SOCIEDADE EDUCACIONAL SUL-RIO-GRANDENSE S/S LTDA.

 

Por/By: Sr. Darci Sanfelici, and Iron Augusto Muller

 

 

71



 

 

/s/ Darci Sanfelici

 

 

/s/ Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello

 

SOCIEDADE PORTO-ALEGRENSE DE PESQUISA EDUCACIONAL S/S LTDA.

 

Por/By: Sr. Darci Sanfelici, and Ana Maria Lisboa de Mello

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Solon Flores Sant’anna

 

 

SFS ASSESSORIA E CONSULTORIA S/S LTDA.

 

 

Por/By: Solon Flores Sant’anna

 

 

 

Testemunhas/Witnesses:

 

 

 

1.

/s/ Felipe Nagel Reis

 

2.

/s/ Flavia Cerotti Alvez Pinto

 

Name: Felipe Nagel Reis

 

Name: Flavia Cerotti Alvez Pinto

 

RG:

 

RG:

 

CPF/MF:

 

CPF/MF:

 

72




Exhibit 4.1

 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

9.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

 


 

INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF JULY 25, 2012

 


 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

TRUSTEE

 


 

 

 



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

 

Indenture Section

310(a)(1)

 

7.10

(a)(2)

 

7.10

(a)(3)

 

N.A.

(a)(4)

 

N.A.

(a)(5)

 

7.10

(b)

 

7.10

(c)

 

N.A.

311(a)

 

7.11

(b)

 

7.11

(c)

 

N.A.

312(a)

 

2.05

(b)

 

12.03

(c)

 

12.03

313(a)

 

7.06; 12.02

(b)(1)

 

N.A.

(b)(2)

 

7.06; 7.07

(c)

 

7.06; 12.02

(d)

 

7.06

314(a)

 

4.03;12.02; 12.05

(b)

 

N.A.

(c)(1)

 

12.04

(c)(2)

 

12.04

(c)(3)

 

N.A.

(d)

 

N.A.

(e)

 

12.05

(f)

 

N.A.

315(a)

 

7.01

(b)

 

7.05; 12.02

(c)

 

7.01

(d)

 

7.01

(e)

 

6.14

316(a) (last sentence)

 

2.09

(a)(1)(A)

 

6.05

(a)(1)(B)

 

6.04

(a)(2)

 

N.A.

(b)

 

6.07

(c)

 

2.12; 9.04

317(a)(1)

 

6.08

(a)(2)

 

6.12

(b)

 

2.04

318(a)

 

12.01

(b)

 

N.A.

(c)

 

12.01

 

N.A. means not applicable.

 


*  This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

30

Section 1.03

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

31

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction

31

Section 1.05

Acts of Holders

32

Section 1.06

Effectiveness of Indenture

33

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Form and Dating; Terms

33

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

34

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

35

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

35

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

35

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

36

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

47

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

48

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

48

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

48

Section 2.11

Cancellation

48

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

48

Section 2.13

CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

49

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

49

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

50

Section 3.04

Effect of Notice of Redemption

51

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

51

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

51

Section 3.07

Optional Redemption

51

Section 3.08

Mandatory Redemption

52

Section 3.09

Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

52

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Payment of Notes

54

Section 4.02

Maintenance of Office or Agency

55

Section 4.03

Reports and Other Information

55

Section 4.04

Compliance Certificate

57

Section 4.05

Taxes

57

Section 4.06

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

57

Section 4.07

Restricted Payments

57

Section 4.08

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

63

 

i



 

Section 4.09

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

65

Section 4.10

Asset Sales

70

Section 4.11

Transactions with Affiliates

73

Section 4.12

Liens

75

Section 4.13

Corporate Existence

75

Section 4.14

Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control

75

Section 4.15

Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

77

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

78

Section 5.02

Successor Corporation Substituted

80

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Events of Default

80

Section 6.02

Acceleration

82

Section 6.03

Other Remedies

83

Section 6.04

Waiver of Past Defaults

83

Section 6.05

Control by Majority

83

Section 6.06

Limitation on Suits

83

Section 6.07

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

84

Section 6.08

Collection Suit by Trustee

84

Section 6.09

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

84

Section 6.10

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

84

Section 6.11

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

84

Section 6.12

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

84

Section 6.13

Priorities

85

Section 6.14

Undertaking for Costs

85

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Duties of Trustee

85

Section 7.02

Rights of Trustee

86

Section 7.03

Individual Rights of Trustee

87

Section 7.04

Trustee’s Disclaimer

87

Section 7.05

Notice of Defaults

88

Section 7.06

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

88

Section 7.07

Compensation and Indemnity

88

Section 7.08

Replacement of Trustee

89

Section 7.09

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

90

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

90

Section 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

90

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

90

Section 8.02

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

90

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

91

Section 8.04

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

91

Section 8.05

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

92

 

ii



 

Section 8.06

Repayment to Issuer

93

Section 8.07

Reinstatement

93

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

93

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

94

Section 9.03

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

96

Section 9.04

Revocation and Effect of Consents

96

Section 9.05

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

96

Section 9.06

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

96

Section 9.07

Payment for Consent

97

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES

 

 

 

 

Section 10.01

Guarantee

97

Section 10.02

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

98

Section 10.03

Execution and Delivery

99

Section 10.04

Subrogation

99

Section 10.05

Benefits Acknowledged

99

Section 10.06

Release of Guarantees

99

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Satisfaction and Discharge

100

Section 11.02

Application of Trust Money

101

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 12.01

Trust Indenture Act Controls

101

Section 12.02

Notices

101

Section 12.03

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

102

Section 12.04

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

102

Section 12.05

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

103

Section 12.06

Rules by Trustee and Agents

103

Section 12.07

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

103

Section 12.08

Governing Law

103

Section 12.09

Waiver of Jury Trial

103

Section 12.10

Force Majeure

104

Section 12.11

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

104

Section 12.12

Successors

104

Section 12.13

Severability

104

Section 12.14

Counterpart Originals

104

Section 12.15

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

104

Section 12.16

Qualification of Indenture

104

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

FORM OF NOTE

 

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Exhibit C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

 

iii



 

Exhibit D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

 

iv


 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

INDENTURE dated as of July 25, 2012 among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ Initial Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01          Definitions 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend (if applicable) and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Notes or the applicable series of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)            Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)            Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

 

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)            1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 



 

(2)            the excess, if any, of:

 

(a)           the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at September 1, 2015, as the case may be (each such redemption price determined as set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07 hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through September 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b) the principal amount of such Note.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Asset Sale ” means:

 

(1)            the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

 

(2)            the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof);

 

in each case, other than:

 

(a)           any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)           the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture in compliance with Section 4.14 hereof;

 

(c)           the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

 

(d)           any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $25.0 million;

 

(e)           any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(f)            to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

2



 

(g)           the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)           any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(i)            foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets;

 

(j)            sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Permitted Securitization Transaction;

 

(k)           any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

 

(l)            the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

 

(m)          the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)           any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)           the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; and

 

(p)           sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(1)            with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

 

(2)            with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(3)            with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(4)            with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

broker-dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Legal Holiday.

 

3



 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(1)            in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)            in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)            in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)            any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(1)            United States dollars;

 

(2)            pounds, sterling, euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or such local currencies held by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)            securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government (or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(4)            certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

(5)            repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

(6)            commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(7)            marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(8)            readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

4



 

(9)            Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(10)         Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and

 

(11)         investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in currency or securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)            the direct or indirect sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

 

(2)            the consummation of any transaction, the result of which is that any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act or any successor provision), other than the Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding, individually or in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, and its successors.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and deferred costs incurred in connection with program development, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)            consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding

 

5



 

(r) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (s) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting, (t)  Special Interest, if any, and any comparable “additional interest” with respect to any securities, (u) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (v) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (w) expenses associated with minority interest put/call arrangements, (x) penalties and interest on unpaid taxes, (y) prepayment premiums and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Permitted Securitization Transaction; plus

 

(2)            consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(3)            interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

(1)            any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, severance, relocation costs, consolidation and closing costs, integration and facilities opening costs, business optimization costs, transition costs, restructuring costs, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

 

(2)            the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

(3)            any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)            any after-tax effect of gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

(5)            the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, and, solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause 3(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(6)            solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly,

 

6



 

by the operation of the terms of its charter (or similar organizational document) or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)            effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property, equipment, inventory, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue, debt and other line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8)            any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(9)            any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, any income or loss relating to profit interests or deferred compensation plans entered into in connection with the Merger (including any income or loss relating to the profit interests incurred by any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies that are pushed down to the Issuer), and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Merger, shall be excluded,

 

(10)         changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded, and

 

(11)         to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than Section 4.07(a)(3)(d) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(3)(d) hereof.

 

Consolidated Secured and Foreign Debt Ratio ” as of any date of determination, means the ratio of (1) (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur plus (b) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Foreign Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on

 

7



 

which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur plus (c) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (A) the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments, in each case adjusted by any mark to market net gain or loss incurred after the Issue Date attributable to Hedging Obligations relating to currency fluctuations entered into in connection with the incurrence of such obligations and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP minus (B) Unrestricted Cash. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Fair Market Value shall be determined pursuant to this Indenture.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Total Indebtedness, Indebtedness of the Issuer’s non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries shall be included only to the extent of the pro rata share (based on the Issuer’s direct or indirect percentage of ownership interest in such Subsidiary) of such Indebtedness allocable to the Issuer.  For purposes hereof, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based upon the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of determination.

 

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)            to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

(2)            to advance or supply funds:

 

(a)           for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

(b)           to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)            to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

8



 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuer.

 

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures, notes, debentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is puttable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

 

9



 

or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1)            increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)           provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, foreign, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income in such period; plus

 

(b)           Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(r) through and (z) of the definition thereof, and, in each such case, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income in such period; plus

 

(c)           Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income in such period;

 

(d)           any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to any offering of the Notes, any Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, any Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income in such period; plus

 

(e)           the amount of any restructuring charge deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

 

(f)            any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

10


 

(g)           the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income in such period; plus

 

(h)           the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related expenses accrued or (without duplication) paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11(b)(3) hereof; plus

 

(i)            the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or determined to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (w) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (x) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 12 months after the date of determination to take such action, (y) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are included in clause (e) above with respect to such period and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $15.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

 

(j)            any impairment charge or asset write-off, including, without limitation, impairment charges or asset write-offs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP; plus

 

(k)           any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction; plus

 

(l)            any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer as equity (other than Disqualified Stock) or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

 

(2)            decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

 

(3)            increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

(a)           any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; plus or minus , as applicable,

 

(b)           any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from

 

11



 

Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) or currency remeasurements of assets and liabilities determined in an entity’s non-functional currency that would cause remeasurement gains or losses.

 

EMU ” means the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

(1)            public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)            issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

(3)            any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exchange Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds or the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from:

 

(1)           contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

(2)           the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

 

12



 

in each case designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

Existing Senior Notes ” means the 10% Senior Notes due 2015 with an aggregate principal amount of $260,000,000 and the 10.25%/11% Senior Toggle Notes due 2015 with an initial aggregate principal amount of $432,822,000 (together with any Senior Toggle Notes issued as payment-in-kind interest on the Senior Toggle Notes issued pursuant to the terms of the Existing Senior Notes Indenture), issued by the Issuer under the Existing Senior Notes Indenture.

 

Existing Senior Notes Indenture ” means that certain Senior Indenture dated as of May 13, 2008, among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

 

Existing Senior Subordinated Notes ” means the 11.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 with an aggregate principal amount of $310,000,000 issued by the Issuer under the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

 

Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ” means that certain Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 13, 2008, among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller, determined in good faith by the Issuer; provided that “Issuer” shall be deemed to mean the Board of Directors of the Issuer when the Fair Market Value is equal to or in excess of $50.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated); provided further that, for purposes of calculating Fair Market Value under clauses (a)(3)(b) through (a)(3)(e) of Section 4.07 hereof (including any related definitions) or the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal of an Independent Financial Advisor if the Fair Market Value exceeds $50.0 million and the Fair Market Value is not readily ascertainable.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any Person that subsequently

 

13



 

became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act as interpreted by the staff of the SEC.  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other rate shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)            Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

(2)            all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

 

(3)            all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Issuer notifies the Trustee that the Issuer requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Issue Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn (regardless of whether or not any amendment is approved or made) or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

14



 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iii), 2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

(1)            direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

(2)            obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

 

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and its successors and assigns, in each case, until the Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

ICE ” means Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company, and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

(1)            any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

15



 

(a)           in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)           evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)           representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

(d)           representing any Hedging Obligations;

 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer appearing upon the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;

 

(2)            to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)            to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

 

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) any obligation associated with minority interest put/call arrangements or (c) in the case of any Securitization Subsidiary, all Permitted Securitization Transactions.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Initial Purchasers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., KKR Capital Markets and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

 

insolvency or liquidation proceeding ” means:

 

16



 

(1)            any case commenced by or against the Issuer or any Guarantor under any Bankruptcy Law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Issuer or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

 

(2)            any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

 

(3)            any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means September 1 and March 1 of each year to Stated Maturity.

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

 

(1)            securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(2)            debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

(4)            corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commissions, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

 

(1)            “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(a)           the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

17



 

(b)           the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)            any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

 

Investors ” means the Sponsor, the Management Investors and each other investor that provided a portion of the equity commitments on or before the Issue Date.

 

Issue Date ” means July 25, 2012.

 

Issuer ” means Laureate Education, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

 

KKR ” means each of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. and KKR Associates, L.P.

 

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.  If a payment date is a legal holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a legal holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Management Investors ” means the directors, management officers and employees of Laureate Education and its Subsidiaries on or before the Issue Date.

 

Merger ” means the acquisition of all the outstanding capital stock of Laureate Education, Inc., by a short-form merger that was completed on August 17, 2007, including the payment of the acquisition consideration in connection therewith, the equity investment by the Investors and members of management.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required

 

18



 

by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Notes ” means the Initial Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor), and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.  For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.

 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum for the Notes, dated July 20, 2012.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

 

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors, members of management of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parent) and any assignees of the equity commitments of the Investors on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such group and without

 

19



 

giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors, members of management and assignees of the equity commitments of the Investors, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(1)            any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)            any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)            any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)           such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)           such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(4)            any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)            any Investment existing on the Issue Date, including any Investment existing on the Issue Date in any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such on the Issue Date;

 

(6)            any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

(a)           in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

(b)           as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)            Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (11) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(8)            Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

 

(9)            guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(10)         any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5),  (9), (13) and (15) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);

 

20


 

(11)         Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

(12)         additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed $200.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(13)         Investments relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Permitted Securitization Transaction, as the case may be;

 

(14)         Investments arising from the creation, holding or sale of Student Loans made by any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the Investment arising from any guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of Student Loans offered pursuant to any student loan program offered to students of such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(15)         advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

 

(16)         loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; and

 

(17)         Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons.

 

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)            pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)            Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)            Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

21



 

(4)            Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)            minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)            Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (1), (5), (13)(b), (14), (18), (19) or (20) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that (a) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(5) hereof extend only to the assets so financed, purchased, constructed or improved, (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(14) hereof relate only to Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund or refinance Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.09(b)(5) or (13)(b) hereof, (c) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(18) hereof extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries, and (d) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(19) or (20) hereof are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

 

(7)            Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

(8)            Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(9)            Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(10)         Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(11)         Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)         Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13)         leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(14)         Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

22



 

(15)         Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)         Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

(17)         Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Permitted Securitization Transaction;

 

(18)         Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(19)         deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(20)         other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $20.0 million at any one time outstanding:

 

(21)         Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(5) hereof, so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(22)         Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23)         Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(24)         Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreements;

 

(25)         Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(26)         Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

 

23



 

(27)         Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Securitization Transaction ” shall mean any transfer by any Restricted Subsidiary of student loans or related accounts receivable or interests therein (collectively, “ Student Loans ”) (a) to a trust, partnership, corporation or other “conduit” entity, which transfer is funded in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by the incurrence or issuance by the transferee or any successor transferee of Indebtedness or other securities that are to receive payments from, or that represent interests in, the cash flow derived from such Student Loans, or (b) directly to one or more investors.  The “amount” of any Permitted Securitization Transaction shall be deemed at any time to be (i) the aggregate principal or stated amount of the Indebtedness or other securities referred to in clause (a) of the preceding sentence or (ii) if there shall be no such principal or stated amount or such Permitted Securitization Transaction shall be in the form of a direct sale to one or more investors, the uncollected amount of the Student Loans transferred pursuant to the Permitted Securitization Transaction net of any such Student Loans that have been written off as uncollectible.  The aggregate amount of Permitted Securitization Transactions shall not in the aggregate exceed $150.0 million outstanding at any time.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Plan of Reorganization ” means any plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement proposed in or in connection with any insolvency or liquidation proceeding.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (other than Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets, or otherwise.

 

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Proceeds ” means the fair value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.

 

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

24



 

Record Date ” for the interest or Special Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means August 15 or February 15 (whether or not a Business Day), in each case, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

 

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note of the applicable series upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

 

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Representative ” means, with respect to a person, any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

 

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary’s ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

 

25



 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Securitization Fees means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any Permitted Securitization Transaction.

 

Securitization Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Permitted Securitization Transactions, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the amended and restated credit agreement dated as of June 16, 2011 by and among the Issuer, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures, notes, debentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

 

Senior Indebtedness ” means:

 

(1)            all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, the Existing Senior Notes and the guarantees related thereto or the Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is

 

26



 

allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

 

(2)            all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

 

(3)            any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes or related guarantees, the Notes or any related Guarantee; and

 

(4)            all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

 

provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(a)           any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)           any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

(c)           any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)           any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

(e)           that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

Special Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Sponsor ” means any of KKR and its Affiliates but excluding portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the

 

27



 

documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,

 

(1)            any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, including the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, and

 

(2)            any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)            any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time;

 

(2)            any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

 

(x)           more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time, and

 

(y)           such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity; and

 

(3)            any affiliated not-for-profit, non-stock universities that are controlled through majority voting interests of their respective boards of directors.

 

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to September 1, 2015; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to September 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

 

28



 

Trustee ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Cash ” means the aggregate cash and cash equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted hereunder and Liens securing the Senior Credit Facilities) included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date including such amounts only to the extent the use thereof for application to the payment of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities is not prohibited by law or any contract to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note ” means one or more Global Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

(1)            any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

 

(2)            any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

 

(1)            any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

 

(2)            such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

 

(3)            each of  the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. As of the Issue Date, each of the following is an Unrestricted Subsidiary: (i) Laureate Education — Turkey B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands; (ii) CH Holding Netherlands B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands; (iii) Bilgi Iletisim Grubu Yay Muzik Yap Ve Haber Ajansi Ltd. Sti, a corporation formed under the laws of Turkey; (iv) Mediacom Halka Iliskiler Ve Iletisim Ltd. Sti, a corporation formed under the laws of Turkey; (v) Oztan Temizlik Ve Tadilat Hizmetleri Ticaret Ltd. Sti, a corporation formed under the laws of Turkey; (vi) Istanbul Bilgi University, a foundation university organized under the laws of Turkey; (vii) Inmobiliaria e Inversiones San Genaro Dos S.A., a sociedad anonima organized under the laws of Chile; and (viii) Laur Inmobiliaria S.R.L., a corporation formed under the laws of Peru.

 

29


 

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(1)            the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

 

(2)            the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)            the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)            the sum of all such payments.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02          Other Definitions .

 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

 

 

 

Acceptable Commitment

 

4.10

Affiliate Transaction

 

4.11

Asset Sale Offer

 

4.10

Change of Control Offer

 

4.14

Change of Control Payment

 

4.14

Change of Control Payment Date

 

4.14

Covenant Defeasance

 

8.03

DTC

 

2.03

Event of Default

 

6.01

Excess Proceeds

 

4.10

incur

 

4.09

Issuer Authentication Order

 

2.02

 

30



 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

 

 

 

Legal Defeasance

 

8.02

Note Register

 

2.03

Offer Amount

 

3.09

Offer Period

 

3.09

Paying Agent

 

2.03

Permitted Debt

 

4.09

Purchase Date

 

3.09

Redemption Date

 

3.07

Refinancing Indebtedness

 

4.09

Refunding Capital Stock

 

4.07

Registrar

 

2.03

Restricted Payments

 

4.07

Second Commitment

 

4.10

Treasury Capital Stock

 

4.07

 

Section 1.03          Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

indenture securities ” means the Notes;

 

indenture security holder ” means a Holder of a Note;

 

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

 

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

 

obligor ” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04          Rules of Construction

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)           a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)           an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)           “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)           words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)           “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

31



 

(f)            provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(g)           references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(h)           unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

 

(i)            the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

 

Section 1.05          Acts of Holders

 

(a)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

 

(b)           The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)           The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

(e)           The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders.  Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of ten days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

 

(f)            Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.  Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with

 

32



 

regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

 

(g)           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

(h)           The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders.  If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date.  No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

 

Section 1.06          Effectiveness of Indenture

 

The provisions of this Indenture set forth in Article 4, Article 5, Article 6 and Section 7.06 shall not become effective unless and until the Trustee authenticates any Notes under this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01          Form and Dating; Terms

 

(a)           General .  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication, unless a different date shall be provided for in the applicable Exchange Notice.  The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)           Global Notes .  Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

33



 

(c)           Temporary Global Notes .  Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note of the same series pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the corresponding Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the corresponding Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

 

(d)           Terms .  The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof.  The Notes shall not be redeemable other than as provided in Article 3 hereof.

 

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof.  Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

 

(e)           Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable .  The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

Section 2.02          Execution and Authentication

 

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual, electronic means or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto by the manual or facsimile

 

34



 

signature of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer (an “ Issuer Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes specified in such Issuer Authentication Order.  In addition, at any time, and from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes or Exchange Notes, for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Issuer Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.03          Registrar and Paying Agent

 

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”).  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange.  The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “ Registrar ” includes any co-registrar and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such Paying Agent or Registrar.  The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

Section 2.04          Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Special Interest if any on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05          Holder Lists

 

The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act § 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least ten Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may

 

35



 

reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act § 312(a).

 

Section 2.06          Transfer and Exchange

 

(a)           Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .  Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes.  Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

(b)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes .  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(i)            Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note .  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii)           All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) both (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) both (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant

 

36



 

given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903.  Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust, or cause the Registrar to adjust, the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(iii)          Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note .  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)          if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

 

(B)          if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(iv)          Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note .  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:

 

(A)          such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

(B)          such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)          such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

37



 

(D)          the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(2)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)           Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

 

(i)            Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes .  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)          if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)          if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)          if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

38



 

(D)          if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(F)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)           Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes .  Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

 

(iii)          Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:

 

(A)          such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

(B)          such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement;

 

39


 

(C)          such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)          the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(2)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iv)          Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the  events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

 

(i)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)          if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such

 

40



 

Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)          if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)          if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)          if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(F)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)           Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

(A)          such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

(B)          such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)          such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)          the Registrar receives the following:

 

41



 

(1)           if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(2)           if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)          Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes .  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

 

(i)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes .  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

42



 

(A)          if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)          if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(C)          if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii)           Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 

(A)          such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

(B)          any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)          any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)          the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)           if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(2)           if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

43



 

(iii)          Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof; provided , however , that no Opinion of Counsel shall be required for transfers made by a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer pursuant to Rule 144 that are consummated more than one year following the issuance date of the Notes by the Issuer.

 

(f)            Exchange Offer .  Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

 

(i)            one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not broker-dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; and

 

(ii)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not broker-dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer.

 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

 

(g)           Legends .  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

 

(i)            Private Placement Legend .

 

(A)          Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE

 

44



 

SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (4) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”

 

(B)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(ii)           Global Note Legend .  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(iii)          Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend .  The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS

 

45



 

EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

 

(h)           Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes .  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(i)            General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(i)            To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii)           No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii)          Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(iv)          All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(v)           The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(vi)          Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all

 

46



 

other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vii)         Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

(viii)        At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(ix)          All certifications, certificates (including any Officer’s Certificate) and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any liability or responsibility for any action taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

Section 2.07          Replacement Notes

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

47



 

Section 2.08          Outstanding Notes

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09          Treasury Notes

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate, shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

Section 2.10          Temporary Notes

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11          Cancellation

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act and the Trustee’s customary procedures).  Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon the Issuer’s written request.  The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12          Defaulted Interest

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus , to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the

 

48



 

amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12.  The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than ten days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

Section 2.13          CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01          Notices to Trustee

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least two Business Days  before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02          Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes of such series to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC.  For purposes of this Section 3.02, pro rata shall be based on the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at such time.

 

In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

 

49


 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased.  Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

Section 3.03          Notice of Redemption

 

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, notices of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that notices of redemption may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof and except that any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(h) hereof shall only require 3 Business Days’ prior notice.  Except as set forth in Section 3.04, Section 3.07(c) and Section 3.07(d) hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)           the Redemption Date;

 

(b)           the redemption price;

 

(c)           if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d)           the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)           that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)            that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

 

(g)           the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

(h)           the applicable CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if any, and indicate that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

 

(i)            if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) or 3.07(d) hereof, any condition to such redemption.

 

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before

 

50



 

notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04          Effect of Notice of Redemption

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price (except (i) when given in connection with a transaction (or series of related transactions) that constitutes a Change of Control, in which case such notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the Change of Control and (ii) as provided for in Section 3.07(c) and 3.07(d) hereof).  The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.  Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05          Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

 

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date.  If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06          Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Issuer Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note issued under this Section 3.06.

 

Section 3.07          Optional Redemption

 

(a)           Notes Make Whole Redemption .  At any time prior to September 1, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the

 

51



 

right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

(b)           Notes Equity Redemption .  Prior to September 1, 2015, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.  Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offerings may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

 

(c)           Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to September 1, 2015.

 

(d)           Notes Optional Redemption .  From and after September 1, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2015

 

106.938

%

2016

 

104.625

%

2017

 

102.313

%

2018 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(e)           Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08          Mandatory Redemption     The Issuer will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.09          Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

 

(a)           In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

(b)           The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”).  No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.10(b)(1) hereof) and, if required, Senior Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Senior Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer (subject to the limitations set forth in

 

52



 

Section 4.10(b)(1) hereof).  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

(c)           If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

(d)           Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.  The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and, if required, holders of Senior Indebtedness.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

 

(i)            that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

 

(ii)           the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(iii)          that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv)          that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date;

 

(v)           that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(vi)          that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(vii)         that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(viii)        that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Senior Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the administrative agent or trustee for such Senior Indebtedness shall select such Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.10(b)(1) hereof) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Senior Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

 

53



 

(ix)          that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

 

(e)           On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary and subject to Section 4.10(b)(1) hereof, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

 

(f)            The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof.  The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01          Payment of Notes

 

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

 

The Issuer shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.  In the event that the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest pursuant to this Indenture to Holders, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee as referenced in Section 7.02(j) hereof.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

54



 

Section 4.02          Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03          Reports and Other Information

 

(a)           Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after the Issuer files with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

 

(1)           within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

 

(2)           within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

 

(3)           promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

 

(4)           any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

in each case in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer shall, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, furnish or otherwise make available to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

55



 

(b)           In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the effectiveness of an Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (each as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) (1) by the filing with the SEC of an Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X, to the extent filed within the times specified above, or (2) by posting (in the manner specified in the next succeeding sentence), or providing to the Trustee, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if the Issuer were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with (i) a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in the applicable SEC report (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) and (ii) in the case of the annual consolidated financial statements of the Issuer, a report thereon by the Issuer’s independent auditors; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to include (a) any consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, (b) any adjustment that would be required by any SEC rule, regulation or interpretation, including but not limited to any “push down” accounting adjustment or (c) any business unit reporting different from the segment reporting presented by the Issuer in the Offering Memorandum.  To the extent that the Issuer shall elect to post the information referenced in clause (2) above, the Issuer shall post such information on either (i) a public website as may be then maintained by the Issuer or (ii) a website (which may be nonpublic) to which access is given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes that are “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuer, and securities analysts and market-making financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.  If the Issuer determines in good faith that it cannot make such information available in the manner described in the preceding sentence after the use of all commercially reasonable efforts, the Issuer shall instead furnish such information to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes.

 

(d)           Until the effectiveness of an Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (each as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement), the Issuer will hold a teleconference with the Holders of Notes once during each fiscal quarter.  The Issuer will notify the Holders of the Notes at least five business days prior to the date of any teleconference required to be held in accordance with this paragraph, of the time and date of such teleconference and including all information necessary to access such teleconference or directing Holders of Notes to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such information with a copy of such notice to be provided to the Trustee.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its agreements set forth under Section 4.03(a) through 4.03(d) for purposes of Section 6.01(a)(3) until 120 days after the date any report is required to be filed with the SEC (or posted on the Issuer’s website or provided to the Trustee) pursuant to this Section 4.03.

 

56



 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Section 4.03, as well as any other reports, information and documents required under this Indenture (aside from any report that is expressly the responsibility of the Trustee subject to the terms hereof), is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).  The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for the filing, timeliness or content of any report required under this Section 4.03 or any other reports, information and documents required under this Indenture (aside from any report that is expressly the responsibility of the Trustee subject to the terms hereof).

 

Section 4.04          Compliance Certificate

 

(a)           The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

 

(b)           When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05          Taxes

 

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06          Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

 

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07          Restricted Payments

 

(a)           The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(I)            declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:

 

57



 

(A)          dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

 

(B)          dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; provided , however , that fees or royalty payments received from a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary by the Issuer or by any Restricted Subsidiary shall also be deemed to be dividends or distributions to the extent that the third-party minority owners of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary have a right to receive (and do receive) a payment, in the form of a dividend or distribution, that is not greater than the amount that would be proportional to the fee or royalty payment paid to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries, based on their respective ownership interests of the third-party minority owners and the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries (whether direct or indirect) in such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

 

(II)          purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

(III)        make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

(A)          Indebtedness permitted under clauses (8) and (9) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(B)          the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(C)          the purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Issuer’s Existing Senior Subordinated Notes; or

 

(IV)         make any Restricted Investment

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)           no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(2)           immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

 

(3)           such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date

 

58



 

(including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b)(1), (7) and (11) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)           50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the Issue Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

(b)           100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of:

 

(i)            (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, excluding cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof;

 

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof); or

 

(ii)           debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;

 

provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Equity Interests of the Issuer or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (X) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock, (Y) transactions whose proceeds were used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(13)(a) hereof, solely to the extent of such usage or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

(c)           100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(13)(a) hereof, (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary) or (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions; plus

 

(d)           to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

 

(i)            the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of

 

59


 

loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

 

(ii)           the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

 

(e)           in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not prohibit:

 

(1)           the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(2)           the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Issuer; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(3)(b) and (c);

 

(3)           the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, so long as:

 

(a)           the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

(b)           such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

 

(c)           such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

 

(d)           such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

 

60



 

(4)           a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any present or former founder, employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Merger; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $15.0 million (which shall increase to $30.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $60.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $120.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)           the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof; plus

 

(b)           the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent the cash proceeds of such key man life insurance policies have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof; less

 

(c)           the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

(5)           the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

 

(6)           repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such stock options or warrants;

 

61



 

(7)           the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following consummation of the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and any other public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(3)(b) and (c);

 

(8)           other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed $150.0 million;

 

(9)           distributions or payments of Securitization Fees;

 

(10)         Restricted Payments in an amount that does not exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions made since the Issue Date;

 

(11)         the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and

 

(12)         the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

 

(a)           franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

(b)           foreign, federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local income taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

 

(c)           customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d)           general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are

 

62



 

attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(e)           fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and

 

(13)         the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to enable such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to make any Investment in any Affiliate of the Issuer that is controlled by such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that (x) such dividend shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (y) the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (13) shall not exceed $25.0 million;

 

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.07(b)(8) hereof, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under Section 4.07(b)(8) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 4.08          Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

 

(a)           The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)           (A)          pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

 

(B)          pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)           make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(3)           sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)           The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)           contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation;

 

63



 

(2)           this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, the Existing Senior Notes and the related guarantees, the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and the related guarantees;

 

(3)           purchase money obligations and Capital Lease Obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 4.08(a)(3) hereof on the property so acquired;

 

(4)           applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(5)           any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

 

(6)           contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(7)           Secured Indebtedness that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof;

 

(8)           restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)           other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(10)         customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

(11)         customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)         any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

 

(13)         restrictions created in connection with any Permitted Securitization Transaction that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Permitted Securitization Transaction.

 

64



 

Section 4.09          Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

 

(a)           The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(1)           the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $1,785.0 million outstanding at any one time;

 

(2)           the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes and the Guarantees and the Exchange Notes and related Guarantees to be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes and the Guarantees pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(3)           the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and related guarantees and the exchange notes and related guarantees to be issued in exchange for the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and related guarantees pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating to the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes;

 

(4)           Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 4.09(b));

 

(5)           Indebtedness consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at the date of such incurrence, including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund or refinance any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (5), not to exceed $300.0 million; provided , however , that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

 

65



 

(6)           Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit in respect of (a) workers’ compensation or employee health claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation or employee health claims or (b) regulatory or governmental requirements; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

(7)           Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));

 

(8)           Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

 

(9)           Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor issues such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (9);

 

(10)         shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (10);

 

(11)         Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

(12)         obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

66



 

(13)         (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with Section 4.07(a)(3)(b) and (3)(c) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (13)(b) does not at any one time outstanding exceed $100.0 million;

 

(14)         the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof, clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (13)(a) and (15) of this Section 4.09(b) and this clause (14), including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

(a)           has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

 

(b)           to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

(c)           shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor;

 

and provided further that subclause (a) of this clause (14) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under a Credit Facility;

 

(15)         Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any Person or asset or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:

 

67



 

(a)           the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

 

(b)           the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

(16)         Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

 

(17)         (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

 

(18)         Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer; provided that after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance, the Consolidated Secured and Foreign Debt Ratio is not greater than 4.25 to 1.00;

 

(19)         Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) a Foreign Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition of any Person or assets or (y) Persons that are acquired by a Foreign Subsidiary or merged into a Foreign Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture in each case in a principal amount not to exceed 2.0 multiplied by the EBITDA for the most recent four quarter period relating to such Person or assets;

 

(20)         Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (20) (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (20) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (20) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this clause (20));

 

(21)         Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof up to an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time;

 

(22)         customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23)         Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its

 

68



 

Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(24)         Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) which is the result of any sale leaseback transaction failing to meet the qualifications set forth in ASC 840 such at the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is required to reflect a financing obligation on its financial statements in accordance with GAAP, provided that such failed sale leaseback was permitted to be incurred hereunder; provided , further , that the Net Proceeds received in respect of such failed sale leaseback shall continue to be subject to the terms of an Asset Sale Offer, if applicable, (B) which is the result of a built-to-suit lease failing to meet the qualifications set forth in ASC 840 such that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is required to reflect a financing obligation on its financial statements in accordance with GAAP, provided that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness by this clause (24)(B) outstanding at any time exceed $150.0 million, (C) which is a result of any operating lease becoming a Capitalized Lease Obligation as a result of any changes in GAAP after the Issue Date, or (D) which is a result of an operating lease becoming a Capitalized Lease Obligation as a result of any renewal or extension thereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.09, the Issuer will not permit any Foreign Subsidiary or any non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary to incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, if at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured and Foreign Debt Ratio would be greater than 4.25 to 1.00; provided that (a) a Foreign Subsidiary or a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary may still incur Indebtedness to the extent that it is permitted to do so pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4), (6), (7), (9), (11), (12), (16), (19), (22), (23) or (24), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness related to the foregoing (to the extent any such Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded is Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary or a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary), (b) a Foreign Subsidiary or a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary may still incur Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million to the extent that it is permitted to do so pursuant to clause 4.09(b)(5), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness related to the foregoing (to the extent any such Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded is Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary or a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary), (c) a Foreign Subsidiary or a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary may still incur Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million to the extent that it is permitted to do so pursuant to clause 4.09(b)(17), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness related to the foregoing (to the extent any such Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded is Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary or a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary), and (d) ICE may still incur Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150.0 million to the extent that it is permitted to do so pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof, in each case even if the Consolidated Secured and Foreign Debt Ratio is greater than 4.25 to 1.00.

 

(c)           For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

 

(1)           in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof or in one of the clauses under Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred under Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof; and

 

69


 

(2)           at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and (b) hereof and may reclassify from time to time.

 

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock with the same terms shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance, costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness.

 

(d)           The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be; provided that this sentence shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof.

 

(f)            For purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Senior Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

Section 4.10          Asset Sales

 

(a)           The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly consummate, an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(1)           the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)           except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

70



 

(A)          any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes (in the case of the Issuer) or the Guarantees (in the case of such Restricted Subsidiary), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

(B)          any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

(C)          any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

(b)           Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale directly or indirectly through the Issuer or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(1)           to permanently reduce:

 

(A)          Obligations under the Notes or any other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor (other than Obligations owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) and, in the case of Obligations under revolving credit facilities or other similar Indebtedness, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce Obligations under any Senior Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien (other than the Notes), the Issuer or such Guarantor will, equally and ratably, reduce Obligations under the Notes by, at its option, (i) redeeming Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of this Indenture, (ii) making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased or (iii) purchasing Notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof) in a manner that complies with this Indenture and applicable securities law; or

 

(B)          Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital

 

71



 

expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business; or

 

(3)           to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets that, in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

 

provided that in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

 

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required or permitted by the terms of any Senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness that, in the case of the Notes, is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $50.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

 

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other such Senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the administrative agent or trustee for such other Senior Indebtedness shall select such other Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with adjustments as needed so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination is purchased in part) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Senior Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Additionally, the Issuer may, at its option, make an Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after consummation of such Asset Sale; provided that such Asset Sale Offer shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $50.0 million. Upon consummation of such Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not required to be used to purchase Notes shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds.

 

(c)           Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness

 

72



 

outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(d)           The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.11          Transactions with Affiliates

 

(a)           The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

 

(1)           such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

(2)           the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with Section 4.11(a)(1) hereof.

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:

 

(1)           transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)           Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(3)           the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors  in an amount not to exceed $3.0 million in any fiscal year;

 

(4)           the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, current and former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)           transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been reasonably obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(6)           any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as

 

73



 

compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date in the reasonable determination of the Issuer);

 

(7)           the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole in the reasonable determination of the Issuer;

 

(8)           the payment on the Issue Date of all fees and expenses related to the issuance of the Initial Notes;

 

(9)           transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(10)         the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;

 

(11)         sales of accounts receivable or participations therein, in connection with any Permitted Securitization Transaction;

 

(12)         payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

 

(13)         payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

(14)         investments by the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

 

(15)         payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint ventures in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(16)         payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any such parent) and its

 

74



 

Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent such taxes are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of amounts received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity.

 

Section 4.12          Liens

 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

(1)           in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

(2)           in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured or are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens,

 

except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letters of credit relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof, (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $350.0 million at any one time and (c) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this clause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro   forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured and Foreign Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.25 to 1.00.

 

Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 4.12 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien (other than through the exercise of remedies with respect thereto) that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Notes.

 

Section 4.13          Corporate Existence

 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.14          Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control

 

(a)           If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

75



 

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

(1)           that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

(2)           the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

 

(3)           that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)           that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)           that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)           that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7)           that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.  The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; and

 

(8)           the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.

 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  If (a) notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all Holders that properly received such notice without defect.  The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuer shall comply

 

76



 

with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof.

 

(b)           On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(A)          accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(B)          deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

(C)          deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

 

(c)           The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(d)           The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(e)           Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 4.15          Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

 

The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor), other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

 

(1)           such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:

 

(a)           if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

 

77



 

(b)           if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

 

(2)           such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

 

provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to (i) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) guarantees of any Permitted Securitization Transaction by any Securitization Subsidiary.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01          Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

 

(a)           The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)           either:  (x) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

 

(2)           the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)           immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

(4)           immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

 

(A)          the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

 

(B)          the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

78


 

(5)           each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Successor Company’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement; and

 

(6)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

(b)           The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable.  Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

 

(x)           any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and

 

(y)           the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

(c)           Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, no Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)           (A)          such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

(A)          the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture, such Guarantor’s Guarantee and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(B)          immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(C)          the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

 

(2)           the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

 

(d)           Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties

 

79



 

and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor.

 

Section 5.02          Successor Corporation Substituted

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided , that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01          Events of Default

 

(a)           An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)           default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(2)           default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Special Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes;

 

(3)           failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture to comply with any of their respective obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(4)           default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

 

(a)           such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such

 

80



 

Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

 

(b)           the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $40.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

(5)           failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

(6)           the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)            commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)           consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy law;

 

(iii)          consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(iv)          makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

(v)           generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

 

(7)           a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i)            is for relief against the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)           appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

81



 

(iii)          orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(8)           the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Guarantors that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Guarantors that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; or

 

(b)           In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

(1)           the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 

(2)           the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

(3)           the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

Section 6.02          Acceleration

 

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately.  The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as it determines in good faith that acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, Special Interest, if any, or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

82



 

Section 6.03          Other Remedies

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04          Waiver of Past Defaults

 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided , subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05          Control by Majority

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06          Limitation on Suits

 

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)           such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)           Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)           Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)           the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)           Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

83



 

Section 6.07          Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08          Collection Suit by Trustee

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09          Restoration of Rights and Remedies

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

Section 6.10          Rights and Remedies Cumulative

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.11          Delay or Omission Not Waiver

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.12          Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and

 

84



 

counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any Plan of Reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any Plan of Reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.13          Priorities

 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

(i)            to the Trustee and/or any Agent, their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due hereunder, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and/or Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

(ii)           to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

(iii)          to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 

The Trustee may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

Section 6.14          Undertaking for Costs

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01          Duties of Trustee

 

(a)           If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)           Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)            the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this

 

85



 

Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)           in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the form required by this Indenture.

 

(c)           The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)            this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(ii)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by it, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)          the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)           Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)           The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)            The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02          Rights of Trustee

 

(a)           The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(b)           Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)           The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

86



 

(d)           The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)           Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

(f)            None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

 

(g)           The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(h)           In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(i)            The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(j)            In the event the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Special Interest no later than 15 days prior to the record date for the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer.  The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Special Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

 

(k)           The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

(l)            The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Section 7.03          Individual Rights of Trustee

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04          Trustee’s Disclaimer

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any

 

87



 

money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05          Notice of Defaults

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

Section 7.06          Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

 

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the 12 months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.07          Compensation and Indemnity

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee (acting in any capacity hereunder) from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee (acting in any capacity hereunder) for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connective with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder).  The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

88


 

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

When the Trustee (acting in any capacity hereunder) incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08          Replacement of Trustee.

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.  The Trustee may resign at any time by giving 30 days prior written notice of such resignation to the Issuer and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a)           the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b)           the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c)           a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)           the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided , all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07

 

89



 

hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. No resigning or removed Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for the action or inaction of any successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.09          Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10          Eligibility; Disqualification

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

 

Section 7.11          Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01          Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02          Legal Defeasance and Discharge

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(a)           the rights of Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(b)           the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

90



 

(c)           the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(d)           this Section 8.02.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03          Covenant Defeasance

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04          Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 

(1)           the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes issued under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)           in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

(a)           the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

91



 

(b)           since the original issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)           in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)           no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(5)           such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(6)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

 

(7)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

(8)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05          Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a

 

92



 

Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06          Repayment to Issuer

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.07          Reinstatement

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01          Without Consent of Holders of Notes

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, without the consent of any Holder:

 

(1)           to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)           to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3)           to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders by a successor to the Issuer or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;

 

93



 

(4)           to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;

 

(5)           to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(6)           to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(7)           to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

(8)           to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable;

 

(9)           to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;

 

(10)         to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision described in the Offering Memorandum under the section titled “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision described in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantees or Notes as certified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; or

 

(11)         to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law as supported by an Opinion of Counsel and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes as certified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Section 9.02          With Consent of Holders of Notes

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default (other than a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single

 

94



 

class, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, in each case other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates.  Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 12.04 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(1)           reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)           reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof to the extent that any such amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes);

 

(3)           reduce the applicable rate of or change the applicable time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)           waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes issued under this Indenture, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

 

(5)           make any Note payable in currency other than that stated therein;

 

(6)           make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

95


 

(7)                                  make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

 

(8)                                  impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(9)                                  make any change to the ranking provisions of this Indenture or the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

 

(10)                           except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 9.03                              Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04                              Revocation and Effect of Consents

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver.  If a Record Date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such Record Date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such Record Date.  No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such Record Date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

 

Section 9.05                              Notation on or Exchange of Notes

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06                              Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the board of directors approves it.  In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture

 

96



 

and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement executed solely for the purpose of adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

 

Section 9.07                              Payment for Consent

 

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01                       Guarantee

 

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:  (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the

 

97



 

Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

 

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a senior unsecured obligation of such Guarantor.  The Guarantees shall rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor (including the Existing Senior Notes) but, to the extent of the value of the collateral, will be effectively senior to all of the Guarantor’s unsecured Senior Indebtedness and, to the extent of the collateral, will be effectively subordinated to the Guarantor’s Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities.  The Guarantees will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each Guarantor (including the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes).  The Notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not Guarantee the Notes.

 

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

Section 10.02                       Limitation on Guarantor Liability

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other

 

98



 

contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.  Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 10.03                       Execution and Delivery

 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer or person holding an equivalent title.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.04                       Subrogation

 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

Section 10.05                       Benefits Acknowledged

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 10.06                       Release of Guarantees

 

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)                                  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (a) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

99



 

(2)                                  the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(3)                                  the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” hereunder; or

 

(4)                                  the exercise by Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

provided that such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01                       Satisfaction and Discharge

 

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

 

(1)                                  all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2)                                  (A)  all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(A)                                no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default, under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

100



 

(B)                                the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(C)                                the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

 

Section 11.02                       Application of Trust Money

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01                       Trust Indenture Act Controls

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act §318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 12.02                       Notices

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

 

c/o Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland  21202

Facsimile No.:  [     ]

Attention:  General Counsel

 

101



 

With a copy to:
DLA Piper US LLP
6225 Smith Avenue

Baltimore, Maryland 21209

Facsimile No.:  [     ]

Attention:  R.W. Smith, Jr., Esq.

 

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

45 Broadway, 14th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Facsimile No.:  [     ]

Attention:  Corporate Trust Department - Laureate Education Administrator

 

The Issuer, any Guarantor, or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act § 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 12.03                       Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act § 312(c).

 

Section 12.04                       Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                  an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

102



 

(b)                                  an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 12.05                       Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act § 314(e) and shall include:

 

(a)                                  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)                                   a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

 

(d)                                  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

Section 12.06                       Rules by Trustee and Agents

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.07                       No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or limited partner of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

Section 12.08                       Governing Law

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 12.09                       Waiver of Jury Trial

 

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

103



 

Section 12.10                       Force Majeure

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

 

Section 12.11                       No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.12                       Successors

 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.

 

Section 12.13                       Severability

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.14                       Counterpart Originals

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 12.15                       Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.16                       Qualification of Indenture

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 12.17                       PATRIOT ACT

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

 

104


 

SIGNATURES

 

Dated as of July 25, 2012

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC.

 

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC.

 

 

INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD.

 

 

LAUREATE PROPERTIES, LLC (DELAWARE)

 

 

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

 

TUITION FINANCE, INC.

 

 

WALDEN E-LEARNING, LLC

 

 

THE CANTER GROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

 

CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

 

EDUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.

 

 

WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS — US I, INC.

 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC

 

 

EXETER STREET HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Page to Indenture — Company and Guarantors

 



 

 

LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.,

 

 

 

its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and

 

 

 

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Manager

 

Signature Page to Indenture — Company and Guarantors

 



 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Yana Kielenko

 

 

Name:  Yana Kielenko

 

 

Title:  Vice President

 

Signature Page to Indenture — Company and Guarantors

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Face of Note]

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

CUSIP [                      ]

ISIN [                      ]

 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

 

Senior Notes due 2019

 

No.    

[$                                 ]

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

promises to pay to [CEDE & CO. or registered assigns][HOLDER], the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                                  United States Dollars] on September 1, 2019.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  September 1 and March 1

Record Dates:  August 15 and February 15

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

 

Dated: [                        ], 20[    ]

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

A- 1



 

Dated:  [                        ], 20[    ]*

 


* This date should be included only if the Note is issued in definitive form.

 

A- 2



 

[Back of Note]

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)                                  I NTEREST .  Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.250% per annum from July 25, 2012 until maturity and shall pay Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.  The Issuer will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on September 1 and March 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be March 1, 2013.  The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)                                  M ETHOD OF P AYMENT .  The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the August 15 or February 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  Payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

(3)                                  P AYING A GENT AND R EGISTRAR .  Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders.  The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

(4)                                  I NDENTURE .  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its Senior Notes due 2019.  The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(5)                                          O PTIONAL R EDEMPTION .

 

(a)                                         Except as set forth below, the Issuer will not be entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to September 1, 2015.

 

A- 3



 

(b)                                  At any time prior to September 1, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

(c)                                   Prior to September 1, 2015, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.250%  of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.  Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offerings may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

 

(d)                                  From and after September 1, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2015

 

106.938

%

2016

 

104.625

%

2017

 

102.313

%

2018 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(e)                                        If the Issuer redeems less than all of the outstanding Notes, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in the manner described under Section 3.02 of the Indenture.

 

(f)                                           Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

 

(6)                                  M ANDATORY R EDEMPTION .  The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

(7)                                  N OTICE OF R EDEMPTION .  Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC.  Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

A- 4



 

(8)                                          O FFERS TO R EPURCHASE .

 

(a)                                    If a Change of Control occurs, the Issuer shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to purchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”), subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.  The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.

 

(b)                                  If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within ten Business Days of each date that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required or permitted by the terms of any Senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness that, in the case of Notes, is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.  To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other such Senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the administrative agent or trustee for such other pari passu Senior Indebtedness shall select such Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with adjustments as needed so that no Notes in an unauthorized denomination is purchased in part) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Senior Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

(c)                                   The Issuer may, at its option, make an Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after consummation of such Asset Sale; provided that such Asset Sale Offer shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $50.0 million.  Upon consummation of such Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not required to be used to purchase Notes shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds.

 

(9)                                  D ENOMINATIONS , T RANSFER , E XCHANGE .  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes or portion of Notes selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part.  Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

(10)                           P ERSONS D EEMED O WNERS .  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

(11)                           A MENDMENT , S UPPLEMENT AND W AIVER . The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

 

A- 5



 

(12)                           D EFAULTS AND R EMEDIES .  The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture and the rights of Holders of Notes upon an Event of Default are defined in Section 6.02 of the Indenture.

 

(13)                           A UTHENTICATION .  This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

 

(14)                           A DDITIONAL R IGHTS OF H OLDERS OF R ESTRICTED G LOBAL N OTES AND R ESTRICTED D EFINITIVE N OTES .  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2012, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Special Interest, if any (as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement).

 

(15)                           GOVERNING LAW .  THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(16)                           CUSIP/ISIN N UMBERS . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP/ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP/ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.  Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

 

c/o Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

Fax No.: (410) 843-8544

Attention:  General Counsel

 

A- 6


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

 

 

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                    to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee * :

 

 

 


*                  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A- 7



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o  Section 4.10                                                                                     o  Section 4.14

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                              

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.: 

 

 

Signature Guarantee *:

 

 

 


*                                                 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A- 8



 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE *

 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                     .  The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount

 

Signature of

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of increase

 

of this Global

 

authorized

 

 

 

Amount of decrease

 

in Principal

 

Note following

 

signatory of

 

 

 

in Principal

 

Amount of this

 

each decrease or

 

Trustee or

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount

 

Global Note

 

increase

 

Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*                                                   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A- 9


 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland  21202

Fax No.: (410) 843-8544

Attention:  General Counsel

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee

45 Broadway, 14th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589

Attention: Corporate Trust Department - Laureate Education Administrator

 

Re:   Senior Notes due 2019

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Laureate Education, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                             (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                 in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                       (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.                                       o   Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A .  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “ qualified institutional buyer ” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.                                       o   Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S .  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the

 

B- 1



 

registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3.                                       o   Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S .  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

(a)                                  o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

 

OR

 

(b)                                  o such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

 

OR

 

(c)                                   o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

4.                                       o   Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .

 

(a)                                  o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144 .  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(b)                                  o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S .  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)                                   o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption .  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration

 

B- 2



 

requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

B- 3



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.                                       The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a)                                  o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                      o 144A Global Note (CUSIP [              ] [              ]), or

 

(ii)                                   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [              ] [              ]), or

 

(b)                                  o a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.                                       After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                      o 144A Global Note (CUSIP [              ] [              ]), or

 

(ii)                                   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [              ] [              ]), or

 

(iii)                                o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [              ] [              ]);

 

or

 

(b)                                  o a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c)                                   o an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B- 4


 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland  21202

Fax No.: (410) 843-8544

Attention:  General Counsel

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee

45 Broadway, 14th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589

Attention: Corporate Trust Department - Laureate Education Administrator

 

Re:  Senior Notes due 2019

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Laureate Education, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                        (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                 in such Note[s] or interests (the Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                       Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

(a)                                  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note .  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(b)                                  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note .  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C- 1



 

(c)                                   o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d)                                  o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.                                       Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

(a)                                  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note .  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                  o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note o Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C- 2



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                                  .

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

C- 3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                          , among                                 (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of July 25, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.                                       CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.                                       AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

 

(a)                                  Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(i)                                      the principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

D- 1



 

(ii)                                   in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)                                  The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

 

(c)                                   The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

 

(d)                                  This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

(e)                                   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(f)                                    The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

(g)                                   As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

(h)                                  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

 

(i)                                      Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the

 

D- 2


 

maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

(j)                                     This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

(k)                                  In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(l)                                      This Guarantee shall be a general senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary but, to the extent of the value of the collateral, will be effectively senior to all of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s unsecured senior Indebtedness.  The Guarantees will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each Guarantor.  The Notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not Guarantee the Notes, if any.

 

(m)                              Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

3.                                       EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

4.                                       MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS.

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(i)                                      (A)                                the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any

 

D- 3



 

territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Entity ”);

 

(B)                                the Successor Entity, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)                                immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(D)                                the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

(ii)                                   the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

 

(b)                                  Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Entity will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor.

 

5.                                       RELEASES. The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)                                  (A)                                any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

(B)                                the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(C)                                the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.07 of the Indenture; or

 

(D)                                the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

 

D- 4



 

(2)                                  the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

6.                                       NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

7.                                       GOVERNING LAW.  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

8.                                       COUNTERPARTS.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

9.                                       EFFECT OF HEADINGS.  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

10.                                THE TRUSTEE.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 

11.                                SUBROGATION.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

12.                                BENEFITS ACKNOWLEDGED.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

13.                                SUCCESSORS.  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

D- 5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

D- 6




Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of November 13, 2012, by and among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors party hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of July 25, 2012, providing for the issuance of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ 2019 Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 2.01(d) of the Indenture provides that Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer (subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture) without notice to or consent of the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors desire to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of issuing $1,050,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes, having terms substantially identical in all material respects to the 2019 Notes (together with the 2019 Notes, the “ Notes ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

(1)           Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)           Additional Notes .  As of the date hereof, the Issuer will issue the Additional Notes under the Indenture, having terms substantially identical in all material respects to the 2019 Notes, at an issue price of 97.75%, plus accrued and unpaid interest from July 25, 2012.  The 2019 Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture.

 

(3)           Authentication of Additional Notes . The Trustee shall, pursuant to an Issuer Authentication Order delivered in accordance with Section 2.02 of the Indenture, authenticate and deliver the Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Issuer Authentication Order.

 

(4)           Ratification of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This First Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder shall be bound thereby.

 



 

(5)           Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(6)           Severability . In case any provision in this First Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(7)           Successors . This First Supplemental Indenture shall be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(8)           Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

(9)           Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(10)         The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Issuer and the Guarantors.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 



 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC.

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC.

 

INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD.

 

LAUREATE PROPERTIES, LLC (DELAWARE)

 

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

TUITION FINANCE, INC.

 

WALDEN E-LEARNING, LLC

 

THE CANTER GROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

EDUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.

 

WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS — US I, INC.

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC

 

EXETER STREET HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC

 

 

By:

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.,

 

 

its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and

 

 

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

2



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yana Kislenko

 

 

Name:

Yana Kislenko

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

3




Exhibit 10.1

 

Execution Version

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT   dated as of June 16, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into by Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the other Credit Parties (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) party hereto, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacities, the “ Current Administrative Agent ” and “ Current Collateral Agent ”, respectively and collectively the “ Current Agent ”), Citibank, N.A. as the arranger of the Transactions (the “ Arranger ”), the Letter of Credit Issuer (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., in its capacity as the Swingline Lender (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the “ Resigning Swingline Lender ”) and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A.  Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007 (as supplemented by that certain Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2009 (the “ Series A New Term Loan Joinder Agreement ”), as amended by that certain Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, and as it has been or may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, and including all schedules and exhibits thereto, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Existing Credit Agreement, and if not defined therein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as defined below)), by and among the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent, the Current Administrative Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and other parties identified therein.

 

B.  Pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement, the Lenders have extended, and have agreed to extend, credit to the Borrowers, including the Term Loans (including the Closing Date Term Loans, the Delayed Draw Term Loans and the Series A New Term Loans, each as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), the Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

C.  Each of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties (collectively, the “ Reaffirming Parties ”) is party to certain one or more of the Security Documents, pursuant to which, among other things, the Credit Parties provided security for the Obligations.

 

D.  The Borrowers, the other Credit Parties and the Lenders party hereto desire to amend the Existing Credit Agreement in the form of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (including the schedules and exhibits thereto, the “ Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ”), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to effectiveness referred to in Section 6 hereof.

 



 

E.  (i) The Borrowers have requested that (a) the Extending Term Loan Lenders (as defined below) extend the scheduled final maturity date of all or a portion of their Term Loans (of any series) by converting all or a portion of their Term Loans into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) pursuant to the procedures described herein and in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement , (b) the Converting Revolving Lenders (as defined below) extend the scheduled final maturity date of all or a portion of their Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans, and change the nature thereof from Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans to Term Loans, by converting all or a portion of their Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) pursuant to the procedures described herein and in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (c) the Series 2016 Extending Revolving Lenders (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) extend the scheduled termination date of their Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement by converting all or a portion of such Series 2016 Revolving Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments and Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans respectively pursuant to the procedures described herein and in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (ii) subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, each of the Extending Term Lenders, Converting Revolving Lenders and Series 2016 Extending Revolving Lenders hereby agrees to such conversions and the other amendments effectuated pursuant hereto and each Lender party hereto is willing to agree to the amendment and restatement to the Existing Credit Agreement provided for herein.  The transactions described in this paragraph are collectively referred to herein as the “ Transactions ”.

 

F.  Each Reaffirming Party expects to realize substantial direct and indirect benefits as a result of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement becoming effective and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and desires to reaffirm its obligations pursuant to the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

G.  The Current Agent desires to resign as administrative agent and collateral agent effective as of the Agency Transfer Date (as defined below) and the Arranger desires to serve in such capacities from and after the Agency Transfer Date (as defined below).

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  Amendment and Restatement of Existing Credit Agreement; Amendments to U.S. Obligations Security Documents.   The Borrowers, the Credit Parties, the Current Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders party hereto and the other parties party hereto each agree that on the Restatement Effective Date (as defined below):

 

(a)  (x) the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated, in the form

 

2



 

of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and any term or provision of the Existing Credit Agreement which is different from that set forth in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall be replaced and superseded in all respects by the terms and provisions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (y) the Current Administrative Agent is directed to execute and deliver the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on behalf of the Lenders and Agents party hereto;

 

(b)  the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement shall be amended by amending the definition of “Secured Obligations” by deleting the word “$1,000,000” in its entirety in the proviso to clause (ii) of such definition and substituting the word “$2,000,000” therefor; and

 

(c)  the U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreement shall be amended by amending the definition of “Secured Obligations” by deleting the word “$1,000,000” in its entirety in the proviso to clause (ii) of such definition and substituting the word “$2,000,000” therefor.

 

SECTION 2.  Term Loan Maturity Date Extension .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as of the Restatement Effective Date (as defined below):

 

(a)  Each existing Lender with outstanding Term Loans of any Class or Series (an “ Existing Term Loan Lender ”) that executes and delivers a signature page to this Amendment specifically consenting to be an “Extending Term Loan Lender” (an “ Extending Term Loan Lender ”) consents to the terms of this Amendment and (x) irrevocably offers for exchange into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) an amount of the Class and Series of Term Loans held by such Lender not to exceed, in each case, the respective amounts set forth with respect to each such Class and Series in such Extending Term Loan Lender’s signature page hereto, (y) agrees that its Term Loans of each such Class and Series will, to the extent of its Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Submitted Amount (as defined below) for each such Class and Series set forth and as indicated in Schedule 1 hereto, be exchanged to become Series 2018 Extended Term Loans pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (z) agrees that the remainder of its Term Loans will, to the extent of its Term Loan Amount set forth and as indicated in Schedule 1 hereto, remain outstanding as Term Loans on the same terms as in existence prior to the Restatement Effective Date (the actions described in this clause (a) being referred to herein as the “ 2011 Term Loan Extension ”);

 

(b)  Each Existing Term Loan Lender that executes and delivers this Amendment solely in the capacity as an Existing Term Loan Lender and not specifically as an Extending Term Loan Lender shall be deemed to have agreed to this Amendment, but will not be deemed by virtue of such execution and delivery to have undertaken any commitment to convert, exchange or extend any of its Term Loans;

 

(c)  On or prior to the Restatement Effective Date, the Borrowers may, pursuant to

 

3



 

and in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(b) of the Existing Credit Agreement, elect to replace any Existing Term Loan Lender that is not an Extending Term Loan Lender and has not otherwise consented to this Amendment and agreed to be an Extended Term Loan Lender pursuant to Section 14.7(b) of the Existing Credit Agreement with notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender; provided , that , to the extent such Existing Term Lender later consents to this Amendment (on or prior to the Restatement Effective Date) and agrees to be an Extending Term Loan Lender, the Borrowers agree that such Lender shall not be replaced pursuant to Section 14.7(b)  of the Existing Credit Agreement; and

 

(d)  As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings given them below:

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Submitted Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Series or Class of Term Loans of any Lender that became a party to the Amendment by submitting to the Arranger and the Current Administrative Agent a signature page to the Amendment offering to convert all or a portion of such Lender’s Term Loans to Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, the principal amount of such Term Loans of such Class and Series submitted for conversion by such Lender as set forth on its signature page to the Amendment.

 

SECTION 3.  Additional Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as of the Restatement Effective Date (as defined below):

 

(a)  Each existing Lender with outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of any Class (an “ Existing Revolving Lender ”) that executes and delivers a signature page to this Amendment specifically consenting to be a “Converting Revolving Lender” (a “ Converting Revolving Lender ”) hereby consents to the terms of this Amendment and (i) irrevocably offers for exchange into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans an amount of each Class of Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments held by such Converting Revolving Lender not to exceed, in each case, the respective amounts set forth with respect to each such Class in such Converting Revolving Lender’s signature page hereto (such amount not to exceed the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Converting Revolving Lender on the Restatement Effective Date), (ii) agrees that if such Converting Revolving Lender’s Series 2018 Revolving Loan Converted Amount (as defined below) for any Class of Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments exceeds the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans with respect to the applicable Class of such Converting Revolving Lender on the Restatement Effective Date (such amount, the “ Revolving Commitment Conversion Amount ”), then such Converting Revolving Lender agrees to convert an amount equal to such excess with respect to such Class of its undrawn Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class into Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments (as defined below) in an amount set forth and as indicated in Schedule 1 hereto, (iii) (x) agrees that its Revolving Credit Loans of each such Class will, to the extent of its Series 2018 Revolving Loan Converted Amount (less any Revolving Commitment Conversion Amount applicable to each such Class) for each

 

4



 

such Class set forth in Schedule 1 hereto, be exchanged to become Series 2018 Extended Term Loans pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and that all Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to which such Revolving Credit Loans that are so converted were made shall be simultaneously terminated and (y) the Parent Borrower shall borrow under, and such Converting Revolving Lender shall extend Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in respect of, all such Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments of such Converting Revolving Lender on the Restatement Effective Date and immediately after such extension of Credit, all such Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments of such Converting Revolving Lender shall be simultaneously terminated, and (iv) agrees that the remainder of its Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments of each Class will, to the extent of its Revolving Credit Loan Amount set forth and as indicated in Schedule 1 hereto, remain outstanding as Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments on the same terms as in existence prior to the Restatement Effective Date (the actions described in this clause (a) being referred to herein as the “ 2011 Revolving Loan Conversion ”);

 

(b)  Each Existing Revolving Lender that executes and delivers this Amendment solely in the capacity as an Existing Revolving Lender and not specifically as a Converting Revolving Lender shall be deemed to have agreed to this Amendment, but will not be deemed by virtue of such execution and delivery to have undertaken any commitment to convert, exchange or extend any of its Revolving Credit Loans;

 

(c)  Each Lender that executes and delivers this Amendment and specifies in its signature page that it agrees to commit to extend additional Series 2018 Extended Term Loans on the Restatement Effective Date (each such Lender, an “ Additional Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lender ”) severally agrees to make additional Series 2018 Extended Term Loans to the Parent Borrower in the amount of its Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments set forth and as indicated in Schedule 1 hereto on the Restatement Effective Date (which amount shall not exceed (but may, at the discretion of the Borrowers and the Arranger, be less than) the amount set forth on such Lender’s signature page hereto as its additional Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments).

 

(d)  The Borrowers and the other Credit Parties hereby agree to the 2011 Revolving Loan Conversion, and further agree that (x) upon the conversion of any Revolving Credit Loans into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii)(x) of this Amendment and the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, all Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to which such Revolving Credit Loans that are so converted and exchanged were made shall be simultaneously and permanently terminated; and (y) upon the borrowing by the Parent Borrower of Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in respect of all Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments of all Additional Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders and all Converting Revolving Lenders on the Restatement Effective Date and immediately after such extension of Credit, all such Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments of such Additional Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders and Converting Revolving Lenders shall be simultaneously terminated; and

 

5



 

(e)  As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings given them below:

 

Series 2018 Revolving Loan Converted Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Class of Revolving Credit Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments of any Lender that became a party to the Amendment by submitting to the Arranger and the Current Administrative Agent a signature page to the Amendment offering to convert all or a portion of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments to Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, the principal amount of such Revolving Credit Loans of such Class submitted for conversion by such Lender as set forth on its signature page to the Amendment.

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean commitments to make Series 2018 Extended Term Loans to the Parent Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date on the terms set forth herein and in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.  Revolving Credit Commitment Maturity Date Extension and Additional Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments.   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as of the Restatement Effective Date (as defined below):

 

(a)  (i) Each Existing Revolving Lender that executes and delivers a signature page to this Amendment specifically consenting to be a “Series 2016 Extending Revolving Lender” (a “ Series 2016 Extending Revolving Lender ”)  (A) consents to the terms of this Amendment, (B) irrevocably agrees its Spanish Revolving Credit Loans and Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments in an amount not to exceed, in each case, the respective amounts set forth with respect to such Class in such Series 2016 Extending Revolving Lender’s signature page hereto will be exchanged to become Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans (under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) and Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments (under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) as set forth in Schedule 1 hereto, (C) irrevocably agrees that its U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments in an amount not to exceed, in each case, the respective amounts set forth with respect to such Class in such Series 2016 Extending Revolving Lender’s signature page hereto will be exchanged to become Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans (under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) and Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments (under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) as set forth in Schedule 1 hereto and (D) agrees that the remainder of its Revolving Credit Loans will, to the extent of its Revolving Credit Loan Amount set forth  and as indicated in Schedule 1 hereto, remain outstanding as Revolving Credit Loans on the same terms as in existence prior to the Restatement Effective Date  (the actions described in this clause (a)(i) being referred to herein as the “ 2011 Revolving Credit Extension ”); and (ii) the Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments of each Existing Revolving Lender that does not agree to the exchange of its Revolving Credit Commitments will, to the extent set forth and as indicated in Schedule 1 hereto, remain outstanding as  Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit

 

6



 

Commitments on the same terms as in existence prior to the Restatement Effective Date; and

 

(b)  By its execution and delivery of its signature page to this Amendment as an Increased Amount Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lender (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) and specifying an amount of Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments (the “ U.S. Submitted Amount ”) and/or Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments (the “ Spanish Submitted Amount ”) on such signature page, such Revolving Credit Lender will be deemed to have committed to provide Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments and/or Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case, on terms more fully described in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in an amount equal to such Increased Amount Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lender’s Increased 2016 U.S. Commitment and/or Increased 2016 Spanish Commitment.

 

Increased 2016 U.S. Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Increased Amount Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lender, an amount equal to the U.S. Submitted Amount of such Lender.

 

Increased 2016 Spanish Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Increased Amount Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lender, an amount equal to the Spanish Submitted Amount of such Lender.

 

SECTION 5.  Representations and Warranties .   To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, each Credit Party which is a party hereto represents and warrants to each of the Swingline Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Lenders, the Arranger and the Current Agent that, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)  the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that to the extent any such representation and warranty is already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects.

 

(b)  each Credit Party has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under this Amendment and each other Credit Document, as amended hereby.  The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by each Credit Party of this Amendment and each other Credit Document (as amended hereby) to which it is a party have been duly approved by all necessary organizational action of each such Credit Party. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by each Credit Party that is a party hereto and thereto do not and will not (i) require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority, where the failure to obtain such registration, consent or

 

7



 

approval or give such notice, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any Contractual Requirement;

 

(c)  this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party that is a party hereto and this Amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of each such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by  equitable principles relating to enforceability; and

 

(d)  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 6.  Amendment Effectiveness .   The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) (x) the Arranger and the Current Administrative Agent shall have received from (i) each of the Borrowers and each other Credit Party, (ii) the Letter of Credit Issuer, (iii) the Resigning Swingline Lender, (iv) the Required Lenders and (v) the Required Term Loan Lenders, a duly executed and delivered counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of each such party and (y) the Arranger and the Current Administrative Agent shall have received from (i) each of the Borrowers and (ii) the Current Administrative Agent and the Current Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Lenders and Agents party hereto), a duly executed and delivered counterpart of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement signed on behalf of each such party;

 

(b)  the Extending Term Loan Lenders shall have committed to convert (i) Series A New Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount not less than 65% (or such lower percentage as may be agreed by the Borrowers and the Arranger) of the aggregate principal amount of the Series A New Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, and (ii) Closing Date Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount not less than 80% (or such lower percentage as may be agreed by the Borrowers and the Arranger) of the aggregate principal amount of the Closing Date Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans, collectively, outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment;

 

(c) the Arranger and the Current Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of (i) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, special New York counsel to the Parent Borrower, (ii) Robert W. Zentz, General Counsel of the Parent Borrower and (iii) DLA Piper LLP (US), local counsel to the U.S. Credit Parties with respect to U.S. Credit Parties in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 2 hereto, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger.  The Parent Borrower and the other U.S. Credit Parties hereby instruct such counsel to deliver such legal opinions;

 

8



 

(d) the Current Administrative Agent shall have received (x) a closing certificate from each Credit Party certifying as to (i) in the case of U.S. Credit Parties only, resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such U.S. Credit Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Amendment (and the Credit Documents as amended), (ii) copies of organizational documents, (iii) incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Credit Document on behalf of such Credit Party and (iv) in the case of U.S. Credit Parties only, the good standing of such Credit Party and (y) a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying that each Foreign Obligations Credit Party has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and has been authorized to execute and deliver the Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(e) the representations and warranties of the Parent Borrower and the other Credit Parties set forth in Section 5 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Restatement Effective Date, and the Arranger and the Current Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Restatement Effective Date and signed by a Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower, confirming the accuracy thereof;

 

(f) the Current Administrative Agent shall have received (i) for its account or the account of each Lender entitled thereto all fees in connection with this Amendment (other than the fees referred to in sub-clause (ii) of this clause (f) below) agreed to prior to the Restatement Effective Date (including all fees agreed to pursuant to Section 7 below) and all amounts due and payable to the Current Administrative Agent on or prior to the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, to the extent invoiced at least 2 Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, reimbursement of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Credit Document and (ii) for the account of each Extending Term Loan Lender that has consented to this Amendment and has agreed to exchange any of its Series A New Term Loans for Series 2018 Extended Term Loans,  the prepayment fee payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Series A New Term Loan Joinder Agreement in an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of any Series A New Term Loans exchanged by such Extending Term Loan Lender for Series 2018 Extended Term Loans;

 

(g) on the Restatement Effective Date, the Arranger and the Current Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower to the effect that after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Parent Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries is Solvent (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement);

 

(i) on the Restatement Effective Date, after giving effect to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions, the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect and the Spanish Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect;

 

9


 

(j)  the Walden Collateral Agreement (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) shall have been amended and restated in the form of the U.S. Title IV Collateral Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B ; and

 

(k)  the Debt Allocation Agreement (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) shall have been amended and restated in the form of the Debt Allocation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

The date on which such conditions have been satisfied (or waived) is referred to herein as the “ Restatement Effective Date ”.

 

SECTION 7.  Fees.                Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as the Restatement Effective Date occurs, it shall pay each Extending Term Loan Lender that has consented to this Amendment and has executed and delivered a counterpart thereof to the Current Administrative Agent (or its designee) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. prevailing New York city time on the Restatement Effective Date, a fee equal to:

 

(a)  in the case of any Series A New Term Loan exchanged by an Extending Term Loan Lender, 2.00% of the aggregate principal amount of any Series A New Term Loans exchanged by such Extending Term Loan Lender for Series 2018 Extended Term Loans; and

 

(b)  in the case of any Closing Date Term Loans and/or Delayed Draw Term Loans exchanged by an Extending Term Loan Lender, 0.375% of the aggregate principal amount of any Closing Date Term Loans and/or Delayed Draw Term Loans exchanged by such Extending Term Loan Lender for Series 2018 Extended Term Loans.

 

SECTION 8.  Resignation and Appointment of Agents.

 

(a)  Pursuant to Section 13.9 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Current Agent hereby delivers notice to each of the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Parent Borrower that, effective upon the Agency Transfer Date (as defined below), the Current Agent hereby resigns as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Existing Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents.  The Required Lenders hereby appoint Citibank, N.A. (the “ Successor Agent ”) as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent effective upon the Agency Transfer Date and the Parent Borrower hereby consent to the Successor Agent’s appointment as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent as of the Agency Transfer Date and the Successor Agent hereby accepts such appointment as of the Agency Transfer Date.  In addition, each of the parties hereto agree that effective as of the Agency Transfer Date, (a) the Successor Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent as set forth in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (b) the Current Agent shall assign to the Successor Agent all its rights, obligations and other interests (including but not limited to each Parallel Debt) (collectively, the “ Interests ”) as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Amended and

 

10



 

Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents (other than as set forth in the Resignation and Appointment Agreement) and effective as of the Agency Transfer Date the Successor Agent hereby assumes the Interests, (c) the Current Agent shall be released from all duties and obligations other than as set forth in the Resignation and Appointment Agreement and (d) any notice requirements in connection with the resignation and appointment are deemed to be satisfied by this Agreement and any other time periods or requirements in connection therewith are waived effective as of the Agency Transfer Date.  The Credit Parties and the Required Lenders hereby (a) waive any notice period under Section 13.9 of the Existing Credit Agreement required before the resignation by the Current Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may become effective and (b) authorize each of the Borrowers, the Current Agent and the Successor Agent to enter into the Resignation and Appointment Agreement and any instruments and ancillary documents related thereto, and authorize the Current Agent and the Successor Agent to perform such actions as each of the Current Agent and the Successor Agent determines are necessary thereunder to give effect to this Section 8 ; and

 

(b)  As used in this Amendment, the following terms shall have the meanings given them below:

 

Agency Transfer Date ” shall mean the date that the resignation of the Current Agent and the appointment of the Successor Agent becomes effective in accordance with the terms of the Resignation and Appointment Agreement.

 

Resignation and Appointment ” shall mean the consummation of the actions contemplated by this Section 8 on the Agency Transfer Date pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement.

 

Resignation and Appointment Agreement ” shall mean that certain resignation and appointment agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Current Agent and the Successor Agent to be entered into by the Borrowers, the Current Agent and the Successor Agent, which agreement shall evidence the transfer from the Current Agent to the Successor Agent of the roles of Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent.

 

SECTION 9.  Reaffirmation .  Each Reaffirming Party (a) other than Walden, hereby confirms its guaranty of the Obligations pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (b) hereby confirms its respective pledges and grants of security interests, as applicable, in each case, under and subject to the terms of each of the Security Documents to which it is party, and agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Amendment and the Transactions and the Resignation and Appointment, any such guaranty, pledges and grants of security interests, and the terms of each of the Security Documents to which it is a party, shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall secure and guarantee, among other things, all obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  Each of the Reaffirming Parties acknowledges that Lenders that are making Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments, Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans or Series 2018 Term Loans (in each case, under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) on the Restatement Effective Date are “Lenders” and “Secured Parties” for all

 

11



 

purposes under the Credit Documents.  In addition, each Reaffirming Party acknowledges and agrees that upon the Agency Transfer Date the Successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, benefits and interests of the Current Agent under the pledges, security interests, guarantees and other Credit Documents and that on and after the Agency Transfer Date all references in any Credit Document to “administrative agent” or “collateral agent” shall mean the Successor Agent and its successors and assigns.

 

SECTION 10.  Effect of Amendment .   On and after the Restatement Effective Date, each reference to the Existing Credit Agreement in any Credit Document (other than the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) shall be deemed to be a reference to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Credit Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances.  On and after the Restatement Effective Date, this Amendment shall constitute a “Credit Document” for all purposes of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.  On and after the Restatement Effective Date, as used in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the terms “Agreement”, “this Agreement”, “herein”, “hereinafter”, “hereto”, “hereof”, and words of similar import shall, unless the context otherwise requires, mean the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  From and after the Restatement Effective Date, each Agent and Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement on the Restatement Effective Date shall be deemed to continue to be a party to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in such respective capacity until such Person ceases to be a party thereto in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.  Consent; Release of Laureate International Costa Rica, S.R.L .  Each Lender (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) that delivers an executed counterpart of this Amendment hereby (x) consents to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby and (y) consents to the release of Laureate International Costa Rica, S.R.L. from its obligations as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor under any Foreign Obligations Guarantee that it is a party to and directs the Administrative Agent to execute such documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower to release Laureate International Costa Rica, S.R.L. from any such Foreign Obligations Guarantee.

 

SECTION 12.  Counterparts .   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same contract.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., “pdf”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

SECTION 13.   Execution of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the terms hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof, the Current Administrative Agent and Current Collateral Agent are hereby directed and instructed by each party hereto to execute and deliver the Amended and Restated Credit

 

12



 

Agreement (on behalf of the Lenders and Agents party hereto).

 

SECTION 14.  Applicable Law .  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 15.  Submission to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .     Section 14.13 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference herein. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

SECTION 16.  Headings .   The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. ,

 

as Parent Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L. , as Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Director

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. , as Current Administrative Agent and Current Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. ,

 

as Resigning Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

as Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Casear Wyszomirski

 

Name:

Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

as Letter of Credit Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew H. Massie

 

Name:

Matthew H. Massie

 

Title:

Managing Director

 



 

 

 

 

CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

EDUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC. , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD. , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: President

 


 

 

LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

By: Laureate Education, Inc.,

 

its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD. , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC. , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE PROPERTIES, INC. (DELAWARE) , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: President

 



 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC. , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE CANTER GROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: Vice President

 



 

 

TUITION FINANCE, INC. , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALDEN E-LEARNING, LLC , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALDEN UNIVERSITY, LLC , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paula Singer

 

 

Name: Paula Singer

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS-US I, INC. , as U.S. Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Vice President

 



 

 

ICE INVERSIONES BRAZIL, SL , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVERSIONES EN EDUCATION LIMITADA , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION MEXICO, S. DE R.L. DE C.V. , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION PERU S.R.L. , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Director

 



 

 

LAUREATE HONDURAS S. DE R.L. DE C.V. , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: General Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE I BV , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Henry Samuel Leijdesdorff

 

 

Name: Henry Samuel Leijdesdorff

 

 

Title: Director

 



 

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL BV , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Henry Samuel Leijdesdorff

 

 

Name: Henry Samuel Leijdesdorff

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ONLINE HIGHER EDUCATION BV , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Henry Samuel Leijdesdorff

 

 

Name: Henry Samuel Leijdesdorff

 

 

Title: Director

 



 

 

LIUF, SAS , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rob Polston

 

 

Name: Rob Polston

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE PANAMA, S.L. , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE CHILE LIMITADA , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REDE INTERNACIONAL DE UNIVERSIDADES LAUREATE LTDA , as a Foreign Obligations Credit Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ICE Inversiones Brazil, SL, Sole Member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Director

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

Execution Version

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 17, 2007
and
Amended and Restated
as of June 16, 2011

 

among

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.
as the Parent Borrower,

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L.
as the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower,

 

The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

and

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 


 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and

KKR Capital Markets LLC
as Co-Syndication Agents

 

and

 

Barclays Bank PLC and

J.P.Morgan Securities LLC

as Co-Documentation Agents

 

and

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Barclays Capital
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and

J.P.Morgan Securities LLC

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

Definitions

3

1.1.

Defined Terms

3

1.2.

Other Interpretive Provisions

77

1.3.

Accounting Terms

78

1.4.

Rounding

78

1.5.

References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

78

1.6.

Exchange Rates

79

1.7.

Determinations of Status

79

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

Amount and Terms of Credit

80

2.1.

Commitments

80

2.2.

Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings

89

2.3.

Notice of Borrowing

89

2.4.

Disbursement of Funds

92

2.5.

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

93

2.6.

Conversions and Continuations

96

2.7.

Pro Rata Borrowings

97

2.8.

Interest

97

2.9.

Interest Periods

98

2.10.

Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.

99

2.11.

Compensation

101

2.12.

Change of Lending Office

101

2.13.

Notice of Certain Costs

102

2.14.

Incremental Facilities

102

2.15.

Option to Extend

105

2.16.

Permitted Debt Exchanges

108

2.17.

Termination of Defaulting Lender; Cure

111

2.18.

Reallocation of Defaulting Lender Commitment

112

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

Letters of Credit

114

3.1.

Letters of Credit

114

3.2.

Letter of Credit Requests

116

3.3.

Letter of Credit Participations

117

3.4.

Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings

122

3.5.

Increased Costs

124

3.6.

New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer

125

3.7.

Role of Letter of Credit Issuer

126

3.8.

Cash Collateral

127

3.9.

Applicability of ISP and UCP

128

3.10.

Conflict with Issuer Documents

128

3.11.

Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries

128

 

i



 

SECTION 4.

Fees; Commitments

128

4.1.

Fees

128

4.2.

Voluntary Reduction of Commitments

130

4.3.

Mandatory Termination of Commitments

131

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

Payments

131

5.1.

Voluntary Prepayments

131

5.2.

Mandatory Prepayments

132

5.3.

Method and Place of Payment

138

5.4.

Net Payments

139

5.5.

Computations of Interest and Fees

142

5.6.

Limit on Rate of Interest

144

5.7.

Executive Proceedings for the Spanish Credit Parties

144

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing

145

6.1.

Reserved

145

6.2

Foreign Subsidiary Borrower Conditions Precedent

145

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events

146

7.1.

No Default; Representations and Warranties

146

7.2.

Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request

147

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

Representations, Warranties and Agreements

147

8.1.

Corporate Status

147

8.2.

Corporate Power and Authority

147

8.3.

No Violation

148

8.4.

Litigation

148

8.5.

Margin Regulations

148

8.6.

Governmental Approvals

148

8.7.

Investment Company Act

148

8.8.

True and Complete Disclosure

148

8.9.

Financial Condition; Financial Statements

149

8.10.

Tax Matters

149

8.11.

Compliance with ERISA

149

8.12.

Subsidiaries

150

8.13.

Intellectual Property

150

8.14.

Environmental Laws

150

8.15.

Properties

151

8.16.

Solvency

151

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

Affirmative Covenants

151

9.1.

Information Covenants

151

9.2.

Books, Records and Inspections

155

9.3.

Maintenance of Insurance

155

9.4.

Payment of Taxes

156

9.5.

Consolidated Corporate Franchises

156

9.6.

Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc.

156

 

ii



 

9.7.

ERISA

156

9.8.

Maintenance of Properties

157

9.9.

Transactions with Affiliates

157

9.10.

End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters

158

9.11.

Additional Guarantors and Grantors

158

9.12.

Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness

159

9.13.

Use of Proceeds

160

9.14.

Further Assurances

161

9.15.

Syndication

162

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

Negative Covenants

163

10.1.

Limitation on Indebtedness

163

10.2.

Limitation on Liens

170

10.3.

Limitation on Fundamental Changes

175

10.4.

Limitation on Sale of Assets

180

10.5.

Limitation on Investments

183

10.6.

Limitation on Dividends

187

10.7.

Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments

190

10.8.

Limitations on Sale Leasebacks

191

10.9.

Changes in Business

192

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

Events of Default

192

11.1.

Payments

192

11.2.

Representations, Etc.

192

11.3.

Covenants

192

11.4.

Default Under Other Agreements

192

11.5.

Bankruptcy, Etc.

193

11.6.

ERISA

193

11.7.

Guarantee

194

11.8.

Pledge Agreement

194

11.9.

Security Agreement

194

11.10.

Mortgages

194

11.11.

Judgments

194

11.12.

Change of Control

194

11.13.

Subordination

194

11.15.

Allocation of Payments

195

 

 

 

SECTION 12.

[RESERVED]

196

 

 

 

SECTION 13.

The Agents

196

13.1.

Appointment

196

13.2.

Delegation of Duties

197

13.3.

Exculpatory Provisions

197

13.4.

Reliance by Agents

198

13.5.

Notice of Default

199

 

iii



 

13.6.

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders

199

13.7.

Indemnification

200

13.8.

Agents in their Individual Capacity

201

13.9.

Successor Agents

202

13.10.

Withholding Tax

204

13.11.

Security Documents and Guarantee

205

13.12.

Other Agents; Arrangers

206

 

 

 

SECTION 14.

Miscellaneous

206

14.1.

Amendments and Waivers

206

14.2.

Notices

209

14.3.

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

210

14.4.

Survival of Representations and Warranties

210

14.5.

Payment of Expenses; Indemnification

210

14.6.

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

211

14.7.

Replacements of Lenders under Certain Circumstances

217

14.8.

Adjustments; Set-off

218

14.9.

Counterparts

219

14.10.

Severability

219

14.11.

Integration

219

14.12.

GOVERNING LAW

219

14.13.

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

220

14.14.

Acknowledgments

221

14.15.

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

222

14.16.

Confidentiality

222

14.17.

Direct Website Communications

222

14.18.

USA PATRIOT Act

225

14.19.

Judgment Currency

225

14.20.

Payments Set Aside

225

14.21.

Effect of Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement

225

 

 

 

SECTION 15.

Parallel Debt

227

15.1.

Parallel Debtors

227

15.2.

Corresponding Debt

227

15.3.

Collateral Agent

227

15.4.

Collections

228

15.5.

Acknowledgments

228

15.6.

Simultaneous Maturity

228

15.7.

No Common Property; Administration Agreement

228

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

Schedule 1.1(a)

Existing Letters of Credit

 

Schedule 1.1(b)

Mortgaged Properties

 

 

iv



 

Schedule 1.1(c)

Restatement Effective Date Commitments

 

Schedule 1.1(d)(i)

Excluded Subsidiaries

 

Schedule 1.1(d)(ii)

Excluded Non-Domestic Subsidiaries

 

Schedule 1.1(e)

Lending Offices

 

Schedule 1.1(f)(i)

Restatement Effective Date Foreign Obligations Guarantees

 

Schedule 1.1(f)(ii)

Restatement Effective Date Foreign Obligations Guarantors

 

Schedule 1.1(f)(iii)

Restatement Effective Date Foreign Obligations Security Agreements

 

Schedule 1.1(g)

Foreign Closing Deliverables

 

Schedule 1.1(h)

Sponsor Group

 

Schedule 1.1(i)

U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreements

 

Schedule 1.1(j)

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

Schedule 2.1(h)(ii)(a)

Restatement Effective Date Reallocation Amount

 

Schedule 2.1(h)(ii)(b)

Restatement Effective Date Revolving Credit Loans

 

Schedule 6.2(c)

Foreign Local Counsel

 

Schedule 8.12

Subsidiaries

 

Schedule 9.9

Restatement Effective Date Affiliate Transactions

 

Schedule 9.14

Post-Closing Actions

 

Schedule 10.1(g)

Restatement Effective Date Indebtedness

 

Schedule 10.1(x)

Operating Leases

 

Schedule 10.2

Restatement Effective Date Liens

 

Schedule 10.4

Scheduled Dispositions

 

Schedule 10.5

Restatement Effective Date Investments

 

Schedule 11.11

Scheduled Litigation

 

Schedule 14.2

Notice Addresses

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Form of U.S. Obligations Guarantee

Exhibit B

Form of Mortgage (Real Property)

Exhibit C

Form of Perfection Certificate

Exhibit D-1

Form of U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreement

Exhibit D-2

Form of U.S. Obligations Security Agreement

Exhibit D-3

Form of U.S. Title IV Collateral Agreement

Exhibit E

Form of Letter of Credit Request

Exhibit F-1

Form of Legal Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

Exhibit F-2

Form of Legal Opinion of General Counsel

Exhibit G

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit H-1

Form of Promissory Note (Term Loans)

Exhibit H-2

Form of Promissory Note (Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans)

Exhibit I

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit J

Form of First-Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit K

Form of Second-Lien Intercreditor Agreement

 

v


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of August 17, 2007 and amended and restated as of June 16, 2011, among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. (“ GSCP ”), as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (such terms and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section 1 ).

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007, among the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as swingline lender, and Citigroup North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent (as supplemented by the Series A New Term Loan Joinder Agreement (as defined below), amended by that certain Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, and as it has been or may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement, the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuer extended credit in the following forms and at the following times:

 

(a)            Closing Date Term Loans to the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date, in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount of $675,000,000;

 

(b)            Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Parent Borrower during the Delayed Draw Availability Period, in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, which Delayed Draw Term Loans were borrowed on September 22, 2008 (the “ Delayed Draw Date ”);

 

(c)            U.S. Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Parent Borrower at any time and from time to time prior to the Restatement Effective Date, in Dollars or Alternate Currencies, in aggregate principal amounts at any time outstanding not in excess of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans in a Dollar Equivalent of $325,000,000 less the sum of (A) the aggregate U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings (excluding a certain DOE Letter of Credit) at such time, (B) the DOE Letter of Credit Commitment (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) at such time, which DOE Letter of Credit Commitment (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) was terminated on August 17, 2007, and (C) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time;

 

(d)            Spanish Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the Parent Borrower at any time and from time to time prior to the Restatement Effective Date, in Dollars or Alternate Currencies, in aggregate principal amounts at any time outstanding not in excess of a Dollar Equivalent of $150,000,000 less the aggregate Spanish Letters of Credit Outstandings at each time;

 

1



 

(e)            U.S. Letters of Credit (other than the DOE Letter of Credit (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement)) issued by the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer at any time and from time to time prior to the Restatement Effective Date in an aggregate Stated Amount at any time outstanding not to exceed a Dollar Equivalent of $90,000,000 (including the Existing Letters of Credit);

 

(f)             the DOE Letter of Credit (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer on the Closing Date upon the request of the Parent Borrower, denominated in Dollars, in an aggregate Stated Amount not in excess of $75,000,000, which DOE Letter of Credit Commitment (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) was, in accordance with its terms, terminated on August 17, 2007;

 

(g)            Swingline Loans made available to the Parent Borrower by the Swingline Lender at any time and from time to time prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $10,000,000; and

 

(h)            Spanish Letters of Credit issued by the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer at any time and from time to time prior to the L/C Maturity Date in an aggregate Stated Amount at any time outstanding not in excess of a Dollar Equivalent of $60,000,000;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Series A New Term Loan Joinder Agreement, the Series A New Term Loan Lenders made Series A New Term Loans available to the Parent Borrower on September 25, 2009 in an aggregate principal amount of $280,000,000;

 

WHEREAS, the Required Lenders and other parties to the Second Amendment have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and it has been agreed by such parties that the Loans and any Letters of Credit outstanding as of the Restatement Effective Date and other “Obligations” under (and as defined herein) the Existing Credit Agreement (including indemnities) shall be governed by and deemed to be outstanding under this Agreement with the intent that the terms of this Agreement shall supersede the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement (which shall hereafter have no further effect upon the parties thereto other than with respect to any action, event, representation, warranty or covenant occurring, made or applying prior to the Restatement Effective Date), and all references to the Existing Credit Agreement in any Credit Document or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the provisions hereof; provided that (1) the grants of security interests, Mortgages and Liens under and pursuant to the Credit Documents shall continue unaltered to secure, guarantee, support and otherwise benefit the Obligations of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties under the Existing Credit Agreement and this Agreement and each other Credit Document and each of the foregoing shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms except as expressly amended thereby or hereby or by the Second Amendment, and the parties hereto hereby ratify and confirm the terms thereof as being in full force and effect and unaltered by this Agreement and (2) it is agreed and understood that this Agreement does not constitute a novation, satisfaction, payment or reborrowing of any Obligation under the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document except as expressly modified by this Agreement, nor does it operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender under any Credit Document;

 

2



 

WHEREAS, on the Restatement Effective Date, pursuant to the Second Amendment, (a) the Extending Term Loan Lenders shall extend the scheduled final maturity date of all or a portion of their Term Loans (of any series) by converting all or a portion of their Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans pursuant to the procedures described herein and in the Second Amendment, (b) the Converting Revolving Lenders shall extend the scheduled final maturity date of all or a portion of their Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans by converting all or a portion of their Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans pursuant to the procedures described herein and in the Second Amendment, (c) the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders shall extend the scheduled termination date of their Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement by converting all or a portion of their Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments and Series 2016 Revolving Loans respectively pursuant to the procedures described herein and in the Second Amendment, (d) the Increased Amount Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders shall commit to provide Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments and (e) certain Lenders have agreed to commit to additional Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments.  The amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement, the other transactions described in this paragraph,  and any related agreements and transactions entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith are collectively referred to herein as the “ Transactions ”;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement, and the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                  Definitions

 

1.1.             Defined Terms .

 

(a)            As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):

 

ABR ” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate.”  The “prime rate” is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.  Any change in the ABR due to a change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent or in the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change or on the effective date of such change in the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the ABR (as calculated pursuant to this definition) applicable to any Series 2018 Extended Term Loan or Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loan that is an ABR Loan is less than 2.25% per annum, then for purposes of calculating the interest rate applicable to such Loan that is an ABR Loan, the ABR shall be deemed to be 2.25% per annum.

 

3



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the ABR (as calculated pursuant to this definition) applicable to any Series A New Term Loan that is an ABR Loan is less than 3.00% per annum, then for purposes of calculating the interest rate applicable to such Series A New Term Loan that is an ABR Loan, the ABR shall be deemed to be 3.00% per annum.

 

ABR Loan ” shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rate provided in Section 2.8(a)  and, in any event, shall include all Swingline Loans.  Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies shall not be ABR Loans.

 

Accepting Lenders ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(h) .

 

Acquired EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a “ Pro Forma Entity ”) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries therein were to such Pro Forma Entity and its Restricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity in a manner not inconsistent with GAAP.

 

Acquired Entity or Business ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean at any time the sum of the Adjusted Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment and the Adjusted Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Adjusted Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment less the aggregate Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Term Loan Commitment less the Term Loan Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Adjusted Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment less the aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Administrative Agent ” shall mean Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 14 .

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” shall mean the Administrative Agent’s (or its designated Affiliate’s) applicable address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 14.2 , or such other address or account with respect to a Borrower or Borrowers as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders.

 

4



 

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.6(b) .

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” (“controlling”) and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Affiliated Institutional Lender ” shall mean any investment fund or entity managed or advised by Affiliates of a Sponsor that is a bona fide debt fund and that extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course of business.

 

Affiliated Lender ” shall mean a Lender that is a Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof, other than (x) Holdings, any Subsidiary of Holdings or the Parent Borrower, (y) any Affiliated Institutional Lender or (z) any natural person.

 

Agent Party ” and “ Agent Parties ” shall have the meanings provided in Section 14.17 .

 

Agents ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Syndication Agent, each Documentation Agent and each Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner.

 

Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Aggregate Spanish Revolving Credit Outstandings shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Alternative Currency ” shall mean (a) Euro, (b) Sterling and (c) any other currency that is freely transferable and convertible into Dollars in the London interbank eurodollar market and for which LIBO Rates can be determined as provided in the definition of “LIBO Rate”, and that has been requested by the applicable Borrower in a notice to the Administrative Agent and agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and all Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of Revolving Credit Loans.

 

Applicable ABR Margin ” shall mean at any date, with respect to each ABR Loan that is a (i) Series 2014 Term Loan, Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loan or a Series 2013

 

5



 

Swingline Loan, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below based upon the Status in effect on such date, (ii) Series A New Term Loan, 4.00%, (iii) Series 2018 Extended Term Loan, 3.00% or (iv) Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loan or a Series 2016 Swingline Loan, 2.75%.

 

Status

 

Applicable ABR
Margin for Series 2014
Term Loans

 

Applicable ABR
Margin for Series 2013
Revolving Credit Loans
and Series 2013
Swingline Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level I Status

 

2.25

%

2.25

%

Level II Status

 

2.00

%

2.00

%

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Level I Status shall apply during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Trigger Date.

 

Applicable Amount ” shall mean, at any time (the “ Applicable Amount Reference Time ”), an amount equal to (a) the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)             an amount (which shall not be less than zero) equal to 50% of Cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period from the first day of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Restatement Effective Date until the last day of the then most recent fiscal quarter or Fiscal Year, as applicable, for which Section 9.1 Financials have been delivered; and

 

(ii)             other than for purposes of Section 10.6(c) , the aggregate amount of Retained Declined Proceeds (including Retained Declined Proceeds received in connection with the Disposition of ownership interests held by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any joint venture that is not a Subsidiary or in any Unrestricted Subsidiary) retained by the Parent Borrower during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Restatement Effective Date through and including the Applicable Amount Reference Time

 

minus (b) the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)            the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 10.5(g)(vi)(y)  and Section 10.5(s)(z) following the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Applicable Amount Reference Time;

 

(ii)             the aggregate amount of dividends pursuant to Section 10.6(c)(ii)(z)  following the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Applicable Amount Reference Time; and

 

(iii)             the aggregate amount of prepayments, repurchases and redemptions of Senior Notes or of Subordinated Notes pursuant to Section 10.7(a)(i)(B)(II)(3)  following the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Applicable Amount Reference Time.

 

6



 

Applicable Date ” shall mean (i) with respect to any fiscal quarter commencing on January 1 of any year, the last Business Day of March of such year, (ii) with respect to any fiscal quarter commencing on April 1 of any year, the last Business Day of June of such year, (iii) with respect to any fiscal quarter commencing on July 1 of any year, the last Business Day of September of such year and (iv) with respect to any fiscal quarter commencing on October 1 of any year, the last Business Day of December of such year.

 

Applicable Equity Amount ” shall mean, at any time (the “ Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time ”), an amount equal to, without duplication, (a) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value (determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) of marketable securities or other assets contributed to, or any proceeds of an equity issuance received by, the Parent Borrower or any U.S. Obligations Guarantor from any Person other than the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, and the fair market value of the equity of any Person other than the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is merged (in a merger where the only consideration is Stock of the Parent Borrower (excluding Disqualified Stock)) with (A) a U.S. Obligations Guarantor or (B) any other Restricted Subsidiary ( provided that with respect to any merger of such Person with any Restricted Subsidiary other than a U.S. Obligations Guarantor, such transaction shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement, including the definition of “Applicable Equity Amount” and Section 10.5, as (x) the merger of such Person with a U.S. Obligations Guarantor, immediately followed by (y) an Investment, in an amount equal to the fair market value of the equity of such Person, by such U.S. Obligations Guarantor in such Restricted Subsidiary, and such Investment shall be required to comply with Section 10.5), in each case, from and including the Business Day immediately following the Restatement Effective Date through and including the Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time, including (i) proceeds from the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower and (ii) 100% of the aggregate fair market value of any marketable securities or other assets contributed to the Parent Borrower or any U.S. Obligations Guarantor other than by the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary, but excluding in any case all proceeds from the issuance of Disqualified Stock ( provided that for purposes of Section 10.6 the Applicable Equity Amount shall only be increased by the amount of capital contributions made in cash to, or cash proceeds of any equity issuance received by, the Parent Borrower) minus (b) the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)            the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 10.5(g)(vi)(x)  and Section 10.5(s)(y) following the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time;

 

(ii)             the aggregate amount of dividends pursuant to Section 10.6(c)(ii)(y)  following the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time; and

 

(iii)             the aggregate amount of prepayments, repurchases and redemptions of Senior Notes or of Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to Section 10.7(a)(i)(B)(II)(2)  following the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time;

 

7



 

provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, solely with respect to any merger of any Asian Subsidiary with any Restricted Subsidiary other than a U.S. Obligations Guarantor, such transaction shall not increase or decrease the Applicable Equity Amount as set forth above, but instead (i) if the Asian Subsidiary is or becomes a first tier foreign Subsidiary of a U.S. Obligations Guarantor and such U.S. Obligations Guarantor grants a pledge of 65% of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Asian Subsidiary to the Collateral Agent pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent,  the Applicable Equity Amount for all purposes hereunder will be increased by an amount equal to 100% of the cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other assets contributed to, or any proceeds of an equity issuance received by such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such merger and (ii) if such Asian Subsidiary is not a first tier foreign Subsidiary of a U.S. Obligations Guarantor or such U.S. Obligations Guarantor has not granted a pledge of 65% of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Asian Subsidiary to the Collateral Agent pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Applicable Equity Amount for all purposes hereunder as a result of such merger shall only be increased by an amount not to exceed the lesser of (y) 50% of aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other assets contributed to, or any proceeds of an equity issuance received by such Restricted Subsidiary and (z) the then outstanding Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

Applicable LIBOR Margin ” shall mean, at any date, with respect to each LIBOR Loan that is a (i) Series 2014 Term Loan or Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loan, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below based upon the Status in effect on such date, (ii) Series A New Term Loan, 5.00%, (iii) Series 2018 Extended Term Loan, 4.00% or (iv) Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans, 3.75%.

 

Status

 

Applicable LIBOR
Margin for Series 2014
Term Loans

 

Applicable LIBOR
Margin for Series 2013
Revolving Credit Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level I Status

 

3.25

%

3.25

%

Level II Status

 

3.00

%

3.00

%

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Level I Status shall apply during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Trigger Date.

 

Applicable Period ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.7 .

 

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

ASC ” shall mean accounting standards codification under GAAP, as in effect from time to time.

 

Asian Subsidiary ” shall mean any Person (regardless of the jurisdiction of its formation), that is not a Restricted Subsidiary as of the Restatement Effective Date, that owns,

 

8



 

directly or indirectly, any equity interests in one or more entities that owns, directly or indirectly, any equity interests in, and/or operates, one or more higher education institutions (whether campus-based or otherwise) in the Asia-Pacific region that are, or may become subsequent to the Restatement Effective Date, part of the Laureate International Universities network.

 

Asset Sale Prepayment Event ” shall mean any Disposition of any business units, assets or other property of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business (including any Disposition of any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower and any initial public offering of a Restricted Subsidiary).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Asset Sale Prepayment Event” shall not include any transaction permitted by Section 10.4 (other than transactions permitted by Section 10.4(b) , 10.4(f) , 10.4(g)  or 10.4(m ), which shall constitute Asset Sale Prepayment Events, or by Section 10.4(d)  which shall constitute Asset Sale Prepayment Events to the extent the transactions described in the Sections referred to in Section 10.4(d)  would themselves constitute Asset Sale Prepayment Events).

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit G , or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Authorized Officer ” shall mean the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance or any other senior officer of the Parent Borrower (or, if expressly used with reference to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (and including any substantially equivalent officer)) designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Borrower.

 

Available Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to:

 

(a)            the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders, collectively, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment over (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of all U.S. Revolving Credit Loans (but not Swingline Loans) then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time (the “ Available U.S. Revolving Commitment ”); and

 

(b)            the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders, collectively, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment over (b) the sum of (i) the Dollar Equivalent Principal Amount of all Spanish Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding and (ii) aggregate Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time (the “ Available Spanish Revolving Commitment ”).

 

Available Revolving Commitment ” shall mean the Available Spanish Revolving Commitment and the Available U.S. Revolving Commitment.

 

Available Spanish Revolving Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Available Commitment.

 

9



 

Available U.S. Revolving Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Available Commitment.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5 .

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” shall have the meanings provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Borrowing ” shall mean and include

 

(a)            the incurrence of Swingline Loans from the Swingline Lender on a given date; and

 

(b)            the incurrence of one Class and Type of Loan on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a given date) having a single Maturity Date and, in the case of LIBOR Term Loans, the same Interest Period.

 

Brazilian Subsidiary ” shall mean any Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary organized under the laws of Brazil.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent’s Office for Loans in Dollars is located shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close; provided , however ,

 

(a)            if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;

 

(b)            if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a TARGET Day;

 

(c)            if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Sterling, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Sterling are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market;

 

10


 

(d)            if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Sterling in respect of a LIBOR Loan denominated in Sterling, or any other dealings in Sterling to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan (other than any interest rate settings), such day shall be a day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in London; and

 

(e)            when used in connection with a Revolving Credit Loan to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, such day shall exclude any day on which commercial banks in Spain are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

Capital Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, all obligations under Capital Leases of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Collateralize ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.8(d) .

 

Casualty Event ” shall mean, with respect to any property of either Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property for which such Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary receives insurance proceeds, or proceeds of a condemnation award or other compensation.

 

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender with any guideline, request, directive or order issued or made after the date hereof by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law).

 

Change of Control ” shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (a) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO, the Permitted Holders shall at any time not own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least 40% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent Borrower; or (b)  at any time after a Qualifying IPO, any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than the Permitted Holders, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent Borrower that exceeds 35% thereof, unless, in the case of

 

11



 

either clause (a)  or (b)  above, the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower; or (c) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO, Continuing Directors shall not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower; or (d) at any time, a Change of Control (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture or the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture) shall have occurred; or (e) at any time, the Parent Borrower shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the Stock of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower.

 

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are U.S. Revolving Credit Loans (of a particular Series, including the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans) , Spanish Revolving Credit Loans (of a particular Series, including the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans and the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans) , Closing Date Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans, Extended Term Loans (of a particular Series, including the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans), Extended Revolving Credit Loans (of a particular Series, including the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans) or New Term Loans (of a particular Series, including the Series A New Term Loans) and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment (including Swingline Commitment), a Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment, a Closing Date Term Loan Commitment, an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment (of a particular Series, including the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments) , a New Term Loan Commitment, a Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment or a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment.  For the avoidance of doubt, each Extended Revolving Credit Loan is a different Class than the Revolving Credit Loan from which it was converted, each Extended Revolving Credit Commitment is a different Class than the Revolving Credit Commitment from which it was converted, and each Extended Term Loan is of a different Class than the Class or Classes of Term Loan from which it was converted.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean August 17, 2007.

 

Closing Date Term Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1 .

 

Closing Date Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean (a) in the case of each Lender that was a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c)   to the Existing Credit Agreement as such Lender’s “Closing Date Term Loan Commitment” and (b) in the case of any Lender that became a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Closing Date Term Loan Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Closing Date Term Loan Commitment, in each case as the same have been changed from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement.  The aggregate amount of the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date was $675,000,000 and the aggregate amount of the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments as of the Restatement Effective Date is zero.

 

Closing Date Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

12



 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.  Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect at the date of this Agreement, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

 

Collateral ” shall mean the U.S. Obligations Collateral and the Foreign Obligations Collateral, collectively.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall mean Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section 14 .

 

Commitments ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable, and including each Class of Commitments), such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Communications ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.17 .

 

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.16 .

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus :

 

(a)            without duplication and to the extent already deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

 

(i)          total interest expense and to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations, bank fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities,

 

(ii)         provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital gains, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations,

 

(iii)        depreciation and amortization, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees, and expenses, and deferred costs incurred in connection with program development.

 

(iv)       Non-Cash Charges, plus , to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income in such period, the cash amount actually paid in such period with respect to items described in clause (d)  of the definition of “Non-Cash Charges”,

 

(v)        restructuring charges, business optimization expenses or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the date hereof and to

 

13



 

closure and/or consolidation of facilities), limited in the aggregate to $15,000,000 in any consecutive four-quarter period,

 

(vi)       the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in arriving at Consolidated Net Income,

 

(vii)      the amount (up to $3,000,000 in any Fiscal Year) of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses accrued or (to the extent not previously accrued) paid in such period to the Sponsor Group,

 

(viii)     any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock),

 

(ix)        the amount of net cost savings projected by the Parent Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or determined to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings shall be subject only to certification by management of the Parent Borrower and shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 12 months after the date of determination to take such action and some portion of the benefit is expected to be realized within 12 months of taking such action ( provided that if such actions are not taken within 12 months of determination to take such action, or such benefits are not realized within 12 months of taking such action, then such amounts shall be deducted from Consolidated EBITDA as if incurred as of the last day of such 12 month period), (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (ix) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are included in clause (v) above with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (ix) shall not exceed $15,000,000 for any four consecutive quarter period,

 

(x)         to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so

 

14



 

reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption,

 

(xi)        any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction,

 

(xii)       any net after-tax effect of income or loss for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or to hedging obligations or other derivative instruments,

 

(xiii)      the amount of losses on Dispositions of Student Loans in connection with any Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transaction, and

 

(xiv)      cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (b)  below for any previous period and not added back;

 

less

 

(b)            without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

 

(i)         non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period),

 

(ii)         gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business),

 

(iii)         any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or hedging obligations or other derivative instruments, and

 

(iv)        cash expenditures (or any netting arrangements resulting in increased cash expenditures) not deducted in arriving at Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash losses relating to such income were added in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (a) above for any previous period and not deducted,

 

15



 

in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that

 

(i)            to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk) or currency remeasurements of assets and liabilities denominated in an entity’s non-functional currency that would cause remeasurement gains or losses,

 

(ii)             to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and its related pronouncements and interpretations,

 

(iii)             there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person or business, or attributable to any property or asset, acquired by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person or business or any Acquired EBITDA attributable to any assets or property, in each case to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (each such Person, business, property or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “ Acquired Entity or Business ”) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Restricted Subsidiary ”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and

 

(iv)            to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “ Sold Entity or Business ”), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ”) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition or conversion).

 

16



 

Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Test Period .

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)            consolidated interest expense of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to obligations under interest rate Hedge Agreements with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (i) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ii) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting, (iii) all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any comparable “additional interest” with respect to other securities, (iv) amortization or write off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (v) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (vi) expenses associated with minority interest put/call arrangements, (vii) penalties and interest on unpaid Taxes, (viii) prepayment premiums, and (ix) commissions, discounts, yield protection and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transaction) plus

 

(2)            consolidated capitalized interest of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus

 

(3)            all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; plus

 

(4)            all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP ( minus the amount of dividends made in such period pursuant to Section 10.6 (d)(vi) ), excluding, without duplication,

 

17



 

(a)            any after-tax effect of extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges and gains (including unusual or non-recurring operating expenses attributable to implementation of cost savings initiatives, severance, integration, relocation and transition, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, and any impairment charges for such period (less all fees and expenses relating thereto)),

 

(b)            Transaction Expenses;

 

(c)            any costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Qualifying IPO;

 

(d)            any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed);

 

(e)            the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,

 

(f)             the amount of any net income (or loss) for such period from disposed or discontinued operations,

 

(g)            the amount of losses on asset sales (other than asset sales made in the ordinary course of business), disposals and abandonments, and

 

(h)            solely for the purposes of determining the Applicable Amount, the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein.

 

Without duplication of the foregoing, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue, debt, and other line items in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any Qualifying IPO, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Restatement Effective Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.

 

18



 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt ” shall mean Consolidated Total Debt secured by a Lien on any assets of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries plus any unsecured Indebtedness of Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(w) , plus , solely with respect to the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio for purposes of Section 10.1(w) , any unsecured Indebtedness of Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(w) .

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then last ended.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) all Indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) , clause (b) , clause (d)  (but, in the case of clause (d) , only to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings under any letter of credit), clause (e) , clause (f)  and clause (h)  of the definition thereof (but in the case of clauses (e)  and (h) , only to the extent the Indebtedness described in such clauses (e) and (h) is or becomes non-contingent), in each case actually owing by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and to the extent appearing as a debt or liability on the balance sheet of the Parent Borrower determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP ( provided that the amount of any Capitalized Lease Obligations or any such Indebtedness issued at a discount to its face value shall be determined in accordance with GAAP),  minus (b) Unrestricted Cash.  In each case, as applicable, the amount of Consolidated Total Debt shall be adjusted by any mark to market net gain or loss incurred after the Restatement Effective Date attributable to Hedge Agreements relating to currency fluctuations entered into in connection with the incurrence of such obligations.

 

Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and cash equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and Letter of Credit Exposure to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

 

19



 

Continuing Director ” shall mean, at any date, an individual (a) who is a member of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower on the date hereof, or (b) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors by a majority of the other Continuing Directors then in office.

 

Contractual Requirement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.3 .

 

Converted Restricted Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

Converting Revolving Lenders ” shall mean each Revolving Credit Lender that has agreed to convert all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans on the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to the Second Amendment and in accordance with the procedures set forth herein and in the Second Amendment.

 

Credit Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Debt Allocation Agreement, any promissory notes issued by a Borrower hereunder, any documents or certificates executed by the Parent Borrower in favor of the Letter of Credit Issuer in relation to any Letter of Credit, and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by a Credit Party for the benefit of any Agent, Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Secured Party in connection herewith or the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Credit Event ” shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan and the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

 

Credit Facility ” shall mean a category of Commitments and extensions of credit thereunder.

 

Credit Party ” shall mean each Borrower, each Guarantor and each other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is a party to a Credit Document.

 

Cumulative Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, taken as a single accounting period.  Cumulative Consolidated Net Income may be a positive or negative amount.

 

Debt Allocation Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Debt Allocation Agreement dated as of the Restatement Effective Date by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders (for the avoidance of doubt, the Credit Parties will not be party to, have any obligations or rights under, or the ability to rely on the terms of the Debt Allocation Agreement, including, without limitation, any right to consent to or approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Debt Allocation Agreement).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Debt Allocation Agreement, nothing in the

 

20



 

Debt Allocation Agreement is intended to or shall impair the Obligations of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the Obligations as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event ” shall mean any issuance or incurrence by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted to be issued or incurred under Section 10.1 other than Section 10.1(k) , 10.1(m ), or 10.1(o) ).

 

Declined Proceeds shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(h) .

 

Declining Lenders ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(h) .

 

Default ” shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender (i) that has failed for two Business Days or more to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a loan or make a payment in respect of an L/C Borrowing or make a payment in respect of a Swingline Loan (each a “ funding obligation ”) (unless the subject of a good faith dispute with regard to satisfaction of conditions precedent to funding, which good faith dispute has been specifically identified by such Lender to the Administrative Agent), or (ii) that has notified the Administrative Agent, or has stated publicly, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any such funding obligation (unless the subject of a good faith dispute with regard to satisfaction of conditions precedent to funding, which good faith dispute has been specifically identified by such Lender to the Administrative Agent), or (iii) that has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an Authorized Officer of such Lender that it will, and is financially able to, comply with its funding obligations (unless the subject of a good faith dispute with regard to satisfaction of conditions precedent to funding, which good faith dispute has been specifically identified by such Lender to the Administrative Agent), provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (iii) upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it, or (iv) with respect to which a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Lender ( provided that neither the reallocation of funding obligations provided for in Section 2.18 as a result of a Lender being a Defaulting Lender nor the performance by Non-Defaulting Lenders of such reallocated funding obligations shall by themselves cause the relevant Defaulting Lender to become a Non-Defaulting Lender).  Any determination that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (i) through (iv) above shall be made by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion acting in good faith.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify all parties hereto of any determination that a Lender has become a Defaulting Lender.

 

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds.”

 

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ” shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds.”

 

21


 

Delayed Draw Availability Period ” shall mean the period from the day after the Closing Date to the Delayed Draw Date.

 

Delayed Draw Date ” shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals.

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1 .

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean (a) in the case of each Lender that was a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c)  to the Existing Credit Agreement as such Lender’s “Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment” and (b) in the case of any Lender that became a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Term Loan Commitment, in each case as the same have been changed from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement.  The aggregate amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date was $100,000,000 and the aggregate amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments as of the Restatement Effective Date is zero.

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Delayed Draw Term Loan.

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Parent Borrower, less the amount of cash or Permitted Investments received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

Disposed EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Disposition ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.4(b) .

 

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Stock or Stock Equivalents that is not Disqualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, pursuant to a

 

22



 

sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale to the extent the terms of such Stock or Stock Equivalents provide that such Stock or Stock Equivalents shall not be required to be repurchased or redeemed until the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if later, the latest New Term Loan Maturity Date or any extension of any Term Loan Maturity Date or New Term Loan Maturity Date, or, if later, any extension of any Revolving Credit Maturity Date) has occurred or such repurchase or redemption is otherwise permitted by this Agreement (including as a result of a waiver hereunder)), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if later, the latest New Term Loan Maturity Date or any extension of any Term Loan Maturity Date or New Term Loan Maturity Date, or, if later, any extension of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date); provided that if such Stock or Stock Equivalents are issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Stock or Stock Equivalents shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided , further , that any Stock or Stock Equivalents held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower, in each case pursuant to any stockholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

 

Disregarded Entity ” shall mean any Domestic Subsidiary that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Dividends ” or “ dividends ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.6 .

 

Documentation Agents ” shall mean Barclays Bank PLC and JPM.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date or other relevant date of determination) for the purchase of Dollars with such currency.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia; provided that any Subsidiary of a Non-Domestic Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a Non-Domestic Subsidiary, and not a Domestic Subsidiary, regardless of its jurisdiction of organization.

 

23



 

Drawing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(b) .

 

Dutch Deed of Pledge of Receivables I” means that certain Deed of Pledge of Receivables, dated as of the Closing Date, between Laureate Education International Limited, a Delaware Corporation, and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Dutch Deed of Pledge of Receivables II” means that certain the Deed of Pledge of Receivables, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Parent Borrower and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Dutch Security Documents ” means (i) the Dutch Pledge of Deed of Receivables I, (ii) the Dutch Pledge of Deed of Receivables II and (iii)  any documents governed by Dutch law executed by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary and granting or purporting to grant a pledge or create or perfect a security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

EMU ” shall mean the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992, the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998, the Nice Treaty of 2001 and the Lisbon Treaty of 2007 and as amended from time to time.

 

EMU Legislation ” shall mean the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

 

Environmental Claims ” shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance, violation or potential responsibility or investigation (other than internal reports prepared by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Person’s business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, “ Claims ”), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief relating to the presence, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.

 

Environmental Law ” shall mean any applicable federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, or

 

24



 

human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or Hazardous Materials.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.  Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with the Parent Borrower would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

Euro ” and “ ” shall mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

 

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11 .

 

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

 

(a)            the sum, without duplication, of

 

(i)             Consolidated Net Income for such period,

 

(ii)              an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash receipts included in clauses (a)  through (c)  of the definition of Consolidated Net Income and excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(iii)              decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

 

(iv)             cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such Fiscal Year to the extent not otherwise included in such Consolidated Net Income, and

 

(v)             the JV Distribution Amount (to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income);

 

over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

 

(i)             an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges included in clauses (a)  through (c)  of the definition of Consolidated Net Income and included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

25



 

(ii)              without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (x) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property accrued or made in cash during such period to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries ,

 

(iii)              the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of any repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 and (C) the amount of a mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i)  to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (x) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (y) all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans and (z) all prepayments in respect of any other revolving credit facility, except in the case of clauses (y)  and (z)  to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) to the extent that such payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries ,

 

(iv)             increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

 

(v)             without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (x)  below in prior Fiscal Years, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments (including acquisitions) made during such period pursuant to Section 10.5 to the extent that such Investments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(vi)             the amount of dividends paid during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 10.6(b)  or 10.6 (d)  to the extent such dividends were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(vii)              the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

(viii)              the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the

 

26



 

extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,

 

(ix)              cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such Fiscal Year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(x)              the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property and actually paid during the first fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower following the end of such period,

 

(xi)              payments by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent not already deducted from Consolidated Net Income, and

 

(xi)              amounts expended in cash during such period in respect of items included in parts (b)(ii), (iii), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi) above, but not treated as an expense on the income statement of the Parent Borrower and not treated as Capital Expenditures during such period ( provided that if such amounts are characterized or recorded as expenses or Capital Expenditures in any period, they shall not serve to reduce Excess Cash Flow for the period in which such amounts are characterized or recorded as expenses or Capital Expenditures).

 

Excluded Non-Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) each Non-Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(d)(ii) and each future Non-Domestic Subsidiary, in each case, for so long as any such Non-Domestic Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries), have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $50,000,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period that includes any date on or after the Restatement Effective Date in excess of $25,000,000, (b) any Non-Domestic Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary on any date such Subsidiary would otherwise be required to become a Foreign Obligations Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11 (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary), (c) any Non-Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement or Requirement of Law from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Foreign Obligations at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect), (d) any Non-Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(d)(ii)  with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Parent Borrower, the adverse tax consequences of providing a Guarantee of the Foreign Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (e)  any other Non-Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Parent Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee of the Foreign Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom and (f) with respect only to

 

27



 

exclusions of Non-Domestic Subsidiaries from the obligation to give Guarantees of Foreign Obligations or, as applicable, grant Liens on any portion of their assets to secure Foreign Obligations, to the extent the provision by such Non-Domestic Subsidiary of a Guarantee of the Foreign Obligations, or, as applicable, the granting Liens on such portion of its assets, would result in the termination or material impairment of the eligibility of such Non-Domestic Subsidiary from participation in student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C.A § 1070 et seq., as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower and (g) each Non-Domestic Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall not be an Excluded Non-Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents ” shall mean (i) any Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Parent Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of pledging such Stock or Stock Equivalents in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) solely in the case of any pledge of Voting Stock of any Non-Domestic Subsidiary to secure the U.S. Obligations, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any class of such Non-Domestic Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of such class (such percentage to be adjusted upon a Change in Law as may be required to avoid adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary), (iii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirement of Law, (iv) in the case of (A) any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary to the extent such Stock or Stock Equivalents are subject to a Lien permitted by Section 10.2(g)  or (B) any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of each such Subsidiary described in clause (A)  or (B)  to the extent (x) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law), (y) any Contractual Requirement prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (y)  shall not apply if (I) such other party is a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary or (II) consent has been obtained to consummate such pledge (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (z) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law) and (v) any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary to the extent that (A) the pledge of such Stock or Stock Equivalents would result in adverse tax consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower and (B) such Stock or Stock Equivalents have been identified in writing to the Collateral Agent by an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower.

 

28



 

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) each Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(d)(i)  and each future Domestic Subsidiary, in each case,  for so long as any such Subsidiary does not constitute a Material Subsidiary, (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary on any date such Subsidiary would otherwise be required to become a U.S. Obligations Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11 (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary), (c) with respect only to exclusions of Excluded Subsidiaries from the obligation to give Guarantees of U.S. Obligations or grant Liens on any of their assets to secure the U.S. Obligations, any Disregarded Entity substantially all the assets of which consist of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Non-Domestic Subsidiaries, (d) each Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement or Requirement of Law from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect), (e) any Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(d)(i)  with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Parent Borrower, the adverse tax consequences of providing a Guarantee of the U.S. Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (f) any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Parent Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (g) with respect only to exclusions of Domestic Subsidiaries from the obligation to give Guarantees of U.S. Obligations or, as applicable grant Liens on any portion of their assets to secure the U.S. Obligations, to the extent that such Domestic Subsidiary providing a Guarantee of the U.S. Obligations, or, as applicable, granting Liens on such portion of its assets is restricted by Requirements of Law, would result in adverse tax or accreditation consequences, or would result in the termination or material impairment of the eligibility of such Domestic Subsidiary from participation in student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C.A. § 1070 et seq., as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower and (h) each Domestic Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Agent or any Lender, (a) net income taxes and franchise (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and branch profits taxes imposed on such Agent or Lender by the jurisdiction under the laws of which the Agent or Lender is organized or has its principal place of business or where its applicable lending office is located, (b) any Taxes imposed on any Agent or any Lender as a result of any current or former connection between such Agent or Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising from such Agent or Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or having been a party to or having enforced, this Agreement or any other Credit Document), (c) any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to any Lender under the law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement; provided that this subclause (c)  shall not apply to the extent that (x) such Non-U.S. Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 5.4 or (y) any Tax is imposed on a Lender in connection with an interest or participation in any Loan or other obligation that such Lender was required to acquire

 

29



 

pursuant to Section 14.8(a)  or that such Lender acquired pursuant to Section 14.7 (it being understood and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that any withholding tax imposed on a Lender as a result of a Change in Law occurring after the time such Lender became a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) shall not be an Excluded Tax) and (d) any Tax to the extent attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.4(d) , (e) , or (h ); and (e) any withholding tax that is imposed by the Kingdom of Spain on amounts payable by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower from locations within such jurisdiction to such Lender’s Lending Office designated for the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office for the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) (assuming the taking by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower of all actions required in order for available exemptions from such tax to be effective), except (i) to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 5.4 , or (ii) to the extent any Tax is imposed on a Lender in connection with an interest or participation in any Loan or other obligation that such Lender was required to acquire pursuant to Section 13.8(a)  or that such Lender acquired pursuant to Section 13.7 (it being understood and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that any withholding tax imposed on a Lender as a result of a Change in Law occurring after the time such Lender became a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) shall not be an Excluded Tax).

 

Existing Class ” shall mean any Existing Term Loan Class and any Existing Revolving Credit Class.

 

Existing Credit Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.

 

Existing Letters of Credit ” shall mean the letters of credit identified on Schedule 1.1(a)  hereto and shall in any event include amendments, extensions and renewals thereof pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Existing Revolving Credit Class ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(b) .

 

Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(b) .

 

Existing Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(b) .

 

Existing Term Loan Class ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(a) .

 

Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(b) .  The Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed Extended Revolving Credit Commitments for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

30



 

Extended Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(b) .  The Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans shall be deemed Extended Revolving Credit Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Extended Term Loans ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(a) .  The Series 2018 Extended Term Loans shall be deemed Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Extending Lender ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(c) .  The Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders and the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders shall be deemed Extending Lenders for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Extending Term Loan Lenders ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Second Amendment.

 

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(d) .  The Second Amendment shall be deemed to be an Extension Amendment with respect to the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans and with respect to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, in each case for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Extension Date ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(e) .

 

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(c) .

 

Extension Series ” shall mean all Extended Term Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins, extension fees and amortization schedule.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower); provided that “Parent Borrower” shall be deemed to mean the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower when the Fair Market Value is equal to or in excess of $50.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated).

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if

 

31



 

necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fees ” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to in, Section 4.1 .

 

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for purposes thereof for any other First Lien Secured Parties, with such changes thereto as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that such changes are not materially adverse to the Lenders.

 

First Lien Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations and the Permitted Additional Debt Obligations (other than any Permitted Additional Debt Obligations that are unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations) secured by a first priority interest in the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations as permitted by the terms hereof.

 

First Lien Secured Parties ” shall mean the Secured Parties and the Permitted Additional Debt Secured Parties and any representative on their behalf for such purposes (other than in the case of Permitted Additional Debt Secured Parties whose Permitted Additional Debt Obligations are secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations, such Permitted Additional Debt Secured Parties, and any representative on their behalf), collectively.

 

Fiscal Year ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.10 .

 

Foreign Acquisition ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.1(w) .

 

Foreign Asset Sale ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(i) .

 

Foreign Obligations ” shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Credit Document or otherwise, in each case with respect to any Revolving Credit Commitment extended, or Revolving Credit Loan made, to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, or under any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

 

Foreign Obligations Collateral ” shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the terms of the applicable Foreign Obligations Security Agreement.

 

Foreign Obligations Credit Party ” shall mean the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and each Foreign Obligations Guarantor.

 

32


 

Foreign Obligations Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which all conditions to the initial Borrowing by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower set forth in Section 6.2 shall have been satisfied or shall have been waived by the Administrative Agent.

 

Foreign Obligations Guarantee ” shall mean any guarantee of the Foreign Obligations made by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.  Each U.S. Obligations Guarantee that also guarantees Foreign Obligations shall, for such purposes, also be deemed to be a Foreign Obligations Guarantee.  As of the Restatement Effective Date, each of the Foreign Obligations Guarantees listed on Schedule 1.1(f)(i) hereof have been made by the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries party thereto in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties.

 

Foreign Obligations Guarantor ” shall mean each U.S. Credit Party (other than the U.S. Title IV Subsidiaries) and each Non-Domestic Subsidiary that is party to a Foreign Obligations Guarantee on the Restatement Effective Date or after the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 9.11 or otherwise.  As of the Restatement Effective Date, each of the Non-Domestic Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1.1(f)(ii) hereof are Foreign Obligations Guarantors hereunder.

 

Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement ” shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank.

 

Foreign Obligations Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any other Agent and each Revolving Credit Lender, in each case, with respect to the Foreign Obligations or any Foreign Obligations Security Agreement, each Hedge Bank that is party to any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 14 with respect to matters relating to the Foreign Obligations or by the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Foreign Obligations Security Agreement.

 

Foreign Obligations Security Agreements ” shall mean each security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered by any Foreign Obligations Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement, including Section 9.11 and Section 9.14 , to secure the Foreign Obligations or to perfect such security interest.  Each U.S. Obligations Security Agreement that also secures Foreign Obligations shall, for such purposes, also be deemed to be Foreign Obligations Security Agreement. As of the Restatement Effective Date, each of the Foreign Obligations Security Agreements listed on Schedule 1.1(f)(iii) hereof have been executed and delivered by the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries party thereto in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties.

 

Foreign Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

 

33



 

Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Fronting Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(d) .

 

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

 

Funded Debt ” shall mean all indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of Funded Debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of any Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Parent Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Parent Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Restatement Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn (regardless of whether or not any amendment is approved or made) or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

 

Guarantee ” shall mean a U.S. Obligations Guarantee and/or a Foreign Obligations Guarantee, as the context requires.

 

Guarantee Obligations ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the

 

34



 

owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term “Guarantee Obligations” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Restatement Effective Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness).  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

Guarantors ” shall mean the U.S. Obligations Guarantors and the Foreign Obligations Guarantors.

 

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous waste”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous waste”, “restricted hazardous waste”, “toxic substances”, “toxic pollutants”, “contaminants”, or “pollutants”, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law.

 

Hedge Agreements ” shall mean interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, cross-currency rate swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, commodity price protection agreements or other commodity price hedging agreements, and other similar agreements entered into by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes) for the principal purpose of protecting the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

Hedge Bank ” shall mean any Person (other than the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) that either (x) at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement or (y) with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreement that is in effect on the Closing Date, on the Closing Date, is a Lender or Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or Agent, in its capacity as a party to such Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

Historical Financial Statements ” shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower for each Fiscal Year ending on December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statement of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower for the fiscal quarter ending on March 31, 2011.

 

35



 

Holdings ” shall mean Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, an Alberta limited partnership, and its successors.

 

Increased Amount Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

Increased Amount Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders ” shall mean each Revolving Credit Lender that on the Restatement Effective Date has agreed to extend additional Series 2016 Revolving Loan Commitments.

 

Incurrence Test Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (and all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest with regard to such Indebtedness) incurred by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, if immediately before and after giving effect to such incurrence, (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the Senior Secured Incurrence Test.

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (c) the deferred purchase price of assets or services that in accordance with GAAP would be included as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (d) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (e) all Indebtedness of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (f) the principal component of all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (g) all obligations of such Person under interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, commodity price protection agreements or other commodity price hedging agreements and other similar agreements, (h) without duplication, all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, and (i) all Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transactions; provided that Indebtedness shall not include (i) trade and other ordinary course payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) deferred or prepaid revenue, (iii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, and (iv) any obligation associated with minority interest put/call arrangements. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

Indemnified liabilities ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.5 .

 

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes (including Other Taxes) other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.9 .

 

Investment ” shall mean, for any Person:  (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of Stock, Stock Equivalents, bonds, notes,

 

36



 

debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person (including any “short sale” or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person) (including any partnership or joint venture); (c) the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Indebtedness; or (d) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person; provided that, in the event that any Investment is made by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person through substantially concurrent interim transfers of any amount through one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries (or in the case of any such interim transfer pursuant to Section 10.5(v) or Section 10.6(d)(iii) , through Holdings), then such other substantially concurrent interim transfers shall be disregarded for purposes of Section 10.5 .  The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

Issuer Documents ” shall mean with respect to any U.S. Letter of Credit or Spanish Letter of Credit, the applicable Letter of Credit Request and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and (a) the Parent Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) with respect to a U.S. Letter of Credit, or (b) the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or the Parent Borrower with respect to a Spanish Letter of Credit, or in favor of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I .

 

Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ” shall mean Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC (“ Barclays Capital ”), Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“ CS Securities ”) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“ JPM ”).

 

JV Distribution Amount ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of cash distributed to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary by any joint venture that is not a Subsidiary (regardless of the form of legal entity) or by any Unrestricted Subsidiary since January 1, 2011 and prior to such time and only to the extent that neither the Parent Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is under any obligation to repay such amount to such joint venture.

 

KKR ” shall mean each of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. and KKR Associates, L.P.

 

L/C Borrowing ” shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.  All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars or Alternate Currencies.

 

37



 

L/C Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is five Business Days prior to the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

L/C Obligations ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unpaid Drawings, including all L/C Borrowings.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

L/C Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

L/C Participation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

Lender ” and “ Lenders ” shall have the meanings provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Lender Insolvency Event ” means (a)  a Lender becoming insolvent or becoming the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (b) an event of the kind referred to in Section 11.5 occurs with respect to such Lender or its Parent Company (as if the references in such provisions to the Borrowers or Specified Subsidiary referred to such Lender or Parent Company).

 

 “ Lending Office ” means any U.S. Lending Office or any Spanish Lending Office.

 

Letter of Credit ” shall mean each U.S. Letter of Credit and each Spanish Letter of Credit and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit.

 

Letter of Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure or Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure.

 

Letter of Credit Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(c) .

 

Letter of Credit Issuer ” shall mean a U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer or Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer.  References herein and in the other Credit Documents to a Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context requires.

 

Letter of Credit Outstandings ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings and Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings.

 

Letter of Credit Request ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2 .

 

Level I Status ” shall mean, subject to Section 1.7 , the circumstance that the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is greater than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 as of such date.

 

38



 

Level II Status ” shall mean, subject to Section 1.7 , the circumstance that the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than 5.50 to 1.00.

 

LIBOR Loan ” shall mean any LIBOR Term Loan or LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan.

 

LIBO Rate ” shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan of any currency, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBO Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or on the first day of such Interest Period in the case of any LIBOR Loan denominated in Sterling), for deposits in such currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in such currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch to major banks in the applicable London interbank eurocurrency market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or on the first day of such Interest Period in the case of any LIBOR Loan denominated in Sterling). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the LIBO Rate (as calculated pursuant to this definition) applicable to any Series 2018 Extended Term Loan or Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loan that is a LIBOR Loan is less than 1.25% per annum, then for purposes of calculating the interest rate applicable to such Loan that is a LIBOR Loan, the LIBO Rate shall be deemed to be 1.25% per annum.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the LIBO Rate (as calculated pursuant to this definition) applicable to any Series A New Term Loan that is a LIBOR Loan is less than 2.00% per annum, then for purposes of calculating the interest rate applicable to such Series A New Term Loan that is a LIBOR Loan, the LIBO Rate shall be deemed to be 2.00% per annum.

 

LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBO Rate.

 

LIBOR Term Loan ” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBO Rate.

 

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, charge, hypothecation, assignment, lien (statutory or other) or similar encumbrance (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease or license in the nature thereof).

 

Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan, Swingline Loan, Term Loan, New Revolving Credit Loan or New Term Loan made by any Lender hereunder.

 

Mandatory Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f) .

 

39



 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a circumstance or condition materially and adversely affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parent Borrower and the other Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Agents and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.

 

Material Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (a) whose total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 9.1 Financials have been delivered were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose revenues during such Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Restatement Effective Date, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (x) total assets at the last day of such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (y) revenues during such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, then the Parent Borrower shall, on the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries as “Material Subsidiaries”.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Series 2014 Term Loan Maturity Date, the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date or the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, as applicable, or any other maturity date of any Class or Series of Loans or Commitments under this Agreement.

 

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount ” shall mean (a) $200,000,000 minus any amount incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(n)(i)(a), plus (b) additional amounts, to the extent, both immediately before and after giving effect to such amounts (assuming for such purposes that such amounts (as well as, without duplication, the existing amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment) are fully drawn in the form of loans on the date of determination (but excluding from the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt any netting of Unrestricted Cash that would result from the incurrence of any such portion of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount being incurred at such time and any Unrestricted Cash that would result from the full drawing of all Revolving Credit Commitments)) that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 3.00 to 1.00.

 

Minimum Borrowing Amount ” shall mean (a) with respect to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining Commitments under the applicable Credit Facility at the time of such Borrowing), (b) with respect to a Borrowing of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining Commitments under the applicable Credit Facility at the time of such Borrowing), (c) with respect to a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Sterling, £5,000,000 (or, if less, the

 

40



 

Available Commitments at the time of such Borrowing), (d) with respect to a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro, €5,000,000 (or, if less in the case of a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans, the applicable Available Commitments at the time of such Borrowing) and (e) with respect to a Borrowing denominated in any other Alternative Currency, in amounts to be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower.

 

Minimum Tender Condition ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16(b) .

 

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

 

Mortgage ” shall mean a Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Financing Statement or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property and the Collateral Agent in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations, substantially in the form of Exhibit B , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and with respect to Mortgages entered into by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or a Foreign Obligations Guarantor, a mortgage in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property and the Collateral Agent in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Foreign Obligations, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean, initially, each parcel of real estate and the improvements thereto owned by a Credit Party and identified on Schedule 1.1(b) , and includes each other parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 9.14 .

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Narrative Report shall mean, with respect to the financial statements for which such narrative report is required, a narrative report describing the operations of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the form prepared for presentation to senior management thereof for the applicable fiscal quarter or Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such period to which such financial statements relate.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean, with respect to any Prepayment Event, (a) the gross cash proceeds (including payments from time to time in respect of installment obligations, if applicable) received by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Prepayment Event, as the case may be, less

 

(b) the sum of:

 

(i)             the amount, if any, of all taxes paid or reasonably estimated by the Parent Borrower to be payable by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Prepayment Event,

 

41



 

(ii)            the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i)  above) (x) associated with the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event and (y) retained by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such Prepayment Event occurring on the date of such reduction,

 

(iii)           the amount of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event to the extent that the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness requires that such Indebtedness be repaid upon consummation of such Prepayment Event,

 

(iv)           in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback, the amount of any proceeds of such Prepayment Event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has reinvested (or intends to reinvest within the Reinvestment Period or has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period to reinvest) in the business of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to Section 10.9 ), provided that (A) with respect to any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback relating to the Parent Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, this subclause (iv) shall only apply to amounts reinvested in the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary, and (B) any portion of such proceeds that has not been so reinvested within such Reinvestment Period (with respect to such Prepayment Event, the “ Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ”) shall, unless the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of such Reinvestment Period to reinvest such proceeds, (x) be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback occurring on the last day of such Reinvestment Period or, if later, 180 days after the date the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into such binding commitment, as applicable (such last day or 180 th  day, as applicable, the “ Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ”), and (y) be applied to the repayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i) ,

 

(v)            in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (v) ) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Parent Borrower or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, and

 

(vi)           reasonable and customary fees paid by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any of the foregoing,

 

in each case only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause (a) above.

 

New Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

42


 

New Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New Revolving Credit Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New Spanish Revolving Credit Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New Spanish Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New Term Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New Term Loan Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean the date on which a New Term Loan matures.

 

New Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .

 

New Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

New U.S. Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

Non-Cash Charges ” shall mean, without duplication, and in each case only to the extent it is a non-cash item: (a) losses on non-ordinary course asset sales, disposals or abandonments, (b) any impairment charge or asset write-off related to intangible assets (including goodwill), long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP, (c) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, (d) stock-based awards compensation expense, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity incentive grants, and any income or loss relating to profit interests or deferred compensation plans (including income or loss relating to the profit interests incurred by any of the Parent Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies that are pushed down to the

 

43



 

Parent Borrower), and (e) other non-cash charges ( provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this clause (e) represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.7(b) .

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ” shall mean and include each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary; provided , that any Subsidiary of a Non-Domestic Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a Non-Domestic Subsidiary, regardless of its jurisdiction of organization.

 

Non-U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Agent or Lender that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation, partnership or entity treated as a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (c) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or a trust that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

 

Non-U.S. Participant ” shall mean any Participant that if it were a Lender would qualify as a Non-U.S. Lender.

 

Notes ” shall mean the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Notes, collectively.

 

Notice of Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(a) .

 

Notice of Conversion or Continuation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6 .

 

Obligations ” shall mean the U.S. Obligations and the Foreign Obligations, collectively.

 

Old Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall mean all Revolving Credit Commitments, Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, other than any New Revolving Credit Commitments (and any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments related thereto).

 

Old Revolving Credit Loans ” shall mean all Loans made pursuant to Old Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

44



 

Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, registration, documentary or any other excise, property or similar taxes (including interest, fines, penalties, additions to tax and related expenses with regard thereto) arising from any payment made or required to be made under this Agreement or any other Credit Document or from the execution or delivery of, registration or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

Overnight Rate ” shall mean, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in such Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of the Administrative Agent in the applicable offshore interbank market for such Alternative Currency to major banks in such interbank market.

 

Parallel Debt ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 15.2.

 

Parallel Debtor ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 15.1.

 

Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Parent Company ” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

 

Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.6(c) .

 

Participating Member State ” shall mean each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

 

Patriot Act ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.18 .

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Act ” shall mean the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as it presently exists or as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of each Borrower in the form of Exhibit C or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

45



 

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of assets or Stock or Stock Equivalents, so long as:

 

(a) such acquisition and all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in accordance with applicable law;

 

(b) such acquisition shall (1) result in each of the issuer of such Stock or Stock Equivalents and its Subsidiaries becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and a Credit Party, to the extent required by Section 9.11 or (2) be of Stock or Stock Equivalents from minority interest holders in a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(c) each Person (or, as applicable, the assets) so acquired shall be in (or with respect to assets, useful for engaging in) the same or generally related line of business as conducted by the Parent and its Subsidiaries on the Restatement Effective Date,

 

(d) both before and after giving effect to such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(e) the aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) of all Investments funded or financed in, and the purchase price of, any Persons that do not become U.S. Obligations Guarantors in connection with all such acquisitions following the Restatement Effective Date in reliance on Section 10.5(h) shall not exceed:

 

(i) $300,000,000 with respect only to acquisitions of Persons that become Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries and acquisitions of assets by Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries ( provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this part (e)(i) shall not apply with respect to any acquisition (1) of any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a U.S. Obligations Guarantor or of any additional equity interests in any U.S. Obligations Guarantor (whether such Restricted Subsidiary was existing on the Restatement Effective Date or subsequently acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) or (2) where, both immediately before and after giving effect to such acquisition (and including any payments and Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with such acquisition), the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 4.25 to 1.00, on a Pro Forma Basis (but excluding from the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt any netting in respect of Unrestricted Cash that would result from the incurrence of any such Indebtedness being incurred in connection with such acquisition), or

 

(ii)  $300,000,000 with respect only to acquisitions of Persons that become Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiaries and acquisitions of assets by Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiaries ( provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this part (e)(ii) shall not apply with respect to any acquisition where, both immediately before and after giving effect to such acquisition (and including any payments and Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with such acquisition), the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 4.25 to 1.00, on a Pro Forma Basis (but excluding from the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt any netting in respect of Unrestricted Cash that would

 

46



 

result from the incurrence of any such Indebtedness being incurred in connection with such acquisition); and

 

(f) with respect to any such proposed acquisition with an aggregate purchase price greater than $50,000,000, the Parent Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that the contemplated acquisition fulfills all elements of this definition.

 

Permitted Additional Debt ” shall mean subordinated or senior Indebtedness (which Indebtedness may (x) be unsecured, (y) have the same lien priority on the Collateral as the Obligations on a pari passu basis to the extent incurred in accordance with the terms hereof (to the extent such Permitted Additional Debt is incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(m), 10.1(n)(i)(a), or 10.1(o) or (z) be secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the First Lien Obligations (to the extent such Permitted Additional Debt is incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(m), 10.1(n)(i)(a), or 10.1(o)) issued by the Parent Borrower,

 

(a) the terms of which

 

(i) do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if later, the latest New Term Loan Maturity Date or any extension of any Term Loan Maturity Date or New Term Loan Maturity Date, or, if later, any extension of any Revolving Credit Maturity Date) (other than customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default) and

 

(ii) to the extent the same are subordinated, provide for customary subordination to the Obligations under the Credit Documents,

 

(b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries than those herein and in the other Credit Documents (nor, to the extent such Permitted Additional Debt constitutes refinancing Indebtedness of the Senior Notes (and all refinancings thereof), more restrictive than those applicable to the Senior Notes (or any refinancing thereof) being so refinanced, (or, to the extent such Permitted Additional Debt constitutes refinancing Indebtedness of the Senior Subordinated Notes (and all refinancings thereof), than those applicable to the Senior Subordinated Notes (or any refinancing thereof) being so refinanced (and, in the case of Permitted Additional Debt that constitutes refinancing Indebtedness of the Senior Subordinated Notes (and all refinancings thereof), the subordination provisions governing such Permitted Additional Debt shall be no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination provisions governing such Senior Subordinated Notes)); provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower is delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless

 

47



 

the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees);

 

(c) in respect of which (i) no Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than a U.S. Obligations Guarantor or any guarantor of the Indebtedness being refinanced by such Permitted Additional Debt, if applicable) is an obligor, and (ii) the Parent Borrower is the issuer; and

 

(d) which, if secured, (x) are secured by no asset or property that is not Collateral securing the Obligations and (y) the applicable representative of such Indebtedness has become a party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement as the case may be.

 

 “ Permitted Additional Debt Documents ” shall mean any document or instrument (including any guarantee, security agreement or mortgage) issued or executed and delivered with respect to any Permitted Additional Debt by any Credit Party.

 

Permitted Additional Debt Obligations ” shall mean, if any Permitted Additional Debt is issued or incurred, all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Permitted Additional Debt Document, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that Permitted Additional Debt Obligations may be incurred or issued by all or by fewer than all of the Credit Parties, subject to clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Additional Debt”).

 

Permitted Additional Debt Secured Parties ” shall mean the holders from time to time of secured Permitted Additional Debt Obligations (and any representative on their behalf).

 

Permitted Debt Exchange ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.16(a) .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.16(a) .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.16(a) .

 

Permitted Holders ” shall mean each direct or indirect, beneficial and of record, holder of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent Borrower as of the Restatement Effective Date, including any limited partners of Holdings as of the Restatement Effective Date.

 

48



 

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

 

(a)            securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities and/or reset dates of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(b)            securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest investment grade rating generally obtainable from both S&P and Moody’s (or, if at any time either S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, then from whichever is continuing to rate such obligations and from another nationally recognized rating service);

 

(c)            commercial paper maturing no more than 12 months after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 and P-1 from S&P and Moody’s, respectively (or, if at any time either S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, then an equivalent rating from whichever is continuing to rate such obligations and from another nationally recognized rating service);

 

(d)            domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any Lender or any other bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of domestic banks and $100,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) in the case of foreign banks;

 

(e)            repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) , (b) and (d) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing;

 

(f)             marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least A-1 and P-1 from S&P and Moody’s, respectively (or, if at any time either S&P or Moody’s shall not be rating such obligations, then an equivalent rating from whichever is continuing to rate such obligations and from another nationally recognized rating service);

 

(g)            shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a) through (f) above; and

 

(h)            in the case of Investments by any Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary made in a country outside the United States of America, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments of credit quality and liquidity equivalent to clauses (a) through (g) above in the country where such Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary is located or in which such Investment is made.

 

49



 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean:

 

(a)            Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established to the extent required by and in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Parent Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge or claim is to such property;

 

(b)            Liens in respect of property or assets of the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case so long as such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)            Liens arising from judgments or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.11 ;

 

(d)            Liens incurred or deposits made in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases (including, without limitation, any Liens or deposits to secure any bank guarantee or letter of credit issued to secure any lease), government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 10.5 ;

 

(e)            ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

 

(f)             easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(g)            any interest or title of a lessor or secured by a lessor’s interest under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

 

(h)            Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(i)             Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent permitted under Section 10.1 ;

 

(j)             leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

50



 

(k)            Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(l)             Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, to facilitate the operation of cash pooling and/or interest set-off arrangements in respect of such bank accounts in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(n)            any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Permitted Sale Leaseback ” shall mean any Sale Leaseback consummated by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Restatement Effective Date, provided that any such Sale Leaseback between a U.S. Credit Party and a Person that is not a U.S. Credit Party is consummated for fair value as determined at the time of consummation in good faith by (i) the Parent Borrower or such other U.S. Credit Party and (ii) in the case of any Sale Leaseback (or series of related Sale Leasebacks) the aggregate proceeds of which exceed $30,000,000, the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such U.S. Credit Party (which such determination may take into account any retained interest or other Investment of the Parent Borrower or such U.S. Credit Party in connection with, and any other material economic terms of, such Sale Leaseback).

 

Permitted SLB Investments ” shall mean (a) any Permitted Acquisition, including any Foreign Acquisition, (b) any investments that are acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 10.5(s) , (c) any capital expenditures of any Restricted Subsidiary, and (d) general reinvestment into the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries provided that, with respect to each of (a), (b), (c) and (d) above, (i) any proceeds received by the Parent Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Sale Leaseback must be revinvested in the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Domestic Subsidiary and (ii) if the assets sold in a Permitted Sale Leaseback constituted Collateral the proceeds in respect thereof must be reinvested in Collateral.

 

Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transaction ” shall mean any transfer by any Restricted Subsidiary of student loans or related accounts receivable or interests therein (collectively, “ Student Loans ”) (a) to a trust, partnership, corporation or other “conduit” entity, which transfer is funded in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by the incurrence or issuance by the transferee or any successor transferee of Indebtedness or other securities that are to receive payments from, or that represent interests in, the cash flow derived from such Student Loans, or (b) directly to one or more investors.  The “amount” of any Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transaction shall be deemed at any time to be (i) the aggregate principal or stated amount of the Indebtedness or other securities referred to in clause (a) of the preceding sentence or (ii) if there shall be no such principal or stated amount or such Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transaction shall be in the form of a direct sale to one or more investors, the

 

51



 

uncollected amount of the Student Loans transferred pursuant to the Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transaction net of any such Student Loans that have been written off as uncollectible.  The aggregate amount of Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transactions shall not in the aggregate exceed $150,000,000 outstanding at any time.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

 

PIK Interest Amount ” shall mean the aggregate principal amount of all increases in outstanding principal amount of Toggle Notes and issuances of PIK Notes (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) in connection with an election by the Parent Borrower to pay interest on the Toggle Notes in kind.

 

Plan ” shall mean any multiemployer or single-employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA and subject to Title IV of ERISA, that is or was within any of the preceding six plan years maintained or contributed to by (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute or to make payments to) the Parent Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate.

 

Platform ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.17 .

 

Post-Acquisition Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition or such Investment is consummated and ending on the last day of the sixth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition or Investment is consummated.

 

Potential Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender (i) as to which an event of the kind referred to in the definition of “Lender Insolvency Event” has occurred and is continuing in respect of any financial institution affiliate of such Lender, or (ii) as to which the Administrative Agent has in good faith determined and notified the Borrowers that such Lender or its Parent Company or a Subsidiary thereof has defaulted on its funding obligations under any other loan agreement or credit agreement or other financing agreement or (iii) that has, or whose Parent Company has, a non-investment grade rating from Moody’s or S&P or another nationally recognized rating agency.  Any determination that a Lender is a Potential Defaulting Lender under any of clauses (i) through (iii) above shall be made by the Administrative in its sole discretion acting in good faith.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify all parties hereto upon any determination that a Lender has become a Potential Defaulting Lender.

 

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalents with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

Prepayment Event ” shall mean any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or any Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

Prime Rate ” shall mean the “prime rate” referred to in the definition of ABR.

 

52


 

Pro Forma Adjustment ” shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, arising out of events which (a) are directly attributable to a specific transaction, (b) are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, and (c) are in each case (except for adjustments in the aggregate not exceeding $15,000,000 in any Test Period) determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC; provided that (i) at the election of the Parent Borrower, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition was less than $10,000,000 and (ii) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that the applicable amount of such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or the applicable amount of such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided , further , that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period.

 

Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate ” shall mean any certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(g)  or Section 9.1(c) .

 

Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.9 .

 

Pro Forma Basis ”, “ Pro Forma Compliance ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant:  (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above (but without duplication thereof), the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or

 

53



 

covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.9 .

 

Pro Forma Entity ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Acquired EBITDA.”

 

Projections ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1(h) .

 

Qualifying IPO ”  shall mean the issuance by the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower of its common Stock in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

 

Real Estate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1(e) .

 

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.1 .

 

Refinancing Permitted Additional Debt ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.1(n) .

 

Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.6(b)(iv) .

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated May 13, 2008 related to the Senior Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes by and among the Parent Borrower, the other Credit Parties party thereto and the financial institutions party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any additional notes issued pursuant to the Indentures, one or more registration rights agreements between the Parent Borrower and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Parent Borrower to the purchasers of such additional notes to register such additional notes under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation D ” shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing reserve requirements.

 

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

54



 

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Reimbursement Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Reinvestment Period ” shall mean (i) with respect to an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, 15 months following the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event and (ii) with respect to a Permitted Sale Leaseback, 360 days following the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of a Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

Rejection Notice ”  shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(h) .

 

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

Repayment Amount ” shall mean the Closing Date Term Loan Repayment Amount, the Delayed Draw Term Loan Repayment Amount, the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount, the Series A New Term Loan Repayment Amount or, with respect to any Series of New Term Loans, the New Term Loan Repayment Amount, as applicable.

 

Replacement Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.1 .

 

Reportable Event ” shall mean an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, other than any event as to which the thirty day notice period has been waived.

 

Repricing Transaction ” means the prepayment or refinancing of all or a portion of the Term Loans with the incurrence by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any long-term bank debt financing incurred for the primary purpose of repaying, refinancing, substituting or replacing all or a portion of the Term Loans and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement or commitment fees in connection therewith) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of such Term Loans, including without limitation, as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, such Term Loans.

 

Required Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (excluding Series 2018 Extended Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date, in each case, excluding any Series 2018 Extended Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders.

 

55



 

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (i) the Revolving Credit Exposure at such date, (ii) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (iii) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date, in each case excluding Revolving Credit Exposure, Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitments and Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders.

 

Required Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders holding a majority of the Adjusted Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated at such time, a majority of the Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) at such time), in each case excluding Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments and Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure held by Affiliated Lenders.

 

Required U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders holding a majority of the Adjusted Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated at such time, a majority of the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) at such time), in each case, excluding U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments and U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure held by Affiliated Lenders.

 

Required Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the sum of (a) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date, in each case, excluding Term Loans and Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitments held by Affiliated Lenders.

 

Requirement of Law ” shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

 

Restatement Effective Date ” shall have the meaning provided for such term in the Second Amendment.

 

Restatement Effective Date Reallocation Amount ” shall mean, for any Revolving Credit Lender, an amount equal to (a) the amount such Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have received pursuant to the prepayment of all U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and all Spanish Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1(h)(i)  minus (b) the amount such Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and Spanish Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(h)(ii) .

 

“Restricted Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

56



 

Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean a Non-Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as the case may be, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Retained Declined Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(h) .

 

Revaluation Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, each of the following:  (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to Section 2.6 , and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders or Required Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders (as applicable),  or Swingline Lender (with respect to U.S. Revolving Credit Loans) shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following:  (i) each date of issuance of any such Letter of Credit, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any payment by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer shall determine or the Required U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders or Required Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders (as applicable) shall require.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean a U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment or a Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(a) .

 

Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate ” shall mean, with respect to the Available Commitment on any day, and with respect to (i) Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitments, the rate per annum set forth below opposite the Status in effect on such day and (ii) Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments, the rate per annum is 0.625%.

 

Status

 

Commitment Fee Rate
with respect to Series
2013 Revolving Credit
Loans

 

Level I Status

 

0.50

%

Level II Status

 

0.375

%

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate” shall mean 0.50% during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Trigger Date.

 

57



 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure and Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Extension Request ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(b) .

 

Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Loan ” and “ Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meanings provided in Section 2.1(b) .

 

“Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean any date on which any Revolving Credit Loan shall mature and become fully due and payable, including the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

Revolving Credit Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have terminated, no Revolving Credit Loans shall be outstanding and the Letter of Credit Outstandings shall have been reduced to zero or Cash Collateralized.

 

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

 

Sale Leaseback ” shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any property, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and (b) as part of such transaction, thereafter rents or leases such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold, transferred or disposed; provided that a transaction otherwise qualifying as a Sale Leaseback pursuant to this definition will be a Sale Leaseback regardless of whether accounting treatment (pursuant to ASC 840 or otherwise) characterizes the transaction as a sale and lease or as a financing transaction, and such Sale Leaseback transaction (to the extent otherwise qualifying as a Permitted Sale Leaseback) will be subject to Sections 10.1(k) , 10.4(n) , 10.5(w) , and 10.8 as though treated as a sale and lease for accounting purposes.

 

Scheduled Dispositions ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.4 .

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

Second Amendment ” shall mean that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2011, by and among the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Lenders party thereto, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as the administrative agent and collateral agent under the Existing Credit Agreement, and Citibank, N.A., as Arranger, each

 

58



 

Letter of Credit Issuer and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as the resigning Swingline Lender.

 

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit K among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for purposes thereof for any other Permitted Additional Debt Secured Parties that are holders of Permitted Additional Debt Obligations having a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations, with such changes thereto as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that such changes are not materially adverse to the Lenders.

 

Section 2.15 Additional Amendment ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(d) .

 

Section 9.1 Financials ” shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 9.1(a)  or (b)  together with the accompanying officer’s certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 9.1(c) .

 

Secured Hedge Agreement shall mean any U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, as applicable.

 

Secured Parties ” shall mean the U.S. Obligations Secured Parties and the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, collectively.

 

Securitization ” shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns of securities or notes which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Loans and the Lender’s rights under the Credit Documents.

 

Security Documents ” shall mean the U.S. Obligations Security Documents and the Foreign Obligations Security Agreements, collectively.

 

Senior Notes ” shall mean (a) 10% Senior Cash Pay Notes Due 2015 and 10 1/4%/11% Senior Toggle Notes Due 2015 (the “ Toggle Notes ”) issued under the Senior Notes Indenture and (b) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof that constitutes Permitted Additional Debt; provided that any such replacement or refinancing of the Senior Notes shall be unsecured and shall have the Parent Borrower as the borrower or issuer thereof and shall have no guarantors that do not guarantee the U.S. Obligations.

 

Senior Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Senior Indenture dated May 13, 2008, among the Parent Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and a trustee, pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith.

 

59



 

Senior Secured Incurrence Test ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, the Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense Ratio shall be no less than 2.00 to 1.00.

 

Senior Subordinated Notes ” shall mean (a) 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2017 issued under the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture and (b) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof that constitutes Permitted Additional Debt; provided that any such replacement or refinancing of the Senior Subordinated Notes shall be unsecured, shall have the Parent Borrower as the borrower or issuer, shall have no guarantees that do not guarantee the U.S. Obligations and shall be subordinated to the U.S. Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination provisions contained in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

 

Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Senior Subordinated Indenture dated May 13, 2008, among the Parent Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and a trustee, pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Notes were issued, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith.

 

Series ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .

 

Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean a Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and/or a Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Series 2013 Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure and Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure of such Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lender at such time.

 

Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean any Lender with a Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitment, a Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loan or any Series 2013 Revolving Credit Exposure.

 

Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loan ” shall mean any Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans or any Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans and “ Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans ” shall be the collective reference to all Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans.

 

“Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

 

Series 2013 Revolving Credit Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitments shall have terminated, no Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans shall be outstanding and the Letter of Credit Outstandings of the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lenders shall have been reduced to zero or Cash Collateralized.

 

Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Spanish Revolving Credit Lender on the Restatement Effective Date that does not

 

60



 

execute the Second Amendment as (i) a Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, (ii) a Converting Revolving Credit Lender with respect to all or a portion of its Spanish Revolving Credit Loans or (iii) a Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lender with respect to all or a portion of its Spanish Revolving Credit Loans, the amount, if any, of the Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date of such Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, in the amount set forth opposite such Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c)  as such Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s “Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment”, which shall terminate on the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, as such Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the date hereof, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Series 2013 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to terms hereof.  The aggregate amount of the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date is $0.

 

Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Series 2013 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, provided that at any time when the Series 2013 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding and (b) such Lender’s Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure at such time.

 

Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean at any time, any Lender that has a Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment, Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan or Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

 

Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Series 2013 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Series 2013 Swingline Loans shall mean any Swingline Loan made pursuant to the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, (a) with respect to each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender on the Restatement Effective Date that does not execute

 

61



 

the Second Amendment as (i) a Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, (ii) a Converting Revolving Lender with respect to all or a portion of its U.S. Revolving Credit Loans or (iii) a Series 2018 Extending Term Lender with respect to all or a portion of its U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, the amount, if any, of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date of such Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lenders in the amount set forth opposite such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c)  as such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s “Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment” which shall terminate on the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, as such U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the date hereof, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Series 2013 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to terms hereof.  The aggregate amount of the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date is $0.

 

Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Series 2013 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, provided that at any time when the Series 2013 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding and (b) such Lender’s U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure at such time.

 

Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean at any time, any Lender that has a Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan or Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

 

Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Series 2013 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Series 2014 Term Loans ” shall mean any Term Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date other than the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans.

 

“Series 2014 Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

 

62


 

 “ Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean a Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and/or a Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Series 2016 Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure and Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure of such 2016 Revolving Credit Lender at such time.

 

Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean, each Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender and each Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender.

 

Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loan ” shall mean any Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans or any Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans and “ Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans ” shall be the collective reference to all Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans.

 

Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean the fifth anniversary of the Restatement Effective Date or if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day; provided , however , if more than $250,000,000 of the principal amount of the Senior Notes is outstanding on the date that is 91 days prior to August 15, 2015, then the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall be the date that is 91 days prior to August 15, 2015.

 

Series 2016 Revolving Credit Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments shall have terminated, no Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans shall be outstanding and the Letter of Credit Outstandings of the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders shall have been reduced to zero or Cash Collateralized.

 

Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Lender that is a Spanish Revolving Credit Lender on the Restatement Effective Date, the amount set forth opposite such Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s “Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment” and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Spanish Revolving Credit Lender after the date hereof, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Series 2016 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to terms hereof.  The aggregate amount of the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date is $100,000,000.

 

Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Series 2016 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided that at any time when the Series 2016 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Series 2016 Spanish

 

63



 

Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding and (b) such Lender’s Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure at such time.

 

Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean at any time, any Lender that has a Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment,  Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan or Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

 

Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Series 2016 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Series 2016 Swingline Loans shall mean any Swingline Loan made pursuant to the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Lender that is a U.S. Revolving Credit Lender on the Restatement Effective Date, the amount set forth opposite such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s “Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment” and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a U.S. Revolving Credit Lender after the date hereof, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Series 2016 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to terms hereof.  The aggregate amount of the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date is $200,000,000.

 

Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Series 2016 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, provided that at any time when the Series 2016 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding and (b) such Lender’s U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure at such time.

 

64



 

Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean at any time, any Lender that has a Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans or Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

 

Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Series 2016 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Lender ” shall mean, (A) as of the Restatement Effective Date, (a) each Term Lender that has extended its Term Loans (or any portion thereof) into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans pursuant to the Second Amendment, and whose name and the aggregate principal amount of its Term Loans so extended are set forth opposite such Term Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such term Lender’s “Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Amount as of the Restatement Effective Date” (for each such Lender, the “ Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Extended Amount ”), the maturity of which has been extended to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date pursuant to the Second Amendment and (b) each Converting Revolving Lender with respect to its (i) Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments that such Lender has agreed to extend to the Parent Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.1(a) and (ii) its Revolving Credit Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement that it has agreed to convert into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in such amounts set forth opposite such Converting Revolving Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such term Lender’s “Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Converted Amount as of the Restatement Effective Date” (for each such Lender, the “ Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Converted Amount ”) and (B) thereafter, any successors and assigns of the Series 2018 Extended Term Lenders.

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan ” shall mean (a) a Term Loan, the maturity of which has been extended to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date pursuant to the Second Amendment and (b) a Series 2018 Extended Term Loan borrowed by the Parent Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date.  The aggregate amount of Series 2018 Extended Term Loans as of the Restatement Effective Date (including all Series 2018 Extended Term Loans borrowed by the Parent Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date) is $1,103,896,493.81.

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean with respect to each Lender, the commitments to make Series 2018 Extended Term Loans to the Parent Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date, the amount of which is set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) hereof as such Lender’s “Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment”.

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Credit Facility ” shall mean the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans.

 

65



 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Converted Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Series 2018 Extended Term Lender.

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Extended Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Series 2018 Extended Term Lender.

 

 “ Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean the seventh anniversary of the Restatement Effective Date or if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day; provided , however , that (A) if on the date that is 91 days prior to August 15, 2015 more than $250,000,000 of the principal amount of the Senior Notes is outstanding, then the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date shall be the date that is 91 days prior to August 15, 2015 and (B) if on the date that is 91 days prior to August 15, 2017 more than $250,000,000 of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes is outstanding, then the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date shall be the date that is 91 days prior to August 15, 2017.

 

“Series 2018 Extended Term Loans Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

“Series 2018 Extended Term Loans Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Series A New Term Loan Joinder Agreement ” shall mean that Joinder Agreement dated as of September 25, 2009 among Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Series A New Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean at any time, any Lender that has a Series A New Term Loan.

 

Series A New Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Series A New Term Loans ” shall mean that Series of New Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $280,000,000 made to the Parent Borrower under the Series A New Term Loan Joinder Agreement.

 

Sold Entity or Business ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, that as of the Restatement Effective Date, (a) (i) the sum of such Person’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Person’s present assets; (ii) such Person’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Restatement Effective Date; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts including current obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and

 

66



 

conveyances.  For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

 

Spanish Credit Party ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.7(e) .

 

Spanish L/C Borrowing ” shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Spanish Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.  All Spanish L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars or Alternate Currencies.

 

Spanish L/C Obligations ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Spanish Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unpaid Drawings in respect of Spanish Letters of Credit, including all Spanish L/C Borrowings.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Spanish Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Spanish Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

Spanish L/C Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

Spanish L/C Participation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

Spanish Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, each office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) specified as a “Spanish Lending Office” on Schedule 1.1(e) or, as to any Person that becomes a Spanish Revolving Credit Lender after the Restatement Effective Date, in the Assignment and Assumption executed by such Person, or such other office or offices of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may hereafter designate from time to time as its “Spanish Lending Office” by notice to the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the Administrative Agent.  A Spanish Revolving Credit Lender may designate different Spanish Lending Offices for Spanish Revolving Credit Loans to the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower.

 

Spanish Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.1 .

 

Spanish Letter of Credit Commitment ” shall mean $45,000,000, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 3.1 .

 

Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of any Unpaid Drawings in respect of Spanish Letters of Credit in respect of which such Lender has made (or is required to have made) payments to the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) at such time and (b) such Lender’s Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time (excluding the portion thereof consisting of Unpaid Drawings in respect of Spanish Letters of Credit in respect

 

67



 

of which the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders have made (or are required to have made) payments to the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) ).

 

Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer ” shall mean a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender to be mutually agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, from and after its execution hereof in such capacity, any of its Affiliates or any replacement or successor pursuant to Section 3.6 .  The Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Spanish Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer, and in each such case the term “Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Spanish Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.  In the event that there is more than one Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Credit Documents to the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the applicable Spanish Letter of Credit or to all Spanish Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context requires.

 

Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Spanish Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of all Unpaid Spanish Drawings.

 

Spanish Multicurrency Exposure ” shall mean, for any Spanish Revolving Credit Lender at any date, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies of such Lender then outstanding, and (b) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure in respect of Spanish Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies at such time.

 

Spanish Multicurrency Sublimit ” shall mean, at any date, the lesser of (x) the Dollar Equivalent of $100,000,000 and (y) the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment at such date.

 

Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender its Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment or Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable.

 

Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided that at any time when the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Spanish Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding and (b) such Lender’s Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure at such time.

 

68



 

Spanish Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean at any time, any Lender that has a Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment, Spanish Revolving Credit Loan or Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

 

Spanish Revolving Credit Loan ” shall mean any Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan or any Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan.

 

Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(b) .

 

Specified Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any date of determination (a) any Material Subsidiary, (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary (i) whose total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 9.1 Financials have been delivered were equal to or greater than 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries at such date, or (ii) whose revenues during such Test Period were equal to or greater than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, and (c) each other Unrestricted Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 11.5 and that, when such Subsidiary’s total assets or revenues are aggregated with the total assets or revenues, as applicable, of each other Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 11.5 would constitute a Specified Subsidiary under clause (b) above.

 

Specified Stock Consideration ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.6(j) .

 

Specified Transaction ” shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment, Disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Dividend, Subsidiary designation, New Term Loan, New Revolving Credit Commitment or other event that by the terms of this Agreement requires “Pro Forma Compliance” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis.”

 

Sponsor ” shall mean any of KKR and its Affiliates but excluding portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Sponsor Group ” shall mean the Persons listed on Schedule 1.1(h) .

 

Spot Rate ” for a currency shall mean the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase by the Administrative Agent of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if it does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

 

69



 

Stated Amount ” of any Letter of Credit shall mean the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum amount from time to time available to be drawn thereunder, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could then be met.

 

Status ” shall mean the existence of Level I Status or Level II Status, as the case may be, as in effect on such date, as determined pursuant to Section 1.7 .

 

Sterling ” or “ £ ” shall mean lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Stock ” shall mean shares of capital stock or shares in the capital, as the case may be (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock or ordinary shares or preferred shares, as the case may be), beneficial, partnership or membership interests, participations or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting.

 

Stock Equivalents ” shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, (b) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity of which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries has more than a 50% equity interest at the time, and (c) any affiliated not-for-profit, non-stock universities that are controlled through majority voting interests of their respective boards of directors.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower.

 

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.3(i)(i) .

 

Successor Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.3(a) .

 

Successor Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.3(a) .

 

Successor Restricted Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.3(j)(i) .

 

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean $10,000,000.

 

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any given time, such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans at such time.

 

70



 

Swingline Lender ” shall mean a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender that has agreed to be a Swingline Lender hereunder to be mutually agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, or any replacement or successor thereto.

 

Swingline Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(e) .

 

Swingline Maturity Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Swingline Loan, the date that is five Business Days prior to the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

Syndication Agents ” shall mean CS Securities and KKR Capital Markets LLC, together with their affiliates, as syndication agents for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

TARGET Day ” shall mean any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

 

Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.

 

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Closing Date Term Loan Commitment, Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment and, if applicable, New Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series.

 

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.15(a) .

 

Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

 

“Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean any date on which any Term Loan shall mature and become fully due and payable hereunder, including the Series 2014 Term Loan Maturity Date, the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date and any New Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

Term Loan Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Term Loans ” shall mean the Closing Date Term Loans, the Delayed Draw Term Loans, the Series 2014 Term Loans, any New Term Loans (of each Series, including the Series A New Term Loans) and any Extended Term Loans (of each Series, including the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans), collectively.

 

71



 

 “ Test Period ” shall mean, for any determination under this Agreement, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower then last ended.

 

Toggle Notes ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Senior Notes”.

 

Total Closing Date Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the sum of Closing Date Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders.

 

Total Credit Exposure ” shall mean, at any date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have terminated on such date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such date), (b) the amount of Total Term Loan Commitments that are undrawn at such date and (c) without duplication of clause (b) , the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at such date.

 

Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments and the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Total Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments, the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments and the New Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders.

 

Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of all the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Transaction Expenses ” shall mean any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

Transactions ” shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals.

 

Transferee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.6(e) .

 

Trigger Date ” shall mean the day following the date on which Section 9.1 Financials were delivered to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2007.

 

Type ” shall mean (a) as to any Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Term Loan and (b) as to any Revolving Credit Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan.

 

72


 

Unfunded Current Liability ” of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (as defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 (“ SFAS 87 ”)) under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year, determined in accordance with SFAS 87 as in effect on the date hereof, exceeds the fair market value of the assets allocable thereto.

 

Unpaid Drawing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Unrestricted Cash ” shall mean the aggregate cash and cash equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 10.2 and Liens permitted by Sections 10.2(i)  and 10.2(m)  and clauses (i)  and (ii)  of Section 10.2(n) ) included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date including such amounts only to the extent the use thereof for application to the payment of Indebtedness under the Credit Documents is not prohibited by law or any contract to which the Parent Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) each Subsidiary on Schedule 1.1(j) , (b) any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is formed or acquired after the Restatement Effective Date, provided that at such time (or promptly thereafter) the Parent Borrower designates such Subsidiary an Unrestricted Subsidiary in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, (c) any Restricted Subsidiary subsequently designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Parent Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, provided that in the case of (b)  and (c) , (x) such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment (or reduction in an outstanding Investment, in the case of a designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary) on the date of such designation in an amount equal to the net book value of the Parent Borrower’s direct or indirect investment therein and such designation shall be permitted only to the extent permitted under Section 10.5 on the date of such designation and (y) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and (d) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Parent Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, and thereafter, such Subsidiary shall no longer constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if (x) to the extent such Subsidiary has outstanding Indebtedness on the date of such designation, immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, with the Senior Secured Incurrence Test (and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating satisfaction of such test) and (y) no Default or Event of Default would result from such re-designation.  On or promptly after the date of its formation, acquisition, designation or re-designation, as applicable, each Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is a Non-Domestic Subsidiary) shall have entered into a tax sharing agreement containing terms that, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, provide for an appropriate allocation of tax liabilities and benefits.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall always be a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

73



 

U.S. Credit Party ” shall mean the Parent Borrower, each U.S. Obligations Guarantor and each U.S. Title IV Subsidiary required to pledge its assets or provide a guarantee pursuant to Section 9.1 1 or 9.12 hereof (or which does pledge its assets or provide a guarantee), including Walden.

 

U.S. L/C Borrowing ” shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any U.S. Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.  All U.S. L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars or Alternate Currencies.

 

U.S. L/C Obligations ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding U.S. Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unpaid Drawings in respect of U.S. Letters of Credit, including all U.S. L/C Borrowings.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a U.S. Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such U.S. Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

U.S. L/C Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

U.S. L/C Participation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

U.S. Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.4(h) .

 

U.S. Lending Office ” means, with respect to any U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, the office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) specified as its “U.S. Lending Office” on Schedule 1.1(e)  or, as to any Person that becomes a U.S. Revolving Credit Lender after the Restatement Effective Date, in the Assignment and Assumption executed by such Person, or such other office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may hereafter designate from time to time as its “U.S. Lending Office” by notice to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

U.S. Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.1.

 

U.S. Letter of Credit Commitment ” shall mean $120,000,000, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 3.1 .

 

U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of any Unpaid Drawings in respect of U.S. Letters of Credit in respect of which such Lender has made (or is required to have made) payments to the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a)  at such time and (b) such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time (excluding the portion thereof consisting of Unpaid Drawings in respect of U.S. Letters of Credit in respect of which the Lenders have made (or are required to have made) payments to the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) ).

 

74



 

U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer ” shall mean (a) a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender to be mutually agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any replacement or successor pursuant to Section 3.6 and (b) in the case of the Existing Letters of Credit, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.  The U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more U.S. Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, and in each such case the term “U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to U.S. Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.  In the event that there is more than one U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Credit Documents to the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the applicable U.S. Letter of Credit or to all U.S. Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context requires.

 

U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding U.S. Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of all Unpaid Drawings in respect of U.S. Letters of Credit.

 

U.S. Multicurrency Exposure ” shall mean, for any U.S. Revolving Credit Lender at any date, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies of such Lender then outstanding, and (b) such Lender’s U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure in respect of U.S. Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies at such time.

 

U.S. Multicurrency Sublimit ” shall mean, at any date, the lesser of (x) the Dollar Equivalent of $150,000,000 and (y) the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such date.

 

U.S. Obligations ” shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Revolving Credit Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit (other than any such advances to and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of any Credit Party in respect of the Foreign Obligations) or U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

 

U.S. Obligations Collateral ” shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged to secure U.S. Obligations pursuant to the U.S. Obligations Security Documents.

 

U.S. Obligations Guarantee ” shall mean (a) the Guarantee made by each U.S. Obligations Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , and (b) any other guarantee of the U.S. Obligations made by a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

75



 

U.S. Obligations Guarantors ” shall mean (a) each Domestic Subsidiary that is party to the U.S. Obligations Guarantee on the Restatement Effective Date and (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to the U.S. Obligations Guarantee after the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 9.11 or otherwise, in each case, excluding any U.S. Title IV Subsidiary to the extent it is excluded by clause (g) of the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”.

 

U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreement ” shall mean (a) the Pledge Agreement, entered into by the U.S. Credit Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 , on the Closing Date, and (b) any other pledge agreement with respect to all of the Obligations delivered pursuant to Section 9.12 , in each case, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement ” shall mean Hedge Agreements on Schedule 1.1(i)  and any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.

 

U.S. Obligations Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any other Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender, in each case, with respect to the U.S. Obligations or any U.S. Obligations Security Agreement, each Hedge Bank that is party to any U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 14 with respect to matters relating to the U.S Obligations, or by the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any U.S. Obligations Security Document.

 

U.S. Obligations Security Agreement ” shall mean the Security Agreement entered into by the Parent Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2 , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

U.S. Obligations Security Documents ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the U.S. Obligations Guarantees, (b) the U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreements, (c) the U.S. Obligations Security Agreements, (d) the Mortgages relating to property owned by U.S. Credit Parties, (e) the U.S. Title IV Collateral Agreement and (f) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 9.11 , 9.12 or 9.14 or pursuant to any other such U.S. Obligations Security Documents, in each case to secure the U.S. Obligations or to perfect such security interest.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, its Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, provided that at any time when the Total U.S. Revolving

 

76



 

Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any U.S. Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure at such time and (c) such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans at such time.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean at any time, any Lender that has a U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, U.S. Revolving Credit Loan or U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Loan ” shall mean any Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan or any Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan.

 

U.S. Title IV Collateral Agreement ” shall mean a Collateral Agreement by and among each U.S. Title IV Subsidiary required to pledge its assets pursuant to Sections 9.11 and 9.12 (or which does pledge its assets) and the Collateral Agent, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-3 or otherwise acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

U.S. Title IV Subsidiary ” shall mean (i) as of the Restatement Effective Date, Walden, Kendall College, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, NewSchool of Architecture and Design, LLC, a California limited liability company, and (ii) after the Restatement Effective Date, each other Subsidiary of either Borrower which receives any funds from the U.S. Department of Education under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C.A. § 1070 et seq.

 

Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Stock or Stock Equivalents having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.

 

Walden ” shall mean Walden University, LLC, a Florida limited liability company.

 

1.2.          Other Interpretive Provisions .  With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:

 

(a)           The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

77



 

(b)           The words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

(c)           Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.

 

(d)           The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

(e)           The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

(f)            In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”.

 

(g)           Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

1.3.          Accounting Terms .

 

(a)           All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio, the Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense Ratio and the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall each be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

1.4.                   Rounding .  Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

1.5.                   References to Agreements, Laws, Etc .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment

 

78



 

and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law.

 

1.6.                   Exchange Rates .  For purposes of determining compliance under Sections 10.4 , 10.5 and 10.6 with respect to any amount in a currency other than Dollars (other than with respect to (a) any amount derived from the financial statements of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (b) any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars), such amount shall be deemed to equal the Dollar Equivalent thereof based on the average Spot Rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination.  For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 10.1 , 10.2 and 10.5 , with respect to any amount of Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars, compliance will be determined at the time of incurrence or advancing thereof using the Dollar Equivalent thereof at the Spot Rate in effect at the time of such incurrence or advancement.

 

1.7.                   Determinations of Status .  Each determination of Status shall be made as follows:

 

(a)           Subject to clauses (b)  and (c)  of this Section 1.7 , no change in Status resulting from changes in the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall become effective until two Business Days after the date on which the Administrative Agent shall have received (a) the applicable Section 9.1 Financials and (b) the officer’s certificate required under Section 9.1(c)  with respect to such Section 9.1 Financials.  The Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio will be determined as of the end of the Test Period ending at the end of the fiscal period covered by such Section 9.1 Financials.  Such Status shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this Section 1.7 .

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1.7 or elsewhere in this Agreement (other than clause (c)  of this Section 1.7 ), if the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio or Status set forth in any officer’s certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.1(c)  is shown to be inaccurate (as of a time when unpaid Obligations under this Agreement are outstanding (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not yet due and payable)) for any reason and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable ABR Margin or the Applicable LIBOR Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable ABR Margin or the Applicable LIBOR Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Parent Borrower shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct officer’s certificate required under Section 9.1(c)  for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable ABR Margin and/or Applicable LIBOR Margin shall be retroactively determined as if the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio were at Level I Status and (iii) the Parent Borrower shall immediately pay to Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable ABR Margin or the Applicable LIBOR Margin for such Applicable Period.  Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of Administrative Agent or any Lender under Section 2.8(c)  or Section 11 .

 

79



 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, Level I Status shall be deemed to exist at any time (i) the Parent Borrower has not submitted to the Administrative Agent the applicable Section 9.1 Financials or officer’s certificate required under Section 9.1(c)  or (ii) an Event of Default exists and is continuing.

 

(d)           Within one Business Day of receipt of the applicable Section 9.1 Financials or officer’s certificate required under Section 9.1(c) , the Administrative Agent shall give each Lender telefacsimile or telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) of the Applicable ABR Margin and/or the Applicable LIBOR Margin in effect from such date.

 

SECTION 2.                 Amount and Terms of Credit

 

2.1.          Commitments .

 

(a)

 

(i)      Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement, each Lender having a Closing Date Term Loan Commitment severally made a loan or loans (each a “ Closing Date Term Loan ”) on the Closing Date to the Parent Borrower in Dollars, which Closing Date Term Loan was in an amount equal to the Closing Date Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and which Closing Date Term Loans collectively made on the Closing Date were in an aggregate principal amount equal to $675,000,000.

 

(ii)     (A) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement, each Lender having a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment severally made a loan or loans (each a “ Delayed Draw Term Loan ”) on the Delayed Draw Date to the Parent Borrower in Dollars, which Delayed Draw Term Loan was in an amount equal to the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and which Delayed Draw Term Loans collectively made on the Delayed Draw Date were in an aggregate principal amount equal to $100,000,000 and (B) subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Series A New Term Loan Joinder Agreement, each New Term Loan Lender (under and as defined in the Series A New Term Loan Joinder Agreement) party thereto severally made Series A New Term Loans on September 25, 2009 to the Parent Borrower in Dollars, which Series A New Term Loans were collectively made on such date in an aggregate principal amount equal to $280,000,000.

 

(iii)    On the Restatement Effective Date, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Second Amendment, (a) the Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement of each Series 2018 Extended Term Lender outstanding on such date shall be continued hereunder and reclassified as Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in an amount equal to such Lender’s Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Extended Amount , (b) all other Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement of each Term Lender outstanding on such date shall be continued hereunder and shall be classified as Series 2014 Term Loans, (c) each Converting Revolving Lender that has a Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make on the Restatement Effective Date Series 2018 Extended Term Loans to the Parent Borrower in Dollars, which Series 2018 Extended Term

 

80



 

Loans shall, in each case, not exceed the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments of such Lender and (d) (i) the Revolving Credit Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement of each Converting Revolving Lender that has a Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Converted Amount shall be continued hereunder and reclassified as Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in an amount equal to such Lender’s Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Converted Amount, (ii) such Converting Revolving Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments relating to such Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Converted Amount shall be simultaneously reduced in such amount and (iii) each Converting Revolving Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments shall also be simultaneously reduced in the amount of any Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments of such Converting Revolving Lender. On and after the Restatement Effective Date, all Series 2018 Extended Term Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment and security with, and otherwise have the same rights and benefits as, the Series 2014 Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date under the Credit Documents and all other U.S. Obligations.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that all Term Loans (including all Series 2018 Extended Term Loans) shall have been borrowed by the Parent Borrower as of the date funds were initially advanced to the Parent Borrower in respect thereof.

 

(iv)    N o waiver and no amendment, supplement or modification of this Agreement shall decrease any Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount, extend any scheduled date of repayment under any Series 2018 Extended Term Loan or decrease the amount or allocation of any mandatory prepayment to be received by any Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lender, in a manner disproportionately adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in relation to any other Series of Term Loans, in each case without the written consent of the Required Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders.

 

Such Term Loans (i)  may at the option of the applicable Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or LIBOR Term Loans, provided that all Term Loans made by each of the Term Loan Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type, (ii) may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed, (iii) shall not exceed for any such Term Loan Lender the Term Loan Commitment of such Term Loan Lender and (iv) shall not exceed in the aggregate the Total Term Loan Commitments.  On the Series 2014 Term Loan Maturity Date, the applicable Borrower shall repay all then unpaid Series 2014 Term Loans in full in Dollars.  On the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date, the Parent Borrower shall repay all then unpaid Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in full in Dollars.

 

(b)

 

(i)      On the Restatement Effective Date, in accordance with, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in, the Second Amendment and after the repayment required pursuant to Section 2.1(h) below , (x) the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender existing immediately before the Restatement Effective Date shall continue hereunder on such date in an amount as set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) , and (y) the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lender existing immediately

 

81



 

before the Restatement Effective Date outstanding on such date shall continue hereunder and be reclassified as a Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitment on such date in an amount in each applicable Class as set forth on of Schedule 1.1(c) .  On and after the Restatement Effective Date, all Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment and security with, and otherwise have the same rights and benefits as, the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date under the Credit Documents and all other Obligations.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that all Revolving Credit Loans (including all Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans and all Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans) shall have been borrowed by the Parent Borrower or Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, as of the date funds were initially advanced to the respective Borrower in respect thereof.

 

(ii)     Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and after the repayment required pursuant to Section 2.1(h) below, each Lender having a Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans denominated in Dollars or Alternative Currencies (each a “ Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan ”) to the Parent Borrower, and each Lender having a Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans denominated in Dollars or Alternative Currencies (each a “ Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan ” and, together with the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, the “ Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans ”) to the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, which Revolving Credit Loans (A) shall be made at any time and from time to time on and after the Restatement Effective Date and prior to (but not on) the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (B) may, at the option of the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans (in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars only) or LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans, provided that all Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type or Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Loans of the same Type, and (C) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(iii)    Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and after the repayment required pursuant to Section 2.1(h) below, each Lender having a Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans denominated in Dollars or Alternative Currencies (each a “ Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan ”) to the Parent Borrower, and each Lender having a Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans denominated in Dollars or Alternative Currencies (each a “ Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan ” and, together with the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, the “ Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans ”, and together with the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans , the “ Revolving Credit Loans ”) to the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, which Revolving Credit Loans (A) shall be made at any time and from time to time on and after the Restatement Effective Date and prior to (but not on) the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (B) may, at the option of the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans (in the case of Revolving Credit Loans

 

82


 

denominated in Dollars only) or LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans, provided that all Series 2016 Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type or Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Loans of the same Type, and (C) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(iv)     For the avoidance of doubt, prior to the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (x) all borrowings of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans under this Section 2.1(b) shall be made pro rata between the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Facility in proportion to the respective Revolving Credit Commitments under each such Revolving Credit Facility and (y) all borrowings of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans under this Section 2.1(b) shall be made pro rata between the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Facility and the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Facility in proportion to the respective Revolving Credit Commitments under each such Revolving Credit Facility.  Other than Revolving Credit Loans converted into Series 2018 Extended Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(a) above, any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date shall be continued as Revolving Credit Loans hereunder; provided that (A) (x) the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of each Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender will be reclassified as Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and (y) the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of each Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender will be reclassified as Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans hereunder and (B) the Spanish Revolving Credit Loans of each Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender will be reclassified as Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans and (y) the Spanish Revolving Credit Loans of each Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender will be reclassified as Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans hereunder.  The Existing U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of any U.S. Revolving Credit Lender having both a Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and a Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment shall be so reclassified as Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, respectively, in proportion to the relative amounts of such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, respectively and the Existing Spanish Revolving Credit Loans of any Spanish Revolving Credit Lender having both a Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment and a Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment shall be so reclassified as Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans and Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans, respectively, in proportion to the relative amounts of such Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment and Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment, respectively.

 

(c)            (i) (x) Each Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan (A) shall not, for any Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time exceeding such Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, (B) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders’ Series 2013

 

83



 

U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Series 2013 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, (C) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Aggregate U.S. Multicurrency Exposures at such time exceeding the U.S. Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect and (D) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Available U.S. Revolving Commitments being less than zero and (y) each Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loan (A) shall not, for any Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time exceeding such Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, (B) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders’ Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Series 2016 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, (C) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures at such time exceeding the U.S. Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect and (D) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Available U.S. Revolving Commitments being less than zero.  On the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, all Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans shall be repaid in full by the Parent Borrower in Dollars or the applicable Alternative Currency.  On the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, all Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans shall be repaid in full by the Parent Borrower in Dollars or the applicable Alternative Currency.

 

(ii) (x) Each Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan (A) shall not, for any Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure at such time exceeding such Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, (B) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders’ Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Series 2013 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, (C) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Aggregate Spanish Multicurrency Exposures at such time exceeding the Spanish Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect and (D) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Available Spanish Revolving Commitments being less than zero and (y) each Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loan (A) shall not, for any Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure at such time exceeding such Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, (B) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders’ Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Series 2016 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, (C) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the

 

84



 

application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Aggregate Spanish Multicurrency Exposures at such time exceeding the Spanish Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect and (D) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Available Spanish Revolving Commitments being less than zero.  On the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, all Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans shall be repaid in full by the Borrower that borrowed such loans in Dollars or the applicable Alternative Currency.  On the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, all Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans shall be repaid in full by the Borrower that borrowed such Loans in Dollars or the applicable Alternative Currency.

 

(d)            Each Lender may at its option make any LIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that (A) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the applicable Borrower to repay such Loan and (B) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the applicable Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.10 shall apply).

 

(e)            Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Swingline Lender in its individual capacity agrees, at any time and from time to time on and after the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, to make a loan or loans (each a “ Swingline Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Swingline Loans ”) to the Parent Borrower in Dollars, which Swingline Loans (i) shall be ABR Loans, (ii) shall have the benefit of the provisions of Section 2.1(d) , (iii) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the Swingline Commitment, (iv) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders’ U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect and (v) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.  Each outstanding Swingline Loan shall be repaid in full on the Swingline Maturity Date.  The Swingline Lender shall not make any Swingline Loan after receiving a written notice from the Parent Borrower or any Lender stating that a Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing until such time as the Swingline Lender shall have received written notice of (i) rescission of all such notices from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (ii) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1 .

 

(f)             On any Business Day, the Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, give notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall notify each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender) that all then-outstanding Swingline Loans shall be funded with a Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, in which case U.S. Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars constituting ABR Loans (each such Borrowing, a “ Mandatory Borrowing ”) shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender pro rata based on each such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly to the Swingline Lender to repay the Swingline Lender

 

85



 

for such outstanding Swingline Loans.  Each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such U.S. Revolving Credit Loans upon one Business Day’s notice pursuant to each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified to it in writing by the Swingline Lender notwithstanding (i) that the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for each Borrowing specified in Section 2.2 , (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 7 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (iv) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing (but only if it is a Business Day) or (v) any reduction in the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment after any such Swingline Loans were made.  In the event that, in the sole judgment of the Swingline Lender, any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of the Parent Borrower), each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from the Swingline Lender (without recourse or warranty) such participation of the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause the Lenders to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon their respective U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages, provided that all principal and interest payable on such Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the Swingline Lender until the date the respective participation is purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to such Lender purchasing the same from and after such date of purchase.  From the Restatement Effective Date until the 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, participations in Swingline Loans shall be allocated in accordance with the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment (including both Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitments and Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, participations in any Swingline Loans that are made on or after the fifth Business Day before the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall be allocated to the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments.  On the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the obligations of the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of Swingline Loans for which a Mandatory Borrowing or participation has not occurred shall be terminated and reallocated to the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that after giving effect to such reallocation the aggregate Series 2016 Revolving Credit Exposures at such time shall not exceed the aggregate Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments.  If the reallocation described in the preceding sentence cannot, or can only partially, be effected as a result of the limitations set forth herein, the Parent Borrower shall within one Business Day of notice thereof from the Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent repay Swingline Loans the participation interests in which cannot be reallocated to Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to the prior sentence.  To the extent that any Swingline Loans shall have been funded pursuant to a Mandatory Borrowing comprised of Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans, such Mandatory Borrowings shall be subject to repayment in accordance with the terms of the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Loans and on the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date.  To the extent that any Series 2013 Swingline Loans remain outstanding on the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, such Series 2013 Swingline Loans shall be subject to repayment in full on such date. To the extent any Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lender holds any participations in any Swingline Loan as a result of there not having occurred a Mandatory Borrowing under this Section 2.1(f) , then on the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Swingline Loans

 

86



 

shall be prepaid in an amount such that after such prepayment, no Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lenders shall still hold any participation in Swingline Loans hereunder.

 

(g)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

 

(i)       on the Restatement Effective Date, (x) (i) all Series 2014 Term Loans that were outstanding as LIBOR Loans immediately prior to the time of reclassification pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 2.1 shall be continued as LIBOR Loans in a single Borrowing for each Class thereof with an Interest Period to be selected by the Borrower 2 Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to a continuation notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.6 and (ii) all Series 2018 Extended Term Loans that are reclassified from any Series 2014 Term Loans that were outstanding as LIBOR Loans immediately prior to the time of reclassification pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 2.1 shall be continued as LIBOR Loans in a single Borrowing with an Interest Period to be selected by the Borrower 2 Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to a continuation notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.6, and (y) the Series 2014 Term Loans that were outstanding as ABR Loans shall be deemed made as ABR Loans in an amount equal to the principal amount of such Term Loans outstanding as ABR Loans immediately prior to the time of reclassification pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 2.1;

 

(ii)      All interest accrued on all Closing Date Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Series A New Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement for the period up to and including the Restatement Effective Date shall be due and payable to the Lenders holding such Term Loans on the Restatement Effective Date, together with any breakage payable under Section 2.11. From and after the Restatement Effective Date, all Series 2014 Term Loans and all Series 2018 Extended Term Loan shall continue to accrue interest in accordance with Section 2.8;

 

(iii)     no reclassification of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 2.1 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement that would result in the application or operation of the provisions of Section 5.2(a) (but shall, notwithstanding the foregoing, entitle the Series A New Term Loan Lenders to the amounts set forth in Section 7(a) of the Second Amendment);

 

(iv)     any Series 2018 Extended Term Loans that are borrowed on the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments shall initially be made as ABR Loans unless the Borrower specifies that they shall be made as LIBOR Loans 2 Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date;

 

(h)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

 

(i)       on the Restatement Effective Date and subject to the Borrowers making the payments required pursuant to Section 2.1(h)(ii)(a) below and the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders making the Revolving Credit Loans required pursuant to Section 2.1(h)(ii)(b) below, immediately prior to the conversions and extensions contemplated

 

87



 

hereunder, the Parent Borrower shall have been deemed to have prepaid all U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and all Spanish Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding in full;

 

(ii)      immediately after such deemed prepayment pursuant to Section 2.1(h)(i) above, the conversions, reclassifications and extensions set forth in Section 2.1(b)(i) shall be deemed to be effective and the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have made a Borrowing with respect to U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and Spanish Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to the respective amounts of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and Spanish Revolving Credit Loans outstanding immediately after the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(iv); provided , that , immediately after such deemed Borrowing, (a) with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender with a positive Restatement Effective Date Reallocation Amount, the Parent Borrower shall pay each Revolving Credit Lender the Restatement Effective Date Reallocation Amount with respect to such Revolving Credit Lender as set forth on Schedule 2.1(h)(ii)(a)  and (b) with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender with a negative Restatement Effective Date Reallocation Amount, such Revolving Credit Lender shall make Revolving Credit Loans in the amounts and of the Series and Class  set forth opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name Schedule 2.1(h)(ii)(b) ;

 

(iii)     all interest and fees (including all fees payable under Section 4.1 hereunder) accrued on all Revolving Credit Loans and on all Revolving Credit Commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement for the period up to and including the Restatement Effective Date shall be due and payable to the Lenders holding such Loans and Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date, together with any breakage payable under Section 2.11;

 

(iv)     on the Restatement Effective Date, (x) (i) (A) all Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans that were outstanding as LIBOR Loans immediately prior to the time of reclassification pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be continued as LIBOR Loans in a single Borrowing for each Class thereof with an Interest Period to be selected by the Borrower 2 Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to a continuation notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.6 and (B) all Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans that were outstanding as LIBOR Loans immediately prior to the time of reclassification pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be continued as LIBOR Loans in a single Borrowing for each Class thereof with an Interest Period to be selected by the Borrower 2 Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to a continuation notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.6 and (ii) (A) all Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans that were outstanding as LIBOR Loans immediately prior to the time of reclassification pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be continued as LIBOR Loans in a single Borrowing for each Class thereof with an Interest Period to be selected by the Borrower 2 Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to a continuation notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.6 and (B) all Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Loans that were outstanding as LIBOR Loans immediately prior to the time of reclassification pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be continued as LIBOR Loans in a single Borrowing for each Class thereof with an Interest Period to be selected by the Borrower 2 Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to a continuation notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.6, and (y) all Revolving Credit Loans that were

 

88



 

outstanding as ABR Loans shall be deemed made as ABR Loans in an amount equal to the principal amount of such Revolving Credit Loans outstanding as ABR Loans immediately prior to the time of reclassification pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 2.1; and

 

(v)      no reclassification of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(a) shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement, that would result in the application or operation of the provisions of Section 5.2(b).

 

2.2.           Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings .  The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or £1,000,000 in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Sterling or €1,000,000 in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro or, with respect to a Borrowing in any other Alternative Currency, in a multiple thereof in an amount to be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower) and Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in a multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (except that Mandatory Borrowings shall be made in the amounts required by Section 2.1(f)  and Revolving Credit Loans to reimburse a Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to any Unpaid Drawing shall be made in the amounts required by Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 , as applicable).  More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date; provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than 8 Borrowings of LIBOR Loans under this Agreement.

 

2.3.           Notice of Borrowing .

 

(a)            The applicable Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (i) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Borrowing of Term Loans if such Term Loans are to be initially LIBOR Loans (or prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) two Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of a Borrowing of Term Loans to be made on the Restatement Effective Date initially as LIBOR Loans), and (ii) written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the date of the Borrowing of Term Loans if such Term Loans are to be ABR Loans.  Such notice (together with each notice of a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)  and each notice of a Borrowing of Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c) , a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) shall specify (i) the identity of the applicable Borrower(s), (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made under the applicable Credit Facility, (iii) the date of the Borrowing and (iv) whether the Term Loans shall consist of ABR Term Loans (in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars) and/or LIBOR Term Loans and, if the Term Loans are to include LIBOR Term Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the proposed Borrowing of Term Loans, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

 

89



 

(b)            (i) Whenever the Parent Borrower desires to incur U.S. Revolving Credit Loans (other than Mandatory Borrowings or Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings), it shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, (A) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City Time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars (or prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) two Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of a Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Restatement Effective Date initially as LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars), (B) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least four Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies and (C) prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans.  Each such Notice of Borrowing, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.10 , shall specify:

 

(A) that the Parent Borrower is the Borrower requesting the U.S. Revolving Credit Loan;

 

(B) that the requested Borrowing is a U.S. Revolving Credit Loan;

 

(C) the aggregate principal amount and currency of the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing;

 

(D) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); and

 

(E) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of ABR Loans (in the case of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans and, if LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.

 

The Administrative Agent shall promptly after receipt of the Notice of Borrowing give each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing), at such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s U.S. Lending Office, of each proposed Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, of such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

 

(ii) Whenever the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower desires to incur Spanish Revolving Credit Loans (other than Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings), it shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, (i) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City Time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars (or prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) two Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of a Borrowing of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Restatement Effective Date initially as LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars), (ii) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least four Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Borrowing of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies and (iii) prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time)

 

90



 

on the date of such Borrowing prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans.  Each such Notice of Borrowing, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.10 , shall specify:

 

(A) Which Borrower is requesting the Spanish Revolving Credit Loan;

 

(B) that the requested Borrowing is a Spanish Revolving Credit Loan;

 

(C) the aggregate principal amount and currency of the Spanish Revolving Credit Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing;

 

(D) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); and

 

(E) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of ABR Loans (in the case of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans and, if LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.

 

The Administrative Agent shall promptly after receipt of the Notice of Borrowing give each Spanish Revolving Credit Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing), at such Spanish Revolving Credit Lender’s Spanish Lending Office designated for Borrowings from the applicable Borrower,  of each proposed Borrowing of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans, of such Lender’s Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

 

(c)            Whenever the Parent Borrower desires to incur Swingline Loans hereunder, it shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Swingline Loans prior to 2:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing.  Each such notice shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing and (ii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day).  The Administrative Agent shall promptly give the Swingline Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each proposed Borrowing of Swingline Loans and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

 

(d)            Mandatory Borrowings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 2.1(f) , with the Parent Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by its incurrence of any Swingline Loan, to the making of Mandatory Borrowings as set forth in such Section.

 

(e)            Borrowings to reimburse Unpaid Drawings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 3.4(a) .

 

(f)             Without in any way limiting the obligation of any Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it may give hereunder by telephone, the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of such Borrower.

 

91



 

2.4.           Disbursement of Funds .

 

(a)            No later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing (including Mandatory Borrowings), each Lender will make available its pro rata portion, if any, of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below; provided that (i) on the Restatement Effective Date, such funds may be made available at such earlier time as may be agreed among the Lenders, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent for the purpose of consummating the Transactions and (ii) all Swingline Loans shall be made available in the full amount thereof by the Swingline Lender no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date requested.

 

(b)            Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the applicable Borrower under any Borrowing for its applicable Commitments, and in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office in the applicable currency and the Administrative Agent will (except in the case of Mandatory Borrowings and Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings) make available to the applicable Borrower, by depositing to an account designated by the applicable Borrower to the Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in the applicable currency.  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender.  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the applicable Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in the applicable currency.  The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the applicable Borrower interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by the applicable Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8 , for the respective Loans.

 

(c)            Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that any Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).

 

92


 

2.5.          Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)      The Parent Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the applicable Term Loan Maturity Date, the then-outstanding applicable Term Loans, in Dollars.  The Parent Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the applicable Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the then outstanding applicable Revolving Credit Loans made to the Parent Borrower, in the currency in which such Revolving Credit Loans are denominated. The Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the applicable Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the then outstanding applicable Revolving Credit Loans made to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, in the currency in which such Revolving Credit Loans are denominated.  The Parent Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the account of the Swingline Lender, on the Swingline Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Swingline Loans.

 

(b)

 

(i)      Subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 , the Parent Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the benefit of the Term Loan Lenders with Closing Date Term Loans which have not been converted to Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, on each date set forth below (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) (each, a “Series 2014 Term Loan Repayment Date ”), a principal amount in respect of the Closing Date Term Loans equal to the applicable amount set forth below (each, a “ Closing Date Term Loan Repayment Amount ”):

 

Series 2014 Term  Loan Repayment 
Date

 

Closing Date Term Loan
Repayment Amount

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

 

$

334,490.83

 

September 30, 2011

 

$

334,490.83

 

December 31, 2011

 

$

334,490.83

 

March 31, 2012

 

$

334,490.83

 

June 30, 2012

 

$

334,490.83

 

September 30, 2012

 

$

334,490.83

 

December 31, 2012

 

$

334,490.83

 

March 31, 2013

 

$

334,490.83

 

June 30, 2013

 

$

334,490.83

 

September 30, 2013

 

$

334,490.83

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

334,490.83

 

March 31, 2014

 

$

334,490.83

 

June 30, 2014

 

$

334,490.83

 

Series 2014 Term Loan Maturity Date

 

All remaining amounts outstanding under the Closing Date Term Loans

 

 

93



 

(ii)      Subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 , the Parent Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the benefit of the Term Loan Lenders with Delayed Draw Term Loans, on each Series 2014 Term Loan Repayment Date (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day), a principal amount in respect of the Delayed Draw Term Loans in the amount of 0.25% of the total amount of Delayed Draw Term Loans then outstanding and, in the Term Loan Maturity Date, the full remaining amount outstanding under the Delayed Draw Term Loans (each, a “ Delayed Draw Term Loan Repayment Amount ”), beginning with the first full fiscal quarter after the Restatement Effective Date.

 

(iii)     Subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 , the Parent Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the benefit of the Term Loan Lenders with Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, on each date set forth below (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) (each, a “Series 2018 Term Loan Repayment Date ”), a principal amount in respect of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans equal to the applicable amount set forth below (each, a “ Series 2018 Extended Term Loans Repayment Amount ”):

 

Series 2018 Term  Loan Repayment
Date

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan
Repayment Amount

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

September 30, 2011

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

December 31, 2011

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

March 31, 2012

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

June 30, 2012

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

September 30, 2012

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

December 31, 2012

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

March 31, 2013

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

June 30, 2013

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

September 30, 2013

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

March 31, 2014

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

June 30, 2014

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

September 30, 2014

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

December 31, 2014

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

March 31, 2015

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

June 30, 2015

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

September 30, 2015

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

December 31, 2015

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

March 31, 2016

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

June 30, 2016

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

September 30, 2016

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

December 31, 2016

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

March 31, 2017

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

 

94



 

June 30, 2017

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

September 30, 2017

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

December 31, 2017

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

March 31, 2018

 

$

2,759,741.24

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date

 

All remaining amounts outstanding under the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans

 

 

(iv)     Subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 , the Parent Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the benefit of the Series A Term Loan Lenders, on each date set forth below (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) (each, a “ Series A New Term Loan Repayment Date ”), a principal amount in respect of the Series A New Term Loans equal to the applicable amount set forth below (each, a “ Series A New Term Loan Repayment Amount ”):

 

Series A New Term Loan Repayment
Date

 

Series A New Term Loan
Repayment Amount

 

June 30, 2011

 

$

44,564.60

 

September 30, 2011

 

$

44,564.60

 

December 31, 2011

 

$

44,564.60

 

March 31, 2012

 

$

44,564.60

 

June 30, 2012

 

$

44,564.60

 

September 30, 2012

 

$

44,564.60

 

December 31, 2012

 

$

44,564.60

 

March 31, 2013

 

$

44,564.60

 

June 30, 2013

 

$

44,564.60

 

September 30, 2013

 

$

44,564.60

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

44,564.60

 

March 31, 2014

 

$

44,564.60

 

June 30, 2014

 

$

44,564.60

 

Series 2014 Term Loan Maturity Date

 

All remaining amounts outstanding under the Series A New Term Loans

 

 

(c)             In the event that any additional New Term Loans are made, such additional New Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(d) , be repaid by the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, in the amounts (each, a “ New Term Loan Repayment Amount ”) and on the dates set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

 

(d)            Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the applicable Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

95



 

(e)           The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 14.6(b) , and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is a  Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, as applicable, the Class and Type of each Loan made, the currency in which made and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the applicable Borrower to each Lender or the Swingline Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from such Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(f)             The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (e)  and (f)  of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the applicable Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the applicable Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the applicable Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.6.          Conversions and Continuations .

 

(a)             Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a) , (x) the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 of the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans, U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, or Spanish Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (y) each Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period; provided that (i) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (iii) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2 and (v) Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies may not be converted to ABR Loans.  Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the applicable Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least (i) three Business Days’, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, (ii) four Business Days’, in the case of a continuation of LIBOR Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency or (iii) one Business Day’s in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans,  prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each, a “ Notice of Conversion or Continuation ”) specifying the Loans to be so

 

96



 

converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.

 

(b)            If any Default or Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans (other than Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies) and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans.  If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans (other than Borrowings of LIBOR Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies), the applicable Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a)  of this Section 2.6 , such Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Borrowings of LIBOR Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, in connection with the occurrence of any of the events described in the preceding two sentences, at the expiration of the then current Interest Period each such Borrowing shall be automatically continued as a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans with an Interest Period of one month.

 

(c)             No Loan may be converted into or continued as a Loan denominated in a different currency.

 

2.7.          Pro Rata Borrowings .  Each Borrowing of Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Term Loan Commitments.  Each Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages.  Each Borrowing of Spanish Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata by the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders on the basis of their then-applicable Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages.  Each Borrowing of New Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable New Term Loan Commitments.  It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder and (b) failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.

 

2.8.          Interest .

 

(a)             The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable ABR Margin plus the ABR, in each case, in effect from time to time.

 

97



 

(b)           The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable LIBOR Margin plus the relevant LIBO Rate, in effect from time to time.

 

(c)           If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon or any other amount shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is (the “ Default Rate ”) (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2% or (y) in the case of any overdue interest or any other amount, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate described in Section 2.8(a) plus 2% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

 

(d)           Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in the same currency in which such Loan is denominated.  Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment (on the amount prepaid), (B) in full at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (C) after such maturity, on demand.

 

(e)           All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 5.5 .

 

(f)            The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof.  Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

 

2.9.          Interest Periods .  At the time a Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a) , such Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of such Borrower be a one, two, three, six or (if available to all the Lenders making such LIBOR Loans as determined by such Lenders in good faith based on prevailing market conditions) a nine or twelve month period.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

 

(a)           the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

 

98



 

(b)           if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

 

(c)           if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day; and

 

(d)           the applicable Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the applicable Maturity Date of such Loan.

 

2.10.        Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc .

 

(a)           In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i)  below, the Administrative Agent or (y) in the case of clauses (ii)  and (iii)  below, any Lender shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

 

(i)         on any date for determining the LIBO Rate for any Interest Period that (x) deposits in the principal amounts and currencies of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (y) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Restatement Effective Date affecting the interbank LIBOR market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBO Rate; or

 

(ii)        at any time, that such Lender shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBOR Loans (other than any increase or reduction attributable to Taxes) because of (x) any change since the date hereof in any applicable law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order), such as, for example, without limitation, a change in official reserve requirements, and/or (y) other circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR market or the position of such Lender in such market; or

 

(iii)       at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the date hereof that materially and adversely affects the interbank LIBOR market;

 

99



 

then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i)  above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders).  Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i)  above, LIBOR Term Loans and LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the applicable Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to give at such time when such circumstances no longer exist), and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by the applicable Borrower with respect to LIBOR Term Loans or LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the applicable Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii)  above, the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lender, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the applicable Borrower by such Lender shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of subclause (iii)  above, the applicable Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in subclauses (A)  or (B) , as applicable, of Section 2.10(b)  as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law.

 

(b)           At any time that (A) any LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii)  or (iii) , the applicable Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii)  shall) either (x) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that such Borrower was notified by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii)  or (iii)  or (y) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan; provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) , or (B) any LIBOR Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii)  or (iii) , the applicable Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii)  shall) either (x) prepay each such LIBOR Loan or (y) keep such LIBOR Loan outstanding, in which case the LIBO Rate with respect to such Loan shall be deemed to be the rate reasonably determined by such Lender as the all-in-cost of funds to fund such Loan with maturities comparable to the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

(c)           If, after the date hereof, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy of any Lender, or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy occurring after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or its parent’s or its Affiliate’s capital or assets as a consequence of such Lender’s commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender

 

100



 

or its parent or its Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or its parent’s policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that a Lender shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Lender’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any law, rule or regulation as in effect on the date hereof.  Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to the applicable Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13 , release or diminish the applicable Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c)  upon receipt of such notice.

 

(d)           It is understood that this Section 2.10 shall not apply to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4 , (ii) net income taxes and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and branch profits taxes imposed on any Agent or Lender or (iii) Taxes included under clauses (c) , (d) , and (e)  of the definition of Excluded Taxes.

 

2.11.        Compensation .  If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by any Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.10 , 5.1 , 5.2 or 14.7 , as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 11 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan, as the case may be, as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 , the applicable Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.

 

2.12.        Change of Lending Office .  Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(b) , 3.5 or 5.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the applicable Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another U.S. Lending Office or Spanish Lending Office for any Loans affected by such event; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section.  Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect

 

101



 

or postpone any of the obligations of the applicable Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10 , 3.5 or 5.4 .

 

2.13.        Notice of Certain Costs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 is given by any Lender more than 180 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 181st day prior to the giving of such notice to the applicable Borrower.

 

2.14.        Incremental Facilities .

 

(a)           (i) The Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more additional tranches of term loans (the commitments thereto, the “ New Term Loan Commitments ”), and (ii) the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower may by written notice to Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more increases in Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitments or Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments, which may be Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments or Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments (the “ New U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments ”) or Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments or Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments (the “ New Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments ” and, together with the New U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments, the “ New Revolving Credit Commitments ”; the New Revolving Credit Commitments together with the New Term Loan Commitments, collectively, the “ New Loan Commitments ”), in the case of clauses (a)(i)  and (a)(ii)  by an aggregate amount not in excess of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount in the aggregate from the Restatement Effective Date and not less than $25,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount as (x) may be approved by the Administrative Agent or (y) shall constitute the difference between the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount and all such New Loan Commitments obtained on or prior to such date).  Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which the applicable Borrower proposes that the New Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than ten Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent.  The applicable Borrower may approach any Lender or any Person (other than a natural person) to provide all or a portion of the New Loan Commitments; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the New Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Loan Commitment.  In each case, such New Loan Commitments shall become effective as of the applicable Increased Amount Date; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Loan Commitments, as applicable; (ii) both before and after giving effect to the making of any Series of New Term Loans or New Revolving Credit Loans, each of the conditions set forth in Section 7 shall be satisfied; (iii) the New Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject

 

102



 

to the requirements set forth in Section 5.4(c)  and (b) ; (iv) the applicable Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.11 in connection with the New Loan Commitments, as applicable; and (v) the applicable Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.  Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated a separate series (a “ Series ”) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)           (i)  On any Increased Amount Date on which New U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of the applicable Series are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (A)  the Parent Borrower shall have made arrangements with the Administrative Agent to prepay certain U.S. Revolving Credit Loans on any Increased Amount Date pursuant to procedures substantially similar to the procedures set forth in Section 2.1(h)  hereof with such changes as may be necessary or advisable as may be agreed by the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent to give effect to the pro rata borrowing provisions set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iv) , and (B)  each Lender with a New U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment (each, a “ New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender ”) shall become a Lender with respect to the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of the applicable Series and all matters relating thereto, and each Loan made thereunder (each, a “ New U.S. Revolving Credit Loan ”) shall be deemed for all purposes a U.S. Revolving Credit Loan of the applicable Series.

 

(ii)           On any Increased Amount Date on which New Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments of the applicable Series are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (A)  the Parent Borrower shall have made arrangements with the Administrative Agent to prepay certain Spanish Revolving Credit Loans on any Increased Amount Date pursuant to procedures substantially similar to the procedures set forth in Section 2.1(h)  hereof with such changes as may be necessary or advisable as may be agreed by the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent to give effect to the pro rata borrowing provisions set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iv) , and (B)  each Lender with a New Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment (each, a “ New Spanish Revolving Credit Lender ”, together with the “ New U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders ”, the “ New Revolving Credit Lenders ”) shall become a Lender with respect to the Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment of the applicable Series and all matters relating thereto, and each Loan made thereunder (each, a “ New Spanish Revolving Credit Loan ”, together with the “ New U.S. Revolving Credit Loans ”, the “ New Revolving Credit Loans ”) shall be deemed for all purposes a Spanish Revolving Credit Loan of the applicable Series.

 

(c)           On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment (each, a “ New Term Loan Lender ”) of any Series shall make a Loan to the applicable Borrower (a “ New Term Loan ”) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series, and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.

 

(d)           The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein or in the applicable

 

103



 

Joinder Agreement, identical to the existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans; provided that (i) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date and mandatory prepayment and other payment rights (other than scheduled amortization) of the New Term Loans and the existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans shall be identical, (ii) the rate of interest and the amortization schedule applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series shall be determined by the applicable Borrower and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided that (x) the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and (y) if the Applicable LIBOR Margin or Applicable ABR Margin in respect of the New Term Loans exceeds the Applicable LIBOR Margin or Applicable ABR Margin, as applicable, in respect of the existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans by more than 0.50%, the Applicable LIBOR Margin or Applicable ABR Margin in respect of the existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, as applicable, shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable LIBOR Margin or Applicable ABR Margin, as applicable, in respect of the New Term Loans minus 0.50%; provided , further , that in determining the Applicable LIBOR Margin and Applicable ABR Margin, (x) original issue discount or upfront fees (which shall be deemed to constitute a like amount of original issue discount) paid by the Borrowers to the New Term Loan Lenders under the New Term Loans and to the Lenders of the existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (calculated in the case of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans on a weighted average basis to include all consent fees paid to Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders on the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 7(a)  and 7(b)  of the Second Amendment) in the initial primary syndication thereof (or, in the case of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in connection with  the Second Amendment) shall be included and equated to interest rate (with original issue discount being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity), provided that for purposes of this clause (x), fees in the nature of arranging fees shall be excluded in any such determination and (y) any amendments to the Applicable LIBOR Margin or Applicable ABR Margin in respect of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans that become effective subsequent to the Restatement Effective Date but prior to the time of such New Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations; provided , further , that if the LIBOR Rate (or ABR) in respect of the New Term Loans includes a floor greater than the LIBOR floor (or ABR floor, as applicable) applicable to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, such excess amount shall be equated to interest margin for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Margin in respect of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans; and (iii) all other terms applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series that differ from the existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (as evidenced by its execution of the applicable Joinder Agreement).  The terms and provisions of the New Revolving Credit Loans and the New Revolving Credit Commitments shall be identical to the Revolving Credit Loans and the Revolving Credit Commitments, respectively.

 

(e)           Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.14 .

 

104


 

2.15.        Option to Extend .

 

(a)           The Parent Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (an “ Existing Term Loan Class ”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so converted, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.15 .  In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Parent Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Loan Class) (a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall be identical to the Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class from which they are to be converted except (x) the scheduled final maturity date shall be extended and all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class (with any such delay resulting in a corresponding adjustment to the scheduled amortization payments reflected in Section 2.5 or in the Joinder Agreement, as the case may be, with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans were converted, in each case as more particularly set forth in paragraph (d) of this Section 2.15 below) and (y) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Loans in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) , in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.15 or otherwise, no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted is repaid in full except in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.1(a).  No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request.  Any Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of Term Loans from the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted.

 

(b)           The Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments, any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and/or any New Revolving Credit Commitments, each existing at the time of such request (each, an “ Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” and any related revolving credit loans thereunder, “ Existing Revolving Credit Loans ”; each Existing Revolving Credit Commitment and related Existing Revolving Credit Loans together being referred to as an “ Existing Revolving Credit Class ”) be converted to extend the termination date thereof and the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of Loans related to such Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (any such Existing Revolving Credit Commitments which have been so extended, “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” and any related Loans, “ Extended Revolving Credit Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.15. In order to establish any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall

 

105



 

provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Class of Existing Revolving Credit Commitments) (a “ Revolving Credit Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Revolving Credit Commitments from which they are to be extended (the “ Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ”) except (x) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments, (y) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) and (z) the revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be higher or lower than the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate for the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.15 or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (other than in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Loans with respect to any Existing Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and (2) assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and the Revolving Credit Loans related to such Commitments set forth in Section 14.6.  Any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and from any other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so established on such date).

 

(c)           The Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Class or Existing Classes are requested to respond.  Any Lender (an “ Extending Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to such Extension Request converted into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to such Extension Request that it has elected to convert into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable.  In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, requested pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of the Existing Class or Existing

 

106



 

Classes subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment included in each such Extension Election.  Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Revolving Credit Commitment into an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, such Extended Revolving Credit Commitment shall be treated identically to all other Revolving Credit Commitments for purposes of the obligations of a Revolving Credit Lender in respect of Swingline Loans under Section 2.1(e) and Letters of Credit under Article 3, except that the applicable Extension Amendment may provide that the Swingline Maturity Date may be extended and the related obligations to make Swingline Loans may be continued so long as the Swingline Lender has consented to such extensions in its sole discretion (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, neither the U.S. Letter of Credit Commitments nor the Spanish Letter of Credit Commitments shall be extended unless the prior written consent of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer is obtained.

 

(d)           Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement (which, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the penultimate sentence of this Section 2.15(d)  and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 14.1 , shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, established thereby) executed by the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Extending Lenders.  No Extension Amendment shall provide for any tranche of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $75,000,000.  In addition to any terms and changes required or permitted by Section 2.15(a)  or Section 2.15(b) , each Extension Amendment (x) shall amend the scheduled amortization payments pursuant to Section 2.5 or the applicable Joinder Agreement with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which the Extended Term Loans were converted to reduce each scheduled Repayment Amount for the Existing Term Loan Class in the same proportion as the amount of Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class is to be converted pursuant to such Extension Amendment (it being understood that the amount of any Repayment Amount payable with respect to any individual Term Loan of such Existing Term Loan Class that is not an Extended Term Loan shall not be reduced as a result thereof) and (y) may, but shall not be required to, impose additional requirements (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement in effect at such time) with respect to the final maturity and weighted average life to maturity of New Term Loans incurred following the date of such Extension Amendment; provided that any changes to the requirements with respect to the final maturity date and weighted average life to maturity of New Term Loans shall neither reduce the minimum weighted average life to maturity nor shorten the earliest permitted final maturity date to a date earlier than such date under the Existing Terms Loans as was in effect prior to such Extension Amendment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.15 and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 14.1 to any Section 2.15 Additional Amendments (as defined below), any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “ Section 2.15 Additional Amendment ”) to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; provided

 

107



 

that such Section 2.15 Additional Amendments comply with and do not conflict with the requirements of Section 2.15(a)  and do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.15 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to (1) consents applicable to holders of New Term Loans or New Revolving Credit Commitments provided for in any Joinder Agreement and (2) consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Credit Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.15 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 14.1 .  It is understood and agreed that each Lender that has consented to an Extension Amendment will consent for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents authorized by this Section 2.15 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.15 Additional Amendment.  In connection with any Extension Amendment, the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, shall deliver such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction and, if requested, a customary legal opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (A) on any date on which any Existing Class is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with subsection (a) and/or (b) above (an “ Extension Date ”), (I) in the case of the existing Term Loans of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such existing Term Loans shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Loans so converted by such Lender on such date, and the Extended Term Loans shall be established as a separate Class of Term Loans (together with any other Extended Term Loans so established on such date), and (II) in the case of the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be established as a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and from any other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so established on such date) and (B) if, on any Extension Date, any Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the applicable Specified Revolving Credit Commitments, such Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be allocated as Extended Revolving Credit Loans (and related participations) and Existing Revolving Credit Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Extending Lender’s Specified Revolving Credit Commitments to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

2.16.        Permitted Debt Exchanges .

 

(a)             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “ Permitted Debt Exchange Offer ”) made from time to time by the Parent Borrower to all Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Parent

 

108



 

Borrower, as applicable, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended)) with outstanding Term Loans under one or more Classes of Term Loans (as determined by the Parent Borrower) on the same terms, the Parent Borrower may from time to time following the Restatement Effective Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans for Permitted Additional Debt in the form of notes (such notes, “ Permitted Debt Exchange Notes ,” and each such exchange a “ Permitted Debt Exchange ”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the offering document in respect of a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is delivered to the relevant Lenders,

 

(ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans,

 

(iii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans under each applicable Class exchanged by the Parent Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Parent Borrower on date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to such Parent Borrower for immediate cancellation),

 

(iv) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) of a given Class tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof of the applicable Class actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of such Class offered to be exchanged by the Parent Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Parent Borrower shall exchange Term Loans under the relevant Class tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, or if such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall have been made with respect to multiple Classes without specifying a maximum aggregate principal amount offered to be exchanged for each Class, and the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Classes tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of all relevant Classes offered to be exchanged by the Parent Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt

 

109



 

Exchange Offer, then the Parent Borrower shall exchange Term Loans across all Classes subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered,

 

(v) each such Permitted Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Parent Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended)) of each applicable Class based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans under each such Class,

 

(vi) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing, and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent,

 

(vii) any applicable Minimum Tender Condition shall be satisfied, and

 

(viii) with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange of Term Loans, the final maturity date and weighted average life to maturity shall be equal to (or later than) such dates under the Class of Terms Loans as was in effect prior to such Permitted Debt Exchange, (ix) to the extent the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes are secured by a Lien, the collateral under such Lien shall also be covered by the Lien securing the Obligations, and (x) the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes shall not be guaranteed except by the Guarantors.

 

(b)           With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.16 ,

 

(i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 5.1 or 5.2 , and

 

(ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $75,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii) the Parent Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “ Minimum Tender Condition ”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Parent Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans of any or all applicable Classes be tendered.

 

(c)           In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Parent Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall deliver such

 

110



 

documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with such transaction, and an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.  The Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.16 and without conflict with Section 2.16(d) ; provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five (5) Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

 

(d)           The Parent Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with such Parent Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with the Permitted Debt Exchange and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.17.        Termination of Defaulting Lender; Cure.

 

(a)          The Borrowers may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender upon not less than three Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section 2.18 will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrowers for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts); provided that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such termination shall not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the above, if the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders and the Swingline Lender agree in writing that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any amounts then held in the segregated escrow account referred to in Section 2.18 ), such Lender shall purchase such portions of the outstanding Loans of the other Lenders, and/or make such other adjustments, as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Lenders to hold Loans on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Commitments, whereupon such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender provided that no adjustments shall be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

(c)           In addition, if any Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer will not be

 

111



 

required to issue any Letter of Credit or to amend any outstanding Letter of Credit to increase the face amount thereof, alter the drawing terms thereunder or extend the expiry date thereof, and the Swingline Lender will not be required to make any Swingline Loan, unless:

 

(i) in the case of a Defaulting Lender, the Letter of Credit Exposure and the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated, as to outstanding and future Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, to the Non-Defaulting Lenders as provided in clause (a) of Section 2.18 , and

 

(ii) to the extent full reallocation does not occur as provided in clause (i) above, without limiting the provisions of Section 3.8(c) , the Borrowers Cash Collateralize the obligations of the Borrowers in respect of such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Defaulting Lender or such Potential Defaulting Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender, or

 

(iii) to the extent that neither reallocation nor Cash Collateralization occurs pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii), then in the case of a proposed issuance of a Letter of Credit or making of a Swingline Loan, by an instrument or instruments in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, (x) the Borrowers agree that the face amount of such requested Letter of Credit or the principal amount of such requested Swingline Loan will be reduced by an amount equal to the portion thereof as to which such Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender would otherwise be liable, and (y) if requested by the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Non-Defaulting Lenders confirm, in their discretion, that their obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan shall be on a pro rata basis in accordance with the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders and that the pro rata payment provisions of Section 5.3(a)  will be deemed adjusted to reflect this provision ( provided that nothing in this clause (iii) will be deemed to increase the Commitment of any Lender, nor to constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender, nor to cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender).

 

2.18.        Reallocation of Defaulting Lender Commitment.   If a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any outstanding Letter of Credit Exposure and any outstanding Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender:

 

112



 

(a)           the U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure and the Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure and the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender will, upon notice by the Administrative Agent, and subject in any event to the limitation in the first proviso below, automatically be reallocated (effective on the day such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments (with respect to the U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure and the Swingline Exposure) or Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments (with respect to the Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure);  provided that (a) the total U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure of each Non-Defaulting Lender (including its total U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure and total Swingline Exposure, as so reallocated) may not in any event exceed the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation, (b) the total Spanish Revolving Credit Exposure of each Non-Defaulting Lender (including its total Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure as so reallocated) may not in any event exceed the Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation (c) such reallocation will not constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender, and (d) neither such reallocation nor any payment by a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result thereof will cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender;

 

(b)           to the extent that any portion (the “ unreallocated portion ”) of the Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure and Swingline Exposure cannot be so reallocated, whether by reason of the first proviso in clause (a) above or otherwise, the Borrowers will, not later than five Business Days after demand by the Administrative Agent, (i) Cash Collateralize the obligations of the Borrowers to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit Exposure or Swingline Exposure, as the case may be, in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the unreallocated portion of such Letter of Credit Exposure or Swingline Exposure, (ii) in the case of such Swingline Exposure prepay in full the unreallocated portion thereof, or (iii) make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender; and

 

(c)           any amount paid by the Borrowers for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity payments or other amounts) will not be paid or distributed to such Defaulting Lender, but shall instead be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing escrow account until ( subject to Section 2.17(b) ) the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and will be applied by the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the making of payments from time to time in the following order of priority:  First to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, second to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender ( pro rata as to the respective amounts owing to each of them) under this Agreement, third to the payment of post-default interest and then current interest due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such interest then due and payable to them, fourth to the payment of fees then due

 

113



 

and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such fees then due and payable to them, fifth to pay principal and unreimbursed Letter of Credit disbursements then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder ratably in accordance with the amounts thereof then due and payable to them, sixth to the ratable payment of other amounts then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders, and seventh after the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all obligations of the Borrowers hereunder, to pay amounts owing under this Agreement to such Defaulting Lender or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

 

(d)           In furtherance of the foregoing, if any Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender, then, to the extent that any portion of a Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure and Swingline Exposure cannot be reallocated in accordance with clause (a) above, whether by reason of the first proviso in clause (a) above or otherwise, and is not Cash Collateralized in accordance with clause (b) above by the Borrowers no later than five Business Days after demand by the Administrative Agent, each of the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender is hereby authorized by the Borrowers (which authorization is irrevocable and coupled with an interest) to give, through the Administrative Agent, Notices of Borrowing pursuant to Section 3.4 in such amounts and in such times as may be required to (i) reimburse an outstanding Letter of Credit disbursement, (ii) repay an outstanding Swingline Loan, or (iii) Cash Collateralize the obligations of the Borrowers in respect of outstanding Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan.

 

SECTION 3.                 Letters of Credit

 

3.1.          Letters of Credit .

 

(a)           (i)  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any time and from time to time after the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the L/C Maturity Date, the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 3 , to issue from time to time from the Restatement Effective Date through the L/C Maturity Date upon the request of the Parent Borrower, as applicant, and for the direct or indirect benefit of, the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries, a letter of credit or letters of credit (the “ U.S. Letters of Credit ” and each, a “ U.S. Letter of Credit ”) in such form as may be approved by the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer in its reasonable discretion; provided that the Parent Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Restricted Domestic Subsidiary.

 

(ii)           Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any time and from time to time after the Restatement Effective Date and prior to the L/C Maturity Date, the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 3, to issue from time to time from the Restatement Effective Date through the L/C Maturity Date upon the request of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or Parent Borrower, and for the direct or indirect benefit of, the Parent

 

114



 

Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a letter of credit or letters of credit (the “ Spanish Letters of Credit ” and each, a “ Spanish Letter of Credit ,” and, together with the U.S. Letters of Credit, the “ Letters of Credit ” and each, a “ Letter of Credit ”) in such form as may be approved by the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer in its reasonable discretion; provided that the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and the Parent Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and jointly and severally liable with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including Non-Domestic Subsidiaries).

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no U.S. Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time, would exceed the U.S. Letter  of Credit Commitment then in effect; (ii) no U.S. Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; (iii) no Spanish Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time, would exceed the Spanish Letter of Credit Commitment then in effect; (iv) no Spanish Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Spanish Revolving Credit Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; (v) no U.S. Letter of Credit in an Alternative Currency shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the Aggregate U.S. Multicurrency Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the U.S. Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect; (vi) no Spanish Letter of Credit in an Alternative Currency shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the Aggregate Spanish Multicurrency Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the Spanish Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect; (vii) each Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date occurring no later than one year after the date of issuance thereof, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer; provided that in no event shall such expiration date occur later than the L/C Maturity Date; (viii) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency; (ix) no Letter of Credit shall be issued if it would be illegal under any applicable law for the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit to have a Letter of Credit issued in its favor; (x) no Letter of Credit shall be issued by a Letter of Credit Issuer after it has received a written notice from any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing until such time as the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a written notice of (x) rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (y) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1 ; and (xi) the maturity date of any Letter of Credit shall not be extended beyond the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date unless the prior written consent of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer is obtained; and (xii) if the Revolving Credit Commitments are extended by one or more Extending Lenders pursuant to an Extension Amendment and the prior written consent of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer is obtained, any U.S. Letter of Credit Commitments and/or Spanish Letter of Credit Commitment of such Extending Lenders shall be extended pro rata for such Extending Lenders.

 

115


 

(c)           Upon at least one Business Day’s prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the applicable Lenders), the Parent Borrower (and with respect to the Spanish Letter of Credit Commitment only, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) shall have the right, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the U.S. Letter of Credit Commitment or the Spanish Letter of Credit Commitment (or both) in whole or in part; provided that, after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the U.S. Letter of Credit Commitment and the Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the Spanish Letter of Credit Commitment, as applicable.

 

(d)           The parties hereto agree that the Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be U.S. Letters of Credit for all purposes under this Agreement, without any further action by the Parent Borrower, the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Person.

 

3.2.          Letter of Credit Requests .

 

(a)           Whenever the Parent Borrower desires that a U.S. Letter of Credit be issued for its account, or the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower desires that a Spanish Letter of Credit be issued for its account, the Borrower desiring such Letter of Credit shall give the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer a Letter of Credit Request by no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least two (or such lesser number as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer) Business Days prior to the proposed date of issuance or amendment.  Each notice shall be executed by the Parent Borrower and shall be in the form of Exhibit E (each a “ Letter of Credit Request ”).

 

(b)           If the Parent Borrower (or, if applicable, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Request, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such Letter of Credit Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, neither the Parent Borrower nor the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall be required to make a specific request to such Letter of Credit Issuer for any such extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Letter of Credit Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the L/C Maturity Date; provided , however , that the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the Letter of Credit Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (b) of Section 3.1 or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the

 

116



 

Required U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders or the Required Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any U.S. Revolving Credit Lender or Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable, or the applicable Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Sections 6 and 7 are not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

(c)           Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit (including any Existing Letter of Credit) to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer will also deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.  On the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, each Letter of Credit Issuer shall provide the Administrative Agent a list of all Letters of Credit (including any Existing Letter of Credit) issued by it that are outstanding at such time.

 

(d)           The making of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the applicable Borrower, that the Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of Section 3.1(b) .

 

(e)           No later than three Business Days prior to the execution of the first Letter of Credit Request for the issuance of a Spanish Letter of Credit by the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer at the request of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower must,  together with the Administrative Agent, and at the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower’s expense, raise the Credit Agreement to the status of public document before a Spanish notary public selected by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower; and within two Business Days of the execution of the notarial deed, shall have supplied to the Administrative Agent a copy ( primera copia autorizada ) of that deed. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to appear before a Spanish notary public for the purposes of raising this Agreement to the status of a public document.

 

3.3.          Letter of Credit Participations .

 

(a)           (i)  Immediately upon the issuance by the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer of any U.S. Letter of Credit (and on the Restatement Effective Date in respect of Existing Letters of Credit), the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender (each such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, in its capacity under this Section 3.3(a)(i) , a “ U.S. L/C Participant ”), and each such U.S. L/C Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each a “ U.S. L/C Participation ”), to the extent of such U.S. L/C Participant’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, in each U.S. Letter of Credit, each substitute therefor, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto; provided that the Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the U.S. L/C Participants as provided in Section 4.1(c) and the U.S. L/C Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any Fronting Fees.

 

117



 

(ii)           Immediately upon the issuance by the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer of any Spanish Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each Spanish Revolving Credit Lender (each such Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, in its capacity under this Section 3.3(a)(ii) , a “ Spanish L/C Participant ” and, together with the U.S. L/C Participants, the “ L/C Participants ”), and each such Spanish L/C Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each a “ Spanish L/C Participation ”, and, together with each U.S. L/C Participation, the “ L/C Participations ”), to the extent of such Spanish L/C Participant’s Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, in each Spanish Letter of Credit, each substitute therefor, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto; provided that the Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Spanish L/C Participants as provided in Section 4.1(c) and the Spanish L/C Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any Fronting Fees.

 

(b)           In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer shall have no obligation other than to confirm that documents have been delivered that appear to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit.  Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall not create for such Letter of Credit Issuer any resulting liability.

 

(c)           (i)  In the event that the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment under any U.S. Letter of Credit issued by it and the Parent Borrower shall not have repaid such amount in full to the respective U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) , the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (who shall notify each U.S. L/C Participant) of such failure, and each U.S. L/C Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer the amount of such U.S. L/C Participant’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in immediately available funds; provided , however , that no U.S. L/C Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer under any such U.S. Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer.  If the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer so notifies, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, any U.S. L/C Participant required to fund its U.S. L/C Participation in a payment under a Letter of Credit, such U.S. L/C Participant shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer such U.S. L/C Participant’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  If and to the extent such U.S. L/C Participant shall not have so made its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment

 

118



 

available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, such U.S. L/C Participant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand, such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time then in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the foregoing.  The failure of any U.S. L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under any U.S. Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other U.S. L/C Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under such U.S. Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no U.S. L/C Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other U.S. L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent such other U.S. L/C Participant’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any such payment.

 

(ii)           In the event that the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment under any Spanish Letter of Credit issued by it and the applicable Borrower shall not have repaid such amount in full to the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) , the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (who shall notify each Spanish L/C Participant) of such failure, and each Spanish L/C Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer the amount of such Spanish L/C Participant’s Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in immediately available funds; provided , however , that no Spanish L/C Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer its Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer under any such Spanish Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer.  If the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer so notifies, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, any Spanish L/C Participant required to fund its Spanish L/C Participation in a payment under a Letter of Credit, such Spanish L/C Participant shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer such Spanish L/C Participant’s Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  If and to the extent such Spanish L/C Participant shall not have so made its Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer, such Spanish L/C Participant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand, such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time then in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the foregoing.  The failure of any Spanish

 

119



 

L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer its Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Spanish Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other Spanish L/C Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer its Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under such Spanish Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no Spanish L/C Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other Spanish L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent such other Spanish L/C Participant’s Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any such payment.

 

(d)          Whenever a Letter of Credit Issuer receives a payment in respect of an unpaid reimbursement obligation as to which the Administrative Agent has received for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the U.S. L/C Participants or Spanish L/C Participants pursuant to clause (c)(i) or (c)(ii) , respectively, above, such Letter of Credit Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each U.S. L/C Participant or Spanish L/C Participant that has paid its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage or Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, respectively, of such reimbursement obligation, in the currency in which such payment was made and in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such U.S. L/C Participant’s or Spanish L/C Participant’s share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded by such U.S. L/C Participant or Spanish L/C Participants to the aggregate amount funded by all U.S. L/C Participants or Spanish L/C Participants, as applicable) of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount so paid in respect of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the receipt by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer of the payment made pursuant to Section 3.3(c) , at the Overnight Rate.

 

(e)           (i) The obligations of the L/C Participants to make payments to the Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit and (ii) the obligation of the Parent Borrower, or Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, to reimburse the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer for drawings honored under any Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay any payments made by Lenders pursuant to Section 3.3(c) , in each case, shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including under any of the following circumstances:

 

(i)      any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;

 

(ii)     the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Parent Borrower or Foreign Subsidiary Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer, any Lender or other Person or, in the case of a Lender, against the Parent Borrower or Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions

 

120



 

(including any underlying transaction between the Parent Borrower or Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

 

(iii)            any draft, certificate or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

 

(iv)            the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Credit Documents;

 

(v)             the payment by a Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

 

(vi)            any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(vii)           any breach hereof or any other Credit Document by any party thereto;

 

(viii)          any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or

 

(ix)            the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

provided , however , that no L/C Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage or Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, as applicable, of any unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by such Letter of Credit Issuer under any such Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

(f)               On the Restatement Effective Date, the L/C Participations in any issued and outstanding Letters of Credit shall be reallocated so that after giving effect thereto (x) the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders and the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders shall share ratably in such U.S. L/C Participations in accordance with the aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments (including both the Series 2013 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments and the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments from time to time in effect) and (y) the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders and the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders shall share ratably in such Spanish L/C Participations in accordance with the aggregate Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments (including both the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments and the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments from time to time in effect).  Thereafter, until the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date, L/C Participations in any newly-issued Letters of Credit shall be allocated in accordance with the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments (including both the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitments and the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments from time to time in effect); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) U.S. L/C Participations in any new Letters of Credit that have an expiry date after the date that is three Business Days prior

 

121



 

to the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall be allocated to the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments but only to the extent that such allocation would not cause the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders’ Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures at such time to exceed the Series 2016 U.S. Total Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) Spanish L/C Participations in any new Letters of Credit that have an expiry date after the date that is three Business Days prior to the Series 2013 Spanish Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall be allocated to the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments but only to the extent that such allocation would not cause the Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders’ Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Exposures at such time to exceed the Series 2016 Spanish Total Revolving Credit Commitments; provided further that no Letter of Credit Issuer shall be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit that would have an expiry date after the date that is three Business Days prior to the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date unless such Letter of Credit would be 100% covered by the applicable Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments of the applicable Series 2016 Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

(g)              If the reallocation described in clause (f) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected as a result of the limitations set forth herein, the Borrowers shall within three Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent, either (x) Cash Collateralize such Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lenders’ L/C Participations in the outstanding Letters of Credit (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (f) above) or (y) backstop such Series 2013 Revolving Credit Lenders’ L/C Participations in the outstanding Letters of Credit (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (f) above) with a letter of credit reasonable satisfactory to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, in each case, for so long as any such Letters of Credit are outstanding.

 

3.4.          Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings .

 

(a)           The Parent Borrower, with respect to U.S. Letters of Credit, and the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, with respect to Spanish Letters of Credit, each hereby agrees to reimburse the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, by making payment with respect to any drawing under any Letter of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer at the request of the applicable Borrower, in the same currency in which such drawing was made.  Any such reimbursement shall be made by the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for any payment or disbursement made by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit (each such amount so paid until reimbursed, an “ Unpaid Drawing ”) no later than the date that is one Business Day after the date on which the Parent Borrower receives notice of such payment or disbursement (the “ Reimbursement Date ”), with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by such Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent not reimbursed prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date, from the Reimbursement Date to the date such Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed therefor at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the weighted average of the Applicable ABR Margins (with such weighted average determined by reference to the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of each Class then existing) plus the ABR as in

 

122



 

effect from time to time; provided that, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) unless the Parent Borrower or Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date that the Parent Borrower or Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, intends to reimburse the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer for the amount of such drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Loans, the Parent Borrower or Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, shall be deemed to have given a Notice of Borrowing requesting that, (A) with respect to U.S. Letters of Credit, the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders make U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, and (B) with respect to Spanish Letters of Credit, the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders make Spanish Revolving Credit Loans (which in each case shall be denominated in Dollars or the applicable Alternative Currency and which shall be ABR Loans if denominated in Dollars) on the Reimbursement Date in the amount, or Dollar Equivalent of the amount, as applicable, of such drawing and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each U.S. L/C Participant or Spanish L/C Participant, as applicable, at its applicable Lending Office, of such drawing and the amount of its Revolving Credit Loan to be made in respect thereof, and each U.S. L/C Participant or Spanish L/C Participant, as applicable, shall be irrevocably obligated to make a Revolving Credit Loan to the applicable Borrower in Dollars or the applicable Alternative Currency in the manner deemed to have been requested in the amount of its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage or Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, as applicable (each as determined after giving effect to Section 3.3(f)), of the applicable Unpaid Drawing by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Reimbursement Date by making the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan available to the Administrative Agent.  Such Revolving Credit Loans shall be made without regard to the Minimum Borrowing Amount.  The Administrative Agent shall use the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans solely for purpose of reimbursing the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer for the related Unpaid Drawing.  In the event that the applicable Borrower fails to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit that is outstanding on the L/C Maturity Date, the full amount of the Letter of Credit Outstandings in respect of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be an Unpaid Drawing subject to the provisions of this Section 3.4 except that the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer shall hold the proceeds received from the L/C Participants as contemplated above as cash collateral for such Letter of Credit to reimburse any Drawing under such Letter of Credit and shall use such proceeds first, to reimburse itself for any Drawings made in respect of such Letter of Credit following the L/C Maturity Date, second, to the extent such Letter of Credit expires or is returned undrawn while any such cash collateral remains, to the repayment of obligations in respect of any U.S. Revolving Credit Loans or Spanish Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, that have not paid at such time and third, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.  Nothing in this Section 3.4(a) shall affect the Parent Borrower’s obligation to repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans when due in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)           The obligations of the applicable Borrower under this Section 3.4 to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuers with respect to Unpaid Drawings (including, in each case, interest thereon) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment that the applicable Borrower or any other Person may have or have had against any Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including in its capacity as an L/C Participant),

 

123



 

including any defense based upon the failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit (each a “ Drawing ”) to conform to the terms of the Letter of Credit or any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of such Drawing and without regard to any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the Alternative Currency to the applicable Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally; provided that the applicable Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse a Letter of Credit Issuer for any wrongful payment made by such Letter of Credit Issuer under the Letter of Credit issued by it as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

3.5.           Increased Costs .  If after the date hereof, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or actual compliance by a Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant with any request or directive made or adopted after the date hereof (whether or not having the force of law), by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall either (a) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by a Letter of Credit Issuer, or any L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, or (b) impose on a Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant any other conditions affecting its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein or any Letter of Credit or such L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant hereunder (other than any such increase or reduction attributable to (i) taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4 , (ii) net income taxes and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and branch profits taxes, imposed on any Agent or Lender and, to the extent not duplicative, any Taxes imposed on any Agent or Lender where that Tax is imposed upon or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by such Agent or Lender or (iii) Taxes included under clauses (c) , (d) , and (e) of the definition of Excluded Taxes) in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein, then, promptly after receipt of written demand to the applicable Borrower by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which notice shall be sent by the affected Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent), the applicable Borrower shall pay to the affected Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant for such increased cost or reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that the affected Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Person’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any such law, rule or regulation as in effect on the date hereof.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder, are deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.  A certificate submitted to the applicable Borrower by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the

 

124



 

Administrative Agent), setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the determination of such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on the applicable Borrower absent clearly demonstrable error.

 

3.6.          New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer .

 

(a)           Each Letter of Credit Issuer may resign as a Letter of Credit Issuer upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice) and the applicable Borrower.  The applicable Borrower may replace a Letter of Credit Issuer for any reason upon written notice to the Administrative Agent and the affected Letter of Credit Issuer.  The applicable Borrower may add Letter of Credit Issuers at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent.  If a Letter of Credit Issuer shall resign or be replaced, or if the applicable Borrower shall decide to add a new Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement, then the applicable Borrower may appoint from among the Lenders a successor issuer of U.S. Letters of Credit or Spanish Letters of Credit, or a new U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer or Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, or, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), another successor issuer of U.S. Letters of Credit or Spanish Letters of Credit, or another new U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer or Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer, whereupon such successor issuer shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or such new issuer of Letters of Credit shall be granted the rights, powers and duties of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, and the term “Letter of Credit Issuer” and, as applicable, “U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer” and “Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer” shall mean such successor or such new issuer of Letters of Credit effective upon such appointment.  At the time such resignation or replacement shall become effective, the applicable Borrower shall pay to the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Sections 4.1(d) and 4.1(e) .  The acceptance of any appointment as a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder whether as a successor issuer or new issuer of Letters of Credit in accordance with this Agreement, shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit, in a form satisfactory to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall become a “Letter of Credit Issuer” hereunder.  After the resignation or replacement of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.  In connection with any resignation or replacement pursuant to this clause (a) (but, in case of any such resignation, only to the extent that a successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have been appointed), either (i) the applicable Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall arrange to have any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer replaced with Letters of Credit issued by the resigned or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer’s successor or (ii) the applicable Borrower shall cause the successor issuer of Letters of Credit, if such successor issuer is reasonably satisfactory to the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer, to issue “back-stop”

 

125


 

Letters of Credit naming the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer as beneficiary for each outstanding Letter of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer, which new Letters of Credit shall be denominated in the same currency as, and shall have a face amount equal to, the Letters of Credit being back-stopped and the sole requirement for drawing on such new Letters of Credit shall be a drawing on the corresponding back-stopped Letters of Credit.  After any resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer’s resignation or replacement as Letter of Credit Issuer, the provisions of this Agreement relating to a Letter of Credit Issuer shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it (A) while it was a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or (B) at any time with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that there are, at the time of any resignation or replacement as set forth in clause (a)  above, any outstanding Letters of Credit, nothing herein shall be deemed to impact or impair any rights and obligations of any of the parties hereto with respect to such outstanding Letters of Credit (including, without limitation, any obligations related to the payment of Fees or the reimbursement or funding of amounts drawn), except that the applicable Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have the obligations regarding outstanding Letters of Credit described in clause (a)  above.

 

3.7.                    Role of Letter of Credit Issuer .  Each Lender and the applicable Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Required U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any U.S. Letter of Credit or Issuer Document.  None of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Required Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Spanish Letter of Credit or Issuer Document.  The applicable Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the applicable Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  None of the Letter of Credit Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 3.3(e) ; provided that anything in such Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the applicable Borrower may have a claim against the applicable Letter of

 

126



 

Credit Issuer, and such Letter of Credit Issuer may be liable to the applicable Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the applicable Borrower which the applicable Borrower proves were caused by such Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit issued by it after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Letter of Credit Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no Letter of Credit Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

3.8.                               Cash Collateral .

 

(a)                                   (i)    Upon the request of the Required U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders if, as of the L/C Maturity Date, there are any U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings, the Parent Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings.

 

(ii)  Upon the request of the Required Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders if, as of the L/C Maturity Date, there are any Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings, the applicable Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings.

 

(b)                                  If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Revolving Credit Lenders with Letter of Credit Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total Letter of Credit Exposure may require that the L/C Obligations be Cash Collateralized.

 

(c)                                   If any Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender, if any Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan is at the time outstanding, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, may (except, in the case of a Defaulting Lender, to the extent the Commitments have been reallocated pursuant to Section 2.18 ), by notice to the Borrowers and such Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender through the Administrative Agent, require the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize the obligations of the Borrowers to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan (contingent or otherwise) of such Defaulting Lender or such Potential Defaulting Lender in respect thereof, or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender.

 

(d)                                  Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in the currencies in which the U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings or Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings are denominated and in an amount equal to 102% of the amount of the applicable Letter of Credit Outstandings required

 

127



 

to be Cash Collateralized pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders).  Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings.  The Parent Borrower and the Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and the applicable L/C Participants, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing.  Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, or a bank approved by the Administrative Agent and such deposit accounts shall, in each case, be subject to a control agreement made in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and reasonably satisfactory to it.

 

3.9.                    Applicability of ISP and UCP .  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

 

3.10.              Conflict with Issuer Documents .  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

 

3.11.              Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries .  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Restricted Subsidiary, the applicable Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower each hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of such Borrower, and that such Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 4.                                                    Fees; Commitments

 

4.1.                               Fees .

 

(a)                                   The Parent Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender (in each case pro rata according to the respective U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of all such Lenders), and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of each Spanish Revolving Credit Lender (in each case pro rata according to the respective Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments of all such Lenders), a commitment fee (“ Revolving Credit Commitment Fees ”) for each day (A) in the case of Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitments, from the Closing Date to the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Termination Date and (B) in the case of Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments, from the Restatement Effective Date to the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Termination Date.  Each Revolving Credit

 

128



 

Commitment Fee shall be payable (x) quarterly in arrears on each Applicable Date (for the three-month period (or portion thereof) ended on such day for which no payment has yet been received) and (y) (i) in the case of Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitments, on the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Termination Date (for the period ended on such date and beginning on the last date in respect of which no payment has yet been received pursuant to clause (x)  above) and (ii) in the case of Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments, on the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Termination Date (for the period ended on such date and beginning on the last date in respect of which no payment has yet been received pursuant to clause (x)  above).  For each day during such period the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be computed on the Available U.S. Revolving Commitments and Available Spanish Revolving Commitments, as applicable, in effect on such day, at a rate per annum equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate in effect on such day.

 

(b)                                  The Parent Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars for the account of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders and Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders, each pro rata on the basis of their respective U.S. Letter of Credit Exposure or Spanish Letter of Credit Exposure, respectively, a fee in respect of each U.S. Letter of Credit or a Spanish Letter of Credit, respectively (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit computed at the per annum rate for each day equal to the Applicable LIBOR Margin for Revolving Credit Loans on the average daily Stated Amount of the applicable Letter of Credit.  Such Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on each Applicable Date and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the Letter of Credit Outstandings shall have been reduced to zero.

 

(c)                                   The Parent Borrower agrees to pay to each Letter of Credit Issuer a fee in Dollars in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it (the “ Fronting Fee ”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit, computed at the rate for each day equal to 0.125% per annum on the average daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit (or at such other rate per annum as agreed in writing between the Parent Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuer).  Such Fronting Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the Letter of Credit Outstandings shall have been reduced to zero.

 

(d)                                  The Parent Borrower agrees to pay directly to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer in Dollars upon each issuance of, drawing under, and/or amendment of, a Letter of Credit issued by it such amount as such Letter of Credit Issuer and the Parent Borrower shall have agreed upon for issuances of, drawings under or amendments of, letters of credit issued by it.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 4.1 for any portion of any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

(f)                                     The Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent additional fees in such amounts and at such times as have been separately agreed.

 

129



 

(g)                                  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to any fees accruing during such period pursuant to Section 4.1 (without prejudice to the rights of the Non-Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees); provided that (a) to the extent that a portion of the Letter of Credit Exposure or the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated to the Non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to Section 2.18 , such fees that would have accrued for the benefit of such Defaulting Lender shall instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to such Non-Defaulting Lenders, pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments, and (b) to the extent of any portion of such Letter of Credit Exposure or Swingline Exposure that cannot be so reallocated or has not been Cash Collateralized in accordance with this Agreement, such fees shall instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender as their interests appear (and the pro rata payment provisions of Section 5.3(a) shall automatically be deemed adjusted to reflect the provisions of this Section).

 

4.2.                               Voluntary Reduction of Commitments .

 

Upon at least one Business Day’s prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Parent Borrower (and with respect to the Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments only, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) (each on behalf of itself) shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce (A) the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments in whole or in part, provided that (i) any such reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, except in connection with the establishment of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, in which case reductions may be applied to different Classes of Revolving Credit Commitments (and shall apply proportionately to each Revolving Credit Lender within each such Class), (ii) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 4.2(A)  shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000 and (iii) after giving effect to such termination or reduction and to any prepayments of the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans made on the date thereof in accordance with this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, and/or (B) the Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments in whole or in part, provided that (i) any such reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment of each Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, except in connection with the establishment of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, in which case reductions may be applied to different Classes of Revolving Credit Commitments (and shall apply proportionately to each Revolving Credit Lender within each such Class), (ii) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 4.2(B)  shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000 and (iii) after giving effect to such termination or reduction and to any prepayments of the Spanish Revolving Credit Loans made on the date thereof in accordance with this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Spanish Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

130



 

4.3.                               Mandatory Termination of Commitments .

 

(a)                                   The Closing Date Term Loan Commitment terminated at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  The Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment terminated at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Delayed Draw Date.

 

(c)                                   The Series 2013 Revolving Credit Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Series 2013 Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

(d)                                  The Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date

 

(e)                                   The Swingline Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Swingline Maturity Date.

 

(f)                                     The New Term Loan Commitment for any Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Joinder Agreement, terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Increased Amount Date for such Series.

 

(g)                                  The Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Restatement Effective Date.

 

SECTION 5.                                                    Payments

 

5.1.                    Voluntary Prepayments .  (a) Each of the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have the right to prepay its Term Loans, U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans and Spanish Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, in each case, without premium or penalty (except set forth in Section 5.1(b) ), in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions:  (a) such Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by such Borrower no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, three Business Days prior to, (ii) in the case of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, four Business Days prior to, (iii) in the case of ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans), one Business Day prior to or (iv) in the case of Swingline Loans, on, the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be; (b) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) any ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans) shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, (iii) any Loans denominated in Euro shall be in a minimum amount of €1,000,000 and in multiples of €100,000 in excess thereof, (iv) any Loans denominated in Sterling shall be in a minimum amount of £1,000,000 and in multiples of £100,000 in excess thereof, (v) any Loans denominated in any other Alternative Currency, in a

 

131



 

minimum amount and in multiples to be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower, and (vi) Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount for such LIBOR Loans and (c) any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the applicable Borrower with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11 .  Each prepayment in respect of any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be (a) applied to the Class or Classes of Term Loans as the Parent Borrower may specify (and shall apply pro rata to all Lenders holding Term Loans of such Class) and (b) applied to reduce any applicable Repayment Amount in such order as the Parent Borrower may specify.  At the Parent Borrower’s election in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 5.1 , such prepayment shall not be applied to any Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loan of a Defaulting Lender.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower may not prepay Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series unless such prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata repayment of Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans were converted (or such Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class have otherwise been repaid in full).

 

(b)                                  In the event that, on or prior to September 25, 2011, all or any portion of the Series A New Term Loans are repaid (or repriced or effectively refinanced through any amendment of this Agreement) for any reason, the Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Series A New Term Loan Lenders, a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the applicable Series A New Term so repaid or repriced.

 

(c)                                   In the event that, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Restatement Effective Date, a Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction with respect to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, such Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the amount of the 2018 Extended Term Loans being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y), a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the 2018 Extended Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment.

 

5.2.                               Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)                Term Loan Prepayments .  (i)  Subject to Section 5.2(g) , and 5.2(a)(iii) , on each occasion that a Prepayment Event occurs, the Parent Borrower shall, within three Business Days after its receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event and within seven Business Days after the occurrence of any Prepayment Event other than a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event (or, in the case of Deferred Net Cash Proceeds, within seven Business Days after the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date), prepay, in accordance with clause (c)  below, Term Loans in a principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event.

 

132



 

(ii)                    Not later than the date that is ninety days after the last day of any Fiscal Year (commencing with and including the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011), the applicable Borrowers shall prepay, in accordance with clause (c)  below, Term Loans in a principal amount equal to (x) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year; provided that (A) the percentage in this Section 5.2(a)(ii)  shall be reduced to 25% if the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto and as certified by an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower) to Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 but greater than 3.50 to 1.00 and (B) no payment of any Term Loans shall be required under this Section 5.2(a)(ii)  if the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto and as certified by an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower) to Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00, minus (y) the principal amount of Term Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 5.1 during such Fiscal Year.

 

(iii)                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, on each occasion that Permitted Additional Debt is issued or incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(m), the Parent Borrower shall within three Business Days of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Additional Debt prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a Dollar Equivalent principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance or incurrence of Permitted Additional Debt.

 

(b)                                  Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans .

 

(i) (A) If on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures (collectively, the “ Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings ”) for any reason exceeds 100% of the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Parent Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date the principal amount of Swingline Loans and, after all Swingline Loans have been paid in full, U.S. Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to such excess.  If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Swingline Loans and U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, the Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Parent Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings to the extent of such excess;

 

(B) If on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Spanish Revolving Credit Exposures (collectively, the “ Aggregate Spanish Revolving Credit Outstandings ”) for any reason exceeds 100% of the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Borrowers shall forthwith repay on such date the principal amount of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to such excess.  If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Spanish Revolving Credit Loans, the Aggregate Spanish Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed the Total Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings to the extent of such excess.

 

(ii)                (A) If on any date the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders’ Multicurrency Exposures (collectively, the “ Aggregate U.S. Multicurrency Exposures ”) for any reason exceeds 105% of the U.S. Multicurrency Sublimit as then in effect,

 

133



 

the Parent Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date U.S. Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies in a principal amount such that, after giving effect to such repayment, the Aggregate U.S. Multicurrency Exposures do not exceed 100% of the U.S. Multicurrency Sublimit.  If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding U.S. Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, the Aggregate U.S. Multicurrency U.S. Exposures exceed 100% of the U.S. Multicurrency Sublimit, the Parent Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the U.S. Letter of Credit Outstandings in respect of U.S. Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies to the extent of such excess.

 

(B)                                 If on any date the aggregate amount of the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders’ Multicurrency Exposures (collectively, the “ Aggregate Spanish Multicurrency Exposures ”) for any reason exceeds 105% of the Spanish Multicurrency Sublimit as then in effect, the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date Spanish Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies in a principal amount such that, after giving effect to such repayment, the Aggregate Spanish Multicurrency Exposures do not exceed 100% of the Spanish Multicurrency Sublimit.  If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Spanish Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, the Aggregate Spanish Multicurrency Exposures exceed 100% of the Spanish Multicurrency Sublimit, the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the Spanish Letter of Credit Outstandings in respect of Spanish Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies to the extent of such excess.

 

(c)                                   Application to Repayment Amounts .  Subject to Section 5.2(h) , each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a)(i)  (other than any prepayment of Term Loans required thereunder upon the occurrence of any Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event) or Section 5.2(a)(ii), shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among the remaining unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of Term Loans. Subject to Section 5.2(h) , each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a)(i)  upon the occurrence of any Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event shall be allocated as follows: (i)  First, to the Series 2014 Term Loans, until such Series 2014 Term Loans are paid in full and such payment shall be shared pro rata among all Series 2014 Term Loans and shall be applied, first, to the unpaid Repayment Amounts due in respect of each such Series 2014 Term Loan during the succeeding 24 month period, in direct order of maturity thereof, and, second, on a pro rata basis among the remaining unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of such Series 2014 Term Loans; and (ii)  Second, to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and all other Term Loans and such payment shall be shared pro rata among all Series 2018 Term Loans and all other Term Loans and shall be applied, first, to the unpaid Repayment Amounts due in respect of each such Series 2018 Term Loan and all other Term Loans during the succeeding 24 month period, in direct order of maturity thereof, and, second, on a pro rata basis among the remaining unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of such Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and such other Term Loans; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if concurrently with such prepayment the Borrowers request in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent that such prepayment be allocated on a pro rata basis among the remaining unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of all Term Loans, then such prepayment shall be allocated on such pro rata basis and shall be applied, first, to the unpaid Repayment Amounts due in respect of all Term Loan during the succeeding 24 month period, in direct order of maturity thereof, and, second, on a pro rata basis among the remaining

 

134



 

unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of all Term Loans. Subject to Section 5.2(h) , with respect to each such prepayment, the Parent Borrower will, not later than the date specified in Section 5.2(a)  for making such prepayment, give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (promptly confirmed in writing and which shall include a calculation of the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each unpaid Repayment Amount) requesting that the Administrative Agent provide notice of such prepayment to each Term Loan Lender or Extended Term Loan Lender, as applicable.  Subject to Section 5.2(h), each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a)(iii)  shall be allocated as follows: (i)  First, to the Series 2014 Term Loans, until such Series 2014 Term Loans are paid in full and such payment shall be shared pro rata among all Series 2014 Term Loans based on the applicable remaining Repayment Amounts owing thereunder and shall be applied to the unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of such Series 2014 Term Loans on a pro rata basis among the remaining unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of such Series 2014 Term Loans; and (ii)  Second, to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and all other Term Loans and such payment shall be shared pro rata among all Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and all other Term Loans based on the applicable remaining Repayment Amounts owing thereunder and shall be applied to the unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of such Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and such other Term Loans on a pro rata basis among the remaining unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of such Series 2018 Extended Term Loans; provided , that , notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if concurrently with such prepayment the Borrowers request in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent that such prepayment be allocated on a pro rata basis among the remaining unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect of all Term Loans, then such prepayment shall be allocated on such pro rata basis (and shall be applied to the unpaid Repayment Amounts owing in respect thereof on a pro rata basis).

 

(d)                                  Application to Term Loans .  With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a) , the Parent Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made.  In the absence of a designation by the Parent Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(e)                                   (A)  Application to U.S. Revolving Credit Loans .  With respect to each prepayment of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans required by Section 5.2(b) , the Parent Borrower may designate (i) the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made and (ii) the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans to be prepaid; provided that (y) each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans; and (z) notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding clause (y) , no prepayment of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans shall be applied to the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of any Defaulting Lender unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parent Borrower.  In the absence of a designation by the Parent Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(B)                                 Application to Spanish Revolving Credit Loans .  With respect to each prepayment of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans required by Section 5.2(b) , the applicable

 

135


 

Borrower may designate (i) the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which such Loans were made and (ii) the Spanish Revolving Credit Loans to be prepaid; provided that (y) each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans; and (z) notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding clause (y) , no prepayment of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans shall be applied to the Spanish Revolving Credit Loans of any Defaulting Lender unless otherwise agreed in writing by the applicable Borrower.  In the absence of a designation by the applicable Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(f)                                     LIBOR Interest Periods .  In lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 5.2 in respect of any LIBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the applicable Borrower at its option may deposit with the Administrative Agent an amount in the applicable currency equal to the amount of the LIBOR Loan to be prepaid and such LIBOR Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the Interest Period therefor in the required amount.  Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a corporate time deposit account established on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, earning interest at the then-customary rate for accounts of such type.  Such deposit shall constitute cash collateral for the LIBOR Loans to be so prepaid, provided that the applicable Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 5.2 .

 

(g)                                  Minimum Amount .  No prepayment shall be required pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i)  (i) in the case of any Disposition yielding Net Cash Proceeds of less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate and (ii) other than with respect to Debt Incurrence Prepayment Events, unless and until the amount at any time of Net Cash Proceeds from Prepayment Events (other than Debt Incurrence Prepayment Events) required to be applied at or prior to such time pursuant to such Section and not yet applied at or prior to such time to prepay Term Loans pursuant to such Section exceeds $40,000,000 in the aggregate for all Prepayment Events (other than those that are under the threshold specified in subclause (i)  (and other than Debt Incurrence Prepayment Events)) in any one Fiscal Year, at which time all such Net Cash Proceeds referred to in this subclause (ii)  with respect to such Fiscal Year shall be applied as a prepayment in accordance with this Section 5.2 .

 

(h)                                  Rejection Right .  The Parent Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  at least three Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender holding Term Loans of the contents of the Parent Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Lender’s pro rata share of the prepayment.  Each Term Loan Lender may reject all or a portion of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ” and such rejecting Lenders, the “ Declining Lenders ”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) one

 

136



 

Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment.  Each Rejection Notice from a given Term Loan Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender.  If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans.  Any Declined Proceeds remaining thereafter shall be, first , offered to Lenders other than the Declining Lenders (such Lenders, the “ Accepting Lenders ”), which Accepting Lenders may reject all or a portion of their pro rata shares of such remaining Declined Proceeds, and, second , to the extent any Declined Proceeds remain thereafter, retained by the Parent Borrower (“ Retained Declined Proceeds ”); provided that in the case of any mandatory repayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(iii), any Declined Proceeds shall be reallocated and paid to the Term Loan Lenders that have not rejected such mandatory prepayment on a pro rata basis and shall not constitute Retained Declined Proceeds.

 

(i)                                      Foreign Asset Sales .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 5.2 , with respect to Net Cash Proceeds of a Casualty Event or any asset sale or other Disposition by a Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary giving rise to an Asset Sale Prepayment Event (each, a “ Foreign Asset Sale ”):

 

(i)                                      to the extent that any or all of the Net Cash Proceeds from a Foreign Asset Sale or any amount included in Excess Cash Flow and attributable to Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiaries are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the United States, such portion of the Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 5.2 but may be retained by the applicable Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Parent Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary to promptly take all actions required by the applicable local law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be immediately effected and such repatriated Net Cash Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than two Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans; provided that if repatriation is not reasonably expected to occur within 12 months of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, then (x) the Parent Borrower shall apply an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow to such reinvestments or prepayments as if such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been received by the Parent Borrower rather than such Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary or (y) such Net Cash Proceeds shall promptly be used to (A) prepay Revolving Credit Loans of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, accompanied by a permanent termination or reduction, in like amount, of the Revolving Credit Commitments, or (B) repay any Indebtedness of a Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary (other than Revolving Credit Loans of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) which payment, if of Indebtedness that by its terms may be reborrowed, is accompanied by a permanent termination or reduction, in like amount, of the associated commitments; and

 

137



 

(ii)                                   to the extent that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Foreign Asset Sale or Excess Cash Flow would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected may be retained by the applicable Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of this subclause (ii) , on or before the date on which any Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , (x) the Parent Borrower applies an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow to such reinvestments or prepayments as if such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been received by the Parent Borrower rather than such Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary, less the amount of additional taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been repatriated (or, if less, the Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that would be calculated if received by such Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary) or (y) such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow are applied to (A) prepay Revolving Credit Loans of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, accompanied by a permanent termination or reduction, in like amount, of the Revolving Credit Commitments, or (B) repay any Indebtedness of a Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary (other than Revolving Credit Loans of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) which payment, if of Indebtedness that by its terms may be reborrowed, is accompanied by a permanent termination or reduction, in like amount, of the associated commitments.

 

5.3.                               Method and Place of Payment .

 

(a)                                   Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the applicable Borrower, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender entitled thereto, as the case may be, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the applicable Borrower, it being understood that written or facsimile notice by the applicable Borrower to the Administrative Agent to make a payment from the funds in the Parent Borrower’s account at the Administrative Agent’s Office shall constitute the making of such payment to the extent of such funds held in such account.  All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in the currency in which such Loans are denominated and all other payments under each Credit Document shall, unless otherwise specified in such Credit Document, be made in Dollars.  The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or Fees ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.

 

(b)                                  Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day.  Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a

 

138



 

Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

 

5.4.                               Net Payments .

 

(a)                                   Any and all payments made by or on behalf of any Borrower or any Guarantor under this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Indemnified Taxes; provided that if any Borrower or any Guarantor shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.4 ) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Borrower or such Guarantor shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Borrower or such Guarantor shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.  Whenever any Indemnified Taxes are payable by any Borrower or Guarantor, as promptly as possible thereafter, such Borrower or Guarantor shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt (or other evidence acceptable to such Lender, acting reasonably) received by such Borrower or Guarantor showing payment thereof.

 

(b)                                  The Borrowers shall timely pay and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer, and each Lender (whether or not such Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority) with regard to any Other Taxes.

 

(c)                                   The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer, and each Lender within 15 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Credit Document (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.4 ) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate setting forth reasonable detail as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Parent Borrower by a Lender, a Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

139



 

(d)                                  Each Non-U.S. Lender with respect to the Term Loans or any other Loan made to the Parent Borrower shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so:

 

(i)                                      deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, prior to the date on which the first payment to the Non-U.S. Lender is due hereunder, two copies of (x) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (together with a certificate representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Parent Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Parent Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), (y) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI, in each case properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or reduced rate of, U.S. Federal withholding tax on payments by the Parent Borrower under this Agreement or (z) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all necessary attachments (including the forms described in clauses (x)  and (y)  above, as required); and

 

(ii)                                   deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Parent Borrower;

 

unless in any such case any Change in Law has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required that renders any such form inapplicable or would prevent such Non-U.S. Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Non-U.S. Lender promptly so advises the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.  Each Person that shall become a Participant pursuant to Section 14.6 or a Lender pursuant to Section 14.6 shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer, be required to provide all the forms and statements required pursuant to this Section 5.4(d) , provided that in the case of a Participant such Participant shall furnish all such required forms and statements to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in the Lender’s circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

 

(e)                                   Each Lender with respect to a Loan made to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and Agent, in each case that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor is organized, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement or any other Credit Document by such Borrower or Guarantor shall deliver to the Parent Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and as reasonably requested by such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or Foreign Obligations Guarantor, as applicable, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without such withholding or at such reduced rate; provided that such Lender or Agent is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation, such

 

140



 

documentation is necessary in order for such exemption or reduction to apply, and in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would not require disclosure of confidential information or impose an unreasonable burden on such Lender.

 

(f)                                     If any Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion, that it had received and retained a refund of an Indemnified Tax (including an Other Tax) for which a payment has been made by any Borrower or Guarantor pursuant to this Section 5.4 , which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is attributable to such payment made by such Borrower or Guarantor, then the Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse such Borrower or Guarantor for such amount (net of all out of pocket expenses of such Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and without interest other than any interest received thereon from the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund) as the Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse position (taking into account expenses or any taxes imposed on the refund) than it would have been in if the payment had not been required; provided that such Borrower or Guarantor, upon the request of the Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Borrower or Guarantor ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in the event the Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  At the request of the relevant Borrower or Guarantor and at such Borrower’s or Guarantor’s expense,  a Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall claim any refund that it determines is available to it, unless it concludes in its sole discretion that it would be adversely affected by making such a claim.  None of the Lenders, any Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be obliged to disclose any confidential information or impose an unreasonable burden on such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection with this clause (f)  or any other provision of this Section 5.4 .

 

(g)                                  If the Parent Borrower determines that a reasonable basis exists for contesting a Tax, each Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers as the Parent Borrower may reasonably request in challenging such Tax.  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.12 , each Lender and Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers as the Parent Borrower may reasonably request to minimize any amount payable by any Borrower or Guarantor pursuant to this Section 5.4 .  The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold each Lender and Agent harmless against any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Person in connection with any request made by Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section 5.4(g) .  Nothing in this Section 5.4(g)  shall obligate any Lender or Agent to take any action that such Person, in its sole judgment, determines may result in a material detriment to such Person.

 

141



 

(h)                                  Each Lender and Agent with respect to the Term Loans and any other Loan made to the Parent Borrower that is a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent two United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9 (or substitute or successor form), properly completed and duly executed, certifying that such Lender or Agent is exempt from United States backup withholding (i) on or prior to the Restatement Effective Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the Agent’s or Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

 

(i)                                      Any amount payable under this Agreement or any other Credit Document by or on behalf of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower is exclusive of any value added tax or any other Tax of a similar nature which might be chargeable in connection with that amount.  Without limiting or duplicating any obligation of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower under Section 5.4(a) , if any such Tax is chargeable, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Lender, or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, (in addition to and at the same time as paying that amount) an amount equal to the amount of that Tax.

 

(j)                                      Where this Agreement or any other Credit Document requires any party to this Agreement or any Credit Document, as the case may be, to reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer for any costs or expenses, that party must also at the same time pay and indemnify the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Lender, or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, against all value added tax or any other Tax of a similar nature incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, a Lender, or a Letter of Credit Issuer, in respect of the costs and expenses to the extent that the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Lender, or Letter of Credit Issuer acting reasonably determines that it is not entitled to a credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that tax.

 

(k)                                   The agreements in this Section 5.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

5.5.                               Computations of Interest and Fees .

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, interest on LIBOR Loans and ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.  Interest on ABR Loans in respect of which the rate of interest is calculated on the basis of the Administrative Agent’s prime rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.  Interest on any overdue interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.  Interest on LIBOR Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, unless the Administrative Agent determines that it is customary in the London interbank eurodollar market that interest is calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days

 

142



 

elapsed.  In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Term Loan, the last Applicable Date with respect to such Term Loan or, with respect to an ABR Loan being converted from a LIBO Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such LIBO Rate Loan to such ABR Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to an ABR Loan being converted to a LIBO Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such ABR Loan to such LIBO Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided that, if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

 

(b)                                  Each Borrower agrees to pay to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, with respect to drawings honored under any Letter of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer for the account of such Borrower, interest on the amount paid by such Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower at a rate equal to (i) for the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the applicable Reimbursement Date, the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans, and (ii) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans.

 

(c)                                   Interest payable pursuant to Section 5.5(b)  shall be computed on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full.  Promptly upon receipt by the Letter of Credit Issuer of any payment of interest pursuant to Section 5.5(b) , the Letter of Credit Issuer shall distribute to each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender or each Spanish Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable, out of the interest received by such Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date on which the Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed for the amount of such drawing (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loans), the amount that such Revolving Credit Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the letter of credit fee that would have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such period if no drawing had been honored under such Letter of Credit.  Without duplication of the foregoing, in the event the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have been reimbursed by Revolving Credit Lenders for all or any portion of such honored drawing, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall distribute to each Revolving Credit Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 3.3 with respect to such honored drawing such Revolving Credit Lender’s pro rata share of any interest received by such Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by Revolving Credit Lenders for the period from the date on which the Letter of Credit Issuer was so reimbursed by Revolving Credit Lenders to but excluding the date on which such portion of such honored drawing is reimbursed by the applicable Borrower.

 

(d)                                  Fees and the average daily Stated Amount of Letters of Credit shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.

 

143



 

5.6.                               Limit on Rate of Interest .

 

(a)                                   No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Borrowers shall not be obligated to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(b)                                  Payment at Highest Lawful Rate .  If any Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 5.6(a) , such Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

(c)                                   Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate .  If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate any Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by such Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8 .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from any Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then such Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to such Borrower.

 

5.7.                               Executive Proceedings for the Spanish Credit Parties .

 

(a)                                   For the purpose of Article 571 et seq. of the Civil Procedural Law (Law 1/2000 of 7th January) (Ley de Enjuiciamiento Civil):

 

(i)                                      the amounts due and payable under the Credit Documents that may be claimed in any executive proceedings, will be contained in a certificate supplied by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender and will reflect the balance of the amounts owed and the amounts paid by the relevant Spanish Credit Party (as defined in clause (e), below) into the accounts maintained by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender in connection with the Credit Documents and state that the calculation of such balance has been done in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Documents; and

 

(ii)                                   each Lender may (at the cost of the relevant Spanish Credit Party) have the certificate notarized.

 

(b)                                  A Lender may commence executive proceedings in Spain by presenting to the relevant Spanish court a notarial document ( acta notarial ) incorporating the certificate of

 

144



 

the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, referred to in subclause (a)(i) above.

 

(c)                                   Each Lender must notify the relevant Spanish Credit Party of the amounts owed under Credit Documents as per said certificate, before the start of the executive proceedings.

 

(d)                                  The parties to this Agreement expressly agree that a Lender is entitled to claim all amounts owed by the applicable Credit Parties under the Credit Documents following any non-payment of any amounts (whether principal, interest or otherwise) by any Spanish Credit Party. This does not prejudice the exercise of any other right and remedy of any Lender.

 

(e)                                   Spanish Credit Party ” means the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and any Foreign Obligations Guarantor organized in Spain pursuant to Spanish law.

 

SECTION 6.                                                    Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing .

 

6.1.                               Reserved .

 

6.2                                         Foreign Subsidiary Borrower Conditions Precedent .  The initial Borrowing by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the issuance of any Spanish Letter of Credit after the Restatement Effective Date under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)                                   Credit Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received:

 

(i)                                      (A) the Foreign Obligations Guarantees and Foreign Obligations Security Agreements, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor, and (B) each document listed on Schedule 1.1(g) , executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of each pledgor, grantor or chargor party thereto.

 

(b)                                  Collateral .  Except as otherwise agreed:

 

(i)                                      (A) All outstanding equity interests in whatever form of each Restricted Subsidiary directly owned by or on behalf of any Foreign Obligations Credit Party and required to be pledged pursuant to a Foreign Obligations Security Agreement shall have been pledged pursuant thereto, and (B) the Collateral Agent shall have received all certificates representing securities pledged under the Foreign Obligations Security Agreements to the extent certificated, accompanied by instruments of transfer and undated stock powers endorsed in blank;

 

(ii)                                   All documents and instruments reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by any Foreign Security Agreement and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, such Security Document shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for

 

145


 

filing, registration or recording and none of the Collateral shall be subject to any other pledges, security interests or mortgages, except for liens permitted hereunder; and

 

(iii)                                The Foreign Obligations Guarantees shall be in full force and effect.

 

(c)                                   Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of local counsel to the Borrowers and the applicable Credit Parties in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 6.2(c)  in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  The Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers and the other Foreign Obligations Credit Parties hereby instruct such counsel to deliver such legal opinions.

 

(d)                                  Patriot Act .  The Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners shall have received such documentation and information as is reasonably requested in writing within 5 days of the Restatement Effective Date or, if later, the date that is 5 days prior to the date all other conditions precedent under this Section 6.2 are met, by the Administrative Agent about the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and each Guarantor in respect of applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act.

 

(e)                                   Financial Transaction Number .  The Bank of Spain shall (i) approve the renewal of the financial transaction number ( número de operación financiera ) obtained on September 14, 2007 (NOF A0211461) in favor of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or (ii) have granted to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower a financial transaction number ( número de operación financiera ).

 

(f)                                     Notarization .  The Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders shall have raised the Credit Agreement to the status of public document before a Spanish notary public selected by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, at the expense of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, and within two Business Days of the execution of the notarial deed, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have supplied to the Administrative Agent a copy ( primera copia autorizada ) of that deed. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to appear before a Spanish notary public for the purposes of raising this Agreement to the status of a public document.

 

SECTION 7.                                                    Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events

 

The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date (excluding Mandatory Borrowings and Revolving Credit Loans required to be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 ) and the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

7.1.                               No Default; Representations and Warranties .  At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto (other than any Credit Event on the Closing Date) (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except

 

146



 

where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

 

7.2.                               Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request .

 

(a)                                   Prior to the making of each Term Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .

 

(b)                                  Prior to the making of each Revolving Credit Loan (other than any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to Section 3.4(a) ) and each Swingline Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .

 

(c)                                   Prior to the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a Letter of Credit Request meeting the requirements of Section 3.2(a) .

 

The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in Section 7 above have been satisfied as of that time.

 

SECTION 8.                                                    Representations, Warranties and Agreements

 

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the Loans and issue Letters of Credit as provided for herein, each Borrower makes (on the Restatement Effective Date and on the date of each Credit Event and each other date as required or otherwise set forth in this Agreement) the following representations and warranties to, and agreements with, the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit (it being understood that the following representations and warranties shall be deemed made with respect to any Non-Domestic Subsidiary only to the extent relevant under applicable law):

 

8.1.                               Corporate Status .  Each Borrower and each Material Subsidiary (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (if applicable) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.2.                               Corporate Power and Authority .  Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.  Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered

 

147



 

each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

8.3.                               No Violation .  Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a “ Contractual Requirement ”) or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

8.4.                               Litigation .  There are no actions, suits or proceedings (including Environmental Claims) pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened with respect to the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.5.                               Margin Regulations .  Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

 

8.6.                               Governmental Approvals .  The execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations or consents which if not obtained or made could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.7.                               Investment Company Act .  Neither the Parent Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

8.8.                               True and Complete Disclosure .

 

(a)                                   None of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Administrative Agent, any Joint Lead Arranger, and/or any Lender on or before the Restatement Effective Date (including all such information and data contained in the Credit Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein contained any untrue

 

148



 

statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 8.8(a) , such factual information and data shall not include pro forma financial information, projections or estimates (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.

 

(b)                                  The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in paragraph (a)  above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.

 

8.9.                               Financial Condition; Financial Statements .  The Historical Financial Statements, in each case present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Parent Borrower at the respective dates of said information, statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered thereby.  The financial statements referred to in this Section 8.9 have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements.  On and after the Restatement Effective Date, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.10.                         Tax Matters .  (a) Each of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries has filed all material federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns, domestic and foreign, required to be filed by it and has paid all material taxes payable by it that have become due, other than those (i) not yet delinquent or (ii) contested in good faith as to which adequate reserves have been provided to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP and (b) the Parent Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries have paid, or have provided adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary) in accordance with GAAP for the payment of, all federal, state, provincial and foreign taxes applicable for the current Fiscal Year to the Restatement Effective Date.

 

8.11.                         Compliance with ERISA .

 

(a)                                   Each Plan is in compliance with ERISA, the Code and any applicable Requirement of Law; no Reportable Event has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to any Plan; no Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (or is reasonably likely to be insolvent or in reorganization), and no written notice of any such insolvency or reorganization has been given to the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; no Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) has an accumulated or waived funding deficiency (or is reasonably likely to have such a deficiency); on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, each Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA has satisfied the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, and there has been no determination that any such Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 4010(d)(2) of ERISA); none of the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred (or is reasonably likely to incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or Section 

 

149



 

4971 or 4975 of the Code or has been notified in writing that it will incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan; no proceedings have been instituted (or are reasonably likely to be instituted) to terminate or to reorganize any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, and no written notice of any such proceedings has been given to the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate exists (or is reasonably likely to exist) nor has the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate been notified in writing that such a lien will be imposed on the assets of the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Plan, except to the extent that a breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements in this Section 8.11(a)  would not be reasonably expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount of liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) has an Unfunded Current Liability that would, individually or when taken together with any other liabilities referenced in this Section 8.11(a) , be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.  With respect to Plans that are Multiemployer Plans (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA), the representations and warranties in this Section 8.11(a) , other than any made with respect to (i) liability under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or (ii) liability for termination or reorganization of such Plans under ERISA, are made to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower.

 

(b)                                  All Foreign Plans are in material compliance with, and have been established, administered and operated in accordance with, the terms of such Foreign Plans and applicable law, except for any failures to so comply, establish, administer or operate the Foreign Plans that would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All contributions or other payments which are due with respect to each Foreign Plan have been made in full and there are no funding deficiencies thereunder, except to the extent any such events would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.12.                         Subsidiaries Schedule 8.12 lists each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Parent Borrower therein), in each case existing on the Restatement Effective Date.  Each Material Subsidiary as of the Restatement Effective Date has been so designated on Schedule 8.12 .

 

8.13.                         Intellectual Property .  The Parent Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have obtained all material intellectual property, free from burdensome restrictions, that is necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.14.                         Environmental Laws .

 

(a)                                   Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) the Parent Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries and all Real Estate are in material compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the Parent Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any Environmental Claim or any other liability under any Environmental Law; (iii) neither the Parent Borrower nor any Subsidiary is conducting any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) 

 

150



 

no underground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other treatment, storage or disposal area containing Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Parent Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries has treated, used, stored, transported, released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned or leased Real Estate or facility in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.15.                         Properties .

 

(a)                                   The Parent Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to or leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement), except where the failure to have such good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) no Mortgage encumbers improved Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained.

 

8.16.                         Solvency .  On the Restatement Effective Date (after giving effect to the Transactions), immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, the Parent Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries will be Solvent.

 

SECTION 9.                                                    Affirmative Covenants .

 

Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Restatement Effective Date and thereafter, until the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than contingent indemnity obligations), are paid in full:

 

9.1.                               Information Covenants .  The Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

 

(a)                                   Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available and in any event within 5 days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 95 days after the end of each such Fiscal Year), the consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the preceding Fiscal Years (or, in lieu of such audited financial statements of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a

 

151



 

detailed reconciliation, reflecting such financial information for the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on the other hand) all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and, in each case, (i) certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing whose opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit or as to the status of the Parent Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Material Subsidiary) as a going concern, together in any event with a certificate of such accounting firm stating that in the course of either (x) its regular audit of the consolidated business of the Parent Borrower, which audit was conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards or (y) performing certain other procedures permitted by professional standards, such accounting firm has obtained no knowledge of any Event of Default relating to Section 10.9 that has occurred and is continuing or, if in the opinion of such accounting firm such an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof, (ii)  certified by an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) accompanied by a Narrative Report with respect thereto.

 

(b)                                  Quarterly Financial Statements .  On or before the date that is 60 days after the end of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011 and, thereafter as soon as available and in any event within 5 days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) with respect to each of the first three quarterly accounting periods in each Fiscal Year of the Parent Borrower (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 50 days after the end of each such quarterly accounting period), the consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated statements of operations for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the related periods in the prior Fiscal Year or, in the case of such consolidated balance sheet, for the last day of the prior Fiscal Year (or, in lieu of such unaudited financial statements of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a detailed reconciliation reflecting such financial information for the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on the other hand), all of which shall be certified by an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from audit, and normal year-end audit adjustments and accompanied by a Narrative Report with respect thereto.

 

(c)                                   Officer’s Certificates .  At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 9.1(a)  and (b) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower to the effect that, to the best of such Authorized Officer’s knowledge, no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying

 

152



 

the nature and extent thereof, which certificate shall set forth (i) a specification of any change in the identity of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year or period, as the case may be, from the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, respectively, provided to the Lenders on the Restatement Effective Date or the most recent Fiscal Year or period, as the case may be, (ii) the calculation of the Consolidated Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio and the corresponding applicable Status and (iii) the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in any Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.  At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 9.1(a) , (i) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the Applicable Amount as at the end of the Fiscal Year to which such financial statements relate and (ii) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Section 1 (other than clause (d) thereof) of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Restatement Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (c)(ii) , as the case may be.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Default or Litigation .  Promptly after an Authorized Officer of any Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action the Parent Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against any Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   Environmental Matters .  Promptly after obtaining knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters would not, individually or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:

 

(i)                                      any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;

 

(ii)                                   any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that (x) could reasonably be expected to result in noncompliance by any Credit Party with any applicable Environmental Law or (y) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;

 

(iii)                                any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that could reasonably be anticipated to cause such Real Estate to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such Real Estate under any Environmental Law; and

 

(iv)                               the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.

 

153


 

All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and the response thereto.  The term “ Real Estate ” shall mean land, buildings and improvements owned or leased by any Credit Party, but excluding all operating fixtures and equipment, whether or not incorporated into improvements.

 

(f)                                     Other Information .  Promptly upon filing thereof, copies of any filings (including on Form 10-K, 10-Q or 8-K) or registration statements with, and reports to, the SEC or any analogous Governmental Authority in any relevant jurisdiction by the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it becomes effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent)) and copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports that the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries shall send to the holders of any publicly issued debt of the Parent Borrower and/or any of the Subsidiaries (including the Notes (whether publicly issued or not)), in each case in their capacity as such holders, lenders or agents (in each case to the extent not theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement) and, with reasonable promptness, such other information (financial or otherwise) as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request in writing from time to time.

 

(g)                                  Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate .  Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect to any Test Period in which a Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of the acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for which there shall be a Pro Forma Adjustment, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.

 

(h)                                  Projections .  Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year (beginning with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011) of the Parent Borrower, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following Fiscal Year as customarily prepared by management of the Parent Borrower for its internal use (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following Fiscal Year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Section 9.1 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower or (B) the Parent Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of subclauses (A)  and (B)  of this paragraph, to the extent such

 

154



 

information relates to a parent of the Parent Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating or other information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

9.2.                               Books, Records and Inspections .  Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent (accompanied by any Lender that has coordinated such visit through the Administrative Agent) to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of such Borrower and any such Subsidiary in whomsoever’s possession to the extent that it is within such party’s control to permit such inspection (and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such inspection to be permitted to the extent that it is not within such party’s control to permit such inspection), and to examine the books and records of such Borrower and any such Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of such Borrower and of any such Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may desire (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default (a) only the Administrative Agent (whether on its own behalf or in conjunction with a Lender or Lenders) may exercise the right to on-site visits under this Section 9.2 , (b) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights to on-site visits more than two times in any calendar year and (c) only one such visit shall be at such Borrowers’ expense; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) or any representative of a Lender or Lenders may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrowers at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrowers the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrowers’ independent public accountants.  Each Borrower will, upon the request of Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, participate in a meeting of Administrative Agent and the Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at the Parent Borrower’s corporate offices (or (i) at such other location as may be agreed to by the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent or (ii) by teleconference) at such time as may be agreed to by the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

9.3.                               Maintenance of Insurance .  Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries that is a Material Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that the Borrowers believe (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrowers) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrowers believe (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrowers) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrowers believe (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrowers) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business; and will

 

155



 

furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.

 

9.4.                               Payment of Taxes .  Each Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which material penalties attach thereto, and all lawful material claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a material Lien upon any properties of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that neither the Parent Borrower, nor any of the Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of the Parent Borrower) with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.5.                               Consolidated Corporate Franchises .  Each Borrower will do, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries that is a Material Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 10.3 , 10.4 or 10.5 .

 

9.6.                               Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc .  Each Borrower will, and will cause its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) comply with all material laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such material governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, in each case with respect to such laws, rules, regulations, orders, approvals, or authorizations relating to accreditation or otherwise regulating entities and activities in education, and (b) except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, comply with all other applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business and not referred to in clause (a) above, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect.

 

9.7.                               ERISA .

 

(a)                               Promptly after any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any of the following events that, individually or in the aggregate (including in the aggregate such events previously disclosed or exempt from disclosure hereunder, to the extent the liability therefor remains outstanding), could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer or any other senior officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth details as to such occurrence and the action, if any, that the Parent Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate is required or proposes to take, together with any notices (required, proposed or otherwise) given to or filed with or by the Parent Borrower, such ERISA Affiliate, the PBGC, a Plan participant (other than notices relating to an individual participant’s benefits) or the Plan

 

156



 

administrator with respect thereto:  that a Reportable Event has occurred; that an accumulated funding deficiency has been incurred or an application is to be made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a waiver or modification of the minimum funding standard (including any required installment payments) or an extension of any amortization period under Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan; that a Plan having an Unfunded Current Liability has been or is to be terminated, reorganized, partitioned or declared insolvent under Title IV of ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); that a Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that has or will result in a lien under ERISA or the Code; that proceedings will be or have been instituted to terminate a Plan having an Unfunded Current Liability (including the giving of written notice thereof); that a proceeding has been instituted against the Parent Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Section 515 of ERISA to collect a delinquent contribution to a Plan; that the PBGC has notified the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of its intention to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; that the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has failed to make a required installment or other payment pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan; or that the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or will incur (or has been notified in writing that it will incur) any liability (including any contingent or secondary liability) to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code.

 

(b)  Promptly following any request therefor, on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, the Parent Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that the Parent Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l) of ERISA that the Parent Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, the Parent Borrower, the applicable Subsidiary(ies) or the ERISA Affiliate(s) shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.

 

9.8.                               Maintenance of Properties .  Each Borrower will, and will cause its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.9.                               Transactions with Affiliates .  Each Borrower will conduct, and will cause its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions with any of its Affiliates (other than the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) on terms that are substantially as favorable to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) transactions permitted by Section 10.6 , (ii) the payment of the Transaction Expenses, (iii) the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings to the management of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to arrangements described in subclause (iv)  of this Section 9.9(a) , (iv) 

 

157



 

employment and severance arrangements between the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries and their respective officers, employees or consultants (including management and employee benefit plans or agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements) in the ordinary course of business, (v) payments by the Parent Borrower (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Parent Borrower (and any such parent) and the Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, (vi) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the Parent Borrower (or, to the extent attributable to the ownership of the Parent Borrower by such parent, any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, and (vii) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Restatement Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 9.9 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment (together with any other amendment or supplemental agreements) is not adverse, taken as a whole, to the Parent Borrower or Restricted Subsidiaries in any material respect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers will not, and will not permit their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay more than $1,000,000 in management fees in cash to the Sponsors or their affiliates during any period during which a Default exists.

 

9.10.                         End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters .  For financial reporting purposes, each Borrower will cause its, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries’ (a) fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year (each, a “ Fiscal Year ”) and (b) fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with such Fiscal Year-end and the Parent Borrower’s past practice; provided , however , that the Parent Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent change the financial reporting convention specified above to any other financial reporting convention reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary in order to reflect such change in financial reporting.

 

9.11.                         Additional Guarantors and Grantors .

 

(a)                                   Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1(w)  and subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, the Parent Borrower will cause its direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries), whether existing as of the Restatement Effective Date or formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Restatement Effective Date, no later than 45 days after so formed, purchased, acquired, or ceasing to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), to (i) execute a supplement to each of the U.S. Obligations Guarantee, the U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreement and the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement, (ii) on and after the Foreign Obligations Effective Date and only so long as there are Loans outstanding to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, or other Foreign Obligations outstanding, or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower has the right to borrow under this Agreement, execute a supplement to the Foreign Obligations Guarantees and each of the applicable Foreign Obligations Security Agreements or (iii) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, enter into a new Guarantee and/or Security Document

 

158



 

substantially consistent with the analogous existing Security Documents and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to guarantee Obligations and grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created by the U.S. Credit Parties on the Restatement Effective Date (including actions required pursuant to Section 9.14(e) ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no U.S. Title IV Subsidiary will be required to execute Guarantees if and to the extent such U.S. Title IV Subsidiary is excluded from such requirement by clause (g) of the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”, and (ii) that portion of the assets of any U.S. Title IV Subsidiary that is excluded by clause (g) of the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary” from the requirement to be subject to Liens shall be excluded from the Collateral.

 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1(w)  and subject to any applicable limitation set forth in the Secured Documents, each Borrower will cause each of its respective direct or indirect Non-Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Non-Domestic Subsidiaries) that is the holding company in a country for other Subsidiaries of such Borrower formed in such country, no later than 45 days after so formed, purchased, acquired, or ceasing to constitute an Excluded Non-Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), to (i) on and after the Foreign Obligations Effective Date and only so long as there are Loans outstanding to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, or other Foreign Obligations outstanding, or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower has the right to borrow under this Agreement, execute a supplement to the Foreign Obligations Guarantees and each of the applicable Foreign Obligations Security Agreements or (ii) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, enter into a new Guarantee and/or Security Document substantially consistent with the analogous existing Security Documents and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to guarantee Obligations and grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created by the Foreign Obligations Credit Parties on the Foreign Obligations Effective Date (including actions required pursuant to Section 9.14 ); provided that this clause (ii) shall apply to Non-Domestic Subsidiaries only on and after the Foreign Obligations Effective Date and only so long as there are Loans outstanding to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, or other Foreign Obligations outstanding, or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower has the right to borrow under this Agreement.

 

9.12.                         Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                   Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1(w)  and subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the U.S. Obligations Security Documents or with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Parent Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of doing so shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, or to the extent that the security interest contemplated would result in adverse tax or accreditation consequences as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower, the Parent Borrower will cause (i) all certificates representing Stock and Stock Equivalents (other than (x) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents and (y) any Stock and Stock Equivalents

 

159



 

issued by any Subsidiary for so long as such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $4,000,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period that includes any date on or after the Restatement Effective Date in excess of $8,000,000) held directly by the Parent Borrower or any U.S. Obligations Guarantor, (ii) all evidences of Indebtedness in excess of $4,000,000 received by the Parent Borrower, Walden, any other U.S. Title IV Subsidiary, or any U.S. Obligations Guarantor in connection with any disposition of assets pursuant to Section 10.4(b)  and (iii) any promissory notes executed after the date hereof evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $4,000,000 of the Parent Borrower, Walden, any other U.S. Title IV Subsidiary, or any U.S. Obligations Guarantor that is owing to the Parent Borrower, Walden, any other U.S. Title IV Subsidiary, or any U.S. Obligations Guarantor, in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the U.S. Obligations under the U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreement.

 

(b)                                  On and after the Foreign Obligations Effective Date and only so long as there are Loans outstanding to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or other Foreign Obligations outstanding, or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower has the right to borrow under this Agreement, except as set forth in Section 10.1(w)  and subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Foreign Obligations Security Agreements or with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Parent Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of doing so shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, each Borrower will cause (i) all certificates representing Stock and Stock Equivalents (other than any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents) of any Non-Domestic Subsidiary required to become a Foreign Obligations Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11 held directly by the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, (ii) all evidences of Indebtedness in excess of $4,000,000 received by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor in connection with any disposition of assets pursuant to Section 10.4(b)  and (iii) any promissory notes executed after the date hereof evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $4,000,000 of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor that is owing to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the Foreign Obligations pursuant to the applicable Foreign Obligations Security Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Each Borrower agrees that all Indebtedness in excess of $4,000,000 of any Borrower or any Subsidiary that is owing to any Credit Party shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes.

 

9.13.                         Use of Proceeds .

 

(a)                                   The Parent Borrower will use Letters of Credit, the Revolving Credit Loans, the New Term Loans, if any, and Swingline Loans for general corporate purposes (including Investments permitted pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Permitted Acquisitions).

 

(b)                                  The Foreign Subsidiary Borrower will use the New Term Loans, if any, borrowed by it, and Revolving Credit Loans made to it after the Restatement Effective Date for

 

160



 

general corporate purposes (including Investments permitted pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Permitted Acquisitions).

 

(c)                                   The Parent Borrower will use all proceeds of Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments to effectuate the Transactions contemplated by the Second Amendment and for general corporate purposes (including Investments permitted pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Permitted Acquisitions).

 

9.14.                         Further Assurances .

 

(a)                                   Each Borrower will, and each Borrower will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the expense of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Except with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by written notice to the Parent Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any tax consequence) of doing so shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, or to the extent that the further assurances contemplated by this Section 9.14 would result in adverse tax or accreditation consequences as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower, and subject to applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, if any assets (including any Real Estate or improvements thereto or any interest therein but excluding Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary) with a book value or fair market value in excess of $4,000,000 are acquired by the Parent Borrower or any other Credit Party after the Restatement Effective Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document, the Parent Borrower will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if requested by the Collateral Agent, the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the applicable Obligations and will take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a)  of this Section 9.14 .

 

(c)                                   Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (b)  shall be accompanied by (x) a policy or policies (or an unconditional binding commitment therefor) of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a valid Lien (with the priority described therein) on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 10.2 , together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, (y) an opinion of local counsel to the mortgagor in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and (z) any other documents

 

161



 

as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request and which are customarily delivered in connection with security interests in Real Estate.

 

(d)                                  Each Borrower agrees that it will, and the Parent Borrower agrees that it will cause its relevant Subsidiaries to, complete each of the actions described on Schedule 9.14 as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 9.14 with respect to such action or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.

 

9.15.                         Syndication .

 

The Borrowers agree actively to assist the Agents in completing a timely syndication that is reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and the Borrowers.  Such assistance shall include, without limitation, (a) using commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any syndication efforts benefit materially from the Borrowers’ existing lending and investment banking relationships, (b) direct contact between senior management, representatives and advisors of the Borrowers and the proposed Lenders at times mutually agreed upon, (c) the Borrowers’ assistance in the preparation of marketing materials to be used in connection with the syndication, and (d) the hosting, with the Agents, of one or more meetings of prospective Lenders at times mutually agreed upon.

 

To assist the Agents in their syndication efforts, the Borrowers agree promptly to prepare and provide to the Agents all customary information with respect to the Borrowers and their respective subsidiaries, the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, including all financial information and projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information, the “ Syndication Projections ”), as the Agents may reasonably request (including quarterly financial statements in connection with customary general syndication (it being understood that no Narrative Report shall be provided)).  The Borrowers acknowledge that (a) the Agents will make available information about the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and the Syndication Projections, to the proposed syndicate of Lenders and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public side” Lenders (i.e. Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Company or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”).  If reasonably requested by the Agents, the Borrowers will assist the Agents in preparing and updating an additional version of any confidential information memorandum to be used by Public Lenders.  It is understood that in connection with the Borrowers’ assistance described above, authorization letters will be included in any confidential information memorandum that authorize the distribution of any confidential information memorandum to prospective Lenders, containing a representation to the Agents that the public-side version does not include material non-public information about the Company, and exculpating the Borrowers, the Investors (as defined therein), and the Agents with respect to any liability related to the use of the contents of any confidential information memorandum or any related marketing material by the recipients thereof.  The Borrowers agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the information that may be distributed to the Public Lenders as “PUBLIC”.  The Borrowers

 

162



 

acknowledge that the following documents may be distributed to Public Lenders (unless the Borrowers promptly notify the Agents that any such document contains material non-public information with respect to the Company or its securities): (i) drafts and final definitive documentation with respect to the Credit Facilities; (ii) administrative materials prepared by the Agents for prospective Lenders (such as a lender meeting invitation, allocations and funding and closing memoranda); and (iii) notification of changes in the terms of the Credit Facilities.

 

SECTION 10.                                              Negative Covenants .

 

Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Restatement Effective Date and thereafter, until the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than contingent indemnity obligations), are paid in full:

 

10.1.                         Limitation on Indebtedness .  No Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness; provided that the Parent Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Incurrence Test Indebtedness except that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not U.S. Obligations Guarantors may not incur Incurrence Test Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time exceeding $100,000,000 minus the aggregate outstanding amount of the aggregate amount of Guarantee Obligations incurred under Section 10.1(d)(ii)(C)(1)  and 10.1(d)(ii)(C)(2) .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitations set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to any of the following items:

 

(a)                                       Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents;

 

(b)                                  subject to compliance with Section 10.5 , Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Credit Party owed to any Person that is not a Credit Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(c)                                   Indebtedness in respect of any bankers’ acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);

 

(d)                                  subject to compliance with Section 10.5 , Guarantee Obligations incurred by

 

163


 

(i) Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or other Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (except that a Restricted Subsidiary may not, by virtue of this Section 10.1(d)  guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise incur under this Section 10.1 ),

 

(ii) the Parent Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; provided that

 

(A) if the Indebtedness being guaranteed under this Section 10.1(d)  is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness,

 

(B) no guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes, or any Permitted Additional Debt shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a guarantee of the U.S. Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the U.S. Obligations Guarantee and

 

(C) the aggregate amount of (1) Guarantee Obligations incurred by U.S. Credit Parties under this clause (d)  in respect of obligations owed by Persons that are not U.S. Credit Parties and (2) the aggregate amount of Guarantee Obligations incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not U.S. Obligations Guarantors under this clause (d) , when combined with (3) the total amount of Incurrence Test Indebtedness incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not U.S. Obligations Guarantors shall not collectively exceed $100,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(e)                                   Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Sections 10.5(d) , 10.5(g) , 10.5(o) , 10.5(p) , 10.5(s)  and 10.5(u)  (provided that in the case of Section 10.5(u) , such Guarantee Obligations are incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary located in the same jurisdiction as the Restricted Subsidiary incurring such obligation being guaranteed);

 

(f)                                     (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement, expansion or improvement of fixed or capital assets to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement expansion, or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) other Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (x) ), provided , that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (f)  at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (A) $300,000,000 and (B) 4.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at the date of such incurrence and (iii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  or (ii)  above, provided that, (x) except to the extent the excess is expressly permitted by another clause of this Section 10.1 , the principal

 

164



 

amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus the reasonable amounts paid in respect of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) immediately before and after the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and ( z)  the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed;

 

(g)                                  Indebtedness outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date listed on Schedule 10.1(g)  and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof; provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, in the case of any such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (x) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus the reasonable amounts paid in respect of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension plus an amount equal to any existing commitment unutilized and letters of credit undrawn thereunder, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended constitutes Indebtedness owed to the Parent Borrower or any Credit Party, the creditor with respect to such Indebtedness is not changed;

 

(h)                                  Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements;

 

(i)                                      Indebtedness in respect of (x) Senior Notes, in an aggregate principal amount, including interest capitalized to the Restatement Effective Date, not to exceed $795,339,000 plus the PIK Interest Amount accruing from and after the date hereof and (y) the Senior Subordinated Notes, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $310,000,000;

 

(j)                                      Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(k)                                   (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases) incurred in connection with any Permitted Sale Leaseback ( provided that, except to the extent used for Permitted SLB Investments pursuant to and in compliance with, and subject to the time limitations set forth in, Sections 10.4(n)  and 10.5(w) , the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Sale Leaseback, without giving effect to any other reinvestment right, are promptly applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans), and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above, provided that, except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder, (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness

 

165



 

are not changed and (z) immediately before and after the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(l)                                      (i) additional Indebtedness (other than of Non-Domestic Subsidiaries) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred and remaining outstanding pursuant to this clause (l)  shall not at any time exceed $120,000,000; provided further that immediately before and after the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(m)                                Indebtedness in respect of

 

(i) Permitted Additional Debt to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans in the manner set forth in Section 5.2(a)(iii) ; and

 

(ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that

 

(w) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately before or after giving effect to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension;

 

(x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium in connection with such refinancing),

 

(y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Additional Debt”; and

 

(z) such Indebtedness and any refinancing thereof is incurred by the Parent Borrower and guaranteed by the Guarantors of the U.S. Obligations and no other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower;

 

(n)                                  Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Borrower ( provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately before or after giving effect to such incurrence) in respect of

 

(i) (a) Permitted Additional Debt in an aggregate principal amount of all such Permitted Additional Debt issued or incurred pursuant to this clause (i)(a)  not to exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount minus the aggregate amount of New Loan Commitments established from and after the Restatement Effective Date; and

 

166



 

(b)  Permitted Additional Debt that is unsecured, the Net Cash Proceeds of which shall be applied no later than ten (10) Business Days after the receipt thereof to repurchase, repay, redeem or otherwise defease Senior Notes and

 

(ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium in connection with such refinancing), and such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Additional Debt.”;

 

(o)                                  (i) Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.16 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds) and

 

(ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that

 

(x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately before or after giving effect to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension;

 

(y) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium in connection with such refinancing) and

 

(z) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Additional Debt;”

 

(p)                                  Indebtedness in respect of overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements and other cash management and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q)                                  Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $40,000,000 at any time incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services;

 

(r)                                     Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations (excluding earn-outs), in each case entered into in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments and the disposition of any business, assets or Stock permitted hereunder (other than Guarantee Obligations or other Indebtedness incurred by any Person

 

167



 

acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition); provided that, such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);

 

(s)                                   Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) obligations to pay insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or Hedging Agreements;

 

(t)                                     Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time representing deferred compensation to employees of the Parent Borrower (only to the extent such work is done for the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(u)                                  Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 10.6(b) ;

 

(v)                                  (i) Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000 at any time consisting of obligations of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred or contingent purchase price, or other similar arrangements (including earn-outs) incurred by such Person in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment permitted hereunder;

 

(w)                                (i)                                  Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries (including Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person) or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), in each case, owed to Persons other than the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred and remaining outstanding pursuant to this clause (w)  shall not at any time exceed (A) Indebtedness of Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiaries of no more than $300,000,000 plus (B) additional amounts incurred to finance Permitted Acquisitions (including, Permitted Acquisitions made in a country outside the United States of America (“ Foreign Acquisition ”)) (including Indebtedness of such Person that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent that, with respect solely to this subclause (B) , the ratio of (1) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (B)  (in any single transaction or series of transactions) to (2) Acquired EBITDA in respect of any such Permitted Acquisition, including any Foreign Acquisition (in such single transaction or series of transactions) is not greater than 2.00 to 1.00 both before and after giving effect, on a Pro Forma Basis, to the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness plus (C) additional amounts incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition, including any Foreign Acquisition (including indebtedness of such Person that existed at the

 

168



 

time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary), to the extent, both immediately before and after giving effect to such incurrence (and including any amounts incurred pursuant to (A) and (B) above and (D) below), that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 4.25 to 1.00, on a Pro Forma Basis (but excluding from the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt any netting in respect of Unrestricted Cash that would result from the incurrence of any such Indebtedness being incurred at such time) plus (D) additional amounts incurred by Non-Domestic Subsidiaries, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are applied to capital expenditures, which are unsecured or secured by a Lien (which Lien shall, to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the assets of any Credit Party, rank junior to the Lien securing the Obligations), to the extent, both immediately before and after giving effect to such incurrence (and including any amounts incurred pursuant to (A), (B) and (C) above) that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 4.25 to 1.00, on a Pro Forma Basis (but excluding from the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt any netting in respect of Unrestricted Cash that would result from the incurrence of any such Indebtedness being incurred at such time); provided that (x) any such Indebtedness incurred under this clause (w) by a Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary may be guaranteed by the Parent Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary solely to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 10.5 , (y) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition by any Domestic Subsidiary (A) Indebtedness under Section 10.1(w)(i)(B)  and 10.1(w)(i)(C)  above shall not be permitted in the case of a Permitted Acquisition within the United States of America unless the acquirer is a U.S. Obligations Guarantor,  (B) the Stock and Stock Equivalents of such Person acquired by a Domestic Subsidiary are pledged to secure the Obligations, to the extent required under Section 9.12 , (C) such Person executes a supplement to the Guarantees and Security Documents (or alternative guarantee and security agreements in relation to the Obligations reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) to the extent required under Section 9.11 or 9.12 , as applicable and (D) to the extent the assets of such Person that are required to become Collateral under Section 9.11 or 9.12 are subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, such Lien becomes subject to an intercreditor agreement on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent providing that such Lien shall rank junior to the Lien securing the Obligations; provided that the requirements of this subclause (y)  shall not apply to an aggregate amount at any time outstanding of up to $20,000,000 of the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness (and modifications, replacements, refinancings, refundings, renewals and extensions thereof pursuant to subclause (ii)  below) and (z) immediately before and after the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(ii)                                   any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above, provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus the reasonable amounts paid in respect of and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) immediately before and after such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

169



 

(x)                                    Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) which is the result of any sale leaseback transaction failing to meet the qualifications set forth in ASC 840 such that the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is required to reflect a financing obligation on its financial statements in accordance with GAAP, provided that such failed sale leaseback was permitted to be incurred hereunder as a Permitted Sale Leaseback; provided , further , that the Net Cash Proceeds received in respect of such failed sale leaseback shall continue to be subject to the terms of Section 10.1(k)  and Section 10.4(n)  as if such failed sale leaseback was treated as a Permitted Sale Leaseback, (B) which is the result of a built-to-suit lease failing to meet the qualifications set forth in ASC 840 such that the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is required to reflect a financing obligation on its financial statements in accordance with GAAP, provided that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (x)(B) outstanding at any time exceed $150,000,000, (C) which is a result of any operating lease becoming a Capital Lease Obligation as a result of any changes in GAAP after the date hereof, or (D) which is a result of the operating lease described on Schedule 10.1(x) becoming a Capital Lease Obligation as a result of any renewal or extension thereof.

 

(y)                                  all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a)  through (x)  above.

 

In the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a)  through (y)  above, the Parent Borrower may select which such category shall apply to such Indebtedness and may, in its sole discretion, divide the Indebtedness among multiple available categories pursuant to more than one of the above clauses; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Documents will be deemed at all times to have been incurred in reliance only on the exception in clause (a)  of this Section 10.1 and (ii) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Notes will be deemed at all times to have been incurred in reliance only on the exception in clause (i)  of this Section 10.1 .

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.1 , any contingent earnout or other contingent payment obligation related to Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment permitted hereunder at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

 

10.2.                         Limitation on Liens .  No Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

 

(a)                                   Liens arising under

 

170



 

(i) the Credit Documents securing the Obligations and

 

(ii) the Permitted Additional Debt Documents securing Permitted Additional Debt Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 10.1(m), 10.1(n)(i)(a) or 10.1(o); provided that,

 

(A) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Additional Debt Obligations that constitute First Lien Obligations pursuant to subclause (ii) above, the applicable Permitted Additional Debt Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the U.S. Obligations Security Documents and

 

(x) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Additional Debt constituting First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the representative for the holders of such Permitted Additional Debt Obligations shall have entered into the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and

 

(y) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Additional Debt constituting First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Additional Debt Obligations shall have become a party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and

 

(B) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Additional Debt Obligations that do not constitute First Lien Obligations pursuant to subclause (ii) above, the applicable Permitted Additional Debt Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions no more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Security Documents and shall

 

(x) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Additional Debt that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the representative of the holders of such Permitted Additional Debt Obligations shall have entered into the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and

 

(y) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Additional Debt that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Additional Debt shall have become a party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; and

 

171



 

(C) in the case of all Liens securing Permitted Additional Debt Obligations (whether pursuant to clause (A) or clause (B) above), such Liens shall encumber no asset or property that is not also Collateral securing the U.S. Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Liens;

 

(c)                                   Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(f) , provided that (x) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after completion of the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (y) such Liens attach at all times only to the assets so financed except (1) for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (2) that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender and (3) that if the Lien is to attach to a building or improvement constructed on a parcel of land (whether such land is already owned by a Restricted Subsidiary or acquired but not financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(f) ), such Lien can also attach to such parcel of land on which such building or improvement constructed with the proceeds of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(f)  was constructed in order to facilitate the granting of the Lien on the building or improvement constructed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(f) ;

 

(d)                                  Liens existing on the Restatement Effective Date that are listed on Schedule 10.2 ;

 

(e)                                   the modification, replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (a)  through (d)  and clauses (f)  and (r)  of this Section 10.2 upon or in the same assets theretofor subject to such Lien (or upon or in after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or any proceeds or products thereof) or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder) of the Indebtedness secured thereby, to the extent such replacement, extension or renewal is permitted by Section 10.1 , and, in all cases, with the same lien priority as the Lien being modified, replaced, extended, or renewed;

 

(f)                                     Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person) pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment, or existing on assets acquired after the Restatement Effective Date to the extent the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.1(w) ; provided that (A) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.1(w)(i)(A), (B), or (C) that are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition, such Indebtedness shall not be secured by any assets other than the assets so acquired, and (B) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Domestic Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.1(w)(i)(B) or (C) that is used to finance Permitted Acquisitions in the United States of America such Liens (i) are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming such a Restricted

 

172



 

Subsidiary or such assets being acquired and (ii) attach at all times only to the same assets to which such Liens attached (and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien), and secure only the same Indebtedness or obligations that such Liens secured, immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof permitted by Section 10.1(w)  ( provided that no Indebtedness of any Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary permitted to be secured under this paragraph shall be secured by any assets of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Domestic Subsidiary);

 

(g)                                  (i) Liens placed on the Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section  10.1(w)  in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) other than with respect to Indebtedness incurred under Section 10.1(w) to finance a Permitted Acquisition in the United States, Liens placed upon the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or a guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary incurred pursuant to 10.1(w)  other than in the case of clause (D)  of 10.1(w)(i)  in respect of which such Indebtedness shall either be unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations, as applicable, (iii) to the extent not otherwise permitted by clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10.2(g), any Liens ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations placed upon the assets of any Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries in connection with seller note financing permitted under Section 10.1 and incurred in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and owed solely to the seller or sellers in connection with such Permitted Acquisition; provided , that, such Liens shall extend only to assets or assets of any Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition and the representative for the holders of such seller note shall have entered into an intercreditor agreement satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which will be substantially comparable to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement with such changes as shall be necessary to reflect that the parties shall not have Liens on the same collateral and such other changes as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree) and (iv) to the extent not otherwise permitted by clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 10.2(g), any Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(w)(i)(D) ; provided , that, such Liens shall extend only to assets or assets acquired pursuant to such permitted capital expenditures and, to the extent such Liens are on assets of a Credit Party hereunder, such Liens shall be junior to the Lien securing the Obligations hereunder and the representative for the holders of such Indebtedness shall have entered into an intercreditor agreement satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which will be substantially comparable to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement with such changes as shall be necessary to reflect that the parties shall not have Liens on the same collateral and such other changes as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree);

 

(h)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations (i) of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of a Credit Party and (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;

 

(i)                                      Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading

 

173



 

accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(j)                                      Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 10.4 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

(k)                                   Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;

 

(l)                                      Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 10.5 ;

 

(m)                                Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(n)                                  Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (and not liens granted in respect of borrowed money) (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)                                  Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

 

(p)                                  Liens on insurance policies issued in favor of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

 

(q)                                  additional Liens so long as the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured thereby at any time outstanding does not exceed $20,000,000; and

 

(r)                                     additional Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under the first paragraph of Section 10.1 ; provided that at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, the holders of such Indebtedness shall have entered into the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to which such Liens shall rank junior to any Lien securing Obligations.

 

174


 

10.3.                         Limitation on Fundamental Changes .  No Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:

 

(a)                                   so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) both before and after giving effect to such transaction the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall, on a Pro Forma Basis, be equal to or less than 6.75 to 1.00, any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower, provided that (i) the Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not the Parent Borrower (such other Person, the “ Successor Parent Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Parent Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Parent Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each U.S. Obligations Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the U.S. Obligations Guarantee affirmed that its guarantee thereunder shall apply to any Successor Parent Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each U.S. Obligations Guarantor grantor and each U.S. Obligations Guarantor pledgor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreement (and each applicable U.S. Title IV Subsidiary, by supplement to the U.S. Title IV Collateral Agreement (subject to any exception applicable pursuant to clause (g) of the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”)), respectively, affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as affirmed pursuant to clause (C) , (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have affirmed that its obligations under the applicable Mortgage shall apply to its Guarantee as affirmed pursuant to clause (C) and (F) the Successor Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) an officer’s certificate stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplements preserve the enforceability of the U.S. Obligations Guarantees and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the U.S. Obligations Security Documents and (y) if requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel to the effect that such merger or consolidation does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document and that the provisions set forth in the preceding clauses (C) through (E) preserve the enforceability of the U.S. Obligations Guarantees and the perfection and priority of the Liens created under the U.S. Obligations Security Documents (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Parent Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Parent Borrower under this Agreement);

 

(b)                                  so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (in each case, other than a Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower); provided that (i) in the case

 

175



 

of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, (A) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) the Parent Borrower shall take all steps necessary to cause the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Restricted Subsidiary) to become a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more U.S. Obligations Guarantors, a U.S. Obligations Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a U.S. Obligations Guarantor) shall execute a U.S. Obligations Guarantee and the relevant U.S. Obligations Security Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to become a U.S. Obligations Guarantor and pledgor, mortgagor and grantor, as applicable, thereunder for the benefit of the U.S. Obligations Secured Parties, (iii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Foreign Obligations Guarantors (other than any such transaction subject to subclause (ii) above or clause (c) below) a Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Foreign Obligations Guarantor) shall execute a Foreign Obligations Guarantee and Foreign Obligations Security Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to become a Foreign Obligations Guarantor and pledgor, mortgagor and grantor, as applicable, thereunder for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, (iv) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing would result from the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (v) Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers’ certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any such supplements, Guarantees and Security Documents preserve the enforceability of the applicable Guarantees and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the applicable Security Documents;

 

(c)                                   so long as no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom, any Non-Domestic Subsidiary of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (other than a U.S. Credit Party) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower; provided that (i) the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower prior to any such merger or consolidation (the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as a “ Successor Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”) and (ii) if the Successor Foreign Subsidiary Borrower is other than the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower prior to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (A) the Successor Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement (or other form of documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (B) each Foreign Obligations Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Foreign Obligations Guarantees (or other form of documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its guarantee thereunder shall apply to the Successor Foreign Subsidiary Borrower’s obligation under this Agreement, (C) each Credit Party that is a

 

176



 

party to a Foreign Obligations Security Agreement, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the relevant Foreign Obligations Security Agreement (or other form of documentation reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent), confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply its Foreign Obligations Guarantee as confirmed pursuant to clause (B) , (D) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property securing the Foreign Obligations, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its obligations under the applicable Mortgage shall apply to its Foreign Obligations Guarantee as confirmed pursuant to clause (B) and (E) the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) an officer’s certificate stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplements (or other documentation in accordance herewith) preserve the enforceability of the Foreign Obligations Guarantees and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Foreign Obligations Security Agreement and (y) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel to the effect that such merger or consolidation does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Foreign Subsidiary Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement);

 

(d)                                  any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(e)                                   any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any U.S. Credit Party; provided that the consideration for any such disposition by any Person other than a U.S. Obligations Guarantor shall not exceed the fair value of such assets;

 

(f)                                     any Non-Domestic Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a Foreign Obligations Credit Party, provided that the consideration for any such disposition by any Person other than a Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall not exceed the fair value of such assets;

 

(g)                                  any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve if (i) the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Parent Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (ii) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is (A) a U.S. Credit Party, any assets or business not otherwise disposed of or transferred in accordance with Section 10.4 or 10.5 or, in the case of any such business, discontinued, shall be transferred to, or otherwise owned or conducted by, a U.S. Credit Party after giving effect to such liquidation or dissolution or (B) a Foreign Obligations Guarantor, any assets or business not otherwise disposed of or transferred in accordance with Section 10.4 or 10.5 or, in the case of any such business, discontinued, shall be transferred to or otherwise owned or conducted by, another Credit Party after giving effect to such liquidation or dissolution;

 

(h)                                  to the extent that no Default or Event of Default would result from the consummation of such disposition, the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or disposition, the purpose and

 

177



 

effect of which is to structure and effect a disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.4 or an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 ;

 

(i)                                      the Parent Borrower may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Parent Borrower is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person if:

 

(i)                   either: (x) the Parent Borrower is the surviving corporation or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Parent Borrower or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”),

 

(ii)                the Successor Company, if other than the Parent Borrower, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Parent Borrower under the Credit Documents pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,

 

(iii)             immediately after such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,

 

(iv)            immediately after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense for the Successor Company, the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction,

 

(v)               each Guarantor shall have confirmed pursuant to a supplement that its Guarantee shall apply to such Successor Company’s obligations under the Credit Documents,

 

(vi)            each U.S. Credit Party shall have confirmed pursuant to a supplement that its Security Documents shall apply to such Successor Company’s obligations under the Credit Documents, and, if applicable, to such U.S. Credit Party’s obligations under the Guarantee,

 

(vii)         to the extent any assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Company are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, the Successor Company will take such action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Liens under the Collateral Documents and

 

178



 

shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the Security Documents; and

 

(viii)      the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company shall:

 

(a)            continue to constitute Collateral under this Agreement and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and

 

(c)            not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens or Liens otherwise permitted hereunder, and

 

(ix)              the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental Guarantees and Security Documents and other documents, if any, comply with this Agreement and covering such other matters as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

 

Upon the occurrence of any transaction described in this Section 10.3(i) , the successor corporation formed by such transaction shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such transaction, the provisions of this Agreement referring to the Parent Borrower shall refer instead to the Successor Company and not to the Parent Borrower), and may exercise every right and power of, and shall have every obligation of, the Parent Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Company had been named as the Parent Borrower herein.

 

(j)                                  any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Restricted Subsidiary is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person if:

 

(i)                                  either: (x) such Restricted Subsidiary is the surviving Person or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person (A) organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof of, the District of Columbia if such Restricted Subsidiary is a Restricted Domestic Subsidiary or (B) not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof of, the District of Columbia if such Restricted Subsidiary is a Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Restricted Subsidiary ”),

 

(ii)                               the Successor Restricted Subsidiary, if other than such Restricted Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations (if any) of such Restricted Subsidiary under the Credit Documents pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,

 

179



 

(iii)                            immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Restricted Subsidiary or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Successor Restricted Subsidiary or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,

 

(iv)                           immediately after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction,

 

(v)                              notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other provision hereof, to the extent any assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Restricted Subsidiary are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, the Successor Restricted Subsidiary will take such action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Liens under the Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the Security Documents; and

 

(vi)                           notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other provision hereof, the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Restricted Subsidiary shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Agreement and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens or Liens otherwise permitted hereunder, and

 

(vii)                        the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental Guarantees and Security Documents and other documents, if any, comply with this Agreement and covering such other matters as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

 

Upon the occurrence of any transaction described in this Section 10.3(j), the successor corporation formed by such transaction shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such transaction, the provisions of this Agreement,  referring to the Parent Borrower shall refer instead to the Successor Restricted Subsidiary and not to the Parent Borrower), and may exercise every right and power of, and shall have every obligation of, the Restricted Subsidiary survived by such Successor Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Restricted Subsidiary had been named as such survived Restricted Subsidiary herein.

 

10.4.                         Limitation on Sale of Assets .  No Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including receivables and

 

180



 

leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired or (ii) sell to any Person (other than the Parent Borrower or a Guarantor) any shares owned by it of any Restricted Subsidiary’s Stock and Stock Equivalents, except that:

 

(a)                                   the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (i) inventory, (ii) obsolete or surplus equipment and vehicles in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Permitted Investments and (iv) assets for the purposes of charitable contributions or similar gifts to the extent such assets are not material to the ability of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to conduct its business in the ordinary course;

 

(b)                                  the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets (including, without limitation, any Stock or Stock Equivalents in any Restricted Subsidiary whether pursuant to an initial public offering or otherwise) (each of the foregoing, a “ Disposition ”), excluding a Disposition of accounts receivable, except in connection with the Disposition of any business to which such accounts receivable relate, for fair value;  provided that (i) to the extent required, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are promptly applied to the prepayment of Term Loans as provided for in Section 5.2 and subclause (v) below, (ii) after giving effect to any such sale, transfer or disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (b) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, the Person making such Disposition shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments, (iv) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 9.12 ; provided that the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Parent Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations (in the case of the Parent Borrower) or the Guarantees (in the case of such Restricted Subsidiary), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Parent Borrower and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 10.4(b)(iii) and for no other purpose, and (v) other than in the case of a Disposition of any Stock or Stock Equivalents representing up to 20% of the Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Brazilian Subsidiary (or, from and after the date any Asian Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, such Asian Subsidiary) sold in the initial public offering of equity of any Brazilian Subsidiary (or any Asian Subsidiary, if applicable), to the extent the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of such Dispositions pursuant to Section 10.4(b) are in excess of the greater of

 

181



 

$300,000,000 and 4.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at the date of such Disposition, the Net Cash Proceeds of such Disposition (without giving effect to any reinvestment right pursuant to clause (b)(i)) shall be promptly applied to the repayment of the Term Loans.

 

(c)                                   (i) the Parent Borrower and the other U.S. Credit Parties may make Dispositions to the Parent Borrower or any other U.S. Credit Party, (ii) any Restricted Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may make Dispositions to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Domestic Subsidiary; provided that such Disposition shall be for fair value, (iii) any Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary may make Dispositions to any other Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary; provided that such Disposition shall be for fair value, and (iv) any Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary may make Dispositions to the Parent Borrower and any Restricted Domestic Subsidiary that is a Credit Party, provided that such Disposition shall be for fair value;

 

(d)                                  the Parent Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may effect any transaction permitted by Section 10.3 (other than any transaction permitted under Section 10.3(j)), 10.5 or 10.6 ;

 

(e)                                   the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                     the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect Dispositions of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Code or otherwise;

 

(g)                                  the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements (including, without limitation, any puts, calls or deadlock buyouts) between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(h)                                  the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect Dispositions listed on Schedule 10.4 (“ Scheduled Dispositions ”);

 

(i)                                      the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect transfers of property which constitute a “Casualty Event”;

 

(j)                                      the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect Dispositions of delinquent accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

(k)                                   the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect the unwinding of any Hedge Agreement;

 

182



 

(l)                                      the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect a Disposition of any asset between or among the Parent Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a substantially concurrent interim Disposition in connection with a Disposition otherwise permitted pursuant to clauses (a) through ( k ) above;

 

(m)                                any Restricted Subsidiary may effect sales of Student Loans in Permitted Student Loan Securitization Transactions; and

 

(n)                                  the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect Permitted Sale Leasebacks; provided that with respect to up to an aggregate of $400,000,000 of Net Cash Proceeds (without giving effect to any reinvestment right) of Permitted Sale Leasebacks received from and after the Restatement Effective Date in respect of assets owned by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (of which no more than $250,000,000 shall be Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Sale Leasebacks in respect of assets of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owned as of the Restatement Effective Date), the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Sale Leaseback (without giving effect to any reinvestment right) shall be used for Permitted SLB Investments, in each case consummated or reinvested no later than the last day of the Reinvestment Period after the consummation of such Permitted Sale Leaseback, and (ii) otherwise, the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Sale Leaseback (without giving effect to any reinvestment right) shall be promptly applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans.

 

10.5.                         Limitation on Investments .  No Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment except:

 

(a)                                   extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  Investments that were Permitted Investments when such Investments were made;

 

(c)                                   loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances), (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that, to the extent such loans and advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Stock or Stock Equivalents shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing subclauses (i) and (ii) ; provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding pursuant to subclause (iii) shall not exceed $10,000,000;

 

(d)                                  Investments existing on, or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on, the Restatement Effective Date, as set forth on Schedule 10.5 and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the amount of any Investment made pursuant to this clause (d) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investment set forth on Schedule 10.5 ;

 

183



 

(e)                                   Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

 

(f)                                     Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings or of the Parent Borrower;

 

(g)                                  Investments

 

(i)                                      by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any U.S. Credit Party;

 

(ii)                                   between or among Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties;

 

(iii)                                between or among Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiaries;

 

(iv)                               by Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiaries in Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries or the Parent Borrower;

 

(v)                              consisting of intercompany Investments by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Domestic Subsidiary in any Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with cash management operations (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with or for use for general working capital purposes, capital expenditures, to service Indebtedness, to finance acquisitions or Investments or to fund losses at Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that: (A) any intercompany Investment being made by a Credit Party in a Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary shall be in the form of a loan or advance, and shall be evidenced by a promissory note (other than such intercompany Investments, including Investments consisting of Stock or Stock Equivalents of such U.S. Credit Party (other than Disqualified Stock), valued at the fair value (determined by the Parent Borrower acting in good faith) of each such Investment at the time each such Investment was made, which, when taken together with all other intercompany Investments made pursuant to this clause (v), shall not exceed 20% of the intercompany Investments permitted to be made pursuant to this clause (v)); (B) the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary making such loan or advance shall comply with Section 9.12 to the extent applicable, and with Section 10.1(b) ; and (C) the gross aggregate amount of such intercompany Investments shall not exceed the sum of (i) $100,000,000, plus (ii) with respect to any Investments from the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Domestic Subsidiary to a Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary, (a) such amounts that may from time to time after the Restatement Effective Date be paid from Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiaries to the Parent Borrower and Restricted Domestic Subsidiaries (whether in the form of intercompany loan repayments, dividends, or payments of management fees, royalties or other charges), less (b) amounts of intercompany Investments made by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Domestic Subsidiary in any Restricted Non-Domestic Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 10.5(g)(v)(C)(ii);

 

184


 

(vi)                                  by Credit Parties in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, to the extent that the aggregate amount of all Investments made on or after the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to this clause (vi) , valued at the fair market value (determined by the Parent Borrower acting in good faith) of each such Investment at the time each such Investment was made, is not in excess of (w) $20,000,000 plus (x) the Applicable Equity Amount at such time plus (y) to the extent the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 5.50  to 1.00, both before and after giving effect, on a Pro Forma Basis, to the making of such Investment, the Applicable Amount at such time; and

 

(vii)                               by Credit Parties in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party so long as such Investment is part of a series of simultaneous Investments by Restricted Subsidiaries in other Restricted Subsidiaries that result in the proceeds of the initial Investment being invested in one or more Credit Parties;

 

provided, however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (g), this clause (g) shall not permit a direct or indirect Investment by a U.S. Credit Party in a Non-Domestic Subsidiary except pursuant to clause (g)(v);

 

(h)                                  Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions (including any Foreign Acquisitions);

 

(i)                                      Investments constituting non-cash proceeds of Dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by Section 10.4 ;

 

(j)                                      Investments made to repurchase or retire Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof owned by any employee or any stock ownership plan or key employee stock ownership plan of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in an aggregate amount, when combined with distributions made pursuant to Section 10.6(b) , not to exceed $25,000,000 in any Fiscal Year;

 

(k)                                   Investments consisting of dividends permitted under Section 10.6 owed to the Parent Borrower by Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(l)                                      loans and advances to any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, dividends to the extent permitted to be made to such parent in accordance with Section 10.6(c) ;

 

(m)                                Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

(n)                                  advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)                                  Guarantee Obligations of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capital Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

185



 

(p)                                  Investments held by a Person acquired (including by way of merger or consolidation) after the Restatement Effective Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 10.5 to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(q)                                  Investments in Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 10.1 ;

 

(r)                                     intercompany transfers of creditor positions in respect of Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Sections 10.1(a) , 10.1(g)  or 10.1(i) ;

 

(s)                                   other Investments (including but not limited to (A) minority Investments and Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (B) Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) or similar Persons that do not constitute Restricted Subsidiaries and (C) Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties), which outstanding Investments when aggregated with (i) all aggregate principal amounts paid pursuant to Section 10.7(a)  from the Restatement Effective Date and (ii) all loans and advances made to any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 10.5(l)  in lieu of dividends permitted by Section 10.6(c)  and (iii) all dividends paid pursuant to Section 10.6(c) , shall not exceed at the time such Investment is made an amount equal to (x) $200,000,000 plus (y) the Applicable Equity Amount at such time plus (z) to the extent the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 5.50 to 1.00, both before and after giving effect, on a Pro Forma Basis, to the making of such Investment, the Applicable Amount at the time such Investment is made;

 

(t)                                     Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons in the ordinary course of business;

 

(u)                                  Investments arising from the creation, holding or sale of Student Loans made by any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the Investment arising from any guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of student loans offered pursuant to any student loan program to students of such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(v)                                  Investments by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower that is controlled by Holdings or in Holdings; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (v), when taken together with the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to Section 10.6(d)(iii)(B) , shall not exceed $25,000,000; and

 

(w)                                Permitted SLB Investments financed with up to $400,000,000 of proceeds of Permitted Sale Leasebacks received from and after the Restatement Effective Date (of which no more than $250,000,000 shall be proceeds of Permitted Sale Leasebacks in respect of assets of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owned as of the Restatement Effective Date), effected pursuant to Section 10.4(n) and consummated no later than the last day of the Reinvestment Period after the consummation of such Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

186



 

In the event that any Investment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Investment described in clauses (a)  through (w)  above, the Parent Borrower may select which such category shall apply to such Investment and may, in its sole discretion, divide the Investment among multiple available categories pursuant to more than one of the above clauses.

 

10.6.                         Limitation on Dividends .  The Parent Borrower will not declare or pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in its Stock) or return any capital to its stockholders or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its stockholders as such, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for consideration, any shares of any class of its Stock or Stock Equivalents or the Stock or Stock Equivalents of any direct or indirect parent now or hereafter outstanding, or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent Borrower, now or hereafter outstanding (all of the foregoing, “ dividends ”); provided that, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect thereto:

 

(a)                                   the Parent Borrower may (or may pay dividends to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents for another class of its (or such parent’s) Stock or Stock Equivalents or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Stock or Stock Equivalents, provided that such new Stock or Stock Equivalents contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Stock or Stock Equivalents redeemed thereby;

 

(b)                                  the Parent Borrower may (or may pay dividends to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof) in an aggregate amount, when combined with amounts paid pursuant to Section 10.5(j), not to exceed $25,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, to repurchase its (or such parent’s) Stock or Stock Equivalents held by any present or former officer, director or employee (or their respective Affiliates, estates or immediate family members) of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any parent thereof, so long as such repurchase is pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms of, management and/or employee stock plans, stock subscription agreements or shareholder agreements or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement;

 

(c)                                   the Parent Borrower may pay dividends on its Stock or Stock Equivalents; provided that the amount of all such dividends paid from the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to this clause (c) , when aggregated with (i) all aggregate principal amounts paid pursuant to Section 10.7(a)  from the Restatement Effective Date and (ii) (A) all loans and advances made to any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 10.5(l)  in lieu of dividends permitted by this clause (c)  and (B) all Investments made pursuant to Section 10.5(s) , shall not exceed an amount equal to (x) (I) at any time at which the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio would be equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00 but greater than 5.00 to 1.00 (giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to such dividend) $75,000,000, or (II) at any time at which the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio would be equal to or less than 5.00 to 1.00 (giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to such dividend), $150,000,000) plus (y) the Applicable Equity Amount plus (z) to the extent the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 5.50 to 1.00, both

 

187



 

before and after giving effect, on a Pro Forma Basis, to the payment of such dividend, the Applicable Amount at the time such dividends are paid;

 

(d)                                  the Parent Borrower may pay dividends:

 

(i)                                      the proceeds of which shall be used to allow any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower to pay (A) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business and attributable to the ownership or operations of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (B) any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of the Parent Borrower (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) fees and expenses otherwise due and payable by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and permitted to be paid by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower that holds no material assets other than Stock in the Parent Borrower;

 

(iii)                                (A) to any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower to finance any Investment permitted to be made by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.5 ; provided that (x) such dividend shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (y) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets, Stock or Stock Equivalents) to be contributed to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 10.5 ) of the Person formed or acquired into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the Parent Borrower shall comply with Sections 9.11 and 9.12 to the extent applicable and (B) to Holdings to enable Holdings to make any Investment in any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower that is controlled by Holdings; provided that (x) such dividend shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (y) the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (d)(iii)(B), when aggregated with the aggregate amount of outstanding Investments made pursuant to Section 10.5(v) , shall not exceed $25,000,000;

 

(iv)                               the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary costs, fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering or acquisition permitted by this Agreement payable by the Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and permitted to be paid by the Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries by this Agreement;

 

188



 

(v)                                  for any period during which the Parent Borrower is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return with a direct or indirect holding company, dividends the proceeds of which will be used to pay Taxes to the extent such Taxes are attributable to the income of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in amounts not to exceed the amount of the relevant Taxes (including any penalties and interest) that the Parent Borrower would owe if the Parent Borrower were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated, combined or unitary return with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated, combined or unitary group); and

 

(vi)                               the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Parent Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , that the amount of all dividends made pursuant to this clause (d)(vi)  shall be deemed to be a cash labor expense of the Parent Borrower (and shall be deducted from Consolidated Net Income); provided , further , that the aggregate amount of dividends made pursuant to this clause (d)(vi)  shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any Fiscal Year;

 

(e)                                   the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may (i) pay cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition and (ii) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;

 

(f)                                     the Parent Borrower may declare and pay dividends on the Parent Borrower’s common stock following the first public offering of the Parent Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parents after the Restatement Effective Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Parent Borrower in or from any such public offering to the extent such net proceeds are not utilized in connection with other transactions permitted by Section 10.5 , 10.6 or 10.7 ; and

 

(g)                                  the Parent Borrower may pay dividends in an amount equal to withholding or similar Taxes payable or expected to be payable by any present or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or their respective Affiliates, estates or immediate family members) and any repurchases of Stock or Stock Equivalents in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10 (including Section 10.5 and this Section 10.6 ), no Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on or in respect of the Parent Borrower’s Stock or Stock Equivalents, or purchase or otherwise acquire for cash any Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower, for the purpose of paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring any Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower for cash

 

189



 

from, the Sponsor Group, or guarantee any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Stock or Stock Equivalents to or from the Sponsor Group, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative dividend and investment credit provided by the use of the Applicable Amount or the exceptions provided by Sections 10.5(l) , 10.5(s) , 10.6(c)  and 10.7(a) , unless at the time and after giving effect to such payment, the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio would be equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00.

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10 (including Section 10.5 and this Section 10.6), no Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or pay any dividends unless the Parent Borrower or Restricted Subsidiaries receive, or shall have received, an amount at least equal to the pro rata share of such dividends that would have been paid to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries if such dividends were paid based on the direct or indirect percentage ownership interest in such non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary held by the Parent Borrower or by the Restricted Subsidiary that holds equity in the Restricted Subsidiary paying such dividend.  For purposes of this Section 10.6(i) only, fees or royalty payments received from the applicable non-wholly owned Subsidiary by the Parent Borrower or by any Restricted Subsidiary shall also be deemed to be dividends to the extent the third-party minority owners of such non-wholly owned Subsidiary have a right to receive (and do receive) a payment, in the form of a dividend, that is not greater than the amount that would be proportional to the fee or royalty payment paid to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries, based on their respective ownership interests of the third-party minority owners and the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (whether direct or indirect) in such non-wholly owned Subsidiary.

 

(j)                                      So long as no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result therefrom, the Parent Borrower may redeem in whole or in part any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents previously issued to any Person as consideration in connection with a Permitted Acquisition (such Stock or Stock Equivalents, the “ Specified Stock Consideration ”) for cash; provided that (i) the cash paid to redeem such Specified Stock Consideration, when aggregated with all other cash payments made for such Specified Stock Consideration shall not exceed the value attributed to such Specified Stock Consideration at the time of such Permitted Acquisition (with such adjustments to such valuation to give effect to any applicable currency fluctuations between the date of issuance of such Specified Stock Consideration and the date of redemption), and (ii) the issuance of such Specified Stock Consideration to such Person in connection with such Permitted Acquisition shall be deemed, for all purposes hereunder after such redemption, to have been a cash payment in respect of such Permitted Acquisition made on the date of issuance in an amount equal to the cash paid to redeem such Specified Stock Consideration.

 

10.7.                         Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments .

 

(a)                                   No Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease (x) any Senior Subordinated Notes, or (y) any other Permitted Additional Debt that is subordinated to the Obligations other than as contemplated by Section 10.1(i) ; provided , however , that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such prepayment, repurchase,

 

190



 

redemption or other defeasance or would result therefrom, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase or redeem Senior Subordinated Notes, or such Permitted Additional Debt:

 

(i)                                         in an aggregate amount from the Restatement Effective Date, when aggregated with (A) the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to Section 10.6(c)  from the Restatement Effective Date and (B) all (I) Investments made pursuant to Section 10.5(s)  and (II) loans and advances to any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower made pursuant to Section 10.5(l) , not in excess of the sum of (1) $125,000,000 plus (2) the Applicable Equity Amount at the time of such prepayment, repurchase or redemption plus (3) to the extent the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 5.50 to 1.00, both before and after giving effect, on a Pro Forma Basis, to the making of such prepayment, repurchase or redemption, the Applicable Amount at the time of such prepayment, repurchase or redemption; and

 

(ii)                                      in the case of Permitted Additional Debt, with the proceeds of other Permitted Additional Debt.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the prepayment, repurchase or redemption pursuant to this Section 10.7 is made from the proceeds of or in exchange for other Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, such Indebtedness shall be subject to subordination provisions on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as the Senior Subordinated Notes being prepaid, repurchased, or redeemed.

 

(c)                                   The Parent Borrower will not waive, amend or modify any Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes or Permitted Additional Debt that is subordinated to the Obligations or, in each case, the terms applicable thereto, to the extent that any such waiver, amendment, or modification would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect.

 

(d)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10.7 shall restrict the making of any “AHYDO catch-up payment” in respect of the Senior Notes and any such “AHYDO catch-up payment” shall not reduce the amounts otherwise available under Section 10.7(a)(i)  above.

 

10.8.                         Limitations on Sale Leasebacks .  No Borrower will, and no Borrower will permit any of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or effect any Sale Leasebacks other than Permitted Sale Leasebacks (subject to the limits on Dispositions and Indebtedness set forth in this Agreement).

 

191



 

10.9.                         Changes in Business .  The Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Restatement Effective Date and other business activities reasonably incidental or related to any of the foregoing.

 

SECTION 11.                           Events of Default .  “ Event of Default ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

11.1.                         Payments .  Any Borrower shall (i) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans or (ii) default, and such default shall continue for five or more days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or any Fees or any Unpaid Drawings or of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document.

 

11.2.                         Representations, Etc .  Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.

 

11.3.                         Covenants .  Any Credit Party shall:

 

(i)                                         default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9.1(d) , Section 9.5 or Section 10 ; or

 

(ii)                                      default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 11.1 or 11.2 or 11.3(i) ) contained in this Agreement or any Security Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days; or

 

11.4.                         Default Under Other Agreements .  (i) The Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (A) default in any payment with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of $40,000,000 in the aggregate, for the Parent Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or (B) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements), the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; or (ii) without limiting the provisions of clause (i)  above, any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment (and, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, other than due to a termination event or equivalent event pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements), prior to

 

192



 

the stated maturity thereof, provided that this clause (ii)  shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness.

 

11.5.                         Bankruptcy, Etc .  Any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under (i) Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” or (ii) in the case of any Non-Domestic Subsidiary that is a Specified Subsidiary or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, any domestic or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (collectively, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”); or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 30 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary and the petition is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), judicial manager, receiver, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary; or any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary commences any other voluntary proceeding or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, administration or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary; or there is commenced against any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian, receiver, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any corporate action is taken by any Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

 

11.6.                         ERISA .  (i) (A) Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code; any Plan is or shall have been terminated or is the subject of termination proceedings under ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); an event shall have occurred or a condition shall exist in either case entitling the PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan (including the giving of written notice thereof); any Plan shall have an accumulated funding deficiency (whether or not waived); the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of a Plan under Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code (including the giving of written notice thereof) or (B)  any Foreign Plan shall fail to be in material compliance with the terms of such Foreign Plan and applicable law, or any material contribution or other material payment with respect to any Foreign Plan has not been made in full or there is

 

193



 

any material funding deficiencies under any Foreign Plan; and (ii) there could result from any event or events set forth in clause (i) (A) or (B)  of this Section 11.6 the imposition of a lien, the granting of a security interest, or a liability, or the reasonable likelihood of incurring a lien, security interest or liability and (iii) such lien, security interest, or liability would or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.7.                         Guarantee .  Any Guarantee provided by any Credit Party or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or any such Guarantor thereunder or any other Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee.

 

11.8.                         Pledge Agreement .  Any U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Security Agreement pursuant to which the Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Borrower or any Subsidiary is pledged or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof or any perfection defect arising solely as a result of the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain any possessory collateral) or any pledgor thereunder or any other Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any pledgor’s obligations under any U.S. Obligations Pledge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Security Agreement.

 

11.9.                         Security Agreement .  Any U.S. Obligations Security Agreement or Foreign Obligations Security Agreement pursuant to which the assets of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary are pledged as Collateral, or the U.S. Title IV Collateral Agreement, or any material provision of any of the foregoing, shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof) or any grantor thereunder or any other Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantor’s obligations under any U.S. Obligations Security Agreement or Foreign Obligations Security Agreement or the U.S. Title IV Collateral Agreement.

 

11.10.                   Mortgages .  Any Mortgage or any material provision of any Mortgage relating to any material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof) or any mortgagor thereunder or any other Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any mortgagor’s obligations under any Mortgage.

 

11.11.                   Judgments .  One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any judgment or decree entered against the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect the pending litigation described on Schedule 11.11 ) involving a liability of $40,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof.

 

11.12.                   Change of Control .  A Change of Control shall occur.

 

11.13.                   Subordination 11.14.  (i) the Senior Subordinated Notes or any guarantees thereof shall cease, for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations or the

 

194



 

obligations of the Credit Parties under the Guarantee and the other Security Documents, as the case may be, as provided in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, or (ii) any other Indebtedness of, or Lien on assets of, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to subordinations provisions cease, for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations or to the obligations of, and Liens granted by, the Credit Parties under the Guarantee and the other Security Documents, as the case may be.

 

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, then, by written notice to the Borrowers, (a) the Administrative Agent may take any or all actions described below, and (b) upon the written request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to enforce its claims against the Borrowers, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement ( provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 shall occur with respect to any Borrower, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv)  and (v)  below shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice): (i) declare the Revolving Credit Commitments, Swingline Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, if any, Extended Term Loans, if any, and New Term Loan Commitments, if any, terminated, whereupon the Revolving Credit Commitments, Swingline Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, if any, Extended Term Loans, if any, and New Term Loan Commitments, if any, of each Lender or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, shall forthwith terminate immediately and any Fees theretofore accrued shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind; (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of any or all Loans and any or all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers; (iii) terminate any Letter of Credit that may be terminated in accordance with its terms; (iv) direct the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, to pay (and the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, as applicable, agrees that upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 , it will pay) to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office such additional amounts of cash, to be held as security for the Parent Borrower’s or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower’s, as applicable, respective reimbursement obligations for Drawings that may subsequently occur thereunder, equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit issued and then outstanding; and/or (v) enforce any or all rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and the Secured Parties pursuant to the Credit Documents, including any and all rights and remedies against Collateral.

 

11.14.  Reserved.

 

11.15.                   Allocation of Payments .  Any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party (or from the proceeds of any Collateral) following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to any Borrower under Section 11.5 shall be applied (subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if any.:

 

195


 

(i)                                         first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with a collection or a sale of Collateral or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document;

 

(ii)                                      second , to the Secured Parties, an amount (x) equal to all Obligations owing to them on the date of any distribution and (y) sufficient to Cash Collateralize all Letter of Credit Outstandings on the date of any distribution, and, if such moneys shall be insufficient to pay such amounts in full and Cash Collateralize all Letter of Credit Outstandings, then ratably (without priority of any one over any other) to such Secured Parties in proportion to the unpaid amounts thereof and to Cash Collateralize the Letter of Credit Outstandings; and

 

(iii)                                   third , any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the applicable Credit Parties or their successors or assigns or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;

 

provided that (x) no amount received (A) from any Foreign Obligations Credit Party that is a Non-Domestic Subsidiary or (B) on account of any Collateral that is solely Collateral for the Foreign Obligations shall be applied pursuant to clauses (i)  or (ii)  of this paragraph to the extent the Obligations to which they are applied do not constitute Foreign Obligations; (y) any amount received (A) from a U.S. Credit Party or (B) on account of any Collateral that is Collateral for both the Foreign Obligations and the U.S. Obligations shall be applied pursuant to clauses (i)  or (ii)  of this paragraph solely in respect of the U.S. Obligations until all U.S. Obligations shall have been paid and all Letter of Credit Outstandings shall have been reduced to zero or Cash Collateralized and then shall be applied pursuant to clauses (i)  or (ii)  of this paragraph to Foreign Obligations; and (z) any amount applied to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit Outstandings that has not been applied to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for Unpaid Drawings under the applicable Letters of Credit at the time of expiration of all such Letters of Credit shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the order specified in clauses (i)  through (iii)  above.

 

SECTION 12.                           [RESERVED]

 

SECTION 13.                           The Agents .

 

13.1.                         Appointment .

 

(a)                                   Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The provisions of this Section 13

 

196



 

(other than Section 13.9 with respect to the Borrowers) are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and no Borrower, Guarantor or any other Credit Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provision.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                                  The Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuers, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.  Each Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, on such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer’s behalf, to enter into the Debt Allocation Agreement, and each Lender (and Letter of Credit Issuer) agrees to be bound by the terms of the Debt Allocation Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Syndication Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, each in its capacity as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 13 .

 

13.2.                         Delegation of Duties .  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  Each such agent, sub-agent or attorney-in-fact shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 13 (as though such agent, sub-agent or attorney in-fact were the “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent” as applicable, under the Credit Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents, sub-agents, or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

13.3.                         Exculpatory Provisions .  No Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as

 

197



 

determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any participant for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Security Documents, or for any failure of any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party or Affiliate thereof.  The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.

 

13.4.                         Reliance by Agents .  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.  The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans; provided that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable law.  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 6 and 7 on the Restatement Effective Date, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Restatement Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

198



 

13.5.                         Notice of Default .  Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, has received notice from a Lender or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.  In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders, provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval of the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable.

 

13.6.                         Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders .  Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to any Lender, the Swingline Lender, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Secured Party.  Each Lender, the Swingline Lender, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each other Secured Party confirms to the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and each other Lender and each of their respective Related Parties that it (i) possesses (individually or through its Related Parties) such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable, without reliance on the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, of evaluating the merits and risks (including tax, legal, regulatory, credit, accounting and other financial matters) of (x) entering into this Agreement, (y) making Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and (z) in taking or not taking actions hereunder and thereunder, (ii) is financially able to bear such risks and (iii) has determined that entering into this Agreement and making Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and under the other Credit Documents is suitable and appropriate for it.  Each Lender acknowledges that (i) it is solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (ii) that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, made its own appraisal and investigation of all risks associated with, and its own credit analysis and decision to enter into, this Agreement based on such documents and information, as it has deemed appropriate and (iii) it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, continue to be solely responsible for making its own appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with, and its own credit analysis and decision to take or not take action under, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, which may include, in each case:

 

199



 

(i)                                      the financial condition, status and capitalization of the Borrowers and each other Credit Party;

 

(ii)                                   the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of this Agreement and each other Credit Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document;

 

(iii)                                determining compliance or non-compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit and the form and substance of all evidence delivered in connection with establishing the satisfaction of each such condition;

 

(iv)                               the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the information delivered by the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, any other Lender or by any of their respective Related Parties under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document.

 

Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or any other Secured Party with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

13.7.                         Indemnification .  The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, each in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time occur, be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing (including at any time following the payment of the Loans), provided that no Lender shall be liable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the payment of any

 

200



 

portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided , further , that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Credit Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 13.7 .  In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time occur, be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing (including at any time following the payment of the Loans), this Section 13.7 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice rendered in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers; provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrowers’ continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto.  If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s pro rata portion thereof; provided further , this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this Section 13.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

13.8.                         Agents in their Individual Capacity .  (a)  Each Agent and its Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent or Affiliate thereof and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.  Each Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower, any Guarantor and any other Credit Party or Affiliate thereof as though it were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

201



 

(b)                                  Each Lender understands that each Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, such “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates.  Furthermore, each Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Credit Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in either Borrower, any Guarantor and any other Credit Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Credit Parties or their Affiliates.  Each Lender understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, an Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Credit Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Credit Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lenders that are not members of such Agent’s Group.  None of the Agents nor any member of any Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender or use on behalf of any Lender, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Credit Party or any Affiliate of any Credit Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender such documents as are expressly required by any Credit Document to be transmitted by the Agent to the Lenders.

 

(c)                                   Each Lender further understands that there may be situations where members of any Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Credit Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lender (including the interests of the Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents).  Each Lender agrees that no member of any Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the Person serving as an Agent being a member of such Agent’s Group, and that each member of an Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender.  None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, (ii) the receipt by the Agent’s Group of information concerning the Credit Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Credit Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by any Agent or any member of an Agent’s Group to any Lender including any such duty that would prevent or restrict an Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Credit Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.

 

13.9.                         Successor Agents .  Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Parent Borrower.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders

 

202



 

shall have the right, subject to the consent of the Parent Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) so long as no Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above.  In addition and without any obligation on the part of the retiring Agent to appoint, on behalf of the Lenders, a successor Agent, the retiring Agent may notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted appointment as successor Agent and the effective date of such retiring Agent’s resignation. Upon the resignation effective date established in such notice and regardless of whether a successor Agent has been appointed and accepted such appointment, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless become effective and (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and (ii) any payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this paragraph.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, and upon the (i) transfer by the retiring (or retired) Agent to the successor Agent of all sums, Stock, Stock Equivalents and other items of Collateral held under the Security Documents (as applicable), together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and (ii) execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties as Agent of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 13.9 ).  The fees payable by the Borrowers (following the effectiveness of such appointment) to such successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 13 (including 13.7 ) and Section 14.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.  Any resignation of GSCP or its successor as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 13.9 shall also constitute the resignation of GSCP or its successor as Collateral Agent.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 13.9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent hereunder.  Any successor the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Section 13.9 shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Collateral Agent for all purposes hereunder.  If GSCP or its successor as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 13.9 has resigned as Administrative Agent but retained its role as Collateral Agent and no successor Collateral Agent has become the Collateral Agent pursuant to the immediately

 

203



 

preceding sentence, GSCP or its successor may resign as Collateral Agent upon notice to the Borrowers and the Required Lenders at any time.  After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement or the Security Documents while it was the Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

Upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 13.9, the Lenders from time to time party hereto agree that the successor Administrative Agent shall be entitled to the Register of the resigning Administrative Agent in a form that shall be mutually agreed by such agents at the time of the appointment of the successor Administrative Agent, and each Agent, Credit Party, Lender and other party party hereto agrees that the successor Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon such Register without further inquiry and such Register shall be conclusive.

 

Any resignation by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 13.9 shall also, to the extent the Administrative Agent (or its Affiliate) is also the Swingline Lender hereunder, constitute its resignation as Swingline Lender and upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swingline Lender and (b) the retiring Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, on the Restatement Effective Date, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Swingline Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations in such capacity hereunder or under the other Credit Documents.

 

In addition to the foregoing, if a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer and/or the Swingline Lender may, at any time, upon giving five Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, resign as Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender, respectively, effective at the close of business New York time on a date specified in such notice; provided that such resignation by the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have no effect on the validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit then outstanding or on the obligations of the Borrowers or any Lender under this Agreement with respect to any such outstanding Letter of Credit or otherwise to the Letter of Credit Issuer; and provided , further , that such resignation by the Swingline Lender shall have no effect on its rights in respect of any outstanding Swingline Loans or on the obligations of the Borrower or any Lender under this Agreement with respect to any such outstanding Swingline Loan.

 

13.10.                   Withholding Tax .  To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax.  If the Internal Revenue Service or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from,

 

204



 

or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses.

 

13.11.                   Security Documents and Guarantee .

 

(a)                                   Agents under Security Documents and Guarantee .  Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral and the Security Documents.  Without any further consent of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be and are hereby authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement contemplated by Section 10.2(a).  Subject to Section 14.1 , without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (i) in connection with a sale or disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement, release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other disposition of assets or to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 14.1 ) have otherwise consented or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guarantee or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 14.1 ) have otherwise consented.

 

(b)                                  Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee .  Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrowers, the Agents and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

 

(c)                                   Security Documents and Guarantees Granted by Spanish Credit Parties .  Each Spanish Credit Party waives any right of exclusion, order and/or division ( beneficios de excusión, orden y/o división ) under Article 1,830 et seq. of the Spanish Civil Code.  Guarantees

 

205


 

or Security Documents granted by any Spanish Credit Party under the Credit Documents shall not secure any Obligation that would cause the Security Document or the Guarantee to contravene the Companies Act (“ Ley de Sociedades del Capital ”) or any other applicable financial assistance rules.

 

13.12.                       Other Agents; Arrangers .  None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page of this Agreement or elsewhere as a “syndication agent,” “co-documentation agent,” “joint lead arranger,” or “bookrunner” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

SECTION 14.                           Miscellaneous

 

14.1.                         Amendments and Waivers .  Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented, terminated, waived or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14.1 (or in accordance with Extension Amendments pursuant to Section 2.15).  The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive in writing, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that each such waiver and each such amendment, supplement or modification shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , further , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the final scheduled maturity date of any Loan or reduce the stated rate, or waive, reduce, postpone (it being understood that any change to the definition of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio or Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate and only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest at the “default rate” or amend Section 2.8(c) ), or forgive any portion, or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment or extend the final expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the L/C Maturity Date, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, or amend or modify any provisions of Section 5.3(a)  (with respect to the ratable allocation of any payments only) and 14.8(a)  and 14.19 , or make any Loan, interest, Fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this

 

206



 

Section 14.1 or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms “Required Lenders”, “Required Revolving Credit Lenders”, “Required U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders”, “Required Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders”, or “Required Term Loan Lenders”, consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.3 ) or alter the order of application set forth in the final paragraph of Section 11 , in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, or (iii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 13 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent or any other former or current Agent to whom Section 13 then applies in a manner that directly affects such Person, or (iv) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 3 with respect to any Letter of Credit without the written consent of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, or (v) amend, modify or waive any provisions hereof relating to Swingline Loans without the written consent of the Swingline Lender in a manner that directly affects such Person, or (vi) change any Revolving Credit Commitment to a Term Loan Commitment, or change any Term Loan Commitment to a Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, or (vii) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors under the Guarantees (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantees or this Agreement), or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement), or release all or substantially all of the Foreign Obligations Collateral under the Foreign Obligations Guarantors (except as expressly permitted by the Foreign Obligations Guarantees or this Agreement), or release all or substantially all of the Foreign Obligations Collateral (except as expressly permitted by the Foreign Obligations Security Agreement or this Agreement), in each case except with the prior written consent of each Lender, or (viii) amend Section 2.9 so as to permit Interest Period intervals greater than six months without regard to availability to Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, or (ix) decrease any Repayment Amount, extend any scheduled repayment date or decrease the amount or allocation of any mandatory prepayment to be received by any Term Loan Lender, in each case without the written consent of the Required Term Loan Lenders, or (x) affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, any Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document without the prior written consent of such Agent.  Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrowers, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans.  In the case of any waiver, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if any, or the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if any, to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, so long as such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

The Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf

 

207



 

of such Lender.  No notice to or demand on either Borrower in any case shall entitle such Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for the calculation of the minimum vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Joinder Agreement(s) effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section 2.14 , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such Credit Facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new Credit Facility.

 

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the affected Borrowers and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable ABR Margin and Applicable LIBOR Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable ABR Margin and Applicable LIBOR Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans of such Class in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in full, upon the termination of this Agreement and the payment in cash of all Obligations hereunder (except for contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which a claim has not yet been made and except to the extent provided in any applicable intercreditor agreement), (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party, to the

 

208



 

extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 14.1 ), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee (in accordance with the following sentence) and (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents.  Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents.  Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that a Guarantor shall be released from its Guarantee upon consummation of any transaction resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary.  The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.

 

14.2.                         Notices .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission).  All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(a)                                       if to the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 14.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

(b)                                      if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender.

 

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile,

 

209



 

when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.6 , 2.9 , 4.2 and 5.1 shall not be effective until received.

 

14.3.                         No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

14.4.                         Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

 

14.5.                         Payment of Expenses; Indemnification .  The Borrowers agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Latham & Watkins LLP and one counsel in each relevant local jurisdiction, (b) to pay or reimburse each Agent for all its reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other Agents (unless there is an actual or perceived conflict of interest in which case each such Person may retain its own counsel), (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent from, any and all recording and filing fees and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to such indemnified Persons (unless there is an actual or perceived conflict of interest or the availability of different claims or defenses in which case each such Person may retain its own counsel), related to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the solicitation of consents, the syndication of the Loans, Commitments and other extension of credit made hereunder, and any other actions contemplated under that certain (i) Engagement and Commitment Letter (the “ Commitment Letter ”), (ii) Fee Letter and (iii) Commitment and Fee Letter, each dated as of June 2, 2011 and entered into by and among the Parent Borrower, the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners and the other parties named therein) or, with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the

 

210



 

violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law (other than by such indemnified person or any of its Related Parties (other than any trustee or advisor)) or to any actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials involving or attributable to the operations of the Borrowers, any of their Subsidiaries or any of the Real Estate (all the foregoing in this clause (d) , collectively, the “ indemnified liabilities ”), provided that the Borrowers shall have no obligation hereunder to any Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents with respect to indemnified liabilities to the extent it has been determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified or any of its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents or (ii) any material breach of any Credit Document by the party to be indemnified.  No Person entitled to indemnification under clause (d)  of this Section 14.5 shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through the Platform or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any such Person have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Restatement Effective Date).  In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 14.5 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Credit Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or any other Person, whether or not any Person entitled to indemnification under clause (d)  of this Section 14.5 is otherwise a party thereto.  All amounts payable under this Section 14.5 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by either Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expense in reasonable retail.  The agreements in this Section 14.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

14.6.                         Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

 

(a)                                       The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Letter of Credit Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 10.3 no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 14.6 .  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Letter of Credit Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c)  of this Section 14.6 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders and each other Person entitled to indemnification under Section 14.15 ) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

211



 

(b)                                      (i)                                  Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii)  below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans (including participations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

 

(A)                               the Parent Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that, (i) the Parent Borrower shall have the right to withhold its consent to any assignment if, in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Parent Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority and (ii) no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required (x) for an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Lender (unless increased costs, including any payments pursuant to indemnities under this Agreement, would result therefrom), (y) if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 has occurred and is continuing, or (z) with respect to the initial syndication of the Loans, to the extent the Parent Borrower has previously consented to such assignment in writing; and

 

(B)                                 of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and, in the case of U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments or U.S. Revolving Credit Loans only, the Swingline Lender and the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, and, in the case of Spanish Revolving Credit Loans or Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments only, the Spanish Letter of Credit Issuer, provided that (i) no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required (x) for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Commitment of the same Class immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment or (y) for any assignment of any Loans funded by such Lender on the Restatement Effective Date, (ii) no consent of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be required for an assignment of any Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

 

(ii)                                   Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(A)                               except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or, in the case of a Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan denominated in Dollars, $1,000,000), and increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Administrative

 

212



 

Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no such consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 has occurred and is continuing; provided , further , that contemporaneous assignments to a single assignee made by Affiliates of Lenders and related Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above;

 

(B)                                 each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

 

(C)                                 the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment;

 

(D)                                the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Questionnaire ”); and

 

(E)                                  the assignee must comply with the requirements of Section 5.4(e) .

 

(iii)                                Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv)  of this Section 14.6 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 , 5.4 and 14.5 ).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 14.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c)  of this Section 14.6 .

 

(iv)                               The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender and any payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  Further, the Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the Lending Offices through which each such Person acts under this Agreement.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the

 

213



 

Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(v)                                  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b)  of this Section 14.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b)  of this Section 14.6 , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.

 

(c)                                       (i)                                  Any Lender may, without the consent of the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) the Participant must comply with Section 5.4(e) , and (D) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) , (vii)  or (ix)  of the proviso to Section 14.1 that affects such Participant.  Subject to clause (c)(ii)  of this Section 14.6 , the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to the requirements and limitations of those Sections as though it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b)  of this Section 14.6 .  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 14.8(b)  as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 14.8(a)  as though it were a Lender.

 

(ii)                                   A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 5.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the applicable Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(d)                                      Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 14.6 shall not

 

214



 

apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.  In order to facilitate such pledge or assignment or for any other reason, the Borrowers hereby agree that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after any Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, each Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at such Borrower’s own expense, a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 or H-2 , as the case may be, evidencing the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans, respectively, owing to such Lender.

 

(e)                                       Subject to Section 14.16 , the Borrowers authorize each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning a Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Borrower and Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Borrower and Affiliates in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of such Borrower and Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.

 

(f)                                         The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

(g)                                      SPV Lender .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (a “ SPV ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, the option to provide to the applicable Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make the applicable Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof.  The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender.  Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender).  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it shall not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.  In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14.6 , any SPV

 

215



 

may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, any Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions approved by the Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV.  This Section 14.6(g)  may not be amended without the written consent of each SPV.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (x) no SPV shall be entitled to any greater rights under Sections 2.10 , 2.11 and 5.4 than its Granting Lender would have been entitled to absent the use of such SPV and (y) each SPV agrees to be subject to the requirements of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 and 5.4 as though it were a Lender and has acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b)  of this Section 14.6 .

 

(h)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (x) any Lender may, at any time at which no Default has occurred and is continuing, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of its Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments (and in no case any Revolving Credit Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments) to the Parent Borrower,  the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, any Subsidiary or an Affiliated Lender and (y) the Parent Borrower or the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Loans (other than Revolving Credit Loans), in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (A) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (B) open market purchases; provided that:

 

(i)                          any Loans or Commitments acquired by the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof;

 

(ii)                       by its acquisition of Loan or Commitments, an Affiliated Lender shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that:

 

(A) it shall not have any right to (x) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Borrowers are not then present, (y) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrowers or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II), or (z) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against any Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Credit Documents;

 

216


 

(B) except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second proviso of Section 14.1 or that adversely affects such Affiliated Lender in any material respect differently from other Lenders, the Loans held by an Affiliated Lender shall be disregarded in both the numerator and denominator in the calculation of any Lender vote; and

 

(C) if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Credit Party, such Credit Party shall seek (and each Affiliated Lender shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Affiliated Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Credit Party shall not be counted except that such Affiliated Lender’s vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a manner that is less favorable to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrowers; each Affiliated Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and any other amounts owed to such Affiliated Lender hereunder or under any other Credit Document and not in respect of any other claim or status such Affiliated Lender may otherwise have), from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (C);

 

(iii)                    the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 30% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding at such time under this Agreement; and

 

(iv)                   any such Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Parent Borrower, be contributed to the Parent Borrower and exchanged for debt or equity securities that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time.

 

For avoidance of doubt, the foregoing limitations under clause (ii) above shall not be applicable to Affiliated Institutional Lenders.  Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that at the time of any assignment to or from the Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliated Lender, the Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliated Lender may possess material non-public information that may be material to the assignor or assignee entering into such assignment with the Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliated Lender.

 

14.7.                         Replacements of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

 

(a)                                       The applicable Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (i) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 , 3.5 or 5.4 , (ii) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iii)  and as a result thereof any of the actions

 

217



 

described in such Section is required to be taken or (iii) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution, provided that (A) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (B) no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (C) the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts (other than any disputed amounts), pursuant to Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 , as the case may be, owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (D) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (E) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.6 ( provided that the Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (F) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

 

(b)                                      If any Lender (such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 14.1 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then provided no Event of Default then exists, the Borrowers shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans, and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) all Obligations (other than principal and interest) of the Borrowers owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, and (ii) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.  In connection with any such assignment, the Borrowers, Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 14.6 .

 

14.8.                         Adjustments; Set-off .

 

(a)                                       If any Lender (a “ benefited Lender ”) shall at any time (other than pursuant to any assignment or participation permitted under Section 14.6) receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.5 , or otherwise), in a greater proportion (on the basis of the amount that would be payable or applicable to such Lender and other Lenders pursuant to Section 11.15 ) than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

218



 

(b)                                      After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right), without prior notice to any Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by each Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by any Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of such Borrower; provided that the amount received by any Lender from any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower as a result of this Section 14.8(b)  may only be applied to the Foreign Obligations.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

14.9.                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

 

14.10.                   Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.11.                   Integration .  This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents. With the exception of the syndication, cooperation,  indemnification, confidentiality, jurisdiction, governing law and waiver of jury trial provisions contained in the Commitment Letter (which syndication, cooperation, indemnification, confidentiality, jurisdiction, governing law, and waiver of jury trial provisions shall remain in full force and effect), all of the Parent Borrower’s, Agents’, Lenders’ and their respective Affiliates’ obligations under the Commitment Letter shall terminate and be superseded by the Credit Documents (together with any other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith), and the Parent Borrower, Agents, the Lenders, and their respective Affiliates shall be released from all liability in connection with such terminated and superseded obligations, including, without limitation, any claim for injury or damages, whether consequential, special direct, indirect, punitive or otherwise.

 

14.12.                   GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND

 

219



 

CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

14.13.                   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                       submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof ( provided that the Agents and Lenders reserve the right to bring proceedings against any Credit Party in the courts of any other jurisdiction in connection with the exercise of any rights under any Security Document or the enforcement of any judgment);

 

(b)                                      consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought solely in such courts ( provided that the Agents and Lenders reserve the right to bring proceedings against any Credit Party in the courts of any other jurisdiction in connection with the exercise of any rights under any Security Document or the enforcement of any judgment) and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                       agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 14.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 14.2 ;

 

(d)                                      agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;

 

(e)                                       waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 14.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; and

 

(f)                                         hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Parent Borrower, in the case of any suit, action or proceeding, as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document.  Such service may be made by mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) or delivering a copy of such process to such Person in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth on Schedule 14.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 14.2 , and such Person hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Parent Borrower to accept such service on its behalf.

 

220



 

Each Borrower agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

14.14.                   Acknowledgments .  Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                       it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

 

(b)                                      (i) the Credit Facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties on the other hand, and the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent and the other Agents is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for any Borrower, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates, shareholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates, shareholders, creditors or employees or any other Person with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or other Agent has advised or is currently advising such Borrower, Credit Party or Affiliate, shareholder, creditor or employee or other Person on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent or other Agent has any obligation to any Borrower, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates, shareholders, creditors or employees or any other Person with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Agents and their Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates, shareholders, creditors or employees or any other Person, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and each Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate.  Each Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and

 

221



 

(c)                                       no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among any Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.

 

14.15.                   WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

14.16.                   Confidentiality .  Each Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with such Lender’s evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Agent or Lender pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”), confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices and in any event may make disclosure as required or requested by any governmental agency or any governmental or private regulatory agency or authority or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or applicable law or regulation or (a) to such Lender’s or Agent’s attorneys, professional advisors, independent auditors, trustees or Affiliates, (b) to an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization that agrees its access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and the Credit Documents is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in a Securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (c) to a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for a Securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential and (d) to a nationally recognized ratings agency that requires access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and Credit Documents in connection with ratings issued with respect to a Securitization; provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or regulation or court order, each Lender and Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the Parent Borrower of any request made to such Lender or Agent by any governmental agency or any governmental or private regulatory agency or authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information; provided , further, that in no event shall any Lender or Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by or on behalf of a Borrower or any Subsidiary.  Each Lender and Agent agrees that it will not provide to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 14.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements to be entered into in connection with Loans made hereunder any of the Confidential Information unless such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14.16 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 14.16 .

 

14.17.                   Direct Website Communications .

 

(a)                                       Each Borrower may, at its option, provide to the Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all

 

222



 

notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (A) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (B) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (C) provides notice of any Default or Event of Default or (D) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent at the e-mail address as set forth on Schedule 14.2 ; provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrowers shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.  Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.  Nothing in this Section 14.17 shall prejudice the right of the Borrowers, the Agents or any Secured Party to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.

 

(b)                                      The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications sent to the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth on Schedule 14.2 shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents, provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the Administrative Agent.  Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents.  Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

 

(c)                                       Notices and other communications to the Lenders, and to any potential Lenders, participants or assignees (i) that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an assignment agreement, joinder agreement or participation letter and (ii) that agrees to be bound by Section 14.16 (each, an “ Additional Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Additional Lenders ”) and the Administrative Agent hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “ Platform ”)) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender, any Additional Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender, Additional Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic

 

223



 

communication.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.  Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

(d)                                      THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.”  EACH AGENT PARTY (AS DEFINED BELOW) DOES NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE COMMUNICATIONS OR IN THE PLATFORM.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM.  In no event shall any Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ” and each an “ Agent Party ”) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Borrower’s or any Agent’s transmission of Communications by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform), except to the extent the liability of such liability resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of an Agent or its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents or a material breach of the Credit Documents by such Agent .

 

The Borrowers and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers, its Subsidiaries or their securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to the Credit Documents or otherwise are being distributed through the Platform, any document or notice that a Borrower has indicated contains only publicly available information with respect to such Borrower may be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders.  If no Borrower has indicated whether a document or notice delivered contains only publicly available information, the Administrative Agent shall post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material nonpublic information with respect to the Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to indicate whether any document or notice contains only publicly available information.

 

224


 

14.18.               USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

14.19.               Judgment Currency .  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

 

14.20.               Payments Set Aside .  To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding or otherwise, then (i) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

 

14.21.           Effect of Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

(a)                                  On the Restatement Effective Date, the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety by this Agreement, and the Existing Credit Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and effect and shall be deemed replaced and superseded in all respects by this Agreement, except to evidence (i) the incurrence by the Borrowers of the

 

225



 

“Obligations” under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement (whether or not such “Obligations” are contingent as of the Restatement Effective Date), (ii) the representations and warranties made by the Borrowers and the Credit Parties prior to the Restatement Effective Date (which representations and warranties made prior to the Restatement Effective Date shall not be superseded or rendered ineffective by this Agreement as they pertain to the period prior to the Restatement Effective Date) and (iii) any action or omission performed or required to be performed pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement prior to the Restatement Effective Date (including any failure, prior to the Restatement Effective Date, to comply with the covenants contained in the Existing Credit Agreement).  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (a) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, whether executed and delivered in connection herewith or otherwise, do not constitute a novation or termination of the “Obligations” under the Existing Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents as in effect prior to the Restatement Effective Date and which remain outstanding as of the Restatement Effective Date, (b) the “Obligations” under the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are in all respects continuing (as amended and restated hereby and which are in all respects hereafter subject to the terms herein) and (c) the Liens and security interests as granted under the applicable Credit Documents securing payment of such “Obligations” are in all respects continuing and in full force and effect and are reaffirmed hereby.  The Borrowers and the Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that Section 14.5 of the Existing Credit Agreement shall, to the extent applicable immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date, survive for the intended beneficiaries of such provision to the extent such provision applies with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities (under and as defined in Section 14.5 of the Existing Credit Agreement) relating to events and circumstances occurring prior to the Restatement Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  On and after the Restatement Effective Date, (i) all references to the Existing Credit Agreement or the Credit Agreement in the Credit Documents (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to refer to the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended and restated hereby, (ii) all references to any section (or subsection) of the Existing Credit Agreement or the Credit Agreement in any Credit Document (but not herein) shall be amended to become, mutatis mutandis , references to the corresponding provisions of this Agreement and (iii) except as the context otherwise provides, on or after the Restatement Effective Date, all references to this Agreement herein (including for purposes of indemnification and reimbursement of fees) shall be deemed to be references to the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended and restated hereby.

 

(c)                                   This amendment and restatement is limited as written and is not a consent to any other amendment, restatement or waiver or other modification, whether or not similar and, except as expressly provided herein or in any other Credit Document, all terms and conditions of the Credit Documents remain in full force and effect unless otherwise specifically amended hereby or by any other Credit Document.

 

(d)                                  Each Credit Party hereby (i) expressly acknowledges the terms of this Agreement, (ii) ratifies and affirms its obligations under the Credit Documents (including guarantees and security agreements) executed by such Credit Party and (iii) acknowledges, renews and extends its continued liability under all such Credit Documents and agrees such Credit Documents remain in full force and effect, including with respect to the obligations of the Borrowers as modified by this Agreement.  Each Credit Party further acknowledges and agrees to each Agent,

 

226



 

each Letter of Credit Issuer and each of the Lenders that after giving effect to this Agreement, neither the modification of the Existing Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Agreement, nor the execution, delivery, performance or effectiveness of this Agreement (a) impairs the validity, effectiveness or priority of the Liens granted pursuant to any Credit Document (as such term is defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), and such Liens continue unimpaired with the same priority to secure repayment of all Obligations, whether heretofore or hereafter incurred; or (b) requires that any new filings be made or other action taken to perfect or to maintain the perfection of such Liens.

 

(e)                                   From and after the Restatement Effective Date, each Agent and Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement on the Restatement Effective Date shall be deemed to continue to be a party to this Agreement in such respective capacity until such Person ceases to be a party hereto in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 15.                  Parallel Debt

 

15.1.                      Parallel Debtors .  Each of the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (solely for the purpose of this Section 15 , each a “ Parallel Debtor ”) irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes (and to the extent necessary undertakes in advance) to pay to the Collateral Agent amounts equal to any amounts owing from time to time by it to any Lender under this Agreement or any U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement as and when those amounts are due.

 

15.2.                      Corresponding Debt .  The obligations of each Parallel Debtor under Section 15.1 are several and are separate and independent from, and shall not in any way limit or affect, the corresponding obligations of such Parallel Debtor to any Lender under this Agreement or under any U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement (its “Corresponding Debt”) nor shall the amounts for which such Parallel Debtor is liable under Section 15.1 (the “ Parallel Debt ”) be limited or affected in any way by the Corresponding Debt; provided that:

 

(a)                                  the Parallel Debt of the applicable Parallel Debtor shall be decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged; and

 

(b)                                  the Corresponding Debt of the applicable Parallel Debtor shall be decreased to the extent its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged; and

 

(c)                                   the amount of the Parallel Debt of each Parallel Debtor shall at all times be equal to the amount of its Corresponding Debt.

 

15.3.                      Collateral Agent .  For the purpose of this Section 15 , the Collateral Agent acts in its own name and on behalf of itself and not as agent, representative or trustee of any other Lender, and its claims in respect of the Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust. The charges and encumbrances granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Dutch Security

 

227



 

Documents to secure the Parallel Debt are granted to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as creditor of the Parallel Debt and shall not be held on trust.

 

15.4.                      Collections .  All moneys received or recovered by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 15 , and all amounts received or recovered by the Collateral Agent from or by the enforcement of any charge or encumbrance granted to secure the Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with Section 11.15 of this Agreement .

 

15.5.                      Acknowledgments .  Without limiting or affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights against either Parallel Debtor (whether under this Section 15 or under any other provision of the Credit Documents), each Parallel Debtor acknowledges that :nothing in this Section 15 shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent to advance any sum to either Parallel Debtor or otherwise under this Agreement, except in its capacity as Lender; and

 

(b)                                  for the purpose of any vote taken under any Credit Document, the Collateral Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those which it has in its capacity as a Lender.

 

15.6.                      Simultaneous Maturity .  For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to each Parallel Debtor, the Parallel Debt will become due and payable at the same time the Corresponding Debt becomes due and payable.

 

15.7.                      No Common Property; Administration Agreement .  Each party to this Agreement confirms that, in accordance with this Section 15 , a claim of the Collateral Agent against either or both Parallel Debtors in respect of the Parallel Debt does not constitute common property within the meaning of Section 3:166 Dutch Civil Code and that the provisions relating to such common property shall not apply. If, however, it shall be held that such claim of the Collateral Agent does constitute such common property and such provisions do apply, the parties agree that this Agreement shall contain the administration agreement within the meaning of Section 3:168 Dutch Civil Code.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

228



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 


 



Exhibit 10.3

 

Execution Version

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of January 18, 2013 (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into by Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Inciativas Culturales De España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Citibank, N.A. as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively) and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A.  Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, as it has been or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, by and among the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the lending institutions party thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

B.  Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have extended, and have agreed to extend, credit to the Borrowers.

 

C.  The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party hereto desire to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to effectiveness referred to in Section 6 hereof.

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.   Amendments to the Credit Agreement.   On the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the following amendments are made to the Credit Agreement:

 

(a)  Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following terms in proper alphabetical order:

 

First ARCA Amendment Effective Date ” shall mean January 18, 2013.”

 

Series B New Term Loan Joinder Agreement ” shall mean that Joinder Agreement dated as of January 18, 2013 among the Series B New Term Loan Lenders party thereto, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Series B New Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Series B New Term Loan, and any successors or assigns of the Series B New Term Loan

 



 

Lenders.

 

Series B New Term Loans ” shall mean the New Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000 made to the Parent Borrower under the Series B New Term Loan Joinder Agreement.

 

(b)  The definition of “Series 2018 Extended Term Loan” in Section 1.1 of the Credit agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

 

“The Series B New Term Loans shall be deemed Series 2018 Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement, other than Section 2.5(b)(iii).”

 

(c)  The final sentence of Section 2.14(a) of the Credit agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date may, as agreed to by the Parent Borrower and the New Term Lenders making such New Term Loans, be designated as a separate series (“ Series ”) of New Term Loans or a part of an existing Series or Class of Term Loans, in each case for all purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Series B New Term Loans shall be deemed to be of the same Series and Class as the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans for all purposes under the Credit Agreement, other than Section 2.5(b)(iii).”

 

(d)  Section 5.1(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such clause in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“(c) In the event that, on or prior to the date that is six months after the First ARCA Amendment Effective Date, the Parent Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of any Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Series B New Term Loans) in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction with respect to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Series B New Term Loans), the Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Series 2018 Extended Term Lenders and Series B New Term Loan Lenders, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the amount of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Series B New Term Loans) being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y), a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Series B New Term Loans) outstanding immediately prior to such amendment.”

 

SECTION 2.   Representations and Warranties To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, the Borrowers represent and warrant to each of the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent that, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)  The representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit

 

2



 

Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that to the extent any such representation and warranty is already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects.

 

(b)  Each Borrower has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under this Amendment and each other Credit Document, as amended hereby. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by each Borrower of this Amendment and each other Credit Document (as amended hereby) to which it is a party have been duly approved by all necessary organizational action of each such Borrower. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement by each Borrower do not and will not (i) require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority, where the failure to obtain such registration, consent or approval or give such notice, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Borrower (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any Contractual Requirement;

 

(c)  This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower that is a party hereto and this Amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of each such Borrower, enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and

 

(d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 3.  Amendment Effectiveness The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)  the Administrative Agent shall have received from each of the Borrowers and the Lenders constituting Required Lenders, a duly executed and delivered counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party;

 

(b)  the Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of DLA Piper LLP (US), counsel to the Parent Borrower, together with all other legal opinions reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with this Amendment, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the

 

3



 

Administrative Agent;

 

(c)  the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) for its account or the account of each Lender entitled thereto all fees in connection with this Amendment agreed to prior to the Amendment Effective Date and all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, to the extent invoiced prior to the date hereof, reimbursement of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Credit Document; and

 

(d)  the Administrative Agent shall have received the Series B New Term Loan Joinder Agreement executed and delivered by the Series B New Term Loan Lenders party thereto, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this Amendment.

 

The date on which such conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent) is referred to herein as the “ Amendment Effective Date ”.

 

SECTION 4.   Effect of Amendment .   Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Credit Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances. On and after the Amendment Effective Date, this Amendment shall constitute a “Credit Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

SECTION 5.   Consent .  Each Lender that delivers an executed counterpart of this Amendment hereby consents to this Amendment.

 

SECTION 6.   Counterparts .   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., “pdf”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

SECTION 7.   Applicable Law .   THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 8.  Submission to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL Section 14.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference herein. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT

 

4



 

TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

SECTION 9.  Headings The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., as

 

Parent Borrower

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE

 

ESPANA S.L., as Foreign Subsidiary Borrower

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar W. Wyszomirski

 

Name:

Caesar W. Wyszomirski

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

LATITUDE CLO I, LTD,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk Wallace

 

Name:

Kirk Wallace

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

LATITUDE CLO III, LTD,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk Wallace

 

Name:

Kirk Wallace

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GoldenTree High Yield Value Fund Offshore (Strategic), Limited, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

The University of Chicago, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Unipension Invest F.M.B.A. High Yield obligationer, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Swiss Capital Pro Loan V PLC, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director -  Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Swiss Capital Pro Loan III PLC, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director -  Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

SC Pro Loan II Limited, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director -  Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

CenturyLink, Inc. Defined Benefit Master Trust, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Absalon II Limited, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Stichting PGGM Depositary, acting in its capacity as depositary of PGGM High Yield, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

City of New York Group Trust, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GoldenTree High Yield Value Fund Offshore 110 Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

New Mexico Educational Retirement Board, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Hcal thNet of California, Inc., as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GN3 SIP Limited, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GoldenTree 2004 Trust, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Dignity Health, as a Lender

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities III, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities IV, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities V, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities VI, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director - Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

BlackRock Senior High Income Fund, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

Allied World Assurance Company, Ltd

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Manager

 

 

 

JPMBI re Blackrock Bankloan Fund

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management Inc., as Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Strategic Bond Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Defined Opportunity Credit Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock High Yield Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BMICLO I

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Manager

 

 

 

BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Floating Rate Income Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Global Long/Short Credit Fund of BlackRock Funds

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock High Yield Bond Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Multi-Asset Income Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Advisors, LLC, its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Secured Credit Portfolio of BlackRock Funds II By: BlackRock Financial Management Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Strategic Income Opportunities Portfolio By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Registered Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Senior Income Series II

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

BlackRock Senior Income Series V

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

BlackRock Senior Income Series V Limited

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

Strategic Income Opportunities Bond Fund

 

By: BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, NA, not in its individual capacity but as Trustee of the Strategic Income Opportunities Bond Fund

 

 

 

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund III, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Debt Strategies Fund, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Fixed Income Value Opportunities

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Global Investment Series: Income Strategies Portfolio By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

Adfam Investment Company LLC

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

Houston casualty Company

 

By: BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, its Investment Manager

 

 

 

U.S. Specialty Insurance Company

 

By: BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, its Investment Manager

 

 

 

BlackRock High Income Shares

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

Alterra Bermuda Limited

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund VI, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund V, Inc.

 

   By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

Ironshore Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

Magnetite VI, Limited

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., Its Collateral Manager

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

BlackRock Fixed Income Portable Alpha Master Series Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

Permanens Capital L.P.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

BlackRock Senior Floating Rate Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

Scor Global Life Americas Reinsurance Company

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Manager

 

 

 

as a Lenders

 

 

 

By:

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

 

Name:

C . Adrian Marshall

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Future Fund Board of Guardians, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Chatham Light II CLO, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Community Insurance Company, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Drawbridge Investment Limited, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Nash Point CLO, as Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Qantas Superannuation Plan, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

RBS Pension Trustee Limited as Trustee to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors LLC, it Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Race Point III CLO, as Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Race Point IV CLO, Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Race Point V CLO, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC Its Asset Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Race Point VI CLO, Ltd, as Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors LLC, as Asset Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Race Point VII CLO, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Sankaty High Income Partnership, L.P.. as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Sankaty Senior Loan Fund, L.P., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

WellPoint, Inc., as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

FORE CLO LTD.2007-I, as a Lender

 

By: Fore Research & Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Agranoff

 

Name:

Daniel Agranoff

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer, Fore Research & Management, LP

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Wells Fargo Principal Lending, LLC., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Nikora

 

Name:

Jeff Nikora

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

This consent is made by the following Lender, acting through the undersigned investment advisor:

 

 

ACE American Insurance Company, as a Lender

 

By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. as investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Siegel

 

Name:

Jonathan Siegel

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

This consent is made by the following Lender, acting through the undersigned investment advisor:

 

 

T. Rowe Price Floating Rate Fund, Inc., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Siegel

 

Name:

Jonathan Siegel

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

This consent is made by the following Lender, acting through the undersigned investment advisor:

 

 

T. Rowe Price Floating Rate Multi-Sector Account Portfolio, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Siegel

 

Name:

Jonathan Siegel

 

Title:

Vice President

 


 

This consent is made by  the following Lender, acting through the undersigned investment advisor:

 

 

T. Rowe Price Institutional Floating

Rate Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Siegel

 

Name:

Jonathan Siegel

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

VENTURE XII CLO, Limited, as a

Lender

 

By:  its investment advisor MJX Asset

Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Port folio Manager

 



 

 

DUANE STREET CLO IV, LTD., as a

 

Lender

 

By:  Citigroup Alternative Investments LLC,

 

as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Melanie Hanlon

 

Name:

Melanie Hanlon

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Ivy High Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bryan C. Krug

 

Name:

Bryan C. Krug

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Draco Dollar Funding Ltd., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sinsia Krnic

 

Name:

Sinsia Krnic

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Vela Dollar Funding Ltd., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sinsia Krnic

 

Name:

Sinsia Krnic

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

BlueMountain CLO II, LTD, as a

Lender

 

By: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

Its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Chau

 

Name:

Jack Chau

 

Title:

Associate

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

BlueMountain CLO III, LTD, as a

Lender

 

 

 

By: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

Its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Chau

 

Name:

Jack Chau

 

Title:

Associate

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Franklin Floating Rate Master

Trust - Franklin Floating Rate

Master Series, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Hsu

 

Name:

Richard Hsu

 

Title:

Associate Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Franklin Investors Securities

Trust - Franklin Floating Rate

Daily Access Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Hsu

 

Name:

Richard Hsu

 

Title:

Associate Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Franklin Templeton Series II Funds

- Franklin Floating Rate II Fund,

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Hsu

 

Name:

Richard Hsu

 

Title:

Associate Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Venture IX CDO, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Venture VIII CDO, Limited, as a

Lender

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset

Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Venture V CDO Limited, as a Lender

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management,

LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 



 

 

Venture VI CDO Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Venture VII CDO Limited, as a Lender

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Venture XI CLO, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 



 

 

Citibank N.A. - Secondary

Trading Leverage 8 ALT, as a

Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian S. Broyles

 

Name:

Brian S. Broyles

 

Title:

Attorney-in-fact

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

PEP PMT SFF (Cayman) No. 2 Ltd, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bryan Martoka

 

Name:

Bryan Martoka

 

Title:

CFO

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Nuveen Credit Strategies Income

Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Nuveen Senior Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Symphony CLO IV LTD., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 



 

 

Symphony CLO VIII,

 

Limited Partnership, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

LeverageSource V S.A.R.L, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Class A Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laurent Ricci

 

Name:

Laurent Ricci

 

Title:

Class B Manager

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Symphony CLO IX, Limited Partnership, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Symphony CLO V LTD., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Symphony CLO VII, LTD. as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

ALM IV, Ltd, as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

ALM VII, Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

DOUBLE HAUL TRADING, LLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: SunTrust Bank, its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Weltz

 

Name:

Douglas Weltz

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

LeverageSource III S.ar.1., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Plank

 

Name:

Paul Plank

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

LSR Loan Funding LLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Citibank N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tina Tran

 

Name:

Tina Tran

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Doral CLO I , Ltd ., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Finan

 

Name:

John Finan

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

ICE 1: EM CLO Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: ICE Canyon LLC, its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan M. Kaplan

 

Name:

Jonathan M. Kaplan

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

ICE Global Credit CLO Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: ICE Canyon LLC, its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan M. Kaplan

 

Name:

Jonathan M. Kaplan

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Goldman Sachs Trust on behalf of the Goldman Sachs High Yield Fund, as a Lender

 

by Goldman Sachs Asset Management

 

L.P. as investment advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Kadia Huong

 

Name:

Kadia Huong

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Northrop Grumman Pension Master Trust as a Lender

 

by Goldman Sachs Asset Management;

 

L.P. solely as its investment advisor and not as principal, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Kadia Huong

 

Name:

Kadia Huong

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Allen Chang

 

Name:

Allen Chang

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

CITIBANK INTERNATIOANL PLC SPAIN BRANCH, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Name:

Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC - ORIGINATIONS, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Name:

Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michelle Latzoni

 

Name:

Michelle Latzoni

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

KIL Loan Funding, LLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Citibank N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tina Tran

 

Name:

Tina Tran

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Kilimanjaro Fund I, L.P., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tina Tran

 

Name:

Tina Tran

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

City of New York Group Trust, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: The Comptroller of the City of New York By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

AbitibiBowater Fixed Income Master Trust Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

5180 CLO LP, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

CLC Leveraged Loan Trust, as a Lender

 

By: Challenger Life Nominees PTY Limited as Trustee

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

COPPER RIVER CLO LTD., as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Guggenheim Private Debt Fund Note Issuer, LLC, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

HIGH-YIELD LOAN PLUS MASTER SEGREGATED PORTFOLIO, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim High-Yield Plus Master Fund SPC,

 

On behalf of and for the account of the HIGH-YIELD LOAN PLUS MASTER SEGREGATED PORTFOLIO

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

IAM National Pension Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Adviser

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Intel Corporation Profit Sharing Retirement Plan, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Mercer Field CLO LP, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

NZCG Funding Ltd, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Odyssey America Reinsurance Corporation, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Orpheus Funding LLC, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Principal Fund, Inc. - Global Diversified Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Sub-Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Reliance Standard Life Insurance Company, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Renaissance Reinsurance Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Retirement System of the Tennessee Valley Authority, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Rydex Series Funds - Long Short Interest Rate Strategy Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Security Investors, LLC as Investment Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

SANDS POINT FUNDING LTD., as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

SEI Institutional Managed Trust-Multi Asset Income Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Sub-Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Security Income Fund - Floating Rate Strategies Series, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Security Income Fund - Macro Opportunities Series, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Security Income Fund - Total Return Bond Series, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Shriners Hospitals for Children, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Stichting PGGM Depositary, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Acting in its capacity as depositary of PGGM High Yield Bond Fund

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

The AbitibiBowater Inc. US Master Trust for Defined Benefit Plans, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

The North River Insurance Company, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Wake Forest University, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

ACE Tempest Reinsurance Ltd, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

KKR CORPORATE CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2005-2, LTD., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2006-1, LTD., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2007-1, LTD., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2007-A, LTD., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2011-1, LTD., as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Montpelier Capital Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By: KKR Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

JMP Credit Advisors CLO I Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Cratos CDO Management LLC As Attorney-in-Fact

 

By: JMP Credit Advisors LLC Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Renee Lefebvre

 

Name:

Renee Lefebvre

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Schnobel

 

Name:

Matthew Schnobel

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GUGGENHEIM OPPORTUNISTIC U.S. LOAN AND BOND FUND IV, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Opportunistic U.S. Loan and Bond Fund IV, a sub fund of Guggenheim Qualifying Investor Fund plc

 

By: For and on behalf of BNY Mellon Trust Company (Ireland) Limited under Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sabrina Holub

 

Name:

Sabrina Holub

 

Title:

Client Service Manager

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund, a sub fund of Guggenheim Qualifying Investor Fund plc

 

By: For and on behalf of BNY Mellon Trust Company (Ireland) Limited under Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sabrina Holub

 

Name:

Sabrina Holub

 

Title:

Client Service Manager

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund II, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund II, a sub fund of Guggenheim Qualifying Investor Fund plc By: For and on behalf of BNY Mellon Trust Company (Ireland) Limited under Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sabrina Holub

 

Name:

Sabrina Holub

 

Title:

Client Service Manager

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Guggenheim U. S. Loan Fund III, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund III, a sub fund of Guggenheim Qualifying Investor Fund plc

 

By: For and on behalf of BNY Mellon Trust Company (Ireland) Limited under Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sabrina Holub

 

Name:

Sabrina Holub

 

Title:

Client Service Manager

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

KKR Corporate Lending LLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Knox

 

Name:

John Knox

 

Title:

Controller

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Nob Hill CLO Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kyle Jennings

 

Name:

Kyle Jennings

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Barclays Bank PLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alicia Borys

 

Name:

Alicia Borys

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tina Ruyter

 

Name:

Tina Ruyter

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Bank of Montreal, Chicago Branch, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory F. Tomczyk

 

Name:

Gregory F. Tomczyk

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mikhail Faybusovich

 

Name:

Mikhail Faybusovich

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tyler R. Swift

 

Name:

Tyler R. Swift

 

Title:

Associate

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

AGF FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance CDO VII PLC, as Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Interim Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance CDO VIII, Ltd., as Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance CDO IX, Ltd. as Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Eaton Vance CDO IV, Ltd. as Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

[ILLEGIBLE], as Lender

 

By: [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance Floating Rate Income Trust, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance International (Cayman Islands) Floating Rate Income Portfolio, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance Senior Income Trust, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance Short Duration Diversified Income Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance [ILLEGIBLE] Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance Limited Duration Income Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 


 

 

Grayson & Co., as a Lender

 

By: Boston Management and Research as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

MET Investors Series Trust- Met Eaton Vance Floating Rate Portfolio, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Pacific Select Fund Floating Rate Loan Portfolio, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Pacific Life Funds- PL Floating Rate Loan Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II — Variable Portfolio — Eaton Vance Floating-Rate Income Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Senior Debt Portfolio, as a Lender

 

By: Boston Management and Research as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name: Michael B. Botthof

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Bayernlnvest Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH for account and on behalf of the Bayernlnvest Alternative Loan Fonds, Segment GoldenTree, as a Lender

 

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name: Karen Weber

 

0 Title: Director — Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

GoldenTree Credit Opportunities 2012-1 Financing, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

Name: Karen Weber

 

Title: Director — Bank Debt

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 23, 2013 (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into by Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Inciativas Culturales De España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Citibank, N.A. as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively) and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A.  Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, as it has been or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, by and among the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the lending institutions party thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

B.  Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have extended, and have agreed to extend, credit to the Borrowers.

 

C.  The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party hereto desire to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to effectiveness referred to in Section 6 hereof.

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Amendments to the Credit Agreement. On the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the following amendments are made to the Credit Agreement:

 

(a)  Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following terms in proper alphabetical order:

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, (a) any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that (and only for so long as), all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, as applicable, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the

 



 

Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (i) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure to constitute an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation (determined, for avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to any other keepwell, support, or other agreement for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all applicable guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations) or (ii) in the case of a Swap Obligation subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act, because such Guarantor is a “financial entity,” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C) the Commodity Exchange Act, at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) any other Swap Obligation designated as an “Excluded Swap Obligation” of such Guarantor as specified in any agreement between the relevant Credit Parties and Hedge Bank applicable to such Swap Obligations. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Credit Party that, at the time the relevant guarantee (or grant of the relevant security interest, as applicable) becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or otherwise constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and which may cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” with respect to such Swap Obligation at such time by entering into a keepwell pursuant to section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto).

 

Second ARCA Amendment Effective Date ” shall mean April 23, 2013.”

 

Series B Additional Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the amount set forth in such Series B Additional Term Loan Lender’s Series B Additional Term Loan Joinder Agreement.

 

Series B Additional Term Loan Joinder Agreement ” shall mean that Joinder Agreement dated as of April 23, 2013 among the Series B Additional Term Loan Lenders party thereto, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Series B Additional Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Series B Additional Term Loan, and any successors or assigns of the Series B Additional Term Loan Lenders.

 

Series B Additional Term Loans ” shall mean the Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $310,000,000 made to the Parent Borrower under the Series B Additional Term Loan Joinder Agreement.

 

2



 

Swap ” means any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any person, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap.

 

(b)  The definition of “Foreign Obligations” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

 

provided that the “Foreign Obligations” of any Guarantor shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor”.

 

(c)  The definition of “Repayment Amount” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following after “Series A New Term Loan Repayment Amount”:

 

“, with respect to the Series B Additional Term Loans, the repayment amount set forth in Section 2 of the Series B Additional Term Loan Joinder Agreement”.

 

(d)  The definition of “Series 2018 Extended Term Loan” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

 

“The Series B Additional Term Loans shall be deemed Series 2018 Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement, other than Section 2.5(b)(iii).”

 

(e)  The definition of “Term Loans” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following immediately after the words “any New Term Loans (of each Series, including the Series A New Term Loans)”:

 

“, any Series B Additional Term Loan”.

 

(f)  The definition of “U.S. Obligations” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

 

provided that the “U.S. Obligations” of any Guarantor shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor”.

 

(g)  Section 2.1(a) of the Credit agreement is hereby amended to add the following clause (v):

 

“(v) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Series B Additional Term Loan Lender having a Series B Additional Term Loan Commitment agrees to make a Series B Additional Term Loan in Dollars to the Parent Borrower on the Second ARCA Amendment Effective Date in a principal amount equal to its Series B Additional Term Loan Commitment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Series B Additional Term Loans shall be deemed Series 2018 Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this

 

3



 

Agreement, other than Section 2.5(b)(iii) and further, the Series B Additional Term Loans are not New Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.14 hereof.”

 

(h)  Section 5.1(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(c) In the event that, on or prior to the date that is six months after the First ARCA Amendment Effective Date, the Parent Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of any Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Series B New Term Loans and Series B Additional Term Loans) in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction with respect to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Series B New Term Loans and Series B Additional Term Loans), the Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Series 2018 Extended Term Lenders, Series B New Term Loan Lenders and Series B Additional Term Loan Lenders, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the amount of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Series B New Term Loans and Series B Additional Term Loans) being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y), a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Series B New Term Loans and Series B Additional Term Loans) outstanding immediately prior to such amendment.”

 

(i)  Section 10.7(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “other than as contemplated by Section 10.1(i); provided , however ,” with the following:

 

“, in each case, other than (i) as contemplated by Section 10.1(i) or (ii) with the proceeds of the Series B Additional Term Loans; provided , however , without limiting the prepayments, repurchases, redemptions and defeasances permitted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii),”.

 

(j)  Section 10.7(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following after the second occurrence of the word “Indebtedness”:

 

“, except with respect to the Series B Additional Term Loans,”.

 

(k)  Section 11.15 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

 

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount received from any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Guarantor.”

 

(l)  Section 14.8(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

 

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount received from any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Guarantor.”

 

4



 

(m)  Section 2(a) of the Guarantee is hereby amended by adding the following after the word “Obligations”:

 

“(excluding with respect to any Guarantor, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor)”.

 

(n)  The Guarantee is hereby amended by adding the following Section 23:

 

“23. Keepwell . Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally, and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Credit Party to honor all of its obligations under this Guarantee in respect of any Swap Obligation (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 23 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 23, or otherwise under this Guarantee, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 23 shall remain in full force and effect until the payment in full and discharge of the Obligations guaranteed under this Guarantee. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 23 constitute, and this Section 23 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.”

 

SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, the Borrowers represent and warrant to each of the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent that, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)  The representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that to the extent any such representation and warranty is already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects.

 

(b)  Each Borrower has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under this Amendment and each other Credit Document, as amended hereby. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by each Borrower of this Amendment and each other Credit Document (as amended hereby) to which it is a party have been duly approved by all necessary organizational action of each such Borrower. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement by each Borrower do not and will not (i) require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action

 

5



 

to, with or by, any Governmental Authority, where the failure to obtain such registration, consent or approval or give such notice, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Borrower (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any Contractual Requirement;

 

(c)  This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower that is a party hereto and this Amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of each such Borrower, enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and

 

(d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 3.  Amendment Effectiveness .   The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)  the Administrative Agent shall have received from each of the Borrowers and the Lenders constituting Required Lenders, a duly executed and delivered counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party;

 

(b)  the Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of DLA Piper LLP (US), counsel to the Parent Borrower;

 

(c)  the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) for its account or the account of each Lender entitled thereto all fees in connection with this Amendment agreed to prior to the Amendment Effective Date and all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, to the extent invoiced prior to the date hereof, reimbursement of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Credit Document; and

 

(d)  the Administrative Agent shall have received the Series B Additional Term Loan Joinder Agreement executed and delivered by the Series B Additional Term Loan Lenders party thereto, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this Amendment.

 

The date on which such conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent) is referred to herein as the “ Amendment Effective Date ”.

 

SECTION 4.  Effect of Amendment . Except as expressly provided in this

 

6



 

Amendment, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Credit Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances. On and after the Amendment Effective Date, this Amendment shall constitute a “Credit Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

SECTION 5. Consent . Each Lender that delivers an executed counterpart of this Amendment hereby consents to this Amendment.

 

SECTION 6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., “pdf”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

SECTION 7. Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 8.  Submission to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL Section 14.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference herein. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

SECTION 9. Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., as

 

Parent Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L., as Foreign Subsidiary Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment]

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Name:

Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment]

 



 

 

AGF FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND

 

BY: EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS PORTFOLIO MANAGER, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

ALM VIII, Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC,
as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc, as a Lender

 

By: Account 361722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Gulf Stream - Sextant CLO 2007-l, Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Gulf Stream Asset Management LLC

 

As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

ALM IV, Ltd, as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC

 

As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

ALM VII, Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC,
as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

APOLLO CREDIT FUNDING I LTD., as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Fund Management LLC,
as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Apollo Credit Senior Loan Fund, LP, as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Credit Advisors II, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc., as a Lender

 

By: Account 631203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

ASCRF 9 LOAN FUNDING LLC, as a Lender

 

By: Citibank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tina Tran

 

Name:

Tina Tran

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

DOUBLE HAUL TRADING, LLC, as a Lender

 

By: SunTrust Bank, its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Weltz

 

Name:

Douglas Weltz

 

Title:

Director

 


 

 

Falcon Senior Loan Fund Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Fund Management LLC
As Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

LeverageSource III S.a.r.l., as a Lender

 

By: Citibank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tina Tran

 

Name:

Tina Tran

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

LeverageSource V S.A.R.L, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laurent Ricci

 

Name:

Laurent Ricci

 

Title:

Class B Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Class A Manager

 



 

 

LSR Loan Funding LLC, as a Lender

 

By: Citibank N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tina Tran

 

Name:

Tina Tran

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Neptune Finance CCS, Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Gulf Stream Asset Management LLC

 

As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Stone Tower CLO V Ltd., as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC,

 

As its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

STONE TOWER CLO VI LTD., as a Lender

 

By: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC

 

As its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Community Insurance Company, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors LLC, as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

SEI Institutional Managed Trust-Multi Asset Income Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Sub-Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

WellPoint, Inc., as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Viens

 

Name:

Andrew Viens

 

Title:

Document Control Team

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

Bank of Montreal, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory F. Tomczyk

 

Name:

Gregory F. Tomczyk

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

Barclays Bank PLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alicia Borys

 

Name:

Alicia Borys

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Adfam Investment Company LLC

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Allied World Assurance Company, Ltd

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Alterra Bermuda Limited

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Bank Loan Strategy Fund of Multi Manager Global Investment Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management Inc., Its Investment Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund III, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund V, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund VI, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 


 

 

BlackRock Debt Strategies Fund, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Defined Opportunity Credit Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Fixed Income Portable Alpha Master Series Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Fixed Income Value Opportunities

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock High Yield Bond Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Floating Rate Income Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Multi­Asset Income Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Advisors, LLC, its Sub­Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Strategic Income Opportunities Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. its registered sub-adviser, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 


 

 

BlackRock Global Investment Series:

 

Income Strategies Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Global Long/Short Credit Fund Of BlackRock Funds

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock High Income Shares

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock High Yield Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Secured Credit Portfolio of BlackRock Funds II

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Senior Floating Rate Portfolio

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Senior High Income Fund, Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Senior Income Series II

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Senior Income Series IV

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 


 

 

BlackRock Senior Income Series V Limited

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlackRock Strategic Bond Trust

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BMI CLO I

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Houston Casualty Company

 

By: BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Its Investment Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Ironshore Inc.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

JPMBI re BlackRock BankLoan Fund

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management Inc., as Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Magnetite VI, Limited

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Magnetite VII, Limited

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Permanens Capital L.P.

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Scor Global Life Americas Reinsurance Company

 

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., Its Investment Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 


 

 

U.S. Specialty Insurance Company

 

By: BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Its Investment Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

BlueMountain CLO 2011-1 Ltd, as a Lender

 

By: B luemountain capital MANAGEMENT, llc, Its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dwayne Weston

 

Name:

Dwayne Weston

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

BlueMountain CLO 2012-1 Ltd, as a Lender

 

By: B luemountain capital MANAGEMENT, llc, Its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dwayne Weston

 

Name:

Dwayne Weston

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

BlueMountain CLO 2012-2 Ltd, as a Lender

 

By: B luemountain capital MANAGEMENT, llc, Its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dwayne Weston

 

Name:

Dwayne Weston

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

BlueMountain CLO II, LTD, as a Lender

 

By: B luemountain capital MANAGEMENT, llc, Its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dwayne Weston

 

Name:

Dwayne Weston

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

BlueMountain CLO III, LTD, as a Lender

 

By: B luemountain capital MANAGEMENT, llc, Its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dwayne Weston

 

Name:

Dwayne Weston

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Chatham Light II CLO, Limited, as a Lender

 

By: Sankaty Advisors , llc as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

DUANE STREET CLO II, LTD.

 

By: Napier Park Global Capital, LLC , As Collateral Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Roger Yee

 

Name:

Roger Yee

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

 

Citicorp North America, Inc., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Name:

Caesar Wyszomirski

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Citibank N.A. – Secondary Trading Leverage 8 ALT, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian S. Broyles

 

Name:

Brian S. Broyles

 

Title:

Attorney-In-Fact

 


 

 

REGATTA II FUNDING LP

 

By: Napier Park Global Capital, LLC ,

 

attorney-in-fact, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Roger Yee

 

Name:

Roger Yee

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ari Bruger

 

Name:

Ari Bruger

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

 

Name:

Tyler R. Smith

 

Title:

Associate

 



 

 

Doral CLO I, Ltd., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Finan

 

Name:

John Finan

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Eaton Vance CDO IX Ltd.

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Eaton Vance CDO VII PLC

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Interim Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Eaton Vance CDO VIII, Ltd.

 

By: Eaton Vance Management As Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Eaton Vance CDO X PLC

 

By: Eaton Vance Management As Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

EATON VANCE VT FLOATING-RATE INCOME FUND

 

BY: EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR, as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Eaton Vance International (Cayman Islands) Floating-Rate Income Portfolio

 

By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

[Illegible],

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 


 

 

EATON VANCE SENIOR FLOATING-RATE TRUST

 

BY: EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR, as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Eaton Vance SHORt duration Diversified INCOME fund

 

B y : Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

[ILLEGIBLE],

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Eaton Vance limited duration income fund

 

B y : Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Eaton Vance floating-rate income trust

 

B y : Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

[ILLEGIBLE],

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

MEt investors series trust-met/eaton vance floating rate PORTFOLIO

 

B y Eaton Vance Management as investment sub-advisor , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

pacific life funding floating rate loan fund

 

B y : Eaton Vance Management as investment sub-advisor , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

[ILLEGIBLE],

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Longfellow Place CLO, Ltd., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott D'Orsi

 

Name:

Scott D'Orsi

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

Fidelity Advisor Series II: Fidelity Advisor Strategic Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Floating Rate High Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Ballyrock CLO 2006-2 LTD

 

 

 

By: Ballyrock Investment Advisors LLC,
as Collateral Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Rymut

 

Name:

Lisa Rymut

 

Title:

Assistant Treasurer

 



 

 

Fidelity American High Yield Fund

 

 

 

for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity American High Yield Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Capital & Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity Floating Rate Central Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Fidelity Fixed-Income Trust: Fidelity Strategic Dividend & Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Investment Trust

 

 

 

for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Investment Trust, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Global High Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Series Floating Rate High Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund

By: Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company,
as Investment Manager Under Power of Attorney, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Synrod

 

Name:

Richard Synrod

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor High Income Advantage Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Commonwealth of Massachusetts Pension Reserves Investment Management Board

 

 

 

By: Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company as Investment Manager, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Synrod

 

Name:

Richard Synrod

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Pyramis Floating Rate High Income Commingled Pool

 

 

 

By: Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company as Trustee, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Synrod

 

Name:

Richard Synrod

 

Title:

Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

Fidelity School Street Trust: Fidelity Strategic Income Fund , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Strategic Income Portfolio , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Ryan

 

Name:

Gary Ryan

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

FORE CLO LTD. 2007-I, as a Lender

 

 

 

By Fore Research & Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Agranoff

 

Name:

Daniel Agranoff

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer
Fore Research & Management, LP

 



 

 

Drawbridge Investment Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Security Income Fund – Total Return Bond Series, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Blue Shield of California

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alex Guang Yu

 

Name:

ALEX GUANG YU

 

Title:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

 



 

 

Franklin CLO V, Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alex Guang Yu

 

Name:

ALEX GUANG YU

 

Title:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

 


 

 

Franklin Floating Rate Master Trust -

 

Franklin Floating Rate Master Series

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Madeline Lam

 

Name:

Madeline Lam

 

Title:

Asst. Vice President

 



 

 

Franklin Investors Securities Trust -

 

Franklin Floating Rate Daily Access Fund

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Madeline Lam

 

Name:

Madeline Lam

 

Title:

Asst. Vice President

 



 

 

Franklin Templeton Series II Funds -

 

Franklin Floating Rate II Fund

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Madeline Lam

 

Name:

Madeline Lam

 

Title:

Asst. Vice President

 



 

 

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michelle Latzoni

 

Name:

Michelle Latzoni

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Goldman Sachs Trust on behalf of the

 

Goldman Sachs High Yield Floating Rate Fund

 

by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. as investment advisor and not as principal, as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaidi Huong

 

Name:

Kaidi Huong

 

Title:

VP

 



 

 

City of New York Group Trust, as a Lender

 

By: The Comptroller of the City of New York

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

 

5180 CLO LP, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC
As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

 

AbitibiBowater Fixed Income Master Trust Fund, as a Lender

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

 

CLC Leveraged Loan Trust, as a Lender

 

By: Challenger Life Nominees PTY Limited as Trustee

 

By : Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


 

 

COPPER RIVER CLO LTD.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as
Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

 

Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

GUGGENHEIM OPPORTUNISTIC U.S. LOAN AND BOND FUND IV,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Opportunistic U.S. Loan and Bond Fund IV, a sub fund of Guggenheim Qualifying Investor Fund plc

 

By: For and on behalf of BNY Mellon Trust Company

 

(Ireland) Limited under Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen Nelson

 

Name:

Stephen Nelson

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund, a sub fund of Guggenheim Qualifying Investor Fund plc

 

By: For and on behalf of BNY Mellon Trust Company

 

(Ireland) Limited under Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen Nelson

 

Name:

Stephen Nelson

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

 

Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund II,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund II, a sub fund of Guggenheim Qualifying Investor Fund plc

 

By: For and on behalf of BNY Mellon Trust Company

 

(Ireland) Limited under power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen Nelson

 

Name:

Stephen Nelson

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund III,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim U.S. Loan Fund III, a sub fund of
Guggenheim Qualifying Investor Fund plc

 

By: For and on behalf of BNY Mellon Trust Company

 

(Ireland) Limited under Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen Nelson

 

Name:

Stephen Nelson

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

HIGH-YIELD LOAN PLUS MASTER SEGREGATED PORTFOLIO,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim High-Yield Plus Master Fund SPC,

 

On behalf of and for the account of the HIGH-YIELD LOAN
PLUS MASTER SEGREGATED PORTFOLIO

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as
Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Tile:

 

 



 

 

IAM National Pension Fund,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as
Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Intel Corporation Profit Sharing Retirement Plan,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Mercer Field CLO LP,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as
Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

The North River Insurance Company,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

NZCG Funding Ltd,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Odyssey Reinsurance Company,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Orpheus Funding LLC,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Principal Fund, Inc. - Global Diversified Income Fund,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Sub-Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Reliance Standard Life Insurance Company,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Retirement System of the Tennessee Valley Authority,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

SANDS POINT FUNDING LTD.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Security Income Fund - Macro Opportunities Series,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Security Income Fund - Floating Rate Strategies Series,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

Shriners Hospitals for Children,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

The AbitibiBowater Inc. US Master Trust for Defined Benefit Plans,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Wake Forest University,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Highbridge International LLC,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Highbridge Capital Management, LLC as Trading Manager and not in its individual capacity

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Serge Adam

 

Name:

Serge Adam

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Highbridge Principal Strategies Credit Opportunities Master Fund, L. P.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC as Trading Manager and not in its individual capacity

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Serge Adam

 

Name:

Serge Adam

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Oberhausen S.a.r.1 a responsabilite limites de titrisation,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Highbridge Leverage Loan Partners Master Fund III, LP. as Portfolio Manager

 

By: Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC as Trading Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Serge Adam

 

Name:

Serge Adam

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

PACIFIC SELECT FUND
FLOATING RATE LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

 

 

BY: EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT AS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISOR, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Botthof

 

Name:

Michael B. Botthof

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

HRS Investment Holdings, LLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steve Kaseta

 

Name:

Steve Kaseta

 

Title:

CIO

 



 

 

IBM Personal Pension Plan Trust,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Apollo Fund Management LLC, its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

ICE 1: EM CLO Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: ICE Canyon LLC, its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan M. Kaplan

 

Name:

Jonathan M. Kaplan

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

ICE Global Credit CLO Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: ICE Canyon LLC, its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan M. Kaplan

 

Name:

Jonathan M. Kaplan

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

JMP CREDIT ADVISORS CLO I LTD.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Cratos CDO Management, LLC

 

As Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

By:  JMP Credit Advisors LLC

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Renee Lefebvre

 

Name:

Renee Lefebvre

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

 



 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tina Ruyter

 

Name:

Tina Ruyter

 

Title:

Executive Director

 



 

 

KIL Loan Funding, LLC,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Citibank N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lynette Thompson

 

Name:

Lynette Thompson

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Kilimanjaro Credit Fund, L.P.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  Kilimanjaro Advisors, LLC

 

as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lynette Thompson

 

Name:

Lynette Thompson

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

ACE Tempest Reinsurance Ltd,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

KKR CORPORATE CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

KKR Corporate Lending LLC,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Knox

 

Name:

John Knox

 

Title:

Controller

 



 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2005-2, LTD.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2006-1, LTD.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2007-1, LTD.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2007-A, LTD.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2011-1, LTD.,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Montpelier Capital Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  KKR Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey Smith

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

GENESIS CLO 2007-2 LTD, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:  LLCP Advisors LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Hartman

 

Name:

Steven Hartman

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Continental Casualty Company, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lynne Gugenheim

 

Name:

Lynne Gugenheim

 

Title:

Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 



 

 

LATITUDE CLO I, LTD,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk Wallace

 

Name:

Kirk Wallace

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

LATITUDE CLO II, LTD,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk Wallace

 

Name:

Kirk Wallace

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

LATITUDE CLO III, LTD,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk Wallace

 

Name:

Kirk Wallace

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Northrop Grumman Pension Master Trust

 

by Goldman Sachs Asset Management,

 

L.P. solely as its investment advisor and

 

not as principal, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaidi Huong

 

Name:

Kaidi Huong

 

Title:

VP

 



 

The Metropolitan Life Insurance Company     , as a Lender

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew J. Mclnerny

 

Name:

Matthew J. Mclnerny

 

Title:

Managing Director

 



 

 

MidOcean Credit CLO I, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jim Wiant

 

Name:

Jim Wiant

 

Title:

Managing Director

 



 

 

Venture IX CDO, Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:  its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Venture V CDO Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:  its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Venture VI CDO Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:  its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Venture VII CDO Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:  its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Venture VIII CDO, Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:  its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Venture XI CLO, Limited,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:  its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

VENTURE XII CLO, Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   its investment advisor MJX Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

VENTURE XIII CLO, Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   its Investment Advisor MJX Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Atha Baugh

 

Name:

Atha Baugh

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Allen Chang

 

Name:

Allen Chang

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Virtus Senior Floating Rate Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kyle Jennings

 

Name:

Kyle Jennings

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

General American Life Insurance Company          , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew J. McInerny

 

Name:

Matthew J. McInerny

 

Title:

Managing Director

 



 

 

Oppenheimer Senior Floating Rate Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bill Campbell

 

Name:

Bill Campbell

 

Title:

AVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. acting
as agent for OppenheimerFunds, Inc

 



 

 

Pioneer Floating Rate Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc.,  its Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Elliott Dobin

 

 

Name:

Elliott Dobin,

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Montpelier Investments Holdings Ltd., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pioneer Institutional Asset Management, Inc.,  its Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Elliott Dobin

 

 

Name:

Elliott Dobin,

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 



 

 

Draco Dollar Funding Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sinisa Krnic

 

Name:

Sinisa Krnic

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

Vela Dollar Funding Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sinisa Krnic

 

Name:

Sinisa Krnic

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

Dryden XI - Leveraged Loan CDO 2006, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Name:

Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Title:

Vice President

 


 

 

Dryden XVI - Leveraged Loan CDO 2006,   as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Name:

Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Dryden XXIV Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Name:

Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Dryden XXV Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Name:

Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Dryden XXVI Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Name:

Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Prudential Bank Loan Fund of the Prudential Trust Company Collective Trust, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Name:

Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Prudential Global Short Duration High Yield Fund, Inc., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Name:

Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

Prudential Investment Portfolios, Inc. 14 - Prudential Floating Rate Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Name:

Joseph Lemanowicz

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

RBS Pension Trustee Limited as Trustee to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors, LLC, its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Viens

 

Name:

Andrew Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Future Fund Board of Guardians, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Nash Point CLO, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

Qantas Superannuation Plan, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Race Point III CLO, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Race Point IV CLO, Ltd., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Asset Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Race Point V CLO, Limited, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors LLC, as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Race Point VI CLO, Ltd, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors LLC, as Asset Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Viens

 

Name:

Andrew Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Race Point VII CLO, Limited , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Viens

 

Name:

Andrew Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Race Point VIII CLO, Limited , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Viens

 

Name:

Andrew Viens

 

Title:

Document Control Team

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Sankaty High Income Partnership, L.P., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:   Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Sankaty Managed Account (PSERS), L.P., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Sankaty Senior Loan Fund, L.P., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Viens

 

Name:

Andrew S. Viens

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

Nob Hill CLO Limited , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kyle Jennings

 

Name:

Kyle Jennings

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Renaissance Reinsurance Ltd., as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

KAITLIN TRINH

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Stichting PGGM Depositary, as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Acting in its capacity as depositary of PGGM High Yield Bond Fund

 

By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaitlin Trinh

 

Name:

Kaitlin Trinh

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Strategic Income Opportunities Bond Fund

 

 

 

By: BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, NA, not in its individual capacity but as Trustee of the Strategic Opportunities Bond Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Stulberger

 

Name:

Sandra Stulberger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

Municipal Employees’ Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago (Symphony) , as a Lender

 

 

 

By:   Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Nuveen Credit Strategies Income Fund , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:   Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Nuveen Senior Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

Nuveen Symphony Floating Rate Income Fund , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Principal Funds Inc, – Diversified Real Asset Fund , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

SSF Trust, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Symphony CLO IX, Limited Partnership , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Symphony CLO VII, LTD , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Symphony CLO VIII, Limited Partnership , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Symphony CLO XI, Limited Partnership , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Symphony Senior Loan Fund, L.P. , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Symphony Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Kim

 

Name:

James Kim

 

Title:

Co-Head of Credit Research

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

This consent is made by the following Lender, acting through the undersigned investment advisor:

 

 

ACE American Insurance Company , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. as investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Burns

 

Name:

Brian Burns

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

T. Rowe Price Emerging Markets Corporate Bond Fund , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: T. Rowe Price Institutional Floating Rate Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Burns

 

Name:

Brian Burns

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

This consent is made by the following Lender, acting through the undersigned investment advisor:

 

 

 

T. Rowe Price Floating Rate Fund, Inc. ,

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Burns

 

Name:

Brian Burns

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

This consent is made by the following Lender, acting through the undersigned investment advisor:

 

 

 

T. Rowe Price Floating Rate Multi-Sector Account Portfolio ,

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Burns

 

Name:

Brian Burns

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

This consent is made by the following Lender, acting through the undersigned investment advisor:

 

 

 

T. Rowe Price Institutional Floating Rate Fund,

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Burns

 

Name:

Brian Burns

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Thornburg Strategic Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Brady

 

Name:

Jason Brady

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager/Managing Director

 



 

 

Benefit Street Partners II Loan Funding, LLC ,

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By: Citibank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Plank

 

Name:

Paul Plank

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Ivy High Income Fund, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bryan C. Krug

 

Name:

Bryan C. Krug

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President

 



 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Schnabel

 

Name:

Matthew Schnabel

 

Title:

VP

 



 

 

Wells Fargo Principal Lending, LLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bohannon

 

Name:

Mike Bohannon

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 



 

 

John Hancock Fund II Floating Rate Income Fund ,

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eiki Hatakeyama

 

Name:

Eiki Hatakeyama

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

LMP Corporate Loan Fund, Inc. ,

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eiki Hatakeyama

 

Name:

Eiki Hatakeyama

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

MultiMix Wholesale Diversified Fixed Interest Trust ,

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eiki Hatakeyama

 

 

 

 

Name:

Eiki Hatakeyama

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

Western Asset Floating Rate High Income Fund, LLC ,

as a Lender

 

 

 

By: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eiki Hatakeyama

 

 

 

 

Name:

Eiki Hatakeyama

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

WhiteHorse VI, Ltd

 

By: H.I.G. WhiteHorse Capital, LLC  As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Siegel

 

Name:

Richard Siegel

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of October 3, 2013 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) is entered into by Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively), Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (the “ Lead Arranger ”), KKR Capital Markets LLC (“ KCM ”) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (together with the Lead Arranger and KCM, the “ Agents ”) and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

1.                                       Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, by and among the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the lending institutions party thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (as it has been or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement).

 

2.                                       Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have agreed to make, and have made, certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrowers.

 

3.                                       The Parent Borrower has requested, in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement, that (a) the outstanding Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including the outstanding Series B New Term Loans and the outstanding Series B Additional Term Loans, as defined below) and the outstanding Series A-2018 New Term Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement as of the Amendment Effective Date) be refinanced with a new term facility (the “ Amended Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Facility ”) by obtaining New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments (as defined in Section 2 of this Amendment) and having the existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including the existing Series B New Term Loans and the Series B Additional New Term Loans) and the existing Series A-2018 New Term Loans be continued as provided herein and (b) the outstanding Series A New Term Loans be refinanced with a new term facility (the “ Amended Series A New Term Loan Facility ,” together with the Amended Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Facility, the “ Amended Term Loan Facilities ”) by obtaining New Series A New Term Loan Commitments (as defined in Section 2 of this Amendment) and having the existing Series A New Term Loans be continued as provided herein.

 

4.                                       The loans under the Amended Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Facility (the “ New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans ”) will replace and refinance the currently outstanding Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including the Series B New Term Loans and the Series B Additional Term Loans) and the Series A-2018 New Term Loans.

 



 

5.                                       The loans under the Amended Series A New Term Loan Facility (the “ New Series A New Term Loans ”) will replace and refinance the currently outstanding Series A New Term Loans. The New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and the New Series A New Term Loans are each a “ New Replacement Term Loan ” and, collectively, the “ New Replacement Term Loans ”.

 

6.                                       Except as otherwise provided herein and with respect to use of proceeds, (a) the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans will have the same terms as the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including the Series B New Term Loans and the Series B Additional Term Loans) and the Series A-2018 New Term Loans currently outstanding under the Credit Agreement and (b) the New Series A New Term Loans will have the same terms as the Series A New Term Loans currently outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

 

7.                                       Each existing Series 2018 Extended Term Lender (including any Lender that holds Series B New Term Loans or Series B Additional Term Loans), and each Lender holding existing Series A-2018 New Term Loans, that executes and delivers a signature page to this Amendment (a “ Lender Addendum ”) and in connection therewith agrees to continue all of its outstanding Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including the Series B New Term Loans and the Series B Additional Term Loans), and its outstanding Series A-2018 New Term Loans, as New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (such continued Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and Series A-2018 New Term Loans, the “ Continued Series 2018 Extended Term Loans ”, and such Lenders, collectively, the “ Continuing Series 2018 Extended Term Lenders ”) will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment and (ii) agree to continue all of its existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including its existing Series B New Term Loans and its existing Series B Additional Term Loans) and its existing Series A-2018 New Term Loans (such existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and existing Series A-2018 New Term Loans, the “ Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans ”, and the Lenders of such Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, collectively, the “ Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Lenders ”) outstanding on the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below) as New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in a principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans so continued (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender by the Lead Arranger (as defined below) prior to the Amendment Effective Date).

 

8.                                       Each existing Series A New Term Lender that executes and delivers a Lender Addendum and in connection therewith agrees to continue all of its outstanding Series A New Term Loans as New Series A New Term Loans (such continued Series A New Term Loans, the “ Continued Series A New Term Loans ”, and such Lenders, collectively, the “ Continuing Series A New Term Lenders ”) will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment and (ii) agree to continue all of its existing Series A New Term Loans (such existing Series A New Term Loans, the “ Existing Series A New Term Loans ,” together with the Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, the “ Existing Term Loans ”, and the Lenders of such Existing Series A New Term Loans, collectively, the “ Existing Series A New Term Lenders ,” together with the Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders, each an “ Existing Term Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Existing Term Lenders ”) outstanding on the Amendment Effective Date as New Series A New Term Loans in a principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Existing Series A New Term Loans so continued (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender by the Lead Arranger prior to the Amendment Effective Date) (the Continuing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and the Continuing Series A New Term Loans being referred to each as a “ Continuing

 

2



 

Term Loan ” and, collectively, as the “ Continuing Term Loans ”).

 

9.                                       Subject to the preceding recitals, (a) each Person (other than a Continuing Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lender in its capacity as such) that executes and delivers a respective Lender Addendum and agrees in connection therewith to make New Series 2018 Extended New Term Loans (collectively, the “ Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders ”) will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment and (ii) commit to make the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans to the Parent Borrower on the Amendment Effective Date (the “ Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans ”) in such amount (not in excess of any such commitment) as is determined by the Lead Arranger and notified to such Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lender, and (b) each Person (other than a Continuing Series A New Term Loan Lender in its capacity as such) that executes and delivers a respective Lender Addendum and agrees in connection therewith to make New Series A New Term Loans (collectively, the “ Additional New Series A New Term Loan Lenders, ” together with the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders, each an “ Additional Term Loan Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Additional Term Loan Lenders ”) will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment and (ii) commit to make the Additional New Series A New Term Loans to the Parent Borrower on the Amendment Effective Date (the “ Additional New Series A New Term Loans ” ) in such amount (not in excess of any such commitment) as is determined by the Lead Arranger and notified to such Additional New Series A New Term Loan Lender.

 

10.                                The proceeds of (a) the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans will be used by the Parent Borrower to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of the Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans that are not continued as New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and (b) the Additional New Series A New Term Loans will be used by the Parent Borrower to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of the Existing Series A New Term Loans that are not continued as New Series A New Term Loans.

 

11.                                The Continuing Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders and the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders (collectively, the “ New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders ”) are severally willing to continue their Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans as New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and/or to make New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, as the case may be, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

 

12.                                The Continuing Series A New Term Loan Lenders and the Additional New Series A New Term Loan Lenders (collectively, the “ New Series A New Term Loan Lenders ,” together with the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders, each a “ New Term Loan Lender ” and, collectively, the “ New Term Loan Lenders ”) are severally willing to continue their Existing Series A New Term Loans as New Series A New Term Loans and/or to make New Series A New Term Loans, as the case may be, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

 

13.                                Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement permits the Parent Borrower to amend the Credit Agreement, with the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the New Term Loan Lenders, and to refinance each of the Existing Term Loans with the Amended Term Loan Facilities, which are Replacement Term Loans (as defined in Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement).

 

3



 

14.                                The Borrowers, the New Term Loan Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the other parties hereto desire to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Amendments to the Credit Agreement . On the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the following amendments are made to the Credit Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following terms in proper alphabetical order:

 

Adjusted Consolidated Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.8.

 

Adjusted Non-Consolidated NFP Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.8 .

 

Consolidated Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.8 .

 

Lender Financials ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.8 .

 

Maximum Permitted SLB/Lien Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to (a) $400,000,000, less (b) an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Sale Leasebacks received from and after the Restatement Effective Date in respect of assets owned by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.4(n), less (c) the amount of outstanding Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted pursuant to Section 10.2(s)  from time to time.

 

New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in the Third Amendment.

 

New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in the Third Amendment.

 

New Series A New Term Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in the Third Amendment.

 

New Series A New Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in the Third Amendment.

 

Non-Consolidated Not-For-Profit University ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.8 .

 

Non-Consolidated NFP Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.8 .

 

4



 

Not-For-Profit University ” shall mean any affiliated not-for-profit, non-stock university that is a Subsidiary.

 

Permitted SLB/Lien Prepayment Event ” shall mean the issuance or incurrence by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under Section 10.2(s) .

 

Prior Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.8 .

 

Second Amendment ” shall mean that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013, among Laureate Education, Inc., Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto.

 

Series-A New Revolving Commitments ” shall mean the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments up to the maximum principal amount of $50,000,000 made available pursuant to that certain Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and among Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Laureate Education, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

Series A-2018 New Term Loan Lender ” shall mean any Lender that has a Series A-2018 New Term Loan.

 

Series A-2018 New Term Loans ” shall mean the Series A-2018 New Term Loans in the original aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000 made pursuant to that certain Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and among Bank of Montreal, Chicago Branch, Laureate Education, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

Subsequent Period ” shall mean the period beginning with and including the first period for which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 1.8(c)  reflecting a change in the accounting for Not-for-Profit Universities.

 

Third Amendment ” shall mean that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013, among the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the agents thereto and the financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto.

 

Third Amendment Effective Date ” shall mean October 3, 2013.

 

New Replacement Term Loans ” shall mean the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and the New Series A New Term Loans.

 

5



 

(b)                                  The defined term “Applicable ABR Margin” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clauses (ii) and (iii) thereof and replacing them with the following: “(ii) New Series A New Term Loan, 3.75%, (iii) New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan, 2.75% or”.

 

(c)                                   The defined term “Class” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence after the last sentence of the definition:

 

“For avoidance of doubt, the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and the New Series A New Term Loans are each a separate Class.”

 

(d)                                  The defined term “Applicable LIBOR Margin” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clauses (ii) and (iii) thereof and replacing them with the following: “(ii) New Series A New Term Loan, 4.75%, (iii) New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan, 3.75% or”.

 

(e)                                   The defined term “Net Cash Proceeds” is hereby amended by deleting the words “or Permitted Sale Leaseback” wherever they appear in such definition and replacing them with “, Permitted SLB/Lien Prepayment Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback”.

 

(f)                                    The defined term “Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount ” shall mean, after the Third Amendment Effective Date, without duplication, (a) $200,000,000 minus any amount incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(n)(i)(a)  from and after the Third Amendment Effective Date, plus (b) additional amounts incurred after the Third Amendment Effective Date, to the extent, both immediately before and after giving effect to such additional amounts (but only to the extent such amounts are drawn in the form of loans on the date of determination and excluding from the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt any netting of Unrestricted Cash that would result from the incurrence of any such portion of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount being incurred at such time) that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 3.00 to 1.00. It is understood that the Series A New Revolving Commitments, the Series A-2018 New Term Loans and the Series B New Term Loans shall not reduce the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount. For avoidance of doubt, the Series B Additional Term Loans were not New Term Loans under Section 2.14 hereof and the New Replacement Term Loans are not New Term Loans under Section 2.14 (Incremental Facilities) hereof.

 

6



 

(g)                                   The defined term “Prepayment Event” is hereby amended by inserting immediately after the words “Casualty Event” the following: “, Permitted SLB/Lien Prepayment Event”.

 

(h)                                  Clause (ii) of the defined term “Reinvestment Period” is hereby amended by inserting the following after the words “Permitted Sale Leaseback” wherever such words are used in such definition: “ or a Permitted SLB/Lien Prepayment Event”.

 

(i)                                     The defined term “Required Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lenders” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the references to “Series 2018 Extended Term Loans” with “New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans”.

 

(j)                                    The defined term “Term Loan Commitment” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s (a) Closing Date Term Loan Commitment, (b) Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, (d) agreement, if any, to continue its Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment (as defined in the Third Amendment) as a New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan or the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan in the amount provided in the Third Amendment, (e) agreement, if any, to continue its Existing Series A New Term Loan Commitment (as defined in the Third Amendment) as a New Series A New Term Loan or the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a New Series A New Term Loan in the amount provided in the Third Amendment, and (f) if applicable, New Term Loan Commitment made after the Third Amendment Effective Date with respect to any series.

 

(k)                                  The defined term “Term Loans” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Term Loans ” shall mean the Closing Date Term Loans, the Delayed Draw Term Loans, the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, the Series A New Term Loans, the Series A-2018 New Term Loans, the Series B New Term Loans, the Series B Additional Term Loans, any New Replacement Term Loans, and any New Term Loans (of each Series) incurred after the Third Amendment Effective Date, collectively.

 

(l)                                      The defined term “Total Term Loan Commitments” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

7



 

Total Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments, the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitments, the New Series A New Term Loan Commitments and the New Term Loan Commitments made after the Third Amendment Effective Date, if applicable, of all the Lenders.

 

(m)                              The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 1.8:

 

“1.8                          Not-For-Profit Universities .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if at any time the Parent Borrower concludes that one or more of its Not-For-Profit Universities no longer should be included as a fully economically consolidated entity (each such Not-For-Profit University, a “ Non-Consolidated Not-For-Profit University ”) in the consolidated financial statements of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b), including the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows:

 

(a)                                  the delivery of any consolidated financial statements of the Parent Borrower for any period prior to the Subsequent Period, which consolidated financial statements included any such Non-Consolidated Not-For-Profit University as a consolidated Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (each “ Prior Financial Statements ”) and any accompanying certification and narrative report with respect thereto shall not give rise to a Default or an Event of Default due to the inclusion of any such Non-Consolidated Not-For-Profit University in the consolidated financial statements of the Parent Borrower for any period prior to the Subsequent Period;

 

(b)                                  any restatement of any Prior Financial Statements solely in connection with any such change in accounting treatment for any Not-For-Profit University shall not give rise to a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

(c)                                   for each Subsequent Period, to satisfy the delivery of consolidated financial statements of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or Section 9.1(b), as the case may be, the Borrowers shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (i) the consolidated financial statements of the Parent Borrower (excluding any Non-Consolidated Not-For-Profit University) prepared in accordance with GAAP (each “ Consolidated Financial Statements ”), (ii) the aggregate of the unaudited standalone consolidated financial statements of each Non-Consolidated Not-For-Profit University (each “ Non-Consolidated NFP Financial Statements ”) prepared in accordance with GAAP, (iii) a reconciliation reflecting (A) the Consolidated Financial Statements minus (B) the aggregate results of each of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, subject to applicable consolidation adjustments (the “ Adjusted Consolidated Financial

 

8



 

Statements ”), (iv) a reconciliation reflecting (A) the aggregate results of the Non- Consolidated NFP Financial Statements minus (B) the aggregate results of each of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries included in the Non-Consolidated NFP Financial Statements, subject to applicable consolidation adjustments (the “ Adjusted Non-Consolidated NFP Financial Statements ”), (v) a reconciliation reflecting the aggregate of the results of (A) the Consolidated Financial Statements and (B) the aggregate results of the Non-Consolidated NFP Financial Statements, and (vi) a reconciliation reflecting the aggregate of the results of (A) the Adjusted Consolidated Financial Statements and (B) the Adjusted Non-Consolidated NFP Financial Statements (the reconciliations referred to in clauses (v) and (vi) of Section 1.8(c) is referred to as the “ Lender Financials ”).

 

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrowers shall not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of their agreements under Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b) for the purposes of Section 11.3 if any such failure to comply is caused by a need to restate of any Prior Financial Statements solely in connection with any such change in accounting treatment for any Not-For-Profit University until such failure shall continue unremedied 120 days after the date any report is required to be filed with SEC or delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b).”

 

(n)                                  Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as of the Third Amendment Effective Date by adding the following sentence immediately before the last sentence of Section 2.1(a):

 

“On the Third Amendment Effective Date, the New Replacement Term Loans shall constitute Term Loans in all respects.”

 

(o)                                  The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 5.1(c) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“(c) In the event that, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Third Amendment Effective Date, the Parent Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of any of the New Replacement Term Loans in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction with respect to any of the New Replacement Term Loans, the Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Lender’s holding the New Replacement Term Loans, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the amount of the New Replacement Term Loans being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y), a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the New Replacement Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment.”

 

(p)                                  The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word “and” at the end of clause (q) of Section 10.2, (ii) replacing the period at the end of clause (r) of Section 10.2 with “; and” and (iii) adding the following new clause (s) to Section 10.2:

 

“(s) Liens in respect of real estate, fixed or capital assets, and personal property relating solely to such assets, owned or acquired by the Parent Borrower or a

 

9



 

Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (i) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the fair market value of such assets and in no event shall the Indebtedness secured thereby exceed the Maximum Permitted SLB/Lien Amount (of which no more than $250,000,000 may be secured by assets of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owned as of the Restatement Effective Date) as calculated immediately prior to the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness and (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Indebtedness secured thereby (A) shall be used for Permitted SLB Investments invested no later than the last day of the Reinvestment Period after the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (B) if not invested within the Reinvestment Period, shall be promptly applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans;”

 

(q)                                  The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 10.4(n) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“(n) the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect Permitted Sale Leasebacks; provided that Net Cash Proceeds (without giving effect to any reinvestment right) of Permitted Sale Leasebacks received from and after the Restatement Effective Date in respect of assets owned by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (of which no more than $250,000,000 shall be Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Sale Leasebacks in respect of assets of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owned as of the Restatement Effective Date) shall be (i) used, up to the Maximum Permitted SLB/Lien Amount as calculated immediately prior to such Permitted Sale Leaseback, for Permitted SLB Investments, in each case consummated or reinvested no later than the last day of the Reinvestment Period after the consummation of such Permitted Sale Leaseback, or (ii) applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans.”

 

(r)                                     The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 10.5(w) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“(w) Permitted SLB Investments financed with up to the Maximum Permitted SLB/Lien Amount as calculated immediately prior to such Permitted SLB Investments of proceeds of Permitted Sale Leasebacks or Permitted SLB/Lien Prepayment Events received from and after the Restatement Effective Date (of which no more than $250,000,000 shall be proceeds of Permitted Sale Leasebacks or Permitted SLB/Lien Prepayment Events in respect of assets of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owned as of the Restatement Effective Date) and consummated no later than the last day of the Reinvestment Period after the consummation of such Permitted Sale Leaseback or Permitted SLB/Lien Prepayment Event, as applicable.”

 

SECTION 2.                             New Replacement Term Loans .

 

(a)                  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

 

(i)                                      (A) each Continuing Series 2018 Extended Term Lender agrees to continue all (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender by the Lead Arranger prior to the Amendment Effective Date) of its respective Existing

 

10


 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loans as a New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan on the date requested by the Parent Borrower to be the Amendment Effective Date in a principal amount equal to such Continuing Term Lender’s New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment (as defined below), and (B) each Continuing Series A New Term Lender agrees to continue all (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender by the Lead Arranger prior to the Amendment Effective Date) of its respective Existing Series A New Term Loans as a New Series A New Term Loan on the date requested by the Parent Borrower to be the Amendment Effective Date in a principal amount equal to such Continuing Term Lender’s New Series A New Term Loan Commitment (as defined below); and

 

(ii)                                   (A) each Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Lender agrees to make a New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan on the Amendment Effective Date to the Parent Borrower in a principal amount equal to such Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Lender’s New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment and (B) each Additional New Series A New Term Lender agrees to make a New Series A New Term Loan on the Amendment Effective Date to the Parent Borrower in a principal amount equal to such Additional New Series A New Term Lender’s New Series A New Term Loan Commitment. The Parent Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of the proposed Amendment Effective Date not later than one Business Day prior thereto, and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Continuing Term Lender and each Additional Term Loan Lender thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Existing Term Loans of a Continuing Term Lender must be continued in whole and may not be continued in part unless approved by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (the “ Lead Arranger ”).

 

(b)                                  Each Additional Term Loan Lender will make its respective New Replacement Term Loan on the Amendment Effective Date by making available to the Administrative Agent, in the manner contemplated by Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement, an amount equal to its respective New Term Loan Commitment (as defined below). The “ New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment ” (i) of any Continuing Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lender will be the amount of its Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans as set forth in the Register as of the Amendment Effective Date, which shall be continued as an equal amount of New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, and (ii) of any Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lender will be such amount (not exceeding any commitment offered by such Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Lender) allocated to it by the Lead Arranger and notified to it on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date. The “ New Series A New Term Loan Commitment ” (i) of any Continuing Series A New Term Lender will be the amount of its Existing Series A New Term Loans as set forth in the Register as of the Amendment Effective Date, which shall be continued as an equal amount of New Series A New Term Loans, and (ii) of any Additional New Series A New Term Loan Lender will be such amount (not exceeding any commitment offered by such Additional New Series A New Term Loan Lender) allocated to it by the Lead Arranger and notified to it on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date.  The New Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment and the

 

11



 

New Series A New Term Loan Commitments shall be referred to each as a “ New Term Loan Commitment ” and, collectively, as the “ New Term Loan Commitments .”

 

(c)                                   The commitments of the Additional Term Loan Lenders and the continuation undertakings of the Continuing Term Lenders are several, and no such Lender will be responsible for any other such Lender’s failure to make or acquire by continuation its New Replacement Term Loan. The New Replacement Term Loans may from time to time be ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans, as determined by the Parent Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent as contemplated by Sections 2.3 and 2.6 of the Credit Agreement. The Lenders having Existing Term Loans that are prepaid or continued in connection with the making of the New Replacement Term Loans shall not be entitled to any breakage costs or any other benefits of Section 2.11 of the Credit Agreement with respect thereto.

 

(d)                                  The Parent Borrower shall make scheduled principal payments on the New Series A New Term Loans as set forth in the Credit Agreement on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Parent Borrower shall make principal payments on the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the scheduled principal payments on the Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans under the Credit Agreement on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The obligation of each New Term Lender to make or acquire by continuation New Replacement Term Loans on the Amendment Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 of this Amendment.

 

(f)                                    The provisions of the Credit Agreement with respect to indemnification and reimbursement of costs and expenses shall continue in full force and effect with respect to, and for the benefit of, each Existing Term Lender in respect of such Lender’s Existing Term Loans.

 

(g)                                   The continuation of Continued Term Loans shall be deemed a prepayment of the respective Existing Term Loan although the continuation of the Continued Term Loans may be implemented pursuant to other procedures specified by the Lead Arranger, including by repayment of Continued Term Loans of a Continuing Term Lender followed by a subsequent assignment to it of New Term Loans in the same amount.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that, at the sole option of the Lead Arranger, any Lender with Existing Term Loans that are prepaid as contemplated hereby shall, automatically upon receipt of the amount necessary to purchase such Lender’s Existing Term Loans so replaced, at par, together with all accrued interest thereon, be deemed to have assigned such Loans pursuant to a form of Assignment and Assumption and, accordingly, no other action by the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Loan Parties shall be required in connection therewith. The Lenders hereby agree to waive the notice requirements of Section 5.1(a) of the Credit

 

12



 

Agreement in connection with the prepayment or replacement of Existing Term Loans contemplated hereby.

 

(h)                                  The Parent Borrower specifies that (a) prepayment of the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans (including the Series B New Term Loans and the Series B Additional Term Loans) and the Series A-2018 New Term Loans (whether by continuation of the Existing Series 2018 Extended Term Loans or the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans) shall be applied to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans and the Series A-2018 New Term Loans, and (b) prepayment of the Series A New Term Loans (whether by continuation of the Existing Series A New Term Loans or the Additional New Series A New Term Loans) shall be applied to the Series A New Term Loans.

 

(i)                                      Each New Term Loan Lender acknowledges and agrees that, upon its execution of this Amendment and the continuation into or making of its respective New Replacement Term Loan, such New Term Loan Lender shall continue to be or become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, shall be a party to the Credit Agreement as a “Lender” and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof.

 

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties . To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, the Borrowers represent and warrant to each of the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent that, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                                  After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that to the extent any such representation and warranty is already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects.

 

(b)                                  Each Borrower has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under this Amendment and each other Credit Document, as amended hereby. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by each Borrower of this Amendment and each other Credit Document (as amended hereby) to which it is a party have been duly approved by all necessary organizational action of each such Borrower. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement by each Borrower do not and will not (i) require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority, where the failure to obtain such registration, consent or approval or give such notice, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under,

 

13



 

or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Borrower (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any Contractual Requirement;

 

(c)                                   This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower that is a party hereto and this Amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of each such Borrower, enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and

 

(d)                                  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 4.                        Amendment Effectiveness The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have received from each of the Borrowers and the Lenders constituting Required Lenders and each of the New Term Loan Lenders, a duly executed and delivered counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party;

 

(b)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion letter of DLA Piper LLP (US), as counsel to the Parent Borrower, with respect to this Amendment executed by the Parent Borrower; and

 

(c)                                   the Administrative Agent shall have received for its account or the account of each Agent entitled thereto (if applicable) all fees in connection with this Amendment agreed to prior to the Amendment Effective Date and all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date pursuant to the Credit Documents, including to the extent invoiced prior to the date hereof, reimbursement of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Credit Document with respect to this Amendment.

 

The date on which such conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent) is referred to herein as the “ Amendment Effective Date ”.

 

SECTION 5. Effect of Amendment . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Credit Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances. On and after the effective date of this Amendment, this Amendment shall constitute a “Credit Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

14



 

SECTION 6. Consent . Each Lender that delivers an executed counterpart of this Amendment (including the Lender Addendum) hereby consents to this Amendment. By delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment, the Administrative Agent and each Borrower consents to this Amendment.

 

SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., “pdf”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

SECTION 8. Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 9.  Submission to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL Section 14.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference herein. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

SECTION 10. Headings; Recitals . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. The Recitals are incorporated herein and made a part of this Amendment.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.,

 

as Parent Borrower

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE

 

ESPANA S.L., as Foreign

 

Subsidiary Borrower

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar W. Wyszomirski

 

Name:

Caesar W. Wyszomirski

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

NEW TERM LOAN LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

 

Date: 10/2/13

 

 

 

Citicorp North America, Inc.,

 

as a New Term Loan Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Tuder

 

Name:

David Tuder

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

NEW TERM LOAN LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

 

Date: 10/2/13

 

 

 

Citicorp North America, Inc.,

 

as a New Term Loan Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Tuder

 

 

Name:

David Tuder

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT AND

 

AMENDMENT TO THE U.S. OBLIGATIONS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE

 

U.S. PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 7, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into by Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Citibank, N.A. as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent” and “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively), the other parties hereto and certain financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                     Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, by and among the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the lending institutions party thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (as it has been or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”); capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

B.                    Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have extended, and have agreed to extend, credit to the Borrowers.

 

C.                    The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party hereto desire to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to effectiveness referred to in Section 3 hereof.

 

D.                     Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is the lead arranger of this Amendment (in such capacity, the “ Lead Arranger ”).

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. A. Amendments to the Credit Agreement. On the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the following amendments are made to the Credit Agreement:

 

(a)                    Clause (a) of the definition of “Applicable Equity Amount” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting each instance of “100%” and substituting their respective places “100% (or 75% in the case of any such transaction consummated prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date).”

 



 

(b)                     Clause (a)(ix) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” in Section 1.1 is hereby amended by deleting “$15,000,000” and substituting in its place “$25,000,000.”

 

(c)                     The following definition of “Fourth Amendment Effective Date” is added in Section 1.1 immediately following the defined term, “Foreign Subsidiary Borrower”:

 

““ Fourth Amendment Effective Date ” shall mean July 7, 2015”

 

(d)                     The definition of “Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” in Section 1.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

““ Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount ” shall mean, without duplication, (a) $200,000,000 (solely for any incurrences consummated prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date) minus any amount incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(n)(i)(a) from and after the Third Amendment Effective Date, plus (b) additional amounts incurred after the Third Amendment Effective Date, to the extent, both immediately before and after giving effect to such additional amounts (assuming for such purposes that such amounts are fully drawn in the form of loans on the date of determination and excluding from the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt any netting of Unrestricted Cash that would result from the incurrence of any such portion of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount being incurred at such time) that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not greater than 2.75 to 1.00. It is understood that the Series A New Revolving Commitments, the Series A-2018 New Term Loans and the Series B New Term Loans shall not reduce the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount. For avoidance of doubt, the Series B Additional Term Loans and the New Replacement Term Loans were not New Term Loans under Section 2.14 hereof.”

 

(e)                     Clause (d) of the definition of “Permitted Lien” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(d) Liens incurred or deposits made in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations (including, without limitation, Liens and deposits to secure letters of credit issued to the Department of Education or other Governmental Authority supporting Title IV funding participation in student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (or any replacement thereof)), surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases (including, without limitation, any Liens or deposits to secure any bank guarantee or letter of credit issued to secure any lease), government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 10.5 ;”

 

(f)                    The definition of “Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date” in Section 1.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

““ Series 2016 Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean March 8, 2018.

 

(g)                      The first paragraph of Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby

 

2



 

amended by deleting “$100,000,000” and substituting in its place “$50,000,000”.

 

(h)                     Section 10.1(l) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(l) additional Indebtedness (other than of Non-Domestic Subsidiaries) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above; provided that the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (l), shall not exceed $120,000,000; provided further that immediately before and after the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing”.

 

(i)                     Section 10.1(v) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “$100,000,000” and substituting in its place “$50,000,000”.

 

(j)                    Section 10.2(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(c) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(f) , provided that (x) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after completion of the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (y) such Liens attach at all times only to the assets so financed except (1) for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (2) that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender and (3) that if the Lien is to attach to a building or improvement constructed on a parcel of land (whether such land is already owned by a Restricted Subsidiary or acquired but not financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(f) ), (A) such Lien can also attach to such parcel of land on which such building or improvement constructed with the proceeds of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(f)  was constructed and (B) a Lien may also be granted in and attach to any intercompany lease, sublease or license of such land, buildings and/or improvements and any right, title and interest under an intercompany lease, sublease or license of such parcel of land, buildings and/or improvements (whether as lessor, sublessor, licensor, lessee, sublessee or licensee), including any rents, revenues and proceeds arising under such intercompany lease, sublease or license, in case of each of clauses (A) and (B), in order to facilitate the granting of the Lien on the building or improvement constructed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(f) ”.

 

(k)                     Section 10.4(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(d) the Parent Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may effect any (i) transaction permitted by Section 10.3 (other than any transaction permitted by Section 10.3(j) ), 10.5 or 10.6 and (ii) assignment of any intercompany lease, sublease or license and/or any right, title and interest under any intercompany lease, sublease or license, as collateral, to the extent a Lien thereon is also permitted under Section 10.2(c) ;”

 

(l)                     Section 10.5(g)(vi) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “5.50 to 1.00” and substituting in its place “4.75 to 1.00”.

 

3



 

(m)                            Section 10.5(s) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting “5.50 to 1.00” and substituting in its place “4.75 to 1.00” and (ii) deleting “$200,000,000” and substituting in its place “$175,000,000”.

 

(n)                           Section 10.6(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting “5.50 to 1.00”, wherever it appears, and substituting in its place “4.75 to 1.00” and (ii) deleting “5.00 to 1.00”, wherever it appears, and substituting in its place “3.75 to 1.00”.

 

(o)                           Section 10.6(h) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “5.50 to 1.00” and substituting in its place “4.75 to 1.00”.

 

(p)                           Section 10.7(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “5.50 to 1.00” and substituting in its place “4.75 to 1.00”.

 

(q)                           The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 10.10:

 

“10.10                                                            Financial Covenant . Solely with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, each Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio as of (and only as of) the last day of a Test Period (commencing with the Test Period ending June 30, 2015) ending during the periods set forth in the table below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period, provided that, following a Qualifying IPO (or private offering of common stock or any preferred stock which is mandatorily convertible into common stock by (x) the Parent Borrower or (y) to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are substantially simultaneously contributed to the Parent Borrower, any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent Borrower), to the extent the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00 as of the last day of a Test Period, the financial covenant set forth herein shall only be tested as of the last day of a fiscal quarter if 25% or more of the Revolving Credit Facility is utilized (whether in the form of Revolving Credit Loans of any currency, Swingline Loans, Letters of Credit or otherwise) as of such date:

 

Period

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to 
Consolidated EBITDA Ratio

June 30, 2015

 

5.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2015

 

5.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2015

 

5.30 to 1.00

March 31, 2016

 

5.30 to 1.00

June 30, 2016

 

5.30 to 1.00

September 30, 2016

 

5.30 to 1.00

 

4



 

December 31, 2016

 

4.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2017

 

4.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2017

 

4.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2017

 

4.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2017

 

3.50 to 1.00

 

 

(r)                                Section 11.3(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(i) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9.1(d) , Section 9.5 or Section 10 , provided that a default as a result of a breach of Section 10.10 shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to any Term Loans unless and until the Revolving Credit Lenders have declared all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Loans to be immediately due and payable and/or all outstanding Revolving Credit Commitments terminated, in each case in accordance with this Agreement and such declaration has not been rescinded on or before such date; or”

 

(s)                           Section 11.4 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “$40,000,000” and substituting in its place “$75,000,000”.

 

(t)                           Section 11.11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “$40,000,000” and substituting in its place “$75,000,000”.

 

(u)                           Schedule 1.1(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting all Series 2016 Revolving Credit Commitments and all Series 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments therein and substituting in their respective places Annex I hereto.

 

SECTION 1. B. Amendments to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement . On the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the following amendments are made to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement:

 

(a)                          The U.S. Obligations Security Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “Credit Card Bank”, wherever it appears, and substituting in its place “Cash Management Bank”.

 

(b)                           The U.S. Obligations Security Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “Credit Card Program”, wherever it appears, and substituting in its place “Cash Management Program”.

 

(c)                           The definition of “Secured Obligations” in Section 1(c) of the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as

 

5



 

follows:

 

““ Secured Obligations ” shall mean (i) Obligations and (ii) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Grantor arising under (x) any purchasing card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of a Grantor to purchase goods and supplies from vendors, (y) any travel and entertainment card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of a Grantor to make payments for expenses incurred related to travel and entertainment and (z) other cash management programs involving any agreement or arrangement to provide treasury management, depository, overdraft, letters of credit, automated clearinghouse, electronic funds transfer and similar programs (all such programs under this clause (ii), collectively, “ Cash Management Program ”) entered into in the ordinary course of business by and between any Grantor and a Cash Management Bank; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured pursuant to clauses (ii) shall at no time exceed $20,000,000.”

 

SECTION 1. C. Amendments to the U.S. Pledge Agreement . On the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the following amendments are made to the U.S. Pledge Agreement:

 

(a)                    The U.S. Pledge Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “Credit Card Bank”, wherever it appears, and substituting in its place “Cash Management Bank”.

 

(b)                     The U.S. Pledge Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “Credit Card Program”, wherever it appears, and substituting in its place “Cash Management Program”.

 

(c)                     The definition of “Secured Obligations” in Section 1(h) of the U.S. Pledge Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

““ Secured Obligations ” shall mean (i) Obligations and (ii) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Grantor arising under (x) any purchasing card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of a Grantor to purchase goods and supplies from vendors, (y) any travel and entertainment card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of a Grantor to make payments for expenses incurred related to travel and entertainment and (z) other cash management programs involving any agreement or arrangement to provide treasury management, depository, overdraft, letters of credit, automated clearinghouse, electronic funds transfer and similar programs (all such programs under this clause (ii), collectively, “ Cash Management Program ”) entered into in the ordinary course of business by and between any Grantor and a Cash Management Bank; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured pursuant to clauses (ii) shall at no time exceed $20,000,000.”

 

SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties . To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, the Borrowers represent and warrant to each of the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent that, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                    After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in

 

6



 

all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that to the extent any such representation and warranty is already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects.

 

(b)                   Each Borrower has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under this Amendment and each other Credit Document, to which it is a party, as amended hereby. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by each Borrower of this Amendment and each other Credit Document (as amended hereby) to which it is a party have been duly approved by all necessary organizational action of each such Borrower. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement by each Borrower do not and will not (i) require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority, where the failure to obtain such registration, consent or approval or give such notice, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Borrower (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any Contractual Requirement;

 

(c)                   This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower that is a party hereto and this Amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of each such Borrower, enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability;

 

(d)             No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(e)                   On, and after giving effect to, the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, there has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2014.

 

SECTION 3. Amendment Effectiveness The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)               the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a duly executed and completed counterpart hereof (in the form provided and specified by the Administrative Agent) that bears the signature of (i) each of the Borrowers, the affected Grantors party to the U.S. Obligations Security Agreement and the affected Pledgors party to the U.S. Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) if any is then appointed pursuant to the Credit

 

7



 

Agreement, the Swingline Lender, (iv) if any is then appointed pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Letter of Credit Issuer, (v) each Revolving Credit Lender party to the Credit Agreement from and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date and (vi) the Required Lenders;

 

(b)                       the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received the executed legal opinion letter of (i) DLA Piper LLP (US), as counsel to the Parent Borrower and (ii) GÓMEZ-ACEBO & POMBO Abogados, S. L. P. as counsel to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower;

 

(c)                 the Administrative Agent shall have received all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger on or prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, to the extent invoiced prior to the date hereof, reimbursement of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Credit Document with respect to this Amendment;

 

(d)                                         the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received duly executed and delivered customary secretary’s certificates, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate attachments regarding corporate records and evidence of authority, for the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower;

 

(e)                                          the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a duly executed and delivered solvency certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, from the chief financial officer of the Parent Borrower;

 

(f)                                           if applicable, the assignment of any Loans and Commitments of any Non-Consenting Lender, if any, to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) all Obligations (other than principal and interest) of the Borrowers owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, and (ii) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon;

 

(g)                                          the Lead Arranger will have received at least 2 days prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date all documentation and other information (to the extent such documentation and other information has been requested at least 10 days prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date by a party hereto who was not a Lender immediately prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date) required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act; and

 

8



 

(h)                                          the Administrative Agent shall have received the Consent Fee (as defined below), payable on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date in immediately available funds.

 

The date on which such conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent) is referred to herein as the “ Fourth Amendment Effective Date ”.

 

SECTION 4.  Effect of Amendment .

 

(a)                    The Borrowers, the other Loan Parties parties hereto and the Lenders parties hereto hereby (i) waive, and authorize the Administrative Agent to waive, compliance with any requirement in the last sentence Section 14.7 of the Credit Agreement relating to the entering into of an Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 14.6 with respect to any Non-Consenting Lender to this Amendment and any replacement Lender under Section 14.7 and (ii) authorize and instruct the Administrative Agent to process and accept any such assignment according to the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, any such replacement Lender shall be a Lender under the Credit Agreement for all purposes.

 

(b)                     Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Credit Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances. On and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, this Amendment shall constitute a “Credit Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Upon the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, each Lender party hereto that is not a Lender under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date will be a Lender under the Credit Agreement for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 5. Actions Among Revolving Credit Lenders . On the Business Day following the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans shall be reallocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with such Lenders’ 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage and 2016 Spanish Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages, as applicable, and the Revolving Credit Lenders shall make adjustments among themselves, and payments to each other as needed, with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding and amounts of principal, interest, commitment fees and other amounts paid or payable with respect thereto as shall be necessary, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, in order to effect such reallocation.

 

SECTION 6.  Post-Effectiveness Actions .

 

(a)                       Within 90 days after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (or such later date as agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), in order to satisfy the requirements under Section 9.11(b) of the Credit Agreement,

 

9



 

each of (i) LEI China Limited, a company formed under the laws of Hong Kong, and (ii) Exeter Street Holdings Sdn. Bhd., a company formed under the laws of Malaysia shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a fully-executed supplement to the Foreign Obligations Guarantees in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party hereto agree to such period of time to deliver the foregoing;

 

(b)                           the parties to the Foreign Obligations Guarantee and the Foreign Obligations Security Agreements with respect to the Obligations of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall enter into a reaffirmation agreement of each such document (the “ Spanish Reaffirmation Agreement ”) and such Spanish Reaffirmation Agreement being raised to public status ( elevación a público ) before a Spanish notary public within 20 days from the execution of this Amendment; and

 

(c)                  the parties to this Amendment shall raise the Amendment to public status ( elevación a público ) before a Spanish notary public within 20 days from the execution of this Amendment.

 

SECTION 7. Consent; Consent Fee .

 

(a)                              Each Lender that delivers an executed counterpart of this Amendment hereby consents to this Amendment. By delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment, the Administrative Agent and each Borrower consents to this Amendment.

 

(b)                               The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender that delivers an executed counterpart of this Amendment pursuant to the instructions provided by the Administrative Agent a consent fee in an amount equal to 0.50% of the sum of the aggregate amount of each such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and the aggregate principal amount of each such Lender’s Term Loans, in each case, as of and after giving effect to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (the “ Consent Fee ”).

 

SECTION 8. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., “pdf”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

SECTION 9. Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 10.  Submission to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .   Section 14.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference herein. EACH PARTY

 

10



 

HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

SECTION 11. Headings The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the date and year first above written. LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.. as Parent Borrower Jly Q Name: Robert W. Zentz Title: Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPANA S.L.. as Foreign Subsidiary Borrower Title: LAUREATE VENTURES, INC. LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC. INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD. LAUREATE PROPERTIES, LLC (DELAWARE) POST SECONDARY EOUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION TUITION FINANCE, INC. WALDEN £-LEARNING, LLC THE CANTER CROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD. CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC EOUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC. WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS-US I, INC. LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC EXETER STREET HOLDINGS LLC, each as U.S. Grantor and as U.S. Pledgor By: NamC:RObert\v. ZentZ Title: Vice President and Secretary [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC, as U.S. Grantor and as U.S. Pledgor I3y: LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., its Sole Member By: Name: Robert W. Zentz Title: Senior Vice President. Secretary and General Counsel FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC, as U.S. Grantor and as U.S. Pledgor By: Name: Robert W. Zentz Title: Manager !Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Lender By: {i.R;Ja-£ t,lr.J' Name: T· I . Caesarzomirski It e. 'V 1££ Pi< €<"1Q !'if' fi Director [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Universal-Investment-Gesellschaft mBH ALloan as a Lender for Orion By: Name: Stephen Sylvester Title: Senior Credit Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


The Dreyfus/Laurel Funds, Inc. - Dreyfus Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender By: Alcentra NY, LLC, as investment advisor By: Name: Stephen Sylvester Title: Senior Credit Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pacifica CDO VI LTD as a Lender By: Alcentra NY, LLC, as investment advisor By: Name: Stephen Sylvester Title: Senior Credit Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Westwood CDO I LTD as a Lender By: Alcentra NY, LLC, as investment advisor By: Name: Stephen Sylvester Title: Senior Credit Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Westwood CDO II LTD as a Lender By: Alcentra NY, LLC, as investment advisor By: Name: Stephen Sylvester Title: Senior Credit Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


AllianceBernstein Global High Income Fund as a Lender BY: AllianceBernstein L.P. By: Name: Janegail Orringer Title: Senior Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


AllianceBernstein High Income Fund as a Lender BY: AllianceBernstein L.P. By: Name: Janegail Orringer Title: Senior Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM Loan Funding XV LLC, as a Lender By: Citibank, N.A., By: Name: Cynthia Gonzalvo Title: Associate Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM V, Ltd. as a Lender By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM VI, Ltd. as a Lender By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM VII, Ltd. as a Lender BY: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moronoey Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM VII (R)-2, Ltd. as a Lender By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM VII (R), Ltd. as a Lender By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM VIII, Ltd. as a Lender BY: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM X, LTD. as a Lender BY: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as its collateral manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM XI, Ltd. as a Lender By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM XII, Ltd. as a Lender By: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM XIV, LTD. as a Lender BY: Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as its collateral manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ALM XVI, LTD. as a Lender by Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as its collateral manager By: Name: Joseph Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


APOLLO CREDIT FUNDING I LTD. as a Lender BY: Apollo ST Fund Management LLC As Its Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


APOLLO CREDIT FUNDING III LTD. as a Lender By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Apollo Credit Funding IV Ltd. as a Lender By Apollo ST Fund Management, LLC, as its collateral manager By: Name: Joseph Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Apollo Credit Senior Loan Fund, LP as a Lender BY: Apollo Credit Advisors II, LLC, its general partner By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Apollo Investment Corporation as a Lender By: Apollo Investment Management, L.P., its Advisor By: ACC Management, LLC, its general partner By: Name: Gregory W. Hunt Title: Chief Financial Officer By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Apollo Lincoln Fixed Income Fund, L.P. as a Lender BY: Apollo Lincoln Fixed Income Management, LLC, its investment manager By: Name: Joseph Glatt Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. as a Lender BY: Account 631203 By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc as a Lender BY: Account 361722 By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


CORNERSTONE CLO LTD. as a Lender BY: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC, as its Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


EUR INVESTMENTS LOAN FUNDING LLC as a Lender By: Citibank, N.A., By: Name: Paul Plank Title: Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Falcon Senior Loan Fund Ltd. as a Lender BY: Apollo Fund Management LLC As Its Investment Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Gulf Stream - Sextant CLO 2007-1, Ltd. as a Lender BY: Gulf Stream Asset Management LLC As Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Gulf Stream - Compass CLO 2007, Ltd. as a Lender BY: Gulf Stream Asset Management LLC As Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


IBM Personal Pension Plan Trust as a Lender BY: Apollo Fund Management LLC, its Investment Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 

 

PPF Nominee 2 B.V. as a Lender By: Apollo Credit Management (Senior Loans), LLC, its Investment Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Rampart CLO 2007 Ltd. as a Lender BY: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC as its Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Stone Tower CLO V Ltd. as a Lender BY: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC, As its Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


STONE TOWER CLO VI LTD. as a Lender BY: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC, as its Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


STONE TOWER CLO VII LTD. as a Lender BY: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC, as its Collateral Manager By: Name: Joe Moroney Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Teton Funding, LLC as a Lender By: SunTrust Bank, as manager By: Name: Joshua Lowe Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BANK OF MONTREAL, as a Lender r(:i IJ By:d:/c t Name: Sue Blazis Title: Managing Director [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Barclays Bank PLC, as a Lender ne: Ronnie Gle Title: Vice President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BlackRock Senior Income Series IV as a Lender BY: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager By: Name: Gina Forziati Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BlackRock Senior Income Series V Limited as a Lender BY: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Collateral Manager By: Name: Gina Forziati Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BMI CLO I as a Lender BY: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Investment Manager By: Name: Gina Forziati Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Bluemountain CLO 2013-3 Ltd. as a Lender BY: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC. ITS COLLATERAL MANAGER By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BlueMountain CLO 2012-2 Ltd as a Lender BY: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC, Its Collateral Manager By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Bluemountain CLO 2013-2 LTD. as a Lender BY: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC. ITS COLLATERAL MANAGER By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Bluemountain CLO 2013-1 LTD. as a Lender BY: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC. ITS COLLATERAL MANAGER By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Bluemountain CLO 2013-4 Ltd. as a Lender BY: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC. ITS COLLATERAL MANAGER By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BlueMountain CLO 2015-1 Ltd as a Lender BlueMountain Capital Management, its Collateral Manager By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BlueMountain CLO 2015-2, Ltd. as a Lender By: BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BlueMountain CLO 2015-3 Ltd as a Lender By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BlueMountain CLO II, LTD as a Lender BY: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC, Its Collateral Manager By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BlueMountain CLO III, LTD as a Lender BY: BLUEMOUNTAIN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC, Its Collateral Manager By: Name: Meghan Fornshell Title: Operations Analyst By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


388 Greenwich Street New York,NY 10013 CITICORP NORTH AMERICA INC, as a Lender [Signature Page to Fourth Arnendmentl

GRAPHIC

 


CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED SPAIN BRANCH as a Lender By: Name: Title: ClresSegat Co Director baJIndustries Regfonar Markets CiU [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Citibank NA-Secondary Trading Leverage 8 Alt, as a Lender By:_ Name: Title: ------­ [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as a Lender By:_c_k::/ o:::::::::::::::::::--N e: BILL O'DALY Tttle: AUTHO.RIZED SIGNATOR By: Name: Michaela Kenny Authorized Signatory Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC d 'fJ asaLender ,_.1=:_-= By: Name: Title: BARRY ZAMORE S /(j n +ov:J /1vdl1AY(se_d By: : : Michael Wotanowski Authorized Signatory [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


AGF Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender By: Eaton Vance Management as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


DaVinci Reinsurance Ltd. as a Lender By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Bank Loan Fund A Series Trust of Multi Manager Global Investment Trust as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance CDO VII PLC as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Interim Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance CDO VIII, Ltd. as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance CDO X PLC as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance CLO 2013-1 LTD. as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management Portfolio Manager By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance CLO 2014-1, Ltd. as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management Portfolio Manager By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Floating-Rate Income Plus Fund as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Floating Rate Portfolio as a Lender BY: Boston Management and Research as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Institutional Senior Loan Fund as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance International (Cayman Islands) Floating-Rate Income Portfolio as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Limited Duration Income Fund as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Senior Floating-Rate Trust as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Senior Income Trust as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Short Duration Diversified Income Fund as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Eaton Vance Floating-Rate Income Trust as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Google Inc. as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


MET Investors Series Trust -Met/Eaton Vance Floating Rate Portfolio as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Sub-Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pacific Life Funds-PL Floating Rate Loan Fund as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Sub-Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pacific Select Fund Floating Rate Loan Portfolio as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Sub-Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Renaissance Reinsurance Ltd. as a Lender By: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Senior Debt Portfolio as a Lender BY: Boston Management and Research as Investment Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 

 

Boston Income Portfolio, as a Lender /CI..R&Jat. By M" ha Name. ..·· •c. el W. Weilheimer Vice President Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


KP Fixed Income Fund as a Lender BY: Eaton Vance Management as Investment Sub-Advisor By: Name: Michael Botthof Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


SHORT DURATION HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO, "By':':lLt&JtLL, - Name: Title: M_ichaet w. Weifheimer Vrce President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Lime Street CLO, Ltd. as a Lender By: Name: Scott D'Orsi Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Advanced Series Trust - AST FI Pyramis Asset Allocation Portfolio ' n By:Pyramis Global Advisors LLC as Investment Manager, as a Lender ' By: Name: /Zlc. H W ,n:.e..-b 0 uz. S"-<:"'.rt_ Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Advanced Series Trust-AST FI Pyramis Quantitative Portfolio n By: Pyramis Global Advisors LLC as Investment Manager, as a Lcnde:-/) By: Name: (4u .5'1..-vfC.A-f) Title:\) !f(.. -v [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Advisor Series 1: Fidelity Advisor Floating Rate High Income Fund, as a Lender By :.. ,... Name: Title: Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Ballyrock CLO 2013-1 Limited By: Ballyrock Investment Advisors LLC, as Collateral Manager, as a Lender By:. \,L-'-"-:...::.=. j_jl--fl-'{'1/J%"-'-vf-'-'-Name: Title: / usaRvmut Agsis an\ Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Ballyrock CLO 2014-1 Limited By: Ballyrock Investment Advisors LLC, as Collateral Manager, as a Lender By:.-------f:·-o:4 '--'-L-f&-'-'-'-'-tcS1--"---I Name: Title: UsaRymut A2sistant Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor High Income Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambe!Jo Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Canadian Asset Allocation Fund for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity Canadian Asset Allocation Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Canadian Balanced Fund for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity Canadian Balanced Fund, as a Lender By: u--Nam-""e::=,---- 7::: Jo-e--=-za-m--,-bello Title: Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity American High Yield Fund for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity American High Yield Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity Floating Rate Central Fund, as a Lender Joe ZambeHo Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity High Income Central Fund 1, as a Lender Joe Zambe/Jo Deputy Treasurer Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Fund for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Fund, as a Lender By:. T-----Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment}

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Investment Trust for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Investment Trust, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment}

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Funds SICAVI Fidelity Funds-US High Yield By: Fidelity Management & Research Company, as sub-advisor, as a Lender Joe Zambel!o Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Global Bond Series - US Dollar Monthly Income By: Fidelity Management & Research Company, as sub-advisor, ru; a Lender [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Income Fund: Fidelity Total Bond Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fomth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Qualifying Investor Funds Pic By: Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC as Sub­ a:dvi:sor·, C_? Name::l?fC-tW'I<1 "­ Title: \. ut: ;z [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment)

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Series Floating Rate High Income Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Short Duration High Income Fund, as a Lender By:-""'------'""'""""----,---,-Name: Title: Joe Zambel!o Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Series High Income Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth AmendmentJ

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity High Income Central Fund 2, as a Lender By:-'-\---;-'""---"'<::-'---,-::--Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pyramis High Yield Bond Commingled Pool By: Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company as :Trustee, :· Name: 1<"tu_,_,_o .L 'f-Title: c.ll.-rL.. [Signamre Pnge to fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Japan Trustee Services Bank, Ltd. Re: Fidelity High Yield Bond Open Mother Fund By: Fidelity Management & Research Company as Investment Manager, as a Lender Joe Zambe!lo Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


.Japan Trustee Services Bank, Ltd. Re: Fidelity Strategic Income Fund (Mother) By: Fidelity Management & Research Company as Investment Manager, as a Lender B ? ·"= N Title: Joe Zambello DeputyTreasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


MY-PGA US High Yield Fund By: Pyramis GJobal Advisors LLC as Investment Manager, as a Lender Title:'p r fl" 'YL [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Advisor Series 1: Fidelity Advisor High Income Advantage Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Commonwealth of Massachusetts Pension Reserves Investment Management Board By: Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company as :::-::.Q By: Name: 12/t_f.-l·rnt-'!:::. &tf,...vrz..a.-h,. Title: trt£. 7L [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pyramis Floating Rate High Income Commingled Pool c= By: Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company as Trustee, as a Lende 0 By:,/C Name: Fu..,.t+r?YLD .¥/ c:-.1'). Title: D r 1z. ,a..... [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pyramis Leveraged Loan LP By:Pyramis Global Advisors LLC as Investment Manager, : Q N me: JZt U+-.4-(1...1.. T1tle: Oc.e a-[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity High Income Fund, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Master Trust Bank Of Japan Ltd. Rc: Fidelity Us High Yield By: Fidelity Management & Research Company as Investment Manager, as a Lender Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Variable Insurance Products Fund: Floating Rate High Income Portfolio, as a Lender Joe Zambel/o Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Variable Insurance Products Fund: High Income Portfolio, as a Lender Joe Zambello Deputy Treasurer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


FORE CLO LTD. 2007-1, By: as a Lender # By Fore Research & Management, LP Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC, as a Lender By: Name: Rebec atz Title: Authorized Signatory [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


WhiteHorse VI, Ltd. By H.I.G. WhiteHorse Capital, LLC As: Collateral Manager as a Lender [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


WhiteHorse VIII, Ltd. By H.I.G. WhiteHorse Capital, LLC As: Collateral Manager as a Lender B/d e. Ethan Underwood Title: Authorized Officer [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Watford Re Ltd. as a Lender By: Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC, its investment manager By: Name: Serge Adam Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ZALICO VL Series Separate Account-2 as a Lender BY: Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC as Investment Manager By: Name: Serge Adam Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY as a Lender By: Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC as Investment Manager By: Name: Serge Adam Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


HRS Investment Holdings LLC as a Lender By: .£{..6_, Name: Steve K seta - Title: CIO [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ICE 1: EM CLO Limited as a Lender By: ICE Canyon LLC, its Collateral Manager By: Name: Jonathan M. Kaplan Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ICE 3: GLOBAL CREDIT CLO LIMITED as a Lender BY: ICE CANYON LLC, its Collateral Manager By: Name: Jonathan M. Kaplan Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ICE Global Credit CLO Limited as a Lender By: ICE Canyon LLC, its Collateral Manager By: Name: Jonathan M. Kaplan Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ICE Global Credit (DCAM) Master Fund Limited as a Lender ICE CANYON LLC, its Investment Advisor By: Name: Jonathan M. Kaplan Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 

 

ICE ORYX MASTER FUND LIMITED as a Lender ICE CANYON LLC, its Investment Advisor By: Name: Jonathan M. Kaplan Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


JPMORGAN CHASE RETIREMENT PLAN as a Lender By: ICE CANYON LLC, as Investment Manager By: Name: Jonathan M. Kaplan Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


INVESCO HIGH YIELD FUND, as a Lender By:S ;:::;;::::::::::: ====:::. Name: Tony Title: Head of Global Research INVESCO V.I. HIGH YIELD FUND, as a Lender Name: TonyWong Title: Head of Global Research Invesco High Income Trust I , as a Lender - £ r--Name: TonyWong Title: Head of Global Research [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


PowerShares Senior Loan Portfolio as a Lender BY: Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc. as Collateral Manager By: Name: Scott Baskind Title: Authorized Individual By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


JMP Credit Advisors CLO I LTD, as a Lender [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


JMP Credit Advisors CLO II LTD, as a Lender Title: Managing Director [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


JMP Credit Advisors CLO III LTD, as a Lender e: tle: Managing Director [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as a Lender By: / n I NameJ:ina R yter Title: Execut ve Director (Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BCBSM, Inc. as a Lender BY: KKR Its Collateral Manager By: Name: Jeffrey Smith Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


HMO Minnesota as a Lender BY: KKR Its Collateral Manager By: Name: Jeffrey Smith Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


KKR CORPORATE LENDING LLC, as a Lender By: - --Name: W. Cade Thompson / Title: Authori;;;ed Signatow . / [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2005-2, LTD. as a Lender By: Name: Jeffrey Smith Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2007-1, LTD. as a Lender By: Name: Jeffrey Smith Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


KKR FINANCIAL CLO 2011-1, LTD. as a Lender By: Name: Jeffrey Smith Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund as a Lender By: Name: Jeffrey Smith Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Manulife Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender By: Name: Jim Roth Title: Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Manulife Floating Rate Senior Loan Fund as a Lender By: Name: Jim Roth Title: Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Manulife Investments Trust - Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender By: Name: Jim Roth Title: Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Manulife U.S. Dollar Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender By: Name: Jim Roth Title: Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


BOWERY FUNDING ULC as a Lender By: Name: Masood Fikree Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Marathon CLO IV Ltd. as a Lender By: Name: Louis Hanover Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Marathon CLO V Ltd. as a Lender By: Name: Louis Hanover Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Marathon CLO VI, Ltd. as a Lender By: Name: Louis Hanover Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Marathon CLO VIII Ltd. as a Lender By: Name: Louis Hanover Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture IX CDO, Limited as a Lender BY: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture V CDO Limited as a Lender BY: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture VI CDO Limited as a Lender BY: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture VII CDO Limited as a Lender BY: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture VIII CDO, Limited as a Lender BY: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture XI CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


VENTURE XII CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: its investment advisor MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


VENTURE XIII CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: its Investment Advisor MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


VENTURE XIV CLO, Limited as a Lender By: its investment advisor MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


VENTURE XIX CLO, Limited as a Lender By: its investment advisor MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


VENTURE XV CLO, Limited as a Lender By: its investment advisor MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


VENTURE XVI CLO, Limited as a Lender By: its investment advisor MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture XVII CLO Limited as a Lender BY: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture XVIII CLO, Limited as a Lender By: its investment advisor MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John P. Calaba Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Venture XXI CLO, Limited as a Lender By: its investment advisor MJX Asset Management LLC By: Name: John Calaba Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as a Lender /;J By:· Nam hael King Title: Vice President ( [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


DUANE STREET CLO II, LTD. By: Napier Park Global Capital (US) LP As Collateral Manager as a Lender By: 0{(\Al.M-Jl . Name: Melanie Hanlon Title: Director [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dunham Corporate/Government Bond Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dunham Floating Rate Bond Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


SunAmerica Income Funds - SunAmerica Flexible Credit Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Virtus Balanced Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Virtus Bond Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Virtus Global Multi Sector Income Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Virtus Multi-Sector Intermediate Bond Fund f/k/a Virtus Multi Sector Fixed Income Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Virtus Senior Floating Rate Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Virtus Strategic Income Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 

 

Virtus Tactical Allocation Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Virtus Total Return Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


VVIT: Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Nob Hill CLO Limited as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Virtus Emerging Markets Debt Fund as a Lender By: Name: Kyle Jennings Title: Managing Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Catlin RE Switzerland LTD, as a Lender Jason Reulet AVP Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. acting as agent for OppenheimerFunds,Inc. [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Catlin Underwriling Agencies, as a Lender Jason Reuter AVP Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. acting as agent for OppenheimerFunds, Inc. [Signature Page to Fotn1h Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Harbourview CLO VII, LTO, as a Lender Jason Reuter AVP Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. acting as agent for Oppenheimerfunds,Inc. [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Oppenheimer Master Loan Fund, LLC, as a Lender Jason Reuter AVP Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. acting as agent for OppenheimerFunds, Inc. [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Oppenheimer Quest for Value Funds for the account of Oppenheimer Flexible Strategies Fund, as a Lender Jason Reuter AVP Brown Orothers Harriman & Co. acting as agent for OppenheimerFunds, Inc. [Signature Page to Fom1h Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Jason Reuter AVP Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. acting as agent for OppenheimerFunds1 Inc. [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Oppenheimer Senior Floating Rate Fund, as a Lender Jason Reuter AVP Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. acting as agent for OppenheimerFunds, Inc. [Signature Page to Fomih Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Ascension Alpha Fund, LLC as a Lender By: Pioneer Institutional Asset Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Ascension Health Master Pension Trust as a Lender By: Pioneer Institutional Asset Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Met Investors Series Trust - Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolio as a Lender By: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Multi Sector Value Bond Fund as a Lender By: Pioneer Institutional Asset Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: Maggie Begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


MWRD Retirement Fund as a Lender By: Pioneer Institutional Asset Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pioneer Dynamic Credit Fund as a Lender By: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pioneer Floating Rate Fund as a Lender By: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pioneer Floating Rate Trust as a Lender By: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pioneer Institutional Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio as a Lender By: Pioneer Institutional Asset Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pioneer Institutional Solutions - Credit Opportunities as a Lender By: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pioneer Investments Diversified Loans Fund as a Lender By: Name: Margaret C. Begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pioneer Multi-Sector Fixed Income Trust as a Lender By: Pioneer Institutional Asset Management, Inc. As its adviser By: Name: maggie begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pioneer Solutions SICAV --Global Floating Rate Income as a Lender By: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc., As its adviser By: Name: Maggie Begley Title: Vice President and Associate General Counsel By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


By: ::, -------r+----­ a<liiDALICI.OLTD. Name: Paul P. Malei S,:......laRMfilor,v o.wp, Inc. Title: Senior Portfolio Manager dleCoiiMcrltMaepr [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Benefit Street Partners CLO II, Ltd. as a Lender By: Name: Todd Marsh Title: Authorized Signer By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden 30 Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden 31 Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden 33 Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden 34 Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden 36 Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden 37 Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collate al Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden 38 Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden 40 Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden XI - Leveraged Loan CDO 2006, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager Lemanowicz Vice President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden XVI - Leveraged Loan CDO 2006, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager Lemanowicz Vice President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden XXII Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager anowtcz sident [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden XXIII Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden XXIV Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden XXV Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager Joseph Lemanowicz Vice President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden XXVI Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Dryden XXVIII Senior Loan Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Collateral Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Pramerica Global Loan Opportunities Limited, as a Lender By: Pramerica Investment Management, a trading name of Prudential Investment Management, Inc. as Inve tment Manager [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Prudential Bank Loan Fund of the Prudential Trust Company Collective Trust, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Advisor [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Prudential Global Short Duration High Yield Fund, Inc., as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Advisor [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Prudential Investment Portfolios, Inc. 14 - Prudential Floating Rate Income Fund, as a Lender By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Advisor [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Anthem, Inc. as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Executive Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Aon Hewitt Group Trust - High Yield Plus Bond Fund as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


AVAW Loans Sankaty z.H. Internationale Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Fund Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 

 

Avery Point II CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Avery Point III CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Avery Point IV CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Avery Point V CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Document Control Team By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Avery Point VI CLO, Limited as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Warehouse Collateral Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Document Control Team By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Blue Cross of California as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Catholic Health Initiatives Master Trust as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Adviser and Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


CHI Operating Investment Program L.P. as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Investment Adviser and Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Community Insurance Company as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors LLC, as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


FirstEnergy System Master Retirement Trust as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Adviser and Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Future Fund Board of Guardians as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Google Inc. as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Adviser and Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Kaiser Foundation Hospitals as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Investment Adviser and Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Kaiser Permanente Group Trust as a Lender By Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Investment Adviser and Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Los Angeles County Employees Retirement Association as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Manager By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Qantas Superannuation Plan as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Race Point IX CLO, Limited as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Document Control Team By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Race Point V CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors LLC, as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Race Point VI CLO, Limited as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Race Point VII CLO, Limited as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Race Point VIII CLO, Limited as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Portfolio Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


San Francisco City and County Employees' Retirement System as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sankaty High Income Partnership, L.P. as a Lender By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sankaty Managed Account (PSERS), L.P. as a Lender By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sankaty Managed Account (TCCC), L.P. as a Lender By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sankaty Rio Grande FMC, L.P. as a Lender By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sankaty Senior Loan Fund (SRI), L.P. as a Lender By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sankaty Senior Loan Fund Public Limited Company as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sankaty Senior Loan Fund, L.P. as a Lender By: Name: Andrew S. Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sears Holdings Pension Trust as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Document Control Team By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Sunsuper Pooled Superannuation Trust as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Suzuka INKA as a Lender By: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Fund Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


RBS Pension Trustee Limited as Trustee to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund as a Lender BY: Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as Investment Manager By: Name: Andrew Viens Title: Sr. Vice President of Operations By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


GLG Ore Hill CLO 2013-1, LTD. as a Lender By: Name: Aaron Meyer Title: Principal By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Strategic Value Master Fund, Ltd. By: Strategic Value Partners, LLC Its Investment Manager, as a Lender By: a Nmy( Title: James Do lY"-u6'"'rty Fund Chief FinanciaJ OITar [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Nuveen Credit Strategies Income Fund as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Nuveen Senior Income Fund as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Nuveen Symphony Credit Opportunities Fund as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Nuveen Symphony Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Principal Funds Inc, - Diversified Real Asset Fund as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


SSF Trust as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Symphony CLO III, LTD. as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Symphony CLO IV LTD. as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Symphony CLO IX, Limited Partnership as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Symphony CLO VII, LTD as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Symphony CLO VIII, Limited Partnership as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Symphony CLO XI, Limited Partnership as a Lender BY: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 

 

Symphony CLO XII, Ltd as a Lender By: Symphony Asset Management LLC By: Name: scott caraher Title: portfolio manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


ACE American Insurance Company as a Lender BY: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. as investment advisor By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


John Hancock Funds II - Spectrum Income Fund as a Lender BY: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. as investment sub-advisor By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Trust as a Lender By: T. Rowe Price Trust Company, Trustee By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


T. Rowe Price Floating Rate Fund, Inc. as a Lender By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


T. Rowe Price Floating Rate Multi-Sector Account Portfolio as a Lender By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


T. Rowe Price Funds Series II SICAV as a Lender By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., as investment sub-manager of the T. Rowe Price Funds Series II SICAV - Credit Opportunities Fund By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


T. Rowe Price Institutional High Yield Fund as a Lender By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


T. Rowe Price U.S. High Yield Trust as a Lender By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


T. Rowe Price High Yield Fund, Inc. as a Lender By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


T. Rowe Price Institutional Floating Rate Fund as a Lender By: Name: Brian Burns Title: Vice President By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Figueroa CLO 2013-1, Ltd. as a Lender BY: TCW Asset Management Company as Investment Manager By: Name: Bibi Khan Title: Managing Director By: Name: Nora Olan Title: Senior Vice President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


FIGUEROA CLO 2013-2, LTD as a Lender BY: TCW Asset Management Company as Investment Manager By: Name: Bibi Khan Title: Managing Director By: Name: Nora Olan Title: Senior Vice President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Figueroa CLO 2014-1, Ltd. as a Lender BY: TCW Asset Management Company Manager as Investment By: Name: Bibi Khan Title: Managing Director By: Name: Nora Olan Title: Senior Vice President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Metropolitan West Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender BY: Metropolitan West Asset Management as Investment Manager By: Name: Bibi Khan Title: Managing Director By: Name: Nora Olan Title: Senior Vice President [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Arlington County Employees' Retirement System, as a Lender By-.-,... Name: Jason Bra Title: VP/rftn/PM l [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Delaware Public Employees' Retirement Fund, as a Lender [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Thornburg Investment Income Builder Fund, as a Lend By: _ +--+--Title: VPl ./PM Name: JB.r d y [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Thornburg Strategic Income Fund, Basya 6e n b/ Name: Jason I}:Irady Title: VP/MDjPM l [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


KIL Loan Funding, LLC as a Lender By: Citibank N.A. By: Name: Tina Tran Title: Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Kilimanjaro Credit Fund, L.P. as a Lender By: Kilimanjaro Advisors, LLC as Investment Manager By: Name: Tina Tran Title: Director By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Wellfleet CLO 2015-1, Ltd. as a Lender By: Name: Scott McKay Title: Portfolio Manager By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Wells Fargo Principal Lending LLC, as a Lender Name: Michael Sou Title: VP Signature Page to Fourth Amendment

GRAPHIC

 


1199 SEIU Health Care Employees Pension Fund as a Lender By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Allegheny Technologies Incorporated Master Pension Trust as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


California State Teachers' Retirement System as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Employees' Retirement System of the State of Rhode Island as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


John Hancock Fund II Floating Rate Income Fund as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Legg Mason Western Asset Senior Loans Fund as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


LMP Corporate Loan Fund, Inc. as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Mountain Hawk II CLO, LTD. as a Lender By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Mountain Hawk I CLO, LTD. as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Mountain Hawk III CLO, Ltd. as a Lender By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


MultiMix Wholesale Diversified Fixed Interest Trust as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Shell Pension Trust as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Employees' Retirement System of the State of Hawaii as a Lender By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Western Asset Bank Loan (Multi-Currency) Master Fund as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Western Asset Bank Loan (Offshore) Fund as a Lender By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Western Asset Funds, Inc. - Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Western Asset Floating Rate High Income Fund, LLC as a Lender BY: Western Asset Management Company as Investment Manager and Agent By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Western Asset Trichrome Fund as a Lender By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 


Western Asset U.S. Bank Loan (Offshore) Fund as a Lender By: Name: Joanne Dy Title: Authorized Signatory By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

GRAPHIC

 

 

Annex I

 

Schedule 1.1(c)

 

Revolving Credit Lender

 

Series 2016 U.S. Revolving
Credit Commitments

 

Series 2016 Spanish Revolving
Credit Commitments

 

Barclays Bank PLC (New York Branch)

 

$

51,785,714.29

 

$

20,714,285.71

 

Credit Suisse AG Cayman Islands Branch

 

$

35,714,285.71

 

$

14,285,714.29

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc.

 

$

51,785,714.29

 

$

20,714,285.71

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

 

$

33,928,571.43

 

$

13,571,428.57

 

Bank of Montreal

 

$

22,142,857.14

 

$

8,857,142.86

 

Citicorp North America Inc. - Originations

 

$

17,857,142.86

 

$

0.00

 

Citibank International Limited Spain Branch

 

$

0.00

 

$

7,142,857.14

 

KKR Corporate Lending LLC

 

$

12,142,857.14

 

$

4,857,142.86

 

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

 

$

8,571,428.57

 

$

3,428,571.43

 

Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC

 

$

16,071,428.57

 

$

6,428,571.43

 

Total:

 

$

250,000,000.00

 

$

100,000,000.00

 

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of December  22, 2011 (this “Agreement”), by and among BANK OF MONTREAL, CHICAGO BRANCH, a bank organized under the laws of Canada (the “New Term Loan Lender”), LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower”), and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among the Borrower, INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPANA S.L., a Spanish limited liability company, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto, and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Borrower may request and receive New Term Loan Commitments by entering into one or more Joinder Agreements with the New Term Loan Lender.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

The New Term Loan Lender party hereto hereby agrees to commit to provide its Series A - Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein (referred to herein as the “Series A-2018 New Term Loans”).

 

The New Term Loan Lender (i) confim1s that it has received a copy of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Joinder Agreement (this “Agreement”); (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers nnder the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental

 



 

thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the tenns of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

The New  Term  Loan  Lender  hereby  agrees to  make  its  Commitment  on the following terms and conditions:

 

1.                                     Applicable Margin. The Applicable ABR Margin for the Series A-2018 New Term Loan shall be identical to the Applicable ABR Margin for the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans. The Applicable LIBOR Margin for the Series A-2018 New Term Loan shall be identical to the LlBOR Margin for the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans.

 

2.                                     Principal Payments. The Borrower shall make principal payments on the Series A-2018 New Term Loans in installments on the dates and in the amounts set forth below:

 

(A)
Payment Date

 

(B)
Scheduled Repayment of
Series A-2018 New Term
Loans

March 31, 2012

 

$62,500.00

June 30, 2012

 

$62,500.00

September 30, 2012

 

$62,500.00

December 31, 2012

 

$62,500.00

March 31, 2013

 

$62,500.00

June 30, 2013

 

$62,500.00

September 30, 2013

 

$62,500.00

December 30, 2013

 

$62,500.00

March 31, 2014

 

$62,500.00

June 30, 2014

 

$62,500.00

September 30, 2014

 

$62,500.00

December 31, 2014

 

$62,500.00

March 31, 2015

 

$62,500.00

 

2



 

(A)
Payment Date

 

(B)
Scheduled Repayment of
Series A-2018 New Term
Loans

 

June 30, 2015

 

$62,500.00

 

September 30, 2015

 

$62,500.00

 

December 31, 2015

 

$62,500.00

 

March 31, 2016

 

$62,500.00

 

June 30, 2016

 

$62,500.00

 

September 30, 2016

 

$62,500.00

 

December 31, 2016

 

$62,500.00

 

March 31, 2017

 

$62,500.00

 

June 30, 2017

 

$62,500.00

 

September 30, 2017

 

$62,500.00

 

December 31, 2017

 

$62,500.00

 

March 31, 2018

 

$62,500.00

 

Series A-2018 New Term Loan Maturity Date

 

All remaining amounts outstanding under the Series A-2018 New Term Loans

 

TOTAL

 

$25,000,000.00

 

 

3.                                      Voluntary and Mandatory Prepayments. Scheduled installments of principal of the Series A-2018 New Term Loans set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Series A-2018 New Term Loans in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, respectively.

 

4.                                      Prepayment Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the New Term Loan Lender the prepayment premium, if any, as provided in accordance with Section 5.l(c) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

3



 

5.                                     Other Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay on the date hereof to the New Term Loan Lender, as fee compensation for the funding of the New Term Loan Lender’s Series A- 2018 New Term Loan, a closing fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the stated principal amount of the Series A-2018 New Tenn Loan, payable to the New Term Loan Lender from the proceeds of the Series A-2018 New Term Loan as and when funded on the date hereof. Such closing fee will be in all respects fully earned, due and payable on the date hereof and non-refundable and non-creditable hereafter.

 

6.                                     Proposed Borrowing. This Agreement represents the Borrower’s request to borrow Series A-2018 New Term Loans from the New Term Loan Lender as follows (the “Proposed Borrowing”):

 

a.                                      Business Day of Proposed B orrowing: December 22, 2011

 

b.                                      Amount of Proposed B orrowing: $25,000,000

 

c.                                       Interest rate o ption:                    x  ABR Loan(s)

 

  o   LIBOR  Loans  with  an  initial  Interest  Period  of [    ] month(s)

 

7.                                     New Lender. The New Term Loan Lender acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement and the making of Series A-2018 New Term Loan that such New Term Loan Lender shall become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the tem1s thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder. Set forth on Schedule B hereto is the U.S. Lending Office of the New Term Loan Lender.

 

8.                                      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Governs. Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Series A-2018 New Term Loan shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Creilit Documents.

 

9.                                     Borrower’s Certifications. By its execution of this Agreement, the undersigned officer, to the best of his or her knowledge, and the Borrower hereby certifies that:

 

L                                       the representations and warranties contained in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

4



 

11.                               no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the Proposed Bonowing contemplated hereby that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

iii. the Bonower has performed in all material respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions which the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides shall be performed or satisfied by it on or before the date hereof.

 

10.                              Borrower’s Covenants. By its execution of this Agreement, the Bonower hereby covenants that it shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following legal opinions and documents: (i) opinion of DLA Piper LLP, (ii) Notice of Bonowing, (iii) the results of a recent confirmatory lien search with respect to each U.S. Credit Party in the jurisdiction where each such U.S. Credit Party is located, and such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the U.S. Credit Parties except for liens permitted by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, (iv) Officer’s Certificate dated the date hereof certifying that the conditions precedent in Section 7.1 have been met,  (v) certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the BotTOwer approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Bonower as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, (vi) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of the Bonower executing this Agreement, (vii) certified copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Bonower certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Bonower, together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State or applicable department of the State of incorporation of the Bonower (with certification as to good standing for payment of applicable franchise or similar taxes from the appropriate taxing authority of such state) and (viii) a reaffirmation agreement executed by each U.S. Credit Party, together with all other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement.

 

11.                               Notice. For purposes of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of the New Tenn Loan Lender shall be as set forth below its signature below.

 

12.                             Tax Forms. The New Term Loan Lender hereby delivers herewith to the Administrative Agent such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as the New Term Loan Lender may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

13.                              Recordation of the New Loans. Upon execution and delivery hereof, Administrative Agent will record the Series A-2018 New Tenn Loans made by the New Term Loan Lender in the Register.

 

5



 

14.                               Amendment, Modification and Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived  except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

15.                              Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

16.                               GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

17.                              Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. Ifany provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

 

18.                               Counterparts; Electronic Delivery of Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of any executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpmi of this Agreement.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.,

 

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

 

Name:

 Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

 

Title:

 Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature page to Joinder Agreement

 



 

 

 

BANK OF MONTREAL, CHICAGO BRANCH,

 

 

as New Term Loan Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Gregory F. Tomczyk

 

 

 

Name:

Gregory F.Tomczyk

 

 

 

Title:

 Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

115 South LaSalle Street 35th Floor West

 

 

 

Chicago, IL 60603

 

Signature page to the Joinder Agreement

 



 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and

 

 

Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

 

Name:

Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Sig11aturc page to Joincler 1 \greement

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of December 22, 2011 (this “Agreement”), by and among MORGAN STANLEY SENlOR FUNDING, INC. (“MSSFI” or “New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender”), LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower”), and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among the Borrowers, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto, and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Borrower may request and receive New U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments by entering into one or more Joinder Agreements with the New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

The New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees to commit to the Borrower to provide  its Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

The New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and inf01mation as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Joinder Agreement (this “Agreement”); (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together

 

1



 

with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

The New U.S. Revolving  Credit Lender hereby  agrees to make its Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment on the following terms and conditions:

 

1.                                     Applicable Margin. The terms and provisions of the New Revolving Credit Loans and the New Revolving Credit Commitments shall be identical to  the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and the Series 2016 U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments, respectively.

 

2.                                       New Lender. The New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender aclmowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement and the making of New Revolving Credit Loans that the New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender shall become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder. Set forth on Schedule B hereto is the Lending Office of the New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender.

 

3.                                       Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Governs.  Except as set forth in this Agreement, the New Revolving Credit Loans shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

4.                                       Borrowers’ Certifications. By its execution of this Agreement, the undersigned officer, to the best of his or her lmowledge, and the Borrower hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                      the representations and warranties contained in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date,  in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

n.     no event has occnrred and is continuing or would result from the execution and delivery of this Agreement that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

111. the Borrower has performed in all material  respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions which the Amended and Restated  Credit Agreement provides shall be performed or satisfied by it on or before the date hereof.

 

2



 

5.                                      Borrower’s Covenants. By its execution of this Agreement, the Borrower hereby covenants that it shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following legal opinions and documents: (i) opinion of DLA Piper LLP, (ii) Notice of Borrowing, (iii) the results of a recent confirmatory lien search with respect to each U.S. Credit Party in the jurisdiction where each such U.S. Credit Party is located, and such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the U.S. Credit Parties except for liens permitted by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, (iv) Officer’s Certificate dated the date hereof certifying that the conditions precedent in Section 7.1 have been met, (v) certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and perfonnance of this Agreement by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, (vi) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of the Borrower executing this Agreement, (vii) certified copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Borrower certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower, together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State or applicable department of the State of incorporation of the Borrower (with certification as to good standing for payment of applicable franchise or similar taxes from the appropriate taxing authority of such state) and (viii) a reaffirmation agreement executed by each U.S. Credit Party, together with all other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Notice. For purposes of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of the New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender shall be as set forth below its signature below.

 

7.                                       Recordation of the New Loans. Upon execution and delivery hereof, Administrative Agent will record the New U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments and the New U.S. Revolving Credit Loans made by New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender in the Register.

 

8.                                      Amendment, Modification and Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

9.                                       Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the  parties  with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

10.                               GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

3



 

11.                              Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

 

12.                              Counterparts; Electronic Delivery of Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of any executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.,

 

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name:  Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature page to Joinder Agreement

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

 

as New U.S. Revolving Credit Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Michael King

 

 

Name: Michael King

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

 

 

1585 Broadway

 

 

New York, NY 10036

 

Signature page to Joinder Agreement

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and

 

 

Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Name: Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Title:  Vice President

 

Signature page to Joinder Agreement

 



 

SCHEDULE A

TO JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

Name of Lender

 

Type of Commitment

 

Amount

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

 

New U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment

 

$

50,000,000

 

SCHEDULE A- 1




Exhibit 10.9

 

Execution Version

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of January 18, 2013 (this “Agreement” ), by and among the lenders party thereto (each a “New Term Loan Lender” and collectively the “New Term Loan Lenders” ), LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower” ), and CITIBANK N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement’’ ; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among the Borrower, INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L., a Spanish limited liability company, the lending institutions party thereto from time to time, and CITIBANK N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may request and receive New Term Loan Commitments by entering into one or more Joinder Agreements with the New Term Loan Lenders.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Each New Term Loan Lender party hereto hereby agrees to commit to provide its respective Commitment as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below:

 

Each New Term Loan Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

Each New Term Loan Lender hereby agrees to make its Commitment on the following terms and conditions:

 



 

1.                                       Applicable Margin .  The Applicable ABR Margin for each New Term Loan made hereby (the “ Series B New Term Loans ”) shall mean, as of any date of determination, 3.00 % per annum.  The Applicable LIBOR Margin for each Series B New Term Loan shall mean, as of any date of determination, 4.00% per annum.

 

2.                                       Principal Payments .  The Borrower shall make principal payments on the Series B New Term Loans in installments on the dates and in the amounts set forth below:

 

(A)
Payment Date

 

(B)
Scheduled Repayment of
Series B New Term Loans

 

March 31, 2013

 

$625,000

 

June 30, 2013

 

$625,000

 

September 30, 2013

 

$625,000

 

December 31, 2013

 

$625,000

 

March 31, 2014

 

$625,000

 

June 30, 2014

 

$625,000

 

September 30, 2014

 

$625,000

 

December 31, 2014

 

$625,000

 

March 31, 2015

 

$625,000

 

June 30, 2015

 

$625,000

 

September 30, 2015

 

$625,000

 

December 31, 2015

 

$625,000

 

March 31, 2016

 

$625,000

 

June 30, 2016

 

$625,000

 

September 30, 2016

 

$625,000

 

December 31, 2016

 

$625,000

 

March 31, 2017

 

$625,000

 

June 30, 2017

 

$625,000

 

September 30, 2017

 

$625,000

 

December 31, 2017

 

$625,000

 

March 31, 2018

 

$625,000

 

 

2



 

 

(A)
Payment Date

 

(B)
Scheduled Repayment of
Series B New Term Loans

 

 

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date

 

All remaining amounts outstanding under the Series B New Term Loans

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

$250,000,000

 

 

 

3.                                       Voluntary and Mandatory Prepayments. Scheduled installments of principal of the Series B New Term Loans set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Series B New Term Loans in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of the Credit Agreement respectively.

 

4.                                       [Reserved].

 

5.                                       Other Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay each New Term Loan Lender its pro rata share of an aggregate fee equal to $1,250,000 on January 18, 2013.

 

6.                                       Proposed Borrowing . This Agreement represents the Borrower’s request to borrow Series B New Term Loans from the New Term Loan Lender as follows (the “Proposed Borrowing” ):

 

a.                                       Business Day of Proposed Borrowing :  January 18, 2013

 

b.                                       Amount of Proposed Borrowing : $250,000,000

 

c.                                        Interest rate option :                    LIBOR Loans with an initial Interest Period of three months

 

7.                                       New Lenders . Each New Term Loan Lender that is not a Lender prior to its execution of this Agreement, if any, acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement and the making of Series B New Term Loans that such New Term Loan Lender shall become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder. Set forth on Schedule B hereto is the Lending Office of each such New Term Loan Lender.

 

8.                                       Credit Agreement Governs. Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Series B New Term Loans shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

3



 

9.                                       Identical Terms . The terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents applicable to the Series B New Term Loans are identical to the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents applicable to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

10.                                Borrower’s Certifications . By its execution of this Agreement, the undersigned officer, to the best of his or her knowledge, and the Borrower hereby certifies that:

 

i.                                           the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

ii.                                        no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the Proposed Borrowing contemplated hereby that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

iii.                                     the Borrower has performed in all material respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions which the Credit Agreement provides shall be performed or satisfied by it on or before the date hereof.

 

11.                                Borrower’s Covenants . By its execution of this Agreement, the Borrower hereby covenants that:

 

i.                                           the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the New Term Loan Loans; and

 

ii.                                        the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following legal opinions and documents: opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US), as counsel to the Borrower, together with all other legal opinions and other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement.

 

12.                                Notice . For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each New Term Loan Lender described in Section 7 shall be as set forth below its signature below.

 

13.                                Tax Forms . For each New Term Loan Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such New Term Loan Lender may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement.

 

4



 

14.                                Recordation of the New Loans . Upon execution and delivery hereof, Administrative Agent will record the Series B New Term Loans made by New Term Loan Lenders in the Register.

 

15.                                Amendment, Modification and Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

16.                                Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with  respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

17.                                GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

18.                                Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

 

19.                                Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.,

 

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name: Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief

 

 

 

Financial Officer

 

Signature page to Joinder

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as New

 

 

Term Loan Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Name: Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

Signature page to Joinder

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of April 23, 2013 (this “Agreement” ), by and among the lenders party thereto (each an “Additional Term Loan Lender” and collectively the “Additional Term Loan Lenders” ), LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower” ), and CITIBANK N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement” ; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among the Borrower, INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L., a Spanish limited liability company, the lending institutions party thereto from time to time, and CITIBANK N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may request and receive Series B Additional Term Loan Commitments by entering into one or more Joinder Agreements with the Additional Term Loan Lenders.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Each Additional Term Loan Lender party hereto hereby agrees to commit to provide its respective Commitment as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below:

 

Each Additional Term Loan Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

Each Additional Term Loan Lender hereby agrees to make its Commitment on the following terms and conditions:

 



 

1.                                       Applicable Margin . The Applicable ABR Margin for each Term Loan made hereby (the “ Series B Additional Term Loans ”) shall mean, as of any date of determination, 3.00% per annum. The Applicable LIBOR Margin for each Series B Additional Term Loan shall mean, as of any date of determination, 4.00% per annum.

 

2.                                       Principal Payments . The Borrower shall make principal payments on the Series B Additional Term Loans in installments on the dates and in the amounts set forth below:

 

(A)
Payment Date

 

(B)
Scheduled Repayment of
Series B Additional Term
Loans

 

June 30, 2013

 

$

775,000.00

 

September 30, 2013

 

$

775,000.00

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

775,000.00

 

March 31, 2014

 

$

775,000.00

 

June 30, 2014

 

$

775,000.00

 

September 30, 2014

 

$

775,000.00

 

December 31, 2014

 

$

775,000.00

 

March 31, 2015

 

$

775,000.00

 

June 30, 2015

 

$

775,000.00

 

September 30, 2015

 

$

775,000.00

 

December 31, 2015

 

$

775,000.00

 

March 31, 2016

 

$

775,000.00

 

June 30, 2016

 

$

775,000.00

 

September 30, 2016

 

$

775,000.00

 

December 31, 2016

 

$

775,000.00

 

March 31, 2017

 

$

775,000.00

 

June 30, 2017

 

$

775,000.00

 

 

2



 

(A)
Payment Date

 

(B)
Scheduled Repayment of
Series B Additional Term
Loans

 

September 30, 2017

 

$

775,000.00

 

December 31, 2017

 

$

775,000.00

 

March 31, 2018

 

$

775,000.00

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date

 

All remaining amounts outstanding under the Series B Additional Term Loans

 

TOTAL

 

$

310,000,000

 

 

3.                                       Voluntary and Mandatory Prepayments. Scheduled installments of principal of the Series B Additional Term Loans set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Series B Additional Term Loans in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of the Credit Agreement respectively.

 

4.                                       Proposed Borrowing . This Agreement represents the Borrower’s request to borrow Series B Additional Term Loans from the Additional Term Loan Lender as follows (the “Proposed Borrowing” ):

 

a.                                       Business Day of Proposed Borrowing :  April 23, 2013

 

b.                                       Amount of Proposed Borrowing :  $310,000,000

 

c.                                        Interest rate option :                                      o  ABR Loan(s)

x   LIBOR Loans with an initial Interest Period of three months

 

5.                                       Additional Lenders . Each Additional Term Loan Lender that is not a Lender prior to its execution of this Agreement, if any, acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement and the making of Series B Additional Term Loans that such Additional Term Loan Lender shall become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder. Set forth on Schedule B hereto is the Lending Office of each such Additional Term Loan Lender.

 

3



 

6.                                       Credit Agreement Governs. Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Series B Additional Term Loans shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

7.                                       Identical Terms . The terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents applicable to the Series B Additional Term Loans are identical to the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents applicable to the Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Borrower’s Certifications . By its execution of this Agreement, the undersigned officer, to the best of his or her knowledge, and the Borrower hereby certifies that:

 

i.                                           the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

ii.                                        no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the Proposed Borrowing contemplated hereby that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

iii.                                     the Borrower has performed in all material respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions which the Credit Agreement provides shall be performed or satisfied by it on or before the date hereof.

 

9.                                       Borrower’s Covenants . By its execution of this Agreement, the Borrower hereby covenants that:

 

i.                                           the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the Additional Term Loan Loans; and

 

ii.                                        the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following legal opinions and documents: opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US), as counsel to the Borrower.

 

10.                                Notice . For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each Additional Term Loan Lender described in Section 5 shall be as set forth below its signature below.

 

4



 

11.                                Tax Forms . For each Additional Term Loan Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such Additional Term Loan Lender may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement.

 

12.                                Recordation of the New Loans . Upon execution and delivery hereof, Administrative Agent will record the Series B Additional Term Loans made by Additional Term Loan Lenders in the Register.

 

13.                                Amendment, Modification and Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

14.                                Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

15.                                GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

16.                                Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

 

17.                                Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Joinder]

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

As Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Name: Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Joinder]

 



 

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

 

as a Additional Term Loan Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Name: Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address, if applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Joinder]

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of December 16, 2013 (this “Agreement” ), by and among the lenders party thereto (each a “New Term Loan Lender” and collectively the “New Term Loan Lenders” ), LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower” ), and CITIBANK N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2013, that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013, and that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013 (as it may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement” ; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among the Borrower, INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L., a Spanish limited liability company, the lending institutions party thereto from time to time, and CITIBANK N.A., as successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may request and receive New Term Loan Commitments by entering into one or more Joinder Agreements with the New Term Loan Lenders.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Each New Term Loan Lender party hereto hereby agrees to commit to provide its respective Commitment as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below:

 

Each New Term Loan Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 



 

Each New Term Loan Lender hereby agrees to make its Commitment on the following terms and conditions:

 

1.                                       Applicable Margin . The Applicable ABR Margin for each New Term Loan made hereby (the “ Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans ”) shall mean, as of any date of determination, 2.75% per annum. The Applicable LIBOR Margin for each Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans shall mean, as of any date of determination, 3.75% per annum.

 

2.                                       Principal Payments . The Borrower shall make principal payments on the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in installments on the dates and in the amounts set forth below:

 

(A)
Payment Date

 

(B)
Scheduled Repayment of
Additional New Series 2018
Extended Term Loans

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

500,000.00

 

March 31, 2014

 

$

500,000.00

 

June 30, 2014

 

$

500,000.00

 

September 30, 2014

 

$

500,000.00

 

December 31, 2014

 

$

500,000.00

 

March 31, 2015

 

$

500,000.00

 

June 30, 2015

 

$

500,000.00

 

September 30, 2015

 

$

500,000.00

 

December 31, 2015

 

$

500,000.00

 

March 31, 2016

 

$

500,000.00

 

June 30, 2016

 

$

500,000.00

 

September 30, 2016

 

$

500,000.00

 

December 31, 2016

 

$

500,000.00

 

March 31, 2017

 

$

500,000.00

 

June 30, 2017

 

$

500,000.00

 

 

2



 

(A)
Payment Date

 

(B)
Scheduled Repayment of
Additional New Series 2018
Extended Term Loans

 

September 30, 2017

 

$

500,000.00

 

December 31, 2017

 

$

500,000.00

 

March 31, 2018

 

$

500,000.00

 

Series 2018 Extended Term Loan Maturity Date

 

All remaining amounts outstanding under the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans

 

TOTAL

 

$

200,000,000.00

 

 

3.                                       Voluntary and Mandatory Prepayments. Scheduled installments of principal of the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of the Credit Agreement respectively.

 

4.                                       Proposed Borrowing . This Agreement represents the Borrower’s request to borrow Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans from the New Term Loan Lender as follows (the “Proposed Borrowing” ):

 

a.                                       Business Day of Proposed Borrowing : December 16, 2013

 

b.                                       Amount of Proposed Borrowing : $200,000,000.00

 

c.                                        Interest rate option :                                      o   ABR Loan(s)

o   LIBOR Loans

 

5.                                       Additional Lenders . Each New Term Loan Lender that is not a Lender prior to its execution of this Agreement, if any, acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement and the making of Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans that such New Term Loan Lender shall become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder. Set forth on Schedule B hereto is the Lending Office of each such New Term Loan Lender that is not a Lender prior to its execution of this Agreement, if any.

 

3



 

6.                                       Credit Agreement Governs. Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

7.                                       Identical Terms . The terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents applicable to the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans are identical to the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents applicable to the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, and Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans shall be treated as of the same Series and Class as the New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans.

 

8.                                       Borrower’s Certifications . By its execution of this Agreement, the undersigned officer, to the best of his or her knowledge, and the Borrower hereby certifies that:

 

i.                                           the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

ii.                                        no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the Proposed Borrowing contemplated hereby that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

iii.                                     the Borrower has performed in all material respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions which the Credit Agreement provides shall be performed or satisfied by it on or before the date hereof.

 

9.                                       Borrower’s Covenants . By its execution of this Agreement, the Borrower hereby covenants that:

 

i.                                           the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans; and

 

ii.                                        the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following legal opinions and documents: opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US), as counsel to the Borrower.

 

10.                                Notice . For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each New Term Loan Lender that is not a Lender prior to its execution of this Agreement, if any, shall be as set forth below its signature below.

 

4



 

11.                                Tax Forms . For each New Term Loan Lender that is not a Lender prior to its execution of this Agreement, if any, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such New Term Loan Lender may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement.

 

12.                                Recordation of the New Loans . Upon execution and delivery hereof, Administrative Agent will record the Additional New Series 2018 Extended Term Loans made by New Term Loan Lenders in the Register.

 

13.                                Amendment, Modification and Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

14.                                Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

15.                                GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

16.                                Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

 

17.                                Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Name:

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Joinder]

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Name: Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Joinder]

 



 

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

 

as a New Term Loan Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Name: Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address, if applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Joinder]

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

Execution Version

 

GUARANTEE

 

THIS GUARANTEE dated as of August 17, 2007, by each of the signatories listed on the signature pages hereto and each of the other entities that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 19 (the “ Guarantors ”), in favor of the Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Laureate Education Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Iniciativas Culturales de Espana, SL, a Spanish limited liability company, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Swingline Lender, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other Agents named therein, pursuant to which, among other things, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrowers and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Extensions of Credit ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, and one or more Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, each Guarantor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, each Guarantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Extensions of Credit; and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Parent Borrower un­ der the Credit Agreement that the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Guarantee to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the other Agents, the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Parent Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, the Guarantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 



 

1.               Defined Terms .

 

(a)              Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)              The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and Section references are to Sections of this Guarantee unless otherwise specified.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(c)              The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

2.               Guarantee .

 

(a)              Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b), each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) of the Obligations of anyone other than such Guarantor (including amounts that would become due but for operation of the automatic stay under 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)).

 

(b)             Anything herein or in any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall in no event exceed the amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers or the insolvency of debtors.

 

(c)              Each Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, such Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

(d)             Each Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee or affecting the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder.

 

(e)             No payment or payments made by the Parent Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Collateral Agent , the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party from the Parent Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set­off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment

 

2



 

of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, other than payments made by such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or payments received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations, remain liable for the Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full and the Commitments thereunder are terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(f)              Each Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party on account of its li­ ability hereunder, it will notify the Collateral Agent in writing that such payment is made under this Guarantee for such purpose.

 

3.               Right of Contribution .  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made here­ under (including by way of set-off rights being exercised against it), such Guarantor shall be en­ titled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment.  Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5 hereof.  The provisions of this Section 3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder.

 

4.               Right of Set-off .  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Secured Parties provided by law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party at any time and from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to such Guarantor or any other Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Guarantor, upon any amount becoming due and payable by such Guarantor hereunder (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, demand or otherwise), to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Guarantor.  Each Secured Party shall notify such Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the appropriation and application made by such Secured Party, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

5.               No Subrogation .  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any of the Guarantors hereunder or any set-off or appropriation and application of funds of any of the Guarantors by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights (or if subrogated by operation of law, such Guarantor hereby waives such rights to the extent permitted by applicable law) of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against the Parent Borrower or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment

 

3



 

of any of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution, indemnifications or reimbursement from the Parent Borrower or any other Guarantor or other guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder in each case, until all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties on account of the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full and the Commitments thereunder are terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.  Ifany amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Collateral Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether due or to become due, in such order as the Collateral Agent may determine.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against Parent Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party may have against Parent Borrower, to all right, title and interest the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party may have against such other guarantor.

 

6.              Amendments. etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement, the party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guarantee or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured

 

4



 

Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Parent Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Se­ cured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Parent Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person or any release of any Parent Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person shall not relieve any Guarantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Guarantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

7.              Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .

 

(a)             Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, contraction, incurrence, renewal, extension, amendment, waiver or accrual of any of the Obligations, and notice of or proof of reliance by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee.  All Obligations shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, waived or accrued, in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between any Parent Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives diligence, promptness, presentment, protest and notice of protest, demand for payment or performance, notice of default or nonpayment, notice of acceptance and any other notice in respect of the Obligations or any part of them, and any defense arising by reason of any disability or any other defense of the Parent Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Obligations.  Each Guarantor understands and agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment and not of collection (this Guarantee is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety) without regard to and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all defenses that it may have arising in connection with, (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Letter of Credit, any Secured Hedge Agreement, any of the Obligations or any amendment to or waiver of, any provision of any thereof (including any change in time, place, manner, or place of payment, amendment, or waiver or increase thereof) or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance), including but not limited to failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury, that may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Parent Borrower against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party or, (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Parent Borrower or such Guarantor) that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Parent Borrower for the Obligations, or of such Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent and any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any Parent Borrower or any other Person or against

 

5



 

any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from any Parent Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any Parent Borrower or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve such Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor.

 

(b)             This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Guarantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments thereunder shall be terminated and no Letters of Credit thereunder shall be outstanding (except to the extent that the Letters of Credit have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.

 

(c)             A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically released under the circumstances described in Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.              R einstatement.  This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

9.               P avments.  Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Collateral Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars (based on the Dollar Equivalent amount of such Obligations on the date of payment) at the Collateral Agent’s Office.  Each Guarantor agrees that the provisions of Sections 5.4 and 14.19 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee.

 

10.            Representations and Warranties; Covenants .

 

(a)             Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor and in the other Credit Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in

 

6



 

which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

 

(b)             Each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party that, from and after the date of this Guarantee until the Obligations are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letter of Credit remains outstanding or the Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, such Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, all actions that are necessary to be taken or not taken so that no violation of any provision, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9 or Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and so that no Default or Event of Default, is caused by any act or failure to act of such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

11.            Authority of the Collateral Agent .

 

(a)             The Collateral Agent enters into this Guarantee in its capacity as agent for the Secured Parties from time to time.  The rights and obligations of the Collateral Agent under this Guarantee at any time are the rights and obligations of the Secured Parties at that time.  Each of the Secured Parties has (subject to the terms of the Credit Documents) a several entitlement to each such right, and a several liability in respect of each such obligation, in the proportions described in the Credit Documents.  The rights, remedies and discretions of the Secured Parties, or any of them, under this Guarantee may be exercised by the Collateral Agent.  No party to this Guarantee is obliged to inquire whether an exercise by the Collateral Agent of any such right, remedy or discretion is within the Collateral Agent’s authority as agent for the Secured Parties.

 

(b)             Each party to this Guarantee acknowledges and agrees that any changes (in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents) in the identity of the persons from time to time comprising the Secured Parties gives rise to an equivalent change in the Secured Parties, without any further act.  Upon such an occurrence, the persons then comprising the Secured Parties are vested with the rights, remedies and discretions and assume the obligations of the Secured Parties under this Guarantee.  Each party to this Guarantee irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to give effect to the change in Lenders contemplated in this Section 11(b) by countersigning an Assignment and Acceptance.

 

(c)             Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has adequate means to obtain information from the Parent Borrower and each other Guarantor on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and each other Guarantor and its ability to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any Secured Hedge Agreement, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility of keeping informed of the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and each other Guarantor and all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Parent Borrower and each other Guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of the Collateral Agent to disclose any matter, fact or thing related to the Parent Borrower and each other Guarantor whether now or hereafter known.

 

7



 

12.            Notices .  All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

13.            Counterparts .  This Guarantee may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Guarantee on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of the copies of this Guarantee signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower.

 

14.             Severabilitv .  Any provision of this Guarantee that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

15.            Integration .  This Guarantee together with the other Credit Documents and each other document in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement represent the agreement of each Guarantor and the Collateral Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein, in the other Credit Documents or, each other document in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

16.            Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

 

(a)             None of the terms or provisions of this Guarantee may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)             Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 16(a)), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.

 

8



 

(c)             The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

17.             Section Headings .  The Section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

18.             Successors and Assigns .  This Guarantee shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns except that no Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

19.            Additional Guarantors .  Each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to become a party to this Guarantee pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Guarantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein, for all purposes of this Guarantee, upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto.  The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder.  The rights and obligations of each Guarantor here­ under shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee (and any such assignment without such consent shall be null and void).

 

20.             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

21.            Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Service of Process .  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)             submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)             consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)             agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Guarantor in care of the Parent Borrower at the

 

9



 

Parent Borrower’s address set forth in the Credit Agreement, and such Person hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Parent Borrower to accept such service on its behalf;

 

(d)             agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to sue in any other jurisdiction;  and

 

(e)             waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 21 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

22.             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS GUARANTEE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

10


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this U.S. Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer or other representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD., as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

LAUREATE PROPERTIES, INC. (DELAWARE), as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION, as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

TUITION FINANCE, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

WALDEN E-LEARNING, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD., as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

EDUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS-US I, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 


 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

THE CANTER GROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC,

as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of The Canter Group of Companies , LLC the sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., as Guarantor with respect to Obligations of any Credit Party other than the Parent Borrower

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

Name:

Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

Title:

Authorized signatory

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. — Guarantee]

 


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 to the GUARANTEE (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “Guarantee”) dated as of August 17, 2007 among each of the Guarantors party thereto (each such subsidiary individually, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as Collateral Agent for the Lenders from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below.

 

A.                                             Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Lanreate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Parent Borrower”), Iniciativas Culturales de Espana S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “Foreign Subsidiary Borrower” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “Borrowers” and, each, a “Borrower”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and other Agents party thereto.

 

B.                                             Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Guarantee.

 

C.                                             The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secnred Hedge Agreements with the Borrowers and/or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

D.                                             Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 19 of the Guarantee provide that additional Subsidiaries may become Guarantors under the Guarantee by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “ New G uarantor”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to make additional Extensions of Credit, to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secnred Hedge Agreements and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.

 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Guarantor agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 19 of the Guarantee, the New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guarantee with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor, and the New Guarantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date). Each reference to a Guarantor in the Guarantee shall be deemed to include the New Guarantor. The Guarantee is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 



 

SECTION 2. The New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Parent Borrower and the Collateral Agent. This Supplement shall become effective as to the New Guarantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the New Guarantor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 6. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and of the Guarantee, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 7. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Guarantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC

 

as the New Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Vice President, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Name: Douglas Tansey

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 



 

EXECUTION COPY

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011 to the GUARANTEE (the “Guarantee”) dated as of August 17, 2007, among each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto (each such subsidiary individually, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as Collateral Agent for the Lenders from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below.

 

A.                Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Parent Borrower”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other Agents party thereto.

 

B.                Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Guarantee.

 

C.                The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Parent Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

D.                Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 19 of the Guarantee provide that additional Subsidiaries may become Guarantors under the Guarantee by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement.  Each undersigned Subsidiary (each a “New Guarantor”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make additional Extensions of Credit, to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.

 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and each New Guarantor agrees as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  In accordance with Section 19 of the Guarantee, each New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guarantee with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor, and each New Guarantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date). Each reference to a Guarantor in the Guarantee shall be deemed to include each New Guarantor. The Guarantee is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 



 

SECTION 2. Each New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 3.  This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Parent Borrower and the Collateral Agent. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Guarantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Guarantor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 5.  THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 6. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and of the Guarantee, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 7.  All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to each New Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Guarantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

EXETER STREET HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:    Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplement No. 2 -Guarantee]

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Name: Douglas Tansey

 

 

Title:    Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Supplement No. 2 -Guarantee]

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

Execution Version

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of August 17, 2007, among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Parent Borrower”), each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on the signature pages hereto or that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.13 (each such entity being a “Subsidiary Grantor” and, collectively, the “Subsidiary Grantors”; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Parent Borrower are referred to collectively as the “Grantors”), and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. (“GSCP”), as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) under the Credit Agreement (as defined below) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (which, for the purposes of this Agreement, shall include (a) any Secured Party under and as defined in Credit Agreement and (b) any Credit Card Bank (as defined below)).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among the Parent Borrower, Iniciativas Culturales de Espana S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “Foreign Subsidiary Borrower” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “Borrowers”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and other Agents party thereto;

 

WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrowers and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Extensions of Credit”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guarantee dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee”), each Subsidiary Grantor party thereto has agreed to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations;

 

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Grantor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Extensions of Credit will be used in part to enable the Parent Borrower to make valuable transfers to the Subsidiary Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

 



 

WHEREAS, each Grantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Extensions of Credit; and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Security Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.                                             Defined Terms.

 

(a)                                       Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                       Terms used herein without definition that are defined in the UCC have the meanings given to them in the UCC, and if defined in more than one article of the UCC shall have the meanings set forth in Article 9 thereof, including the following terms (which are capitalized herein): Account, Chattel Paper, Commodity Contract, Documents, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Right, Security Entitlement, Supporting Obligation and Tangible Chattel Paper.

 

(c)                                         The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Collateral” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.

 

“Collateral Account” shall mean any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3.

 

“Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Security Agreement.

 

“Control” shall mean “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 or 9-106, as applicable, of the UCC.

 

“Copyright License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including all Copyrights) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 1.

 

2



 

“Copvrights” shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country or group of countries, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (ii) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country or group of countries, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, including those listed on Schedule 2.

 

“Credit Card Bank” shall mean any Person (other than the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) that, with respect to any Credit Card Program that is in effect on the Closing Date (or any replacement or renewal thereof), is a Lender or Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or Agent, in its capacity as a party to such Credit Card Program.

 

“equipment” shall mean all “equipment,” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and, in any event, shall include all machinery, equipment, furnishings, movable trade fixtures and vehicles now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and any and all Proceeds, additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto; but excluding equipment to the extent it is subject to a Lien, permitted by the Credit Agreement and the terms of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien prohibit assignment of, or granting of a security interest in, such Grantor’s rights and interests therein (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable Jaw), provided, that immediately upon the repayment of all Indebtedness secured by such Lien, such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in all the rights and interests with respect to such equipment.

 

“Extensions of Credit” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

“General Intangibles” shall mean all “general intangibles” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, including with respect to any Grantor, all contracts, agreements, instruments and indentures in any form, and portions thereof, to which such Grantor is a party or under which such Grantor has any right, title or interest or to which such Grantor or any property of such Grantor is subject, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including (a) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (b) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guarantee with respect thereto, (c) all claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of any breach of or default thereunder and (d) all rights of such Grantor to terminate, amend, supplement, modify or exercise rights or options thereunder, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder, in each case to the extent the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in its right, title and interest in any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture (i)  is not prohibited by such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture without the consent of any other party thereto, (ii) would not give any other party to any such

 

3



 

contract, agreement, instrument or indenture the right to terminate its obligations thereunder or (iii) is permitted with consent if all necessary consents to such grant of a Security Interest have been obtained from the other parties thereto (other than to the extent that any such prohibition or consent requirement referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9 409 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate such Grantor to obtain such consents), provided that the foregoing limitation shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in any Account or any money or other amounts due or to become due under any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture.

 

“Grantor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

“Intellectual Property” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter created or acquired by any Grantor: (A) all Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents, and (B) all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise now owned or hereafter acquired, including (a) all goodwill of any business connected with the use of or symbolized by any Trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, customer lists, processes of production, ideas, confidential business information, techniques, processes, formulas and all other proprietary information, and (b) rights, priorities and privileges relating to the Copyrights, the Patents, the Trademarks and the Licenses and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any past, present or future infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, in each case to the extent the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in any such rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property (i) is not prohibited by any contract, agreement or other instrument governing such rights, priorities and privileges without the consent of any other party thereto, (ii) would not give any other party to any such contract, agreement or other instrument the right to terminate its obligations thereunder or (iii) is permitted with consent if all necessary consents to such grant of a Security Interest have been obtained from the relevant parties (other than to the extent that any such prohibition or consent requirement referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate such Grantor to obtain such consents).

 

“Investment Property” shall mean all Securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), Security Entitlements and Commodity Contracts of any Grantor (other than (i) as pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement and (ii) solely with respect to the Secured Obligations, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the outstanding class of such Stock or Stock Equivalents), whether now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, except, in each case, to the extent the grant by a Grantor of a Security Interest therein pursuant to this Security Agreement in its right, title and interest in any such Investment Property (i) is prohibited by any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Investment Property without the consent of any other party thereto unless such consent has been expressly obtained, or (ii) would give any other party to any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture the right to

 

4



 

terminate its obligations thereunder (other than to the extent that any such prohibition referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate any Grantor to seek or obtain any such consents referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above); provided that, the only Stock and Stock Equivalents of Fleet Street International Universities CV which shall be Investment Property are (x) Stock and Stock Equivalents of Fleet Street International Universities CV held directly by the Parent Borrower equal to 42.74% of the total outstanding and Stock Equivalents of Fleet Street International Universities CV, and (y) Stock and Stock Equivalents of Fleet Street International Universities CV held directly by Laureate Education International, Ltd. equal to 22.26% of the total outstanding and Stock Equivalents of Fleet Street International Universities CV, so that the aggregate amount of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Fleet Street International Universities CV which constitutes Investment Property is limited to 65% of the total Stock and Stock Equivalents of Fleet Street International Univerities CV.

 

“License” shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License or Copyright License.

 

“Patent License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including all Patents) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, have made, use, import or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 3.

 

“Patents” shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, have made, use, import and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including those listed on Schedule 4.

 

“Proceeds” shall mean all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, shall include with respect to any Grantor, any consideration received from the sale, exchange, license, lease or other disposition of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, any value received as a consequence of the possession of any Collateral and any payment received from any insurer or other Person or entity as a result of the destruction, loss, theft, damage or other involuntary conversion of whatever nature of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, and shall include (a) all cash and negotiable instruments received by or held on behalf of the Collateral Agent, (b) any claim of any Grantor against any third party for (and the right to sue and recover for and the rights to damages or profits due or accrued arising out of or in connection with) (i) past, present or future infringement of any Patent now or hereafter

 

5



 

owned by any Grantor, or licensed under a Patent License, (ii) past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Trademark License or injury to the goodwill associated with or symbolized by any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, (iii) past, present or future breach of any License (iv) past, present or future infringement of any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Copyright License, and (v) past, present or future misappropriation of any trade secret now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

 

“Security Agreement” shall mean this Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Security Interest” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.

 

“Secured Obligations” shall mean (i) Obligations and (ii) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Grantor arising under (x) any purchasing card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of a Grantor to purchase goods and supplies from vendors and (y) any travel and entertainment card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of a Grantor to make payments for expenses incurred related to travel and entertainment (collectively, “Credit Card Program”) entered into in the ordinary course of business by and between any Grantor and a Credit Card Bank; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured pursuant to clause (ii) shall at no time exceed $1,000,000.

 

“Trademark License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including any Trademark) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule

 

“Trademarks” shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof (if any), and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, (ii) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby and (iii) all other assets, rights and interests that uniquely reflect or embody such goodwill, including those listed on Schedule 6 hereto.

 

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided, however, that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the

 

6



 

Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

 

(d)                                        The words “hereof ‘, “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement, and Section, subsection, clause and Schedule references are to this Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(e)                                         The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

(f)                                          Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

 

(g)                                         References to “Lenders” in this Security Agreement shall be deemed to include Affiliates of any Lender that may from time to time enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

2.                                              Grant of Security Interest.

 

(a)                                        Each Grantor hereby bargains, sells, conveys, assigns, sets over, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates and transfers to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in (the “Security Interest”), all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Collateral”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations:

 

(i)                                            all Accounts;

 

(ii)                                         all Chattel Paper;

 

(iii)                                      all Documents;

 

(iv)                                     all equipment;

 

(v)                                        all General Intangibles;

 

(vi)                                     all Instruments;

 

7



 

(vii)                                  all Intellectual Property;

 

(viii)                               all Inventory;

 

(ix)                                     all Investment Property;

 

(x)                                        all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

 

(xi)                                     all Supporting Obligations;

 

(xii)                                  all Collateral Accounts;

 

(xiii)                               all books and records pertaining to the Collateral;

 

(xiv)                              the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing;

 

provided, (x) the Collateral for any Secured Obligations shall not include any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents with respect to such Secured Obligations, (y) that none of the items included in clauses (i) through (xiv) above shall constitute Collateral to the extent (and only to the extent) that the grant of the Security Interest therein would violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Collateral (other than to the extent that any such Requirement of Law would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) and (z) the Collateral shall not include any “intent-to-use” Trademark application prior to the filing of and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, solely during the period, if any, in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration issuing from such “intent-to-use” Trademark application under applicable federal law.

 

(b)                                        Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, amendments to financing statements and, with notice to the Parent Borrower, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the Security Interests of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and such financing statements and amendments may describe the Collateral covered thereby as “all assets’’, “all personal property” or words of similar effect. Each Grantor hereby also authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file continuation statements with respect to previously filed financing statements. A photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement or other filing or recording document or instrument for filing or recording in any jurisdiction to the Collateral Agent.

 

8


 

Each Grantor hereby agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent, promptly upon request, any information reasonably necessary to effectuate the filings or recordings authorized by this Section 2(b) including the Intellectual Property filings referred to below.

 

The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted hereunder by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors, as the case may be, as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party, provided that, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor agrees to execute any such documents to be so filed.

 

The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

 

3.                                              Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party on the date hereof that:

 

3.1                                       Title; No Other Liens. Except for (a) the Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Security Agreement, (b) the Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement and (c) any Liens securing Indebtedness which is no longer outstanding or any Liens with respect to commitments to lend which have been terminated, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others. No security agreement, financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral that evidences a Lien securing any material Indebtedness is on file or of record in any public office, except such as (i) have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Security Agreement or (ii) are permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

3.2                                       Perfected First Priority Liens.

 

(a)                                          This Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Security Interests in the Collateral, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

(b)                                          Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (c) of this Section 3.2, the Security Interests granted pursuant to this Security Agreement (i) will constitute valid and perfected Security Interests in the Collateral (as to which perfection may be obtained by the filings or other actions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of this paragraph) in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, upon (A) the filing in the applicable filing offices listed on Schedule I hereto of all financing statements, in each case, naming each Grantor as “debtor” and the Collateral Agent as “secured party” and describing the Collateral, (B) delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) of all

 

9



 

Instruments, Chattel Paper, Certificated Securities and negotiable Documents in each case, properly endorsed for transfer in blank and (C) completion of the filing, registration and recording of a fully executed agreement in the form hereof (or a supplement hereto) and containing a description of all Collateral constituting Intellectual Property in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) within the three month period (commencing as of the date hereof) or, in the case of Collateral constituting Intellectual Property acquired after the date hereof, thereafter pursuant to 35 USC § 261 and 15 USC § 1060 and the regulations thereunder with respect to United States issued Patents and Patent applications and United States registered Trademarks and Trademark applications and in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) within the one month period (commencing as of the applicable date of acquisition or filing) or, in the case of Collateral constituting Intellectual Property acquired after the date hereof, thereafter with respect to United States registered Copyrights pursuant to 17 USC § 205 and the regulations thereunder as soon as reasonably practicable, and otherwise as may be required pursuant to the laws of any other necessary jurisdiction to the extent that a security interest may be perfected by such filings, registrations and recordings, and (ii) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Grantor shall be required to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement (including Security Interests in cash, cash accounts and Investment Property) by any means other than by (i) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant State(s), (ii) filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office, or successor offices, that are necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, enforcing, or protecting the Security Interests granted in certain Intellectual Property and (iii) delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Tangible Chattel Paper, Instruments or any Certificated Securities, in each case, properly endorsed for transfer to the Collateral Agent or in blank, with a fair market value in excess of $1,500,000 individually.

 

(d)                                                 It is understood and agreed that the Security Interests in cash and Investment Property created hereunder shall not prevent the Grantors from using such assets in the ordinary course of their respective businesses.

 

3.3                                              Grantor Information.

 

Schedule II hereto sets forth under the appropriate headings as of the Closing Date: (1) the full legal name of such Grantor, (2) to the knowledge of the Grantor, all trade names or other names under which such Grantor currently conducts business, (3) the type of organization of such Grantor, (4) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, (5) its organizational identification number, if any, and (6) the jurisdiction where the chief executive office of such Grantor is located.

 

3.4                                              Intellectual Property.

 

Schedule I hereto sets forth all of each Grantor’s Copyright Licenses in which a Grantor is the exclusive licensee of any United States registered Copyright. Schedule 2 hereto

 

10



 

sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all of each Grantor’s United States Copyright registrations. Schedule 3 hereto sets forth all of each Grantor’s Patent Licenses in which a Grantor is the exclusive licensee of any United States issued Patents or Patent applications. Schedule 4 hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each Grantor’s United States issued Patents and Patent applications. Schedule 5 hereto sets forth all of each Grantor’s Trademark Licenses in which a Grantor is the exclusive licensee of any Trademarks registered or applied for in the United States. Schedule 6 hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each Grantor’s United States Trademark registrations and applications.

 

4.                                               Covenants. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Security Agreement until the Secured Obligations (except for contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which a claim has not yet been made) are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letter of Credit remains outstanding:

 

4.1                                       Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation.

 

(a)                                          Such Grantor shall maintain the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement as a perfected Security Interest having at least the priority described in Section 3.1 and shall defend such Security Interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever, in each case subject to Section 3.2(c).

 

(b)                                           Such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c)                                           Subject to clause (d) below and Section 3.2(c), each Grantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, it will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents, including all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C)), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order (i) to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the Security Interests created or intended to be created hereby or (ii) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral, including the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interests created hereby and all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C), all at the expense of such Grantor.

 

(d)                                        Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary, (i) with respect to any assets created or acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof that are required by the Credit Agreement to be subject to the Lien created hereby or (ii) with respect to any Person that, subsequent to the date hereof, becomes a Subsidiary that is required by the Credit Agreement to become a party hereto, the relevant Grantor after the acquisition or creation thereof shall

 

11



 

promptly take all actions required by the Credit Agreement, this Section 4.1 or Section 4.5 below.

 

4.2                                       Damage or Destruction of Collateral. The Grantors agree promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

 

4.3                                      Notices. Each Grantor will advise the Collateral Agent and the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of any Lien of which it has knowledge (other than the Security Interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect, in any material respect, the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder.

 

4.4                                       Changes in Grantor Information or Status. Without limiting any prohibitions or restrictions on mergers or other transactions set forth in the Credit Agreement, no Grantor shall change its name, identity, corporate structure (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise), type of organization or jurisdiction of organization or, in the case of any Grantor which is a general partnership, the sole place of business or chief executive office, unless it shall have (a) notified the Collateral Agent in writing at least ten (10) days prior to any such change (or such later date as is reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) identifying such new proposed name, identity, corporate structure, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization or, in the case of any Grantor which is a partnership, the sole place of business or chief executive office and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (b) taken all actions necessary or advisable to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same or better priority of the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest in the Collateral granted or intended to be granted and agreed to hereby.

 

4.5                                      Acquisition of Additional Intellectual Property. Within 30 days after the end of each Calendar quarter each Grantor shall provide a list of any additional applications for or registrations of Intellectual Property of such Grantor not previously disclosed to the Collateral Agent including such information as is necessary for Grantor to make appropriate filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office.

 

5.                                             Remedial Provisions.

 

5.I                                         Certain Matters Relating to Accounts.

 

(a)                                        At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after giving reasonable notice to the Parent Borrower and any other relevant Grantor, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to instruct the Collateral Agent to (and upon such instruction, the Collateral Agent shall) make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such assistance and information as such Agent may require in connection with such test verifications. Such Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

12



 

(b)                                            The Collateral Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Accounts and the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Ifrequired in writing by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Accounts, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 5.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Accounts shall be accompanied by a report identi1’ying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

 

(c)                                              At the Collateral Agent’s request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

 

(d)                                            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Grantor shall not grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Collateral Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances during the continuance of such Event of Default.

 

5.2                                       Communications with Credit Parties; Grantors Remain Liable.

 

(a)                                            The Collateral Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after giving reasonable notice to the relevant Grantor of its intent to do so, communicate with obligors under the Accounts to verify with them to the Collateral Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts. The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

(b)                                             Upon the written request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Accounts that the Accounts have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                             Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation

 

13



 

or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

5.3                                       Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent. In addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties specified in Section 5.1 with respect to payments of Accounts, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent so requires by notice in writing to the relevant Grantor (it being understood that the exercise of remedies by the Secured Parties in connection with an Event of Default under Section 12.5 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a request by the Collateral Agent for the purposes of this sentence and in such circumstances, no such written notice shall be required), all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its dominion and control and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. All Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 5.4.

 

5.4                                      Application of Proceeds. The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral as well as any Collateral consisting of cash, at any time after receipt in the order specified in Section 12 of the Credit Agreement. Upon any sale of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

 

5.5                                       Code and Other Remedies. Ifan Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC or any other applicable law or in equity and also may with notice to the relevant Grantor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Lender or elsewhere for cash or on credit or for future delivery at such price or

 

14



 

prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent and any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Secured Obligations. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agent’s request to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent, at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 5.5 in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4.

 

5.6                                       Deficiency. Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Secured Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

 

5.7                                       Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Secured Obligations; Waiver of Rights. Each Grantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Grantor and without notice to or further assent by any Grantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Secured Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Secured Obligations continued, (b) the Secured Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Hedge Agreements and

 

15



 

any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement, the Hedge Bank party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Secured Obligations or for this Security Agreement or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Grantor or any other Person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Parent Borrower or any Grantor or any other Person or any release of any Parent Borrower or any Grantor or any other Person shall not relieve any Grantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Grantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Grantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

5.8                                              License to Use Intellectual Propertv. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies hereunder at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, to the extent such Grantor has the right to do so, an irrevocable, assignable, non-exclusive license to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or held, or hereafter acquired, by such Grantor, wherever the same may be located. To the extent permitted, such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

 

6.                                                    The Collateral Agent.

 

6.1                                             Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

 

(a)                                               Each Grantor hereby appoints, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Security Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, without assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, in each case after the occurrence and during the

 

16



 

continuance of an Event of Default and after written notice by the Collateral Agent of its intent to do so:

 

(i)                                      take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ Security Interest in such Intellectual Property;

 

(iii)                                pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

(iv)                               execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.5, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral;

 

(v)                                  obtain and adjust insurance required to be maintained by such Grantor pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement;

 

(vi)                               direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct;

 

(vii)                            ask or demand for, collect and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;

 

(viii)                         sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral;

 

(ix)                               commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral;

 

(x)                                  defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral (with such Grantor’s consent to the extent such action or its resolution could materially affect such Grantor or any of its Affiliates in any manner other than with respect to its continuing rights in such Collateral);

 

17


 

(xi)                               settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate (with such Grantor’s consent to the extent such action or its resolution could materially affect such Grantor or any of its Affiliates in any manner other than with respect to its continuing rights in such Collateral);

 

(xii)                            assign any Intellectual Property, throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and

 

(xiii)                         generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ Security Interests therein and to effect the intent of this Security Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

 

Anything in this Section 6.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent agrees that (i) it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 6.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (ii) no United States “intent-to-use” trademark or servicemark applications shall be assigned to the Collateral Agent or any third party until an amendment to allege use or a statement of use has been filed under 15 U.S.C. § 150l(d) and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, except to a successor to the business (or the portion of the business) to which the mark pertains, if that business is ongoing and existing.

 

(b)                                        If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

 

(c)                                         The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the highest rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on any category of past due ABR Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent on demand.

 

(d)                                         Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Security Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Security Agreement is terminated and the Security Interests created hereby are released.

 

6.2                                     Dutv of Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under

 

18



 

Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Collateral Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

6.3                                              Authority of Collateral Agent. Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Security Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement, and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the applicable Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

6.4                                              Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of the Grantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional.

 

Release.

 

6.5                                              Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Credit Agreement;

 

(a)                                               This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Grantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Secured Obligations under the Credit Documents (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due) and the obligations of each Grantor under this Security Agreement shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments shall be terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (or all such Letters of Credit shall have been Cash Collateralized), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Secured Obligations.

 

19



 

(b)                                        A Subsidiary Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder if it ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with Section 14.1of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                         The Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral shall automatically be released (i) to the extent provided in Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in such Collateral pursuant to Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement. Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Lien and Security Interest created hereby.

 

(d)                                        In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c), the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

6.6                                      Reinstatement. Each Grantor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Secured Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender), such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of any Grantor in respect of the amount of such payment.

 

6.7                                      Further Assurances. Subject to Section 3.2(c) hereof, each Grantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, it will execute or otherwise authorize the filing of any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order (x) to perfect and protect any pledge, assignment of security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby (including the priority thereof) or (y) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral.

 

7.                                              Collateral Agent As Agent.

 

(a)                                          GSCP has been appointed to act as the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement and, by their acceptance of the benefits

 

20



 

hereof, the other Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement, provided that the Collateral Agent shall exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for in Section  5 in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders. In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, it being understood and agreed by such Secured Party that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Lenders and Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Section 7(a).

 

(b)                                        The Collateral Agent shall at all times be the same Person that is the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 13.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement; removal of the Collateral Agent shall also constitute removal under this Security Agreement; and appointment of a Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 13.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent under Section 13.9 of the Credit Agreement by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the Security Interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Security Agreement. After any retiring or removed Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Security Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Security Agreement while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

(c)                                          The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have any duty whatsoever with respect to any Secured Party that is a counterparty to a Secured Hedge Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Obligations, unless it shall have received written notice in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent from a Grantor or any such Secured Party as to the existence and terms of the applicable Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

8.                                              Miscellaneous.

 

8.1                                      Amendments in Writing. None of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written

 

21



 

instrument executed by the affected Grantor and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.2                                     Notices. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.3                                     No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

8.4                                       Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification.

 

(a)                                        Each Grantor agrees to pay any and all reasonable out of pocket expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by any Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Secured Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, such Grantor under this Security Agreement.

 

(b)                                        Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Security Agreement.

 

(c)                                         Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Security Agreement to the extent the Parent Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 14.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

22



 

(d)                                        The agreements in this Section 8.4 shall survive repayment of the Secured Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

8.5                                       Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Security Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent except pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

8.6                                      Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower.

 

8.7                                       Severability. Any provision of this Security Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

8.8                                       Section Headings. The Section headings used in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

8.9                                       Integration. This Security Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each of the Grantors with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

8.10                                GOVERNING LAW. THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

8.11                                Submission To Jurisdiction Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                         submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive

 

23



 

general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                        consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                         agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which such Person shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

(d)                                       agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                                        waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.11 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

8.12                               Acknowledgments. Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                       it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)                                         neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Agent or Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Security Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent, each other Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)                                          no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders, the Agents and any other Secured Party or among the Grantors and the Lenders, the Agents and any other Secured Party.

 

8.13                               Additional Grantors. Each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to become a party to this Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein, for all purposes of this Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of

 

24



 

each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.

 

8.14                               WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO TIDS SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

25


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

LAUREATE PROPERTIES, INC. (DELAWARE), as Grantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

WALDEN E-LEARNING, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

THE CANTER GROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 


 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD., as Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

TUITION FINANCE, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President of The Canter Group of Companies, LLC the sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

EDUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS — US I, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

 

Name:

Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. - Security Agreement]

 


 

Schedule 1

to Security Agreement

 

Copyright Licenses

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 2

to Security Agreement

 

Copyrights

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

TITLE

 

REGISTRATION NUMBER

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Assertive discipline for parents workshop kit: leader’s guide

 

TX-2-182-296

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Assertive discipline: phase 2: leader’s manual

 

TX-2-213-532

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Assertive discipline: follow-up guidebook

 

TX-2-213-554

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline: parent resource guide

 

TX-2-213-556

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline: positive reinforcement activities: secondary, grades 7-12

 

TX-2-213-557

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Assertive discipline in-service workshop teacher packet: phase 1

 

TX-2-213-558

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline for paraprofessionals

 

TX-2-213-559

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Assertive discipline: phase 2 teacher workbook: K-12

 

TX-2-213-560

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline schoolwide positive activities: grades K-6

 

TX-2-213-561

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline for bus drivers

 

TX-2-213-562

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline awards for reinforcing: positive behavior: primary, grades K-3

 

TX-2-213-563

 



 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline bulletin boards for reinforcing positive behavior: primary, grades 1-3

 

TX-2-213-564

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline bulletin boards for reinforcing positive behavior: intermediate, grades 4-6

 

TX-2-213-565

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s assertive discipline awards for reinforcing positive behavior: intermediate, grades 4-6

 

TX-2-213-566

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Assertive discipline workshop leader’s manual

 

TX-2-213-932

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

Lee Canter’s homework without tears

 

TX-2-240-015

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Habits of mind: thinking skills to promote self-directed learning

 

PA-1-367-170

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Collaborative action research: EDUC 6620

 

PA-1-367-171

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Effective teaching using learning styles and multiple intelligences

 

PA-1-367-172

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Teacher as professional

 

PA-1-367-173

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Instructional models and strategies

 

PA-1-367-174

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Foundations of reading and literacy

 

PA-1-367-175

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Strategies for literacy instructions: pt. 1

 

PA-1-367-176

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Strategies for literacy instructions: pt. 2

 

PA-1-367-177

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Supporting the struggling reader

 

PA-1-367-178

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Planning and managing the classroom literacy program

 

PA-1-367-179

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Designing curriculum, instruction, and assessment: pt. 2

 

PA-1-367-180

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Elementary mathematics: number and operations: grades K-5

 

PA-1-367-181

 



 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Elementary mathematics: geometry and measurement: grades K-5

 

PA-1-367-182

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Algebra: grades K-5

 

PA-1-367-183

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Elementary mathematics: data analysis and probability: grades K-5

 

PA-1-367-184

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Number and operations: grades 6-8

 

PA-1-367-185

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Geometry and measurement: grades 6-8

 

PA-1-367-186

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Algebra: grades 6-8

 

PA-1-367-187

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Data analysis and probability: grades 6-8

 

PA-1-367-188

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Designing curriculum, instruction, and assessment: pt. 1

 

PA-1-367-790

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Elementary mathematics: data analysis and probability

 

TX-6-524-253

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Number and operations: grades 6-8

 

TX-6-524-254

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Geometry and measurement: grades 6-8

 

TX-6-524-255

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Data analysis and probability: grades 6-8

 

TX-6-524-256

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Algebra: grades 6-8

 

TX-6-524-257

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Designing curriculum, instruction, and assessment: pt. 1

 

TX-6-524-258

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Elementary mathematics: algebra

 

TX-6-524-259

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Elementary mathematics: geometry and measurement

 

TX-6-524-260

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Designing curriculum, instruction, and assessment

 

TX-6-524-261

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Elementary mathematics: number and operations

 

TX-6-524-262

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Supporting the struggling reader

 

TX-6-524-263

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Planning and managing the classroom literacy program

 

TX-6-524-264

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Instructional models and strategies

 

TX-6-524-265

 



 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Foundation of reaching and literacy development

 

TX-6-524-266

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Strategies for literacy instruction: pt. 1

 

TX-6-524-267

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Strategies for literacy instruction: pt. 2

 

TX-6-524-268

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Teacher as professional

 

TX-6-524-269

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Collaborative action research

 

TX-6-524-270

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Habits of mind: thinking skills to promote self-directed learning

 

TX-6-524-271

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Effective teaching using learning styles and multiple intelligences

 

TX-6-524-272

Walden University, Inc.

 

Petition for credit for learning derived from life experience

 

TX-182-370

Walden University, Inc.

 

Proposal critique form

 

TX-208-414

Walden University, Inc.

 

Syllabus, educational change seminar

 

TX-220-179

Walden University, Inc.

 

Dissertation evaluation

 

TX-251-847

 


 

Schedule 3

to Security Agreement

 

Patent Licenses

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 4

to Security Agreement

 

Patents

 

Registration:

 

OWNER

 

PATENT
NUMBER

 

TRADEMARK

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

6,749,434

 

SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONDUCTING A LEARNING SESSION USING TEACHER AND STUDENT WORKBOOKS

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION
NUMBER

 

TRADEMARK

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

10/355060

 

SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING INSTRUCTION MATERIAL

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

11/727048

 

GRADING STUDENTS USING TEACHER WORKBOOK

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

11/727049

 

GENERATING STUDENT PROFILES BASED ON ASSESSMENT/DIAGNOSTIC TEST AND STUDENT DESCRIPTION

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

11/727050

 

UPDATING STUDENT RECORDS IN STUDENT PROFILES

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

60/846335

 

VIRTUAL TRAINING SYSTEM

 



 

Schedule 5

to Security Agreement

 

Trademark Licenses

 

None.

 


 

Schedule 6

to Security Agreement

 

Trademarks

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

3,187,761

 

ALLOCATING RESOURCES STRATEGICALLY AND STRUCTURING THE ORGANIZATION FOR LEARNING

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

1,123,876

 

ASSERTIVE DISCIPLINE

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,154,187

 

CANTER AND DESIGN

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

3,197,110

 

COLLABORATING WITH FAMILIES AND COMMUNITIES FOR STUDENT SUCCESS

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,713,119

 

COURSEPLUS

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,296,345

 

DEVELOPING LIFELONG LEARNERS

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,652,794

 

HELPING STUDENTS BECOME SELF-DIRECTED LEARNERS

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

1,414,525

 

HOMEWORK WITHOUT TEARS

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

3,197,109

 

IMPLEMENTING CONTINUOUS SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,526,291

 

INCLUDING STUDENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,541,815

 

INCLUDING STUDENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,374,021

 

LEARNING DIFFERENCES: EFFECTIVE TEACHING WITH LEARNING STYLES AMD MULTIPLE INTELLIGENCES

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

3,039,323

 

LEE CANTER’S ASSERTIVE DISCIPLINE

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

3,052,341

 

LEE CANTER’S ASSERTIVE DISCIPLINE TEACHER’S PLAN BOOK PLUS

 

 



 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

3,033,621

 

LEE CANTER’S HOMEWORK WITHOUT TEARS

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,991,439

 

LEE CANTER’S PARENTS ON YOUR SIDE

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,728,363

 

PROFESSIONAL TEACHER.COM

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

2,739,783

 

SUPPORTING THE STRUGGLING READER

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

1,854,915

 

THE HIGH-PERFORMING TEACHER

 

Canter & Associates, Inc.

 

3,004,853

 

USING DATA TO STRENGTHEN SCHOOLS

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

1,508,958

 

LAUREATE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

3,254,073

 

LAUREATE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

3,252,190

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

3,265,586

 

TU MUNDO. PUEDE SER EL MUNDO ENTERO.

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

2,619,083

 

WEBED

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

2,623,217

 

WEBED AND DESIGN

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

3,237,838

 

YOUR WORLD. CAN BE THE WHOLE WORLD.

 

Walden University, Inc.

 

2,728,349

 

AMERICA’S PREMIER ONLINE UNIVERSITY

 

Walden University, Inc.

 

2,677,433

 

NATIONAL TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

 

Walden University, Inc.

 

1,398,023

 

NTU AND DESIGN

 

Walden University, Inc.

 

2,712,892

 

WALDEN UNIVERSITY

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/615,949

 

A DEGREE WITH PURPOSE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/615,929

 

A HIGHER DEGREE. A HIGHER PURPOSE.

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/618,561

 

A HIGHER DEGREE FOR A HIGHER PURPOSE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/615,323

 

A HIGHER DEGREE OF PURPOSE

 

 



 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

77/108,560

 

A HIGHER DEGREE OF SUCCESS

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/566,476

 

LAUREATE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/566,475

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/617,376

 

LAUREATE ONLINE EDUCATION

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/612,711

 

LAUREATE ONLINE INTERNATIONAL

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/620,360

 

TU MUNDO. PUEDE SER EL MUNDO ENTERO.

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

78/939,662

 

VFE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

78/939,668

 

VFE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

78/939,646

 

VIRTUAL FIELD EXPERIENCE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

78/939,650

 

VIRTUAL FIELD EXPERIENCE

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

76/620,361

 

YOUR WORLD. CAN BE THE WHOLE WORLD.

 

Walden University, Inc.

 

78/840,225

 

REAL PEOPLE. REAL CHANGE.

 

 


 

Schedule I

to Security Agreement

 

Legal Name

 

Filing Office

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Maryland- Department of Assessments & Taxation

Laureate Ventures, Inc.

 

Delaware Secretary of State

Laureate International Universities, Inc.

 

Maryland- Department of Assessments & Taxation

International University Ventures, Ltd.

 

Maryland- Department of Assessments & Taxation

Laureate Properties, Inc. (Delaware)

 

Delaware Secretary of State

Post-Secondary Education Acquisition Corporation

 

Delaware Secretary of State

Tuition Finance, Inc.

 

Maryland- Department of Assessments & Taxation

Laureate Bagby Investors LLC

 

Maryland- Department of Assessments & Taxation

Walden e-Learning, Inc.

 

Delaware Secretary of State

The Canter Group of Companies, LLC

 

California Secretary of State

Laureate Education International Ltd.

 

Delaware Secretary of State

Canter and Associates, LLC

 

Delaware Secretary of State

Educational Satellite Services, Inc.

 

Delaware Secretary of State

Wall Street International Holdings - US I, Inc.

 

Maryland- Department of Assessments & Taxation

Fleet Street Aviation, LLC

 

Washington Department of Licensing

LEI Administration, Inc.

 

Maryland- Department of Assessments & Taxation

 



 

Schedule II

to Security Agreement

 

Grantor Information

 

Legal Name

 

All Trade
Names

 

Type of
Entity

 

Jurisdiction
of
Organization

 

Organizational
Number

 

Jurisdiction
where CEO
is Located

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Sylvan Learning Systems, Inc.

 

Corporation

 

Maryland

 

D02915940

 

Maryland

 

Laureate Ventures, Inc.

 

Sylvan Ventures, Inc.

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

DE-3252902

 

Maryland

 

Laureate International Universities, Inc.

 

Sylvan International Universities, Inc.

 

Corporation

 

Maryland

 

MD-D06765697

 

Maryland

 

International University Ventures, Ltd.

 

Educational Products, Inc.

 

Corporation

 

Maryland

 

MD-D04142550

 

Maryland

 

Laureate Properties, Inc. (Delaware)

 

Sylvan Properties, Inc.

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

DE-2729101

 

Maryland

 

Post-Secondary Education Acquisition Corporation

 

Sylvan Learning Corporation

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

DE-2059170

 

Maryland

 

Tuition Finance, Inc.

 

 

 

Corporation

 

Maryland

 

D04638615

 

Maryland

 

Laureate Bagby Investors LLC

 

Sylvan Bagby Investors LLC

 

Limited Liability Company

 

Maryland

 

MD-W05089891

 

Maryland

 

Walden e-Learning, Inc.

 

Laureate Acquisition

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

DE-3851983

 

Maryland

 

 



 

 

 

Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Canter Group of Companies, LLC

 

The Canter Group of Companies

 

Limited Liability Company

 

California

 

CA-200702510238

 

Maryland

 

Laureate Education International Ltd.

 

Sylvan Learning Systems International, Ltd.

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

DE-2441582

 

Maryland

 

Canter and Associates, LLC

 

Canter and Associates, Inc.

 

Limited Liability Company

 

Delaware

 

DE-3132291

 

Maryland

 

Educational Satellite Services, Inc.

 

 

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

DE-3487295

 

Maryland

 

Wall Street International Holdings - US I, Inc.

 

 

 

Corporation

 

Maryland

 

MD-D07815806

 

Maryland

 

Fleet Street Aviation, LLC

 

 

 

Limited Liability Company

 

Washington

 

WA-UBI:602464131

 

Maryland

 

LEI Administration, Inc.

 

 

 

Corporation

 

Maryland

 

MD-Dl1762549

 

Maryland

 

 


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 to the Security Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced through the date hereof, the “Security Agreement”) among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland Corporation (the “Parent Borrower”), each subsidiary of the Parent Borrower listed on the signature pages thereto (each such subsidiary, individually, a “Subsidiary Grantor” and, collectively, the “Subsidiary Grantors”; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Parent Borrower are referred to collectively herein as the “Grantors”), and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

 

A.                                     Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among the Parent Borrower, Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “Foreign Subsidiary Borrower” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “Borrowers” and, each, a “Borrower”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and other Agents party thereto.

 

B.                                     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrowers and/or their respective Subsidiaries.

 

D.                                     Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement provide that each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Subsidiary (each a “New Grantor”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Subsidiary Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to make additional Extensions of Credit and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.

 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor, and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing,

 



 

the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the ratable Secured Parties, and grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral of the New Grantor, in each case whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by the New Grantor or in which the New Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower. This Supplement shall become effective as to the New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the New Grantor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the full legal name of the New Grantor, (ii) to the knowledge of the New Grantor, all trade names or other names under which such Grantor currently conducts business, (iii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of the New Grantor, (iv) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of the New Grantor, (v) the organizational identification number, if any, of the New Grantor and (vi) the jurisdiction where the chief executive office of the New Grantor is located, and (b) as of the date hereof (i)  Schedule II hereto sets forth all of the New Grantor’s Copyright Licenses in which the New Grantor is the exclusive licensee of any United States registered Copyright, (ii)  Schedule III hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all of the New Grantor’s United States Copyright registrations (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto sets forth all of the New Gran­ tor’s Patent Licenses in which the New Grantor is the exclusive licensee of any United States issued Patents (and all applications therefor), (iv) Schedule V hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of the New Grantor’s United States issued Patents (and all applications therefor), (v)  Schedule VI hereto sets forth all of the New Grantor’s Trademark Licenses in which the New Grantor is the exclusive licensee of any Trademarks registered or applied for in the United States, and (vi) Schedule VII hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of the New Grantor’s United States Trademark registrations (and all applications therefor).

 

2



 

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERENED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices here­ under to the New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Bor rower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC,

 

as the New Grantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Name:

Douglas Tansey

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

EXECUTION COPY

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011 to the Security Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced through the date hereof, the “Security Agreement”) among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Parent Borrower”), each subsidiary of the Parent Borrower listed on the signature pages thereto (each such subsidiary individually a “Subsidiary Grantor” and, collectively, the “Subsidiary Grantors”; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Parent Borrower are referred to collectively herein as the “Grantors”), and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

 

A.                                             Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2011 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among the Parent Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and other Agents party thereto.

 

B.                                             Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.

 

C.                                             The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Parent Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

D.                                             Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement provide that each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Subsidiary (each a “New Grantor”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Subsidiary Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make additional Extensions of Credit and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.

 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to

 



 

the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 4. Such New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the legal name of such New Grantor, (ii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such New Grantor, (iii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such New Grantor and (iv) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and organizational number of such New Grantor and (b) as of the date hereof (i) Schedule II hereto sets forth all of each New Grantor’s Copyright Licenses, (ii) Schedule III hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all of each New Grantor’s United States Copyright registrations (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto sets forth all of each New Grantor’s Patent Licenses, (iv) Schedule V hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantor’s United States issued Patents (and all applications therefor), (v) Schedule VI hereto sets forth respects all of each New Grantor’s Trademark Licenses and (vi) Schedule VII hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantor’s United States Trademark registrations (and all applications therefor).

 

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable

 



 

provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

EXETER STREET HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplement No. 2 - Security Agreement]

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Name: Douglas Tansey

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

Execution Version

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT dated as of August 17, 2007, among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower listed on the signature pages hereto or that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 9 hereof (each such Subsidiary being a “ Subsidiary Pledgor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Pledgors ”; the Subsidiary Pledgors and the Parent Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Pledgors ”) and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement (as defined below) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (which, for the purposes of this Agreement, shall include (a) any Secured Party under and as defined in Credit Agreement and (b) any Credit Card Bank (as defined below)).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Parent Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent;

 

WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, among other things, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Parent Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Extensions of Credit ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guarantee, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”), each Subsidiary Pledgor has agreed to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Pledgor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Extensions of Credit will be used in part to enable the Parent Borrower to make valuable transfers to the Subsidiary Pledgors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each Pledgor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Extensions of Credit;

 



 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Parent Borrower under the Credit Agreement that the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiary Pledgors shall have executed and delivered this Pledge Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties; and

 

WHEREAS, (a) the Pledgors are the legal and beneficial owners of the Equity Interests described in Schedule 1 hereto and (b) each of the Pledgors is the legal and beneficial owner of the Indebtedness described in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the other Agents, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.                                             Defined Terms .

 

(a)                                        Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                         Proceeds ” and any other term used herein or in the Credit Agreement without definition that is defined in the UCC has the meaning given to it in the UCC.

 

(c)                                         Collateral ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2 .

 

(d)                                        Credit Card Bank ” shall mean any Person (other than the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) that, with respect to any Credit Card Program that is in effect on the Closing Date (or any replacement or renewal thereof), is a Lender or Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or Agent, in its capacity as a party to such Credit Card Program.

 

(e)                                         As used herein, the term “ Equity Interests ” shall mean, collectively, Stock and Stock Equivalents.

 

(f)                                          Pledged Shares ” shall mean (i) the Equity Interests described in Schedule 1 hereto and issued by the entities named therein and (ii) any Equity Interests of the issuer of such Equity Interests or any other Subsidiary directly held by any Pledgor in the future (the “ After-acquired Shares ”) except to the extent excluded from the Collateral for the applicable Secured Obligations pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2 below.

 

(g)                                          Pledged Debt ” shall mean (i) the Indebtedness described in Schedule 1 hereto and (ii) any other Indebtedness owed to any Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged pursuant to Section 9.12(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

2



 

(h)                                       Secured Obligations ” shall mean (i) Obligations and (ii) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Grantor arising under (x) any purchasing card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of a Grantor to purchase goods and supplies from vendors and (y) any travel and entertainment card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of a Grantor to make payments for expenses incurred related to travel and entertainment (collectively, “ Credit Card Program ”) entered into in the ordinary course of business by and between any Grantor and a Credit Card Bank; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured pursuant to clause (ii) shall at no time exceed $1,000,000.

 

(i)                                           As used herein, the term “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

 

(j)                                          References to “Lenders” in this Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include Hedge Banks that may from time to time enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

(k)                                       The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Pledge Agreement shall refer to this Pledge Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Pledge Agreement, and Section references are to Sections of this Pledge Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(1)                                       The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

2.                                            Grant of Security .  Each Pledgor hereby transfers, assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and a security interest in (the “ Security Interest ”) all of such Pledgor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether now owned or existing or at any time hereafter acquired or existing (collectively, the “ Collateral ”) as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations:

 

(a)                                      the Pledged Shares held by such Pledgor and the certificates representing such Pledged Shares and any interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of the issuer of the Pledged Shares or any financial intermediary pertaining to the Pledged Shares and all dividends, cash, warrants, rights, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Shares.

 

3



 

(b)                                        the Pledged Debt and the instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt owed to such Pledgor, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Debt; and

 

(c)                                         to the extent not covered by clauses (a) and (b) above, respectively, all Proceeds of any or all of the foregoing Collateral.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral for the Secured Obligations shall not include any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents.

 

3.                                             Security for Secured Obligations .  This Pledge Agreement secures the payment of all the Secured Obligations of each Credit Party.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Pledge Agreement secures the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by any Credit Party to the Secured Parties under the Credit Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving any Credit Party.

 

4.                                             Delivery of the Collateral .  All certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Collateral shall be promptly delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto to the extent required by the Credit Agreement and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.  The Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and with notice to the relevant Pledgor, to transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Pledged Shares.  Each delivery of Collateral (including any After-acquired Shares) shall be accompanied by a notice to the Collateral Agent describing the securities theretofore and then being pledged hereunder.

 

5.                                             Representations and Warranties .  Each Pledgor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)                                         Schedule 1 hereto (i) correctly represents as of the Closing Date (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Pledgor and the record and beneficial owner, the number and class and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such class of all Pledged Shares and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount, the Pledgor and holder, date of issuance and maturity date of all Pledged Debt and (ii) together with the comparable schedule to each supplement hereto, includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder.  Except as set forth on Schedule 1, the Pledged Shares represent all (or 65% in the case of pledges of Foreign Subsidiaries) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each class of Equity Interests in the issuer on the Closing Date.

 

4



 

(b)                                        Such Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral pledged or assigned by such Pledgor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens and the Lien created by this Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)                                        As of the Closing Date, the Pledged Shares pledged by such Pledgor hereunder have been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Pledged Shares issued by a corporation, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(d)                                       The execution and delivery by such Pledgor of this Pledge Agreement and the pledge of the Collateral pledged by such Pledgor hereunder pursuant hereto create a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in such Collateral and, upon delivery of such Collateral to the Collateral Agent in the State of New York, shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on and security interest in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

(e)                                         Such Pledgor has full power, authority and legal right to pledge all the Collateral pledged by such Pledgor pursuant to this Pledge Agreement and this Pledge Agreement, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

6.                                             Certification of Limited Liability Company, Limited Partnership Interests and Pledged Debt .

 

(a)                                       In the event that any Equity Interests in any Domestic Subsidiary that is organized as a limited liability company or limited partnership and pledged hereunder shall be represented by a certificate, the applicable Pledgor shall cause the issuer of such interests to elect to treat such interests as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of its jurisdiction of organization or formation, as applicable, by including in its organizational documents language substantially similar to the following and, accordingly, such interests shall be governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

“The Partnership/Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Partnership/Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of [Jurisdiction of organization or formation, as applicable].  Each certificate evidencing partnership/membership interests in the Partnership/Company shall bear the following legend:  “This certificate evidences an interest in [name of Partnership/LLC] and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.” No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.”

 

5



 

(b)                                       In the event that any Equity Interests in any Domestic Subsidiary that is organized as a limited liability company or limited partnership and pledged hereunder shall not be represented by a certificate but the interests in such Domestic Subsidiary are securities for purposes of Section 8-103 of the UCC, the applicable Pledgor shall cause the subsidiary to issue a certificate for such Equity Interests and to comply with clause (a) above.

 

(c)                                        Each Pledgor will comply with Section 9.12(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

7.                                            Further Assurances .  Each Pledgor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Pledgor, it will execute or otherwise authorize the filing of any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mort­ gages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order (x) to perfect and protect any pledge, assignment or security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby (including the priority thereof) or (y) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral.

 

8.                                            Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions; Etc .

 

(a)                                        So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(i)                                           Each Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Pledge Agreement or the other Credit Documents.

 

(ii)                                         The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to each Pledgor all such proxies and other instruments as such Pledgor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights that it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

 

(b)                                        Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain and use, free and clear of the Lien created by this Pledge Agreement, any and all dividends, distributions, principal and interest made or paid in respect of the Collateral to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, as applicable; provided , however , that any and all noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Shares or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the out­ standing Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Shares or received in exchange for Pledged Shares or Pledged Debt or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be, and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as, Collateral and shall, if received by such Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Pledgor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary indorsement).

 

6



 

(c)                                 Upon written notice to a Pledgor by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,

 

(i)                                   all rights of such Pledgor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 8(a)(i) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights during the continuance of such Event of Default, provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Pledgors to exercise such rights.  After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Pledgor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights that such Pledgor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section 8(a)(i) (and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 8(a)(ii) shall be reinstated);

 

(ii)                                all rights of such Pledgor to receive the dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Pledgor would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 8(b) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments during the continuance of such Event of Default.  After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Collateral Agent shall repay to each Pledgor (without interest) all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Pledgor would otherwise be permitted to receive, retain and use pursuant to the terms of Section 8(b);

 

(iii)                              all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that are received by such Pledgor contrary to the provisions of Section 8(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Pledgor and shall forthwith be delivered to the Collateral Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary indorsements); and

 

(iv)                            in order to permit the Collateral Agent to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments to which it may be entitled under Section 8(b) above, to exercise the voting and other consensual rights that it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 8(c)(i) above, and to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that it may be entitled to under Sections 8(c)(ii) and (c)(iii) above, such Pledgor shall from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, appropriate proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in writing.

 

9.                                               Transfers and Other Liens; Additional Collateral; Etc .  Each Pledgor shall:

 

(a)                                         not (i) except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, sell or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option or warrant with respect to, any of the Collateral or (ii) create or suffer to exist any consensual Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral,

 

7



 

except for the Lien created by this Pledge Agreement provided that in the event such Pledgor sells or otherwise disposes of assets as permitted by the Credit Agreement, and such assets are or include any of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall release such Collateral to such Pledgor free and clear of the Lien created by this Agreement concurrently with the consummation of such sale;

 

(b)                                     pledge and, if applicable, cause each Domestic Subsidiary to pledge, to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, immediately upon acquisition thereof, all the Equity Interests and all evidence of Indebtedness held or received by such Pledgor or Domestic Subsidiary required to be pledged hereunder pursuant to Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement, in each case pursuant to a supplement to this Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto (it being understood that the execution and delivery of such a supplement shall not require the consent of any Pledgor hereunder and that the rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Subsidiary Pledgor as a party to this Pledge Agreement); and

 

(c)                                       defend its and the Collateral Agent’s title or interest in and to all the Collateral (and in the Proceeds thereof) against any and all Liens (other than Permitted Liens and the Lien created by this Agreement), however arising, and any and all Persons whomsoever.

 

10.                                     Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact .  Each Pledgor hereby appoints, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, the Collateral Agent as such Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor or otherwise, to take any action and to execute any instrument, in each case after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and with notice to such Pledgor, that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Pledge Agreement, including to receive, indorse and collect all instruments made payable to such Pledgor representing any dividend, distribution or principal or interest payment in respect of the Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same.

 

11.                                    The Collateral Agent’s Duties .  The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers.  Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Pledged Shares, whether or not the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.  The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property.

 

8



 

12.                                    Remedies .  If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(a)                                      The Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) or any other applicable law or in equity and also may with notice to the relevant Grantor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such price or prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral.  The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.  The Collateral Agent or any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase all or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Secured Obligations.  Each Pledgor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Col­ lateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  To the extent permitted by law, each Pledgor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.

 

(b)                                      The Collateral Agent shall apply the Proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral in the manner specified in Section 11 of the Credit Agreement.  Upon any sale of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

 

9



 

(c)                                       The Collateral Agent may exercise any and all rights and remedies of each Pledgor in respect of the Collateral.

 

(d)                                      All payments received by any Pledgor in respect of the Collateral after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Pledgor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary indorsement).

 

13.                                    Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Secured Obligations; Waiver of Rights .  Each Pledgor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Pledgor and without notice to or further assent by any Pledgor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Secured Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Secured Obligations continued, (b) the Secured Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, com­ promised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith, the Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the applicable Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Cash Management Agreement and Secured Hedge Agreement, the Hedge Bank party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Secured Obligations or for this Pledge Agreement or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against any Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on the Parent Borrower or any Pledgor or any other person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from the Parent Borrower or any Pledgor or any other person or any release of the Parent Borrower or any Pledgor or any other person shall not relieve any Pledgor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Pledgor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Pledgor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

14.                                    Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Credit Agreement; Release .

 

(a)                                      This Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Pledgor and the successors and as­ signs thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties

 

10


 

and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all the Secured Obligations (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due) under the Credit Documents shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments shall be terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (or all Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Secured Obligations.

 

(b)                                    A Subsidiary Pledgor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Collateral of such Subsidiary Pledgor shall be automatically released upon such Subsidiary Pledgor ceasing to be a Guarantor in accordance with Section 13.l of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                     The Collateral shall be automatically released from the Liens of this Agreement (i) to the extent provided for in Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted in such Collateral pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.  Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Liens of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                    In connection with any termination or release pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a), (b) or (c), the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Pledgor or authorize the filing of, at such Pledgor’s expense, all documents that such Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release.  Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 14 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

15.                                  Reinstatement .  Each Pledgor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Secured Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the Proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Pledgor, under any bankruptcy law, state, federal or foreign law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender), such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of any Pledgor in respect of the amount of such payment.

 

16.                                  Notices .  All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to any Pledgor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

11



 

17.                                  Counterparts .  This Pledge Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Pledge Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.                                  Severability .  Any provision of this Pledge Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

19.                                  Integration .  This Pledge Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each of the Pledgors with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

20.                                  Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

 

(a)                                    None of the terms or provisions of this Pledge Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the affected Pledgor and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                    Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 20(a) hereof), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.

 

(c)                                     The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

21.                                  Section Headings .  The Section headings used in this Pledge Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

12



 

22.                                  Successors and Assigns .  This Pledge Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Pledgor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Pledgor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Pledge Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

23.                                  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

24.                                  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                    submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Pledge Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                     agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 16 or at such other address of which the Collateral Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

(d)                                    agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                                     waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 24 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

25.                                  GOVERNING LAW .  THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

13



 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Pledge Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Sr. Vice President, Secretary

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

LAUREATE PROPERTIES, INC. (DELAWARE), as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 


 

 

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

TUITION FINANCE, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

WALDEN E-LEARNING, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

THE CANTER GROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 


 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zent

 

 

Title:

Vice President of The Canter Group of Companies, LLC the sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

EDUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS—US I, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc., sole member

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

 

Name:

BRUCE H. MENDELSOHN

 

 

Title:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

 

[Laureate Education, Inc. – Pledge Agreement]

 


 

Schedule 1

to Pledge Agreement

 

Pledged Equity Interests

 

Grantor/
Owner

 

Legal Entity Owned

 

Certificate
No.

 

No. Shares/Interest

 

Percentage
Pledged

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

Laureate Ventures, Inc.

 

CO-001

 

1,000 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

Laureate International Universities, Inc.

 

CO-001

 

1,000 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

International University Ventures, Ltd.

 

CO-001

 

1,000 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

Laureate Properties, Inc. (Delaware)

 

CO-001

 

1,000 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

Post-Secondary Education Acquisition Corporation

 

[    ]

 

[    ] shares

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

Tuition Finance, Inc.

 

CO-001

 

100 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

Laureate Bagby Investors LLC

 

N/A

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

Walden e-Learning, Inc.

 

001

 

100 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

The Canter Group of Companies, LLC

 

N/A

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

Laureate Education International Ltd.

 

[    ]

 

10 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

FSIUH Holding Company

 

CO-001

 

650 shares/

65%

 

65%

 

 

 

FSIUH Holding Company

 

CO-002

 

350 shares/

35%

 

35%

 

 

 

Fleet Street International Universities CV

 

 

 

65.304%

 

65.304%

 

 

 

Educacao Interativa do Brasil, Ltda

 

 

 

0.01%

 

0.01%

 

 

 

Educational Satellite Services, Inc.

 

 

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

LEI Administration, Inc.

 

CO-001

 

1,000 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

[Fleet Street Aviation, LLC]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laureate Bagby Investors LLC

 

Bagby Development LLC

 

N/A

 

50%

 

50%

 

Walden e-Learning, Inc.

 

Walden University, Inc.

 

CO-016B

 

4,137,931 Class B

shares/ 100%

 

100%

 

 



 

Grantor/
Owner

 

Legal Entity Owned

 

Certificate
No.

 

No. Shares/Interest

 

Percentage
Pledged

 

 

 

Walden University, Inc.

 

CO-010A

 

15,862,069 Class A

shares/ 100%

 

100%

 

 

 

Walden Institute, Inc.

 

CO-001

 

1,000 shares/

100%

 

100%

 

The Canter Group of Companies, LLC

 

Canter and Associates, LLC

 

N/A

 

100%

 

100%

 

Laureate Education International, Ltd.

 

Fleet Street International Universities CV

 

 

 

18.582%

 

18.582%

 

 

 

Wall Street International Holdings - US I, Inc.

 

CO-004

 

297,020 shares/ 100%

 

100%

 

Wall Street International Holdings - US I, Inc.

 

Educacao Interativa do Brasil, Ltda

 

 

 

99.99%

 

99.99%

 

 



 

Schedule 1

to Pledge Agreement

 

Pledge Debt

 

Lender

 

Borrower

 

Date of
Issuance

 

Maturity
Date

 

Balance

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

The Canter Group of Companies, LLC

 

6/30/2003

 

6/30/2008

 

US$35,253,632

 

 

Inversiones en Educacion Limitada

 

9/6/2006

 

9/6/2015

 

US$25,250,000

 

 

Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

US$63,652,453

 

 

Laureate International BV

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

EURO 67,948,968

 

 

Braycourt International, Inc. (Panama/Costa Rica)

 

5/12/2006

 

5/12/2015

 

US$150,837.37

 

 

Bywood Investments, S.A. (Panama/Costa Rica)

 

5/12/2006

 

5/12/2015

 

US$150,837.37

Post-Secondary Education Acquisition Corporation

 

Iniciativas Culturales de Espafia S.L.

 

10/31/2005

 

10/31/2014

 

EURO 3,168,773

 

 

Inversiones en Educacion Limitada

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

US$5,497,436

 

 

Laureate I BV

 

1/1/2007

 

11/1/2016

 

EURO 56,805,084

 

 

Laureate International BV

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

EURO 33,936,581

 

 

Laureate International Costa Rica S.R.L.

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

US$8,699,326

 

 

Laureate International Universities France SAS

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

EURO 6,072,388

 

 

Universidad Interamericana de Panama, SA

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

US$5,656,177

 

 

Laureate Education, Inc. (f/k/a Sylvan Learning Systems, Inc.)

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

US$61,956,345

 

 

Laureate Honduras, S. de R.L. de C.V.

 

7/1/2005

 

7/1/2014

 

US$2,737,500

 

 

ULACIT

 

[    ]

 

3/12/2016

 

US$3,168,772

 

 

Gesthotel S.A.

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

US$2,796,116

 

 

Laureate Education Peru SRL (UPC)

 

1/1/2007

 

1/1/2016

 

US$433,104

Walden University, Inc.

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

11/30/2006

 

11/30/2007

 

US$116,632,370

 



 

ANNEX A
TO THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. [         ] dated as of [            ] to the PLEDGE AGREEMENT dated as of August 17, 2007, among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower listed on the signature pages hereto (each such Subsidiary being a “ Subsidiary Pledgor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Pledgors ”; the Subsidiary Pledgors and the Parent Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Pledgors ”) and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

 

A.                                     Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Parent Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and the Guarantee dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented and or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”), among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

 

B.                                     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Pledge Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Pledgors have entered into the Pledge Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

D.                                     The undersigned Guarantors (each an “ Additional Pledgor ”) are (a) the legal and beneficial owners of the Equity Interests described in Schedule 1 hereto and issued by the entities named therein (such pledged Equity Interests, together with any Equity Interests of the issuer of such Pledged Shares or any other Subsidiary held directly by any Additional Pledgor in the future, in each case, except to the extent excluded from the Collateral for the applicable Secured Obligations pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 1 below (the “ After-acquired Additional Pledged Shares ”), referred to collectively herein as the “ Additional Pledged Shares ”) and (b) the legal and beneficial owners of the Indebtedness described under Schedule 1 hereto (together with any other Indebtedness owed to any Additional Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged pursuant to Section 9.12(a) of the Credit Agreement, the “ Additional Pledged Debt ”).

 

E.                                      Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement provide that additional Subsidiaries may become Subsidiary Pledgors under the Pledge Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Additional Pledgor is executing’ this Supplement in accordance with the

 



 

requirements of Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties the Additional Pledged Shares and the Additional Pledged Debt and to become a Subsidiary Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make additional Extensions of Credit and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.

 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and each undersigned Additional Pledgor agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement, each Additional Pledgor by its signature hereby transfers, assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Additional Pledgor’s right, title and interest in the following, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or existing (collectively, the “ Additional Collateral ”):

 

(a)                                  the Additional Pledged Shares held by such Additional Pledgor and the certificates representing such Additional Pledged Shares and any interest of such Additional Pledgor in the entries on the books of the issuer of the Additional Pledged Shares or any financial intermediary pertaining to the Additional Pledged Shares and all dividends, cash, warrants, rights, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Additional Pledged Shares;

 

(b)                                  the Additional Pledged Debt and the instruments evidencing the Additional Pledged Debt owed to such Additional Pledgor, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Additional Pledged Debt; and

 

(c)                                   to the extent not covered by clauses (a) and (b) above, respectively, all Proceeds of any or all of the foregoing Additional Collateral.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Additional Collateral for the Secured Obligations shall not include any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents.

 

For purposes of the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral shall be deemed to include the Additional Collateral.

 

SECTION 2. Each Additional Pledgor by its signature below becomes a Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Pledgor, and each Additional Pledgor hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Pledge Agreement applicable to it as a Pledgor thereunder.  Each reference to a “Subsidiary Pledgor” or a “Pledgor” in the Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include each Additional Pledgor. The Pledge Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 3. Each Additional Pledgor represents and warrants as follows:

 

A- 2



 

(a)                                  Schedule 1 hereto correctly represents as of the date hereof (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Additional Pledgor and registered owner, the number and class and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such class of all Additional Pledged Shares and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount, the Additional Pledgor and holder, date of and maturity date of all Additional Pledged Debt. Except as set forth on Schedule 1, the Pledged Shares represent all (or 65% in the case of pledges of Foreign Subsidiaries) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each class of Equity Interests of the issuer on the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  Such Additional Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Additional Collateral pledged or assigned by such Additional Pledgor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for the Lien created by this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)                                   As of the date of this Supplement, the Additional Pledged Shares pledged by such Additional Pledgor hereunder have been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Additional Pledged Shares issued by a corporation, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(d)                                  The execution and delivery by such Additional Pledgor of this Supplement and the pledge of the Additional Collateral pledged by such Additional Pledgor hereunder pursuant hereto create a valid and perfected first-priority security interest in the Additional Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

(e)                                   Such Additional Pledgor has full power, authority and legal right to pledge all the Additional Collateral pledged by such Additional Pledgor pursuant to this Supplement, and this Supplement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Additional Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

SECTION 4. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower. This Supplement shall become effective as to each Additional Pledgor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 5.  Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND

 

A- 3



 

CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Pledge Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 16 of the Pledge Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to each Additional Pledgor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

A- 4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL PLEDGOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

TO SUPPLEMENT NO. [    ]

TO THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

Pledged Shares

 

Record Owner

 

Issuer

 

Certificate
No.

 

Number and
Class of Shares

 

% of
Shares
Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pledged Debt

 

Payee

 

Issuer

 

Principal
Amount

 

Date of
Instrument

 

Maturity
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 dated as of April 1, 2009 to the PLEDGE AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Pledge Agreement ”) dated as of August 17, 2007 among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”); each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower party thereto (each such Subsidiary being a “ Subsidiary Pledgor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Pledgors ”; the Subsidiary Pledgors and the Parent Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Pledgors ”) and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

 

A.                                     Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Parent Borrower, Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ” and, each, a “ Borrower ”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent, and the Collateral Agent, and that certain Guarantee dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented and or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”) among the Guarantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

 

B.                                     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Pledge Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Pledgors have entered into the Pledge Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrowers and/or their respective Subsidiaries.

 

D.                                     The undersigned Guarantor (the “ Additional Pledgor ”) is (a) the legal and beneficial owner of the Equity Interests described in Schedule 1 hereto and issued by the entities named therein (such pledged Equity Interests, together with any Equity Interests of the issuer of such Pledged Shares or any other Subsidiary held directly by the Additional Pledgor in the future, in each case, except to the extent excluded from the Collateral for the applicable Secured Obligations pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 1 below, referred to collectively herein as the “ Additional Pledged Shares ”) and (b) the legal and beneficial owner of the Indebtedness described under Schedule 1 hereto (together with any other Indebtedness owed to the Additional Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged pursuant to Section 9.12(a) of the Credit Agreement, the “ Additional Pledged Debt ”).

 

E.                                      Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement provide that additional Subsidiaries may become Subsidiary Pledgors under the Pledge Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The Additional Pledgor is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties the Additional Pledged Shares and the Additional Pledged Debt and to

 



 

be come a Subsidiary Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make additional Extensions of Credit and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.

 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the Additional Pledgor agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement, the Additional Pledgor by its signature hereby transfers, assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the Additional Pledgor’s right, title and interest in the following, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or existing (collectively, the “ Additional Collateral ”):

 

(a)                                  the Additional Pledged Shares held by the Additional Pledgor and the certificates representing such Additional Pledged Shares and any interest of the Additional Pledgor in the entries on the books of the issuer of the Additional Pledged Shares or any financial intermediary pertaining to the Additional Pledged Shares and all dividends, cash, warrants, rights, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Additional Pledged Shares;

 

(b)                                  the Additional Pledged Debt and the instruments evidencing the Additional Pledged Debt owed to the Additional Pledgor, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Additional Pledged Debt; and

 

(c)                                   to the extent not covered by clauses (a) and (b) above, respectively, all Proceeds of any or all of the foregoing Additional Collateral.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Additional Collateral for the Secured Obligations shall not include any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents.

 

For purposes of the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral shall be deemed to include the Additional Collateral.

 

SECTION 2. The Additional Pledgor by its signature below becomes a Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Pledgor, and the Additional Pledgor hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Pledge Agreement applicable to it as a Pledgor thereunder.  Each reference to a “Subsidiary Pledgor” or a “Pledgor” in the Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include the Additional Pledgor. The Pledge Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 3.  The Additional Pledgor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)                                  Schedule 1 hereto correctly represents as of the date hereof (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Additional Pledgor and the record and beneficial owner, the

 

2



 

number and class and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such class of all Additional Pledged Shares and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount, the Additional Pledgor and holder, date of issuance and maturity date of all Additional Pledged Debt.  Except as set forth on Schedule 1 , Pledged Shares represent all (or 65% in the case of pledges of Foreign Subsidiaries) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each class of Equity Interests of the issuer on the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Additional Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Additional Collateral pledged or assigned by the Additional Pledgor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens and the Lien created by this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)                                   As of the date of this Supplement, the Additional Pledged Shares pledged by the Additional Pledgor hereunder have been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Additional Pledged Shares issued by a corporation, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(d)                                  The execution and delivery by the Additional Pledgor of this Supplement and the pledge of the Additional Collateral pledged by the Additional Pledgor hereunder pursuant hereto create a legal, and enforceable security interest in the Additional Collateral and, upon delivery of such Additional Collateral to the Collateral Agent in the State of New York, shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on and security interest in the Additional Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

(e)                                   The Additional Pledgor has full power, authority and legal right to pledge all the Additional Collateral pledged by the Additional Pledgor pursuant to this Supplement, and this Supplement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Additional Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

SECTION 4. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower. This Supplement shall become effective as to the Additional Pledgor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3



 

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Pledge Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 16 of the Pledge Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Additional Pledgor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC,

 

as Additional Pledgor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC,

 

as Additional Pledgor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Secretary

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

Douglas Tansey

 

Authorized Signatory

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 


 

SCHEDULE 1

TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1

TO THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

ADDITIONAL PLEDGED SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued and

Record and Beneficial

 

 

 

 

 

Number and Class

 

Outstanding Equity

Owner

 

Issuer

 

Certificate Number

 

of Equity Interest

 

Interests Pledged

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

LEI Administration, LLC

 

LLC-001

 

100% of membership interests

 

100%

 

ADDITIONAL PLEDGED DEBT

 

Payee

 

Issuer

 

Initial Principal
Amount

 

Date of
Instrument

 

Maturity
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NA.

 



 

EXECUTION COPY

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 dated as of July 15, 2011 to the PLEDGE AGREEMENT (the “ Pledge Agreement ”) dated as of August 17, 2007, among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower listed on the signature pages thereto (each such Subsidiary being a “ Subsidiary Pledgor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Pledgors ”; the Subsidiary Pledgors and the Parent Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Pledgors ”) and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

 

A.                                     Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2011 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Parent Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other Agents party thereto and the Guarantee dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented and or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”), among the Parent Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

 

B.                                     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Pledge Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Pledgors have entered into the Pledge Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Parent Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

D.                                     The undersigned Guarantors (each an “ Additional Pledgor ”) are (a) the legal and beneficial owners of the Equity Interests described in Schedule 1 hereto and issued by the entities named therein (such pledged Equity Interests, together with any Equity Interests of the issuer of such Pledged Shares or any other Subsidiary held directly by any Additional Pledgor in the future, in each case, except to the extent excluded from the Collateral for the applicable Secured Obligations pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 1 below (the “ After-acquired Additional Pledged Shares ”), referred to collectively herein as the “ Additional Pledged Shares ”) and (b) the legal and beneficial owners of the Indebtedness described under Schedule 1 hereto (together with any other Indebtedness owed to any Additional Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged pursuant to Section 9.12(a) of the Credit Agreement, the “ Additional Pledged Debt ”).

 

E.                                      Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement provide that additional Subsidiaries may become Subsidiary Pledgors under the Pledge Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Additional Pledgor is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties the Additional Pledged Shares and the Additional Pledged Debt and to become a Subsidiary Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement in order to induce the

 



 

Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make additional Extensions of Credit and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.

 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and each undersigned Additional Pledgor agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  In accordance with Section 9(b) of the Pledge Agreement, each Additional Pledgor by its signature hereby transfers, assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Additional Pledgor’s right, title and interest in the following, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or existing (collectively, the “ Additional Collateral ”):

 

(a)                                  the Additional Pledged Shares held by such Additional Pledgor and the certificates representing such Additional Pledged Shares and any interest of such Additional Pledgor in the entries on the books of the issuer of the Additional Pledged Shares or any financial intermediary pertaining to the Additional Pledged Shares and all dividends, cash, warrants, rights, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Additional Pledged Shares;

 

(b)                                  the Additional Pledged Debt and the instruments evidencing the Additional Pledged Debt owed to such Additional Pledgor, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Additional Pledged Debt; and

 

(c)                                   to the extent not covered by clauses (a) and (b) above, respectively, all Proceeds of any or all of the foregoing Additional Collateral.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Additional Collateral for the Secured Obligations shall not include any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents.

 

For purposes of the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral shall be deemed to include the Additional Collateral.

 

SECTION 2.  Each Additional Pledgor by its signature below becomes a Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Pledgor, and each Additional Pledgor hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Pledge Agreement applicable to it as a Pledgor thereunder.  Each reference to a “Subsidiary Pledgor” or a “Pledgor” in the Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include each Additional Pledgor. The Pledge Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 3. Each Additional Pledgor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)                                  Schedule 1 hereto correctly represents as of the date hereof (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Additional Pledgor and registered owner, the number and class

 

2



 

and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such class of all Additional Pledged Shares and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount, the Additional Pledgor and holder, date of and maturity date of all Additional Pledged Debt. Except as set forth on Schedule 1, the Pledged Shares represent all (or 65% in the case of pledges of Foreign Subsidiaries) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each class of Equity Interests of the issuer on the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  Such Additional Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Additional Collateral pledged or assigned by such Additional Pledgor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for the Lien created by this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)                                   As of the date of this Supplement, the Additional Pledged Shares pledged by such Additional Pledgor hereunder have been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Additional Pledged Shares issued by a corporation, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(d)                                  The execution and delivery by such Additional Pledgor of this Supplement and the pledge of the Additional Collateral pledged by such Additional Pledgor hereunder pursuant hereto create a valid and perfected first-priority security interest in the Additional Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

(e)                                   Such Additional Pledgor has full power, authority and legal right to pledge all the Additional Collateral pledged by such Additional Pledgor pursuant to this Supplement, and this Supplement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Additional Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

SECTION 4.  This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower. This Supplement shall become effective as to each Additional Pledgor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.  THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

3



 

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Pledge Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8.  All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 16 of the Pledge Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to each Additional Pledgor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

EXETER STREET HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplement No. 2 – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Name:

Douglas Tansey

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Supplement No. 2 – Pledge Agreement]

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2

TO THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

Pledged Shares

 

Record Owner

 

Issuer

 

Certificate
No.

 

Number and
Class of Shares

 

% of
Shares
Owned

 

Exeter Street Holdings LLC

 

Kendall College LLC

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

100%

 

Exeter Street Holdings LLC

 

NewSchool of Architecture and Design, LLC

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

100%

 

 

Pledged Debt

 

None.

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of June 16, 2011 (the “ Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement ”), by and among Walden University, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“ Walden ”), each other subsidiary of Laureate Education Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.13 hereof (each a “ Title IV Grantor ”, and collectively “ Title IV Grantors ”) and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. (“ GSCP ”), as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, and together with any successor or permitted assign, the “ Collateral Agent ”) under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as defined below) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (which, for the purposes of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, shall include (a) any Secured Party under and as defined in Credit Agreement and (b) any Credit Card Bank (as defined below)).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which amends and restates that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 (as supplemented by that certain Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2009 and as amended by that certain Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”) and dated as of June 16, 2011 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ), by and among the Parent Borrower, Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), GSCP, as Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and other Agents party thereto;

 

WHEREAS , Walden and GSCP are party to that certain Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007 (the “ Existing Collateral Agreement ”), entered into by Walden and GSCP, as Collateral Agent (together with its permitted successors and permitted assigns in such capacity) under the Existing Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2011 (the “ Second Amendment ”), by and between the Borrowers, the Credit Parties party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders and agents party thereto, the Required Lenders have directed the Title IV Grantors to amend and restate the Existing Collateral Agreement in its entirety in the form of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrowers and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Extensions of Credit ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries;

 



 

WHEREAS, each Title IV Grantor is an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower and each Title IV Grantor has agreed to secure the obligations of the Borrowers;

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Extensions of Credit will be used in part to enable the Parent Borrower to make valuable transfers to each Title IV Grantor in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each Title IV Grantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Extensions of Credit; and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that each Title IV Grantor shall have executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, each Title IV Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to amend and restate the Existing Collateral Agreement, and the Existing Collateral Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

1.                                       Defined Terms .

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Account” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article 9 of the UCC.

 

Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement ” shall mean this Collateral Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Collateral ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.

 

Collateral Account ” shall mean any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement.

 

2



 

Control ” shall mean “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 or 9-106, as applicable, of the UCC.

 

Credit Card Bank ” shall mean any Person (other than the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) that, with respect to any Credit Card Program that is in effect on the Restatement Effective Date (or any replacement or renewal thereof), is a Lender or Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or Agent, in its capacity as a party to such Credit Card Program.

 

Extensions of Credit ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyrights ” means (i) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country or group of countries, owned by each Title IV Grantor, and (ii) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country or group of countries owned by each Title IV Grantor, including those listed on Schedule 2 and (iii) all rights, priorities and privileges relating to the foregoing, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any past, present or future infringement, or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom.

 

“Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents ” means (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, owned by each Title IV Grantor (b) all registrations and recordings thereof owned by each Title IV Grantor, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof owned by each Title IV Grantor in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, and including those listed on Schedule 3 , (c) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, have made, use, import and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein and (d) all rights, priorities and privileges relating to the foregoing, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any past, present or future infringement, dilution, or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom.

 

Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademarks ” means (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, owned by each Title IV Grantor, (b) all registrations thereof, and all applications filed in connection therewith, in each case owned by each Title IV Grantor, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule 1 , (c) all goodwill associated with or symbolized by the foregoing and (d) all rights, priorities and privileges relating to the foregoing, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any past, present or future infringement, dilution, or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom.

 

3



 

Pledged US Receivables ” means all the Accounts of each Title IV Grantor (other than Title IV Student Loans).

 

Proceeds ” shall mean all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

 

Secured Obligations ” shall mean (i) Obligations and (ii) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, each Title IV Grantor arising under (x) any purchasing card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of each Title IV Grantor to purchase goods and supplies from vendors and (y) any travel and entertainment card program established to enable headquarters and field staff of each Title IV Grantor to make payments for expenses incurred related to travel and entertainment (collectively, “ Credit Card Program ”) entered into in the ordinary course of business by and between each Title IV Grantor and a Credit Card Bank; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured pursuant to clause (ii) shall at no time exceed $2,000,000.

 

Security Interest ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.

 

Title IV Grantor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

Title IV Student Loans ” means student loans made (and guaranteed by the US Department of Education or one or more State guaranty agencies) pursuant to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (Pub. L. 89-329) or related accounts receivable or interests therein.

 

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

 

(c)                                   The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall refer to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, and Section, subsection, clause and Schedule references are to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement unless otherwise specified.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(d)                                  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

4



 

(e)                                   Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to each Title IV Grantor, shall refer to each Title IV Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

 

(f)                                    References to “Lenders” in this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include Affiliates of any Lender that may from time to time enter into Secured Hedge Agreements with the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

2.                                       Grant of Security Interest .

 

(a)                                  Each Title IV Grantor hereby bargains, sells, conveys, assigns, sets over, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates and transfers to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in (the “ Security Interest ”), all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by each Title IV Grantor or in which each Title IV Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations:

 

(i)                   all Pledged US Receivables;

 

(ii)                all Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademarks;

 

(iii)             all Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyrights;

 

(iv)            all Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents;

 

(v)               all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and

 

(vi)            to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to the foregoing.

 

provided , (x) that none of the items included in clauses (i) through (iv) above shall constitute Collateral to the extent (and only to the extent) that the grant of the Security Interest therein would violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Collateral (other than to the extent that any such Requirement of Law would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) and (y) the Collateral shall not include any “intent-to-use” Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademark application prior to the filing of and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, solely during the period, if any, in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration issuing from such “intent-to-use” Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademark application under applicable federal law.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Each Title IV Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, amendments to financing statements and, with notice to the Parent Borrower, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the Security Interests of the Collateral Agent under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement.  Each Title IV Grantor hereby also authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file continuation statements with respect to previously filed financing statements.  A photographic or other reproduction of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement or other filing or recording document or instrument for filing or recording in any jurisdiction to the Collateral Agent.

 

Each Title IV Grantor hereby agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent, promptly upon request, any information reasonably necessary to effectuate the filings or recordings authorized by this Section 2(b), including the filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office referred to below.

 

The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted hereunder by each Title IV Grantor and naming each Title IV Grantor as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party, provided that, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Title IV Grantor agrees to execute any such documents to be so filed.

 

The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of each Title IV Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

 

3.                                       Representations and Warranties .  Each Title IV Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party on the date hereof that:

 

3.1                               Title; No Other Liens .  Except for (a) the Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, (b) the Liens permitted by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (c) any Liens securing Indebtedness which is no longer outstanding or any Liens with respect to commitments to lend which have been terminated, each Title IV Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others.  No security agreement, financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral that evidences a Lien securing any material Indebtedness is on file or of record in any public office, except such as (i) have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement or (ii) are permitted by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

6



 

3.2                               Perfected First Priority Liens .

 

(a)                                  This Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Security Interests in the Collateral, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (c) of this Section 3.2, the Security Interests granted pursuant to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement (i) will constitute valid and perfected Security Interests in the Collateral (as to which perfection may be obtained by the filings or other actions described in clause (A), or (B) of this paragraph) in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, upon (A) the filing in the applicable filing offices listed on Schedule I hereto of all financing statements, in each case, naming each Title IV Grantor as “debtor” and the Collateral Agent as “secured party” and describing the Collateral and (B) completion of the filing, registration and recording of a fully executed agreement in the form hereof (or a supplement hereto) and containing a description of all Collateral constituting (1) Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents and Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademark registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) within the three month period (commencing as of the date hereof) or, in the case of Collateral constituting Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents and Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademark registrations and applications acquired after the date hereof, thereafter pursuant to 35 USC § 261 and 15 USC § 1060 and the regulations thereunder, and (2) Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyright registrations in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) within the one month period (commencing as of the date hereof) or, in the case of Collateral constituting Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyright registrations acquired after the date hereof, thereafter pursuant to 17 USC § 205 and the regulations thereunder, and otherwise as may be required pursuant to the laws of any other necessary jurisdiction to the extent that a security interest may be perfected by such filings, registrations and recordings, and (ii) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Title IV Grantor shall be required to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement by any means other than by (i) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant State(s) and (ii) filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office, or successor offices, that are necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, enforcing, or protecting the Security Interests granted in the Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademark registrations and applications and Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyright registrations.

 

3.3                               Title IV Grantor Information .

 

Schedule II hereto sets forth under the appropriate headings as of the Closing Date: (1) the full legal name of each Title IV Grantor, (2) to the knowledge of each Title IV Grantor, all trade names or other names under which each Title IV Grantor currently conducts business, (3) the type of organization of each Title IV Grantor, (4) the jurisdiction of organization

 

7



 

of each Title IV Grantor, (5) its organizational identification number, if any, and (6) the jurisdiction where the chief executive office of each Title IV Grantor is located.

 

3.4                               Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademark registrations and applications and Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyright registrations .

 

Schedule 1 hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all United States Trademark registrations and applications owned by each Title IV Grantor.  Schedule 2 hereto sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all United States Copyright registrations owned by each Title IV Grantor.  Schedule 3 sets forth, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all United States issued Patents and Patent applications owned by each Title IV Grantor.

 

4.                                       Covenants .  Each Title IV Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement until the Secured Obligations (except for contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which a claim has not yet been made) are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letter of Credit remains outstanding:

 

4.1                               Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

 

(a)                                  Each Title IV Grantor shall maintain the Security Interest created by this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement as a perfected Security Interest having at least the priority described in Section 3.1 and shall defend such Security Interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever, in each case subject to Section 3.2(c).

 

(b)                                  Each Title IV Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of each Title IV Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c)                                   Subject to clause (d) below and Section 3.2(c), each Title IV Grantor agrees that at anytime and from time to time, at the expense of each Title IV Grantor, it will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents, including all applicable documents described in Section 3.2(b)(i)(B)), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order (i) to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the Security Interests created or intended to be created hereby or (ii) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral, including the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interests created hereby and all applicable documents described in Section 3.2(b)(i)(B), all at the expense of each Title IV Grantor.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary, (i) with respect to any assets created or acquired by each Title IV Grantor after the date hereof that are

 

8



 

required by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to be subject to the Lien created hereby or (ii) with respect to any Person that, subsequent to the date hereof, becomes a Subsidiary that is required by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to become a party hereto, the relevant Title IV Grantor after the acquisition or creation thereof shall promptly take all actions required by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, this Section 4.1 or Section 4.5 below.

 

4.2                               Damage or Destruction of Collateral .    Each Title IV Grantor agrees promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

 

4.3                               Notices .  Each Title IV Grantor will advise the Collateral Agent and the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of any Lien of which it has knowledge (other than the Security Interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect, in any material respect, the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder.

 

4.4                               Changes in Title IV Grantor Information or Status .  Without limiting any prohibitions or restrictions on mergers or other transactions set forth in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, each Title IV Grantor shall not change its name, identity, corporate structure (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise), type of organization or jurisdiction of organization, unless it shall have (a) notified the Collateral Agent in writing at least ten (10) days prior to any such change (or such later date as is reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) identifying such new proposed name, identity, corporate structure, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (b) taken all actions necessary or advisable to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same or better priority of the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest in the Collateral granted or intended to be granted and agreed to hereby.

 

4.5                               Acquisition of Additional Issuances of and Applications for Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, Additional Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademark registrations and applications and Additional Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyright registrations .  Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter each Title IV Grantor shall provide a list of any additional (i) applications for or issuances of Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, (ii) applications for or registrations of Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademarks, and (iii) registrations of Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyrights, in each case owned by each Title IV Grantor and not previously disclosed to the Collateral Agent including such information as is necessary for Title IV Grantor to make appropriate filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office.

 

5.                                       Remedial Provisions .

 

5.1                                Certain Matters Relating to Accounts .

 

(a)                                  At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after giving reasonable notice to the Parent Borrower and any other relevant Title IV Grantor, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to instruct the

 

9



 

Collateral Agent to (and upon such instruction, the Collateral Agent shall) make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Title IV Grantor shall furnish all such assistance and information as such Agent may require in connection with such test verifications.  Such Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent hereby authorizes each Title IV Grantor to collect each Title IV Grantor’s Accounts and the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.  If required in writing by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Accounts, when collected by each Title IV Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by each Title IV Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by each Title IV Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 5.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by each Title IV Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of each Title IV Grantor.  Each such deposit of Proceeds of Accounts shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

 

(c)                                   At the Collateral Agent’s request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Title IV Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

 

(d)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Title IV Grantor shall not grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Collateral Agent shall have instructed each Title IV Grantor not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances during the continuance of such Event of Default.

 

5.2                               Communications with Credit Parties; Title IV Grantor Remains Liable .

 

(a)                                  The Collateral Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after giving reasonable notice to the relevant Title IV Grantor of its intent to do so, communicate with obligors under the Accounts to verify with them to the Collateral Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts.  The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

10


 

(b)                                  Upon the written request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Title IV Grantor shall notify obligors on the Accounts that the Accounts have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Title IV Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of each Title IV Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

5.3                                 Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent .  In addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties specified in Section 5.1 with respect to payments of Accounts, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent so requires by notice in writing to the relevant Title IV Grantor (it being understood that the exercise of remedies by the Secured Parties in connection with an Event of Default under Section 11.5 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a request by the Collateral Agent for the purposes of this sentence and in such circumstances, no such written notice shall be required), all Proceeds received by each Title IV Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near cash items shall be held by each Title IV Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of each Title IV Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by each Title IV Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by each Title IV Grantor (duly endorsed by each Title IV Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required).  All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its dominion and control and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.  All Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by each Title IV Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 5.4.

 

5.4                                 Application of Proceeds .  The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral as well as any Collateral consisting of cash, at any time after receipt in the order specified in Section 11 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  Upon any sale of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the

 

11



 

Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

 

5.5                                 Code and Other Remedies .  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC or any other applicable law or in equity and also may with notice to the relevant Title IV Grantor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Lender or elsewhere for cash or on credit or for future delivery at such price or prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral.  The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold.  Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of each Title IV Grantor, and each Title IV Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.  The Collateral Agent and any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Secured Obligations.  Each Title IV Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to each Title IV Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  To the extent permitted by law, each Title IV Grantor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.  Each Title IV Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agent’s request to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent, at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at each Title IV Grantor’s premises or elsewhere.  The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 5.5 in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4.

 

5.6                                 Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Secured Obligations; Waiver of Rights .  Each Title IV Grantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against each Title IV Grantor and without notice to or further assent by each Title IV Grantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Secured Obligations made by

 

12



 

the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Secured Obligations continued, (b) the Secured Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement, the Hedge Bank party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Secured Obligations or for this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against each Title IV Grantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on each Title IV Grantor or any other Person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Parent Borrower or each Title IV Grantor or any other Person or any release of any Parent Borrower or each Title IV Grantor or any other Person shall not relieve each Title IV Grantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or each Title IV Grantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against each Title IV Grantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

5.7                                 License to Use Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademarks and Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyrights .   For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies hereunder at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Title IV Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, to the extent each Title IV Grantor has the right to do so, an irrevocable, assignable, non-exclusive license to use, license or sublicense any of the Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademarks and Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyrights now owned or held, or hereafter acquired, by each Title IV Grantor, wherever the same may be located.  To the extent permitted, such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

 

6.                                        The Collateral Agent .

 

6.1                                 Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .

 

13



 

(a)                                   Each Title IV Grantor hereby appoints, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of each Title IV Grantor and in the name of each Title IV Grantor or otherwise, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Title IV Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of each Title IV Grantor, either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of each Title IV Grantor or otherwise, without assent by each Title IV Grantor, to do any or all of the following, in each case after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after written notice by the Collateral Agent of its intent to do so:

 

(i)                   take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

 

(ii)                in the case of any Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademarks or Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyrights, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ Security Interest in such Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademarks or Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyrights;

 

(iii)             pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

(iv)            execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.5, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral;

 

(v)               obtain and adjust insurance required to be maintained by each Title IV Grantor pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement;

 

(vi)            direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct;

 

(vii)         ask or demand for, collect and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;

 

14



 

(viii)      sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral;

 

(ix)              commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral;

 

(x)                 defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against each Title IV Grantor with respect to any Collateral (with each Title IV Grantor’s consent to the extent such action or its resolution could materially affect each Title IV Grantor or any of its Affiliates in any manner other than with respect to its continuing rights in such Collateral);

 

(xi)              settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate (with each Title IV Grantor’s consent to the extent such action or its resolution could materially affect each Title IV Grantor or any of its Affiliates in any manner other than with respect to its continuing rights in such Collateral);

 

(xii)           assign any Pledged Title IV Grantor Patents, Pledged Title IV Grantor Trademarks or Pledged Title IV Grantor Copyrights, throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and

 

(xiii)        generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and each Title IV Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ Security Interests therein and to effect the intent of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, all as fully and effectively as each Title IV Grantor might do.

 

Anything in this Section 6.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent agrees that (i) it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 6.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (ii) no United States “intent-to-use” trademark or servicemark applications shall be assigned to the Collateral Agent or any third party until an amendment to allege use or a statement of use has been filed under 15 U.S.C. § 1501(d) and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, except to a successor to the business (or the portion of the business) to which the mark pertains, if that business is ongoing and existing.

 

(b)                                  If each Title IV Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

 

15



 

(c)                                   The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the highest rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on any category of past due ABR Loans under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Title IV Grantor, shall be payable by each Title IV Grantor to the Collateral Agent on demand.

 

(d)                                  Each Title IV Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement is terminated and the Security Interests created hereby are released.

 

6.2                                 Duty of Collateral Agent .  The Collateral Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account.  The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property.  Neither the Collateral Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of each Title IV Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof.  The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers.  The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to each Title IV Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

6.3                                 Authority of Collateral Agent .  Each Title IV Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and each Title IV Grantor, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the applicable Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Title IV Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

16



 

6.4                                 Security Interest Absolute .  All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of each Title IV Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional.

 

6.5                                 Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement; Release .

 

(a)                                   This Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Title IV Grantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Secured Obligations under the Credit Documents (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due) and the obligations of each Title IV Grantor under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments shall be terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (or all such Letters of Credit shall have been Cash Collateralized), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and any Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Secured Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Each Title IV Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder if it ceases to be a Credit Party in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral shall automatically be released (i) to the extent provided in Section 14.1 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and (ii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in such Collateral pursuant to Section 14.1 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Lien and Security Interest created hereby.

 

(d)                                  In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c), the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to each Title IV Grantor, at each Title IV Grantor’s expense, all documents that each Title IV Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release.  Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

6.6                                 Reinstatement .  Each Title IV Grantor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Secured Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including each Title IV Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such

 

17



 

liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender), such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of each Title IV Grantor in respect of the amount of such payment.

 

6.7                                 Further Assurances .  Subject to Section 3.2(c) hereof, each Title IV Grantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of each Title IV Grantor, it will execute or otherwise authorize the filing of any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order (x) to perfect and protect any pledge, assignment of security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby (including the priority thereof) or (y) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral.

 

7.                                        Collateral Agent As Agent .

 

(a)                                   GSCP has been appointed to act as the Collateral Agent under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, by the Lenders under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Secured Parties.  The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement and the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, provided that the Collateral Agent shall exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for in Section 5 in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders.  In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, it being understood and agreed by such Secured Party that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Lenders and Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Section 7(a).

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent shall at all times be the same Person that is the Collateral Agent under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  Written notice of resignation by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 13.9 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Collateral Agent under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement; removal of the Collateral Agent shall also constitute removal under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement; and appointment of a Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 13.9 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Collateral Agent under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent under Section 13.9 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement,

 

18



 

and the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the Security Interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement.  After any retiring or removed Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

(c)                                   The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have any duty whatsoever with respect to any Secured Party that is a counterparty to a Secured Hedge Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Obligations, unless it shall have received written notice in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent from each Title IV Grantor or any such Secured Party as to the existence and terms of the applicable Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

8.                                        Miscellaneous .

 

8.1                                 Amendments in Writing .  None of the terms or provisions of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the affected Title IV Grantor and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

8.2                                 Notices .  All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to each Title IV Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

8.3                                 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies .  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future

 

19



 

occasion.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

8.4                                 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   Each Title IV Grantor agrees to pay any and all reasonable out of pocket expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by any Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Secured Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, each Title IV Grantor under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each Title IV Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Each Title IV Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement to the extent the Parent Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 14.5 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The agreements in this Section 8.4 shall survive repayment of the Secured Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

8.5                                 Successors and Assigns .  The provisions of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Title IV Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent except pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

8.6                                 Counterparts .  This Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of the copies of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower.

 

8.7                                 Severability .  Any provision of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be

 

20



 

ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

8.8                                 Section Headings .  The Section headings used in this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

8.9                                 Integration .  This Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each Title IV Grantor with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

8.10                           GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED COLLATERAL AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

8.11                           Submission To Jurisdiction Waivers .  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                   submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof; provided , that the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties retain the right to bring proceedings against any Title IV Grantor in the courts of any other jurisdiction in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or the enforcement of any judgment;

 

(b)                                  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                   agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which such Person shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

21


 

(d)                                  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                                   waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.11 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

8.12                        Acknowledgments .  Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)                                  neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Agent or Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to each Title IV Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between each Title IV Grantor, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent, each other Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)                                   no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders, the Agents and any other Secured Party or among each Title IV Grantor, and the Lenders, the Agents and any other Secured Party.

 

8.13                         Additional Title IV Grantors .  Each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to become a party to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall become a Title IV Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Title IV Grantor herein, for all purposes of this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto.  The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Title IV Grantor as a party to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Title IV Grantor hereunder.  The rights and obligations of each Title IV Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Title IV Grantor as a party to this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement.

 

8.14                        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

22



 

Execution Version

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

WALDEN UNIVERSITY, LLC, as Title IV Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paula R. Singer

 

 

Name: Paula R. Singer

 

 

Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Tansey

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 


 



Exhibit 10.16

 

 

 

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of July 25, 2012

 

Among

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

and

 

the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof

 

and

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

2.

Exchange Offer

4

 

 

 

3.

Shelf Registration

8

 

 

 

4.

Additional Interest

9

 

 

 

5.

Registration Procedures

10

 

 

 

6.

Registration Expenses

18

 

 

 

7.

Indemnification and Contribution

19

 

 

 

8.

Rule 144A

23

 

 

 

9.

Underwritten Registrations

23

 

 

 

10.

Miscellaneous

23

 

i



 

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July 25, 2012, by and among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and the guarantors listed on the signature pages to this Agreement (the “ Guarantors ”), on the one hand, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of themselves and as representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the several initial purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), on the other hand.

 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated July 20, 2012 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Representatives on behalf of themselves and as representatives of the Initial Purchasers, which provides for the sale by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers of $350,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ Notes ”).  The Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ” and together with the Notes, the “ Securities ”) on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors.  In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees.  The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Guarantor :  Shall mean any Person that issues a Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

 

Additional Interest :  See Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Advice :  See the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof.

 

Agreement :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Applicable Period :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Board of Directors :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Business Day :  Shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 14d-1 under the Exchange Act.

 

Effectiveness Period :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Event Date :  See Section 4(b) hereof.

 



 

Exchange Act :  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Securities :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

FINRA :  See Section 5(r) hereof.

 

Guarantees :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Guarantors :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto and shall also include any Additional Guarantors and any of the Guarantors’ successors.

 

Holder :  Any holder of a Registrable Security.

 

Indenture :  The indenture relating to the Notes dated as of July 25, 2012 by and between the Issuer, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be further amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Information :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Initial Purchasers :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Initial Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Inspectors :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Issue Date :  July 25, 2012, the date of original issuance of the Notes.

 

Issuer :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Participant :  See Section 7(a) hereof.

 

Participating Broker-Dealer :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Person :  An individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity.

 

Private Exchange :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

2



 

Private Exchange Notes :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Prospectus :  The prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 433 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

 

Purchase Agreement :  See the introductory paragraphs hereof.

 

Records :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Registrable Securities :  Each Security upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Security as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees) upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, until, in each case, the earliest to occur of (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees) has been declared effective by the SEC and such Security, Exchange Security or such Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Security has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security or Exchange Securities that may be resold without restriction under state and federal securities laws or (iii) such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture.

 

Registration Statement :  Any registration statement of the Issuer that covers any of the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees) filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, including, in each case, the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Representatives :  See the introductory paragraphs hereof.

 

Rule 144 :  Rule 144 (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A :  Rule 144A (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 405 :  Rule 405 (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 415 :  Rule 415 (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

3



 

Rule 424 :  Rule 424 (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

SEC :  The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Securities Act :  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Shelf Notice :  See Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Statement :  Any Registration Statement relating to a Shelf Registration.

 

Shelf Suspension Period :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Subsequent Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(b) hereof.

 

TIA :  The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

Trustee :  The trustee under the Indenture and the trustee under any indenture (if different) governing the Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees).

 

Underwritten registration or underwritten offering :  A registration in which securities of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided, all references in this Agreement to acts, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, releases, forms, no-action letters and other regulatory requirements (collectively, “ Regulatory Requirements ”) shall be deemed to refer also to any amendments thereto and all subsequent Regulatory Requirements adopted as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect therewith; provided that Rule 144 shall not be deemed to amend or replace Rule 144A.

 

2.                                       Exchange Offer

 

(a)                                  Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a Registration Statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) to exchange any and all of the Registrable Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Issuer (the “ Exchange Notes ”), guaranteed, to the extent applicable, on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors (the “ New Guarantees ” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Securities ”) that are identical in all material respects to the Notes, except that (i) the Exchange Notes shall contain no restrictive legend thereon, (ii) interest thereon shall accrue (A) from the later of (a) the last date on which interest was paid on such Note or (b) if the

 

4



 

Note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period that includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (B) if no such interest has been paid, from the Issue Date and (iii) the Exchange Securities shall be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or a trust indenture which is identical in all material respects to the Indenture (other than such changes to the Indenture or any such identical trust indenture as are necessary to comply with the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA.  The Exchange Offer shall comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and other applicable laws.  The Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) prepare and file with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Exchange Offer; (y) keep the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders; and (z) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to July 25, 2014 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

 

Each Holder (including, without limitation, each Participating Broker-Dealer) that participates in the Exchange Offer, as a condition to participation in the Exchange Offer, will be required to represent to the Issuer in writing (which may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) that:  (i) any Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Registrable Securities tendered are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Person receiving such Exchange Securities, whether or not such recipient is such Holder itself; (ii) at the time of the commencement or consummation of the Exchange Offer neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder has an arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the Securities Act; (iii)  neither the Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405) of the Issuer or, if it is an affiliate of the Issuer, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable and will provide information to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 5 hereof in order to have their Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Additional Interest in Section 4 hereof; (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder is engaging or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Securities; and (v) if such Holder is a Participating Broker-Dealer, such Holder has acquired the Registrable Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder).

 

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis , solely with respect to Registrable Securities that are Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), any Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(c)(iv) is applicable and Exchange Securities held by the Participating Broker-Dealers, and the Issuer shall have no further obligation to register

 

5



 

Registrable Securities (other than Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees) and Exchange Securities as to which clause 2(c)(iv) hereof applies) pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall include within the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC.  Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also expressly permit, to the extent permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the SEC, the use of the Prospectus by all Participating Broker-Dealers, and include a statement describing the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

The Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus contained therein in order to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all Holders (including Participating Broker-Dealers) subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as is necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with any resale of the Exchange Securities; provided , however , that in no event shall the Issuer be required to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and available for more than 180 days after consummation of the Exchange Offer, or such longer period if extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof (the “ Applicable Period ”).

 

If, immediately prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Notes acquired by them that have the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Issuer, upon the written request of the Initial Purchasers, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for such Notes held by any such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of notes (including the guarantees with respect thereto, the “ Private Exchange Notes ”) of the Issuer, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes except for the placement of a restrictive legend on such Private Exchange Notes.  The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Notes if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau.

 

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall:

 

(1)                                  mail, or cause to be mailed, to each Holder of record entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

6


 

(2)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days from the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);

 

(3)                                  utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

 

(4)                                  permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer remains open; and

 

(5)                                  otherwise comply in all material respects with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Exchange Offer.

 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange, the Issuer shall:

 

(1)                                  accept for exchange all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange;

 

(2)                                  deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 

(3)                                  cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange; provided that, in the case of any Notes held in global form by a depositary, authentication and delivery to such depositary of one or more replacement Notes in global form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such authentication and delivery requirement.

 

The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuer to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuer; and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Issuer deems necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange.

 

The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Notes (and related guarantees) shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture.  The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all

 

7



 

matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

 

(c)                                   If, (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Issuer is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to July 25, 2014, (iii) any holder of Private Exchange Notes so requests in writing to the Issuer at any time within 30 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (iv) in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act) and so notifies the Issuer in writing within 30 days after such Holder first becomes aware of such restrictions, then, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv) of this sentence, the Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee with a copy to the registrar (to deliver to the Holders) written notice thereof (the “ Shelf Notice ”) and shall file a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

3.                                       Shelf Registration

 

If at any time after May 25, 2014 a Shelf Notice is delivered as contemplated by Section 2(c) hereof, then:

 

(a)                                  Shelf Registration .  The Issuer shall promptly file with the SEC a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering the Registrable Securities that are subject to the Shelf Notice (the “ Initial Shelf Registration ”).  The Initial Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings).

 

The Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act and to keep the Initial Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earliest of (i) two years after the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration, (ii) the time when all Registrable Securities covered by the Initial Shelf Registration have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Initial Shelf Registration or, if applicable, a Subsequent Shelf Registration, (iii) the date upon which all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration become eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144, and the Company and the Holders of such Registrable Securities agree, in accordance with the amendment provisions of this Agreement, that such Registrable Securities will no longer be considered Registrable Securities and (iv) the Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding (the “ Effectiveness Period ”); provided , however , that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Initial Shelf Registration shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any time, the Issuer may delay the filing of any Initial Shelf Registration Statement or delay or suspend the effectiveness thereof, for a reasonable period of time, but not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year (each, a “ Shelf Suspension Period ”), if (i) an event or circumstance occurs and is continuing

 

8



 

as a result of which the Initial Shelf Registration Statement or Subsequent Shelf Registration, the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference as then amended or supplemented or proposed to be filed would, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) of the Issuer, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (ii) the Board of Directors of the Issuer determines reasonably and in good faith that the filing of any such Initial Shelf Registration Statement or the continuing effectiveness thereof would require the disclosure of non-public material information that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, would be detrimental to the Issuer if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction or if such action is required by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Withdrawal of Stop Orders; Subsequent Shelf Registrations .  If the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of the Securities registered thereunder), the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof, and in any event shall file an additional Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities covered by and not sold under the Initial Shelf Registration or an earlier Subsequent Shelf Registration (each, a “ Subsequent Shelf Registration ”).  If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after such filing and to keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective for a period equal to the number of days in the Effectiveness Period less the aggregate number of days during which the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously continuously effective.  As used herein the term “ Shelf Registration ” means the Initial Shelf Registration and any Subsequent Shelf Registration.

 

(c)                                   Supplements and Amendments .  The Issuer shall promptly supplement and amend the Shelf Registration if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities (or their counsel) covered by such Registration Statement with respect to the information included therein with respect to one or more of such Holders, or, if reasonably requested by any underwriter of such Registrable Securities, with respect to the information included therein with respect to such underwriter.

 

4.                                       Additional Interest

 

(a)                                  The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuer fails to fulfill its obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision.  Accordingly, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree to pay, jointly and severally, as liquidated damages, additional interest to the Holders of the Notes affected thereby (“ Additional Interest ”) if (A) the Issuer has not had an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf

 

9



 

Registration Statement, if required, declared effective, in either case on or prior to July 25, 2014, (B) notwithstanding clause (A), the Issuer is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to July 25, 2014 or (C), if applicable, a Shelf Registration has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than as a result of a Suspension Period or because of the sale of all of the Securities registered thereunder) (each, a “ Registration Default ”), then Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes affected thereby at a rate of 0.25% per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90 day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue; provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 0.75% per annum) (such Additional Interest to be calculated by the Issuer) commencing on (x) July 26, 2014, in the case of (A) and (B) above; or (y) the day such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective in the case of (C) above; provided , however , that upon the exchange of the Exchange Securities for all Securities tendered (in the case of clause (A) of this Section 4(a)), upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of clause (B) of this Section 4(a)), or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (C) of this Section 4(a)), Additional Interest on the Notes in respect of which such events relate as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4, the Issuer shall in no event be required to pay Additional Interest for more than one Registration Default at any given time.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the paying agent within five Business Days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an “ Event Date ”).  Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 4(a) will be payable in cash semiannually on each September 1 and March 1 (to the holders of record on the August 15 and February 15 immediately preceding such dates), commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue.  The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by the Issuer by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Registrable Securities affected by the Registration Default, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

 

5.                                       Registration Procedures

 

In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuer shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuer hereunder, the Issuer shall:

 

(a)                                  Prepare and file with the SEC, a Registration Statement or Registration Statements as prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided

 

10



 

herein; provided , however , that if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuer shall furnish to and afford counsel for the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), which shall be a single firm selected by the Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or counsel for such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, and counsel to the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case, at least three Business Days prior to such filing).  The Issuer shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object.

 

(b)                                  Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period, the Applicable Period or until consummation of the Exchange Offer, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus in all material respects.  The Issuer shall be deemed not to have used its commercially reasonable efforts to keep a Registration Statement effective if it voluntarily takes any action that is reasonably expected to result in selling Holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby or Participating Broker Dealers seeking to sell Exchange Securities not being able to sell such Registrable Securities or such Exchange Notes during that period unless such action is required by applicable law or permitted by this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly (but in any event within three Business Days), and

 

11



 

confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a Prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or resales of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuer contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m) hereof cease to be true and correct, (iv) of the receipt by the Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Issuer’s determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.

 

(d)                                  Use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer, for sale in any jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof and if requested during the Effectiveness Period by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, such Holders or counsel for either of them reasonably request to be included therein, (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer has received written notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, and (iii) supplement or make amendments to such Registration Statement.

 

12



 

(f)                                    If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) and to each such Participating Broker-Dealer who so requests (with respect to any such Registration Statement) and to their respective counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits.

 

(g)                                   If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their respective counsel, and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuer hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Securities pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(h)                                  Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request in writing; provided , however , that where Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or Registrable Securities are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuer agrees to cause its counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h), keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or the

 

13



 

Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(i)                                      If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (subject to applicable requirements contained in the Indenture) and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or Holders may request.

 

(j)                                     Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with a selling Holder to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other U.S. governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business, in which case the Issuer will cooperate in all respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals.

 

(k)                                  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) hereof) file with the SEC, at the sole expense of the Issuer, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) or to the purchasers of the Exchange Securities to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(l)                                      Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities.

 

(m)                              In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes (including, without limitation, a

 

14



 

customary condition to the obligations of the underwriters that the underwriters shall have received “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent registered public accountants of the Issuer (and, if necessary, any other independent registered public accountants of the parent or any subsidiary of the Issuer, or of any business acquired by the Issuer, for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities), and take all such other customary actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Securities and, in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to, and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuer (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) obtain the written opinions of counsel to the Issuer, and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions reasonably requested in underwritten offerings; and (iii) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable to the sellers and underwriters, if any, than those set forth in Section 7 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures reasonably acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents, if any).  The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

(n)                                  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any Initial Purchaser, any selling Holder of such Registrable Securities being sold (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Securities, if any, and any attorney (which shall be a single firm selected by the Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement), accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, or underwriter (any such Initial Purchasers, Holders, Participating Broker-Dealers, underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents, collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), upon written request, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuer and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and any of its subsidiaries to supply all information (“ Information ”)

 

15



 

reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such due diligence responsibilities.  Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records and Information confidential, to use the Records and Information only for due diligence purposes, to abstain from using the Records and Information as the basis for any market transactions in securities of the Issuer and that it will not disclose any of the Records or Information that the Issuer determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records or Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary or advisable, in the opinion of counsel for any Inspector, in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement, the Indenture or the Purchase Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, or (iv) the information in such Records or Information has been made generally available to the public other than by an Inspector or an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405) thereof; provided , however , that prior notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to the Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of this sentence to permit the Issuer to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (n)) and that such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector.

 

(o)                                  Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereof, as the case may be, to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Securities, to effect such changes (if any) to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

 

(p)                                  Comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture.

 

(q)                                  Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, obtain an opinion of counsel to the Issuer as required pursuant to the Indenture.  If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Securities by Holders to the Issuer (or to such other Person as directed by the Issuer), in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, the Issuer shall mark, or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Securities that such Registrable Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related guarantees), as the case may be; in no event shall such Registrable Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

 

16


 

(r)                                     Use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

 

(s)                                    Use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Exchange Securities and/or Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

 

(t)                                     So long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Issuer of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and to deliver such counterpart to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.

 

The Issuer may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Issuer may, from time to time, reasonably request.  The Issuer may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.  Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuer by such seller not materially misleading.

 

If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Issuer, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Issuer, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required.

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by its acquisition of such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, that, upon actual receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, until such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Issuer that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto.  In the event that the Issuer shall give any such notice, each of the

 

17



 

Applicable Period and the Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such periods from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof or (y) the Advice, ending when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer have been sold in the manner set forth herein and as contemplated hereby.

 

6.                                       Registration Expenses

 

All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuer of its obligations under Sections 2, 3, 5 and 8 hereof shall be borne by the Issuer, whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (x) where the holders of Registrable Securities are located, in the case of the Exchange Securities, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement or in respect of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be, (iii) fees and expenses of the Trustee, any exchange agent and their counsel, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Securities selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer) exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 7 hereof), (v) fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants referred to in Section 5(m) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) rating agency fees, if any, and any fees associated with making the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities eligible for trading through The Depository Trust Company, (vii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuer desires such insurance, (viii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuer, (ix) internal expenses of the Issuer (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Issuer performing legal or accounting duties), (x) the expense of any annual audit, (xi) any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable and (xii) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all

 

18



 

Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Indemnification and Contribution

 

(a)                                  The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, and each Person, if any, who controls any such Persons or its affiliates within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, a “ Participant ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any Participant may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:

 

(i)                   any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus; or

 

(ii)                the omission or alleged omission to state, in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any other document or any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,

 

and agree (subject to the limitations set forth in this sentence) to reimburse, as incurred, the Participant for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Participant in connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Participant furnished to the Issuer by such Participant specifically for use therein.  The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Issuer and the Guarantors may otherwise have to the indemnified parties.  The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Issuer and the Guarantors, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

19



 

(b)                                  Each Participant, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors, their respective directors (or equivalent), their respective officers who sign any Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Issuer, the Guarantors or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Participant, furnished to the Issuer by or on behalf of such Participant, specifically for use therein; and subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, will reimburse, as incurred, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof.  The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Participants may otherwise have to the indemnified parties.  The Participants shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Participants, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof in writing; but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from any liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such indemnifying party did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and

 

20



 

the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person); (ii) such action includes both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person) that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.  It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) representing the indemnified parties under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 7, as the case may be, who are parties to such action or actions.  In the event that any Participants are indemnified persons collectively entitled, in connection with a proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in a single jurisdiction, to the payment of fees and expenses of a single separate firm under this Section 7(c), and any such Participants cannot agree to a mutually acceptable separate firm to act as counsel thereto, then such separate firm for all such Indemnified Persons shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities sold by all such Participants.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include any statement as to, or any admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.  All fees and expenses that are reimbursable pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.

 

(d)                                  After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to defend such action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the third sentence of paragraph (c) of this Section 7 or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party.  After such notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying party will not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of such action effected by such indemnified party without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), unless such indemnified party waived

 

21



 

in writing its rights under this Section 7, in which case the indemnified party may effect such a settlement without such consent.

 

(e)                                   In circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 is unavailable to, or insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (other than by virtue of the failure of an indemnified party to notify the indemnifying party of its right to indemnification pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, where such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party (through the forfeiture of substantial rights or defenses)), each indemnifying party, in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof).  The relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and such Participant on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Notes received by the Issuer bear to the total discounts and commissions received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Notes (or if such Participant did not receive discounts or commissions, the value of receiving the Notes sold).  The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer on the one hand, or the Participants on the other, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances.  The parties agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (e).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph (e), no Participant shall be obligated to make contributions hereunder that in the aggregate exceed the total discounts, commissions and other compensation received by each Participant in connection with the sale of the Notes (or if such Participant did not receive discounts or commissions, the net proceeds on the sale of Notes received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Notes), less the aggregate amount of any damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of the untrue or alleged untrue statements or the omissions or alleged omissions to state a material fact, and no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 10(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this paragraph (e), each person, if any, who controls a Participant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Participants, and each director and officer of the Issuer and the Guarantors and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer and the Guarantors

 

22



 

within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuer.

 

8.                                       Rule 144A

 

The Issuer covenants and agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Issuer is not required to file such reports, the Issuer will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Issuer covenants and agrees, for so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding that it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144A unless the Issuer is then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and reports filed thereunder satisfy the information requirements of Rule 144A then in effect.

 

9.                                       Underwritten Registrations

 

The Issuer shall not be required to assist in an underwritten offering unless requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities.  If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriters and managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer.

 

No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  No Inconsistent Agreements .  The Issuer and the Guarantors have not as of the date hereof, and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.  The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuer’s other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.  The Issuer and the Guarantors will not enter into any agreement with respect to any of the Issuer’s securities which will grant to any Person “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

23



 

(b)                                  Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities .  The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable Securities as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior written consent of (i) the Issuer, and (ii) (a) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Securities and (b) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Securities held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that Section 7 and this Section 10(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented without the prior written consent of each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification or supplement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(d)                                  Notices .  All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee and the registrar, paying agent and transfer agent) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or facsimile:

 

(i)                   if to a Holder of the Registrable Securities or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture;

 

(ii)         if to the Issuer, at the address as follows:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.
650 S. Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202
Facsimile No.:  [       ]
Attention:  Robert W. Zentz, Esq., Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

24



 

with a copy to:

 

DLA Piper LLP (US)
6225 Smith Avenue
Baltimore, Maryland 21209
Facsimile No.:  [       ]
Attention:  Robert W. Smith, Jr., Esq.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given:  when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and upon written confirmation, if sent by facsimile.

 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee or the registrar, paying agent and/or transfer agent at the respective addresses and in the manner specified in such Indenture.

 

(e)                                   Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.

 

(f)                                    Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(g)                                   Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(h)                                  GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(i)                                      Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant

 

25



 

or restriction.  It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

(j)                                     Notes Held by the Issuer or Its Affiliates .  Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Issuer or its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

(k)                                  Third-Party Beneficiaries .  Holders of Registrable Securities and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons.

 

(l)                                      Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuer on the other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

26


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC.

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC.

 

INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD.

 

LAUREATE PROPERTIES, LLC (DELAWARE)

 

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

TUITION FINANCE, INC.

 

WALDEN E-LEARNING, LLC

 

THE CANTER GROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

EDUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.

 

WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS — US I, INC.

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC

 

EXETER STREET HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC

 

 

 

By:

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.,

 

 

its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

 

FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

Acting on behalf of themselves and as the
Representatives of the several Initial Purchasers

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Name: Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Varun Rastogi

 

 

Name: Varun Rastogi

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of November 13, 2012

 

Among

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

and

 

the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof

 

and

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

$1,050,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

2.

Exchange Offer

5

 

 

 

3.

Shelf Registration

8

 

 

 

4.

Additional Interest

10

 

 

 

5.

Registration Procedures

11

 

 

 

6.

Registration Expenses

18

 

 

 

7.

Indemnification and Contribution

19

 

 

 

8.

Rule 144A

23

 

 

 

9.

Underwritten Registrations

23

 

 

 

10.

Miscellaneous

24

 

i



 

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 13, 2012, by and among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and the guarantors listed on the signature pages to this Agreement (the “ Guarantors ”), on the one hand, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of themselves and as representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the several initial purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), on the other hand.

 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2012 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Representatives on behalf of themselves and as representatives of the Initial Purchasers, which provides for the sale by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers of $1,050,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ” and together with the Notes, the “ Securities ”) on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors.  In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees.  The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

 

The Securities are to be issued under an indenture (the “ Base Indenture ”), dated as of July 25, 2012, by and among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and a supplemental indenture (the “ Supplemental Indenture ” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), to be dated as of the Issue Date (as defined below) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Base Indenture.  The Company has previously issued $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2019. The Securities constitute an offering of “Additional Notes” (as such term is defined in the Base Indenture) under the Indenture.

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Guarantor :  Shall mean any Person that issues a Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

 

Additional Interest :  See Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Advice :  See the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof.

 

Agreement :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 



 

Applicable Period :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Base Indenture : See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Board of Directors :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Business Day :  Shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 14d-1 under the Exchange Act.

 

Effectiveness Period :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Event Date :  See Section 4(b) hereof.

 

Exchange Act :  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Securities :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

FINRA :  See Section 5(r) hereof.

 

Guarantees :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Guarantors :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto and shall also include any Additional Guarantors and any of the Guarantors’ successors.

 

Holder :  Any holder of a Registrable Security.

 

Indenture :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Information :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Initial Purchasers :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Initial Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Inspectors :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Issue Date :  November 13, 2012.

 

Issuer :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

2



 

Participant :  See Section 7(a) hereof.

 

Participating Broker-Dealer :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Person :  An individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity.

 

Private Exchange :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Private Exchange Notes :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Prospectus :  The prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 433 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

 

Purchase Agreement :  See the introductory paragraphs hereof.

 

Records :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Registrable Securities :  Each Security upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Security as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees) upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, until, in each case, the earliest to occur of (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees) has been declared effective by the SEC and such Security, Exchange Security or such Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Security has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security or Exchange Securities that may be resold without restriction under state and federal securities laws or (iii) such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture.

 

Registration Statement :  Any registration statement of the Issuer that covers any of the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees) filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, including, in each case, the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

3



 

Representatives :  See the introductory paragraphs hereof.

 

Rule 144 :  Rule 144 (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A :  Rule 144A (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 405 :  Rule 405 (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 415 :  Rule 415 (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 424 :  Rule 424 (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

SEC :  The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Securities Act :  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Shelf Notice :  See Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Statement :  Any Registration Statement relating to a Shelf Registration.

 

Shelf Suspension Period :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Subsequent Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Supplemental Indenture : See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

TIA :  The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

Trustee :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Underwritten registration or underwritten offering :  A registration in which securities of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided, all references in this Agreement to acts, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, releases, forms, no-action letters and other regulatory requirements (collectively, “ Regulatory Requirements ”) shall be deemed to refer also to any amendments thereto and all subsequent Regulatory Requirements adopted as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect therewith; provided that Rule 144 shall not be deemed to amend or replace Rule 144A.

 

4



 

2.                                       Exchange Offer

 

(a)                                  Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a Registration Statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) to exchange any and all of the Registrable Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Issuer (the “ Exchange Notes ”), guaranteed, to the extent applicable, on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors (the “ New Guarantees ” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Securities ”) that are identical in all material respects to the Notes, except that (i) the Exchange Notes shall contain no restrictive legend thereon, (ii) interest thereon shall accrue (A) from the later of (a) the last date on which interest was paid on such Note or (b) if the Note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period that includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (B) if no such interest has been paid, from the Issue Date and (iii) the Exchange Securities shall be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or a trust indenture which is identical in all material respects to the Indenture (other than such changes to the Indenture or any such identical trust indenture as are necessary to comply with the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA.  The Exchange Offer shall comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and other applicable laws.  The Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) prepare and file with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Exchange Offer; (y) keep the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders; and (z) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to July 25, 2014 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

 

Each Holder (including, without limitation, each Participating Broker-Dealer) that participates in the Exchange Offer, as a condition to participation in the Exchange Offer, will be required to represent to the Issuer in writing (which may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) that:  (i) any Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Registrable Securities tendered are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Person receiving such Exchange Securities, whether or not such recipient is such Holder itself; (ii) at the time of the commencement or consummation of the Exchange Offer neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder has an arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the Securities Act; (iii)  neither the Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405) of the Issuer or, if it is an affiliate of the Issuer, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable and will provide information to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 5 hereof in order to have their Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Additional Interest in Section 4 hereof; (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder is engaging or intends to engage in a distribution of the

 

5



 

Exchange Securities; and (v) if such Holder is a Participating Broker-Dealer, such Holder has acquired the Registrable Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder).

 

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis , solely with respect to Registrable Securities that are Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), any Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(c)(iv) is applicable and Exchange Securities held by the Participating Broker-Dealers, and the Issuer shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Securities (other than Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees) and Exchange Securities as to which clause 2(c)(iv) hereof applies) pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall include within the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC.  Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also expressly permit, to the extent permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the SEC, the use of the Prospectus by all Participating Broker-Dealers, and include a statement describing the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

The Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus contained therein in order to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all Holders (including Participating Broker-Dealers) subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as is necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with any resale of the Exchange Securities; provided , however , that in no event shall the Issuer be required to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and available for more than 180 days after consummation of the Exchange Offer, or such longer period if extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof (the “ Applicable Period ”).

 

If, immediately prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Notes acquired by them that have the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Issuer, upon the written request of the Initial Purchasers, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for such Notes held by any such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of notes (including the guarantees with respect thereto, the “ Private Exchange Notes ”) of the Issuer, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes except for the placement of a restrictive legend on such Private Exchange Notes.  The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same

 

6



 

indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Notes if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau.

 

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall:

 

(1)                                  mail, or cause to be mailed, to each Holder of record entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

(2)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days from the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);

 

(3)                                  utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

 

(4)                                  permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer remains open; and

 

(5)                                  otherwise comply in all material respects with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Exchange Offer.

 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange, the Issuer shall:

 

(1)                                  accept for exchange all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange;

 

(2)                                  deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 

(3)                                  cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange; provided that, in the case of any Notes held in global form by a depositary, authentication and delivery to such depositary of one or more replacement Notes in global form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such authentication and delivery requirement.

 

The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuer to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any

 

7



 

existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuer; and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Issuer deems necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange.

 

The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Notes (and related guarantees) shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture.  The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

 

(c)                                   If, (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Issuer is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to July 25, 2014, (iii) any holder of Private Exchange Notes so requests in writing to the Issuer at any time within 30 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (iv) in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act) and so notifies the Issuer in writing within 30 days after such Holder first becomes aware of such restrictions, then, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv) of this sentence, the Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee with a copy to the registrar (to deliver to the Holders) written notice thereof (the “ Shelf Notice ”) and shall file a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

3.                                       Shelf Registration

 

If at any time after May 25, 2014 a Shelf Notice is delivered as contemplated by Section 2(c) hereof, then:

 

(a)                                  Shelf Registration .  The Issuer shall promptly file with the SEC a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering the Registrable Securities that are subject to the Shelf Notice (the “ Initial Shelf Registration ”).  The Initial Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings).

 

The Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act and to keep the Initial Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earliest of (i) two years after the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration, (ii) the time when all Registrable Securities covered by the Initial Shelf Registration have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Initial Shelf Registration or, if applicable, a Subsequent Shelf Registration, (iii) the date upon which all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration become eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144, and the Company and the Holders of such Registrable

 

8


 

Securities agree, in accordance with the amendment provisions of this Agreement, that such Registrable Securities will no longer be considered Registrable Securities and (iv) the Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding (the “ Effectiveness Period ”); provided , however , that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Initial Shelf Registration shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any time, the Issuer may delay the filing of any Initial Shelf Registration Statement or delay or suspend the effectiveness thereof, for a reasonable period of time, but not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year (each, a “ Shelf Suspension Period ”), if (i) an event or circumstance occurs and is continuing as a result of which the Initial Shelf Registration Statement or Subsequent Shelf Registration, the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference as then amended or supplemented or proposed to be filed would, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) of the Issuer, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (ii) the Board of Directors of the Issuer determines reasonably and in good faith that the filing of any such Initial Shelf Registration Statement or the continuing effectiveness thereof would require the disclosure of non-public material information that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, would be detrimental to the Issuer if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction or if such action is required by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Withdrawal of Stop Orders; Subsequent Shelf Registrations .  If the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of the Securities registered thereunder), the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof, and in any event shall file an additional Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities covered by and not sold under the Initial Shelf Registration or an earlier Subsequent Shelf Registration (each, a “ Subsequent Shelf Registration ”).  If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after such filing and to keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective for a period equal to the number of days in the Effectiveness Period less the aggregate number of days during which the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously continuously effective.  As used herein the term “ Shelf Registration ” means the Initial Shelf Registration and any Subsequent Shelf Registration.

 

(c)                                   Supplements and Amendments .  The Issuer shall promptly supplement and amend the Shelf Registration if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities (or their counsel) covered by such Registration Statement with respect to the information included therein with respect to one or more of such Holders, or, if reasonably

 

9



 

requested by any underwriter of such Registrable Securities, with respect to the information included therein with respect to such underwriter.

 

4.                                       Additional Interest

 

(a)                                  The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuer fails to fulfill its obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision.  Accordingly, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree to pay, jointly and severally, as liquidated damages, additional interest to the Holders of the Notes affected thereby (“ Additional Interest ”) if (A) the Issuer has not had an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement, if required, declared effective, in either case on or prior to July 25, 2014, (B) notwithstanding clause (A), the Issuer is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to July 25, 2014 or (C), if applicable, a Shelf Registration has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than as a result of a Suspension Period or because of the sale of all of the Securities registered thereunder) (each, a “ Registration Default ”), then Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes affected thereby at a rate of 0.25% per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90 day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue; provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 0.75% per annum) (such Additional Interest to be calculated by the Issuer) commencing on (x) July 26, 2014, in the case of (A) and (B) above; or (y) the day such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective in the case of (C) above; provided , however , that upon the exchange of the Exchange Securities for all Securities tendered (in the case of clause (A) of this Section 4(a)), upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of clause (B) of this Section 4(a)), or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (C) of this Section 4(a)), Additional Interest on the Notes in respect of which such events relate as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4, the Issuer shall in no event be required to pay Additional Interest for more than one Registration Default at any given time.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the paying agent within five Business Days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an “ Event Date ”).  Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 4(a) will be payable in cash semiannually on each September 1 and March 1 (to the holders of record on the August 15 and February 15 immediately preceding such dates), commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue.  The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by the Issuer by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Registrable Securities affected by the Registration Default, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

 

10



 

5.                                       Registration Procedures

 

In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuer shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuer hereunder, the Issuer shall:

 

(a)                                  Prepare and file with the SEC, a Registration Statement or Registration Statements as prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided , however , that if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuer shall furnish to and afford counsel for the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), which shall be a single firm selected by the Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or counsel for such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, and counsel to the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case, at least three Business Days prior to such filing).  The Issuer shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object.

 

(b)                                  Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period, the Applicable Period or until consummation of the Exchange Offer, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus in all material respects.  The Issuer shall be deemed not to have used its commercially reasonable efforts to keep a Registration Statement effective if it voluntarily takes any action that is reasonably expected to result in selling Holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby or Participating Broker Dealers seeking to sell Exchange Securities not being able to sell such

 

11



 

Registrable Securities or such Exchange Notes during that period unless such action is required by applicable law or permitted by this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly (but in any event within three Business Days), and confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a Prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or resales of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuer contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m) hereof cease to be true and correct, (iv) of the receipt by the Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Issuer’s determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.

 

(d)                                  Use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from

 

12



 

qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer, for sale in any jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof and if requested during the Effectiveness Period by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, such Holders or counsel for either of them reasonably request to be included therein, (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer has received written notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, and (iii) supplement or make amendments to such Registration Statement.

 

(f)                                    If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) and to each such Participating Broker-Dealer who so requests (with respect to any such Registration Statement) and to their respective counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits.

 

(g)                                   If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their respective counsel, and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuer hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Securities pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(h)                                  Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, use its commercially

 

13



 

reasonable efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request in writing; provided , however , that where Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or Registrable Securities are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuer agrees to cause its counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h), keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(i)                                      If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (subject to applicable requirements contained in the Indenture) and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or Holders may request.

 

(j)                                     Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with a selling Holder to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other U.S. governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business, in which case the Issuer will cooperate in all respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals.

 

(k)                                  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) hereof) file with the SEC, at the sole expense of the Issuer, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being

 

14



 

sold thereunder (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) or to the purchasers of the Exchange Securities to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(l)                                      Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities.

 

(m)                              In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes (including, without limitation, a customary condition to the obligations of the underwriters that the underwriters shall have received “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent registered public accountants of the Issuer (and, if necessary, any other independent registered public accountants of the parent or any subsidiary of the Issuer, or of any business acquired by the Issuer, for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities), and take all such other customary actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Securities and, in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to, and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuer (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) obtain the written opinions of counsel to the Issuer, and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions reasonably requested in underwritten offerings; and (iii) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable to the sellers and underwriters, if any, than those set forth in Section 7 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures reasonably acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents, if any).  The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

(n)                                  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer

 

15



 

who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any Initial Purchaser, any selling Holder of such Registrable Securities being sold (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Securities, if any, and any attorney (which shall be a single firm selected by the Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement), accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, or underwriter (any such Initial Purchasers, Holders, Participating Broker-Dealers, underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents, collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), upon written request, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuer and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and any of its subsidiaries to supply all information (“ Information ”) reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such due diligence responsibilities.  Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records and Information confidential, to use the Records and Information only for due diligence purposes, to abstain from using the Records and Information as the basis for any market transactions in securities of the Issuer and that it will not disclose any of the Records or Information that the Issuer determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records or Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary or advisable, in the opinion of counsel for any Inspector, in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement, the Indenture or the Purchase Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, or (iv) the information in such Records or Information has been made generally available to the public other than by an Inspector or an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405) thereof; provided , however , that prior notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to the Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of this sentence to permit the Issuer to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (n)) and that such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector.

 

(o)                                  Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereof, as the case may be, to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Securities, to effect such changes (if any) to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use its

 

16



 

commercially reasonable efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

 

(p)                                  Comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture.

 

(q)                                  Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, obtain an opinion of counsel to the Issuer as required pursuant to the Indenture.  If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Securities by Holders to the Issuer (or to such other Person as directed by the Issuer), in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, the Issuer shall mark, or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Securities that such Registrable Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related guarantees), as the case may be; in no event shall such Registrable Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

 

(r)                                     Use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

 

(s)                                    Use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Exchange Securities and/or Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

 

(t)                                     So long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Issuer of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and to deliver such counterpart to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.

 

The Issuer may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Issuer may, from time to time, reasonably request.  The Issuer may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.  Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuer by such seller not materially misleading.

 

If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Issuer, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial

 

17



 

requirements of the Issuer, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required.

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by its acquisition of such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, that, upon actual receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, until such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Issuer that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto.  In the event that the Issuer shall give any such notice, each of the Applicable Period and the Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such periods from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof or (y) the Advice, ending when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer have been sold in the manner set forth herein and as contemplated hereby.

 

6.                                       Registration Expenses

 

All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuer of its obligations under Sections 2, 3, 5 and 8 hereof shall be borne by the Issuer, whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (x) where the holders of Registrable Securities are located, in the case of the Exchange Securities, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement or in respect of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be, (iii) fees and expenses of the Trustee, any exchange agent

 

18


 

and their counsel, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Securities selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer) exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 7 hereof), (v) fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants referred to in Section 5(m) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) rating agency fees, if any, and any fees associated with making the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities eligible for trading through The Depository Trust Company, (vii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuer desires such insurance, (viii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuer, (ix) internal expenses of the Issuer (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Issuer performing legal or accounting duties), (x) the expense of any annual audit, (xi) any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable and (xii) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Indemnification and Contribution

 

(a)                                  The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, and each Person, if any, who controls any such Persons or its affiliates within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, a “ Participant ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any Participant may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:

 

(i)                                      any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus; or

 

(ii)                                   the omission or alleged omission to state, in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any other document or any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,

 

and agree (subject to the limitations set forth in this sentence) to reimburse, as incurred, the Participant for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Participant in connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or

 

19



 

liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Participant furnished to the Issuer by such Participant specifically for use therein.  The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Issuer and the Guarantors may otherwise have to the indemnified parties.  The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Issuer and the Guarantors, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b)                                  Each Participant, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors, their respective directors (or equivalent), their respective officers who sign any Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Issuer, the Guarantors or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Participant, furnished to the Issuer by or on behalf of such Participant, specifically for use therein; and subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, will reimburse, as incurred, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof.  The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Participants may otherwise have to the indemnified parties.  The Participants shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Participants, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the

 

20



 

indemnifying party of the commencement thereof in writing; but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from any liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such indemnifying party did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person); (ii) such action includes both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person) that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.  It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) representing the indemnified parties under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 7, as the case may be, who are parties to such action or actions.  In the event that any Participants are indemnified persons collectively entitled, in connection with a proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in a single jurisdiction, to the payment of fees and expenses of a single separate firm under this Section 7(c), and any such Participants cannot agree to a mutually acceptable separate firm to act as counsel thereto, then such separate firm for all such Indemnified Persons shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities sold by all such Participants.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include any statement as to, or any admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified

 

21



 

party.  All fees and expenses that are reimbursable pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.

 

(d)                                  After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to defend such action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the third sentence of paragraph (c) of this Section 7 or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party.  After such notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying party will not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of such action effected by such indemnified party without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), unless such indemnified party waived in writing its rights under this Section 7, in which case the indemnified party may effect such a settlement without such consent.

 

(e)                                   In circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 is unavailable to, or insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (other than by virtue of the failure of an indemnified party to notify the indemnifying party of its right to indemnification pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, where such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party (through the forfeiture of substantial rights or defenses)), each indemnifying party, in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof).  The relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and such Participant on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Notes received by the Issuer bear to the total discounts and commissions received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Notes (or if such Participant did not receive discounts or commissions, the value of receiving the Notes sold).  The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer on the one hand, or the Participants on the other, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances.  The parties agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not

 

22



 

take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (e).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph (e), no Participant shall be obligated to make contributions hereunder that in the aggregate exceed the total discounts, commissions and other compensation received by each Participant in connection with the sale of the Notes (or if such Participant did not receive discounts or commissions, the net proceeds on the sale of Notes received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Notes), less the aggregate amount of any damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of the untrue or alleged untrue statements or the omissions or alleged omissions to state a material fact, and no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 10(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this paragraph (e), each person, if any, who controls a Participant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Participants, and each director and officer of the Issuer and the Guarantors and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer and the Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuer.

 

8.                                       Rule 144A

 

The Issuer covenants and agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Issuer is not required to file such reports, the Issuer will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Issuer covenants and agrees, for so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding that it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144A unless the Issuer is then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and reports filed thereunder satisfy the information requirements of Rule 144A then in effect.

 

9.                                       Underwritten Registrations

 

The Issuer shall not be required to assist in an underwritten offering unless requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities.  If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriters and managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer.

 

No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires,

 

23



 

powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  No Inconsistent Agreements .  The Issuer and the Guarantors have not as of the date hereof, and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.  The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuer’s other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.  The Issuer and the Guarantors will not enter into any agreement with respect to any of the Issuer’s securities which will grant to any Person “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities .  The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable Securities as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior written consent of (i) the Issuer, and (ii) (a) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Securities and (b) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Securities held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that Section 7 and this Section 10(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented without the prior written consent of each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification or supplement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(d)                                  Notices .  All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee and the registrar, paying agent and transfer agent) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or facsimile:

 

24



 

(i)                                      if to a Holder of the Registrable Securities or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture;

 

(ii)                                   if to the Issuer, at the address as follows:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.
650 S. Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202
Facsimile No.:  (410) 843-8544
Attention:  Robert W. Zentz, Esq., Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

DLA Piper LLP (US)
6225 Smith Avenue
Baltimore, Maryland 21209
Facsimile No.:  (410) 580-3001
Attention:  Robert W. Smith, Jr., Esq.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given:  when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and upon written confirmation, if sent by facsimile.

 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee or the registrar, paying agent and/or transfer agent at the respective addresses and in the manner specified in such Indenture.

 

(e)                                   Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.

 

(f)                                    Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(g)                                   Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(h)                                  GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EACH OF THE PARTIES

 

25



 

HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(i)                                      Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction.  It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

(j)                                     Notes Held by the Issuer or Its Affiliates .  Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Issuer or its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

(k)                                  Third-Party Beneficiaries .  Holders of Registrable Securities and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons.

 

(l)                                      Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuer on the other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

26


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC.

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES, INC.

 

INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY VENTURES, LTD.

 

LAUREATE PROPERTIES, LLC (DELAWARE)

 

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

TUITION FINANCE, INC.

 

WALDEN E-LEARNING, LLC

 

THE CANTER GROUP OF COMPANIES, LLC

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

CANTER AND ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

EDUCATIONAL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.

 

WALL STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS — US I, INC.

 

LEI ADMINISTRATION, LLC

 

EXETER STREET HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE BAGBY INVESTORS LLC

 

 

 

By:

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.,

 

 

its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET STREET AVIATION, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Manager

 



 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

Acting on behalf of themselves and as the
Representatives of the several Initial Purchasers

 

 

By:

/s/ Varun Rastogi

 

 

Name: Varun Rastogi

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark C. Liggitt

 

 

Name: Mark C. Liggitt

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Name: Caesar Wyszomirski

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

FOREIGN OBLIGATIONS GUARANTEE

 

THIS FOREIGN OBLIGATIONS GUARANTEE (the “ Guarantee ”), dated as of January 23, 2008, by each of the signatories listed on the signature pages hereto and each of the other entities that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 19 (the “ Foreign Obligations Guarantors ”), in favor of the Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Laureate Education Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Swingline Lender, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other Agents named therein; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.2(iii)(A) of the Credit Agreement, the Foreign Obligations Guarantors shall execute and deliver this Guarantee to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the Foreign Obligations Guarantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.                                       Defined Terms .

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and Section references are to Sections of this Guarantee unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(c)                                   The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

Brazilian Guarantee

 



 

2.                                       Guarantee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b), each of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) of the Foreign Obligations of anyone other than such Foreign Obligations Guarantor (including amounts that would become due but for operation of the automatic stay under 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)), which shall not exceed US$150 million.

 

(b)                                  Anything herein or in any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall in no event exceed the amount that can be guaranteed by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers or the insolvency of debtors.

 

(c)                                   Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Foreign Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, such Foreign Obligations Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

(d)                                  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor agrees that the Foreign Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee or affecting the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party hereunder.

 

(e)                                   No payment or payments made by the Parent Borrower, any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Collateral Agent , the Administrative Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party from the Parent Borrower, any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Foreign Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder, which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, other than payments made by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor in respect of the Foreign Obligations or payments received or collected from such Foreign Obligations Guarantor in respect of the Foreign Obligations, remain liable for the Foreign Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder until the Foreign Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full and the Commitments thereunder are terminated and no Spanish Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Spanish Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

2



 

(f)                                    Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party on account of its liability hereunder, it will notify the Collateral Agent in writing that such payment is made under this Guarantee for such purpose.

 

(g)                                   With respect to any Foreign Obligations Guarantor incorporated in Spain (each, a “ Spanish Guarantor ”), this Guarantee is personal, joint and several (“ solidaria ”) , unconditional, abstract, autonomous and may be enforced upon first demand, for which reason each such Spanish Guarantor may not question whether or not the Foreign Obligations have been fulfilled. Furthermore, each Spanish Guarantor expressly waives the benefits of order, division and exemption (“ beneficios de orden, división y excusión ”) .

 

3.                                       Right of Contribution . Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder (including by way of set-off rights being exercised against it), such Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment.  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5 hereof. The provisions of this Section 3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Foreign Obligations Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, and each Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall remain liable to the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties up to the maximum liability of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder.

 

4.                                       Right of Set-off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties provided by law, each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Foreign Obligations Secured Party at any time and from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to such Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Foreign Obligations Guarantor, upon any amount becoming due and payable by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, demand or otherwise), to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Foreign Obligations Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor. Each Foreign Obligations Secured Party shall notify such Foreign Obligations Guarantor promptly of any such set­off and the appropriation and application made by such Foreign Obligations Secured Party, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

5.                                       No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors hereunder or any set-off or appropriation and application of funds of any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign

 

3



 

Obligations Secured Party, no Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights (or if subrogated by operation of law, such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby waives such rights to the extent permitted by applicable law) of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party against the Parent Borrower or any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party for the payment of any of the Foreign Obligations, nor shall any Foreign Obligations Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution, indemnifications or reimbursement from the Parent Borrower or any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor or other guarantor in respect of payments made by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder in each case, until all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties on account of the Foreign Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full and the Commitments thereunder are terminated and no Spanish Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Spanish Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.  If any amount shall be paid to any Foreign Obligations Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all the Foreign Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor to the Collateral Agent, if required), to be applied against the Foreign Obligations, whether due or to become due, in such order as the Collateral Agent may determine. Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Foreign Obligations Guarantor may have against Parent Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Foreign Obligations Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights the Collateral Agent or any Foreign Obligations Secured Party may have against Parent Borrower, to all right, title and interest the Collateral Agent or any Foreign Obligations Secured Party may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right the Collateral Agent or any Foreign Obligations Secured Party may have against such other guarantor.

 

6.                                       Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Foreign Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Foreign Obligations Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Foreign Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Foreign Obligations continued, (b) the Foreign Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party,

 

4



 

(c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Spanish Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, the party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party for the payment of any of the Foreign Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Foreign Obligations or for this Guarantee or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any other person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any other person or any release of any Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any other person shall not relieve any Foreign Obligations Guarantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party against any Foreign Obligations Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

7.                                       Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .

 

(a)                                  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, contraction, incurrence, renewal, extension, amendment, waiver or accrual of any of the Foreign Obligations, and notice of or proof of reliance by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee. All Foreign Obligations shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, waived or accrued, in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between any Parent Borrower and any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Foreign Obligations Guarantor waives diligence, promptness, presentment, protest and notice of protest, demand for payment or performance, notice of default or nonpayment, notice of acceptance and any other notice in respect of the Foreign Obligations or any part of them, and any defense arising by reason of any disability or any other defense of the Parent Borrower or any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors with respect to the Foreign Obligations. Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor understands and agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment and not of collection (this Guarantee is a primary obligation of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

5



 

and not merely a contract of surety) without regard to and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all defenses that it may have arising in connection with, (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Spanish Letter of Credit, any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, any of the Foreign Obligations or any amendment to or waiver of, any provision of any thereof (including any change in time, place, manner, or place of payment, amendment, or waiver or increase thereof) or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance), including but not limited to failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury, that may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Parent Borrower against the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party or, (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Parent Borrower or such Foreign Obligations Guarantor) that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Parent Borrower for the Foreign Obligations, or of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, the Collateral Agent and any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any Parent Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Foreign Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from any Parent Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any Parent Borrower or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve such Foreign Obligations Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties against such Foreign Obligations Guarantor.

 

(b)                                  This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Foreign Obligations Guarantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Foreign Obligations (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments thereunder shall be terminated and no Spanish Letters of Credit thereunder shall be outstanding (except to the extent that the Spanish Letters of Credit have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Foreign Obligations.

 

6


 

(c)                                   A Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Guarantee of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be automatically released under the circumstances described in Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.                                       Reinstatement .  This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Foreign Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

9.                                       Payments . Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Collateral Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars (based on the Dollar Equivalent amount of such Foreign Obligations on the date of payment) at the Collateral Agent’s Office. Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor agrees that the provisions of Sections 5.4 and 14.19 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to such Foreign Obligations Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee.

 

10.                                Representations and Warranties; Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Foreign Obligations Guarantor and in the other Credit Documents to which such Foreign Obligations Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and the Collateral Agent and each other Foreign Obligations Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

 

(b)                                  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and each other Foreign Obligations Secured Party that, from and after the date of this Guarantee until the Foreign Obligations are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Spanish Letter of Credit remains outstanding or the Spanish Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, such Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, all actions that are necessary to be taken or not taken so that no violation of any provision, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9 or Section I 0 of the Credit Agreement and so that no Default or Event of Default, is caused by any act or failure to act of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

7



 

11.                                Authority of the Collateral Agent .

 

(a)                                  The Collateral Agent enters into this Guarantee in its capacity as agent for the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties from time to time. The rights and obligations of the Collateral Agent under this Guarantee at any time are the rights and obligations of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties at that time. Each of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties has (subject to the terms of the Credit Documents) a several entitlement to each such right, and a several liability in respect of each such obligation, in the proportions described in the Credit Documents< The rights, remedies and discretions of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, or any of them, under this Guarantee may be exercised by the Collateral Agent. No party to this Guarantee is obliged to inquire whether an exercise by the Collateral Agent of any such right, remedy or discretion is within the Collateral Agent’s authority as agent for the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties.

 

(b)                                  Each party to this Guarantee acknowledges and agrees that any changes (in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents) in the identity of the persons from time to time comprising the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties gives rise to an equivalent change in the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, without any further act. Upon such an occurrence, the persons then comprising the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties are vested with the rights, remedies and discretions and assume the obligations of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties under this Guarantee. Each party to this Guarantee irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to give effect to the change in Lenders contemplated in this Section 11(b) by countersigning an Assignment and Acceptance.

 

(c)                                   Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has adequate means to obtain information from the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor and its ability to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, and each Foreign Obligations Guarantor assumes the responsibility of keeping informed of the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor and all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor. Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of the Collateral Agent to disclose any matter, fact or thing related to the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor whether now or hereafter known.

 

12.                                Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

13.                                Counterparts . This Guarantee may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Guarantee on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute

 

8



 

[illegible] and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Guarantee signed by all the parties shall lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower.

 

14.                                Severability . Any provision of this Guarantee that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

15.                                Integration .  This Guarantee together with the other Credit Documents and each other document in respect of any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement represent the agreement of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor and the Collateral Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein, in the other Credit Documents or, each other document in respect of any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

16.                                Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

 

(a)                                  None of the terms or provisions of this Guarantee may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section l 6(a)), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or any Foreign Obligations Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.

 

(c)                                   The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

17.                                Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

9



 

18.                                Successors and Assigns . This Guarantee shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns except that no Foreign Obligations Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

19.                                Additional Foreign Obligations Guarantors . Each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to become a party to this Guarantee pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Foreign Obligations Guarantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor herein, for all purposes of this Guarantee, upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Foreign Obligations Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee shall not require the consent of any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Foreign Obligations Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee (and any such assignment without such consent shall be null and void).

 

20.                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH FOREIGN OBLIGATIONS GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

21.                                Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Service of Process . Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                   agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Foreign Obligations Guarantor in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in the Credit Agreement, and such Person hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Parent Borrower to accept such service on its behalf;

 

10



 

(d)                                  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                                   waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 21 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

22.                                GOVERNING LAW . THIS GUARANTEE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer or other representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

REDE INTERNACIONAL DE UNIVERSIDADES

 

LAUREATE LTDA, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF MARYLAND

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

ANNE ARUNDEL COUNTY

)

 

 

 

On January 23, 2008, before me, Linda Palarino , a Notary Public in and for Anne Arundel County in the state of Maryland, personally appeared Robert W. Zentz , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the within instrument in his authorized capacity and that, by his signature on the within instrument, the person or entity upon behalf of which he acted executed the within instrument.

 

 

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

/s/ Linda Palarino

 

My commission expires June 1, 2011

 

Brazilian Guarantee

 

12


 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

 

Name: Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

 

) ss.

 

 

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

 

On January 23, 2008, before me, Beatrice A. Viola a Notary Public in and for the state of New York, personally appeared Bruce Mendelsohn, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the within instrument in his authorized capacity and that, by his signature on the within instrument, the person or entity upon behalf of which he acted executed the within instrument.

 

 

State of New York

}

ss.:

 

Form 1

County of New York,

 

I, NORMAN GOODMAN, County Clerk and Clerk of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, in and for the County of New York, a Court of Record, having by law a seal.

 

DO HEREBY CERTIFY pursuant to the Executive Law of the State of New York, that Bruce Mendelsohn whose name is subscribed to the annexed affidavit, deposition, certificate of acknowledgement or proof, was at the time of taking the same a NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of New York duly commissioned, sworn and qualified to act as such; that pursuant to law, a commission or a certificate of his official character, with his autograph signature has been filed in my office; that at the time of taking such proof, acknowledgment or oath, he was duly authorized to take the same; that I am well acquainted with the handwriting of such NOTARY PUBLIC or have compared the signature on the annexed instrument with his autograph signature deposited in my office, and I believe that such signature is genuine.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my official seal this JAN 28 2008

 

FEE PAID $3.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Beatrice A. Viola

 

 

County Clerk and Clerk of the Supreme Court, New York County

 

 

 

Brazilian Guarantee

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

FOREIGN OBLIGATIONS GUARANTEE

 

THIS FOREIGN OBLIGATIONS GUARANTEE (the “ Guarantee ”), dated as of January 23, 2008, by each of the signatories listed on the signature pages hereto and each of the other entities that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 19 (the “ Foreign Obligations Guarantors ”), in favor of the Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Laureate Education Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Swingline Lender, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other Agents named therein; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.2(iii)(A) of the Credit Agreement, the Foreign Obligations Guarantors shall execute and deliver this Guarantee to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the Foreign Obligations Guarantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.             Defined Terms .

 

(a)           Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)           The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and Section references are to Sections of this Guarantee unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(c)           The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

2.             Guarantee .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b), each of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Foreign

 



 

Obligations Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) of the Foreign Obligations of anyone other than such Foreign Obligations Guarantor (including amounts that would become due but for operation of the automatic stay under 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)).

 

(b)           Anything herein or in any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall in no event exceed the amount that can be guaranteed by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers or the insolvency of debtors.

 

(c)           Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Foreign Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, such Foreign Obligations Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

(d)           Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor agrees that the Foreign Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee or affecting the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party hereunder.

 

(e)           No payment or payments made by the Parent Borrower, any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party from the Parent Borrower, any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Foreign Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder, which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, other than payments made by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor in respect of the Foreign Obligations or payments received or collected from such Foreign Obligations Guarantor in respect of the Foreign Obligations, remain liable for the Foreign Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder until the Foreign Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full and the Commitments thereunder are terminated and no Spanish Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Spanish Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(f)            Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party on account of its liability hereunder, it will notify the Collateral Agent in writing that such payment is made under this Guarantee for such purpose.

 

2



 

(g)           With respect to any Foreign Obligations Guarantor incorporated in Spain (each, a “ Spanish Guarantor ”), this Guarantee is personal, joint and several (“ solidaria ”), unconditional, abstract, autonomous and may be enforced upon first demand, for which reason each such Spanish Guarantor may not question whether or not the Foreign Obligations have been fulfilled.  Furthermore, each Spanish Guarantor expressly waives the benefits of order, division and exemption (“ beneficios de orden, división y excusión ”).

 

3.             Right of Contribution . Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder (including by way of set-off rights being exercised against it), such Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment.  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5 hereof. The provisions of this Section 3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Foreign Obligations Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, and each Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall remain liable to the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties up to the maximum liability of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder.

 

4.             Right of Set-off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Foreign Obligations Foreign Obligations Secured Parties provided by law, each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Foreign Obligations Secured Party at any time and from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to such Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Foreign Obligations Guarantor, upon any amount becoming due and payable by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, demand or otherwise), to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Foreign Obligations Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor. Each Foreign Obligations Secured Party shall notify such Foreign Obligations Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the appropriation and application made by such Foreign Obligations Secured Party, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

5.             No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors hereunder or any set-off or appropriation and application of funds of any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party, no Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights (or if subrogated by operation of law, such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby waives such rights to the extent permitted by applicable law) of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party against the Parent Borrower or any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party for the payment of any of

 

3



 

the Foreign Obligations, nor shall any Foreign Obligations Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution, indemnifications or reimbursement from the Parent Borrower or any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor or other guarantor in respect of payments made by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder in each case, until all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties on account of the Foreign Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full and the Commitments thereunder are terminated and no Spanish Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Spanish Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. If any amount shall be paid to any Foreign Obligations Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all the Foreign Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Foreign Obligations Guarantor to the Collateral Agent, if required), to be applied against the Foreign Obligations, whether due or to become due, in such order as the Collateral Agent may determine. Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Foreign Obligations Guarantor may have against Parent Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Foreign Obligations Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights the Collateral Agent or any Foreign Obligations Secured Party may have against Parent Borrower, to all right, title and interest the Collateral Agent or any Foreign Obligations Secured Party may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right the Collateral Agent or any Foreign Obligations Secured Party may have against such other guarantor.

 

6.             Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Foreign Obligations; Waiver of Rights .  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Foreign Obligations Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Foreign Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Foreign Obligations continued, (b) the Foreign Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Spanish Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, the party thereto) may deem advisable from

 

4



 

time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party for the payment of any of the Foreign Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Foreign Obligations or for this Guarantee or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any other person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any other person or any release of any Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any other person shall not relieve any Foreign Obligations Guarantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party against any Foreign Obligations Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

7.             Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .

 

(a)           Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, contraction, incurrence, renewal, extension, amendment, waiver or accrual of any of the Foreign Obligations, and notice of or proof of reliance by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee. All Foreign Obligations shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, waived or accrued, in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between any Parent Borrower and any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Foreign Obligations Guarantor waives diligence, promptness, presentment, protest and notice of protest, demand for payment or performance, notice of default or nonpayment, notice of acceptance and any other notice in respect of the Foreign Obligations or any part of them, and any defense arising by reason of any disability or any other defense of the Parent Borrower or any of the Foreign Obligations Guarantors with respect to the Foreign Obligations. Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor understands and agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment and not of collection (this Guarantee is a primary obligation of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety) without regard to and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all defenses that it may have arising in connection with, (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Spanish Letter of Credit, any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, any of the Foreign Obligations or any amendment to or waiver of, any provision of any thereof (including any change in time, place, manner, or place of payment, amendment, or waiver or increase thereof) or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of

 

5



 

offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance), including but not limited to failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury, that may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Parent Borrower against the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party or, (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Parent Borrower or such Foreign Obligations Guarantor) that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Parent Borrower for the Foreign Obligations, or of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, the Collateral Agent and any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any Parent Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Foreign Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from any Parent Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any Parent Borrower or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve such Foreign Obligations Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties against such Foreign Obligations Guarantor.

 

(b)           This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Foreign Obligations Guarantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Foreign Obligations (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments thereunder shall be terminated and no Spanish Letters of Credit thereunder shall be outstanding (except to the extent that the Spanish Letters of Credit have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Foreign Obligations.

 

(c)           A Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Guarantee of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be automatically released under the circumstances described in Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.             Reinstatement .  This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Foreign Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor, or upon or

 

6



 

as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

9.             Payments .  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Collateral Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars (based on the Dollar Equivalent amount of such Foreign Obligations on the date of payment) at the Collateral Agent’s Office.  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor agrees that the provisions of Sections 5.4 and 14.19 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to such Foreign Obligations Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee.

 

10.          Representations and Warranties; Covenants .

 

(a)           Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Foreign Obligations Guarantor and in the other Credit Documents to which such Foreign Obligations Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and the Collateral Agent and each other Foreign Obligations Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

 

(b)           Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and each other Foreign Obligations Secured Party that, from and after the date of this Guarantee until the Foreign Obligations are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Spanish Letter of Credit remains outstanding or the Spanish Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, otherwise collateralized with “back to back” letters of credit or otherwise supported on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, such Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, all actions that are necessary to be taken or not taken so that no violation of any provision, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9 or Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and so that no Default or Event of Default, is caused by any act or failure to act of such Foreign Obligations Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

11.          Authority of the Collateral Agent .

 

(a)           The Collateral Agent enters into this Guarantee in its capacity as agent for the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties from time to time. The rights and obligations of the Collateral Agent under this Guarantee at any time are the rights and obligations of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties at that time. Each of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties has (subject to the terms of the Credit Documents) a several entitlement to each such right, and a several liability in respect of each such obligation, in the proportions described in the Credit Documents. The rights, remedies and discretions of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, or any of them, under this Guarantee may be exercised by the Collateral Agent. No party to this Guarantee is obliged to inquire whether an exercise by the Collateral Agent of any such right,

 

7



 

remedy or discretion is within the Collateral Agent’s authority as agent for the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties.

 

(b)           Each party to this Guarantee acknowledges and agrees that any changes (in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents) in the identity of the persons from time to time comprising the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties gives rise to an equivalent change in the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties, without any further act. Upon such an occurrence, the persons then comprising the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties are vested with the rights, remedies and discretions and assume the obligations of the Foreign Obligations Secured Parties under this Guarantee. Each party to this Guarantee irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to give effect to the change in Lenders contemplated in this Section 11(b) by countersigning an Assignment and Acceptance.

 

(c)           Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has adequate means to obtain information from the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor and its ability to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement, and each Foreign Obligations Guarantor assumes the responsibility of keeping informed of the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor and all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor. Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of the Collateral Agent to disclose any matter, fact or thing related to the Parent Borrower and each other Foreign Obligations Guarantor whether now or hereafter known.

 

12.          Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Foreign Obligations Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

13.          Counterparts .  This Guarantee may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Guarantee on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Guarantee signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower.

 

14.          Severability . Any provision of this Guarantee that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

8


 

15.                                Integration . This Guarantee together with the other Credit Documents and each other document in respect of any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement represent the agreement of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor and the Collateral Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein, in the other Credit Documents or, each other document in respect of any Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

16.                                Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

 

(a)                                  None of the terms or provisions of this Guarantee may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 16(a)), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or any Foreign Obligations Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.

 

(c)                                   The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

17.                                Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

18.                                Successors and Assigns . This Guarantee shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Foreign Obligations Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns except that no Foreign Obligations Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

19.                                Additional Foreign Obligations Guarantors. Each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to become a party to this Guarantee pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Foreign Obligations Guarantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor herein, for all purposes of this

 

9



 

Guarantee, upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Foreign Obligations Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee shall not require the consent of any other Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Foreign Obligations Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee (and any such assignment without such consent shall be null and void).

 

20.                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH FOREIGN OBLIGATIONS GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

21.                                Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Service of Process .  Each Foreign Obligations Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                   agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Foreign Obligations Guarantor in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in the Credit Agreement, and such Person hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Parent Borrower to accept such service on its behalf;

 

(d)                                  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Foreign Obligations Secured Party to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                                   waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 21 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

22.                                GOVERNING LAW .  THIS GUARANTEE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,

 

10



 

AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer or other representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ICE INVERSIONES BRAZIL, SL, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sole Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVERSIONES EN EDUCATION LIMITADA, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sole Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION MEXICO, S. DE R.L. DE C.V., as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 



 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION PERU S.R.L., as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE HONDURAS S. DE R.L. DE C.V., as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE I BV, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL BV, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL COSTA RICA, SRL, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 



 

 

LIUF, SAS, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ONLINE HIGHER EDUCATION BV, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE PANAMA, S.A., as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE CHILE LIMITADA, as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L., as a Foreign Obligations Guarantor with respect to Foreign Obligations of any Credit Party other than the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Sole Director

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

 

Name:

Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Laureate Education, Inc. – Foreign Obligations Guarantee

 




Exhibit 10.20

 


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 


 

DEED OF

PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

 

DATED August 17, 2007

 

between

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

as Pledgor

 

and

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

 

as Pledgee

 

 



 

INDEX

 

Clause

 

 

page

 

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

2.

UNDERTAKING TO PLEDGE

 

3

 

 

 

 

3.

PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

 

3

 

 

 

 

4.

PERFECTION AND NOTIFICATION OF RIGHT OF PLEDGE

 

4

 

 

 

 

5.

CONTINUING AND ADDITIONAL SECURITY

 

5

 

 

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5

 

 

 

 

7.

UNDERTAKINGS

 

6

 

 

 

 

8.

ENFORCEMENT

 

8

 

 

 

 

9.

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

8

 

 

 

 

10.

POWER OF ATTORNEY AND NO WAIVER

 

9

 

 

 

 

11.

TERMINATION

 

10

 

 

 

 

12.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS AND RE-PLEDGE

 

10

 

 

 

 

13.

WAIVER

 

10

 

 

 

 

14.

COSTS

 

11

 

 

 

 

15.

EVIDENCE OF DEBT

 

11

 

 

 

 

16.

LIABILITY

 

11

 

 

 

 

17.

NOTICES

 

11

 

 

 

 

18.

SEVERABILITY

 

12

 

 

 

 

19.

AMENDMENT AND EMBODIMENT

 

13

 

 

 

 

20.

COUNTERPARTS

 

13

 

 

 

 

21.

ACCEPTANCE

 

13

 

 

 

 

22.

GOVERNING LAW

 

13

 

 

 

 

23.

JURISDICTION

 

13

 

ii



 

Execution Copy

 

THIS DEED OF PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES DATED August 17, 2007 is made between:

 

(1)                                  Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. , a limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda, with its registered office at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, United States of America, and its business address at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, United States of America (the “ Pledgee ”); and

 

(2)                                  Laureate Education, Inc. , a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland, having its registered offices at 1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, United States of America (the “ Pledgor ”).

 

WHEREAS

 

(A)                                The Pledgee, the Pledgor and inter alia Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L. (the “ Obligor ”) have entered into a Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated August 17, 2007 pursuant to which the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) have inter alia extended Loans to the Pledgor and the Obligor in the maximum principal amount of USD.1,250,000,000 and New Loan Commitments in the maximum amount of USD 300,000,000.

 

(B)                                Pursuant to Section 15 of the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor and the Obligor have undertaken to pay to the Pledgee, acting in its own capacity and not as representative or agent of the Lenders, the Parallel Debt (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

(C)                                The Pledgor has agreed to create a first priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht eerste in rang ) over the Receivables (as defined hereinafter) in favor of the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined hereinafter).

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                In this Deed:

 

C.V. ” means Fleet Street International Universities C.V., a limited partnership ( commanditaire vennootschap ) formed under the laws of the Netherlands and having its registered offices at Amsterdijk 166, Box 42, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, dated August 17, 2006.

 

Deed ” means this agreement and deed of pledge of receivables.

 

Enforcement Event ” means a default by the Pledgor and/or the Obligor in the proper performance of the Secured Obligations (whether in whole or in part) provided that such default constitutes an Event of Default.

 



 

Receivables ” means any and all rights and claims ( vorderingsrechten ) (including but not limited to a right of recourse ( regres ) or subrogation ( subrogatie )) whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, of the Pledger against the C.V.

 

Right of Pledge ” means each right of pledge created by this Deed in accordance with Clause 3 (Pledge of Receivables).

 

Secured Obligations ” means any and all obligations and liabilities consisting of monetary payment obligations ( verbintenissen tot betaling van een geldsom ) of the Pledgor and/or the Obligor to the Pledgee, whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, whether as primary obligor or as surety, whether for principal, interest or costs under or in connection with:

 

(a)                                  this Deed;

 

(b)                                  the Credit Documents;

 

(c)                                   all obligations secured by the U.S. Obligations Security Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement); and

 

(d)                                  the Parallel Debt.

 

1.2                                Save where the contrary is indicated, a reference in this Deed to:

 

(a)                                  the “ Pledgee ”, the “ Pledgor ” or the “ Obligor ” shall be construed so as to include its or their respective successors, transferees and assignees from time to time and any successor of such a successor, transferee or assignee in accordance with their respective interests, all in accordance with the Credit Agreement and this Deed;

 

(b)                                  this “ Deed ” or the “ Credit Agreement ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed to be a reference to this Deed or the Credit Agreement or such other agreement or document as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, novated or otherwise modified from time to time;

 

(c)                                   a “ Clause ” or a “ Schedule ” shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause or a schedule of this Deed; and

 

(d)                                  a “ person ” shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, institution, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing.

 

1.3                                Capitalized words and expressions used but not defined in this Deed shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

 

2



 

1.4                                The titles and headings of the Clauses are for convenience only and do not form part of this Deed and shall in no way affect the interpretation thereof.

 

1.5                                In this Deed words and expressions importing the singular shall, where the context permits or requires, include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.6                                Any reference in this Deed to a statute (including but not limited to the Dutch Civil Code) shall be construed as a reference to such statute as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended or re-enacted.

 

1.7                                Schedules form an integral part of this Deed.

 

1.8                                Any Event of Default shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 6:81 and further of the Dutch Civil Code) and any Enforcement Event shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 3:248 (1) in conjunction with Section 6:81 and further of the Dutch Civil Code) in the proper performance of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, without any dun ( aanmaning ) , summons ( sommatie ) or notice of default ( ingebrekestelling ) being sent or required.

 

2.                                       UNDERTAKING TO PLEDGE

 

The Pledgor agrees with the Pledgee and undertakes to create or, as the case may be, to create in advance ( bij voorbaat ) a first priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht eerste in rang ) over all Receivables as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

3.                                       PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

 

3.1                                The Pledgor grants to the Pledgee:

 

(a)                                  a first priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht eerste in rang ) over (i) its Receivables which exist at the date of registration of this Deed with respect to the Foreign Obligations, and (ii) sixty-five percent (65%) of its Receivables with respect to the U.S. Obligations; and

 

(b)                                  to the extent the Receivables consist of future Receivables a first priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht eerste in rang ) is granted in advance ( bij voorbaat ) over (i) all future Receivables with respect to the Foreign Obligations, and (ii) sixty-five percent (65%) of all future Receivables with respect to the U.S. Obligations,

 

as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

3.2                                The Right of Pledge includes all accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) and all ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Receivables.

 

3



 

3.3                                To the extent that the Receivables are (or shall be) subject to an encumbrance or right of pledge taking priority over the Right of Pledge, nevertheless the Right of Pledge will have been (or will be) created with the highest possible rank available at that time.

 

3.4                                By signing this Deed for acknowledgement, the C.V. acknowledges to have been duly informed of the Right of Pledge created on the Receivables pursuant to this Deed within the meaning of Section 3:94 juncto Section 3:236 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

3.5                                By signing this Deed for acknowledgment, each of Laureate Education International Limited, and Fleet Street International Universities Holdings LLC, in their capacity as partner of the C.V. and together with the Pledgor constituting all partners of the C.V., confirm their prior consent to the creation of the Right of Pledge on the Receivables.

 

4.                                       PERFECTION AND NOTIFICATION OF RIGHT OF PLEDGE

 

4.1                                The Pledgee is entitled:

 

(a)                                  to present this Deed and any other document pursuant to this Deed for registration to any office, registrar or governmental body (including the Dutch tax authorities) in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                  to serve any notice to the C.V. or any other person,

 

as the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests.

 

4.2                                Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Pledgee is authorized to serve notice of the Right of Pledge to the C.V. or to instruct the Pledgor to serve such notices, substantially in the form as set out in Schedule 1 (Form of Notice of Pledge).

 

4.3                                Upon notification of the Right of Pledge to the C.V., the Pledgee is, in accordance with Section 3:246 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code, entitled to collect and receive payment of the Receivables which are subject to the Right of Pledge and to exercise all rights of the Pledgor vis-à-vis the C.V. insofar as such rights relate to the Receivables.

 

4.4                                If the C.V. makes any payment to the Pledgor in respect of the Receivables, after it has been notified by the Pledgee, the Pledgor shall immediately transfer to the Pledgee a sum equal to the amount paid by the C.V. concerned, without prejudice to any remedy which the Pledgee may otherwise have vis-à-vis the C.V. or the Pledgor.

 

4.5                                Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enter into court compositions or out-of-court compositions ( gerechtelijke of buitengerechtelijke akkoorden ) and to cast a vote in connection with such compositions or to or enter into any settlement agreement regarding the Receivables with the C.V. or any other person.

 

4


 

5.                                       CONTINUING AND ADDITIONAL SECURITY

 

5.1                                The Right of Pledge is one and indivisible ( één en ondeelbaar ) , and shall (unless released pursuant to Clause 11 (Termination)) remain in full force and effect, shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Secured Obligations or by any settlement of accounts and the Pledgee shall not have any obligation to relinquish the Right of Pledge, until all of the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full.

 

5.2                                To the extent possible under Dutch law, the Right of Pledge shall not in any way be prejudiced by or be dependent on any collateral or other security now or hereafter held by the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations or any lien to which it may be entitled (whether by contract or statute). The rights of the Pledgee hereunder are in addition to and not in lieu of those provided by law.

 

6.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.1                                The Pledgor represents and warrants, on the date of this Deed and on each date of a drawdown by the Obligor under the Credit Agreement, for the benefit of the Pledgee that:

 

(a)                                  it is a company duly incoporated and validly existing under the State of Maryland, United States of America, having its registered offices at 1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, United States of America;

 

(b)                                  all authorizations required (including all necessary corporate authorizations) in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(c)                                   the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the granting of the Right of Pledge do not and will not contravene:

 

(i)                                      any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal; or

 

(ii)                                   any provision of its organizational documents or other constitutional document; or

 

(iii)           any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Pledgor or to which any of its assets is bound or affected or constitute a default thereunder;

 

(d)                                  it has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps has been or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for

 

5



 

the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee, administrator or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction;

 

(e)                                   it holds full and exclusive title ( titel ) to the Receivables and has the authority and the power to create the Right of Pledge;

 

(f)                                    the Right of Pledge is a first ranking right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang );

 

(g)                                   the Receivables:

 

(i)             have, save for the Right of Pledge, not been encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ) or otherwise;

 

(ii)                                   are not subject to any attachment ( beslag );

 

(iii)           have not been transferred or, save for the Right of Pledge, encumbered in advance ( bij voorbaat ) to any third party;

 

(iv)                               are capable of being transferred, assigned and encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ); and

 

(v)                                  are not subject to any option or similar right;

 

(h)                                  save for the Right of Pledge, the Pledgor has not agreed to grant any right or to do such acts as set forth in Clause 6.1 (g) in respect of the Receivables; and

 

(i)                                      it has provided the Pledgee with all information and documentation regarding the Receivables, which the Pledgor understands or should be aware is important to the Pledgee.

 

7.                                       UNDERTAKINGS

 

7.1                                The Pledgor undertakes not to waive without the prior written consent of the Pledgee any accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) or ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Receivables and in general not to perform any act which adversely affects or may adversely affect the Receivables.

 

7.2                                The Pledgor shall not without the prior written consent of the Pledgee:

 

(a)                                  assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, release ( kwijtschelden ) or waive ( afstand doen van ) any rights over, the Receivables; or

 

(b)                                  agree with a court composition or an out-of-court composition ( gerechtelijk of buitengerechtelijk akkoord ) or enter into any settlement agreement in respect of the Receivables.

 

6



 

7.3                                The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Pledgee of an occurrence of an event that may be relevant to the Pledgee with respect to the Receivables or adversely affects or may adversely affect the Right of Pledge or the ability of the Pledgor to perform the Secured Obligations, including but not limited to the occurrence of:

 

(a)                                  an attachment ( beslag ) of the Receivables;

 

(b)                                  a filing of a request to declare the Pledgor bankrupt or a filing of a request is filed for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(c)                                   a filing by the Pledgor of a request to be granted a suspension of payments or a filing by the Pledgor of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(d)                                  the liquidation or dissolution of the Pledgor or the Pledgor ceasing to carry on the whole or a part of its business; or

 

(e)                                   the Pledgor becoming aware that any of the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 6 (Representations and Warranties) is or proves to have been incorrect or incomplete or misleading.

 

7.4                                Upon the occurrence of an event referred to in Clause 7.3, the Pledgor shall promptly notify in writing, at its own costs, the existence of this Deed and the Right of Pledge to:

 

(a)                                  a third party or the court process server ( deurwaarder ) acting on behalf of such third party making an attachment ( beslag );

 

(b)                                  the bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer in any jurisdiction; or

 

(c)                                   any other relevant person,

 

as the case may be.

 

7.5                                The Pledgor shall promptly send to the Pledgee a copy of the relevant documentation in respect of an event referred to in Clause 7.3 and a copy of any correspondence pursuant to Clause 7.4.

 

7.6                                The Pledgor shall at the Pledgee’s first request provide the Pledgee with all information and with copies of all relevant documentation relating to the Receivables and allow the Pledgee to inspect its administrative records to verify the balances outstanding on any or all of the Receivables and/or to instruct the Pledgor’s independent accountant so to verify.

 

7.7                                The Pledgor shall receive all payments of a Debtor in respect of the Receivables in a bank account opened with the Pledgee or in a bank account over which a valid security interest is created in favor of the Pledgee.

 

7



 

8.                                       ENFORCEMENT

 

8.1                                Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enforce the Right of Pledge in accordance with Dutch law and any other applicable law and may take all (legal) steps and measures which it deems necessary or desirable and the Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in any way which the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable for the enforcement of the Right of Pledge.

 

8.2                                The Pledges shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Receivables to the Pledgor, the C.V., holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Receivables, as required by Sections 3:249 and·3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.3                                The Pledgor shall not be entitled to make a request to the court as referred to in Section 3:251(1) of the Dutch Civil Code to determine that the Receivables shall be sold in a manner deviating from the provisions of Section 3:250 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.4                                The Pledgor shall not be entitled to demand that the Pledgee:

 

(a)                                  shall first enforce any security interests granted by any other person, pursuant to Section 3:234 of the Dutch Civil Code; or

 

(b)                                  to first proceed against or claim payment from any other person or enforce any guarantee, before enforcing this Right of Pledge.

 

The Pledgor waives its rights under Sections 3:233 (2) and 6:139 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.5                                The Pledgor shall not be entitled to set-off (verrekenen) its claims (if any) against the Pledgee under or in connection with this Deed or the Credit Agreement against the Secured Obligations.

 

8.6                                Subject to the mandatory provisions of Dutch law on enforcement; all monies received or realized by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of the Right of Pledge shall be applied by the Pledgee in accordance with clause 5.3 of the Credit Agreement.

 

9.                                       FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

9.1                                If no valid right of pledge is created pursuant to this Deed in respect of the Receivables, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pledge to the Pledgee the Receivables as soon as they become available for pledging, by way of supplementary agreements, supplemental deeds or other instruments on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

8



 

9.2                                The Pledgor further undertakes to execute any instrument, provide such assurances and do all acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for:

 

(a)                                  perfecting or protecting the security created (or intended to be created) by this Deed;

 

(b)                                  preserving or protecting any of the rights of the Pledgee under this Deed;

 

(c)                                   preserving or protecting the Pledgee’s interest in the Receivables;

 

(d)                                  ensuring that the Right of Pledge and the undertakings and obligations of the Pledgor under this Deed shall inure to the benefit of any assignee of the Pledgee;

 

(e)                                   facilitating the collection, appropriation or realization of the Receivables or any part thereof in the manner contemplated by this Deed in case of an Event of Default; or

 

(f)                                    the exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Pledgee under this Deed.

 

9.3                                The Pledgor subordinates in favor of the Pledgee any rights which it may acquire by way of recourse or subrogation in connection with this Deed, until the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally been paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to the Pledgor on account of such recourse or subrogation rights at any time when any of the Secured Obligations are still outstanding, the Pledgor shall forthwith pay such amount to the Pledgee to apply such amount to the Secured Obligations in accordance with Clause 8.6 (Enforcement).

 

10.                                POWER OF ATTORNEY AND NO WAIVER

 

10.1                         The Pledgor, by way of security and in order to secure the performance by the Pledgor of its obligations under this Deed, irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Pledgee as its attorney ( gevolmachtigde ) for as long as any of the Secured Obligations are outstanding for the purposes of:

 

(a)                                  doing in its name all acts and executing, signing and (if required) registering in its name all documents which the Pledgor itself could do, execute, sign or register in relation to the Receivables; and

 

(b)                                  executing, signing, perfecting, doing and (if required) registering every such further document, act or thing as is referred to in Clause 9 (Further Assurances).

 

10.2                         It is expressly agreed that the appointment under Clause 10.1 will only be exercised

 

9



 

by the Pledgee in case of an Event of Default and is given with full power of substitution and also applies to any situation where the Pledgee acts as the Pledgor’s counterparty ( Selbsteintritt ) within the meaning of Section 3:68 of the Dutch Civil Code or as a representative of the Pledgor’s counterparty.

 

10.3                         No delay or omission by the Pledgee in the exercise of any power or right under this Deed will impair such power or right or be construed as a waiver thereof or of the event giving rise to such power of right and no waiver of any past event shall be construed to be a waiver of any power or right accruing to the Pledgee by reason of any future event.

 

11.                                TERMINATION

 

11.1                         Unless terminated by operation of law, the Right of Pledge shall be in full force and effect until the Pledgee has certified in writing to the Pledgor that all Secured Obligations have been fully, irrevocably and unconditionally repaid or discharged to its satisfaction.

 

11.2                         Upon termination of the Right of Pledge in accordance with Clause 11.1, the Pledgee shall, at the request and expense of the Pledgor, issue a notice of release to the Pledgor.

 

11.3                         The Pledgee is entitled to terminate by notice ( opzeggen ) or waiver ( afstand ) the Right of Pledge, in respect of all or part of the Receivables and all or part of the Secured Obligations.

 

12.                                SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS AND RE-PLEDGE

 

12.1                         This Deed shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Pledgor and the Pledgee and their respective successors, transferees and assignees.

 

12.2                         The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

12.3                         The Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally grants authority to the Pledgee to repledge ( herverpanden ) the Receivables in accordance with Section 3:242 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

13.                                WAIVER

 

The Pledgor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its rights:

 

(a)                                  to dissolve ( ontbinden ) this Deed in case of failure in the performance of one or more of the Pledgee’s obligations pursuant to Section 6:265 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground;

 

10


 

(b)                     to suspend ( opschorten ) any of its obligations pursuant to Section 6:52 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground; and

 

(c)                      to nullify ( vernietigen ) this Deed pursuant to Section 6:228 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground.

 

14.                                COSTS

 

All costs, charges and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, administration, execution, perfection, preservation, protection, registration or enforcement of this Deed and the exercise and/or enforcement of any rights or powers hereunder·by the Pledgee shall be payable by the Pledgor in accordance with clause 14.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

15.                                EVIDENCE OF DEBT

 

As to the existence and composition of the Secured Obligations, a written statement by the Pledgee made in accordance with its books shall constitute conclusive evidence (save for manifest error), it being understood that in the event of a disagreement with respect thereto, the Pledgee shall be authorized to exercise its right of enforcement, with due observance of the obligation of the Pledgee to transfer all which afterwards would appear to be received by it in excess of its rights.

 

16.                                LIABILITY

 

Except for its gross negligence ( grove nalatigheid ) or wilful misconduct ( opzet ), the Pledgee shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Pledgor for not (or not completely) collecting or recovering or selling the Receivables and/or any loss or damage resulting from any collecting or recovering or selling the Receivables or arising out of the exercise of or failure to exercise any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever in connection with the Receivables or this Deed. Should any such loss or damage occur, then the Pledgor shall fully indemnify the Pledgee therefor.

 

17.                                NOTICES

 

17.1                         Any notice or other communication in connection with this Deed required to be sent or given shall be sent in the English language by registered mail or by fax to the following addresses:

 

if to the Pledgor:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202
United States of America
Facsimile: 410-843-8544

 

11



 

Attn. Robert W. Zentz

if to the Pledgee:

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.
85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004
United States of America
Facsimile: 212-357-4597
Attn. Pedro Ramirez

With a copy to:

Anisha Malhotra and Stapanie Nagengast
Facsimile: 212-902-3000

 

or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time be notified by the parties for such purpose.

 

17.2                         All documents provided under or in connection with this Deed must be:

 

(a)                                  in English; or

 

(b)                                  if not in English, and if so required by the Pledgee, accompanied by a English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

17.3                         If sent by registered mail, any notice or other communication sent by registered mail pursuant to this Deed shall be deemed to have been received by the party to whom it was addressed on the first Business Day after the day shown as the day of receipt by a return receipt. If sent by fax, it shall be deemed, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by the party to whom it was sent on the day of dispatch provided that the report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine shows that all pages of such notice, demand or other communications were properly transmitted to the recipients fax machine. Without prejudice to any other mode or service, any notice or any other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served if sent to the addresses as set forth in Clause 17.1.

 

18.                                SEVERABILITY

 

18.1                         If a provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction that shall not affect:

 

(a)                                  the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

(b)                                  the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

12



 

18.2                         The Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that they will negotiate in good faith to replace any provision of this Deed which may be held unenforceable with a provision which is enforceable and which is as similar as possible in substance to the unenforceable provision.

 

19.                                AMENDMENT AND EMBODIMENT

 

This Deed shall not be amended, modified or rescinded except in writing when duly signed by authorized signatories of the Pledgor and the Pledgee. Any amendment, addendum and appendix so signed shall constitute part of this Deed.

 

20.                                COUNTERPARTS

 

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

21.                                ACCEPTANCE

 

The Pledgee accepts the Right of Pledge and all stipulations, covenants, undertakings, waivers, authorities and powers pursuant to this Deed.

 

22.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Dutch law.

 

23.                                JURISDICTION

 

The courts of Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes which might arise out of or in connection with this Deed, and, for such purposes, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for the benefit of the Pledgee, to the jurisdiction of that court. The Pledgee, however, reserves the right to refer the matter to any other competent court in any jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not (to the extent permitted by law).

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Deed was signed on the data first written above in two (2) signed copies (each page initialled).

 

Pledgor

 

 

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Pledgee

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

 

 

 

/s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

Name: Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 



 

Signed for acknowledgment

 

 

 

Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name: Fleet Street International University Holdings LLC

 

Title: General Partner

 

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Laureate Education International Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

Title: Vice President

 

 



 

Signed for acknowledgment

 

 

 

Fleet Street International University Holdings LLC

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

Title: Vice President

 

 




Exhibit 10.21

 


 

DEED OF PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

 


 

DATED September    , 2011

 

between

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

as Pledgor

 

and

 

CITIBANK N.A.

 

as Pledgee

 

deed of pledge of receivables - execution version

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

2

2

 

CREATION OF SECURITY

 

3

3

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5

4

 

UNDERTAKINGS

 

6

5

 

ENFORCEMENT

 

7

6

 

FURTHER ASSURANCES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

8

7

 

TERMINATION

 

9

8

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

10

9

 

NOTICES

 

10

10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10

11

 

ACCEPTANCE

 

11

12

 

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12

 



 

THIS DEED OF PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES is dated September    , 2011 and made between:

 

(1)                                  LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Maryland, United States of America, having its registered offices at 650 S. Exeter Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, United States of America (the Pledgor ); and

 

(2)                                  CITIBANK N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement and/or in its capacity as sole creditor under each Parallel Debt in both capacities, the Pledgee ).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                                Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 and amended and restated on June 16, 2011 (the Credit Agreement ) by and among the Pledgor as Parent Borrower, Iniciativas Culturales De España S.L. as Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and other parties identified therein.

 

(B)                                Pursuant to section 15 (Parallel debt) of the Credit Agreement, each Borrower has undertaken to pay to the Collateral Agent, acting in its own capacity and not as representative or agent of a Lender, each Parallel Debt.

 

(C)                                On August 17, 2007, among others first ranking security has been granted in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement by the Pledgor over the Receivables (as defined in the deed) as security for amongst others the obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement (the Deed of First Ranking Receivables Pledge ).

 

(D)                                Pursuant to a resignation and appointment agreement (the Resignation and Appointment Agreement ) dated September    , 2011 by and among the Pledgor and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. as Borrowers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as resigning administrative agent and resigning collateral agent and Citibank, N.A. as successor administrative agent and successor collateral agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement has been replaced by Citibank N.A. and the Parallel Debt has been assigned from Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. to Citibank N.A.

 

(E)                                 Notwithstanding the fact that, following the replacement of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement, the Deed of First Ranking Receivables Pledge will continue to secure (amongst others) the obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor has agreed to grant a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) over the Receivables (as defined in this Deed) in favor of the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined in this Deed).

 

1



 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1                                          DEFINITIONS ANO INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                Definitions

 

1.1.1                      Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Deed (including its recitals and the Schedules) shall have the same meaning given thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

1.1.2                      In this Deed (including its recitals and the Schedules):

 

Corresponding Debt means any amounts owing from time to time by the Borrowers to the Lenders under the Credit Agreement or any U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

C.V. means Fleet Street International Universities C.V., a limited partnership ( commanditaire vennootschap ) formed under Dutch law and having its registered office at Amsteldijk 166, Box 42, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands and registered with the trade register under number 34205525.

 

Deed means this deed of pledge of receivables.

 

Enforcement Event means a default by any Borrower in the performance of the Secured Obligations (whether in whole or in part) provided that such default constitutes an Event of Default.

 

First Ranking Right of Pledge means the first priority right of pledge created pursuant to the Deed of First Ranking Receivables Pledge by and among the Pledgor as pledgor, the Company as company and, pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement and a deed of assumption of contract by and between among others the Pledgee and the Pledgor dated on or about the date hereof, the Pledgee as pledgee.

 

Party means a party to this Deed.

 

Right of Pledge means each right of pledge created by this Deed in accordance with Clause 2 (Creation of security).

 

Receivables means any and all rights and claims ( vorderingsrechten ) (including but not limited to a right of recourse ( regres ) or subrogation ( subrogatie )) whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, of the Pledgor against the C.V.

 

Secured Obligations means any and all obligations and liabilities consisting of monetary payment obligations ( verbintenissen tot betaling van een geldsom ) of each Borrower to the Pledgee, whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, whether as primary obligor or as surety, whether for principal, interest, costs or otherwise under or in connection with the Parallel Debt (and if at the time of the creation of a Right of Pledge, or at any time thereafter, the Corresponding Debt owed to the Pledgee cannot be validly secured through the Parallel Debt, any amount which each Borrower owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Credit Documents shall be the Secured Obligation).

 

2



 

1.2                                Interpretation

 

1.2.1                      Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Deed (including its recitals and the Schedules) to:

 

(a)                                  a Clause or a Schedule shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause or a schedule of this Deed;

 

(b)                                  this Deed, the Credit Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument includes all amendments, supplements, novations, restatements or re-enactments (without prejudice to any prohibition thereto) however fundamental and of whatsoever nature to this Deed, the Credit Agreement, or other agreement or instrument and includes without limitation (i) any increase or reduction in any amount available under the Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented, novated, restated or re-enacted) or any alteration of or addition to the purpose for which any such amount, or increased or reduced amount may be used, (ii) any facility provided in substitution of or in addition to the facilities originally made available thereunder, (iii) any rescheduling of the indebtedness incurred thereunder whether in isolation or in connection with any of the foregoing, and (iv) any combination of the foregoing and the Secured Obligations include such amendments, supplements, novations, restatements or re-enactments (whether or not anticipated);

 

(c)                                   person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;

 

(d)                                  the Pledgee, the Pledgor, the C.V. or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees; and

 

(e)                                   a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

1.2.2                      Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.3                      Schedules form an integral part of this Deed.

 

1.2.4                      In this Deed (including its recitals and the Schedules), words and expressions importing the singular shall, where the context permits or requires, include the plural and vice versa and words and expressions importing the masculine shall, where the context permits or requires, include the feminine and neuter and vice versa.

 

1.2.5                      An Enforcement Event shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 3:248 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code) in the performance of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, without any dun ( aanmaning ) , summons ( sommatie ) or notice of default ( ingebrekestelling ) being sent or required.

 

2                                          CREATION OF SECURITY

 

2.1                                Undertaking

 

The Pledgor agrees with the Pledgee and undertakes to create or, as the case may be, to create in advance ( bij voorbaat ) a second priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht tweede in rang ) over each of its Receivables as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

3



 

2.2                                Right of Pledge

 

2.2.1                      Pursuant to Clause 2.1 (Undertaking), The Pledgor grants to the Pledgee:

 

(a)                                  a second priority disclosed right of pledge (openbaar pandrecht tweede in rang) over (i) its Receivables which exist at the date of registration of this Deed with respect to the Foreign Obligations, and (ii) sixty-five percent (65%) of its Receivables with respect to the U.S. Obligations; and

 

(b)                                  to the extent the Receivables consist of future Receivables a second priority disclosed right of pledge (openbaar pandrecht tweede in rang) is granted in advance (bij voorbaat) over (i) all future Receivables with respect to the Foreign Obligations, and (ii) sixty-five percent (65%) of all future Receivables with respect to the U.S. Obligations,

 

as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

2.2.2                      By signing this Deed for acknowledgement, the C.V. acknowledges to have been duly informed of the Right of Pledge created on the Receivables pursuant to this Deed within the meaning of Section 3:94 juncto Section 3:236 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

2.2.3                      By signing this Deed for acknowledgment, each of Laureate Education International Limited, and Fleet Street International Universities Holdings LLC, in their capacity as partner of the C.V. and together with the Pledgor constituting all partners of the C.V., confirm their prior consent to the creation of the Right of Pledge on the Receivables.

 

2.3                                Perfection

 

2.3.1                      The Pledgee is entitled:

 

(a)                                  to present this Deed and any other document pursuant to this Deed for registration to any office, registrar or governmental body (including the Dutch tax authorities) in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                  to serve any notice to the C.V. or any other person,

 

as the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests.

 

2.3.2                      In accordance with Section 3:246 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code and subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, only the Pledgee is entitled to collect and receive payment of the Receivables which are subject to a Right of Pledge and to exercise all rights of the Pledgor vis-à-vis the C.V. Without prejudice to its entitlement to collect and receive payment and to exercise its rights, the Pledgee authorizes the Pledgor to collect and receive payment from the C.V.

 

2.3.3                      The authorization granted by the Pledgee to the Pledgor pursuant to Clause 2.3.2 may be terminated by the Pledgee upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing by giving notice thereof to the Pledgor.

 

2.4                                General

 

2.4.1                      Each Right of Pledge includes all accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) and all ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Receivables.

 

4



 

2.4.2                      To the extent that the Receivables are (or shall be) subject to a right of pledge (other than the First Ranking Right of Pledge) or other encumbrance taking priority over a Right of Pledge, nevertheless that Right of Pledge will have been (or will be) created with the highest possible rank available at that time. Until notification of a Right of Pledge in accordance with Clause 2.2.2 (Right of Pledge) and provided that this Deed is registered with the Dutch tax authorities, that Right of Pledge constitutes an undisclosed right of pledge ( stil pandrecht) over the Receivables.

 

2.4.3                      Each Right of Pledge is in addition to, and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other security (whether by contract or statute) now or subsequently held by any Credit Party. The rights of the Pledgee under this Deed are in addition to and not in lieu of those provided by law.

 

2.4.4                      If at the time of the creation of a Right of Pledge, or at any time thereafter, the Corresponding Debt owed to the Pledgee cannot be validly secured through the Parallel Debt, such Corresponding Debt itself shall be the Secured Obligations.

 

3                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Pledgor represents and warrants, on the date of this Deed and on each date of a drawdown under the Credit Agreement, for the benefit of the Pledgee that:

 

(a)                                  it is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the State of Maryland, United States of America, having its registered offices at 650 S. Exeter Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, United States of America;

 

(b)                                  all authorizations required (including all necessary corporate authorizations) in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(c)                                   the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the granting of the Right of Pledge do not and will not contravene:

 

i.

 

any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal; or

 

 

 

ii.

 

any provision of its organizational documents or other constitutional document; or

 

 

 

iii.

 

any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Pledgor or to which any of its assets is bound or affected or constitute a default thereunder;

 

(d)                                  it has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee, administrator or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction;

 

(e)                                   save for the First Ranking Right of Pledge, it holds full and exclusive title (titel) to the Receivables and has the authority and the power to create the Right of Pledge;

 

(f)                                    the Right of Pledge is a second ranking right of pledge (pandrecht tweede in rang);

 

(g)                                   the Receivables:

 

5


 

i.                             have, save for the First Ranking Right of Pledge and the Right of Pledge, not been encumbered with limited rights (beperkte rechten) or otherwise;

 

ii.                        are not subject to any attachment (beslag);

 

iii.                       have not been transferred or, save for the First Ranking Right of Pledge and the Right of Pledge, encumbered in advance (bij voorbaat) to any third party;

 

iv.                      are capable of being transferred, assigned and encumbered with limited rights (beperkte rechten); and

 

v.                         are not subject to any option or similar right;

 

(h)                                  save for the First Ranking Right of Pledge and Right of Pledge, the Pledgor has not agreed to grant any right or to do such acts as set forth in Clause 6.1 (g) in respect of the Receivables; and

 

(i)                                      it has provided the Pledgee with all information and documentation regarding the Receivables, which the Pledgor understands or should be aware is important to the Pledgee.

 

4                                          UNDERTAKINGS

 

4.1                                General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 4 remain in force from the date of this Deed until each Right of Pledge is terminated in accordance with Clause 7 (Termination).

 

4.2                                Receivables

 

Unless permitted under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor shall not:

 

(a)                                  transfer, assign, pledge, make subject to a limited right (beperkt recht) or otherwise encumber the Receivables (other than pursuant to the First Ranking Right of Pledge);

 

(b)                                  release ( kwijtschelden ) or waive ( afstand doen van ) the Receivables;

 

(c)                                   waive any accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) or ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Receivables;

 

(d)                                  agree with a court composition or an out-of-court composition ( gerechtelijk of buitengerechtelijk akkoord ) or enter into any settlement agreement in respect of the Receivables;or

 

(e)                                   perform any act which adversely affects or may adversely affect the Receivables or any Right of Pledge,

 

without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

6



 

4.3                                Information

 

4.3.1                      The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Pledgee of an occurrence of an event that may be relevant to the Pledgee with respect to the Receivables or adversely affects or may adversely affect any Right of Pledge.

 

4.3.2                      The Pledgor shall promptly notify in writing, at its own costs, the existence of this Deed and each Right of Pledge to any relevant person (including without limitation, the court process server ( deurwaarder ) , the bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , the administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer in any jurisdiction) and shall promptly send to the Pledgee a copy of the relevant correspondence and the underlying documentation.

 

4.3.3                      The Pledgor shall at the Pledgee’s first request provide the Pledgee with all information and with copies of all relevant documentation relating to the Receivables and allow the Pledgee to inspect its administrative records in respect of the Receivables.

 

5                                          ENFORCEMENT

 

5.1                                Enforcement

 

5.1.1                      Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event and subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, the Pledgee shall have the right to enforce any Right of Pledge in accordance with Dutch law and any other applicable law and may take all (legal) steps and measures which it deems necessary or desirable and the Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in any way which the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable for the enforcement of that Right of Pledge.

 

5.1.2                      The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Receivables to the Pledgor, the C.V., holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Receivables, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.1.3                      Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge and upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enter into court compositions or out-of-court compositions ( gerechtelijke of buitengerechtelijke akkoorden ) and to cast a vote in connection with such compositions or to enter into any settlement agreement regarding the Receivables with the C.V. or any other person.

 

5.2                                Enforcement waivers

 

5.2.1                      The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Receivables to the Pledgor, debtors, holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Receivables, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.2.2                      The Pledgor waives its rights to make a request to the court:

 

(a)                                  as referred to in Section 3:251 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code to determine that the Receivables shall be sold in a manner deviating from the provisions of Section 3:250 of the Dutch Civil Code; and

 

7



 

(b)                                  as referred to in Section 3:246 (4) of the Dutch Civil Code to collect and receive payment of the Receivables after such authorisation has been terminated in accordance with Clause 2.3.3 (Perfection).

 

5.2.3                      The Pledgor waives its rights to demand that the Pledgee:

 

(a)                                  shall first enforce any security granted by any other person, pursuant to Section 3:234 of the Dutch Civil Code; or

 

(b)                                  shall first proceed against or claim payment from any other person or enforce any guarantee, before enforcing any Right of Pledge.

 

The Pledgor waives its rights under Sections 3:233 (2) and 6:139 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.2.4                      The Pledgor waives its rights to set-off ( verrekenen ) its claims (if any) against the Pledgee under or in connection with this Deed against the Secured Obligations.

 

5.3                                Application of monies

 

Subject to the mandatory provisions of Dutch law on enforcement, all monies received or realized by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of any Right of Pledge shall be applied by the Pledgee in accordance with section 11.15 (Allocation of Payments) of the Credit Agreement.

 

6                                          FURTHER ASSURANCES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

6.1                                Further assurances

 

6.1.1                      If no valid right of pledge is created pursuant to this Deed in respect of any Receivable, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pledge to the Pledgee such Receivable as soon as it becomes available for pledging, by way of supplementary agreements, supplemental deeds or other instruments on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

6.1.2                      The Pledgor further undertakes to execute any instrument, provide such assurances and do all acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for:

 

(a)                                  perfecting or protecting the security created (or intended to be created) by this Deed;

 

(b)                                  preserving or protecting any of the rights of the Pledgee under this Deed;

 

(c)                                   preserving or protecting the Pledgee’s interest in the Receivables;

 

(d)                                  ensuring that any Right of Pledge and the undertakings and obligations of the Pledgor under this Deed shall inure to the benefit of any successor, transferee or assignee of the Pledgee;

 

(e)                                   facilitating the collection, appropriation or realisation of the Receivables or any part thereof in the manner contemplated by this Deed; or

 

(f)                                    exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Pledgee under this Deed.

 

8



 

6.2                                Subordination of recourse or subrogation claims

 

6.2.1                      The Pledgor subordinates ( stelt achter ) in favour of the Pledgee any rights or claims which it may acquire by way of recourse or subrogation in connection with this Deed and the Pledgor shall not receive or collect payment and waives any right of payment in connection with such rights or claims until the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally been paid in full.

 

6.2.2                      If the Pledgor receives any sum which pursuant to Clause 6.2.1 should not have been paid to it, the Pledgor shall promptly pay an amount equal to that receipt or recovery to the Pledgee for application towards the Secured Obligations in accordance with Clause 5 (Enforcement).

 

6.3                                Power of attorney

 

6.3.1                      The Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Pledgee as its attorney ( gevolmachtigde ) for as long as any of the Secured Obligations are outstanding for the purposes of:

 

(a)                                  doing in its name all acts and executing, signing and (if required) registering in its name all documents which the Pledgor itself could do, execute, sign or register in relation to the Receivables; and

 

(b)                                  executing, signing, perfecting, doing and (if required) registering every such further document, act or thing as is referred to in this Clause 6.

 

6.3.2                      It is expressly agreed that the appointment under Clause 6.3.1 will only be exercised by the Pledgee in case of an Event of Default or if the Pledgor has not acted in accordance with this Deed and is given with full power of substitution and also applies to any situation where the Pledgee acts as the Pledgor’s counterparty ( Selbsteintritt ) within the meaning of Section 3:68 of the Dutch Civil Code or as a representative of the Pledgor’s counterparty.

 

7                                          TERMINATION

 

7.1                                Continuing

 

7.1.1                      Each Right of Pledge shall remain in full force and effect, until all Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full (to the Pledgee’s satisfaction) and no new Secured Obligations will arise (to the Pledgee’s satisfaction) unless terminated by the Pledgee pursuant to Clause 7.2 (Termination by Pledgee).

 

7.1.2                      In case a Right of Pledge is terminated the Pledgee shall at the request and expense of the Pledgor provide written evidence to the Pledgor to that effect.

 

7.2                                Termination by Pledgee

 

The Pledgee is entitled to:

 

(a)                                  terminate by notice ( opzeggen ); or

 

(b)                                  waive ( afstand doen ) ,

 

9



 

a Right of Pledge, in respect of all or part of the Receivables and all or part of the Secured Obligations and in respect of the Pledgor. The Pledgor agrees in advance to any waiver (afstand van recht) granted by the Pledgee under this Clause 7.2.

 

8                                          ASSIGNMENT

 

8.1                                No assignment – Pledgor

 

The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

8.2                                Assignment – Pledgee

 

8.2.1                      The Pledgee may transfer, assign or pledge any of its rights and obligations under this Deed in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the Pledgor, to the extent legally required, irrevocably cooperates or consents in advance ( verleent bij voorbaat medewerking of geeft bij voorbaat toestemming ) to such transfer, assignment or pledge. If the Pledgee transfers, assigns or pledges its rights under the Secured Obligations (or a part thereof), the Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that each Right of Pledge shall follow pro rata parte the transferred, assigned or pledged rights under the Secured Obligations (as an ancillary right (nevenrecht) to the relevant transferee, assignee or pledgee).

 

9                                          NOTICES

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Deed shall be made in accordance with the relevant provision of the Credit Agreement.

 

10                                   MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1                         Costs

 

All costs, charges, expenses and taxes shall be payable by the Pledgor in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

10.2                         Evidence of debt

 

As to the existence and composition of the Secured Obligations, a written statement by the Pledgee made in accordance with its books shall, save for manifest error, constitute conclusive evidence ( dwingend bewijs ) , it being understood that in the event of a disagreement with respect thereto, the Pledgee shall be authorized to exercise its right of enforcement under his Deed.

 

10.3                         No liability Pledgee

 

Except for its gross negligence ( grove nalatigheid ) or willful misconduct ( opzet ) , the Pledgee shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Pledgor for not (or not completely) collecting or recovering or selling the Receivables and/or any loss or damage resulting from any collecting or recovering or selling the Receivables or arising out of the exercise of or failure to exercise any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever in connection with the Receivables or this Deed.

 

10



 

10.4                         Severability

 

10.4.1               If a provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction that shall not affect:

 

(a)                                  the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

(b)                                  the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

10.4.2               The Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that they will negotiate in good faith to replace any provision of this Deed which may be held unenforceable with a provision which is enforceable and which is as similar as possible in substance to the unenforceable provision.

 

10.5                         No rescission

 

The Pledgor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its rights:

 

(a)                                  to rescind ( ontbinden ) this Deed in whole or in part pursuant to Section 6:265 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law;

 

(b)                                  to suspend ( opschorten ) any of its obligations under this Deed pursuant to Section 6:52, 6:262 and 6:263 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law; and

 

(c)                                   to nullify ( vernietigen ) this Deed pursuant to Section 6:228 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law.

 

10.6                         No waiver

 

No delay or omission by the Pledgee in the exercise of any power or right under this Deed will impair such power or right or be construed as a waiver thereof or of the event giving rise to such power of right and no waiver of any past event shall be construed to be a waiver of any power or right accruing to this Deed by reason of any future event.

 

10.7                         Amendment and embodiment

 

This Deed shall not be amended, modified or rescinded except in writing when duly signed by authorized signatories of the Pledgor and the Pledgee. Any amendment, addendum and appendix so signed shall constitute part of this Deed.

 

10.8                         Counterparts

 

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11                                   ACCEPTANCE

 

The Pledgee accepts each Right of Pledge and all stipulations, covenants, undertakings, waivers, authorities and powers pursuant to this Deed.

 

11



 

12                                   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12.1                         Governing law

 

This Deed (including this Clause 12) shall be governed by Dutch law.

 

12.2                         Jurisdiction

 

12.2.1               The court ( rechtbank ) of Amsterdam, the Netherlands has exclusive jurisdiction to settle at first instance any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (Including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute ).

 

12.2.2               Each Party agrees that the court ( rechtbank ) of Amsterdam, the Netherlands is the most appropriate and convenient court to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

12.2.3               This Clause 12.2 is for the benefit of the Pledgee only. As a result, the Pledgee shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Pledgee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

12.3                         Acceptance governing law power of attorney

 

If a Party is represented by an attorney in connection with the execution of this Deed or any agreement or document pursuant this Deed:

 

(a)                                  the existence and extent of the authority of; and

 

(b)                                  the effects of the exercise or purported exercise of that authority by,

 

(c)                                   that attorney is governed by the law designated in the power of attorney pursuant to which that attorney is appointed and such choice of law is accepted by the other Party.

 

This Deed has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

Remainder of page intentionally left blank

 

Signature page(s) follow

 

12


 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

Pledgee

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Caesar W. Wyszomirski

 

/s/ Caesar W. Wyszomirski

By: Caesar W. Wyszomirski

 

By:

Title: Vice President

 

Title:

 

 

 

Pledgor

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

By:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary
and General Counsel

 

 

 



 

Signed for acknowledgement

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET STREET INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES C.V.,

represented by its sole managing partner ( beherend vennoot )

FLEET STREET INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS L.L.C.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

By:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

By:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET STREET INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

By:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.22

 


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 


 

DEED OF

PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

 

DATED August 17, 2007

 

between

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

as Pledgor

 

and

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

 

as Pledgee

 

 

i



 

INDEX

 

Clause

 

 

page

 

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

2.

UNDERTAKING TO PLEDGE

 

3

 

 

 

 

3.

PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

 

3

 

 

 

 

4.

PERFECTION AND NOTIFICATION OF RIGHT OF PLEDGE

 

4

 

 

 

 

5.

CONTINUING AND ADDITIONAL SECURITY

 

5

 

 

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5

 

 

 

 

7.

UNDERTAKINGS

 

6

 

 

 

 

8.

ENFORCEMENT

 

8

 

 

 

 

9.

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

9

 

 

 

 

10.

POWER OF ATTORNEY AND NO WAIVER

 

9

 

 

 

 

11.

TERMINATION

 

10

 

 

 

 

12.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS AND RE-PLEDGE

 

10

 

 

 

 

13.

WAIVER

 

11

 

 

 

 

14.

COSTS

 

11

 

 

 

 

15.

EVIDENCE OF DEBT

 

11

 

 

 

 

16.

LIABILITY

 

11

 

 

 

 

17.

NOTICES

 

11

 

 

 

 

18.

SEVERABILITY

 

12

 

 

 

 

19.

AMENDMENT AND EMBODIMENT

 

13

 

 

 

 

20.

COUNTERPARTS

 

13

 

 

 

 

21.

ACCEPTANCE

 

13

 

 

 

 

22.

GOVERNING LAW

 

13

 

 

 

 

23.

JURISDICTION

 

13

 

ii



 

Execution Copy

 

THIS DEED OF PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES DATED August 17, 2007 is made between:

 

(1)                                  Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. , a limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda, with its registered office at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, United States of America, and its business address at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, United States of America (the “ Pledgee ”); and

 

(2)                                  Laureate Education International Limited , a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its registered offices at 1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, United States of America (the “ Pledgor ”)

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                                The Pledgee and inter alia Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L. (the “ Obligors ” and each an “ Obligor ”) have entered into a Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated August 17, 2007 pursuant to which the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) have inter alia extended Loans to the Obligors in the maximum principal amount of USD 1,250,000,000 and New Loan Commitments in the maximum amount of USD 300,000,000.

 

(B)                                Pursuant to Section 15 of the Credit Agreement, the Obligors have undertaken to pay to the Pledgee, acting in its own capacity and not as representative or agent of the Lenders, the Parallel Debt (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

(C)                                The Pledgor has agreed to create a first priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht eerste in rang ) over the Receivables (as defined hereinafter) in favor of the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined hereinafter).

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                In this Deed:

 

C.V. means Fleet Street International Universities C.V., a limited partnership ( commanditaire vennootschap ) formed under the laws of the Netherlands and having its registered offices at Amsterdijk 166, Box 42, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, dated August 17, 2006.

 

Deed ” means this agreement and deed of pledge of receivables.

 

Enforcement Event ” means a default by an Obligor in the proper performance of the Secured Obligations (whether in whole or in part) provided that such default constitutes an Event of Default.

 

1



 

Receivables ” means any and all rights and claims ( vorderingsrechten ) (including but not limited to a right of recourse ( regres ) or subrogation ( subrogatie )) whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, of the Pledgor against the C.V.

 

Right of Pledge ” means each right of pledge created by this Deed in accordance with Clause 3 (Pledge of Receivables).

 

Secured Obligations ” means any and all obligations and liabilities consisting of monetary payment obligations ( verbintenissen tot betaling van een geldsom ) of the Pledgor and/or an Obligor to the Pledgee, whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, whether as primary obligor or as surety, whether for principal, interest or costs under or in connection with:

 

(a)                    this Deed;

 

(b)                    the Credit Documents;

 

(c)                     all obligations secured by the U.S. Obligations Security Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement); and

 

(d)                    the Parallel Debt.

 

1.2                                Save where the contrary is indicated, a reference in this Deed to:

 

(a)                    the “ Pledgee ”, the “ Pledgor ” or an “ Obligor ” shall be construed so as to include its or their respective successors, transferees and assignees from time to time and any successor of such a successor, transferee or assignee in accordance with their respective interests, all in accordance with the Credit Agreement and this Deed;

 

(b)                    this “ Deed ” or the “ Credit Agreement ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed to be a reference to this Deed or the Credit Agreement or such other agreement or document as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, novated or otherwise modified from time to time;

 

(c)                     a “ Clause ” or a “ Schedule ” shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause or a schedule of this Deed; and

 

(d)                    a “ person ” shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, institution, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing.

 

1.3                                Capitalized words and expressions used but not defined in this Deed shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

 

2



 

1.4                                The titles and headings of the Clauses are for convenience only and do not form part of this Deed and shall in no way affect the interpretation thereof.

 

1.5                                In this Deed words and expressions importing the singular shall, where the context permits or requires, include the plural and vice. versa.

 

1.6                                Any reference in this Deed to a statute (including but not limited to the Dutch Civil Code) shall be construed as a reference to such statute as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended or re-enacted.

 

1.7                                Schedules form an integral part of this Deed.

 

1.8                                Any Event of Default shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 6:81 and further of the Dutch Civil Code) and any Enforcement Event shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 3:248 (1) in conjunction with Section 6:81 and further of the Dutch Civil Code) in the proper performance of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, without any dun ( aanmaning ) , summons ( sommatie ) or notice of default ( ingebrekestelling ) being sent or required.

 

2.                                       UNDERTAKING TO PLEDGE

 

The Pledgor agrees with the Pledgee and undertakes to create or, as the case may be, to create in advance ( bij voorbaat ) a first priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht eerste in rang ) over all Receivables as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

3.                                       PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

 

3.1                                The Pledgor grants to the Pledgee:

 

(a)                    a first priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht eerste in rang ) over its Receivables which exist at the date of registration of this Deed; and

 

(b)                    to the extent the Receivables consist of future Receivables a first priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht eerste in rang ) is granted in advance ( bij voorbaat ) over all future Receivables,

 

as security for the Secured Obligations, provided, however, that in no event shall the Receivables pledged pursuant to this Deed as well as the Receivables (as defined in that certain deed of pledge between Laureate Education Inc and the Pledgee dated August 17, 2007) pledged pursuant to that certain deed of pledge between Laureate Education Inc and the Pledgee dated August 17, 2007, exceed sixty-five percent (65%) of all rights and claims ( vorderingsrechten ) (including but not limited to a right of recourse ( regres ) or subrogation ( subrogatie )) whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, of all partners (both general and limited) against the C.V.,

 

3



 

provided further, that for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the general partner of the C.V. be required to create any pledge as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

3.2                                The Right of Pledge includes all accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) and all ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Receivables.

 

3.3                                To the extent that the Receivables are (or shall be) subject to an encumbrance or right of pledge taking priority over the Right of Pledge, nevertheless the Right of Pledge will have been (or will be) created with the highest possible rank available at that time.

 

3.4                                By signing this Deed for acknowledgement, the C.V. acknowledges to have been duly informed of the Right of Pledge created on the Receivables pursuant to this Deed within the meaning of Section 3:94 juncto Section 3:236 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

3.5                                By signing this Deed for acknowledgment, each of Laureate Education, Inc., and Fleet Street International Universities Holdings LLC, in their capacity as partner of the C.V. and together with the Pledgor constituting all partners of the C.V., confirm their prior consent to the creation of the Right of Pledge on the Receivables.

 

4.                                       PERFECTION AND NOTIFICATION OF RIGHT OF PLEDGE

 

4.1                                The Pledgee is entitled:

 

(a)                    to present this Deed and any other document pursuant to this Deed for registration to any office, registrar or governmental body (including the Dutch tax authorities) in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                    to serve any notice to the C.V. or any other person,

 

as the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests.

 

4.2                                Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Pledgee is authorized to serve notice of the Right of Pledge to the C.V. or to instruct the Pledgor to serve such notices, substantially in the form as set out in Schedule 1 (Form of Notice of Pledge).

 

4.3                                Upon notification of the Right of Pledge to the C.V., the Pledgee is, in accordance with Section 3:246 (1)   of the Dutch Civil Code, entitled to collect and receive payment of the Receivables which are subject to the Right of Pledge and to exercise all rights of the Pledgor vis-á-vis the C.V. insofar as such rights relate to the Receivables.

 

4.4                                If the C.V. makes any payment to the Pledgor in respect of the Receivables, after it has been notified by the Pledgee, the Pledgor shall immediately transfer to the Pledgee a sum equal to the amount paid by the C.V. concerned, without prejudice to any remedy which the Pledgee may otherwise have vis-á-vis the C.V. or the Pledgor.

 

4.5                                Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to

 

4


 

enter into court compositions or out-of-court compositions ( gerechtelijke of buitengerechtelijke akkoorden ) and to cast a vote in connection with such compositions or to or enter into any settlement agreement regarding the Receivables with the C.V. or any other person.

 

5.                                       CONTINUING AND ADDITIONAL SECURITY

 

5.1                                The Right of Pledge is one and indivisible ( één en ondeelbaar ) , and shall (unless released pursuant to Clause 11 (Termination)) remain in full force and effect, shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Secured Obligations or by any settlement of accounts and the Pledgee shall not have any obligation to relinquish the Right of Pledge, until all of the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full.

 

5.2                                To the extent possible under Dutch law, the Right of Pledge shall not in any way be prejudiced by or be dependent on any collateral or other security now or hereafter held by the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations or any lien to which it may be entitled (whether by contract or statute). The rights of the Pledgee hereunder are in addition to and not in lieu of those provided by law.

 

6.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.1                                The Pledgor represents and warrants, on the date of this Deed and on each date of a drawdown by an Obligor under the Credit Agreement, for the benefit of the Pledgee that:

 

(a)                                  it is a company duly incoporated and validly existing under the State of Delaware, United States of America, having its registered offices at 1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, United States of America;

 

(b)                                  all authorizations required (including all necessary corporate authorizations) in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(c)                                   the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the granting of the Right of Pledge do not and will not contravene:

 

(i)                                      any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal; or

 

(ii)                                   any provision of its organizational documents or other constitutional document; or

 

(iii)                                any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Pledgor or to which any of its assets is bound or affected or constitute a default

 

5



 

thereunder;

 

(d)                                  it has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps has been or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee, administrator or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction;

 

(e)                                   it holds full and exclusive title ( titel ) to the Receivables and has the authority and the power to create the Right of Pledge;

 

(f)                                    the Right of Pledge is a first ranking right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang );

 

(g)                                   the Receivables:

 

(i)                                      have, save for the Right of Pledge, not been encumbered with limited rights (beperkte rechten) or otherwise;

 

(ii)                                   are not subject to any attachment ( beslag );

 

(iii)                                have not been transferred or, save for the Right of Pledge, encumbered in advance (bij voorbaat) to any third party;

 

(iv)                               are capable of being transferred, assigned and encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ); and

 

(v)                                  are not subject to any option or similar right;

 

(h)                                  save for the Right of Pledge, the Pledgor has not agreed to grant any right or to do such acts as set forth in Clause 6.1 (g) in respect of the Receivables; and

 

(i)                                      it has provided the Pledgee with all information and documentation regarding the Receivables, which the Pledgor understands or should be aware is important to the Pledgee.

 

7.                                       UNDERTAKINGS

 

7.1                                The Pledgor undertakes not to waive without the prior written consent of the Pledgee any accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) or ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Receivables and in general not to perform any act which adversely affects or may adversely affect the Receivables.

 

7.2                                The Pledgor shall not without the prior written consent of the Pledgee:

 

(a)                                  assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, release ( kwijtschelden ) or waive ( afstand doen van ) any rights over, the Receivables; or

 

6



 

(b)                                  agree with a court composition or an out-of-court composition ( gerechtelijk of buitengerechtelijk akkoord ) or enter into any settlement agreement in respect of the Receivables.

 

7.3                                The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Pledgee of an occurrence of an event that may be relevant to the Pledgee with respect to the Receivables or adversely affects or may adversely affect the Right of Pledge or the ability of the Pledgor to perform the Secured Obligations, including but not limited to the occurrence of:

 

(a)                                  an attachment ( beslag ) of the Receivables;

 

(b)                                  a filing of a request to declare the Pledgor bankrupt or a filing of a request is filed for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(c)                                   a filing by the Pledgor of a request to be granted a suspension of payments or a filing by the Pledgor of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(d)                                  the liquidation or dissolution of the Pledgor or the Pledgor ceasing to carry on the whole or a part of its business; or

 

(e)                                   the Pledgor becoming aware that any of the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 6 (Representations and Warranties) is or proves to have been incorrect or incomplete or misleading.

 

7.4                                Upon the occurrence of an event referred to in Clause 7.3, the Pledgor shall promptly notify in writing, at its own costs, the existence of this Deed and the Right of Pledge to:

 

(a)                                  a third party or the court process server ( deurwaarder ) acting on behalf of such third party making an attachment ( beslag );

 

(b)                                  the bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer in any jurisdiction; or

 

(c)                                   any other relevant person,

 

as the case may be.

 

7.5                                The Pledgor shall promptly send to the Pledgee a copy of the relevant documentation in respect of an event referred to in Clause 7.3 and a copy of any correspondence pursuant to Clause 7.4.

 

7.6                                The Pledgor shall at the Pledgee’s first request provide the Pledgee with all information and with copies of all relevant documentation relating to the Receivables and allow the Pledgee to inspect its administrative records to verify the balances outstanding on any or all of the Receivables and/or to instruct the Pledgor’s

 

7



 

independent accountant so to verify.

 

7.7                                The Pledgor shall receive all payments of a Debtor in respect of the Receivables in a bank account opened with the Pledgee or in a bank account over which a valid security interest is created in favor of the Pledgee.

 

8.                                       ENFORCEMENT

 

8.1                                Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enforce the Right of Pledge in accordance with Dutch law and any other applicable law and may take all (legal) steps and measures which it deems necessary or desirable and the Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in any way which the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable for the enforcement of the Right of Pledge.

 

8.2                                The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Receivables to the Pledgor, the C.V., holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Receivables, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.3                                The Pledgor shall not be entitled to make a request to the court as referred to in Section 3:251(1) of the Dutch Civil Code to determine that the Receivables shall be sold in a manner deviating from the provisions of Section 3:250 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.4                                The Pledgor shall not be entitled to demand that the Pledgee:

 

(a)                                  shall first enforce any security interests granted by any other person, pursuant to Section 3:234 of the Dutch Civil Code; or

 

(b)                                  to first proceed against or claim payment from any other person or enforce any guarantee, before enforcing this Right of Pledge.

 

The Pledgor waives its rights under Sections 3:233 (2) and 6:139 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.5                                The Pledgor shall not be entitled to set-off ( verrekenen ) its claims (if any) against the Pledgee under or in connection with this Deed or the Credit Agreement against the Secured Obligations.

 

8.6                                Subject to the mandatory provisions of Dutch law on enforcement, all monies received or realized by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of the Right of Pledge shall be applied by the Pledgee in accordance with clause 5.3 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8



 

9.                                       FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

9.1                                If no valid right of pledge is created pursuant to this Deed in respect of the Receivables, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pledge to the Pledgee the Receivables as soon as they become available for pledging, by way of supplementary agreements, supplemental deeds or other instruments on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

9.2                                The Pledgor further undertakes to execute any instrument, provide such assurances and do all acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for:

 

(a)                                  perfecting or protecting the security created (or intended to be created) by this Deed;

 

(b)                                  preserving or protecting any of the rights of the Pledgee under this Deed;

 

(c)                                   preserving or protecting the Pledgee’s interest in the Receivables;

 

(d)                                  ensuring that the Right of Pledge and the undertakings and obligations of the Pledgor under this Deed shall inure to the benefit of any assignee of the Pledgee;

 

(e)                                   facilitating the collection, appropriation or realization of the Receivables or any part thereof in the manner contemplated by this Deed in case of an Event of Default; or

 

(f)                                    the exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Pledgee under this Deed.

 

9.3                                The Pledgor subordinates in favor of the Pledgee any rights which it may acquire by way of recourse or subrogation in connection with this Deed, until the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally been paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to the Pledgor on account of such recourse or subrogation rights at any time when any of the Secured Obligations are still outstanding, the Pledgor shall forthwith pay such amount to the Pledgee to apply such amount to the Secured Obligations in accordance with Clause 8.6 (Enforcement).

 

10.                                POWER OF ATTORNEY AND NO WAIVER

 

10.1                         The Pledgor, by way of security and in order to secure the performance by the Pledgor of its obligations under this Deed, irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Pledgee as its attorney ( gevolmachtigde ) for as long as any of the Secured Obligations are outstanding for the purposes of:

 

(a)                                  doing in its name all acts and executing, signing and (if required) registering in its name all documents which the Pledgor itself could do, execute, sign or

 

9



 

register in relation to the Receivables; and

 

(b)                                  executing, signing, perfecting, doing and (if required) registering every such further document, act or thing as is referred to in Clause 9 (Further Assurances).

 

10.2                         It is expressly agreed that the appointment under Clause 10.1 will only be exercised by the Pledgee in case of an Event of Default and is given with full power of substitution and also applies to any situation where the Pledgee acts as the Pledgor’s counterparty ( Selbsteintritt ) within the meaning of Section 3:68 of the Dutch Civil Code or as a representative of the Pledgor’s counterparty.

 

10.3                         No delay or omission by the Pledgee in the exercise of any power or right under this Deed will impair such power or right or be construed as a waiver thereof or of the event giving rise to such power of right and no waiver of any past event shall be construed to be a waiver of any power or right accruing to the Pledgee by reason of any future event.

 

11.                                TERMINATION

 

11.1                         Unless terminated by operation of law, the Right of Pledge shall be in full force and effect until the Pledgee has certified in writing to the Pledgor that all Secured Obligations have been fully, irrevocably and unconditionally repaid or discharged to its satisfaction.

 

11.2                         Upon termination of the Right of Pledge in accordance with Clause 11.1, the Pledgee shall, at the request and expense of the Pledgor, issue a notice of release to the Pledgor.

 

11.3                         The Pledgee is entitled to terminate by notice ( opzeggen ) or waiver ( afstand ) the Right of Pledge, in respect of all or part of the Receivables and all or part of the Secured Obligations.

 

12.                                SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS AND RE-PLEDGE

 

12.1                         This Deed shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Pledgor and the Pledgee and their respective successors, transferees and assignees.

 

12.2                         The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

12.3                         The Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally grants authority to the Pledgee to re-pledge ( herverpanden ) the Receivables in accordance with Section 3:242 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

10


 

13.                                WAIVER

 

The Pledgor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its rights:

 

(a)                                  to dissolve ( ontbinden ) this Deed in case of failure in the performance of one or more of the Pledgee’s obligations pursuant to Section 6:265 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground;

 

(b)                                  to suspend ( opschorten ) any of its obligations pursuant to Section 6:52 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground; and

 

(c)                                   to nullify ( vernietigen ) this Deed pursuant to Section 6:228 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground.

 

14.                                COSTS

 

All costs, charges and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, administration, execution, perfection, preservation, protection, registration or enforcement of this Deed and the exercise and/or enforcement of any rights or powers hereunder by the Pledgee shall be payable by the Pledgor in accordance with clause 14.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

15.                                EVIDENCE OF DEBT

 

As to the existence and composition of the Secured Obligations, a written statement by the Pledgee made in accordance with its books shall constitute conclusive evidence (save for manifest error), it being understood that in the event of a disagreement with respect thereto, the Pledgee shall be authorized to exercise its right of enforcement, with due observance of the obligation of the Pledgee to transfer all which afterwards would appear to be received by it in excess of its rights.

 

16.                                LIABILITY

 

Except for its gross negligence ( grove nalatigheid ) or wilful misconduct ( opzet ) , the Pledgee shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Pledgor for not (or not completely) collecting or recovering or selling the Receivables and/or any loss or damage resulting from any collecting or recovering or selling the Receivables or arising out of the exercise of or failure to exercise any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever in connection with the Receivables or this Deed. Should any such loss or damage occur, then the Pledgor shall fully indemnify the Pledgee therefor.

 

17.                                NOTICES

 

17.1                         Any notice or other communication in connection with this Deed required to be sent or given shall be sent in the English language by registered mail or by fax to the following addresses:

 

11



 

if to the Pledgor:

 

Laureate Education International Limited

1001 Fleet Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

United States of America

Facsimile: 410-843-8544

Attn. Robert W. Zentz

 

if to the Pledgee:

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

United States of America

Facsimile: 212-357-4597

Attn. Pedro Ramirez

With a copy to:

Anisha Malhotra and Stephanie Nagengast

Facsimile: 212-902-3000

 

or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time be notified by the parties for such purpose.

 

17.2                         All documents provided under or in connection with this Deed must be:

 

(a)                                  in English; or

 

(b)                                  if not in English, and if so required by the Pledgee, accompanied by a English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

17.3                         If sent by registered mail, any notice or other communication sent by registered mail pursuant to this Deed shall be deemed to have been received by the party to whom it was addressed on the first Business Day after the day shown as the day of receipt by a return receipt. If sent by fax, it shall be deemed, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by the party to whom it was sent on the day of dispatch provided that the report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine shows that all pages of such notice, demand or other communications were properly transmitted to the recipients fax machine. Without prejudice to any other mode or service, any notice or any other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served if sent to the addresses as set forth in Clause 17.1.

 

12



 

18.                                SEVERABILITY

 

18.1                         If a provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction that shall not affect:

 

(a)                                  the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

(b)                                  the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

18.2                         The Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that they will negotiate in good faith to replace any provision of this Deed which may be held unenforceable with a provision which is enforceable and which is as similar as possible in substance to the unenforceable provision.

 

19.                                AMENDMENT AND EMBODIMENT

 

This Deed shall not be amended, modified or rescinded except in writing when duly signed by authorized signatories of the Pledgor and the Pledgee. Any amendment, addendum and appendix so signed shall constitute part of this Deed.

 

20.                                COUNTERPARTS

 

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

21.                                ACCEPTANCE

 

The Pledgee accepts the Right of Pledge and all stipulations, covenants, undertakings, waivers, authorities and powers pursuant to this Deed.

 

22.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Dutch law.

 

23.                                JURISDICTION

 

The courts of Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes which might arise out of or in connection with this Deed, and, for such purposes, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for the benefit of the Pledgee, to the jurisdiction of that court. The Pledgee, however, reserves the right to refer the matter to any other competent court in any jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not (to the extent permitted by law).

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Deed was signed on the date first written above in two (2) signed copies (each page initialed).

 

 

Pledgor

 

 

 

Laureate Education International Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Pledgee

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

Name: Bruce H. Mendelsohn

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 



 

Signed for acknowledgment

 

 

 

Fleet Street International Universities C.V.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Fleet Street International University Holdings LLC

 

Title:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

Title: Sr. Vice President, Secretary

 

 



 

Signed for acknowledgment

 

 

 

Fleet Street International University Holdings LLC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

Title: Vice President

 

 




Exhibit 10.23

 


 

DEED OF PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

 


 

DATED September 30, 2011

 

between

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

as Pledgor

 

and

 

CITIBANK N.A.

 

as Pledgee

 

Deed of pledge of receivables - execution version

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

2

2

CREATION OF SECURITY

 

3

3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5

4

UNDERTAKINGS

 

6

5

ENFORCEMENT

 

7

6

FURTHER ASSURANCES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

8

7

TERMINATION

 

9

8

ASSIGNMENT

 

10

9

NOTICES

 

10

10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10

11

ACCEPTANCE

 

11

12

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12

 



 

THIS DEED OF PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES is dated September 30, 2011 and made between:

 

(1)                                  LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, having its registered offices at 650 S. Exeter Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, United States of America (the Pledgor) ; and

 

(2)                                  CITIBANK N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent for and on behalf of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement and/or in its capacity as sole creditor under each Parallel Debt in both capacities, the Pledgee ).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                                Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of August 17, 2007 and amended and restated on June 16, 2011 (the Credit Agreement) by and among Laureate Education, Inc. as Parent Borrower, Iniciativas Culturales De España S.L. as Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and other parties identified therein.

 

(B)                                Pursuant to section 15 (Parallel debt) of the Credit Agreement, each Borrower has undertaken to pay to the Collateral Agent, acting in its own capacity and not as representative or agent of a Lender, each Parallel Debt.

 

(C)                                On August 17, 2007, among others first ranking security has been granted in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement by the Pledgor over the Receivables (as defined in the deed) as security for amongst others the obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement (the Deed of First Ranking Receivables Pledge ).

 

(D)                                Pursuant to a resignation and appointment agreement (the Resignation and Appointment Agreement) dated September 30, 2011 by and among Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. as Borrowers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as resigning administrative agent and resigning collateral agent and Citibank, N.A. as successor administrative agent and successor collateral agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement has been replaced by Citibank N.A. and the Parallel Debt has been assigned from Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. to Citibank N.A.

 

(E)                                 Notwithstanding the fact that, following the replacement of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement, the Deed of First Ranking Receivables Pledge will continue to secure (amongst others) the obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor has agreed to grant a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) over the Receivables (as defined in this Deed) in favor of the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined in this Deed).

 

1



 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1                                          DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                Definitions

 

1.1.1                      Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Deed (including its recitals and the Schedules) shall have the same meaning given thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

1.1.2                      In this Deed (including its recitals and the Schedules):

 

Corresponding Debt means any amounts owing from time to time by the Borrowers to the Lenders under the Credit Agreement or any U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

C.V. means Fleet Street International Universities C.V., a limited partnership ( commanditaire vennootschap ) formed under Dutch law and having its registered office at Amsteldijk 166, Box 42, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands and registered with the trade register under number 34205525.

 

Deed means this deed of pledge of receivables.

 

Enforcement Event means a default by any Borrower in the performance of the Secured Obligations (whether in whole or in part) provided that such default constitutes an Event of Default.

 

First Ranking Right of Pledge means the first priority right of pledge created pursuant to the Deed of First Ranking Receivables Pledge by and among the Pledgor as pledgor, the Company as company and, pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement and a deed of assumption of contract by and between among others the Pledgee and the Pledgor dated on or about the date hereof, the Pledgee as pledgee.

 

Party means a party to this Deed.

 

Right of Pledge means each right of pledge created by this Deed in accordance with Clause 2 (Creation of security).

 

Receivables means any and all rights and claims ( vorderingsrechten ) (including but not limited to a right of recourse ( regres ) or subrogation ( subrogatie )) whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, of the Pledgor against the C.V.

 

Secured Obligations means any and all obligations and liabilities consisting of monetary payment obligations ( verbintenissen tot betaling van een geldsom ) of each Borrower to the Pledgee, whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, whether as primary obligor or as surety, whether for principal, interest, costs or otherwise under or in connection with the Parallel Debt (and if at the time of the creation of a Right of Pledge, or at any time thereafter, the Corresponding Debt owed to the Pledgee cannot be validly secured through the Parallel Debt, any amount which each Borrower owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Credit Documents shall be the Secured Obligation).

 

2



 

1.2                                Interpretation

 

1.2.1                      Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Deed (including its recitals and the Schedules) to:

 

(a)                                  a Clause or a Schedule shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause or a schedule of this Deed;

 

(b)                                  this Deed, the Credit Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument includes all amendments, supplements, novations, restatements or re-enactments (without prejudice to any prohibition thereto) however fundamental and of whatsoever nature to this Deed, the Credit Agreement, or other agreement or instrument and includes without limitation (i) any increase or reduction in any amount available under the Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented, novated, restated or re-enacted) or any alteration of or addition to the purpose for which any such amount, or increased or reduced amount may be used, (ii) any facility provided in substitution of or in addition to the facilities originally made available thereunder, (iii) any rescheduling of the indebtedness incurred thereunder whether in isolation or in connection with any of the foregoing, and (iv) any combination of the foregoing and the Secured Obligations include such amendments, supplements, novations, restatements or re-enactments (whether or not anticipated);

 

(c)                                   person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;

 

(d)                                  the Pledgee, the Pledgor, the C.V. or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees; and

 

(e)                                   a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

1.2.2                      Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.3                      Schedules form an integral part of this Deed.

 

1.2.4                      In this Deed (including its recitals and the Schedules), words and expressions importing the singular shall, where the context permits or requires, include the plural and vice versa and words and expressions importing the masculine shall, where the context permits or requires, include the feminine and neuter and vice versa.

 

1.2.5                      An Enforcement Event shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 3:248 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code) in the performance of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, without any dun ( aanmaning ) , summons ( sommatie ) or notice of default ( ingebrekestelling ) being sent or required.

 

2                                          CREATION OF SECURITY

 

2.1                                Undertaking

 

The Pledgor agrees with the Pledgee and undertakes to create or, as the case may be, to create in advance ( bij voorbaat ) a second priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht tweede in rang ) over each of its Receivables as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

3



 

2.2                                Right of Pledge

 

2.2.1                      Pursuant to Clause 2.1 (Undertaking), the Pledgor grants to the Pledgee:

 

(a)                                  a second priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaarpandrecht tweede in rang ) over its Receivables which exist at the date of registration of this Deed; and

 

(b)                                  to the extent the Receivables consist of future Receivables a second priority disclosed right of pledge ( openbaar pandrecht tweede in rang ) is granted in advance ( bij voorbaat ) over all future Receivables,

 

as security for the Secured Obligations, provided, however, that in no event shall the Receivables pledged pursuant to this Deed as well as the Receivables (as defined in that certain deed of pledge of receivables between Laureate Education Inc and the Pledgee dated September 30, 2011) pledged pursuant to that certain deed of pledge of receivables between Laureate Education Inc and the Pledgee dated September 30, 2011, exceed sixty-five percent (65%) of all rights and claims ( vorderingsrechten ) (including but not limited to a right of recourse ( regres ) or subrogation ( subrogatie )) whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, of all partners (both general and limited) against the C.V., provided further, that for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the general partner of the C.V. be required to create any pledge as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

2.2.2                      By signing this Deed for acknowledgement, the C.V. acknowledges to have been duly informed of the Right of Pledge created on the Receivables pursuant to this Deed within the meaning of Section 3:94 juncto Section 3:236 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

2.2.3                      By signing this Deed for acknowledgment, each of Laureate Education, Inc., and Fleet Street International Universities Holdings LLC, in their capacity as partner of the C.V. and together with the Pledgor constituting all partners of the C.V., confirm their prior consent to the creation of the Right of Pledge on the Receivables.

 

2.3                                Perfection

 

2.3.1                      The Pledgee is entitled:

 

(a)                                  to present this Deed and any other document pursuant to this Deed for registration to any office, registrar or governmental body (including the Dutch tax authorities) in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                  to serve any notice to the C.V. or any other person,

 

as the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests.

 

2.3.2                      In accordance with Section 3:246 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code and subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, only the Pledgee is entitled to collect and receive payment of the Receivables which are subject to a Right of Pledge and to exercise all rights of the Pledgor vis-à-vis the C.V. Without prejudice to its entitlement to collect and receive payment and to exercise its rights, the Pledgee authorizes the Pledgor to collect and receive payment from the C.V.

 

4


 

2.3.3                      The authorization granted by the Pledgee to the Pledgor pursuant to Clause 2.3.2 may be terminated by the Pledgee upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing by giving notice thereof to the Pledgor.

 

2.4                                General

 

2.4.1                      Each Right of Pledge includes all accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) and all ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Receivables.

 

2.4.2                      To the extent that the Receivables are (or shall be) subject to a right of pledge (other than the First Ranking Right of Pledge) or other encumbrance taking priority over a Right of Pledge, nevertheless that Right of Pledge will have been (or will be) created with the highest possible rank available at that time. Until notification of a Right of Pledge in accordance with Clause 2.2.2 (Right of Pledge) and provided that this Deed is registered with the Dutch .tax authorities, that Right of Pledge constitutes an undisclosed right of pledge ( stil pandrecht ) over the Receivables.

 

2.4.3                      Each Right of Pledge is in addition to, and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other security (whether by contract or statute) now or subsequently held by any Credit Party. The rights of the Pledgee under this Deed are in addition to and not in lieu of those provided by law.

 

2.4.4                      If at the time of the creation of a Right of Pledge, or at any time thereafter, the Corresponding Debt owed to the Pledgee cannot be validly secured through the Parallel Debt, such Corresponding Debt itself shall be the Secured Obligations.

 

3                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Pledgor represents and warrants, on the date of this Deed and on each date of a drawdown under the Credit Agreement, for the benefit of the Pledgee that:

 

(a)                     it is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the State of Delaware, United States of America, having its registered offices at 650 S. Exeter Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, United States of America;

 

(b)                     all authorizations required (including all necessary corporate authorizations) in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(c)                      the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the granting of the Right of Pledge do not and will not contravene:

 

i.            any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal; or

 

ii.         any provision of its organizational documents or other constitutional document; or

 

iii.      any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Pledgor or to which any of its assets is bound or affected or constitute a default thereunder;

 

(d)                      it has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it for its winding-up,

 

5



 

dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee, administrator or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction;

 

(e)                       save for the First Ranking Right of Pledge, it holds full and exclusive title ( titel ) to the Receivables and has the authority and the power to create the Right of Pledge;

 

(f)                        the Right of Pledge is a second ranking right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang );

 

(g)                       the Receivables:

 

i.            have, save for the First Ranking Right of Pledge and the Right of Pledge, not been encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ) or otherwise;

 

ii.       are not subject to any attachment ( beslag );

 

iii.      have not been transferred or, save for the First Ranking Right of Pledge and the Right of Pledge, encumbered in advance ( bij voorbaat ) to any third party;

 

iv.     are capable of being transferred, assigned and encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ); and

 

v.        are not subject to any option or similar right;

 

(h)                     save for the First Ranking Right of Pledge and Right of Pledge, the Pledgor has not agreed to grant any right or to do such acts as set forth in Clause 6.1 (g) in respect of the Receivables; and

 

(i)                         it has provided the Pledgee with all information and documentation regarding the Receivables, which the Pledgor understands or should be aware is important to the Pledgee.

 

4                                          UNDERTAKINGS

 

4.1                                General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 4 remain in force from the date of this Deed until each Right of Pledge is terminated in accordance with Clause 7 (Termination).

 

4.2                                Receivables

 

Unless permitted under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor shall not:

 

(a)                      transfer, assign, pledge, make subject to a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or otherwise encumber the Receivables (other than pursuant to the First Ranking Right of Pledge);

 

(b)                      release (kwijtschelden) or waive ( afstand doen van ) the Receivables;

 

(c)                       waive any accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) or ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Receivables;

 

(d)                      agree with a court composition or an out-of-court composition ( gerechtelijk of buitengerechtelijk akkoord ) or enter into any settlement agreement in respect of the Receivables; or

 

6



 

(e)                       perform any act which adversely affects or may adversely affect the Receivables or any Right of Pledge, without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

4.3                                Information

 

4.3.1                      The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Pledgee of an occurrence of an event that may be relevant to the Pledgee with respect to the Receivables or adversely affects or may adversely affect any Right of Pledge.

 

4.3.2                      The Pledgor shall promptly notify in writing, at its own costs, the existence of this Deed and each Right of Pledge to any relevant person (including without limitation, the court process server ( deurwaarder ) , the bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , the administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer in any jurisdiction) and shall promptly send to the Pledgee a copy of the relevant correspondence and the underlying documentation.

 

4.3.3                      The Pledgor shall at the Pledgee’s first request provide the Pledgee with all information and with copies of all relevant documentation relating to the Receivables and allow the Pledgee to inspect its administrative records in respect of the Receivables.

 

5                                          ENFORCEMENT

 

5.1                                Enforcement

 

5.1.1                      Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event and subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, the Pledgee shall have the right to enforce any Right of Pledge in accordance with Dutch law and any other applicable law and may take all (legal) steps and measures which it deems necessary or desirable and the Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in any way which the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable for the enforcement of that Right of Pledge.

 

5.1.2                      The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Receivables to the Pledgor. the C.V., holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Receivables, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.1.3                      Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge and upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enter into court compositions or out-of-court compositions ( gerechtelijke of buitengerechtelijke akkoorden ) and to cast a vote in connection with such compositions or to enter into any settlement agreement regarding the Receivables with the C.V. or any other person.

 

5.2                                Enforcement waivers

 

5.2.1                      The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Receivables to the Pledgor, debtors, holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Receivables, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.2.2                      The Pledgor waives its rights to make a request to the court:

 

7



 

(a)                      as referred to in Section 3:251 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code to determine that the Receivables shall be sold in a manner deviating from the provisions of Section 3:250 of the Dutch Civil Code; and

 

(b)                      as referred to in Section 3:246 (4) of the Dutch Civil Code to collect and receive payment of the Receivables after such authorization has been terminated in accordance with Clause 2.3.3 (Perfection).

 

5.2.3                          The Pledgor waives its rights to demand that the Pledgee:

 

(a)                      shall first enforce any security granted by any other person, pursuant to Section 3:234 of the Dutch Civil Code; or

 

(b)                      shall first proceed against or claim payment from any other person or enforce any guarantee, before enforcing any Right of Pledge.

 

The Pledgor waives its rights under Sections 3:233 (2) and 6:139 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.2.4                          The Pledgor waives its rights to set-off ( verrekenen ) its claims (if any) against the Pledgee under or in connection with this Deed against the Secured Obligations.

 

5.3                                    Application of monies

 

Subject to the mandatory provisions of Dutch law on enforcement, all monies received or realized by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of any Right of Pledge shall be applied by the Pledgee in accordance with section 11.15 (Allocation of Payments) of the Credit Agreement.

 

6                                              FURTHER ASSURANCES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

6.1                                    Further assurances

 

6.1.1                          If no valid right of pledge is created pursuant to this Deed in respect of any Receivable, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pledge to the Pledgee such Receivable as soon as it becomes available for pledging, by way of supplementary agreements, supplemental deeds or other instruments on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

6.1.2                          The Pledgor further undertakes to execute any instrument, provide such assurances and do all acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for:

 

(a)                     perfecting or protecting the security created (or intended to be created) by this Deed;

 

(b)                     preserving or protecting any of the rights of the Pledgee under this Deed;

 

(c)                      preserving or protecting the Pledgee’s interest in the Receivables;

 

(d)                     ensuring that any Right of Pledge and the undertakings and obligations of the Pledgor under this Deed shall inure to the benefit of any successor, transferee or assignee of the Pledgee;

 

(e)                      facilitating the collect on, appropriation or realisation of the Receivables or any part thereof in the manner contemplated by this Deed; or

 

(f)                       exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Pledgee under this Deed.

 

8



 

6.2                                Subordination of recourse or subrogation claims

 

6.2.1                          The Pledgor subordinates ( stelt achter ) in favour of the Pledgee any rights or claims which it may acquire by way of recourse or subrogation in connection with this Deed and the Pledgor shall not receive or collect payment and waives any right of payment in connection with such rights or claims until the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally been paid in full.

 

6.2.2                          If the Pledgor receives any sum which pursuant to Clause 6.2.1should not have been paid to it, the Pledgor shall promptly pay an amount equal to that receipt or recovery to the Pledgee for application towards the Secured Obligations in accordance with Clause 5 (Enforcement).

 

6.3                                    Power of attorney

 

6.3.1                          The Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Pledgee as its attorney ( gevolmachtigde ) for as long as any of the Secured Obligations are outstanding for the purposes of:

 

(a)                      doing in its name all acts and executing, signing and (if required) registering in its name all documents which the Pledgor itself could do, execute, sign or register in relation to the Receivables; and

 

(b)                      executing, signing, perfecting, doing and (if required) registering every such further document, act or thing as is referred to in this Clause 6.

 

6.3.2                      It is expressly agreed that the appointment under Clause 6.3.1 will only be exercised by the Pledgee in case of an Event of Default or if the Pledgor has not acted in accordance with this Deed and is given with full power of substitution and also applies to any situation where the Pledgee acts as the Pledgor’s counterparty ( Selbsteintritt ) within the meaning of Section 3:68 of the Dutch Civil Code or as a representative of the Pledgor’s counterparty.

 

7                                          TERMINATION

 

7.1                                Continuing

 

7.1.1                      Each Right of Pledge shall remain in full force and effect, until all Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full (to the Pledgee’s satisfaction) and no new Secured Obligations will arise (to the Pledgee’s satisfaction) unless terminated by the Pledgee pursuant to Clause 7.2 (Termination by Pledgee).

 

7.1.2                      In case a Right of Pledge is terminated the Pledgee shall at the request and expense of the Pledgor provide written evidence to the Pledgor to that effect.

 

7.2                                Termination by Pledgee

 

The Pledgee is entitled to:

 

(a)                     terminate by notice ( opzeggen ); or

 

(b)                     waive ( afstand doen ) ,

 

9



 

a Right of Pledge, in respect of all or part of the Receivables and all or part of the Secured Obligations and in respect of the Pledgor. The Pledgor agrees in advance to any waiver ( afstand van recht ) granted by the Pledgee under this Clause 7.2.

 

8                                          ASSIGNMENT

 

8.1                                No assignment – Pledgor

 

The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

8.2                                Assignment – Pledgee

 

8.2.1                      The Pledgee may transfer, assign or pledge any of its rights and obligations under this Deed in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the Pledgor, to the extent legally required, irrevocably cooperates or consents in advance ( verleent bij voorbaat medewerking of geeft bij voorbaat toestemming ) to such transfer, assignment or pledge. If the Pledgee transfers, assigns or pledges its rights under the Secured Obligations (or a part thereof), the Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that each Right of Pledge shall follow pro rata parte the transferred, assigned or pledged rights under the Secured Obligations (as an ancillary right ( nevenrecht ) to the relevant transferee, assignee or pledgee).

 

9                                          NOTICES

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Deed shall be made in accordance with the relevant provision of the Credit Agreement.

 

10                                   MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1                         Costs

 

All costs, charges, expenses and taxes shall be payable by the Pledgor in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

10.2                         Evidence of debt

 

As to the existence and composition of the Secured Obligations, a written statement by the Pledgee made in accordance with its books shall, save for manifest error, constitute conclusive evidence (dwingend bewijs), it being understood that in the event of a disagreement with respect thereto, the Pledgee shall be authorized to exercise its right of enforcement under his Deed.

 

10.3                         No lability Pledgee

 

Except for its gross negligence ( grove nalatigheid ) or wilful misconduct ( opzet ) , the Pledgee shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Pledgor for not (or not completely) collecting or recovering or selling the Receivables and/or any loss or damage resulting from any collecting or recovering or selling the Receivables or arising out of the exercise of or failure to exercise any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever in connection with the Receivables or this Deed.

 

10


 

10.4                         Severability

 

10.4.1               If a provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction that shall not affect:

 

(a)                                  the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

(b)                                  the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

10.4.2               The Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that they will negotiate in good faith to replace any provision of this Deed which may be held unenforceable with a provision which is enforceable and which is as similar as possible in substance to the unenforceable provision.

 

10.5                         No rescission

 

The Pledgor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its rights:

 

(a)                                  to rescind ( ontbinden ) this Deed in whole or in part pursuant to Section 6:265 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law;

 

(b)                                  to suspend ( opschorten ) any of its obligations under this Deed pursuant to Section 6:52,, 6:262 and 6:263 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law; and

 

(c)                                   to nullify ( vernietigen ) this Deed pursuant to Section 6:228 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law.

 

10.6                         No waiver

 

No delay or omission by the Pledgee in the exercise of any power or right under this Deed will impair such power or right or be construed as a waiver thereof or of the event giving rise to such power of right and no waiver of any past event shall be construed to be a waiver of any power or right accruing to this Deed by reason of any future event.

 

10.7                         Amendment and embodiment

 

This Deed shall not be amended, modified or rescinded except in writing when duly signed by authorized signatories of the Pledgor and the Pledgee. Any amendment, addendum and appendix so signed shall constitute part of this Deed.

 

10.8                         Counterparts

 

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11                                   ACCEPTANCE

 

The Pledgee accepts each Right of Pledge and all stipulations, covenants, undertakings, waivers, authorities and powers pursuant to this Deed.

 

11



 

12                                   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12.1                         Governing law

 

This Deed (including this Clause 12) shall be governed by Dutch law.

 

12.2                         Jurisdiction

 

12.2.1               The court ( rechtbank ) of Amsterdam, the Netherlands has exclusive jurisdiction to settle at first instance any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute).

 

12.2.2               Each Party agrees that the court ( rechtbank ) of Amsterdam, the Netherlands is the most appropriate and convenient court to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

12.2.3               This Clause 12.2 is for the benefit of the Pledgee only. As a result, the Pledgee shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Pledgee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

12.3                         Acceptance governing law power of attorney

 

If a Party is represented by an attorney in connection with the execution of this Deed or any agreement or document pursuant this Deed:

 

(a)                                  the existence and extent of the authority of; and

 

(b)                                 the effects of the exercise or purported exercise of that authority by,

 

(c)                                  that attorney is governed by the law designated in the power of attorney pursuant to which that attorney is appointed and such choice of law is accepted by the other Party.

 

This Deed has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

Remainder of page intentionally left blank

 

Signature page(s) follow

 

12



 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

Pledgee

 

 

CITIBANK N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Caesar W. Wyszomirski

 

/s/ Caesar W. Wyszomirski

By:

Caesar W. Wyszomirski

 

By:

Title:

Vice President

 

Title:

 

 

 

Pledgor

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL
LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

By:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 



 

Signed for acknowledgement

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET STREET INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES C.V.,

represented by its sole managing partner ( beherend vennool ) FLEET STREET INTERNATIONAL
UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS L.L.C.,

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

By:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

By:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary
and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET STREET INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS L.L.C.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

By:

Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

 

 

Z/EU/dj

5127564

 

2236110

 

Deed of pledge

(Laureate I B.V.)

 

This twenty-ninth day of January two thousand eight, there appeared before me, Jurjen Mos, hereafter to be called “civil law notary”, as deputy of Dominique François Margaretha Maria Zaman, civil law notary at Rotterdam, the Netherlands: Mr Erik Uljee, born in Ekeren, Belgium on the sixteenth day of November nineteen hundred and seventy-six, employed at Weena 690, 3012 CN Rotterdam, the Netherlands, in this respect acting as authorized representative of:

 

1.                                       lniciativas Culturales de España S.L. , a company under the laws of Spain, with its registered address at Calle Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid, Spain 28670, registered with the Companies Registry of Madrid under number Volume 499 general, 461 of the 3 rd  Section of the Companies Book, Folio 62, Sheet number 66, 177, first entry and with CIF B-78345238 (hereinafter: the “Pledgor’’ );

 

2.                                       Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. , a limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda, with its registered office at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, United States of America, and its business address at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, United States of America (hereinafter: the “Pledgee” ); and

 

3.                                       Laureate I B.V. , a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered offices in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and its office address at Amsteldijk 166, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and registered with the Trade Register under number 30124190 (hereinafter: the “Company” ).

 

The person appearing, acting as aforesaid, has declared:

 

1



 

WHEREAS:

 

a.                                       The Pledgee and the Pledgor, and other parties, have entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement” ) dated the seventeenth day of August two thousand seven pursuant to which the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) have inter alia extended to the Pledgor Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments (as defined in the Credit Agreement);

 

b.                                       Pursuant to Section 15 of the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor has undertaken to pay to the Pledgee, acting in its own capacity and not as representative or agent of the Lenders, the Parallel Debt (as defined in the Credit Agreement); and

 

c.                                        The Pledgor has agreed to create a first priority right of pledge ( pandrechteerste in rang ) over the Charged Assets (as defined hereinafter) in favor of the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined hereinafter).

 

DEFINITIONS.

 

Article 1.

 

1.1                                In this Deed:

 

a.                                       “Articles of Association” means the articles of association ( statuten ) of the Company as they currently stand since their most recent amendment on the twenty-second day of December two thousand four;

 

b.                                       “Charged Assets” means:

 

(a)                                  the Shares;

 

(b)                                  the Dividends; and

 

(c)                                   the Related Assets.

 

c.                                        “Deed” means this agreement and deed of pledge of shares;

 

d.                                       “Dividends” means any and all cash dividends, distribution of reserves, repayments of capital, liquidation or dissolution proceeds and all other distributions and (re) payments in respect of the Shares;

 

e.                                        “Enforcement Event” means a default by the Pledgor in the proper performance of the Secured Obligations (whether in whole or in part) provided that such default constitutes an Event of Default which is continuing;

 

f.                                         “Related Assets” means any and all shares, rights (other than Dividends) and other assets accruing, distributed, issued or offered at any time by way of redemption, repurchase, dividend, bonus, preference, pre-emption, conversion, capitalization of profits or reserves, substitution, exchange, warrant, claim or option right or otherwise in respect of the Shares;

 

g.                                        “Right of Pledge” means each right of pledge created by this Deed in accordance with Clause 3 (Pledge of Charged Assets);

 

h.                                       “Shares” means:

 

(a)                                  the ordinary shares numbered from one (1) up to and including forty (40), with a nominal value of four hundred and fifty Euro (EUR 450) each; and

 

(b)                                  any and all shares in the capital of the Company which are acquired by the Pledgor after the date of this Deed.

 

2



 

i.                                           “Secured Obligations” means any and all obligations and liabilities consisting of monetary payment obligations ( verbintenissen tot betaling van een geldsom ) of the Pledgor to the Pledgee, whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, whether as primary obligor or as surety, whether for principal, interest or costs under or in connection with:

 

(a)                                  this Deed;

 

(b)                                  the Credit Agreement;

 

(c)                                   the Parallel Debt; and

 

(d)                                  any future or present credit facilities in current account or otherwise, any guarantee issued by the Pledgor to the Pledgee, and/or for any other reason whatsoever.

 

j.                                          “Voting Transfer Event” means the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing in conjunction with a written notice from the Pledgee to the Pledgor and the Company stating that the Pledgee shall exercise the Voting Rights;

 

k.                                       “Voting Rights” means any and all voting rights, other consensual rights and similar rights and powers attached to the Shares.

 

1.2                                Save where the contrary is indicated, a reference in this Deed to:

 

a.                                       the “Pledgee” , the “Pledgor” or the “Company” shall be construed so as to include its or their respective successors, transferees and assignees from time to time and any successor of such a successor, transferee or assignee in accordance with their respective interests, all in accordance with the Credit Agreement and this Deed;

 

b.                                       this “Deed” , the “Credit Agreement” , or the “Articles of Association” or any other agreement or document shall be construed to be a reference to this Deed, the Credit Agreement or the Articles of Association or such other agreement or document as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, novated or otherwise modified from time to time;

 

c.                                        a “Clause” shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause of this Deed; and

 

d.                                       a “person” shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, institution, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing.

 

1.3                                Capitalised words and expressions used but not defined in this Deed shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

 

1.4                                The titles and headings of the Clauses are for convenience only and do not form part of this Deed and shall in no way affect the interpretation thereof.

 

1.5                                In this Deed words and expressions importing the singular shall, where the context permits or requires, include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.6                                Any reference in this Deed to a statute (including but not limited to the Dutch Civil Code) shall be construed as a reference to such statute as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended or re-enacted.

 

1.7                                Any Event of Default shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 6:81 and further of the Dutch Civil Code) and any Enforcement Event shall constitute a

 

3



 

verzuim (as meant in Section 3:248 (1) in conjunction with Section 6:81 and further of the Dutch Civil Code) in the proper performance of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, without any dun ( aanmaning ) , summons ( sommatie ) or notice of default ( ingebrekestelling ) being sent or required.

 

UNDERTAKING TO PLEDGE

 

Article 2.

 

The Pledgor agrees with the Pledgee and undertakes to create or, as the case may be, to create in advance ( bij voorbaat ) a first priority right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang ) in respect of the Charged Assets as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

PLEDGE OF CHARGED ASSETS

 

Article 3.

 

3.1                                The Pledgor grants to the Pledgee:

 

a.                                       a first priority right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang ) over all Charged Assets; and

 

b.                                       to the extent the Charged Assets consist of future Charged Assets, a first priority right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang ) is granted in advance ( bij voorbaat ) over all such future Charged Assets, as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

3.2                                The Right of Pledge includes all accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) and all ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Charged Assets.

 

3.3                                To the extent that the Charged Assets are (or shall be) subject to an encumbrance or right of pledge taking priority over the Right of Pledge, nevertheless the Right of Pledge will have been (or will be) created with the highest possible rank available at that time.

 

3.4                                To the extent that pursuant to Dutch law the future Charged Assets are not subject to the Right of Pledge, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to grant a right of pledge over such future Charged Assets to the Pledgee by way of a notarial deed on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

PERFECTION RIGHT OF PLEDGE AND COMPANY STATEMENTS

 

Article 4.

 

4.1                                The Company:

 

a.                                       acknowledges to be notified of the Right of Pledge and undertakes to register the Right of Pledge in its shareholders’ register;

 

b.                                       undertakes that promptly after the Pledgor has acquired Shares it shall register the Right of Pledge in its shareholders’ register;

 

c.                                        undertakes to provide the Pledgee promptly after the execution of this Deed and promptly after each acquisition of shares in the capital of the Company by the Pledgor with a copy of the relevant entry in its shareholders’ register;

 

d.                                       to the extent possible under Dutch law and with the knowledge of the Pledgor, waives (and shall waive at the Pledgee’s first request) any right that may impede the exercise by the Pledgee of the Right of Pledge and the other rights conferred under this Deed; and

 

e.                                        undertakes not to propose or effect such acts as set forth in Clause 6.2.

 

4.2                                The Pledgee is entitled:

 

4



 

a.                                       to present a true copy ( afschrift ) of this Deed and any other document pursuant to this Deed for registration to any office, registrar or governmental body (including the Dutch tax authorities) in any jurisdiction; and

 

b.                                       to serve any notice to any person (with due observance of the provisions of Clause 5.2 and of Clause 6.1 with respect to the notice referred to therein), as the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Article 5.

 

5.1                                In accordance with Section 3:246 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code, only the Pledgee is entitled to collect and receive payment of the Dividends and the Related Assets which are subject to the Right of Pledge and to exercise all rights of the Pledgor vis-à-vis the Company. To the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement and without prejudice to its entitlement to collect and receive payment and to exercise its rights, the Pledgee authorizes the Pledgor to collect and receive payment of the Dividends and the Related Assets.

 

5.2.                             The authorization granted by the Pledgee to the Pledgor pursuant to Clause 5.1 may be terminated by the Pledgee by giving notice thereof to the Pledgor and the Company upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

VOTING RIGHTS

 

Article 6.

 

6.1                                The Voting Rights are transferred by the Pledgor to the Pledgee under the condition precedent ( opschortende voorwaarde ) of the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event. The general meeting of shareholders of the Company has resolved to approve such transfer of Voting Rights, as is evidenced by a written resolution of such meeting, dated the twentieth day of December two thousand seven, a copy of which is attached to this Deed.

 

6.2                                Until the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgor may exercise its Voting Rights provided that:

 

a.                                       no such exercise may violate or be inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Deed or the Credit Agreement; and

 

b.                                       no such exercise may have the effect of impairing the position or interests of the Pledgee, including, for the avoidance of doubt, such exercise which without the prior written consent of the Pledgee results in a resolution to consent or to ratify:

 

(i)                                      a filing of a request to declare the Company bankrupt ( failliet ) or a filing of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(ii)                                   a filing by the Company of a request to be granted a suspension of payments ( surséance van betaling ) or a filing by the Company of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(iii)                                any conversion ( omzetting ) , merger ( fusie ) or division ( splitsing ) of the Company;

 

(iv)                               an issuance or cancellation of shares in the capital of the Company or any reduction of any reserve of the Company;

 

5



 

(v)                                  an acquisition by the Company of shares in the capital of the Company or depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) thereof;

 

(vi)                               a transfer of the authority to issue shares in the capital of the Company and to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights of shareholders to any other corporate body other than the general meeting of shareholders;

 

(vii)                            a granting of rights to subscribe for shares in the capital of the Company or a limitation or exclusion of pre-emptive rights of shareholders upon issuance of shares in the capital of the Company;

 

(viii)                         an issuance of depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) in respect of shares in the capital of the Company with the co-operation of the Company;

 

(ix)                               a material change of the terms of the Charged Assets; or

 

(x)                                  a material impairment of the value of the Charged Assets.

 

In the event of doubt, the Pledgor shall in time consult with the Pledgee on the resolution to be passed prior to exercising its Voting Rights and the Pledgor shall subsequently vote in accordance with the Pledgee’s instructions.

 

6.3          Upon the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event the Pledgee shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such Voting Rights and shall be entitled to exercise or refrain from exercising such rights in such manner as the Pledgee may in its absolute discretion deem fit.

 

6.4                                Until the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgee shall not have the rights which the law attributes to holders of depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) , issued with a company’s co-operation, of shares in the capital of the Company.

 

CONTINUING AND ADDITIONAL SECURITY

 

Article 7.

 

7.1                                The Right of Pledge is one and indivisible ( één en ondeelbaar ) and shall (unless released pursuant to Clause 13 (Termination)) remain in full force and effect, shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Secured Obligations or by any settlement of accounts and the Pledgee shall not have any obligation to relinquish the Right of Pledge, until all of the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full.

 

7.2                                To the extent possible under Dutch law, the Right of Pledge shall not in any way be prejudiced by or be dependent on any collateral or other security now or hereafter held by the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations or any lien to which it may be entitled (whether by contract or statute). The rights of the Pledgee hereunder are in addition to and not in lieu of those provided by law.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Article 8.

 

8.1                                The Pledgor represents and warrants, on the date of this Deed and on each drawdown date under the Credit Agreement, for the benefit of the Pledgee that:

 

6


 

a.                                       it is a company with limited liability duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Spain, and that the Company is a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands;

 

b.                                       all authorizations required (including all necessary corporate authorisations) in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

c.                                        the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the granting of the Right of Pledge do not and will not contravene:

 

(i)                            any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal; or

 

(ii)                         any provision of its articles of association ( statuten ) or other constitutional document; or

 

(iii)                      any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Pledgor or to which any of its assets is bound or affected or constitute a default thereunder;

 

d.                                       it has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction and that the Company has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against the Company for the Company’s winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction;

 

e.                                        it holds full and exclusive title ( titel ) to the Charged Assets and has the authority and the power ( beschikkingsbevoegd ) to create the Right of Pledge;

 

f.                                         the Right of Pledge is a first ranking right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang ) ;

 

g.                                        the Charged Assets:

 

(i)                                      have, save for the Right of Pledge, not been encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ) or otherwise;

 

(ii)                                   are not subject to any attachment ( beslag );

 

(iii)                                have not been transferred or, save for the Right of Pledge, encumbered in advance ( bij voorbaat ) to any third party;

 

(iv)                               are capable of being transferred, assigned and encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ) ; and

 

(v)                                  are not subject to any option or similar right;

 

h.                                       save for the Right of Pledge, the Pledgor has not agreed to grant any

 

7



 

right or to do such acts as set forth in Clause 8 (g) in respect of the Charged Assets;

 

i.                                           the Shares:

 

(i)                                      have been validly issued and have not been repurchased ( ingekocht ) , cancelled ( ingetrokken ) , reduced ( afgestempeld ) , split or combined;

 

(ii)                                   constitute one hundred per cent (100%) of the issued share capital of the Company and are fully paid up; and

 

(iii)                                issued and outstanding at the date of this Deed have been acquired pursuant to a notarial deed of transfer of shares, executed on the sixth day of May two thousand and four, by deed of transfer of shares by title of sale and purchase, executed before Michel Dick van Waateringe, civil law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, as follows:

 

·                   twelve (12) shares, numbered 1 up to and including 12 on the first day of March two thousand and six, by deed of transfer of shares by title of sale and purchase, executed before Philippe Huib Ferdinand Konig, civil law notary in Rotterdam, the Netherlands; and

 

·                   twenty-eight (28) shares, numbered 13 up to and including 40 on the thirtieth day of June two thousand and six, by deed of transfer of shares as capital contribution, executed before Willem Frederik Otto Stricker, civil law notary in Rotterdam, the Netherlands.

 

j.                                          it has provided the Pledgee with all information and documentation regarding the Charged Assets, which the Pledgor understands or should be aware to be important to the Pledgee;

 

k.                                       there are no outstanding claims on the Company for the issue of any shares in the capital of the Company and no depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) have been issued in respect of shares in the capital of the Company;

 

l.                                           it has not been deprived of the authority to alienate shares in the capital of the Company by virtue of Section 2:22a of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

m.                                   it has not been served a writ in connection with the settlement of shareholders disputes within the meaning of Section 2:335 and further of the Dutch Civil Code, and is consequently not subject to the prohibition set out in Section 2:338 of the Dutch Civil Code; and

 

n.                                       the Company may only issue shares by virtue of a resolution of its general meeting of shareholders and this authority has not been transferred to any other corporate body of the Company.

 

8.2                                The representations and warranties set out in Clause 8.1 are deemed to be made by the Pledgor on each date the Pledgor acquires legal title to a Charged Asset.

 

8



 

UNDERTAKINGS

 

Article 9.

 

9.1                                Without prejudice to Clause 5.1 (Dividends) and unless permitted under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor shall not without the prior written consent of the Pledgee:

 

a.                                       assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, release ( kwijtschelden ) or waive ( afstand doen van ) any rights over the Charged Assets;

 

b.                                       agree with a court composition or an out-of-court composition ( gerechtelijk of buitengerechtelijk akkoord ) or enter into any settlement agreement in respect of the Charged Assets;

 

c.                                        waive any accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) or ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Charged Assets without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, and

 

d.                                       in general perform any act which adversely affects or may adversely affect the Charged Assets.

 

9.2                                The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Pledgee of an occurrence of an event that may be relevant to the Pledgee with respect to the Charged Assets or adversely affects or may adversely affect the Right of Pledge or the ability of the Pledgor to perform the Secured Obligations, including but not limited to the occurrence of:

 

a.                                       an attachment ( beslag ) of the Charged Assets;

 

b.                                       a filing of a request to declare the Pledgor or the Company bankrupt ( failliet ) or a filing of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

c.                                        a filing by the Pledgor or the Company of a request to be granted a suspension of payments ( surséance van betaling ) or a filing by the Pledgor or the Company of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

d.                                       the liquidation or dissolution of the Pledgor or the Company or the Pledgor or the Company ceasing to carry on the whole or a part of its business;

 

e.                                        the Pledgor becoming aware that any of the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 8 (Representations and Warranties) is or proves to have been incorrect or incomplete or misleading; or

 

f.                                         the Pledgor becoming aware that any of the actions as referred to in Clause 6.2. are proposed or effected.

 

9.3                                Upon the occurrence of an event referred to in Clause 9.2, the Pledgor shall promptly notify in writing, at its own costs, the existence of this Deed and the Right of Pledge to:

 

a.                                       a third party or the court process server ( deurwaarder ) acting on behalf of such third party making an attachment ( beslag ) ;

 

b.                                       the bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer in any jurisdiction; or

 

c.                                        any other relevant person, as the case may be.

 

9.4                                The Pledgor shall promptly send to the Pledgee a copy of the relevant documentation in respect of an event referred to in Clause 9.2. and a copy of any correspondence pursuant to Clause 9.3.

 

9



 

9.6                                The Pledgor shall at the Pledgee’s first reasonable request provide the Pledgee with all information and with copies of all relevant documentation relating to the Charged Assets and allow the Pledgee to inspect its administrative records to verify the balances outstanding on any or all of the Charged Assets and/or to instruct the Pledgor’s independent accountant so to verify.

 

ENFORCEMENT

 

Article 10.

 

10.1                         Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enforce the Right of Pledge in accordance with Dutch law and any other applicable law and may take all (legal) steps and measures which it deems necessary or desirable and the Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in any way which the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable for the enforcement of the Right of Pledge.

 

10.2                         The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Charged Assets to the Pledgor, debtors, holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Charged Assets, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

10.3                         The Pledgor shall not be entitled to make a request to the court as referred to in Section 3:251 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code to determine that the Charged Assets shall be sold in a manner deviating from the provisions of Section 3:250 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

10.4                         The Pledgor shall not be entitled to demand that the Pledgee:

 

a.                                       shall first enforce any security interests granted by any other person, pursuant to Section 3:234 of the Dutch Civil Code; or

 

b.                                       to first proceed against or claim payment from any other person or enforce any guarantee, before enforcing this Right of Pledge.

 

The Pledgor waives its rights under Sections 3:233 (2) and 6:139 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

10.5                         The Pledgor shall not be entitled to set-off ( verrekenen ) its claims (if any) against the Pledgee under or in connection with this Deed and/or the Credit Agreement against the Secured Obligations.

 

10.6                         To the fullest extent permitted by Dutch law and the Articles of Association, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally waives, renounces and agrees not to exercise any pre-emption rights or rights of first refusal upon a sale of shares in the capital of the Company and where applicable the other Charged Assets.

 

10.7                         The Pledgee is irrevocably and unconditionally authorized (but without any obligation) in the event of a sale of the Shares:

 

a.                                       to offer the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) for sale in the manner prescribed by the Articles of Association or to seek the approval of the corporate body designated under the Articles of Association as empowered to approve all proposed transfers of shares, as the case may be, and to exercise the Pledgor’s rights in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares as provided in Section 2:198 (5) of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

b.                                       to cause notice of such sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the

 

10



 

other Charged Assets) to be served, also on behalf of the Pledgor, upon the Company in accordance with Dutch law and the Articles of Association; and

 

c.                                        to cause the Shares (and, where applicable, other Charged Assets) to be registered in the name of the new owner(s) following the sale to the extent required on behalf of the Pledgor, to do all such acts and to sign all such documents as are necessary or desirable for that purpose pursuant to Dutch law or the provisions of the Articles of Association.

 

10.8                         The Pledgee shall have the right to impose such limitations and restrictions on the sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) as the Pledgee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with any law, rule or regulation applicable to the sale. The Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in obtaining any necessary permits, exemptions or consents of competent authorities and in ensuring that the sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the Charged Assets) does not violate any applicable securities laws.

 

10.9                         Subject to the mandatory provisions of Dutch law on enforcement, all monies received or realized by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of the Right of Pledge shall be applied by the Pledgee in accordance with Section 11.15 (Allocation of Payments) of the Credit Agreement.

 

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

Article 11.

 

11.1                         If no valid right of pledge is created pursuant to this Deed in respect of the Charged Assets, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pledge to the Pledgee the Charged Assets as soon as they become available for pledging, by way of supplementary agreements, supplemental deeds or other instruments on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

11.2                         The Pledgor further undertakes to execute any instrument provide such assurances and do all acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for:

 

a.                                       perfecting or protecting the security created (or intended to be created) by this Deed;

 

b.                                       preserving or protecting any of the rights of the Pledgee under this Deed;

 

c.                                        preserving or protecting the Pledgee’s interest in the Charged Assets;

 

d.                                       ensuring that the Right of Pledge and the undertakings and obligations of the Pledgor under this Deed shall inure to the benefit of any assignee of the Pledgee;

 

e.                                        facilitating the appropriation or realization of the Charged Assets or any part thereof in the manner contemplated by this Deed in case of an Event of Default; or

 

f.                                         the exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Pledgee under this Deed.

 

11.3                         To the extent necessary, the Pledgor subordinates in favor of the Pledgee any rights which it may acquire by way of recourse or subrogation in connection with this Deed, until the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally been paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to the Pledgor on account of such recourse or subrogation rights at any time when any of the

 

11



 

Secured Obligations are still outstanding, the Pledgor shall forthwith pay such amount to the Pledgee to apply such amount to the Secured Obligations in accordance with Clause 10 (Enforcement).

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY AND NO WAIVER

 

Article 12.

 

12.1                         The Pledgor, by way of security and in order to secure the performance by the Pledgor of its obligations under this Deed, irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Pledgee as its attorney ( gevolmachtigde ) for as long as any of the Secured Obligations are outstanding for the purposes of:

 

a.                                       doing in its name all acts and executing, signing and (if required) registering in its name all documents which the Pledgor itself could do, execute, sign or register in relation to the Charged Assets; and

 

b.                                       executing, signing, perfecting, doing and (if required) registering every such further document, act or thing as is referred to in Clause 11 (Further Assurances).

 

12.2                         It is expressly agreed that the appointment under Clause 12.1 will only be exercised by the Pledgee in case of an Event of Default which is continuing and is given with full power of substitution and also applies to any situation where the Pledgee acts as the Pledgor’s counterparty ( Selbsteintritt ) within the meaning of Section 3:68 of the Dutch Civil Code or as a representative of the Pledgor’s counterparty.

 

12.3                         No delay or omission by the Pledgee in the exercise of any power or right under this Deed will impair such power or right or be construed as a waiver thereof or of the event giving rise to such power of right and no waiver of any past event shall be construed to be a waiver of any power or right accruing to the Pledgee by reason of any future event.

 

TERMINATION

 

Article 13.

 

13.1                         Unless terminated by operation of law or terminated or waived pursuant to Clause 13.3, the Right of Pledge shall be in full force and effect until the Pledgee has certified in writing to the Pledgor that all Secured Obligations have been fully, irrevocably and unconditionally repaid or discharged to its satisfaction.

 

13.2                         Upon termination of the Right of Pledge in accordance with Clause 13.1, the Pledgee shall, at the request and expense of the Pledgor, issue a notice of release to the Pledgor.

 

13.3                         The Pledgee is entitled to terminate by notice ( opzeggen ) or waiver ( afstand ) the Right of Pledge, in respect of all or part of the Charged Assets and all or part of the Secured Obligations. The Pledgor agrees in advance to any waiver granted by the Pledgee under this Clause 13.3.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

Article 14.

 

14.1                         This Deed shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Pledgor and the Pledgee and their respective successors, transferees and assignees.

 

14.2                         The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under

 

12


 

this Deed without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

14.3                         The Pledgee may transfer, assign or pledge any of its rights and obligations under this Deed in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

WAIVER

 

Article 15.

 

The Pledgor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its rights:

 

a.                             to dissolve ( ontbinden ) this Deed in case of failure in the performance of one or more of the Pledgee’s obligations pursuant to Section 6:265 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground;

 

b.                             to suspend ( opschorten ) any of its obligations pursuant to Section 6:52 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground; and

 

c.                              to nullify ( vernietigen ) this Deed pursuant to Section 6:228 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground.

 

COSTS

 

Article 16.

 

All costs, charges and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, administration, execution, perfection, preservation, protection, registration or enforcement of this Deed and the exercise and/or enforcement of any rights or powers hereunder by the Pledgee shall be payable by the Pledgor in accordance with Section 14.5 (Payment of Expenses; Indemnification) of the Credit Agreement.

 

EVIDENCE OF DEBT

 

Article 17.

 

As to the existence and composition of the Secured Obligations, a written statement by the Pledgee made in accordance with its books shall constitute conclusive evidence (save for manifest error), it being understood that in the event of a disagreement with respect thereto, the Pledgee shall be authorized to exercise its right of enforcement, with due observance of the obligation of the Pledgee to transfer all which afterwards would appear to be received by it in excess of its rights.

 

LIABILITY

 

Article 18.

 

Except for its gross negligence ( grove nalatigheid ) or wilful misconduct ( opzet ) , the Pledgee shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Pledgor for not (or not completely) collecting or recovering or selling the Charged Assets and/or any loss or damage resulting from any collecting or recovering or selling the Charged Assets or arising out of the exercise of or failure to exercise any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever in connection with the Charged Assets or this Deed.  Should any such loss or damage occur, then the Pledgor shall fully indemnify the Pledgee therefor.

 

NOTICES

 

Article 19.

 

19.1                         Any notice or other communication in connection with this Deed required to be sent or given shall be sent in the English language by registered mail or by fax to the following addresses:

if to the Pledgor:

lniciativas Culturales de España, S.L

 

13



 

Calle Tajo s/n

Urbanización EI Bosque

Villaviciosa de Odón,

Madrid

Spain 28670

if to the Pledgee:

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

with a copy to:

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

if to the Company:

Laureate I B.V.

Amsteldijk 166

1079 LH Amsterdam

The Netherlands

with a copy to:

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

United States of America

or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time be notified by the parties for such purpose in writing.

 

19.2                         All documents provided under or in connection with this Deed must be:

 

a.                            in English; or

 

b.                            if not in English, and if so required by the Pledgee, accompanied by an English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

19.3                         If sent by registered mail, any notice or other communication sent by registered mail pursuant to this Deed shall be deemed to have been received by the party to whom it was addressed on the first Business Day after the day shown as the

 

14



 

day of receipt by a return receipt. If sent by fax, it shall be deemed, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by the party to whom it was sent on the day of dispatch provided that the report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine shows that all pages of such notice, demand or other communications were properly transmitted to the recipients fax machine.  Without prejudice to any other mode of service, any notice or any other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served if sent to the addresses as set forth in Clause 19.1.

 

SEVERABILITY

 

Article 20.

 

20.1                         If a provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, that shall not affect:

 

a.                            the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

b.                            the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

20.2                         The Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that they will negotiate in good faith to replace any provision of this Deed which may be held unenforceable with a provision which is enforceable and which is as similar as possible in substance to the unenforceable provision.

 

AMENDMENT

 

Article 21.

 

This Deed shall only be amended, modified or rescinded by a notarial deed under Dutch law duly executed, before a civil law notary in the Netherlands, by the authorized signatories of the Pledgor and the Pledgee.

 

ACCEPTANCE

 

Article 22.

 

The Pledgee accepts the Right of Pledge and all stipulations, covenants, undertakings, waivers, authorities and powers pursuant to this Deed. 

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

Article 23.

 

This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Dutch law.

 

JURISDICTION

 

Article 24.

 

The courts of Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes which might arise out of or in connection with this Deed, and, for such purposes, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for the benefit of the Pledgee, to the jurisdiction of that court. The Pledgee, however, reserves the right to refer the matter to any other competent court in any jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not (to the extent permitted by law).

 

BY-LAW ROYAL NOTARIAL ASSOCIATION

 

Article 25.

 

25.1                         The Pledgor declares that it is aware that Mr. Dominique François Margaretha Maria Zaman, civil law notary in Rotterdam, the Netherlands, is a representative

 

15



 

of the law firm Loyens & Loeff N.V. in Rotterdam, the Netherlands which acts as the external legal advisor of the Pledgee.

 

25.2                         With reference to the provisions of the Code of Conduct ( Verordening Beroepsen Gedragsregels ) as determined by the general meeting of the Royal Notarial Association ( Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie ) , the Pledgor explicitly declares that it consents to the fact that the Pledgee will be assisted by Loyens & Loeff N.V. in all cases connected with this Deed and all potential conflicts and all potential conflicts arising therefrom.

 

Powers of Attorney.

 

Of the abovementioned powers of attorney to the person appearing has appeared to me, civil law notary, from three (3) written powers of attorney, which will be attached to this deed.

 

End

 

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.  This deed was executed in Rotterdam on the date stated in the first paragraph of this deed.

 

The contents of the deed have been stated and clarified to the person appearing.  The person appearing has declared not to wish the deed to be fully read out, to have noted the contents of the deed timely before its execution and to agree with the contents.

 

After limited reading, this deed was signed first by the person appearing and thereafter by me, civil law notary.

(follows signature)

 

 

ISSUED FOR TRUE COPY

 

 

 

/s/ Dominique Francois Margaretha Maria Zaman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16




Exhibit 10.25

 

 

DRUP/BERKM/9733747

40053180/5143227

 

DEED OF PLEDGE

(Laureate I B.V.)

 

This thirtieth day of September two thousand eleven, there appeared before me, Pieter Gerard van Druten, civil law notary at Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Sebastiaan van Dugteren, born in Oosterbeek, the Netherlands, on the twenty-fourth day of September nineteen hundred and seventy-four, employed at Fred. Roeskestraat 100, 1076 ED Amsterdam, the Netherlands, for the purposes hereof acting as attorney – whose authorization has been evidenced by three (3) written powers of attorney which will be attached to this deed (Annex ) – of:

 

1.                             INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA S.L. , a company incorporated under the laws of Spain, with its registered address at Calle Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid, Spain 28670, registered with the Companies Registry of Madrid in Volume 499 general, 461 of the 3 rd  Section of the Companies Book, Folio 62, Sheet number 66, 177, first entry and with CIF B-78345238, hereinafter referred to as: the “Pledgor” ;

 

2.                             CITIBANK N.A. , a national banking association under the laws of the United States of America, having its registered office address at 390 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, United States of America, for the purposes hereof acting in its capacity as Collateral Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement and/or in its capacity as sole creditor under each Parallel Debt in both capacities, hereinafter referred to as: the “Pledgee” ; and

 

3.                             LAUREATE I B.V. , a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under Dutch law, having its official seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its registered office address at Amsteldijk 166, 1079LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the trade register of the Chambers of Commerce under number 30124190, hereinafter referred to as: the “Company” .

 

The person appearing has declared:

 

1



 

WHEREAS:

 

A.                           Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of the seventeenth day of August two thousand and seven and amended and restated on the sixteenth day of June two thousand and eleven (the Credit Agreement ) by and among Laureate Education, Inc. as Parent Borrower, the Pledgor as Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and other parties identified therein.

 

B.                           Pursuant to section 15 (Parallel debt) of the Credit Agreement, each Borrower has undertaken to pay to the Collateral Agent, acting in its own capacity and not as representative or agent of a Lender, each Parallel Debt.

 

C.                           Pursuant to a notarial deed of pledge executed on the twenty-ninth day of January two thousand eight before a deputy of D.F.M.M. Zaman, civil law notary in Rotterdam, the Netherlands, among others first ranking security has been granted in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement by the Pledgor over all shares issued and outstanding in the capital of the Company as security for amongst others the obligations of the Borrowers under the Existing Credit Agreement as such agreement would be amended and restated from time to time (the Deed of First Ranking Share Pledge ).

 

D.                           Pursuant to a resignation and appointment agreement (the Resignation and Appointment Agreement ) dated the thirtieth day of September two thousand and eleven by and among Laureate Education, Inc. and the Pledgor as Borrowers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as resigning administrative agent and resigning collateral agent and Citibank, N.A. as successor administrative agent and successor collateral agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement has been replaced by Citibank N.A. and the Parallel Debt has been assigned from Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. to Citibank N.A.

 

E.                            Notwithstanding the fact that, following the replacement of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement, the Deed of First Ranking Share Pledge will continue to secure (amongst others) the obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor has agreed to grant a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) over the Charged Assets (as defined in this Deed) in favor of the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined in this Deed).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1                                DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                      Definitions

 

1.1.1            Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Deed (including its recitals) shall have the meaning as given thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

1.1.2            In this Deed (including its recitals):

 

Articles of Association means the articles of association ( statuten ) of the Company as they currently stand since their latest amendment, pursuant to a notarial deed of amendment to the articles of association, executed on the

 

2



 

twenty-fifth day of May two thousand eleven before A.J. Wiggers, civil law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

Charged Assets means:

 

(a)                    the Shares;

 

(b)                    the Dividends; and

 

(c)                     the Related Assets.

 

Corresponding Debt means any amounts owing from time to time by the Borrowers to the Lenders under the Credit Agreement or any U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

Deed means this deed of pledge of shares.

 

Dividends means any and all cash dividends, distribution of reserves, repayments of capital, liquidation or dissolution proceeds and all other distributions and (re) payments in respect of the Shares.

 

Enforcement Event means a default by any Borrower in the performance of the Secured Obligations (whether in whole or in part) provided that such default constitutes an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

First Ranking Right of Pledge means the first priority right of pledge created pursuant to the Deed of First Ranking Share Pledge by and among the Pledgor as pledgor, the Company as company and, pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement and a deed of assumption of contract by and between among others the Pledgee, the Pledgor and the Company dated on or about the date hereof, the Pledgee as pledgee.

 

Party means a party to this Deed.

 

Related Assets means any and all shares, rights (other than Dividends) and other assets accruing, distributed, issued or offered at any time by way of redemption, repurchase, dividend, bonus, preference, pre-emption, conversion, capitalization of profits or reserves, substitution, exchange, warrant, claim or option right or otherwise in respect of the Shares.

 

Right of Pledge means a right of pledge created by this Deed in accordance with Clause 2 (Creation of security).

 

Shares means:

 

(a)                    the ordinary shares numbered from one (1) up to and including forty (40), with a nominal value of four hundred and fifty euro (EUR 450) each in the capital of the Company; and

 

(b)                    any and all shares in the capital of the Company which are acquired by the Pledgor after the date of this Deed.

 

Secured Obligations Secured Obligations means any and all obligations and liabilities consisting of monetary payment obligations ( verbintenissen tot betaling van een geldsom ) of each Borrower to the Pledgee, whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, whether as primary obligor or as surety, whether for principal, interest, costs or otherwise under or in connection with the Parallel Debt (and if at the time of the creation of a Right of Pledge, or at any time thereafter, the Corresponding Debt owed to the Pledgee cannot be validly secured through the Parallel Debt, any amount which each Borrower owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Credit Documents shall be the Secured Obligation).

 

3



 

Voting Transfer Event means the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing in conjunction with a written notice from the Pledgee to the Pledgor and the Company stating that the Pledgee shall exercise the Voting Rights.

 

Voting Rights means any and all voting rights, other consensual rights and similar rights and powers attached to the Shares.

 

1.2                      Interpretation

 

1.2.1            Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Deed (including its recitals) to:

 

(a)                    a Clause shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause of this Deed;

 

(b)                    this Deed, the Credit Agreement or any other agreement or instrument includes all amendments, supplements, novations, restatements or re-enactments (without prejudice to any prohibition thereto) however fundamental and of whatsoever nature to this Deed, the Credit Agreement, or other agreement or instrument and includes without limitation (i) any increase or reduction in any amount available under the Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented, novated, restated or re­enacted) or any alteration of or addition to the purpose for which any such amount, or increased or reduced amount may be used, (ii) any facility provided in substitution of or in addition to the facilities originally made available thereunder, (iii) any rescheduling of the indebtedness incurred thereunder whether in isolation or in connection with any of the foregoing, and (iv) any combination of the foregoing and the Secured Obligations include such amendments, supplements, novations, restatements or re-enactments (whether or not anticipated);

 

(c)                     person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;

 

(d)                    the Pledgee , the Pledgor , the Company or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees; and

 

(e)                     a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

1.2.2            Clause headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.3            In this Deed (including its recitals), words and expressions importing the singular shall, where the context permits or requires, include the plural and vice versa and words and expressions importing the masculine shall, where the context permits or requires, include the feminine and neuter and vice versa.

 

1.2.4            An Enforcement Event shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 3:248 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code) in the performance of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, without any dun ( aanmaning ) , summons ( sommatie ) or notice of default ( ingebrekestelling ) being sent or required.

 

2                                CREATION OF SECURITY

 

2.1                      Undertaking

 

The Pledgor agrees with the Pledgee and undertakes to create or, as the case may be, to create in advance ( bij voorbaat ) a second priority right of pledge

 

4



 

( pandrecht tweede in rang ) over each of its Charged Assets as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

2.2                      Right of Pledge

 

The Pledgor grants to the Pledgee:

 

(a)                    a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) over each of its Charged Assets; and

 

(b)                    to the extent the Charged Assets consist of future Charged Assets, a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) in advance ( bij voorbaat ) over each of its future Charged Assets, as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

2.3                      Perfection

 

2.3.1            The Company:

 

(a)                    acknowledges to be notified of each Right of Pledge;

 

(b)                    undertakes to register each Right of Pledge in its shareholders’ register;

 

(c)                     undertakes that promptly after the Pledgor has acquired shares in the capital of the Company it shall register each Right of Pledge in its shareholders’ register;

 

(d)                    acknowledges that, other than pursuant to the First Ranking Right of Pledge it has not received any notice of other rights of pledge, limited rights or encumbrances or transfers in respect of the Charged Assets;

 

(e)                     undertakes to provide the Pledgee promptly after the execution of this Deed and promptly after each acquisition of shares in the capital of the Company by the Pledgor with a copy of the relevant entry in its shareholders’ register;

 

(f)                      to the extent possible under Dutch law and with the knowledge of the Pledgor, waives (and shall waive at the Pledgee’s first request) any right that may impede the exercise by the Pledgee of any Right of Pledge and the other rights conferred under this Deed; and

 

(g)                     undertakes not to propose or effect such acts as set forth in Clause 2.5.2 (Voting Rights).

 

2.3.2            The Pledgee is entitled:

 

(a)                    to present this Deed and any other document pursuant to this Deed for registration to any office, registrar or governmental body (including the Dutch tax authorities) in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                    subject to Clause 2.4.2 (Dividends) and Clause 2.5.1 (Voting Rights), to serve any notice to any person, as the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests.

 

2.4                      Dividends

 

2.4.1            In accordance with Section 3:246 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code and subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, only the Pledgee is entitled to collect and receive payment of the Dividends and the Related Assets which are subject to a Right of Pledge and to exercise all rights of the Pledgor vis-à-vis the Company with respect to the Dividends and the Related Assets. Without prejudice to its entitlement to collect and receive payment and to exercise its rights in respect of the Dividends and the Related Assets, the Pledgee authorizes the Pledgor to collect and receive payment from the Dividends and the Related Assets to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

5



 

2.4.2            The authorization granted by the Pledgee to the Pledgor pursuant to Clause 2.4.1 may be terminated by the Pledgee upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing by giving notice thereof to the Pledgor.

 

2.5                      Voting rights

 

2.5.1            Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, the Voting Rights are transferred by the Pledgor to the Pledgee under the condition precedent ( opschortende voorwaarde ) of the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event. The general meeting of shareholders of the Company has resolved to approve such transfer of Voting Rights, as is evidenced by a written resolution of such meeting, dated on or about the date hereof, a copy of which is attached to this Deed ( Annex ).

 

2.5.2            Upon the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgee shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such Voting Rights and shall be entitled to exercise or refrain from exercising such rights in such manner as the Pledgee may in its absolute discretion deem fit. Until the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgor shall have the right and authority to exercise such Voting Rights or refrain from exercising such Voting Rights, provided that:

 

(a)                    no such exercise (or such abstention) may violate or be inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Deed or the Credit Agreement; and

 

(b)                    no such exercise may have the effect of impairing the position or interests of the Pledgee, including, for the avoidance of doubt, such exercise which without the prior written consent of the Pledgee results in a resolution to consent or to ratify:

 

(i)                        a filing of a request to declare the Company bankrupt ( failliet ) or a filing of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(ii)                     a filing by the Company of a request to be granted a suspension of payments ( surseance van betaling ) or a filing by the Company of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(iii)                  any conversion ( omzetting ) , merger ( fusie ) or division ( splitsing ) of the Company;

 

(iv)                 an issuance or cancellation of shares in the capital of the Company or any reduction of any reserve of the Company;

 

(v)                    an acquisition by the Company of shares in the capital of the Company or depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) thereof;

 

(vi)                 a transfer of the authority to issue shares in the capital of the Company and to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights of shareholders to any other corporate body other than the general meeting of shareholders;

 

(vii)              a granting of rights to subscribe for shares in the capital of the Company or a limitation or exclusion of pre-emptive rights of shareholders upon issuance of shares in the capital of the Company;

 

(viii)           an issuance of depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) in respect of shares in the capital of the Company with the co­operation of the Company;

 

(ix)                 a material change of the terms of the Charged Assets; or

 

6


 

(x)                    a material impairment of the value of the Charged Assets.

 

In the event of doubt, the Pledgor shall in time consult with the Pledgee on the resolution to be passed prior to exercising its Voting Rights and the Pledgor shall subsequently vote in accordance with the Pledgee’s instructions.

 

2.5.3            Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge and until the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgee shall not have the rights which the law attributes to holders of depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) , issued with a company’s co-operation, of shares in the capital of the Company.

 

2.6                      General

 

2.6.1            Each Right of Pledge includes all accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) and all ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Charged Assets.

 

2.6.2            To the extent that the Charged Assets are (or shall be) subject to a right of pledge (other than the First Ranking Right of Pledge) or other encumbrance taking priority over a Right of Pledge, nevertheless that Right of Pledge will have been (or will be) created with the highest possible rank available at that time.

 

2.6.3            Each Right of Pledge is in addition to, and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other security (whether by contract or statute) now or subsequently held by the Pledgee. The rights of the Pledgee under this Deed are in addition to and not in lieu of those provided by law.

 

2.6.4            If at the time of the creation of a Right of Pledge, or at any time thereafter, the Corresponding Debt owed to the Pledgee cannot be validly secured through the Parallel Debt, such Corresponding Debt itself shall be the Secured Obligations.

 

3                                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1                      General

 

3.1.1            The Pledgor makes the representations and warranties in this Clause 3 to the Pledgee on the date of this Deed, on each date a Pledgor acquires legal title to a Charged Asset and on each drawdown date under the Credit Agreement.

 

3.1.2            The representations and warranties in this Clause 3 in respect of the Charged Assets only refer to the Charged Assets existing on the date the representations or warranties are made.

 

3.2                      Status

 

It is a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) duly incorporated and validly existing under Dutch law and the Company is a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) duly incorporated and validly existing under Dutch law.

 

3.3                      Due authorization

 

All authorizations required (including all necessary corporate authorizations) in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect.

 

3.4                      No conflict

 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the granting of the Right of Pledge do not and will not contravene:

 

7



 

(a)                    any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal; or

 

(b)                    any provision of its articles of association ( statuten ) or other constitutional document; or

 

(c)                     any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Pledgor or to which any of its assets is bound or affected or constitute a default thereunder.

 

3.5                      No insolvency

 

It has taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee, administrator or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction and that the Company has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against the Company for the Company’s winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction.

 

3.6                      Power and authority

 

It has the power ( beschikkingsbevoegdheid ) to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Deed and the transactions contemplated by this Deed and to create each Right of Pledge.

 

3.7                      Ranking

 

Each Right of Pledge is a second ranking right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) .

 

3.8                      Charged Assets

 

3.8.1            It is the sole legal and beneficial owner of its Charged Assets.

 

3.8.2            The Charged Assets:

 

(a)                    have, save for First Ranking Right of Pledge and the Right of Pledge, not been transferred, assigned, pledged, made subject to a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or otherwise encumbered (in advance ( bij voorbaat ) to any person;

 

(b)                    are not subject to any attachment ( beslag );

 

(c)                     are capable of being transferred, assigned and pledged; and

 

(d)                    are not subject to any option or similar right, and the Pledgor has not agreed to grant any right or to do such acts as set forth in this Clause 3.8.2.

 

3.8.3            The Shares:

 

(a)                    have been validly issued and have not been repurchased ( ingekocht ) , cancelled ( ingetrokken ) , reduced ( afgestempeld ) , split or combined;

 

(b)                    constitute one hundred per cent. (100 %) of the issued share capital of the Company and are fully paid up; and

 

(c)                     issued and outstanding at the date of this Deed have been acquired as follows:

 

8



 

·                             the twelve (12) shares, numbered 1 up to and including 12, with a nominal value of four hundred fifty euro (EUR 450) each, have been acquired pursuant to a notarial deed of sale, purchase and transfer of shares, executed on the first day of March two thousand and six before P.H.F. König, civil law notary, officiating in Rotterdam, the Netherlands; and

 

·                             the twenty-eight (28) shares, numbered 13 up to and including 40, with a nominal value of four hundred fifty euro (EUR 450) each, have been acquired pursuant to a notarial deed of transfer of shares, executed on the thirtieth day of June two thousand and six before W.F.O. Stricker, civil law notary, officiating in Rotterdam, the Netherlands.

 

3.8.4            There are no outstanding claims on the Company for the issue of any shares in the capital of the Company and no depository receipts (certificaten van aandelen ) have been issued in respect of shares in the capital of the Company.

 

3.8.5            It has not been deprived of the authority to alienate shares in the capital of the Company by virtue of Section 2:22a of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

3.8.6            It has not been served a writ in connection with the settlement of shareholders disputes within the meaning of Section 2:335 and further of the Dutch Civil Code, and is consequently not subject to the prohibition set out in Section 2:338 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

3.8.7            The Company may only issue shares by virtue of a resolution of its general meeting of shareholders and this authority has not been transferred to any other corporate body of the Company.

 

3.9                      Information

 

It has provided the Pledgee with all information and documentation regarding the Charged Assets, which it understands or should be aware to be important to the Pledgee.

 

4                                UNDERTAKINGS

 

4.1                      General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 4 remain in force from the date of this Deed until each Right of Pledge is terminated in accordance with Clause 7 (Termination).

 

4.2                      Charged Assets

 

Unless permitted under the Credit Agreement, The Pledgor shall not:

 

(a)                    transfer, assign, pledge, make subject to limited right ( beperkt recht ) or otherwise encumber the Charged Assets (other than pursuant to the First Ranking Right of Pledge);

 

(b)                    release ( kwijtschelden ) or waive ( afstand doen van ) the Charged Assets;

 

(c)                     waive any accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) or ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Charged Assets;

 

(d)                    agree with a court composition or an out-of-court composition ( gerechtelijk of buitengerechtelijk akkoord ) or enter into any settlement agreement in respect of the Charged Assets; or

 

(e)      perform any act which adversely affects or may adversely affect the Charged Assets or any Right of Pledge, without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

9



 

4.3                      Information

 

4.3.1            The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Pledgee of an occurrence of an event that may be relevant to the Pledgee with respect to the Charged Assets or adversely affects or may adversely affect any Right of Pledge.

 

4.3.2            The Pledgor shall promptly notify in writing, at its own costs, the existence of this Deed and each Right of Pledge to any relevant person (including without limitation, the court process server ( deurwaarder ) , the bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , the administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer in any jurisdiction) and shall promptly send to the Pledgee a copy of the relevant correspondence and the underlying documentation.

 

4.3.3            The Pledgor shall at the Pledgee’s first request provide the Pledgee with all information and with copies of all relevant documentation relating to the Charged Assets and allow the Pledgee to inspect its administrative records.

 

5                                ENFORCEMENT

 

5.1                      Enforcement

 

5.1.1            Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enforce any Right of Pledge, in accordance with Dutch law and any other applicable law and may take all (legal) steps and measures which it deems necessary or desirable and the Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in any way which the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable for the enforcement of that Right of Pledge.

 

5.1.2            Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enter into court compositions or out-of-court compositions ( gerechtelijke of buitengerechtelijke akkoorden ) and to cast a vote in connection with such compositions or to enter into any settlement agreement regarding the Charged Assets with any other person.

 

5.2                      Enforcement waivers

 

5.2.1            The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Charged Assets to the Pledgor, debtors, holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Charged Assets, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.2.2            The Pledgor waives its rights to make a request to the court:

 

(a)                    as referred to in Section 3:251 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code to determine that the Charged Assets shall be sold in a manner deviating from the provisions of Section 3:250 of the Dutch Civil Code; and

 

(b)                    as referred to in Section 3:246 (4) of the Dutch Civil Code to collect and receive payment of the Charged Assets after such authorization has been terminated in accordance with Clause 2.4.2 (Perfection).

 

5.2.3            The Pledgor waives its rights to demand that the Pledgee:

 

(a)                    shall first enforce any security granted by any other person, pursuant to Section 3:234 of the Dutch Civil Code; or

 

(b)                    shall first proceed against or claim payment from any other person or enforce any guarantee, before enforcing any Right of Pledge.

 

The Pledgor waives its rights under Sections 3:233 (2) and 6:139 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

10



 

5.2.4            The Pledgor waives its rights to set-off ( verrekenen ) its claims (if any) against the Pledgee under or in connection with this Deed and/or the Credit Agreement against the Secured Obligations.

 

5.2.5            To the fullest extent permitted by Dutch law and the Articles of Association, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally waives, renounces and agrees not to exercise any pre-emption rights or rights of first refusal upon a sale of shares in the capital of the Company and where applicable, the other Charged Assets.

 

5.2.6            Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, the Pledgee is irrevocably and unconditionally authorized (but without any obligation) in the event of a sale of the Shares:

 

(a)                    to offer the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) for sale in the manner prescribed by the Articles of Association or to seek the approval of the corporate body designated under the Articles of Association as empowered to approve all proposed transfers of shares, as the case may be, and to exercise the Pledgor’s rights in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares as provided in Section 2:198 (5) of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

(b)                    to cause notice of such sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) to be served, also on behalf of the Pledgor, upon the Company in accordance with Dutch law and the Articles of Association; and

 

(c)                     to cause the Shares (and, where applicable, other Charged Assets) to be registered in the name of the new owner(s) following the sale to the extent required on behalf of the Pledgor, to do all such acts and to sign all such documents as are necessary or desirable for that purpose pursuant to Dutch law or the provisions of the Articles of Association.

 

5.2.7            Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, the Pledgee shall have the right to impose such limitations and restrictions on the sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) as the Pledgee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with any law, rule or regulation applicable to the sale. The Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in obtaining any necessary permits, exemptions or consents of competent authorities and in ensuring that the sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the Charged Assets) does not violate any applicable securities laws.

 

5.3                      Application of monies

 

Subject to the mandatory provisions of Dutch law on enforcement, all monies received or realised by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of any Right of Pledge shall be applied by the Pledgee in accordance with section 11.15 (Allocation of Payments) of the Credit Agreement.

 

6                                FURTHER ASSURANCES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

6.1                      Further assurances

 

6.1.1            If no valid right of pledge is created pursuant to this Deed in respect of any Charged Asset, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pledge to the Pledgee such Charged Asset as soon as it becomes available for pledging, by way of supplementary agreements, supplemental deeds or other instruments on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

11



 

6.1.2            The Pledgor further undertakes to execute any instrument, provide such assurances and do all acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for:

 

(a)                    perfecting or protecting the security created (or intended to be created) by this Deed;

 

(b)                    preserving or protecting any of the rights of the Pledgee under this Deed;

 

(c)                     preserving or protecting the Pledgee’s interest in the Charged Assets;

 

(d)                    ensuring that any Right of Pledge and the undertakings and obligations of the Pledgor under this Deed shall inure to the benefit of any successor, transferee or assignee of the Pledgee;

 

(e)                     facilitating the collection, appropriation or realization of the Charged Assets or any part thereof in the manner contemplated by this Deed; or

 

(f)                      exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Pledgee under this Deed.

 

6.2                      Power of attorney

 

6.2.1            The Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Pledgee as its attorney ( gevolmachtigde ) for as long as any of the Secured Obligations are outstanding for the purposes of:

 

(a)                    doing in its name all acts and executing, signing and (if required) registering in its name all documents which the Pledgor itself could do, execute, sign or register in relation to the Charged Assets; and

 

(b)                    executing, signing, perfecting, doing and (if required) registering every such further document, act or thing as is referred to in this Clause 6.

 

6.2.2            It is expressly agreed that the appointment under Clause 6.2.1 will only be exercised by the Pledgee in case of an Event of Default and is given with full power of substitution and also applies to any situation where the Pledgee acts as the Pledgor’s counterparty ( Selbsteintritt ) within the meaning of Section 3:68 of the Dutch Civil Code or as a representative of the Pledgor’s counterparty.

 

7                                TERMINATION

 

7.1                      Continuing

 

7.1.1            Each Right of Pledge shall remain in full force and effect, until all Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full (to the Pledgee’s satisfaction) and no new Secured Obligations will arise (to the Pledgee’s satisfaction) unless terminated by the Pledgee pursuant to Clause 7.2 (Termination by Pledgee).

 

7.1.2            In case a Right of Pledge is terminated the Pledgee shall at the request and expense of the Pledgor provide written evidence to the Pledgor to that effect.

 

7.2                      Termination by Pledgee

 

The Pledgee is entitled to:

 

(a)                    terminate by notice ( opzeggen ); or

 

(b)                    waive ( afstand doen ),

 

a Right of Pledge, in respect of all or part of the Charged Assets and all or part of the Secured Obligations. The Pledgor agrees in advance to any waiver ( afstand van recht ) granted by the Pledgee under this Clause 7.2.

 

8                                ASSIGNMENT

 

8.1                      No assignment – Pledgor

 

The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

12


 

8.2                      Assignment — Pledgee

 

The Pledgee may transfer, assign or pledge any of its rights and obligations under this Deed in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the Pledgor, to the extent legally required, irrevocably cooperates or consents in advance (verleent bij voorbaat medewerking of geeft bij voorbaat toestemming ) to such transfer, assignment or pledge. If the Pledgee transfers, assigns or pledges its rights under the Secured Obligations (or a part thereof), the Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that each Right of Pledge shall follow pro rata parte the transferred, assigned or pledged rights under the Secured Obligations (as an ancillary right ( nevenrecht ) to the relevant transferee, assignee or pledgee).

 

9                                NOTICES

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Deed shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement. For the purposes of notifications pursuant to this Clause, the address:

 

(a)          of the Pledgor shall be:

 

lniciativas Culturales De España S.L.

c/o Laureate Education, Inc., 650 S. Exeter Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202,

United States of America

Attention: General Counsel,

 

(b)          of the Company shall be:

 

Laureate I B.V.

Amsteldijk 166

1079 LH Amsterdam

The Netherlands

 

In respect of the Pledgor and the Company, always with a copy to:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

United States of America

or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time be notified by the Pledgor or the Company for such purpose in writing.

 

10                         MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1               Costs

 

All costs, charges, expenses and taxes in connection with this Deed shall be payable in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

10.2               Evidence of debt

 

As to the existence and composition of the Secured Obligations, a written statement by the Pledgee made in accordance with its books shall, save for manifest error, constitute conclusive evidence ( dwingend bewijs ) , it being understood that in the event of a disagreement with respect thereto, the Pledgee shall be authorised to exercise its right of enforcement under this Deed, with due observance of the obligation of the Pledgee to transfer all proceeds to the Pledgor which afterwards would appear to be received by it in excess of its rights.

 

13



 

10.3               No liability Pledgee

 

Except for its gross negligence ( grove nalatigheid ) or wilful misconduct ( opzet ) , the Pledgee shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Pledgor for not (or not completely) collecting or recovering or selling the Charged Assets and/or any loss or damage resulting from any collecting or recovering or selling the Charged Assets or arising out of the exercise of or failure to exercise any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever in connection with the Charged Assets or this Deed.

 

10.4               Severability

 

10.4.1 If a provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction that shall not affect:

 

(a)                    the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

(b)                    the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

10.4.2 The Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that they will negotiate in good faith to replace any provision of this Deed which may be held unenforceable with a provision which is enforceable and which is as similar as possible in substance to the unenforceable provision.

 

10.5               No rescission

 

The Pledgor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its rights:

 

(a)                    to rescind ( ontbinden ) this Deed in whole or in part pursuant to Section 6:265 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law;

 

(b)                    to suspend ( opschorten ) any of its obligations under this Deed pursuant to Section 6:52, 6:262 and 6:263 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law; and

 

(c)                     to nullify ( vernietigen ) this Deed pursuant to Section 6:228 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law.

 

10.6               No waiver

 

No delay or omission by the Pledgee in the exercise of any power or right under this Deed will impair such power or right or be construed as a waiver thereof or of the event giving rise to such power of right and no waiver of any past event shall be construed to be a waiver of any power or right accruing to this Deed by reason of any future event.

 

10.7               Amendment and embodiment

 

This Deed shall only be amended, modified or rescinded by a notarial deed under Dutch law duly executed, before a civil law notary in the Netherlands, by the authorised signatories of the Pledgor and the Pledgee.

 

11                         ACCEPTANCE

 

The Pledgee accepts each Right of Pledge and all stipulations, covenants, undertakings, waivers, authorities and powers pursuant to this Deed.

 

12                         GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12.1               Governing law

 

This Deed (including this Clause 12) shall be governed by Dutch law.

 

14



 

12.2               Jurisdiction

 

12.2.1 The court ( rechtbank ) of Amsterdam, the Netherlands has exclusive jurisdiction to settle at first instance any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute ).

 

12.2.2 Each Party agrees that the court ( rechtbank ) of Amsterdam, the Netherlands is the most appropriate and convenient court to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

12.2.3 This Clause 12.2 is for the benefit of the Pledgee only. As a result, the Pledgee shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Pledgee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

12.3               Acceptance governing law power of attorney

 

If a Party is represented by an attorney in connection with the execution of this Deed or any agreement or document pursuant this Deed:

 

(a)                    the existence and extent of the authority of; and

 

(b)                    the effects of the exercise or purported exercise of that authority by, that attorney is governed by the law designated in the power of attorney pursuant to which that attorney is appointed and such choice of law is accepted by the other Parties.

 

12.4               By law Royal Notarial Association

 

12.4.1 The Pledgor declares that it is aware that mr. P.G. van Druten, aforementioned, is a representative of the law firm Loyens & Loeff N.V. which acts as the external legal advisor of the Pledgee.

 

12.4.2 With reference to the provisions of the Code of Conduct ( Verordening Beroepsen Gedragsregels ) as determined by the general meeting of the Royal Notarial Association ( Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie ) , the Pledgor and the Pledgee explicitly declare that it consents to the fact that the Pledgee will be assisted by Loyens & Loeff N.V. in all cases connected with this Deed and all potential conflicts arising therefrom.

 

End

 

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

 

This deed was executed in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on the date stated in the first paragraph of this deed.

 

The contents of the deed have been stated and clarified to the person appearing.

 

The person appearing has declared not to wish the deed to be fully read out, to have noted the contents of the deed timely before its execution and to agree with the contents.

 

After limited reading, this deed was signed first by the person appearing and thereafter by me, civil law notary.

 

(Was signed)

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISSUED FOR CERTIFIED COPY

 

 

 

/s/ P.G. van Druten

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15




Exhibit 10.26

 

 

Z/EU/dj

5127564

 

2236110

 

Deed of pledge

( Laureate International B.V. )

 

This twenty-ninth day of January two thousand eight, there appeared before me, Jurjen Mos, hereafter to be called “civil law notary”, as deputy of Dominique François Margaretha Maria Zaman, civil law notary at Rotterdam, the Netherlands: Mr Erik Uljee, born in Ekeren, Belgium on the sixteenth day of November nineteen hundred and seventy-six, employed at Weena 690, 3012 CN Rotterdam, the Netherlands, in this respect acting as authorized representative of:

 

1.                            Laureate I B.V. , a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered offices in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and its office address at Amsteldijk 166, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and registered with the Trade Register under number 30124190 (hereinafter: the “Pledgor” );

 

2.                            Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. , a limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda, with its registered office at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, United States of America, and its business address at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, United States of America (hereinafter: the “Pledgee” ); and

 

3.                            Laureate International B.V. , a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered offices in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and its office address at Amsteldijk 166, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and registered with the Trade Register under number 27122275 (hereinafter: the “Company”) .

 

The person appearing, acting as aforesaid, has declared:

 

1



 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS

WHEREAS:

 

a.                            The Pledgee and inter alia lniciativas Culturales de España S.L. (the “Obligor’’ ) have entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement” ) dated the seventeenth day of August two thousand seven pursuant to which the Spanish Revolving Credit Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) have inter alia extended to the Obligor Spanish Revolving Credit Commitments (as defined in the Credit Agreement);

 

b.                            Pursuant to Section 15 of the Credit Agreement, the Obligor has undertaken to pay to the Pledgee, acting in its own capacity and not as representative or agent of the Lenders, the Parallel Debt (as defined in the Credit Agreement); and

 

c.                             The Pledgor has agreed to create a first priority right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang ) over the Charged Assets (as defined hereinafter) in favor of the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined hereinafter).

 

DEFINITIONS.

 

Article 1.

 

1.1                     In this Deed:

 

a.                            “Articles of Association” means the articles of association ( statuten ) of the Company as they currently stand since their most recent amendment on the twenty-second day of December two thousand four;

 

b.                            “Charged Assets” means:

 

(a)                       the Shares;

 

(b)                       the Dividends; and

 

(c)                        the Related Assets.

 

c.                             “Deed” means this agreement and deed of pledge of shares;

 

d.                            “Dividends” means any and all cash dividends, distribution of reserves, repayments of capital, liquidation or dissolution proceeds and all other distributions and (re) payments in respect of the Shares;

 

e.                             “Enforcement Event” means a default by the Pledgor in the proper performance of the Secured Obligations (whether in whole or in part) provided that such default constitutes an Event of Default which is continuing;

 

f.                              “Related Assets” means any and all shares, rights (other than Dividends) and other assets accruing, distributed, issued or offered at any time by way of redemption, repurchase, dividend, bonus, preference, pre-emption, conversion, capitalization of profits or reserves, substitution, exchange, warrant, claim or option right or otherwise in respect of the Shares;

 

g.                             “Right of Pledge” means each right of pledge created by this Deed in accordance with Clause 3 (Pledge of Charged Assets);

 

h.                            “Shares” means:

 

(a)                       the ordinary shares numbered from one (1) through seven million five hundred and fifteen thousand (7,515,000), each share having a nominal value of four Euro cent (EUR 0.04)), and

 

2



 

(b)                       any and all shares in the capital of the Company which are acquired by the Pledgor after the date of this Deed.

 

i.                                “Secured Obligations” means any and all obligations and liabilities consisting of monetary payment obligations ( verbintenissen tot betaling van een geldsom ) of the Obligor and/or the Pledgor to the Pledgee, whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, whether as primary obligor or as surety, whether for principal, interest or costs under or in connection with:

 

(a)                       this Deed;

 

(b)                       the Credit Agreement;

 

(c)                        the Parallel Debt; and

 

(d)                       any future or present credit facilities in current account or otherwise, any guarantee issued by the Obligor and/or the Pledgor to the Pledgee, and/or for any other reason whatsoever.

 

j.                               “Voting Transfer Event” means the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing in conjunction with a written notice from the Pledgee to the Pledgor and the Company stating that the Pledgee shall exercise the Voting Rights;

 

k.                            “Voting Rights” means any and all voting rights, other consensual rights and similar rights and powers attached to the Shares.

 

1.2                     Save where the contrary is indicated, a reference in this Deed to:

 

a.                            the “Pledgee” , the “Pledgor” or the “Company” shall be construed so as to include its or their respective successors, transferees and assignees from time to time and any successor of such a successor, transferee or assignee in accordance with their respective interests, all in accordance with the Credit Agreement and this Deed;

 

b.                            this “Deed” , the “Credit Agreement” , or the “Articles of Association” or any other agreement or document shall be construed to be a reference to this Deed, the Credit Agreement or the Articles of Association or such other agreement or document as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, novated or otherwise modified from time to time;

 

c.                             a “Clause” shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause of this Deed; and

 

d.                            a “person” shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, institution, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing.

 

1.3                     Capitalised words and expressions used but not defined in this Deed shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

 

1.4                     The titles and headings of the Clauses are for convenience only and do not form part of this Deed and shall in no way affect the interpretation thereof.

 

1.5                     In this Deed words and expressions importing the singular shall, where the context permits or requires, include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.6                     Any reference in this Deed to a statute (including but not limited to the Dutch Civil Code) shall be construed as a reference to such statute as the same may

 

3



 

have been, or may from time to time be, amended or re-enacted.

 

1.7                     Any Event of Default shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 6:81 and further of the Dutch Civil Code) and any Enforcement Event shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 3:248 (1) in conjunction with Section 6:81 and further of the Dutch Civil Code) in the proper performance of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, without any dun ( aanmaning ) , summons ( sommatie ) or notice of default ( ingebrekestelling ) being sent or required.

 

UNDERTAKING TO PLEDGE

 

Article 2.

 

The Pledgor agrees with the Pledgee and undertakes to create or, as the case may be, to create in advance ( bij voorbaat ) a first priority right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang ) in respect of the Charged Assets as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

PLEDGE OF CHARGED ASSETS

 

Article 3.

 

3.1                     The Pledgor grants to the Pledgee:

 

a.                            a first priority right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang ) over all Charged Assets; and

 

b.                            to the extent the Charged Assets consist of future Charged Assets, a first priority right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang ) is granted in advance ( bij voorbaat ) over all such future Charged Assets, as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

3.2                     The Right of Pledge includes all accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) and all ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Charged Assets.

 

3.3                     To the extent that the Charged Assets are (or shall be) subject to an encumbrance or right of pledge taking priority over the Right of Pledge, nevertheless the Right of Pledge will have been (or will be) created with the highest possible rank available at that time.

 

3.4                     To the extent that pursuant to Dutch law the future Charged Assets are not subject to the Right of Pledge, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to grant a right of pledge over such future Charged Assets to the Pledgee by way of a notarial deed on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

PERFECTION RIGHT OF PLEDGE AND COMPANY STATEMENTS

 

Article 4.

 

4.1                     The Company:

 

a.                            acknowledges to be notified of the Right of Pledge and undertakes to register the Right of Pledge in its shareholders’ register;

 

b.                            undertakes that promptly after the Pledgor has acquired Shares it shall register the Right of Pledge in its shareholders’ register;

 

c.                             undertakes to provide the Pledgee promptly after the execution of this Deed and promptly after each acquisition of shares in the capital of the Company by the Pledgor with a copy of the relevant entry in its shareholders’ register;

 

d.                            to the extent possible under Dutch law and with the knowledge of the Pledgor, waives (and shall waive at the Pledgee’s first request) any right that may impede the exercise by the Pledgee of the Right of Pledge and

 

4



 

the other rights conferred under this Deed; and

 

e.                             undertakes not to propose or effect such acts as set forth in Clause 6.2.

 

4.2                     The Pledgee is entitled:

 

a.                            to present a true copy ( afschrift ) of this Deed and any other document pursuant to this Deed for registration to any office, registrar or governmental body (including the Dutch tax authorities) in any jurisdiction; and

 

b.                            to serve any notice to any person (with due observance of the provisions of Clause 5.2 and of Clause 6.1 with respect to the notice referred to therein), as the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Article 5.

 

5.1                     In accordance with Section 3:246 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code, only the Pledgee is entitled to collect and receive payment of the Dividends and the Related Assets which are subject to the Right of Pledge and to exercise all rights of the Pledgor vis-à-vis the Company. To the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement and without prejudice to its entitlement to collect and receive payment and to exercise its rights, the Pledgee authorizes the Pledgor to collect and receive payment of the Dividends and the Related Assets.

 

5.2.                  The authorization granted by the Pledgee to the Pledgor pursuant to Clause 5.1 may be terminated by the Pledgee by giving notice thereof to the Pledgor and the Company upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

VOTING RIGHTS

 

Article 6.

 

6.1                     The Voting Rights are transferred by the Pledgor to the Pledgee under the condition precedent ( opschortende voorwaarde ) of the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event. The general meeting of shareholders of the Company has resolved to approve such transfer of Voting Rights, as is evidenced by a written resolution of such meeting, dated the twentieth day of December two thousand seven, a copy of which is attached to this Deed.

 

6.2                     Until the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgor may exercise its Voting Rights provided that:

 

a.                            no such exercise may violate or be inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Deed or the Credit Agreement; and

 

b.                            no such exercise may have the effect of impairing the position or interests of the Pledgee, including, for the avoidance of doubt, such exercise which without the prior written consent of the Pledgee results in a resolution to consent or to ratify:

 

(i)                           a filing of a request to declare the Company bankrupt ( failliet ) or a filing of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(ii)                        a filing by the Company of a request to be granted a suspension of payments ( surséance van betaling ) or a filing by the Company of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(iii)                     any conversion ( omzetting ) , merger ( fusie ) or division ( splitsing ) of

 

5



 

the Company;

 

(iv)                    an issuance or cancellation of shares in the capital of the Company or any reduction of any reserve of the Company;

 

(v)                       an acquisition by the Company of shares in the capital of the Company or depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) thereof;

 

(vi)                    a transfer of the authority to issue shares in the capital of the Company and to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights of shareholders to any other corporate body other than the general meeting of shareholders;

 

(vii)                 a granting of rights to subscribe for shares in the capital of the Company or a limitation or exclusion of pre-emptive rights of shareholders upon issuance of shares in the capital of the Company;

 

(viii)              an issuance of depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) in respect of shares in the capital of the Company with the co-operation of the Company;

 

(ix)                    a material change of the terms of the Charged Assets; or

 

(x)                       a material impairment of the value of the Charged Assets.

 

In the event of doubt, the Pledgor shall in time consult with the Pledgee on the resolution to be passed prior to exercising its Voting Rights and the Pledgor shall subsequently vote in accordance with the Pledgee’s instructions.

 

6.3                     Upon the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event the Pledgee shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such Voting Rights and shall be entitled to exercise or refrain from exercising such rights in such manner as the Pledgee may in its absolute discretion deem fit.

 

6.4                     Until the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgee shall not have the rights which the law attributes to holders of depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) , issued with a company’s co-operation, of shares in the capital of the Company.

 

CONTINUING AND ADDITIONAL SECURITY

 

Article 7.

 

7.1                     The Right of Pledge is one and indivisible ( één en ondeelbaar ) and shall (unless released pursuant to Clause 13 (Termination)) remain in full force and effect, shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Secured Obligations or by any settlement of accounts and the Pledgee shall not have any obligation to relinquish the Right of Pledge, until all of the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full.

 

7.2                     To the extent possible under Dutch law, the Right of Pledge shall not in any way be prejudiced by or be dependent on any collateral or other security now or hereafter held by the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations or any lien to which it may be entitled (whether by contract or statute). The rights of the Pledgee hereunder are in addition to and not in lieu of those provided by law.

 

6


 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Article 8.

 

8.1                      The Pledgor represents and warrants, on the date of this Deed and on each drawdown date under the Credit Agreement, for the benefit of the Pledgee that:

 

a.                            it is a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands and that the Company is a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands;

 

b.                            all authorizations required (including all necessary corporate authorizations) in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

c.                             the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the granting of the Right of Pledge do not and will not contravene:

 

(i)                           any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal; or

 

(ii)                        any provision of its articles of association ( statuten ) or other constitutional document; or

 

(iii)                     any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Pledgor or to which any of its assets is bound or affected or constitute a default thereunder;

 

d.                            it has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction and that the Company has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against the Company for the Company’s winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction;

 

e.                             it holds full and exclusive title ( titel ) to the Charged Assets and has the authority and the power ( beschikkingsbevoegd ) to create the Right of Pledge;

 

f.                              the Right of Pledge is a first ranking right of pledge ( pandrecht eerste in rang );

 

g.                             the Charged Assets:

 

(i)                           have, save for the Right of Pledge, not been encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ) or otherwise;

 

(ii)                        are not subject to any attachment ( beslag );

 

(iii)                     have not been transferred or, save for the Right of Pledge,

 

7



 

encumbered in advance ( bij voorbaat ) to any third party;

 

(iv)                    are capable of being transferred, assigned and encumbered with limited rights ( beperkte rechten ) ; and

 

(v)                       are not subject to any option or similar right;

 

h.                            save for the Right of Pledge, the Pledgor has not agreed to grant any right or to do such acts as set forth in Clause 8 (g) in respect of the Charged Assets;

 

i.                                the Shares:

 

(i)                           have been validly issued and have not been repurchased ( ingekocht ) , cancelled ( ingetrokken ) , reduced ( afgestempeld ) , split or combined;

 

(ii)                        constitute one hundred per cent (100%) of the issued share capital of the Company and are fully paid up; and

 

(iii)                     issued and outstanding at the date of this Deed have been acquired pursuant to a notarial deed of transfer of shares, executed on the sixth day of May two thousand and four, by deed of transfer of shares by title of sale and purchase, executed before Michel Dick van Waateringe, civil law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

j.                               it has provided the Pledgee with all information and documentation regarding the Charged Assets, which the Pledgor understands or should be aware to be important to the Pledgee;

 

k.                            there are no outstanding claims on the Company for the issue of any shares in the capital of the Company and no depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) have been issued in respect of shares in the capital of the Company;

 

1.                            it has not been deprived of the authority to alienate shares in the capital of the Company by virtue of Section 2:22a of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

m.                        it has not been served a writ in connection with the settlement of shareholders disputes within the meaning of Section 2:335 and further of the Dutch Civil Code, and is consequently not subject to the prohibition set out in Section 2:338 of the Dutch Civil Code; and

 

n.                            the Company may only issue shares by virtue of a resolution of its general meeting of shareholders and this authority has not been transferred to any other corporate body of the Company.

 

8.2                      The representations and warranties set out in Clause 8.1 are deemed to be made by the Pledgor on each date the Pledgor acquires legal title to a Charged Asset.

 

UNDERTAKINGS

 

Article 9.

 

9.1                      Without prejudice to Clause 5.1 (Dividends), the Pledgor shall not without the prior written consent of the Pledgee:

 

a.                            assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, release ( kwijtschelden ) or waive ( afstand doen van ) any rights over the Charged Assets;

 

b.                            agree with a court composition or an out-of-court composition

 

8



 

( gerechtelijk of buitengerechtelijk akkoord ) or enter into any settlement agreement in respect of the Charged Assets;

 

c.                             waive any accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) or ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Charged Assets without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, and

 

d.                            in general perform any act which adversely affects or may adversely affect the Charged Assets.

 

9.2                      The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Pledgee of an occurrence of an event that may be relevant to the Pledgee with respect to the Charged Assets or adversely affects or may adversely affect the Right of Pledge or the ability of the Pledgor to perform the Secured Obligations, including but not limited to the occurrence of:

 

a.                            an attachment ( beslag ) of the Charged Assets;

 

b.                            a filing of a request to declare the Pledgor or the Company bankrupt ( failliet ) or a filing of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

c.                             a filing by the Pledgor or the Company of a request to be granted a suspension of payments ( surséance van betaling ) or a filing by the Pledgor or the Company of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

d.                            the liquidation or dissolution of the Pledgor or the Company or the Pledgor or the Company ceasing to carry on the whole or a part of its business;

 

e.                             the Pledgor becoming aware that any of the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 8 (Representations and Warranties) is or proves to have been incorrect or incomplete or misleading; or

 

f.                              the Pledgor becoming aware that any of the actions as referred to in Clause 6.2. are proposed or effected.

 

9.3                      Upon the occurrence of an event referred to in Clause 9.3, the Pledgor shall promptly notify in writing, at its own costs, the existence of this Deed and the Right of Pledge to:

 

a.                            a third party or the court process server ( deurwaarder ) acting on behalf of such third party making an attachment ( beslag );

 

b.                            the bankruptcy trustee ( curator ), administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer in any jurisdiction; or

 

c.                             any other relevant person, as the case may be.

 

9.4                      The Pledgor shall promptly send to the Pledgee a copy of the relevant documentation in respect of an event referred to in Clause 9.2. and a copy of any correspondence pursuant to Clause 9.3.

 

9.6                      The Pledgor shall at the Pledgee’s first reasonable request provide the Pledgee with all information and with copies of all relevant documentation relating to the Charged Assets and allow the Pledgee to inspect its administrative records to verify the balances outstanding on any or all of the Charged Assets and/or to instruct the Pledgor’s independent accountant so to verify.

 

9



 

ENFORCEMENT

 

Article 10.

 

10.1               Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enforce the Right of Pledge in accordance with Dutch law and any other applicable law and may take all (legal) steps and measures which it deems necessary or desirable and the Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in any way which the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable for the enforcement of the Right of Pledge.

 

10.2               The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Charged Assets to the Pledgor, debtors, holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Charged Assets, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

10.3               The Pledgor shall not be entitled to make a request to the court as referred to in Section 3:251 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code to determine that the Charged Assets shall be sold in a manner deviating from the provisions of Section 3:250 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

10.4               The Pledgor shall not be entitled to demand that the Pledgee:

 

a.                            shall first enforce any security interests granted by any other person, pursuant to Section 3:234 of the Dutch Civil Code; or

 

b.                            to first proceed against or claim payment from any other person or enforce any guarantee, before enforcing this Right of Pledge.

 

The Pledgor waives its rights under Sections 3:233 (2) and 6:139 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

10.5               The Pledgor shall not be entitled to set-off ( verrekenen ) its claims (if any) against the Pledgee under or in connection with this Deed and/or the Credit Agreement against the Secured Obligations.

 

10.6               To the fullest extent permitted by Dutch law and the Articles of Association, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally waives, renounces and agrees not to exercise any pre-emption rights or rights of first refusal upon a sale of shares in the capital of the Company and where applicable the other Charged Assets.

 

10.7               The Pledgee is irrevocably and unconditionally authorized (but without any obligation) in the event of a sale of the Shares:

 

a.                            t to offer the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) for sale in the manner prescribed by the Articles of Association or to seek the approval of the corporate body designated under the Articles of Association as empowered to approve all proposed transfers of shares, as the case may be, and to exercise the Pledgor’s rights in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares as provided in Section 2:198 (5) of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

b.                            to cause notice of such sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) to be served, also on behalf of the Pledgor, upon the Company in accordance with Dutch law and the Articles of Association; and

 

c.                             to cause the Shares (and, where applicable, other Charged Assets) to be registered in the name of the new owner(s) following the sale to the extent required on behalf of the Pledgor, to do all such acts and to sign

 

10



 

all such documents as are necessary or desirable for that purpose pursuant to Dutch law or the provisions of the Articles of Association.

 

10.8               The Pledgee shall have the right to impose such limitations and restrictions on the sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) as the Pledgee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with any law, rule or regulation applicable to the sale. The Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in obtaining any necessary permits, exemptions or consents of competent authorities and in ensuring that the sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the Charged Assets) does not violate any applicable securities laws.

 

10.9               Subject to the mandatory provisions of Dutch law on enforcement, all monies received or realised by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of the Right of Pledge shall be applied by the Pledgee in accordance with Section 11.15 (Allocation of Payments) of the Credit Agreement.

 

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

Article 11.

 

11.1               If no valid right of pledge is created pursuant to this Deed in respect of the Charged Assets, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pledge to the Pledgee the Charged Assets as soon as they become available for pledging, by way of supplementary agreements, supplemental deeds or other instruments on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

11.2               The Pledgor further undertakes to execute any instrument provide such assurances and do all acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for:

 

a.                            perfecting or protecting the security created (or intended to be created) by this Deed;

 

b.                            preserving or protecting any of the rights of the Pledgee under this Deed;

 

c.                             preserving or protecting the Pledgee’s interest in the Charged Assets;

 

d.                            ensuring that the Right of Pledge and the undertakings and obligations of the Pledgor under this Deed shall inure to the benefit of any assignee of the Pledgee;

 

e.                             facilitating the appropriation or realization of the Charged Assets or any part thereof in the manner contemplated by this Deed in case of an Event of Default; or

 

f.                              the exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Pledgee under this Deed.

 

11.3               For the avoidance of doubt, the Pledgor subordinates in favor of the Pledgee any rights which it may acquire by way of recourse or subrogation in connection with this Deed, until the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally been paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to the Pledgor on account of such recourse or subrogation rights at any time when any of the Secured Obligations are still outstanding, the Pledgor shall forthwith pay such amount to the Pledgee to apply such amount to the Secured Obligations in accordance with Clause 10 (Enforcement).

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY AND NO WAIVER

 

Article 12.

 

12.1               The Pledgor, by way of security and in order to secure the performance by the

 

11



 

Pledgor of its obligations under this Deed, irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Pledgee as its attorney ( gevolmachtigde ) for as long as any of the Secured Obligations are outstanding for the purposes of:

 

a.                            doing in its name all acts and executing, signing and (if required) registering in its name all documents which the Pledgor itself could do, execute, sign or register in relation to the Charged Assets; and

 

b.                            executing, signing, perfecting, doing and (if required) registering every such further document, act or thing as is referred to in Clause 11 (Further Assurances).

 

12.2               It is expressly agreed that the appointment under Clause 12.1 will only be exercised by the Pledgee in case of an Event of Default which is continuing and is given with full power of substitution and also applies to any situation where the Pledgee acts as the Pledgor’s counterparty ( Selbsteintritt ) within the meaning of Section 3:68 of the Dutch Civil Code or as a representative of the Pledgor’s counterparty.

 

12.3               No delay or omission by the Pledgee in the exercise of any power or right under this Deed will impair such power or right or be construed as a waiver thereof or of the event giving rise to such power of right and no waiver of any past event shall be construed to be a waiver of any power or right accruing to the Pledgee by reason of any future event.

 

TERMINATION

 

Article 13.

 

13.1               Unless terminated by operation of law or terminated or waived pursuant to Clause 13.3, the Right of Pledge shall be in full force and effect until the Pledgee has certified in writing to the Pledgor that all Secured Obligations have been fully, irrevocably and unconditionally repaid or discharged to its satisfaction.

 

13.2               Upon termination of the Right of Pledge in accordance with Clause 13.1, the Pledgee shall, at the request and expense of the Pledgor, issue a notice of release to the Pledgor.

 

13.3               The Pledgee is entitled to terminate by notice ( opzeggen ) or waiver ( afstand ) the Right of Pledge, in respect of all or part of the Charged Assets and all or part of the Secured Obligations. The Pledgor agrees in advance to any waiver granted by the Pledgee under this Clause 13.3.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

Article 14.

 

14.1               This Deed shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Pledgor and the Pledgee and their respective successors, transferees and assignees.

 

14.2               The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

14.3               The Pledgee may transfer, assign or pledge any of its rights and obligations under this Deed in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

WAIVER

 

Article 15.

 

The Pledgor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its rights:

 

12


 

a.                            to dissolve ( ontbinden ) this Deed in case of failure in the performance of one or more of the Pledgee’s obligations pursuant to Section 6:265 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground;

 

b.                            to suspend ( opschorten ) any of its obligations pursuant to Section 6:52 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground; and

 

c.                             to nullify ( vernietigen ) this Deed pursuant to Section 6:228 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground.

 

COSTS

 

Article 16.

 

All costs, charges and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, administration, execution, perfection, preservation, protection, registration or enforcement of this Deed and the exercise and/or enforcement of any rights or powers hereunder by the Pledgee shall be payable by the Pledgor in accordance with Section 14.5 (Payment of Expenses; Indemnification) of the Credit Agreement.

 

EVIDENCE OF DEBT

 

Article 17.

 

As to the existence and composition of the Secured Obligations, a written statement by the Pledgee made in accordance with its books shall constitute conclusive evidence (save for manifest error), it being understood that in the event of a disagreement with respect thereto, the Pledgee shall be authorized to exercise its right of enforcement, with due observance of the obligation of the Pledgee to transfer all which afterwards would appear to be received by it in excess of its rights.

 

LIABILITY

 

Article 18.

 

Except for its gross negligence ( grove nalatigheid ) or wilful misconduct ( opzet ) , the Pledgee shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Pledgor for not (or not completely) collecting or recovering or selling the Charged Assets and/or any loss or damage resulting from any collecting or recovering or selling the Charged Assets or arising out of the exercise of or failure to exercise any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever in connection with the Charged Assets or this Deed.  Should any such loss or damage occur, then the Pledgor shall fully indemnify the Pledgee therefor.

 

NOTICES

 

Article 19.

 

19.1              Any notice or other communication in connection with this Deed required to be sent or given shall be sent in the English language by registered mail or by fax to the following addresses:

 

if to the Pledgor:

Laureate I B.V.

Amsteldijk 166

1079 LH Amsterdam

The Netherlands

with a copy to:

 

13



 

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

United States of America

if to the Pledgee:

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

with a copy to:

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

if to the Company:

Laureate International B.V.

Amsteldijk 166

1079 LH Amsterdam

The Netherlands

with a copy to:

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

United States of America

or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time be notified by the parties for such purpose in writing.

 

19.2              All documents provided under or in connection with this Deed must be:

 

a.                            in English; or

 

b.                            if not in English, and if so required by the Pledgee, accompanied by an English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 

 

19.3              If sent by registered mail, any notice or other communication sent by registered mail pursuant to this Deed shall be deemed to have been received by the party to whom it was addressed on the first Business Day after the day shown as the day of receipt by a return receipt. If sent by fax, it shall be deemed, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by the party to whom it

 

14



 

was sent on the day of dispatch provided that the report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine shows that all pages of such notice, demand or other communications were properly transmitted to the recipients fax machine.  Without prejudice to any other mode of service, any notice or any other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served if sent to the addresses as set forth in Clause 19.1.

 

SEVERABILITY

 

Article 20.

 

20.1              If a provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, that shall not affect:

 

a.                            the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

b.                            the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

20.2              The Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that they will negotiate in good faith to replace any provision of this Deed which may be held unenforceable with a provision which is enforceable and which is as similar as possible in substance to the unenforceable provision.

 

AMENDMENT

 

Article 21.

 

This Deed shall only be amended, modified or rescinded by a notarial deed under Dutch law duly executed, before a civil law notary in the Netherlands, by the authorized signatories of the Pledgor and the Pledgee.

 

ACCEPTANCE

 

Article 22.

 

The Pledgee accepts the Right of Pledge and all stipulations, covenants, undertakings, waivers, authorities and powers pursuant to this Deed.

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

Article 23.

 

This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Dutch law.

 

JURISDICTION

 

Article 24.

 

The courts of Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes which might arise out of or in connection with this Deed, and, for such purposes, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for the benefit of the Pledgee, to the jurisdiction of that court. The Pledgee, however, reserves the right to refer the matter to any other competent court in any jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not (to the extent permitted by law).

 

BY-LAW ROYAL NOTARIAL ASSOCIATION

 

Article 25.

 

25.1              The Pledgor declares that it is aware that Mr. Dominique François Margaretha Maria Zaman, civil law notary in Rotterdam, the Netherlands, is a representative of the law firm Loyens & Loeff N.V. in Rotterdam, the Netherlands which acts as the external legal advisor of the Pledgee.

 

15



 

25.2              With reference to the provisions of the Code of Conduct ( Verordening Beroepsen Gedragsregels ) as determined by the general meeting of the Royal Notarial Association ( Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie ) , the Pledgor explicitly declares that it consents to the fact that the Pledgee will be assisted by Loyens & Loeff N.V. in all cases connected with this Deed and all potential conflicts and all potential conflicts arising therefrom.

 

Powers of Attorney.

 

Of the abovementioned powers of attorney to the person appearing has appeared to me, civil law notary, from three (3) written powers of attorney, copies of which will be attached to this deed.

 

End

 

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.  

 

This deed was executed in Rotterdam on the date stated in the first paragraph of this deed.

 

The contents of the deed have been stated and clarified to the person appearing. 

 

The person appearing has declared not to wish the deed to be fully read out, to have noted the contents of the deed timely before its execution and to agree with the contents.

 

After limited reading, this deed was signed first by the person appearing and thereafter by me, civil law notary.

(follows signature)

 

ISSUED FOR TRUE COPY

 

 

/s/ Dominique Francois Margaretha Maria Zaman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16




Exhibit 10.27

 

 

 

DRUP/BERKM/9422514

 

40053180/5143227

 

DEED OF PLEDGE

 

(Laureate International B.V.)

 

This thirtieth day of September two thousand eleven, there appeared before me, Pieter Gerard van Druten, civil law notary at Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Sebastiaan van Dugteren, born in Oosterbeek, the Netherlands, on the twenty-fourth day of September nineteen hundred and seventy-four, employed at Fred. Roeskestraat 100, 1076 ED Amsterdam, the Netherlands, for the purposes hereof acting as attorney — whose authorization has been evidenced by three (3) written powers of attorney which will be attached to this deed ( Annex ) — of:

 

1.                                       LAUREATE I B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under Dutch law, having its official seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its registered office address at Amsteldijk 166, 1079LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the trade register of the Chambers of Commerce under number 30124190, hereinafter referred to as: the “Pledgor”;

 

2.                                       CITIBANK N.A., a national banking association under the laws of the United States of America, having its registered office address at 390 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, United States of America, for the purposes hereof acting in its capacity as Collateral Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement and/or in its capacity as sole creditor under each Parallel Debt in both capacities, hereinafter referred to as: the “Pledgee”; and

 

3.                                       LAUREATE INTERNATIONAL B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under Dutch law, having its official seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its registered office address at Amsteldijk 166, 1079LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the trade register of the Chambers of Commerce under number 27122275, hereinafter referred to as: the “Company” .

 

The person appearing has declared:

 



 

 

 

WHEREAS:

 

A.                                     Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of the seventeenth day of August two thousand and seven and amended and restated on the sixteenth day of June two thousand and eleven (the Credit Agreement ) by and among Laureate Education, Inc. as Parent Borrower, lniciativas Culturales De España S.L. as Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and other parties identified therein.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to section 15 (Parallel debt) of the Credit Agreement, each Borrower has undertaken to pay to the Collateral Agent, acting in its own capacity and not as representative or agent of a Lender, each Parallel Debt.

 

C.                                     Pursuant to a notarial deed of pledge executed on the twenty-ninth day of January two thousand eight before a deputy of D.F.M.M. Zaman, civil law notary in Rotterdam, the Netherlands, among others first ranking security has been granted in favor of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement by the Pledgor over all shares issued and outstanding in the capital of the Company as security for amongst others the obligations of the Borrowers under the Existing Credit Agreement as such agreement would be amended and restated from time to time (the Deed of First Ranking Share Pledge ).

 

D.                                     Pursuant to a resignation and appointment agreement (the Resignation and Appointment Agreement ) dated the thirtieth day of September two thousand and eleven by and among Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España S.L. as Borrowers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as resigning administrative agent and resigning collateral agent and Citibank, N.A. as successor administrative agent and successor collateral agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement has been replaced by Citibank N.A. and the Parallel Debt has been assigned from Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. to Citibank N.A.

 

E.                                      Notwithstanding the fact that, following the replacement of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement, the Deed of First Ranking Share Pledge will continue to secure (amongst others) the obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor has agreed to grant a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) over the Charged Assets (as defined in this Deed) in favor of the Pledgee as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined in this Deed).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1                                DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                      Definitions

 

1.1.1            Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Deed (including its recitals) shall have the meaning as given thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

1.1.2            In this Deed (including its recitals):

 

 



 

 

 

Articles of Association means the articles of association ( statuten ) of the Company as they currently stand since their latest amendment, pursuant to a notarial deed of amendment to the articles of association, executed on the twenty-fifth day of May two thousand eleven before A.J. Wiggers, civil law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

Charged Assets means:

 

(a)                                  the Shares;

 

(b)                                  the Dividends; and

 

(c)                                 the Related Assets.

 

Corresponding Debt means any amounts owing from time to time by the Borrowers to the Lenders under the Credit Agreement or any U.S. Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement or Foreign Obligations Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

Deed means this deed of pledge of shares.

 

Dividends means any and all cash dividends, distribution of reserves, repayments of capital, liquidation or dissolution proceeds and all other distributions and (re) payments in respect of the Shares.

 

Enforcement Event means a default by any Borrower in the performance of the Secured Obligations (whether in whole or in part) provided that such default constitutes an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

First Ranking Right of Pledge means the first priority right of pledge created pursuant to the Deed of First Ranking Share Pledge by and among the Pledgor as pledgor, the Company as company and, pursuant to the Resignation and Appointment Agreement and a deed of assumption of contract by and between among others the Pledgee, the Pledgor and the Company dated on or about the date hereof, the Pledgee as pledgee.

 

Party means a party to this Deed.

 

Related Assets means any and all shares, rights (other than Dividends) and other assets accruing, distributed, issued or offered at any time by way of redemption, repurchase, dividend, bonus, preference, pre-emption, conversion, capitalization of profits or reserves, substitution, exchange, warrant, claim or option right or otherwise in respect of the Shares.

 

Right of Pledge means a right of pledge created by this Deed in accordance with Clause 2 (Creation of security).

 

Shares means:

 

(a)                      the ordinary shares numbered from one (1) up to and including seven million and five hundred fifteen thousand (7,515,000), with a nominal value of four euro cent (EUR 0.04) each in the capital of the Company; and

 

(b)                      any and all shares in the capital of the Company which are acquired by the Pledgor after the date of this Deed.

 

Secured Obligations Secured Obligations means any and all obligations and liabilities consisting of monetary payment obligations ( verbintenissen tot betaling van een geldsom ) of each Borrower to the Pledgee, whether present or future, whether actual or contingent, whether as primary obligor or as surety, whether for principal, interest, costs or otherwise under or in connection with the Parallel Debt (and if at the time of the creation of a Right of Pledge, or at any time thereafter, the Corresponding Debt owed to the Pledgee cannot be

 



 

 

 

validly secured through the Parallel Debt, any amount which each Borrower owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Credit Documents shall be the Secured Obligation).

 

Voting Transfer Event means the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing in conjunction with a written notice from the Pledgee to the Pledgor and the Company stating that the Pledgee shall exercise the Voting Rights.

 

Voting Rights means any and all voting rights, other consensual rights and similar rights and powers attached to the Shares.

 

1.2                      Interpretation

 

1.2.1            Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Deed (including its recitals) to:

 

(a)                        a Clause shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause of this Deed;

 

(b)                        this Deed, the Credit Agreement or any other agreement or instrument includes all amendments, supplements, novations, restatements or re-enactments (without prejudice to any prohibition thereto) however fundamental and of whatsoever nature to this Deed, the Credit Agreement, or other agreement or instrument and includes without limitation (i) any increase or reduction in any amount available under the Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented, novated, restated or re-enacted) or any alteration of or addition to the purpose for which any such amount, or increased or reduced amount may be used, (ii) any facility provided in substitution of or in addition to the facilities originally made available thereunder, (iii) any rescheduling of the indebtedness incurred thereunder whether in isolation or in connection with any of the foregoing, and (iv) any combination of the foregoing and the Secured Obligations include such amendments, supplements, novations, restatements or re-enactments (whether or not anticipated);

 

(c)                         person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;

 

(d)                        the Pledgee, the Pledgor , the Company or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees; and

 

(e)                         a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

1.2.2            Clause headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.3            In this Deed (including its recitals), words and expressions importing the singular shall, where the context permits or requires, include the plural and vice versa and words and expressions importing the masculine shall, where the context permits or requires, include the feminine and neuter and vice versa.

 

1.2.4            An Enforcement Event shall constitute a verzuim (as meant in Section 3:248(1) of the Dutch Civil Code) in the performance of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, without any dun ( aanmaning ), summons ( sommatie ) or notice of default ( ingebrekestelling ) being sent or required.

 



 

 

 

2                                CREATION OF SECURITY

 

2.1                      Undertaking

 

The Pledgor agrees with the Pledgee and undertakes to create or, as the case may be, to create in advance ( bij voorbaat ) a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) over each of its Charged Assets as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

2.2                     Right of Pledge

 

The Pledgor grants to the Pledgee:

 

(a)                        a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) over each of its Charged Assets; and

 

(b)                        to the extent the Charged Assets consist of future Charged Assets, a second priority right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) in advance ( bij voorbaat ) over each of its future Charged Assets,

 

as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

2.3                     Perfection

 

2.3.1 The Company:

 

(a)                        acknowledges to be notified of each Right of Pledge;

 

(b)                        undertakes to register each Right of Pledge in its shareholders’ register;

 

(c)                         undertakes that promptly after the Pledgor has acquired shares in the capital of the Company it shall register each Right of Pledge in its shareholders’ register;

 

(d)                        acknowledges that, other than pursuant to the First Ranking Right of Pledge it has not received any notice of other rights of pledge, limited rights or encumbrances or transfers in respect of the Charged Assets; -

 

(e)                         undertakes to provide the Pledgee promptly after the execution of this Deed and promptly after each acquisition of shares in the capital of the Company by the Pledgor with a copy of the relevant entry in its shareholders’ register;

 

(f)                          to the extent possible under Dutch law and with the knowledge of the Pledgor, waives (and shall waive at the Pledgee’s first request) any right that may impede the exercise by the Pledgee of any Right of Pledge and the other rights conferred under this Deed; and

 

(g)                         undertakes not to propose or effect such acts as set forth in Clause 2.5.2 (Voting Rights).

 

2.3.2 The Pledgee is entitled:

 

(a)                        to present this Deed and any other document pursuant to this Deed for registration to any office, registrar or governmental body (including the Dutch tax authorities) in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                        subject to Clause 2.4.2 (Dividends) and Clause 2.5.1 (Voting Rights), to serve any notice to any person,

 

as the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests.

 

2.4                     Dividends

 

2.4.1           In accordance with Section 3:246 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code and subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, only the Pledgee is entitled to collect and receive payment of the Dividends and the Related Assets which are subject to a Right of Pledge and to exercise all rights of the Pledgor vis-à-vis the Company with respect to the Dividends and the Related Assets. Without prejudice to its entitlement to collect and receive payment and to exercise its rights in respect of the Dividends and the Related Assets, the Pledgee

 



 

 

 

authorizes the Pledgor to collect and receive payment from the Dividends and the Related Assets to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

2.4.2           The authorization granted by the Pledgee to the Pledgor pursuant to Clause 2.4.1 may be terminated by the Pledgee upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing by giving notice thereof to the Pledgor.

 

2.5                     Voting rights

 

2.5.1           Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, the Voting Rights are transferred by the Pledgor to the Pledgee under the condition precedent ( opschortende voorwaarde ) of the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event. The general meeting of shareholders of the Company has resolved to approve such transfer of Voting Rights, as is evidenced by a written resolution of such meeting, dated on or about the date hereof, a copy of which is attached to this Deed ( Annex ).

 

2.5.2           Upon the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgee shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such Voting Rights and shall be entitled to exercise or refrain from exercising such rights in such manner as the Pledgee may in its absolute discretion deem fit. Until the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgor shall have the right and authority to exercise such Voting Rights or refrain from exercising such Voting Rights, provided that:

 

(a)                        no such exercise (or such abstention) may violate or be inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Deed or the Credit Agreement; and

 

(b)                        no such exercise may have the effect of impairing the position or interests of the Pledgee, including, for the avoidance of doubt, such exercise which without the prior written consent of the Pledgee results in a resolution to consent or to ratify:

 

(i)                            a filing of a request to declare the Company bankrupt ( failliet ) or a filing of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(ii)                         a filing by the Company of a request to be granted a suspension of payments (surseance van betaling) or a filing by the Company of a request for a similar proceeding in any jurisdiction;

 

(iii)                      any conversion ( omzetting ) , merger (fusie ) or division (splitsing ) of the Company;

 

(iv)                     an issuance or cancellation of shares in the capital of the Company or any reduction of any reserve of the Company;

 

(v)                        an acquisition by the Company of shares in the capital of the Company or depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) thereof;

 

(vi)                     a transfer of the authority to issue shares in the capital of the Company and to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights of shareholders to any other corporate body other than the general meeting of shareholders;

 

(vii)                  a granting of rights to subscribe for shares in the capital of the Company or a limitation or exclusion of pre-emptive rights of shareholders upon issuance of shares in the capital of the Company;

 


 

 

 

(viii)               an issuance of depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) in respect of shares in the capital of the Company with the co-operation of the Company;

 

(ix)                     a material change of the terms of the Charged Assets; or

 

(x)                        a material impairment of the value of the Charged Assets.

 

In the event of doubt, the Pledgor shall in time consult with the Pledgee on the resolution to be passed prior to exercising its Voting Rights and the Pledgor shall subsequently vote in accordance with the Pledgee’s instructions.

 

2.5.3           Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge and until the occurrence of a Voting Transfer Event, the Pledgee shall not have the rights which the law attributes to holders of depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) , issued with a company’s co-operation, of shares in the capital of the Company.

 

2.6                     General

 

2.6.1           Each Right of Pledge includes all accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) and all ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Charged Assets.

 

2.6.2           To the extent that the Charged Assets are (or shall be) subject to a right of pledge (other than the First Ranking Right of Pledge) or other encumbrance taking priority over a Right of Pledge, nevertheless that Right of Pledge will have been (or will be) created with the highest possible rank available at that time.

 

2.6.3           Each Right of Pledge is in addition to, and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other security (whether by contract or statute) now or subsequently held by the Pledgee. The rights of the Pledgee under this Deed are in addition to and not in lieu of those provided by law.

 

2.6.4           If at the time of the creation of a Right of Pledge, or at any time thereafter, the Corresponding Debt owed to the Pledgee cannot be validly secured through the Parallel Debt, such Corresponding Debt itself shall be the Secured Obligations.

 

3                               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1                     General

 

3.1.1           The Pledgor makes the representations and warranties in this Clause 3 to the Pledgee on the date of this Deed, on each date a Pledgor acquires legal title to a Charged Asset and on each drawdown date under the Credit Agreement.

 

3.1.2           The representations and warranties in this Clause 3 in respect of the Charged Assets only refer to the Charged Assets existing on the date the representations or warranties are made.

 

3.2                     Status

 

It is a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) duly incorporated and validly existing under Dutch law and the Company is a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) duly incorporated and validly existing under Dutch law.

 

3.3                     Due authorization

 

All authorizations required (including all necessary corporate authorizations) in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect.

 



 

 

 

3.4                     No conflict

 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the granting of the Right of Pledge do not and will not contravene:

 

(a)                        any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal; or

 

(b)                        any provision of its articles of association ( statuten ) or other constitutional document; or

 

(c)                         any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Pledgor or to which any of its assets is bound or affected or constitute a default thereunder.

 

3.5                     No insolvency

 

It has taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee, administrator or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction and that the Company has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against the Company for the Company’s winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization or for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues in any jurisdiction.

 

3.6                     Power and authority

 

It has the power ( beschikkingsbevoegdheid ) to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Deed and the transactions contemplated by this Deed and to create each Right of Pledge.

 

3.7                     Ranking

 

Each Right of Pledge is a second ranking right of pledge ( pandrecht tweede in rang ) .

 

3.8                     Charged Assets

 

3.8.1           It is the sole legal and beneficial owner of its Charged Assets.

 

3.8.2           The Charged Assets:

 

(a)                        have, save for First Ranking Right of Pledge and the Right of Pledge, not been transferred, assigned, pledged, made subject to a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or otherwise encumbered (in advance ( bij voorbaat )) to any person;

 

(b)                        are not subject to any attachment ( beslag );

 

(c)                         are capable of being transferred, assigned and pledged; and

 

(d)                        are not subject to any option or similar right,

 

and the Pledgor has not agreed to grant any right or to do such acts as set forth in this Clause 3.8.2.

 

3.8.3           The Shares:

 

(a)                        have been validly issued and have not been repurchased ( ingekocht ) , cancelled ( ingetrokken ) , reduced ( afgestempeld ) , split or combined;

 

(b)                        constitute one hundred per cent. (100 %) of the issued share capital of the Company and are fully paid up; and

 



 

 

 

(c)                         issued and outstanding at the date of this Deed have been acquired pursuant to a notarial deed of transfer of shares, executed on the sixth day of May two thousand and four before M.D. van Waateringe, civil law notary, officiating in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

3.8.4           There are no outstanding claims on the Company for the issue of any shares in the capital of the Company and no depository receipts ( certificaten van aandelen ) have been issued in respect of shares in the capital of the Company.

 

3.8.5           It has not been deprived of the authority to alienate shares in the capital of the Company by virtue of Section 2:22a of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

3.8.6           It has not been served a writ in connection with the settlement of shareholders disputes within the meaning of Section 2:335 and further of the Dutch Civil Code, and is consequently not subject to the prohibition set out in Section 2:338 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

3.8.7           The Company may only issue shares by virtue of a resolution of its general meeting of shareholders and this authority has not been transferred to any other corporate body of the Company.

 

3.9                     Information

 

It has provided the Pledgee with all information and documentation regarding the Charged Assets, which it understands or should be aware to be important to the Pledgee.

 

4                               UNDERTAKINGS

 

4.1                     General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 4 remain in force from the date of this Deed until each Right of Pledge is terminated in accordance with Clause 7 (Termination).

 

4.2                     Charged Assets

 

Unless permitted under the Credit Agreement, The Pledgor shall not:

 

(a)                        transfer, assign, pledge, make subject to limited right ( beperkt recht ) or otherwise encumber the Charged Assets (other than pursuant to the First Ranking Right of Pledge);

 

(b)                        release ( kwijtschelden ) or waive ( afstand doen van ) the Charged Assets;

 

(c)                         waive any accessory rights ( afhankelijke rechten ) or ancillary rights ( nevenrechten ) attached to the Charged Assets;

 

(d)                        agree with a court composition or an out-of-court composition ( gerechtelijk of buitengerechtelijk akkoord ) or enter into any settlement agreement in respect of the Charged Assets; or

 

(e)                         perform any act which adversely affects or may adversely affect the Charged Assets or any Right of Pledge,

 

without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

4.3                     Information

 

4.3.1           The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Pledgee of an occurrence of an event that may be relevant to the Pledgee with respect to the Charged Assets or adversely affects or may adversely affect any Right of Pledge.

 

4.3.2           The Pledgor shall promptly notify in writing, at its own costs, the existence of this Deed and each Right of Pledge to any relevant person (including without limitation, the court process server ( deurwaarder ) , the bankruptcy trustee ( curator ) , the administrator ( bewindvoerder ) or similar officer in any jurisdiction)

 



 

 

 

and shall promptly send to the Pledgee a copy of the relevant correspondence and the underlying documentation.

 

4.3.3           The Pledgor shall at the Pledgee’s first request provide the Pledgee with all information and with copies of all relevant documentation relating to the Charged Assets and allow the Pledgee to inspect its administrative records.

 

5                               ENFORCEMENT

 

5.1                     Enforcement

 

5.1.1           Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enforce any Right of Pledge, in accordance with Dutch law and any other applicable law and may take all (legal) steps and measures which it deems necessary or desirable and the Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in any way which the Pledgee deems necessary or desirable for the enforcement of that Right of Pledge.

 

5.1.2           Upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the Pledgee shall have the right to enter into court compositions or out-of-court compositions ( gerechtelijke of buitengerechtelijke akkoorden ) and to cast a vote in connection with such compositions or to enter into any settlement agreement regarding the Charged Assets with any other person.

 

5.2                     Enforcement waivers

 

5.2.1           The Pledgee shall not be obliged to give notice of a sale of the Charged Assets to the Pledgor, debtors, holders of a limited right ( beperkt recht ) or persons who have made an attachment ( beslag ) on the Charged Assets, as required by Sections 3:249 and 3:252 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.2.2           The Pledgor waives its rights to make a request to the court:

 

(a)                        as referred to in Section 3:251 (1) of the Dutch Civil Code to determine that the Charged Assets shall be sold in a manner deviating from the provisions of Section 3:250 of the Dutch Civil Code; and

 

(b)                        as referred to in Section 3:246 (4) of the Dutch Civil Code to collect and receive payment of the Charged Assets after such authorization has been terminated in accordance with Clause 2.4.2 (Perfection).

 

5.2.3           The Pledgor waives its rights to demand that the Pledgee:

 

(a)                        shall first enforce any security granted by any other person, pursuant to Section 3:234 of the Dutch Civil Code; or

 

(b)                        shall first proceed against or claim payment from any other person or enforce any guarantee, before enforcing any Right of Pledge.

 

The Pledgor waives its rights under Sections 3:233 (2) and 6:139 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5.2.4           The Pledgor waives its rights to set-off ( verrekenen ) its claims (if any) against the Pledgee under or in connection with this Deed and/or the Credit Agreement against the Secured Obligations.

 

5.2.5           To the fullest extent permitted by Dutch law and the Articles of Association, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally waives, renounces and agrees not to exercise any pre-emption rights or rights of first refusal upon a sale of shares in the capital of the Company and where applicable, the other Charged Assets.

 

5.2.6           Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, the Pledgee is irrevocably and unconditionally authorized (but without any obligation) in the event of a sale of the Shares:

 



 

 

 

(a)                        to offer the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) for sale in the manner prescribed by the Articles of Association or to seek the approval of the corporate body designated under the Articles of Association as empowered to approve all proposed transfers of shares, as the case may be, and to exercise the Pledgor’s rights in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares as provided in Section 2:198 (5) of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

(b)                        to cause notice of such sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) to be served, also on behalf of the Pledgor, upon the Company in accordance with Dutch law and the Articles of Association; and

 

(c)                         to cause the Shares (and, where applicable, other Charged Assets) to be registered in the name of the new owner(s) following the sale to the extent required on behalf of the Pledgor, to do all such acts and to sign all such documents as are necessary or desirable for that purpose pursuant to Dutch law or the provisions of the Articles of Association.

 

5.2.7           Subject to the First Ranking Right of Pledge, the Pledgee shall have the right to impose such limitations and restrictions on the sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the other Charged Assets) as the Pledgee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with any law, rule or regulation applicable to the sale. The Pledgor shall co-operate with the Pledgee in obtaining any necessary permits, exemptions or consents of competent authorities and in ensuring that the sale of the Shares (and, where applicable, the Charged Assets) does not violate any applicable securities laws.

 

5.3                     Application of monies

 

Subject to the mandatory provisions of Dutch law on enforcement, all monies received or realised by the Pledgee in connection with the enforcement of any Right of Pledge shall be applied by the Pledgee in accordance with section 11.15 (Allocation of Payments) of the Credit Agreement.

 

6                               FURTHER ASSURANCES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

6.1                     Further assurances

 

6.1.1           If no valid right of pledge is created pursuant to this Deed in respect of any Charged Asset, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pledge to the Pledgee such Charged Asset as soon as it becomes available for pledging, by way of supplementary agreements, supplemental deeds or other instruments on the same (or similar) terms of this Deed.

 

6.1.2           The Pledgor further undertakes to execute any instrument, provide such assurances and do all acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for:

 

(a)                        perfecting or protecting the security created (or intended to be created) by this Deed;

 

(b)                        preserving or protecting any of the rights of the Pledgee under this Deed;

 

(c)                         preserving or protecting the Pledgee’s interest in the Charged Assets;

 

(d)                        ensuring that any Right of Pledge and the undertakings and obligations of the Pledgor under this Deed shall inure to the benefit of any successor, transferee or assignee of the Pledgee;

 

(e)                         facilitating the collection, appropriation or realization of the Charged Assets or any part thereof in the manner contemplated by this Deed; or

 


 

 

 

(f)                         exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Pledgee under this Deed.

 

6.2                      Subordination of recourse or subrogation claims

 

6.2.1            The Pledgor subordinates ( stelt achter ) in favor of the Pledgee any rights or claims which it may acquire by way of recourse or subrogation in connection with this Deed and the Pledgor shall not receive or collect payment and waives any right of payment in connection with such rights or claims until the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally been paid in full.

 

6.2.2            If the Pledgor receives any sum which pursuant to Clause 6.2.1 should not have been paid to it, the Pledgor shall promptly pay an amount equal to that receipt or recovery to the Pledgee for application towards the Secured Obligations in accordance with Clause 5 (Enforcement).

 

6.3                      Power of attorney

 

6.3.1            The Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Pledgee as its attorney ( gevolmachtigde ) for as long as any of the Secured Obligations are outstanding for the purposes of:

 

(a)                       doing in its name all acts and executing, signing and (if required) registering in its name all documents which the Pledgor itself could do, execute, sign or register in relation to the Charged Assets; and

 

(b)                       executing, signing, perfecting, doing and (if required) registering every such further document, act or thing as is referred to in this Clause 6.

 

6.3.2           It is expressly agreed that the appointment under Clause 6.3.1 will only be exercised by the Pledgee in case of an Event of Default and is given with full power of substitution and also applies to any situation where the Pledgee acts as the Pledgor’s counterparty ( Selbsteintritt ) within the meaning of Section 3:68 of the Dutch Civil Code or as a representative of the Pledgor’s counterparty.

 

7                                TERMINATION

 

7.1                      Continuing

 

7.1.1            Each Right of Pledge shall remain in full force and effect, until all Secured Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full (to the Pledgee’s satisfaction) and no new Secured Obligations will arise (to the Pledgee’s satisfaction) unless terminated by the Pledgee pursuant to Clause 7.2 (Termination by Pledgee).

 

7.1.2            In case a Right of Pledge is terminated the Pledgee shall at the request and expense of the Pledgor provide written evidence to the Pledgor to that effect.

 

7.2                      Termination by Pledgee

 

The Pledgee is entitled to:

 

(a) terminate by notice ( opzeggen ) ; or

 

(b) waive ( afstand doen ) ,

 

a Right of Pledge, in respect of all or part of the Charged Assets and all or part of the Secured Obligations. The Pledgor agrees in advance to any waiver ( afstand van recht ) granted by the Pledgee under this Clause 7.2.

 

8                                ASSIGNMENT

 

8.1                      No assignment – Pledgor

 

The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 



 

 

 

8.2                      Assignment – Pledgee

 

The Pledgee may transfer, assign or pledge any of its rights and obligations under this Deed in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the Pledgor, to the extent legally required, irrevocably cooperates or consents in advance ( verleent bij voorbaat medewerking of geeft bij voorbaat toestemming ) to such transfer, assignment or pledge. If the Pledgee transfers, assigns or pledges its rights under the Secured Obligations (or a part thereof), the Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that each Right of Pledge shall follow pro rata parte the transferred, assigned or pledged rights under the Secured Obligations (as an ancillary right ( nevenrecht ) to the relevant transferee, assignee or pledgee).

 

9                                NOTICES

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Deed shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement. For the purposes of notifications pursuant to this Clause, the address:

 

(a) of the Pledgor shall be

Laureate I B.V.

Amsteldijk 166

1079 LH Amsterdam

The Netherlands

(b) of the Company shall be:

Laureate International B.V.

Amsteldijk 166

1079 LH Amsterdam

The Netherlands

In respect of the Pledgor and the Company, always with a copy to:

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

United States of America

 

or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time be notified by the Pledgor or the Company for such purpose in writing.

 

10                         MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1               Costs

 

All costs, charges, expenses and taxes in connection with this Deed shall be payable in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

10.2               Evidence of debt

 

As to the existence and composition of the Secured Obligations, a written statement by the Pledgee made in accordance with its books shall, save for manifest error, constitute conclusive evidence ( dwingend bewijs ) , it being understood that in the event of a disagreement with respect thereto, the Pledgee shall be authorised to exercise its right of enforcement under this Deed, with due observance of the obligation of the Pledgee to transfer all

 



 

 

 

proceeds to the Pledgor which afterwards would appear to be received by it in excess of its rights.

 

10.3               No liability Pledgee

 

Except for its gross negligence ( grove nalatigheid ) or wilful misconduct ( opzet ) , the Pledgee shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Pledgor for not (or not completely) collecting or recovering or selling the Charged Assets and/or any loss or damage resulting from any collecting or recovering or selling the Charged Assets or arising out of the exercise of or failure to exercise any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever in connection with the Charged Assets or this Deed.

 

10.4               Severability

 

10.4.1     If a provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction that shall not affect:

 

(a)                      the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

(b)                      the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

10.4.2     The Pledgor and the Pledgee agree that they will negotiate in good faith to replace any provision of this Deed which may be held unenforceable with a provision which is enforceable and which is as similar as possible in substance to the unenforceable provision.

 

10.5               No rescission

 

The Pledgor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its rights:

 

(a)                      to rescind ( ontbinden ) this Deed in whole or in part pursuant to Section 6:265 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law;

 

(b)                      to suspend ( opschorten ) any of its obligations under this Deed pursuant to Section 6:52, 6:262 and 6:263 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law; and

 

(c)                       to nullify ( vernietigen ) this Deed pursuant to Section 6:228 of the Dutch Civil Code or on any other ground under Dutch law or under any other applicable law.

 

10.6               No waiver

 

No delay or omission by the Pledgee in the exercise of any power or right under this Deed will impair such power or right or be construed as a waiver thereof or of the event giving rise to such power of right and no waiver of any past event shall be construed to be a waiver of any power or right accruing to this Deed by reason of any future event.

 

10.7               Amendment and embodiment

 

This Deed shall only be amended, modified or rescinded by a notarial deed under Dutch law duly executed, before a civil law notary in the Netherlands, by the authorised signatories of the Pledgor and the Pledgee.

 

11                         ACCEPTANCE

 

The Pledgee accepts each Right of Pledge and all stipulations, covenants, undertakings, waivers, authorities and powers pursuant to this Deed.

 



 

 

 

12                         GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12.1               Governing law

 

This Deed (including this Clause 12) shall be governed by Dutch law.

 

12.2               Jurisdiction

 

12.2.1     The court ( rechtbank ) of Amsterdam, the Netherlands has exclusive jurisdiction to settle at first instance any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute ).

 

12.2.2     Each Party agrees that the court ( rechtbank ) of Amsterdam, the Netherlands is the most appropriate and convenient court to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

12.2.3     This Clause 12.2 is for the benefit of the Pledgee only. As a result, the Pledgee shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Pledgee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

12.3               Acceptance governing law power of attorney

 

If a Party is represented by an attorney in connection with the execution of this Deed or any agreement or document pursuant this Deed:

 

(a)                                  the existence and extent of the authority of; and

 

(b)                                  the effects of the exercise or purported exercise of that authority by,

 

that attorney is governed by the law designated in the power of attorney pursuant to which that attorney is appointed and such choice of law is accepted by the other Parties.

 

12.4               By law Royal Notarial Association

 

12.4.1     The Pledgor declares that it is aware that mr. P.G. van Druten, aforementioned, is a representative of the law firm Loyens & Loeff N.V. which acts as the external legal advisor of the Pledgee.

 

12.4.2     With reference to the provisions of the Code of Conduct ( Verordening Beroepsen Gedragsregels ) as determined by the general meeting of the Royal Notarial Association ( Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie ), the Pledgor and the Pledgee explicitly declare that it consents to the fact that the Pledgee will be assisted by Loyens & Loeff N.V. in all cases connected with this Deed and all potential conflicts arising therefrom.

 

End

 

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

 

This deed was executed in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on the date stated in the first paragraph of this deed.

 

The contents of the deed have been stated and clarified to the person appearing.

 

The person appearing has declared not to wish the deed to be fully read out, to have noted the contents of the deed timely before its execution and to agree with the contents.

 

After limited reading, this deed was signed first by the person appearing and thereafter by me, civil law notary.

 




Exhibit 10.28

 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

DEED OF PLEDGE OVER CREDIT RIGHTS DERIVED FROM BANK ACCOUNT

 

In Madrid, on March 14, 2008.

 

Attested to by Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, registered Notary Public of the Madrid Notaries’ Association, having jurisdiction and official certifying authority in Madrid.

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

On the one part,

 

Mr. David González Gálvez, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile and national identification document number currently in force.

 

And on the other part,

 

Mr. Rafael Echegoyen Lewin, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile and national identification document number currently in force.

 

APPEARING

 

Mr. David González Gálvez, in the name and on behalf of Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L., an entity duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Spain with registered address at Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid and holding tax identification number.

 

 

1



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

Mr. David González Gálvez is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney granted in his favor on December 19, 2007 by Mr. Robert Zentz, Sole Director of Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L., before the Notary Public of Maryland Ms. Linda Palarino, whose signature is duly authenticated by an apostille according to The Hague Convention of October 5, 1961. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this deed of First Priority Pledge Over Credit Rights (the “Deed” ) as Annex 1.

 

Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L. will be hereinafter referred to as the “Pledgor” .

 

Mr. Rafael Echegoyen Lewin, in the name and on behalf of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. (hereinafter, the “Pledgee” ), a limited partnership organized under the laws of Bermuda with an office at 85 Broad Street Avenue, New York, NY 10004 (USA).

 

The Pledgee acts as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement referred to in Recital I below).

 

Mr. Rafael Echegoyen Lewin is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney granted in his favor on January 24, 2008 by Mr. Bruce H. Mendelsohn, representative of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., before the Notary Public of the State of New York, Ms. Beatrice A Viola, whose signature is duly authenticated by an apostille according to The Hague Convention of October 5, 1961. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this Deed as Annex 2.

 

The Pledgor and the Pledgee shall hereinafter be jointly referred to as the “Parties” .

 

 

2



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

WHEREAS

 

I.                                         On August 17, 2007, Laureate Education, Inc. and Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Swingline Lender, Citicorp North America, Inc. as Syndication Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other parties thereto entered into a Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement” ).

 

The Pledgor shall use the proceeds of the borrowings under the Credit Agreement for general corporate purposes, including any Permitted Acquisitions (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

A copy of the Credit Agreement is attached hereto as Annex 3. The Pledgor hereby ratifies before the intervening Notary Public its obligations under the Credit Agreement and, together with the Pledgee, jointly, raise the Credit Agreement to the status of public document.

 

II.                                    Pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor undertook to grant a pledge over credit rights, as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as defined below), pledge which has been granted before the Notary Public Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, right before the granting of this document.

 

III.                               For purposes of this pledge the term Secured Obligations shall mean the Foreign Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement)

 

 

3



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

Notwithstanding this, the provisions herein shall be interpreted without prejudice to the regulations in relation to the prohibition of financial assistance set out in article 40.5 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Act ( Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada ), which shall not be breached at any time and, therefore, the Secured Obligations shall not comprise any current or future payment obligations, outstanding or incurred by any obligor towards the Pledgee as a result of any utilization of funds in order to finance or repay the acquisition of the Pledgor shares or any company of its group shares.

 

IV.                                The Pledgor holds the bank account held in euros, number                 (the “Bank Account” ), held with                 (the “Bank” ) and, therefore, holds the corresponding credit rights (the “Credit Rights” ) against the Bank where such Bank Account is held, to obtain the refund of the amounts deposited from time to time in the Bank Account, stemming from stemming from the bank account opening                 (the “Bank Account Agreement” ), as evidenced in the certificate issued by that Bank on March 14, 2008, attached as Annex 4.

 

V.                                     That it is in the Bank Account where the credit rights pursuant to the pledge over the credit rights abovementioned under whereas II are deposited.

 

VI.                                That considering all the abovementioned, the Pledgor has agreed to grant a pledge over the Credit Rights derived from the Bank Account to

 

 

4



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

secure compliance with the Secured Obligations, and by virtue of the credits deposited there, as a result of the deed over credit rights abovementioned, and the Parties therefore agree to enter into this agreement of pledge over credit rights derived from bank account (hereinafter the “Agreement” or the “Pledge” ) which they do subject to the following:

 

CLAUSES

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, and unless otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.                                       CREATION OF FIRST RANKING PLEDGE

 

2.1                                As security of full and punctual fulfillment of all Secured Obligations, by means of this deed creates an in rem first ranking pledge right over all of the Credit Rights (the “Pledge” ) in favor of the Pledgee acting in the benefit of the Securities Parties, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement). The Pledgee accepts the Pledge.

 

2.2                                The Pledgor represents and warrants:

 

(a)                                  that it is the sole owner of the Bank Account;

 

(b)                                  that the Credit Rights are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other type of third party’s right other than this Pledge;

 

(c)                                   that it has full corporate power legal right and lawful authority to execute and

 

 

5



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

perform this agreement and to pledge, assign and transfer the Credit Rights in the manner and form established hereunder; and

 

(d)                                  that it does not hold any bank accounts other than the Bank Account, with the exception of:

 

·                   the bank account held in US dollars, number                , held with                ; and

 

·                   the bank account held in US dollars, number                 held with                .

 

2.3                                The Pledge shall be extended automatically over and shall include any credit rights corresponding to the Pledge from the Bank Account, that is, any monies which may be deposited from time to time in the Bank Account in favor of the Pledgor, as well as any interest and proceeds arising in connection therewith which may accrue in favour of the Pledgor.

 

2.4                                The Pledgor undertakes not to open new bank accounts without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

In the event that such consent is granted, the Pledgor undertakes to send to the Pledgee a copy of the corresponding agreement to open the bank account and to grant a pledge over the credit rights derivinf from the new bank accounts on the same terms as this Pledge if so requested by the Pledgee when granting their consent.

 

 

6


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

The execution of such pledge shall be carried out within the fifteen (15) calendar days following the date on which such accounts are opened.

 

2.5                                The Pledge will not be deemed cancelled solely because the Pledgor may dispose of the funds deposited in the Bank Account.

 

3.                                       SECURED OBLIGATIONS

 

3.1                                The Pledge guarantees the full and punctual payment of all the Secured Obligation in favor of the Pledgor.

 

3.2                                The Pledge and the exercise of the in rem pledge action attached to them are understood without prejudice to the general liability of the Pledgor that is not limited in any way by the creation of the Pledge.

 

3.3                                The Parties agree that this Agreement shall not modify, alter or affect the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement contemplated therein.

 

3.4                                The parties agree that the terms and conditions of the Pledge shall prevail over the terms and conditions of the Bank Account Agreement in the event of discrepancy between such documents.

 

4.                                       INDIVISIBLE NATURE OF THE PLEDGE

 

4.1                                The Pledge hereby created is of an indivisible nature; as a result, each of the Credit Rights secures the full compliance of the Secured Obligations.

 

4.2                                The partial fulfillment of the Secured Obligations shall not proportionally discharge the Pledge, which may only be cancelled once all the Secured Obligations have been complied

 

 

7



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

with in full and discharged.

 

4.3                                The foregoing in no way affects or limits the Pledgee’s right to partial enforcement of the Pledge pursuant to clause 9 below.

 

5.                                       NOTIFICATION OF THE CREATION OF THE PLEDGE

 

5.1                                The Parties hereby request and instruct the Notary Public before which this Agreement is formalized, to notify, through official channels, the granting of the Pledge in the form attached hereto as Annex 5, which shall in turn include a copy of this agreement.

 

5.2                                The Parties agree that the requirement of delivery of possession established in article 1,863 of the Civil Code and/or of contribution mentioned in article 8.2(a) of Royal Decree 5/2005 , 11 March 2005 (hereinafter, the “RDL on Financial Guarantees” ) shall be deemed to have taken place by the notifications to the Bank referred to in the preceding 5.1 paragraph.

 

6.                                       NON-TRANSFERABILITY  OF THE CREDIT RIGHTS. OBLIGATIONS OF THE PLEDGOR

 

6.1                                The Pledgee shall not cause or allow to happen anything which may damage the Credit Rights.

 

6.2                                In particular, without limitation, during the term of this Pledge, the Pledgor shall not be entitled to sell, transfer, assign, encumber, charge or in other way dispose of the Credit Rights, except in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

6.3                                The Pledgor may use the funds deposited in the Bank Account during the term of this Pledge provided that such use is in compliance with the limitations set out in clauses 6.4 a) and 6.4 b) below and in the Credit Agreement until

 

 

8



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

all the Secured Obligations have been fully discharged and provided that the Pledgee does not notify to the Bank that an event of default set out in the Credit Agreement has occurred.

 

6.4                                Furthermore, during the term of the Pledge, the Pledgor unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes:

 

(a)                                  to keep at any time a minimum balance of one Euro in the Bank Account;

 

(b)                                  not to use the amount deposited in the Bank Account in a way which differs from the terms and limitations set out in the Credit Agreement;

 

(c)                                   not to open and/or use bank account other than the Bank Account, except with the prior written consent of the Pledgee pursuant to clause 2.4 above;

 

(d)                                  to notify the Pledgee by registered mail at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the formal presentation before the court of the Pledgor’s intention to request a voluntary bankruptcy declaration; and

 

(e)                                   to notify the Pledgee by registered mail, on the same date on which the judge notices the Pledgor that it has ordered its citation, of the admission to court of the necessary bankruptcy petition filed by any party entitled to do so, other than the Pledgor.

 

7.                                       CANCELLATION OF THE PLEDGE

 

7.1                                The Pledge shall terminate and be cancelled upon termination of the Credit Agreement and satisfaction in full of the Secured Obligations,

 

 

9



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

as acknowledged in a written instrument executed by the Pledgee, unless the Pledgee exercises the right conferred by Article 1,866 of the Spanish Civil Code. Accordingly, upon termination of the Pledge, the Pledgee shall, within a fifteen (15) day term from receipt of the Pledgor’s request, at Pledgor’s request and at Pledgor’s sole cost and expense, execute and deliver to the Pledgor such documents as the Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination and its notification to the Bank.

 

8.                                       ENFORCEMENT OF THE PLEDGE

 

8.1                                This Pledge shall become enforceable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

The Parties hereby expressly agree that the communication by the Pledgee to the Pledgor stating that an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has taken place shall be sufficient to enforce the Pledge by the Pledgee.

 

Without prejudice to the non-divisible nature of the Pledge, the Pledgor shall enforce the Pledge, totally or partially, in one or several acts, in which case the Pledge hereby established will remain in force for the non-enforced balance.

 

8.2                                For purposes of the enforcement of the Pledge, and notwithstanding (i) Pledgor’s liability in relation to the complete fulfillment of the Secured Obligations; and (ii) any other security interest held by the Pledgee, the Pledgee may, at its discretion, use any of the available judicial proceedings, either the ordinary judicial proceedings, or the non judicial proceeding

 

 

10



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

provided for under Article 1,872 of the Spanish Civil Code. The use of one enforcement method shall not preclude the possibility of resorting to any of the others, insofar as the Secured Obligations have not been fully paid.

 

8.3                                For purposes of the enforcement of the Pledge under any of the procedures referred to in this clause, the Parties agree and expressly acknowledge that:

 

(a)                                  In case of enforcement of the Pledge, the amount liquid, due and payable will be the amount specified in the certificate issued by the Pledgee. Such certificate shall include the balance resulting from the calculation made by the Pledgee, and a statement of the debit and credit entries and those relating to the application of expenses, commissions and interest (if any) which determine the specific balance of the amount owed (the “Certificate” ).

 

(b)                                  The determination of the amount that may be claimed by executive proceedings will be made by the Pledgee. Therefore, the presentation of the following documents will be sufficient to initiate the enforcement of the Pledge: (i) the original of this Deed; (ii) together with a certificate issued by the Notary attesting this Deed by which it is stated that the Deed conforms to its files and their date; (iii) the notarial deed incorporating the Certificate issued by the Pledgee referred to above and the statement of the debit and credit entries and those relating to the application of expenses, commissions and interest which determine the specific balance of the amount owed for which enforcement is requested, evidencing that the liquidation of the debt has been executed in the form agreed under the Credit Agreement; and (iv) a notarial deed evidencing that the Pledgor has been served notice of the amount due and payable.

 

 

11



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

(c)                                  The amounts obtained through the enforcement of the Pledge shall be applied to the payment of the Secured Obligations as set forth in Section 11.15 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.4                                Without prejudice, provided the Credit Rights pledged by virtue of this Pledge have a cash nature, the Parties hereby agree that, for the enforcement of this Pledge, it shall not be necessary to carry out any public auction of such Credit Rights. The Pledgee will be entitled to enforce the Pledge over such Credit Rights, with prior notification thereof to the Pledgor, by means of collecting the amounts due and payable under the Secured Obligations from the Pledgor’s debtors under the Credit Rights.

 

For such purposes, the Pledgee shall request in writing to the Bank to pay any amounts due and payable under the Credits Rights up to the maximum amounts due and payable by the Pledgor, for the account of the Secured Obligations. Such request shall include a written statement by the Pledgee stating: (i) that there has been a breach of the Secured Obligations; (ii) the amount due and payable as a result of such breach; and (iii) that the Pledgor has failed to pay, after a demand to do so.

 

Any amount in excess of the amounts necessary to cover all the outstanding Secured Obligations, shall remain deposited in the relevant bank account, which shall remain pledged in favour of the Pledgor in guarantee of the outstanding Secured Obligations. Should there not be outstanding Secured Obligations, the excess, if applicable, shall be delivered to the Pledgee, within the ten (10) business days following the date when the Pledgor has actually received the wire transfer of the

 

 

12


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

relevant debtors and with effective date such day.

 

8.5                                The Pledgee expressly reserves any and all of its rights and legal actions against the Pledgor for any portion of the Secured Obligations assumed that have not been satisfied with the proceeds arising from the enforcement of the Pledge.

 

In particular, the Pledgee will retain all rights and claims against the Pledgor for that part of the Secured Obligations which is not fully discharged or which remains unsatisfied after the enforcement of the Pledge, even if the Pledgee has acquired the Credit Rights. In this case, only the part of the debt equivalent to the price offered by the Pledgee for the Credit Rights shall be deemed to have been set off, maintaining the enforceability and the ranking of the remaining Secured Obligations.

 

The omission or delay of any Party in exercising any rights, powers and proceedings set out in the Pledge or in the legislation in force, shall not be considered a waive of said rights, powers and proceedings, a sole or partial waive of any rights excludes the subsequent exercise of such rights, or the exercise of any other right.

 

9.                                      NOTICES

 

9.1                                All notices or communications between the Parties referred to in this Agreement or made by any of the Parties to this agreement to one another as regards the execution, interpretation or termination of the agreement shall be served in writing and shall, at the sender’s choice, either be delivered to the other party in person (either by the sender personally or through official channels) or sent by fax, electronic mail or certified post with delivery confirmation, (of

 

 

13



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

choice of the sender) to the following addresses:

 

(a)                                  For the Pledgor:

 

Attention: María Luisa de Landecho

 

Calle Tajo s/n
Urbanización El Bosque
Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid.

 

With copy to:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, MD 21202
Attention:

 

Fax:

 

(b)                                  For the Pledgee:

 

To the attention of SBD Operations and Pedro Ramirez

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

 

Telecopier:

 

With copy to:

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

Attention:
Telecopier:

 

9.2                                The Parties shall notify each other, in the manner set out in this clause, of any changes in their address, fax numbers, email addresses, name of the recipient and any other relevant details in accordance with the clause.

 

10.                                IRREVOCABLE POWER

 

10.1                         In this act and in order to give the greatest

 

 

14



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

effectiveness to the compliance with the undertakings set out herein, the Pledgor hereby grants an irrevocable power of attorney in favour of the Pledgee, which shall include as many powers as necessary or convenient, including that of substitution, delegation, sub­empowering and, expressly, self-contracting, in the event that the Pledgor does not carry out (upon the Pledgee’s request) any of the acts set out in this Agreement within the required deadlines, it shall do any acts to execute and enter into any instruments or documents necessary or convenient to fulfill the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.2                         Such faculties shall include the following:

 

(a)                                  to appear before the Bank in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor and give orders to transfer funds, require extracts of accounts and carry out any other necessary acts for the purposes of the complete enforcement of the Pledge;

 

(b)                                  to enter into, on behalf of the Pledgor, any private and/or public document necessary to formalize, extend modify, supplement or clarify this Pledge or any other public or private document formalized in relation thereto;

 

(c)                                   to settle and pay, on behalf of the Pledgor, any costs, duties and charges resulting from the execution of the documents formalized in accordance with this Agreement, and

 

 

15



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

(d)                                  to do any actions necessary or convenient to fulfil the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.3                         As this power is granted in the interests of all Parties and is necessary for the fulfilment of the obligations assumed by them in this Agreement, this power of attorney is irrevocable and shall remain in full force and effect as long as payment or fulfilment of any obligation under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement remains outstanding. Therefore, the unilateral revocation of this power by the Pledgor shall not have any effect while this Agreement is in force.

 

10.4                         In the event that the Pledgee should resign or be removed from its office as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement or would not be able to act as Administrative Agent or Security Agent for any reason, the new Administrative Agent or Security Agent appointed in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement shall be automatically vested with these powers and faculties on the same terms and conditions as the Security Agent originally appointed.

 

10.5                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case it becomes necessary (or convenient, at the Pledgee’s discretion) to carry out any act or execute any private or public document for the purposes of documenting or evidencing the change of Security Agent, the Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorises the Pledgee to carry out, on the terms set out in this clause and in clause 13.3, any such acts and to execute any such necessary or convenient documents in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor (including substitution, delegation sub-empowering and, expressly and self-contracting).

 

 

16



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

10.6                         The Pledgor acknowledges and accepts that the exercise by the Pledgee of the authority received by virtue this power of attorney may include self-contracting, which is accepted with by it. Self-contracting is also expressly permitted with respect to those to whom the Pledgee may have delegated or substituted its power of attorney.

 

11.                                SYNDICATION AND ASSIGNMENT OF THE PLEDGE

 

11.1                         The Pledgor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Pledgee and the rest of the finance parties may syndicate totally or partially the Credit Agreement or any rights arising therefrom by means of credit transfers, assignments or subrogation on contractual position or equivalent methods, all in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

11.2                         The Pledgor hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that, in accordance with article 1,528 of the Spanish Civil Code, any assignment or transfer carried out by the Pledgee or by the rest of the finance parties (or any subsequent assignee or transferee thereof) under the provisions of the Credit Agreement shall automatically entail without the need of any further agreement of the Pledgor the constitution of the transferee or assignee as the beneficiary of the Pledge created in this Agreement.

 

11.3                         The Pledgor hereby waves any right to require any formality other than those set out in the Credit Agreement in order to evidence the transfers, assignments or subrogation mentioned in this clause and it hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Pledgee may enforce the rights arising out of this Agreement and the Credit Agreement on its behalf and on behalf of the entities that are finance parties at

 

 

17



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

the time of such enforcement.

 

11.4                         Notwithstanding the above, the Pledgor undertakes that, upon the Pledgee’s request, it will grant as many public or private documents as may be necessary or convenient to evidence such transfers, assignments or subrogation provided that any costs arising from the execution of any such private or public document shall not be payable by the Pledgor.

 

11.5                         Consequently, references in this Agreement to the finance parties of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be made to the entities which from time to time act as finance Parties under the Credit Agreement and any references to the Security Agent shall be deemed to be made to the entity holding such position from time to time under the Credit Agreement.

 

12.                                PLEDGEE

 

12.l                          All rights and powers conferred on the Pledgee hereunder have been granted thereto in the representative capacity in which it acts, that is, they shall be deemed to have been conferred on the finance parties of the Credit Agreement, that is both those who are Parties to this Agreement and those which will become parties to the Credit Agreement a later date, pursuant to Clause 12 above.

 

12.2                         The Parties accept that the role of Pledgee will be held at all times by any entity that has been appointed Security Agent in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

12.3                         The Pledgor hereby undertakes, upon request by the Pledgee, to appear before the Madrid notary designated by the Pledgee, within the time frame reasonably set by the Pledgee, and execute a public document of supplement to or ratification of the Pledge set out herein, so that

 

 

18


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

the identity of the new Pledgee is fully evidenced for all purposes. In the event that the Pledgor does not comply with the Pledgee’s demand, the Pledgee may execute such document in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor under the irrevocable power of attorney contained in Clause 11. The costs deriving from the execution of such document shall be borne by the Pledgor.

 

13.                                COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

The Pledgor shall pay all notary’s fees, taxes, duties and, if applicable, notification costs, which may accrue and any other expenses related to the drafting, execution, raising to a public deed and fulfillment of this Agreement and its amendment, extension, cancellation or ratification, as well as all judicial costs and enforcement costs, by any procedural means, relating to the Pledge, including the reasonable fees and expenses of the notary public, any public registry, lawyers and court representatives ( “procuradores” ) (even when their intervention is not compulsory), except in the event that the Credit Agreement provide that these expenses must be borne by other person.

 

14.                                AMENDMENTS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

14.1                         The Parties agree that this Agreement will not modify, alter or affect the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

14.2                         The Pledgor as a party thereto, acknowledges and accepts the terms of the Credit Agreement as well as the rights and obligations resulting therein.

 

 

19



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

15.                                CORRECTIONS OR ADDITIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT

 

If so required by the Pledgee, the Pledgor undertakes to appear and grant, within ten (10) calendar days as of the date of such request, as many public or private documents as may be necessary or convenient for the correction, addition or clarification of this Agreement.

 

16.                                LANGUAGE

 

This Agreement is executed in the Spanish and English languages. In the event of any conflict in interpretation between the English version and Spanish version, the Spanish version shall prevail.

 

17.                                APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

17.1                         This Agreement shall be governed by Spanish law.

 

17.2                         The Parties expressly submit any litigation which may derive from the interpretation and/or enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Deed, to the jurisdiction and competence of the Courts of the city of Madrid, waiving any other forum to which by law they may be entitled.

 

 

20



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

THE PLEDGOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Iniciativas Culturales de España, S.L.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mr. David González Gálvez

 

 

Mr. David González Gálvez

 

 

 

 

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND COLLATERAL AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rafael Echegoyen Lewin

 

 

Mr. Rafael Echegoyen Lewin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Illegible

 

 

21


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT IN RESPECT OF PLEDGE OVER CREDIT RIGHTS DERIVED FROM BANK ACCOUNT

 

In Madrid, on October 5, 2011.

 

Before me, Mr. Andrés Domínguez Nafria, registered Notary Public of the Madrid Notaries’ Association, having jurisdiction and official certifying authority in Madrid,

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

On the one part.

 

Mr. David González Gálvez, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile at Madrid,                            and national identification number               , currently in force.

 

And on the other part,

 

Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile at Madrid,                            and national identification number               , currently in force.

 

APPEAR

 

Mr. David González Gálvez, in the name and on behalf of lNICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L.U., an entity duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Spain with registered address at Tajo s/n, Urbanización E1 Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid and holding tax identification number               .

 

Mr. David González Gálvez is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney granted in his favor on 10 June 2011 by Mr. Robert W. Zentz, Sole Administrator of INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., before the Notary Public of Baltimore (Maryland - USA), Mrs.

 

1



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

Nora Dietrich, original of which written in two columns, in Spanish and English, language that I understand and duly apostilled, which I have seen, and from which it is evidenced that he have powers to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this deed of Pledge of Credit Rights (the “Deed” ) as Annex 1 .

 

lNICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA. S.L. will be hereinafter referred to as the “Pledger” .

 

Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, in the name and on behalf of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., (hereinafter, the “Prior Pledgee” ) a limited partnership organized under the laws of Bermuda with an office at 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004, USA.

 

Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, in the name and on behalf of CITIBANK, N.A. (hereinafter, the “Pledgee” ), a company duly organized and existing under the Laws of the United States and having its principal place of business at the State of New York.

 

The Pledgee acts as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney of 24 August 2011 granted by the notary public of New York, United States, Ms. Kimberly J. Contini and power of attorney of 10 of August 2011 granted by the notary public of Nueva York, Ms. Cynthia Tolentino, originals of which written in

 

 



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

two columns, in Spanish and English language that I understand and duly apostilled, which I have seen, and from which it is evidenced that she has all powers necessary to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this Deed as Annex 2 .

 

The Pledgor and the Pledgee shall hereinafter be jointly referred to as the “Parties” .

 

WHEREAS

 

I                              On August 17, 2007, LAUREATE EDUCATION INC. and INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time. GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. as Swingline Lender. CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. as Syndication Agent, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. AND CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other parties thereto entered into a credit agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. the “ Initial Credit Agreement ”).

 

II                         That, on 14 March 2008, before Notary Public of Madrid Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, the Pledgor created in favor of the Prior Pledgee, acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as such term is defined in the Pledge over Credit Rights and the Initial Credit Agreement, a first priority ranking pledge over the credit rights held by the Pledgor against entities within the group of companies of the Pledgor, as security for

 

 


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations under the Initial Credit Agreement (the “ Pledge over Credit Rights ”), pledge that has been amended by virtue of a deed intervened by the Notary Mr. Andrés Dominguez Nafria immediately before the granting of this document.

 

III                    The Pledgor holds the bank account held in euros, number                (the “ Bank Account ”), held with               (the “ Bank ”) and, therefore, holds the corresponding credit rights (the “ Credit Rights ”) against the Bank where such Bank Account is held, to obtain the refund of the amounts deposited from time to time in the Bank Account, stemming from the bank account opening agreement dated                (the “ Bank Account Agreement ”). A copy of the Bank Account Agreement is attached to this Deed as Annex 3 .

 

IV                     That it is in the Bank Account where the credit rights pursuant to the Pledge over Credit Rights abovementioned under whereas II are deposited.

 

V                          That, on 14 March 2008, before Notary Public of Madrid Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, the Pledgor created in favor of the Prior Pledgee, acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as such term is defined in the Pledge over Credit Rights and the Initial Credit Agreement, a pledge over the credit rights derived from the bank account,

 

 



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

 

by virtue of the credits deposited, as a result of the Pledge over Credit Rights, as a security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations under the Initial Credit Agreement (the “ Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account ”).

 

VI                     On 16, June 2011 LAUREATE EDUCATION INC. and INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA. S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time. GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC as Co-Syndication Agents, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., BARCLAYS CAPITAL, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, amongst other parties, entered into an amended version of the Credit Agreement mainly based on a term loan maturity date extension. The Initial Credit Agreement has been modified and reads in the terms and conditions provided by the public deed granted on the date hereof before Notary public of Madrid, Mr. Andrés Dominguez (hereinafter, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ” or the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

Moreover, on 30 September 2011, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. and CITIBANK, N.A., amongst other, entered into a resignation and appointment

 

 



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

agreement by means of which the entity acting as Collateral Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) was replaced from GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. to CITIBANK, N.A.

 

VIl                 As consequence of the above mentioned amendments, the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account shall be modified accordingly and as set forth in section 14.21(d) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, each Party to this agreement acknowledges, renews and extends their obligations under the security documents and the Pledgor hereby ratifies before the intervening Notary Public its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

 

VIII           Moreover, the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally instruct the Notary to give notice by means of certified letter with acknowledgement receipt to the Bank, of the granting of this Amendment Agreement (as defined below) using the communications attached as Annex 4 .

 

Pursuant to the aforementioned, the Parties wish to grant this amendment to the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account (hereinafter, the “ Amendment Agreement ”) which shall be governed by the following:

 

CLAUSES

 

1.                         DEFINED TERMS

 

1.1                  Terms defined in this Amendment Agreement shall have the meaning in the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account

 

 



 

 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

unless otherwise defined herein.

 

Reference in the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account (including references to the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account as amended hereby) to “this deed” or “this Pledge” (and indirect references such as “hereunder”, “Hereby”, “herein” and “hereof” or any other referring to the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account) shall be deemed to be references to the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account as amended and supplemented hereby.

 

2.                         AMENDMENT OF THE PLEDGE OVER CREDIT RIGHTS DERIVED FROM BANK ACCOUNTS

 

Effective on the date hereof, the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account will guarantee the full compliance of the Secured Obligations (as this defined term has been modified by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement), and therefore amending the terms and conditions of the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account as follows:

 

2.1                  Any express reference in the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account to the Public Limited Companies Act “ Ley de Sociedades Anónimas” or Limited Liability Companies Act “ Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada” will be substituted

 

 


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

by the applicable provisions set forth in the new Companies Act “Ley 1/2010 de 2 de Julio de Sociedades de Capital”.

 

2.2                  Any express reference in the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account made to the Pledgee, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, will be referred to, thereafter made to CITIBANK, N.A. instead of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

 

2.3                  The Secured Obligations for the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account shall be the Foreign Obligations corresponding to the Pledgor, as this term is defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Likewise, the repayment date set forth in the Initial Credit Agreement will be deemed extended in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

2.4                  Clause 9.2 is hereby replaced with the text that reads as follows:

 

For purposes of this Deed, the address of the Parties for such notices, summons and other required formalities shall be the following:

 

For the Pledgor:

 

Calle Tajo s/n

Urbanización El Bosque

Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid.

 

With a copy to:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street,

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention:

 

 



 

 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

Telecopy No.

 

For the Pledgee:

 

Citibank, N.A

390 Greenwich Street

New York, new York

Attention:

 

3.                         EFFECT ON THE AGREEMENT

 

3.1                  The Parties expressly acknowledge that this Amendment Agreement, is an amendment without extinctive nature ( novaciόn modificativa no extintiva ) of the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account, and it will be a part of it for all purposes.

 

3.2                  Except to the extent specifically set forth herein, the provisions of the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account shall not be amended, modified, waived, impaired or otherwise affected hereby. Furthermore, the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Accounts and the obligations thereunder are hereby ratified and confirmed and remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

3.3                  This Amendment Agreement shall be limited solely to the matters expressly set forth herein and shall not (i) constitute an amendment or waiver of any other term or condition of the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account, (ii) prejudice any right or rights of any party under or in connection with the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account or (iii) create any right herein to another person or other beneficiary or otherwise, except to the extent specifically provided herein.

 

 



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

4.                         REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

The Pledgor ratifies the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 2.2 of the Pledge over Credit Rights derived from Bank Account, with the sole exception of that contained in the paragraph (d) of such Clause 2.2. which from now on shall be drafted as follows :

 

“(d) that it does not hold any bank accounts other than the Bank Account, with the exception of the bank account held in US dollars,              , held with               .

 

5.                         GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

5.1                  This Amendment Agreement shall be governed by Spanish law.

 

5.2                  The Parties, expressly waiving their right to their own forum, expressly and irrevocably submit to the courts of the city of Madrid for purposes of any dispute which may arise in connection with the validity, interpretation or enforceability of this Deed.

 

 

10



 

 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

In witness hereof, the Parties sign this contract in three*original counterparts with the intervention of the Notary Public. * óne

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA. S.L.

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ David González Gálvez

 

Mr. David González Gálvez

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés

 

Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés

 

Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés

 

 

 

With my intervention

 

 

 

/s/ Andrés Domínguez Nafría

 

Mr. Andrés Domínguez Nafría

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.29

 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

DEED OF FIRST PRIORITY PLEDGE OVER CREDIT RIGHTS

 

InMadrid, on March 14 2008.

 

Attested to by Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, registered Notary Public of the Madrid Notaries’ Association, having jurisdiction and official certifying authority in Madrid,

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

On the one part,

 

Mr. David González Gálvez, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile at Paseo de la Castellana 216, Madrid and with                         , currently in force.

 

And on the other part,

 

Mr. Manuel Deó Martín, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with professional address at Madrid, calle María de Molina 6 and holder of                    , currently in force.

 

APPEARING

 

Mr. David González Gálvez, in the name and on behalf of lNICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., an entity dully incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Spain with registered office at Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid                            .

 

Mr. David González Gálvez is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney granted in his favor on December 19, 2007 by Mr. Robert Zentz, Sole Director of lNICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., before the Notary public of Maryland Ms. Linda

 

 

1



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

Palarino, whose signature is dully authenticated by an apostille according to The Hague Convention of October 5, 1961. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this deed of First Priority Pledge Over Credit Rights (the “Deed”) as Annex 1 .

 

lNICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., will be hereinafter referred to as the “Pledgor”.

 

Mr. Manuel Deó Martín, in the name and on behalf of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P., (hereinafter, the “Pledgee”), a limited partnership organized under the laws of Bermuda with office at 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004, USA.

 

The Pledgee acts as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement referred to in Recital I below).

 

Mr. Manuel Deó Martín is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney of January 24, 2008 granted by the Notary Public of New York State, United States of America, Ms. Beatrice A. Viola, original of which is written in two columns, in Spanish and English – language that I understand – and dully apostilled, which I have seen, and from which it is evidenced that he has powers to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this Deed as Annex 2.

 

The Pledgor and the Pledgee shall hereinafter be jointly referred to as the “Parties”.

 

 

2



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

WHEREAS

 

I.                 On August 17 2007, LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., and lNICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as Swingline Lender, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other parties thereto entered into a Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Credit Agreement” ). Pursuant to section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received this Deed as a precedent condition to the acquisition of the financing derived of the credit agreement later indicated.

 

The Pledgor shall use the proceeds of the borrowings under the Credit Agreement for general corporate purposes, including the realization of Permitted Acquisitions (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

A copy of the Credit Agreement is attached to this Deed as Annex 3 . The Pledgor hereby ratifies before the intervening Notary Public its obligations under the Credit Agreement and, together with the Pledgee, jointly, raise the Credit Agreement to the status of public document.

 

 

3



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

II.            Pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor undertook to grant this Deed, as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as defined below).

 

III.       For purposes of this pledge, the term Secured Obligations shall mean the Foreign Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

Notwithstanding, the provisions herein shall be interpreted without prejudice to the regulations in relation to the prohibition of financial assistance set out in article 40.5 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Act (Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada), which shall not be breached at any time and, therefore, the Secured Obligations shall not comprise any current or future payment obligations, outstanding or incurred by any obligor towards the Pledgee as a result of any utilization of funds in order to finance or repay the acquisition of the Pledgor shares or any company of its group shares.

 

IV.        As security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, the Pledgor wishes to execute in favor of the Pledgee, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement), a first priority ranking pledge over the credit rights held by the Pledgor against entities within the group

 

 

4



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

of companies of the Pledgor, which are identified in Annex 4 of this Deed (the “Credit Rights”).

 

V.             In view of the foregoing, the Parties desire to execute this Deed, which shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

CLAUSES

1.               CREATION OF THE PLEDGE

 

1.1        As security for the due and punctual fulfilment of each and all the Secured Obligations, the Pledgor hereby creates a first priority ranking pledge over the Credit Rights (the “Pledge” ), in favour of the Pledgee, acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement). The Pledgee recognizes and accepts the Pledge.

 

1.2        It is the intention of the Parties hereto that the execution of this Deed create a valid and perfected first priority ranking security interest over the Credit Rights in favour of the Pledgee to secure the Secured Obligations.

 

1.3        The Parties hereby agree that this Deed shall not alter or affect the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

 

1.4        During the term of this Pledge, the Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to notify the Pedgee by registered mail with acknowledgment of receipt (“ correo certificado con acuse de recibo” ) of:

 

(a)                                  its intention to apply for a judicial

 

 

5


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

declaration of voluntary bankruptcy (“ concurso voluntario ”) at least ten (10) working days prior to the presentation of its application before the relevant Judge; and

 

(b) the judicial approval (“ admisi ó n a trámite ”) of the application for necessary bankruptcy (“ concurso necesario ”) served to the relevant Judge by any entitled person other than the Pledgor within the same day on which the relevant Judge has served notice to the Pledgor of its citation.

 

1.5                  The Pledgor unconditionally and irrevocably acknowledges that the Credit Rights are not necessary for continuing its professional or business activities.

 

2.                         INDIVISIBILITY OF THE PLEDGE. SECURED OBLIGATIONS

 

2.1                  The Pledge, created by virtue of this Agreement in favor of the Pledgee, secures the full and punctual fulfillment of the Secured Obligations, as defined in this Deed.

 

2.2                  This Pledge is granted over each and all of the Credit Rights. Consequently, each and every Credit Right pledged secures the complete fulfillment of the Secured Obligations. Partial fulfilment of the Secured Obligations shall not extinguish the Pledge proportionally. The Pledgor shall be entitled to cancel the Pledge only after the Secured Obligations have been fully discharged.

 

2.3                  The Pledge is created without prejudice to

 

 

6



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

the unlimited nature of the liability of Pledgor pursuant to Article 1,911 of Spanish Civil Code ( C ó digo civil).

 

3.                         NOTIFICATION OF THE PLEDGE

 

The Pledgor and the Pledgee instruct the intervening Notary Public to notify the Pledgor’s debtors listed in Annex 4 of the creation of the Pledge. For this purpose, the Notary Public shall use the form of notification included in Annex 5 . Once this notification has occurred, any payments made by the debtors to the Pledgor shall be made to the bank account held by the Pledgor in euros, number                  (the “Bank Account”), held with                  on satisfactory terms to the Pledgee, in its sole discretion and indicated in the notification. The balance of such bank account shall at all times be pledged in favor of the Pledgee until full release or discharge of the Pledge.

 

4.                         FUTURE CREDITS

 

4.1                  The Pledge shall be extended to and shall also comprise any credit rights of the Pledgor arising in the future vis-à-vis the debtors indicated in Annex 4 , as well as any interest and proceeds of these quantities which may be accrued in favor of the Pledgor. For such purpose, no later than 15 business days following the end of each month, the Pledgor will provide the Pledgee with an updated list of debtors as of the end of the relevant calendar semester (specifying at least the name of the debtor and the amount due).

 

 

7



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

4.2                  In the event that, during the life of this Pledge, the Pledgor enters into new agreements with other debtors different from those specified in Annex 4 (provided that such debtors are within the group of companies of the Pledgor), such circumstance will be promptly notified to the Pledgee and the Pledgor will pledge for the benefit of the Pledgee, any credit rights that may arise thereunder vis-a-vis those new debtors, in the same terms and conditions as those provided for in this Deed. Such extension shall be formalized promptly upon demand of the Pledgee by means of an addendum to this Deed granted as a public deed with the intervention of a Notary Public.

 

The Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally confers in favour of the Pledgee a mandate and powers of attorney to grant in its name the public document referred to above, executing said extension of the Pledge, even if such execution of the extension of the Pledge implies self-dealing. Said power of attorney is necessary for compliance with the Secured Obligations and, therefore, shall be irrevocable as long as the Pledge is not cancelled.

 

4.3                  The Pledgor shall bear all notarial fees, taxes and duties and other expenses arising from the granting of said public document, including, as the case may be, those arising from any notifications to the debtors. From

 

 

8



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

the date of formalization as a public deed of the extension of this Deed, those new credits will be considered as Credit Rights of the Pledgor for all purposes under this Deed.

 

5.                         DELIVERY OF POSSESSION

 

For the purposes of Article 1,863 of the Spanish Civil Code, the Parties agree that the execution of this Deed entails a transfer of possession of the Credit Rights in favor of the Pledgee as referred to in Article 1,863 of the Spanish Civil Code.

 

6.                         ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS

 

The Parties agree that (i) any sums paid by the Pledgor’s debtors to the Pledgee shall be allocated by set-off to the payment of the Secured Obligations and (ii) the Pledgee shall deliver to the Pledgor any sums paid in excess, as the case may be, by the Pledgor’s debtors once the Secured Obligations have been fulfilled.

 

7.                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Pledgor represents and warrants to the Pledgee that:

 

(i)                        It is dully organized and validly existing under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain, is validly inscribed in all applicable Registries and has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted;

 

(ii)                     This Deed and such other agreements, certificates and documents delivered in

 

 

9



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

connection herewith: (A) have been, or upon execution thereof will be, duly executed by Pledgor, and (B) constitute, or upon execution thereof will constitute, the valid and binding obligations of the Pledgor;

 

(iii)                  The execution of this Deed and any other agreements, certificates and documents delivered in connection herewith and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been dully and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Pledgor. The Pledgor has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Deed and all other agreements, certificates and documents delivered in connection herewith, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and in the mentioned agreements, certificates, and documents and to pledge, assign and transfer the Credit Rights in the manner and form established hereunder;

 

(iv)                 The Pledgor is the only holder of the Credit Rights;

 

(v)                    Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, the Credit Rights are free and clear of any and all liens (statutory or otherwise), claims, charges, options, security interests, pledges, mortgages, restrictions or similar encumbrances of any kind or nature whatsoever (collectively, “Encumbrances” ), except for those Encumbrances created by this Deed. The Pledgor has complete and unrestricted power and the unqualified

 

 

10


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

right to pledge the Credit Rights pursuant to the terms hereof; and

 

(vi)                            The execution of this Deed and any other agreements, certificates and documents contemplated hereby, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the Pledgor of any of the provisions hereof or thereof, and the Pledge created hereby do not and will not:

 

(A)     enter in conflict with or result in a breach of the by-laws or any other constitutive or organizational documents of the Pledgor;

 

(B)        enter in conflict with, result in a default or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation, modification or acceleration under any of the provisions of any note, bond, lease, mortgage, indenture, permit, authorization, contract or other instrument or obligation to which the Pledgor is a party;

 

(C)     violate any law applicable to the Pledgor as of the date hereof; or

 

(D)     require any notice to, filling with, license of, authorization of, exemption by, or consent of, any governmental

 

 

11



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

authority or any other person or entity under any law applicable to the Pledgor as of the date hereof.

 

8.                         INABILITY TO DISPOSE OF THE PLEDGED CREDIT RIGHTS

 

While the Pledge remains in force and effect, and except as expressly provided for in the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor:

 

(a)                               shall timely and fully perform any obligations assumed with its debtors so that the right of collection of the Credit Rights is not jeopardized;

 

(b)                                  shall at all times keep the Pledgee punctually informed of any contingencies that may in any manner affect the Credit Rights;

 

(c)                                   shall refrain from assigning, selling, transferring or in any other manner disposing of the Credit Rights and from creating any lien or encumbrance on the Credit Rights without the Pledgee’s prior written consent;

 

(d)                                  shall give instructions to the counterparties of the Credit Rights to pay any amounts payable thereunder other than through the account of the Pledgor indicated under clause 3 designated in writing according to the referred clause 3 above; and

 

(e)                                   shall refrain from waiving or reaching any settlement or agreement with respect to any claims or actions related to any Credit

 

 

12



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

Right, or agree to any deductions from any amounts claimed or deferral or delay of payment thereof under any agreement.

 

9.                        CANCELLATION OF THE PLEDGE

 

The Pledge shall terminate and be cancelled upon termination of the Credit Agreement the satisfaction in full of the Secured Obligations, as acknowledged in a written instrument executed by the Pledgee, as Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination, unless the Pledgee exercises the right conferred by Article 1,866 of the Spanish Civil Code. Accordingly, upon termination of the Pledge, the Pledgee shall, at Pledgor’s request and at Pledgor’s sole cost and expense, execute and deliver to Pledgor as many documents as reasonably may be necessary for the declaration of cancellation of the Pledge.

 

10.                                ENFORCEMENT OF THE PLEDGE

 

10.1        This Pledge shall become enforceable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

The Parties hereby expressly agree that the communication by the Pledgee to the Pledgor stating that an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has taken place shall be sufficient to enforce the Pledge by the Pledgee.

 

10.2        For purposes of the enforcement of the Pledge, and notwithstanding (i) Pledgor’s liability in relation to the complete

 

 

13



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

fulfillment of the Secured Obligations; and (ii) any other security interest held by the Pledgee, the Pledgee may, at its discretion, use any of the available judicial proceedings, either the ordinary or executive judicial proceedings, or the non judicial proceeding provided for under Article 1,872 of the Spanish Civil Code. The use of one enforcement method shall not preclude the possibility of resorting to any of the others, insofar as the Secured Obligations have not been fully paid.

 

10.3                         For purposes of the enforcement of the Pledge under any of the procedures referred to in this clause, the Parties agree and expressly acknowledge that:

 

(A)   in case of enforcement of the Pledge, the amount liquid, due and payable will be the amount specified in the certificate issued by the Pledgee. Such certificate shall include the balance resulting from the calculation made by the Pledgee, and a statement of the debit and credit entries and those relating to the application of expenses, commissions and interest (if any) which determine the specific balance of the amount owed (the “Certificate” );

 

(B)   the determination of the amount that may be claimed by executive proceedings will be made by the Pledgee. Therefore, the presentation of the following documents will be sufficient to initiate the enforcement of

 

 

14



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

the Pledge: (i) the original of this Deed; (ii) with a certificate issued by the Notary attesting this Deed by which it is stated that the Deed conforms to its files and their date; (iii) the notarial deed incorporating the Certificate issued by the Pledgee referred to above and the statement of the debit and credit entries and those relating to the application of expenses, commissions and interest which determine the specific balance of the amount owed for which enforcement is requested, evidencing that the liquidation of the debt has been executed in the form agreed under the Credit Agreement; and (iv) a notarial deed evidencing that the Pledgor has been served notice of the amount due and payable; and

 

(C)   the amounts obtained through the enforcement of the Pledge shall be applied to the payment of the Secured Obligations as set forth in Section 11.15 of the Credit Agreement.

 

10.4                         In the event that the Credit Rights were credits immediately convertible into money at the moment of the enforcement, the Parties hereby agree that, for the enforcement of this Pledge, it shall not be necessary to carry out any public auction of such Credit Rights. The Pledgee will be entitled to enforce the Pledge over such Credit Rights, with prior notification thereof to the Pledgor, by means of collecting the amounts due and payable under the Secured Obligations from the Pledgor’s debtors under the Credit Rights.

 

 

15


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

For such purposes, the Pledgee shall request in writing to the Pledgor’s debtors under the Credit Rights to pay any amounts due and payable under the Credits Rights up to the maximum amounts due and payable by the Pledgor, for the account of the Secured Obligations. Such request shall include a written statement by the Pledgee stating: (i) that there has been a breach of the Secured Obligations; (ii) the amount due and payable as a result of such breach; and (iii) that the Pledgor has failed to pay, after a demand to do so. If the Pledgee receives any amount in excess of the amounts necessary to cover all the outstanding Secured Obligations, it will in turn deliver such excess amount to the Pledgor.

 

10.5               In the event that the Pledgee elects the enforcement proceedings set forth under Article 1,872 of the Spanish Civil Code for the enforcement of the Pledge, the parties agree as follows:

 

(i)                            the domiciles for requests and notifications will be those indicated in clause 12 below;

 

(ii)                         the minimum asking price for the first auction will be the face value of the Credit Rights and for the second auction 80% of such face value. There shall be no asking price for the third and subsequent auctions;

 

 

16



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

(iii)                      the Pledgor hereby appoints the Pledgee as representative of the Pledgor for the auction of the Credit Rights, as seller, and for the execution, on behalf of the Pledgor, of the relevant documents of transfer (even public documents) in favor of the third party awarded the Credit Rights in the auction;

 

(iv)                     the Spanish Notary Public competent for the enforcement proceedings shall be appointed by the Pledgee;

 

Upon the request of the Pledgee, a third and subsequent auctions may take place, subject to the same formalities and conditions as those contemplated for the first and second auctions but not subject to a minimum asking price. Likewise, upon the request of the Pledgee, partial auctions may take place for selling the pledged Credit Rights in different lots;

 

(v)                        the auctions shall be announced at least ten days prior to the date on which the auction is to take place. In the event of more than one auction being held, the announcement of each such auction may be effected simultaneously; however, at least a four calendar days period must elapse between each of such auctions;

 

(vi)                     the formalization of the transfer of the Credit Rights and the payment of the purchase price will take place on the date indicated by the Pledgee to the third party (if it is a different entity from the Pledgee) awarded the Credit Rights in the auction upon fifteen days of notice;

 

(vii)                  the Notary and the Pledgor will be

 

 

17



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

authorized to take whatever actions they deem appropriate for purposes of ensuring that the auctions become of public knowledge. Announcements will be published and notice to the Pledgor will be given at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the first auction;

 

(viii)               except for the Pledgee, any bidder shall provide a security deposit for an amount equal to ten per cent (10%) of the face value of the Credit Rights to be auctioned, as security for the formalization of the transfer and payment of the purchase price in the event the bidder is awarded the Credit Rights in the auction. If the bidder fails to formalize the transfer of the Credit Rights or to pay the purchase price on the terms described above, the bidder shall lose the deposit in favor of the Pledgee. Such security deposits shall be returned to the unsuccessful bidders once the auction proceedings have finished. Should the Pledgee acquire the Credit Rights, the price will be paid by set-off (on the corresponding portion) between the amount offered by the Pledgee as purchase price for the Credit Rights and the amount claimed to be enforced;

 

(ix)                     the total price obtained as a result of the auction shall be firstly applied to settle any expenses incurred in the enforcement of the Pledge and transfer of the Credit Rights. The balance shall be directly delivered by the Notary Public in charge of the enforcement proceedings to the Pledgee, and if relevant, to the Pledgor for any amounts received in excess of the amounts necessary to cover all the outstanding Secured Obligations as well as the expenses incurred in the

 

 

18



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

enforcement of the Pledge;

 

(x)                        enforcement shall not be interrupted unless as a result of (i) the decision of the Pledgee in its sole discretion or (ii) the payment in full of the Secured Obligations by the Pledgor or, if relevant, a third party on its behalf, together with full payment to the Pledgee of all other amounts owed to the Pledgee and all expenses incurred by the Pledgee in relation to the enforcement of the Pledge;

 

In particular, the enforcement of the Pledge shall not be interrupted because of the Pledgor’s opposition, regardless of the right of the Pledgor to exercise its rights in a judicial proceeding; and

 

(xi)                     should the Credit Rights be acquired by the Pledgee, the payment of the price may be settled by set off, by reducing the amount of the Secured Obligations by an amount equal to that offered by the Pledgee as purchase price for the Credit Rights.

 

10.6               If the Secured Obligations are not paid in their totality, the Pledgor shall deliver to the Pledgee within three business days upon the demand of the Pledgee, an updated list of Credit Rights identifying each Credit Right outstanding as of the business day before such demand was made (specifying at least the name and address of debtor, the amount due and the due date) substantially in the form and including the information as set forth on Annex 4 to this Deed.

 

 

19



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

10.7               The Pledgee expressly reserves any and all of its rights and legal actions against the Pledgor for any portion of the Secured Obligations assumed that have not been satisfied with the proceeds arising from the enforcement of the Pledge.

 

In particular, the Pledgee will retain all rights and claims against the Pledgor for that part of the Secured Obligations which is not fully discharged or which remains unsatisfied after the enforcement of the Pledge, even if the Pledgee has acquired the Credit Rights. In this case, only the part of the debt equivalent to the price offered by the Pledgee for the Credit Rights shall be deemed to have been set off, maintaining the enforceability and the ranking of the remaining Secured Obligations.

 

11.                      TAXES AND EXPENSES

 

The Notary fees, taxes and any other costs and expenses arising as a result of the preparation and execution of this Pledge, its cancellation as well as the costs arising in case of enforcement of the Pledge, including costs and expenses incurred by lawyers and judicial agents, even when the intervention of the latter is not legally required, will be borne by the Pledgor.

 

 

20



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

12.                      NOTICES

 

12.1               All notices which must be sent to the Parties under this Pledge, except if provided otherwise, shall be made by certified letter with acknowledgment of receipt.

 

12.2               For purposes of this Agreement, the addresses of the Parties for such notices, summons and other required formalities shall be the following:

 

For the Pledgor:

 

Calle Tajo s/n

Urbanización El Bosque

Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid.

 

With a copy to:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention:

Telecopy No.

 

For the Pledgee:

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

Attention:

Telecopier:

E-mail:

 

With a copy to:

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

Attention:

Telecopier:

 

 

21


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

12.3               Any change in the abovementioned addresses must be communicated to the others by post with acknowledgment of receipt, and shall only take effect ten (10) calendar days after the date on which the other Party receives the notice.

 

13.                      AMENDMENT OF THIS DEED

 

Should it receive a formal demand to do so, the Pledgor undertakes to execute, within a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days from the date of such demand, any public and private documents as may be necessary to correct, supplement or clarify this Deed.

 

14.                      POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The Pledgor hereby grants an irrevocable power of attorney, as extensive as is required or convenient in Law, with an express power to self­contract and delegate, in favour of the Pledgee acting through any of its representatives so that it may, in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor, take any action that may be necessary for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Pledge and take any action and execute any instrument which may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Pledge.

 

Among the powers granted, for instance, are the following: (i) to execute as many public or private documents as it may be necessary in order to formalize, in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor, the extension of the Pledge-in particular, to pledge new Credit Rights in the terms described in this Deed-, or in order to modify, amend, correct, supplement or clarify this Deed or any public documents executed in connection with this Deed; (ii) to represent the Pledgor in the auction of the pledged Credit

 

 

22



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

Rights and to execute, in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor, every public document which may be necessary in order to formalize the transfer of the Credit Rights in favour of the acquirer or acquirers; (iii) to appoint the Notary Public which the Pledgee deems appropriate in order to formalize any public documents which may be executed in connection with this Pledge; (iv) to settle and pay, at the Pledgor’s expense, the costs and taxes that arise from the actions performed and from the documents executed in compliance with this Deed; and (v) to perform any other actions which may be necessary in order to comply with this Deed.

 

These powers of attorney are irrevocable and will be in force while any Secured Obligation remains outstanding. The unilateral revocation of these powers of attorney by the Pledgor shall not have any effect.

 

Should the Pledgee resign or be removed from its position as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgee is expressly authorised to delegate the present powers and grant new powers of attorney pursuant to those conferred in this Deed (or to be replaced herein), upon the same terms and conditions, to the entity designated as the new Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable pursuant to the Credit Agreement and to assign this Pledge in connection therewith.

 

The Pledgor represents that it is aware and accepts that the exercise of these powers of attorney by the Pledgee may involve self-contracting (“ autocontratación”).

 

 

23



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

15.                      APPLICABLE LAW

 

This Pledge shall be governed by Spanish Law.

 

16.                      JURISDICTION

 

The Parties expressly submit any litigation which may derive from the interpretation and/or enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Deed, to the jurisdiction and competence of the Courts of the city of Madrid, waiving any other forum to which by law they may be entitled, as it constitutes the legal domicile of the obliged party.

 

17.                      LANGUAGE

 

This Deed is executed in the Spanish and English languages. In the event of any conflict in interpretation between the English version and Spanish version, the Spanish version shall control.

 

18.                      FURTHER UNDERTAKINGS

 

Pledgor shall, at any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Pledgee, do, execute, acknowledge, deliver and file, or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged, delivered or filed, all such further acts, deeds, transfers, conveyances, assignments or assurances as may be reasonably required for carrying out the purposes of this Deed as contemplated hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

19.                      ADDITIONAL COPIES EFFECTIVE FOR JUDICIAL ENFORCEMENT

 

The Pledgee may request and obtain second copies (“segundas copias”) and additional copies of this public deed, which shall be

 

 

24



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

effective for judicial proceedings of enforcement (“procesos ejecutivos”).

 

 

25



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

 

 

And in witness whereof, the Parties hereby execute and formalise this Deed in three counterparts, in the place and on date indicated in the heading.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David González Gálvez

 

 

David González Gálvez

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ D. Manuel Deó

 

 

D. Manuel Deó

 

 

26


EXECUTION VERSION D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID CONTRATO [ILLEGIBLE] DE PRENDA SOBRE DERECHOS DE CRÉDITO En Madrid, a 5 de octubre de 2011. Ante mi, D. Andrés Domínguez Nafría, Notario perteneciente al Colegio de Madrid, con ejercicio y fe pública en la plaza Mercantil de Madrid, COMPARECEN De una parte, D. David González Gálvez, de nacionalidad española, mayor de edad, con domicilio profesional en Madrid, Paseo de la Castelliana 216 y DNI número 50859413-L, actualmente en vigor. Y de otra, Dña, Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, de nacionalidad española, mayor de edad, con domicilio en Madrid, calle María de Molina 6 y DNI número 50324605-F, actualmente en vigor. INTERVIENEN D. David González Gálvez, en nombre y representación de INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L.U., sociedad debidamente constituida bajo tas leyes de España, con domicilio social en calle Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid y NIF B-78345238. D. David González Gálvez acredita su representación para este acto en virtud del poder otorgado en su favor el 10 de junio de 2011 por D. Robert W. Zentz, Administrador Unico de INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., frente al Notario Público de Baltimore (Maryland - EEUU), Dña. Nora Dietrich, cuyo original redactado AMENDMENT AGREEMENT IN RESPECT OF PLEDGE OVER CREDIT RIGHTS In Madrid, on October 5, 2011. Before me, Mr. Andrés Domínguez Nafría, registered Notary Public of the Madrid Notaries’ Association, having jurisdiction and official certifying authority in Madrid, BY AND BETWEEN On the one part, Mr. David González Gálvez, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile at and national identification number currently in force. And on the other part, Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile and national identification number currently in force. APPEAR Mr. David González Gálvez, in the name and on behalf of INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L.U., an entity duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Spain with registered address at Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid and holding tax identification number Mr. David González Gálvez is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney granted in his favor on 10 June 2011 by Mr. Robert W. Zentz, Sole Administrator of INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., before the Notary Public of Baltimore (Maryland - USA), Mrs. Nora Dietrich, original of which written in two - 1 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

 


EXECUTION VERSION a doble columna en español e inglés, idioma que conozco y debidamente apostillados, he tenido a la vista, del cual resulta tener facultades para la formalización de la prenda que es objeto de la presente póliza. Se adjunta una copia de dicho poder a la presente póliza de Prenda Derechos de Crédito (la “Póliza”) como Anexo 1. INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L. será en lo sucesivo denominada como el “Pignorante”. Dña. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés., en nombre y representación de GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., (en adelante, el “Acreedor Pignoraticio Anterior”) una sociedad de responsabilidad limitada constituida de conformidad con las leyes de Bennuda, con oficinas en 85 Broad Street, Nueva York, NY 10004, EE.UU. Dña. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, en nombre y representación de CITIBANK, N.A. (en adelante, el “Acreedor Pignoraticio”) una sociedad debidamente constituida y existente de conformidad con las leyes vigentes en Estados Unidos, con domicilio social en el Estado de Nueva York. El Acreedor Pignoraticio comparece y actúa en su condición de Agente Administrativo y Agente de Garantías o “Administrative Agent” y “Collateral Agent” de acuerdo con el Contrato de Crédito, actuando por cuenta y beneficio de las Entidades Garantizadas o “Secured Parties” (tal y como se define dicho término en el Contrato de Crédito). Dña. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés acredita su representación para este acto en virtud de el poder de 24 de Agosto de 2011 autorizado por el notario de Nueva York, Estados Unidos, Dña. Kimberly J. Contini, y del poder de 10 de Agosto 2011 autorizado por el notario de Nueva York,, Dña Cynthia Tolentino, cuyos originales redactados a doble columna en español e inglés, idioma que columns, in Spanish and English, language that I understand and duly apostilled, which i llave seen, and from which it is evidenced that he have powers to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this deed of Pledge of Credit Rights (the “Deed”) as Annex 1. INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L. will be hereinafter referred to as the “Pledgor”. Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, in the name and on behalf of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., (hereinafter, the “Prior Pledgee”) a limiled partnership organized under the laws of Bermuda with an office at 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004, USA. Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, in the name and on behalf of CITIBANK, N.A. (hereinafter, the “Pledgee”), a company duly organized and existing under the Laws of the United States and having its principal place of business at the State of New York. The Pledgee acts as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement). Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney of 24 August 2011 granted by the notary public of New York, United States, Ms. Kimberly J. Contini and power of attorney of 10 of August 2011 granted by the notary public of Nueva York, Ms.Cynthia Tolentino, originals of which written in two columns, in Spanish and English, language that D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 2 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION conozco y debidamente apostillados, Be tenido a la vista, de los cuales resulta tener facultades para la formalización de la prenda que es objeto de la presente póliza. Se adjunta una copia de dichos poderes a la presente Póliza como Anexo 2. El Pignorante y el Acreedor Pignoraticio serán denominados conjuntamente como las “Partes”. EXPONEN 1 Que con fecha 17 de agosto de 2007, LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. e INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., como prestatarios, los prestamistas GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., como “Administrative Agent” y “Collateral Agent”, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. como “Swmgline Lender”, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. como “Syndication Agent”, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. Y CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. como “Joint Lead Árrangers” y “Bookrunners”, además de otra serie de entidades, suscribieron un contrato de crédito, como quiera que pudiera ser modificado o complementado (el “Contrato de Crédito Inicial”). II Que, con fecha 14 de marzo de 2008, ante el notario de Madrid Don Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, el Pignorante, constituyó en favor del Acreedor Pignoraticio Anterior, en su condición de Agente Administrativo y Agente de Garantías, actuando por cuenta y beneficio de las Entidades Garantizadas o “Secured Parties” tal y como dicho término se define en la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito y en el Contrato de Crédito Inicial, un derecho real de prenda de primer rango sobre los derechos de crédito de los que, el Pignorate es titular I understand and duly apostilled, which I have seen, and from which it is evidenced that she has all powers necessary to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this Deed as Annex 2. The Pledgor and the Pledgee shall hereinafter be jointly referred to as the “Parties”. WHEREAS I On August 17, 2007, LAUREATE EDUCATION INC. and INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collaleral Agent, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. as Swingline Lender, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. as Syndication Agent, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. AND CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other parties thereto entered into a credit agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Initial Credit Agreement”). II That, on 14 March 2008, before Notary Public of Madrid Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, the Pledgor created in favor of the Prior Pledgee, acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as such term is defined in the Pledge over Credit Rights and the Initial Credit Agreement, a first priority ranking pledge over the credit rights held by the Pledgor against entities within the group of companies of the Pledgor, which are identified in Annex 3 of this Deed, (the D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 3 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION frente a entidades del grupo de sociedades del Pignorate, derechos de crédito que se identifican en el Anexo 3 de esta Póliza, (los “Derechos de Crédito”), en garantía del pago y cumplimiento de las Obligaciones Garantizadas bajo el Contrato de Crédito Inicial (la “Prenda de Derechos de Crédito”). III Que con fecha 16 de junio de 2011, LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. E INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., como prestatarios, los prestamistas, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., como “Administrative Agent” y “Collateral Agent”, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC como “ Co-Syndication Agents”, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., BARCLAYS CAPITAL, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC y J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC como “Joint Lead Arrangers” y “Bookrunners”, entre otros, suscribieron una modificación al Contrato de Crédito Inicial consistente principalmente en una ampliación del plazo de vencimiento. El Contrato de Crédito Inicial ha pasado a ser redactado en los términos y condiciones que figuran en la escritura pública otorgada en fecha de hoy ante el Notario de Madrid D. Andrés Domínguez (en adelante, como quiera que pudiera ser modificado o complementado, el “Contrato de Crédito Modificado” o el “Contrato de Crédito”). Asimismo, en fecha 30 de septiembre de 2011, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. y CITIBANK, N.A. suscribieron un acuerdo de cese y nombramiento en virtud del cual la entidad que actuaba como Agente de “Credit Rights”) as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligalions under the Initial Credit Agreement (the “Pledge over Credit Rights”): III On 16, June 2011 LAUREATE EDUCATION INC. and INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC as Co-Syndication Agents, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., BARCLAYS CAPITAL, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, amongst other parties, entered into an amended version of the Credit Agreement mainly based on a term loan maturity date extension. The Initial Credit Agreement has been modified and reads in the terms and conditions provided by the public deed granted on the date hereof before Notary public of Madrid, Mr. Andrés Dominguez (hereinafter, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement” or the “Credit Agreement”). Moreover, on 30 September 2011, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. and CITIBANK, N.A. entered into a resignation and appointment agreement] by means of which the entity acting as Collateral D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 4 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION Garantías (tal y como se define en el Contrato de Crédito) se sustituyó pasando de ser GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. a ser CITIBANK, N.A. IV Como consecuencia de lo anterior, la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito ha de ser modificada en consonancia y, tal y como se establece en la sección 14.21 (d) del Contrato de Crédito Modificado, cada una de las Partes de este contrato reconoce, renueva y extiende sus obligaciones bajo los documentos de garantía, ratificando el Pignorante por la presente al Notario interviniente sus obligaciones bajo el Contrato de Crédito Modificado. V Asimismo, por la presente, las Partes instruyen irrevocable e incondicionalmente al Notario para que notifique mediante carta certificada con acuse de recibo, a las contrapartes de los contratos suscritos por el Pignorante de los que se derivan los Derechos de Crédito, el otorgamiento del presente Contrato de Modificación (tal y como se define más abajo) utilizando el modelo que se adjunta como Anexo 4. De conformidad con lo antes mencionado, las Partes suscriben la presente modificación a la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito (de aquí en adelante, el “Contrato de Modificación”) que se regirá conforme a las siguientes: ESTIPULACIONES 1. TÉRMINOS DEFINIDOS 1.1 Los términos definidos en el Contrato de Modificación tendrán el mismo significado que en la Prenda de Derechos de Créditos, salvo que aquí se definan de manera distinta. Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) was replaced from GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. to CITIBANK, N.A. IV As consequence of the above mentioned amendments, the Pledge over Credit Rights shall be modified accordingly and as sel forth in section 14.21 (d) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, each Party to this agreement acknowledges, renews and extends their obligations under the security documents and the Pledgor hereby ratifies before the intervening Notary Public its obligations under the Credit Agreement. V Moreover, the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally instruct the Notary to give notíce by means of certified letter with acknowledgement receipt, to the Pledgor contract counterparties from which Credit Rights are derived, of the granting of this Amendment Agreement (as defined below) using the Communications attached as Annex 4. Pursuant to the aforementioned, the Parties wish to grant this amendment to the Pledge over Credit Rights (hereinafter, the “Amendment Agreement”) which shall be governed by the following: CLAUSES 1. DEFINED TERMS 1.1 Terms defined in this Amendment Agreement shall have the meaning in the Pledge over Credit Rights unless otherwise defined herein. D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 5 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION Cualquier referencia a la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito (incluyendo referencias a la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito tal y como sea modificada por el presente Contrato de Modificación), a “esta póliza” o a “esta prenda” (así como cualquier referencia indirecta tal como “a continuación”, “por la presente”, “aquí mencionado” o cualquier otra que haga referencia a la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito) serán consideradas como referencias a la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito tal y como ésta sea modificada y complementada mediante el presente Contrato de Modificación. 2. MODIFICACIONES DE LA PRENDA DE DERECHOS DE CREDITO A partir de la presente fecha, la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito pasará a garantizar el cumplimiento íntegro y puntual de las Obligaciones Garantizadas (tal y como este término ha quedado modificado por el Contrato de Crédito Modificado) modificándose, por tanto, los términos y condiciones de la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito de la siguiente manera: 2.1 Cualquier referencia en la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito que haga expresa mención a la Ley de Sociedades Anónimas o a la Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada se sustituirá por lo establecido en los articules correspondientes en la nueva Ley 1/2010 de 2 de Julio de Sociedades de Capital. 2.2 Cualesquiera referencias en la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito al Acreedor Pignoraticio, “Administrative Agent” y “Collateral Agent”, Agente Administrativo y Agente de Garantías Reference in the Pledge over Credit Rights (including references to the Pledge over Credit Rights as amended hereby) to “this deed” or “this Pledge” (and indirect references such as “hereunder”, “Hereby”, “herein” and “hereof or any other referring to the Pledge over Credit Rights) shall be deemed to be references to the Pledge over Credit Rights as amended and supplemented hereby. 2. AMENDMENT OF THE PLEDGE OVER CREDIT RIGHTS Effective on the date hereof, the Pledge over Credit Rights will guarantee the full compliance of the Secured Obligations (as this defined term has been modified by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement), and therefore amending the terms and conditions of the Pledge over Credit Rights as follows: 2.1 Any express reference in the Pledge over Credit Rights to the Public Limited Companies Act “Ley de Sociedades Anónimas” or Limited Liability Companies Act “Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada” will be substituted by the applicable provisions set forth in the new Companies Act “Ley 1/2010 de 2 de Julio de Sociedades de Capital”. 2.2 Any express reference in the Pledge over Credit Rights made to the Pledgee, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, will be referred to, thereafter made to D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 6 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION se referirán ahora en adelante a CITIBANK, N.A. en vez de a GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. 2.3 Las Obligaciones Garantizadas pasarán a ser las Obligaciones Extranjeras o “Foreign Obligations” que le correspondan al Pignorante, tal y como este término se define en el Contrato de Crédito Modificado. Asimismo, el plazo de repago previsto en el Contrato de Crédito Inicial se entenderá extendido de conformidad con los términos y condiciones que se establecen en el Contrato de Crédito Modificado. 2.4 La Cláusula 12.2 se sustituirá por el siguiente tenor literal: A los efectos de la presente Póliza, las Partes señalan como domicilio válido para las notificaciones, requerimientos y diligencias que resultasen pertinentes: Para el Pignorante: Calle Tajo s/n Urbanización El Bosque Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid. Con copia a: Laureate Education, Inc. 650 South Exeter Street, Baltimore, MD 21202 Atención; Robert W.Zentz Número de fax: (410) 843-8544. Para el Acreedor Pignoraticio: Citibank, N.A 390 Greenwich Street New York, new York Atención: Caesar Wyszomirski. 3. EFECTOS SOBRE EL ACUERDO CITIBANK, N.A. instead of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. 2.3 The Secured Obligations for the Pledge over Credit Rights shall be the Foreign Obligations corresponding to the Pledgor, as this term is defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Likewise, the repayment date set forth in the Initial Credit Agreement will be deemed extended in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. 2.4 Clause 12.2 is hereby replaced with the text that reads as follows: For purposes of this Deed, the address of the Parties for such notices, summons and other required formalities shall be the following: For the Pledgor: Calle Tajo s/n Urbanización El Bosque Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid. With a copy to: Laureate Education, Inc. 650 South Exeter Street, Baltimore, MD 21202 Attention: Robert W.Zentz Telecopy No. (410) 843-8544. For the Pledgee: Citibank, N.A 390 Greenwich Street New York, new York Attention; Caesar Wyszomirski. 3. EFFECT ON THE AGREEMENT D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 7 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION 3.1 Las Partes reconocen expresamente que el presente Contrato de Modificación, representa una novación modificativa no extintiva de la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito, y formará parte de ésta a todos los efectos. 3.2 Salvo en lo dispuesto en este Contrato de Modificación, las disposiciones de la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito no podrán ser modificadas, rectificadas, renunciadas, alteradas o afectadas de ninguna otra manera. Asimismo, se ratifican y confirman tanto la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito como todas las obligaciones asumidas bajo la misma, las cuales se mantienen sin cambios y en vigor. 3.3 El presente Contrato de Modificación se limita exclusivamente a las materias expresamente establecidas en este documento y no podrá (i) constituir una modificación o renuncia a cualquier otro término o condición de la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito, (ii) perjudicar cualquier derecho o derechos de cualquier parte o relacionados con la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito, o (iii) crear cualquier derecho en favor de otra persona u otro beneficiario o de otra forma, excepto que aquí se disponga expresamente lo contrario. 4. REPRESENTACIONES Y GARANTÍAS El Acreedor Pignoraticio ratifica las representaciones y garantías establecidas en la cláusula 7 de la Prenda de Derechos de Crédito. 5. LEY APLICABLE Y JURISDICCIÓN 5.1 El presento Contrato de Modificación se regirá por el Derecho español. 3.1 The Parties expressly acknowledge that this Amendment Agreement, is an amendment without extinctive nature (novación modificativa no extintiva) of the Pledge over Credit Rights, and it will be a part of it for all purposes. 3.2 Except to the extent specifically set forth herein, the provisions of the Pledge over Credit Rights shall not be amended, modified, waived, impaired or otherwise affected hereby. Furthermore, the Pledge over Credit Rights and the obligations thereunder are hereby ratified and confirmed and remain unchanged and in full force and effect. 3.3 This Amendment Agreement shall be limited solely to the matters expressly set forth herein and shall not (i) constitute an amendment or waiver of any other term or condition of the Pledge over Credit Rights, (ii) prejudice any right or rights of any party under or in connection with the Pledge over Credit Rights or (iii) create any right herein to another person or other beneficiary or otherwise, except to the extent specifically provided herein. 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS The Pledgor ratifies the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 7 of the Pledge over Credit Rights. 5. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION 5.1 This Amendment Agreement shall be governed by Spanish law. D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 8 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

 

GRAPHIC

 

 


EXECUTION VERSION 5.2 Con renuncia a su fuero propio, ambas partes se someten de manera expresa e irrevocable a los Juzgados y Tribunales de la ciudad de Madrid para todas las cuestiones que puedan derivarse de la validez, interpretación o cumplimiento del presente Contrato. Y para constancia y cumplimiento de lo convenido, otorgar este Contrato en tres ejemplares con la intervención del Notario interviniente. INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L. P.P. [ILLEGIBLE] D. David González Gálvez CITIBANK, N.A. P.P. [ILLEGIBLE] Dña Macarina Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. P.P. [ILLEGIBLE] Dña Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés Con mi intervención D. Andrés Domínguez Nafría 5.2 The Parties, expressly waiving their right to their own forum, expressly and irrevocably submit to the courts of the city of Madrid for purposes of any dispute which may arise in connection with the validity, interpretation or enforceabilily of this Deed. In witness hereof, the Parties sign this contract three original counterparts with the intervention the Notary Public. INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L. By: [ILLEGIBLE] Mr. David González Gálvez CITIBANK, N.A. By: [ILLEGIBLE] Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. By: [ILLEGIBLE] Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés With my intervention Mr. Andrés Domínguez Nafría D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFR ÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 9 - MA 68122 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 10.30

 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

DEED OF PLEDGE OF PARTICIPATIONS

 

In Madrid, on March 14, 2008.

 

Attested to by Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, registered Notary Public of the Madrid Notaries’ Association, having jurisdiction and official certifying authority in Madrid,

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

On the one part,

 

Mr. David González Gálvez, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile at Paseo de la Castellana 216, Madrid                       , currently in force.

 

And on the other part,

 

Mr. Rafael Echegoyen Lewin, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile at María de Molina 6                             , currently in force.

 

APPEAR

 

Mr. David González Gálvez, in the name and on behalf of INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., an entity duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Spain with registered address at Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid                             .

 

Mr. David González Gálvez is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney granted in his favor on December 19, 2007 by Mr. Robert Zentz, Sole Director of INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., before the Notary Public of Maryland, United States of América, Ms. Linda Palarino, whose signature is duly

 

 

1



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

authenticated by an apostille according to The Hague Convention of October 5, 1961 and which I have seen, and from which it is evidenced that he has powers to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this deed of Pledge of Participations (the “Deed”) as Annex 1 .

 

INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L. will be hereinafter referred to as the “Pledgor”.

 

Mr. Rafael Echegoyen Lewin, in the name and on behalf of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. (hereinafter, the “Pledgee”), a limited partnership organized under the laws of Bermuda with an office at 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004, USA.

 

The Pledgee acts as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement referred to in Recital I below).

 

Mr. Rafael Echegoyen Lewin is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney of January 24, 2008 granted by the notary public of New York State, United States of America, Ms. Beatrice A. Viola, original of which written in two columns, in Spanish and English, language that I understand and duly apostilled, which I have seen, and from which it is evidenced that he has powers to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this Deed as Annex 2 .

 

The Pledgor and the Pledgee shall hereinafter be jointly referred to as the “Parties”.

 

 

2



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

WHEREAS

 

I.                           On August 17, 2007, Laureate Education Inc. and INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Swingline Lender, Citicorp North America, Inc. as Syndication Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other parties thereto entered into a Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received this Deed.

 

The Pledgor shall use the proceeds of the borrowings under the Credit Agreement for general corporate purposes, including Permitted Acquisitions (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

A copy of the Credit Agreement is attached to this Deed as Annex 3 . The Pledgor hereby ratifies before the intervening Notary Public its obligations under the Credit Agreement and, together with the Pledgee, jointly, raise the Credit Agreement to the status of public document.

 

II.                      The Pledgor owns:

 

1,000 participations (“ participaciones sociales ”) of the Spanish company ESCUELA

 

 

3



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

SUPERIOR DE ALTA GESTIÓN DE HOTEL, S.L., with registered office at Ctra. de Istan, Km. 1, Urbanización Las Lomas de Río Verde, Marbella (Málaga)                             , numbered from 1 to 1,000, both included, with a face value of 6.010121 Euro each and representing 100% of the share capital of this company; and

 

503,006 participations (“ participaciones sociales ”) of the Spanish company ICE INVERSIONES BRAZIL, S.L., with registered office at Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid                             , numbered from 1 to 503,006, both included, with a face value of 1 Euro each and representing 100% of the share capital of this company.

 

The above-mentioned companies ESCUELA SUPERIOR DE ALTA GESTIÓN DE HOTEL, S.L. and ICE INVERSIONES BRAZIL, S.L. will be hereinafter referred to, jointly, as the “Companies” or individually each of them as the “Company” and the above-mentioned participations will be referred to as the “Participations” and each of such Participations as a “Participation” .

 

III.                 As security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as such term is defined below), the Pledgor wishes to create in favor of the Pledgee, this Pledge of Participations, which shall be governed by the following:

 

CLAUSES

 

1.                             CREATION OF THE PLEDGE

 

1.1                      As security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as defined

 

 

4



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

immediately below), the Pledgor hereby creates a right of Pledge (the “Pledge”) in favor of the Pledgee, acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement), which is accepted by the Pledgee, over the Participations defined in Recital II above.

 

For purposes of this Pledge, the term Secured Obligations shall mean the Foreign Obligations, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding this, the provisions herein shall be interpreted without prejudice to the regulations in relation to the prohibition of financial assistance set out in article 40.5 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Act ( Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada ) , which shall not be breached at any time and, therefore, the Secured Obligations shall not comprise any current or future payment obligations, outstanding or incurred by any obligor towards the Pledgee as a result of any utilization of funds in order to finance or repay the acquisition of the Pledgor shares or any company of its group shares.

 

1.2                  The Pledge created by virtue of this Clause 1 shall be extended to any other assets (whether tangible or not), rights, titles, securities or moneys that replace or are exchanged for or attached to the Participations in the event of

 

 

5


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

merger, dissolution, increase or decrease of capital, conversion or exchange of the Participations, transformation, division or any other similar cause that affects the Companies.

 

1.3                                Any references made to the Participations in this document shall be deemed to refer to any of the titles, securities, assets or funds that replace or are exchanged for or attach to them as provided in Clause 1.2 above.

 

1.4                                The Parties hereby agree that this Deed shall not alter or affect the terms and conditions established in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.                                       SECURED OBLIGATIONS. INDIVISIBLE NATURE

 

2.1                                The Pledge created by virtue of this Deed in favor of the Pledgee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement), guarantees the full and punctual fulfillment of the Secured Obligations, as defined above.

 

2.2                                The Pledge is created with an indivisible nature. Consequently, each and every Participation pledged secures the complete fulfillment of the Secured Obligations. Partial fulfillment of such obligations shall not extinguish the Pledge proportionally.

 

2.3.                             The Pledgor shall only be entitled to request the release of the Pledge created hereby upon termination of the Credit Agreement and the payment in full of Loans made thereunder and as defined therein.

 

 

 

6



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

3.                                       INCREASES OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

3.1                                In the event that there is an increase in the share capital of any of the Companies during the life of the Pledge, the Parties expressly agree that if the Pledgor exercises its preemptive rights, the Pledge created by this deed shall be extended to all the credit rights and new participations subscribed as a result of the referred increase in the share capital so that the Pledge does not decrease in value. The extension of the Pledge will be recorded in a supplementary public deed, executed with the intervention of a Notary Public within five (5) business days following the date on which the registry of the public deed of share capital increase at the Spanish Commercial Registry is notified to the relevant Company by the Spanish Commercial Registry.

 

3.2                                If the Pledgor decides not to exercise its preemptive rights, the Pledgee should be notified of such in writing twenty (20) calendar days prior to the expiration date of the period for exercising this preemptive right. Upon receipt of such notice or if by the second business day preceding the expiration date of the period for exercising their preemptive rights, the Pledgor has not deposited the amount necessary for subscribing the new participations, the Pledgee is hereby empowered to execute on behalf of the Pledgor and through an entity chosen by the Pledgee, the steps necessary to transfer to third parties the corresponding preemptive rights, at a price set by the Pledgee (which will be the same as or higher

 

 

 

7



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

than the market price), and the Pledgee shall apply the funds obtained in this manner toward the payment of amounts owed pursuant to Section 11.15 of the Credit Agreement.

 

3.3                                If the Pledgor decides to exercise its preemptive rights partially, the price obtained from the transfer of the unused preemptive rights from one or more third parties (which shall be the same as or higher than the market price) may be used by the Pledgor toward payment of the newly subscribed participations and such participations will be pledged in favor of the Pledgee under the same terms established in Clause 3.1 above, the provisions of said Clause being also applicable to any partial exercise of the preemptive rights provided for in this Clause 3.3. The extension of the Pledge will be recorded by a supplementary public deed, executed by the Pledgee with the intervention of a Notary Public.

 

With respect to any part of the transfer price of the preemptive rights which is not applied toward payment for the new participations, such funds are to be applied in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.2 above.

 

4.                                       DELIVERY OF THE PLEDGED PARTICIPATIONS AND OF THE LEGAL TITLES EVIDENCING OWNERSHIP OVER THE PARTICIPATIONS

 

4.1                                The Pledgor hereby delivers to the Pledgee

 

 

 

8


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

the public documents evidencing the Pledgor’s ownership of the Participations (the “Titles”).

 

4.2                                The Parties agree that the delivery of the Titles to the Pledgee will have the effects provided under Article 1,863 of the Spanish Civil Code. The Titles shall be safeguarded by the Pledgee and they will be returned to the Pledgor once the Pledge has been released as herein provided. The Pledgor undertakes to do whatever is necessary or advisable in order to maintain the deposit as herein provided.

 

4.3                                The Parties instruct the intervening Notary Public to:

 

(i)                                      write on the Titles in order to reflect the creation of the Pledge;

 

(ii)                                   to instruct all affected Notaries so that any authorized copy of any deed or certificate that may be produce in connection with the Pledgor’s ownership of the Participations shall be duly amended to reflect this Pledge; and

 

(iii)                                to officially notify the managing body of each Company of the creation of this Pledge in its corporate domiciles so that it registers the Pledge in the Registry Books of Partners (“ Libro Registro de Socios ”) of such Company.

 

5.                                       LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE PLEDGED PARTICIPATIONS

 

5.1                                For as long as the Pledge remains valid and

 

 

9



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

enforceable, the Pledgor may not, except as provided for in the Credit Agreement, without the express written consent of the Pledgee, transfer or create any form of lien or encumbrance on the Participations or dispose or charge them in any way whatsoever.

 

5.2                                The Pledgee is entitled to exercise any other rights and claims necessary or appropriate to preserve the value of the Participations subject to this Pledge.

 

6.                                       EXERCISE OF RIGHTS PERTAINING TO THE PLEDGED PARTICIPATIONS

 

6.1                                The Parties agree that the Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise all the political rights attached to the Participations. The Pledgor will exercise those political rights in the general shareholders’ meeting of the Companies in a way consistent with the fulfillment of the Secured Obligations.

 

6.2                                However, the Pledgor undertakes that once it has received from the Pledgee the notification that an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has taken place, the Pledgor shall perform all acts necessary to hold general partners’ meetings of the Companies within the maximum term of fifteen calendar days from the reception of said notice. The agenda of said general shareholders’ meetings shall include an amendment of the Companies’ By-laws so as to permit the Pledgee to exercise the political rights of the participations charged by a pledge of participations (regardless of its creation prior to or after said By-laws’ amendment). The Pledgor also undertakes to vote in favor of said amendment, and to perform all the

 

 

10



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

necessary acts for the effectiveness of said resolutions amending the By-laws, including their registration at the Commercial Registry.

 

Likewise, the Pledgor undertakes to grant in favor of the Pledgee a power of attorney so that it may, from the reception of the aforementioned Pledgee’s notice by the Pledgor, and acting in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor, attend the general partners’ meetings and exercise the political rights corresponding to the Participations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pledgor also undertakes to grant whatever powers of attorney or ratification documents in favor of the Pledgee which are requested by the Pledgee for the effective exercise of said political rights and, in particular, to grant a special power of attorney in favor of the Pledgee to attend each general partners’ meeting of the Companies. The Pledgor further undertakes not to attend those partners’ meetings.

 

6.3                                Should an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) take place, all yields, interests, fruits or dividends produced by the Participations, shall be for the benefit of the Pledgee to guarantee the fulfillment of any outstanding Secured Obligation.

 

 

11


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

7.                         CANCELLATION OF THE PLEDGE AND RETURN OF THE PARTICIPATIONS

 

The Pledgee will return the Titles, as well as any dividend or other income paid in respect of the Participations and not applied to payment of the Secured Obligations once all Secured Obligations have been fully met, unless the Pledgee exercises the rights conferred by Article 1,866 of the Spanish Civil Code to withhold the pledged Participations for as long as the Pledgor has not fully satisfied any other right or debt which it may have against the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The Pledgee expressly reserves this right.

 

8.                         ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES

 

8.1                  This Pledge shall be enforceable upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

The Parties hereby expressly agree that the communication by the Pledgee to the Pledgor stating that an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has taken place shall be sufficient to enforce the Pledge by the Pledgee.

 

8.2.               For purposes of the foreclosure of the Pledge, and notwithstanding (i) Pledgor’s liability in relation to the complete fulfillment of the Secured Obligations; and (ii) any other security interest held by the Pledgee, the Pledgee may,

 

 

12



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

at its discretion, use any of the available judicial proceedings, including ordinary judicial proceedings or non-judicial proceeding provided for under Article 1,872 of the Spanish Civil Code. The use of one foreclosure method shall not preclude the possibility of resorting to any of the others, insofar as the Secured Obligations have not been fully paid.

 

8.3.               The Parties hereto agree that the amount liquid, due and payable will be the amount specified in the certificate issued by the Pledgee. Such certificate shall include the balance resulting from the calculation made by the Pledgee, and a statement of the debit and credit entries and those relating to the application of expenses, commissions and interest (if any) which determine the specific balance of the amount owed (the “ Certificate ”).

 

Therefore, the presentation of the following documents will be sufficient to initiate the enforcement of the Pledge: (i) the original of this Deed; (ii) together with a certificate issued by the Notary attesting this Deed by which it is stated that the Deed conforms to its files and their date; (iii) the notarial deed incorporating the certificate issued by the Pledgee referred to above evidencing that the liquidation of the debt has been executed in the form agreed in the Credit Agreement; and (iv) a notarial deed evidencing that the Pledgor has been served notice of the amount due and payable.

 

The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of foreclosure, the Pledgee may use the method of

 

 

13



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

foreclosure of the Participations by agreement or by a specialized person or entity, as referred to in sections 3 and 4 of Chapter IV, Title IV, Book III of the Civil Procedure Law. The Pledgor hereby gives its consent to the use of such methods if requested by the Pledgee.

 

The Parties further agree that this Pledge may be enforced in accordance with the procedure provided for in Article 573 et seq. of the aforesaid Civil Procedure Law, taking into account the procedure for auctioning movable property established in Article 643 et seq. thereof, and to such effect the Participations may be auctioned in one or more lots, as the Pledgee may decide.

 

8.4                  Should the Pledgee decide to follow the procedure established under Article 1,872 of the Spanish Civil Code, the Parties agree as follows:

 

(i)                        domiciles for purposes of notification will be those provided under Clause 12;

 

(ii)                     reference price: The Participations wil be priced at a total amount of 66,000,000 Euro Such amount results from adding 8,000,000 Euro corresponding to the participations in ESCUELA SUPERIOR DE ALTA GESTIÓN DE HOTEL, S.L. to 58,000,000 Euro corresponding to the participants in ICE INVERSIONES BRAZIL, S.L;

 

(iii)                  the Pledgor hereby appoints the Pledgee, who will act through its duly appointed representatives, as its agent in the auction of

 

 

14


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

the pledged Participations, and irrevocably authorizes it to execute, acting in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor, all public documents which are required in order to formalize the transfer of the Participations in favor of the purchaser or purchasers, as the case may be, with express authority to also execute documents to which the Pledgee is a party as purchaser;

 

(iv)                     the competent Notary will be the Spanish Notary designated by the Pledgee and the reference price for the first auction will be the price provided under (ii) above. For the second and subsequent auctions there will be no minimum reference price. The Participations will be awarded to the highest bidder.

 

At the request of the Pledgee, third and subsequent auctions may take place, subject to the same formalities and without a minimum reference price. Likewise, at the request of the Pledgee, partial auctions may take place with respect to some of the Participations.

 

Whoever wins the auction bid (i) may assign its right to purchase the Participations to a third party, and (ii) will have to pay the balance between the amount subject to the escrow deposit (provided for in (vi) below) and the acquisition price of the Participations within three (3) business days from the date of the auction; should the winner of the auction fail to pay such balance, it will lose the amount in the escrow deposit;

 

(v)                        the Notary and the Pledgor will be authorized to take whatever actions they deem appropriate for purposes of ensuring that the

 

 

15



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

auctions become of public knowledge. Announcements will be published and notice to the Pledgor will be given at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the first auction;

 

(vi)                     any bidder will be required to deposit in an escrow account with the Notary an amount equivalent to 20% of the reference price provided for the first auction. Said amount will be returned to any unsuccessful bidder once the auction is over;

 

(vii)                  the price obtained in the auction, once all expenses arising under the enforcement procedures have been duly covered, will be delivered by the Notary to the Pledgee, who will in turn deliver to the Pledgor any excess over the amount due for payment of the Secured Obligations;

 

(viii)               the enforcement procedures will not be suspended unless the Notary receives an order issued by the competent judicial authority or by the Pledgee;

 

(ix)                     the auctions will be publicly announced with ten (10) calendar days notice. A new auction may not take place unless at least four (4) calendar days have elapsed since the previous auction;

 

Should the Participations be acquired by the Pledgee, the payment of the price of the Participations may be settled by set off, by reducing the amount of the Secured Obligations by an amount equal to that offered by the Pledgee as purchase price for the Participations. Amounts resulting from the sale of the Participations will be allocated to the payment of the Secured Obligations

 

 

16



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

pursuant to Section 11.15 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.5                      The Pledgee will retain all rights and claims against the Pledgor for that part of the Secured Obligations which is not duly satisfied by the Pledgor or on the Pledgor’s account or as a result of the enforcement of the Pledge.

 

9.                             IN REM SUBROGATION DUE TO CHANGE IN THE OBJECT OF THE PLEDGE

 

Should the Pledge extend to cash or to rights of credit which may be converted into cash whether due to dividends or other income of the same nature corresponding to the Participations or because the collateral is replaced by operation of law (in rem subrogation), all legal consequences corresponding to a right of pledge will apply to both the cash and the credit rights which will be kept as security. The only exception is that the “enforcement” of the Pledge over the cash or credit rights will take place by way of set off against the outstanding Secured Obligations.

 

10.                      REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS OF THE PLEDGOR

 

The Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that (i) it has full title and beneficial ownership of the Participations; (ii) that such Participations represent 100% of the share capitals of the Companies and, unless a change in the Pledgor’s participation in the share capitals of the Companies is permitted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, shall represent 100% of the share capital of the Companies during the term of this Pledge; (iii) that such Participations are not subject to any voting agreements or arrangements (“ pactos

 

 

17


 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

de sindicación ”); (iv) that such Participations are fully subscribed and paid-up; (v) that such Participations have been acquired and are held by the Pledgor after compliance with and obtaining all requisite obligations, formalities and authorizations; and (vi) that such Participations are not subject to any charge, encumbrance, lien, option right or any transfer restriction of any kind, except as set forth in the By-laws of the Companies or in the law.

 

11.                      TAXES AND EXPENSES

 

The Notary fees, taxes and any other costs and expenses arising as a result of the preparation and execution of this Pledge, its cancellation as well as the costs arising in case of foreclosure on the Pledge, including costs and expenses incurred by lawyers and judicial agents, even when the intervention of the latter is not legally required, will be borne by the Pledgor.

 

12.                      NOTICES

 

12.1               All notices which must be sent to the Parties under this Pledge, except if provided otherwise, shall be made by certified letter with acknowledgment of receipt.

 

12.2               For purposes of this Deed, the address of the Parties for such notices, summons and other required formalities shall be the following:

 

For the Pledgor:

 

Calle Tajo s/n

Urbanización El Bosque

Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid.

 

With a copy to:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

 

 

18



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention: Rosemarie Mecca, Executive Vice

President and Chief Financial Officer

Telecopy No. (410) 843-8093.

 

For the Pledgee:

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

30 Hudson Street, 17th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07302

Attention: SBD Operations

Attention:  Pedro Ramirez

Telecopier:  (212) 357-4597

E-mail: gsd.link@gs.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

1 New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attention: Anisha Malhotra and Staphanie

Nagengast

Telecopier:  (212) 902-3000

 

12.3               Any change in the abovementioned addresses must be communicated to the others by post with acknowledgment of receipt, and shall only take effect ten (10) calendar days after the date on which the other Party receives the notice.

 

13.                      AMENDMENT OF THIS DEED

 

Should it receive a formal demand to do so, the Pledgor undertakes to execute, within a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days from the date of such demand, any public and private documents as may be necessary to correct, rectify, supplement or clarify this Deed.

 

 

19



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

14.                      POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The Pledgor hereby grants an irrevocable power of attorney, as extensive as is required or convenient in Law, with an express power to self-contract and delegate, in favour of the Pledgee acting through any of its representatives so that it may, in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor, take any action that may be necessary or convenient for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Pledge and take any action and execute any instrument which may be necessary or convenient to accomplish the purposes of this Pledge.

 

Among the powers granted, for instance, are the following: (i) to execute as many public or private documents as may be necessary in order to formalize, in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor, the extension of the Pledge, or in order to modify, amend, correct, supplement or clarify this Deed or any public documents executed in connection with this Deed; (ii) to exercise the political and economic rights, and transfer the preemptive rights attached or corresponding to the Participations, as the case may be in accordance with the terms of this Pledge; (iii) to represent the Pledgor in the auction of the pledged Participations and to execute, in the name and on behalf of the Pledgor, every public document which may be necessary in order to formalize the transfer of the Participations in favour of the acquirer or acquirers; (iv) to appoint the Notary Public which the Pledgee deems appropriate in order to formalize any public documents which may be executed in connection with this Pledge; (v) to pay, at the Pledgor’s expense, the costs and taxes that arise from the actions performed and from the documents executed in compliance with this Deed; and (vi) to perform any other actions which may be necessary or convenient in order to comply with this Deed.

 

 

20



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

These powers of attorney are irrevocable and will be in force while any Secured Obligation remains outstanding. The unilateral revocation of these powers of attorney by the Pledgor shall not have any effect.

 

Should the Pledgee resign or be removed from its position as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, the Pledgee is expressly authorised to delegate the present powers and grant new powers of attorney pursuant to those conferred in this Deed (or to be replaced herein), upon the same terms and conditions, to the entity designated as the new Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

The Pledgor declares that it is aware and accepts that the exercise of these powers of attorney by the Pledgee may involve self-contracting (“ autocontratación”).

 

15.                      GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

15.1               This Pledge shall be governed by Spanish law.

 

15.2               The Parties, expressly waiving their right to their own forum, expressly and irrevocably submit to the courts of the city of Madrid for purposes of any dispute which may arise in connection with the validity, interpretation or enforceability of this Deed.

 

16.-                  LANGUAGE

 

This Deed is executed in the Spanish and English languages. In the event of discrepancies between both versions, the Spanish version shall prevail.

 

 

21



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

17.-                  ADDITIONAL COPIES EFFECTIVE FOR JUDICIAL ENFORCEMENT

 

The Pledgee may request and obtain second copies (“ segundas copias ”) and additional copies of this public deed, which shall be effective for judicial proceedings of enforcement (“ efectos ejecutivos ”) .

 

La presente Póliza de Prenda de Participaciones se formaliza con la intervención del Notario de Madrid que figura en el encabezamiento, a los efectos de lo previsto en el Artículo 517 de la Ley de Enjuiciamiento Civil, y demás legislación concordante. Y yo el Notario hago constar que:

 

Los otorgantes, en la representación que ostentan reseñada en la intervención de la presente, tienen facultades representativas que son a mi juicio suficientes para la Prenda, que se documenta en la presente póliza.

 

Los comparecientes, según intervienen en la presente Póliza, manifiestan su conformidad y aprobación al contenido de la misma tal y como aparece redactado, a doble columna en idiomas español e ingles, idioma que yo el Notario conozco en lo suficiente, al amparo de lo previsto en el artículo 51 del Código de Comercio; extendida en ***** hojas incluidos sus anexos, la otorgan y firman, con mi intervención.

 

Y yo el Notario, habiendo hecho las oportunas advertencias legales, DOY FE de la identidad de los otorgantes, de la legitimidad de sus firmas, de que a mi juicio tienen la capacidad y legitimación necesarios para el otorgamiento de la presente Póliza, de que el consentimiento ha sido libremente prestado, y de que el otorgamiento se adecua a la legalidad y a la voluntad debidamente informada de los otorgantes o intervinientes.

 

 

22



 

This is a translation of the original document.

 

In witness hereof, the Parties sign this contract in three original counterparts with the intervention of the Notary Public.

 

 

 

lNICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/   David González Gálvez

 

 

Mr.  David González Gálvez

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rafael Echegoyen Lewin

 

 

Mr. Rafael Echegoyen Lewin

 

 

 

 

 

With my intervention

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich

 

 

Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich

 

 

23


EXECUTION VERSION  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID  CONTRATO DE MODIFICACIÓN DE PRENDA DE PARTICIPATIONES  En Madrid, a 5 de octubre de 2011.  Ante mi, D. Andrés Dominguez Nafria, Notario perteneciente al Colegio de Madrid, con ejercicio y fe pública en la plaza Mercantil de Madrid,  COMPARECEN  De una parte,  D. David González Gálvez, de nacionalidad cspañola, mayor de cdad, con domicilio profesional en Madrid, Paseo de la Castelllana 216 y DNI número 50859413-L, actualmente en vigor.  Y de otra,  Dña. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, de nacionalidad española, mayor de edad, con domicilio en Madrid, calle María de Molina 6 y DNI número 50324605-F, actualmente en vigor.  INTERVIENEN  D. David González Gálvez, en nombre y representacion de INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L.U., sociedad debidamente constituida bajo las leyes de España, con domicilio social en calle Tajo s/n, Urbanizacion El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid y NIF B-78345238.  D. David González Gálvez acredita su representación para este acto en virtud del poder otorgado en su favor el 10 de junio de 2011 por D. Robert W. Zentz, Administrador Unico de INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., frente al Notario Público de Baltimore (Maryland - EEUU), Dfia. Nora Dietrich, cuyo original redactado a doble columns en  AMENDMENT AGREEMENT IN RESPECT OF PLEDGE OF SHARES  In Madrid, on October 5, 2011.  Before me, Mr. Andrés Dominguez Nafria, registered Notary Public of the Madrid Notaries’ Association, having jurisdiction and official certifying authority in Madrid,  BY AND BETWEEN  On the one part,  Mr. David González Gálvez, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile at and national identification number currently in force.  And on the other part,  Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, of Spanish nationality, of legal age, with domicile at and national identification number currently in force.  APPEAR  Mr. David González Gálvez, in the name and on behalf of INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L.U., an entity duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Spain with registered address at Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid and holding tax identification number Mr. David González Gálvez is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney granted in his favor on 10 June 2011 by Mr. Robert W. Zentz, Sole Administrator of INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., before the Notary Public of Baltimore (Maryland - USA), Mrs. Nora Dietrich, original of which written in two

 


EXECUTION VERSION  español e inglés, idioma que conozco y debidatnente apostillados, be tenido a la vista, del cual resulta tener facultades para la formalización de la prenda que es objelo de la presente póliza. Sc adjunta una copia de dicho poder a la presente póliza de Prenda de Participaciones Sociales (la “Póliza’’) como Anexo 1.  INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S,L. será en lo sucesivo denominada como el “Pignorante”.  Dña. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdiés, en nombre y representación de GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., (en adelante, el “Acreedor Pignoraticio Anterior”) una sociedad de responsabilidad limitada constituida de conformidad con las leyes de Bermuda, con oficinas en 85 Broad Street, Nueva York, NY 10004, EE.UU.  Dña. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, en nombre y representación de CITIBANK, N.A. (en adelante, el “Acreedor Pignoraticio”) una sociedad debidamente constituida y existente de conformidad con las leyes vigentes en Estados Unidos, con domicilio social en el Estado de Nucva York.  El Acreedor Pignoraticio comparece y actúa en su conditión de Agente Administrativo y Agente de Garantias o “Administrative Agent” y “Collateral Agent” de acuerdo con el Contrato de Crédito, actuaodo por cuenta y beneficio de las Entidades Garanlizadas o “Secured Parties” (tal y como se define dicho término en el Contrato de Crédito).  Dña. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés acredita su representación para este acto en virtud de el poder de 24 de Agosto dc 2011 autorizado por el notario de Nueva York, Estados Unidos, Dña. Kimberly J. Contini, y del poder de 10 de Agosto 2011 autorizado por el notario de Nueva York,, Dña Cynthia Tolentino, cuyos originates redactados a doble columna en cspañol e inglés, idioma que conozco y columns, in Spanish and English, language that I understand and duly apostilled, which I have seen, and from which it is evidenced that he has all powers necessary to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this deed of Pledge of Participations (the “Deed”) as Annex 1.  INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L. will be hereinafter referred to as the “Pledgor”.  Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, in the name and on behalf of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., (hereinafter, the “Prior Pledgee”) a limited partnership organized under the laws of Bermuda with an office at 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004, USA.  Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, in the name and on behalf of CITIBANK, N.A. (hereinafter, the “Pledgee”), a company duly organized and existing under the Laws of the United States and having its principal place of business at the State of New York.  The Pledgee acts as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement).  Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés, is empowered for the purpose herein by virtue of the power of attorney of 24 August 2011 granted by the notary public of New York, United States, Ms. Kimberly J. Contini and power of attorney of 10 of August 2011 granted by the notary public of Nueva York, Ms. Cynthia Tolentino, originals of which written in two columns, in Spanish and English, language that I understand  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION  debidamente apostillados, he tenido a la vista, de los cuales resulta tener facultades para la formalización de la prenda que es objeto de la presente póliza. Se adjunta una copia de dichos poderes a la presente Póliza como Anexo 2.  El Pignorante y el Acreedor Pignoraticio serán denominados conjuntamente como las “Partes”.  EXPONEN  I Que con fecha 17 de agosto de 2007, LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. e INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., como prestatarios, los prestamistas, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., como “Administrative Agent” y “Collateral Agent”, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. como “Swingline Lender”, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. como “Syndication Agent”, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. Y CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. como “Joint Lead Arrangers” y “Bookrunners”, además de otra serie de entidades, suscribieron un contrato de crédito, como quiera que pudiera ser modificado o complementado (el “Contrato de Crédito Inicial”).  II Que, con fecha 14 de marzo de 2008, ante el notario de Madrid Don Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, el Pignorante, constituyó en favor del Acreedor Pignoraticio Anterior, en su condición de Agente Administrativo y Agente de Garantías, actuando por cuenta y beneficio de las Entidades Garantizadas o “Secured Parties” tal y como dicho término se define en la Prenda de Participaciones y en el Contrato de Crédito Inicial una prenda de participaciones sobre las participaciones descritas en el siguiente expositivo de las que  and duly apostilled, which I have seen, and from which it is evidenced that she has all powers necessary to formalize the pledge object of this deed. A copy of such power of attorney is attached to this Deed as Annex 2.  The Pledgor and the Pledgee shall hereinafter be jointly referred to as the “Parties”.  WHEREAS  I On August 17, 2007, LAUREATE EDUCATION INC. and INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. as Swingline Lender, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. as Syndication Agent, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. AND CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the other parties thereto entered into a credit agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Initial Credit Agreement”).  II That, on 14 March 2008, before Notary Public of Madrid Mr. Pedro de Elizalde y Aymerich, the Pledgor created in favor of the Prior Pledgee, acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as such term is defined in the Share Pledge and the Initial Credit Agreement, a share pledge over the shares described in exhibit below, a share pledge, as security for the payment and performance of the secured obligations under the Initial Credit Agreement (the “Share Piedge”):  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION  es titular, en garantía del pugo y cumplimiento de las obligaciones garantizadas bajo el Contrato de Crédilo Inicial (la “Prenda de Participaciones”).  III Que el Pignorante es titular de un total de:  1.000 participaciones sociales de la sociedad española ESCUELA SUPERIOR DE ALTA GESTIÓN UE HOTEL, S.L., con domicilio social en Ctra. de Istan, Km. 1, Urbanización Las Lomas de Rio Verde, Marbella (Málaga) y NIF B-29846920, numeradas de la 1 a la 1.000, ambas inclusive, todas ellas con un valor nominal de 6,010121 Euros cada una y representativas del 100% del capital social de esta sociedad; y  503.006 participaciones sociales de la sociedad española ICE INVERSIONES BRAZIL, S.L., con domicilio social en calle Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Viliaviciosa de Odón, Madrid y NIF B-84644053, numeradas de la 1 a la 503.006, ambas inclusive, todas ellas con un valor nominal de 1 Euro cada una y representativas del 100% del capital social de esta sociedad.  En adelante, las mencionadas entidades ESCUELA SUPERIOR DE ALTA GESTIÓN DE HOTEL, S.L. e ICE INVERSlONES BRAZIL, S.L. serán denominadas conjunlamente como las “Socicdades” o individualmente cada una de ellas como la “Sociedad”, y las participaciones sociales descritas se denominarán como las “Participaciones” y cada una de tales Participaciones como la “Participación”.  IV Que con fecha 16 de junio de 2011, LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. e INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., como prestatarios, los prestamislas,  III The Pledgor owns:  1,000 participations (“participaciones sociales”) of the Spanish company ESCUELA SUPERIOR DE ALTA GESTIÓN DE HOTEL, S.L., with registered office at Ctra. de lstan, Km. 1, Urbanización Las Lomas de Rio Verde, Marbella (Málaga) and tax identification number B-29846920, numbered from 1 to 1,000, both included, with a face value of 6,010121 Euro each and representing 100% of the share capital of this company; and  503,006 participations (“participaciones sociates”) of the Spanish company ICE INVERSIONES BRAZIL, S.L., with registered office at Tajo s/n, Urbanización El Bosque, Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid and tax identification number B-84644053, numbered from 1 to 503,006, both included, with a face value of 1 Euro each and representing 100% of the share capital of this company.  The above-mentioned companies ESCUELA SUPERIOR DE ALTA GESTIÓN DE HOTEL., S.L. and ICE INVERSIONES BRAZIL, S.L. will be hereinafter referred to, jointly, as the “Companies” or individually each of them as the “Company” and the above-mentioned participations will be referred to as the “Participations” and each of such Participations as a “Participation”.  IV On 16, June 2011 LAUREATE EDUCATION INC. and INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L., as Borrowers; the lenders from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., como “Administrative Agent” y “Collateral Agent”,, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC como “ Co-Syndication Agents”, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., BARCLAYS CAPITAL, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC y J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC como “Joint Lead Arrangers” y “Bookrunners”, entre otros, suscribieron una modificación al Contrato de Crédito Inicial consistente principalmente en una ampliación del plazo de vencimicnto. El Contrato de Crédito Inicial ha pas ado a ser redactado en los términos y condiciones que figuran en la escritura pública otorgada en fecha de hoy ante el Notario de Madrid D. Andrés Domínguez (en adelante, como quiera que pudiera ser modificado o complements do, el “Contrato de Crédito Modificado” o el “Contrato de Crédito”).  Asimismo, en fecha 30 de scpticmbre de 2011, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. y CITIBANK, N.A., entre otros, suscribieron un acuerdo de cese y nombramiento en virtud del cual la entidad que actuaba como Agente de Garantías (tal y como se define en el Contrato de Crédito) se sustituyó pasando de ser GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P, a ser CITIBANK, N.A.  V Como consecuencia de lo anterior, la Prenda de Participaciones ha de ser modificada en consonancia y, tal y como se establecc en la sección 14.21 (d) del Contrato de Crédito Modificado, cada una de las Partes de este contrato reconoce, renueva y extiende sus obligacioncs bajo los documentos de garantia,  PARTNERS L.P.as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC as Co-Syndication Agents, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., BARCLAYS CAPITAL, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, amongst other parties, entered into an amended version of the Credit Agreement mainly based on a term loan maturity date extension. The Initial Credit Agreement has been modified and reads in the terms and conditions provided by the public deed granted on the dale hereof before Notary public of Madrid, Mr. Andres Dominguez (hereinafter, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement” or the “Credit Agreement”).  Moreover, on 30 September 2011, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P, and CITIBANK, N.A., amongst others, entered into a resignation and appointment agreement by means of which the entity acting as Collateral Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) was replaced from GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P, to CITIBANK, N.A.  V As consequence of the above mentioned amendments, the Share Pledge shall be modified accordingly and as set forth in section 14.21 (d) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, each Party to this agreement acknowledges, renews and extends their obligations tinder the security documents  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION  ratificando el Pignorante por la presente al Notario interviniente sus obligaciones bajo el Contrato de Crédito Modificado.  De conformidad con lo antes mencionado, las Partes suscriben la presente modificación a la Prenda de Participaciones (de aqui en adelante, el “Contrato de Modificación”) que se regirá conforme a las siguientes:  ESTIPULACIONES  1. TÉRMINOS DEFINIDOS  1.1 Los términos definidos en el Contrato de Modificación tendrán el mismo significado que en la Prenda de Participaciones, salvo que aqui se definan de manera distinta.  Cualquier referencia a la Prenda de Participaciones (incluyendo referencías a la Prenda de Participaciones tal y como sea modificada por el presente Contrato de Modificación), a “esta póliza” o a “esta prenda” (asi cumo cualquier referenda indirecta tal como “a continuación”, “por la presente”, “aqui mencionado” o cualquier otra que haga referencia a la Prenda de Participaciones) serán consideradas como referencias a la Prenda de Participaciones tal y como ésta sea modificada y complementada mediante el presente Contrato de Modificación.  2. MODIFICACIONES DE LA PRENDA DE PARTICIPACIONES  A partir de la presente fecha, la Prenda de Participaciones pasará a garantizar el cumplimiento integro y puntual de las Obligaciones Garantizadas (tal y como este and the Pledgor hereby ratifies before the intervening Notary Public its obligations under the Credit Agreement.  Pursuant to the aforementioned, the Parties wish to grant this amendment to the Share Pledge (hereinafter, the “Amendment Agreement”) which shall be governed by the following;  CLAUSES  1. DEFINED TERMS  1.1 Terms defined in this Amendment Agreement shall have the meaning in the Share Pledge unless otherwise defined herein.  Reference in the Share Pledge (including references to the Share Pledge as amended hereby) to “this deed” or “this Pledge” (and indirect references such as “hereunder”, “Hereby”, “herein” and “hereof or any other referring to the Share Pledge) shall be deemed to be references to the Share Pledge as amended and supplemented hereby.  2. AMENDMENT OF THE SHARE PLEDGE  Effective on the date hereof, the Share Pledge will guarantee the full compliance of the Secured Obligations (as this defined term has been modified by the Amended and Restated   D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID

GRAPHIC

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION término ha quedado modificado por el Contrato de Crédito Modificado) modificándose, por tanto, los términos y condiciones de la Prenda de Participaciones de la siguiente manera: 2.1 Cualquier referencia en la Prenda de Participaciones que haga expresa mención a la Ley de Sociedades Anónimas o a la Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada se sustituirpor lo establecido en los articulos correspondientes en la nueva Ley 1/2010 dc 2 de Julio de Sociedades de Capital. 2.2 Cualesquiera referencias en la Prenda de Participaciones al Acrecdor Pignoraticio, “Administrative Agent” y “Collateral Agent”, Agente Administrativo y Agente de Garantias se referirán ahora en adelante a CITIBANK, N.A. en vez de a GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. 2.3 Las Obligaciones Garantizadas por la Prenda de Participaciones pasarán a ser las Obligaciones Extranjeras o “Foreign Obligations” que le correspondan al Pignorante, tal y como este término se define en el Contrato de Crédito Modificado. Asimismo, el plazo de repago previsto en ol Contrato de Crédito Inicial sc entenderá extendido de confonnidad con los términos y condiciones que se establecon on el Contrato de Crédito Modificado. 2.4 La Cláusula 12.2 se sustituirá por el siguiente tenor literal: A los efectos de la presente Póliza, las Partes señalan como domicilio válido para las notificaciones, requerimientos y diligencias que resultasen pertinentes: Credit Agreement), and therefore amending the terms and conditions of the Share Pledge as follows: 2.1 Any express reference in the Share Pledge to the Public Limited Companies Act “Ley de Sociedades Anónimas” or Limited Liability Companies Act “Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada” will be substituted by the applicable provisions set forth in the new Companies Act “Ley 1/2010 de 2 de Julio de Sociedades de Capital”. 2.2 Any express reference in the Share Pledge made to the Pledgee, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, will be referred to, thereafter made to CITIBANK, N.A. instead of GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. 2.3 The Secured Obligations for the Share Pledge shall be the Foreign Obligations corresponding to the Pledgor, as this term is defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Likewise, the repayment date set forth in the Initial Credit Agreement will be deemed extended in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. 2.4 Clause 12.2 is hereby replaced with the text that reads as follows: For purposes of this Deed, the address of the Parties for such notices, summons and other required formalities shall be the following:  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID - 7 - MA 67482 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION  Para el Pignorante:  Calle Tajo s/n Urbanización El Bosque Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid.  Con copia a:  Laureate Education, Inc. 650 South Exeter Street, Baltimore, MD 21202 Atención: Robert W.Zentz Número de fax: (410) 843-8544.  Para el Acreedor Pignoraticio:  Citibank, N.A 390 Greenwich Street New York, New York Atención: Caesar Wyszomirski.  2.5 El Acreedor Pignoraticio Anterior deja constancia de que, por extravío de los Títulos que le fueron entregados por el Pignorante en el momento de otorgamiento de la Prenda de Participaciones, ha solicitado al Pignorante la emisión, por parte de los correspondientes Notarios, de nuevas copias autorizadas y certificados de concordancia de las correspondientes escrituras y póliza acreditativas de la titularidad sobre las Participaciones (los “Nuevos Títulos”). El Pignorante entregara los Nuevos Títulos al Acreedor Pignoraticio para su cuslodia, lo cual es expresamente aceptado por el Acreedor Pignoraticio Anterior. Cualquier gasto, coste o desembolso adicional, de carácter administrativo, notarial o registral, que sea razonable, incluyendo sin limitación alguna los costes y honoratios legales razonables, en que incurra el Pignorante exclusivamente para la obtención y registro de los Nuevos Títulos deberá ser reembolsado por el Acreedor  For the Pledgor:  Calle Tajo s/n Urbanización El Bosque Villaviciosa de Odón, Madrid.  With a copy to:  Laureate Education, Inc. 650 South Exeter Street, Baltimore, MD 21202 Attention: Telecopy No. For the Pledgee:  Citibank, N.A 390 Greenwich Street New York, New York Attention: 2.5 The Prior Pledgee acknowledges that, due to the loss of the Titles received from the Pledgor when executing the Share Pledge, it has requested from the Pledgor the issuance, by the relevant Notaries Public, of new authorized copies (“copias autorizadas”) and consistency certificate (“certificado de concordance”) of the relevant public deeds (“escrituras”) and deed (“póliza”) evidencing the ownership of the Shares (the “New Titles”). The Pledgor will deliver the New Titles to the Prior Pledgee, which is expressly accepted by the Prior Pledgee. Any reasonable out-of-pocket administrative, notarial or other registration disbursements, expenses or costs, including, without limitation reasonable legal costs and fees, incurred by the Pledgor solely to obtain and register the New Titles will be reimbursed by the Prior Pledgee within 10 Business Days of the delivery of a detailed invoice with respect thereto to the Prior Pledgee; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, such  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID    - 8 -  MA 67482 [ILLEGIBLE]

 


EXECUTION VERSION  Pignoraticio Anterior en el plazo de 10 Días Hábiles desde la entrega al Acreedor Pignoraticio Anterior de una factura detailada de tales importes; teniendo en que cuenta que, para evitar cualquier duda, tal obligación de reembolso no incluye cualesquiera reclamaciones o acciones planteadas en relación con los Nuevos Títulos o los títulos a los que los Nuevos Títulos sustituyen.  3. EFECTOS SOBRE EL ACUERDO  3.1 Las Partes reconocen expresamente que el presente Contrato de Modificación, representa una novación modificativa no extintiva de la Prenda de Participaciones, y formará parte de ésta a todos los efectos.  3.2 Salvo en lo dispuesto en este Contrato de Modificación, las disposiciones de la Prenda de Participaciones no podrán ser modificadas, rectificadas, renuciadas, alteradas o afectadas de ninguna otra manera. Asimismo, se ratifican y confirman tanto la Prenda de Participaciones como todas las obligaciones asumidas bajo la misma, las cuales se mantienen sin cambios y en vigor.  3.3 El presente Contrato de Modificación se limita exclusivamente a las materias expresamente establecidas en este documento y no podrá (i) constituir una modificación o renuncia a cualquier otro término o condición de la Prenda de Participaciones, (ii) perjudicar cualquier derecho o derechos de cualquier parte o relacionados con la Prenda de Participaciones, o (iii) crear cualquier derecho en favor de otra persona u otro beneficiario o de otra forma, excepto que aqui se disponga expresamente lo contrario.  4. REPRESENTACIONES Y GARANTÍAS  reimbursement obligation shall not include any proceedings or claims brought by any party in connection with the New Titles or the titles such New Titles are replacing.  3. EFFECT ON THE AGREEMENT  3.1 The Parties expressly acknowledge that this Amendment Agreement, is an amendment without extinctive nature (novación modificativa no extintiva) of the Share Pledge, and it will be a part of it for all purposes.  3.2 Except to the extent specifically set forth herein, the provisions of the Share Pledge shall not be amended, modified, waived, impaired or otherwise affected hereby, Furthermore, the Share Pledge and the obligations thereunder are hereby ratified and confirmed and remain unchanged and in full force and effect.  3.3 This Amendment Agreement shall be limited solely to the matters expressly set forth herein and shall not (i) constitute an amendment or waiver of any other term or condition of the Share Pledge, (ii) prejudice any right or rights of any party under or in connection with the Share Pledge or (iii) create any right herein to another person or other beneficiary or otherwise, except to the extent specifically provided herein.  4. REPRESENTATIONS AND  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID   - 9 -  MA 67482 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION  El Acreedor Pignoraticio ratifica las representaciones y garantías establecidas en la cláusula 10 de la Prenda de Participaciones.  5. LEY APLICABLE Y JURISDICCIÓN  5.1 El presente Contrato de Modificatión se regirá por el Derecho español.  5.2 Con renuncia a su fuero propio, ambas partes se someten de manera expresa e irrevocable a los Juzgados y Tribunales de la ciudad de Madrid para todas las cuestiones que puedan derivarse de la validez, interpretación o cumplimiento del presente Contrato.  Y para constancia y cumplimiento de lo convenido, otorgan este Contrato en tres ejemplares con la intervención del Notario interviniente.  INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L. P.P.  [ILLEGIBLE]  D. David González Gálvez  CITIBANK, N.A.  P.p.  [ILLEGIBLE] Dña Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés  UNDERTAKINGS  The Pledgor ratifies the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 10 of the Share Pledge are true.  5. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION  5.1 This Amendment Agreement shall be governed by Spanish law.  5.2 The Parties, expressly waiving their right to their own forum, expressly and irrevocably submit to the courts of the city of Madrid for purposes of any dispute which may arise in connection with the validity, interpretation or enforceability of this Deed.  In witness hereof, the Parties sign this contract in three original counterparts with the intervention of the Notary Public.  INICIATIVAS CULTURALES DE ESPAÑA, S.L. By: [ILLEGIBLE]  Mr. David González Gálvez  CITIBANK, N.A By:  [ILLEGIBLE] Ms. Macarena [ILLEGIBLE]-Jarabo Valdés  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID   - 10 -  MA 67482 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 


EXECUTION VERSION  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. P.P.  [ILLEGIBLE] Dña Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés Con mi intervención   D. Andrés Domínguez Nafria  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. By:  [ILLEGIBLE] Ms. Macarena Ruiz-Jarabo Valdés With my intervention   Mr. Andrés Dominguez Nafría  D. ANDRÉS DOMÍNGUEZ NAFRÍA NOTARIO DE MADRID MA\67482 [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 10.31

 

2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
FOR KEY EMPLOYEES OF

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

1.                                  Purpose of Plan

 

The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (the “ Plan ”) is designed:

 

(a)           to promote the long term financial interests and growth of Laureate Education, Inc. (the “ C ompany”) and its Subsidiaries by attracting and retaining management and other personnel and key service providers with the training, experience and ability to enable them to make a substantial contribution to the success of the Company’s business;

 

(b)          to motivate management personnel by means of growth-related incentives to achieve long range goals; and

 

(c)          to further the alignment of interests of participants with those of the stockholders of the Company through opportunities for increased stock, or stock-based ownership in the Company.

 

2.                                    Definitions

 

As used in the Plan, the following words shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)           “Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

(b)          “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)           “Change in Control” means (a) the first to occur of any of the following: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent or the Company, as applicable, to a Person (or Group of Persons acting in concert) or (ii) sale by Parent, any Investor or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person (or Group acting in concert) that results in more than 50% of the equity interests of Parent or the Company, as applicable, being held by a Person (or Group acting in concert), which may include any Investor or any of their respective Affiliates; provided, however, that in no event shall the Transaction constitute a Change in Control nor shall any relationship among any Investors created by the occurrence of the Transaction be deemed to, defacto, create a Group for purposes of this clause (a) and (b) in the case of the occurrence of an event identified in clause (a), also results in any Person or Group acting in concert that acquired more than 50% of the equity interests of Parent or the Company, as applicable, having the ability to appoint a majority of the applicable board of directors.

 

(d)                              Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)           “ C ommittee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (or, if no such committee is appointed, the Board).

 



 

(f)           “ Common S tock” or “ S hare” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, as may be restated, of the Company, which may be authorized but unissued, or issued and reacquired.

 

(g)           Employee ” means a person, including an officer, in the regular employment of the Company or any other Service Recipient who, in the opinion of the Committee, is, or is expected to have involvement in the management, growth or protection of some part or all of the business of the Company or any other Service Recipient.

 

(h)                               “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(i)            “ Fair Market V alue” means, on a per Share basis, (i)i if there is a public market for the Shares on such date, the average of the high and low closing bid prices of the Shares on such stock exchange on which the Shares are principally trading on the applicable date, or, if there were no sales on such date, on the closest preceding date on which there were sales of Shares, or (ii) if there is no public market for the Shares on such date, the fair markl-1value of the Shares as determined in good faith by the Board, which determination shall take into account an appraisal of the fair market value of the Shares conducted by Duff & Phelps (or such other nationally recognized appraisal firm as the Board may select), which appraisal shall be conducted at least annually.

 

G)           “.Qrim1”means an award made to a Participant pursuant to the Plan and described in Section 5, including, without limitation, an award of a Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Other Stock-Based Award or Dividend Equivalent Right (as such ti:rm.s are defined in Section 5), or any combination of the foregoing.

 

(k)           “ Grant A greement” means an agreement between the Company and a Participant that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to a Grant.

 

(1)           “Group” means “group,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(m)          “ I nvestors” means all persons and entities set forth on Schedule I to the Summary of Terms of Stockholders Agreement, which is Schedule B to the Amended and Restated Interim Investors Agreement, entered into as of June 3, 2007 by and among Parent and the other parties appearing on the signature pages thereto.

 

(n)           “ Management Stockholder’s A greement” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the applicable Participant and the Company.

 

(o)           “Merger” means the merger of L Curve Sub Inc. with and into Laureate Education Inc. as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

 

(p)          “Merger Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as June 3, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

2



 

(q)          “ P arent” means Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, an Alberta Limited Partnership.

 

(r)           “ Partic ipant” means an Employee, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or other person having a service relationship with the Company or any other Service Recipient, to whom one or more Grants have been made and remain outstanding.

 

(s)           “ Person ” means “person,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(t)           “ Sale Participation A greement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the applicable Participant and Parent.

 

(u)          “ Service R ecipient” shall mean the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that satisfies the definition of “service recipient” within the meaning of Proposed Treasury Regulation Section l.409A- l(g) (or any successor regulation) with respect to which the person is a “service provider’’ (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section l.409A-l(f) (or any successor regulation).

 

(v)          “ Subsidiary ”means any corporation or other entity in an unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or other entities, or group of commonly controlled corporations or other entities, other than the last corporation or other entity in the unbroken chain then owns stock or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in such chain.

 

(w)         “Transaction” means the acquisition by the Investors (indirectly through Parent) of the Company as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

 

3.                                   Administration of Plan

 

(a)          The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may adopt its own rules of procedure, and action of a majority of the members of the Committee taken at a meeting, or action taken without a meeting by unanimous written consent, shall constitute action by the Committee. The Committee shall have the power and authority to administer, construe and interpret the Plan, to make rules for carrying it out and to make changes in such rules. Any such interpretations, rules, and administration shall be consistent with the basic purposes of the Plan.

 

(b) The Committee may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer and to other senior officers of the Company its duties under the Plan, subject to applicable law and such conditions and limitations as the Committee shall prescribe, except that only the Committee may designate and make Grants to Participants.

 

(c)          The Committee may employ counsel, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons. The Committee, the Company, and the officers and directors of the Company shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of

 

3



 

the Committee, nor any employee or representative of the Company shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Grants, and all such members of the Committee, employees and representatives shall be fully protected and indemnified to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

 

4.            Eligibility

 

The Committee may from time to time make Grants under tile Plan to such Employees, or other persons having a relationship with Company or any other Service Recipient, and in such form and having such terms, conditions and limitations as the Committee may determine. The terms, conditions and limitations of each Grant under the Plan shall be set forth in a Grant Agreement, in a form approved by the Committee, consistent, however, with the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that such Grant Agreement shall contain provisions dealing with the treatment of Grants in the event of the termination of employment or other service relationship, death or disability of a Participant, and may also include provisions concerning the treatment of Grants in the event of a Change in Control.

 

5.                                    Grants

 

From time to time, the Committee will determine the forms and amounts of Grants for Participants. Such Grants may take the following forms in the Committee’s sole discretion:

 

(a)           Stock Optjons - These are options to purchase Common Stock (“ Stock O ptions”). At the time of Grant the Committee shall determine, and shall include in the Grant Agreement or other Plan rules, the option exercise period, the option exercise price, vesting requirements, and such other terms, conditions or restrictions on the grant or exercise of the option as the Committee deems appropriate including, without limitation, the right to receive dividend equivalent payments on vested Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exercise price per Share of a Stock Option shall in no event be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Option is granted (subject to later adjustment pursuant to Section 8 hereof). In addition to other restrictions contained in the Plan, a Stock Option granted under this Section 5(a) may not be exercised more than 10years after the date it is granted. Payment of the Stock Option exercise price shall be made (i) in cash, (ii) with the consent of the Committee, in Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) that the Participant has held for at least six months (or such other period of time as may be required by the Company’s accountants in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles), (iii) through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a mann.er that is compliant with applicable Jaw, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing methods, in each such case, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Grant Agreement and any applicable guidelines of the Committee in effect at the time.

 

(b)          Stock Appreciation Rights - The Committee may grant “Stock Appreciation Rights” (as hereinafter defined) independent of, or in connection with, the grant of a Stock Option or a portion thereof. Each Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such other terms as the Committee may determine. The exercise price per Share of a Stock Appreciation Right shall in no

 

4



 

event be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted. Each “Stock Appreciation Right” granted independent of a Stock Option shall be defined as a right of a Participant, upon exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right, to receive an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one Share over (B) the exercise price per Share of such Stock Appreciation Right, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Stock Appreciation Right. Payment of the Stock Appreciation Right shall be made in Shares or in cash, or partly in Shares and partly in cash (any such Shares valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of the payment), all as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(c)           Other Stock-Based Awards - The Committee may grant or sell awards of Shares, awards of restricted Shares and awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of: Shares (including, without limitation, restricted stock units). Such “Other Stock-Based Awards” shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or vest with respect to, one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Grants under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Other Stock-Based Awards will be made, the number of Shares to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards; whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares; and all other terms and conditions of such awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Shares so awarded and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable).

 

(d)           Dividend Equivalent Rights -The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights either alone or in connection with the grant of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right. A “Dividend Equivalent Right” shall be the right to receive a payment in respect of one Share (whether or not subject to a Stock Option) equal to the amount of any dividend paid in respect of one Share held by a shareholder in the Company. Each Dividend Equivalent Right shall be subject to such terms as the Committee may determine.

 

6.                                    Limitations and Conditions

 

(a)           The number of Shares available for Grants under this Plan shall be 36,930,969, subject to adjustment as provided for in Sections 8 and 9, unless restricted by applicable law. Shares related to Grants that are forfeited, terminated, canceled, expire unexercised, withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, or are repurchased by the Company shall immediately become available for new Grants.

 

(b)          No Grants shall be made under the Plan beyond ten years after Augustl6, 2007, the effective date of the Plan (the “Effective Date”), but the terms of Grants made on or before the expiration of the Plan may extend beyond such expiration. At the time a Grant is made or amended or the terms or conditions of a Grant are changed in accordance with the terms of the Plan or the Grant Agreement, the Committee may provide for limitations or conditions on such Grant.

 

5



 

(c)          Nothing contained herein shall affect the right of the Company or any other Service Recipient to terminate any Participant’s employment or other service relationship at any time or for any reason.

 

(d)          Other than as specifically provided in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or Sale Participation Agreement, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void. No such benefit shall, prior to receipt thereof by the Participant, be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the Participant.

 

(e)          Participants shall not be, and shall not have any of the rights or privileges of, stockholders of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable in connection with any Grant unless and until certificates representing any such Shares have been issued by the Company to such Participants (or book entry representing such Shares has been made and such Shares have been deposited with the appropriate registered book-entry custodian).

 

(f)          No election as to benefits or exercise of any Grant may be made during a Participant’s lifetime by anyone other than the Participant except by a legal representative appointed for or by the Participant.

 

(g)          Absent express provisions to the contrary, any Grant under this Plan shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement or severance plan of the Company or any other Service Recipient and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. This Plan is not a “Retirement Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

(h)          Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no benefit or promise under the Plan shall be secured by any specific assets of the Company or any other Service Recipient, nor shall any assets of the Company or any other Service Recipient be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under the Plan.

 

7.                                    Transfers and Leaves of Absence

 

For purposes of the Plan, unless the Committee determines otherwise; (a) a transfer of a Participant’s employment without an intervening period of separation among the Company and any other Service Recipient shall not be deemed a termination of employment, and (b) a Participant who is granted in writing a leave of absence or who is entitled to a statutory leave of absence shall be deemed to have remained in the employ of the Company (and any other Service Recipient) during such leave of absence.

 

8.                                   Adjustments

 

Following completion of the Merger and recapitalization and stock split transactions contemplated in connection therewith. In the event of any stock split, spin-off, share combination, reclassification, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, merger, Change in

 

6



 

Control, payment of a dividend (other than a cash dividend paid as part of a regular dividend program) or other similar transaction or occurrence which affects the equity securities of the Company or the value thereof, the Committee shall (i) adjust the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and available for or covered by Grants, (ii) adjust the share prices related to outstanding Grants, and/or (iii) take such other action (including, without limitation providing for payment of a cash amount to holders of outstanding Grants), in each case as it deems reasonably necessary to address, on an equitable basis, the effect of the applicable corporate event on the Plan and any outstanding Grants, provided that any adjustment shall be done in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent possible. Any such adjustment made or action taken by the Committee in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be final and binding upon holders of Options and upon the Company.

 

9.                                   Change in Control

 

In the event of a Change in Control: (a) if determined by the Committee in the applicable Grant Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any outstanding Grants then held by Participants which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions may automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to such Change in Control and (b) the Committee may, to the extent determined by the Committee to be permitted under Section 409A of the Code, but shall not be obligated to: (i) cancel such awards for fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) which, in the case of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, may equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or, if no consideration is paid in any such transaction, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) over the aggregate option price of such Stock Options or the aggregate exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Rights, as the case may be; (ii) provide for the issuance of substitute awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected Grants previously granted hereunder, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; or (iii) provide that for a period of at least 15 days prior to the Change in Control, any Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable as to all Shares subject thereto and that upon the occurrence of the Change in Control such Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

10.                           Amendment and Termination

 

(a)          The Committee shall have the authority to make such amendments to any terms and conditions applicable to outstanding Grants as are consistent with this Plan, provided that no such action shall modify any Grant in a manner adverse to all Participants with respect to any outstanding Grants, other than pursuant to Section 8 or 9 hereof, without the Participant’s consent, except as such modification is provided for or contemplated in the terms of the Grant or this Plan.

 

(b) The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that no such action, other than an action under Section 8 or 9 hereof, may be taken which would, without stockholder approval, increase the aggregate number of Shares available for Grants under the Plan, decrease

 

7



 

the price of outstanding Grants, change the requirements relating to the Committee, extend the term of the Plan or be materially adverse to all Participants with respect to any outstanding Grants.

 

(c)          This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with any Service Recipient the Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of service is necessary in order to prevent the imposition of any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant) until the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment with all Service Recipients (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), if such payment or benefit is payable upon a termination of employment and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Participant hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred, if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 10(c) in good faith; provided that none of the Company, the Committee or any of the Company’s employees, directors or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 10(c).

 

11.                           Governing Law; International Participants

 

(a)          This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Maryland applicable therein.

 

(b)          With respect to Participants who reside or work outside the United States of America, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or any other Service Recipient.

 

12.                           Withholding Taxes

 

The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment made under the Plan any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment. It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to deliver Shares upon the exercise of a Stock Option that the Participant pays to the Company such amount as may be requested by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability for such withholding taxes; provided. however, that a Participant may satisfy the minimum amount of such taxes due upon exercise of any Stock Option through the withholding of Shares (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of such Stock Option.

 

8



 

13.                            Effective Date and Termination Dates

 

The Plan shall be effective on August 17, 2007 and shall terminate ten years later, subject to earlier termination by the Board pursuant to Section 10.

 

9




Exhibit 10.32

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of                                 (the “ Grant Date ”) is made by and between Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”), and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or any other Service Recipient, hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”.  Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (the “ Plan ”).  You must return an executed copy of this Stock Option Agreement to the Company within 30 days of the date hereof.  If you fail to do so, the Options may be forfeited to the Company, at the sole election of the Administrator.

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or any other Service Recipient, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.   Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target

 

“Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target” shall have the meaning set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.2.   Cause

 

“Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Optionee and the Company or any other Service Recipient, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance by the Optionee in connection with the performance of his duties with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony, (iii) theft, embezzlement, fraud or other similar conduct by the Optionee in connection with the performance of his or her duties with the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (iv) a willful and

 



 

material breach of any other applicable agreements with the Company and its Subsidiaries including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

 

Section 1.3.   EBITDA

 

“EBITDA” shall have the meaning set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.4.   Fiscal Year

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean the twelve month period ending December 31 of any given calendar year.

 

Section 1.5.   Good Reason

 

“Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Optionee and the Company or any other Service Recipient, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the consent of the Optionee, (i) a reduction in base salary (other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees), (ii) a substantial diminution in the Optionee’s title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company or its Subsidiaries that is not in bad faith, or (iii) a transfer of the Optionee’s primary workplace by more than fifty (50) miles from his or her current workplace; provided, however, that in any event, such conduct is not cured within ten (10) business days after the Optionee gives the Company notice of such event.

 

Section 1.6.   Offer Closing

 

“Offer Closing” shall mean July 12, 2007, which was the date of purchase by Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries of shares of Common Stock in the tender offer contemplated by the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 3, 2007 among Parent, L Curve Sub Inc., a Maryland corporation, and the Company.

 

Section 1.7.   Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option and the Performance Option granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.8.    Permanent Disability

 

“Permanent Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any employment agreement between Optionee and the Company or any other Service Recipient, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Disability” shall be as defined in the long-term disability plan of the Company.

 

2



 

Section 1.9.   Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the signature page hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.10.   Secretary

 

“Secretary” shall mean the Secretary of the Company.

 

Section 1.11.   Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the signature page hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.    - Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the date hereof the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the following Options: (a) the Time Option and (b) the Performance Option, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.    - Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be as set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

Section 2.3.    - No Guarantee of Employment

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of any Service Recipient or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the applicable Service Recipient, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with or offer letter provided by any Service Recipient to the Optionee.

 

Section 2.4.    - Adjustments to Option

 

The Option shall be subject to the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan.

 

3



 

ARTICLE III

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.    - Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)                                  So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipient through the applicable vesting date(s), the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)                                                              Time Option .  The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to the following percentage of Shares pursuant to the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

 

Percentage of Shares subject to
the Time Option that will become vested:

 

January 28, 2012

 

20.00

%

January 28, 2013

 

20.00

%

January 28, 2014

 

20.00

%

January 28, 2015

 

20.00

%

January 28, 2016

 

20.00

%

 

(ii)                                   Performance Option.

 

(A)                                The Performance Option shall be eligible to become vested and exercisable with respect to the following percentage of Shares (each such percentage of Shares identified below, an “ Option Tranche ”) upon the Board’s determination that the Company has attained the applicable Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target in the applicable Fiscal Year, as follows:

 

If, in this
Fiscal Year:

 

The Company achieves this Annual
Pro Rata EBITDA Target:

 

Then this Percentage of Percentage of Shares
subject to the Performance Option will vest:

 

2011

 

$

608,000,000

 

20.00

%

2012

 

$

718,000,000

 

20.00

%

2013

 

$

847,000,000

 

20.00

%

2014

 

$

1,000,000,000

 

20.00

%

2015

 

$

1,150,000,000

 

20.00

%

 

4



 

(B)                                Notwithstanding anything set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) above, in the event that in any given Fiscal Year the Company fails to achieve 100% of the applicable Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target, the Performance Option may still become vested as follows:

 

1)                                      if at least 95% of the applicable Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target is achieved, 75% of the applicable Option Tranche will become vested; and

 

2)                                      if at least 90% of the applicable Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target is achieved, 50% of the applicable Option Tranche will become vested.

 

(C)                                (1)  Notwithstanding anything set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) or 3.1(a)(ii)(B) above, in the event that the Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target is not achieved in a Fiscal Year listed in the table set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) above (any such Fiscal Year, a “ Missed Year ” and the five Fiscal Years so listed, collectively, the “Initial Target Years”), then, during the Initial Target Years and through the end of the third Fiscal Year thereafter (each, an “Additional Year” and, the three year period, the “Catch Up Term”), the Option Tranche(s) (or any portion thereof) that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to fully achieve the Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target in such Missed Year shall nevertheless vest and become exercisable to the extent the Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target for any one or more completed Fiscal Years that is subsequent to any Missed Year (a “Subsequent Year Target”), but within the Catch Up Term, is achieved.

 

(2)                                  The three Additional Year Pro Rata EBITDA Targets are:

 

Fiscal Year:

 

Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target:

 

2016

 

$

1,322,500,000

 

2017

 

$

1,520,875,000

 

2018

 

$

1,749,006,250

 

 

(3)                                  For avoidance of doubt, whichever percentage of an Option Tranche vests with respect to a Subsequent Year Target pursuant to clause Section 3.1(a)(ii), the Option Tranche for each Missed Year shall vest up to a percentage not to exceed the percentage of the Option Tranche vesting with respect to any Subsequent Year Target within the Initial Target Years and the Catch Up Term.  For example, if an Option Tranche does not vest because less than 90% of such Fiscal Year’s Target has been achieved, then: (a) if at least 90% but less than 95% of a Subsequent Year Target is achieved, 50% of the Missed Year’s Option Tranche shall then

 

5



 

vest; and (b) if in any subsequent Fiscal Year (assuming such Fiscal Year falls within the Initial Target Years and/or the Catch Up Term) at least 95% but less than 100% of such Subsequent Year Target is achieved, then an additional 25% of the Missed Year’s Option Tranche shall then vest; and (c) if in any subsequent Fiscal Year (assuming such Fiscal Year falls within the Initial Target Years and/or the Catch Up Term) 100% of such Subsequent Year Target is achieved, the remaining 25% of the Missed Year’s Option Tranche shall then vest.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing set forth in Section 3.1(a) above, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (so long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipient through the date thereof):

 

(i)                                                              the Time Option shall become immediately exercisable as to 100% of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option immediately prior to a Change in Control (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated or become exercisable); and

 

(ii)                                                           the Performance Option shall become immediately exercisable as to 100% of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option immediately prior to a Change in Control (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated or become exercisable) only if and to the extent the Board in its discretion elects to vest such Performance Options.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no portion of the Option shall become exercisable as to any additional shares of Common Stock following the termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason and any Option, which is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment, shall immediately expire without payment therefor.

 

Section 3.2.    – Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)                                  The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date so long as the Optionee remains employed with the Company or any Service Recipient through such date;

 

(b)                                  The first anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Permanent Disability (unless earlier terminated as provided in clause (e) below);

 

(c)                                   Immediately upon the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause or by the Optionee without Good Reason (except due to death or Permanent Disability);

 

(d)                                  Ninety (90) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause (for any reason other than as set forth in clause (b) above) or by the Optionee for Good Reason; or

 

6



 

(e)                                   The date the Option is terminated pursuant to Section 5 or 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(f)                                    At the discretion of the Company, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.    – Person Eligible to Exercise

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof.  After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.    – Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole shares of Common Stock only.

 

Section 4.3.    – Manner of Exercise

 

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Secretary or his office all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)                                  Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)                                  (i) Full payment (in cash, by check or by a combination thereof) for the shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised or (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee in a manner that is compliant with the terms of the Plan, indication that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee reduced by a number of Shares having an equivalent Fair Market Value to the payment that would otherwise be made by Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (b);

 

(c)                                   (i) Full payment (in cash, by check or by a combination thereof) to satisfy the withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised or (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee in a manner that is compliant with the terms of

 

7



 

the Plan, indication that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee upon exercise of such Option (or portion thereof) reduced by a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value, on the date of such exercise, equal to the payment to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation that would otherwise be required to be made by the Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (c);

 

(d)                                  A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the shares of Common Stock are being acquired for his or her own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the Shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)                                   In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it to the effect that any subsequent transfer of Shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such Shares.  Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the Shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act, and such registration is then effective in respect of such Shares.

 

Section 4.4.    – Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company.  Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(b)                                  The execution by the Optionee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and a Sale Participation Agreement; and

 

8



 

(c)                                   The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Committee may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience or as may otherwise be required by applicable law.

 

Section 4.5.   – Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until certificates representing such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.4 or unless book entry representing such Shares has been made and such Shares have been deposited with the appropriate registered book-entry custodian.  Upon fulfillment of such conditions, the Company shall be required to issue and deliver such certificate or certificates, unless book entry representing such Shares has been made and such Shares have been deposited with the appropriate registered book-entry custodian.

 

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.    – Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option.  In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.    – Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 5.3.    – Notices

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to

 

9



 

be given to him.  Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.  Any notice shall have been deemed duly given when (i) delivered in person, (ii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, or (iii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with fees prepaid) in an office regularly maintained by FedEx, UPS, or comparable non-public mail carrier.

 

Section 5.4.    – Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.  The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 5.5.    – Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and a Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement or the Plan and the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Sale Participation Agreement, the terms of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or Sale Participation Agreement, as applicable, shall control.

 

Section 5.6.    – Amendment; Entire Agreement

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to any agreements regarding any equity-based incentive awards and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements (including any change in control, executive retention, employment or other agreements regarding the vesting of any equity-based awards, or payment of cash or Shares in respect of any equity-based awards upon a termination of employment), discussions, understandings and negotiations, whether written or oral, with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Section 5.7.    Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of Maryland shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

 

10



 

Section 5.8.    – Arbitration

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator.  Such arbitration process shall take place within the Baltimore, Maryland metropolitan area.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning.  Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

Section 5.9.   Section 409A

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Optionee’s termination of employment with any Service Recipient the Optionee is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent the imposition of any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Optionee) until the date that is six months and one day following the Optionee’s termination of employment with all Service Recipients (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Optionee hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax or result in an additional cost to the Company.  The Company shall consult with its legal counsel and tax accountants in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 5.9, which shall be done only in a manner that is reasonably acceptable to the senior executives of the Company; provided that none of the Service Recipients nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Optionee with respect thereto.

 

Section 5.10.   Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

[signature page to the Stock Option Agreement]

 



 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

[name]

 

 

 

 

Address: (to be completed by Optionee:)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Granted: [number of options]

 

 

 

 

Terms of OPTIONS:

 

 

Grant Date: [date]

 

 

Exercise Price: [price] per share

 

 

Expiration:  10 years

 

 

Time Option:

 

 

Performance Option:

 

 

 

** Terms of Time Options and Performance Options included in Option Agreement

 

[signature page to the Stock Option Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.33

 

 

LAUREATE  EDUCATION,  INC.

2013  LONG- TERM  INCENTIVE  PLAN

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

History; Effective Date

1

 

 

 

2.

Purposes of the Plan

1

 

 

 

3.

Terminology

1

 

 

 

4.

Administration

1

 

 

 

 

(a)

Administration of the Plan

1

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Powers of the Administrator

1

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Delegation of Administrative Authority

3

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Non-Uniform Determinations

3

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Limited Liability; Advisors

3

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Indemnification

3

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

Effect of Administrator’s Decision

3

 

 

 

5.

Shares Issuable Pursuant to Awards

3

 

 

 

 

(a)

Initial Share Pool

3

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Adjustments to Share Pool

3

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

ISO Limit

4

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Source of Shares

4

 

 

 

6.

Participation

4

 

 

 

7.

Awards

4

 

 

 

 

(a)

Awards, In General

4

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Stock Options

5

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Limitation on Reload Options

5

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Stock Appreciation Rights

5

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Repricing

6

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Stock Awards

6

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

Stock Units

7

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

Performance Shares and Performance Units

8

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Other Stock-Based Awards

8

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

Awards to Participants Outside the United States

9

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

Limitation on Dividend Reinvestment and Dividend Equivalents

9

 

 

 

8.

Withholding of Taxes

9

 

 

 

9.

Transferability of Awards

9

 

 

 

 

(a)

General Nontransferability Absent Administrator Permission

9

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Administrator Discretion to Permit Transfers Other Than For Value

10

 

 

 

10.

Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events

10

 

 

 

 

(a)

Mandatory Adjustments

10

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

(b)

Discretionary Adjustments

10

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Adjustments to Performance Goals

11

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Statutory Requirements Affecting Adjustments

11

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Liquidation

11

 

 

 

11.

Change in Control Provisions

11

 

 

 

 

(a)

Termination of Awards

11

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Continuation, Assumption or Substitution of Awards

13

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other Permitted Actions

14

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Section 409A Savings Clause

14

 

 

 

12.

Substitution of Awards in Mergers and Acquisitions

14

 

 

 

13.

Compliance with Securities Laws; Listing and Registration

15

 

 

 

14.

Section 409A Compliance

15

 

 

 

15.

Plan Duration; Amendment and Discontinuance

16

 

 

 

 

(a)

Plan Duration

16

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Amendment and Discontinuance of the Plan

16

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Amendment of Awards

16

 

 

 

16.

General Provisions

17

 

 

 

 

(a)

Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service

17

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

No Trust or Fund Created

17

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Status of Awards

17

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Subsidiary Employees

17

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Governing Law and Interpretation

17

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Use of English Language

17

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

Recovery of Amounts Paid

18

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

Repurchase of Shares

18

 

 

 

17.

Glossary

18

 

 

 

Appendix A: Provisions for California Residients 

A-1

 

ii



 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                       History; Effective Date.

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (“ Laureate ”), has established the LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. 2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN, as set forth herein, and as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”). The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of Laureate (the “ Board ”) on June 13, 2013, as a successor plan to Laureate’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (the “ 2007 Plan ”). The Plan shall   become effective, subject to approval by the stockholders of Laureate, as of the date (the “ Effective   Date ”) on which the Plan is approved by the stockholders of Laureate. No awards will be made under Laureate’s 2007 Plan after the Effective Date of this Plan.

 

2.                                       Purposes of the Plan.

 

The Plan is designed:

 

(a)           to promote the long term financial interests and growth of Laureate and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Company ”) by attracting and retaining management and other personnel and key service providers with the training, experience and ability to enable them to make a substantial contribution to the success of the Company’s business;

 

(b)           to motivate management personnel by means of growth-related incentives to achieve long-range goals; and

 

(c)           to further the alignment of interests of Participants with those of the stockholders of Laureate through opportunities for increased stock or stock-based ownership in Laureate.

 

Toward these objectives, the Administrator may grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, stock units, performance shares, performance units, and other stock-based awards to eligible individuals on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan.

 

3.                                       Terminology.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided in an Award Agreement, capitalized words and phrases used in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the glossary at Section 17 of the Plan or as defined the first place such word or phrase appears in the Plan.

 

4.                                       Administration.

 

(a)            Administration of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)           Powers of the Administrator . The Administrator shall, except as otherwise provided   under the Plan, have plenary authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of the Plan to Eligible Individuals and to take all other actions necessary or desirable to carry out  the purpose and intent of the Plan. Among other things, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan to:

 

(i)            determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted;

 

(ii)                                   determine the types of Awards to be granted any Eligible Individual;

 

(iii)          determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by or used for reference purposes for each Award or the value to be transferred pursuant to any Award;

 

A- 1



 

(iv)          determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (A) the purchase price of any shares of Common Stock, (B) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (C) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Common Stock, (D) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability, vesting or payout of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, (E) the Performance Goals applicable to any Award and the extent to which such Performance Goals have been attained, (F) the time of the expiration of any Award, (G) the effect of the Participant’s Termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (H) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto as the Administrator shall consider to be appropriate and not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

 

(v)        subject to Section 15, modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award;

 

(vi)          accelerate or otherwise change the time at or during which an Award may be exercised or becomes payable and waive or accelerate the lapse, in whole or in part, of any restriction, condition or risk of forfeiture with respect to such Award; provided , however , that, except in connection  with death, disability or a Change in Control, no such change, waiver or acceleration shall be made to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code if the effect of such action is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code;

 

(vii)         determine whether an Award will be paid or settled in cash, shares of Common Stock, or in any combination thereof and whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash or shares of Common Stock payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant;

 

(viii)        for any purpose, including but not limited to, qualifying for preferred or beneficial tax treatment, accommodating the customs or administrative challenges or otherwise complying with the tax, accounting or regulatory requirements of local or foreign (non-United States) jurisdictions, adopt, amend, modify, administer or terminate sub-plans and special provisions or supplements applicable to Awards regulated by the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States, which sub-plans, supplements and special provisions may take precedence over other provisions of the Plan, and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to such sub-plans, supplements and special provisions;

 

(ix)          establish any “blackout” period, during which transactions affecting Awards may not be effectuated, that the Administrator in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable;

 

(x)           determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock or other property for any purpose under the Plan or any Award;

 

(xi)          administer, construe and interpret the Plan, Award Agreements and all other documents relevant to the Plan and Awards issued thereunder, and decide all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award;

 

(xii)         establish, amend, rescind and interpret such administrative rules, regulations, agreements, guidelines, instruments and practices for the administration of the Plan and for the conduct of its business as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable;

 

(xiii)        correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the  Plan or in any Award or Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent the Administrator shall deem it desirable to carry it into effect; and

 

(xiv)                        otherwise administer the Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan.

 

2



 

(c)           Delegation of Administrative Authority. To the extent permitted by applicable law and stock exchange rules, the Administrator may delegate to officers or other employees of Laureate or any Subsidiary the Administrator’s duties and powers under the Plan, subject to such conditions and limitations as the Administrator shall prescribe, including without limitation the authority to execute agreements or other documents on behalf of the Administrator; provided, however, that such delegation of authority shall not extend to the granting or exercise of discretion with respect to Awards to Eligible Individuals who are “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code or officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(d)           Non-Uniform Determinations . The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation, determinations of the persons to receive Awards, the form, amount and timing of such Awards, the terms and provisions of such Awards and the Award Agreements evidencing such Awards, and the ramifications of a Change in Control upon outstanding Awards) need not be  uniform and may be made by the Administrator selectively among Awards or persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

 

(e)           Limited Liability; Advisors. To the maximum extent permitted by law, no member of the Administrator shall be liable for any action taken or decision made in good faith relating to the Plan or any Award thereunder. The Administrator may employ counsel, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons. The Administrator, Laureate, and the officers and directors of Laureate shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons.

 

(f)            Indemnification . To the maximum extent permitted by law, by Laureate’s charter and by-laws, and by any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time, the members of the Administrator and any agent or delegate of the Administrator who is a director, officer or employee of Laureate or a Subsidiary shall be indemnified by Laureate against any and all liabilities and expenses, including the advance of expenses under the procedures and to the full extent permitted by law, to which they may be subjected by reason of any act or failure to act with respect to their duties on behalf of the Plan.

 

(g)           Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All actions taken and determinations made by the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan or any Award pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, including, without limitation, any determination involving the appropriateness or equitableness of any action. All determinations made by the Administrator shall be conclusive, final and binding on all parties concerned, including Laureate, its stockholders, any Participants and any other employee, consultant, or director of Laureate and its Subsidiaries, and their respective successors in interest. No member of the Administrator, nor any director, officer, employee or representative of Laureate shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or Awards.

 

5.                                       Shares Issuable Pursuant to Awards.

 

(a)           Initial Share Pool . As of the Effective Date, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to Awards that may be granted under the Plan (the “ Share Pool ”) shall be equal to the sum of (i) 28,295,550 shares plus (ii) the number of unallocated shares of Common Stock available for issuance as of the Effective Date under Laureate’s 2007 Plan that are not then subject to outstanding Awards.

 

(b)           Adjustments to Share Pool . On and after the Effective Date, the Share Pool shall be adjusted, in addition to any adjustments to be made pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, as follows:

 

(i)            The Share Pool shall be reduced, on the date of grant, by one share for each share of Common Stock made subject to an Award granted under the Plan;

 

3



 

(ii)           The Share Pool shall be increased, on the relevant date, by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of unissued shares of Common Stock underlying or used as a reference measure for any Award or portion of an Award granted under this Plan or the 2007 Plan that is cancelled, forfeited, expired, terminated unearned or settled in cash, in any such case without the issuance of shares, and by the number of shares of Common Stock used as a reference measure for any Award granted under this Plan or the 2007 Plan that are not issued upon settlement of such Award either due to a net settlement or otherwise;

 

(iii)          The Share Pool shall be increased, on the forfeiture date, by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that are forfeited back to Laureate after issuance due to a failure to meet an Award contingency or condition with respect to any Award or portion of an Award granted under this Plan or the 2007 Plan;

 

(iv)          The Share Pool shall be increased, on the exercise date, by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock withheld by or surrendered (either actually or through attestation) to Laureate in payment of the exercise price of any Award granted under this Plan or the 2007 Plan; and

 

(v)           The Share Pool shall be increased, on the relevant date, by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock withheld by or surrendered (either actually or through attestation) to Laureate in payment of the statutory minimum Tax Withholding Obligation that arises in connection with any Award granted under this Plan or the 2007 Plan.

 

(c)           ISO Limit . Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to stock options granted under the Plan that are intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be equal to the number of shares in the Share Pool as of the Effective Date of the Plan.

 

(d)           Source of Shares . The shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards may be made under the Plan shall be shares authorized for issuance under Laureate’s charter but unissued, or issued and reacquired, including without limitation shares purchased in the open market or in private transactions.

 

6.                                       Participation.

 

Participation in the Plan shall be open to all Eligible Individuals, as may be selected by the Administrator from time to time. The Administrator may also grant Awards to Eligible Individuals in connection with hiring, recruiting or otherwise, prior to the date the individual first performs services for Laureate or a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Awards shall not become vested or exercisable, and no shares shall be issued to such individual, prior to the date the individual first commences performance of such services.

 

7.                                       Awards.

 

(a)           Awards, In General. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall establish the terms of all Awards granted under the Plan consistent with the terms of the Plan. Awards may be granted individually or in tandem with other types of Awards, concurrently with or with respect to outstanding Awards. All Awards are subject to the terms and conditions provided in the Award Agreement, which   shall be delivered to the Participant receiving such Award upon, or as promptly as is reasonably practicable following, the grant of such Award. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, or otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, an Award shall not be effective unless the Award Agreement is signed or otherwise accepted by Laureate and the Participant receiving the Award (including by electronic delivery and/or electronic signature).

 

4



 

(b)                                  Stock Options .

 

(i)            Grants . A stock option means a right to purchase a specified number of shares  of Common Stock from Laureate at a specified price during a specified period of time. The Administrator may from time to time grant to Eligible Individuals Awards of Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Options; provided , however , that Awards of Incentive Stock Options shall be limited to employees of Laureate or of any current or hereafter existing “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation,” as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively, of Laureate, and any other Eligible Individuals  who are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. No stock option shall be an Incentive Stock Option unless so designated by the Administrator at the time of grant or in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(ii)           Exercise . Stock options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that Awards of stock options may not have a term in excess of ten years’ duration unless required otherwise by applicable law. The exercise price per share subject to a stock option granted under the Plan shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of grant of the stock option, except as provided under applicable law or with respect to stock options that are granted in substitution of similar types of awards of a company acquired by Laureate or a Subsidiary or with which Laureate or a Subsidiary combines (whether in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, or otherwise) to preserve the intrinsic value of such awards.

 

(iii)          Termination of Service . Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Administrator, to the extent stock options are not vested and exercisable, a Participant’s stock options shall be forfeited upon his or her Termination of Service.

 

(iv)          Additional Terms and Conditions . The Administrator may, by way of the Award Agreement or otherwise, determine such other terms, conditions, restrictions, and/or limitations, if any, of any Award of stock options, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

(c)           Limitation on Reload Options . The Administrator shall not grant stock options under this Plan that contain a reload or replenishment feature pursuant to which a new stock option would be granted automatically upon receipt of delivery of Common Stock to Laureate in payment of the exercise price or any tax withholding obligation under any other stock option.

 

(d)                                  Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(i)            Grants. The Administrator may from time to time grant to Eligible Individuals Awards of stock appreciation rights. A stock appreciation right entitles the Participant to receive, subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, a payment having an aggregate value equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one share of Common Stock over (B) the base price per share specified in the Award Agreement, times (ii) the number of shares specified by the stock appreciation right, or portion thereof, which is exercised. The base price per share specified in the Award Agreement shall not be less than the lower of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant or the exercise price of any tandem stock option to which the stock appreciation right is related, or with respect to stock appreciation rights that are granted in substitution of similar types of awards of a company acquired by Laureate or a Subsidiary or with which Laureate or a Subsidiary combines (whether in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, or otherwise) such base price as is necessary to preserve the intrinsic value of such awards.

 

(ii)           Exercise . Stock appreciation rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan may not have a term in excess of ten years’ duration

 

5


 

unless required otherwise by applicable law. The applicable Award Agreement shall specify whether payment by Laureate of the amount receivable upon any exercise of a stock appreciation right is to be made in cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination of both, or shall reserve to the Administrator or the Participant the right to make that determination prior to or upon the exercise of the stock appreciation right. If upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right a Participant is to receive a portion of such payment in shares of Common Stock, the number of shares shall be determined by dividing such portion by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the exercise date. No fractional shares shall be used for such payment and the Administrator shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated.

 

(iii)          Termination of Service . Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Administrator, to the extent stock appreciation rights are not vested and exercisable, a Participant’s stock appreciation rights shall be forfeited upon his or her Termination of Service.

 

(iv)          Additional Terms and Conditions . The Administrator may, by way of the Award Agreement or otherwise, determine such other terms, conditions, restrictions, and/or limitations, if any, of any Award of stock appreciation rights, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

(e)           Repricing . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may reprice any stock options or stock appreciation rights without the approval of the stockholders of Laureate; provided however, that the Administrator’s authority to reprice any stock options or stock appreciation rights without the approval of the stockholders of Laureate shall be revoked immediately following Laureate’s consummation of an initial public offering of its equity securities. For this purpose, “reprice” means (i) any of the following or any other action that has the same effect: (A) lowering the exercise price or base price of a stock option or stock appreciation right after it is granted other than an adjustment made pursuant to the provisions of Section 10, (B) any other action that is treated as a repricing under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), or (C) cancelling a stock option or stock appreciation right at a time when its exercise price or base price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Common Stock, in exchange for another stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock or other equity, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a merger, acquisition, spin-off or other similar corporate transaction; and (ii) any other action that is considered to be a repricing under formal or informal guidance issued by the primary securities market or exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading.

 

(f)                                    Stock Awards .

 

(i)            Grants . The Administrator may from time to time grant to Eligible Individuals Awards of unrestricted Common Stock or Restricted Stock (collectively, “ Stock Awards ”) on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by law, as the Administrator shall determine. Stock Awards shall be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may deem appropriate, including via book-entry registration.

 

(ii)           Vesting . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such vesting, restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, and/or risk of forfeiture as the Administrator may impose at the date of grant or thereafter. The Restriction Period to which such vesting, restrictions and/or risk of forfeiture apply may lapse under such circumstances, including without limitation upon the attainment of Performance Goals, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Administrator may determine. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, during the Restriction Period, the     Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock.

 

(iii)          Rights of a Stockholder; Dividends . Except to the extent restricted under the Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of Common Stock including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted

 

6



 

Stock. Regular cash dividends declared payable on Common Stock shall be paid, with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock, either as soon as practicable following the dividend payment date or deferred for payment to such later date as determined by the Administrator, and shall either be paid in cash or as unrestricted shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends or reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock as determined by the Administrator; provided , however , that dividends declared payable on Restricted Stock that was granted as a Performance Award shall be held by Laureate and made subject to forfeiture at least until achievement of the applicable Performance Goal related to such shares of Restricted Stock. Stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Common Stock or other property has been distributed. As soon as is practicable following the date on which restrictions on any shares of Restricted Stock lapse, Laureate shall deliver to the  Participant the certificates for such shares or shall cause the shares to be registered in the Participant’s name in book-entry form, in either case with the restrictions removed, provided that the Participant shall have complied with all conditions for delivery of such shares contained in the Award Agreement or otherwise reasonably required by Laureate.

 

(iv)          Termination of Service . Except as provided otherwise in the applicable Award Agreement, upon Termination of Service during the applicable Restriction Period, Restricted Stock and any accrued but unpaid dividends that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited; provided that the Administrator may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Administrator may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock.

 

(v)           Additional Terms and Conditions . The Administrator may, by way of the Award Agreement or otherwise, determine such other terms, conditions, restrictions, and/or limitations, if any, of any Award of Restricted Stock, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

(g)                                   Stock Units .

 

(i)            Grants . The Administrator may from time to time grant to Eligible Individuals Awards of unrestricted stock Units or Restricted Stock Units on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by law, as the Administrator shall determine. Restricted Stock Units represent a contractual obligation by Laureate to deliver a number of shares of Common Stock, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the specified number of shares subject to the Award, or a combination of shares of Common Stock and cash, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement.

 

(ii)           Vesting and Payment . Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such vesting, risk of forfeiture and/or payment provisions as the Administrator may impose at the date of grant. The Restriction Period to which such vesting and/or risk of forfeiture apply may lapse under such circumstances, including without limitation upon the attainment of Performance Goals, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Administrator may determine. Shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination of shares of Common Stock and cash, as applicable, payable in settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as administratively practicable, but no later than 30 days, after the date on which payment is due under the terms of the Award Agreement provided that the Participant shall have complied with all conditions for delivery of such shares or payment contained in the Award Agreement or otherwise reasonably required by Laureate, or in accordance with an election of the Participant, if the Administrator so permits, that meets the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(iii)          No Rights of a Stockholder; Dividend Equivalents . Until shares of Common  Stock are issued to the Participant in settlement of stock Units, the Participant shall not have any rights of a stockholder of Laureate with respect to the stock Units or the shares issuable thereunder. The Administrator may grant to the Participant the right to receive Dividend Equivalents on stock Units, on a

 

7



 

current, reinvested and/or restricted basis, subject to such terms as the Administrator may determine provided , however , that Dividend Equivalents payable on stock Units that are granted as a Performance Award shall, rather than be paid on a current basis, be accrued and made subject to forfeiture at least until achievement of the applicable Performance Goal related to such stock Units.

 

(iv)          Termination of Service . Upon Termination of Service during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply, or upon failure to satisfy any other conditions precedent to the delivery of shares of Common Stock or cash to which such Restricted Stock Units relate, all Restricted Stock Units and any accrued but unpaid Dividend Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Stock Units that are then subject to deferral or restriction shall be forfeited; provided that the Administrator may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes, and the Administrator may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(v)           Additional Terms and Conditions . The Administrator may, by way of the Award Agreement or otherwise, determine such other terms, conditions, restrictions, and/or limitations, if any, of any Award of stock Units, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

(h)                                  Performance Shares and Performance Units .

 

(i)            Grants . The Administrator may from time to time grant to Eligible Individuals Awards in the form of Performance Shares and Performance Units. Performance Shares, as that term is used in this Plan, shall refer to shares of Common Stock or Units that are expressed in terms of Common Stock, the issuance, vesting, lapse of restrictions on or payment of which is contingent on performance as measured against predetermined objectives over a specified Performance Period. Performance Units, as that term is used in this Plan, shall refer to dollar-denominated Units valued by reference to designated criteria established by the Administrator, other than Common Stock, the issuance, vesting, lapse of restrictions on or payment of which is contingent on performance as measured against predetermined objectives over a specified Performance Period. The applicable Award Agreement shall specify whether Performance Shares and Performance Units will be settled or paid in cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination of both, or shall reserve to the Administrator or the Participant the right to make that determination prior to or at the payment or settlement date.

 

(ii)           Performance Criteria . The Administrator shall, prior to or at the time of grant, condition the grant, vesting or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units upon (A) the attainment of Performance Goals during a Performance Period or (B) the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the Participant. The length of the Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained shall be  conclusively determined by the Administrator in the exercise of its absolute discretion. Performance  Goals may include minimum, maximum and target levels of performance, with the size of the Award or payout of Performance Shares or Performance Units or the vesting or lapse of restrictions with respect thereto based on the level attained. An Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units shall be settled as and when the Award vests or at a later time specified in the Award Agreement or in accordance with an election of the Participant, if the Administrator so permits, that meets the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(iii)          Additional Terms and Conditions . The Administrator may, by way of the Award Agreement or otherwise, determine such other terms, conditions, restrictions, and/or limitations, if any, of any Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

(i)            Other Stock-Based Awards. The Administrator may from time to time grant to Eligible Individuals Awards in the form of Other Stock-Based Awards. Other Stock-Based Awards in the form of

 

8



 

Dividend Equivalents may be (A) awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award other than a stock option or stock appreciation right, (B) paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, including the reinvestment of such credited amounts in Common Stock equivalents, to be  paid on a deferred basis, and (C) settled in cash or Common Stock as determined by the Administrator; provided , however , that Dividend Equivalents payable on Other Stock-Based Awards that are granted as a Performance Award shall, rather than be paid on a current basis, be accrued and made subject to forfeiture at least until achievement of the applicable Performance Goal related to such Other Stock- Based Awards. Any such settlements, and any such crediting of Dividend Equivalents, may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Administrator shall establish.

 

(j)            Awards to Participants Outside the United States. The Administrator may grant Awards to Eligible Individuals who are foreign nationals, who are located outside the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, or who otherwise are subject to (or could cause Laureate or a Subsidiary to be subject to) tax, legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Administrator, be necessary or desirable in order that any such  Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country or jurisdiction in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed or to foster and promote achievement of the purposes   of the Plan.

 

(k)           Limitation on Dividend Reinvestment and Dividend Equivalents . Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment, and the payment of shares of Common Stock with respect to dividends to Participants holding Awards of stock Units, shall only be permissible if sufficient shares are available under the Share Pool for such reinvestment or payment (taking into account then outstanding Awards). In the event that sufficient shares are not available under the Share Pool for such reinvestment or payment, such reinvestment or payment shall be made in the form of a grant of stock Units equal in number to the shares of Common Stock that would have been obtained by such payment or reinvestment, the terms of which stock Units shall provide for settlement in cash and for Dividend Equivalent reinvestment in further stock Units on the terms contemplated by this Section 7(k).

 

8.                                       Withholding of Taxes.

 

Participants and holders of Awards shall pay to Laureate or its Subsidiary, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any Tax Withholding Obligation in respect of Awards granted under the Plan no later than the date of the event creating the tax or social insurance contribution liability. The obligations of Laureate under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, Tax Withholding Obligations may be settled in whole or in part with shares of Common Stock, including unrestricted outstanding shares surrendered to Laureate and unrestricted shares that are part of the Award that gives rise to the Tax Withholding Obligation, having a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or withholding equal to the statutory minimum amount (and not any greater amount) required to be withheld for tax or social insurance contribution purposes, all in accordance with such procedures as the Administrator establishes.  Laureate or its Subsidiary may deduct, to the extent permitted by law, any such Tax Withholding Obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant or holder of an Award.

 

9.                                       Transferability of Awards.

 

(a)           General Nontransferability Absent Administrator Permission. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, and in any event in the case of an Incentive Stock Option or a tandem stock appreciation right granted with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, no Award granted under the Plan shall be transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Award may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant or, during the period the Participant is under a legal disability, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Awards granted under the Plan shall not be subject in

 

9



 

any manner to alienation, anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, or encumbrance, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that the restrictions in this sentence shall not apply to the shares of Common Stock received in connection with an Award after the date that the restrictions on transferability of such shares set forth in the applicable Award Agreement have lapsed. Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted or construed as overriding the terms of any Laureate stock ownership or retention policy, now or hereafter existing, that may apply to the Participant or shares of Common Stock received under an Award.

 

(b)           Administrator Discretion to Permit Transfers Other Than For Value. Except as otherwise restricted by applicable law, the Administrator may, but need not, permit an Award, other than an  Incentive Stock Option or a tandem stock appreciation right granted with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, to be transferred to a Participant’s Family Member (as defined below) as a gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights. The Administrator shall not permit any transfer of an Award for value. For purposes of this Section 9, “Family Member” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests. The following transactions are not prohibited transfers for value: (i) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights; and (ii) a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the voting interests are owned by Family Members (or the Participant) in exchange for an interest in that entity.

 

10.                                Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events.

 

(a)           Mandatory Adjustments . In the event of a merger, consolidation, stock rights offering, statutory share exchange or similar event affecting Laureate (each, a “ Corporate Event ”) or a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, separation, spinoff, reorganization, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, share combination or subdivision, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of Laureate (each, a “ Share Change ”) that occurs at any time after adoption of this Plan by the Board (including any such Corporate Event or Share Change that occurs after such adoption and coincident with or prior to the Effective Date), the Administrator shall make equitable and appropriate substitutions or proportionate adjustments to (i) the aggregate number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities on which Awards under the Plan may be granted to Eligible Individuals, (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock or other securities that may be issued with respect to Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan, (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities covered by each outstanding Award and the exercise price, base price or other price per share, if any, and other relevant terms of each outstanding Award, and (iv) all other numerical limitations relating to Awards, whether contained in this Plan or in Award Agreements; provided , however , that any fractional shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated.

 

(b)           Discretionary Adjustments . In the case of Corporate Events, the Administrator may make such other adjustments to outstanding Awards as it determines to be appropriate and desirable, which adjustments may include, without limitation, (i) the cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for payments of cash, securities or other property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal  to the value of such Awards, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion (it being understood that in the case of a Corporate Event with respect to which stockholders of Laureate receive   consideration other than publicly traded equity securities of the ultimate surviving entity, any such determination by the Administrator that the value of a stock option or stock appreciation right shall for this purpose be deemed to equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration being paid for each  share of Common Stock pursuant to such Corporate Event over the exercise price or base price of such stock option or stock appreciation right shall conclusively be deemed valid and that any stock option or stock appreciation right may be cancelled for no consideration upon a Corporate Event if its exercise   price or base price does not exceed the value of the consideration being paid for each share of Common

 

10



 

Stock pursuant to such Corporate Event), (ii) the substitution of securities or other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of Laureate and securities of entities other than Laureate) for the shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the substitution of equivalent awards, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, of the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof (“ Substitute Awards ”).

 

(c)           Adjustments to Performance Goals . The Administrator may, in its discretion, adjust the Performance Goals applicable to any Awards to reflect any unusual or non-recurring events and other extraordinary items, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles or as identified in Laureate’s consolidated financial statements, notes to the consolidated financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis or other Laureate filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If the Administrator determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of Laureate or the applicable subsidiary, business segment or other operational unit of Laureate or any such entity or segment, or the manner in which any of the foregoing conducts its business, or other events or circumstances, render the Performance Goals to be unsuitable, the Administrator may modify such Performance Goals or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Administrator deems appropriate and equitable.

 

(d)           Statutory Requirements Affecting Adjustments . Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) any adjustments made pursuant to Section 10 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; (B) any adjustments made pursuant to Section 10 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that after such adjustment, the Awards either (1) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; (C) in any event, the Administrator shall not have the authority to make any adjustments pursuant to Section 10 to the extent  the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code at the date of grant to be subject thereto; and (D) any adjustments made pursuant to Section 10 to Awards that are Incentive Stock Options shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(e)           Liquidation. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, all Awards outstanding under the Plan shall terminate upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Laureate.

 

11.                                Change in Control Provisions.

 

(a)           Termination of Awards . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11(b), in the event that any transaction resulting in a Change in Control occurs, outstanding Awards will terminate upon the effective time of such Change in Control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of such Awards by, or for the issuance therefor of Substitute Awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof. Solely with respect to Awards that will terminate as a result of the immediately preceding sentence and except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement:

 

(i)            the outstanding Awards of stock options and stock appreciation rights the vesting or exercisability conditions on which are then solely time-based and not subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such Awards would have vested and become exercisable on or prior to the third anniversary of the effective time of such Change in Control had these Awards not  been terminated pursuant to this Section 11(a) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the effective time of the Change in Control, become exercisable and the holders of such Awards will be permitted, immediately before the Change in Control, to exercise the Awards;

 

11



 

(ii)           the outstanding Awards of stock options and stock appreciation rights the vesting or exercisability conditions on which are then subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such Awards would have otherwise vested and become exercisable had the Company   achieved the target Performance Goals in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective time of such Change in Control (other than any portion of those Awards which would have vested during said time period only pursuant to any catch-up provisions in the  Award Agreements) had these Awards not been terminated pursuant to this Section 11(a) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the effective time of the Change in Control, become exercisable and the holders of such Awards will be permitted, immediately before the Change in Control, to exercise the Awards;

 

(iii)          the outstanding shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which the vesting, forfeiture risk or lapse restrictions thereon is then solely time-based and not subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such shares would have become vested and free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions on or prior to the third anniversary of the effective time of such Change in Control had these Awards not been terminated pursuant to this Section 11(a) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the effective time of the Change in Control, become vested, free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions and the shares of Restricted Stock that remain unvested after giving effect to the foregoing shall be forfeited for no consideration;

 

(iv)          the outstanding shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which the vesting, forfeiture risk or lapse restrictions thereon is then subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such shares would have become vested and free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions had  the Company achieved the target Performance Goals in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective time of such Change in Control (other than any portion of those Awards which would have vested during said time period only pursuant to any catch-up provisions in the Award Agreements) had these Awards not been terminated pursuant to this Section 11(a) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the effective time of the Change in Control, become vested, free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions and the shares of Restricted Stock that remain unvested, if any, after giving effect to the foregoing shall be forfeited for no consideration;

 

(v)           the outstanding Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units with respect to which the vesting or earning thereof is then solely time-based and not subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such Awards would have become vested or earned on or prior to the third anniversary of the effective time of such Change in Control had these Awards not been terminated pursuant to this Section 11(a) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the effective time of the Change in Control, become vested and earned and shall be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock (consistent with the terms of the Award Agreement after taking into account the effect of the Change in Control transaction on the shares) as promptly as is practicable, subject to any applicable limitations imposed thereon by  Section 409A of the Code and the unearned balance, if any, of such Awards after giving effect to the foregoing shall be forfeited for no consideration; and

 

(vi)          the outstanding Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units with respect to which the vesting or earning thereof is then subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such Awards would have become vested or earned had the Company achieved the target Performance Goals in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective time of such Change in Control (other than any portion of those Awards which would have vested during said time period only pursuant to any catch-up provisions in the Award Agreements) had these Awards not been terminated pursuant to this Section 11(a) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the effective time of the Change in Control, become vested and earned and shall be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock (consistent with the terms of the Award Agreement after taking into account the effect of the Change in Control transaction on the shares) as promptly as is practicable, subject to any applicable limitations imposed

 

12



 

thereon by Section 409A of the Code and the unearned balance, if any, of such Awards after giving effect to the foregoing shall be forfeited for no consideration.

 

Implementation of the provisions of this Section 11(a) shall be conditioned upon consummation of the Change in Control.

 

(b)           Continuation, Assumption or Substitution of Awards . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, if a Change in Control occurs under which provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of outstanding Awards by, or for the issuance of Substitute Awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof, then upon the Termination of Service of a Participant by Laureate, an Affiliate, or a successor to Laureate or an Affiliate, coincident with or during the 18-month period following a Change in Control other than for Cause, total and permanent disability or death:

 

(i)            any outstanding Awards of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan to the Participant, and any such Substitute Awards, the vesting or exercisability conditions on which are then solely time-based and not subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such Awards would have vested and become exercisable on or prior to the third anniversary of the Participant’s Termination of Service assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the Participant’s Termination of Service, become exercisable and the holders of such Awards will be permitted to exercise the Awards within ninety (90) days thereafter or during such longer period of time specified in the Award Agreement with respect to the circumstances  that gave rise to the Participant’s Termination of Service;

 

(ii)           any outstanding Awards of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan to the Participant, and any such Substitute Awards, the vesting or exercisability conditions on which are then subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such Awards would have vested and become exercisable had the Company achieved the target Performance Goals in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the Participant’s Termination of Service (other than any portion of those Awards which would have vested during said time period only pursuant to any catch-up provisions in the Award Agreements) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the Participant’s Termination of Service, become exercisable and the holders of such Awards will be permitted to exercise the Awards within ninety (90) days thereafter or during such longer period of time specified in the Award Agreement with respect to the circumstances that gave rise to the Participant’s Termination of Service;

 

(iii)          the outstanding shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan to the Participant, and any such Substitute Awards, with respect to which the vesting, forfeiture risk or lapse restrictions thereon is then solely time-based and not subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such shares would have become vested and free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions on or prior to the third anniversary of the Participant’s Termination of Service assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the Participant’s Termination of Service, become vested, free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions and the shares of Restricted Stock that remain unvested after giving effect to the foregoing shall be forfeited for no consideration;

 

(iv)          the outstanding shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan to the Participant, and any such Substitute Awards, with respect to which the vesting, forfeiture risk or lapse restrictions thereon is then subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such shares would have become vested and free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions had the Company achieved the target Performance Goals in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the Participant’s Termination of Service (other than any portion of those Awards which would have vested during said time period only pursuant to any catch-up provisions in the Award Agreements) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the Participant’s Termination of Service, become vested, free of forfeiture risk and lapse restrictions and

 

13



 

the shares of Restricted Stock that remain unvested, if any, after giving effect to the foregoing shall be forfeited for no consideration;

 

(v)           the outstanding Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units granted under the Plan to the Participant, and any such Substitute Awards, with respect to which the vesting or earning thereof is then solely time-based and not subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such Awards would have become vested or earned on or prior to the third anniversary of the Participant’s Termination of Service assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the Participant’s Termination of Service, become vested and earned and shall be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock (consistent with the terms of the Award Agreement) as promptly as is practicable, subject to any applicable limitations imposed thereon by Section 409A of the Code and the unearned balance, if any, of such Awards after giving effect to the foregoing shall be forfeited for no consideration;

 

(vi)          the outstanding Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units granted under the Plan to the Participant, and any such Substitute Awards, with respect to which the vesting or earning thereof is then subject to achievement of Performance Goals shall, to the extent such Awards would have become vested or earned had the Company achieved the target Performance Goals in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the Participant’s Termination of Service (other than any portion of those Awards which would have vested during said time period only pursuant to any catch-up provisions in the Award Agreements) assuming the Participant remained an Eligible Individual throughout such time period, immediately before the Participant’s Termination of Service, become vested and earned and shall be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock (consistent with the terms of the Award Agreement) as promptly as is practicable, subject to any applicable limitations imposed thereon by Section 409A of the Code and the unearned balance, if any, of such Awards after giving effect to the foregoing shall be forfeited for no consideration; and

 

(vii)         subject to Section 15, the Administrator may also make additional adjustments and/or settlements of outstanding Awards granted to the Participant or any Substitute Awards as it deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan’s purposes.

 

(c)           Other Permitted Actions . In the event that any transaction resulting in a Change in  Control occurs, the Administrator may take any of the actions set forth in Section 10 with respect to any or all Awards granted under the Plan.

 

(d)           Section 409A Savings Clause . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Award is considered to be a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, this Section 11 shall apply to such Award only to the extent that its application would not result in the imposition of any tax or interest or the inclusion of any amount in income under Section 409A of the   Code.

 

12.                                Substitution of Awards in Mergers and Acquisitions.

 

Awards may be granted under the Plan from time to time in substitution for assumed awards held by employees, officers, consultants or directors of entities who become employees, officers, consultants  or directors of Laureate or a Subsidiary as the result of a merger or consolidation of the entity for which they perform services with Laureate or a Subsidiary, or the acquisition by Laureate or a Subsidiary of the assets or stock of the such entity. The terms and conditions of any Awards so granted may vary from the terms and conditions set forth herein to the extent that the Administrator deems appropriate at the time of grant to conform the Awards to the provisions of the assumed awards for which they are substituted and to preserve their intrinsic value as of the date of the merger, consolidation or acquisition transaction. To the extent permitted by applicable law and marketplace or listing rules of the primary securities market or exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading, any available shares under a stockholder-approved plan of an acquired company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction)

 

14



 

may be used for Awards granted pursuant to this Section 12 and, upon such grant, shall not reduce the Share Pool.

 

13.                                Compliance with Securities Laws; Listing and Registration.

 

(a)           The obligation of Laureate to sell or deliver Common Stock with respect to any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal, state and foreign (non-United States) securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Stock under the Plan is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or Federal, state or foreign (non-United States) securities laws, the right to exercise an Award or receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Stock under the Plan would or may violate the rules of any exchange on which Laureate’s securities are then listed for trade, the right to exercise an Award or receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery would not violate such rules. If the Administrator determines that the exercise or nonforfeitability of, or delivery of benefits pursuant to, any Award would violate any applicable provision of securities laws or the listing requirements of any stock exchange upon which any of Laureate’s equity securities are listed, then the Administrator may postpone any such exercise, nonforfeitability or delivery, as applicable, but Laureate shall use all reasonable efforts to cause such exercise, nonforfeitability or delivery to comply with all such provisions at the earliest practicable date.

 

(b)           Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Administrator  determines, in its absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign (non-United States) law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Common  Stock, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Common Stock issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Administrator.

 

(c)           In the event that the disposition of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Common Stock shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Administrator may require a person receiving Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Common Stock, to represent to Laureate in writing that the Common Stock acquired by such person is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution and that such person will not dispose of the Common Stock so acquired in violation of Federal, state or foreign securities laws and furnish such information as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be appropriate to permit the Company to issue the Common Stock in compliance with applicable Federal, state or foreign securities laws.

 

14.                                Section 409A Compliance.

 

It is the intention of Laureate that any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid the imposition of any tax or interest or the inclusion of any amount in income pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, and the terms of each such Award shall be construed, administered and deemed amended, if applicable, in a manner consistent with this intention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Laureate nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of its or their directors, officers, employees, agents or other service providers will be liable for any taxes, penalties or interest imposed on any Participant or other person with respect to any amounts paid or payable (whether in  cash, shares of Common Stock or other property) under any Award, including any taxes, penalties or

 

15


 

interest imposed under or as a result of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments described in an Award that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. For purposes of any Award, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to a Participant that constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, the payment of Dividend Equivalents under any Award shall be construed as earnings and the time and form of payment of such Dividend Equivalents shall be treated separately from the time and form of payment of the underlying Award. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, any payments (whether in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property) to be made with respect to the Award that become payable on account of the Participant’s separation from service, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, while the Participant is a “specified employee” (as determined in accordance with the uniform policy adopted by the Administrator with respect to all of the arrangements subject to Section 409A of the Code maintained by Laureate and its Subsidiaries) and which would otherwise be paid within six months after the Participant’s separation from service shall be accumulated (without interest) and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service or, if earlier, within 15 days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Participant’s estate following the Participant’s death. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Administrator exercise its discretion to accelerate the payment or settlement of an Award where such payment or settlement constitutes deferred compensation within the meaning of Code section 409A unless, and solely to the extent that, such accelerated payment or settlement is permissible under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4).

 

15.                                Plan Duration; Amendment and Discontinuance.

 

(a)           Plan Duration . The Plan shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board or the Compensation Committee to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, until the earlier of (a) the earliest date as of which all Awards granted under the Plan have been satisfied in full or terminated and no shares of Common Stock approved for issuance under the Plan remain available to be granted under  new Awards or (b) June 12, 2023. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after such termination date. Subject to other applicable provisions of the Plan, all Awards made under the Plan on or before June 12, 2023, or such earlier termination of the Plan, shall remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the Plan and the terms of such Awards.

 

(b)           Amendment and Discontinuance of the Plan . The Board or the Compensation  Committee may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would materially impair the rights of a Participant with respect to a previously  granted Award without such Participant’s consent, except such an amendment made to comply with applicable law or rule of any securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading or to prevent adverse tax or accounting consequences to Laureate or the Participant. Except as otherwise determined by the Board or Compensation Committee, termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

(c)           Amendment of Awards . The Administrator may unilaterally amend the terms of any Award granted under the Plan, but no such amendment shall materially impair the rights of any Participant with respect to an Award without the Participant’s consent, except such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to comply with applicable law, applicable rule of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading, or to prevent adverse tax or accounting consequences for the Participant or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, an amendment to an Award that results in a change in the tax consequences of the Award to the Participant shall not be considered to be a material impairment of the rights of the Participant and shall not require the Participant’s consent.

 

16



 

16.                                General Provisions.

 

(a)           Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement thereunder shall confer any right on an individual to continue in the service of Laureate or any Subsidiary or shall interfere in any way with the right of Laureate or any Subsidiary to terminate such service at any time with or without cause or notice, subject to applicable law, and whether or not such termination results in (i) the failure of any Award to vest or become payable; (ii) the forfeiture of any unvested or vested portion of any Award; and/or (iii) any other adverse effect on the individual’s interests under any Award or the Plan. No person, even though deemed an Eligible Individual, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. To the extent that an Eligible Individual who is an employee of a Subsidiary receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that Laureate is the Participant’s employer or that the Participant has an employment relationship with Laureate.

 

(b)           No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between Laureate and a Participant or any other person. To the extent that any Participant or other person acquires a right to receive payments from Laureate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of Laureate.

 

(c)           Status of Awards. Awards shall be special incentive payments to the Participant and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for purposes of determining any pension, retirement, death, severance, end-of-service or other benefit under (a) any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, insurance, severance or other employee benefit plan of Laureate or any Subsidiary now or hereafter in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation or (b) any agreement between (i) Laureate or any Subsidiary and (ii) the Participant, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.

 

(d)           Subsidiary Employees . In the case of a grant of an Award to an Eligible Individual who provides services to any Subsidiary, Laureate may, if the Administrator so directs, issue or transfer the shares of Common Stock, if any, covered by the Award to the Subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Administrator may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the shares of Common Stock to the Eligible Individual in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All shares of Common Stock underlying Awards that are forfeited or canceled after such issue or transfer of shares to the Subsidiary shall revert to Laureate.

 

(e)           Governing Law and Interpretation. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, of Award Agreements entered into pursuant to the Plan, and of any rules, regulations, determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to the Plan or such Award Agreements, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest therein or thereunder, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with applicable United States federal laws and the laws of the State of  Maryland, without regard to its conflict of laws principles. The captions of the Plan are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

 

(f)            Use of English Language. The Plan, each Award Agreement, and all other documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant to an Award shall be written in English, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. If a Participant receives an Award Agreement, a copy of the Plan or any other documents related to an Award translated into a language other than English, and if the meaning of the translated version is different from the English version, the English version shall control.

 

(g)           Recovery of Amounts Paid. Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator, Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to any and all policies, guidelines, codes of conduct, or other agreement or arrangement adopted by the Board or Compensation Committee with respect to the

 

17



 

recoupment, recovery or clawback of compensation (collectively, the “Recoupment Policy”) and/or to any provisions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement under which Laureate may recover from current and former Participants any amounts paid or shares of Common Stock issued under an Award and any proceeds therefrom under such circumstances as the Administrator determines appropriate. The Administrator may apply the Recoupment Policy to Awards granted before the policy is adopted to the extent required by applicable law or rule of any securities exchange or market on which shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted for trading, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(h)           Repurchase of Shares . The Administrator in its sole discretion may, but need not, from time to time extend an offer (each, a “ Repurchase Offer ”) on behalf of the Company to holders of shares  of Common Stock that were or will be acquired or received under an Award (“ Award Shares ”)(which holders may include Family Members who received their Award Shares pursuant to a transfer effectuated in compliance with Section 9 of the Plan) to purchase some or all of their Award Shares under such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, including without limitation the purchase date, purchase price, timing, medium and method of payment, holders to whom the offer is to be made, and allocation of shares to be purchased in the event of an oversubscription of the offer; provided , however , that no such Repurchase Offer shall apply to any Award Share that on the designated purchase date is unearned, unvested, or subject to a risk of forfeiture or other lapse restriction unless the Administrator accelerates the vesting and/or waives the earning conditions, risks of forfeiture and other restrictions on such Award Share; and provided, further, that no such Repurchase Offer shall extend to an Award Share if the purchase thereof would result in the imposition under Section 409A of the Code of any additional tax or underpayment interest liability. Shares of Common Stock that are acquired by the Company under a Repurchase Option shall not restore to the Share Pool except as otherwise provided under Section   5(b)(v) and/or Section 5(b)(vi).

 

17.                                Glossary.

 

Under this Plan, except where the context otherwise indicates, the following definitions apply:

 

(a)           “Administrator” means the Compensation Committee, or such other committee(s) or officer(s) duly appointed by the Board or the Compensation Committee to administer the Plan or delegated limited authority to perform administrative actions under the Plan, and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board or the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that at any time the Board may serve as the Administrator in lieu of or in addition to the Compensation Committee or such other committee(s) or officer(s) to whom administrative authority has been delegated. With respect to any Award to which Section 16 of the Exchange Act applies, the Administrator shall consist of either the Board or a committee of the Board, which committee shall consist of two or more directors, each of whom is intended to be, to the extent required by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and an “independent director” to the extent required by the rules of the national securities exchange that is the principal trading market for the Common Stock. Any member of the Administrator who does not meet the foregoing requirements shall abstain from any decision regarding an Award and shall not be considered a member of the Administrator to the extent required to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

(b)           “ Affiliate ” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Laureate or any successor to Laureate. For this purpose, “ control ” shall mean ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock or interests of the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)           “ Award ” means any stock option, stock appreciation right, stock award, stock unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, and/or Other Stock-Based Award, whether granted under this Plan or the 2007 Plan.

 

18



 

(d)           “Award Agreement” means the written document(s), including an electronic writing acceptable to the Administrator, and any notice, addendum or supplement thereto, memorializing the terms and conditions of an Award granted pursuant to the Plan and which shall incorporate the terms of the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Board ” means the Board of Directors of Laureate.

 

(f)            “ Cause ” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Participant and Laureate, any of its Affiliates or a successor to Laureate or an Affiliate, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance by the Participant in connection with the performance of his duties with respect to Laureate, any of its Affiliates  or a successor to Laureate or an Affiliate, (ii) conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony, (iii) theft, embezzlement, fraud or other similar conduct by the Participant in connection with the performance of his or her duties with Laureate, any of its Affiliates or a successor to Laureate or an Affiliate, or (iv) a willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements with Laureate, any of its Affiliates or a successor to Laureate or an Affiliate including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

 

(g)           “ Change in Control ” means the first of the following to occur: (i) a Change in Ownership  of Laureate or Wengen, or (ii) a Change in the Ownership of Assets of Laureate, as described herein and construed in accordance with Code section 409A.

 

(i)            A “Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen” shall occur on the date that any one Person acquires, or Persons Acting as a Group acquire, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, ownership of:

 

(A)           the capital stock of Laureate that, together with the stock held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate. However, if any one Person is, or Persons Acting as a Group are, considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership of Laureate or to cause a Change in Effective Control of Laureate (as described below). An increase in the percentage of capital stock owned by any one Person, or Persons Acting as a Group, as a result of a transaction in which Laureate acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock; or

 

(B)          partnership interests of Wengen that, together with the partnership interests held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the partnership interests of Wengen. However, if any one Person is, or Persons Acting as a Group are, considered under the Wengen Limited Partnership Agreement, as the same is in effect from time to time, to own two percent (2%) or more of the partnership interests of Wengen on the effective date of this Plan, the acquisition of additional partnership interests by the same Person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen.

 

(ii)           A “Change in the Ownership of Assets of Laureate” shall occur on the date that any one Person acquires, or Persons Acting as a Group acquire (or has or have acquired during the 12- month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons), assets from Laureate that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 80% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of Laureate immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of Laureate, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

19



 

The following rules of construction apply in interpreting the definition of Change in Control:

 

(A)          A Person means any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than (1) employee benefit plans sponsored or maintained by Laureate and by entities controlled by Laureate, (2) Wengen or entities controlled by Wengen, or (3) an underwriter of the capital stock of Laureate in a registered public offering.

 

(B)          Persons will be considered to be Persons Acting as a Group (or Group) if they are  owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the corporation. If a Person owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a Group with other shareholders only with respect to the ownership in that corporation before the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation. Persons will not be considered to be acting as a Group solely because they purchase assets of the same corporation at the same time or purchase or own stock of the same corporation at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering.

 

(C)          A Change in Control shall not include a transfer of assets to a related person as described in Code section 409A or a public offering of capital stock of Laureate.

 

(D)          For purposes of the definition of Change in Control, Section 318(a) of the Code applies to determine stock ownership. Stock underlying a vested option is considered owned by the individual who holds the vested option (and the stock underlying an unvested option is not considered owned by the individual who holds the unvested option). For purposes of the preceding sentence, however, if a vested option is exercisable for stock that is not substantially vested (as defined by Treasury Regulation §1.83- 3(b) and (j)), the stock underlying the option is not treated as owned by the individual who holds the option.

 

(h)           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto, the Treasury Regulations thereunder and other relevant interpretive guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the Treasury Department. Reference to any specific section of the Code shall be deemed to include such regulations and guidance, as well as any successor section, regulations and guidance.

 

(i)            “Common Stock” means shares of common stock of Laureate, par value $0.001 per share, and any capital securities into which they are converted.

 

(j)            “ Company ” means Laureate and its Subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires.

 

(k)                                  “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

(l)            “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a right, granted to a Participant, to receive cash, Common Stock, stock Units or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Common Stock.

 

(m)          “ Effective Date ” means the date on which adoption of the Plan is approved by the stockholders of Laureate.

 

(n)           “ Eligible Individuals ” means (i) officers and employees of, and other individuals, including non-employee directors, who are natural persons providing bona fide services to or for, Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for Laureate’s

 

20



 

securities, and (ii) prospective officers, employees and service providers who have accepted offers of employment or other service relationship from Laureate or a Subsidiary.

 

(o)           “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. Reference to any specific section of the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include such regulations and guidance issued thereunder, as well as any successor section,  regulations and guidance.

 

(p)            “Fair Market Value ” means, on a per Share basis as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator:

 

(i)            if the principal market for the Common Stock (as determined by the Administrator if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on more than one exchange or market) is a national securities exchange or an established securities market, the official closing price per share of Common Stock for the regular market session on that date on the principal exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading or, if no sale is reported for that date, on the last preceding day on which a sale was reported, all as reported by such source as the Administrator may select;

 

(ii)           if the principal market for the Common Stock is not a national securities exchange or an established securities market, but the Common Stock is quoted by a national quotation system, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Common Stock on that date as reported on a national quotation system or, if no prices are reported for that date, on the last preceding day on which prices were reported, all as reported by such source as the Administrator may select; or

 

(iii)          if the Common Stock is neither listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange or an established securities market, nor quoted by a national quotation system, the value determined by the Administrator in good faith by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method, which method may, but need not, include taking into account an appraisal of the fair market value of the Common Stock conducted by a nationally recognized appraisal firm selected by the Administrator.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, for foreign, federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes and for such other purposes as the Administrator deems appropriate, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by it from time to time.

 

(q)           “ Full Value Award ” means an Award that results in Laureate transferring the full value of  a share of Common Stock under the Award, whether or not an actual share of stock is issued. Full Value Awards shall include, but are not limited to, stock awards, stock units, Performance Shares, Performance Units that are payable in Common Stock, and Other Stock-Based Awards for which Laureate transfers the full value of a share of Common Stock under the Award, but shall not include Dividend Equivalents.

 

(r)            “ Incentive Stock Option ” means any stock option that is designated, in the applicable Award Agreement or the resolutions of the Administrator under which the stock option is granted, as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements to be an “incentive stock option” set forth in Section 422 of the Code.

 

(s)                                    Nonqualified Option ” means any stock option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(t)            “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award of Common Stock or any other Award that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is otherwise based upon, shares of Common Stock, including without limitation Dividend Equivalents and convertible debentures.

 

21



 

(u)           “ Participant ” means an Eligible Individual to whom one or more Awards are or have been granted pursuant to the Plan and have not been fully settled or cancelled and, following the death of any such person, his successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.

 

(v)           “ Performance Award ” means a Full Value Award, the grant, vesting, lapse of restrictions or settlement of which is conditioned upon the achievement of performance objectives over a specified Performance Period and includes, without limitation, Performance Shares and Performance Units.

 

(w)          “ Performance Goals ” means the performance goals established by the Administrator in connection with the grant of Awards based on performance criteria selected by the Administrator.

 

(x)           “ Performance Period ” means that period established by the Administrator during which any Performance Goals specified by the Administrator with respect to such Award are to be measured.

 

(y)           “ Performance Shares ” means a grant of stock or stock Units the issuance, vesting or payment of which is contingent on performance as measured against predetermined objectives over a specified Performance Period.

 

(z)           “ Performance Units ” means a grant of dollar-denominated Units the value, vesting or payment of which is contingent on performance against predetermined objectives over a specified Performance Period.

 

(aa)         “ Plan ” means this Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(bb)         “ Laureate ” means Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

(cc)         “ Restricted Stock ” means an Award of shares of Common Stock to a Participant that may be subject to certain transferability and other restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture (including by reason of not satisfying certain Performance Goals).

 

(dd)         “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right granted to a Participant to receive shares of Common Stock or cash at the end of a specified period, which right may be conditioned on the satisfaction of certain requirements (including the satisfaction of certain Performance Goals).

 

(ee)         “ Restriction Period ” means, with respect to Full Value Awards, the period commencing on the date of grant of such Award to which vesting or transferability and other restrictions and a risk of forfeiture apply and ending upon the expiration of the applicable vesting conditions, transferability and other restrictions and lapse of risk of forfeiture and/or the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals (it being understood that the Administrator may provide that vesting shall occur and/or restrictions shall lapse with respect to portions of the applicable Award during the Restriction Period).

 

(ff)          “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity in an unbroken chain of corporations  or other entities beginning with Laureate if each of the corporations or other entities, or group of commonly controlled corporations or other entities, other than the last corporation or other entity in the unbroken chain then owns stock or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in such chain or otherwise has the power to direct the management and policies of the entity by contract or by means of appointing a majority of the members of the board or other body that controls the affairs of the entity; provided, however, that solely for purposes of determining whether a Participant has a Termination of Service that is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the   Code or whether an Eligible Individual is eligible to be granted an Award that in the hands of such Eligible Individual would constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of

 

22



 

Section 409A of the Code , a “Subsidiary” of a corporation or other entity means all other entities with which such corporation or other entity would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code.

 

(gg)         “ 2007 Plan ” means Laureate’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries.

 

(hhi)        “ Tax Withholding Obligation ” means any federal, state, local or foreign (non-United States) income, employment or other tax or social insurance contribution required by applicable law to be withheld in respect of Awards.

 

(ii)           “ Termination of Service ” means the termination of the Participant’s employment or consultancy with, or performance of services for, Laureate and its Subsidiaries. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among Laureate and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered Terminations of Service. With respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, “Termination of Service” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A of the Code to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code to avoid the imposition of any tax or interest or the inclusion of any amount in income pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. A Participant has a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code if the Participant terminates employment with Laureate and all Subsidiaries for any reason. A Participant will generally be treated as having terminated employment with Laureate and all Subsidiaries as of a certain date if the Participant  and the entity that employs the Participant reasonably anticipate that the Participant will perform no  further services for Laureate or any Subsidiary after such date or that the level of bona fide services that the Participant will perform after such date (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20 percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36- month period (or the full period of services if the Participant has been providing services for fewer than 36 months); provided, however, that the employment relationship is treated as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, so long as the Participant retains the right to reemployment with Laureate or any Subsidiary.

 

(jj)           “ Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry used by Laureate to record and account for the grant of the following Awards until such time as the Award is paid, cancelled, forfeited or terminated, as the case may be: stock units, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, and Performance Shares that are expressed in terms of units of Common Stock.

 

(kk)         “ Wengen ” means Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the province of Alberta, Canada.

 

23



 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS FOR CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS

 

With respect to Awards granted to California residents prior to Laureate’s consummation of an initial public offering of its equity securities that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, and only to the extent required by applicable law, the following provisions shall apply notwithstanding anything in the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary:

 

1.             With respect to any Award granted in the form of a stock option pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Plan:

 

(a)           The exercise period shall be no more than 120 months from the date the option is granted.

 

(b)           The options shall be non-transferable other than by last will and testament, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if and to the extent permitted under the Award Agreement, to a revocable trust or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act (17 C.F.R. §230.701).

 

(c)           Unless employment is terminated for “cause” as defined by applicable law, the terms of the Plan or Award Agreement, or a contract of employment, the right to exercise the option in the event of termination of employment, to the extent that the Award recipient is entitled to exercise on the date employment terminates, will continue until the earlier of the option expiration date, or:

 

(1)  At least 6 months from the date of termination if termination was caused by death or disability.

 

(2)  At least 30 days from the date of termination if termination was caused by other than death or disability.

 

2.             With respect to an Award, granted pursuant to Section 7(f) of the Plan, that provides the Award recipient the right to purchase stock, the Award shall be non-transferable other than by last will and testament, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if and to the extent permitted under the Award Agreement, to a revocable trust or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act (17 C.F.R. §230.701).

 

3.             Security holders representing a majority of Laureate’s outstanding securities entitled to vote must approve the Plan by the later of (a) 12 months after the date the Plan is initially adopted by the Board or (b) 12 months after the first granting of an Award to a resident of California. Any option exercised or any securities purchased pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan before such security holder approval is obtained shall be rescinded if such security holder approval is not obtained within the period described in the preceding sentence. Securities that become outstanding through exercise of an option granted under the Plan to a resident of California or purchased pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan to a resident of California shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained.

 

4.             Laureate will provide financial statements to each Award recipient resident in California annually during the period such individual has Awards outstanding, but only to the extent such disclosure is required under Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Laureate will not be required to provide such financial statements to Award recipients when the Plan complies with all conditions of Rule 701 of the Securities Act (17 C.F.R. 230.701); provided that for purposes of determining such compliance, any registered domestic partner shall be considered a “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701.

 

A- 1



 

5.             The Plan is intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 25102(o), including without limitation any   provision of this Plan that is more restrictive than would be permitted by Section 25102(o) as amended from time to time, shall, without further act or amendment by the Board, be reformed to comply with the provisions of Section 25102(o) without being more restrictive thereof. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Stock under the Plan is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or federal or state securities laws, the right to exercise an Award or receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. Laureate shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Common Stock under federal or state laws.

 

{ end of document }

 

2



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. 2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This First Amendment to the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (this “First Amendment”), effective as of September 17, 2015, is made and entered into by Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”). Terms used in this Amendment with initial capital letters that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Article  15 of the Plan provides that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may amend the Plan at any time; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board desires to amend the Plan, to increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to Awards that may be granted under the Plan as set forth in Article 5 of the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board intends to submit this Amendment to the Company’s shareholders for approval.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in accordance with Article 15 of the Plan, the Company hereby amends the Plan as follows:

 

1.     Section 5(a) of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting said section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following new Section 5(a):

 

5(a)           Initial Share Pool.  As of the effective date of the First Amendment, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to Awards that may be granted under the Plan (the “Share Pool”) shall be equal to the sum of (i) 33,174,120 shares plus (ii) the number of unallocated shares of Common Stock available for issuance as of the Effective Date under Laureate’ s 2007 Plan that are not then subject to outstanding Awards.

 

2.     This Amendment shall be effective on the date first set forth above. In the event shareholder approval of this Amendment is not obtained within twelve (12) months of the date the Board approved this Amendment, the additional shares added to the Plan pursuant to this Amendment shall not be available for grant as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

3.     Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Senior Vice-President, General Counsel and Secretary

 




Exhibit 10.34

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of             (the “ Grant Date ”) is made by and between Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (hereinafter referred to as “ Laureate ”), and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an Eligible Individual, hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”.  Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  You must return an executed copy of this Stock Option Agreement and the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement delivered to you with this Stock Option Agreement to the Company within 30 days of the date hereof.  If you fail to do so, the Options may be forfeited, at the sole election of the Administrator.

 

WHEREAS, Laureate wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Administrator has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of Laureate and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during the Optionee’s service relationship with the Company, and has advised Laureate thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.   Annual Equity Value Target

 

“Annual Equity Value Target” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A).

 

Section 1.2.   Cause

 

“Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment or service agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment or service between the Optionee and the Company, or, if there is no such employment or service agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance by the Optionee in connection with the performance of his duties with respect to the Company, (ii) conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony, (iii) theft, embezzlement, fraud or other similar conduct by the Optionee in connection with the performance of his or her duties with the Company, or (iv) a willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements

 



 

with the Company including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

 

Section 1.3.   Company

 

“Company” shall mean Laureate and its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 1.4.   Eligible Individual

 

“Eligible Individual” shall mean (i) an officer or employee of, and other individual, including a non-employee director, who is a natural person providing bona fide services to or for, Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for Laureate’s securities.

 

Section 1.5.   Equity Value

 

“Equity Value” shall have the meaning set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.6.   Fiscal Year

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean the twelve month period ending December 31 of any given calendar year.

 

Section 1.7.   Good Leaving

 

“Good Leaving” shall mean the voluntary termination of employment with the Company by the Optionee after the Company has consummated an initial public offering of its common stock but only if (a) the Optionee has been in the continuous employment of the Company for a period of five years on the date the Optionee’s voluntary termination becomes effective; and (b) the Optionee has provided the Company with no less than six months’ written notice of the Optionee’s intention to voluntarily terminate employment.  For the avoidance of doubt, service with the Company in any capacity other than as an employee of the Company will not be counted toward the requisite five year period of continuous employment nor will employment with any entity prior to the Company’s acquisition of such entity be counted toward the requisite five year period of continuous employment.

 

2



 

Section 1.8.   Good Reason   [ONLY APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN OPTIONEES]

 

“Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Optionee and Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the consent of the Optionee, (i) a reduction in base salary (other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees), (ii) a substantial diminution in the Optionee’s title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith, or (iii) a transfer of the Optionee’s primary workplace by more than fifty (50) miles from his or her current workplace; provided, however, that in any event, such conduct is not cured within ten (10) business days after the Optionee gives the Company notice of such event.

 

Section 1.9.   Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option and the Performance Option granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.10.   Permanent Disability

 

“Permanent Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Permanent Disability” shall mean a total and permanent disability as defined in the long-term disability plan of Laureate or the Subsidiary, as applicable, with which the Optionee is employed on the date as of which the existence of a Permanent Disability is to be determined.

 

Section 1.11.   Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the signature page hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.12.   Retirement

 

“Retirement” shall mean the voluntary termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company if (a) the Optionee has provided the Company with no less than twelve months’ written notice of the Optionee’s intention to terminate employment; and (b) on the effective date of Optionee’s termination of employment, the sum of (1) the length of time the Optionee has been in the continuous employment of Company (which must be no fewer than five (5) years) and (2) the age of the Optionee equals seventy (70).  For the avoidance of doubt, service with the Company in any capacity other than as an employee of the Company will not be counted toward the determination of the Optionee’s length of continuous employment nor will employment with any entity prior to the Company’s acquisition of such entity be counted toward the requisite five year period of continuous employment.

 

Section 1.13.   Secretary

 

“Secretary” shall mean the Secretary of Laureate.

 

3



 

Section 1.14.   Share

 

“Share” shall mean a share of Common Stock.

 

Section 1.15.   Subsidiary

 

“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other entity in an unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with Laureate if each of the corporations or other entities, or group of commonly controlled corporations or other entities, other than the last corporation or other entity in the unbroken chain then owns stock or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in such chain or otherwise has the power to direct the management and policies of the entity by contract or by means of appointing a majority of the members of the board or other body that controls the affairs of the entity.

 

Section 1.16.   Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the signature page hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.   Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, Laureate grants to the Optionee the following stock options (which in the aggregate are referred to herein as the “Option”): (a) the Time Option and (b) the Performance Option, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.   Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price per share of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option (the “Exercise Price”) shall be as set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

Section 2.3.   No Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment or service of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or notice, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment or service agreement with or offer letter provided by the Company to the Optionee and subject to applicable law.  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall serve as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge the Optionee at any time with or without cause or notice, subject to applicable law, and

 

4



 

whether or not such discharge results in the failure of any portion of the Option to become exercisable or any other adverse effect on the Optionee’s interests under the Plan.

 

Section 2.4.   Nonqualified Nature of the Options

 

The Option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code section 422, and this Agreement shall be so construed.

 

Section 2.5.   Adjustments to Option

 

The Option shall be subject to the adjustment provisions of Sections 10, 11 and 12 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE III

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.   Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)           So long as the Optionee continues to be an Eligible Individual performing bona fide services to or for the Company through the applicable vesting date(s), the Option shall become vested and exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)            Time Option .  The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to the following percentage of Shares subject to the Time Option pursuant to the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

 

Percentage of Shares subject to
the Time Option that will become vested:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)           Performance Option .

 

(A)          The Performance Option shall be eligible to become vested and exercisable with respect to the following percentage of Shares subject to the Performance Option (each such percentage of Shares identified below, an “ Option Tranche ”) upon the Administrator’s determination that the Company has attained the applicable Equity Value Target in the applicable Fiscal Year (each, an “Annual Equity Value Target”), as follows:

 

If, in this
Fiscal Year:

 

The Company achieves this Equity
Value Target:

 

Then this Percentage of Shares subject to the
Performance Option will vest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5



 

(B)(1)     Notwithstanding anything set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) above, in the event that the Annual Equity Value Target is not achieved in a Fiscal Year listed in the table set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) above (any such Fiscal Year, a “ Missed Year ” and the five Fiscal Years so listed, collectively, the “ Initial Target Years ”), then, during the Initial Target Years and through the end of the third Fiscal Year thereafter (each, an “ Additional Year ” and, the three year period, the “ Catch Up Term ”), the Option Tranche(s) that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to achieve the Annual Equity Value Target in such Missed Year shall nevertheless vest and become exercisable if the Annual Equity Value Target for any completed Fiscal Year that is subsequent to any Missed Year (a “ Subsequent Year Target ”), but within the Catch Up Term, is achieved.

 

(2)   The three Additional Year Annual Equity Value Targets are:

 

Fiscal Year:

 

Annual Equity Value Target:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)           Notwithstanding any of the foregoing set forth in Section 3.1(a) above, if the Optionee ceases, without Cause, to be an Eligible Individual coincident with or within eighteen (18) months after a Change in Control, the Option shall become exercisable as to 100% of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option immediately prior to the effective date of Optionee’s cessation of service as an Eligible Individual without Cause (but only to the extent such Option has not otherwise terminated or become exercisable).

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as set forth below in clause 3.1(d), no portion of the Option shall become exercisable as to any additional shares of Common Stock following the time the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Individual, and any portion of the Option which is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s cessation of service as an Eligible Individual shall immediately expire without payment therefor.

 

(d)           In the event that the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Individual performing bona fide services to or for the Company by reason of death or Permanent Disability, (i) any portion of the Time Option which would, but for the termination of eligibility, have vested during the calendar year during which the termination of eligibility occurred will vest on the date on

 

6



 

 which termination of eligibility occurs and the balance of the unvested portion of the Time Option shall terminate on the Optionee’s service termination date, (ii) any portion of the Performance Option which would, but for the termination of eligibility, have vested if the Annual Equity Value Target for the calendar year during which the termination of eligibility occurred is achieved will remain outstanding until the Administrator determines whether the applicable Annual Equity Value Target has been achieved and will become vested if and when the Administrator determines that the applicable Annual Equity Value Target has been achieved and will terminate on the date the Administrator determines that the applicable Annual Equity Value Target has not been achieved, and the balance of the unvested portion of the Performance Option shall terminate on the Optionee’s service termination date, and (iii) such portions of the Option which become vested pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) will thereafter be exercisable by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s estate, as applicable) during the time period prescribed in Section 3.2(d).  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 3.1(d) apply solely with respect to termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company by reason of death or Permanent Disability and do not apply to termination of service with the Company in any other capacity.

 

Section 3.2.   Expiration of Option

 

The Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)           The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date so long as the Optionee remains an Eligible Individual through such date;

 

(b)           The fifth anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of Retirement;

 

(c)           The second anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of Good Leaving;

 

(d)           The second anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Permanent Disability;

 

(e)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, ninety (90) days after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Individual by reason of the Optionee’s voluntary resignation or the Company’s termination of the employment or service relationship without Cause (for any reason other than as set forth in clause (b) above), or by reason of the entity for which services are performed by the Optionee ceasing to be Laureate or a Subsidiary;

 

(f)            Immediately upon the date the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Individual for Cause; or

 

(g)           At the discretion of the Company, if the Administrator so determines pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

 

7



 

ARTICLE IV

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.   Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise the Option or any portion thereof.  After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s last will and testament or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.   Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole shares of Common Stock only.

 

Section 4.3.   Manner of Exercise

 

The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Secretary or his office all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)           Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator;

 

(b)           (i) Full payment (in cash, by check or by a combination thereof) for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised or (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator in a manner that is compliant with the terms of the Plan, indication that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee reduced by a number of Shares having an equivalent Fair Market Value to the payment that would otherwise be made by the Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (b);

 

(c)           (i) Full payment (in cash, by check or by a combination thereof) to satisfy the withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised or (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator in a manner that is compliant with the terms of the Plan, indication that the Optionee elects to have the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Optionee upon exercise of such Option (or portion thereof) reduced by a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value, on the date of such exercise, equal to the payment to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation that would otherwise be required to be made by the Optionee to the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this subsection (c);

 

(d)           A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Administrator, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or

 

8



 

portion thereof, stating that the shares of Common Stock are being acquired for his or her own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the Shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Administrator may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)           In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it to the effect that any subsequent transfer of Shares acquired on exercise of the Option does not violate the Act, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such Shares.  Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein.  The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the Shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act, and such registration is then effective in respect of such Shares.

 

(f)            At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll or any other payment of any kind due to the Optionee and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for foreign (non-US), federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld, if any, which arise in connection with the Option.  The Company may require the Optionee to make a cash payment to cover any withholding tax obligation as a condition of exercise of the Option or issuance of Share upon exercise.

 

Section 4.4.   Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares, which have then been reacquired by Laureate.  Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  In its discretion, Laureate may deliver share certificates or may retain such Shares in uncertificated book-entry form.  Laureate shall not be required to issue Shares or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)           The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

9



 

(b)           The execution by the Optionee (and the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or the person to whom the Option or Shares are transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s last will and testament or the laws of descent and distribution, if applicable) of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and a Sale Participation Agreement; and

 

(c)           The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience or as may otherwise be required by applicable law.

 

Section 4.5.   Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of Laureate in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until certificates representing such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.4 or unless book entry representing such Shares has been made and such Shares have been deposited with the appropriate registered book-entry custodian.  Upon fulfillment of such conditions, Laureate shall be required to issue and deliver such certificate or certificates, unless book entry representing such Shares has been made and such Shares have been deposited with the appropriate registered book-entry custodian.

 

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.   Administration

 

The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Administrator shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option.  In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Administrator under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.   Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided , however , that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

10


 

Section 5.3.   Notices

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to Laureate in care of its Secretary, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the physical or electronic address given beneath his signature hereto.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him or it.  Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.  Any notice shall have been deemed duly given when (i) delivered in person, (ii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, (iii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with fees prepaid) in an office regularly maintained by FedEx, UPS, or comparable non-public mail carrier, or (iv) delivered by email to an electronic mail address provided by the Optionee.

 

Section 5.4.   Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.  The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 5.5.   Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee (or other proper holder of the Option) upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and a Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares.  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement or the Plan and the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Sale Participation Agreement, the terms of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or Sale Participation Agreement, as applicable, shall control.

 

Section 5.6.   Service and Employment Acknowledgments .

 

By accepting the Option and signing this Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges and agrees that:  (i) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, is discretionary in nature and may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement; (ii) the Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan; (iii) the award of Options is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future awards of Options, or compensation or benefits in lieu of Options, even if Options have been awarded repeatedly in the past; (iv) all determinations with respect to any such future awards, including, but not limited to, the times when Options shall be awarded or shall become vested or exercisable and the number of Options subject to each award, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator; (v) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment or service contract, if any;

 

11



 

(vi) the value of the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension, welfare or retirement benefits; (vii) the vesting of the Option ceases upon termination of service with the Company or transfer of employment from the Company, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (viii) the value of the Options and the underlying shares cannot be predicted with certainty and will change over time and the Company does not guarantee any future value; (ix) if the Optionee is not an employee of the Company, the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company; nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Optioneee any right to continue in the service of the Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Company to terminate the Optionee’s service as a director, an employee or consultant, as the case may be, at any time, subject to applicable law; the Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Optionee’s participation in the Plan or the Optionee’s acquisition or sale of the shares underlying the Option; and (x) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if the value of the Option or the underlying Shares decreases and in consideration for the grant of the Option the Optionee irrevocably releases the Company from any claim or entitlement to compensation or damages that does arise in connection with the Option.

 

Section 5.7.   Personal Data .

 

For purposes of the implementation, administration and management of the Option and the Plan or the effectuation of any acquisition, equity or debt financing, joint venture, merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, business combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of stock, sale of material assets or other similar corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Corporate Transaction”), the Optionee explicitly and unambiguously consents, by accepting this Agreement, to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Optionee’s personal data by and among the Company and its third party vendors or any potential party to a potential Corporate Transaction.  The Optionee understands that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social insurance number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job title or duties, salary and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and Options awarded, cancelled, vested and unvested) is held by the Company and may be transferred to any broker designated by the Administrator or third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Options or the Plan or the effectuation of a Corporate Transaction and the Optionee expressly authorizes such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data, in electronic or other form, by the recipient(s) for these purposes.  The Optionee understands that these recipients may be located in the Optionee’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Optionee’s country.  The Optionee understands that personal data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Option or Plan or effect a Corporate Transaction.  The Optionee understands that, to the extent required by applicable law, the Optionee may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Company’s Secretary.

 

12



 

The Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing the Optionee’s consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to accept an award of Options or otherwise participate in the Plan.

 

Section 5.8.   Electronic Delivery of Documents .

 

(a)           Methods of Delivery .  The Company may from time to time electronically deliver, via e-mail or posting on the Company’s website, this Agreement, information with respect to the Plan or the Option, any amendments to the Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders.  The Optionee may receive from the Company, at no cost, a paper copy of any electronically delivered documents by contacting the Secretary.

 

(b)           Consent and Acknowledgment .  By signing this Agreement, the Optionee (i) consents to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the Option and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders; (ii) acknowledges that the Optionee may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Optionee by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (iii) further acknowledges that the Optionee may revoke the Optionee’s consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (iv) further acknowledges that the Optionee understands that the Optionee is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

 

Section 5.9.   Risk and Financial Information Disclosure .

 

For purposes of claiming an exemption from registration under Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company may decide to provide the Optionee, every six months, with the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) under the Securities Act of 1933 (risk and financial information relating to the Company), with any such financial statements being not more than 180 days old.  Any such information may be provided either by physical or electronic delivery or by written notice of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information.  The Optionee may be required to execute an agreement to keep the information confidential as a condition precedent to the provision of the information.  Any such agreement shall be executed in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no initial or continuing obligation to provide the Optionee with the information described in this Section 5.9, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Section 5.10.   Amendment; Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided, however, that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the Option or Shares as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by the Optionee and the Company.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to any agreements regarding the equity-based incentive awards referenced on the Optionee’s signature page hereto and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements (including any change in control, executive retention, employment or other agreements regarding the vesting of

 

13



 

the equity-based incentive awards referenced on the Optionee’s signature page hereto, or payment of cash or Shares in respect of these equity-based awards upon a termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company or other termination of status as an Eligible Individual), discussions, understandings and negotiations, whether written or oral, with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Section 5.11.   Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of Maryland shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

 

Section 5.12.   Resolution of Disputes

 

Any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, or as a result of, or pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement, will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.  The Optionee agrees that before the Optionee may bring any legal action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement the Optionee will first exhaust his or her administrative remedies before the Administrator.  The Optionee further agrees that in the event that the Administrator does not resolve any dispute or disagreement arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement to the Optionee’s satisfaction, no legal action may be commenced or maintained relating to this Agreement more than twenty-four (24) months after the Administrator’s decision.

 

Section 5.13.   Section 409A

 

This Agreement and the Options granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code.  This Agreement and the Options shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with this intent.  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed as including any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the exercise of the Options.  Should any provision of the Plan or this Agreement be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, it may be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Administrator and without requiring your consent, in such manner as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code.  The foregoing, however, shall not be construed as a guarantee or warranty by the Company of any particular tax effect to the Optionee.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if, at the time of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company, the Optionee is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent the imposition of any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Optionee) until the date that is six months and one day following the Optionee’s termination of

 

14



 

employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Optionee hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax or result in an additional cost to the Company.  The Company shall consult with its legal counsel and tax accountants in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 5.13, which shall be done only in a manner that is reasonably acceptable to the senior executives of the Company; provided that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Optionee with respect thereto.

 

Section 5.14.   Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf), or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing an original signature.

 

Signature Pages to follow.

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary

 

 

and General Counsel

 

[signature page to the Stock Option Agreement]

 



 

OPTIONEE:                                           

 

Address: (to be completed by Optionee:)

 

 

Options Granted:

 

Terms of OPTIONS:

Grant Date:           

Exercise Price:             per share

Expiration:           10 years

Time Option:

Performance Option:

 

[signature page to the Stock Option Agreement]

 



 

Schedule A

 

EQUITY VALUE for any fiscal year means the product of (A) Pro Rata Adjusted EBITDA for that fiscal year multiplied by (B) 10 minus Pro Rata Net Debt for that fiscal year, all calculated on an Fx Neutral basis, all fairly and appropriately adjusted for Additional Adjustments.

 

Adjusted EBITDA for any fiscal year will mean the Operating Income, as stated on the audited Consolidated Statement of Income of Laureate Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries (collectively “Laureate” or “the Company” or “LEI”), PLUS/(MINUS) (to the extent included in Operating Income):

 

1.               depreciation and amortization expenses;

2.               share-based compensation expenses, as defined by ASC 718;

3.               impairment costs as recognized on the Company’s financial statements for tangible or intangible assets to the extent described in the financial statements;

4.               transaction expenses in connection with financings, including fees and costs related to the issuance or modification of any indebtedness;

5.               (gains)/charges, net of insurance proceeds, resulting from a Force majeure event in any of the Company’s operating regions;

6.               charges, expenses and VAT  relating to tax efficient repatriation strategies;

7.               (gains)/losses on the disposition of Company’s  assets  (excluding (gains)/losses on dispositions of furniture and equipment in the ordinary course of business), investments, operations that qualify as businesses under ASC 805, and/or entities as defined under ASC 810;

8.               all expenses related to any public or private offering of the Company’s shares that are not netted with the offering proceeds and have not been capitalized;

9.               costs related to the restructuring or reduction in force (as defined in  ASC 420 or ASC 712), to the extent described in the financial statements;

10.        (gains)/expenses related to the establishment or changes in contingent liabilities and indemnification assets or contingent liabilities where there is an unrecorded indemnification asset booked in connection with the acquisition of business but only if  attributable to a period prior to the acquisition of a business; and

11.        (gains)/expenses for a litigation case, net of insurance proceeds or indemnification, if applicable, if the (gains)/expenses are in excess of $5 million.

12.        Adjusted EBITDA (as defined above to the extent such items are disclosed in the financial statements of the affiliate) for any affiliate (including THINK Education Group, LLC and any affiliate acquired after December 31, 2012) accounted for as an equity method investment.

 

Pro Rata Adjusted EBITDA shall mean Adjusted EBITDA less Adjusted EBITDA attributable to noncontrolling interests as of the last day of that fiscal year AND THEN fairly and appropriately adjusted for Additional Adjustments.  Any affiliates accounted for as equity method investment shall be pro rata adjusted to capture appropriately the economic share of Laureate’s investment.  This adjustment shall be calculated on an Fx Neutral basis if such information is available from the affiliate’s financial statements or, to the extent unavailable, the adjustment shall be calculated in USD.

 



 

Pro Rata Debt for any fiscal year will include only the below list of debt elements, as derived from the audited Balance Sheet for Laureate Education, Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries at the last day of such fiscal year.  The Pro Rata Debt balance shall be appropriately adjusted to exclude amounts in each such element attributable to noncontrolling interests.

 

1.               short-term and long-term debt;

2.               due to shareholders of acquired companies (long-term and current portion); and

3.               deferred compensation obligations for the share-based deferred compensation arrangement (for Laureate’s CEO and former Board member) as defined in the Consolidated financial statements.

 

Pro Rata Net Debt for any fiscal year will mean Pro Rata Debt (as defined herein):

 

MINUS (except to the extent attributable to noncontrolling interests):

 

1.               Cash and cash equivalent and Restricted cash, all as shown on the audited Balance Sheet for Laureate Education, Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries at the last day of the fiscal year;

2.               cumulative dividends or cash distributions on shares paid since December 31, 2012 to any class of shareholders, including minority shareholders; and

3.               cumulative net cash paid since December 31, 2012 for cross currency derivatives entered into by the Company (including carry and final settlement).

 

PLUS (except to the extent attributable to noncontrolling interests):

 

1.               the amount of capital contributions (either cash or in-kind), by any class of shareholders, since December 31, 2012; provided, however, that any in-kind contributions shall be accounted for at fair market value, and any cash proceeds from any Laureate equity offering shall be valued net of fees; and

2.               cumulative net cash received since December 31, 2012 for cross currency derivatives entered into by the Company (including carry and final settlement).

 

Pro Rata Net Debt shall also be adjusted to take into account Laureate’s economic share of the net debt positions of affiliates accounted for as equity method investments (including THINK Education Group, LLC and any affiliate acquired after December 31, 2012), similar to the pro rata net debt definition stated above; provided, however, that “net debt” of such affiliates shall be defined as short-term and long-term debt as reported on their financial statements less Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted Cash only.  This adjustment shall be calculated on an Fx Neutral basis if such information is available from the affiliate’s financial statements or, to the extent unavailable, the adjustment shall be calculated in USD.

 

“Additional Adjustments” shall mean:

 

1.               implications from the expropriation or deconsolidation of Company assets or a Company business required by or resulting from the actions of any government or government agency; with the Pro Rata Adjusted EBITDA from any such business during the LTM prior to expropriation, multiplied by an earnings growth rate of 1.08 compounded annually from the date of expropriation or deconsolidation, added to that fiscal year’s Pro Rata Adjusted EBITDA;

2.               changes in US GAAP, or the application thereof, subsequent to the issuance of the Company’s 2012 audited financial statements, promulgated by accounting standard setters or changes in local laws and regulations; and

 



 

3.               pro-forma adjustments, as disclosed in the presentation pursuant to which any acquired business(s) is approved, to include a full annual period of Pro Rata Adjusted EBITDA of that business(s) during that fiscal year.

 

Fx Neutral shall mean the application of the Foreign Exchange Spot Rates, as defined below, to the audited financial statements of Laureate Education, Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries for each fiscal year for which an Equity Value is calculated. These rates will be used to adjust both the Balance Sheet and Income Statement items in the Equity Value calculation.

 

Foreign Exchange Spot Rates shall equal the foreign exchange spot rates used to translate the audited Balance Sheet of Laureate Education, Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries at December 31, 2012.

 




Exhibit 10.35

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

401(k) PLAN

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

ACCOUNT

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

BENEFICIARY

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

BOARD OF DIRECTORS and DIRECTOR(S)

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.6

CLAIMANT

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.7

CODE

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.8

COMPENSATION

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.9

COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ACCOUNT

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.10

COMPENSATION DEFERRAL

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.11

DESIGNATION DATE

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.12

DISABILITY

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.13

DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNT

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.14

EFFECTIVE DATE

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.15

ELECTION FORM

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.16

ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.17

EMPLOYER

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.18

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION CREDIT ACCOUNT

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.19

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION CREDITS

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.20

ENTRY DATE

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.21

ERISA

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.22

IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.23

MATCHING CONTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNT

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.24

PARTICIPANT

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.25

PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.26

PLAN

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.27

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

4

 

 

 

 

 

1.28

PLAN SPONSOR

4

 

 

 

 

 

1.29

PLAN YEAR

4

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.30

SEPARATION FROM SERVICE

4

 

 

 

 

 

1.31

SUBACCOUNT

4

 

 

 

 

 

1.32

TERMINATION DISTRIBUTION

4

 

 

 

 

 

1.33

TRUST

4

 

 

 

 

 

1.34

TRUSTEE

4

 

 

 

 

 

1.35

VALUATION DATE

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

4

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

REQUIREMENTS

4

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

RE-EMPLOYMENT

5

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

CHANGE OF SERVICE CATEGORY

5

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION

5

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

CONTRIBUTIONS AND CREDITS

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION CREDITS

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

PARTICIPANT COMPENSATION DEFERRALS

6

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

ALLOCATION OF FUNDS

8

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

ALLOCATION OF DEEMED EARNINGS OR LOSSES ON ACCOUNTS

8

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

ACCOUNTING FOR DISTRIBUTIONS

8

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

ALLOCATION NOT EQUIVALENT OF VESTING

8

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

8

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

INTERIM VALUATIONS

8

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

DEEMED INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS OF PARTICIPANTS

8

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

EXPENSES

10

 

 

 

 

 

4.8

STOCK DEFERRALS

10

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

ENTITLEMENT TO BENEFITS

10

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS

10

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

TERMINATION DISTRIBUTIONS

11

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

SEPARATION FROM SERVICE

12

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

DEATH; DISABILITY

13

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTIONS

13

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

13

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

6.1

AMOUNT

13

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

METHOD OF PAYMENT

14

 

 

 

 

 

6.3

NO ACCELERATIONS

14

 

 

 

 

 

6.4

DEATH OR DISABILITY BENEFITS

15

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

BENEFICIARIES; PARTICIPANT DATA

15

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

15

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES; INABILITY TO LOCATE PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES

15

 

 

 

 

 

7.3

DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

ADMINISTRATION

16

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

16

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

LITIGATION

17

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

17

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT

20

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

RIGHT TO AMEND

20

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

AMENDMENTS TO ENSURE PROPER CHARACTERIZATION OF PLAN

21

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

TERMINATION

21

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

PLAN SPONSOR’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OR SUSPEND PLAN

21

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

AUTOMATIC TERMINATION OF PLAN

21

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

SUSPENSION OF PLAN

21

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION

21

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

SUCCESSOR TO EMPLOYER

22

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

PROHIBITED ACCELERATION/DISTRIBUTION TIMING

22

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

THE TRUST

22

 

 

 

 

 

11.1

ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST

22

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

22

 

 

 

 

 

12.1

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY OF EMPLOYER

22

 

 

 

 

 

12.2

CONSTRUCTION

23

 

 

 

 

 

12.3

SPENDTHRIFT PROVISION

23

 

 

 

 

 

12.4

NO RIGHT TO SERVICE

24

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

12.5

AGGREGATION OF EMPLOYERS

24

 

 

 

 

 

12.6

CODE SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE

24

 

iv



 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009

 

RECITALS

 

This Laureate Education, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is adopted by Laureate Education, Inc. (the “Plan Sponsor”) for certain of its executive employees and members of its Board of Directors.  The purpose of the Plan is to offer those employees and members of the Board of Directors an opportunity to elect to defer the receipt of compensation in order to provide deferred compensation benefits taxable pursuant to section 451 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations or other authoritative guidance issued thereunder, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).  The Plan is intended to be a “top-hat” plan (i.e., an unfunded deferred compensation plan maintained for a select group of management or highly-compensated employees) under sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and regulations and other authoritative guidance issued thereunder, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”) and a Board of Directors deferred compensation plan.  The Plan is also intended to comply with the requirements of Code section 409A, as added by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.

 

Accordingly, the Plan is adopted as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                        401(k) PLAN .  means the Laureate Education, Inc. 401(k) Plan.

 

1.2                        ACCOUNT .  means the balance credited to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Plan Account, including contribution credits and deemed income, gains, and losses (as determined by the Employer, in its discretion) credited thereto.  A Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account shall be determined as of the date of reference.

 

1.3                        ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE .  means the committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Plan Sponsor to select the Eligible Individuals.  The Executive Director of Human Resources shall be a member of the Administrative Committee.

 

1.4                        BENEFICIARY .  means any person or persons so designated in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.

 

1.5                        BOARD OF DIRECTORS and DIRECTOR(S) .  means each individual elected to the Plan Sponsor’s Board of Directors in accordance with the Plan Sponsor’s charter and by-laws and shall include each individual serving as a “Non-Voting Board Observer,” as that term is defined in the Wengen Alberta Limited Partnership Securityholders Agreement, dated July 11, 2007, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

1.6                        CLAIMANT .  is described in Section 8.3.

 

1



 

1.7                        CODE .  means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations or other authoritative guidance issued thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

1.8                        COMPENSATION .  means the total current cash remuneration paid by the Employer to an Eligible Individual with respect to his or her service for the Employer; and, in the case of Eligible Individuals who are Directors, including remuneration paid by the Employer in the form of stock or stock units of the Plan Sponsor with respect to his or her service for the Employer as a Director.  A “stock unit” means the Employer’s unfunded promise to deliver one share of common stock of the Plan Sponsor, or the fair market value of such share in cash, to a Participant.

 

1.9                        COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ACCOUNT .  is described in Section 3.2.

 

1.10                 COMPENSATION DEFERRAL .  is described in Section 3.2.

 

1.11                 DESIGNATION DATE .  means the date or dates as of which a designation of deemed investment directions by an individual pursuant to Section 4.6, or any change in a prior designation of deemed investment directions by an individual pursuant to Section 4.6, shall become effective.  The Designation Dates in any Plan Year shall be the first business day of each month so long as the investment directions are received by the Employer’s designee by the 25 th  day of the preceding month.

 

1.12                 DISABILITY .  means a Participant becoming disabled within the meaning of Code section 409A (i.e., Participant ( i ) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, ( ii ) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer, or ( iii ) is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration).

 

1.13                 DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNT .  is described in Section 3.1.

 

1.14                 EFFECTIVE DATE .  means the Effective Date of the Plan as amended and restated herein, January 1, 2009.

 

1.15                 ELECTION FORM .  means the form or forms on which a Participant elects to defer Compensation under the Plan and on which the Participant makes certain other designations as required on the form(s).

 

1.16                 ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL .  means, for any Plan Year (or applicable portion thereof), a person employed by the Employer who is determined by the Administrative Committee to be a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, or a member of the Plan Sponsor’s Board of Directors, and who is designated by the Administrative Committee to be an Eligible Individual under the Plan.  By each December 31, the Administrative Committee shall notify those individuals, if any, who will be Eligible Individuals for the next Plan Year.  If

 

2



 

the Administrative Committee determines that an individual first becomes an Eligible Individual during a Plan Year, the Administrative Committee shall notify such individual of its determination and of the date during the Plan Year on which the individual shall first become an Eligible Individual.

 

1.17                 EMPLOYER .  means Laureate Education, Inc. (the “Plan Sponsor”) and the participating Employers who have adopted the Plan and their successors and assigns unless otherwise herein provided, and any other subsidiary or affiliate of the Plan Sponsor which, with the consent of the Plan Sponsor, adopts the Plan or any other corporation or business organization which, with the consent of the Plan Sponsor or its successors or assigns, assumes an Employer’s obligations under the Plan.

 

1.18                 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION CREDIT ACCOUNT .  is described in Section 3.1.

 

1.19                 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION CREDITS .  is described in Section 3.1.

 

1.20                 ENTRY DATE .  with respect to an individual means, unless permitted otherwise by the Employer in accordance with Code section 409A, January 1st of the first Plan Year that commences after the Administrative Committee notifies the individual that he or she is an Eligible Individual, but in no event earlier than the first day of the pay period following completion and submission of all required Election Forms.  Individuals identified as Eligible Individuals must complete and submit all forms within thirty (30) days of being notified of eligibility.  If completed Election Forms are not timely submitted, entry into the Plan shall be delayed until the next annual enrollment date (if the Election Forms are timely submitted by the December 31 preceding the next Plan Year).

 

1.21                 ERISA .  means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and regulations and other authoritative guidance issued thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

1.22                 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION .  means a scheduled distribution of part or all of a Participant’s vested Account prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

1.23                 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNT .  is described in Section 3.1.

 

1.24                 PARTICIPANT .  means any person so designated in accordance with the provisions of Article 2, including, where appropriate according to the context of the Plan, any former employee or former member of the Board of Directors who is or may become (or whose Beneficiaries may become) eligible to receive a benefit under the Plan.

 

1.25                 PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION .  means that portion of an Eligible Individual’s Compensation which is based on the performance by the Eligible Individual of services for the Employer over a period of at least twelve (12) months and which qualifies as “performance-based compensation” under Code section 409A.

 

1.26                 PLAN .  means this Laureate Education, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

3



 

1.27                 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR .  is described in Section 8.3.

 

1.28                 PLAN SPONSOR .  means Laureate Education, Inc. and its successors and assigns.

 

1.29                 PLAN YEAR .  means the twelve (12) month period ending on the December 31 of each year during which the Plan is in effect.

 

1.30                 SEPARATION FROM SERVICE .  means the date as of which the Employer and the Participant reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed by the Participant or that the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than 20 percent of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Participant has been providing services to the Employer less than 36 months), and shall be construed as the date that the Participant first incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code section 409A.

 

1.31                 SUBACCOUNT .  means the Subaccount established pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

1.32                 TERMINATION DISTRIBUTION .  means a scheduled distribution of part or all of a Participant’s vested Account on or after the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

1.33                 TRUST .  means the Trust established pursuant to Article 11.

 

1.34                 TRUSTEE .  means the Trustee of the Trust established pursuant to Article 11.

 

1.35                 VALUATION DATE .  means the January 31 of each Plan Year and any other date that the Employer, in its sole discretion, designates as a Valuation Date.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

2.1                        REQUIREMENTS .  Every Eligible Individual on the Effective Date shall be eligible to become a Participant or continue to be a Participant on the Effective Date if all required Election Forms have been submitted by the Effective Date.  Every other Eligible Individual shall be eligible to become a Participant on his or her Entry Date.  No individual shall become a Participant, however, if he or she is not an Eligible Individual on the date his or her participation is to begin.

 

Participation in the Participant Compensation Deferral feature of the Plan is voluntary.  In order to participate in the Participant Compensation Deferral feature of the Plan, an otherwise Eligible Individual must make written application in such manner as may be required by the Employer and must agree to make Compensation Deferrals as provided in Article 3.

 

Participation in the Employer Contribution Credit Account portion of the Plan, if and when it is activated by the Board of Directors, is automatic and does not require a

 

4



 

Participant’s election to participate.

 

2.2                        RE-EMPLOYMENT .  Subject to Code section 409A, if a Participant whose employment or Director status with the Employer is terminated is subsequently re-employed or subsequently becomes a Director, he or she shall become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1.

 

2.3                        CHANGE OF SERVICE CATEGORY .  During any period in which a Participant remains in the service of the Employer, but ceases to be an Eligible Individual, he or she shall not be eligible to make Compensation Deferrals (subject to Code section 409A) nor shall he or she be eligible for any Employer Contribution Credits.

 

2.4                        TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION .  To the extent permitted under Code section 409A, the Employer, in its sole discretion, may ( i ) permit a Participant during the 2005 calendar year to terminate participation in the Plan and receive a payment of his or her Account pursuant to Article 6, or ( ii ) require a Participant to terminate participation in the Plan during the 2005 calendar year and receive a payment of his or her vested Account pursuant to Article 6; provided that any amounts subject to termination are includible in the income of the Participant in the 2005 calendar year or, if later, the taxable year in which the amounts are earned and vested.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

CONTRIBUTIONS AND CREDITS

 

3.1                        EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION CREDITS .  There shall be established and maintained a separate Employer Contribution Credit Account in the name of each Participant.  There shall be established two subaccounts under a Participant’s Employer Contribution Credit Account: ( i ) a Matching Contribution Subaccount and ( ii ) a Discretionary Contribution Subaccount (each, a “Subaccount”).  Each Subaccount shall be credited or debited, as applicable, with ( a ) amounts equal to the Employer’s Contribution Credits credited to that Subaccount, if any; ( b ) any deemed earnings and losses allocated to that Subaccount as determined by the Employer, in its discretion; and ( c ) any expenses charged to that Subaccount.

 

For purposes of this Section, the Employer Contribution Credits credited to a Participant’s Matching Contribution Subaccount for a particular Plan Year shall be an amount (if any) equal to the additional matching contributions which would have been made to the Participant’s account under the Laureate Education, Inc. 401(k) Plan if the 401(k) Plan did not limit compensation to the amount provided in Code section 401(a)(17).  Whether Employer Contribution Credits to Participants’ Matching Contribution Subaccounts shall be made for a particular Plan Year shall be determined by the Employer, in its sole and absolute discretion.  To receive any Employer Contribution Credits to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Subaccount, the Participant must ( i ) have made salary reduction contributions to the 401(k) Plan, ( ii ) received less than the full match under the 401(k) Plan on the salary reduction contribution because of Code section 401(a)(17) limit on compensation, and ( iii ) made at least the $5,000 minimum (or the applicable prorated minimum as provided in Section 3.2) in Participant Compensation Deferrals to the Plan during the applicable Plan Year.

 

5


 

For purposes of this Section, the Employer’s Contribution Credits credited to a Participant’s Discretionary Contribution Subaccount for a particular Plan Year shall be an amount (if any) determined by the Employer, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

A Participant shall become vested in amounts credited to his or her Employer Matching Contribution Subaccount pursuant to the vesting schedule for matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan; provided, however, that unvested matching contributions shall become 100% vested if the Participant dies or suffers a Disability while an active Participant, or incurs a Separation from Service once he or she has attained age fifty-five (55) and completed at least ten (10) years of service (as determined by the Employer).

 

Discretionary Contribution Subaccount contributions shall vest pursuant to such vesting schedule for such amounts as is prescribed by the Employer, in its discretion.

 

The Employer shall contribute to the Trust maintained pursuant to Section 11.1, an amount (if any) equal to the amount required to be credited to the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account under this Section.  These amounts shall be contributed to the Trust on or before the last day of the Plan Year in which the Employer Contribution amounts are credited.

 

A Participant’s Employer Contribution Credit Account shall be credited or debited, as applicable, as of each Valuation Date, with deemed earnings or losses, as applicable, and expenses.  The amount of deemed earnings or losses and expenses shall be as determined by the Employer under the Plan.  The Employer shall have the discretion to allocate such deemed earnings or losses and expenses among Participants’ Employer Contribution Credit Accounts pursuant to such allocation rules as the Employer deems to be reasonable and administratively practicable.

 

3.2                        PARTICIPANT COMPENSATION DEFERRALS .  In accordance with rules established by the Plan Sponsor and subject to such amount limitations as set forth in the Plan, a Participant may elect to defer Compensation which is due to be earned and which would otherwise be paid to the Participant in any fixed periodic dollar amounts or whole percentage amounts designated by the Participant.  Amounts so deferred will be considered a Participant’s “Compensation Deferrals.”  Except as provided below, a Participant shall make such election(s) under this paragraph with respect to a coming twelve (12) month Plan Year during the period beginning on the December 1 and ending on the December 31 of the prior calendar year, or during such other period as might be established by the Employer, which period ends no later than the December 31 of the year before the calendar year in which the services giving rise to the Compensation to be deferred are to be performed.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of the first Plan Year in which an Eligible Individual becomes eligible to become a Participant, if and to the extent permitted by the Employer, the Eligible Individual may make an election, no later than thirty (30) days after the date he or she becomes eligible to become a Participant, to defer Compensation for services to be performed after the election.

 

If and to the extent permitted by the Employer, a Participant may make an election to defer Performance-Based Compensation no later than six (6) months prior to the last

 

6



 

day of the period over which the services giving rise to the Performance-Based Compensation are performed.

 

In addition, notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted by Code section 409A, the Employer may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to make an election to defer Compensation which relates in full or in part to services performed prior to December 31, 2005 (including elections to defer ( i ) regular salary amounts for services to be performed in the 2005 calendar year and/or ( ii ) bonus payment amounts payable in 2005 in respect of services performed during the 2004 calendar year) no later than the earlier of ( a ) March 15, 2005 or ( b ) the date such Compensation is otherwise payable to the Participant.

 

Compensation Deferrals shall be made through regular payroll or Director’s Compensation deductions and/or through an election by the Participant to defer a bonus payment not yet payable to him or her at the time of the election.  The Participant may change or revoke his or her Compensation Deferral election only if and to the extent permitted by the Employer and in accordance with Code section 409A specifically relating to the change and/or revocation of deferral elections.  To the extent permitted by Code section 409A and by the Employer, a Participant may terminate participation in the Plan or cancel a deferral election under the Plan at any time during the 2005 calendar year.

 

Once made, a Compensation Deferral or Director’s Compensation deduction election shall continue in force only for the Plan Year to which the election relates, unless changed as provided above.  A Compensation Deferral bonus payment election shall continue in force only for the bonus payment for which the election is specifically effective.  Compensation Deferrals shall be deducted by the Employer from the pay of a deferring Participant and shall be credited to the Compensation Deferral Account of the deferring Participant.

 

A Participant may defer up to 85% of base salary as well as up to 100% of any bonuses, annual incentive compensation, and/or long-term incentive compensation or Board of Directors’s fees; provided, however, that no deferral election shall reduce a Participant’s Compensation amount below the compensation amount needed to satisfy applicable employment taxes, any benefit plan withholding requirements, and any income tax withholding for compensation that has not or cannot be deferred.  The minimum amount which a Participant may defer for a Plan Year is $5,000; provided, however, that, if an individual is not a Participant for the entire Plan Year, this minimum shall be prorated based on the Participant’s full months of participation for the Plan Year.  Subject to Code section 409A, if a Participant does not defer at least the required minimum amount during a Plan Year, the amount actually deferred shall be returned to the Participant as taxable income.  No earnings shall be credited to said amount returned.

 

There shall be established and maintained by the Employer a separate Compensation Deferral Account in the name of each Participant to which shall be credited or debited: ( i ) amounts equal to the Participant’s Compensation Deferrals; ( ii ) amounts equal to any deemed earnings or losses (as determined by the Employer, in its discretion); and ( iii ) any expenses charged to that Account.

 

A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in amounts credited to his or her

 

7



 

Participant Compensation Deferral Account.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

ALLOCATION OF FUNDS

 

4.1                        ALLOCATION OF DEEMED EARNINGS OR LOSSES ON ACCOUNTS .  Subject to Section 4.6, each Participant shall have the right to direct the Employer as to how amounts in his or her Account shall be deemed to be invested in the deemed investment options made available under the Plan.  Subject to such limitations as may from time to time be required by law, imposed by the Employer or the Trustee, or contained elsewhere in the Plan, and subject to such operating rules and procedures as may be imposed from time to time by the Employer, prior to the date on which a direction will become effective, the Participant shall have the right to direct the Employer as to how amounts in his or her Account shall be deemed to be invested.

 

The Employer shall direct the Trustee to invest the account maintained in the Trust on behalf of the Participant pursuant to the deemed investment directions the Employer properly has received from the Participant.  The value of the Participant’s Account shall be equal to the value of the account maintained under the Trust on behalf of the Participant.  As of each Valuation Date of the Trust, the Participant’s Account will be credited or debited to reflect the Participant’s deemed investments of the Trust.

 

4.2                        ACCOUNTING FOR DISTRIBUTIONS .  As of the date of any distribution under the Plan, the distribution made under the Plan to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be charged to such Participant’s Account.  Such amounts shall be charged on a pro-rata basis against the investments of the Trust in which the Participant’s Account (attributable to one or more particular Plan Years, as provided in Article 5) is deemed to be invested.

 

4.3                        ALLOCATION NOT EQUIVALENT OF VESTING .  The fact that an allocation has been made will not operate to vest in a Participant any right, title, or interest in any benefit under the Plan.  Vesting shall occur only as provided in Article 3.

 

4.4                        SEPARATE ACCOUNTS .  A separate bookkeeping account under the Plan shall be established and maintained by the Employer to reflect the Account for each Participant with subaccounts to show separately the applicable deemed investments of the Account.

 

4.5                        INTERIM VALUATIONS .  If it is determined by the Plan Sponsor that the value of a Participant’s Account as of any date on which distributions are to be made differs materially from the value of the Participant’s Account on the prior Valuation Date upon which the distribution is to be based, the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, shall have the right to designate any date in the interim as a Valuation Date for the purpose of revaluing the Participant’s Account so that the Account will, prior to the distribution, reflect its share of such material difference in value.

 

4.6                        DEEMED INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS OF PARTICIPANTS .  Subject to such limitations as may from time to time be required by law, imposed by the Plan Sponsor, the Employer, or the Trustee, or contained elsewhere in the Plan, and subject to such operating rules and procedures as may be imposed from time to time by the Employer, the Plan Sponsor, or the

 

8



 

Trustee, prior to and effective for each Designation Date, each Participant may communicate to the Employer a direction as to how his or her Account should be deemed to be invested (in any whole percentage multiples) among the deemed investment options.  Such direction may separately designate deemed investments ( i ) for that portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to amounts that will be credited to the Participant’s Account prior to the Designation Date on which such direction shall become effective, and ( ii ) for that portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to amounts that will be credited to the Participant’s Account after the Designation Date on which such direction shall become effective, and shall be subject to the following rules:

 

(a)                                  Any initial or subsequent deemed investment direction shall be in writing, on a form supplied by and filed with the Employer (or made in such other manner specified by the Employer).  Investment directions shall be effective the first business day of the month so long as instructions are received by the Employer’s designee by the 25 th  day of the previous month.

 

(b)                                  All amounts credited to the Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with the then-effective deemed investment direction, and as of the effective date of any new deemed investment direction, all or a portion of the Participant’s Account at that date shall be reallocated among the designated deemed investment funds according to the percentages specified in the new deemed investment direction unless and until a subsequent deemed investment direction shall be filed and become effective.  An election concerning deemed investment choices shall continue indefinitely until changed by the Participant in a manner permitted by the Employer.

 

(c)                                   If the Employer receives an initial or revised deemed investment direction which it deems to be incomplete, unclear, or improper, the Participant’s investment direction then in effect shall remain in effect (or, in the case of a deficiency in an initial deemed investment direction, the Participant shall be deemed to have filed no deemed investment direction) until the next Designation Date, unless the Employer provides for, and permits the application of, corrective action prior thereto.

 

(d)                                  If the Employer possesses (or is deemed to possess as provided in (c), above) at any time directions as to the deemed investment of less than all of a Participant’s Account, the Participant shall be deemed to have directed that the undesignated portion of the Account be deemed to be invested in a money market, fixed income, or similar fund made available under the Plan as determined by the Employer in its discretion.

 

(e)                                   Each Participant under the Plan, as a condition to his or her participation under the Plan, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its agents and representatives from any losses or damages of any kind relating to the deemed investment of the Participant’s Account under the Plan.

 

(f)                                    Each reference in this Section to a Participant shall be deemed to include, where applicable, a reference to a Beneficiary.

 

9



 

4.7                        EXPENSES .  Expenses, including Trustee fees, allocable to the administration or operation of an Account maintained under the Plan shall be paid by each Employer unless, in the discretion of the Employer, the Employer elects to charge such expenses against the appropriate Participant’s Account or Participants’ Accounts.  If an expense is charged against a Participant’s Account, such expense will reduce the contribution to the Trust next due to be made by the Employer in respect of the Account.

 

4.8                                STOCK DEFERRALS .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 4, no investment direction is permitted for Compensation Deferrals in the form of stock credited to a Participant’s Account, except as otherwise determined by the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)                                  If a Participant has a valid election to defer Compensation in the form of stock, the Employer will credit to such Participant’s Account, on each date on which such Participant is entitled to the payment of Compensation, the number of stock units equal to the quotient, rounded down to three decimal places, obtained by dividing ( i ) the amount of Compensation that the Participant elected to defer in the form of stock by ( ii ) the fair market value of one share of common stock of the Plan Sponsor on such payment date.

 

(c)                                   Unless the Plan Sponsor determines otherwise, no dividends shall be paid to a Participant, nor shall dividend equivalents be credited to a Participant’s Account, for the stock units credited to such Participant’s Account.

 

(d)                                  The crediting of stock units to a Participant’s Account shall not entitle such Participant to voting or other rights as a stockholder until shares of common stock are issued upon distribution of benefits.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

ENTITLEMENT TO BENEFITS

 

5.1                        IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS .  Before the first day of each Plan Year or, if applicable, the Participant’s Entry Date with respect to a Participant’s initial year of participation (or by such later date as may be permitted by Code section 409A with respect to deferral elections affecting Performance-Based Compensation if such later election is permitted by the Administrative Committee), a Participant may select a scheduled payment date and form of payment for the payment (or commencement of payment) as an In-Service Distribution of his or her Compensation Deferrals or Employer Discretionary Contribution Credits for that Plan Year, which will be valued and payable according to the provisions of Article 6.  Participants may elect to have In-Service Distributions distributed in the form of a lump sum payment payable on the scheduled payment date or in up to five (5) annual installments (adjusted for gains or losses) that commence on the scheduled payment date; provided, however, that if the aggregate amount of a Participant’s Account to be paid as an In-Service Distribution with respect to a scheduled payment date (and which may be attributable to more than one Plan Year’s Compensation Deferrals and Employer Discretionary Contribution Credits) is less than $10,000, the In-Service Distributions payable for that scheduled payment date shall be paid in the form of a lump sum notwithstanding

 

10



 

any election of the Participant to receive an In-Service Distribution in installments commencing on such date.

 

The scheduled payment date elected by a Participant for an In-Service Distribution must be in February of a specified calendar year and must be a date no earlier than the first February after the third calendar year after the Plan Year in which the Compensation Deferrals and/or Employer Contribution Credits subject to the scheduled payment date are to be made by or on behalf of the Participant.

 

A Participant may change the form of payment of an In-Service Distribution or extend the scheduled payment date of an In-Service Distribution to a later scheduled payment date up to two times for each such In-Service Distribution by submitting a new Election Form to the Employer.  Any such change to the form or timing of an In-Service Distribution must be made by the Participant at least twelve (12) months prior to the date on which the distribution was to be made (or commence being made) before the change and must extend the scheduled payment date at least five (5) full calendar years in length (measured from the scheduled payment date on which the In-Service Distribution was scheduled to be paid or commence being paid).  A scheduled payment date may not be accelerated, except as provided in the Plan.  Any election to change the form of payment or extend the scheduled payment date of an In-Service Distribution will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Code section 409A and by the Employer, the Participant may elect the timing of distributions during 2005, 2006, 2007, or 2008 (except that ( i ) a Participant cannot in 2006 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2006, or in 2006 make an election that causes post-2006 scheduled payments to be made in 2006; ( ii ) a Participant cannot in 2007 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2007, or in 2007 make an election that causes post-2007 scheduled payments to be made in 2007; or ( iii ) a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or in 2008 make an election that causes post-2008 scheduled payments to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the timing of payment or an acceleration of payment.

 

5.2                        TERMINATION DISTRIBUTIONS .  Before the first day of each Plan Year or, if applicable, the Participant’s Entry Date with respect to a Participant’s initial year of participation (or by such later date as may be permitted by Code section 409A with respect to deferral elections affecting Performance-Based Compensation if such later election is permitted by the Administrative Committee), a Participant may elect to have Termination Distributions attributable to that Plan Year distributed in the form of a lump sum payment or in up to fifteen (15) annual installments (adjusted for gains or losses) in accordance with the provisions of Article 6.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.3 of the Plan, each Termination Distribution will be paid (or commence being paid) in the February following the year in which the Participant incurs a Separation from Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if the aggregate amount of a Participant’s Account to commence being paid as a Termination Distribution on a common date (and which may be attributable to more than one Plan Year’s Compensation Deferrals and Employer Discretionary Contribution Credits) is less than $25,000, the Termination Distributions

 

11



 

scheduled to commence being paid on that date shall be paid in the form of a lump sum payment notwithstanding any election of the Participant to receive the Termination Distributions in installments commencing on such date.

 

If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service without a valid Termination Distribution election in place for a Plan Year, then, subject to Section 5.3 of the Plan, the portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to Compensation Deferrals or Employer Discretionary Contribution Credits for that Plan Year shall be distributed in the form of a lump sum payment in February of the year following the year in which the Separation from Service occurs.

 

A Participant may change the form of payment of a Termination Distribution or extend the payment date of a Termination Distribution to a later scheduled payment date by submitting a new Election Form to the Employer; provided, however, that a Termination Distribution may not be delayed more than 10 years and an election to delay a Termination Distribution will not be given effect if it would delay the distribution (or commencement of distribution) beyond the Participant’s age 75.  Any such change to the form or timing of a Termination Distribution must be made by the Participant at least twelve (12) months prior to the date on which the distribution was to be made (or commence being made) before the change and must extend the scheduled payment date at least five (5) full calendar years in length (measured from the scheduled payment date on which the Termination Distribution was scheduled to be paid or commence being paid).  A scheduled payment date may not be accelerated, except as provided in the Plan.  Any election to change the form of payment or extend the payment date of a Termination Distribution will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made.

 

5.3                        SEPARATION FROM SERVICE .  If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer after an In-Service Distribution has commenced being paid in the form of annual installments and before those installment payments have been completed, the balance of those In-Service Distribution installments shall be distributed in one lump sum in the February following the Separation from Service.  If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer before the scheduled payment date of an In-Service Distribution, the In-Service Distribution election shall be of no further force or effect and the Termination Distribution election for the Plan Year to which such In-Service Distribution election related shall apply.

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” (as defined under Code section 409A and determined in good faith by the Employer) when the Participant incurs a Separation from Service, any amount that would be payable under the terms of the Plan and applicable Participant elections during the six (6) -month period immediately following the Participant’s Separation from Service shall continue to be deemed to be invested pursuant to Article 4 and shall be paid ( i ) on the later of ( a ) within fifteen (15) days after the end of the six (6) -month period beginning on the date of such Separation from Service, or ( b ) within the period beginning February 1 and ending March 15 next following the Separation from Service; or, if earlier, ( ii ) in the February next following the Participant’s death.

 

12



 

5.4                        DEATH; DISABILITY .  Upon the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant’s entire vested Account shall be valued and paid to the Participant or the Participant’s designated Beneficiary(ies), as applicable, as provided in Article 6.

 

5.5                        UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTIONS .  In the event the Participant experiences an unforeseeable emergency, as defined in this Section, the Participant may apply to the Employer for the distribution of all or any part of his or her Account attributable to Compensation Deferrals and/or fully vested Employer Contribution Credits.  The Employer shall consider the circumstances of each such case, and the best interests of the Participant and his or her family, and shall have the right, in its sole discretion, if applicable, to allow such distribution, or, if applicable, to direct a distribution of part of the amount requested, or to refuse to allow any distribution; provided, however, that such distribution shall be permitted solely to the extent permitted under Code section 409A.  Upon a finding of unforeseeable emergency, the Employer shall direct that the appropriate distribution is made to the Participant with respect to the Participant’s vested Account in a lump sum payment.  In no event shall the aggregate amount of the distribution exceed either the full value of the Participant’s vested Account or the amount determined by the Employer to be necessary to satisfy the unforeseeable emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).  For purposes of this Section, the value of the Participant’s vested Account shall be determined as of the date of the distribution.

 

“Unforeseeable emergency” means ( i ) a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Code section 152(a)) of the Participant, ( ii ) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or ( iii ) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, each as determined to exist by the Employer.  A distribution may be made under this Section only with the approval of the Employer.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

6.1                        AMOUNT .  A Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) shall become entitled to receive, on the date(s) provided in Article 5, a distribution (or commencement of distributions) of the Participant’s Account, to the extent vested and as adjusted for earnings and losses, as provided in Article 5.  Any payment due under the Plan from the Trust which is not paid by the Trust for any reason shall be paid from the general assets of the Employer for which the Participant provides services.

 

13



 

6.2                        METHOD OF PAYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Payments .  All payments under the Plan shall be made in cash; except that the Employer shall have the discretion to make payments in whole or in part in shares of the Plan Sponsor’s common stock to Participants who have stock units credited to their Accounts.

 

(b)                                  Timing and Manner of Payment .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions under the Plan shall be made in accordance with the time and form elections made by the Participant under Article 5 with respect to his or her Compensation Deferrals and Employer Discretionary Contribution Credits for each Plan Year.  In the absence of a valid election for a Plan Year, Compensation Deferrals and vested Employer Discretionary Contribution Credits for that Plan Year shall be made in a lump sum on the date or dates determined in accordance with Article 5.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Code section 409A and by the Employer, the Participant may elect the form and timing of distributions during 2005, 2006, 2007, or 2008 (except that ( i ) a Participant cannot in 2006 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2006, or in 2006 make an election that causes post-2006 scheduled payments to be made in 2006; ( ii ) a Participant cannot in 2007 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2007, or in 2007 make an election that causes post-2007 scheduled payments to be made in 2007; or ( iii ) a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or in 2008 make an election that causes post-2008 scheduled payments to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment.

 

If the whole or any part of a payment under the Plan is to be in installments, the total to be so paid shall continue to be deemed to be invested pursuant to Article 4 under such procedures as the Employer may establish, in which case any deemed income, gain, loss, or expense or tax allocable thereto (as determined by the Employer, in its discretion) shall be reflected in the installment payments, using such method for the calculation of the installments as the Employer shall reasonably determine.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to Code section 409A, if a Participant’s participation in the Plan terminates during the 2005 calendar year pursuant to Section 2.4, the Employer, in its sole discretion, may permit payment of the Participant’s vested Account to the Participant during the 2005 calendar year, or if later, the taxable year in which the amount is earned and vested.

 

6.3                        NO ACCELERATIONS .  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no change submitted on an Election Form shall be accepted by the Employer if the change accelerates the time over which distributions shall be made to the Participant (except as otherwise permitted by Code section 409A) and the Employer shall deny any change made to an election if the Employer determines that the change violates the requirement under Code section 409A that the first payment with respect to which such election is made be deferred for a period of not less than five (5) full calendar years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.

 

14



 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer, in its discretion, may accelerate distributions under the Plan to the extent permitted under Code section 409A (e.g., Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4)).

 

6.4                        DEATH OR DISABILITY BENEFITS .  If a Participant dies or suffers a Disability before incurring a Separation from Service, the entire value of the Participant’s Account shall be paid in one lump sum in the February following the Participant’s death or Disability, as applicable, to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies), as applicable.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

BENEFICIARIES; PARTICIPANT DATA

 

7.1                        DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES .  Each Participant from time to time may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive such benefits as may be payable under the Plan upon or after the Participant’s death, and such designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation.  Each designation ( i ) will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, ( ii ) shall be in a form prescribed by the Employer, and ( iii ) will be effective only when filed in writing with the Employer during the Participant’s lifetime.

 

In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Employer shall pay any such benefit payment to the Participant’s spouse, if then living, but otherwise to the Participant’s then living descendants, if any, per stirpes , but, if none, to the Participant’s estate.  In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Employer may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the personal representative or executor of the Participant’s estate.

 

If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a benefit payment as aforesaid, or if a dispute arises with respect to any such payment, then, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer, in its sole discretion, may distribute such payment to the Participant’s estate without liability for any tax or other consequences which might flow therefrom, or may take such other action as the Employer deems to be appropriate.

 

7.2                        INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES; INABILITY TO LOCATE PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES .  Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to a Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Employer’s records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan.  The Employer shall not be obliged to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to such last known address.  If the Employer notifies any Participant or Beneficiary that he or she is entitled to an amount under the Plan and the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim such amount or make his or her location known to the Employer within three (3) years thereafter, then, except as otherwise required by law, if the location of one or more of the next of kin of the Participant is known to the Employer,

 

15


 

the Employer may direct distribution of such amount to any one or more or all of such next of kin, and in such proportions as the Employer determines.  If none of the foregoing persons can be located, the Employer shall have the right to direct that the amount payable shall be deemed to be forfeited, except that the dollar amount of the forfeiture, unadjusted for deemed gains or losses in the interim, shall be paid by the Employer if a claim for the benefit subsequently is made by the Participant or Beneficiary to whom it was payable.  If a benefit payable to an unlocated Participant or Beneficiary is subject to escheat pursuant to applicable state law, the Employer shall not be liable to any person for any payment made in accordance with such law.

 

7.3                       DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY .  In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, the Employer may, in the Employer’s sole discretion, direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the Beneficiary maintains his or her residence, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which the Beneficiary resides.  Such payment to the legal guardian or parent or custodian of a minor Beneficiary shall fully discharge the Trustee, the Employer, the Plan Sponsor, and the Plan from further liability on account thereof.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

8.1                       ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Plan Sponsor shall have the sole responsibility for and the sole control of the operation and administration of the Plan, and shall have the power and authority to take all action and to make all decisions and interpretations which may be necessary or appropriate in order to administer and operate the Plan, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the power, duty, and responsibility to:

 

(a)                                 Resolve and determine all disputes or questions arising under the Plan, including the power to determine the rights of Eligible Individuals, Participants, and Beneficiaries, and their respective benefits, and to remedy any ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Plan.

 

(b)                                 Adopt such rules of procedure and regulations as in the Plan Sponsor’s opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the Plan.

 

(c)                                  Implement the Plan in accordance with its terms and the rules and regulations adopted as above.

 

(d)                                 Make determinations with respect to the eligibility of any Eligible Individual as a Participant and make determinations concerning the crediting and distribution of Accounts.

 

(e)                                  Appoint any persons or firms, or otherwise act to secure specialized advice or assistance, as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan, and the Plan Sponsor shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall

 

16



 

be fully protected in any action or omission taken by it in good faith reliance upon, the advice or opinion of such firms or persons.  The Plan Sponsor shall have the power and authority to delegate from time to time by written instrument all or any part of its duties, powers, or responsibilities under the Plan, both ministerial and discretionary, as it deems appropriate, to any person or committee, and in the same manner to revoke any such delegation of duties, powers, or responsibilities.  Any action of such person or committee in the exercise of such delegated duties, powers, or responsibilities shall have the same force and effect for all purposes under the Plan as if such action had been taken by the Plan Sponsor.  Further, the Plan Sponsor may authorize one or more persons to execute any certificate or document on behalf of the Plan Sponsor, in which event any person notified by the Plan Sponsor of such authorization shall be entitled to accept and conclusively rely upon any such certificate or document executed by such person as representing action by the Plan Sponsor until such notified person shall have been notified of the revocation of such authority.

 

(f)                                   In its sole discretion, to determine the deemed investments (and to change the deemed investments at any time).

 

8.2                       LITIGATION .  In any action or judicial proceeding affecting the Plan, it shall be necessary to join as a party only the Plan Sponsor.  Except as may be otherwise required by law, no Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to any notice or service of process, and any final judgment entered in such action shall be binding on all persons interested in, or claiming under, the Plan.

 

8.3                       CLAIMS PROCEDURE .  This Section is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503-1 of the Department of Labor Regulations.  If any provision of this Section conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)                                 Initial Claim .  A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Plan benefit under the Plan may file a claim (the “Claimant”) with the Employer or the administrator of the Plan (the “Plan Administrator”).  The Plan Administrator shall review the claim itself or appoint an individual or an entity to review the claim.

 

(i)                                     Benefit Claims That Do Not Require a Determination of Disability .  If the claim is for a benefit other than a Disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is received whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Plan Administrator prior to the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is received.

 

(ii)                                  Disability Benefit Claims .  In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant’s Disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan’s adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but no later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim.  If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process

 

17



 

a claim, the Claimant will be notified within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy-five (75) days after the claim is received.  If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days after the claim is received, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision.  The extension notice will specifically explain ( A ) the standards on which entitlement to a Disability benefit is based, ( B ) the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and ( C ) the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)                               Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims .  If the Plan Administrator makes an adverse benefit determination relating to a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

(A)                               the specific reasons for the adverse benefit determination;

 

(B)                               a reference to the Plan provision upon which the adverse benefit determination is based;

 

(C)                               a description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)                               an explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)                                notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the adverse benefit determination and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the adverse benefit determination;

 

(F)                                 a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination; and

 

(G)                               if an internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse benefit determination relating to Disability benefits, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(b)                                 Review Procedures .

 

(i)                                     Benefit Claims That Do Not Require a Determination of Disability .  Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant’s Disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of the adverse benefit determination.  The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator’s receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a

 

18



 

decision will be rendered no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review.  A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information, and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator.  The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(ii)                                  Disability Benefit Claims .  In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for Disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant’s Disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination.  In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

(A)                               The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the initial determination.

 

(B)                               The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any initial adverse benefit determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment.  The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)                               The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination on review.

 

(D)                               The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator’s receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered no later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review.  A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

19



 

(iii)                               Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review .  Upon completion of its review of an initial adverse benefit determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)                               its decision;

 

(B)                               the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)                               the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

(D)                               a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information in the Plan’s files which is relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits;

 

(E)                                a statement describing the Claimant’s right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)                                 if an internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse benefit determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)                                  Calculation of Time Periods .  For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim.  If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant’s failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the benefit determination will be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)                                 Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures .  If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section, a Claimant will be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and will be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)                                  Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures .  A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT

 

9.1                       RIGHT TO AMEND .  Subject to Code section 409A, the Plan Sponsor, by written instrument executed by a duly authorized representative of the Plan Sponsor, shall have the right

 

20



 

to amend the Plan, at any time and with respect to any provisions hereof, and all parties hereto or claiming any interest under the Plan shall be bound by such amendment; provided, however, that no such amendment shall deprive a Participant or Beneficiary of a right accrued under the Plan prior to the date of the amendment.

 

9.2                       AMENDMENTS TO ENSURE PROPER CHARACTERIZATION OF PLAN .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1, the Plan may be amended by the Plan Sponsor at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary, in the opinion of the Plan Sponsor, in order ( i ) to ensure that the Plan is characterized as a “top-hat” plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described under ERISA sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1), ( ii ) to conform the Plan to the provisions of Code section 409A, and ( iii ) to conform the Plan to the provisions and requirements of any applicable law (including ERISA and the Code).  No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

TERMINATION

 

10.1                PLAN SPONSOR’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OR SUSPEND PLAN .  The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time.  The Plan Sponsor also reserves the right, at any time, to suspend the operation of the Plan for a fixed or indeterminate period of time.

 

10.2                AUTOMATIC TERMINATION OF PLAN .  The Plan, but not the Trust, shall automatically terminate as to the Eligible Individuals of an Employer upon the dissolution of the Employer, or upon the Employer’s merger into or consolidation with any other corporation or business organization if there is a failure by the surviving corporation or business organization to adopt specifically and agree to continue participation in the Plan.

 

10.3                SUSPENSION OF PLAN .  In the event of a suspension of the Plan, the Plan Sponsor shall continue all aspects of the Plan, other than Compensation Deferrals and Employer Contribution Credits, during the period of the suspension, in which event payments under the Plan will continue to be made during the period of the suspension in accordance with Articles 5 and 6.

 

10.4                ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION .  This Section shall become operative on a complete termination of the Plan.  The provisions of this Section also shall become operative in the event of a partial termination of the Plan, as determined by the Employer, but only with respect to that portion of the Plan attributable to the Participants to whom the partial termination is applicable.  On the effective date of the termination or partial termination, ( i ) no persons who were not already Participants shall be eligible to become Participants, and ( ii ) the value of the vested Accounts of all affected Participants and Beneficiaries shall be determined and, after deduction of estimated expenses in liquidating and paying Plan benefits, paid to Participants and Beneficiaries as soon as is practicable after Plan benefits otherwise become due in accordance with Articles 5 and 6.

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, reserves the right, by action of its Board of Directors, to terminate the Plan and

 

21



 

distribute to Participants their vested Account balances but only as permitted in accordance with the Code (e.g., Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)).

 

10.5                SUCCESSOR TO EMPLOYER .  Any corporation or other business organization which is a successor to an Employer by reason of a consolidation, merger, or purchase of substantially all of the assets of the Employer shall have the right to become a party to the Plan by adopting the same by resolution of the entity’s board of directors or other appropriate governing body.  If, within ninety (90) days from the effective date of such consolidation, merger, or sale of assets, such new entity does not become a party hereto, as above provided, the Plan automatically shall be terminated as to the Eligible Individuals of the affected Employer, and the provisions of Section 10.4 shall become operative.

 

10.6                PROHIBITED ACCELERATION/DISTRIBUTION TIMING .  This Section shall take precedence over any other provision of the Plan or this Article 10 to the contrary.  No provision of the Plan shall be followed if following the provision would result in the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment from the Plan as would require immediate income tax to Participants based on the law in effect at the time the distribution is to be made, including Code section 409A.  In addition, if the timing of any distribution election would result in any tax or other penalty (other than ordinary Federal or state payroll taxes), which tax or penalty can be avoided by payment of the distribution at a later time, then the distribution shall be made (or commence, as the case may be) on the first date on which such distributions can be made (or commence) without such tax or penalty.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

THE TRUST

 

11.1                ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST .  The Employer shall establish the Trust with the Trustee pursuant to such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Trust agreement to be entered into between the Employer and the Trustee or the Employer shall cause to be maintained one or more separate subaccounts in an existing Trust maintained with the Trustee with respect to one or more other plans of the Employer, which subaccount or subaccounts represent Participants’ interests in the Plan.  Any such Trust shall be intended to be treated as a “grantor” trust under the Code and the establishment of the Trust or the utilization of any existing Trust for Plan benefits, as applicable, is not intended to cause Participants to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto nor to cause the Plan to be “funded” within the meaning of ERISA, and the Trust shall be so interpreted.  Any amount of the Participant’s Account not paid by the Trust shall be paid from the general assets of the Employer for which the Participant provides services.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1                LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY OF EMPLOYER .  Neither the establishment of the Plan nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any account under the Plan, nor the payment of any benefits under the Plan shall be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against any Employer, or any officer or employee thereof,

 

22



 

except as provided by law or by any Plan provision.  No Employer in any way guarantees any Participant’s Account from loss or depreciation, whether caused by poor investment performance of a deemed investment or the inability to realize upon an investment for any reason.  In no event shall any Employer, or any successor, employee, officer, director, or stockholder of any Employer, be liable to any person on account of any claim arising by reason of the provisions of the Plan or of any instrument or instruments implementing its provisions, or for the failure of any Participant, Beneficiary, or other person to be entitled to any particular tax consequences with respect to the Plan, or any credit or distribution under the Plan.  Receipt by a Participant or Beneficiary of the benefit to which the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled under the Plan (if any) shall release the Employer, and any successor, employee, director, and stockholder of any Employer, from all claims under the Plan by the Participant or Beneficiary.

 

12.2                CONSTRUCTION .  If any provision of the Plan is held to be illegal or void, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.  For all purposes of the Plan, where the context permits, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.  Headings of Articles and Sections herein are inserted only for convenience of reference and are not to be considered in the construction of the Plan.  The laws of the State of Maryland shall govern, control, and determine all questions of law arising with respect to the Plan and the interpretation and validity of its respective provisions, except where those laws are preempted by the laws of the United States.  Participation under the Plan will not give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of any Employer nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the Plan.

 

The Plan is intended to be and at all times shall be interpreted and administered so as to qualify as an unfunded deferred compensation plan, and no provision of the Plan shall be interpreted so as to give any individual any right in any assets of any Employer which right is greater than the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer.

 

12.3                SPENDTHRIFT PROVISION .  No amount payable to a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will, except as otherwise specifically provided by law, be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, attachment, garnishment, sale, transfer, assignment (either at law or in equity), levy, execution, pledge, encumbrance, charge, or any other legal or equitable process, and any attempt to do so will be void; nor will any benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the person entitled thereto.  Further, ( i ) the withholding of taxes from Plan benefit payments, ( ii ) the recovery under the Plan of overpayments of benefits previously made to a Participant or Beneficiary, ( iii ) if applicable, the transfer of benefit rights from the Plan to another plan, or ( iv ) the direct deposit of benefit payments to an account in a banking institution (if not actually part of an arrangement constituting an assignment or alienation) shall not be construed as an assignment or alienation.

 

In the event that any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefits under the Plan are garnished or attached by order of any court, the Plan Sponsor may bring an action for a declaratory judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction to determine the proper recipient of the benefits to be paid under the Plan.  During the pendency of said action, any benefits that become payable shall be held as credits to the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account or, if the Plan

 

23



 

Sponsor prefers, paid into the court as they become payable, to be distributed by the court to the recipient as the court deems proper at the close of said action.

 

12.4                NO RIGHT TO SERVICE .  Participation in the Plan shall not give any person the right to be retained in the service of any Employer.

 

12.5                AGGREGATION OF EMPLOYERS .  To the extent required under Code section 409A, if the Employer is a member of a controlled group of corporations or a group of trades or businesses under common control (as described in Code sections 414(b) or (c)), all members of the group shall be treated as a single employer for purposes of whether there has occurred a Separation from Service and for any other purposes under the Plan as Code section 409A shall require.

 

12.6                CODE SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE .

 

(a)                            The Plan is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Code section 409A.

 

(b)                            Each Employer shall undertake to administer, interpret, and construe the Plan in a manner that does not result in the imposition on a Participant of any additional tax, penalty, or interest under Code section 409A.

 

(c)                             The preceding provisions, however, shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Employer or the Plan Sponsor of any particular tax effect to any Participant under the Plan.  The Employer and the Plan Sponsor shall not be liable to any Participant for any payment made under this Agreement, at the direction or with the consent of a Participant, that is determined to result in an additional tax, penalty, or interest under Code section 409A, nor for reporting in good faith any payment made under the Plan as an amount includible in gross income under Code section 409A.

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Employer has caused the Plan to be executed and its seal to be affixed hereto, effective the 31st day of December, 2008.

 

ATTEST/WITNESS

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

(SEAL)

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Participating Employers

 

 

 

LAUREATE VENTURES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

(SEAL)

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

CANTER & ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

(SEAL)

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

WALDEN UNIVERSITY

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

(SEAL)

 

 

 

Date:

 

25




Exhibit 10.36

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT

 

This Management Stockholder’s Agreement (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [           ] among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, an Alberta limited partnership (“Parent”), and the undersigned person (the “Management Stockholder”) (the Company, Parent and the Management Stockholder being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Parties”).  All capitalized terms not immediately defined are hereinafter defined in Section 7(b) of this Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 3, 2007 (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Parent, L Curve Sub Inc., a Maryland corporation and a direct subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”) and the Company, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub on August 17, 2007 (the “Closing Date”) merged with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving the Merger;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Investors (as defined herein) contributed certain funds and/or securities to Parent in exchange for limited partnership interests representing, as of the Closing Date, all of the issued and outstanding limited partnership interests of Parent;

 

WHEREAS, the Management Stockholder has been selected by the Company to receive one or more of the following equity awards pursuant to the terms of the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “2013 Plan”):

 

(a)                                  options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock,” such options, the “Options”) pursuant to the terms set forth below, the terms of the 2013 Plan and the Stock Option Agreement dated as of the date hereof, entered into by and between the Company and the Management Stockholder (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Stock Option Agreement”);

 

(b)                                  restricted stock units (“RSUs”), each representing the Company’s commitment to issue one share of Laureate’s Common Stock at a future date, pursuant to the terms set forth below, the terms of the 2013 Plan and the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated as of the date hereof, entered into by and between the Company and the Management Stockholder (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “RSU Agreement”); and/or

 

(c)                                   performance share units (“PSUs” and together with the Options and the RSUs, the “Equity Awards”), each representing the Company’s commitment to issue one share of

 



 

Laureate’s Common Stock at a future date, pursuant to the terms set forth below, the terms of the 2013 Plan and the terms of the Performance Share Unit Agreement dated as of the date hereof, entered into by and between the Company and the Management Stockholder (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “PSU Agreement” and, together with the Option Agreements and RSU Agreements, the “Equity Agreements”); and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is one of several other agreements (“ Other Management Stockholders Agreements ”) which concurrently with the execution hereof or in the future will be entered into between the Company and other individuals who are or will be key employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Other Management Stockholders ”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.               Issuance of Equity Awards .

 

(a)          Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and as set forth in the 2013 Plan, the Company is granting to the Management Stockholder Equity Awards, which will entitle the Management Stockholder the right to acquire the number of shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms set forth in such Management Stockholder’s Equity Agreement(s) which the Parties shall execute and deliver to each other concurrently with the grant of such Equity Awards.

 

2.               Management Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements .

 

(a)          The Management Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that he will not, directly or indirectly, gift, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of, whether for or without consideration, and whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “ Transfer ”) Common Stock acquired and/or held by the Management Stockholder as of or after the date hereof or acquired upon exercise of the Options or the vesting of the RSUs and/or PSUs granted to the Management Stockholder pursuant to the Equity Award Agreement(s) dated as of the date hereof (collectively, the “Stock”), except as provided in this Section 2(a) and Section 3 hereof.  If the Management Stockholder is an Affiliate of the Company, the Management Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not Transfer any shares of the Stock unless:

 

(i)  the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Securities Act ”), and in compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or

 

(ii)  (A) counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and (B) if the Management Stockholder is a citizen or resident of any country other than the United States, or the Management Stockholder desires to effect any

 

2



 

Transfer in any such country, counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to the effect that such Transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any of the following Transfers of Stock are deemed to be in compliance with the Securities Act and this Agreement (including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection therewith: (I) a Permitted Transfer or Transfer made pursuant to Sections 4, 5 or 9 hereof, (II) a Transfer (x) upon the death or Disability of the Management Stockholder to the Management Stockholder’s Estate or (y) to the executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, immediate family members or beneficiaries of a person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (III) a Transfer made in compliance with the federal securities laws to a Management Stockholder’s Trust; provided that such Transfer is made expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof as a “Management Stockholder” with respect to the representations and warranties and other obligations of this Agreement; and provided further that it is expressly understood and agreed that if such Management Stockholder’s Trust at any point includes any person or entity other than the Management Stockholder, his spouse (or ex-spouse) or his lineal descendants (including adopted children) such that it fails to meet the definition thereof as set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, such Transfer shall no longer be deemed in compliance with this Agreement and shall be subject to 3(d) below, and (IV) a Transfer made by the Management Stockholder, with the Board’s approval, to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b)          The certificate (or certificates) representing the Stock, if any, shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT BETWEEN LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) AND THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER NAMED ON THE FACE HEREOF OR THE SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT AMONG SUCH MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AND WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY) AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

(c)           The Management Stockholder acknowledges that he has been advised that (i) the Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a Public Offering and that under the Securities Act (including applicable regulations) the Stock may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, (ii) a restrictive legend in the form heretofore set forth shall be placed on the certificates (if any)

 

3



 

representing the Stock and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer and appropriate stop transfer restrictions will be issued to the Company’s transfer agent with respect to the Stock.

 

(d)          If any shares of the Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or otherwise, the Management Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at or prior to the time of such disposition such documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and take any actions requested by the Coordination Committee prior to any such sale (provided that such instructions shall not have a disproportionate adverse impact on any Management Stockholder vis-à-vis any other stockholders of the Company or limited partners of Parent) and, in the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC.

 

(e)           The Management Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of the Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than registration of securities issued on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Management Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of the Stock not covered by such registration statement from the time of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed or imminently intends to file such registration statement to, or within 180 days after the effective date of such registration statement (except if the underwriters shall require a longer period, but in any event no more than 270 days), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company.

 

(f)            The Management Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to the Option Stock, the Management Stockholder has received and reviewed the available information relating to such Stock, including having received and reviewed the documents related thereto, certain of which documents set forth the rights, preferences and restrictions relating to the Options and the Stock underlying the Options and (ii) the Management Stockholder has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company and the business and prospects of the Company which the Management Stockholder deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to the Management Stockholder’s election to receive, the Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(f), and the Management Stockholder has relied solely on such information.

 

(g)           The Management Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) the Management Stockholder’s financial condition is such that the Management Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for the Management Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) the Management Stockholder can afford to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Stock, (iii) the Management Stockholder understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the purchase of, or election to receive, the Stock, (iv)  the Management Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Management Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Management Stockholder’s purchase of, or election to receive, the Stock as contemplated by

 

4



 

this Agreement, and (v) if the box next to the Management Stockholder’s signature is checked, the Management Stockholder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as amended, under the Securities Act.

 

3.               Transferability of Stock and Equity Awards .

 

(a)          Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder may only Transfer shares of Stock in compliance with Section 4.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Equity Awards shall not be Transferable except, in the case of Equity Awards, as expressly provided in the applicable Equity Award Agreement.

 

(c)           No Transfer of any such Stock or Equity Awards in violation hereof shall be made or recorded on the books of the Company and any such Transfer shall be void ab initio and of no effect.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent may, at any time and from time to time, waive the restrictions on Transfers contained in Section 3(a), whether such waiver is made prior to or after the transferee has effected or committed to effect the Transfer, or has notified the Investors of such Transfer or commitment to Transfer.  Any Transfers made pursuant to such waiver or which are later made subject to such a waiver shall, as of the date of the waiver and at all times thereafter, not be deemed to violate any applicable restrictions on Transfers contained in this Agreement.

 

4.               Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)          If, prior to the earlier to occur of a Change of Control or consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder proposes to Transfer any or all of the Management Stockholder’s Stock, as permitted by this Agreement, to a third party (any proposal a “ Proposed Sale ” and any such third party, the “ ROFR Transferee ”) (other than any Transfer (i) pursuant to clauses (II), (III) or (IV) of Section 2(a), to the extent made to a third party, (ii) pursuant to a Permitted Transfer of the type described in clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) thereof or (iii) to a limited partner of Parent or an Affiliate of such limited partner and otherwise in accordance with this Agreement), the Management Stockholder (the “ Selling Management Stockholder ”) shall notify the Company in writing of the Management Stockholder’s intention to Transfer such Stock (such written notice, a “ ROFR Notice ”).  The ROFR Notice shall include a true and correct description of the number of shares of Stock to be Transferred and the material terms of such proposed Transfer and a copy of any proposed documentation to be entered into with any ROFR Transferee in respect of such Transfer) and shall contain an irrevocable offer to sell such Stock to the Company and the Founder ROFR Holders (in the manner set forth below) at a purchase price equal to the price contained in, and on the same terms and conditions of, the ROFR Notice.  Upon receipt of the ROFR Notice, the Company shall provide a copy thereof to the Founder ROFR Holders.

 

5



 

(b)          The Company and the Founder ROFR Holders, at any time within ten (10) Business Days after the date of the receipt by the Company and the Founder ROFR Holders of the ROFR Notice:

 

(i)              with respect to all Stock covered by an ROFR Notice, the Founder ROFR Holders shall have the have the right and option to purchase up to the Founder ROFR Percentage of the Stock covered by the ROFR Notice; and

 

(ii)           the Company and/or any subsidiary, third party or Affiliate designated by the Company, shall have the right and option to purchase any Stock covered by the ROFR Notice not purchased by the Founder ROFR Holders pursuant to Section 4 (b)(i); and

 

(iii)         the Founder ROFR Holders shall again have the right and option to purchase any Stock covered by the ROFR Notice not already purchased by the Founder ROFR Holders pursuant to Section 4(b)(i) or the Company pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii).

 

in each such case at the minimum price at which the Management Stockholder proposes to Transfer such Stock to any ROFR Transferee and otherwise on the same terms and conditions of the Proposed Sale (or, if the Proposed Sale includes any consideration other than cash, then, at the sole option of such purchaser, at the equivalent all cash price, determined in good faith by the Company taking into account the value of the property), by delivering a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Selling Management Stockholder provides wire transfer instructions) and any such non-cash consideration to be paid to the Selling Management Stockholder at the principal office of the Company against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased, appropriately endorsed by the Selling Management Stockholder.  If at the end of the ten (10) Business Day period, the Company and the Founder ROFR Holders have not, in the aggregate, exercised the right to purchase all of the Stock covered by the ROFR Notice in the manner set forth above, the Selling Management Stockholder may, during the succeeding 30-day period, sell not less than all of the Stock covered by the Proposed Sale to the ROFR Transferee in the Proposed Sale on terms no less favorable to the Selling Management Stockholder than those contained in the ROFR Notice.  Promptly after such sale, the Selling Management Stockholder shall notify the Company of the consummation thereof and shall furnish such evidence of the completion and time of completion of such sale and of the terms thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Company.  If, at the end of such 30 day period, the Selling Management Stockholder has not completed the sale of such Common Stock as aforesaid, all of the restrictions on sale, Transfer or assignment contained in this Agreement shall again be in effect with respect to such Stock.

 

5.                                           The Company’s Option to Purchase Stock and Equity Awards of the Management Stockholder Upon Certain Events .

 

(a)          Call Events.  If the Management Stockholder Entities effect a transfer of Stock (or Equity Awards) that is prohibited under this Agreement (or the Equity Award Agreements, as applicable), after notice from the Company of such impermissible transfer and a reasonable opportunity to cure such transfer which is not so cured (a “ Call Event ”), then:

 

6



 

A.             With respect to Stock, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the shares of Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the Base Price (or other applicable price paid by such Management Stockholder Entities for such Stock and in the case of Stock issued upon the vesting of RSUs and PSU, such Base Price shall be considered to be zero) and (y) the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date;

 

B.             With respect to any vested Options, all vested Options shall be terminated and cancelled without any payment therefor after the occurrence of a Call Event, upon the purchase of any Stock by the Company pursuant to paragraph A above; and

 

C.             In addition, and for the avoidance of doubt, upon a Call Event all unvested Equity Awards shall be terminated and cancelled without any payment therefor.

 

(b)          Call Notice.  The Company shall have a period (the “ Call Period ”) of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of any Call Event (or, if later, the date after discovery of, and the applicable cure period for, an impermissible Transfer constituting a Call Event) in which to give notice in writing to the Management Stockholder of its election to exercise its rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 5 (“ Repurchase Notice ”).  The completion of the purchases pursuant to the foregoing shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than the fifteenth business day after the giving of the Repurchase Notice.  The applicable Repurchase Price (including any payment with respect to the Options as described in this Section 5) shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Management Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased and appropriate documents canceling the Options so terminated, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative.

 

(c)           Use of Note to Satisfy Call Payment.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, (i) if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money, (ii) the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) above would result in a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any affiliate of the Company under any such agreement referred to in clause (i), (iii) the Board determines in good faith that the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) would cause significant harm to the short term liquidity needs of the Company, (iv) all or any portion of the proceeds required to effect the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) are not available for borrowing by the Company under any such agreement referenced in clause (i) or (v) a repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) would reasonably be expected to be prohibited by under the Maryland General Corporation Law (“ MGCL ”) or any federal or state securities laws or regulations (or if the Company reincorporates in another state, the business corporation law of such state) (each such occurrence being an “ Event ”), the Company will, to the extent it has exercised its rights to purchase Stock or Options pursuant to this Section 5, in order to complete the purchase of any Stock or Options pursuant to this Section 5, deliver to

 

7



 

the applicable Management Stockholder Entities a cash payment for any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 that would not cause an Event and (ii) a note having the same terms as that provided in Section 5(c) above with a principal amount equal to the amount payable but not paid in cash pursuant to this Section 5 due to the Event.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event exists and is continuing for ninety (90) days from the date of the Call Event, the Management Stockholder Entities shall be permitted by written notice to cause the Company to rescind any Repurchase Notice with respect to that portion of the Stock repurchased by the Company from the Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 5 with the note described in the foregoing sentence; provided that, upon such rescission, such repurchase shall be immediately rescinded and such note shall be immediately canceled without any action on the part of the Company or the Management Stockholder Entities and, notwithstanding anything herein or in such note to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any amounts of principal or interest thereunder; provided , further that the Company shall have another thirty (30) days from the date the Event ceases to exist to give another Repurchase Notice on the terms applicable to the first Repurchase Notice.

 

(d)          Effect of Accounting Principles.  Notwithstanding anything set forth in Section 5 to the contrary, in the event that it is determined by the Board that any of the provisions of Section 5 would result in any of the Stock or Equity Awards being classified as a liability as contemplated by FASB Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, including any amendments and interpretations thereto, then the following terms shall apply:

 

(i) Any shares of Stock that are to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5 may only be so purchased if and when such shares have been held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities for at least six months; and

 

(ii) With respect to any exercisable Options, upon the occurrence of a Call Event, the Management Stockholder Entities may be required by the Company to elect, in accordance with the terms of the relevant Stock Option Agreement, to receive from the Company, on one occasion, in exchange for all of the exercisable Options then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, if any, a number of shares of Stock equal to the quotient of (x) the product of (A) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value over the Option Exercise Price and (B) the number of shares then acquirable on exercise, divided by (y) the Fair Market Value, which Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment of shares of Stock (such shares of Stock, the “ Net Settled Stock ”).  (In the event the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, all outstanding exercisable Options shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof .)  Upon the occurrence of such net settlement of all exercisable Options, the Call Period shall be deemed to be the period that is 30 days following the date that is six months after the receipt by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of the Net Settled Stock, during which time the Company may, on delivery of Repurchase Notice, purchase all or any portion of the Net Settled Stock held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, at a per share price equal to the applicable Repurchase Price for Option Stock identified in Section 5.

 

8


 

(e)           Effect of Change in Control.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, except for any payment obligation of the Company which has arisen prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of such Change in Control.

 

6.               Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions .

 

(a)          Adjustment of Repurchase Price.  In determining the applicable repurchase price of the Stock and Options, as provided for in Section 5 above, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Stock in order to maintain, as nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Section 5.

 

(b)          Definitions.  All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have such meaning as such terms are defined in the Option Plan.  Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows:

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person.  For purposes hereof, “control” or any other form thereof, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday on which national banking associations in the State of New York are authorized by law to close.

 

Call Events ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 (a) hereof.

 

Call Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) hereof.

 

Cause ” shall mean (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance by the Management Stockholder in connection with the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony; (iii) theft, embezzlement, fraud or other similar conduct by the Management Stockholder in connection with the performance of his or her duties with the Company and its subsidiaries; and (iv) a willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements with the Company and its subsidiaries including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

 

Change in Control ” shall mean (a) the first to occur of any of the following: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent or the Company, as applicable, to a Person or (ii) a sale by Parent, any Securityholder (as defined in the Securityholders Agreement), or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person that results in more than 50% of the total equity interests of Parent or of the Company, as applicable, being held by a Person, which may include any

 

9



 

Securityholder (as defined in the Securityholders Agreement) or any of their respective Affiliates; provided, however, that in no event shall any relationship among any Securityholder (as defined in the Securityholders Agreement) created by the occurrence of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger (including the Securityholders Agreement and the organizational documents of Parent and its general partner) be deemed to, de facto, create a Group for purposes of this clause (a); and (b) in the case of the occurrence of an event identified in clause (a), also results in any Person that acquired more than 50% of the total equity interests of Parent,  or the Company, as applicable, having the ability to appoint a majority of the applicable board of directors.

 

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Confidential Information ” shall mean all non-public information concerning trade secret, know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, technology, designs, the financial data, strategic business plans or any proprietary or confidential information, documents or materials in any form or media, including any of the in forth in the Merger Agreement.

 

Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

Exercisable Option Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock that, at the time that Redemption Notice or Repurchase Notice is delivered (as applicable), could be purchased by the Management Stockholder upon exercise of his or her outstanding and exercisable Options.

 

Fair Market Value ” shall mean on a per Share basis, (i) if there is a public market for the Shares on such date, the average of the high and low closing bid prices of the Shares on such stock exchange on which the Shares are principally trading on the applicable date, or, if there were no sales on such date, on the closest preceding date on which there were sales of Shares, or (ii) if there is no public market for the Shares on such date, the fair market value of the Shares as determined in good faith by the Board, which determination shall take into account an appraisal of the fair market value of the Shares conducted by Duff & Phelps (or such other nationally recognized appraisal firm as the Board may select), which appraisal shall be conducted at least annually.

 

Founder ROFR Holders ” means Douglas L. Becker and Steven M. Taslitz, acting together.

 

Founder ROFR Percentage ” means, as of any time, the fraction, the numerator of which is the number Series A-1 Interests (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) held, in the aggregate, by the Founder ROFR Holders, The Irrevocable BBHT II IDGT, Irrevocable Grantor Retained Annuity Trust No. 11 and KJT Gift Trust and the denominator of which is the total number of units of Series A-1 Interests (as defined in the Partnership Agreement).

 

General Partner ” shall mean Wengen Investments Limited.

 

10



 

Good Reason ” shall mean, without the consent of the Management Stockholder: (i) a reduction in base salary (other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees); (ii) a substantial diminution in the Management Stockholder’s title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company or its subsidiaries that is not in bad faith; or (iii) a transfer of the Management Stockholder’s primary workplace by more than fifty (50) miles from his or her current workplace;  provided, however, in any event that if such conduct is cured within ten (10) business days after the Management Stockholder gives the Company notice of such event it shall not constitute Good Reason.

 

Group ” shall mean “group,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed under the Securities Act or any comparable law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

Investors ” shall mean the Persons listed in Appendix 2 of the Partnership Agreement, and each other Person who, in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement, hereafter executes a separate agreement to be bound by the terms thereof and is added to such appendix.

 

Management Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Management Stockholder Entities ” shall mean the Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder and the Management Stockholder’s Estate, collectively.

 

Management Stockholder’s Estate ” shall mean the conservators, guardians, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder.

 

Management Stockholder’s Trust ” shall mean a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, private foundation or custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Management Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse) or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted) or, if at any time after any such Transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary.

 

Merger ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

MGCL ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Net Settled Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d)(ii) hereof.

 

Options ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

11



 

Option Excess Price ” shall mean the aggregate amount paid or payable by the Company in respect of Exercisable Option Shares, as determined pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

 

Option Exercise Price ” shall mean the then-current exercise price of the shares of Common Stock covered by the applicable Option.

 

Option Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Option Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Other Management Stockholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Other Management Stockholders Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Partnership Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Wenger Alberta, Limited Partnership, dated as of July 11, 2007, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Permitted Transfer ” shall mean (i) Transfers permitted by Section 5; (ii) Transfers permitted by clauses (II) or (III) of Section 2(a); (iii) a sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company upon the proper exercise of registration rights of such Management Stockholder under Section 8 (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form); (iv) Transfers permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement (as defined in Section 6(b));  (v) Transfers permitted by the Board or (vi) Transfers to Parent or its designee.

 

Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any department or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any group consisting of one or more of the foregoing.

 

Piggyback Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Proposed Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Proposed Sale ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

Public Offering ” shall mean the sale of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement (other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed under the Securities Act or any comparable law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

12



 

Purchased Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Registrable Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2007, by and among Parent, the General Partner and each of the parties thereto, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Repurchase Calculation Date ” shall mean the date on which a repurchase occurs.

 

Repurchase Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Repurchase Price ” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of the Stock and Options to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5.

 

Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Restricted Group ” shall mean, collectively, the Company, its subsidiaries, the Investors and their respective affiliates.

 

ROFR Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

ROFR Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Sale Participation Agreement ” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Management Stockholder and Parent dated as of the date hereof, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securityholders Agreement ” shall mean that certain Securityholders Agreement dated July 11, 2007, among Parent, the General Partner, Douglas L. Becker and the other parties appearing on the signature pages thereto, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Securities Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.

 

Selling Management Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Stock Option Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

13



 

7.               The Company’s Representations and Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)          The Company represents and warrants to the Management Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms and (ii) the Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the other agreements contemplated hereby, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(b)          If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Management Stockholder to sell shares of Stock, subject to compliance with the provisions hereof (including requirements of the Coordination Committee) without registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7(b), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Act to be available.  Nothing in this Section 7(b) shall be deemed to limit in any manner the restrictions on Transfers of Stock and Equity Awards contained in this Agreement.

 

8.               “Piggyback” Registration Rights .  Effective after the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering:

 

(a)          The Parties agree to be bound, with respect to the Management Stockholders who are provided such rights pursuant to this Section 8, by all of the terms, conditions and obligations of the Registration Rights Agreement (including, without limitation, with respect to obligations as to indemnification and/or contribution) as they relate to the exercise of piggyback registration rights as provided in Sections 4, 6, 7, 8 and 11 (provided, however, that Section 11(l) shall not apply to any Management Stockholders)  of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Piggyback Registration Rights ”), as in effect on the date hereof (subject, with respect to any such Management Stockholder provided Piggyback Registration Rights, to any amendments thereto to which such Management Stockholder has agreed to be bound or which are effected in accordance with the terms thereof), and, if any of the Investors are directly or indirectly selling stock or having stock sold on their behalf, shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Registration Rights (including, without limitation, any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or the Investors), in each case as if the Management Stockholder were an original party (other than the Company) to the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided , however , for the avoidance of doubt, that at no time shall the Management Stockholder have any rights to request registration under Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement.  Following the Initial Public Offering, all Stock purchased or held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

14



 

(b)          In the event of a sale of Common Stock by any of the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will promptly notify each Management Stockholder, in writing (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) of any proposed registration (a “ Proposed Registration ”), which Piggyback Notice shall include: the principal terms and conditions of the proposed registration, including (A) the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold, (B) the fraction, expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the holders of Registrable Securities by the total number of shares of Common Stock held by the holders of Registrable Securities selling shares of Common Stock, (C) the proposed per share purchase price (or an estimate thereof), and (D) the proposed date of sale.  If within fifteen (15) days of the receipt by the Management Stockholder of such Piggyback Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Management Stockholder a written request (a “ Request ”) to register shares of Stock held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Management Stockholder and the Company), shares of such Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 8; provided , however , that for each such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, may be submitted for all Registrable Securities held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities.

 

(c)           The maximum number of shares of Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lowest of (i) the number of shares of Stock then held by the Management Stockholder Entities, including all shares of such Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under an unexercised Option to the extent then exercisable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock being sold by holders of Registrable Securities and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock owned by the holders of Registrable Securities or (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which the Company can register in connection with such Request in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as more fully described in subsection (d) of this Section 8 or (iii) the maximum number of shares of Stock which the Management Stockholder (pro rata based upon the aggregate number of shares of such Stock the Management Stockholders have requested to be registered) is permitted to register under the Piggyback Registration Rights, in any event subject to reduction as provided in subsection (d) of Section 9.

 

(d)          If a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then, unless the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a different allocation, the number of shares of Stock which the Management Stockholders will be entitled to include will be reduced in accordance with Section 3 or 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable, which the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Common Stock the Company proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold

 

15



 

without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Common Stock which the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the Management Stockholders and all Other Management Stockholders and any other Persons who are entitled to piggyback or incidental registration rights in respect of Common Stock (together, the “ Holders ”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Common Stock or other Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable Options) ( provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

 

(e)           Upon delivering a Request a Management Stockholder having Piggyback Registration Rights pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8 will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney having customary terms and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 8 (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”).  The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Management Stockholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (to the extent applicable) representing such shares of Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Management Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Management Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

 

(f)            The Management Stockholder agrees that he will execute such other agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 8, including reasonable and customary lock-up agreements.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding Section 11(l) of the Registration Rights Agreement, this Section 8 will terminate on the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) with respect to each Management Stockholder, on the date on which such Management Stockholder ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

9.               Covenant Regarding 83(b) Election .  Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing, the Management Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that the Management Stockholder will make an election provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2 with respect to any Stock that is acquired by the Management Stockholder that is subject to this Agreement and the Option Stock acquired on exercise of any Options; and the Management Stockholder further covenants and agrees that he or she will furnish the Company with copies of the forms of election the Management Stockholder files within thirty (30) days after each exercise of the Management Stockholder’s Options and with evidence that each such election has been filed in a timely manner.

 

10.        Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from purchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Stock or Equity Awards from the Management Stockholder, at

 

16



 

any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties, whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Management Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Stock or any Equity Awards under the terms of this Agreement; provided that no such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of the Board.

 

11.        Notice of Change of Beneficiary .  Immediately prior to any Transfer of Stock, as permitted under this Agreement, to a Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder shall provide the Company with a copy of the instruments creating the Management Stockholder’s Trust and with the identity of the beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder’s Trust.  The Management Stockholder shall notify the Company as soon as practicable prior to any change in the identity of any beneficiary of the Management Stockholder’s Trust.

 

12.        Recapitalizations, etc.   The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Stock or the Equity Awards, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or substitution of the Stock or the Equity Awards by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

13.        Management Stockholder’s Employment by the Company .  Nothing contained in this Agreement (a) obligates the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to employ the Management Stockholder in any capacity whatsoever or (b) prohibits or restricts the Company (or any such subsidiary) from terminating the employment of the Management Stockholder at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and the Management Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any other person has made any representations or promises whatsoever to the Management Stockholder concerning the Management Stockholder’s employment or continued employment by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

14.        Binding Effect .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.  In the case of a transferee permitted under Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) (other than clauses (iii) or (iv) thereof) hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Management Stockholder hereunder; provided , however , that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred to in Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder or with respect hereto.

 

17



 

15.        Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by the Company at any time upon notice to the Management Stockholder thereof; provided that any amendment (i) that materially disadvantages the Management Stockholder shall not be effective unless and until the Management Stockholder has consented thereto in writing and (ii) that disadvantages a class of stockholders in more than a de minimis way but less than a material way shall require the consent of a majority of the equity interests held by such affected class of stockholders.

 

16.        Closing .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the closing of each purchase and sale of shares of Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth business day following delivery of the notice by either Party to the other of its exercise of the right to purchase or sell such Stock hereunder.

 

17.        Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees .

 

(a)          The laws of the State of Maryland applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)          In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator.  Such arbitration process shall take place in Baltimore, Maryland.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning.  Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Management Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries, the Investors and any of their respective affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the covenant not to compete, covenant not to solicit and/or confidentiality covenants as set forth in Section 22 of this Agreement.

 

(d)          In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

18.        Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company .  The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof.

 

18


 

19.        Miscellaneous .

 

(a)          In this Agreement all references to “dollars” or “$” are to United States dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

(b)          If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

20.        Withholding .  The Company or its subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment, if applicable.

 

21.        Notices .  All notices, consents, payments, demands and other communications required or permitted for herein shall be in writing and sent by electronic mail (if an address is provided for notice pursuant to this provision) and shall be (a) delivered personally to the Person or to an officer of the Person to whom the same is directed, or (b) sent by electronic mail, facsimile, overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly delivered, given and received for all purposes as of:  (i) the date so delivered, if delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, if sent by electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier; or (iii) on the date of receipt or refusal indicated on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage and charges prepaid and properly addressed. All communications shall be sent to such party’s address as set forth below or at such other address or to such other person as the party shall have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance with this provision:

 

(a)          If to the Company, to it at the following address:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.
650 South Exeter Street
Baltimore, MD  21202-4382
Attention:  General Counsel
Telecopy:  (410) 843-8544

 

with copies to:

 

Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership

9 West 57 th  Street, Suite 4200

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  Brian Carroll

Telecopy:  (212) 750-0003

 

and

 

19



 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Gary Horowitz, Esq.

Telecopy:  (212) 455-2502

 

(b)          If to the Management Stockholder, to the Management Stockholder at the address set forth below under the Management Stockholder’s signature; or at such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other.

 

22.        Confidential Information; Covenant Not to Compete; Covenant Not to Solicit .

 

(a)          In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Management Stockholder, unless otherwise provided in any employment or severance agreement entered into by and between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries (in which case the corresponding provisions therein shall control), the Management Stockholder hereby agrees effective as of the date of the Management Stockholder’s commencement of employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Management Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)                                       at any time during or after the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, disclose or use any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, except when required to perform his or her duties to the Company or one of its subsidiaries, by law or judicial process;

 

(ii)                                 at any time during the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and for a period of two years thereafter, directly or indirectly, act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business that directly competes, at the relevant determination date, with the post-secondary business of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates in any geographic area where the Company or its Affiliates manufactures, produces, sells, leases, rents, licenses or otherwise provides products or services,

 

(iii)                                 at any time during the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and for a period of two years thereafter, directly or indirectly (A) solicit customers or clients of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates to terminate their relationship with the Company, any of its subsidiaries, the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates or otherwise solicit such customers or clients to compete with any business of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates or (B) solicit or offer employment to any person who is, or has been at any time during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the termination of the Management Stockholder’s employment employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates;

 

20



 

provided that in each of (ii) and (iii) above, such restrictions shall not apply with respect to any Investor or any of their Affiliates that is not engaged in any business that competes, directly or indirectly, with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  If the Management Stockholder is bound by any other agreement with the Company regarding the use or disclosure of Confidential Information, the provisions of this Agreement shall be read in such a way as to further restrict and not to permit any more extensive use or disclosure of Confidential Information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 22(a)(ii), the Management Stockholder may, directly or indirectly own, solely as an investment, securities of any Person engaged in the business of the Company or its affiliates which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or quotation system or on the over-the-counter market if the Management Stockholder (I) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (II) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding clause (a) above, if at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in such clause (a) are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographic area determined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope or area.  Because the Management Stockholder’s services are unique and because the Management Stockholder has had access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security).

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Management Stockholder breaches any of the provisions of Section 22(a), in addition to all other remedies that may be available to the Company, the Management Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to him or her by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of any Options or Stock held by such Management Stockholder; provided that with respect to Option Stock, the Management Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company only such amounts, if any, that the Management Stockholder received in excess of the exercise price paid by the Management Stockholder in acquiring such Option Stock, on a net after-tax basis.

 

23.        Irrevocable Proxy .  In accordance with Section 2-507(d) of the MGCL, each Management Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof as its lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact to exercise with full power in such Management Stockholder’s name and on its behalf such Management Stockholder’s right to vote (or execute a written consent) all of the shares of outstanding Common Stock owned by the Management Stockholder at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company or in connection with a written consent in lieu of a regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company.  Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof shall vote (or execute a consent) under this proxy on behalf of each such Management Stockholder in the same manner as Parent votes (or executes a consent) any outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by it at any such regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company or in connection with a written consent in lieu of a regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company.   This

 

21



 

proxy is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest and shall not be terminable as long as this Agreement remains effective among the parties hereto, their successors, transferees and assigns and, if such Management Stockholder is a natural person, shall not terminate on the disability or incompetence of such Management Stockholder.  The Company is hereby requested and directed to honor this proxy upon its presentation by Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof, without any duty of investigation whatsoever on the part of the Company. Each such Management Stockholder agrees that the Company, and the Company’s secretary shall not be liable to such Management Stockholder for so honoring this proxy.

 

[ Signatures on next page .]

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Robert W. Zentz

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Wengen Investments Limited, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page for Management Stockholder’s Agreement]

 



 

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

«FirstName» «LastName»

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

o   The above-signed represents that he/she is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as amended, under the Act.

 

[signature page for Management Stockholder’s Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.38

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

L Curve Sub Inc.

c/o Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership

9 West 57th Street, Suite 4200

New York, New York 1001

 

August 16, 2007

 

Douglas L. Becker

[    ]

[    ]

 

Dear Doug:

 

As you are aware, Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) entered into an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 3, 2007 (as further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Merger Agreement”) among the Company, Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, an Alberta Canada limited partnership (‘Parent”), and L Curve Sub Inc., a Maryland corporation (“L Curve”), which agreement provides for the sale of the Company to Parent and for L Curve to merge with and into the Company, with the Company to be the surviving corporation of such merger (the “Transaction”). You and L Curve each hereby acknowledge and agree that, effective as of the closing of the Transaction, all obligations of L Curve under this letter agreement shall become the obligations of the Company, and therefore the Company shall be bound by all obligations of the Company set forth in this letter agreement

 

In connection with the Transaction, you have agreed that, as of the closing date of the Transaction (the “Closing Date”), the options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company (the “Old Options”) and performance share units (the “Performance Shares”) that you currently hold, a schedule of which is set forth on Exhibit A hereto, shall be cancelled in exchange for the Company establishing an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement (such arrangement, the “DCP Account”). This letter agreement sets forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the DCP Account is payable. All capitalized terms not defined in this letter agreement are defined on Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

1. Establishment of DCP Account: Effect of IPO on DCP Account .

 

(a)                                              On the Closing Date, following the cancellation of the Old Options and Performance Shares, the Company agrees to credit the DCP Account with a number of phantom shares of common stock of the Company (the “Phantom Shares”) equal to the quotient of (x) the sum of the aggregate cash payment that would have otherwise been payable on a cash out of the Old Options at their in-the-money value and the Performance Shares based on a $60.50 per share price on a pre-tax basis (which in the aggregate is anticipated to be approximately $78,116,588), divided by (y) the value of one share of common stock of the Company as it exists immediately after the closing of the Transaction (which for the avoidance of doubt will equal $4.59) (the “Deal Price”). The initial number of Phantom Shares is thus anticipated to be 17,018,865.

 



 

(b)                                  The number of Phantom Shares or IPO Phantom Shares in the DCP Account will be reduced over time based on the provisions contained in paragraphs 3 and 5 below and consistent with the definition of DCP Account Balance.

 

(c)                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an IPO (the “IPO Date”), the Phantom Shares credited to the DCP Account at such time shall be converted into a number of new phantom shares of common stock of the IPO Corporation (the “IPO Phantom Shares”) equal to the quotient of (x) the product of (i) the number of Phantom Shares contained in the DCP Account under paragraph 1(a) above (as adjusted pursuant to paragraph 1(b) above and, if applicable, paragraph 10 below), and (ii) the Accreted Deal Price, divided by (y) the per share offering price of the common stock of the IPO Corporation in the IPO.

 

2.                Vesting . You shall be fully vested at all times in the DCP Account.

 

3.                Payment Schedule . Except as otherwise provided in this letter agreement, on September 17,2014 (the “Distribution Event”), you shall be entitled to receive, or commence receiving, payment of the DCP Account Balance (as defined on Exhibit B) as follows:

 

(A)                            if the DCP Accow1t Balance as of the date of the Distribution Event (the “Event Date”) is less than $50 million, the DCP Account Balance shall be paid out (I) if the Distribution Event occurs prior to an IPO, in a lump sum cash payment upon the Event Date, and (Il) if the Distribution Event occurs after an IPO, in the medium of shares of IPO Stock equal in number to the number of Phantom IPO Shares held in the DCP Account on the Event Date;

 

(B)                            if the DCP Account Balance as of the Event Date is equal to or greater than $50 million but less than $100 million: (I) $50 million of the DCP Account Balance shall be paid out on the Event Date (x) if the Distribution Event occurs prior to an IPO, ina lump sum cash payment, and (y) if the Distribution Event occurs after an IPO, in shares of IPO Stock equal in number to the quotient of (l) $50 million, divided by (2) the Fair Market Value on the Event Date; and (II) the remaining DCP Account Balance shall be paid out on the first anniversary of the Event Date (x) if such anniversary occurs prior to an IPO, in a lump sum cash payment (which lump sum payment shall include the remaining DCP Account Balance plus interest accruing on the amount remaining in the DCP Account after the payment described in clause (I) hereof at the rate of 5.0% per annum for the period that runs from the Event Date through such first anniversary), and (y) if such anniversary OCCUrS after an IPO, in shares of lPO Stock equal in number to the number of then remaining shares of IPO Phantom Stock held in the DCP Account on such anniversary date; and

 

(C)                            if the DCP Account Balance as of the Event Date is equal to or greater than $100 million: (I) $50 million of the DCP Account Balance will be paid out on the Event Date as provided for in clause (B)(I) above; (II) $50 million of the DCP Account Balance will be paid on the first anniversary of the Event Date (x) if such first anniversary occurs prior

 

2



 

to an IPO, in a lump sum cash payment (which lump sum payment shall include interest accruing on the amount remaining in the DCP Account after the payment described in clause (I) hereof at the rate of 5.0% per annum for the period that runs from the Event Date through such first anniversary (“Post Event Date First Year Interest”), and (y) if such first anniversary occurs after an IPO, in shares of IPO Stock equal in number to the quotient of (1) $50 million, divided by (2) the Fair Market Value on such first anniversary; and (ID) the remaining DCP Account Balance shall be paid on the second anniversary of the Event Date (x) if such second anniversary occurs prior to an IPO, in a lump sum cash payment (which lump sum payment shall include the remaining DCP Account Balance plus interest accruing on the amount remaining in the DCP Account after the payments described in clauses (I) and (II)hereof at the rate of 5.0% per annum for the period that runs from the first anniversary of the Event Date through such second anniversary), and (y) if such second anniversary occurs after an IPO, in shares of IPO Stock equal in number to the number of then remaining shares of IPO Phantom Stock held in the DCP Account on such second anniversary date.

 

If you receive a distribution of IPO Stock pursuant to this paragraph 3, any shares of IPO Stock received shall be subject to the Securityholders Agreement and shall be treated thereunder in the same manner as any Series A-1 Interests held by you would be treated with respect to any restrictions on transferability, registration rights and participation in the sale of any equity interests (e.g., tagalong rights and drag along rights).

 

4.                                                               Limitation on Payment Schedule . For purposes of this letter agreement, except in the case of a Tax Distribution, any payment of the DCP Account Balance under this letter agreement is subject to delay due to the Financial Health of the Company; provided, however, that in the event all or a portion of the DCP Account Balance cannot be paid to you as a result of the Financial Health of the Company (any such amount otherwise doe, the “Delayed Amount”): (a) the Company shall notify you in writing promptly after it determines that the payment of all or a portion of the DCP Account Balance cannot be paid as a result of this paragraph 4; (b) interest equal to the prime lending rate of JP Morgan Chase (or any successor thereto) on the date of the Distribution Event, as adjusted from time to time, shall begin to accrue on the Delayed Amount otherwise due on such date (and in the event that such delay continues through any subsequent payment date(s) as set forth in paragraph 3 above, interest equal to the prime lending rate of JP Morgan Chase (or any successor thereto) on such subsequent payment date(s), as adjusted from time to time, shall begin to accrue on the Delayed Amount otherwise due on such date(s)), and shall continue to accrue until such time(s) as the Delayed Amount is paid to you in the manner described in clause (c) of this paragraph 4; and (c) any Delayed Amount and accrued interest shall be paid to you within ten (1O) business days after the date on which the delay of such payment(s) due to the Financial Health of the Company ceases to exist.

 

5 . Early Tax Distribution . Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter agreement, if it is reasonably determined by Parent, the Company and you (including. but not limited to, a settlement by you of any 409A Tax liability after an audit by the Internal Revenue Service) that the DCP Account is subject to any 409A Tax prior to the date on which you would otherwise be entitled to receive payment of the DCP Account Balance as provided for above, you shall be entitled to receive an immediate distribution of that portion of the DCP Account equal to the excess of (i) the amount of the 409A Tax due,

 

3



 

over (ii) the lesser of (x) twenty-five percent (25%) of the amount of the 409A Tax due and (y) your Pro Rata portion of $15 million (any amount so distributed, the “Tax Distribution”).

 

In the event of a Tax Distribution, such amount will be treated as a “Distribution” for purposes of the calculation of the DCP Account Balance and thus will reduce the amount that shall be subsequently clis1ributed to you from the DCP Account as a result of a Distribution Event as provided under paragraph 3 above.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that a Tax Distribution is made before an IPO, such distribution shall be in cash, but if a Tax Distribution is made after an IPO, such distribution shall be in a number of shares of IPO Stock having an aggregate value (based on the Fair Market Value on the date of the Tax Distribution) equal to the amount calculated as the Tax Distribution. Any shares of IPO Stock received as a Tax Distribution shall, subject to applicable securities law limitations, if any, be freely transferable.

 

6. Liability Paid from General Assets . You acknowledge and agree that the DCP Account shall be a bookkeeping entry that shall not represent a beneficial interest in any assets of the Company or any of its affiliates and that you shall not have any property interest whatsoever in any assets of the Company or any of its affiliates by reason of the existence of any credit balance in the DCP Account Nothing contained herein and no action taken pursuant to this letter agreement shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any of its affiliates. The obligations of the Company to make payments under this letter agreement shall be contractual only and all such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Company, which are subject to the claims of its general creditors. You, your beneficiary(ies) or person(s) having or claiming a right to payments under this letter agreement shall rely solely on the unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company and nothing herein shall be construed to give you or any such individual any right, title, interest or claim in or to any specific asset, fund, reserve, account or property of any kind whatsoever owned by the Company or in which it may have any right, title or interest now or in the future.

 

7. Assignment; Heirs . You further agree and acknowledge that your rights 1U1der the PCP Account shall not be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by your creditors or your beneficiaries’ creditors, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any attempted assignment or transfer shall be null and void In the event of your death prior to the payment of all or a portion of the DCP Account Balance, remaining payments shall be made to your estate in accordance with the payment schedule set forth in paragraph 3 above. This letter agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns and upon you and your heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

8. Entire Agreement; Amendment . Subject to paragraph 14 below, the provisions contained herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this letter agreement and supersede any and all prior agreements, understandings and communications between the parties, oral or written, with respect to such subject matter. Except as set forth in paragraph 15 below, any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification of any provisions of this letter agreement shall not be valid unless in writing and signed by you and the Company.

 

4



 

9. Taxes . All payments made hereunder to you or your beneficiary(ies) shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts by the Company as it reasonably may determine it is required to withhold pursuant to any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law or regulation; provided, further, that in the event that any payments made hereunder to you or your beneficiary(ies) are to be made in shares of IPO Stock, you hereby agree to make arrangements with the Company to satisfy any such tax obligations including, without limitation, by authorizing the Company to withhold from any cash compensation am01mts otherwise due to you the amount of such tax obligations. You acknowledge and agree that you shall be solely liable for any taxes (including any interest or penalties) that you incur as a result of the DCP Account.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter agreement, the establishment and operation of the DCP Account is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder (including the “transition rules” described, in part, in IRS Notices 2005-1 and 2006-79) and shall at all times be interpreted in accordance with such intent such that amounts credited to the DCP Account shall not be taxable to you until such amounts are paid to you in accordance with the terms of this letter agreement. In furtherance thereof, no payments from the DCP Account may be accelerated under the DCP Account other than to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

 

10.              Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting Phantom Shares .  If, at any time, the number of outstanding shares of the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, is changed by reason of a combination, a recapitalization (including a recapitalization effected by merger, consolidation or otherwise), a reclassification, a stock split, a stock dividend or other comparable event (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), the terms of this letter agreement shall, in the good faith discretion of the Board, be appropriately modified to the extent the Board deems necessary, as to the number of Phantom Shares, number of lPO Phantom Shares, and/or the amount of the Deal Price and/or Accreted Deal Price, as applicable, in order to account for . the increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of the Company or IPO Corporation, as applicable, that may occur as a result of any such event.

 

11.               Governing 1aws: Arbitration .

 

(a)                                     This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except as preempted by federal law.

 

(b)                                     In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this letter agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place within the Baltimore, Maryland metropolitan area. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

12. Termination of Letter Agreement . Notwithstanding anything set forth in this letter agreement, in the event that the Merger Agreement terminates prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement), this letter agreement shall also terminate and

 

5



 

be of no force and effect as of the date of such termination.

 

13. Counterparts . This letter agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, which shall, collectively and separately, constitute one agreement.

 

14.               Section 409A Amendment . It is intended that any income or payments to you provided pursuant to this letter agreement (any such income or payments being referred to as “Payments”) will not be subject to a 409A Tax. The provisions of this letter agreement will be interpreted and construed in favor of complying with any applicable requirements of Code Section 409A necessary in order to avoid the imposition of a 409A Tax. The Company and you agree to use its and your reasonable best efforts to cooperate to promptly amend (including, to the extent permitted, retroactively) this letter agreement (a) in order to comply with Code Section 409A to the extent it is reasonably determined by you and the Company that such amendment is required, including amending it to facilitate your ability to avoid the imposition of, or reduce the amount of, any 409A Tax, and (b) effect the terms of payment agreed to or specified under the Schedule, no later than December 31, 2007 (or (i) if the current “transition period” under applicable Code Section 409A guidance or regulations is extended , then no later than the last date of any such applicable extension or amendment, as applicable or (ii) if amendment is otherwise permitted under applicable Code Section 409A guidance, then until such date as permitted under such applicable Code Section 409A guidance); provided, however, that in no event shall any such amendment be effected if the terms of such amendment would, or would reasonably be expected to, result in a violation of any covenant of any Credit Facility. The Company and you shall diligently cooperate to provide full effect to this provision and the consent to any amendment described in the preceding sentence shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either party.

 

15.                                                            Termination on Change of Control . The Company shall terminate this letter agreement and liquidate all amounts payable under this letter agreement in a lump sum immediately upon a Change of Control in a manner that otherwise complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.4-09A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B); provided that such termination and liquidation shall only be effected if either (i) the Credit Facility will not remain outstanding following such Change of Control, or (ii) the Credit Facility will remain outstanding following the Change of Control, but does not prohibit the termination and liquidation otherwise contemplated by this paragraph 15.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this letter agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

 

 

 

L CURVE SUB INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

Its:

Sr. Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas L. Becker

 

Douglas L. Becker

 

[DCP Signature page]

 

7




Exhibit 10.39

 

2nd AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE INTEREST SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS 2nd AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE INTEREST SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time, this “Agreement”) is made as of August 31, 2010, by and between WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, an Alberta limited partnership (the “Company”), and the individual named on the signature page hereto (“Executive”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Executive Interest Subscription Agreement made as of August 17, 2007 by and between the Company and Executive, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2008 (the “2008 Subscription Agreement”), Executive subscribed for and acquired from the Company, and the Company issued and provided to Executive, the Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests in the Company (the “Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests”) and the Performance Vesting Incentive Profits Interests in the Company (the “Performance Vesting Incentive Profits Interests”, and, together with the Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests, the “Interests”), in each case in the number set forth on Schedule I, as hereinafter set forth; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive now desire to amend the 2008 Subscription Agreement in certain respects effective on and after the date hereof and to restate the 2008 Subscription Agreement to read in its entirety as follows this “whereas” clause.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions.

 

1.1                                2008 Subscription Agreement.  The term “2008 Subscription Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

 

1.2                                Acquisition. The term “Acquisition” shall mean the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company, L Curve and Laureate dated June 3, 2007, as amended from time to time.

 

1.3                                Advisor. The term “Advisor” shall mean SP-L Founders, LLC.

 

1.4                  Affiliate. The term “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person. For purposes hereof, “control” or any other form thereof, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

1.5                                Agreement. 11ie term “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

 

1.6                                Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target. The term “Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target” shall have tl1e meaning set forth on Schedule I hereto.

 

1



 

1 .7                             Board. The term “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Laureate.

 

1.8                                Call Closing Date. The term “Call Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(d).

 

1.9                                Call Exchange Notice. The term “Call Exchange Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

 

1.1 O                    Call Exchange Notice Date. The term “Call Exchange Notice Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

 

1.11                         Call Notice. The term “Call Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c).

 

1.12                         Call Triggering Event. The term “Call Triggering Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

 

1.13                         Cause. The term “Cause” shall mean: (A) the gross negligence or willful malfeasance by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties with respect to Laureate and its Subsidiaries (other than in the event Executive had a reasonable good faith belief that the act, omission or failure to act in question was not a violation of Jaw), in each case, that would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on the business of Laureate; (B) the abuse of drugs or alcohol or conduct involving moral turpitude by Executive that would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on the business of Laureate; (C) the misappropriation by Executive of any material business opportunity of Laureate, provided, however, that, solely for this purpose, Executive shall not be deemed to have misappropriated a material business opportunity of Laureate and its Subsidiaries and/or its Affiliates by virtue of any action taken by Sterling Affiliate, unless Executive knows of such action before the date it occurs (or, if earlier, before the date of a binding commitment to complete such action) and Executive fails to disclose such action to the Board; (D) Executive’s being barred or prohibited by the SEC or any other governmental authority from holding the position of Chief Executive Officer of Laureate; or (E) the willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements with Laureate or the Company, including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

 

1.14                         Carry Vehicle. The term “Carry Vehicle” shall mean each of ILM Investments Limited Partnership, ru1 Alberta limited partnership, Laureate Co-Investors I, Limited Partnership, an Alberta limited partnership, Laureate Co-Investors II, Limited Partnership, an Alberta limited partnership, and Laureate Co-Investors III, Limited Partnership, an Alberta limited partnership, and any successor or replacement entity with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

1.15                         Carry Vehicle Agreement.  The term “Carry Vehicle Agreement” shall mean the operating agreement of each Carry Vehicle.

 

1.16                         Change of Control. The term “Change of Control” shall mean (a) the first to occur of any of the following: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or Laureate, as applicable, to a Person or (ii) sale by Company, any Securityholder, or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person that results in more than 50% of the total equity interests

 

2



 

of the Company or of Laureate, as applicable, being held by a Person, which may include any Securityholder or any of their respective Affiliates; provided, however, that in no event shall any relationship among any Securityholder created by the occurrence of the Acquisition (including the Securityholders Agreement and the organizational documents of the Company and its general partner) be deemed to, de facto, create a “group” for purposes of this clause (a); and (b) in the case of the occurrence of an event identified in clause (a), also results in any Person that acquired more than 50% of the total equity interests of the Company or Laureate, as applicable, having the ability to appoint a majority of the applicable board of directors.

 

1.17                         Closing. The term “Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

1.18                         Closing Date. The term “Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

1.19                            Code. The term “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.20                         Company. The term “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

 

1.21                         Competitive Business. The term “Competitive Business” shall have the meaning set forth in Sectio116. l(a)(i).

 

1.22                         Deal Price. The term “Deal Price” shall mean with respect to each Vested Interest or share of IPO Stock, the value of one share of common stock of Laureate as it exists immediately after the closing of the Merger (which for the avoidance of doubt is $4.59).

 

1.23                         Disability. The term “Disability” shall mean a condition that renders Executive physically or mentally incapacitated and therefore unable for a period of six (6) consecutive months to perform Executive’s duties.

 

1.24                         EBITDA. The term “EBITDA” shall have the meaning set forth on Schedule J hereto.

 

1.25                         Equity Interests. The term “Equity Interests” shall mean all Series A-I Interests in the Company that are held by Executive and Founders immediately upon the effectiveness of the Merger.

 

1.26                         Escrow Equity. The term “Escrow Equity” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c).

 

1.27                         Exchange. The term “Exchange” shall mean the liquidation of Vested Interests and their exchange for Exchanged Interests pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(i) or Section 4.2(a)(i), as applicable.

 

1.28                         Exchange Notice. The term “Exchange Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 (a)(i).

 

3



 

1.29                         Exchange Notice Date. The term “Exchange Notice Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.l(a)(i).

 

1.30                         Exchanged Interests. The term “Exchanged Interests” shall mean those Series A­ l Interests into which Vested Interests have been Exchanged pursuant to Section 4.l (a)(i) or Section 4.2(a)(i), as applicable.

 

1.31                         Executive. The term “Executive” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

 

1.32                         Fair Market Value. The term “Fair Market Value” shall mean the value for any Interest, Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock, as applicable, as determined by an independent, third-party appraiser reasonably and mutually agreeable to the Company and Executive, following an independent appraisal of such equity, which, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining the amount of Exchanged Interests into which Interests are Exchanged pursuant to Section 4. l(a)(i) or Section 4.2(a)(i), as applicable, shall be based on the liquidation value of the Interests, determined by calculating the fair market value of the Company and its Subsidiaries as going concerns and then assuming the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries are liquidated at such fair market value and the proceeds of such liquidation were distributed under Section 5.1.1 of the LP Agreement at the relevant time.

 

1.33                         Family Group. The term “Family Group” shall mean, with respect to Executive, Executive’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted) and any trust, partnership, limited liability company or similar vehicle established and maintained primarily for the benefit of (or the sole members or partners of which are) Executive, Executive’s spouse and/or such Executive’s descendants or any trust, partnership, limited liability company or similar vehicle established and maintained primarily for the benefit of such persons.

 

1.34                         First Call Withdrawal Period. The term “First Call Withdrawal Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(ii).

 

1.3S                         First Put Triggering Events. The term “First Put Triggering Events” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

 

1.36                         First Withdrawal Period.  The term “First Withdrawal Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(ii).

 

1.37                         Fiscal Year. The term “Fiscal Year” shall mean each fiscal year of the Company or Laureate, as it may be established from time to time.

 

1.38                         Founders. The tenn “Founders” shall mean Executive, Steven Taslitz, Sterling Capital Partners II, L.P., Sterling Capital Partners III, LP. and each of their respective affiliates who acquire Series A-1 Interests in the Company in the Acquisition (other than any Carry Vehicle, SP-L Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company or any other party to a Carry Vehicle Agreement).

 

1.39                         Fraud. The term “Fraud” shall mean (A) Executive’s conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to (or being indicted for), a felony involving theft, embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty or any similar offense that would be reasonably likely to have a material

 

4



 

adverse impact on the business of Laureate, or (B) theft, embezzlement or fraud by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties with Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

1.40                         Frozen Amount. The Term “Frozen Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of this Agreement

 

1.41                         Good Reason. The term “Good Reason” shall mean, without the prior written consent of Executive: (A) Executive is demoted from the position of Chief Executive Officer of Laureate, or Executive’s duties and responsibilities with respect to Laureate and its Subsidiaries are materially and substantially diminished as a whole; (B) a reduction in the base salary of Executive; (C) the removal of or failure to reelect Executive as a member of the Board other than as a result of his voluntary resignation or choice not to stand for reelection or reappointment or as required by applicable law; (D) Laureate’s requiring Executive to be based (exclud ing travel responsibilities in the ordinary course of business) at any office or location more than 25 miles from the office of Laureate at I 00 I Fleet Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202; (E) the failure by any successor to Laureate to expressly assume all obligations of Laureate under Executive’s employment agreement with Laureate; or (F) after a Change of Control, Executive’s duties are inconsistent in any material respect with his position (including, without limitation, his status, office, title, or repo1ting relationship), authority, control, duties, or responsibilities immediately prior to the Change of Control.

 

1.42                         Interest Consideration. The term “Interest Consideration” shall mean the consideration provided by Executive to the Company for the Interests under this Agreement and shall have a value of $1,000 with respect to all Interests.

 

1.43                         Interests. The term “Interests” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface, fifty percent (50%) of which shall initially constitute Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests, and fifty percent (50%) of which shall initially constitute Performance Vesting Incentive Profits Interests.

 

1.44                         IPO Corporation. The term “IPO Corporation” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securityholders Agreement.

 

1.45                         IPO Option(s). The term “IPO Option(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.

 

1.46                         IPO Stock. The term “IPO Stock” shall mean the securities of the IPO Corporation following the consummation of a Public Offering.

 

1.47                         Laureate. The term “Laureate” shall mean Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and its successors.

 

1.48                         L Curve. The term “L Curve” means L Curve Sub Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

1.49                         Limited Partner. The term “Limited Partner” shall have the meaning set forth in the LP Agreement.

 

5



 

1.50                         LP Agreement. The term “LP Agreement” shall mean the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

1.51                         Liquidation Value. The term “Liquidation Value” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.l(a)(ii).

 

1.52                         Merger. The term “Merger” shall mean the merger of L Curve with and into Laureate pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company, Laureate and L Curve, dated June 3, 2007, as amended from time to time.

 

1.53                         Non-Performance. The term “Non-Performance” shall mean the Board, acting in good faith, determines that the Company has failed to achieve, in any two consecutive fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2007, at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the applicable Annual Pro Rata EBITDA Target.

 

1.54                         Partnership Interests. The term “Partnership Interests” shall mean the ownership interest of a partner in the Company at any time, including, without limitation, such partner’s right to share in net income, net loss or similar items of, and to receive distributions from, the Company, any and all rights to vote and the rights to any and all benefits to which such partner is entitled as provided in the LP Agreement, together with the obligations of such partner to comply with all of the terms and provisions of the LP Agreement.

 

1.55                         Performance Vesting Incentive Profits Interests. The term “Performance Vesting Incentive Profits Interests” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

 

1.56                         Person. The term “Person” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securityholders Agreement.

 

1.57                         Public Offering. The term “Public Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securityholders Agreement.

 

1.58                         Put Closing Date. The term .”Put Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.l (e)(i).

 

1.59                         Put Notice. The term “Put Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.l(d).

 

1.60                         Put Notice Date. The term “Put Notice Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4. l(d}.

 

1.61                         Put Triggering Event. The term “Put Triggering Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.l(c).

 

1.62                         Restricted Period. The term “Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6. l(a).

 

1.63                         SEC. The term “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

6



 

1.64                         Second Withdrawal Period. The term “Second Withdrawal Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.l (e)(i).

 

1.65                         Second Put Triggering Events. The term “Second Put Triggering Events” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4. l(c).

 

1.66                         Securities. The term “Securities” shall mean the Partnership Interests or other equity securities issued from time to time by the Company or the IPO Corporation.

 

1.67                         Securities Act. The term “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

1.68                         Securityholder. The term Securityholder shall mean a Person that holds Securities.

 

1.69                         Securityholders Agreement. The term “Securityholders Agreement” shall mean the Securityholders Agreement dated as of July 11, 2007 among the Company and the other parties thereto, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.70                         Series A-1 lnterests.  The term “Series A-1 Interests” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the LP Agreement, and should any Series A-1 Interest be converted or exchanged for substitute or replacement securities, the term Series A-1 lnterests shall also include any substitute or replacement securities that Series A-1 Interests are substituted for or converted into.

 

1.71                         Sterling Affiliate. The term “Sterling Affiliate” shall mean each of Sterling Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Sterling Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Sterling Capital Partners ll, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Sterling Capital Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Sterling Capital Partners Ill, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Sterling Capital Partners Ill, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Sterling Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Sterling Ventures, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Sterling Ventures II,LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Sterling Ventures II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Fund Management Services, LLC (“FMS”), a Delaware limited liability company aud any current or future Affiliates of auy of the foregoing, including but not limited to future private equity funds managed by FMS and/or with general partners’ controlled by the current principal members of FMS.

 

1.72                         Subsidiary. The term “Subsidiary” shall, with respect to any Person, any other Person of which the first Person owns, directly or indirectly, securities or other ownership interests having voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of the equity interests of the second Person).

 

I .73          Termination Date. The term “Termination Date” shall mean the date upon whic’h Executive’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason.

 

7



 

1.74                         Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests. The term “Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

 

1.75                         Transfer. The term “Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in the LP Agreement.

 

1.76                         Unvested Interests. The term “Unvested Interests” shall mean, with respect to Executive’s Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests and Performance Vesting Incentive Profits Interests as of any determination date, the number of such Interests that are still subject to any vesting, forfeiture or similar arrangement under this Agreement as of such determination date.

 

L77 Valuation Report. The term “Valuation Report” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4. l (a)(ii).

 

1.78                         Vested Interests. The term “Vested Interests” shall mean, with respect to Executive’s Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests and Performance Vesting Incentive Profits Interests, the number of such Interests that are vested, as determined under Parts 2 and 3 of Schedule I attached hereto.

 

1.79                         Waiting Period. The term “Waiting Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.l(b).

 

2.                                       Subscription for and Grant of lnterests.

 

2.I Purchase/Grant of Interests. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Executive subscribed for, and the Company issued and granted to Executive, on the Closing Date, the number of Time Vesting Incentive Profits Interests and Performance Vesting Incentive Profits Interests set forth in Part I of Schedule I attached hereto in exchange for (i) the Interest Consideration and (ii) the services performed and to be performed to and for the benefit of the Company on the terms and conditions established and agreed to by the Company and Executive.

 

2.2                                The Closing. The closing (the “Closing”) of the issuance and grant of Interests hereunder took place on and as of the effective time of the Merger (the “Closing Date”).

 

2.3                                Section 83(b) Election. Within 30 days after the Closing, Executive provided the Company with a copy of a completed election under Code Section 83(b) in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto. Executive filed (via certified mail, return receipt requested) such election with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after the Closing, and certified to the Company that he made such timely filing.

 

2.4                                Reliance. Executive acknowledges that the Company granted the Interests in reliance on the representations of Executive contained in Section 3.3.

 

3.                                       Investment Representations and Covenants of Executive.

 

3.1                                Interests Unregistered. Executive acknowledges and represents that Executive has been advised by the Company that:

 

8



 

l)                                          the issuance of the Interests has not been registered under the Securities Act;

 

2)                                      each certificate or instrument evidencing the Interests, if any, has been stamped or otherwise imprinted with the legends (as appropriately completed under the circumstances) set forth in Section 6.2 of the Securityholders Agreement and with a legend (as appropriately completed under the circumstances) in substantially the following form:

 

‘THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE OPTIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN AN EXECUTIVE INTEREST SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WITH THE ISSUER DATED AS OF AUGUST 16, 2007, AS AMENDED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE”; and

 

3)                                      a notation has been made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Interests are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if the Company shou ld at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop­ transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Interests.

 

3.2                                Removal of Legends.  Whenever in the opinion of the Company and, if reasonably requested by the Company pursuant to the terms hereof, counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which opinion shall be delivered to the Company in writing) the restrictions described in any legend set forth above cease to be applicable to any Interests, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without expense to the holder, a new instrument or certificate not bearing a legend stating such restriction.

 

3.3                                Additional Investment Representations. Executive represents and warrants that:

 

1)                                      Executive’s financial situation is such that Executive can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Interests for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for Executive’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of Executive’s investment in the Interests;

 

2)                                      Executive’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that Executive is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Interests;

 

3)                                      Executive understands that the Interests are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of Executive’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Interests and, on the Closing Date and for an indefinite period following the Closing, there will be no public market for the Interests and, accordingly, it may not be possible for Executive to liquidate Executive’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

 

9



 

4)                                      the terms of this Agreement provide that, with respect to the Interests issued to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, if Executive ceases to provide services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, the Company and its Affiliates have the right to repurchase the Interests at a price which may, under certain circumstances, be less than the Fair Market Value thereof;

 

5)                                      Executive understands and is cognizant of all the risk factors related to the grant or purchase of the Interests and, other than as set forth in this Agreement, no representations or warranties have been made to Executive or Executive’s representatives concerning the Interests or the Company or their prospects or other matters;

 

6)                                      Executive has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Company and its representatives concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Acquisition, the Securityholders Agreement, the LP Agreement, the Company’s and its general partner’s organizational documents and the tenns and conditions of the purchase of the Interests and to obtain any additional information which Executive deems necessary; and

 

7)                                      Executive is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

 

4.                                       Certain Sales Upon Termination of Employment.

 

4.1                                Put Option.

 

1)                                      Exchange of Vested Interests; Exchange Notice; Exchange Withdrawal. Notice

 

(i)                                      Exchange. Upon a Put Triggering Event, and up to 183 days thereafter, Executive (or, in the event of Executive’s death, Executive’s Family Group) may elect to exchange his or their Vested Interests for Series A-1 Interests pursuant to this Section 4.l(a)(i) by sending written notice to the Company setting forth Executive’s (or, in the event of Executive’s death, Executive’s Family Group’s) intention to exchange his or their Vested Interests for Series A-1 Interests (“Exchange Notice”). The date on which the Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, sends the Exchange Notice shall be referred to as the “Exchange Notice Date”. Should Executive (or, in the event of Executive’s death, Executive’s Family Group) not elect to withdraw the Exchange Notice as provided in Section 4.l (a)(ii) below, then any Vested Interests then held by Executive (or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable) shall be liquidated and exchanged for Series A-1 Interests based on the Fair Market Value of the Vested Interests as of the Exchange Notice Date in a manner consistent with the exchange mechanism described in Section 7.l (a) of this Agreement, within ten (10) days after the expiration (without withdrawal of the Exchange Notice) of the First Withdrawal Period. Such Series A-1 Interests received pursuant to this Section 4.1 (a)(i) shall be referred to as “Exchanged Interests”.

 

10


 

(ii) First Withdrawal Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4.1, in the event that Executive or Executive’s Family Group disagrees with the Fair Market Value of the Vested Interests as determined for purposes of effecting the Exchange under Section 4.1 (a)(i) above (the “Liquidation Value”), Executive or Executive’s Family Group may elect to withdraw the Exchange Notice, in which case (A) Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, shall continue to hold the Vested Interests that were subject to the Exchange Notice, and (B) Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived, with respect to such Vested Interests, any future rights pursuant to this Section 4.1. To allow Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, the opportunity to determine if they agree with the Liquidation Value, the Company shall provide Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, a report that contains such Fair Market Value determination as determined by an independent, third­ party appraiser mutually agreeable to the Company and Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, including any reports prepared by such independent, third-party appraiser (a “Valuation Report”), within thirty (30) days after receiving the Exchange Notice. Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, shall have fifteen (15) days after receiving such Valuation Report to withdraw the Exchange Notice (such period of time, the “First Withdrawal Period”).

 

2)                                      Upon Disability or Death. If Executive’s service with the Company or a Subsidiary thereof terminates due to the Disability or death of Executive prior to July 11, 2012 (collectively “First Put Triggering Events”), Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, shall have the right and option, subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, to cause the Company (or the IPO Corporation, with respect to vested IPO Stock) to purchase, (x) immediately with respect to any Equity Interests then held by Executive, Executive’s Family Group and the Founders, as applicable, and (y) no earlier than 183 days after the date Executive (or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable) has first acquired the Exchanged Interests and/or vested IPO Stock, as applicable (“Waiting Period”), with respect to the Exchanged Interests and/or vested IPO Stock, but in either case, the Put Notice Date must be no later than the first anniversary of the Termination Date (unless extended pursuant to Section 4.l (e)(ii)), the following:  (i) one-third (1/3) of any Equity Interests held by Executive, Executive’s Family Group or the Founders as of such time; and/or (ii) all of Executive’s or Executives’ Family Group’s Exchanged Interests and/or vested IPO Stock, as applicable, in each case at a price equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date such interests are being purchased by the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable (the “Purchase Date”)) thereof.

 

3)                                      Upon Termination without Cause or for Good Reason.    lf Executive’s service with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated prior to July 11, 2012 by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries without Cause (other than due to Non-Performance or Fraud) or by Executive for Good Reason (collectively, “Second Put Triggering Events”, and together with First Put Triggering Events, a “Put Triggering Event”), Executive shall have the right and option, subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, to cause the Company (or the IPO Corporation, with respect to vested IPO Stock) to purchase, (x) immediately with respect to the Equity Interests then held by Executive, Executive’s Family Group and the Founders, as applicable, and

 

11



 

(y) no earlier than the end of the Waiting Period with respect to the Exchanged Interests and/or vested IPO Stock, but in either case, the Put Notice Date must be no later than the first anniversary of the Termination Date (unless extended pursuant to Section 4.l(e)(ii) below), all of Executive’s, Executive’s Family Group’s and/or Founders’ Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests and/or vested IPO Stock, as applicable, at a price equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the Purchase Date) thereof.

 

4)                                      Put Notice;   Closing.  If Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, desires to exercise its option to req uire the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, to repurchase Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested TPO Stock pursuant to Section 4.l (b) or 4.l(c), Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, shall send written notice to the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, setting forth Executive’s or Executive’s Family Group’s, as applicable, intention to sell (or cause to be sold, in the case of the Founders’) Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock, as applicable, pursuant to Section 4.l(b) or 4.l (c) in the amount(s) specified therein (the “Put Notice”). The date on which the Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, sends the Put Notice shall be referred to as the “Put Notice Date”. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.l(b) and (c) above and Sections 4.l (e) and 5 below, the closing of the purchase shall take place at the principal office of the Company or IPO Corporation, as applicable, (y) with respect to Exchanged Interests or vested lPO Stock on the later of (i) the day after the expiration of the Waiting Period or (ii) the 45th day after the Put Notice Date, and (z) with respect to Equity Interests, the 45th day after the Put Notice Date (“Put Closing Date”), and all parties shall use reasonable best efforts to determine by such date the Fair Market Value of such Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock to be purchased.

 

5)                                      Withdrawal of Put Notice.

 

(i)                                      Second Withdrawal Period.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4, in the event that Executive or Executive’s Family Group does not withdraw the Exchange Notice during the First Withdrawal Period, such that the Exchange occurs, Executive or Executive’s Family Group may nevertheless elect to also withdraw the applicable Put Notice if Executive or Executive’s Family Group disagrees with the Fair Market Value determination of the Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or the vested IPO Stock, as applicable, to be used for purposes of determining the price to be paid in respect of such Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock, as applicable (the “Purchase Price”). If Executive (or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable) so elects (I) Executive, Executive’s Family Group and/or the Founders, as applicable, shall continue to hold the Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock, as applicable, that were subject to the Put Notice, and (II) Executive or Executive’s Family Group shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived, with respect to such Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock, any future rights pursuant to this Section 4.1.  To allow the Executive or Executive’s Family Group the opportunity to determine if he or they agree with the Purchase Price determination, the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall provide Executive or Executive’s Family Group a Valuation Report, no later

 

12



 

than thirty (30) days prior to the Put Closing Date. The Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall provide an updated Valuation Report, with explanations for any material variances from the previous Valuation Report, on the day prior to the Put Closing Date as determined pursuant to Section 4.1(d), and Executive or Executive’s Family Group shall be able to withdraw the Put Notice at any time prior to the closing of the purchase of the Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested lPO Stock, as applicable (the “Second Withdrawal Period”).

 

(ii)                       Preservation of Put Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4.1, in the event that the Company (or the IPO Corporation, as applicable) notifies Executive, Executive’s Family Group and/or the Founders, as applicable, that it plans to defer payment pursuant to Section 5.1, Executive (or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable) may elect to withdraw the exercise of any such put right, in which case (x) Executive, Executive’s Family Group and the Founders, as applicable, shall continue to hold the Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested lPO Stock, as applicable, that were subject to the Put Notice at the time of the withdrawal, and (y) the put rights of Executive or Executive’s Family Group (as applicable) under this Section 4.1 with respect to such Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested lPO Stock shall be preserved and shall be able to be exercised at any time after such withdrawal until 180 days after the Company (or the IPO Corporation, as applicable) has given written notice, and not withdrawn such notice, certifying to its ability to fund the payment required pursuant to this Section 4.1. Such notice shall be given by the Company (or the IPO Corporation, as applicable) immediately upon its determination that it has the ability to fund the payment required pursuant to this Section 4.1.

 

4.2                      Call Option.

 

1)                                      Exchange of Vested Interests.

 

(i)                                      Exchange. Upon any Call Triggering Event, and up to 183 days thereafter, the Company may require Executive (or, in the event of Executive’s death, Executive’s Family Group) to exchange his or their Vested Interests for Exchanged Interests pursuant to this Section 4.2(a)(i) by sending written notice to Executive (or, in the event of Executive’s death, Executive’s Family Group) setting forth the Company’s intention to cause his or their Vested Interests to be exchanged for Exchanged Interests (“Call Exchange Notice”). The date on which the Company sends the Call Exchange Notice shall be referred to as the “Call Exchange Notice Date”. Should the Company not elect to withdraw the Call Exchange Notice as provided in Section 4.2(a)(ii) below, then any Vested Interests then held by Executive (or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable) shall be liquidated and exchanged for Exchanged Interests based on the Liquidation Value as of the Call Exchange Notice Date within ten (10) days after the expiration (without withdrawal of the Call Exchange Notice) of the First Call Withdrawal Period.

 

13



 

(ii)                                   First Call Withdrawal Period.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4.2, in the event that the Company disagrees with the Liquidation Value of the Vested Interests proposed to be liquidated and exchanged for Exchanged Interests, the Company may elect to withdraw the Call Exchange Notice, in which case (A) Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, shall continue to hold the Vested Interests that were subject to the Call Exchange Notice, and (B) the Company shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived, with respect to such Vested Interests, any future rights pursuant to this Section 4.2. To allow the Company the opportunity to determine if they agree with the Liquidation Value the Company shall have a Valuation Report prepared and finalized within thirty (30) days after the Call Exchange Notice Date, and, the Company shall have fifteen (15) days after receiving the Valuation Report to withdraw the Call Exchange Notice (such period of time, the “First Call Withdrawal Period”).

 

2)                                      Call Rights. If Executive’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any of the reasons other than those set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) or (ii) below prior to July 11, 2012, neither the Company nor the IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall have the right to purchase any Interests or IPO Stock from Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable. If Executive’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any of the reasons set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) or (ii) below prior to July 11, 2012 (any such termination event, a “Call Triggering Event”), the Company (or the IPO Corporation, as applicable), shall have the right and option, (but, in all events, not the obligation, to purchase no earlier than after the end of the Waiting Period, but the Call Notice Date must be no later than the first anniversary of the Termination Date), on one occasion, from Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, all or any portion of the Exchanged Interests and vested IPO Stock, as applicable, at the following purchase prices:

 

(i)            Termination for Cause.  Non-Performance or by Executive without Good Reason.  If Executive’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company and its Subsidiaries for Cause or due to Non-Performance, or by Executive without Good Reason (other than due to Executive’s death or Disability), the purchase price per Exchanged Interest or share of vested IPO Stock, as applicable, will be the Fair Market Value thereof (measured as of the Purchase Date); or

 

(ii)            Termination of Service for Fraud. If Executive’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company and its Subsidiaries due to Fraud, the purchase price per Exchanged Interest or share of vested IPO Stock, as applicable, will be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value thereof (measured as of the Purchase Date) and (B) the Deal Price.

 

3)                                      Special Rule on Termination of Service for Fraud.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Executive’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated due to the Executive’s indictment for Fraud, and the Company (or the IPO Corporation, as applicable) delivers a Call Notice to Executive, the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall (i) cause the aggregate purchase price payable pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(ii) above to be determined (the “Frozen Amount”) and (ii) establish an escrow

 

14



 

account with an independent third party reasonably and mutually agreed to by the parties to this Agreement serving as escrow agent pursuant to an escrow agreement to which Executive shall also be a party (the “Escrow Agreement”), and Executive shall promptly thereafter cause all of his Exchanged Interests and vested IPO Stock (the “Escrow Eq uitv”) to be placed into such escrow account. The Company (or the IPO Corporation, as applicable) and Executive shall cause the Escrow Agreement to provide as follows: (I) if Executive is convicted or pleads guilty or nolo contendere to such indictment, then such escrow agent shall deliver the Frozen Amount to Executive and shall deliver the Escrow Equity to the Company (or the IPO Corporation, as applicable); and, alternately, (II) if Executive is not convicted and does not otherwise plead guilty or nolo contendere to such indictment, then (i) such escrow agent shall deliver the Frozen Amount to the Company and shall deliver the Escrow Equity to Executive, and (ii) Executive shall have a put right (which shall be exercisable by delivering a Put Notice for 180 days after a final determination is made pursuant to clause I and II of this Section 4.2(c)) pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.l(c) for all of Executive’s, Executive’s Family Group’s and Founder’s Interests, Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests and/or shares of vested IPO Stock, as if Executive’s service with the Company had been terminated without Cause by the Company.

 

4)                                      Call Notice; Closing. If the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, desires to exercise its option to purchase Exchanged Interests and/or vested IPO Stock pursuant to Section 4.2(a) and (b), the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall send written notice to Executive of its intention to purchase such Exchanged Interests and/or vested IPO Stock, specifying the number of Exchanged Interests and/or shares of vested IPO Stock to be purchased (the “Call Notice”). The date on which the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, sends the Call Notice shall be referred to as the “Call Notice Date.” Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.2(b) above and Sections 4.2(e) and 5 below, the closing of the purchase shall take place at the principal office of the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, with respect to Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock on the later of (i) the date after the expiration of the Waiting Period (which shall include any IPO Stock received upon exercise of any vested IPO Options (as such term is defined in Section 7 below) by Executive) or (ii) the 45th day after the Call Notice Date (“Call Closing Date”).

 

5)                                      Withdrawal of Call Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4.2, in the event that the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, does not withdraw the Call Exchange Notice during the First Call Withdrawal Period, such .that the Exchange occurs, the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, may nevertheless elect to withdraw the applicable Call Notice if the Company or the [PO Corporation, as applicable, disagrees with the Fair Market Value as determined for purposes of any call right set forth herein, in which event the rights of the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, to exercise its call rights under this Section 4.2 with respect to such Exchanged Interests and vested IPO Stock shall be irrevocably waived and Executive or Executive’s Family Group shall continue to hold such Exchanged Interests and/or vested IPO Stock. To allow the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, the opportunity to determine if it agrees with the Purchase Price determination, the Company or the rPO Corporation, as applicable, may have a Valuation Report prepared thirty (30) days prior to Call Notice Date to determine whether to withdraw the Call Notice.

 

15



 

6)                                      Forfeiture of Unvested Eq uitv.    For the avoidance of doubt, upon any Termination Date (regardless of whether such termination is described in Section 4.1 or this Section 4.2), (i) any Unvested Interests and unvestedIPO Stock shall be forfeited by Executive and Executive’s Family Group back to the Company and the IPO Corporation, respectively, without payment in respect thereof, and (ii) neither the Company nor the IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall have any call right with respect to any Equ ity Interests.

 

5.                                       Certain Limitations on the Company’s Obligations to Purchase Securities.

 

5.1                                Deferral of Purchases.

 

l)                                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company or the IPO Corporation shall not be obligated to make payment for the purchase of any Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or shares of vested IPO Stock at any time pursuant to Section 4.1, regardless of whether it has received a Put Notice, to the extent that the payment for the purchase of such Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or shares of vested IPO Stock would jeopardize the ability of Laureate (or the IPO Corporation (as the case may be)) to continue as a going concern, as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board after consultation with the Company’s or the IPO Corporation’s, as applicable, financial advisors (to the extent permitted under (and within the meaning of) Code Section 409A and any published interpretations or other guidance issued or promulgated thereunder). The Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall, within five (5) days after learning of any such determination, so notify Executive or Executive’s Family Group that it is not obligated to make payment for the purchase of the Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or shares of vested IPO Stock hereunder and the amount of the payment that will not be made if the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, is able to make a partial payment.

 

2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.1, for any Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock which Executive or Executive’s Family Group has elected to sell under Section 4.1(b) or (c), but for which, in accordance with Section 5. l(a), payment is not promptly made at the applicable time provided in Section 4.1 and for which the Executive or Executive’s Family Group has not withdrawn the Put Notice pursuant to Section 4.l(e)(ii), then. unless Executive or Executive’s Family Group has previously withdrawn the applicable Put Notice, the Company or IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall pay all or part of the outstanding an1ount due (in the manner provided in Section 5.2) within fifteen (15) days after the date the payment of such amounts would not jeopardize the ability of Laureate or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, to continue as a going concern, as determined as provided in Section 5. l(a) above.

 

5.2                                Payment for Series A-I Interests, Vested Interests or! PO Stock.  If at any time Executive or Executive’s Family Group elects to put an Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or shares of vested IPO Stock to the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, pursuant to Section 4.1, or if at any time the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, elects to purchase any Exchanged Interests or vested IPO Stock pursuant to Section 4.2, unless otherwise provided for herein, the Company or the IPO Corporation, as applicable, shall pay for the Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or shares of vestedIPO Stock it purchases by the Company’s or the IPO Corporation’s delivery of a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds for the

 

16



 

purchase price against delivery of the certificates or other instruments, if any, representing the Equity Interests, Exchanged Interests or shares of vested IPO Stock so purchased, duly endorsed.

 

6.                                  Restrictive Covenants.

 

6.1                                Competitive Activitv.

 

1)                                      During the period commencing on August 17, 2007 and ending on the later of the date that is (i) two years after the Termination Date if the termination is (A) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries without Cause or {B) by Executive following the sale of all of the issued and outstanding equity of the Company or Laureate, (ii) three years after the Termination Date if (A) Executive’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause or Non-Performance or (B) Executive resigns for Good Reason or (iii) five years after the Termination Date if Executive’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by Executive and such termination is not {A) for Good Reason or (B) following the sale of all of the issued and outstanding equity of the Company or Laureate (the “Restricted Period”), Executive will not directly or indirectly, on Executive’s own behalf or as partner, owner, officer, director, stockholder, member, employee, agent or consultant of any other Person (including, without limitation any Sterling Affiliate):

 

(i)                                      engage in any business that competes with the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including post-secondary education as conducted by the Company or Subsidiaries as of the Termination Date, in any geographical area where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries conduct business as of the Termination Date (a “Competitive Business”);

 

(ii)                                   enter the employ of, or render any services to, any Person (or any division controlled by any Affiliate of such Person) who or which engages in a Competitive Business; or

 

(iii)                                acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, a:ny Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, · partner, shareholder, officer, d irector, principal, agent, trustee or consultant.

 

2)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive may directly or indirectly own, solely as an investment, securities of any entity engaged in the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which are publicly traded on a national securities stock exchange if Executive (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such Person, (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own 1% or more of any class of securities of such Person and (iii) does not serve as a director of, or have any rights to designate or nominate any director for such Person or any of its Affiliates.

 

3)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Executive shall not be deemed to violate this Section 6.1 solely by virtue of the Executive’s direct or indirect ownership of the outstanding securities of any Sterling Affiliate (or of any Person through a Sterling Affiliate) that would otherwise be included in Section 6.1 (a “Competitive Entity”), provided that Executive’s direct or indirect ownership of such Competitive Entity does not exceed 5% of the outstanding securities of such Competitive Entity; provided that in all cases

 

17



 

(w) Executive shall refrain from any activity, with respect to any Sterling Affiliate, that is competitive with the Company or its Affiliates or which would reasonably be expected to result in a misappropriation of a business opportunity of the Company or its Affiliates; (x) Executive shall provide written notice of the direct or indirect ownership by Executive of any Competitive Entity and/or any decision, that would reasonably be expected to cause any Sterling Affiliate (or Person in which Executive has an ownership interest through a Sterling Affiliate) that is not a Competitive Entity to become a Competitive Entity (it1cluding, in each case, the material terms and conditions thereof, to the extent known by Executive) to the Board as soon as practicable (and in all events within 30 days) after Executive becomes aware of such ownership or such competitive activity or such decision, as the case may be; (y) Executive shall not be permitted to, directly or indirectly, participate m, or attempt to influence, the management, direction or policies of (other than through the exercise of any voting rights held by Executive in connection with such securities), any such Competitive Entity; and (z) on a quarterly basis, Executive shall provide a report to the Board setting forth, in reasonable detail (to the extent known by Executive and not a violation of Executive’s fiduciary duties and duties of confidentiality), a general description of the business activities and plans of such Competitive Entity, and any and all other information relating to Executive’s activities with respect thereto reasonably requested by the Board; provided that (I) the Board, by majority vote of those directors not designated by a Sterling Affiliate, may waive (in writing or by resolution) any noncompetition provisions described in this Section 6.1(c) in its discretion; and (IT) Executive shall not be deemed to have violated the foregoing provisions solely by virtue of the listing of his membership on the board of managers (or similar body) of any Sterling Affiliate in connection with an offering of securities .

 

4)                                      It is expressly understood and agreed that although Executive and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section 6.1 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against Executive, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be _ enforceable. Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

 

6.2                                Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent the terms of Section 6.1 are inconsistent with the terms of any employment or non-competition agreement between Executive and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, for purposes of this Agreement only, the terms of this Agreement shall be regarded as in addition to, and in lieu of, those terms set forth in the terms of any employment or non-competition agreement between Executive and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

7.                                       Effect of a Public Offering on Interests.

 

7.1                                Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and Executive, on or immediately following the consummation of a Public Offering of the IPO Corporation, the Company shall cause the following to occur:

 

18



 

I)                                        all Interests held by Executive or Executive’s Family Group shall be marked-to-market, taking into account the terms by which such holder participated in the profits of the Company prior to the Public Offering with respect to the Interests pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the LP Agreement and such Interests shall then be liquidated, in whole or in part, and the holder thereof shall receive from the Company IPO Stock with a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of such liquidation) equal to the Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of such liquidation) of the liquidated Interests. The Company will cause the IPO Corporation to become a party to this Agreement to the extent necessary to effect the provisions of this Section 7.1, Section 4.1 and 4.2, as applicable. To the extent such Interests were Unvested Interests, anyIPO Stock received in liquidation of such holders’ Unvested Interests shall be subject to the same time and performance vesting schedule as such Unvested Interests on the same terms as set forth on Schedule I to this Agreement; and

 

2)                                      the IPO Corporation shall also issue or cause to be issued to Executive an option to purchase shares of IPO Stock with an exercise price equal to the offering price of the IPO Stock ill such Public Offering (“  PO Options”).  Executive shall receive IPO Options on a number of shares of IPO Stock which, when aggregated with the number of shares of IPO Stock received pursuant to Section 7.](a), shall equal the same ownership percentage that the Interests represented, through the Company’s ownership of Laureate, in Laureate immediately prior to the Public Offering. Any IPO Options received by Executive shall be vested and unvested in the same proportion as the Interests that were liquidated as described in Section 7. l(a) above, and any such unvested IPO Options shall be subject to the same time and performance vesting schedule as the liquidated Unvested Interests on the same terms as set forth on Schedule I to this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if the Board determines, prior to the Public Offering, that after the Public Offering the Company will own Subsidiaries that will not be Subsidiaries of the IPO Corporation (the “Non-IPO Subsidiaries”), then the Executive and the Company agree that the Executi ve or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, and the Company shall work together at such time in good faith to reasonably agree on an equitable method of determining how the Executive will continue to be able to participate in the profits of both the IPO Corporation and the Non-IPO Subsidiaries, it being understood by all parties to this Agreement that such equitable method may require that not all Interests shall be converted, pursuant to the formula set forth in this Section 7. I above, into shares of IPO Stock.

 

7.2                                Any shares of IPO Stock shall be subject to the same tag-along, drag-along and registration rights and obligations as are applicable to the shares of common stock of Laureate held by other members of Laureate management, as specified in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous.

 

8.1                                Transfers of Interests , PO Stock and IPO Options. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Vested Interests, Exchanged Interests and vested IPO Stock held by Executive or Executive’s Family Group are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement to be entered into by and among Executive, Executive’s Family Group and any employees of Laureate who acquire shares of common stock of Laureate (the

 

19



 

“Management Stockholder’s Agreement”), including without limitation the restrictions on Transfer set forth therein. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Unvested Interests and IPO Options are not transferable. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of Interests, Exchanged Interests, IPO Stock or IPO Options in violation of any provision of this Agreement, the LP Agreement, the Securityholders Agreement or the Management Stockholder’s Agreement shall be void, and neither the Company nor Laureate shall record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Interests, Exchanged Interests, PO Stock or IPO Options as the owner of such Interests, Exchanged Interests, IPO Stock or IPO Options for any purpose.

 

8.2                                Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting Interests. Subject to the provisions of the LP Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Interests, to any and all securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of the Interests, by reason of any dividend payable in securities, issuance of securities, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

8.3                                Executive’s Service with Company and its Subsidiaries. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to obligate the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to accept Executive’ s services in any capacity whatsoever or to prohibit or restrict the Company (or any Subsidiary) from terminating the service of Executive at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.

 

8.4                                Cooperation. Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company, and the Company agrees to cooperate with Executive, in taking action reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Acquisition and Merger, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of ancillary agreements reasonably necessary to effectuate the Merger and related transactions and documents necessary to become bound as a Limited Partner to the LP Agreement.

 

8.5                                Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement sliall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that no permitted assign shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such permitted assign has executed and delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

8.6                                Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto. No waiver by any party hereto of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless set forth in a writing executed by the party so waiving.

 

8.7                                Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

8.8                                Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, telecopied (with confirmation of receipt), one day after deposit with a reputable overnight delivery service

 

20


 

(charges prepaid) and three days after deposit in the U.S. Mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) to the address set forth below or such other address as the recipient party has previously provided to the sending party.

 

l)                                    Ifto the Company:

 

Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership
9 West 57’h Street, Suite 4200

New York, NY 10019
Attention: Brian Carroll
Telecopy: [   ]

 

with a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017
Attention: Gary Horowitz, Esq.
Telecopy: [   ]

 

2)                                If to the Executive, to the address as provided on Appendix 2 of the LP Agreement.

 

With a copy to:

 

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street, Suite 1900

Chicago, Illinois 60661
Attention: Saul Rudo, Esq.
Tel: [   ]

Fax: [   ]

 

8.9                                     I ntegration. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein (including the Securityholders Agreement and the LP Agreement) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including, without limitation, the 2008 Subscription Agreement, other than as specifically provided for herein and therein.

 

8.10                              Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

21



 

8.11                              Injunctive Relief Executive and any permitted transferee each acknowledges and agrees that a violation of any of the terms of this Agreement will cause the Company irreparable injury for which adequate remedy at law is not available. Accordingly, it is agreed that the Company shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or any state thereof, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or equity.

 

8.12                              Rights Cumulative: Waiver. The rights and remedies of Executive and the Company under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which either party would otherwise have hereunder or at law or in equity or by statute. No failure or delay by either party in exercising any right or remedy shall impair any such right or remedy or operate as a waiver of such right or remedy, and no single or partial exercise of any power or right shall preclude such party’s other or further exercise or the exercise of any other power or right. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

 

8.13                              Taxation. Executive, on behalf of himself, his Family Group and his Affiliates, hereby acknowledges that each of the foregoing will be solely liable for any taxes (including any interest or penalties) that are incurred by any of the foregoing as a result of the Acquisition and the holding and disposition of any interest in the Company, Laureate, the IPO Corporation or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

 

*                                          *                                          *                                          *                                          *

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Executive Interest Subscription Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By:

Wengen Investments Limited,
its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Douglas L. Becker

 

 

Douglas L. Becker

 

23




Exhibit 10.40

 

 

July 21, 2008

 

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

[     ]

[     ]

 

Dear Eilif:

 

It is my pleasure to offer you the position of Executive Vice-President, Chief Financial Officer for Laureate Education, Inc. In this position, initially you will report directly to Neal Cohen, President and Chief Operating Officer; subsequently, but not later than the two year anniversary date of your employment, in this position you will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Laureate. You will be a member of the Executive Committee of Laureate. You agree that you will commence your employment with Laureate Education, Inc. no later than eight (8) weeks after the date of this offer letter.”‘

 

I have done a careful review of the requirements of this position and the growth that we anticipate over the next five years, and I believe you will be an excellent match to the needs of the business. In return, I think our environment wlll offer an excellent growth platform for your career. This position is one that will allow us to work together to continue building world class educational Institutions. The position will be based in Baltimore, Maryland.

 

Iam sending a copy of the position description and an organization chart and related HR materials to you under separate cover.

 

We want this to be a highly successful relationship and In the Interest of attracting you to the job, we are making the following offer:

 

Base Salary:

 

Annual: $450,000

 

 

 

Annual Bonus:

 

Your target bonus is 75% of Base Salary, payable customarily in March for the previous performance year. Laureate’s annual bonus plan allows for payments of up to 200% of the target. Performance metrics for the Annual Bonus will be determined within 45 days of your joining the Company. The bonus for 2008 will be guaranteed at a minimum of $200,000, payable in March, 2009.

 

 

 

Laureate Equity:

 

Our equity program consists of stock options that are a highly valuable part of your total remuneration. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has agreed that you will be granted 1,250,000 stock options at the first scheduled Committee meeting date following the date that you officially start working for Laureate. The exercise price will be the fair market value of Laureate stock, as detennlned by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors on the date of grant. These options will be vested using a combination of lime and performance measures. Fifty percent (50%) of the options will vest ratably over a five-year vesting period

 



 

 

 

(2009-2013) beginning on the first year anniversary date of the grant. The remaining 50% of the options will vest upon the attainment of EBtTDA targets over a five year period beginning on December 31, 2008 if you begin working for Laureate on or before October 1, 2008 and beginning December 31, 2009 if you begin working for the Company after October 1, 2008. Specifics of the terms of the options will be described in a separate Stock Option Agreement, which will be delivered upon grant of the options.

 

 

 

 

 

The Compensation Committee has also authorized the grant of 50,000 shares of Restricted Stock, with 25,000 vesting on September 1, 2012; and 25,000 vesting on September 1, 2013, with such grant to be made at the first scheduled Committee meeting after you begin working for Laureate.

 

 

 

Benefits:

 

You will be eligible for the Laureate Executive Committee benefits package on the first day of the month following 30 days of employment. The standard Laureate benefits book has been sent to you under separate cover. The provisions relating to the Executive Committee benefits will be sent to you under separate cover.

 

 

 

Vacation:

 

Four (4) weeks/twenty (20) days paid vacation, accrued on an annual basis. Vacation time will accrue at the rate of 13.33 hours per month.

 

 

 

Relocation:

 

Laureate will provide a full relocation package that will include the Silver Lining move-in service. In addition, we will work out a home buy-out in order to speed up your relocation to Baltimore. We will work with our relocation service provider, Aires, Inc., to conduct the appraisals. We will do our best to ensure that the total cost does not greatly exceed our economic limit of $250,000 for the home purchase program. This would Include our carrying costs and any potential loss on sale. The closing costs are already Included In the relocation policy so this will not impact the limit. We want to cap our costs so we will provide this service at an incremental cost to the normal relocation of up to $250,000 In cost to Laureate. Anything above the $250,000, we will share the risk at 50% between you and Laureate. I will send you information on the home purchase plan under separate cover.

 

The taxable, non-deductible portions of your relocation benefits package will be “grossed-up” to minimize the tax impact of these benefits to you.

 

We will also provide coverage to offset your loss on the Montessori tuition that you have already paid In Connecticut. This reimbursement will be paid as a part

 

2



 

 

 

of our relocation policy. You will need to provide documentation of the loss.

 

 

 

Severance Provision:

 

If  the Company terminates your employment “without Cause” or you terminate your employment because the Company has failed to promote the CFO position to a CEO-direct report relationship on or before the two-year anniversary of the commencement of your employment, with corresponding compensation adjustment, you will receive severance equal to eighteen months of base salary and target bonus, provided that you sign the required separation and release agreement. Severance is provided in one lump sum payment.

 

 

 

Change of Control:

 

We will treat you in the equivalent manner to all other members of the Executive Committee with the exception of Neal Cohen and Doug Becker who have slightly different provisions. This means that, upon a change of control, all of your outstanding time-based equity awards will be fully vested automatically and, only in the Board’s sole discretion, vesting criteria for performance-based equity awards may be accelerated upon a change of control.

 

 

 

Agreements:

 

In connection with the equity grants, you will be required to sign: 1) The Management Stockholder Agreement, 2) The Sale Participation Agreement and, 3) The Stock Option Agreement. Forms of these agreements have been sent under separate cover, but we confirm that your Management Stockholder’s Agreement will provide that: (i) the definition of “Good Reason” shall also Include the failure to promote the CFO position to a CEO-direct report relationship, with corresponding compensation adjustment, on or before the two year anniversary of the commencement of your employment and (ii) the deadline for delivery of a Section 6(b) Call Notice will be 90 rather than 180 days,

 

 

 

Commuting:

 

Laureate will cover your commuting expenses and local housing until you are able to physically relocate from your present location.

 

 

 

D&O Coverage:

 

Laureate provides full D&O coverage for its executive team and Is obligated under Its charter and bylaws to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted under law, any of Its directors and officers who, by reason of such position, was, is, or Is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative. Summaries of the D&O insurance plans will be sent to you under separate cover.

 

 

 

Outside Board Memberships:

 

Our policy regarding external Board memberships is that these require the approval of the Laureate CEO. The CEO will judge the extent to which such memberships

 

3



 

 

 

may affect the performance of your primary duties to Laureate.

 

 

 

Non-Compete & Non-Solicit:

 

Laureate highly values Its proprietary knowledge and intellectual property assets and we require all executives to agree to a non-compete and non-solicit agreement which extends through two years post employment.These provisions are set out in the form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement which was sent to you under separate cover.

 

In this position, we believe you will have the opportunity to make significant contributions in the growth of Laureate. We look forward to having you join us as Executive Vice-President, Chief Financial Officer and working with you to build our company into a global brand that represents quality.

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing in the space provided below and returning it to my attention, retaining a copy for your files.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel M. Nickel

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel M. Nickel

 

 

Executive Vice-President, Corporate Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted:

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

Date: 7/24/08

 

 

 

 

cc:

Doug Becker

 

 

 

Neal Cohen

 

 

 

4




Exhibit 10.41

 

 

650 South Exeter Street
Baltimore, MD 21202

 

Office: 1-410-843-6100
Fax: 1-410-627-7020

 

 

laureate.net

 

 

 

December 9, 2010

 

Eilif Serck-Hanssen
[     ]

[     ]

 

Dear Eilif:

 

We would like to clarify certain terms of the employment offer letter, dated July 21, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”), between you and Laureate Education, Inc. (the “ Company ”), to reflect the parties’ original intent to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”), as follows:

 

1.             Timing of Severance Pay After Execution of a Release .  If under the terms of the Agreement the execution of a general release of claims is a condition to your receiving severance or other benefits under the Agreement, the Company will provide you with the form of release agreement within seven (7) days after your separation from service.  To be entitled to the severance or other benefits, you must execute and deliver to the Company the release agreement on or before the last day of the minimum required waiver consideration period provided under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or other applicable law.  If you timely deliver an executed release agreement to the Company, and you do not revoke the release agreement during the minimum revocation period required under applicable law, if any, the severance or other benefits shall be paid or commence being paid, as specified in the Agreement, on the date the release agreement becomes effective.  If, however, the period during which you have discretion to execute or revoke the release agreement straddles two calendar years, the severance or other benefits shall be paid or commence being paid, as applicable, as soon as practicable in the second of the two calendar years, regardless of within which calendar year you actually deliver the executed release agreement to the Company, subject to the release agreement first becoming effective.  Consistent with Section 409A, you may not, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.  The foregoing procedural description is intended solely to clarify the timing of the payment and does not modify the circumstances under which the severance may become due.

 

2.             Separation from Service .  “Termination of employment,” “resignation,” or words of similar import, as used in the Agreement means, for purposes of any payments under the Agreement that are payments of deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, your “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A.

 

3.             Expense Reimbursements; Tax Gross-Ups .  The provision of expense reimbursements under the Agreement shall be made in compliance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy by no later than the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expenses were incurred.  The Company will make any tax “gross-up” payment by the end of the taxable year next following the taxable year in which you remit the related taxes.

 

4.             Section 409A Compliance .  The Agreement is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A.  The Company shall undertake to administer, interpret, and construe the Agreement in a manner that does not result in the imposition on you of any additional tax, penalty, or interest under Section 409A.  The preceding provisions, however, shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax effect to you under the Agreement.  If a payment obligation under the Agreement arises on account of your separation from service while you are a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), any payment of “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury regulation sections 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)) that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue with interest and shall be paid within fifteen (15) days after the end of the six-month period beginning on the date of such separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen (15) days after the appointment of the personal

 



 

representative or executor of your estate following your death.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, interest shall accrue at the prime rate of interest published in the northeast edition of The Wall Street Journal on the date of your separation from service.

 

5.             No Other Changes .  You agree that the terms and conditions of the Agreement, to the extent not modified hereby, will continue to apply as specified in the Agreement.

 

To indicate your acceptance of these clarifications to the Agreement, please sign and return one copy of this letter to me by no later than December 31, 2010.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

Agreed to and accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

 

Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

12/9/10

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.42

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.
2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

GRANTEE: EILIF SERCK-HANSSEN

 

NO. OF AWARD SHARES: 50,000

 

This Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) evidences the award of 50,000 shares of restricted stock (each, an “ Award Share ,” and collectively, the “ Award Shares ”) of the Common Stock of Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“ Laureate ”), granted to you, Eilif Serck-Hanssen (the “ Grantee ”), effective as of August 5 , 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), pursuant to the Laureate Education, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Laureate Education, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (the “ Plan ”) and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms described below.  All of the provisions of the Plan are expressly incorporated into this Agreement.  You must return an executed copy of this Restricted Stock Agreement to the Company within 30 days of the date hereof.  If you fail to do so, the Award Shares will be forfeited to the Company.

 

WHEREAS, the Grantee is now in the employ of, or other service capacity with, Laureate or a subsidiary or Affiliate of Laureate (Laureate, together with all subsidiaries and Affiliates, called collectively the “ Company ”), and the Company desires to have the Grantee remain in such employ or capacity and to afford the Grantee the opportunity to acquire stock ownership in the Company so that the Grantee may have a direct proprietary interest in the Company’s success; and

 

WHEREAS, in any such employment and capacity the Company agrees to provide Grantee with confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets in addition to that of which Grantee already has knowledge; and

 

WHEREAS, Laureate and its stockholders have approved the Plan pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, enter into stock award agreements with certain of its Eligible Employees as therein defined;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Terminology

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee or committees appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

 



 

(b)                                  Affiliate ” means with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, conrolled by or under common control with such Person.

 

(c)                                   Board ” means the Board of Directors of Laureate.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Disability ” shall mean “Total Disability” as such term is defined in any employment agreement between Grantee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if there is no such employment agreement, then shall mean the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months.  The Administrator may require such proof of total and permanent disability as the Administrator in its sole discretion deems appropriate and the Administrator’s good faith determination as to whether the Grantee is totally and permanently disabled shall be final and binding on all parties concerned.

 

(f)                                    Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Grantee ” means the recipient of the Award Shares as reflected in the first paragraph of this Agreement.  Whenever the word “Grantee” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to the estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the Award Shares may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the word “Grantee” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

(h)                                  Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(i)                                      Service ” means the Grantee’s employment or other bona fide service relationship with the Company.  Service will be considered to have ceased with the Company if, after a sale, merger or other corporate transaction, the trade, business or entity with which the Grantee is employed is neither Laureate nor an Affiliate of Laureate.

 

2.                                       Grantee’s Agreement

 

(a)                                  In consideration of the Award Shares granted to Grantee pursuant to this Agreement, Grantee agrees and covenants that, unless otherwise provided in any employment or severance agreement entered into by and between the Grantee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries (in which case the corresponding provisions therein shall control), the Grantee hereby agrees effective as of the Grant Date, to continue to comply in all respects with the terms and provisions of Section 23 of that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement by and between the Company and the Grantee dated as of the date hereof and attached hereto as an Exhibit.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding clause (a) above, if at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in such clause (a) are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographic area

 

2



 

determined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope or area.  Because the Grantee’s services are unique and because the Grantee has had access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security).

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Grantee breaches any of the provisions of Section 2(a), in addition to all other remedies that may be available to the Company, the Grantee shall be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to him or her by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of any Options or Stock held by such Grantee

 

(d)                                  Grantee acknowledges that the foregoing covenants are supplemental to any such covenants by which the Grantee is already bound and that they do not replace such pre-existing obligations.  Further, Grantee agrees that the covenant not to compete in Section 2(a) above is ancillary to the agreement herein concerning confidential information and to other agreements between the parties.

 

(e)                                   Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing covenants are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s valid business interests.  Grantee further acknowledges that a violation of any of the covenants will cause immediate and irreparable injury to the Company, for which injury there is no adequate remedy at law.  Grantee expressly agrees that in the event of the actual or threatened breach of such covenants by the Grantee, the Company, its successors and assigns shall be entitled to an immediate injunction by a court of competent jurisdiction preventing and restraining such breach.  Grantee acknowledges that the granting of such relief will not be unduly burdensome to the Grantee or deprive the Grantee of the means to earn a livelihood.  In the event the Grantee breaches any of the covenants in Section 2(a) above, the two-year period shall automatically toll from the date of the first breach, and all subsequent breaches, until the resolution of the breach through private settlement, judicial or other action, including all appeals.  The two-year period shall continue upon the effective date of any such settlement, judicial, or other resolution.

 

(f)                                    It is specifically agreed that each of the covenants set forth above in Sections 2(a) and 2(b), and any portions thereof, are severable and if any of them is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of this Section 2 shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force to the fullest extent permitted by law.  If any of the covenants is held invalid or unenforceable by reason of length of time, area covered or activity covered, or any combination thereof, or for any other reasons, any court of competent jurisdiction shall adjust, reduce or otherwise reform any such covenant to the extent necessary to cure any invalidity and to protect the interests of the Company to the fullest extent of the law so that the area, time period and scope of activity restricted shall be the maximum area, time period and scope of activity the court deems valid and enforceable, and as reformed such covenant shall then be enforced.

 

3



 

(g)                                   Grantee further agrees to advise the Company of any and all employment, directorships or other service relationships the Grantee undertakes for the two-year period after the Grantee terminates with the Company and to provide any prospective employer with advance notice of the covenants contained herein.  Grantee also recognizes the Company’s right to advise any prospective or actual employer of the Grantee concerning the obligations herein.  In any action for injunctive or other relief in which the Company enforces any of those obligations, the Company shall be entitled to recover from Grantee the costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Company in the action, in addition to any other relief awarded by the Court.

 

3.                                       Vesting.       All of the Award Shares are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date.  The Award Shares shall become vested and nonforfeitable, if at all, in accordance with the rules set forth below, provided that the Grantee’s Service with the Company is continuous from the Grant Date through the applicable vesting date.

 

(a)                                  50% of the Award Shares will become vested and nonforfeitable on each of September 1, 2012 and September 1, 2013.

 

(b)                                  Except as provided in Section 4. below, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, none of the unvested Award Shares will become vested and nonforfeitable after the Grantee’s Service with the Company ceases.

 

4.                                       Termination of Employment or Service; Change of Control .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of the next sentence, if the Grantee’s Service with the Company ceases for any reason, all Award Shares that are not then vested and nonforfeitable will be immediately forfeited to the Company upon such cessation for no consideration. In the event the Company terminates the Grantee’s Service without Cause (as that term is defined in the Grantee’s Option Agreement dated as of the date hereof) or the Grantee terminates his Service with Good Reason (as that term is defined in the Grantee’s Option Agreement dated as of the date hereof), all nonvested and forfeitable Award Shares will become vested and nonforfeitable as of immediately prior to the termination of Grantee’s Service.

 

(b)                                  Immediately prior to a Change of Contol (as that term is defined in the Grantee’s Option Agreement dated as of the date hereof), all nonvested and forfeitable Award Shares will become vested and nonforfeitable, assuming the Grantee is still in the active employ of the Company.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer

 

(a)                                  Until an Award Share becomes vested and nonforfeitable, it may not be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Award Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Award Shares, or otherwise accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any

 

4



 

transferee to whom Award Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Stock Certificates .  The Grantee is reflected as the owner of record of the Award Shares as of the Grant Date on the Company’s books.  The Company will hold the share certificates for safekeeping, or otherwise retain the Award Shares in uncertificated book entry form, until the Award Shares become vested and nonforfeitable.  Until the Award Shares become vested and nonforfeitable, any share certificates representing such shares will include a legend to the effect that the Grantee may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, or hypothecate the Award Shares.  All regular cash dividends on the Award Shares held by the Company will be paid directly to the Grantee.  As soon as practicable after vesting of the Award Shares, the Company will deliver a share certificate to the Grantee, or deliver shares electronically or in certificate form to the Grantee’s designated broker on the Grantee’s behalf, for such vested Award Shares.

 

7.                                       Forfeiture of Award Shares/Clawback Payment .  The Award Shares are granted as consideration for, and contingent upon, the Grantee agreeing to abide by the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”).  The Grantee further recognizes and affirms that the Restrictive Covenants are material and important terms of this Agreement and it would be difficult to ascertain the damages arising from a violation of the Restrictive Covenants.  Accordingly, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Administrator or its delegate, in its sole discretion, determines in good faith that the Grantee has engaged in any activity that contravenes the Restrictive Covenants, the Grantee agrees that the following shall occur:

 

(a)                                  All outstanding, unvested Award Shares shall be forfeited to the Company effective on the date on which such determination is made (the “ Determination Date ”); and

 

(b)                                  With respect to all Award Shares that had become vested and nonforfeitable prior to the Determination Date (the “ Recapture Shares ”), the Grantee agrees that, within 10 days after receiving from the Company written notification that the Administrator has determined that the Grantee has violated the Restrictive Covenants, the Grantee will (i) to the extent that the Grantee then owns any of the Recapture Shares, transfer such Recapture Shares to the Company by delivering stock certificates evidencing the Recapture Shares, together with a stock power, endorsed in blank, and such other documents that the Administrator may reasonably request evidencing that the Grantee owns such Recapture Shares free and clear of liens and other encumbrance and without restriction on transfer and (ii) to the extent that the Grantee has disposed of any of the Recapture Shares to an unrelated third party in an arms’ length transaction, pay to the Company, in United States dollars, an amount equal to the gross proceeds that the Grantee received upon disposition of such Recapture Shares, along with such documentary evidence as the Administrator may reasonably request reflecting the arms’ length nature of the transaction and the amount of the gross proceeds.  In the event that the Grantee has disposed of any of the Recapture Shares in other than an arms’ length transaction to an unrelated third party, the Grantee shall pay to the Company, in United States dollars, for each such Recapture Share so disposed of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the Determination Date.

 

Nothing in this Section 7 will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including injunctive relief or the recovery of any damages that it may additionally prove, and all remedies will be cumulative and not affirmative.

 

5



 

8.                                       Coordination With Other Agreements .  To the extent that the Grantee is a party to any agreement with the Company that contains covenants the same as or similar to those set forth in this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Other Agreement ”), the Grantee and the Company expressly agree that any remedy available to the Company under this Agreement is in addition to, and does not limit the enforceability of, any remedy available to the Company under such Other Agreement.

 

9.                                       Tax Election and Tax Withholding

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to deduct from any compensation or any other payment of any kind (including withholding the delivery of shares of Common Stock) due the Grantee the amount of any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required by law to be withheld as a result of the grant or vesting of the Award Shares in whole or in part; provided, however, that the value of the shares of Common Stock withheld may not exceed the statutory minimum withholding amount required by law.  In lieu of such deduction, the Company may require the Grantee to make a cash payment to the Company equal to the amount required to be withheld.  If the Grantee does not make such payment when requested, the Company may refuse to issue any Common Stock certificate under this Agreement until arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for such payment have been made.

 

(b)                                  The Grantee hereby acknowledges that the Grantee has been advised by the Company to seek independent tax advice from the Grantee’s own advisors regarding the availability and advisability of making an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that any such election, if made, must be made within 30 days after the Grant Date.  The Grantee expressly acknowledges that the Grantee is solely responsible for filing any such Section 83(b) election with the appropriate governmental authorities, irrespective of the fact that such election is also delivered to the Company.  The Grantee may not rely on the Company or any of its officers, directors or employees for tax or legal advice regarding this award.  The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has sought tax and legal advice from the Grantee’s own advisors regarding this award or has voluntarily and knowingly foregone such consultation.

 

10.                                Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events

 

(a)                                  Stock Dividend, Stock Split and Reverse Stock Split .   Upon a stock dividend of, or stock split or reverse stock split affecting, the Common Stock, the number of Award Shares and the number of such Award Shares that are nonvested and forfeitable shall, without further action of the Administrator, be adjusted to reflect such event.  The Administrator may make adjustments, in its discretion, to address the treatment of fractional shares with respect to the Award Shares as a result of the stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split.  Adjustments under this Section 10 will be made by the Administrator, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive.  No fractional Award Shares will result from any such adjustments.

 

(b)                                  Binding Nature of Agreement .  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply with equal force to any additional and/or substitute securities received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of the Grantee’s ownership of, the Award Shares, whether as a

 

6



 

result of any spin-off, stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution, other reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, or similar event, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator.  If the Award Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or stockholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation or pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, securities of another entity, or other property (including cash), then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property received upon such conversion, exchange or distribution in the same manner and to the same extent as the Award Shares.

 

11.                                Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship .  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall alter the Grantee’s employment status or other service relationship with the Company, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between the Company and the Grantee, or as a contractual right of the Grantee to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge the Grantee at any time with or without cause or notice and whether or not such discharge results in the forfeiture of any Award Shares or any other adverse effect on the Grantee’s interests under the Plan.

 

12.                                Rights as Stockholder .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement with respect to the nonvested and forfeitable Award Shares, the Grantee is entitled to all rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote the Award Shares and receive dividends and/or other distributions declared on the Award Shares.

 

13.                                The Company’s Rights .  The existence of the Award Shares shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company’s assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

14.                                Resolution of Disputes .  Any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, or as a result of, or pursuant to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement, shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.

 

15.                                Invalidity or Unenforceability .  It is the intention of the Company and the Grantee that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law.  In the event that a court having jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Company and the Grantee agree that, if allowed by law, that provision shall be reduced to the degree necessary to render it valid and enforceable without affecting the rest of this Agreement.

 

16.                                Waiver .  No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

7



 

17.                                Waiver of Right to Jury Trial and Declaratory Judgment .  As a condition of entering into this Agreement, the Grantee hereby waives and relinquishes any right to jury trial or any right to a declaratory judgment the Grantee may now or hereafter have with respect to any dispute arising out of this Agreement.

 

18.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to the Grantee at the address contained in the records of the Company, or addressed to the Administrator, care of the Company for the attention of its Corporate Secretary at its principal executive office or, if the receiving party consents in advance, transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Award Shares granted hereunder.  Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the Award Shares granted hereunder shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

 

20.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the Award Shares as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

21.                                Conformity with Plan .  This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan.  Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern.  A copy of the Plan is available upon request to the Administrator.

 

22.                                Governing Law . The parties agree that the formation, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed and interpreted by the substantive laws of Maryland, without reference to its rules of conflicts of law.  The Grantee also hereby consents to be subject to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Maryland for any action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement.

 

23.                                Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

{Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank; Signatures Appear on Next Page}

 

8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Name: Robert W. Zentz

 

 

Title: General Counsel and Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that he/she has carefully read this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all of the provisions set forth herein.

 

WITNESS:

 

GRANTEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eilif Serck-Hanssen

 

 

EILIF SERCK-HANSSEN

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

8/6/08

 

Enclosures: Laureate Education, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan

2007 Audited Financial Statements of the Company

Unaudited Financial Statements of the Company for the first quarter of 2008

Company Disclosure Statement

 

9



 

STOCK POWER

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned,                                 , hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), or its successor,                              shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company standing in my name on the books of the Company, represented by Certificate No.                         , which is attached hereto, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                                                                                              as my attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 



 

NOTICE TO RESTRICTED STOCK RECIPIENT

 

The purpose of this notice is to alert you to the fact that there are potentially significant tax consequences to you arising from the grant and vesting of your Award Shares which constitute restricted stock.

 

The Grantee is urged to consult with your own tax advisor as to the availability and advisability of making an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (an “83(b) Election”).  Please note that if you choose to make an 83(b) Election, it must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after your Grant Date.  There are no exceptions to this rule.

 

Attached for your information is some general information concerning the procedure for filing an 83(b) Election.

 



 

INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTIONS

 

1.               An 83(b) election is irrevocable.

 

2.               If you choose to make an 83(b) Election, an 83(b) Election Form must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after the date the restricted stock is granted to you; no exceptions to this rule are made.

 

3.               You must provide a copy of the 83(b) Election Form to the corporate secretary or other designated officer of Laureate Education, Inc.  This copy should be provided to the Company at the same time that you file your 83(b) Election Form with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.               In addition to making the filing under Item 2 above, you must attach a copy of your 83(b) Election Form to your tax return for the taxable year in which you received the restricted stock.

 

5.               If you make an 83(b) election and later forfeit the restricted stock, you will not be entitled to a refund of the taxes that you paid with respect to the compensation income you recognized under the 83(b) election.

 

You are urged to consult your personal tax advisor to discuss the consequences of your grant of restricted stock and consider whether an 83(b) election is advisable under the circumstances.

 



 

SECTION 83(b) ELECTION FORM

 

Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

 to Include Property in Gross Income in Year of Transfer

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

1.                                        The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    -  -     

 

2.                                        The property with respect to which the election is made is                            shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”).

 

3.                                        The date on which the property was transferred is                                 , the date on which the taxpayer was issued restricted stock.

 

4.                                        The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 20    .

 

5.                                        The property is subject to restrictions in that the property is not transferable and is subject to forfeiture in the event that the taxpayer ceases to perform substantial services for the Company within a certain period of time and/or certain Company-based financial performance objectives are not attained.

 

6.                                        The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) of the property with respect to which this election is being made is $             per share; with a cumulative fair market value of $            .  The taxpayer paid $               for the property transferred.

 

A copy of this statement was furnished to the Company, for whom the taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of such property.

 

This election is made to the same effect, and with the same limitations, for purposes of any applicable state statute corresponding to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.

 

 

Signed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 



 

Letter for filing §83(b) Election Form

 

[Date]

 

CERTIFIED MAIL

RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

Internal Revenue Service Center

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( the Service Center to which individual income tax return is filed )

 

Re:

83(b) Election of

 

 

 

Social Security Number:

 

 

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

Enclosed is an election under §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to certain shares of stock of Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation, that were transferred to me on                             , 20    .

 

Please file this election.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

Cc: Corporate Secretary of Laureate Education, Inc.

 




Exhibit 10.43

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS NOTICE
UNDER THE
LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.
2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

This Notice evidences the award of restricted stock units (each, an “ RSU ,” and collectively, the “ RSUs ”) of LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (“ Laureate ”), that have been granted to you pursuant to the LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms of the attached Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) * . This Notice constitutes part of and is subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein.  Each RSU is equivalent in value to one share of Laureate’s Common Stock and represents Laureate’s commitment to issue one share of Laureate’s Common Stock at a future date, subject to the terms of the Agreement and the Plan.

 

Grant Date :

 

Number of RSUs :

 

Vesting Schedule :  All of the RSUs are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date.  So long as you remain an Eligible Individual (as defined in the Agreement) continuously from the Grant Date through the applicable date upon which vesting is scheduled to occur:

 

·                   [40]% of the RSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable on December 31, 2014; and

 

·                   [20]% of the RSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable on each of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017.

 

If you cease, without Cause [for specified persons only: or for Good Reason], to be an Eligible Individual coincident with or within eighteen (18) months after a Change in Control (“ Termination ”), to the extent not already vested or previously forfeited, any RSUs that would otherwise have become vested and nonforfeitable on or before the third anniversary of your Termination will become vested and nonforfeitable immediately prior to your Termination. In the event you cease to be an Eligible Individual performing bona fide services to or for the Company by reason of death or Permanent Disability, any portion of your RSUs which would, but for the termination of eligibility, have vested during the calendar year during which your termination of eligibility occurred will vest on the date on which termination of eligibility occurs and the balance of the unvested portion of your RSUs shall terminate on your service termination date.   Except in the case where you cease to be an Eligible Individual in connection with a Change in Control or your death or Permanent Disability, none of the RSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable after you cease to be an Eligible Individual.

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

Date

 

 

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the Agreement and the prospectus for the Plan.  I agree to be bound by all of the provisions set forth in those documents.  I also consent to electronic delivery of all notices or other information with respect to the RSUs or the Company.

 

 

 

 

Signature of Grantee

Date

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. RSU NOTICE — 2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 



 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.
2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                       Terminology .  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Notice, capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Glossary at the end of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Vesting .  All of the RSUs are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date.  So long as you remain an Eligible Individual continuously from the Grant Date through the applicable date upon which vesting is scheduled to occur, the RSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice.  Except for the circumstances, if any, described in the Notice, none of the RSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable after you cease to be an Eligible Individual.

 

3.                                       Termination of Employment or Service .  Unless otherwise provided in the Notice, if you cease to be an Eligible Individual for any reason, all RSUs that are not then vested and nonforfeitable will be forfeited to the Company immediately and automatically upon such cessation without payment of any consideration therefor and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such RSUs or the underlying shares of Common Stock.

 

4.                                       Restrictions on Transfer .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the RSUs may be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and the RSUs shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  All rights with respect to this Agreement and the RSUs shall be exercisable during your lifetime only by you or your guardian or legal representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the RSUs may be transferred upon your death by last will and testament or under the laws of descent and distribution.

 

5.                                       Settlement of RSUs .

 

(a)                                  Manner of Settlement .  You are not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if required) as a condition to settlement of the RSUs.  Laureate will issue to you, in settlement of your RSUs and subject to the provisions of Section 6 below, the number of whole shares of Common Stock that equals the number of whole RSUs that become vested, and such vested RSUs will terminate and cease to be outstanding upon such issuance of the shares.  Upon issuance of such shares, Laureate will determine the form of delivery (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) and may deliver such shares on your behalf electronically to Laureate’s designated stock plan administrator or such other broker-dealer as Laureate may choose at its sole discretion, within reason.

 

(b)                                  Timing of Settlement .  Your RSUs will be settled by Laureate, via the issuance of Common Stock as described herein, on the date that the RSUs become vested and nonforfeitable.  However, if a scheduled issuance date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or federal holiday, such issuance date shall instead fall on the next following day that the principal executive offices of the Company are open for business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) you are subject to Laureate’s policy permitting officers and directors to sell shares only during certain “window” periods, in effect from time to time or you are otherwise prohibited from selling shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the public market and any shares covered by your RSUs are scheduled to be issued on a day (the “ Original Distribution Date ”) that does not occur during an open “window period” applicable to you, as determined by Laureate in accordance with such policy, or does not occur on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the open market, and (ii) the Company elects not to satisfy its tax withholding obligations by withholding shares from your distribution, then such shares shall not be issued and delivered on such Original Distribution Date and shall instead be issued and delivered on the first business day of the next occurring open “window period” applicable to you pursuant to such policy (regardless of whether you are still providing continuous services at such time) or the next business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the open market, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third calendar month of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Original Distribution Date occurs.  In all cases, the issuance and delivery of

 

2



 

shares under this Agreement is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be construed and administered in such a manner.

 

6.                                       Tax Withholding .  On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares subject to your RSUs, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company which arises in connection with your RSUs (the “ Withholding Taxes ”).  Additionally, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your RSUs by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered under the Agreement to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the RSUs with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you pursuant to Section 5) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not exceed, by more than the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.  Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company are satisfied, Laureate shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.  In the event Laureate’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

 

7.                                       Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events .

 

(a)                                  Stock Dividend, Stock Split and Reverse Stock Split .  Upon a stock dividend of, or stock split or reverse stock split affecting, the Common Stock, the number of outstanding RSUs shall, without further action of the Administrator, be adjusted to reflect such event; provided, however, that any fractional RSUs resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated.  Adjustments under this paragraph will be made by the Administrator, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                                  Merger, Consolidation and Other Events .  If Laureate shall be the surviving or resulting corporation in any merger or consolidation and the Common Stock shall be converted into other securities, the RSUs shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs would have been entitled.  If the stockholders of Laureate receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation or pursuant to any merger of Laureate or acquisition of its assets, securities of another entity or other property (including cash), then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Laureate’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property (including cash) to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs would have been entitled, in the same manner and to the same extent as the RSUs.

 

8.                                       Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship .  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall alter your at-will or other employment status or other service relationship with the Company, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between the Company and you, or as a contractual right of you to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge you at any time with or without cause or notice and whether or not such discharge results in the forfeiture of any nonvested and forfeitable RSUs or any other adverse effect on your interests under the Plan.

 

3



 

9.                                       Rights as Stockholder; Dividend Equivalent Payments .

 

(a)                                  You shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock that may be issued in settlement of the RSUs until such shares of Common Stock have been issued to you.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions, or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  On each dividend payment date for each cash dividend on the Common Stock, the Company will credit your equity award account with dividend equivalents in the form of additional RSUs.  All such additional RSUs shall be subject to the same vesting requirements applicable to the RSUs in respect of which they were credited and shall be settled in accordance with, and at the time of, settlement of the vested RSUs to which they are related.  The number of RSUs to be credited shall equal the quotient, rounded to three decimal places, determined by dividing (a) by (b), where “(a)” is the product of (i) the cash dividend payable per share of Common Stock, multiplied by (ii) the number of RSUs credited to your account as of the record date, and “(b)” is the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the dividend payment date.  If your vested RSUs have been settled after the record date but prior to the dividend payment date, any RSUs that would be credited pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be settled on or as soon as practicable after the dividend payment date.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Administrator from exercising its discretion under the Plan to determine whether to eliminate fractional units or credit fractional units to accounts, and the manner in which fractional units will be credited.

 

10.                                The Company’s Rights .  The existence of the RSUs shall not affect in any way the right or power of Laureate or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company’s assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

11.                                Restrictions on Issuance of Shares .  The issuance of shares of Common Stock upon settlement of the RSUs shall be subject to and in compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state, or foreign law with respect to such securities.  No shares of Common Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state, or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed.  The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the RSUs shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.  As a condition to the settlement of the RSUs, the Company may require you to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

12.                                Notices .  Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to Laureate in care of its Secretary, and any notice to be given to you shall be addressed to you at the physical or electronic address given beneath your signature on the Notice.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 12, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to you or the Company.  Any notice, which is required to be given to you shall, if you are then deceased, be given to your personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 12.  Any notice shall have been deemed duly given when (i) delivered in person, (ii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, (iii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with fees prepaid) in an office regularly maintained by FedEx, UPS, or comparable non-public mail carrier, or (iv) delivered by email to an electronic mail address provided by you.  You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the

 

4



 

Company or another third party designated by the Company. [Plus modifications as needed to accommodate persons outside the US in accordance with advice from counsel.]

 

13.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the relevant Notice and the Plan, contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs granted hereunder.  Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the RSUs granted hereunder shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

 

14.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the RSUs as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

15.                                409A Savings Clause .  This Agreement and the RSUs granted hereunder are intended to fit within the “short-term deferral” exemption from Section 409A of the Code as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4).  In administering this Agreement, the Company shall interpret this Agreement in a manner consistent with such exemption.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the RSUs fail to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and are otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code.  Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).  [For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, the payment of dividend equivalents under Section 9(b) of this Agreement shall be construed as earnings and the time and form of payment of such dividend equivalents shall be treated separately from the time and form of payment of the underlying RSUs.]

 

16.                                No Obligation to Minimize Taxes .  The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this award of RSUs and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this award.  You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this award and by signing the Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

 

17.                                Conformity with Plan .  This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan.  Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern.  A copy of the Plan is available upon request to the Administrator.

 

18.                                No Funding .  This Agreement constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Company to issue shares of Common Stock in the future in accordance with its terms.  You have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company as a result of receiving the grant of RSUs.

 

19.                                Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans .  The value of the RSUs subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides.  The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s employee benefit plans.

 

20.                                Governing Law .  The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement, and of any determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest under this Agreement, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its provisions

 

5



 

concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions.  As a condition of this Agreement, you agree that you will not bring any action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement in any court other than a federal or state court in the districts which include Baltimore, Maryland, and you hereby agree and submit to the personal jurisdiction of any federal court located in the district which includes Baltimore, Maryland or any state court in the district which includes Baltimore, Maryland.  You further agree that you will not deny or attempt to defeat such personal jurisdiction or object to venue by motion or other request for leave from any such court.

 

21.                                Resolution of Disputes .  Any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, or as a result of, or pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement, will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.  You agree that before you may bring any legal action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement you will first exhaust your administrative remedies before the Administrator.  You further agree that in the event that the Administrator does not resolve any dispute or disagreement arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement to your satisfaction, no legal action may be commenced or maintained relating to this Agreement more than twenty-four (24) months after the Administrator’s decision.

 

22.                                Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

23.                                Electronic Delivery of Documents .  By your signing the Notice, you (i) consent to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the RSUs, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders; (ii) acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to you by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (iii) further acknowledge that you may revoke your consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (iv) further acknowledge that you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

 

24.                                No Future Entitlement .  By your signing the Notice, you acknowledge and agree that:  (i) the grant of a restricted stock unit award is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted stock units, or compensation in lieu of restricted stock units, even if restricted stock units have been granted repeatedly in the past; (ii) all determinations with respect to any such future grants and the terms thereof will be at the sole discretion of the Committee; (iii) the value of the restricted stock units is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (iv) the value of the restricted stock units is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits; (v) the vesting of the restricted stock units ceases upon termination of Service with the Company or transfer of employment from the Company, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (vi) the Company does not guarantee any future value of the restricted stock units; and (vii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if the restricted stock units decrease or do not increase in value and you irrevocably release the Company from any such claim that does arise.

 

25.                                Personal Data .  For purposes of the implementation, administration and management of the restricted stock units or the effectuation of any acquisition, equity or debt financing, joint venture, merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, business combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of stock, sale of material assets or other similar corporate transaction involving the Company (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), you consent, by execution of the Notice, to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data by and among the Company and its third party vendors or any potential party to a potential Corporate Transaction.  You understand that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social security number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and shares awarded, cancelled, vested and unvested) may be transferred to third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the restricted stock units or the effectuation of a Corporate Transaction and you

 

6



 

expressly authorize such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data by the recipient(s).  You understand that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country.  You understand that data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the restricted stock units or effect a Corporate Transaction.  You understand that you may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Company’s Secretary.  You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to accept a restricted stock unit award.

 

{ Glossary begins on next page }

 

7



 

GLOSSARY

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the Board of Directors of Laureate Education, Inc. or such committee or committees appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Agreement ” means this document, as amended from time to time, together with the Plan which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(c)                                   Cause ” means “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Grantee and Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance by the Grantee in connection with the performance of his duties with respect to the Company, (ii) conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony, (iii) theft, embezzlement, fraud or other similar conduct by the Grantee in connection with the performance of his or her duties with the Company, or (iv) a willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements with the Company including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control ” means the first of the following to occur: (i) a Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen, or (ii) a Change in the Ownership of Assets of Laureate, as described herein and construed in accordance with Code section 409A.

 

(i)                                      A “Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen” shall occur on the date that any one Person acquires, or Persons Acting as a Group acquire, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, ownership of:

 

(A)                                 the capital stock of Laureate that, together with the stock held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate.  However, if any one Person is, or Persons Acting as a Group are, considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership of Laureate or to cause a Change in Effective Control of Laureate (as described below).  An increase in the percentage of capital stock owned by any one Person, or Persons Acting as a Group, as a result of a transaction in which Laureate acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock; or

 

(B)                                partnership interests of Wengen that, together with the partnership interests held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the partnership interests of Wengen.  However, if any one Person is, or Persons Acting as a Group are, considered under the Wengen Limited Partnership Agreement, as the same is in effect from time to time, to own two percent (2%) or more of the partnership interests of Wengen on the effective date of this Plan, the acquisition of additional partnership interests by the same Person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen.

 

(ii)                                   A “Change in the Ownership of Assets of Laureate” shall occur on the date that any one Person acquires, or Persons Acting as a Group acquire (or has or have acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons), assets from Laureate that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 80% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of Laureate immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.  For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of Laureate, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

The following rules of construction apply in interpreting the definition of Change in Control:

 

8



 

(A)                                A Person means any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than (1) employee benefit plans sponsored or maintained by Laureate and by entities controlled by Laureate, (2) Wengen or entities controlled by Wengen, or (3) an underwriter of the capital stock of Laureate in a registered public offering.

 

(B)                                Persons will be considered to be Persons Acting as a Group (or Group) if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the corporation.  If a Person owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a Group with other shareholders only with respect to the ownership in that corporation before the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.  Persons will not be considered to be acting as a Group solely because they purchase assets of the same corporation at the same time or purchase or own stock of the same corporation at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering.

 

(C)                                A Change in Control shall not include a transfer of assets to a related person as described in Code section 409A or a public offering of capital stock of Laureate.

 

(D)                                For purposes of the definition of Change in Control, Section 318(a) of the Code applies to determine stock ownership.  Stock underlying a vested option is considered owned by the individual who holds the vested option (and the stock underlying an unvested option is not considered owned by the individual who holds the unvested option).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, however, if a vested option is exercisable for stock that is not substantially vested (as defined by Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b) and (j)), the stock underlying the option is not treated as owned by the individual who holds the option.

 

(e)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)                                    Common Stock ” means the common stock, US$.001 par value per share, of Laureate Education, Inc.

 

(g)                                   Company ” means Laureate and its Subsidiaries.

 

(h)                                  Eligible Individual ” shall mean (i) an officer or employee of, and other individual, including a non-employee director, who is a natural person providing bona fide services to or for, Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for Laureate’s securities.

 

(i)                                      Fair Market Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.  The Plan generally defines Fair Market Value to mean the closing price per share of Common Stock on the relevant date on the principal exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading or, if no sale is reported for that date, the last preceding Business Day on which a sale was reported.

 

[ONLY APPLICABLE IN CERTAIN CASES](j)                                Good Reason ” means “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Grantee and Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the consent of the Grantee, (i) a reduction in base salary (other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees), (ii) a substantial diminution in the Grantee’s title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith, or (iii) a transfer of the Grantee’s primary workplace by more than fifty (50) miles from his or her

 

9



 

current workplace; provided, however, that in any event, such conduct is not cured within ten (10) business days after the Grantee gives the Company notice of such event.

 

(i)                                      Grant Date ” means the effective date of a grant of RSUs made to you as set forth in the relevant Notice.

 

(j)                                     Notice ” means the statement, letter or other written notification provided to you by the Company setting forth the terms of a grant of RSUs made to you.

 

(k)                                  Plan ” means the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(l)                                      RSU ” means the Company’s commitment to issue one share of Common Stock at a future date, subject to the terms of the Agreement and the Plan.

 

(m)                              Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation or other entity in an unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with Laureate if each of the corporations or other entities, or group of commonly controlled corporations or other entities, other than the last corporation or other entity in the unbroken chain then owns stock or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in such chain or otherwise has the power to direct the management and policies of the entity by contract or by means of appointing a majority of the members of the board or other body that controls the affairs of the entity.

 

(n)                                  You ” or “ Your ” means the recipient of the RSUs as reflected on the applicable Notice.  Whenever the word “you” or “your” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to the estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the RSUs may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the words “you” and “your” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

{ End of Agreement }

 

10




Exhibit 10.44

 

SUPPORT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Support Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) is dated as of October 1 , 2014 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Santa Fe University of Art and Design, LLC, a limited liability company (“Institution”), and Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Laureate”). Each party hereto shall be referred to as a “Party”, and collectively, as the “Parties”.

 

Whereas,  Institution and Laureate (and their respective subsidiaries) desire to adopt a support services model that internally centralizes the operational functions of multiple academic institutions that are typically performed in individual universities, colleges, and schools; and

 

Whereas, such support services bring the highest level of functional expertise to institutions regardless of size by converging, aligning, and streamlining institutional functions to ensure the following: sharing of best practices, efficiency and economy of scale, effectiveness of service, synergy creation and disciplined process improvement; and

 

Whereas, the Institution is the responsible owner of policy, practice and. governance while the support service groups are responsible owners of process, execution and scale; and

 

Whereas, in connection with the foregoing, Institution wishes to hire Laureate and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, to provide to Institution and its subsidiaries certain general management, legal, tax, finance, accounting, treasury, human resources, network entry and other services described herein according to the terms of this Agreement; and

 

Whereas, Laureate has been providing services of a similar nature to Institution through an agreement dated September 16, 2009, with Institution’s parent company, LEI Holdings - U.S. I, Inc., and the Patties now desire to replace that agreement with this Agreement; and

 

Whereas, in connection with the provision of the services under this Agreement, Laureate desires from time to time to second to Institution and its subsidiaries certain personnel employed by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries.

 

Now Therefore, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Patties agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                           Effective Date; Term, Termination.

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 3 below, the term of this Agreement (the “Term”) with respect to the services provided hereunder shall be for five (5) years beginning on the Effective Date unless earlier terminated (1) pursuant to Section 1(b)

 

1



 

below, (2) pursuant to Section l (c) below, or (3) by either Party for any other reason with ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the other Party.  This Agreement and the Term shall renew automatically for an additional two (2) years upon the fifth (5(1)h) anniversary of the date hereof and each second (2(11)d) anniversary thereafter, unless either Party provides written notice to the other at least six (6) months prior to the end of the Term that it intends not to renew the Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Either Party shall hav.e the right to terminate this Agreement, effective immediately, at any time during the Term without further notice and pursue any remedies available to it at law or in equity if (1) the other Party is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent under any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law providing for bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, dissolution, winding up or liquidation of a debtor, (2) any action is taken by the other Party or by others against such Party under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, dissolution, winding up or liquidation act under applicable law, which action is not fully dismissed or discharged within thirty (30) days after the institution thereof, (3) the other Party makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (4) a receiver is appointed for the other Party in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement may be terminated by either Party (such Party, the “Non-Defaulting Party”) upon a material default by the other Party (such other Party, the “Defaulting Party”) of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Non­ Defaulting Party shall give the Defaulting Party written notice of such failure, stating the nature thereof and a reasonable time (which shall be not less than thirty (30) days in the case of a non-monetary default, any monetary default shall be governed by the provisions of Section 5(c) of this Agreement) to remedy such failure. If the Defaulting Party does not correct the failure within the specified time, the Non-Defaulting Party may terminate this Agreement effective immediately.

 

( d)                                  Upon termination of this Agreement, Laureate shall provide Institution with complete copies of each of the following as each relates to the Supporting Services provided hereunder to the extent created by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and exists at the termination of this Agreement: PeopleSoft environment and associated interfaces including, but not limited to, all of the PeopleSoft documentation, table structures, tree structures, configuration settings, logical and physical data base designs, Excel interfaces, current and historical data, server configurations, operating system setups and configuration data, marketing and enrollment data, business rules and policy documents.

 

Section 2.                                           Representations of the Parties. Each Party hereby represents, warrants and covenants that it has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of the obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a material breach of, or otherwise contravene the te1ms of, any other agreement to which the Party is a party or is otherwise bound.

 

2



 

Section 3.                                           Support Services Provided to Institution.

 

(a)           Laureate and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, will provide Institution and any of institution’s subsidiaries with the Support Services to be identified and mutually agreed upon by the Parties from time to time on Exhibit B hereto (each a “Support Service,” collectively, the “Support Services”). Institution shall make available to Laureate on a timely basis all data, information and other materials within Institution’s and its subsidiaries’ control which are reasonably necessary for Laureate to perform each of the Support Services. The Parties agree that Laureate and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, shall have no liability for any failure to perform, or for the late performance of, any Support Services to the extent such Support Services require data, information or other materials possessed, prepared or generated by Institution to the extent that Institution shall have failed to provide the same or to cause the same to be provided to Laureate in accordance with Laureate’ s reasonable written or oral (if promptly confirmed in writing) requests.

 

(b)           Laureate shall perform its obligations hereunder (1) in a workmanlike fashion and in accordance with industry standards and (2) with at least the same level of performance, completeness, care and attention used by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, to perform such services for itself prior to the Effective Date. The Parties also agree that each Party shall perform its respective obligations hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws.

 

(c)                                   Laureate shall provide sufficient management, administrative, technical, and clerical personnel (the “Support Services Personnel”) to enable Laureate to provide the Suppo1t Services in an efficient and professional manner. Laureate and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, will have full and complete authority to engage, dismiss, reprimand, or otherwise manage all Support Services Personnel. Institution expressly understands and agrees that such actions by Laureate and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, with respect to the Support Services Personnel shall be in accordance with Laureate’ s human resources policies in effect from time to time. Institution shall have no authority pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any aspect of Laureate’ s business or administrative policies.

 

(d)                                  If Institution shall reasonably determine through appropriate evaluation that the Support Services Personnel providing the Support Services hereunder are ineffective, upon reasonable written request Laureate shall, as promptly as is practical, provide substitute Support Services Personnel or take appropriate steps to ensure that the Support Services Personnel performing Institution Support Services effectively perform said services. Nothing in this Section 3(d) shall require Laureate or any of its subsidiaries to (1) hire additional employees or consultants to serve as Support Services Personnel or (2) terminate the employment of any Supp01t Services Personnel.

 

(e)                                   Prior to the Effective Date and thereafter prior to the end of each calendar year, Institution and Laureate shall agree upon performance metrics for the Support Services which shall be a condition of this Agreement.

 

3



 

(f)             In connection with providing the Support Services hereunder, Institution acknowledges and agrees that Laureate shall and may have complete access to Institution, its subsidiaries, and the Premises (as defined on Exhibit A) during the Term. Institution shall do all that is necessary or required to permit such access to Institution, its subsidiaries, and the Premises.

 

Section 4.                                           Seconded Employees.

 

(a)                                  General. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Laureate shall, or shall cause one of its subsidiaries to, second to Institution or one of its subsidiaries, and Institution or one of its subsidiaries, as applicable, agrees to accept the secondment of, those certain specifically identified individuals (each, a “Seconded Employee” and collectively, the “Seconded Employees”) listed on Exhibit C (the “Seconded Employee Schedule”) for the purpose of performing job functions related to the services provided hereunder (the “Secondment Services”). The Seconded Employees will remain at all times employees of Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, but, in addition, they will also be temporary employees of Institution or one of its subsidiaries, as applicable, during the Period of Secondment (as defined in subsection (b) below) and shall, at all times during the Period of Secondment, work under the direction, supervision and control of Institution or one of its subsidiaries. For each Seconded Employee, the “Period of Secondment” shall be that period of time as set forth in subsection (b) below. The Seconded Employees shall have no authority or apparent authority to act on behalf of Laureate or any of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, during the Period of Secondment.

 

The Seconded Employee Schedule sets forth the names of the Seconded Employees seconded by Laureate and any of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, the job function(s) of the Seconded Employees and the starting date for the Period of Secondment for each Seconded Employee. Individuals may be added or removed from the Seconded Employee Schedule monthly in the sole discretion of Laureate upon Laureate providing Institution with a completed “Addition/Removal/Change of Responsibility of Seconded Employee” form, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D, no less than thirty (30) days’ prior to such addition or change.

 

Upon the commencement of a Seconded Employee’s Period of Secondment, Laureate shall cause each Seconded Employee to execute an “Employment Status Acknowledgement” letter, the form of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit E. Those rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement that relate to individuals that were on the Seconded Employee Schedule but then later are removed from the Seconded Employee Schedule, which rights and obligations accrued before the removal of such individual, will survive the removal of such individual from the Seconded Employee Schedule to the extent necessary to enforce such rights and obligations.

 

(b)                                  Period of Secondment.   Laureate shall, or shall cause one of its subsidiaries to, second to Institution or one of its subsidiaries each Seconded Employee on the start date set forth opposite their name on the Seconded Employee Schedule, and

 

4



 

continue to second, during the period (and only during the period) that the Seconded Employee is performing Secondment Services for Institution or one of its subsidiaries from such date, until the earliest of:

 

(1)                                  the end of the Term;

 

(2)                                  the end date, if any, set forth for the Seconded Employee on the Seconded Employee Schedule (or such other end date for such Seconded Employee as determined by Laureate and communicated to Institution no less than thirty (30) days’ prior to such date) (such date, the “End Date”);

 

(3)                                  a termination of employment such Seconded Employee under subsection (c) below; and

 

(4)                                  a termination of Secondment Services for such Seconded Employee under subsection (d) below.

 

The foregoing constitutes the “Period of Secondment” as applicable to each Seconded Employee. At the end of the Period of Secondment for any Seconded Employee, such Seconded Employee will no longer be subject to the direction of Institution or any of its subsidiaries with regard to the Seconded Employee’s day-to-day activities.

 

(c)                                   Termination of Employment. If any Seconded Employee (1) dies, retires, becomes disabled or otherwise tenders his resignation for any reason to Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable or (2) is terminated by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, for Laureate Cause (as defined on Exhibit A), in any such case, Laureate or the applicable subsidiary, to the extent applicable, will notify Institution of such termination of employment as soon as practicable after receipt of notice by the Seconded Employee, notice of such occurrence or such termination if the termination is for Laureate Cause, to the extent applicable, but in no event, in any such case, later than the last day of the fiscal quarter during which termination of employment occurs. During the Period of Secondment for any Seconded Employee, other than in connection with a termination of employment of a Seconded Employee by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, for Laureate Cause, Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, agrees not to voluntarily withdraw or terminate any Seconded Employee except with thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such withdrawal or termination through a completed Addition/Removal/Change of Responsibility of Seconded Employee form. Upon the termination of employment of a Seconded Employee, the Seconded Employee will cease performing services for Institution.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Secondment.  Except as othe1wise prohibited by applicable law or any agreement as in effect at the time of termination, Institution will have the right to terminate the Secondment Services to it or any of its subsidiaries of any Seconded Employee for any reason at any time on not less than thirty (30) days’  prior written notice to Laureate; provided, however, that any termination of Secondment Services of a Seconded Employee by Institution for Institution Cause (as defined on

 

5



 

Exhibit A) shall be effective immediately. Upon the termination of any Seconded Employee’s Period of Secondment, Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, as applicable, will be solely liable for any costs or expenses associated with the termination of such Secondment Services, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Supervision. During the Period of Secondment, Institution and its subsidiaries, as applicable, shall:

 

(1)                                  be ultimately and fully responsible for the daily work assignments of each Seconded Employee during those times that the Seconded Employees are performing services for Institution or any of its subsidiaries hereunder, including supervision of their day-to-day work activities;

 

(2)                                  set the hours of work and the holidays and vacation schedules for the Seconded Employee;

 

(3)                                  have the right to determine training which will be received by the Seconded Employee; and

 

(4)                                  be solely responsible for the quality, adequacy and safety of all services performed by the Seconded Employees and for any consequences relating to the provision of such services, including damage to property and injury to third parties.

 

In the course and scope of performing any Seconded Employee’s job functions, the Seconded Employee will be integrated into the organization of Institution or one of its subsidiaries, as applicable, will report into Institution’ or one of its subsidiaries’ management structure, and will be under the direct management and supervision of Institution or one of its subsidiaries. Institution or one of its subsidiaries shall designate one of its officers to be responsible for the supervisory function set forth in this subsection (e) on behalf of lnstitution and its subsidiaries.

 

(f)                                    Cancellation or Reduction of Secondment Services.    Institution may terminate or reduce the level of any of the Secondment Services on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Laureate thereof.  In the event Institution terminates the Secondment Services, Institution shall pay Laureate any outstanding payments due to Laureate pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a pro rata portion of the monthly installment for the last month (or portion thereof) in which it received such services (based on the number of days that have elapsed in such month prior to such termination).    Except as provided for in Section 8 hereof, upon payment thereof, Institution shall have no further payment obligations to Laureate in respect of such terminated Secondment Services. In the event that Institution reduces the level of any of the Secondment Services, the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith to determine an appropriate reduction to the Services Reimbursement (as defined in Section 5 below) for the reduced Secondment Services

 

6



 

Section 5.                                           Fees and Payments.

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise agreed to by the Paities, (!) the fees and expenses in respect of the Support Services provided under this Agreement (such fees and expenses, the “Supp01t Services Fees”) and (2) the costs and expenses incun-ed by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, in respect of its employment of the Seconded Employees in connection with the Secondment Services (the “Services Reimbursement”), in each case, shall be determined in accordance with the methodologies set fotih in Exhibit F hereto, as the same may be amended by written agreement of the Patties from time to time. The Support Services Fees and Services Reimbursement shall be paid by Institution or one of its subsidiaries, as determined by Institution. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Support Services Fees and Services Reimbursement shall be determined in good faith by the Parties and shall be materially as favorable to Laureate and its subsidiaries as they would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person that is not an affiliate.

 

(b)                                  On or before the tenth (1o’h) business day after the last day of February, May, August and November in each year during the Term, Laureate shall send an invoice (along with any and all documentation and calculations used to determine the amount of the Support Services Fees artd the Services Reimbursement) to Institution for the Support Services Fees and the Services Reimbursement.

 

Such payments shall be delivered to the following address:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn: Tal Darmon

Email: [    ]

 

(c)                                   Fees and payments under this Section 5 not paid or not reasonably disputed within thirty (30) days of sending of an invoice therefor shall accrue simple interest at the prime rate as quoted in the Wall Street Journal plus one percent per annum or, if lower, the maximum rate permitted by law. In the event Laureate gives notice to Institution of non-payment of fees and Institution does not cure such non-payment within ten (10) business days of the date of such notice, Laureate shall have no further obligation to Institution to provide the Support Services and may seek any other remedies available to it, whether legal, contractual, equitable or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  This Agreement is based upon existing Financial Reporting platforms ( i.e., PeopleSoft 9.0) and any costs to perform material system upgrades or changes to the current system will require additional charges to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

(e)                                   Institution hereby acknowledges and agrees that Laureate may subcontract some or part of its obligations under this Agreement to third parties for providing services to the Business (as defined on Exhibit A).  Laureate and Institution

 

7



 

agree that all contact with third parties will be conducted in the name of Institution or its subsidiaries, as applicable. Such requirement shall not restrict representatives of Laureate from fulfilling their operational responsibilities within Institution or its subsidiaries in a manner consistent with their assigned and pre-authorized duties.

 

Section 6.                                           Books and Records

 

(a)                                  General. Laureate shall keep full and adequate books of account and other records (collectively, the “Accounts”) on an accrual basis reflecting the performance of the Support Services as they pertain to the operation of Institution and its subsidiaries, all in accordance with U.S. GAAP or such other accounting standard as agreed upon by the Parties.

 

(b)                                  Location, Examination and Inspection. The Accounts shall be kept at Institution at all times. The Accounts shall be available to Institution and its representatives at all reasonable times for examination, inspection and transcription.

 

(c)                                   Seconded Employee Expenses.   Laureate and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain an allocation schedule reflecting the direct and indirect costs of the Seconded Employee Expenses (as defined on Exhibit A) based on the Secondment Services. Institution and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, will use commercially reasonable efforts to keep and maintain books/records reflecting hours worked and costs and expenses incurred in connection with each of the Seconded Employees, and Laureate will have the right from time to time upon its reasonable request to audit such books/records maintained by Institution or any of its subsidiaries. Institution, one of its subsidiaries or one of their respective representatives will have the right to audit the allocation schedule and such other records as Institution may reasonably require in connection with its verification of the Seconded Employee Expenses during regular business hours and on at least two (2) business days’ prior notice.

 

Section 7.                                           Tax

 

(a)                                  Tax Gross-Up.  Institution shall (I) make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law and (2) promptly upon becoming aware that Institution must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in that rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify Laureate accordingly.

 

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by Institution, the amount of the payment due from Institution shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

Laureate shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for Institution to obtain authorization to make payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

8



 

(b)           Tax Indemnity. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Institution shall pay to Laureate an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Laureate determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of tax by Laureate in respect of the Agreement.

 

This Section 7(b) shall not apply (1) with respect to any Tax assessed on Laureate under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Laureate is incorporated, if that tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable by Laureate, or (2) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Section 7(a).

 

(c)           VAT [IF APPLICABLE]. All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under the Agreement by Institution to Laureate which in whole or in part constitutes the consideration for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply and accordingly if VAT is chargeable on any supply made by Laureate, Institution shall pay to Laureate (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and Laureate shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to Institution).

 

 

Section 8.                                           Indemnification

 

(a)                                  Indemnification of Institution.  Laureate hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Institution and its stockholders, officers, directors, employees, agents, subsidiaries, successors, and assigns (collectively, the “Institution Indemnitees”), from and against all demands, claims, actions, or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, interest, penalties, and reasonable attorneys’ fees), of any nature, whether absolute, contingent or otherwise, asserted against or imposed upon or incurred by the Institution Indemnitees relating ( l ) to the Support Services, excepting that Laureate shall not be required to indemnify the Institution Indemnitees for any act of fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence by any of Institution Indemnitees, (2) violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (3) claims or lawsuits filed by Seconded Employees alleging violation of law, if a cause of action giving rise to the claim or lawsuit is a unilateral employment decision made by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries regarding Seconded Employees.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification of Laureate.      Institution hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Laureate and its stockholders, officers, directors, employees, agents, subsidiaries, successors, and assigns, (collectively, the “Laureate Indemnitees”) from and against all demands, claims, actions, or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, interest, penalties, and reasonable attorneys’ fees), of any nature, whether absolute, contingent or otherwise, asserted against or imposed upon or incurred by the Laureate Indemnitees relating to (1) any acts of fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence committed by any of the Institution Indemnitees, (2) violations of any applicable statute, law or regulation by Institution or one of its subsidiaries or a Seconded Employee while performing services in the furtherance of the Business, and (3) claims or

 

9



 

lawsuits filed by Seconded Employees alleging violation of law, if a cause of the action giving rise to the claim or lawsuit is a unilateral employment decision made by Institution or one of its subsidiaries regarding Seconded Employees.

 

Section 9.                                           Confidentiality/Non-Solicitation

 

(a)                                  Confidential Information. The Parties each acknowledge that Confidential Info1mation (as defined below) may be disclosed to the other Party in connection with this Agreement. Except as otherwise specifically provided by the Parties, “Confidential Information” shall mean any non-public, proprietary information, Intellectual Property (as defined in subsection (b) below) and other confidential information, including, but not limited to, descriptions, specifications and the like of a Disclosing Party (as defined in subsection (b) below) that is provided or communicated by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party in connection with this Agreement (as defined in subsection (b) below) after the Effective Date, including pursuant to Section 22.

 

Obligations. Each Party (in such capacity, the “Receiving Party”) acknowledges and agrees to (1) use with respect to the Confidential Information of the other Party (in such capacity, the “Disclosing Party”) the same care and discretion to prevent such Confidential Information from being disclosed, published or disseminated as it employs to avoid disclosure, publication or dissemination of its own similar Confidential Information (but in no event less than reasonable care), (2) use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information only for the purpose for which it was disclosed, and (3) not disclose, disseminate or provide access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any person other than to those employees and agents who have a need to know it in order to assist the Receiving Party in performing its obligations hereunder, or to permit the Receiving Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information (1) to a third party who is involved in providing services under this Agreement or is contemplating entering into a transaction with Laureate pertaining to a sale of all or any po1iion of its business, provided that: (A) such disclosure is reasonably necessary for the third party to perform its duties or evaluate the potential transaction; (B) the Receiving Party causes the third party to be bound to the same obligations regarding Confidential Information as the Parties are subjected to in this Section 9; and (C) the Receiving Party assumes full responsibility for the acts or omissions of such third parties, no less than if the acts or omissions were those of the Receiving Party or (2) to the extent required under the terms of any credit agreement, indenture or related agreement entered into by Laureate or one of its subsidiaries.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither Party will publicly disclose the terms of this Agreement, unless required by applicable law or regulation, without the prior written consent of the other. Furthermore, neither Laureate nor Institution will: (!) acquire any right in or assert any lien against the Confidential Information of the other Party, other than as provided in this Agreement; or (2) sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of Confidential Information of the other to third parties

 

10


 

or commercially exploit such Confidential Information, other than as permitted in this Agreement.

 

In addition, the Parties shall take reasonable steps by agreement or otherwise so that their employees, subcontractors and consultants comply with these confidentiality provisions.

 

(b)                                  Exclusions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include, and this Section 9 will not apply to, any information that Laureate and Institution, as Receiving Party, can demonstrate was:

 

(1)                                  at the time of disclosure to it, in the public domain;

 

(2)                                  after disclosure of it, published or otherwise became part of the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party; disclosure to it;

 

(3)                                  in the possession of the Receiving Party at the time of

 

(4)                                  received after disclosure to it from a third party who had a lawful right to disclose such information to it;

 

(5)                                  independently developed by the Receiving Pa1iy without reference to Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; or

 

(6)                                  required to be disclosed pursuant to an applicable law, rule, regulation, government requirement or court order, or the rules of any stock exchange (provided, however, that the Receiving Party shall advise the Disclosing Party of such required disclosure promptly upon learning thereof in order to afford the Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to contest, limit and/or assist the’ Receiving Party in crafting such disclosure).

 

(c)                                   Loss of Confidential Information. In the event of any disclosure or loss of, or inability to account for, Confidential Information, the Receiving Paiiy will notify the Disclosing Party immediately in writing.

 

(d)                                  Period of Confidentiality.   Confidential Information disclosed pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to the terms of this Agreement for two (2) years following the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

11



 

(f)            Non-Solicitation. During the Term and for a period of one (I) year following termination of the Agreement for any reason, each Party shall not, and shall cause its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, not to, without the prior written consent of the other Party, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit any key employees or officers of the other who performed (or received) the services hereunder; provided, however, that this Section 9(f) will not prohibit either Party or its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, from soliciting or employing any such individual in response to any general solicitation or advertising not specifically directed at any such individual or group of individuals.

 

Section 10.                           Intellectual Property Rights

 

(a)                                  Definition. As used herein, the term “Intellectual Property” shall mean any and all technology, inventions, processes, know-how, designs, works of authorship, non-public materials and any other technical subject matter related thereto. Intellectual Property also includes all intellectual property rights or similar proprietary rights related to the foregoing, including, without limitation, (1) patent rights and utility models, (2) copyrights and database rights, (3) trademarks and trade dress and the goodwill associated therewith, (4) trade secrets, (5) mask works, and (6) industrial design rights; in each case, including any registrations of, applications to register, and renewals and extensions of, any of the foregoing with or by any governmental authority in any jurisdiction in the world.

 

(b)                                  Ownership of Intellectual Property.  Each Party (and their respective subsidiaries) owns and shall retain all right, title and interest in and to any and all pre-existing or independently developed Intellectual Property of such Party, as well as any and all enhancements or modifications thereto and derivatives thereof.

 

(c)                                   No Additional Rights.  Neither Party shall receive, by virtue of this Agreement, any rights of ownership or use of any Intellectual Property owned by the other Party unless specifically provided under separate agreement.

 

Section 11.                           Notice of Possible Liability. Each Party hereto shall promptly furnish to the other Party the details of any event(s) which may give rise to a claim arising out of any of the Support Services or Secondment Services, and shall cooperate fully with and furnish additional details, if any, to the other Party concerning any claim filed against a Party, promptly upon receiving notice thereof.

 

Section 12.                           Assignment; Binding Effect. Subject to Section S(g), this Agreement, and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Parties, shall not be assigned or delegated (by operation of law or otherwise) in whole or in part by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided that no consent shall be required in connection with the assignment of the Agreement to (i) a subsidiary of such Party or (ii) a third party as a result of the acquisition of either Party or substantially all of its business by such third party by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 12 shall be void. Subject to the foregoing restrictions, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and pe1mitted assigns.

 

12



 

Section 13.         Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall neve1iheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible.

 

Section 14.         Dispute Resolution. In the event any disagreement should arise between the Parties, whether as to the interpretation or operation of this Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, such disagreement shall be finally settled in Maryland under the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association. This Section shall not limit the right of either Party to seek a temporary restraining order or other injunctive relief from a court of law in connection with a breach or threatened breach of Section 9 or Section 10. Each Party shall perform its respective obligations hereunder during any period of dispute resolution that occurs within the Term. In connection with any dispute under this Agreement settled in accordance with this Section 14, the Parties hereby agree that each Party’s liability under this Agreement or in tort (including, without limitation, negligence), or strict liability regarding any claim by the other related in any way to the performance or non-performance of this Agreement is limited to the amount of the purchase price of the goods or services involved, and each hereby releases and waives any claim against the other in excess of such amount. The Parties hereby agree that neither Party will be liable for and each Party hereby waives and releases any claims against the other Party for, any special, incidental, or consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost revenues, lost profit, or loss of prospective advantage, resulting from performance or failure to perform under this Agreement.

 

Section 15.         Force Majeure. Laureate shall not be liable for any interruption of the provision of Supporting Services or Secondment Services, delay or failure to perform under this Agreement when such interruption, delay or failure results from causes beyond its reasonable control or from any act or failure to act of Laureate, or as a result of strikes, lock-outs or other labor difficulties; acts of government, riot, insurrection or other hostilities; embargo, fuel or energy shortage, fire, flood, acts of God, wrecks or transpo1iation delays; or inability to obtain necessary labor, materials or utilities from usual sources. In such event, Laureate’s obligations hereunder shall be postponed for such time as its performance is suspended or delayed on account thereof. Upon the cessation of the force majeure event, Laureate will use reasonable effmis to resume its performance with the least possible delay.

 

Section 16.         Available Remedies. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parties agree that the failure of either of them to perform any obligation which arises under Section 9 or Section  l 0 of this Agreement may not be fully or adequately compensated by the award and/or payment of moneta1y damages. Therefore, they agree that each of them shall be subject to any decree of specific performance, injunction, or any other applicable equitable or legal decree, order, writ, or remedy, the

 

13



 

effect of which shall be to require performance by either or both of the Parties in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by either Party of any of the covenants set forth in Section 9 or Section 10 of this Agreement, the other Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining the Party breaching or threatening to breach such covenants, and any person acting in concert with such Party, from breaching or attempting in any manner to violate any of the provisions of Section 9 or Section 10 of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting either Party from pursuing any other remedies available for such breach or threatened breach, including, without limitation, the recovery of damages, costs, and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the other.

 

Section 17.         Notices. All notices, demands or communications which are required or may be given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing unless othe1wise provided for herein and delivered personally, by reputable courier or by telecopier and shall be deemed to have been duly given as of the date and time reflected on the delivery receipt if delivered personally or sent by reputable courier service or on the automatic telecopier receipt if sent by telecopier if such notice is addressed as follows:

 

If to Institution:

If to Laureate:

 

 

Santa Fe University of Art and Design

Laureate Education, Inc.

1600 St. Michael’s Drive

650 South Exeter Street

Santa Fe, NM 87505

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention: Larry Hinz, President

Attention: Robert Zentz

Facsimile:  [       ]

Facsimile: [      ]

 

Section 18.         Amendments, Supplements, Etc. At any time during the Term, this Agreement or the Exhibits hereto may be amended or supplemented by such additional agreements, articles, exhibits or schedules as may be mutually determined by the Parties to be necessary, desirable or expedient to further the purposes of this Agreement, or to clarify the intention of the Parties, or to add to or modify the covenants, terms or conditions hereof or to effect or facilitate any governmental approval or acceptance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. Any such instrument must be in writing and signed by both of the Parties.

 

Section 19.         Waiver. Any waiver of any term of this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought. No waiver of any condition or of the breach of any provision hereof, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be a further or continuing waiver of such condition or breach. Delay or failure to exercise any right or remedy shall not be deemed the waiver thereof.

 

Section 20.         Relationship of the Parties. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be construed to be or create a partnership or joint venture between

 

14



 

Institution or any of its subsidiaries and Laureate or any of its subsidiaries, and the relationship of Laureate and its subsidiaries to Institution and its subsidiaries shall be that of an independent contractor acting on Institution’ or one of its subsidiaries’ behalf.

 

Section 21.         Agent. Seconded Employee Expenses remain the primary legal responsibility of Institution and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, as the employer of the Seconded Employees during the applicable Periods of Secondment. Laureate or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, agrees to act as agent for Institution and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, in paying the Seconded Employee Expenses of the employees temporarily assigned under this Agreement.

 

Section  22.         Duty to Cooperate. If a Seconded Employee, governmental agency or third party files any type of claim, lawsuit or charge, or commences an investigation or audit against Laureate or one of its subsidiaries or Institution or one of its subsidiaries involving a Seconded Employee and alleging a violation of applicable law or failure to comply with applicable law, each Party (and its respective subsidiaries, to the extent applicable) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other’s defense. Each Party (and its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable) fiuther agrees in principle to execute such joint defense agreements, on customary terms, as may be necessary or appropriate for the protection of any privilege or confidentiality in the course of cooperating with the other’s defense. Laureate and Institution (and their respective subsidiaries, to the extent applicable) agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the other upon reasonable request in writing any and all non­ privileged or non-proprietary documents that either Party (or either of their respective subsidiaries, to the extent applicable) has in its or their possession, which relate to any such claim, lawsuit, charge, investigation or audit. However, neither Party (nor any of their respective subsidiaries) shall have the duty to cooperate with the other Party if the dispute is between the Patties themselves, nor shall this provision preclude the raising of cross-claims or third party claims between Laureate and Institution (or one of their respective subsidiaries) if the circumstances justify such proceedings. The Patties agree that this provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section  23.         Exhibits. The terms and conditions of the Exhibits to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall constitute part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

 

Section 24.         Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any Exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire agreement between the Patties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No representation, warranty, promise, inducement or statement of intention has been made by either Party which is not embodied in this Agreement and neither Party shall be bound by, or be liable for, any alleged representation, warranty, promise, inducement or statement of intention not embodied herein or therein.

 

15



 

Section 25.                            Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and cotls1ruedinaccordance with the laws of the State of Maryland regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under principles of conflicts of laws applicable hereto.

 

Section 26.                            Headings. The headings appearing at the beginning of several sections contained herein have been inserted for identification and reference purposes and shall not be used to determine the construction or interpretation of this Agreement

 

Section 27.                            No Thin!. Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied shall give or be construed to give to any person, other than the Parties and such assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder. This Agreement contains representations and warranties that the Partieshave made to and solely for the benefit of each other.

 

Section 28.                            Further Assurances. The Parties hereto agree to execute such additional instruments, agreements and documents and to take such other actions as may be necessary to affect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 29. Survival of Obligations. Each Party’s obligations under Sections 8, 9 and 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 30.                            Counterparts, This Agreement may be executed in counterpart·copies, all of which when taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same original instruments.

 

In Witness Whereof, the Parties have executed and delivered this Support Services Agreement as of the day and year first above written,

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION,INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert W.Zentz

 

Name: Robert W.Zentz

 

Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

SANTA FE UNIVERSITY OF ART AND DESIGN, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Larry Hinz

 

Name: Larry Hinz

 

Title: Presiden

 

16




Exhibit 10.45

 

MASTER SERVICE
AND

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. AND ACCENTURE LLP

 

This MASTER SERVICE AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement’), is made and entered into this April 28, 2014 (“Effective Date”) by and between Accenture LLP (hereinafter referred to as “Consultant”), an Illinois limited liability partnership with offices at 161 North Clark Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601, and Laureate Education, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “Client”), a Maryland corporation with offices at 650 South Exeter St., Baltimore, MD 21202, and it defines the agreement between Client and Consultant for the Services that will be rendered by Consultant for Client pursuant hereto. Consultant and Client may be referred to each individually as “Party’’ or together as “Parties” in this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, Client desires the Services of Consultant, which Services may include, without limitation, Services related to management consulting and technology consulting services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1                                                                                 DEFINITIONS

 

“Confidential Information”

 

 

Any information received by either Party in the course of conducting business under this Agreement that is identified by the discloser as confidential or should reasonably be understood to be the confidential or proprietary information of or concerning the other Party, including but not limited to, trade secrets, commercial, financial, and technical information, customer or client lists, programs, procedures, data, documents, computer information and databases, business plans, budget forecasts, business arrangements, information regarding specific transactions, financial information and estimates, and long-term plans and goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Confidential Information” will not include any information that identifies or directly relates to natural persons (“Personal Data”), and the terms of this Section and other provisions of this Agreement generally applicable to Confidential Information will not be deemed to apply to Personal Data unless specifically stated otherwise.

 



 

Laureate Education, Inc. - Master Services Agreement

4/26/12

 

“Consultant Knowledge Capital”

 

 

 

Materials existing prior to commencement of Accenture’s performance of the relevant Services, or developed outside the scope of such Services, that are proprietary to Accenture or to third parties, and all associated intellectual property rights and any enhancements and modifications to such Materials, whether or not such enhancements and modifications are developed as part of the Services.

 

 

“Custom Components”

 

 

 

Materials that are originally developed by Accenture during the course of its performance of the Services and supplied as, or as part of, a Deliverable. Custom Components do not include Accenture Knowledge Capital.

 

 

“Deliverables”

Elements of the Work Product to be delivered to Client as defined and identified in a particular Statement of Work. Deliverables will be comprised of Custom Components and/or Accenture Knowledge Capital.

 

 

“Employees”

All employees, agents (including, without limitation, employees of such agents) and contractors (including, without limitation, employees of such contractors) of Consultant.

 

 

“Milestones”

Specific dates of completion for elements of the Work Product, as defined and identified in a particular Statement of Work.

 

 

“Personal Data”

Any information that identifies or directly relates to natural persons.

 

 

“Statement of Work” or “SOW”

 

 

 

A document executed pursuant to this Agreement, attached as a Exhibit “A” hereto, that describes Services to be performed and compensation to be paid to Consultant therefor.

 

 

“Services”

The work, as described in any Exhibit “A” executed pursuant to this Agreement, which will be performed by Consultant to the benefit of Client.

 

 

“Third Party Intellectual Property”

 

 

 

Intellectual property the rights to which belong to an individual or entity not a party to this Agreement.

 

 

“Work Product”

Deliverables, data, information, designs, know-how, software, inventions, works of authorship and other material and intellectual property developed or prepared for Client by Consultant (either

 

2



 

 

independently or in concert with Client or third parties) and delivered to Client in the course of, or resulting from, Consultant’s performance of the Services under this Agreement, all as may be specified in a Statement of Work.

 

 

2                                                                                          TERM. TERMINATION AND DELAY

 

2.1                               This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect unless terminated in accordance with this Agreement. After termination of this Agreement, no further SOWs or purchase orders may be placed under this Agreement. However, any mutually executed SOWs shall continue until such SOWs are terminated or expired in accordance with the particular SOW and such SOWs shall, through completion, remain subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.2                               This Agreement, or any SOW formed under this Agreement, may be terminated without cause by either party with not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party. Termination of this Agreement shall automatically operate to terminate all existing SOWs in accordance with the terms specified herein. Termination of an individual SOW does not operate to terminate other SOWs or this Agreement. Termination shall not relieve either party of any obligation accrued prior to the termination date. Any termination under this section must be made in writing and sent to the appropriate party listed in Section 19.4 of this Agreement.

 

2.3                                Either Party may terminate this Agreement and any associated SOWs if the other Party is in material breach of the Agreement or specific SOW(s) by giving thirty (30) days written notice specifically identifying the breach, unless the breach is cured within the thirty (30) day period.

 

2.4                                Upon termination under this Section 2, Client will pay Consultant for all Services rendered, including a pro-rated portion for Deliverables in progress, and expenses incurrent by Consultant prior to the date of termination. Upon termination by Consultant under Section 2.3, or by Client under Section 2.2, Client will also pay Consultant for any out-of-pocket demobilization or other direct costs resulting from such early termination.

 

2.5                                All provisions of this Agreement which are by their nature intended to survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement will survive such expiration or termination.

 

2.6                                In the event that an Employee of Consultant’s is designated as “Key Personnel” in the applicable SOW, for the period of time specified in the applicable SOW (if any), Consultant shall not, without prior written consent of Client, reassign, remove or replace any Key Personnel (prior to the completion of Services under the applicable SOW); unless such Key Personnel resigns from employment with Consultant. Consultant shall provide a suitable replacement for such Key

 

3



 

Personnel. At Client’s request, Consultant shall make the proposed Key Personnel replacement available for interview by Client.

 

3                                                                                          MODIFICATIONS

 

3.1                                Any changes to this Agreement, or any SOW formed hereunder, must be memorialized in writing, reviewed, agreed upon and signed by both Parties (a “Change Order”). If Consultant performs work at the request of Client that is not specified in an SOW, (i) the work will be considered Services provided under this Agreement, and Client will pay Consultant for such Services in accordance with Section 6 at Consultant’s then current time and materials rates, and (ii) the Parties will promptly negotiate and enter into an SOW or Change Order to an existing SOW to reflect the new or changed Services.

 

3.2                                The terms presented in this Agreement are the sole terms that define this Agreement. Any terms present on a purchase order or invoice issued pursuant to this Agreement are null and void.

 

4                                                                                          SERVICES

 

4.1                                Consultant shall render the Services hereunder to Client as mutually agreed and on a per project basis. Upon identification of a project to be performed by Consultant during the Term of this Agreement, Client or Consultant shall prepare a Statement of Work to be attached hereto as Exhibit A, which shall detail the scope and duration of the Services provided by Consultant for the project in question. The first Statement of Work shall be marked as Exhibit A-1 (with each subsequent Statement of Work exhibit marked as Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3, etc.). Upon obtaining Consultant’s consent to work on a project, a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work shall be signed by the parties and attached hereto. Consultant’s engagement with respect to such projects shall thereafter be governed by this Agreement and the SOW. Unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, a Statement of Work issued and signed hereunder by both parties shall create contractual rights and obligations solely between Client and Consultant. Consultant shall perform the Services specified in a Statement of Work.

 

4.2                                Client will perform those tasks and fulfill those responsibilities specified in this Agreement and the applicable SOW (“Client Responsibilities”) in connection with Consultant’s performance of the Services and provision of Deliverables. Client understands that Consultant’s performance is dependent on Client’s timely and complete performance of Client Responsibilities, including decisions and approvals. Consultant will be entitled to compensation under Section 3.1 for any additional fees or expenses incurred as a result of delay or failure by Client to timely perform the Client Responsibilities.

 

4



 

4.3                                Client acknowledges that it has knowledge and skill particular to the business practices and information involved in the Services and Deliverables. Client will provide Consultant with access to Client’s subject matter resources as part of Consultant’s performance of Services. Client will be responsible for: (a) Client’s operation and use of the Deliverables, (b) ensuring that the scope of Services and Deliverables meet Client’s requirements, (c) Client’s compliance will all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, and (d) obtaining all necessary consents from third parties, including any necessary third party rights to use software, that are required for Consultant to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any SOW.

 

4.4                                All Employees provided by the Consultant to perform Services for Client under this Agreement shall have been subjected to a criminal background check and check of, education, training, and experience in accordance with Consultant’s standard procedures.

 

4.5                                A Statement of Work shall set forth, in specific detail, the following, as applicable:

 

(i)                                      type of Services to be performed including Milestone descriptions and completion dates, as applicable;

(iQ                                 the anticipated duration of the Services;

(iii)                                a description of the Work Product including general description, Deliverables, due date and other critical criteria, as applicable:

(iv)                               professional billing rates for the employees of Consultant to perform the Services;

(v)                                  fixed project fees for the Services, and budgeted funds for media production and selected other financial elements, if applicable;

(vi)                               Client Responsibilities;

(vii)                            a payment schedule and payment Milestones, if applicable;

(viii)                         a location where the Services shall be performed, if applicable;

(ix)                               a location where invoices shall be rendered for payment; and

(x)                                  the identity of a Client representative(s) and a Consultant representative(s) designated for the Services.

 

4.6                                Client agrees to provide to Consultant the information and assistance described in a Statement of Work. Client agrees that if Consultant’s Employees are required to perform the Services at Client’s facility, Client shall provide adequate working space, facilities and equipment for such employees.

 

4.7                                Client shall have the right to request changes and modifications to a Statement of Work; however, no changes shall be made to a Statement of Work unless such changes are agreed to in writing by the parties. Such changes may result in an equitable adjustment in schedule or SOW price. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of a Statement of Work, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control unless specific reference is made in the SOW to the replacement of the specific Agreement’s term with the specific SOW’s term.

 

5



 

4.8                                Client is not obligated to issue, nor is Consultant obligated to accept, any Statement of Work under this Agreement. This Agreement between Client and Consultant is not exclusive and the Parties are free to engage in other relationships of a similar nature with other parties.

 

5                                                                                          QUALITY ASSURANCE

 

5.1                                The Client and Consultant enter into this Agreement in good faith.  Consultant shall perform its obligations hereunder (1) in a workmanlike fashion and in accordance with industry standards and (2) with at least the same level of performance, completeness, care and attention used by Client or one of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, to perform such services for itself prior to the Effective Date. The Parties also agree that each Party shall perform its respective obligations hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws.

 

Consultant shall provide Client with personnel that (1) are sufficiently suited for the rigors of the positions generally; (2) possess sufficient skills, abilities and experience to enable Client to use such staff within the project requirements specified within the SOW (3) meet all legal and governmental requirements necessary for the job description; (4) have the necessary certifications specified in the SOW.

 

5.2                                Removal of Consultant Personnel:  Upon five (5) business days written notice from Client specifying, for reasons of performance and/or professional behavior, that a member of Consultant’s staff should be removed from the performance of Services under an SOW, Consultant shall remove such Consultant personnel and once such Consultant personnel is removed Client shall have no further obligation to Consultant for payment of fees related to such member’s performance of the Services. Consultant shall replace such Consultant personnel within five (5) business days or other such time as agreed upon in the SOW or the primary Client and Consultant liaisons specified in Section 10.1.

 

5.3                                The foregoing shall not apply in the event any Consultant personnel terminates his or her employment with Consultant or if a replacement becomes necessary for reasons beyond Consultant’s control. ln the event of termination of employment of a Consultant person, Consultant will replace such individual promptly.

 

5.4                                Consultant shall have no authority pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any aspect of Client’s business or administrative policies.

 

6                                                                                          PAYMENT AND PRICING

 

6.1                                All fees to be charged to the Client will be outlined in SOW documents agreed to in writing between the Client and Consultant.

 

6



 

6.2                                Projects and project budgets will be outlined in the SOW documents that will be approved in advance by the Client and Consultant before the Services are initiated. Budgets and operating activities will be approved in advance by Client before Consultant commits time or resources.

 

6.3                                Charges for Services of Consultant personnel will be made at the agreed-upon financial structure, e.g., hourly rates, project fee, monthly retainer, as required to provide the Services, Deliverables and activities documented in the SOW.

 

6.4                                Unless provided otherwise in an SOW, Consultant shall invoice Client monthly in arrears for the actual fees and expenses Consultant incurs during the immediately preceding month. If the Parties agree upon Milestone payments in a particular SOW, Consultant shall invoice Client in accordance with the Milestone schedule agreed upon in the applicable SOW. Payment terms under this Agreement shall be “Net 30” from receipt of invoice. Invoices shall be sent to:

 

Client Name:

Laureate Education

Email:

[      ]

 

Consultant must present an invoice to Client for Services rendered within six (6) months of performance or charges may not be honored.

 

Client will pay Consultant via electronic funds transfer using ACH CCD + or CTX format to the following account:

 

Bank = [      ]

Routing # = [      ]

Account # = [      ]

Account Type = [      ]

Invoice Qualifier = [      ]

 

Any invoice remaining unpaid for more than forty-five (45) days from receipt will accrue interest at a rate of the lesser of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month or the highest rate allowed by law.

 

6.5                                Unless provided otherwise in an SOW, Client will pay all reasonable expenses Consultant incurs in the performance of the Services, including travel and lodging expenses, communication charges and supplies, up to a maximum amount equal to twelve (12%) per cent of the value of each SOW.

 

6.6                                Accenture’s fees do not include applicable taxes. Client agrees to pay amounts equal to any value added tax, provincial, municipal, or local sales, use, excise, privilege or other taxes or assessments, however designated or levied, relating to any amounts payable by Client to Consultant hereunder, this Agreement or any Services provided by Consultant to Client pursuant hereto and any taxes or

 

7



 

amounts in lieu thereof paid or payable by Consultant, exclusive of taxes based on Consultant net income or net worth. Consultant will invoice Client for any taxes payable by Client that are required to be collected by Consultant pursuant to any applicable law, rule, regulation or other requirements of law.

 

6.7                                If work for Client requires that personnel perform Services outside the city, state, province, or country in which such personnel are based which could result in increased tax and administrative costs, Consultant will so inform Client and provide client the opportunity to choose to replace Consultant personnel with other Consultant personnel who will not incur such a cost. If Client chooses to proceed with the personnel already in place Client will reimburse Accenture for increased tax and administrative costs incurred by Accenture and/or its personnel. Client will reimburse Accenture for any deficiency relating to taxes that are Client’s responsibility under this Agreement. Each party will be responsible for its own income taxes, employment taxes, and property taxes. The parties will cooperate in good faith to minimize taxes to the extent legally permissible. Each party will provide to the other party any resale exemption, multiple points of use certificates, treaty certification and other exemption information reasonably requested by the other party.

 

7                                                                                          ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERABLES

 

7.1                                All Deliverables identified in a Statement of Work (for example, A-1) shall be subject to acceptance by Client to verify that the Deliverables materially comply with the acceptance criteria set forth in the applicable Statement of Work.

 

7.2                                Except as otherwise set forth in an SOW, all Services and Deliverables will be deemed accepted if Client does not reject the Services and Deliverables by providing Consultant written notice within ten (10) days after delivery specifically identifying the matter in which the Services or Deliverables fail to materially comply with their applicable specifications. Consultant shall, at no cost to Client, promptly correct any material noncompliance with applicable specifications.

 

8                                                                                          MUTUAL NONDISCLOSURE

 

8.1                                In connection with the business relationship between Consultant and the Client, representatives of Consultant and Client may disclose or reveal to the other, either orally, in writing or by inspection, Confidential Information (in hardcopy and/or electronic form) as to their respective businesses.

 

8.2                                Each Party will keep the other Party’s Confidential Information confidential. Specifically, each Party receiving Confidential Information agrees not to disclose such Confidential Information except to those directors, officers, employees and agents of such Party (i) who reasonably need to know such information and (ii) who have been informed of their obligation to maintain the confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret status of such Confidential Information. Each

 

8



 

Party acknowledges that it has all requisite authority under applicable laws to provide the other Party with access to Confidential Information. Each Party receiving Confidential Information further agrees that it will not use such Confidential Information except for the purposes set forth in this Agreement. Each Party receiving Confidential Information shall treat such information as confidential, and shall use the same care to prevent disclosure of such information as such Party uses with respect to its own confidential and proprietary information, provided that in any case it shall not use less than the care a reasonable person would use under similar circumstances.

 

8.3                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained here, Client’s student data is Personal Data under this Agreement. Except as required by law, neither Party shall disclose any of Client’s student data in violation of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), as may be amended from time to time. Each Party will exercise commercially reasonable efforts not to disclose any Personal Data to the other party and to restrict the other party’s access to its Personal Data. If Consultant requires access to Client’s Personal Data in connection with the Services for a particular project, the parties will agree in the applicable SOW on the procedures and obligations of each party with respect to the access, use and protection of such Personal Data (the “Data Protection Procedures”).

 

8.4                                The receiving Party shall promptly notify the disclosing Party in the event the receiving Party learns of any unauthorized possession, use or disclosure of the Confidential Information and will provide such cooperation as the disclosing Party may reasonably request, at the disclosing Party’s expense, in any litigation against any third parties to protect the disclosing Party’s rights with respect to the Confidential Information.

 

8.5          Except as otherwise provided by law, neither Party shall disclose the terms of the Agreement to any third party; provided, however, that either Party may disclose the terms of this Agreement to its professional advisers, or to any potential investor or acquirer of a substantial part of such Party’s business (whether by merger, sale or assets, sale of stock or otherwise), provided that such third party is bound by a written agreement or legal duty on such terms at least as strict as those set out in this Section to keep such terms confidential.

 

8.6                                Each party will return or destroy the other party’s Confidential Information in its possession upon request by the other party, unless otherwise allowed to retain such Confidential Information. Each party may retain copies of the other party’s Confidential Information required for compliance with its recordkeeping or quality assurance requirements (subject to the terms of this Agreement).

 

8.7                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding provisions of Section 8 will not apply to information that: (i) is publicly available or in the public domain a the time disclosed; (ii) is or becomes publicly available or enters the public domain through no fault of the recipient; (iii) is rightfully communicated to the recipient by persons not bound by confidentiality obligations with respect thereto; (iv) is

 

9



 

rightfully already in the recipient’s possession free of any confidentiality obligations with respect thereto at the time of disclosure; (v) is independently developed by the recipient; or (vi) is approved for release or disclosure by the disclosing Party without restriction.   Each Party may disclose Confidential Information to the limited extent necessary: (a) to comply with the order of a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental body having authority over such Party, provided that the Party making the disclosure pursuant to the order will first have given notice to the other Party cooperate with the disclosing Party’s request to obtain a protective order; (b) to comply with applicable law or regulation requiring such disclosure; or (c) to make such court filings as may be required to establish a Party’s rights under this Agreement.”

 

9                                                                                          RIGHTS IN WORK PRODUCT

 

9.1                                Consultant acknowledges that Client shall retain all title to and rights in intellectual property provided by Client to Consultant under this Agreement.

 

9.2                                After acceptance of a Deliverable by Client and upon final payment for that Deliverable, Consultant shall, subject to Sections 9.4 and 9.5 below and any restrictions applicable to any Consultant Knowledge Capital and/or Third-Party Intellectual Property embodied in the Deliverables, assign and convey to Client all right, title and interest in and to the Deliverables. To the extent any Deliverable contains Client’s or Consultant’s Confidential Information, it shall be subject to Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

9.3                                Consultant acknowledges and agrees that all rights, title and interest in and to all Work Product shall vest with Client or such party as Client may designate. Work Product shall be the sole and exclusive royalty-free property of Client or any party that Client designates and shall be deemed to be a “work made for hire” in the course of Consultant’s performance hereunder. To the extent that title to any such Work Product may not, by operation of law, vest in Client or such Work Product may not be considered a “work made for hire”, all rights, title and interest therein are hereby irrevocably assigned by Consultant to Client upon payment for such Work Product. Consultant shall make full and prompt disclosure to Client of all Work Product and deliver all Work Product to Client.

 

9.4                                Notwithstanding Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of this Agreement, this transfer of rights, title and interest shall exclude any Third Party Intellectual Property that may be incorporated into the Deliverables. Before incorporating any Third Party Intellectual Property, Consultant shall obtain permission for such from Client in writing. Consultant hereby grants to Client a royalty-free, worldwide, non­ exclusive right and license only to that Third-Party Intellectual Property that is incorporated into any Deliverable for use only in conjunction with the Consultant Deliverables for purposes of Client’s business only. Consultant warrants that it will not incorporate any Third Party Intellectual Property in any Deliverable

 

10



 

without obtaining for Client a royalty-free, worldwide, non-exclusive right and license therefor and without obtaining prior written consent from Client therefor.

 

9.5                                Notwithstanding Sections 9.1 and 9.2; of this Agreement, Client will have no rights in an Consultant Knowledge Capital other than: (a) to use it as authorized by Consultant in writing from time to time solely for purposes of performing Client Responsibilities, or (b) to the extent to Consultant Knowledge Capital is incorporated into a Deliverable, to use it as part of the Deliverable for purposes of Client’s business only, or (c) pursuant to Consultant’s standard license for such Consultant Knowledge Capital or, in the case of Consultant Knowledge Capital owned by third parties, pursuant to terms acceptable to the applicable third party. If any Consultant Knowledge Capital is made available to Client under (a) above, it will be made available in an “AS IS” condition and without express or implied warranties of any kind; and any Consultant Knowledge Capital made available under (c) above will be subject only to applicable terms of the applicable license. Consultant Knowledge Capital is Confidential Information of Consultant for purposes of Section 8.

 

9.6                                Notwithstanding sections 9.1 and 9.2 of this Agreement, Client agrees that Consultant, its employees and agents shall be free to use and employ their general skills, know-how and expertise, and to use, disclose, and employ any generalized ideas, concepts, know-how, methods, techniques or skills gained or learned during the course of any Statement of Work performed hereunder, subject to its obligations respecting Client’s Confidential Information pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement. Client understands and agrees that Consultant may perform similar Services for third parties using the same personnel that Consultant may utilize for rendering Services for Client hereunder, subject to Consultant obligations respecting Client’s Confidential Information pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

9.7                                Consultant agrees to execute and deliver any documents and take all such other actions as may be reasonably requested by Client to carry into effect the provisions of this Section 9 of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution of assignments, copyright registrations and patent applications.

 

9.8                                Client grants to Consultant, and its third party designees, a perpetual, transferable, worldwide, irrevocable, royalty-free, fully paid-up license to use, copy, modify and prepare derivative works of the Custom Components and any applicable intellectual property rights granted to Client under the foregoing paragraph or that Client may file for, register or otherwise obtain in relation to, or resulting from, any Deliverable (and/ or any component thereof), including without limitation, any patent and any counterparts thereof, or any divisions, substitutes, continuations, reissues or reexaminations thereof (such rights including, without limitation, the right to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell or otherwise provide or dispose of products and services using or incorporating the same) or to practice any process in connection therewith, with the right to sublicense the same.

 

11


 

10                                                                                LIAISON

 

10.1                         The  primary liaison(s)  between Client and Consultant are Consultant’s Client Account Lead and Jennifer Winborne for Client.

 

10.2                         Other persons authorized to give direction and/or approve budgets and programs in behalf of Client to Consultant are to be determined and will be communicated to Consultant’s account manager in a timely manner, and likewise any changes to these authorized person(s) shall be communicated to Consultant in a timely manner.

 

10.3                         Internal Escalation:  Subject to each Party’s right to seek injunctive or equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction, the Parties agree to attempt to resolve all disputes under this Agreement in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures (“Dispute Procedures”) set forth herein.   In the event of a dispute between the Parties relating to the Services provided under an SOW (except disputes involving confidentiality and infringement), the Parties shall first attempt to resolve the matter internally within a period of ten (10) days through discussions with the Parties respective Project Managers named in the applicable SOW and other appropriate representatives prior to resorting to litigation. If the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute within the initial 10 day period, the Parties shall refer the matter to Client’s and Consultant’s respective primary liaisons specified in Section 10.1 for an additional period of ten (10) business days. If the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute following completion of the Dispute Procedures set forth in this Section, then either Party may pursue the remedies available under this Agreement and applicable law.

 

11                                                                                   WARRANTY

 

11.1                         Consultant warrants that: (a) each of its personnel assigned to perform Services under a Statement of Work shall have the proper skill, training, and background to perform in a competent and professional manner; (b) all Consultant’s Services will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the applicable Statement of Work. Consultant will reperform any Services not in compliance with this warranty brought to its attention in writing within thirty (30) days after those Services are performed.  Additionally, Accenture warrants that (c) its Deliverables shall materially conform to the specifications for such Deliverable as set forth on the applicable Statement of Work for a period of thirty (30) days from delivery to Client.  Consultant will correct any such Deliverable not in compliance with this warranty  within thirty (30) days after delivery of such Deliverable to Client.  THIS SECTION 11 IS CONSULTANT’S ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY CONCERNING THE SERVICES, ANY DELIVERABLES OR WORK PRODUCT, AND THIS AGREEMENT, AND IS MADE EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,

 

12



 

MERCHANTABILITY, INFORMATIONAL CONTENT, SYSTEMS INTEGRATION, NON-INFRINGEMENT, INTERFERENCE WITH ENJOYMENT OR OTHERWISE.

 

11.2                         Client warrants and represents that it has the right to disclose all information transmitted to Consultant pursuant to this Agreement and that such information shall not infringe any Third Party Intellectual Property Rights including, but not limited to, any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, or other intellectual property right, and that it shall hold Consultant harmless from any demand and/or claim to be arisen by a third party in connection with the infringement thereof.

 

11.3                         The parties may agree in any Statement of Work upon additional warranties which will apply to the Deliverables under such Statement of Work in addition to those set forth above.

 

12                                                                           INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1                         Consultant shall defend, indemnify and hold Client and its affiliates and respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns, harmless from and against any and all third party claims, suits or proceedings, demands, losses, damages, liabilities and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or resulting from (i) Consultant’s negligence or willful misconduct of Consultant during the performance of the Services; or (ii) the actual or alleged infringement of any patent issued by a country on Schedule A hereto existing at the time Consultant delivers a Deliverable to Client, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right in connection with any Work Product, including any Deliverable, furnished to Client by Consultant pursuant to the terms of any Statement of Work, or the use thereof by Client.

 

12.2                         Client shall defend, indemnify and hold Consultant and its affiliates and respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns, harmless from and against any and all third party claims, suits or proceedings, demands, losses, damages, liabilities and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or resulting from (i) Client’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement or any undertaking, covenant, representation or warranty contained herein or (iQ the actual or alleged infringement of any patent issued by a country on Schedule A hereto, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right in connection with any Work Product, including any Deliverable, furnished to Consultant by Client pursuant to the terms of any Statement of Work, or the use thereof by Consultant. Client agrees to defend any indemnified party, at Consultant’s request, against any such claim, demand or suit.

 

12.3                         If Client promptly notifies Consultant in writing of a third party claim against Client that any Deliverable infringes a copyright or trade secret of any third party,

 

13



 

 Consultant will defend such claim at its expense and will pay any costs or damages that may be finally awarded against Client. Consultant will not indemnify Client, however, if the claim of infringement is cause by: (a) Client’s modification of the Deliverable or use of the Deliverable other than as contemplated by this Agreement; (b) Client’s failure to use corrections or enhancements made available by Accenture; (c) Client’s use of the Deliverable in combination with any product or information not owned or developed by Consultant; (d) Client’s distribution, marketing or use for the benefit of third parties of the Deliverable; or (e) information, direction, specification or materials provided - by Client or any third party. If any Deliverable is, or in Consultant’s opinion is likely to be, held to be infringing, Consultant will at its expense and option either: (i) procure the right for Client to continue using it, (ii) replace it with a non-infringing equivalent, {iii) modify it to make it non-infringing, or (iv) direct the return of the Deliverable and refund to Client the fees paid for such Deliverable less a reasonable amount for Client’s use of the Deliverable up to the time of return. The foregoing remedies constitute Client’s sole and exclusive remedies and Consultant’s entire liability with respect to infringement.

 

12.4                         Client will indemnify and hold Consultant harmless from third party claims arising out of Client’s use of the Services or Deliverables in a manner not consistent with this Agreement or any SOW formed hereunder and reimburse Consultant for all expenses (including counsel fees and court costs) incurred by Consultant in connection with such claim.

 

12.5                         Where indemnification is sought by a Party (the “Claiming Party”), (a) it shall notify the other Party {the “Indemnifying Party) promptly in writing of any claim or litigation or threatened claim to which the indemnification relates; and (b) upon the Indemnifying Party’s written acknowledgement of its obligation to indemnify in such instance, in form and substance satisfactory to the Claiming Party, the Claiming Party shall afford the Indemnifying Party an opportunity to participate in and, at the option and expense of the Indemnifying Party, control, compromise, settle, defend or otherwise resolve the claim or litigation (and the Claiming Party shall not affect any such compromise or settlement without prior consent of the Indemnifying Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld); and {c) the Claiming Party shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party at no cost to itself in any such compromise, settlement, defense or resolution of such claim or litigation. If the Indemnifying Party does not so acknowledge its indemnification responsibility, the Claiming Party may proceed directly to enforce its indemnification rights.

 

13                                                                                   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

13.1                         The sole liability of either Party and any of its Affiliates (whether in contract, tort, negligence, strict liability in tort, by statute or otherwise) for any and all claims in any manner related to this Agreement, including the Deliverables or Services, will be the payment of direct damages, not to exceed (in the aggregate) the fees received by Consultant with respect to the Services or Deliverables involved

 

14



 

under the applicable SOW. Except for the specific remedies expressly identified as such in this Agreement, Client’s exclusive remedy for any claim arising out of this Agreement or any applicable SOW will be for Consultant, upon receipt of written notice, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cure the breach at its expense, or failing that, to return the fees paid to Accenture for the Services or Deliverables related to the breach. The foregoing limitations do not apply to a breach of a Party’s obligations with regard to Confidential Information under Section 8 and/or indemnification obligations under Section 12. Consultant’s liability for breach of the Data Protection Procedures related to Personal Data shall be addressed in accordance with Section 13.4.

 

13.2                         In no event will either party be liable for any consequential, incidental, indirect, special or punitive damage, low or expenses (including, but not limited to, business interruption, lost business, lost profits or lost savings) even if it has been advised of their possible existence. Any action by either party must be brought within two (2) years after the cause of action arose.

 

13.3                         The allocations of liability in this Section 13 are the agreed and bargained for understanding of the parties, and Accenture’s compensation for the Services reflects these allocations.

 

13.4                         Consultant’s liability with regard to a breach of the Data Protection Procedures in place for the protection of Personal Data pursuant to Section 8.3 hereof shall be limited to the amount set forth in Section 13.1 hereof if Consultant fails to adhere to the applicable Data Protection Procedures; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 13, the parties agree that the following shall constitute direct damages and shall not be limited with respect to the amount of liability to the extent that they relate to Consultant’s failure to adhere to the Data Protection Procedures: (i) costs and expenses of recreating or reloading any lost, stolen, corrupted or damaged personal data; (ii) costs and expenses of providing notice to affected individuals; (iii) costs and expenses of providing notice to government agencies, credit bureaus, or other required entities; (iv) costs and expenses of credit monitoring for the affected individuals for the greater of 12 months or the period of time required by applicable law or regulation; (v) call center support for affected individuals for no less than 30 days; and (vi) governmental fines, assessments or penalties. In connection with each event involving a breach of Personal Data, Consultant shall promptly deliver a written report to Client’s Liaison set forth in Section 10.1 of this Agreement indicating Consultant’s position relative to whether the breach occurred despite Consultant’s compliance with the Data Protection Procedures or whether the breach of Personal Data occurred due to Consultant’s failure to adhere to such Data Protection Procedures specific to Consultant’s Services pursuant to the SOW under which the Personal Data breach arose, and such report shall contain thorough information documenting the manner in which the breach occurred and providing the basis for Consultant’s determination. Consultant shall be responsible for each of its Affiliates’ and subcontractors’ compliance with the requirements of this

 

15



 

Section 13.4 and Consultant shall be liable for any breach by its Affiliates and subcontractors of the Data Protection Procedures as if such breach were committed by Consultant itself.

 

14                                                                                   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

 

14.1                         Consultant and each of its Employees shall perform the Services as an independent contractor, and nothing contained in this Agreement or in any Statement of Work shall be construed to create or imply a joint venture, partnership, principal-agent or employment relationship between the parties or between Client’s employees and Consultant’s Employees. Consultant and each of its Employees shall not take any action or permit any action to be taken on its behalf, which purports to be done in the name of or on behalf of Client. Neither Consultant nor any of its Employees shall, in any sense, be considered employees or agents of Client. Consultant or its Employees shall not be eligible or entitled to any benefits, perquisites or privileges given or extended to Client employees.

 

15                                                                                   NON-SOLICITATION

 

15.1                         During the Term of this Agreement and for one (1) year thereafter, neither Party shall hire or solicit the employment of any employee of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent a party from hiring an employee of the other Party, if that employee has independently responded to the advertisement of a vacant position posted in the ordinary course of business where such advertisement is not directly aimed at the other Party’s employees and the employee was not solicited for said vacant position.

 

16                                                                                   NONCOMPETITlON

 

Unless otherwise stated in an SOW, Consultant agrees that no Consultant Employee who (i) works onsite at a Client location in the United States, (ii) accesses Client’s VPN and (iii) is named in the SOW as being subject to Section 16 of the Agreement shall be assigned for a period of six (6) months after conclusion of the applicable SOW to perform materially similar services as provided under the applicable SOW to any of the following businesses which are directly competitive to Company:

 

University of Phoenix

Kaplan University

Capella University

Grand Canyon University

Argosy University

University of Maryland University College

Strayer University

DeVry University

Western Governors University

 

16



 

Ashford University

ITT Technical University

Southern New Hampshire University

 

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section shall not apply to Consultant personnel from any of Consultant’s delivery center (“Delivery Center”) locations.

 

17                                                                                  AUDIT

 

17.1                         Client, at its own expense, shall have the right, upon reasonable prior written notice of the audit (i.e., not less than 2 weeks’ notice), and provided Client causes no undue interference with Consultant’s business operations, to audit, to examine, and make copies of or extracts from the books of account, documents, records, and other materials, in whatever form they may be kept, produced and/or maintained by and/or for Consultant by its employees, agents, assigns, successors and subcontractors for the purpose of assessing Consultant’s compliance with the requirements of this Agreement and the applicable SOW pursuant to which the Services were rendered. The Consultant shall maintain such books and records, together with such supporting or underlying documents and materials applicable to Consultant’s Services under each SOW, for the duration of the applicable SOW and for two (2) years following the completion of Services under the SOW to which those records and underlying documents and materials are applicable. .

 

17.2                         All audits shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

17.2.1                                                      Client may not conduct an audit more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

17.2.2                                                      Use of a Consultant competitor as an auditor under this Agreement shall be subject to Consultant’s prior written approval;

17.2.3                                                     All audit results and records disclosed solely as a result of the audit shall be held as Consultant’s Confidential Information and may only be used for purposes permitted by this Agreement.

 

18                                                                                   SECURITY BREACH NOTIFICATION

 

Consultant agrees to notify Client as soon as it becomes aware of any actual unintended access of any Consultant system that may access, process, or store data, files, Work Product, Confidential Information or Personal Data produced under, provided under or related to this Agreement or any SOW subject to this Agreement. Unintended access includes, but is not limited to, compromise by a computer worm, search engine web crawler, password compromise or access by an unauthorized individual or automated program. Consultant agrees to notify Client within twenty-four (24) hours of the discovery of the actual or suspected unintended access.

 

17



 

19                                                                                   EXPORT CONTROL LAWS and ECONOMIC SANCTIONS PROVISIONS

 

19.1                         Compliance. Each party will retain responsibility for its compliance with all applicable export control laws and economic sanctions programs relating to its respective business, facilities, and the provision of services or products to third parties.  Consultant will not be required by the terms of this Agreement to be directly or indirectly involved in the provision of goods, software, services and/or technical data that may be prohibited by applicable export control or economic sanctions programs if performed by Consultant.

 

19.2                         Applicable Laws. Applicable export control or economic sanctions programs may include U.S. export control laws such as the Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, and U.S. economic sanctions programs that are or may be maintained by the U.S. Government, including sanctions currently imposed against Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria, as well as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons programs.  The parties will comply with U.S. export control and U.S. economic sanctions laws with respect to the export or re-export of U.S. origin goods, software, services and/or technical data, or the direct product thereof.

 

19.3                         Notice of Controls.  Prior to providing a party any goods, software, services and/or technical data subject to export controls controlled at a level other than EAR99/AT, the providing party will provide written notice to the receiving party specifying the nature of the controls and any relevant export control classification numbers.

 

19.4                         Prior Steps.  Prior to Client contracting with any entity with respect to which Accenture will provide any goods, software, services and/or technical data under this Agreement, Client will take steps to ensure that any such provision of goods, software, services and/or technical data to such entity is not subject to restrictions or prohibitions under applicable export control or economic sanctions programs.

 

 

20                                                                                   INSURANCE

 

Consultant agrees to maintain in full force and effect, at Consultant’s sole expense, insurance of the following types and amounts, written by insurance companies authorized to do business in the state where the work is being performed, and having an A.M. Best’s Rating of not less than “A-VII”:

 

Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability

 

Consultant shall carry statutory Workers’ Compensation Insurance covering. Consultant’s employees in compliance with all requirements of the Workers’ Compensation laws of all states in which Consultant performs work hereunder. In addition, Consultant shall carry Employer’s Liability Insurance in an amount not less than the following:

 

·                  Each Accident: $1,000,000

·                 Each Disease Each Employee: $1,000,000

 

18



 

·                  Disease Policy Limit: $1,000,000

 

General Liability Insurance

 

Contractor shall carry general liability insurance on a form no less broad than the coverage provided by a “Commercial General Liability Insurance” form (dated 1985 or thereafter) promulgated by the Insurance Services Office or carrier’s filed form, and containing language affording coverage for contractual liability, the products and completed operations hazards, broad form property damage liability, as respects operations and work hereunder, for liability arising out of injury to or death of one or more persons, and destruction of tangible property, in any one occurrence, in amounts not less than:

 

·                  General Aggregate: $2,000,000

·                  Products - Comp/Ops Aggregate: $1,000,000

·                  Personal and Advertising Injury: $1,000,000

·                  Each Occurrence: $1,000,000

 

21                                                                                  MISCELLANEOUS

 

21.1                         Force Majeure: To the extent that either Party’s performance under this agreement is prevented or delayed, either totally or in part, for reasons beyond that Party’s reasonable control such as an act of God, war, terrorism, riot, civil commotion or sabotage, expropriation, condemnation of facilities, changes in law, national or state emergencies, or government authority, a labor strike or labor dispute, work stoppages, a fire, flood, or other natural disaster or accidents causing damage to or destruction, in whole or in part, of the equipment or property necessary to perform the Services then that Party will not be liable, so long as it resumes performance as soon as practicable after the reason preventing or delaying performance no longer exists.

 

21.2                        Assignment, Amendment: This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the Parties, their successors and assigns. Neither Party may assign this Agreement or assign its rights or delegate its duties hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Party (except in connection with a merger, sale of all or substantially all of a Party’s assets or other form of corporate reorganization of that Party) and any purported assignment in violation of this Section will be without force or effect.

 

21.3                        Waiver: The failure of a Party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such provision or the right of such Party to enforce such provision and every other provision.

 

21.4                         Notice: Any notices, consents or other communications provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent to the parties at the following address or at such other address as shall be specified by the parties in any Statement of Work or by like notice:

 

19



 

If to Consultant:                                                      Daniel Rice

Accenture LLP

[      ]

 

With a copy to:

 

Accenture LLP

General Counsel -

Legal Department

[      ]

 

If to Client:                                                                                  Laureate Education, Inc.

650 South Exeter St.
Baltimore, MD 21202
Attention: John Wilson

 

Such notices, consents or other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given and received (i) on the day of sending if sent by personal delivery, (ii) on the next business day after the day of sending if sent by express delivery service (with confirmation of delivery), or (iii) five (5) days following deposit of such notice or communication into the United States Mail, if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested).

 

21.5                         Advertising: Except to the extent permitted by applicable law in the absence of any express license or other grant of rights, neither party will use any trade name, trademark, service mark, logo or commercial symbol, or any other proprietary rights of the other party in any manner (including without limitation, reference to the other party as a client, customer or supplier in any press release, advertisement or other promotional material).

 

21.6                         Governing Law: This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in the State of Maryland and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the validity and performance hereof shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to conflict of laws principles. To the extent it may be applicable, the Parties expressly agree to exclude the application of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (1980) to this Agreement. Judicial proceedings regarding any matter arising under the terms of this Agreement shall be brought solely in the federal or local courts of the State of Maryland.

 

21.7                         Survival: All payment obligations accrued prior to the date of termination and Sections 8 (Mutual Nondisclosure), 9 (Rights in Work Product), 11 (Warranty), 12

 

20



 

(Indemnification), 13 (Limitation of Liability), 14 (Independent Contractor), 15 (Nonsolicitation), and 20 (Miscellaneous) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination, for any reason, of this Agreement or any applicable Statement of Work.

 

21.8                         Entirety: This Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto, including any signed SOWs, constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior communications, written or oral, with respect thereto. Except as an SOW may otherwise expressly provide, each SOW will be a complete statement of its subject matter and will supplement and modify the terms and conditions of this Agreement for purposes of that SOW only. This Agreement may only be amended or modified by a writing duly executed by both Parties that expressly references and amends this Agreement.

 

21.9                         Severability: If any part of this Agreement or any part of a Statement of Work shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as to particular provisions, this Agreement or such Statement of Work shall remain in full force and effect as to the remaining provisions.

 

21.10                  Code of Conduct and Ethics: Consultant and each of its agents, employees, and subcontractors working directly on a this Agreement or any Statement of Work hereunder for Client will comply with Laureate Education lnc.’s then-current Code of Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”), the most current copy of which can be found at www.laureate.net.

 

21.11                  Anti-Corruption: Consultant and each of its agents, employees, and subcontractors working directly on this Agreement or any Statement of Work hereunder for Client will comply with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as the laws of all countries in which goods are produced and delivered or services are to be performed by Consultant. Consultant warrants that it will not, in connection with transactions contemplated in this Agreement, or in connection with any other business transactions involving Client, transfer anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any person (including those in the private sector, as well as government officials and employees, and employees of government-controlled companies) in order to obtain or retain business or any improper benefit or advantage.

 

Consultant warrants that no money paid to Consultant as compensation or otherwise has been or will be used to pay any bribe or kickback in violation of applicable law.

 

Consultant further warrants that no payments will be made by Consultant, its agents, employees, or subcontractors on behalf of Client without obtaining prior approval from Client. Consultant will maintain a current and accurate written accounting of all payments made by Consultant, its agents, employees, or subcontractors on behalf of Client, or out of funds provided by Client. A copy of this accounting must be provided to Client upon request.

 

21



 

Consultant warrants that its owners, employees, agents and subcontractors are not agents or employees of, or otherwise affiliated with, any government or instrumentality of any government, and that Consultant will inform Client of any change in such status.

 

Consultant agrees to answer promptly, fully, and truthfully any questions from Client related to Consultant’s anti-corruption program and other controls related to corruption, and to cooperate fully in any Client investigation of a breach of this anti-corruption provision.

 

21.12                  Authority: Each individual executing this Agreement on behalf of a Party represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of said Party and that this Agreement is binding upon said Party in accordance with this Agreement’s terms. .

 

21.13                  Counterparts: This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Execution and delivery of this Agreement may be evidenced by facsimile transmission or email via a portable document format “pdf’, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the Effective Date.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

ACCENTURE LLP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jorge Elguera

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Rice

Name:

Jorge Elguera

 

Name:

Daniel Rice

Title: CIO

Title: Managing Director

Date: 5/12/14

Date: 5/13/14

 

22




Exhibit 10.46

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. PORTIONS FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT IS REQUESTED ARE DENOTED BY [***]. MATERIAL OMITTED HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

BLACKBOARD - LAUREATE SYSTEM WIDE MASTER AGREEMENT

 

This Master Agreement (“Agreement”), dated April 10, 2015  (the “Effective Date”), is made between Blackboard Inc. , a Delaware corporation, with an address at 650 Massachusetts Ave., NW, 6 th  Floor, Washington, DC 20001-3796 (“ Blackboard ”), and Laureate Education Inc. , with an office at 650 S. Exeter St., Baltimore, MD 21202 ( “ Laureate ”).  Each of Blackboard and Laureate are referred to as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

 

WHEREAS, Blackboard and Laureate desire to enter into an agreement for Blackboard offerings that would operate as a global standard agreement from which Laureate and its Affilates can purchase certain Blackboard offerings at a pre-negotiated rate.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

 

1.               Defined Terms .

 

a.               Affiliate ” is a member of the Laureate International University network of institutions or a subsidiary of Laureate Education, Inc. Current Affiliates are listed on Schedule 1.  Laureate may add new Affiliates from time to time upon written notice to Blackboard.

 

b.               Customer ” means Laureate and each Affiliate, as applicable.

 

c.                GPS/NGPS Institutions ” are those Affiliates that are set forth on Schedule 3.

 

2.               Marketing .  Laureate is selecting Blackboard as its Global Standard LMS with the objective of having all Affiliates using the Blackboard LMS.  During the Term of this Agreement, the Parties shall work together in good faith to jointly market Blackboard offerings to Affiliates not yet using the Blackboard offerings.  During the Term, Laureate will increase its central training and support for Blackboard offerings to meet the anticipated increase in demand.

 

3.               Global Agreement .  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall replace the current global pricing agreement in place between Laureate and Blackboard dated September 7, 2007, as amended.  All other current contracts with Affiliates shall continue pursuant to their current terms, except as otherwise specifically set forth below for NGPS Institutions.  Once the current Affiliate contracts terminate in accordance with their respective Terms, that Affiliate may then purchase pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with the ordering procedures set out below.  This Agreement will govern the provision of Blackboard offerings listed in Schedules 2 and 4 to Laureate and its Affiliates who subsequently order pursuant an Order Form(s) (as defined in the Blackboard Master Terms) entered into by the respective Affiliate and Blackboard.  Affiliates with no existing contract with Blackboard may order these Blackboard offerings by entering into their own Order Form(s) with Blackboard, and in each case such Order Form(s) will be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to the pricing set forth in Schedule 2.  Optional Managed Hosting Pricing is available to individual Affiliates at pricing as set forth in Schedule 4.  Analytics implementation will be scoped per individual Affiliate on a case-by-case basis.  For purposes of calculating Authorized Users under the applicable Schedules, an “Authorized User” is a unique person who is given access to the system.  Any of Blackboard’s other offerings not covered under Schedules 2 and 4 shall be outside of the scope of this Agreement and any purchase thereof shall be subject to individual negotiation with each Affiliate.  Each of Laureate and its respective Affiliates that enters into such an Order Form, shall thereby be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the applicable Order Form(s), and the applicable Schedules.  In all cases, the respective Affiliates will be solely liable for the payments under the respective Order Form(s).

 

GPS/NGPS Institutions :  Non-GPS institutions (NGPS Institutions) are Affiliates that are not part of GPS as determined previously by Laureate but have become part of the existing GPS contract enjoying GPS special pricing terms. Non-GPS Institutions with Authorized User numbers below [***] may replace their current

 


[***] Indicates material that has been omitted and for which confidential treatment has been requested. All such omitted material has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 



 

contract by entering into an Order Form(s) with Blackboard, and in each case such Order Form will be subject to this Agreement, provided, however , that no such Affiliate shall enter a new Order Form for less than the annual contract value under their current contract with Blackboard.  Non GPS Institutions with Authorized User numbers above [***] that are committing to growth of at least [***]% in Authorized User numbers over the next calendar year may replace their current contract by entering into an Order Form(s) with Blackboard, and in each case such Order Form will be subject to this Agreement, provided, however , that no such Affiliate shall enter a new Order Form for less than the annual contract value under their current contract with Blackboard.  Non GPS Institutions with Authorized User numbers above [***] and whom agree to purchase at least the “Laureate Global Standard plus Collaborate” package as set forth in Schedule 2 for all users, may replace their current contract by entering into an Order Form(s) with Blackboard, and in each case such Order Form will be subject to this Agreement, provided, however , that no such Affiliate shall enter a new Order Form for less than the annual contract value under their current contract with Blackboard. For all other GPS/NGPS Institutions not fitting into one of these three categories described in this subsection, their current contracts shall continue through the remainder of their respective Terms.  For purposes of clarity, this offering set forth in this subsection is only available to those Non-GPS Institutions, as set forth in Schedule 3.

 

4.               Pricing and Term .  The pricing set forth in the attached Schedules is available to Laureate for itself and the Affiliates on the following terms and conditions:

 

a)              Pricing offered as of the effective date of this Agreement will be as set forth in Schedule 2.

 

b)              All Affiliates which order Blackboard offerings under this agreement must commit to a term that would be coterminous on December 19, 2019.  A standard annual license renewal increase of [***]% each year will apply, and in each case, the Affiliates will confirm the number of Authorized Users on a quarterly basis.

 

c)               Throughout the Term of the Agreement, the Parties will conduct a quarterly review on the then-current Authorized User counts.  Any increase in the Authorized User counts over the counts from the preceding quarterly review will be applied in the next invoice issued in accordance with the terms of the original order.

 

The term (the “Term”) of this Agreement will expire on December 19, 2019.  Two years after the Effective Date, however, the pricing available under this Agreement shall no longer be available to Laureate and Affiliates, provided, however, that until December 2019, newly acquired Affilates acquired after the Effective Date may purchase pursuant to this pricing subject to a [***]% increase for each year starting the last day following the Term.  In any event, if a Affiliate enters into an Order Form pursuant to this Agreement during the Term, the pricing set forth in that Order Form shall be effective for the period set forth in that Order Form.

 

For the purposes of determining the total number of Laureate Authorized users, the number of Authorized users in Affiliates located in Brazil shall be added.

 

5.               Ordering Procedures .  The following describes the procedures to be used for the requesting of Blackboard offerings and issuing of Blackboard Software Schedules against this Agreement:

 

a.               Affiliates under the terms of this Agreement may request the purchase of a Blackboard offerings.  The request for purchase shall be made through the local Blackboard sales representative in the region against this Agreement and shall include the following:

 

i.                 A Blackboard Order Form;

 


[***] Indicates material that has been omitted and for which confidential treatment has been requested. All such omitted material has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

2



 

ii.              Description of the offering desired;

iii.           Billing contact information;

iv.          Technical Contact Information; and

v.             Any schedule or additional information relevant and deemed necessary for the purchase of the Blackboard offering.

 

6.               Incorporation of this Master Agreement .  This Master Agreement shall replace in its entirety the standard Blackboard Master Terms for the following Affiliate Order Form(s) that have already been signed between the respective Affiliate and Blackboard:

 

INTI Universal Holdings Sdn Bhd, December 19, 2014, reference number: 10-200218

Universidad Peruana de Ciencias Aplicadas (UPC), December 19, 2014, reference number: 10-200112

Universidad Nacional Andres Bello, February 9, 2015, reference number: 10-200944

 

7.               Schedules and Appendices .  This Master Agreement is together with the Blackboard Master Terms, Order Form(s), Schedule(s), Appendice(s) and other Exhibit(s) constitutes the entire, full and complete Agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter of the Agreement and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals, conditions, representations and warranties, and this Agreement prevails over any conflicting or additional terms of any quote, order, acknowledgment, or other communication between the Parties relating to its subject matter.  Any component of this Agreement, including any Order Form thereto, may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.  Facsimile signatures will be considered original signatures.  For the avoidance of doubt, the following Schedules and Exhibits are a material part of this Agreement, and are attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein:

 

a.               Exhibit A — Blackboard Master Terms

b.               Exhibit B — Sample Blackboard Standard Order Form

c.                Schedule 1 — Laureate Affiliated Institutions

d.               Schedule 2 — Laureate Global Standard Pricing Model

e.                Schedule 3 — GPS/NGPS Institutions

f.                 Schedule 4 — Private Cloud Implementation Pricing

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3



 

[MASTER AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, on the date and year first above-written.

 

 

Blackboard Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bill Jones

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:     Bill Jones, Assoc. Gen. Counsel

 

 

 

 

Date: April 10, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laureate Education Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karl D. Salnoske

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:     Karl D. Salnoske

 

Chief Information Officer

 

 

 

Date: April 8, 2015

 

4



 

Exhibit A

Blackboard Master Terms

 

1.                                       SCOPE OF AGREEMENT .

 

1.1                                Order Forms .   This Blackboard master agreement (“ Master Agreement ”) between Customer and Blackboard describes the general terms by which Customer may license or purchase, as applicable, an Offering (as defined below) from Blackboard.  This Master Agreement, together with the Order Form(s) and Schedule(s) referencing it, form the entire agreement between the Parties in respect of the specified Offering.  Customer acknowledges that it only has right to use and/or receive the Offering to the extent provided pursuant to one or more applicable Order Forms.

 

1.2                                Order of Precedence .   In the event a conflict arises between this Master Agreement and the provisions of any Order Form or Schedule, this Master Agreement will govern unless the relevant Order Form or Schedule expressly provides otherwise.  No term or provision set forth or cross-referenced in any purchase order or payment documentation will be construed to amend, add to, or supersede any provision of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS.

 

2.1                                Agreement ” means this Master Agreement, the Order Form(s), Schedule(s) and other exhibits to such Order Form(s) or Schedule(s), as amended from time to time.

 

2.2                                Authorized End User means an individual authorized by the Customer to use or otherwise access an Offering from time to time in the manner set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.3                                Available Date means, with respect to any particular Offering, the date upon which the Offering is made available to Customer pursuant to the terms of the relevant Order Form, regardless of whether Customer utilizes the Offering.

 

2.4                                Blackboard means the definition set forth in the relevant Order Form.

 

2.5                                Blackboard Property means all materials, including, but not limited to any computer software (in object code, source code form or as a hosted solution, and including, without limitation, all interfaces), script, programming code, data, database schema, web use statistics, information or HTML script, design elements, formulas, documentation, templates, formatting, CGIs, Javascripts, PL/SQL coding, other applications, content, software or other technology made, conceived, developed or provided by Blackboard or its suppliers and any trade secrets, know-how, methodologies and processes related to Blackboard’s products or services, including, without limitation, all copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets, and any other proprietary rights therein and any Derivative Works thereof.

 

2.6                                Confidential Information means any non-public information disclosed by either Party to the other that has been identified as confidential or that by the nature of the information or the circumstances surrounding disclosure ought reasonably to be treated as confidential.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information will be deemed to include, without limitation, information about a Party’s business, operations, vendors or customers.  Blackboard’s Confidential Information will be deemed to include all Blackboard Property; Customer’s Confidential Information will be deemed to include all Customer Property.

 

2.7                                Customer means the customer identified on the relevant Order Form.

 

2.8                                Customer Content means any data, information, graphics or other media files or other content provided by Customer or any end user through use of an Offering.

 

2.9                                Customer Property means all graphic user interface, text, images, music, designs, products, computer programs, drawings, content, end user information, documentation, notes, development aids, technical documentation, information and other materials provided by Customer to Blackboard for use in connection with the Offering, including, without limitation, all copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets, and any other proprietary rights therein.  Customer Property includes any third party software provided by, or made available at the request of, Customer for use in connection with any Offering.

 

2.10                         Derivative Works  shall mean a work based upon one or more preexisting works, such as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatization, fictionalization, motion picture version, sound recording, art reproduction, abridgement, condensation, or any other form in which the preexisting work may be recast, transformed, or adapted.  A work consisting of editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications which, as a whole, represent an original work of authorship, is a “derivative work”.  The term Derivative Works shall not include and Blackboard shall not obtain any rights with respect to any Confidential Information of the Customer or any Customer-developed content or other Customer materials that are used in conjunction with the Blackboard Materials but that are not based upon or derived from the Blackboard Materials or any portion thereof.

 

2.11                         Documentation means, with respect to any particular Offering, any applicable standard end user specifications and/or operating instructions provided by Blackboard for such Offering, which may be amended from time to time. Documentation does not include any sales or marketing materials.

 

2.12                         Effective Date means the effective date set forth in the relevant Order Form.

 

2.13                         Equipment means any hardware and/or firmware provided by Blackboard to Customer.

 

2.14                         Offering ” means Software, Services, Professional Services or Equipment, as applicable.

 

2.15                         Order Form a document executed by both parties which lists items to be purchased and/or licensed by Customer as well as other information related to such items , each of which is incorporated into this Agreement .

 

2.16                         Party means either Blackboard or Customer.

 

2.17                         Professional Services means any professional services provided by Blackboard to Customer.

 

2.18                         SaaS Service means software provided by Blackboard as a Blackboard-hosted solution.

 

2.19                         Services means any services provided by Blackboard to Customer, including, without limitation, any SaaS Service.

 

2.20                         Software means the object code version of software provided by Blackboard to Customer.

 

2.21                         Test Copy ” means a copy of the Software which may be used only for purposes of testing the Software in Customer’s environment, and not for production purposes.

 

5


 

3.                                       PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

 

3.1                                Ownership of Customer Property As between Customer and Blackboard, Customer Property is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of Customer.

 

3.2                                Ownership of Blackboard Property . As between Customer and Blackboard, Blackboard Property is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of Blackboard or its licensors or suppliers.

 

3.3                                Vesting of Rights . To the extent, if any, that ownership of any of the Blackboard Property does not reside or automatically vest in Blackboard, Customer hereby transfers and assigns to Blackboard all rights, title interest and goodwill which Customer may have in and to Blackboard Property.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, in the event that ownership of any Blackboard Property vests in Customer for any reason, Customer agrees to execute all such instruments and do all such things as Blackboard may require of it to transfer or assign such ownership to Blackboard.

 

3.4                                Non-exclusivity . Customer acknowledges that it has no rights of exclusivity as to any of the Offerings to be provided by Blackboard, and that Blackboard shall have the right to provide to third parties with software, services and equipment which are the same or similar to those provided to Customer, and to use or otherwise exploit any Blackboard Property in providing such services, unless negotiated between the parties and specified in a work order formed under this Agreement.

 

3.5                                Blackboard Use of Customer Property . During the term of this Agreement, Customer grants to Blackboard, solely to perform its obligations hereunder, a non-exclusive, royalty-free license (a) to modify, arrange, combine, copy, store, transmit, distribute, and otherwise use the Customer Property and each element thereof generally and in combination with other elements of the Customer Property and the Blackboard Property, and (b) to make archive or backup copies and other copies of the Customer Property.  Customer hereby grants to Blackboard an unrestricted, irrevocable (subject to a material breach), non-exclusive, perpetual, worldwide license to use the Customer Property during the Term, for the sole purpose of performing its obligations hereunder.

 

3.6                                General Usage Restrictions .   Customer agrees not to use any Offering for purposes beyond the scope of this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, Customer shall not: (a) modify the Offering or create any derivative product of the Software or SaaS Service, except with the prior written consent of Blackboard, provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit Customer from configuring the Software or SaaS Service to the extent permitted by the solution’s standard user interface, (b) sublicense, assign, sell, lease or otherwise transfer or convey, or pledge as security or otherwise encumber, Customer’s rights under the Agreement other than as expressly provided for herein, or (c) use the Offering to provide services to third parties other than Authorized End Users in the nature of a service bureau, time sharing arrangement or as an application service provider, as such terms are ordinarily understood within the software industry or for any other reason.  Customer will not obscure, remove or alter any of the trademarks, trade names, logos, patent, trademark, or copyright notices or markings to the Software or SaaS Service, nor will Customer add any other notices or markings to the Software or SaaS Service or any portion thereof except as permitted by the solution’s standard user interface.  Customer shall not use the Software or SaaS Service in violation of Blackboard’s obligations to any third party incurred prior to the Effective Date, provided that Blackboard has notified Customer of such obligation.  Further, in the event that Customer exceeds its license limitations, as set forth in an applicable Schedule or Order Form, additional fees may apply, and Customer shall, on an annual basis, provide Blackboard with documentation as reasonably required by Blackboard to verify its compliance with such license limitations.

 

3.7                                Customer Property .   Customer represents and warrants that: (a) Customer owns or has sufficient rights in and to the Customer Property, including, without limitation, personal, educational, and financial information contained within the Customer Property, in order for Customer and its Authorized End Users to use, and permit use of, the Offering(s), and (b) the Customer Property does not and shall not contain any content, materials, advertising or services that infringe on or violate any applicable law, regulation, or right of a third party. Customer also acknowledges that Customer Property may be accessed by Blackboard’s support or Managed Hosting personnel outside of the country of the hosted facility, and hereby authorizes such access.  Blackboard does not operate or control the information, services, opinions or other content of the Internet that may be incorporated in, operated with or otherwise displayed by the Offerings.  Blackboard reserves the right to remove from any Offering any Customer Property that Blackboard determines, in its sole discretion, may subject Blackboard to liability or may be dangerous, offensive, pornographic, or in violation of applicable law or regulations or the terms of this Agreement.  Customer agrees that it shall make no claim whatsoever against Blackboard relating to the Customer Property (or Blackboard’s removal thereof pursuant to the preceding sentence) or content of the Internet or respecting any information, product, service or software ordered through or provided via the Internet.

 

4.                                       REPRESENTATIONS.

 

4.1                                By Blackboard . Blackboard represents and warrants that (a) Blackboard and any person executing or otherwise agreeing on Blackboard’s behalf to this Agreement (including any Schedule, Order Form or click-through agreement which may be incorporated into this Agreement from time to time) has authority to enter into this Agreement, and (b) during the Term Blackboard will comply with all applicable laws and regulations governing all matters set forth herein.

 

4.2                                By Customer . Customer represents and warrants that (a) Customer and any person executing or otherwise agreeing on Customer’s behalf to this Agreement (including any Schedule, Order Form or click-through agreement which may be incorporated into this Agreement from time to time)  has authority to enter into this Agreement, (b) during the Term it will comply with all applicable laws and regulations governing all matters set forth herein; (c) during the Term it will comply with the then current Blackboard privacy policies, which Blackboard reserves the right to modify, from time to time, effective five (5) days after such modified policies are posted at the relevant link, such posting to constitute effective notice of changes, which privacy policies are hereby incorporated by reference; (d) during the Term Customer shall refrain from using any Offering in a manner that is libelous, defamatory, obscene, infringing or illegal, or otherwise abusing the Offering or the resources available through the Offering; (e)  Customer will take appropriate steps to ensure that it does not share access information (including user identification data and passwords) with third parties except as expressly permitted under this Agreement and (f) during the Term, to the extent that Authorized End Users exercise the rights granted to Customer under this Agreement, Customer shall ensure that such Authorized End Users comply with the obligations applicable to such exercise set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.                                       TERM; TERMINATION.

 

5.1                                Term .   This Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until the later of: (a) the expiration of the minimum term, as specified on the relevant Order Form, or (b) the expiration or termination of all Order Forms.  Each Order Form, and the license(s) associated therewith, shall terminate as set forth in such Order Form.

 

6



 

5.2                                Termination for Breach . In the event that either Party materially breaches any obligation, representation or warranty under this Agreement, the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement in its entirety, or, at the non-breaching Party’s option, it may terminate solely the relevant Order Form pursuant to which such breach has occurred, provided in either case that such breach has not been corrected within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written notice of such breach.  Without limiting the foregoing, either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other Party in the event the other Party materially breaches the provisions of Section 9 or the license usage restrictions in any Order Form.

 

5.3                                Effect of Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, all Order Forms shall automatically and immediately terminate, and all licenses granted under this Agreement shall immediately cease.  Upon termination, Customer will immediately discontinue all use of materials licensed under this Agreement, and will pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable hereunder.  Also, in the event of any termination prior to the end of any Order Form’s term, Customer shall immediately pay Blackboard all fees which are then due or would become due had no termination occurred.  Each Party: (a) will immediately cease any use of the other Party’s Confidential Information, (b) will delete any of the other Party’s Confidential Information from its computer storage or any other media, including, but not limited to, online and off-line libraries; and (iii) will return to the other Party or, at the other Party’s option, destroy, all copies of the other Party’s Confidential Information then in its possession. Without limiting the foregoing, upon termination of any Order Form (including upon termination of this Agreement in its entirety), the provisions of such Order Form regarding the effect of such Order Form’s termination shall also apply.

 

5.4                                Survival .   The termination or expiration of the Agreement shall not relieve either Party of any obligation or liability, nor impair the exercise of rights, accrued hereunder prior to such termination.  Without limiting the foregoing, the provisions of Sections 1, 2, 5, 7, 9 and 10 of this Master Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

6.                                       FEES; EXPENSES.

 

6.1                                Fees; Payments .   In consideration for Blackboard’s performance under this Agreement, Customer or Affiliate, as the case may be depending on the party that is signing the Order Form(s), agrees to pay Blackboard all fees required by the Order Forms, as applicable, which fees will be due in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Order Form, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the date of an invoice from Blackboard.  For purposes of clarity, Laureate Education, Inc. shall not be liable for Order Forms executed by its Affiliates. Blackboard expressly reserves the right to change the fees payable under any Order Form with respect to any renewal of such Order Form upon expiration of its then-current term. All fees for any annual term Software license or annual Services shall be due and payable upon the date of execution of the applicable Order Form.  Customer will pay all fees in U.S. dollars unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Order Form. Payments shall be sent to the address indicated on the invoice.

 

6.2                                Late Fees .   Blackboard may charge interest on any amounts overdue by more than fifteen (15) days at the lower of: (a) the highest permissible rate, or (b) 18% per annum, charged at 1.5% per month from the date on which such amount fell due until the date of payment, whether before or after judgment. Customer acknowledges that any delay in payment for any Initial Term or Renewal Term may result in termination of the Blackboard license and/or an interruption in service at Blackboard’s sole discretion.

 

6.3                                Taxes .   The fees hereunder do not include any sales, use, excise, import or export, value-added (“ VAT ”), goods and services (“ GST ”), or similar tax or interest, or any costs associated with the collection or withholding thereof, or any government permit fees, license fees or customs or similar fees (“ Taxes ”) levied on the delivery of any Software or Equipment or the performance of Services by Blackboard to Customer.  Customer will be responsible for payment of such Taxes at point of sale.  If Customer is exempt from any such Taxes, then such Taxes shall not be charged to Customer upon Blackboard’s receipt of a copy of documentation acceptable to Blackboard that satisfies the requirements of the relevant tax authority to exempt such fees from such Tax (such as Customer’s tax exemption certificate, or VAT Registration Number.)  All payments due under this Agreement shall be made without any deduction or withholding, unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, regulation, or rule then in effect.  If Customer is required to deduct or withhold, Customer will promptly notify Blackboard of the requirement, timely pay the required amount to the relevant tax authority, provide Blackboard with an official receipt, certified copy or other documentation acceptable to Blackboard evidencing payment, and pay to Blackboard the amount to which Blackboard is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, less the amount required to be deducted or withheld. In the event, and to the extent, that Blackboard is unable to claim an income tax credit for the full amount deducted or withheld (the “ Unrecouped Withholding ”), Customer shall pay Blackboard, within sixty (60) days following receipt of an invoice from Blackboard, the Unrecouped Withholding.

 

6.4                                Expenses Except as provided in this Agreement, each party will be responsible for its own expenses incurred in rendering its performance or exercising its rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the cost of facilities, work space, computers and computer time, development tools and platforms, utilities management, personnel and supplies.  In addition, if Blackboard is required by applicable law, legal process or government action or for a Customer audit to produce information, files, documents or personnel as witnesses with respect to this Agreement or the products or services provided to Customer by Blackboard, Customer shall reimburse Blackboard for any professional time and expenses including reasonable external or internal legal costs incurred to respond to the request, unless Blackboard is a party to the proceeding or the subject of the investigation.

 

6.5                                Purchase Orders . Customer agrees that if its internal procedures require that a purchase order be issued as a prerequisite to payment of any amounts due to Blackboard, it will timely issue such purchase order and inform Blackboard of the number and amount thereof.  Customer agrees that the absence of a purchase order, other ordering document or administrative procedure may not be raised as a defense to avoid or impair the performance of any of Customer’s obligations under this Agreement, including payment of amounts owed to Blackboard.

 

7.                                       WARRANTIES, LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION.

 

7.1                                Disclaimer of Warranty .  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN ANY ORDER FORM OR SCHEDULE : (A) THE OFFERINGS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BLACKBOARD AND ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE; (B) NEITHER BLACKBOARD NOR ITS LICENSORS WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS OR INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET ANY REQUIREMENTS OR NEEDS CUSTOMER MAY HAVE, OR THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL OPERATE ERROR FREE OR WITHOUT INTERRUPTION, OR THAT ANY DEFECTS OR ERRORS IN THE SOFTWARE WILL BE CORRECTED, OR THAT THE SOFTWARE IS COMPATIBLE WITH ANY PARTICULAR

 

7



 

COMPUTER SYSTEM OR SOFTWARE; AND (C) BLACKBOARD AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO GUARANTEE OF ACCESS TO OR OF ACCURACY OF THE CONTENT CONTAINED IN OR ACCESSED THROUGH THE OFFERINGS.

 

7.2                                Limitations of Liability .   TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF LOSS OR DAMAGE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OFFERINGS, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY WAS ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE: (A) ANY LOSS OF BUSINESS, CONTRACTS, PROFITS, ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, GOODWILL OR REVENUE; (B) ANY LOSS OR CORRUPTION OF DATA OR (C) ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES).  EXCEPT FOR THE INDEMNITY SET FORTH IN SECTION 8.1, IN NO EVENT SHALL BLACKBOARD OR ITS LICENSORS’ CUMULATIVE LIABILITY FOR ALL CLAIMS ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE NATURE OF THE CLAIM, EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FEES PAID BY CUSTOMER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE AFFECTED OFFERING DURING THE TWENTY FOUR (24)-MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE EVENT, ACT OR OMISSION GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY.  THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IS INTENDED TO APPLY WITHOUT REGARD TO WHETHER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN BREACHED OR HAVE PROVEN INEFFECTIVE.

 

7.3.                             Essential Basis .   The Parties acknowledge and agree that the disclaimers, exclusions and limitations of liability set forth in this Section 7 form an essential basis of this Agreement, and that, absent any such disclaimers, exclusions or limitations of liability, the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the economic terms, would be substantially different.

 

7.4.                             Indemnification .

 

a.               Indemnification by Customer .   In addition to any indemnification obligations set forth in an applicable Schedule or Order Form, Customer will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Blackboard, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns (each a “ Blackboard Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all losses, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from any claim, suit or proceeding brought by a third party against a Blackboard Indemnitee arising out of Customer’s (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (ii) breach of representation and warranty under the Agreement.

 

b.               Indemnification by Blackboard . In addition to any indemnification obligations set forth in an applicable Schedule or Order Form, Blackboard will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Customer, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns (each a “ Customer Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all losses, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from any claim, suit or proceeding brought by a third party against a Customer Indemnitee arising out of Blackboard’s (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (ii) breach of representation and warranty under the Agreement.

 

c.                Inapplicability to Infringement.   For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 7.4 shall not apply to infringement, which is addressed under Section 8 hereof.

 

8.                                       INFRINGEMENT.

 

8.1                                Blackboard Infringement Obligations .   If any third party brings a claim against Customer alleging that the Offering infringes a patent or a copyright under applicable law of any jurisdiction in which Customer is using the Offering, Customer must promptly notify Blackboard in writing and make no admission in relation to such alleged infringement.  Provided that Customer has promptly fulfilled all of the foregoing obligations and is not in material breach of the Agreement, Blackboard shall indemnify, defend, and settle such claim, at its own expense and option: (a) procure Customer the right to use the Offering, (b) modify or replace the Offering to avoid infringement; or (c) refund the applicable fee paid for the current term.  In the event that Blackboard exercises option (a) above, it shall have the sole and exclusive authority to defend and/or settle any such claim or action, provided that Blackboard will keep Customer informed of, and will consult with any independent legal advisors appointed by Customer at Customer’s own expense regarding the progress of such defense.

 

8.2                                Exceptions .   Blackboard shall have no liability to Customer under Section 8.1 or otherwise for any claim or action alleging infringement based upon: (a) any use of the Offering in a manner other than as specified by Blackboard, (b) any combination of the Offering with other products, equipment, devices, software, systems or data not manufactured or provided by Blackboard to the extent such claim is directed against such combination, (c) the Customer Content, or the use of the Customer Content, or (d) any modifications or customization of the Offering by any person other than Blackboard or a Blackboard-authorized third party (any of the foregoing, separately and collectively, “ Customer Matters ”).

 

8.3                                Customer Infringement Obligations .   Customer shall, at its own expense, indemnify and, at Blackboard’s option, defend Blackboard and each other Blackboard Indemnitee against any losses, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from any claim, suit or proceeding brought by a third party against a Blackboard Indemnitee arising out of a Customer Matter and shall pay any damages finally awarded or settlement amounts agreed upon to the extent based upon a Customer Matter (any of the foregoing indemnifiable matters, each a “ Blackboard Claim ”), provided that Customer will not settle any Blackboard Claim unless such settlement completely and forever releases each Blackboard Indemnitee with respect thereto or unless Blackboard provides its prior written consent to such settlement.  Blackboard agrees (a) to provide Customer with prompt written notice of any Blackboard Claim, and (b) to provide such assistance as Customer may reasonably request, at Customer’s expense, in order to settle or defend any such Blackboard Claim.

 

8.4                                Exclusive Remedy .   THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 8 STATE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH PARTY, AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF EACH PARTY WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS BY ANY THIRD PARTY ALLEGING INFRINGEMENT OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT.

 

9.                                       CONFIDENTIALITY.

 

9.1                                Nondisclosure and Nonuse .   Each Party receiving Confidential Information agrees not to use such Confidential Information except for the purposes set forth in this Agreement, and pursuant to such use shall disclose such Confidential Information only to those directors, officers, employees and agents of such Party (a) whose duties justify their need to know such information, and (b) who have been clearly informed of their obligation to maintain the confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret status of such Confidential Information.  Each Party receiving Confidential Information shall treat such information as strictly confidential, and shall use the same care to prevent disclosure of such

 

8



 

information as such Party uses with respect to its own confidential and proprietary information, provided that in any case it shall not use less than the care a reasonable person would use under similar circumstances.  Each Party acknowledges that it has all requisite authority under applicable laws to provide the other Party with access to Confidential Information.

 

9.2                                Notice .   The receiving Party will promptly notify the disclosing Party in the event the receiving Party learns of any unauthorized possession, use or disclosure of the Confidential Information and will provide such cooperation as the disclosing Party may reasonably request, at the disclosing Party’s expense, in any litigation against any third parties to protect the disclosing Party’s rights with respect to the Confidential Information.

 

9.3                                Terms of Agreement .   Except as otherwise provided by law, neither Party shall disclose the terms of the Agreement to any third party; provided, however, that either Party may disclose the terms of this Agreement to its professional advisers, or to any potential investor or acquirer of a substantial part of such Party’s business (whether by merger, sale of assets, sale of stock or otherwise), provided that such third party is bound by a written agreement or legal duty on terms at least as strict as those set out in this Section 9 to keep such terms confidential.

 

9.4                                Exceptions to Confidential Treatment Notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding provisions of this Section 9 will not apply to information that: (a) is publicly available or in the public domain at the time disclosed, (b) is or becomes publicly available or enters the public domain through no fault of the recipient, (c) is rightfully communicated to the recipient by persons not bound by confidentiality obligations with respect thereto, (d) is already in the recipient’s possession free of any confidentiality obligations with respect thereto at the time of disclosure, (e) is independently developed by the recipient, or (f) is approved for release or disclosure by the disclosing Party without restriction.  Each Party may disclose Confidential Information to the limited extent necessary: (a) to comply with the order of a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental body having authority over such Party, provided that the Party making the disclosure pursuant to the order will first have given notice to the other Party and made a reasonable effort to obtain a protective order, (b) to comply with applicable law or regulation requiring such disclosure, or (c) to make such court filings as may be required to establish a Party’s rights under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, and, subject to applicable law, Blackboard shall have the right to share individual Authorized End User Confidential Information to the extent it has received consent for such sharing from such Authorized End User.

 

9.5                                Contact Information .   Customer hereby authorizes Blackboard to include and use individual Customer contact information (i.e., primary contact, system administrator, billing contact) in contact lists for emails, mailings, and faxes from Blackboard relating to Blackboard-provided products and services, support, product and service matters, newsletters, user groups and events, and to provide contact information to third parties whose products or services Customer has purchased through Blackboard for the purpose of providing those products and services or support or maintenance for the products and services.  Customer acknowledges that it has the right to provide such consent, and Blackboard acknowledges that it will not use or distribute the contact information except as explicitly set forth above.

 

9.6                                Other Rights .   Customer hereby grants Blackboard the limited right to collect aggregated usage statistics with respect to the Offerings.  Such usage statistics are and shall be aggregated and not identifiable of any individual, including any Authorized End User.  To the extent that any Offering contains an Auto Report feature for this purpose, Customer will not disable the Auto Report feature of the Offering, or undertake any action which has the effect of preventing such feature from operating correctly or the effect of modifying the information reported thereby.  Except to the extent permitted by applicable law in the absence of any express license or other grant of rights, neither party will use any trade name, trademark, service mark, logo or commercial symbol, or any other proprietary rights of the other party in any manner (including without limitation, reference to the other party as a client, customer or supplier in any press release, advertisement or other promotional material).

 

10.                                MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS.

 

10.1.                      Severability .   Should any term or provision of this Agreement be finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, invalid, unenforceable or contrary to law or equity, the offending term or provision shall be construed (a) to have been modified and limited (or if strictly necessary, deleted) only to the extent required to conform to the requirements of law, and (b) to give effect to the intent of the Parties (including, without limitation, with respect to the economic effect of the Agreement), and the remainder of this Agreement (or, as the case may be, the application of such provisions to other circumstances) shall not be affected thereby but rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

10.2.                      Conflict Resolution .   This Agreement shall for all purposes be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

10.3.                      Modification and Waiver .   No modification, amendment, supplement, or other change to this Agreement will be effective unless set forth in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of Blackboard and Customer.  No waivers under this Agreement will be effective unless expressly set forth in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the Party against whom enforcement thereof is sought.  The failure of either Party to insist upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement, or to exercise any right provided for herein, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right with respect to subsequent claims (unless expressly so stated in a valid amendment or waiver), and no waiver of any provision or right shall affect the right of the waiving Party to enforce any other provision or right herein.

 

10.4.                      Assignment .   No right or obligation of Customer under this Agreement may be assigned, delegated or otherwise transferred, whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise, without the express prior written consent of Blackboard, and any attempt to assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of Customer’s rights or obligations hereunder, without such consent, shall be void.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall bind each Party and its permitted successors and assigns.

 

10.5.                      Marketing/PR . Customer may agree to be included and/or actively participate in public relations activities, including, but not limited to, press releases, traditional and social media engagement, blogs, etc. at Customer’s sole option. All activities are at the discretion of Blackboard and will be approved by the customer before publication. Customer and Blackboard shall work together to ensure completion of all PR/media activities as soon as practical after contract Effective Date.

 

9



 

10.6.                      Remedies The Parties agree that any breach of confidentiality or proprietary rights would cause irreparable injury for which no adequate remedy at law exists; therefore, the Parties agree that equitable remedies, including without limitation, injunctive relief and specific performance, are appropriate remedies to redress any such breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, in addition to other remedies available to the Parties.  All rights and remedies hereunder shall be cumulative, may be exercised singularly or concurrently and shall not be deemed exclusive except as provided in Section 8.  If any formal dispute resolution is brought to enforce any obligations hereunder, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to receive its legal fees, costs and other collection expenses, in addition to any other relief it may receive.

 

10.7.                      Notices .   Any notice or communication permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or by courier, or mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and, in the case of notices to Blackboard, sent to Blackboard Inc., Attn: General Counsel, 650 Massachusetts Avenue NW, 6 th  Floor, Washington DC, 20001 or to such other address as shall be given in accordance with this Section 10.6, and, in the case of Customer, to the address on the applicable Order Form, and shall in each case be effective upon receipt.  Alternatively, Customer may provide notices to, provided that Customer provides an email address to Blackboard for notices which Blackboard may send to Customer.

 

10.8.                      Force Majeure .   Except with regard to payment obligations, neither Party will be responsible for any failure to fulfill its obligations due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts or omissions of government or military authority, acts of God, materials shortages, transportation delays, fires, floods, labor disturbances, riots, wars, terrorist acts or inability to obtain any export or import license or other approval or authorization of any government authority.

 

10.9.                      U.S. Government Users .   The following applies to any end user that is a U.S. Government entity:  Each of the components that comprise the Software is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of “commercial computer software” and/or “commercial computer software documentation” as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212.  Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Government end users acquire the Software with only those rights set forth herein.  Contractor/manufacturer is Blackboard Inc., 650 Massachusetts Avenue NW, 6 th  Floor, Washington, DC 20001.  All rights not specifically granted in this Agreement are reserved by Blackboard.

 

10.10.               Export Control .   Customer shall not export or allow the export or re-export the Offering, any components thereof or any Confidential Information of Blackboard without the express, prior, written consent of Blackboard and except in compliance with all export laws and regulations of the U.S. Department of Commerce and all other U.S. agencies and authorities, including without limitation, the Export Administration Regulations of the U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of Export Administration (as contained in 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-772), and, if applicable, relevant foreign laws and regulations.

 

10.11.               Relationship .   Blackboard and Customer are independent contracting parties.  This Agreement shall not constitute the Parties as principal and agent, partners, joint venturers, or employer and employee.

 

10.12.               Entire Agreement .   This Master Agreement, together with the Order Form(s), Schedule(s) and other Exhibit(s) constitutes the entire, full and complete Agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter of the Agreement and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals, conditions, representations and warranties, and this Agreement prevails over any conflicting or additional terms of any quote, order, acknowledgment, or other communication between the Parties relating to its subject matter.  Any component of this Agreement, including any Order Form thereto, may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.  Facsimile signatures will be considered original signatures.

 

10


 

Exhibit B

 

SAMPLE Blackboard Standard Order Form

 

GRAPHIC

 

This Blackboard Order Form (“Order Form”) by and between Blackboard (as defined below) and {{CompanyName}} (“Customer”) details the terms of Customer’s use of the products and services set forth below (“Product and Pricing Summary”).  This Order Form shall become effective on the Effective Date.  This Order Form, together with the Blackboard Master Agreement between Blackboard Inc. and Laureate Education Inc. dated               (the “Blackboard Master Agreement”) and incorporated by this reference, form the entire agreement between the parties in respect of the products and services set forth in the Product and Pricing Summary.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any purchase order or other document provided by Customer, any product or service provided by Blackboard to Customer in connection with a purchase order related to this Order Form is conditioned upon Customer’s acceptance of this Order Form and the Blackboard Master Agreement.. Any additional, conflicting or different terms proffered by Customer in a purchase order or otherwise shall be deemed null and void. Each of the individuals executing this Order Form represent and warrant that he or she is authorized to execute the Agreement on behalf of Customer or Blackboard, as applicable.

 

In consideration of the promises set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

A.  Product and Pricing Summary

 

Qty

 

U of M

 

Product Code

 

Product or Service Description

 

List Price

 

Price Reduction

 

Net Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTALS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DESIGNATED SERVER SITE:

 

B.  Term

 

Initial Term: Unless otherwise specified in the Product or Service Description above, the Initial Term shall be [insert number of months or years, as applicable] following the Effective Date, such that the Initial Term terminates on December 19, 2019.

 

Unless otherwise specified in the Product or Service Description above, this Order Form shall be renewed automatically for successive periods of one (1) year (each a “Renewal Term”) after the expiration of the Initial Term and any subsequent Renewal Term, unless Customer provides Blackboard, or Blackboard provides Customer, with a written notice to the contrary thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as applicable.

 

Effective Date:  Upon execution of this Order Form.

 

C.  Payment Terms

 

1.               All initial and subsequent payments shall be due Net 30.  Unless otherwise specified, all dollars ($) are United States currency.

2.               Customer shall be invoiced for amounts due in respect of the first year of the Initial Term upon execution of this Order Form.

3.               Sales Tax:  If applicable, a copy of your Sales Tax Direct Pay Certificate or your Sales Tax Exemption Certificate must be returned with this Order Form.

 

D.  Special Provisions

 

[ADD/DELETE LINKS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS AS REQUIRED- THE FOLLOWING ARE SAMPLES ONLY]

 

1.               The terms and conditions set forth at http://agreements.blackboard.com/bbinc/licenseschedule.aspx shall be incorporated herein.

2.               All terms and conditions set forth at http://agreements.blackboard.com/bbinc/managedhostingschedule.aspx shall be incorporated herein.

3.               All terms and conditions set forth at http://agreements.blackboard.com/bbinc/analyticsmhschedule.aspx shall be incorporated herein.

4.               The terms and conditions set forth at http://agreements.blackboard.com/bbinc/collaborateschedule.aspx shall be incorporated herein

 

11



 

Expansion of Licensed Use .  Blackboard Software is priced annually based upon Blackboard User Bands.  Blackboard User Bands are comprised of the FTE (as defined below) of licensing institution PLUS the number of Users in outside programs.  Customer agrees that the FTE provided to Blackboard is correct and accurate to the best of its knowledge. For the Software on this Schedule, Customer’s license for the Software on this Schedule shall be expanded in increments as indicated below and Blackboard will assess additional license fees for increases in Customer’s FTE.  Blackboard’s User Bands are as follows:

 

Blackboard’s assessment of additional license fees will be in accordance with Blackboard’s then-current pricing.  In the event of growth related to a Customer merger or acquisition, Blackboard’s assessment of additional license fees will be in accordance with Blackboards then-current pricing.

 

Customer:

 

Blackboard (“Blackboard”)

 

 

 

{{CompanyName}}

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name (printed)

 

Name (printed)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title (printed)

 

Title (printed)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Date

 

12


 

SCHEDULE 1

 

LAUREATE AFFILIATES

 

Blue Mountains International Hotel Management School (BMIHMS) - Kendall College

Think Education Group

Torrens University Australia (TUA)

Blue Mountains International Hotel Management School — Suzhou Campus

Hunan International Economics University (HIEU)

Les Roches Jin Jiang International Hotel Management College

Xi’an Jiaotong-Liverpool University (XJTLU)

Pearl Academy

University of Petroleum & Energy Studies (UPES)

University of Technology and Management (UTM)

INTI College Indonesia

INTI International University & Colleges

Media Design School - Santa Fe UofAD

Stamford International University

Université Internationale de Casablanca (UIC)

Monash South Africa

European University Cyprus (EUC)

École Centrale d’Electronique (ECE)

École Supérieure du Commerce Extérieur (ESCE)

European Business School Paris (EBS Paris)

Institut Français de Gestion (IFG)

BiTS (Business and Information Technology School)

BTK group

Domus Academy - Santa Fe UofAD

Nuova Accademia di Belle Arti Milano (NABA) - Santa Fe UofAD

Universidade Europeia (UE)

Centro Superior de Edificación, Arquitectura e Ingeniería (PROY3CTA)

ESTEMA Escuela de Negocios

IEDE Business School

Les Roches Marbella

Real Madrid International School

Universidad Europea de Canarias

Universidad Europea de Madrid (UEM)

Universidad Europea Valencia

Glion Institute of Higher Education - Kendall College

Les Roches Gruyère, University of Applied Sciences (LRG) - Kendall College

Les Roches International School of Hotel Management - Kendall College

Istanbul Bilgi University

University of Liverpool (in partnership with Laureate Online Education, B.V.)

University of Roehampton, London (in partnership with Laureate Online Education, B.V.)

Royal Academy of Culinary Arts (RACA)

 

13



 

Higher Institute for Paper and Industrial Technologies (HIPIT)

Higher Institute for Water and Power Technologies (HIWPT)

Laureate Al Kharj Female’s College of Excellence

Laureate Jeddah Technical College of Excellence

Laureate Mecca Female’s College of Excellence

Laureate Riyadh Tourism and Hospitality College of Excellence

Riyadh Polytechnic Institute (RPI)

Business School São Paulo (BSP)

CEDEPE Business School

Centro Universitário do Norte (UniNorte)

Centro Universitário IBMR

Centro Universitário Ritter dos Reis (UniRitter)

Faculdade de Desenvolvimento do Rio Grande do Sul (FADERGS)

Faculdade dos Guararapes (FG)

Faculdade Internacional da Paraíba (FPB)

Universidade Anhembi Morumbi (UAM)

Universidade Potiguar (UnP)

Universidade Salvador (UNIFACS)

Institute for Executive Development Chile (IEDE)

Instituto Profesional AIEP

Instituto Profesional Escuela Moderna de Música (EMM)

Universidad Andrés Bello (UNAB)

Universidad de Las Américas Chile (UDLA)

Universidad Viña del Mar (UVM)

Universidad Americana (UAM)

Universidad Latina de Costa Rica

Universidad Latinoamericana de Ciencia y Tecnología (ULACIT)

Universidad de Las Américas (UDLA)

Centro Universitario Tecnológico (CEUTEC)

Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC)

Laureate Mexico (UVM & UNITEC)

Universidad del Valle de México (UVM)

Universidad Tecnológica de México (UNITEC)

Universidad Interamericana de Panamá (UIP)

CIBERTEC

Instituto Tecnológico del Norte (ITN)

Universidad Peruana de Ciencias Aplicadas (UPC)

Universidad Privada del Norte (UPN)

Canter - Continuing Ed Program Baltimore

Laureate Network Products and Services (LNPS)

Kendall College

Walden University

National Hispanic University (NHU)

NewSchool of Architecture and Design (NSAD)

Santa Fe University of Art and Design

 

14



 

University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (USA)

 

15


 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Laureate Global Standard LMS - Pricing model

 

 

 

Price per authorized user based on total population at time of order

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

Learn Course Delivery - “Learn Light”

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Learn Course Delivery, Community, Content, Mobile “Laureate Global Standard”

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laureate Global Standard plus Collaborate

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add Analytics for Learn Licence to any of the above

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

Note - all packages above available to order at any size of authorized users. [***]% discount applies on single orders of over [***] users, [***]% discount applies on orders over [***] users

 

Note - The package below “Full Bb Suite with Managed Hosting”  only available on single orders of min [***] authorized users on shared service. [***]% discount applies against single order of more than [***] users

 

Full Bb Suite with Managed Hosting  - Global Standard plus Collaborate, Analytics and Diamond Managed Hosting (Brazil package)

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 


Notes:

* *Collaborate and Mobile Learn will be provided to GPS schools at [***] until the end of their current agreement. Schools must purchase min $[***] getting started services

*Optional Managed Hosting Pricing is based on a single production environment implementation.

 

[***] Indicates material that has been omitted and for which confidential treatment has been requested. All such omitted material has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

GPS / *non GPS INSTITUTIONS

 

Walden University

 

GPS

 

USA

University of Liverpool

 

GPS

 

UK

Canter - Continuing Ed Program Baltimore

 

GPS

 

USA

Laureate Network Products and Services (LNPS)

 

GPS

 

USA

Kendall College

 

GPS

 

USA

University of Roehampton, London

 

GPS

 

UK

National Hispanic University (NHU)

 

GPS

 

USA

Glion Institute of Higher Education

 

GPS

 

Switzerland

NewSchool of Architecture and Design (NSAD)

 

GPS

 

USA

Universidad Peruana de Ciencias Aplicadas (UPC)

 

non-GPS

 

Peru

Universidad del Valle de México (UVM)

 

non-GPS

 

Mexico

Universidad Tecnológica de México (UNITEC)

 

non-GPS

 

Mexico

INTI International University & Colleges

 

non-GPS

 

Malaysia

Universidad Andrés Bello (UNAB)

 

non-GPS

 

Chile

Istanbul Bilgi University

 

non-GPS

 

Turkey

Institut Français de Gestion (IFG)

 

non-GPS

 

France

European University Cyprus (EUC)

 

non-GPS

 

Cyprus

Universidad Europea de Madrid (UEM)

 

non-GPS

 

Spain

 


*Note: ALL LIU Institutions shall be considered “non-GPS” institutions for purposes of this Agreement.

 

2



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

Private Cloud Implementation

 

# of Authorized End Users

 

One Time Set up Fee

 

Year 1 Annual Service Fee

 

Bandwidth and Storage Included

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 


[***] Indicates material that has been omitted and for which confidential treatment has been requested. All such omitted material has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3




Exhibit 10.47

 

STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT

 

This Stockholder’s Agreement (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [       ] among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, an Alberta limited partnership (“ Parent ”), [         ], (the “ Stockholder ”), and [          ], the representative Director of the Stockholder’s affiliate, [         ], on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Representative”) (the Company, Parent, the Stockholder and the Representative being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”).  All capitalized terms not immediately defined are hereinafter defined in Section 6(b) of this Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Securityholders Agreement, dated July 11, 2007, by and among Parent and the other parties thereto (as amended from time to time, the “ Securityholders Agreement ”), the Stockholder’s affiliate has the right to appoint a director or observer, as specified in the Securityholders Agreement, to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Representative, in his or her capacity as a representative of the Stockholder, may be entitled to receive fees from the Company, from time to time, as determined by the Company, in respect of services provided by him or her as a director or observer, as the case may be on the Board (the “ Fees ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Representative has elected to receive and upon such election is required to assign to the Stockholder, and the Company has agreed to issue to the Stockholder at the direction of Representative, shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 (the “ Common Stock ”) in lieu of Representative receiving cash in respect of Fees (such shares of Common Stock issued from time to time to the Stockholder, in respect of Fees or otherwise, the “ Restricted Stock ”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.     Issuance of Restricted Stock.

 

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, (i) the Stockholder hereby subscribes for, as of the date hereof, and the Company shall issue and deliver to the Stockholder, as of the date hereof, the number of shares of Restricted Stock, based on a per share grant price (the “ Base Price ”), in each case as set forth on the signature page hereof, and (ii) at any time and from time to time after the date hereof, the Stockholder may subscribe for, and the Company may issue and deliver to the Stockholder, a number of shares at a per share grant or purchase price, as the case may be, to be determined by the Board.

 



 

(b)    The Company shall have no obligation to issue any Restricted Stock to any person who is a resident or citizen of, or is organized under the laws of or operating in, any state or jurisdiction in which the sale or issuance of the Restricted Stock to it would constitute a violation of the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdiction.

 

2.     Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements .

 

(a)    The Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that it will not, directly or indirectly, gift, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of, whether for or without consideration, and whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “ Transfer ”) any shares of Restricted Stock except as provided in this Section 2(a) and Section 3 hereof.  If the Stockholder is an Affiliate of the Company, the Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that it will not Transfer any shares of Restricted Stock unless:

 

(i)  the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Securities Act ”), and in compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or

 

(ii)  (A) counsel for the Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and (B) if the Stockholder is organized under the laws of any country other than the United States, or the Stockholder desires to effect any Transfer in any such country, counsel for the Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to the effect that such Transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any of the following Transfers of Stock are deemed to be in compliance with the Securities Act and this Agreement (including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection therewith: (I) (a) Transfers permitted by Section 5; (b) Transfers permitted by clauses (II) or (III) of Section 2(a); (c) a sale of shares of Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company upon the proper exercise of registration rights of such Stockholder under Section 8 (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form); (d) Transfers permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement (as defined in Section 6(b)); or (e) Transfers permitted by the Board (any such exception, a “ Permitted Transfer ”); (II) a Transfer made pursuant to Sections 4 or 8 hereof, (III) a Transfer (x) upon the death or disability of the Stockholder to the Stockholder’s Estate or (y) to the executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, immediate family members or beneficiaries of a person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (IV) a Transfer made in compliance with the federal securities laws to a Stockholder’s Trust; provided that such Transfer is made expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and

 

2



 

conditions hereof as a “Stockholder” with respect to the representations and warranties and other obligations of this Agreement; and provided further that it is expressly understood and agreed that if such Stockholder’s Trust at any point includes any person or entity other than the Stockholder, her spouse (or ex-spouse) or her lineal descendants (including adopted children) such that it fails to meet the definition thereof as set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, such Transfer shall no longer be deemed in compliance with this Agreement and shall be subject to 3(b) below, and (V) a Transfer made by the Stockholder, with the Board’s approval, to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b)    The certificate (or certificates) representing the Restricted Stock, if any, shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT AMONG LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. (THE “COMPANY”), THE STOCKHOLDER NAMED ON THE FACE HEREOF AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO OR THE SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH STOCKHOLDER AND WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY) AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

(c)    The Stockholder acknowledges that it has been advised that (i) the shares of Restricted Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a Public Offering and that under the Securities Act (including applicable regulations) the Restricted Stock may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, (ii) a restrictive legend in the form heretofore set forth shall be placed on the certificates (if any) representing the Restricted Stock and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Restricted Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer and appropriate stop transfer restrictions will be issued to the Company’s transfer agent with respect to the Restricted Stock.

 

(d)    If any shares of Restricted Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or otherwise, the Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at or prior to the time of such disposition such documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and take any actions requested by the Coordination Committee prior to any such sale (provided that such instructions shall not have a disproportionate adverse impact on any Stockholder vis-à-vis any other stockholders of the Company or limited partners of Parent) and, in the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC.

 

3



 

(e)    The Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of Restricted Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than registration of securities issued on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of Restricted Stock not covered by such registration statement from the time of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed or imminently intends to file such registration statement to, or within 180 days after the effective date of such registration statement (except if the underwriters shall require a longer period, but in any event no more than 270 days), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company.

 

(f)     The Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to Restricted Stock, the Stockholder has received and reviewed the available information relating to the Restricted Stock, including having received and reviewed the documents related thereto, and (ii) the Stockholder has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company and the business and prospects of the Company which the Stockholder deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to the Stockholder’s investment in, or election to receive, Restricted Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(f), and the Stockholder has relied solely on such information.

 

(g)    The Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) the Stockholder’s financial condition is such that the Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding Restricted Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for the Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) the Stockholder can afford to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Restricted Stock, (iii) the Stockholder understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the purchase of, or election to receive, Restricted Stock, (iv) the Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Stockholder’s purchase of, or election to receive, Restricted Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, (v) with respect to Restricted Stock, such Restricted Stock is being acquired by the Stockholder for his or her own account, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act, and the Stockholder has no present intention of selling or otherwise distributing Restricted Stock in violation of the Securities Act, and (vi) the Stockholder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as amended, under the Securities Act.

 

3.     Transferability of Restricted Stock .

 

(a)    The Stockholder agrees that during the period commencing on the effective date of this Agreement and prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Stockholder may only Transfer such shares of Restricted Stock in compliance with Section 4.

 

(b)    No Transfer of any such Stock in violation hereof shall be made or recorded on the books of the Company and any such Transfer shall be void ab initio and of no effect.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent may, at any time and from time to time, waive the restrictions on Transfers contained in Section 3(a), whether such

 

4



 

waiver is made prior to or after the transferee has effected or committed to effect the Transfer, or has notified the Investors of such Transfer or commitment to Transfer.  Any Transfers made pursuant to such waiver or which are later made subject to such a waiver shall, as of the date of the waiver and at all times thereafter, not be deemed to violate any applicable restrictions on Transfers contained in this Agreement.

 

4.           Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)    If, at any time after the effective date of this Agreement and prior to the earlier to occur of a Change of Control or consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Stockholder proposes to Transfer any or all of the Stockholder’s Restricted Stock, to the extent permitted by the Restricted Stock Agreement and as permitted by this Agreement, to a third party (any proposal a “ Proposed Sale ” and any such third party, the “ ROFR Transferee ”) (other than any Transfer (i) pursuant to clauses (III), (IV) or (V) of Section 2(a), to the extent made to a third party, (ii) pursuant to a Permitted Transfer of the type described in clauses (a), (c) or (d) thereof or (iii) to a limited partner of Parent or an Affiliate of such limited partner, and otherwise in accordance with this Agreement), the Stockholder (the “ Selling Stockholder ”) shall notify the Company in writing of the Stockholder’s intention to Transfer such Restricted Stock (such written notice, a “ ROFR Notice ”).  The ROFR Notice shall include a true and correct description of the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be Transferred and the material terms of such proposed Transfer and a copy of any proposed documentation to be entered into with any ROFR Transferee in respect of such Transfer and shall contain an irrevocable offer to sell such Restricted Stock to the Company (in the manner set forth below) at a purchase price equal to the price contained in, and on the same terms and conditions of, the ROFR Notice.

 

(b)    The Company and/or any subsidiary, third party or Affiliate designated by the Company, at any time within ten (10) Business Days after the date of the receipt by the Company of the ROFR Notice, shall have the right and option to purchase any Stock covered by the ROFR Notice at the minimum price at which the Stockholder proposes to Transfer such Stock to any ROFR Transferee and otherwise on the same terms and conditions of the Proposed Sale (or, if the Proposed Sale includes any consideration other than cash, then, at the sole option of such purchaser, at the equivalent all cash price, determined in good faith by the Company taking into account the value of the property), by delivering a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Selling Stockholder provides wire transfer instructions) and any such non-cash consideration to be paid to the Selling Stockholder at the principal office of the Company against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased, appropriately endorsed by the Selling Stockholder.  If at the end of the ten (10) Business Day period, the Company has not exercised the right to purchase all of the Stock covered by the ROFR Notice in the manner set forth above, the Selling Stockholder may, during the succeeding 30-day period, sell not less than all of the Stock covered by the Proposed Sale to the ROFR Transferee in the Proposed Sale on terms no less favorable to the Selling Stockholder than those contained in the ROFR Notice.  Promptly after such sale, the Selling Stockholder shall notify the Company of the consummation thereof and shall furnish such evidence of the completion and time of completion of such sale and of the terms thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Company.  If, at the end of such 30 day period, the Selling Stockholder has not completed the sale of such Stock as aforesaid, all of the

 

5



 

restrictions on sale, Transfer or assignment contained in this Agreement shall again be in effect with respect to such Stock.

 

5.                                           The Company’s Option to Purchase Restricted Stock of the Stockholder Upon Occurrence of a Change Event .

 

(a)    Termination of Right to Appoint a Director or Observer; Transfers in Violation of this Agreement.   In the event (i) the Stockholder (or its applicable Affiliate(s) that is a party to the Securityholder’s Agreement as the case may be) no longer has the right to appoint a director or an observer to the Board pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of the Securityholder’s Agreement or (ii) the Stockholder effects a transfer of Restricted Stock that is prohibited under this Agreement, after notice from the Company of such impermissible transfer and a reasonable opportunity to cure such transfer which is not so cured (any such event, a “ Change Event ”), then:

 

(x)   With respect to a Change Event set forth in Section 5(a)(i) above, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the shares of Restricted Stock then held by the Stockholder at a per share purchase price equal to the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date; or

 

(y)   With respect to a Change Event set forth in Section 5(a)(ii) above, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the shares of Restricted Stock then held by the Stockholder at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the Base Price and (y) the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date.

 

(b)    Call Notice .  The Company shall have a period (the “ Call Period ”) of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the Change Event (or, with respect to an impermissible Transfer constituting a Change Event as set forth in Section 5(a)(ii) above, the date after discovery of, and the applicable cure period for, such impermissible Transfer), in which to give notice in writing to the Stockholder of its election to exercise its rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 5 (the “ Repurchase Notice ”).  The completion of the purchases pursuant to the foregoing shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than the fifteenth Business Day (such date to be determined by the Company) after the giving of the Repurchase Notice.  The Repurchase Price shall be paid by delivery to the Stockholder, at the option of the Company, of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of the Stockholder (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Stockholder provides to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Restricted Stock so purchased, in each case, appropriately endorsed or executed by the Stockholder or any duly authorized representative.

 

(c)    Use of Note to Satisfy Call Payment .  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, (i) if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money, (ii) the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) would result in a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company under any such agreement referred to in clause (i), (iii) the Board determines in good faith that the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) would cause significant harm to the short term liquidity needs of the Company, (iv) all or

 

6



 

any portion of the proceeds required to effect the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) are not available for borrowing by the Company under any such agreement referenced in clause (i) or (v) a repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) would reasonably be expected to be prohibited by under the Maryland General Corporation Law (“ MGCL ”) or any federal or state securities laws or regulations (or if the Company reincorporates in another state, the business corporation law of such state) (each such occurrence being an “ Event ”), the Company will, to the extent it has exercised its rights to purchase Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 5, in order to complete the purchase of any Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 5, deliver to the Stockholder (A) a cash payment for any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 that would not cause an Event and (B) a note with a principal amount equal to the amount payable under this Section 5 that was not paid in cash, having terms acceptable to the Company’s (and its Affiliates’, as applicable) lenders and permitted under the Company’s (and its Affiliates’, as applicable) debt instruments but which in any event (x) shall be mandatorily repayable promptly and to the extent that an Event no longer prohibits the payment of cash to the Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement; and (y) shall bear interest at a rate equal to the effective rate of interest in respect of the Company’s (and its Affiliates’, as applicable) U.S. dollar-denominated subordinated public debt securities (including any original issue discount); provided , that if no such subordinated public debt securities are outstanding, interest shall be at a rate selected by the Board in good faith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event exists and is continuing for ninety (90) days from the date of the Change Event, the Stockholder shall be permitted by written notice to cause the Company to rescind any Repurchase Notice with respect to that portion of the Restricted Stock repurchased by the Company from the Stockholder pursuant to this Section 5 with the note described in the foregoing sentence; provided that, upon such rescission, such repurchase shall be immediately rescinded and such note shall be immediately canceled without any action on the part of the Company or the Stockholder and, notwithstanding anything herein or in such note to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any amounts of principal or interest thereunder; provided , further that the Company shall have another thirty (30) days from the date the Event ceases to exist to give another Repurchase Notice on the terms applicable to the first Repurchase Notice.

 

(d)    Effect of Accounting Principles .  Notwithstanding anything set forth in Section 5 to the contrary, in the event that it is determined by the Board that any of the provisions of Section 5 would result in any of the Restricted Stock being classified as a liability as contemplated by FASB Statement No. 123, Share-Based Payment, including any amendments and interpretations thereto, then any shares of Restricted Stock that are to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5 may only be so purchased if and when such shares have been held by the Stockholder for at least six months.

 

(e)    Effect of Change in Control .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, except for any payment obligation of the Company which has arisen prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of such Change in Control.

 

6.     Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions .

 

(a)    Adjustment of Repurchase Price .  In determining the Repurchase Price, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, splits, combinations,

 

7



 

recapitalizations or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Restricted Stock in order to maintain, as nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Section 5.

 

(b)    Definitions .  Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows:

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person.  For purposes hereof, “control” or any other form thereof, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Base Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday on which national banking associations in the State of New York are authorized by law to close.

 

Call Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) hereof.

 

Change Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

Change in Control ” shall mean (a) the first to occur of any of the following: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent or the Company, as applicable, to a Person or (ii) a sale by Parent, any Securityholder (as defined in the Securityholders Agreement), or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person that results in more than 50% of the total equity interests of Parent or of the Company, as applicable, being held by a Person, which may include any Securityholder or any of their respective Affiliates; provided, however, that in no event shall any relationship among any Securityholder created by the occurrence of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger (including the Securityholders Agreement and the organizational documents of Parent and its general partner) be deemed to, de facto , create a Group for purposes of this clause (a); and (b) in the case of the occurrence of an event identified in clause (a), also results in any Person that acquired more than 50% of the total equity interests of Parent,  or the Company, as applicable, having the ability to appoint a majority of the applicable board of directors.

 

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Confidential Information ” shall mean all non-public information concerning trade secret, know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, technology, designs, the financial data, strategic business plans or any proprietary or confidential information, documents or materials in any form or media, including any of the foregoing relating to research, operations,

 

8



 

finances, current and proposed products and services, vendors, customers, advertising and marketing, and other non-public, proprietary, and confidential information of the Restricted Group.

 

Coordination Committee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securityholders Agreement.

 

Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(e) hereof.

 

Representative ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

Fair Market Value ” shall mean on a per share basis, (i) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock on such date, the average of the high and low closing bid prices of the shares on such stock exchange on which the shares are principally trading on the applicable date, or, if there were no sales on such date, on the closest preceding date on which there were sales of shares, or (ii) if there is no public market for the shares on such date, the fair market value of the shares as determined in good faith by the Board, which determination shall take into account an appraisal of the fair market value of the shares conducted by Duff & Phelps (or such other nationally recognized appraisal firm as the Board may select), which appraisal shall be conducted at least annually.

 

General Partner ” shall mean Wengen Investments Limited.

 

Group ” shall mean “group,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed under the Securities Act or any comparable law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

Investors ” shall mean the Persons listed in Appendix 2 of the Partnership Agreement, and each other Person who, in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement, hereafter executes a separate agreement to be bound by the terms thereof and is added to such appendix (a list of such Investors as the date hereof is also listed in Schedule I attached hereto).

 

Merger ” shall mean the merger. pursuant to the Merger Agreement, of Merger Sub with and into the Company on August 17, 2007.

 

9



 

Merger Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 3, 2007, by and among Parent, Merger Sub and the Company.

 

Merger Sub ” shall mean L Curve Sub Inc., a Maryland corporation and a direct subsidiary of Parent.

 

MGCL ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Partnership Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, dated as of July 11, 2007, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Permitted Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any department or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any group consisting of one or more of the foregoing.

 

Piggyback Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Proposed Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Proposed Sale ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

Public Offering ” shall mean the sale of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement (other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed under the Securities Act or any comparable law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

Registrable Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2007, by and among Parent, the General Partner and each of the parties thereto, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Repurchase Calculation Date ” shall mean the date on which a repurchase occurs.

 

Repurchase Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) hereof.

 

Repurchase Price ” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of Restricted Stock to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5.

 

10


 

Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Restricted Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Restricted Group ” shall mean, collectively, the Company, its subsidiaries, the Investors and their respective Affiliates.

 

ROFR Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

ROFR Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Sale Participation Agreement ” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Stockholder and Parent dated as of the date hereof, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securityholders Agreement ” shall mean that certain Securityholders Agreement dated July 11, 2007, among Parent, the General Partner, Douglas L. Becker and the other parties appearing on the signature pages thereto, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Securities Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.

 

Selling Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

7.     The Company’s Representations and Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)    The Company represents and warrants to the Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms and (ii) the Restricted Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the other agreements contemplated hereby, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(b)    If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Stockholder to sell shares of Restricted Stock, subject to compliance with the provisions hereof (including requirements of the Coordination Committee) without registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7(b), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and

 

11



 

the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Securities Act to be available.  Nothing in this Section 7(b) shall be deemed to limit in any manner the restrictions on Transfers of Restricted Stock contained in this Agreement.

 

8.     “ Piggyback” Registration Rights .  Effective after the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering:

 

(a)    The Parties agree to be bound, with respect to the Stockholders who are provided such rights pursuant to this Section 8, by all of the terms, conditions and obligations of the Registration Rights Agreement (including, without limitation, with respect to obligations as to indemnification and/or contribution) as they relate to the exercise of piggyback registration rights as provided in Sections 4, 6, 7, 8 and 11 of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Piggyback Registration Rights ”), as in effect on the date hereof (subject, with respect to any such Stockholder provided Piggyback Registration Rights, to any amendments thereto to which such Stockholder has agreed to be bound or which are effected in accordance with the terms thereof), and, if any of the Investors are directly or indirectly selling stock or having stock sold on their behalf, shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Registration Rights (including, without limitation, any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or the Investors), in each case as if the Stockholder were an original party (other than the Company) to the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided , however , for the avoidance of doubt, that at no time shall the Stockholder have any rights to request registration under Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement.  Following the Initial Public Offering, all Restricted Stock purchased or held by the applicable Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(b)    In the event of a sale of Common Stock by any of the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will promptly notify each Stockholder, in writing (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) of any proposed registration (a “ Proposed Registration ”), which Piggyback Notice shall include: the principal terms and conditions of the proposed registration, including (A) the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold, (B) the fraction, expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the holders of Registrable Securities by the total number of shares of Common Stock held by the holders of Registrable Securities selling shares of Common Stock, (C) the proposed per share purchase price (or an estimate thereof), and (D) the proposed date of sale.  If within fifteen (15) days of the receipt by the Stockholder of such Piggyback Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Stockholder a written request (a “ Request ”) to register shares of Restricted Stock held by the Stockholder (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Stockholder and the Company), shares of such Restricted Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 8; provided , however , that for each such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the Stockholder, may be submitted for all Registrable Securities held by the Stockholder.

 

(c)    The maximum number of shares of Restricted Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lowest of (i) the number of shares of Restricted Stock then held by the Stockholder, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of

 

12



 

shares of Common Stock being sold by holders of Registrable Securities and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock owned by the holders of Registrable Securities or (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which the Company can register in connection with such Request in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as more fully described in subsection (d) of this Section 8 or (iii) the maximum number of shares of Restricted Stock which the Stockholder (pro rata based upon the aggregate number of shares of such Restricted Stock the Stockholders have requested to be registered) is permitted to register under the Piggyback Registration Rights, in any event subject to reduction as provided in subsection (d) of Section 8.

 

(d)    If a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Restricted Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then, unless the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a different allocation, the number of shares of Restricted Stock which the Stockholder will be entitled to include will be reduced in accordance with Section 3 or 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable, which the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Common Stock the Company proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Common Stock which the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the Stockholder and any other Persons who are entitled to piggyback or incidental registration rights in respect of Common Stock (together, the “ Holders ”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Common Stock or other Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable options to purchase shares of Common Stock) ( provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

 

(e)    Upon delivering a Request a Stockholder having Piggyback Registration Rights pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8 will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney having customary terms and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 8 (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”).  The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Stockholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (to the extent applicable) representing such shares of Restricted Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

 

13



 

(f)     The Stockholder agrees that it will execute such other agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 8, including reasonable and customary lock-up agreements.

 

(g)    Notwithstanding Section 11(l) of the Registration Rights Agreement, this Section 8 will terminate on the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) with respect to each Stockholder, on the date on which such Stockholder ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

9.           Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from purchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Restricted Stock from the Stockholder, at any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties, whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Restricted Stock under the terms of this Agreement; provided that no such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of Parent.

 

10.         Recapitalizations, etc.   The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Restricted Stock, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or substitution of the Restricted Stock by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

11.         Binding Effect .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.  In the case of a transferee permitted under Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) (other than clauses (ii) or (iii) thereof) hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Stockholder hereunder; provided , however , that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred to in Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder or with respect hereto.

 

12.         Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by the Company at any time upon notice to the Stockholder thereof; provided that any amendment (i) that materially disadvantages the Stockholder shall not be effective unless and until the Stockholder has consented thereto in writing and (ii) that disadvantages a class of stockholders in more than a de minimis way but less than a material way shall require the consent of a majority of the equity interests held by such affected class of stockholders.

 

14



 

13.         Closing .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the closing of each purchase and sale of shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth Business Day following delivery of the notice by either Party to the other of its exercise of the right to purchase or sell such Restricted Stock hereunder.

 

14.  Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees .

 

(a)    The laws of the State of Maryland applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)    In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator.  Such arbitration process shall take place in Baltimore, Maryland.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning.  Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries, the Investors and any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the confidentiality covenants as set forth in Section 20 of this Agreement.

 

(d)    In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

15.         Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company .  The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or obligations to purchase shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof.

 

16.  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)    In this Agreement all references to “dollars” or “$” are to United States dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

(b)    If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

17.         Withholding .  The Company or its subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the Stockholder any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment, if applicable.

 

15



 

18.         Acknowledgement by Representative Regarding Taxes . The Representative acknowledges that the shares of Restricted Stock being delivered to the Stockholder in respect of Fees payable to the Representative are related to compensation due to Representative and that, accordingly, the Representative may be required to pay federal, state or local income or other taxes with respect to such shares of Restricted Stock.

 

19.         Notices .  All notices, consents, payments, demands and other communications required or permitted for herein shall be in writing and sent by electronic mail (if an address is provided for notice pursuant to this provision) and shall be (a) delivered personally to the Person or to an officer of the Person to whom the same is directed, or (b) sent by electronic mail, facsimile, overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly delivered, given and received for all purposes as of:  (i) the date so delivered, if delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, if sent by electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier; or (iii) on the date of receipt or refusal indicated on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage and charges prepaid and properly addressed. All communications shall be sent to such party’s address as set forth below or at such other address or to such other person as the party shall have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance with this provision:

 

(a)    If to the Company, to it at the following address:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.
650 S. Exeter Street

Baltimore, MD  21202-4382
Attention:  General Counsel
Telecopy:  [         ]

 

with copies to:

 

Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership

9 West 57 th  Street, Suite 4200

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  [           ]

Telecopy:  [           ]

 

and

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention:  [           ]

Telecopy:  [           ]

 

16



 

(b)    If to the Stockholder, to the Stockholder at the address set forth below under the Stockholder’s signature; or at such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other.

 

20.  Confidential Information .

 

(a)    In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Stockholder, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time, disclose or use any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, except when required by law or judicial process.  If the Stockholder is bound by any other agreement with the Company regarding the use or disclosure of Confidential Information, the provisions of this Agreement shall be read in such a way as to further restrict and not to permit any more extensive use or disclosure of Confidential Information.

 

(b)    Notwithstanding clause (a) above, if at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in such clause (a) are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the Parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographic area determined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope or area.  Because the Stockholder has had access to Confidential Information, the Parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security).

 

(c)           In the event that the Stockholder breaches any of the provisions of Section 20(a), in addition to all other remedies that may be available to the Company, the Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to it by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of any Restricted Stock held by such Stockholder.

 

21.         Irrevocable Proxy .  In accordance with Section 2-507(d) of the MGCL, the Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof as its lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact to exercise with full power in the Stockholder’s name and on its behalf the Stockholder’s right to vote (or execute a written consent) all of the shares of outstanding Common Stock owned by the Stockholder at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company or in connection with a written consent in lieu of a regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company.  Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof shall vote (or execute a consent) under this proxy on behalf of each such Stockholder in the same manner as Parent votes (or executes a consent) any outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by it at any such regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company or in connection with a written consent in lieu of a regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company.   This proxy is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest and shall not be terminable as long as this Agreement remains effective among the parties hereto, their successors, transferees and assigns and, if such Stockholder is a natural

 

17



 

person, shall not terminate on the disability or incompetence of such Stockholder.   The Company is hereby requested and directed to honor this proxy upon its presentation by Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof, without any duty of investigation whatsoever on the part of the Company. The Stockholder agrees that the Company, and the Company’s secretary shall not be liable to the Stockholder for so honoring this proxy.

 

[ Signatures on next page .]

 

18



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Wengen Investments Limited, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and Accepted By:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 



 

 

[                                   ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o The above-signed represents that it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as amended, under the Act.

 




Exhibit 10.48

 

STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT

 

This Stockholder’s Agreement (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [       ] among Laureate Education, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, an Alberta limited partnership (“ Parent ”) and the undersigned person (the “ Stockholder ”) (the Company, Parent and the Stockholder being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”).  All capitalized terms not immediately defined are hereinafter defined in Section 6(b) of this Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholder has been elected to serve on the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) effective as of [       ];

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholder may be entitled to receive fees from the Company, from time to time, as determined by the Company, in respect of services provided by her as a director on the Board (the “ Fees ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholder has elected to receive, and the Company has agreed to issue to the Stockholder, shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 (the “ Common Stock ”) in lieu of cash in respect of Fees to be paid to the Stockholder (such shares of Common Stock issued from time to time to the Stockholder, in respect of Fees or otherwise, the “ Restricted Stock ”), which Restricted Stock may also be subject to risk of forfeiture and further restrictions on transfer in accordance with a Restricted Stock Agreement entered into by and between the Company and the Stockholder (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”) pursuant to the terms of the plan adopted by the Board at its [       ] meeting relating to the issuance of restricted stock or restricted stock units to its directors and board Observers (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.     Issuance of Restricted Stock.

 

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and as set forth in any Restricted Stock Agreement, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Stockholder, as of the date hereof, the number of shares of Restricted Stock based on a per share grant price (the “ Base Price ”), as set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

(b)    Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof, the Stockholder may subscribe for, and the Company may issue and deliver to the Stockholder, a number of shares at a per share grant or purchase price, as the case may be, to be determined by the Board.

 



 

(c)    The Company shall have no obligation to issue any Restricted Stock to any person who is a resident or citizen of a state or other jurisdiction in which the sale or issuance of the Restricted Stock to him or her would constitute a violation of the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdiction.

 

2.     Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements .

 

(a)    The Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that she will not, directly or indirectly, gift, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of, whether for or without consideration, and whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “ Transfer ”) any shares of Stock, except as provided in this Section 2(a) and Section 3 hereof.  If the Stockholder is an Affiliate of the Company, the Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not Transfer any shares of Stock unless:

 

(i)  the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Securities Act ”), and in compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or

 

(ii)  (A) counsel for the Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and (B) if the Stockholder is a citizen or resident of any country other than the United States, or the Stockholder desires to effect any Transfer in any such country, counsel for the Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to the effect that such Transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any of the following Transfers of Stock are deemed to be in compliance with the Securities Act and this Agreement (including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection therewith: (I) (a) Transfers permitted by Section 5; (b) Transfers permitted by clauses (II) or (III) of Section 2(a); (c) a sale of shares of Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company upon the proper exercise of registration rights of such Stockholder under Section 8 (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form); (d) Transfers permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement (as defined in Section 6(b)); or (e) Transfers permitted by the Board (any such exception, a “ Permitted Transfer ”); (II) a Transfer made pursuant to Sections 4 or 8 hereof, (III) a Transfer (x) upon the death or disability of the Stockholder to the Stockholder’s Estate or (y) to the executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, immediate family members or beneficiaries of a person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (IV) a Transfer made in compliance with the federal securities laws to a Stockholder’s Trust; provided that such Transfer is made expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and

 

2



 

conditions hereof as a “Stockholder” with respect to the representations and warranties and other obligations of this Agreement; and provided further that it is expressly understood and agreed that if such Stockholder’s Trust at any point includes any person or entity other than the Stockholder, her spouse (or ex-spouse) or her lineal descendants (including adopted children) such that it fails to meet the definition thereof as set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, such Transfer shall no longer be deemed in compliance with this Agreement and shall be subject to 3(b) below, and (V) a Transfer made by the Stockholder, with the Board’s approval, to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b)    The certificate (or certificates) representing the Stock, if any, shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT AMONG LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. (THE “COMPANY”), THE STOCKHOLDER NAMED ON THE FACE HEREOF AND WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OR THE SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH STOCKHOLDER AND WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY) AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

(c)    The Stockholder acknowledges that she has been advised that (i) the shares of Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a Public Offering and that under the Securities Act (including applicable regulations) Stock may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, (ii) a restrictive legend in the form heretofore set forth shall be placed on the certificates (if any) representing Stock and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer and appropriate stop transfer restrictions will be issued to the Company’s transfer agent with respect to Stock.

 

(d)    If any shares of Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or otherwise, the Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at or prior to the time of such disposition such documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and take any actions requested by the Coordination Committee prior to any such sale (provided that such instructions shall not have a disproportionate adverse impact on any Stockholder vis-à-vis any other stockholders of the Company or limited partners of Parent) and, in the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC.

 

(e)    The Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than registration of

 

3



 

securities issued on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of Stock not covered by such registration statement from the time of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed or imminently intends to file such registration statement to, or within 180 days after the effective date of such registration statement (except if the underwriters shall require a longer period, but in any event no more than 270 days), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company.

 

(f)     The Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to Restricted Stock, the Stockholder has received and reviewed the available information relating to the Restricted Stock, including having received and reviewed the documents related thereto, and (ii) the Stockholder has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company and the business and prospects of the Company which the Stockholder deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to the Stockholder’s investment in, or election to receive, Restricted Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(f), and the Stockholder has relied solely on such information.

 

(g)    The Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) the Stockholder’s financial condition is such that the Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding Restricted Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for the Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) the Stockholder can afford to suffer a complete loss of her investment in the Restricted Stock, (iii) the Stockholder understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the purchase of, or election to receive, Stock, (iv) the Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Stockholder’s purchase of, or election to receive, Restricted Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, (v) with respect to Stock, such Stock is being acquired by the Stockholder for her own account, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act, and the Stockholder has no present intention of selling or otherwise distributing Stock in violation of the Securities Act, and (vi) the Stockholder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as amended, under the Securities Act.

 

3.     Transferability of Stock .

 

(a)    The Stockholder agrees that during the period commencing on the effective date of this Agreement and prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Stockholder may only Transfer such shares of Restricted Stock in compliance with Section 4.

 

(b)    No Transfer of any such Stock in violation hereof shall be made or recorded on the books of the Company and any such Transfer shall be void ab initio and of no effect.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent may, at any time and from time to time, waive the restrictions on Transfers contained in Section 3(a), whether such waiver is made prior to or after the transferee has effected or committed to effect the Transfer, or has notified the Investors of such Transfer or commitment to Transfer.  Any Transfers made pursuant to such waiver or which are later made subject to such a waiver shall, as of the date of

 

4



 

the waiver and at all times thereafter, not be deemed to violate any applicable restrictions on Transfers contained in this Agreement.

 

4.           Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)    If, at any time after the effective date of this Agreement and prior to the earlier to occur of a Change of Control or consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Stockholder proposes to Transfer any or all of the Stockholder’s Restricted Stock, to the extent permitted by the Restricted Stock Agreement and as permitted by this Agreement, to a third party (any proposal a “ Proposed Sale ” and any such third party, the “ ROFR Transferee ”) (other than any Transfer (i) pursuant to clauses (III), (IV) or (V) of Section 2(a), to the extent made to a third party, (ii) pursuant to a Permitted Transfer of the type described in clauses (a), (c) or (d) thereof or (iii) to a limited partner of Parent or an Affiliate of such limited partner, and otherwise in accordance with this Agreement), the Stockholder (the “ Selling Stockholder ”) shall notify the Company in writing of the Stockholder’s intention to Transfer such Restricted Stock (such written notice, a “ ROFR Notice ”).  The ROFR Notice shall include a true and correct description of the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be Transferred and the material terms of such proposed Transfer and a copy of any proposed documentation to be entered into with any ROFR Transferee in respect of such Transfer and shall contain an irrevocable offer to sell such Restricted Stock to the Company (in the manner set forth below) at a purchase price equal to the price contained in, and on the same terms and conditions of, the ROFR Notice.

 

(b)    The Company and/or any subsidiary, third party or Affiliate designated by the Company, at any time within ten (10) Business Days after the date of the receipt by the Company of the ROFR Notice, shall have the right and option to purchase any Stock covered by the ROFR Notice at the minimum price at which the Stockholder proposes to Transfer such Stock to any ROFR Transferee and otherwise on the same terms and conditions of the Proposed Sale (or, if the Proposed Sale includes any consideration other than cash, then, at the sole option of such purchaser, at the equivalent all cash price, determined in good faith by the Company taking into account the value of the property), by delivering a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Selling Stockholder provides wire transfer instructions) and any such non-cash consideration to be paid to the Selling Stockholder at the principal office of the Company against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased, appropriately endorsed by the Selling Stockholder.  If at the end of the ten (10) Business Day period, the Company has not exercised the right to purchase all of the Stock covered by the ROFR Notice in the manner set forth above, the Selling Stockholder may, during the succeeding 30-day period, sell not less than all of the Stock covered by the Proposed Sale to the ROFR Transferee in the Proposed Sale on terms no less favorable to the Selling Stockholder than those contained in the ROFR Notice.  Promptly after such sale, the Selling Stockholder shall notify the Company of the consummation thereof and shall furnish such evidence of the completion and time of completion of such sale and of the terms thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Company.  If, at the end of such 30 day period, the Selling Stockholder has not completed the sale of such Stock as aforesaid, all of the restrictions on sale, Transfer or assignment contained in this Agreement shall again be in effect with respect to such Stock.

 

5



 

5.                                       The Stockholder’s Right to Resell Restricted Stock to the Company .

 

(a)    Except as otherwise provided herein, and subject to Section 5(d), if the Stockholder is no longer capable of serving in her capacity as a director, due to death or Disability of the Stockholder, then, subject to Section 5(c), the applicable Stockholder Entities shall, for 90 days (the “ Put Period ”) following the date on which the Stockholder is no longer capable of serving in his or her capacity as a director, have the right to sell to the Company, and the Company shall be required to purchase, on one occasion, all of the shares of such Stock then held by the applicable Stockholder Entities at a per share price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date.

 

(b)    In the event the applicable Stockholder Entities intend to exercise their rights pursuant to Section 5(a), the applicable Stockholder Entities shall send written notice to the Company, at any time during the Put Period, of its intention to sell shares of Stock in exchange for the payment referred to in Section 5(a) and shall indicate the number of shares of such Stock to be sold with payment in respect thereof (the “ Redemption Notice ”).   The completion of the purchases shall take place at the principal office of the Company on no later than the twentieth Business Day (such date to be determined by the Company) after the giving of the Redemption Notice.  The Repurchase Price shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Stockholder Entities, at the option of the Company, of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased, in each case, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, (i) if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money, (ii) the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) (or Section 6 below, as the case may be) would result in a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company under any such agreement referred to in clause (i), (iii) the Board determines in good faith that the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) (or Section 6 below, as the case may be) would cause significant harm to the short term liquidity needs of the Company, (iv) all or any portion of the proceeds required to effect the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) (or Section 6 below, as the case may be) are not available for borrowing by the Company under any such agreement referenced in clause (i) or (v) a repurchase referred to in Section 5(a) (or Section 6 below, as the case may be) would reasonably be expected to be prohibited by under the Maryland General Corporation Law (“ MGCL ”) or any federal or state securities laws or regulations (or if the Company reincorporates in another state, the business corporation law of such state) (each such occurrence being an “ Event ”), the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase for cash any of the Stock from the applicable Stockholder Entities (in the case of clauses (ii) — (v) to the extent it would cause any such default or event of default, would cause such harm to the extent such proceeds are not available, or to the extent it would be so prohibited, as the case may be), but instead, with respect to such portion with respect to which cash settlement is not available in connection with the Event, may satisfy its obligations with respect to the Stockholder Entities’ exercise of their rights under Section 5(a)

 

6



 

by delivering to the applicable Stockholder Entities a note with a principal amount equal to the amount payable under this Section 5 that was not paid in cash, having terms acceptable to the Company’s (and its Affiliates’, as applicable) lenders and permitted under the Company’s (and its Affiliates’, as applicable) debt instruments but which in any event (x) shall be mandatorily repayable promptly and to the extent that an Event no longer prohibits the payment of cash to the applicable Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement; and (y) shall bear interest at a rate equal to the effective rate of interest in respect of the Company’s (and its Affiliates’, as applicable) U.S. dollar-denominated subordinated public debt securities (including any original issue discount); provided , that if no such subordinated public debt securities are outstanding, interest shall be at a rate selected by the Board in good faith.  If such payment by a note is not available to the Company due to circumstances of the Event, the Company shall have no obligation to effect the repurchase referred to in Section 5(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event exists and is continuing for ninety (90) days after the date of the Redemption Notice, the Stockholder Entities shall be permitted by written notice to rescind any Redemption Notice with respect to that portion of the Stock repurchased by the Company from the Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 5 with the note described in this paragraph, and such repurchase shall be rescinded; provided that, upon such rescission, such note shall be immediately canceled without any action on the part of the Company or the Stockholder Entities and, notwithstanding anything herein or in such note to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any amounts of principal or interest thereunder.

 

(d)    Effect of Change in Control .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, except for any payment obligation of the Company which has arisen prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of such Change in Control.

 

6.         Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions .

 

(a)    Adjustment of Repurchase Price .  In determining the Repurchase Price, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Stock in order to maintain, as nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Sections 5 and 6.

 

(b)    Definitions .  Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows:

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person.  For purposes hereof, “control” or any other form thereof, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Base Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

7



 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday on which national banking associations in the State of New York are authorized by law to close.

 

Call Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(b) hereof.

 

Change Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

Change in Control ” shall mean (a) the first to occur of any of the following: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent or the Company, as applicable, to a Person or (ii) a sale by Parent, any Securityholder (as defined in the Securityholders Agreement), or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person that results in more than 50% of the total equity interests of Parent or of the Company, as applicable, being held by a Person, which may include any Securityholder or any of their respective Affiliates; provided, however, that in no event shall any relationship among any Securityholder created by the occurrence of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger (including the Securityholders Agreement and the organizational documents of Parent and its general partner) be deemed to, de facto , create a Group for purposes of this clause (a); and (b) in the case of the occurrence of an event identified in clause (a), also results in any Person that acquired more than 50% of the total equity interests of Parent,  or the Company, as applicable, having the ability to appoint a majority of the applicable board of directors.

 

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Confidential Information ” shall mean all non-public information concerning trade secret, know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, technology, designs, the financial data, strategic business plans or any proprietary or confidential information, documents or materials in any form or media, including any of the foregoing relating to research, operations, finances, current and proposed products and services, vendors, customers, advertising and marketing, and other non-public, proprietary, and confidential information of the Restricted Group.

 

Coordination Committee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securityholders Agreement.

 

Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(e) hereof.

 

Disability ” shall mean the Stockholder’s inability to perform all of Stockholder’s duties as a director or observer, as applicable, on the Board by reason of illness, physical or mental disability or other similar incapacity, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, which inability shall continue for more than three consecutive months.

 

Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

8



 

Fair Market Value ” shall mean on a per share basis, (i) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock on such date, the average of the high and low closing bid prices of the shares on such stock exchange on which the shares are principally trading on the applicable date, or, if there were no sales on such date, on the closest preceding date on which there were sales of shares, or (ii) if there is no public market for the shares on such date, the fair market value of the shares as determined in good faith by the Board, which determination shall take into account an appraisal of the fair market value of the shares conducted by Signal Hill Capital Group LLC (or such other nationally recognized appraisal firm as the Board may select), which appraisal shall be conducted at least annually.

 

General Partner ” shall mean Wengen Investments Limited.

 

Group ” shall mean “group,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(d) hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed under the Securities Act or any comparable law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

Investors ” shall mean the Persons listed in Appendix 2 of the Partnership Agreement, and each other Person who, in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement, hereafter executes a separate agreement to be bound by the terms thereof and is added to such appendix (a list of such Investors as the date hereof is also listed in Schedule I attached hereto).

 

Merger ” shall mean the merger. pursuant to the Merger Agreement, of Merger Sub with and into the Company on August 17, 2007.

 

Merger Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 3, 2007, by and among Parent, Merger Sub and the Company.

 

Merger Sub ” shall mean L Curve Sub Inc., a Maryland corporation and a direct subsidiary of Parent.

 

MGCL ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Partnership Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership, dated as of July 11, 2007, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Permitted Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

9



 

Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any department or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any group consisting of one or more of the foregoing.

 

Piggyback Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Proposed Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Proposed Sale ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

Public Offering ” shall mean the sale of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement (other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed under the Securities Act or any comparable law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

Put Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

Redemption Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) hereof.

 

Registrable Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2007, by and among Parent, the General Partner and each of the parties thereto, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Repurchase Calculation Date ” shall mean the date on which a repurchase occurs.

 

Repurchase Price ” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of Restricted Stock to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5.

 

Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Restricted Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Restricted Group ” shall mean, collectively, the Company, its subsidiaries, the Investors and their respective Affiliates.

 

ROFR Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

ROFR Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Sale Participation Agreement ” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Stockholder and Parent dated as of the date hereof, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10


 

Securityholders Agreement ” shall mean that certain Securityholders Agreement dated July 11, 2007, among Parent, the General Partner, Douglas L. Becker and the other parties appearing on the signature pages thereto, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Securities Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.

 

Selling Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Stock ” shall mean (i) shares of Restricted Stock at or after the time all restrictions on the shares of Restricted Stock have vested in accordance with the Restricted Stock Agreement, together with any other Common Stock or Vested Stock otherwise acquired and/or held by the Stockholder as of or after the date hereof.

 

Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Stockholder Entities ” shall mean the Stockholder’s Trust, the Stockholder and the Stockholder’s Estate, collectively.

 

Stockholder’s Estate ” shall mean the conservators, guardians, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of the Stockholder.

 

Stockholder’s Trust ” shall mean a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, private foundation or custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse) or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted) or, if at any time after any such Transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary.

 

Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Vested Stock ” shall mean shares of Restricted Stock at or after the time all restrictions on the shares of Restricted Stock have vested in accordance with the Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to which such Restricted Stock was issued.

 

7.             The Company’s Representations and Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)    The Company represents and warrants to the Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms and (ii) the Restricted Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the Restricted Stock Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and, when it becomes Vested Stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(b)    If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Stockholder to sell shares of Stock, subject to compliance with the provisions hereof (including requirements of the

 

11



 

Coordination Committee) without registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 8(b), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Securities Act to be available.  Nothing in this Section 7(b) shall be deemed to limit in any manner the restrictions on Transfers of Stock contained in this Agreement.

 

8.     “ Piggyback” Registration Rights .  Effective after the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering:

 

(a)    The Parties agree to be bound, with respect to the Stockholders who are provided such rights pursuant to this Section 8, by all of the terms, conditions and obligations of the Registration Rights Agreement (including, without limitation, with respect to obligations as to indemnification and/or contribution) as they relate to the exercise of piggyback registration rights as provided in Sections 4, 6, 7,8 and 11 (provided, however, that Section 11(l) shall not apply to any Stockholders) of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Piggyback Registration Rights ”), as in effect on the date hereof (subject, with respect to any such Stockholder provided Piggyback Registration Rights, to any amendments thereto to which such Stockholder has agreed to be bound or which are effected in accordance with the terms thereof), and, if any of the Investors are directly or indirectly selling stock or having stock sold on their behalf, shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Registration Rights (including, without limitation, any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or the Investors), in each case as if the Stockholder were an original party (other than the Company) to the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided , however , for the avoidance of doubt, that at no time shall the Stockholder have any rights to request registration under Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement.  Following the Initial Public Offering, all Stock purchased or held by the applicable Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(b)    In the event of a sale of Common Stock by any of the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will promptly notify each Stockholder, in writing (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) of any proposed registration (a “ Proposed Registration ”), which Piggyback Notice shall include: the principal terms and conditions of the proposed registration, including (A) the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold, (B) the fraction, expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the holders of Registrable Securities by the total number of shares of Common Stock held by the holders of Registrable Securities selling shares of Common Stock, (C) the proposed per share purchase price (or an estimate thereof), and (D) the proposed date of sale.  If within fifteen (15) days of the receipt by the Stockholder of such Piggyback Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Stockholder a written request (a “ Request ”) to register shares of Stock held by the applicable Stockholder Entities (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Stockholder and the Company), shares of such Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 8; provided , however , that for each

 

12



 

such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the applicable Stockholder Entities, may be submitted for all Registrable Securities held by the applicable Stockholder Entities.

 

(c)    The maximum number of shares of Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lowest of (i) the number of shares of Stock then held by the Stockholder Entities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock being sold by holders of Registrable Securities and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock owned by the holders of Registrable Securities or (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which the Company can register in connection with such Request in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as more fully described in subsection (d) of this Section 8 or (iii) the maximum number of shares of Stock which the Stockholder (pro rata based upon the aggregate number of shares of such Stock the Stockholders have requested to be registered) is permitted to register under the Piggyback Registration Rights, in any event subject to reduction as provided in subsection (d) of Section 8.

 

(d)    If a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then, unless the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a different allocation, the number of shares of Stock which the Stockholder will be entitled to include will be reduced in accordance with Section 3 or 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable, which the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Common Stock the Company proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Common Stock which the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the Stockholder and any other Persons who are entitled to piggyback or incidental registration rights in respect of Common Stock (together, the “ Holders ”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Common Stock or other Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable options to purchase shares of Common Stock) ( provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

 

(e)    Upon delivering a Request a Stockholder having Piggyback Registration Rights pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8 will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney having customary terms and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 8 (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”).  The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Stockholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (to the extent applicable) representing such shares of Stock

 

13



 

(duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

 

(f)     The Stockholder agrees that he or she will execute such other agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 9, including reasonable and customary lock-up agreements.

 

(g)    Notwithstanding Section 11(l) of the Registration Rights Agreement, this Section 8 will terminate on the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) with respect to each Stockholder, on the date on which such Stockholder ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

9.           Covenant Regarding 83(b) Election .  Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing, the Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that should the Stockholder make an election provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2 with respect to any Restricted Stock that is acquired by the Stockholder that is subject to this Agreement, the Stockholder will furnish the Company with copies of the forms of election the Stockholder files within thirty (30) days after the date of grant of the Restricted Stock and with evidence that such election has been filed in a timely manner.

 

10.         Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from purchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Restricted Stock from the Stockholder, at any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties, whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Restricted Stock under the terms of this Agreement; provided that no such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of Parent.

 

11.       Notice of Change of Beneficiary .  Immediately prior to any Transfer of Stock, as permitted under this Agreement and the Restricted Stock Agreement, if applicable, to a Stockholder’s Trust, the Stockholder shall provide the Company with a copy of the instruments creating the Stockholder’s Trust and with the identity of the beneficiaries of the Stockholder’s Trust.  The Stockholder shall notify the Company as soon as practicable prior to any change in the identity of any beneficiary of the Stockholder’s Trust.

 

12.         Recapitalizations, etc.   The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Restricted Stock, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or

 

14



 

substitution of the Restricted Stock by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

13.         Binding Effect .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.  In the case of a transferee permitted under Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) (other than clauses (iii) or (iv) thereof) hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Stockholder hereunder; provided , however , that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred to in Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder or with respect hereto.

 

14.         Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by the Company at any time upon notice to the Stockholder thereof; provided that any amendment (i) that materially disadvantages the Stockholder shall not be effective unless and until the Stockholder has consented thereto in writing and (ii) that disadvantages a class of stockholders in more than a de minimis way but less than a material way shall require the consent of a majority of the equity interests held by such affected class of stockholders.

 

15.  Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees .

 

(a)    The laws of the State of Maryland applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)    In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator.  Such arbitration process shall take place in Baltimore, Maryland.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning.  Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries, the Investors and any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the confidentiality covenants as set forth in Section 20 of this Agreement.

 

(d)    In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

16.         Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company .  The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or obligations to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof.

 

15



 

17.        Miscellaneous .

 

(a)    In this Agreement all references to “dollars” or “$” are to United States dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

(b)    If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

18.         Withholding .  The Company or its subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the Stockholder any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment, if applicable.

 

19.         Notices .  All notices, consents, payments, demands and other communications required or permitted for herein shall be in writing and sent by electronic mail (if an address is provided for notice pursuant to this provision) and shall be (a) delivered personally to the Person or to an officer of the Person to whom the same is directed, or (b) sent by electronic mail, facsimile, overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly delivered, given and received for all purposes as of:  (i) the date so delivered, if delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, if sent by electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier; or (iii) on the date of receipt or refusal indicated on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage and charges prepaid and properly addressed. All communications shall be sent to such party’s address as set forth below or at such other address or to such other person as the party shall have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance with this provision:

 

(a)    If to the Company, to it at the following address:

 

Laureate Education, Inc.
650 S. Exeter Street

Baltimore, MD  21202-4382
Attention:  General Counsel
Telecopy:  [          ]

 

with copies to:

 

Wengen Alberta, Limited Partnership

9 West 57 th  Street, Suite 4200

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  [          ]

Telecopy:  [          ]

 

and

 

16



 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention:  [          ]

Telecopy:  [          ]

 

(b)    If to the Stockholder, to the Stockholder at the address set forth below under the Stockholder’s signature; or at such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other.

 

20.  Confidential Information .

 

(a)    In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Stockholder, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time, disclose or use any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, except when required by law or judicial process.  If the Stockholder is bound by any other agreement with the Company regarding the use or disclosure of Confidential Information, the provisions of this Agreement shall be read in such a way as to further restrict and not to permit any more extensive use or disclosure of Confidential Information.

 

(b)    Notwithstanding clause (a) above, if at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in such clause (a) are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the Parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographic area determined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope or area.  Because the Stockholder has had access to Confidential Information, the Parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security).

 

(c)           In the event that the Stockholder breaches any of the provisions of Section 20(a), in addition to all other remedies that may be available to the Company, the Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to him or her by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of any Restricted Stock held by such Stockholder.

 

21.         Irrevocable Proxy .  In accordance with Section 2-507(d) of the MGCL, the Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof as its lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact to exercise with full power in the Stockholder’s name and on its behalf the Stockholder’s right to vote (or execute a written consent) all of the shares of outstanding Common Stock owned by the Stockholder at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company or in connection with a written consent in lieu of a regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company.  Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof shall vote (or execute a consent) under this proxy on behalf

 

17



 

of each such Stockholder in the same manner as Parent votes (or executes a consent) any outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by it at any such regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company or in connection with a written consent in lieu of a regular or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company.   This proxy is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest and shall not be terminable as long as this Agreement remains effective among the parties hereto, their successors, transferees and assigns and, if such Stockholder is a natural person, shall not terminate on the disability or incompetence of such Stockholder.   The Company is hereby requested and directed to honor this proxy upon its presentation by Parent and any authorized representatives and designees thereof, without any duty of investigation whatsoever on the part of the Company. The Stockholder agrees that the Company, and the Company’s secretary shall not be liable to the Stockholder for so honoring this proxy.

 

[ Signatures on next page .]

 

18



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WENGEN ALBERTA, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Wengen Investments Limited, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

 

STOCKHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o The above-signed represents that he/she is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as amended, under the Act.

 

 

RESTRICTED STOCK

 

Number of Shares of Restricted Stock issued:

 




Exhibit 10.49

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS NOTICE
UNDER THE
LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.
2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

This Notice evidences the award of restricted stock units (each, an “ RSU ,” and collectively, the “ RSUs ”) of LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (“ Laureate ”), that have been granted to you pursuant to the LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms of the attached Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “ Agreement ”). This Notice constitutes part of and is subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein.  Each RSU is equivalent in value to one share of Laureate’s Common Stock and represents Laureate’s commitment to issue one share of Laureate’s Common Stock at a future date, subject to the terms of the Agreement and the Plan.

 

Grant Date :

 

Number of RSUs :

 

Vesting Schedule :  All of the RSUs are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date.  So long as you remain an Eligible Individual (as defined in the Agreement) continuously from the Grant Date through the applicable date upon which vesting is scheduled to occur:

 

·                   [       ]% of the RSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable on December 31, [       ]; and

 

·                   [      ]% of the RSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable on each of December 31, [       ], December 31, [       ]and December 31, [       ].

 

If you cease, without Cause [for specified persons only: or for Good Reason], to be an Eligible Individual coincident with or within eighteen (18) months after a Change in Control (“ Termination ”), to the extent not already vested or previously forfeited, any RSUs that would otherwise have become vested and nonforfeitable on or before the third anniversary of your Termination will become vested and nonforfeitable immediately prior to your Termination. In the event you cease to be an Eligible Individual performing bona fide services to or for the Company by reason of death or Permanent Disability, any portion of your RSUs which would, but for the termination of eligibility, have vested during the calendar year during which your termination of eligibility occurred will vest on the date on which termination of eligibility occurs and the balance of the unvested portion of your RSUs shall terminate on your service termination date.   Except in the case where you cease to be an Eligible Individual in connection with a Change in Control or your death or Permanent Disability, none of the RSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable after you cease to be an Eligible Individual.

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

Date

 

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the Agreement and the prospectus for the Plan.  I agree to be bound by all of the provisions set forth in those documents.  I also consent to electronic delivery of all notices or other information with respect to the RSUs or the Company.

 

 

 

 

Signature of Grantee

 

Date

 



 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.
2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.             Terminology .  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Notice, capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Glossary at the end of this Agreement.

 

2.             Vesting .  All of the RSUs are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date.  So long as you remain an Eligible Individual continuously from the Grant Date through the applicable date upon which vesting is scheduled to occur, the RSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice.  Except for the circumstances, if any, described in the Notice, none of the RSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable after you cease to be an Eligible Individual.

 

3.             Termination of Employment or Service .  Unless otherwise provided in the Notice, if you cease to be an Eligible Individual for any reason, all RSUs that are not then vested and nonforfeitable will be forfeited to the Company immediately and automatically upon such cessation without payment of any consideration therefor and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such RSUs or the underlying shares of Common Stock.

 

4.             Restrictions on Transfer .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the RSUs may be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and the RSUs shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  All rights with respect to this Agreement and the RSUs shall be exercisable during your lifetime only by you or your guardian or legal representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the RSUs may be transferred upon your death by last will and testament or under the laws of descent and distribution.

 

5.             Settlement of RSUs .

 

(a)           Manner of Settlement .  You are not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if required) as a condition to settlement of the RSUs.  Laureate will issue to you, in settlement of your RSUs and subject to the provisions of Section 6 below, the number of whole shares of Common Stock that equals the number of whole RSUs that become vested, and such vested RSUs will terminate and cease to be outstanding upon such issuance of the shares.  Upon issuance of such shares, Laureate will determine the form of delivery (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) and may deliver such shares on your behalf electronically to Laureate’s designated stock plan administrator or such other broker-dealer as Laureate may choose at its sole discretion, within reason.

 

(b)           Timing of Settlement .  Your RSUs will be settled by Laureate, via the issuance of Common Stock as described herein, on the date that the RSUs become vested and nonforfeitable.  However, if a scheduled issuance date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or federal holiday, such issuance date shall instead fall on the next following day that the principal executive offices of the Company are open for business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) you are subject to Laureate’s policy permitting officers and directors to sell shares only during certain “window” periods, in effect from time to time or you are otherwise prohibited from selling shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the public market and any shares covered by your RSUs are scheduled to be issued on a day (the “ Original Distribution Date ”) that does not occur during an open “window period” applicable to you, as determined by Laureate in accordance with such policy, or does not occur on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the open market, and (ii) the Company elects not to satisfy its tax withholding obligations by withholding shares from your distribution, then such shares shall not be issued and delivered on such Original Distribution Date and shall instead be issued and delivered on the first business day of the next occurring open “window period” applicable to you pursuant to such policy (regardless of whether you are still providing continuous services at such time) or the next business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the open market, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third calendar month of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Original Distribution Date occurs.  In all cases, the issuance and delivery of

 

2



 

shares under this Agreement is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be construed and administered in such a manner.

 

6.             Tax Withholding .  On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares subject to your RSUs, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company which arises in connection with your RSUs (the “ Withholding Taxes ”).  Additionally, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your RSUs by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered under the Agreement to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the RSUs with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you pursuant to Section 5) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not exceed, by more than the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.  Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company are satisfied, Laureate shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.  In the event Laureate’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

 

7.             Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events .

 

(a)           Stock Dividend, Stock Split and Reverse Stock Split .  Upon a stock dividend of, or stock split or reverse stock split affecting, the Common Stock, the number of outstanding RSUs shall, without further action of the Administrator, be adjusted to reflect such event; provided, however, that any fractional RSUs resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated.  Adjustments under this paragraph will be made by the Administrator, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)           Merger, Consolidation and Other Events .  If Laureate shall be the surviving or resulting corporation in any merger or consolidation and the Common Stock shall be converted into other securities, the RSUs shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs would have been entitled.  If the stockholders of Laureate receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation or pursuant to any merger of Laureate or acquisition of its assets, securities of another entity or other property (including cash), then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Laureate’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property (including cash) to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs would have been entitled, in the same manner and to the same extent as the RSUs.

 

8.             Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship .  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall alter your at-will or other employment status or other service relationship with the Company, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between the Company and you, or as a contractual right of you to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge you at any time with or without cause or notice and whether or not such discharge results in the forfeiture of any nonvested and forfeitable RSUs or any other adverse effect on your interests under the Plan.

 

3



 

9.             Rights as Stockholder .

 

(a)           You shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock that may be issued in settlement of the RSUs until such shares of Common Stock have been issued to you.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions, or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

10.          The Company’s Rights .  The existence of the RSUs shall not affect in any way the right or power of Laureate or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company’s assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

11.          Restrictions on Issuance of Shares .  The issuance of shares of Common Stock upon settlement of the RSUs shall be subject to and in compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state, or foreign law with respect to such securities.  No shares of Common Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state, or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed.  The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the RSUs shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.  As a condition to the settlement of the RSUs, the Company may require you to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

12.          Notices Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to Laureate in care of its Secretary, and any notice to be given to you shall be addressed to you at the physical or electronic address given beneath your signature on the Notice.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 12, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to you or the Company.  Any notice, which is required to be given to you shall, if you are then deceased, be given to your personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 12.  Any notice shall have been deemed duly given when (i) delivered in person, (ii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, (iii) enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with fees prepaid) in an office regularly maintained by FedEx, UPS, or comparable non-public mail carrier, or (iv) delivered by email to an electronic mail address provided by you.  You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

13.          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the relevant Notice and the Plan, contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs granted hereunder.  Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the RSUs granted hereunder shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

 

14.          Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the RSUs as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

15.          409A Savings Clause .  This Agreement and the RSUs granted hereunder are intended to fit within the “short-term deferral” exemption from Section 409A of the Code as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4).  In administering this Agreement, the Company shall interpret this

 

4



 

Agreement in a manner consistent with such exemption.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the RSUs fail to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and are otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code.  Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

16.          No Obligation to Minimize Taxes .  The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this award of RSUs and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this award.  You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this award and by signing the Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

 

17.          Conformity with Plan .  This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan.  Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern.  A copy of the Plan is available upon request to the Administrator.

 

18.          No Funding .  This Agreement constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Company to issue shares of Common Stock in the future in accordance with its terms.  You have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company as a result of receiving the grant of RSUs.

 

19.          Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans .  The value of the RSUs subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides.  The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s employee benefit plans.

 

20.          Governing Law .  The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement, and of any determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest under this Agreement, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions.  As a condition of this Agreement, you agree that you will not bring any action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement in any court other than a federal or state court in the districts which include Baltimore, Maryland, and you hereby agree and submit to the personal jurisdiction of any federal court located in the district which includes Baltimore, Maryland or any state court in the district which includes Baltimore, Maryland.  You further agree that you will not deny or attempt to defeat such personal jurisdiction or object to venue by motion or other request for leave from any such court.

 

21.          Resolution of Disputes .  Any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, or as a result of, or pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement, will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.  You agree that before you may bring any legal action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement you will first exhaust your administrative remedies before the Administrator.  You further agree that in the event that the Administrator does not resolve any dispute or disagreement arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement to your satisfaction, no legal action may be commenced or maintained relating to this Agreement more than twenty-four (24) months after the Administrator’s decision.

 

5



 

22.          Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

23.          Electronic Delivery of Documents .  By your signing the Notice, you (i) consent to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the RSUs, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders; (ii) acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to you by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (iii) further acknowledge that you may revoke your consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (iv) further acknowledge that you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

 

24.          No Future Entitlement .  By your signing the Notice, you acknowledge and agree that:  (i) the grant of a restricted stock unit award is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted stock units, or compensation in lieu of restricted stock units, even if restricted stock units have been granted repeatedly in the past; (ii) all determinations with respect to any such future grants and the terms thereof will be at the sole discretion of the Committee; (iii) the value of the restricted stock units is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (iv) the value of the restricted stock units is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits; (v) the vesting of the restricted stock units ceases upon termination of Service with the Company or transfer of employment from the Company, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (vi) the Company does not guarantee any future value of the restricted stock units; and (vii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if the restricted stock units decrease or do not increase in value and you irrevocably release the Company from any such claim that does arise.

 

25.          Personal Data .  For purposes of the implementation, administration and management of the restricted stock units or the effectuation of any acquisition, equity or debt financing, joint venture, merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, business combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of stock, sale of material assets or other similar corporate transaction involving the Company (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), you consent, by execution of the Notice, to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data by and among the Company and its third party vendors or any potential party to a potential Corporate Transaction.  You understand that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social security number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and shares awarded, cancelled, vested and unvested) may be transferred to third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the restricted stock units or the effectuation of a Corporate Transaction and you expressly authorize such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data by the recipient(s).  You understand that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country.  You understand that data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the restricted stock units or effect a Corporate Transaction.  You understand that you may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Company’s Secretary.  You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to accept a restricted stock unit award.

 

{ Glossary begins on next page }

 

6



 

GLOSSARY

 

(a)           “ Administrator ” means the Board of Directors of Laureate Education, Inc. or such committee or committees appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

 

(b)           “ Agreement ” means this document, as amended from time to time, together with the Plan which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(c)           “ Cause ” means “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Grantee and Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance by the Grantee in connection with the performance of his duties with respect to the Company, (ii) conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony, (iii) theft, embezzlement, fraud or other similar conduct by the Grantee in connection with the performance of his or her duties with the Company, or (iv) a willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements with the Company including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

 

(d)           “ Change in Control ” means the first of the following to occur: (i) a Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen, or (ii) a Change in the Ownership of Assets of Laureate, as described herein and construed in accordance with Code section 409A.

 

(i)            A “Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen” shall occur on the date that any one Person acquires, or Persons Acting as a Group acquire, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, ownership of:

 

(A)          the capital stock of Laureate that, together with the stock held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate.  However, if any one Person is, or Persons Acting as a Group are, considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership of Laureate or to cause a Change in Effective Control of Laureate (as described below).  An increase in the percentage of capital stock owned by any one Person, or Persons Acting as a Group, as a result of a transaction in which Laureate acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock; or

 

(B)          partnership interests of Wengen that, together with the partnership interests held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the partnership interests of Wengen.  However, if any one Person is, or Persons Acting as a Group are, considered under the Wengen Limited Partnership Agreement, as the same is in effect from time to time, to own two percent (2%) or more of the partnership interests of Wengen on the effective date of this Plan, the acquisition of additional partnership interests by the same Person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen.

 

(ii)           A “Change in the Ownership of Assets of Laureate” shall occur on the date that any one Person acquires, or Persons Acting as a Group acquire (or has or have acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons), assets from Laureate that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 80% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of Laureate immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.  For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of Laureate, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

The following rules of construction apply in interpreting the definition of Change in Control:

 

7



 

(A)          A Person means any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than (1) employee benefit plans sponsored or maintained by Laureate and by entities controlled by Laureate, (2) Wengen or entities controlled by Wengen, or (3) an underwriter of the capital stock of Laureate in a registered public offering.

 

(B)          Persons will be considered to be Persons Acting as a Group (or Group) if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the corporation.  If a Person owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a Group with other shareholders only with respect to the ownership in that corporation before the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.  Persons will not be considered to be acting as a Group solely because they purchase assets of the same corporation at the same time or purchase or own stock of the same corporation at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering.

 

(C)          A Change in Control shall not include a transfer of assets to a related person as described in Code section 409A or a public offering of capital stock of Laureate.

 

(D)          For purposes of the definition of Change in Control, Section 318(a) of the Code applies to determine stock ownership.  Stock underlying a vested option is considered owned by the individual who holds the vested option (and the stock underlying an unvested option is not considered owned by the individual who holds the unvested option).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, however, if a vested option is exercisable for stock that is not substantially vested (as defined by Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b) and (j)), the stock underlying the option is not treated as owned by the individual who holds the option.

 

(e)           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)            “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, US$.001 par value per share, of Laureate Education, Inc.

 

(g)           “ Company ” means Laureate and its Subsidiaries.

 

(h)           “ Eligible Individual ” shall mean (i) an officer or employee of, and other individual, including a non-employee director, who is a natural person providing bona fide services to or for, Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for Laureate’s securities.

 

(i)            “ Fair Market Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.  The Plan generally defines Fair Market Value to mean the closing price per share of Common Stock on the relevant date on the principal exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading or, if no sale is reported for that date, the last preceding Business Day on which a sale was reported.

 

[ONLY APPLICABLE IN CERTAIN CASES](j)          “ Good Reason ” means “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Grantee and Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the consent of the Grantee, (i) a reduction in base salary (other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees), (ii) a substantial diminution in the Grantee’s title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith, or (iii) a transfer of the Grantee’s primary workplace by more than fifty (50) miles from his or her

 

8



 

current workplace; provided, however, that in any event, such conduct is not cured within ten (10) business days after the Grantee gives the Company notice of such event.

 

(i)            “ Grant Date ” means the effective date of a grant of RSUs made to you as set forth in the relevant Notice.

 

(j)            “ Notice ” means the statement, letter or other written notification provided to you by the Company setting forth the terms of a grant of RSUs made to you.

 

(k)           “ Plan ” means the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(l)            “ RSU ” means the Company’s commitment to issue one share of Common Stock at a future date, subject to the terms of the Agreement and the Plan.

 

(m)          “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation or other entity in an unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with Laureate if each of the corporations or other entities, or group of commonly controlled corporations or other entities, other than the last corporation or other entity in the unbroken chain then owns stock or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in such chain or otherwise has the power to direct the management and policies of the entity by contract or by means of appointing a majority of the members of the board or other body that controls the affairs of the entity.

 

(n)           “ You ” or “ Your ” means the recipient of the RSUs as reflected on the applicable Notice.  Whenever the word “you” or “your” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to the estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the RSUs may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the words “you” and “your” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

{ End of Agreement }

 

9




Exhibit 10.50

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

PERFORMANCE SHARE UNITS NOTICE
UNDER THE
LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.
2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

This Notice evidences the award of Performance Share Units (each, an “ PSU ,” and collectively, the “ PSUs ”) of LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC., a Maryland corporation (“ Laureate ”), that have been granted to you pursuant to the LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms of the attached Performance Share Units Agreement (the “ Agreement ”). This Notice constitutes part of and is subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein.  Each PSU is equivalent in value to one share of the Company’s Common Stock and represents the Company’s commitment to issue one share of the Company’s Common Stock at a future date, subject to the terms of the Agreement and the Plan.

 

Grant Date :

 

Number of PSUs :

 

Vesting Schedule :  All of the PSUs are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date.  So long as you remain an Eligible Individual (as defined in the Agreement) continuously from the Grant Date through the applicable date upon which vesting is scheduled to occur:

 

·                   [    ]% of the PSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable upon the achievement of the Equity Value Target for Fiscal Year [    ]; and

 

·                   [    ]% of the PSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable upon the achievement of each of the Equity Value Targets in Fiscal Years [    ],[    ], and [    ]; provided, however:

 

·                   in the event that an Equity Value Target is not achieved in a particular Fiscal Year listed above (each, an “ Annual Equity Value Target ”) (any such Fiscal Year, a “ Missed Year ” and the five Fiscal Years so listed, collectively, the “ Initial Target Years ”), then, during the Initial Target Years and through the end of the third Fiscal Year thereafter (each, an “ Additional Year ” and, the three year period, the “ Catch Up Term ”), the PSUs that were eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to fully achieve the Annual Equity Value Target in such Missed Year shall nevertheless vest and become nonforfeitable to the extent the Annual Equity Value Target for any completed Fiscal Year that is subsequent to any Missed Year, but within the Catch Up Term, is achieved.

 

If you cease, without Cause [for specified persons only: or for Good Reason], to be an Eligible Individual coincident with or within eighteen (18) months after a Change in Control (“ Termination ”), to the extent not already vested or previously forfeited, that portion of your PSUs that would otherwise have become vested and nonforfeitable had the Company achieved the Annual Equity Value Target in the three fiscal years ending coincident with or immediately subsequent to the effective time of your Termination (other than any portion of the PSUs which would have vested during said time period only as a result of the Catch Up Term) will become vested and nonforfeitable immediately prior to the effective date of your Termination. In the event you cease to be an Eligible Individual performing bona fide services to or for the Company by reason of death or Permanent Disability, any portion of the PSUs which would, but for the termination of eligibility, have vested if the Annual Equity Value Target for the calendar year during which the termination of eligibility occurred is achieved will remain outstanding until the Administrator determines whether the applicable Annual Equity Value Target has been achieved and will become vested and nonforfeitable if and when the Administrator determines that the applicable Annual Equity Value Target has been achieved and will forfeited without becoming vested on the date the Administrator determines that the applicable Annual Equity Value Target has not been achieved, and the balance of the unvested portion of the PSUs shall

 



 

terminate without becoming vested on your service termination date. Except in the case where you cease to be an Eligible Individual in connection with a Change in Control or your death or Permanent Disability, none of the PSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable after you cease to be an Eligible Individual.

 

 

 

 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

Date

 

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the Agreement and the prospectus for the Plan.  I agree to be bound by all of the provisions set forth in those documents.  I also consent to electronic delivery of all notices or other information with respect to the PSUs or the Company.

 

 

 

 

Signature of Grantee

 

Date

 

2



 

LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.

 

PERFORMANCE SHARE UNITS AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
LAUREATE EDUCATION, INC.
2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.             Terminology .  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Glossary at the end of this Agreement.

 

2.             Vesting .  All of the PSUs are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date.  So long as you remain an Eligible Individual continuously from the Grant Date through the applicable date upon which vesting is scheduled to occur, the PSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice.  Except for the circumstances, if any, described in the Notice, none of the PSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable after you cease to be an Eligible Individual.

 

3.             Termination of Employment or Service .  Unless otherwise provided in the Notice, if you cease to be an Eligible Individual for any reason, all PSUs that are not then vested and nonforfeitable will be forfeited to the Company immediately and automatically upon such cessation without payment of any consideration therefor and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such PSUs or the underlying shares of Common Stock.

 

4.             Restrictions on Transfer .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the PSUs may be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and the PSUs shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  All rights with respect to this Agreement and the PSUs shall be exercisable during your lifetime only by you or your guardian or legal representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the PSUs may be transferred upon your death by last will and testament or under the laws of descent and distribution.

 

5.             Settlement of PSUs .

 

(a)           Manner of Settlement .  You are not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if required) as a condition to settlement of the PSUs.  Laureate will issue to you, in settlement of your PSUs and subject to the provisions of Section 6 below, the number of whole shares of Common Stock that equals the number of whole PSUs that become vested, and such vested PSUs will terminate and cease to be outstanding upon such issuance of the shares.  Upon issuance of such shares, Laureate will determine the form of delivery (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) and may deliver such shares on your behalf electronically to Laureate’s designated stock plan administrator or such other broker-dealer as Laureate may choose at its sole discretion, within reason.

 

(b)           Timing of Settlement .  Your PSUs will be settled by Laureate, via the issuance of Common Stock as described herein, on the date that the PSUs become vested and nonforfeitable.  However, if a scheduled issuance date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or federal holiday, such issuance date shall instead fall on the next following day that the principal executive offices of the Company are open for business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) you are subject to Laureate’s policy permitting officers and directors to sell shares only during certain “window” periods, in effect from time to time or you are otherwise prohibited from selling shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the public market and any shares covered by your PSUs are scheduled to be issued on a day (the “ Original Distribution Date ”) that does not occur during an open “window period” applicable to you, as determined by Laureate in accordance with such policy, or does not occur on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the open market, and (ii) the Company elects not to satisfy its tax withholding obligations by withholding shares from your distribution, then such shares shall not be issued and delivered on such Original Distribution Date and shall instead be issued and delivered on the first business day of the next occurring open “window period” applicable to you pursuant to such policy (regardless of whether you are still providing continuous services at such time) or the next business day when you are not prohibited from

 

3



 

selling shares of Laureate’s Common Stock in the open market, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third calendar month of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Original Distribution Date occurs.  In all cases, the issuance and delivery of shares under this Agreement is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be construed and administered in such a manner.

 

6.             Tax Withholding .  On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares subject to your PSUs, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company which arise in connection with your PSUs (the “ Withholding Taxes ”).  Additionally, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your PSUs by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered under the Agreement to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the PSUs with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you pursuant to Section 5) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not exceed, by more than the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.  Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company are satisfied, Laureate shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.  In the event Laureate’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

 

7.             Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events .

 

(a)           Stock Dividend, Stock Split and Reverse Stock Split .  Upon a stock dividend of, or stock split or reverse stock split affecting, the Common Stock, the number of outstanding PSUs shall, without further action of the Administrator, be adjusted to reflect such event; provided, however, that any fractional PSUs resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated.  Adjustments under this paragraph will be made by the Administrator, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)           Merger, Consolidation and Other Events .  If Laureate shall be the surviving or resulting corporation in any merger or consolidation and the Common Stock shall be converted into other securities, the PSUs shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the PSUs would have been entitled.  If the stockholders of Laureate receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation or pursuant to any merger of Laureate or acquisition of its assets, securities of another entity or other property (including cash), then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Laureate’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property (including cash) to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the PSUs would have been entitled, in the same manner and to the same extent as the PSUs.

 

8.             Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship .  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall alter your at-will or other employment status or other service relationship with the Company, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between the Company and you, or as a contractual right of you to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge you at any time

 

4



 

with or without cause or notice and whether or not such discharge results in the forfeiture of any nonvested and forfeitable PSUs or any other adverse effect on your interests under the Plan.

 

9.             Rights as Stockholder .

 

(a)           You shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock that may be issued in settlement of the PSUs until such shares of Common Stock have been issued to you.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions, or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

10.          The Company’s Rights .  The existence of the PSUs shall not affect in any way the right or power of Laureate or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company’s assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

11.          Restrictions on Issuance of Shares .  The issuance of shares of Common Stock upon settlement of the PSUs shall be subject to and in compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state, or foreign law with respect to such securities.  No shares of Common Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state, or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed.  The inability of Laureate to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by Laureate’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the PSUs shall relieve Laureate of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.  As a condition to the settlement of the PSUs, Laureate may require you to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

12.          Notices .  All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by Laureate to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to Laureate, or in the case of notices delivered to Laureate by you, addressed to the Administrator, care of Laureate for the attention of its Secretary at its principal executive office or, in either case, if the receiving party consents in advance, transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Laureate may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this award of PSUs by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan or accept this award of PSUs by electronic means.  You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by Laureate or another third party designated by Laureate.

 

13.          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the relevant Notice and the Plan, contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the PSUs granted hereunder.  Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the PSUs granted hereunder shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

 

14.          Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a

 

5



 

materially adverse effect on the PSUs as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

15.          409A Savings Clause .  This Agreement and the PSUs granted hereunder are intended to fit within the “short-term deferral” exemption from Section 409A of the Code as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4).  In administering this Agreement, Laureate shall interpret this Agreement in a manner consistent with such exemption.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the PSUs fail to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and are otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code.  Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

16.          No Obligation to Minimize Taxes .  Laureate has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this award of PSUs and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this award.  You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this award and by signing the Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

 

17.          Conformity with Plan .  This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan.  Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern.  A copy of the Plan is available upon request to the Administrator.

 

18.          No Funding .  This Agreement constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise by Laureate to issue shares of Common Stock in the future in accordance with its terms.  You have the status of a general unsecured creditor of Laureate as a result of receiving the grant of PSUs.

 

19.          Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans .  The value of the PSUs subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides.  Laureate expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s employee benefit plans.

 

20.          Governing Law .  The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement, and of any determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest under this Agreement, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions.  As a condition of this Agreement, you agree that you will not bring any action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement in any court other than a federal or state court in the districts which include Baltimore, Maryland, and you hereby agree and submit to the personal jurisdiction of any federal court located in the district which includes Baltimore, Maryland or any state court in the district which includes Baltimore, Maryland.  You further agree that you will not deny or attempt to defeat such personal jurisdiction or object to venue by motion or other request for leave from any such court.

 

21.          Resolution of Disputes .  Any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, or as a result of, or pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the

 

6



 

Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement, will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.  You agree that before you may bring any legal action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement you will first exhaust your administrative remedies before the Administrator.  You further agree that in the event that the Administrator does not resolve any dispute or disagreement arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement to your satisfaction, no legal action may be commenced or maintained relating to this Agreement more than twenty-four (24) months after the Administrator’s decision.

 

22.          Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

23.          Electronic Delivery of Documents .  By your signing the Notice, you (i) consent to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the PSUs, and any reports of the Company provided generally to Laureate’s stockholders; (ii) acknowledge that you may receive from Laureate a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to you by contacting Laureate by telephone or in writing; (iii) further acknowledge that you may revoke your consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying Laureate of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (iv) further acknowledge that you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

 

24.          No Future Entitlement .  By your signing the Notice, you acknowledge and agree that:  (i) the grant of a Performance Share Unit award is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Performance Share Units, or compensation in lieu of Performance Share Units, even if Performance Share Units have been granted repeatedly in the past; (ii) all determinations with respect to any such future grants and the terms thereof will be at the sole discretion of the Committee; (iii) the value of the Performance Share Units is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (iv) the value of the Performance Share Units is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits; (v) the vesting of the Performance Share Units ceases when you cease to be an Eligible Individual, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (vi) the Company does not guarantee any future value of the Performance Share Units; and (vii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if the Performance Share Units decrease or do not increase in value and you irrevocably release the Company from any such claim that does arise.

 

25.          Personal Data .  For purposes of the implementation, administration and management of the Performance Share Units or the effectuation of any acquisition, equity or debt financing, joint venture, merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, business combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of stock, sale of material assets or other similar corporate transaction involving Laureate (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), you consent, by execution of the Notice, to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data by and among the Company and its third party vendors or any potential party to a potential Corporate Transaction.  You understand that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social security number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and shares awarded, cancelled, vested and unvested) may be transferred to third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Performance Share Units or the effectuation of a Corporate Transaction and you expressly authorize such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data by the recipient(s).  You understand that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country.  You understand that data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Performance Share Units or effect a Corporate Transaction.  You understand that you may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents

 

7



 

herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Laureate’s Secretary.  You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to accept a Performance Share Unit award.

 

{ Glossary begins on next page }

 

8



 

GLOSSARY

 

(a)           “ Administrator ” means the Board of Directors of Laureate Education, Inc. or such committee or committees appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

 

(b)           “ Agreement ” means this document, as amended from time to time, together with the Plan which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(c)           “ Cause ” means “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Grantee and Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance by the Grantee in connection with the performance of his duties with respect to the Company, (ii) conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony, (iii) theft, embezzlement, fraud or other similar conduct by the Grantee in connection with the performance of his or her duties with the Company, or (iv) a willful and material breach of any other applicable agreements with the Company including, without limitation, engaging in any action in breach of any applicable restrictive covenants.

 

(d)           “ Change in Control ” means the first of the following to occur: (i) a Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen, or (ii) a Change in the Ownership of Assets of Laureate, as described herein and construed in accordance with Code section 409A.

 

(i)            A “Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen” shall occur on the date that any one Person acquires, or Persons Acting as a Group acquire, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, ownership of:

 

(A)          the capital stock of Laureate that, together with the stock held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate.  However, if any one Person is, or Persons Acting as a Group are, considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of Laureate, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership of Laureate or to cause a Change in Effective Control of Laureate (as described below).  An increase in the percentage of capital stock owned by any one Person, or Persons Acting as a Group, as a result of a transaction in which Laureate acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock; or

 

(B)          partnership interests of Wengen that, together with the partnership interests held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the partnership interests of Wengen.  However, if any one Person is, or Persons Acting as a Group are, considered under the Wengen Limited Partnership Agreement, as the same is in effect from time to time, to own two percent (2%) or more of the partnership interests of Wengen on the effective date of this Plan, the acquisition of additional partnership interests by the same Person or Persons Acting as a Group is not considered to cause a Change in Ownership of Laureate or Wengen.

 

(ii)           A “Change in the Ownership of Assets of Laureate” shall occur on the date that any one Person acquires, or Persons Acting as a Group acquire (or has or have acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons), assets from Laureate that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 80% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of Laureate immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.  For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets

 

9



 

of Laureate, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

The following rules of construction apply in interpreting the definition of Change in Control:

 

(A)          A Person means any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than (1) employee benefit plans sponsored or maintained by Laureate and by entities controlled by Laureate, (2) Wengen or entities controlled by Wengen, or (3) an underwriter of the capital stock of Laureate in a registered public offering.

 

(B)          Persons will be considered to be Persons Acting as a Group (or Group) if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the corporation.  If a Person owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a Group with other shareholders only with respect to the ownership in that corporation before the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.  Persons will not be considered to be acting as a Group solely because they purchase assets of the same corporation at the same time or purchase or own stock of the same corporation at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering.

 

(C)          A Change in Control shall not include a transfer of assets to a related person as described in Code section 409A or a public offering of capital stock of Laureate.

 

(D)          For purposes of the definition of Change in Control, Section 318(a) of the Code applies to determine stock ownership.  Stock underlying a vested option is considered owned by the individual who holds the vested option (and the stock underlying an unvested option is not considered owned by the individual who holds the unvested option).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, however, if a vested option is exercisable for stock that is not substantially vested (as defined by Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b) and (j)), the stock underlying the option is not treated as owned by the individual who holds the option.

 

(e)           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)            “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, US$.001 par value per share, of Laureate Education, Inc.

 

(g)           “ Company ” means Laureate and its Subsidiaries.

 

(h)           “ Eligible Individual ” shall mean (i) an officer or employee of, and other individual, including a non-employee director, who is a natural person providing bona fide services to or for, Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for Laureate’s securities.

 

(i)            “ Equity Value ” shall have the meaning set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

10



 

(j)            “ Equity Value Target ” means, in each applicable Fiscal Year:

 

If, in this Fiscal Year:

 

The Company achieves this Equity Value Target:

[    ]

 

[    ]

[    ]

 

[    ]

[    ]

 

[    ]

[    ]

 

[    ]

[    ]

 

[    ]

 

Fiscal Year:

 

Annual Equity Value Target:

[    ]

 

[    ]

[    ]

 

[    ]

[    ]

 

[    ]

 

The three Additional Year Equity Value Targets are:

 

(k)           “ Fair Market Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.  The Plan generally defines Fair Market Value to mean the closing price per share of Common Stock on the relevant date on the principal exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading or, if no sale is reported for that date, the last preceding Business Day on which a sale was reported.

 

[ONLY APPLICABLE IN CERTAIN CASES](l)           “ Good Reason ” means “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment between the Grantee and Laureate or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the consent of the Grantee, (i) a reduction in base salary (other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees), (ii) a substantial diminution in the Grantee’s title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith, or (iii) a transfer of the Grantee’s primary workplace by more than fifty (50) miles from his or her current workplace; provided, however, that in any event, such conduct is not cured within ten (10) business days after the Grantee gives the Company notice of such event.

 

(m)          “ Fiscal Year ” means the twelve month period ending December 31 of any given calendar year.

 

(n)           “ Grant Date ” means the effective date of a grant of PSUs made to you as set forth in the relevant Notice.

 

11



 

(o)           “ Notice ” means the statement, letter or other written notification provided to you by the Company setting forth the terms of a grant of PSUs made to you.

 

(p)           “ Plan ” means the Laureate Education, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(q)           “ PSU ” means the Company’s commitment to issue one share of Common Stock at a future date, subject to the terms of the Agreement and the Plan.

 

(r)            “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation or other entity in an unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with Laureate if each of the corporations or other entities, or group of commonly controlled corporations or other entities, other than the last corporation or other entity in the unbroken chain then owns stock or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in such chain or otherwise has the power to direct the management and policies of the entity by contract or by means of appointing a majority of the members of the board or other body that controls the affairs of the entity.

 

(s)          “ You ” or “ Your ” means the recipient of the PSUs as reflected on the applicable Notice.  Whenever the word “you” or “your” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to the estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the PSUs may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the words “you” and “your” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

12




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 of Form S-1 of Laureate Education, Inc. of our report dated March 25, 2015, except with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to the revision discussed in Note 2, the disclosure of the earnings (loss) per share information discussed in Note 3 and Note 17, and subsequent events discussed in Note 26 as to which the date is October 1, 2015 relating to the financial statements, and financial statement schedules, which appears in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

Baltimore, Maryland

November 19, 2015

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 of Form S-1 of Laureate Education, Inc. of our report dated September 23, 2015 relating to the combined financial statements of FMU Group, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Auditores Independentes

 

São Paulo, Brazil

November 19, 2015

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Av. Francisco Matarazzo 1400, Torre Torino, São Paulo, SP, Brasil 05001-903, Caixa Postal 61005 T: (11) 3674-2000, www.pwc.com/br

 




Exhibit 23.3

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 of Form S-1 of Laureate Education, Inc. of our report dated September 28, 2015 relating to the financial statements of Sociedade Educacional Sul-Rio-Grandense Ltda., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Auditores Independentes

 

 

Porto Alegre, Brazil

November 19 , 2015

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Rua Mostardeiro, 800 - 9º andar, Bairro Independência, Porto Alegre-RS, Brasil 90430-000

Telefone: (51) 3378-1700, Fax: (51) 3328-1609, www.pwc.com/br